312Dbt. D103 aVSl D

i^»(U,v..\>,t;;i:,v,;;;j;:

"^-JilM-Jtei

^l^ifiSrHEji^

This book may be kept out

TWO WEEKS
only, and is subject to a fine
of TWO CENTS a day thereafter.
It will be due on the day in-
dicated below.

CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN HORTICULTURE

vVi

ti^AMMM

liiMA #i/#>tf/k

Plate XX. Various types of garden Narcissus

Cyclopedia of
American Horticulture

COMPRISING SUGGESTIONS FOR CULTIVATION OF HORTI-
CULTURAL PLANTS, DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES OF
FRUITS, VEGETABLES, FLOWERS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS
SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA, TOGETHER
WITH GEOGRAPHICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES

A SYNOPSIS OF THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM

L. H. BAILEY

Assisted by

WILHELM MILLER, Ph.D.

Associate Editor

AND MANY EXPERT CULTIVATORS AND BOTANISTS

SlluStratcb toitlj nearly "Cbrte 'CfjouSaiiti «En5rabinBS
anb ®ne ifunbccl) anb i?ort|>fibe iFuU-page {^alf-tones

In Six Volumes— Volume IV
M-Phy.

FOURTH EDITION

DOUBLEDAY^ PAGE & COMPANY

190G

The rights of reproduction and of translation are strictly reserved

'03

CoPYRiGHT, 1900, 1901, 1902
By the MACMTLLAN COMPANY

Copyright, 190G
By the MACMILLAN COMPANY

JtSount pleasant Press

Hamslmrg. Pa.

M

HAACKIA. See Cladrastis.

MAB A (native name). HbenAcere. A genus of about
60 species o£ tret-s and sbrubs found in the warmer
regions of the world. They mostly hare hard, ebony-
like wood. Closely allied to Diospyros, the floral parts
mostly in 3's instead of 4'3 or 5's. The Ivs. are usually
smaller than in Diospyros. Lvs. alternate: fls. axillary,
solitary or in short cymes, usually dioecious; corolla
bell-shaped or tubular,

Natal^nsis, Haw. Much-branched shrub, with flexuous
branches: lvs. %~1 in. long, 6-7 lines wide, ovate, ob-
long or elliptical, obtuse, dark green above, paler be-
neath, glabrous, netted-veined beneath: female fls. soli-
tary; calyx cup-shaped, glabrous, entire; abortive sta-
mens 0-7: ovary glabrous. Natal; offered in S. Fla.~
Presumably the plant in cult, is the female.

HACADAMIA (after John Macadam, M.D., secretary

Philosophical Institute, Victoria, N. S. W. ). ProteAcece.
Two or 3 species of Australian trees or tall shrubs, one
of which produces the Australian nut, which has a flavor
like a filbert or almond, and is cult, in S. Calif. In fa-
vorable localities it bears in 7 years. The genus has no
near allies of horticultural value. Lvs. whorled : fls.
small, pedicelled iu pairs, racemose, hermaphrodite;
perianth not recurved ; stamens aflixed a little below
the blades: disk ringed, 4-lobed or 4-parted.

temlSdlia, F. Muell. Australian Nut. Tree, attain-
ing GO ft. : foliage dense: lvs. sessile, in whorls of 3 or
4, oblong or lanceolate, serrate, with fine prickly teeth,
glabrous and shining, a few inches to 1 ft. long: ra-
cemes often as long as the lvs.: fr. with a 2 vjlved,
leatherv covering; nut often over 1 in. thick. Australia.
G.C. 1870:1181.

MACHffiKIUM Tipu. See TlpJ
MACKAYA. See Asystasia.

■ma speciosa.

HACLEANIA (after John Maclean, British merchant

at Lima, Peru; patron of botany). Vaccined.ce(s. About
a dozen species of shrubs found in the mountains from
Mexico to Peru. They are unknown to the American
trade, but, judging from the pictures in the Botanical
Magazine, should make fine hothouse subjects for our
largest and finest conservatories. They have clusters of
brick-red or crimson, tubular fls. each an inch or more
long. A branch of M. specioitissinia , which is probably
the showiest kind, bears about 60 to 75 such fls. The
young foliage appears to have a handsome reddish
tinge. The corollas are strongly 5-angled, and the 5
tips are short, triangular, erect or spreading and more
or less yellow. Lvs. evergreen, alternate, short-stalked,
entire: stamens 10, much shorter than the corolla.
Macleanias are probably of difficult culture. Try M.
sperlosiasima in a large pot on a shelf near the glass,
so that its branches may hang gracefully. M. pvlchra
has the same habit and color of fls., but is perhaps less
desirable. 31. pioictata is perhaps the most desirable
of those with erect branches and stiff habit. Try this in
a warmhouse border, with good drainage and shallow
soil, as some of these Macleanias have thick, fleshy
roots and the fibrous roots are said to keep near the
surface.

HACLOBA, or OSAGE OBANOE. See Toit/Ion.

M'MAHON, BERNARD (about 1775 to September 16,
1816), horticulturist, was born in Ireland and came to
America, for political reasons, in 1796. He settled in
Philadelphia, where he engaged in the seed and nursery
business. He early began the collection and exportation
of seeds of American plants. In 1804 he published a
catalogue of such seeds, comprising about 1,000 species.
He was the means of making many of our native plants
known in Europe. He enjoyed the friendship of Jeffer-

son and other distinguished men, and his seed store be-
came a meeting place of botanists and horticulturists.
He was interested in all branches of horticulture. It is
thought that the Lewis & Clark expedition %va3 planned
at bis bouse. At all events, M'Mahon and Landreth
were instrumental in distributing the seeds which those
explorers collected (see p. 767). In 1806, he gave to
America its first great horticultural book, "American
Gardener's Calendar" (see p. 760), which was long a
standard cyclopedic work. The editor of the eleventh
edition of this book (1857) makes the following remin-
iscence of M'Mahon:

"Bernard M'Mahon was no common man. He sought
the American shores from political motives, as is un-
derstood, but what these were has not been determined ;
most probably it was necessary to fly from the persecu-
tion of government. He found American gardening in
its infancy, and immediately set himself vigorously to
work to introduce a love of flowers and fruit. The
writer well remembers his store, his garden and green-
houses. The latter were situated near the Uermantown
turnpike, between Philadelphia and Nicetown, whence
emanated the rarer flowers and novelties, such as could
be collected in the early part of the present century,
and where were performed, to the astonishment of the
amateurs of that day, successful feats of horticulture
that were but too rarely imitated. His store was on
Second street, below Market, on the east side. Many
must still be alive who recollect its bulk window, orna-
mented with tulip-glasses, a large pumpkin, and a
basket or two of bulbous roots; behind the counter offi-
ciated Mrs. M'Mahon, with some considerable Irish ac-
cent, but a most amiable and excellent disposition, Sipd
withal, an able saleswoman. Mr. M'Mahon was also
much in the store, putting up seeds for transmission to
all parts of this country and Europe, writing his book,
or attending to his correspondence, and in one corner
was a shelf containing a few botanical or gardening
books, for which there was then a very small demand;
another contained the few garden implements, such as
knives and trimming scissors; a barrel of peas and a
bag of seedling potatoes, an onion receptacle, a few
chairs, and the room partly lined with drawers contain-
ing seeds, constituted the apparent stock in trade of
what was one of the greatest seed stores then known in
the Union, and where was transacted a considerable
business for that day. Such a store would naturally at-
tract the botanist as well as the gardener, and it was

1343. Madia eleeans. (Seep. 064.)

the frequent lounge of both classes, who ever found in
the proprietors ready listeners, as well as conversers ; in
the latter particular they were rather remarkable, and
here you would see Nuttall, Baldwin, Darlington, and
other scientific men, who sought information or were
ready to impart it."

M'Mahon's name was given to west-coast evergreen
barberries by Nuttall in 1818, and these shrubs are still
known as Mahonias to horticulturists, although united
with Berberis by botanists. l H. P

(963)

964

MACODES

MA(3NOLIA

MACODES (from makos, length; on account of the
long labellum). Orchiddcece. Contains but 2 or ;{ spe-
cies of the habit of Anoectochilus, which see for culture.
Sepals and narrower petals spreading: labellum ventri-
cose, with 2 small lateral lobes and 2 calli inside,
turned to one side; column short, twisted in the oppo-
site direction, with 2 narrow, erect appendages. Ter-
restrial herbs, with few variegated petioled Ivs. at the
base, and small fis. borne in a long raceme.

P6tola, Lindl. {AnactocJt'iliis \'eitchiAniis, Hort.).
Fls. greenish, inconspicuous; Its. ovate, 2-3 in. long,
reticulated with golden yellow veins. Java. R.B 21:01.
Heinkich Ha.sselbking.

MACEOCHOKDIUM strictum, Beer, once advertised
by Pitcher & Manda, is referred byMez to ^chmea bro-
meli<ef<,liit. Balier. See p. 28, Vol. I. It is Bromelia
meldii'intlia. Ker-Gawl, B. R. 9:766. The species is
characterized by white-scurfy Ivs., simple dense, woolly
spikes overtopping the foliage : fls. with yellowish green
calyx and small exserted purple-black petals. S. Amer.

MACEOSCfiPIS (Greek, macros, long; skepo, to
covi'il. AsilrpiddAcete. A genus of about 8 species of
tall. tro[)ic;il American climbers, of which M, elliptica,
Hort. .Sander, was int. in 1899. Sander & Co. describe
it as "a new climbing stove-plant, with elliptic, light
green leaves, whichj together with the stems, are densely
covered with soft, felt-like, yellow-brown hairs. The fls.
are in clusters, each flower about 1 in. in diam., resem-
bling in shape those of £foiyM caj-HOsn, and borne in simi-
lar bunches ; they are of a soft, velvety, rich brown color.
Every part of the plant, when bruised or pressed, is
strongly odorous."

Generic characters are; Ivs. opposite, large, cordate;
cymes crowded ; fls. white; calyx about 5-parted; corolla
tube thick; limb spreading; scales of the crown 5, in-
flexed under the throat of the fleshy corolla.

MACEOTOMIA. Consult Arnebia.

MACEOZAMIA (Greek, long Zamia). CyeadAcete.
About .5-7 Australian cycads, which, like most of the
members of this order, make noble foliage plants for
private conservatories. They have the trunk and Ivs.
of Cycas, except that the pinnse have no midrib but are
more or less distinctly striate, especially on the under
side, with several parallel equal veins, the whole leaf
occasionally twisted in some species, but not constantly
so in any one.

The genus is more nearly allied to Dioon and En-
cephalarto.s, from which it is distinguished by the fol-
lowing characters; Ivs. pinnate; scales of the female
cones peltate, the shield thickened, ascending, usually
produced into an erect, acuminate blade. Botanically
the group is very imperfectly understood. The writer
has followed Bentham's account in Flora Australiensis
6:250 (187.-!).

Macrozamias are representative rather than useful
subjects, and not frequently seen. They combine poorly
in any scheme of plant a!id flower decoration; but as
single specimens, they always attract attention, and in
a grouping of similar subjects, or with aloes, agave and
yuccas they make an effective combination. Their cul-
ture is easy. Sandy soil, with charcoal to keep the soil
sweet, ordinary greenhouse temperature, plenty of wa-
ter during the growing season, which corresponds to
our summer, and rest in winter, are the essentials.

At present Af. npirafis is the only name in American
trade catalogues, but the other kinds were offered in 1893
and 1895 by John Saul, and Pitcher & Manda.

A. Pinnce very narrow, often nearly terete: cones smalt,

rarely aboi'e 4 in.: fr. very woolly.
Paulo- Guili^lmi, Hill & M\ie\\.{M.plum6sa,A. Mohr. ).
Trunk short; Ivs. 1-3 ft. long. R.H. 1877, p. 254.

AA. Pinnce flat, inserted on the margins of the rachis,
contracted at the base: cones 4-10 in., glabrous.

B. Rachis of Ivs. usually raised longitudinally between

the pinnce: cone scales much flattened,

spiriliB, Miq. Trunk short: Ivs. 2-4 ft. long: insertion

of the pinniB mostly longitudinal: points of the scales

usually short. G.C. III. \'i:li. — M,cyliiidrica, C.Moore,

is a distinct species according to Inclex Kewensis, but
Beutham considered it a doubtful vat-iety of M, spiralis,
being smaller, with the narrow foliage nearly of M.
Paiilo-Gidlielmi, but with a glabrous trunk and more
terete rachis.

BB. Rachis of Ivs, very flat between the pinnce and often
broad: cone scales very thick.
Miqu«lii,DC. Cult, abroad. John Saul advertised 3/.
Macgiii, presumably a typographical error either for
M. Migiielii or else M. Macleayi, Miq,, which = J/.
spiralis.

AAA. Pinnae inserted by their broad base along the cen-
ter of the upper surface of the rachis, scarcely
.separated by a very narrow line: cones large^
pitbrscent, the scale points broad and often

nrurved.

Peroffsky&na, Miq. {M. Perowskidna, P. Muell.).
Largest ami most distinct : trunk 18-20 ft. high : Ivs.
7-12 ft. long. T, 0, Hatfield and W. M.

MADDER. The root of i?»&m finctorum.

MADEIRA VINE is Boussingaulfia.

MADIA {Madi, the Chilean name of the common spe-
cies). Comp6sita\ Nine species of yellow-tiii. herbs
confined to the western part of the American continent.
Their fls. are remarkable for closing in the sunshine,
and opening in the morning or evening. They are all
called Tarvveeds from their glandular, viscid, beavity-
sceuted foliage, the common Tarweed of Calif, h^iug
var. congesfa of M. sativa, which is a useful annual
plant for sheep pastures
in dry, warm soil, M. ele-
gans is an ornamental an-
nual which every one
should try. It has a grace-
ful open habit (see Fig.
1343) and distinctfls. (Fig.
1344), which become more
numerous as the summer
advances. The nearest
genus of garden value is
Layia, from which Madia
is distinguished by the
following characters: in-
volucre deeply sulcate,
bracts strongly involving
the akenes of the rays:
akenes of the disk fertile
or sterile.

A. Rays showy.
B. Plant annual: Ivs.
chiefly alternate :
pappus none.

61egan8, D. Don. Figs.
1343-4. Height 1-2 ft.:
Ivs. linear or lanceolate,
mostly entire: raysacutely 1344. Madia elegans.

3-lobe(I, yellow throughout Natural size.

or with a brown spot at

the base. Ore. to Nev. B. M. 3548. B. R. 17:1458.-
Needs a shady place.

BB. Plant perennial: Ivs. mostly opposite: pappus
present in disk fls.

Nuttallii, Gray. Height 1-2 ft. : Ivs. linear-lanceolate,
sometimes dentate. Woods, B.C. to Monterev, Calif.
-Adv. 1881 by E. Gillett. Procurable from Californian
collectors.

AA. Rays incon.vpicuoHS, about 3 lines long.
satlva, Molina. Height 1-3 ft.: Ivs. from broadly lan-
ceolate to linear: rays5-12. Ore., Calif., Chile, w. M.

HAGNOLIA (after Pierre Magnol. professor of medi-
cine and director cf the botanic garden at Montpellier,
1638-1715). Magnolidcece. Highly ornamental and
popular deciduous or evergreen trees or shrubs, with
alternate large, entire leaves and large white, pink or
purple, rarely yellowish flowers, often fragrant; the

MAGNOLIA

cone-shaped fruits are often pink or scarlet and very
ducoralive. Most of the deciduous species are fairly
hardy, at least in sheltered positions, as far north as
northern N.Y. and Mass., and M.ticiiiiihiata, Kohiis and
Klillata even farther north, while M. CamphvUi is the
most tender. Of the evergreen species, M. (jraiKli flora,
one of the most beautiful native trees, is precariously
hardy north to Philadelphia. The Asiatic deciduous
species are among the most showy and striking of the
early-flowering trees and shrubs; the earliest is the
shrubby J/'. i'/eHato, blooming in mild climates in Marc h,
and after this M. I'xlan comes in bloom, closely tol
lowed by 31. Soulangeaiia and after this J/. o6or«fa. The
handsomest of the deciduous species is probably M hi/
/inlrKCii, with the very large leaves silvery white below
and with showy, sweet-scented flowers; also the Amen
can M. macrojiliylla and tripetala are conspicuous b\
their very large foliage. The Magnolias are
usually planted as single specimens on the
lawn, and there are, perhaps, no plants more
striking against a background of dark green
conifers. Some species, as M.grniHUnora in
the South and M. acuminata farther north,
are line avenue trees. The Magnolias thrive
best in somewhat rich, moderately moist and
porous soil, preferring sandy or peaty loam,
but some kinds which usually grow naturally
on the borders of swamps, as M. (jlaiica,
tiirive as well in moist and swampy situa-
tions. Transplanting is difficult and is most
successfully performed just when the new
growth is starting. Prop, by seeds sown im-
mediately or stratified, and by layers of last
year's growth put down in spring and tongned
or notched. Layers are usually severed and
transplanted the following spring, but as
many of them die after transplanting, it is a
safer way to take them off early in July, when i^
the new growth has ripened, plant them in "^
pots and keep in a close frame until they are
established. Varieties and rarer kinds are
often veneer- or side-grafted in early spring
or summer on potted stock in the greenhouse
or frame; as a stock M. tripetala is perhaps
the best, on account of its better fibrous roots, which
render transplanting safer, but M. aciiininata is al^o a
good stock Sometimes increased by greenwood cut
tings taken with a heel and handled under glass.

Abont 20 species in N. America, south to Mi
Himalayas and E. Asia. Trees and shrubs, with rather
stout branches marked with conspicuous leaf-scars;
stipules usually adnate to the petiole and inclosing the
young successive leaf: fls. terminal, solitary, the buds
inclosed in a stipular spathe; sepals 3, often petaloid;
petals 6-15; stamens and carpels numerous, the latter
connate into a spindle, developing into a cone-like some-
what fleshy or leathery fr. , with dehiscent, 1-2-seeded
carpels; the large, usually scarlet seeds often suspen-
ded for a time from the fr. by thin threads. The wood
is close-grained, usually light and satiny, but not dur-
able; that of J)/. hiipoleuca is much used in Japan for
laquered ware; the bark and fr. of some species have
been used medicinally as a tonic and stimulant.

Alfred Rehder.
Among the finest Magnolias cultivated in the South are
the two native evergreen species M. grandiftora and
M. glaiica, and the exotics M. piimila and fuscata, the
last being now referred to Michelia. Magnolia grandi-
flora is a noble tree. It is a native of the middle and
southern sections of Georgia, South Carolina, Alabama,
Louisiana and the upper districts of Florida, and is
recognized as one of the grandest of all broad-leaved
evergreen trees. In its native habitat it attains a
height of from 75 to 100 feet, with very large, oval or
lanceolate coriaceous leaves. The latter vary, however,
from very broad to rather narrow, some with a rusty
tinder surface, others quite smooth. The flowers vary
also in size, the largest frequently measuring 10-12 in.
in diameter when fully expanded; others do not attain
more than half that size. They appear early in May.
in some sections during the latter part of April, and
continue until the end of June. Some trees produce
a few flowers during August, and even as late as Octo-

MAGNOLIA

965

her, but these are exceptions. Each flower lasts from
2-4 days, when the petals fall and the cone-like fruit
appears. This gradually increases in size until Sep-
tember, when the bright coral-red seeds are detached
and hang on long filaments. The seed should be
gathered when fully ripe, put in dry sand until Febru-
ary in the S., then in moist sand for a week or 10 days,
when the resinous cuticle can be removed by washing.

1345. Maenolia Yulan (X M).
Commonly known as M. conspicua.

Sow the cleaned seed in a box or coldfranie, and as the
plants show their second leaves pot off in small pots.
In July, give a larger-sized pot, and the plants will be
sufficiently large to plant in permanent place during
the following autumn or winter. It is always advisable
to take pot-grown plants, as they succeed better than
plants taken up with bare roots. Magnolias are vora-
cious feeders, and require rich soil and an abundance
of plant-food. Their roots extend to a great length,
and to bring out the stately beauty of this tree they
should be given ample space. The wood is white, and
valued for cabinet work. There are many forms culti-
vated in European nurseries, their main characteristics
being in the size and form of the leaves and size of
flowers. They are propagated by grafting, either by in-
arching or cleft- or tongue-graft. The latter should be
done under glass, taking 2-year-old pot-grown seed-
lings. The fragrance of the flowers varies also, some
flowers being more pungent than others, but, as a rule,
the fragrance is pleasant. The principal varieties are
M. grandiftora var. gloriosa, with fls. often measuring
14 in. in diameter; foliage broad and massive, brown on
under surface. Seldom grows beyond 18-25 ft. Var.
prtreoj-, or early-flowering. Var. rotiindifulia, with very-
dark green roundish Ivs., rusty underneath.

Maijiiolia glaiica, the Sweet Bay, is an evergreen
tree in the southern states, becoming deciduous north-
ward. It attains a height of 30 ft. in rich bottoms or-
swampy lands: Ivs. oval, long or elliptical, with a glau-
cous niider surface: fls. white. 3-4 in. in diameter, very
fragrant, and produced from May to July. This tree is

966

MAGNOLIA

MAGNOLIA

Bot sufficiently appreciated as an ornamental one in
landscape pjardening.

Magnolia pumita, or Talauma ptimila, is a very
dwarf Chinese species, selduni grrowiiig more than 4 or
5 ft. high: Ivs. smooth, elliptical, sharp-pointed, coria-
ceous: fls. 1-^-2 in. in diameter, white or slightly
tinged green, with 6-9 fleshy petals, which drop soon
after the fls. expand. The fragrance is inlense at night,
and resembles a ripe pineapple. It thrives best in a
rich, partially shaded soil, but a frost of 10° below the
freezing point will injure it. It is therefore best to grow
it as a conservatory plant. Prop, by ripened wood cut-
tings in bottom heat. As this plant is in bli^om during
nearly the whole year, and its delicate fragrance is un-
surpassed, it is strange that it is so little known.

P. J. Berckmans.

acuminata, 13, 14.
aisustifoli:i. 18.
a'iriculata, 11.
Ale.vandrina, 5.
Cumpbelli, 2.
conspicua, 3.
cordata, 14.
discolor, 6.
Einniensis, 18.
tmlida. 18.
Fr.'iseri. 11.
Galissonieiisis, 18.
glaiica. l.i, IC.
eracilis, 6.
grandiflora. 18.

INDEX.

grandis, 5.
Halleana, 1.
hypoleuca, 9.
Kobus, 4.
laiiceolata, 18.
Lennei, 5.
longifolia, 16.
maerophylla, 12
major, 15.
Norbertiana, 5.
nigra, 5.
obovata, 5, 6.
pan-iflora. 7, 8.
pumila. 17.
purpurea, 6.

PJ/n

nidata, 11.
, 1.

salicifolia, 18.
Soulangeana, 5.
speciosa. 5.
stellata. 1.
Talauma, 17.
Thompsouiana, 15.
Thurheri. 4.
tripetala, 10.
Cmbrella, 10.
Virginiana, 16.
Watsoni, 8.
Yulan. 3.

A. Blossoms appearing before the Ivs.

B. Petals 9-lS.

1. stellita, Maxim. (M. Halle&na,YioTt.). Shrub or

small tree, with spreading branches: Ivs. elliptic or

obovate to oblong-obovate, obtusely pointed, pubescent

1346. Magnol:

(XK).

beneath when young, 2-5 in. long: fls. white, short-
stalked, numerous, about 3 in. across, sweet-scented;
petals narrow-oblong, 9-18, spreading and afterwards
reflexed: fr. with only few carpels ripening. March,
April. Japan. B.M. CtTO. R.H. 1878:270. On. 13:132.
G.F.9:195. (J.C. III. 7:017 and 17:.521. Gng. 2:.57. A.F.
6:305. P. E. 9:611. G.M. 38:489. P.M. 1878:309. -Quite
hardy and very free-flowering; it begins to flower when

hardly 2 ft. high. Var. rdsea, Hort., has the fls. blushed
outside.

2. Cimpbelli, Hook. f. & Thorns. Tree, to 80 ft.: Ivs.
elliptic-oblong or ovate, abruptly acuminate, glaucous
beneath and silky pubescent when young, 5-12 in. long:
fls. cup-shaped, 6-10 in. across, white inside and pink,
shaded with crimson, outside; petals obovate, 9-15:
fr. greenish brown, 6-8 in. long. Mav. Himalayas.
B. M.6793. F.S. 12:1282-85. Gn. 48:1028; 53,pp."ir,7.
305. G.C. III. 23:89. -Beautiful tree, hardy only South.

BB. Petals 6-9.
c. Fls. pure white.

3. Yiilan, Desf. {M. conspkua, Salisb.). Fig. 1345.
Tree, to 50 ft., with spreading branches: Ivs. obovate or
obovate-oblong, shortly pointed, pubescent beneath
when young. 4-7 in. long: fls. large, campanulate, sweet-
scented, al)Out 6 in. across; petals and sepals almost
alike, 9, concave, fleshy, 3-4 in. long: fr. brownish, 3-4
in. long, slender. April, May. Japan, China. B.M. 1621.
L. B.C. 12:1187. G.C. III. 9:591. Gn. 21, p. 311; 23, p. 138;
24, p. 511; 31, p. 505; 34:667; 45, p. 365: 46, p. 145; 51,
p. 474. G. M. 31:289; 36:386.-One of the most showy
species.

4. Kdbus, Thunb. {M. Thurheri, Hort.). Tree, to 80
ft., with narrow pyramidal head: branches short and
slender: Ivs. broadly obovate, abruptly pointed, taper-
ing toward the base, pubescent below at first, 3K-6 in.
long: fls. 4-5 in. across; sepals very small and narrow;
petals 6, spreading, thin, 2-2M in. long: fr. slender,
dark brown, 4-5 in. long. April, May. Japan. G. F.
6:66. — One of the hardiest species but less showy; seems
not to flower very profusely.

cc. Fls. purplish or carmine outside.

5. Soulangeina, Soul. (M.obovAta-KTiilan). Interme-
diate between the parents. Popular large shrub or small
tree: Ivs. obovate to obovate-oblong: fls. large, cam-
panulate, white, more or less purplish outside, often
fragrant; sepals usually colored, sometimes almost as
long, sometimes hardly half as long as petals, rarely
small and greenish. May. A. G. 15:283. B.R. 14:1164.
Gt. 5:1(16 and 168. S.B.P.G. 1.3:260. Var. Lenn6i, Hort.
More shrubby: fls. large, deep crimson outside, late.
P. 1864:25. V. 5:1110. Var. nigra, Hort. Fls. dark pur-
ple outside. Tliire are many other named vars., like

var. Alexandrlna. grrindis. Norberti&na, spe-
ciosa (Fig. 13461, dift'ering but little in cnlor
and flowering time, var. Alexandrina being
one of the earliest, var. Norbertiana one of
the latest in bloom. These hybrids are among
the most popular Magnolias on account of
their early, bright-colored fls.; they are show-
ier and hardier than the following species.

6. obov&ta, Thunb. {M. discolor.Vent. M. purpurea.
Curt.). Usually large shrub, with stout branches: Ivs.
obovate or oval-obovate, acute or acuminate, pubescent
beneath at first, 4-7 in. long: fls. large, campanulate,
white inside, purple outside, scentless; petals broad,
obtuse, somewhat fleshy, about 3H in. long; sepals
small, ovate-lanceolate, greenish yellow: fr. brownish,
ovate-oblong. May, June. China, Japan. B. M. 390.
Gn. 22. p. 485; 24, p. 511; 46, p. 49. F. E. 9:611. Var.
gr&cilis, Dipp. {M. gracilis, .Salisb.). — Smaller shrub,
with slender branches, narrower Ivs. and siualler fls.,
dark purple outside.

AA. Blossoms appearing after the Ivs.
B. Foliage deciduous,
c. Fls. irhite.
D. Ends and brnnchlets glabrous or appressed pubes-
cent: carpels glabrous.
E. Lcs. 4-7 in. long, scattered along the branches.

1. parvifl6ra, Sieb. & Zucc. Small tree: branchlets
and buds appressed pubescent: Ivs. elliptic to obovate-
oblong, obtusely pointed, glaucescent beneath and pu-
bescent at first, 4-6 in. long: fls. long-pedicelled. cup-
shaped, white, with large pink sepals, .3-4 in. across,
fragrant; petals usually 6; stamens crimson; carpels
few. June. Japan. B.M. 7411. Gn. 54, p. 177. Gng.
1:8; 3:3. G.M. 38:66.

MAGNOLIA

8. W4tBoni, Hook. Closely allied to the former: al-
most Khilirous, except Ivs. beueath when youug: Ivs.
ol)ov!ite to ohlong, -t-T in. long: tls. short-stalked, 5-6 in.
across, with ()-9 petals; carpels many. June. Japan.
B.M. 71.i7. G.C. III. 16:189 and 17:517. Gt. 48:1459.
Gng. 1:8. Gn. 24:417 (as M parviflnra) probably be-
longs here. G.M. 34::i05. — Very handsome in bloom;
the beauty of the large, sweet-scented flower is much
heishteni-d by the crimson center, formed by the bright-
colored stamens.

EE. Li'x. S-20 in. long, mostly clustered at the end of
the branches: buds and branches (jlabrons.

9. hypoletica, Sieb. & Zucc. Tree, to 100 ft. high, with
broad, pyramidal head: Ivs. obovate to obovate-oblong,
obtusely poiuted, glaucous and appressed pubescent be-
neath, 8-14 in. long: fls. 6-7 in. across, cup-shaped, fra-
grant, with 6-9 petals; stamens with scarlet filaments:
fr. oblong-cylindric, scarlet, to 8 in. long. May, June.
Japan. G. P. 1:305. Gng.l:8. Mn. 3, p. 73.- One of the
most beautiful of the deciduous species, the under side
of the Ivs. being almost silvery white; about as hardy
as .)/. macrophylla.

10. trip6tala, Linn. (J/. (7m6r^no, Lara.). Umbrella
Tree. Tree, to 40 ft., with spreading branches, forming
an open head: Ivs. tapering toward the base, oblong-
obovate, acute, pale and pubescent beneath when young,
12-24 in. long: Hs.8-10in. across, of adisagreealileodor;
petals 6-9, oblong-obovate, 4-5in.long; sepals recurved,
light green: fr. rose-colored, ovate-oblong, 2^2-4 in.
long. May. Pa. to Ala., west to Ark. and Miss. S.S.
1:9 and 10. Gn. 22,p. 27; 24, p. 509; 33, p. 539.

11. Fraseri, Walt. (M. auriculAla, Lam. M. pyra-
viiddta, Pursh). Tree, to 40 ft., with wide-spreading
branches, quite glabrous: Ivs. obovate, cordate-auricu-
late at the base, acute, glaucescent beneath, 8-20 in.
long: fls. 6-9 in. across, sweet-scented; petals 6-9, ob-
long-obovate, 4-5 in. long: fr. oblong, bright rose-red,
3-5 in. long. Va. to Pla., west to Miss. S.S. 1:11 and
12. B.M. 1206. B.R. 5:407. L. B.C. 11:1092. Gn. 22:27;
24, p. 511; 44, p. 935.

DD. Buds and branches grayish tomenlose: carpels
woolly.

12. macrophylla, Michx. Large-leaved Cupumber
Tree. Tree, to 50 ft., with spreading branches: Ivs. ob-
long-obovate, blunt, subcordate-auriculate at the base,
glaucescent and finely pubescent beneath, 1-3 ft. long:
fls. cup-shaped, fragrant, 10-12 in. across; petals 6, ob-
long-obovate, thick, purplish at the base. 6-7 in. long:
fr. broadly ovate, rose-colored, to 3 in. long. IMay, June.
Ky. to Pla., west to Ark. and La. S.S. 1:7 and 8. B.M.
2981. G. P. 8:165. Gn. 22, p. 28; 24, p. 509; 33, p. 539.

cc. Fls. yellow or greenish: petals 6, S-SM in. long.

13. acumin&ta, Linn. Cucumber Tree. Tall, pyra-
midal tree, to 90 ft. : Ivs. oval to oblong, shortly acumi-
luite, rounded or acute at the base, soft pubescent and
iiglit green beneath, 6-9 in. long: fls. greenish yellow or
glaucous green, about 2-3 J^ in. high, with upright petals:
fr. cvlindric, pink, 3-4 in. long. May, June. N. Y. to
<Jn.,'west to 111. and Ark. S.S. 1:4 and 5. B.M. 2127.
L.B.C. 5:418. Gn. 24, p. 509.

U. cordita, Michx. {M. acumindta, var. corddta,
Sarg.). Similar to the former, but smaller: Ivs. more
pubescent, oval to ovate, acute, rounded or sometimes
slightly cordate at the base; fls. smaller, canary yellow.
Ga.andAla. S.S. 1:0. B.M. 2427. L.B.C.5:474. Gn.
22, p. 27; 24, p. 509.

bb. Foliage coriaceous , persistent, but decidtious North

in Nos. 15 and 16.
c. Lvs. glabrous or silky-pubescent beneath: nsuallif
shrubby.
15. Thompaoni&na, Sarg. {M. glafica, var. mAjor,
Sims. M. iilauca,va.r. Thonipsonidna, Load.). Prob-
able hybrid of Jf. ghiuca and tripetala. Shrubor small
tree: branches and buds glabrous: lvs. oval to oblong,
acute, glaucescent beneath and pubescent when young,
5-9 in. long: fls. white, fragrant, 5-6 in. across; sepals
shorter than the petals, yellowish. June, July. G. F.
1:269. B.M. 2164. Gn. 24. p. 511. -Of garden origin.

MAGNOLIA

967

16. glailca, Linn. (J/. rirsiiiKiiin, Morong). Sweet,
Swamp or White Bay. Beaver Tree. Fig. 1347. At-
tractive shrub or small tree, evergreen South: Ivs. oval
to oblong-lanceolate, glaucous beneath and silky-pubes-
cent at first, 3-6 in. long: Hs. white, globose, fragrant,
2-3 in. across; sepals nearly as large as petals, spread-
ing; petals 9-12, roundish obovate: fr. pink, 1-2 in.
long. May, June. Mass. to Fla. near the coast, in the
South extending west to Texas. S.S. 1:3. Em. 2:003.
L.B.C. 3:215. R.H. 1894, p. 347. G F. 10:403. Gng.

1347, Maenolia glauca (X %).

4:342. — A very desirable shrub, with handsome, glossy
foliage and sweet-scented, creamy white fls. Var. longi-
fdlia. Loud., has lanceolate lvs. and continues blooming
during a longer time than the type.

17. pilmila, Andr. ( Td/nHma prinii/rt, Blume). Shrub,
to 12 ft. : lvs. elliptic-oblong, acuminate, glabrous, glau-
cescent beneath, 3-6 in. long: fls. axillary, nodding on
short-curved pedicels, globose-ovate, white, fragrant,
about l!4in. across ; petals 6. China. B.M. 977. — Cult.
South.

cc. Lvs. ferrugineous, pubescent beneath: tree.

18. ^andifldra, Linn. (J/, fwtida, Sarg.). Bull Bay.
Tall evergreen tree, to 80 ft., of pyramidal habit:
branchlets and buds rusty-pubescent: lvs. thick and
firm, oblong to obovate, glossy above, ferrugineons-pu-
bescent beneath, sometimes glabrous at length, 5-8 in.
long: fls. white, fragrant, 7-8 in. across; sepals large,
petaloid; petals 6-12, obovate; stamens purple : fr. oval

968 MAGNOLIA

or ovate, rusty browu aixl pubescent, 3^ in. long. May-
Auy. N. C. to Tex. S.S. 1:1 and 2. — Var. angustifolia,
Loud. (var. S(//iO(>;t«, Hort. ). Lvs. lanceolate, wavy.
Var. lanceolata, Ait. (var. Ex-onHnsis, Loud.). Lv3,
obloug-lanceolate or obloug-elliptic, less rusty beneath.
B.M. 1952. L.B.C. 9:8U. There are many otLer named
varieties, of which var. 6alissoni6nsis, Hort., has proved
the hardiest in Europe. For other pictures, see Gn. 22,
p. 28; 24, pp. 509,511; 33, p. 508.

M. comprcssa, Maxim. =Miehelia eompressa.— ilf. fuscdta,
Aiidr.=Michelia fuscata.— JU. salicimia. Maxim, Small, de-
ciduous tree: lvs. elliotic to ovate-lanceolate, glaucous beneath,
4-7 in. long: fls. unknown. Japan. G.F. 6:67.

Alfred Rehder.

HAH^RNIA ( anagram of i7fr»ia»n in). StercuUdceoe.
More than 30 herbs and subshrubs of IS. Africa, mostly
with incised lvs. and droop-
ing, bell-shaped Hs. Calyx
caiupanuhite, 5-cleft; petals
a, with hollow claws, twisted
in the bud ; stamens 5, op-
posite the petals, the fila-
ments prominently enlarged
or dilated at about the mid-
dle (and thus differing from

He

vhich ha

1348. Mahernia verticillata.

sudden enlargement in the
filaments), the anthers long:
ovary 5-loculed, ripening
^^*^7^il^E^ into a coriaceous capsule

Jr^ VT with many seeds. Monogr.

*!. 1 in Harvey and Bonder's

Flora Capensis. By some
the genus is united with
Hermannia. A few of the
I\laliernias are cult, as pot-
plants for the profusion of their bell-like fls. and the
sweet odor.

vertlclllita, Linn. {M. odordta, Hort, not of botan-
ists, which is Hermannia PresVianti). Honey Bell.
Fig. 1348. Very common plant in conservatories,
and sometimes seen in window-gardens (see Hoime
Plants) : half woody, very diffuse and straggly, not
making a central leader, the terete crooked stems
scabrous: lvs. small, much cut into linear divisions,
with deep cut stipules: fls. % in. or less long, nod-
ding, usually about 2 together, from axillary shoots,
sweet, fragrant, honey-yellow. — Free bloomer in
winter and spring. Of easy cult. Prop, by cuttings.
Mahernia verticiliafa is a very pretty twiggy bush
for the cool greenhouse. The branches are long and
flexible, so that specimens m:ty be trained into any
foriu. It may also be used for hanging baskets. It is
of easy culture in pots, but lifts badly.

glabr&ta, Cav. Lvs. dentate or dentate-pinnatifid
(not so finely cut as in the last), covered with stellate
down: trailing. -It is doubtful if the plant cult,
under this name is the M. (jlahrata of botanists.
L. H. B.
MAHOE, MOUNTAIN. See Hibiscus elatns.

HAHOGANT, Se<i Swietenia. Mountain Hahog-
any. See Cereoearpus.

MAHONIA. Included with Berberis.

MAIDENHAIR FERN is Adiantum.

MAIDENHAIR TREE. See Ginkgo.

MAIANTHEMUM (Greek, May flower). Lilicicem.
M. Convalliria, Weber, is a pretty little native wild
flower growing 3-5 inches high, with 1-3 heart-shaped
shining lvs., and a raceme about 1 in. long of small
white fls., with 4-parted perianth and 4 stamens. It
grows in moist woods, and is fully described in our
manuals. It has been offered by dealers in native
plants under Its svnotiyms, J/, bifofiinn, Canailense
B.ni\ Smilacina bi'fotia. B.B. 1:431. B. M. 510. It
is sometimes called False Lily-of-the-Valley or Two-
Leaved Solomon's Seal. Foliage dies in midsummer.
Useful for early effects.

MAINE

MAINE, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1349. Maine, the
most northeasterly of the United States, lies between lati-
tudes 40° 0' and 47° 27' north and longitudes 06° 56' and
71° 20' west. The name was used by early explorers to
desijiuate the mainland as distinct from the numeroua
islands along the coast. Although its extreme breadth
from east to west is but 270 miles, its coast line is so
broken as to extend for 2,486 miles along the Atlantic.
The total area of the state is 33,000 square miles, of
which 3,145 is water surface. The surface of the state is
disposed in two great slopes, separated by a broad plain
from 1,000 to 2,000 feet above the sea (see the map). This
plain, the eastern end of the Appalachian range, con-
tains numerous hills and mountains, the highest of
which is Mt. Katahdin, with an altitude of 5,385 feet.

The slopes are much broken by hills and lakes, and
vast areas are still covered by the primeval forest.
There is thus provided a wide diversity of soil and cli-
matic conditions in different parts of the state, which
affords opportunity f ( r a considerable range in agricul-
tural productions. Under these conditions, even from
the earliest settlement of the state, agriculture haa
received a fair share of attention. There were in 1892,
65,000 farms, containing 6,500,000 acres, representing a
cash value of $102,500,000, and an estimated value of
farm products of $22,000,000.

The forests, located mainly in the middle belt, form
one of Maine's principal sources of wealth. In the
northern part these consist chiefly of pine, spruce, hem-
lock and arborvitfe. Farther south, in adilition to the
conifers, red oak, beech, birch, luaple, ash and elm
abound. Butternut and hickory are found, but are not.
abundant. The productions for which the state is espe-
cially noted, aside from lumber, are hay, potatoes, sweet
corn and fruit. Of the first, from 1,500,000 to 2,000,000'
tons are cut each year.

Potatoes form the staple crop in Aroostook county —
the "Garden of Maine '' — though many thousand bushels
are grown in the southern counties. The annual crop is-

1349. Maine, To illustrate its horticulture.

MAINE

96&

not far from lO.UOO.OOO bushels. The greater portion of
the potatoes grown in Aroostook county is converted
into stareli. The annual proiiuct of the starch factories
is from 12,000,000 to 1.1,000,000 pounds. The average
yield is about 120 bushels per acre, but as many as 500
and even 700 bushels have been obtained.

The production of sweet corn for canning has become
an important industry in the southwestern and central
parts of the state. The total pack in 1800 was about
12,000.000 cans, representing 3,000 acres. In 1«!)2, !»,-
001), 000 cans were packed, while in 1807 the output was
about the same.

The rocky hillsides of southwestern Maine are espe-
cially suited for producing apples of superior color,
flavor and keeping qualities. Pears and plu ns are also
grown to a considerable extent. The value of the orchard
products is about $1,500,000 annually. Desirable sites for
orchards range in value from $5 to $50 per acre, accord-
ing to the location and distance from shipping points.

Small fruits thrive over the greater part of the state,
and find a ready market at the numerous summer resorts
for which Maine is noted.

The canning of blueberries is an important industry
in some parts of the state. In Washington county about
120,000 acres, otherwise worthless, are known as the
"blueberry barrens." The annual output of the canning
factories is valued at $75,000 to $100,000, and 1,500 or
2,000 bushels are shipped while fresh. In other parts
of the state there are many thousand acres that may be
utilized in the same way. Some of tlie more important
blueberry regions are indicated by the shaded
areas on the map.

In providing for education along agricultural
lines, Maine has not been beliind other states.
While Arthur Young and others were striving to ^-^-i
improve the agriculture of Great Britain, leading i.f/^]
citizens of the then District of Maine united in
forming one of the first agricultural societies in
America. As noted by Boardman: "The light
stations first established in this country for the
improvement and the diffusion of agricultural
literature were at Philadelphia, Pa., in 1785 ;
Charleston, S. C, in 1785; Hallowell, Maine, 1787."

The first agricultural and industrial college in North
America, the Gardiner Lyceum, was established at Gar-
diner, Me., in 1821, when a yearly grant of $1,000 was
made by the state. The purpose of the school was "to
give mechanics and farmers such a scientific education
as would enable them to become skille<l in their profes-
sions." This institution, under the patronage of the
V'aughans and the Gardiners, flourished until 1835, when
state aid was withdrawn. It was continued for two
years at the expense of Mr. Gardiner, and then closed,
in connection with the Lyceum, a farm was utilized for
experiments in agriculture, and "to give the future
agriculturist the knowledge of those principles of sci-
ence upon which his future success depends, and an
opportunity to see them reduced to practice."

In 1865 the State College of AjTriculture and the
I\Iechanic Arts was established under the provisions of
the "Morrill Act." This, in 1897, became the University
of Maine, with a well-equipped aerricnltural department.
The Maine Agricultural Experiment Station, established
under the provisions of the "Hatch Act" in 1887, forms
a department of the university. In addition to the work
of the university, important educational work is carried
on in the form of farmers' institutes by the State Board
of Agriculture, consisting of one member from each
county, with permanent headquarters at the capital.
There are also two state agricultural societies, one state
pomoloarical society, and nearly 50 county and town
agricultural societies which receive aid from the .state.

'».T'7x< c- ^ , .» W. M. MUNSON

MAIZE. See Corn and Zra.

MAKAST DECORATIONS and bonquets are dried

grasses and everlastings, whether dyed or not. The
celebrated painter, Hans Makart, once decorated his
salon with dried palm leaves, pampas grass and the
like, to the delieht of the Emperor of Austria, who
visitetl the artist's studio: hence the name. See Ever-
lastings and G.C. 111.0:714.

MALAY APPLE. Eugenia Jam^ins.

MALCOLMIA. See MaU-omkt.

MALCOMIA (Wm. Malcolm, English horticulturist of
the eiKlitecnth century ) . Also written Malcolmia, but it
was originally spelled Malcomia. Crin-lferw. A genus
of altout 20 s|iecies, one of whicii is called the Virginian
Stock, though it is a native of the Mediterranean region.
It is a charming hardy annual of the easiest, culture,
growing about a foot high, with a more branching and
open habit than the common stock (Matthiola). and 4-
petaled tls. each about % in. across. Red, white and
crimson-fid. kinds are offered in America, while rose
and lilac tis. appear in the mixtures. There seem to be
no double forms. It is an excellent plant for the front
of a border, as it may be easily had in bloom from spring
to fall by means of successional sowings. Seeds are
best «own in the fall, as they give earlier bloom. Seeds
may be sown thinly. See Annuals.

1350. Virginian Stock, C

Malcomia is a genus of branching herbs: branches
often prostrate: Ivs. alternate, entire or pinnatifi(i : tis.
in a loose racenie; petals long and linear or long-clawed :
pods rather teietp, long orawl-shaped: seedsin 1 serie.s.
or in 2 series at the base of the cells.

maritima, R. Br. Virginian Stock. Mahon Stock.
Pigs. 13.'>0, 1351. Stem erect, braucliinK: Ivs. elliptic,
obtuse, entire, narrowed at the base, pubescence ap-
pressed, 2-4-parte(l : pedicels rather shorter than the
calyx : pods pubescent, lorjg-acuminate at the apex.
B.M. IGG {as Vheimnthiis mnritimus, showmg redHs.,
changing to purple before fading). \y ji

MALLOTUS (Greek, woolly). Euphorbiicew. Trees
or shrubs, with broad opposite Ivs., with small dioecious
fls. in spikes or panicles: petals and disk absent; calyx
3-5-lobed ; stamens numerous ; styles 3, almost free,
recurved ; capsule spherical, splitting into 3 parts.
About 80 species in the Old World tropics.

Japbnicus, Miill. Arg. A small tree, with large, ovate,
palraately nerved, nearly glabrous, sub-trilobed, long-
petioled Ivs.: spikes branched terminal: fls. 2-3 lines
wide; stamens 00-70, yellow; stigmas slightly feathery :
capsules pubescent. H in. in diam. Japan and China.
R.H. 1894, p. 103. -Cult, at Santa Barbara.

J. B. S. Norton.

MALLOW. Malva rntiinillfolia .

MALLOW, FALSE. Ma Ira strum.

MALOPE (name used b3' Pliny for some kind of mal-
low). Malvr)c(ip. A genus of 10 mpecies of annuals from
the ]\Iediterranean region, one of which is cult, under -
the name of M. grandiflora. It grows 1-3 ft. high, and
bears red or white, 5-petaled fls. 2H-3 in. across, in sum-
mer and fall. The genus is allied to Althaea, which it
resembles in having solitary ascending ovules, but has
the carpels crowded into a sort of head without order,
while in Althiea the carpels are in a single whorl. Also,
Malope has 3 bractlets, while Althaea has 6-9. Herbs

970

MALOPE

glabrous or pilose; Ivs. entire or 3-cut : fls. usually
violet or rosy; bractlets large, cordate; calyx 5-c'ut;
column of stamens divided at the top into filaments.
Culture easy. See Annuals.

trifida, Cav. Lvs. 3-nerved, 3-cut, dentate, glabrous;
lobes acuminate : peduncles axillary, 1-fld. Spain, N.
Africa. -Var. granditldra, Paxt. (J/, grandifldra, P. G.
Dietr. ), is said to be much superior to thatyefi, with tls.
2K-3 in. across, deep rosy red, vefned inside darker.
Gn. 21, p. 145. P.M. 1:177. Jf. gramUflora alba is also
■cult.

1351. Virginian Stock — Malcomia maritima.

X.itur.il size. (Seep. 960.)

HALFfOHIA (Marcello Malpighi, 1028-1693, distin-
guished anatomist at Boulogne,who wrote on the anatomy
of plants). Malpiijhiiiferv. About 20 species of small
trees or shrubs, mostly natives of tropical America, one
of which is the Barbadoes Cherry, M. glabra. The fruit
is about the size and shape of a small northern cherry,
but inferior in quality. It has an acid taste. It is borne
on ashrub,which grows about G ft. high and has handsome
crimson fls. of a distinct appearance. The fl. is about
% in. across, and the 5 petals have a claw about as long
as the fringed blade. This shrub is a native of the West
Indies and is cult, in all the Islands as well as S. Amer.
It is also offered in S. Fla.

Malpighias have opposite, short-stalked Ivs., glabrous
or tomentose, entire or spiny-toothed ; fls. axillary, clus-
tered or corymbose, rarely solitary, red, rose or white;
calyx 5-parted, 6-10-glandular; stamens 10: ovary 3-
celied; styles 3, distinct: drupe 3-stoned, the stones
with or without 3-5 crests or wings on the back.

glibra, Linn. Barbadoes Cherrv. Lvs. ovate, gla-
brous, entire, usually pointed, having a few biscuspi-
date hairs which disappear early : umbels 3-5-tld. : ca-
lyx 6-8 glandular; stones obtusely 4-angled. B.M.813.

W. M.

MALUS. See P,jrus.

MALVA (old Latin name from Greek malache; refer-
ring to the emollient lvs.). MatiHlce(e. About 16 species
of herbs, widely scattered, 4 of which are cult, in America
and have escaped from old gardens, while one, J/, rotnn-
difoUa (Pig. 1352), the common Mallow, is a familiar
weed. These plants are of the easiest culture, and bloom
all summer and fall, having pink, rose or purple fls.
sometimes 2 in. across. Malva is distinguished from
numerous allied genera by the carpels in a single whorl:
ovules solitary, ascending: bractlets 3, distinct; carpels
not beaked or appendaged within. Malvas are hirsute
or nearly glabrous; Ivs^angled^ lobed or dissected: fls.
solitary, in the axils or clustered, sessile or pedtmeled;
petals 5, notched at the apex. In the first 2 species the
pedicels are solitary in the upper axils; in the next 3
they are numerous and clustered.

A. J^ls. large and showy, 1%-^ in. across.

B. Fruit downy, not wrinkled.
mosch&ta. Linn. Musk Mallow. Perennial, 1-2 ft.
higli, less hairy than M. Alcea : stem-lvs. 3-many times
parted, the lobes being linear; fls. rose or white; calyx
with long, simple hairs. Eu.; cult, and escaped. R.H.
1851;. 381.

BB. Frnil glabrous , minutely wrinkled or veiny.

Alcea, Linn. Perennial, 2-4 ft. high; stem-lvs. parted
almost to the base into 3-5 divisions, which are again
3-5-cut, the lobes broad: fls. deep rose; calyx deusely
stellate-pubescent. Eu. ; cult, and escaped. B.M. 2297
(pink, veined deeper). — Var. Sastigiilta, Koch (M.
Morfnii, PoUini). Lvs. less incised; upper stem-lvs.
3-fid; intermediate ones 5-fid; lobes oblong, unequally
dentate. B.M. 2793.

BBB. Fruit prominently wrinkled-veiny.
sylvfistria, Linn. Biennial or perennial, 2-3 ft. high,
rough-hairy, branching: lvs. rather shari.Iy 5-7-lobed;
fls. purple-rose. Eu., temp. Asia, waysides N. Amer.
A.G. 13:471. — Not advertised. See 3/. zc^riHrt in supple-
mentary list. V.ar. Mauritiina (J/. Mauritiiina, Linn.)
has long been cult, in cottage gardens abroad as the
Tree Mallow. It is taller, smoother and has mure
obtuse lobes.

aa. Fls. synall, inconspicuous, whitish.

B. Lis. curled or puckered at the margin.
crlspa, Linn. Curled Mallow. Unbranched annual,

4-6 ft. high, leafy from
base to top; Ivs. rounded,
5-7-Iobed or angled; fls.
clustered, almost sessile.
Eu.; sparingly escaped
from old ganiens. Gn.2,
p. 315. Vilmorin's
"Vegetable Garden," p.
319.— No longer adver-
tised, but procurable
abroad and still cult, in
America. No part of the
plant is eaten, but the
elegantly crisped leaves
are sometimes used for
garnishing dishes. Gen-
erally self-sows in gar-
dens.
BB. Lvs. not curled at
the margins.

rotundifdiia, Linn. Fig.
I3ri2. t'ci.MMoN .Mallow.
Stems trailing from a
strung, deep root; lvs.
rounded kidney-shaped,
crenate; leaf -stalks very
long ; peduncles rather
slender. — Common bien-
nial or perennial weed, not cult. The flat wrinkled
fruits are known to children as "cheeses." Also locally
called "Shirt-button plant."

1352. Malva rotundifolia (X Js).
weed, known as
"Cheeses."

SIALVA

MAMMILLARIA

971

M. minidta is a much confused name. In the Thorbum cata-
logue the plant in the American trade is said to be the same as
Slilueralcea Munroana. probably on the authority of E. S. Car-
m:in in A.G. 11:539. M. miniata is also advertised by German
dealers and is referred by Vilmorin's Blumengiirtnerei to Sphie-
ralcea miniata. Index Kewensis, however, refers M. miuiatii to
Sphieralcea cisplatina. This riddle will, perhaps, be solved
under Sphaeralcea, which see. — Jlf . multifida alba. Hort., is
probably a wliite-tid. form of one of the species above men-
tioned, with foliage many times divided.— JM. zebrlna, Hort., is
referred by Index Kewensis to M. sylvestris; by Vilmorin's
Blumengjirtnerei to M. Mauritiana. In Bridgeman's catalogue
M.zelirina is dt'Sfribed as a hardy annual, called "Striped Mal-
low," growing '2 ft. high, with white and purple tls. s^ jj^

MALVASTRUM (name made from Malva). Muhu^n^w.
Sixty or more herbs and subshrubs in America and S.
Africa, of which 2 or 3 are plants of minor importance in
gardens. From Malva and its allies it differs in having
short or capitate stigmas on the style-branches rather
than longitudinal stigmas, also in having a solitary ovule
in each carpel. From Malvaviscus it differs in having
a dry rather than a baccate fruit, and in other charac-
ters. The garden species are perennials of easy culture,
blooming in the hot weather of summer.

coccineum, Gray. A tufted canescent plant, 5-10 in. or
less high, with running rootstocks: Ivs. not more than
1 in. across, pedately 3-5-parted or divided, the narrow
divisions again cut or cleft : fls. brick-red or coppery, in
a short terminal raceme: carpels round-kidney-shaped,
inclosed in tlie incurving calyx lobes. Western Amer.
B. ]\l. 1(173 (as Cristaria coccinea). — There is a var.
^andifldrum in the trade, with "large deep scarlet fls."

campanulatum, Nichols. Two ft. or less high, hairy:
Ivs. pedately 3-o-lobed, the lobes deeply cut and toothed,
clasping: lis. rose-purple, an inch across. Chile. P.M.
9:173, and R.H. 1843;3"i5 (as Malva campanulata).

spUndidum, Kell. Shrub, becoming 12 ft. or more,
gray-tonientose: Ivs. cordate-ovate, 5-lobed: fls. rosy
pink, fragrant. Calif. L H. B.

MALVAViSCUS (Greek, stick>i waUmv). Malviiceo'.
About 25 species of tender shrubs from the warmer
parts of America, one of which, M. arborens, is known
to the trade as Achania 3Ialvaviscns. It is a fine old
greenhouse shrub with erect scarlet fls., which resemble
an Abutilon and never open widely. Abutilon, however,
has no involucre, while Malvaviscus has an involucre of
10-12 bractlets. Lvs. entire,
dentate, angled or lobed:
fls. red, usually peduncled;
petals erect and connivent
or spreading in the upper
half ; column of stamens
truncate below the apex or
.'j-toothed : carpels fleshy
outside, connate into a berry,
later separating.

arboreua, Cav. (Achd-tiia
Molmii'iscus, Sw.). Fig.
1353. Tall shrub: lvs. alter-
nate, mostly 3-lobed, acumi-
nate, heart-shaped at the
base, toothed : fls, convolute in the bud ; bractlets erect.
S.Amer. B.M. 2305. -Cult, outdoors in S.Fla.and S.Calif.
3[alvaviscus arboreus is one of the most satisfactory
house plants that can be grown. It is not subject to in-
sects of any kind, will stand a low teinpeiature in win-
ter, and blooms both winter and summer. When pot
grown, the plant is usually about 2 ft. high, but out-
doors it makes a strong, branching growth, attaining 3-5
ft. The bright scarlet fls. remain a long time in perfect
condition. The fls. open slightly at the top or not at all.
This circumstance gave rise to the old name Achania,
which means not opeuluq. The plant needs a good light
soil and thrives in a compost of fibrous peat and loam.
Prop, by cuttings. The cultivators need not fear the
appearance of white grains on the surface of the lvs., as
they are a normal, waxy secretion of the plant.

James Vick.
MAMILLARIA. See ManimiUaria.

MAMM£A (from a South American name). Guttif-
eriv. Six species of tropical trees, one of which. M.
A.mericana, produces the fruits known as the Mammee

1353. Malv;

arboreus.

Apple or St. Domingo Apricot. These are 3-G in. in
diameter, round, russet-colored or brown, with a yellow
juicy pulp, and 1-4 large, rough seeds. The skin and
seeds are bitter and resinous. The fruits are eaten raw
without flavoring, or with wine and sugar, or sugar and
cream. They are also preserved. The taste for tlu-m
does not have to be acquired. The tree is cult, in S.
Fla. and S. Calif., and a few fruits are brought from the
West Indies to the U. S. The nearest ally of horticul-
tural value is the Mangosteen, belonging to the genus
Garcinia, characterized by having 4 sepals, while
Mammea has a calyx which is closed before anthesis,
and afterwards is valvately 2-parted. Manimeas have
rigid, leathery lvs., often dotted with pellucid glands:
peduncles axillary, 1-fld., solitary or clustered : fls.
polygamous; petals 4—6; stamens numerous; stigma
peltate or broadly lobed: ovary 2-4-celled.

Americana, Linn. Mammee Apple. St. Domingo
Apricot. Fig. 1354. Tree, 40-60 ft. high: lvs. obovate-
oblong, rounded at tip, 4-8 in. long: peduncles few or
solitary: petals white, fragrant; anthers oblong, later-
all)' dehiscent. B.M. 7562. W. M.

M'fuiniea Americana is native from the West Indies
to Brazil. The wood ~i: durable and well adapted for
building purposes, posts and piles. It stands damp. It
is beautifully grained ai-i is used for fancy work. The
gum is applied to extract chigoes; dissolved in lime-
juice it destroys maggots in sores at a single dressing.
An infusion of the bark is astringent and is useful to
strengthen the recent cicatrices of sores. A liqueur has
been obtained by distillation from the flowers infused
in spirits of wine, known in the Island of Martinique by
the name of '^Oreme des Creoles." The fruit is the size
of a very large orange. It has a sweetish, somewhat
aromatic taste and a peculiar odor. Not much use is
made of it. Seeds germinate freely, and young plants
are easily raised. -^-^ Harris.

MAMMEE APPLE. See Mammea.

MAMMILLARIA (Latin, mammila ; referring to the
nipple-like tubercles on these plants). Often but not
originally spelled Mtnnilhnid . Stems simple, branch-
ing or in clusters fnnn tin- root, commonly hemispheri-
cal or short-cylindricalj but often depressed or some-
times much elongated; the surface entirely broken up
into tubercles (mamillEe): fls. visually short-funnelform,
with naked or nearly naked tube and ovary, borne in
the more or less woolly axils between the tubercles, or
at the inner extremity of a narrow groove on their up-
per surface: fr. globose to linear-clavate, nearly always
smooth and berry-like. The first subgenus is rather in-
definitely separated from the tuberculate Echinocacti by
the smooth fruit, and by the character of the groove,
which in Mammillaria is hardly more than an impressed
line, while in Echinocactus it is shorter and so broad as
to be obviously a continuation of the spiniferous areola.

The cultivation of Mammillaria differs in no respect
from Echinocactus, which see.

Review of St'BGEyERA.

Subgenus I. Coryphantha (flowering in vertex).
Tubercles, at least the flowering ones, narrowly
grooved on the upper side, from apex nearly to
base, except in M. rnacromeris. Fls. showy,
large for the genus. Fruit green or greenish,
except in M. tuberculosa and M. Missouriensis.
Seeds brown, lightly reticulated and thin-
shelled, with ventral or snbventral hilum, ex-
cept in da syacantha and Missouriensis. Species 1-24

Subgenus II. Dolicothele. Tubercles cylindric-
conical, long, loose and of soft texture. Fls.
large, yellow, from the axils of the upper
tubercles Species 25

Subgenus III, Cochemiea. Stems elongated, form-
ing large clumps : fls. in a crown near the
apex, IK-2 in. long, narrowly tnbular-funnel-
form, somewhat curved and bilabiate, with
widely spreading sepaloid scales, the whole
flower uniformly waxy red; stamens and style
exceeding the petals: fr. red: one or more cen-
trals hooked, except sometimes in M. Halei.
All from Lower California and adiacent islands.
Species 2G-29

972

MAMMILLARIA

MAMMILLARIA

ceo. stems cespitose from the
grooves of the tubercles,
often densely so: groove
without glands hut often
spinose for most of its
length: radial spines
fewer and weaker: cen-
tral solitary or want-

a Americana — Mammee Apple, or St. Domineo

Apricot (X!^). (Seep.lge971.)

Subgenus IV. Ei'Mamillabia. Pis. usually small,
produceil from the axils of grooveless tubercles,
and nearly always remote from the vertex: fr.
usually oiavate and red, nearly always desti-
tute of scales Species 30-77

SUBGENUS I. COETPHANTHA.

A. Blossoms yellow: spines mostly

yellow or yellowish, one or

more honey-glands usually

found in the groove.
B. t'ls. remote from the vertex.

C. Glands one or two conspic-
uous red or yellow, in the
arils: stems long, in age
making large clumps:
spines rather slender:
radials %-% in. long,
centrals Vi-Vi in. long...

cc. Glands none in the axil ...
?B. Fls. central or nearly so:
plants mostly globose or de-
pressed, 1)4-^ '»■ *"■ diam-
eter: radial spines later-
ally compressed near the
base

raphidacantha
macro thele
, erecta
reourvata

Stems nearly always sim-
ple: radial spines rather
rigid and peclinately
spreading: centrnls 1-4,
the upper turned up
among the radials, the
lower deflexed or hori-
zontal. Species closely
related and perhaps con-
fluent

Scheerii
robuBtispina

. comifera
. daimonoceras
, echinus
, scolymoides

Blossoms purple or purplish:
spines usually gray or glossy,
the centrals and tips black or
brown: ovary and fruit often
scale-bearing .
B. Sadial spines 10 or more,
iifttti ntif nmiurous, cover-
ing llif irhi'lf plant: cen-
Inifs nt ntatii ritif rarely less
than, 4.
C. Glands small in a chain
in some of the gi-ooves:
spines long hut weak, not
obscuring the body ....
CC. Glands none in axil
groove so far as known

radians
, pectinata
, impexicoma

sulcata

Nickelsae

Missouriensis

BE. Badial spines less than 10:
central solitary or wanting:
tubercles large and broad.. 23.

17. macromeris

conoidea
. vivipara
. radiosa
. dasyacantha
. tuberculosa

comuta
elephantidens

SUBGENUS II. DOLICOTHELE.

25. longimamma

SUBGENUS HI. COCHEMIEA.

2G. Boseana

27. setispina

28. Pondii

29. Halei

SUBGENUS IV.

A. Juice watery: tube^rles rarely
angular.
B. Spines (hnokrd) none: fls.
yell'nri.-ili :.r iihitish, with
rosl/ sirrnk.il prtals.

O. Stt'tns proportionately slen-
der: tubercles short-
ovate: radial spines
rigid, spreading, re-
curved so that the points

hardly project 30. elongata

31 Leona

cc. Stems low, tisually broader

than high. No bristles in

the axils, except in M.

c andida and M. plu-

mosa.

D. Radial ■•■ p i n e s few,

not h i d i n g the

body 32. decipiens

3.i. fragilis
DD. Ha dial spines nu-
m e r o u s , sno w y
white, covering
and hiding the
whole plant 34. lasiacantha

35. plumoBa

36. senilis

37. barbata

38. vetula

39. Candida

MAMMILLARIA

MAJLMILLARIA

978

BB. Spines one or more hooked a7id

cevtral, except in M. pusilla

and M, dioica insularis.

c. Jiristies one or more found

in the axils between the

tubercles 40. pusilla

41. Bocasana

42. Wildii

4:i. tetrancista

44. dioica

45. armillata
CC. Bristles none in the axils,

except perhaps in M. Car-

retii 4(i. Wrightii

47. Goodricliii

48. Grahami
W. venusta
.'>0. Uainse
31. Carretii

AA. jHivf ntilkif none infhe tubercles,
htil fniinil 'If f') he suspected in
thi- ho. III. .\i> hooked spines,
liiidiiil siiiiirs Uss than 15;
centrals iixiiallij 1.

B. FIs. yellow 52. eriacantha

BB. FIs. blood-red .5:!. sphacelata

BBB. FIs. carmine 54. spinosissima

55. rhodantha
5(j. dolichocentra
57. discolor
5H. Lesaunieri
5(1.

00.

i. Juice mi Ik If cxH(lfn(i from

iroiiiiil., ill ,11111 piirt'of the

jiliiiil: shins not ilnniiuted:

tiihirrli's iisKiilhi iniiiulur: no

hvulcvd spines, except in M. un-

cinuta. Section Lactescentes .

B. FIs. red or purple or carmine,

—said to be yellow in Park-

insonii.

c. Spines terete: r a dials

white, setaceous, numer-

Otis, inlerworen and cov-

erintj the fihint: stems at

length ci/lindriial arclar-

ate: axils icoollij (il.bicolor

i;2. Farkinsonii
I3:i. tormosa
CC, Spines fete, stouter, often
angular, some of the cen-
trals very long and more
or less flexuous : tuber-
cles rather large, angled:

axils woolly M. axillaris

(J5. centricirrha
(ill. mutabilis
67. Heeseana
BB. FIs. whitish, yelloicish or
flesh-color.
C. Radial spines 9-22, seldom
less than 12: tubercles
slender, scarcely angled. 68. simplex

69. Brandeirei

70. Eeyderi
CO. Madial spines rarely as

many as 9: body mostly

depressed 71 . melacantha

72. camea
71!. uncinata

74. Trohartii

75. sempervivi

76. Caput-Medusae

77. micromeris

ucanthophleijma.

INDEX.

aulacothele, 2.
aureiceps, 55.
autumnalis, 6G,
Imrbata. 37
hicolor. 61.
Bocasana, 41.
hnrealis, 20.
Bnincleeei. 69.

Brownii. 6.
calcarnta, 14.
(•.■imlida. M.
Capnt-MedusaB,

cirrhitera. 66.

HirsclMana. 20.

recurvata, 4.

conoidea, 18.

impexicoma, 13.

recurvispina, 4,

cornifera. 7.

insularis. 44,

rhodantha, 55,

cormita, 23.

Klugei. 60.

robustior, 16,

oriissispiiia .^)5

Krameri. 65,

robustispina, 6,

daiiii..i.„cer.is, 8,

lasiacantha, 34.

Roseana, 26.

dasvai-aiilha, 21.

Leiimanni, 2.

Kungei, 34,

decipiens. 32.

Leona, 31.

sanguinea, 54,

deflexiSliina, 05.

Lesaunieri, 58.

Scheerii, 5,

densa, 30.

longimamma, 25.

Sclimidtii, 65.

denwdata. 34.

macromeris, 17.

scolymoides, 10.

deserti, 20.

macrothele, 2.

sempervivi, 75,

dioica, 44.

Main», 50.

senilis, 36.

discolor, 57.

melacantha, 71.

setispina. 27.

dolichocentra, 56.

micromeris, 77.

similis, 16.

echinaria, 3(i.

minima. 30.

simplex. 68.

echinata, 30.

Missouriensis, 16.

sphacelata, 53,

Echinns. 9.

multiceps, 40.

sphserica, 25.

elegans, 60.

mutabilis, 66.

sphcerotricha. 39.

elephantidens. 24.

Neo-Jlexicana. 20.

spinosissima. 54.

elongata, 30.

Nickelsse. 15.

stellaaurata, 30.

erecta. 3.

nivea, 61.

Btellaris. 40.

eriacantha, ,52,

Nogalrnsia. 4.

stellatus. 40.

fissurata: See An-

NtUtaUii, 16.

strobiliforinis, 18.2

halonium.

Odleriana. 55.

sttbangularis, 64.

formosa, 63.

Palmeri. 44.

sulcata, 14.

Forsteri, 65.

Parklnsonii, 62,

tenuis, 30.

tragilis, 33.

pectinata, 12.

tetracantlia, 56. 65

fulvispina. 55.

Petersonii. 67.

tetrancistra, 43.

fnscata, 55.

Pfeifferi. 55.

Texana, 40.

babUi. 69.

phellosperma, 43.

Trohartii, 74.

Galeottii, 50, 56.

plumosa, 35.

tuberculosa. 22.

globosa. 25.

Pondii, 28.

uberiformis, 25.

Goodrichii, 44, 47.

Potosina, 60.

uncinata, 73,

Grahami, 48.

prismalica: SeeAn-

venusta. 49.

Greggii, 77,

halonium.

vetula. 38.

Guilteminiana, 32.

pusilla, 40.

vivipara, 19

Haageana, 59.

pyramidalis. 55.

Wildiana. 42.

Halei. 29.

radians, 11,

Wildii, 42.

Heeseana, 67.

radiosa, 20.

Wissmanni, 16.

hemisplia.rica, 70.

Radliana, 26.

Wrightii, 46.

Heyderi. 70.

raphidacantha, 1.

1. raphidacAntlia, Lera, Stems becoming 1 ft, or more
long, 2-3 in, in diam,, often clavate: tubercles erect-
spreading, somewhat flattened, often with 1 or 2 glands
in the groove: spines yellow in the young state, soon
gray; radials6-10; central 1, longer and stouter, straight
or hooked in the same plant : tls, about 1 in, broad.
San Luis Potosi, Mex. — The more constantly hooked
form is M. ancistracantha, Lem.

2. macrothSIe, Mart. {M. aulacothele, Lem, 3f. Le'h-
miinni, Ottoi. Stems stout, attaining nearly 2 ft. in
hoiglit by 4 in. in diam.: tubercles long, conical, at first
upright, in age becoming even deflexed: spines all yel-
low: radials 6-8, spreading; centrals 1-2, longer and
stouter: fls. lH-2 in. broad. Central Mex.

3. erecta, Lem. Branching from base and from de-
cumbent stems, attaining 12 in. or more in height by 3
in. in diam., bright green: tubercles conical, short, up-
right: spines all yellow; radials 8-13 ; centrals 4 or
less: fls. 2-2!^ in. in diam. Cent. Mex. — In the groove
close to the spines is often found, especially in the
flowering area, a conspicuous honey gland.

4. recury&ta, Engelra. (M. recurvispina, Engelm,
M. NogaUnsis, Range), Stems depressed-globose and
often deeply concave, 6-8 in, in diam., forming large
masses 1-3 ft. in diam.: tubercles short, with usually a
large gland in the groove near the apex: spines yellow
or whitish, stiff, recurved-pectinate, interwoven and
covering the whole plant ; radials 18-20 ; central 1,
rarely 2, recurved: fls. about 1 in. long, brownish out-
side. Near Nogales, Arizona, and southward in Sonora.

5. Scheirii, MUhlpf. Stems ovate-globose, 3-6 in. in
diam., usually simple: tubercles large and distant,
deeply grooved, with 1-5 glands in the groove: spines
stout, rigid, sometimes reddish; radials 6-16; centrals
1-5, stouter and longer, 1 very stout and porrect : fls.
2 in. long: .seeds large for the genus, S, W. Texas and
southward in Mexico.

6. robustispina, Engelm. (K. Brdirnii, Touraeyl.
preceding, but tubercles teretish, no

gla

th<

ry stout
straight, curved oi
straight upper one
tube: seeds large.
Tucson, Ariz.

• sometimes a single one at apex:

radials 10-15 ; central 1. longer,

even hooked, rarely an additional

: fls. 2 in. long, with very slender

Babuquibari mountains south of

974

JIAMMILLAEIA

MAMMILLARIA

7 corniSera, DC. Tubercles ovate, thick, rather
crowded: radial spines 15-17, ashy white, C lines long;
central 1, longer and stouter, erect, somewhat curved.
Mexico.

8. daimonocdras, Lem. Vertex impressed, very woolly:
tubercles erect-conical: spines grayish ; radials 20 or
more, the upper accessory ones fascicled; centrals usu-
ally 3, stronger, the 2 upper divaricate and somewhat
recurved, the lower horizontal or recurved. Mexico.

9. Echinus, Engelm. Differs from the above in the
less depressed shajie and rather more numerous spines.
Southern Tex. to Mex.

10. scolymoides, Scheidw. At length somewhat ces-
pitose; tubercles conical, bent inwards and imbricated;
radial spines 1-1-20, whitish or horn-colored; centrals
1-4, longer and darker, the upper mingled with the up-
per radials, the lower stouter and bent downwards : fls.
2 in. in diam. Mex., south of the Rio Grande.

11. T&dians, DC. Stems simple: axils naked: tubercles
oval, large: spines white, rigid, subtomentose. Mex.

12. pectin&ta, Engelm. Stem simple : tubercles quad-
rangular at base, conical above; areolae round-oblong:
spines 16-24, yellowish, laterally compressed at base,
stiff, pectinate, somewhat recurved : fls. 2)4 in. in diam. ;
petals broadest above, obtusish. Pecos river and Leon
Springs, Tex.

13. impezicdma, Lem. Vertex deeply impressed,
densely woolly: tubercles somewhat angulate; areola
round: spines 18-20, gray, rigid, covering the whole
plant; vejy rarely a single porrect central. Mex.

14. sulc&ta, Engelm. {M. ealcardta, Engelm.).
Densely cespitose from the upper part of the groove:
tubercles 7-9 lines long, ovate-oblong, with dilated
base, somewhat imbricate, spreading in age: spines
gray, rigid, subulate; radials 12-15, the upper 3-5, fas-
cicled; central 1, recurved, wanting in younger plants:
Us. 23^ in. in expansion, the tube red within; sepals not
fringed. Tex., from the Brazos to the Nueces river.

15. Nickelsae, Brandg. (M. Nlckelsii, Hort.). Very
near the preceding, but radial spines more numerous,
14-18, tbt' fascicled upper ones much longer than the
lower, aucl no ciutral. Mex., south of Laredo, Tex.

16. Missouri^nsis, Sweet (M. JVtWalUi, Engelm.).
Nearly simple, 1-2 in. in diam.: tubercles cylindric-
conical, loose and spreading, slightly grooved: spines
white, weak, puberulent, not hiding the body; radials
12-17, spreading; central one longer and stouter, often
wanting; fls. about 1 in. long, yellow to fawn-color, with
reddish streak; sepals fimbriate; petals acute or acu-
minate: berry red, the shape and size of a small pea;
seeds black and pitted, Mont, to Kans. and E. Colo.

Var. similis, Engelm. Cespitose, in chimps often a
foot broad: spines fewer: fl. and fr. larger. Kansas
river to Texas.

Var. robustior, Engelm. (M. Wissmannii, Hildm.).
Almost simple: tubercles longer and looser: spines
smooth, rather short and stout; radials 10-12; central
1: fls. even larger than in Jf. si»Hi7ts. Tex.

17. macromfiris, Engelm. Fig. 1355. Low, usually
soon proliferous, dark green: tubercles large and long,
loose and spreading, l>nt often incurved; groove rather
short; radials 10-17, weak, slendir .ind spreading; cen-
trals at maturity usually 4, somewhat stouter and much
longer, sometimes more than 2 in. long: fls. purple,
often 3 in. in expansion; petals erose, raucronate: fr.
with several scales on the ovary. Along the Rio Grande
from New Mexico to Texas. See, also, Fig. 746a.

18. conoldea, DC. {M. strobilifdrtnis, Engelm.).
Ovate-conical, with densely woolly vertex : tubercles
short, usually densely appressed-imbricate in 8-10
spiral, rib-like rows: radial spines 10-16, straight and
stout ; centrals 3-5, stouter, blackish, the upper ones
erect-spreading, the lower stouter, horizontal or de-
flexed : fls. about 1 in. in expansion, deep purple, paler
outside: fr. short, buried and hidden in the axillary
wool. N. E. Mex.

19. vivlpara. Haw. Fig. 1356. Low and depressed
globose, usually rcsjiitose, forming large masses: tu
bercles terete aiid h.ose: radial spines 12-20, slender but

stiff; centrals usually 4, but sometimes as many as 8,
brownish, the upper erect-spreadmg, the lower stouter
and deflexed: fls. bright purple, 1-I}4 in. in expansion;
stigmas mucronate. From southern Br. Am., through
the upper Missouri region to E. Colo.

20. radidsa, Engelm. Ovate or cylindrical, sometimes
proliferous: tubercles terete: radial si)iues 20-30, white,
with dusky apex, very une(|ual; centrals 4 or 5, stouter
and longer, tawny, uppt-r un, > Imii::,.|, lowest shorter
and horizontal: fls. l^--2 in. in r\|.aiiMMn ; stigmas ob-
tuse. Southern Tex. and nortlieni Mtx.

Var. Neo-Mexicina,Engelni. (J/. HlrxcliflUna, Haage,
Jnn.). Lower, more or less proliferous from the lower
grooves : radial spines 20-40, white ; centrals 3-12,
white below, blackish above.

Var. boreilis, Engelm. Ovate or subglobose : radial
spines 12-2(t; centrals 3-6, purple-spotted. Verv near
M. vivipun:.

Var. Arlzdniea, Engelm. Globose or ovate, large: tu-
bercles long-cyl,;idrical: radial spines 15-211, whitish;
centrals 3-6, deep biown above: fls. large, rose-colored.
N. Arizona.

Var. des^rti, Engelm. Low, simple, with slender
nearly cyliii<lric tut>ercles: radial spines 15-20; centrals
8-10, reddish tij'^fl : fls. straw-colored, with purplish
tips. Ivani»ah, Calif.

Var. chlor&ntha, Engelm. Cylindrical, sometimes as
much as 9 in. high : radial spines 20-25, almost in 2
series, gray; centrals 6-9, stouter. K-1 in. long, reddish
only at tip: fls. greenish yellow. S. Utah.

Var. Alversoni, Coulter. "Foxtail Cactus." Robust
and branching, sometimes 10 in. long, glaucous: tuber-
cles short and broad, somewhat angled, forming more
or less distinct ribs: radial .spines numerous; centrals
8-14, stout, spreading, blackish half-way down : fls.
pink. S. E. Calif.

21. dasyac4ntha, Engelm. Simple, subglobose : tu-
bercles tiTctH. li.(rse : radial spines 25-35, hair-like,
white, with brownish apex; centrals 7-13, bristle-like,
pale below, brown above, longer, the most interior one
horizontal, sometimes wanting: seeds black, with nearly
basal bilum. Tex.

•355. IVI

22. tuberculdsa, Engelm. (1/. sf»-o6i7i7<ij-mJs, Scheer).
Ovate or i-ylinilric. rather slender, somewhat dry of tex-
ture, the si>ines falling from the older tubercles, leaving
them as dry, corky protuberances: tubercles short-ovate
from a broad base; axils densely woolly: radial spines
20-30, slender, rigid, white; centrals 5-9, stouter, pur-

MAMMILLARIA

MAMMILLARIA

975

plish above, the upper longer, erect, the lowest horizon-
tal or deflesed: fls. 1 in. in diam., pale purple: fr. % in.
long, red, with a conical cap formed of the withered re-
mains of the flower: seeds brown. Tex.

cornilta, Hiklra. Depressed-globose or hemispher-

!ll, :

th,- spn,
c;ited. b(
jMexico.

ill, i^i i> ish green: tubercles large, flattened and

1 11 1 olae lound : radial spines 5-7, stout, short,

1 1 Mliant, grayish, the upper longer, central

1 l"ii^ as the radials: fls. rose-red. "In age

s t ill dH: and the plant, covered with imbri-

i1l like tubeicles, reminds one of ,i piueajiple."

llaria vivipara (X K). No. 19.

24. eleph&ntidens, Lem. Rather large, glaucous
^rt*en: tubcn-les very large and thick, becoming hori-
zontal or (U-tlfXt'il and somewhat bilobed: spines G-8, all
radi l1, stout, yellowish or gray, appressed to the plant
and somewhat recurved: ils. rose-color, 3 in. in expan-
sion. Mexico.

25. longim&mma, DC. Cespitose, bright green, form
ing large, low clumps: tubercles sometimes more than 2
inches long: spines straight, pubescent; radials 7-10;
central 1: lis, 2 in. or more in expansion. Mexico.

Var. uberlf6rmis, Sebum. Tubercles darker green:
radial spiues seldom more than 4; centrals none.

Viir. globdsa, Schum. Tubercles dark green, very
long: radial syiines as many as 12; centrals 2-3.

Var. sphaeriea, Engelm. Tubercles about 1 in. long,
radial spin.'s IJ-U; central 1. Tex.

21;. Roseina, Brandg. {^f. Madliina.Quehl.). Upright
liranches 1-l.V^ ft. long, lH-3 in. in diam.: tubercles
ratlier remote, flattened and appressed, later spreading:
radial spines 8; central 1, brownish, strongly hooked,
1-2 in. long, twice as long as the radials: fr. bright red,
flat on the broad top and much shorter than the tu-
bercles.

27. setisplna, Engelm. Upright branches 8-12 in.
long, 2—4 in. in diam., forming dense clumps: tubercles
rather crowded, ovate, short: spines white with black
tips; radials 10-12; centrals 1-4, stouter, the lower one
strongly hooked, often twisted, lH-2 in. long. 2 or 3
times as long as the radials: fr. red, much exceeding the
tubercles.

28. Pdndii, Greene. Upright branches 10-15 in. long,
l'.2-2 ill. in (liani.. making much smaller clumps than the
twoprrfrdiii;;: tubercles short, ovate, not crowded; axils
setose: spines in three series, outer 15-25, short, white;
inner 5-8, brown, longer; central row 3, brown, usually
2 of them strongly hooked, 1 in. or more in length, much
exceeding the other spines: fr. oval or obovate, dull
purplish red, /4 in. long.

29. Hilei, Brandg. Upright branches lK-2 ft. high,
2-3 in. in diam.: tubercles rather crowded, short-con-
ieal from a broad base: spines sub-3-serrate, outer
15-25; centrals 6-9, darker, the lower one much stouter,
an inch or more long, usually straight bvit sometimes
hooked, twice as long as the other spines: fr. obovate,
red.

30. elongata, DC. (M. Mnsa, Link & Otto). Erect,
G-7 in. long, 1-1}^ in. thick: raclial spines 10-18, yellow;
centrals none : fls. white or yellowish. Central Mex.

Var. echinita, Sohum. (M.ecliindta and M.crlihmrin ,
DC). Radials as many as 20, yellow; centrals 2-3,
brown. — A stout form.

Var. tenuis, Schum. (3f. tenuis, DC. M. minima,
Salm. ) Radial spines about 20, pale yellow; centrals
none — The most slender form, only % in. thicit.

Var. stMla-aurd.ta, Schum. Stems somewh.at thicker:
spines golden yellow; 1 central usually present.

31. Le6iia, Pos. Stems stouter, glaucous, upper axils
woolly: radial spines about 30, radiant, slender, white;
centrals 6-12, much stouter; the upper ones longest,
ivory white at base, dove-color or bluish above. Nuevo
Leon, Mex.

32. decipiens, Scheidw. {M. GuilleminiAna, Lem.).
Irregularly cespitose, somewhat clavate, often rosy:
tubercles cylindrical; axils sparingly bristly: radial
spines 7-12, whitish; centrals 1-2, brown, longer; all
slender. Mex.

33. Sr&gilis, Salm. Stems low, usually as broad or
broader than high, extremely proliferous, the offsets so
lightly attached that they soon fall by their own weight:
radial spines 12-14, white; centrals none or 1, rarely 2,
wliite, with dusky tip. Mex.

.14. laaiac&ntha, Engelm. Low, usually globose or
depressed-globose : tubercles slender, axils naked :
radial spines as many as 40-80, feathery; centrals none.
Tex.

Var. denud^ta, Engelm. {if. Jiiingei, Hort.). Larger,
both plant and tubercles: spines naked. Cact.

35. plumdsa, Web. Densely cespitose, at length form-
ing masses 6-10 in. in diameter; axils long-hairy: radical
spiues about 40, feathered to the tip; centrals none.—
This and the preceding are like feathery balls, if. pln-
mosa is sold usually under the name of M. liisinciinthn ,
to which it appears to be rather closely related. North
Mex.

36. senilis, Salm. "Proliferous at base: axils not se-
tose: tubercles crowded : spines all white; exterior very
numerous, erect-spreading, hair-like, flexuous; centrals
4-6, a little stronger, the upper and lower hooked."
Cliihuahua, Mex.

37. barbita, En^'idm. Gloliosi-di'pressi'il: axils not
setose: extrriur spint-s vi-ry iiiiitirrous. piinse; interior
stronger, yrllcwish, lO-l.',; ct^ntral s(ili!ar\-, stout-hooked,
yellowisli, uut much longer than the others: fls. small,
not remote from the center; sepals fimbriate: berry
"green." Near Chihuahua, Mex.

38. vfitula, Mart. Subglobose or becoming subcylindri-
cal: axils not setose: radial spines bristle-like, at first
25-30, obliquely spreading, later twice as many and
horizontal ; centrals 1-3, yellowish brown, scarcely
stouter or longer. Mex.

.39. Candida, Scheidw. (M. spluerdtricha, Lem.). At
length cespitose, globose, becoming longer: vertex de-
pressed: axils setose: radial spines bristle-like, more
than 50, horizontal and interwoven; inner spines 8, 10,
12, or more, a little stouter and upright: fls. flesh-color
or pinkish.

40. puBilla, DC. (Ca'c?H«s(c?M/ws, Willd. M.stelUris,
Haw.). Low, globular, proliferous, making large
masses: tubercles cylindrical, small and loosely spread-
ing; axils with long, hair-like, tortuous bristles: radial
spines 12-20, very soft and flexuous; centrals 4-6, yel-
lowish, a little rigid, pubescent: fls. yellowish white.
W. Indies.

Var. miilticeps, Salm. Larger: tubercles upright,
crowded: radial spines numerous; centrals 6-8, slender,
pubescent, reddish yellow. Mex.

976 MAMMILLARIA

Var. Texina, Engelm. Larger than the last: spines
in 3 series; outer capillary, crisped, 30-50; interior
10-12, a little more rigid, pubescent, white; centrals
5-8, longer, stouter, pubescent, yellow at tip. Tex. and
adjacent Mex. Cact.

41. Bocasftna, Pos. Depressed-globose, or a little
lengthened, at length densely cespitose: axillary
bristles as long or longer than the tubercles: radial
spines 2.5-30, white, stiff at the base, ending in a flex-
uous thread; centrals 2-3, slender, porrect, short, all
yellow with brown tips, the hooked one brown nearly to
the base, pubescent. Mex.

42. Wlldii, Dietr. (M. WildiUna, Otto). Cespitose,
forming hemispherical clumps : radial spines 8-10, very
slender, white, spreading; centrals u.sually 3—4, a little
stouter and longer, honey-yellow, brown at base, pubes-
cent, 1-hooked. Mex.

43. tetrancistra, Kn-^r]m.{ ^^. ji7ie7Usp^rma,'Engelm.).
Ovate iir .iv.iti--.'viiiHliii:il. r;itlii:T large, simple or
sparingly l.riui.'liccl fn>iii thr luise: young axils spar-
ingly setose: radial spines 30-00, In two series; exte-
rior bristle-like, white; interior stouter and longer,
dusky-tipped or purplish; centrals 1-4, longer, brown
or blackish, .sometimes all hooked, the upper ones some-
times straight : seed partly immersed in a brown
corky cup. S. Calif, to Utah. Cact.

44. didica, Brandg. {3r. Goddrichii, of California).
Simple or cespit<ise from the base, ovate to cylindrical,
3-8 in. high: tul»ri-les somewhat angular and leathery:
radial spines 11-22, white, with brown or purple tips;
centrals 1^, longer and darker, the upper turned up
among the radials, the lower porrect and strongly
hooked : fls. often unisexual, j-ellowish white with rosy
streak. Calif, and Lower Calif.

Var. insol^ris, Brandg. (M. Pnlmeri, Coult., not of
Jac). Stems densely cespitose, shorter: axils densely
woolly: spines much whiter, xisually all straight. San
Benito Island.

45. arinillita, Brandg. Taller, often 1 ft. in height,
branching at base and along the stem: tubercles
crowded: radial spines 9-15; centrals 1-4, nearly twice
as long: fls. small, yellowish, scarcely spreading. Lower
Calif. — The plant is marked by darker circular bands.

46. Wrightil, Engelm. Globose or depressed, top-
shaped litliiw: r;i(li;Ll spini-s S-TJ. white, pubescent; cen-
trals l-:i. n-dilisli lihick, K.-Mn-cly longer than radials, all
hooked; lis. aljout 1 in. long, purple. New Mexico.

47. Go6drichii, Scheer. Erect, cylindrical, branching
at base; axils M;iki'd : radial spines about 12, white; cen-
trals 4, white below, brown above, the 3 upper erect-
spreading, the lower longer. Cedros Island and Lower
California.

48. GT&hami, Engelm. Globose or ovate, somewhat
cespitose: radial spines 15-30, white, often dusky at tip,
the upper ones .shorter ; centrals usually 4, usually
blackish from a paler base, the 3 upper turned up among
the radials, and, when pale, hardly to be distinguished
from them; lower porrect: fls. rose-colored, 1 in. in
expansion: fr. nearly 1 in. long. From Texas to S. Cali-
fornia and adjacent Mexico.

49. veniiBta, Brandg. Globoseor hemispherical, small,
often cespitose: tubercles very thick and blunt, concave
at the end, usually extremely glaucous : radial spines
9-15, stout, from pure white to white below and brown-
ish above; central commonly 1, sometimes 2 or 3, the
lower little longer and darker than the radials : fls. rose-
color, 1% in. in expansion: fr. scarcely juicy, nearly
1 in. long, circumscissile near the base. So. Lower
California.

50. Malnae, Brandg. Hemispherical to ovate, usually
simple : tubercles somewhat incurved, glaucous, the
lower part and the axils often bright rose-red : radial
spines 10-15, yellowish becoming gray, the upper
shorter; centrals 1-3, the upper shorter and smaller,
turned upward, one of them sometimes hooked, lower
central stout, strongly hooked, somewhat twisted, yel-
lowish below, black at tip: fls. flesh-color: fr. shorter
than the tubercles. Vicinity of Nogales, Arizona. — Sent
out as M. Galeottii,

MAMMILLABIA

51. C4rretti, Sohum. Simple, depressed-globose, rather
small : radial spines spreading-recurved and interwoven,
rather long, yellowish ; central 1, slender, chestnut-
brown, paler below : fl. whitish, with rosy streak in
petals; sepals Inng-acuminate. Mex. — The only speci-
men seeu has bri.^tles in the axils.

52. eriacAntha, Link and Otto. Cylindrical, elongated,
H ft. and more in height ("reaching 20 inches") by 2-2K
in. in diam. : tubercles crowded, acutely conical: spines
all pubescent; radials 20-24, pale yellow, bristle-like;
centrals 2, stronger, nearly twice as long as the radials,
golden yellow, one directed, the other downwards : fls.
yellow, small: fr. yellow. Mex.

53. sphacel&ta. Stems cespitose, cylindrical. 6 in. or
more long, 1 iu. in diaiii. : rul.fn-Irs short, c-onical fiom
a broader, rhoinl.ic l.a-i' : vpnics ivor\- wliite \vltli lihick-
ishtips; radi:.!- IJ-IS, hoiizontMl-spr.a.ling ; ceutrnls
3-4, upright : lis. .small, the petals acute. Mex. -The
proper position of this and of the preceding species is
still quite uncertain.

54. spinosissima, Lem. Stems cylindrical, reaching
1 ft. in height and 2K in. in diam.: tubercles short,
ovate-conic, somewhat tetragonal: radial spines 20-25,
setiform. white, spreading: centrals 12-15, brownish red,
stronger and twice the length of the radials. Mex.

Var. sangulnea, Hge. Stem somewhat clavate, rather
shorter and stouter: radial spines 18-20, spreading,
white ; centrals 8, only a little longer, but thicker and
bulbous at base, white with brownish base and dark
brown tip, the young ones dark blood-red. Mex.

55. rhodAntha, Link and Otto {M. OilierlAna, Lem.
M. fitlri.ip'iiui, Haw.). Stem long-cylindric or clavate,
reaching more than 1 ft. in height, usually 2-parted :
axils bristly: radial spines 16-20, white, bristle-like,
horizontal-spreading ; centrals 4-6, rigid, white or yel-
lowish, the upper black at tip. Mex.

Var. pyramidAIis, Schum. Central spines dark brown,
the young ones ruby red.

Var. Pfelfferi, Scbam. {M. aureiceps, Lem.). Radial
spines 25 or more, yellow; centrals 6-7, recurved spread-
ing, golden brown.

Var. crassisplna, Schum. Radial spines 24-27, whit-
ish : centrals 0-7, larger and stouter, more curved
darker.

Var. fuacllta, Schum. Axils naked; tubercles 4-angu-
lar at base: radial spines 25-28, radiant, bright yellow-
ish brown: centrals 0, stout, strongly curved, the upper
very long.

56. doUclioc6ntra, Lem. (3f. ^efracaiiYAa, Hook.). Sub-
globose (but said to reach a yard in height): tubercles
somewhat 4-angled ; areolae elliptic or rhombic: radial
spines none; centrals 4, slender, rigid, the upper curved
upward, 1-1 J^ in. long, the three lower half as long, all
grayish brown. Mex.

Var. 6ale6ttii, Fiirst. Radial bristles 8-14, very short,
soon falling; centrals 4, seldom 1 or 2 more, spreading,
yellowish, with points, the upper and lower longest.
Mex.

57. discolor, Haw. Globose or ovate, glaucous : outer
spines 16-20, white, radiant; interior 6, rigid, recurved,
white below, black above, upper and lowermost very
long. Mex.

58. Lesaunifiri, Schum. Hemispherical or very short-
cylindrical (habit of J/. HeiitUri): spines brownish,
short; radials 11-13; central upright, stronger.

59. Haageina, Pfr. Cespitose: heads small, at length
cylindrical, slender: tubercles small, crowded ; axils
woolly: radial spines about 20, pure white, only about
V/i lines long; centrals 2, black, slender, elongated,
upper 3, lower 4 lines long. Mex.

60. filegans, DC. {31. acanthophUytim. Lehm. M. Po-
tosluii, Hort. lU. Kliujii, Ehrh.). Simple, then prolif-
erous and densely cespitose, depressed-globose, later
lengthened : tubercles crowded, very small : radial
spines more than 20, bristle-like, about 3 lines long,
pure white, interwoven and covering the whole plant;
central spines 2 (1-3), with brown tips, the one directed
upward, the other downward, about twice as long as
radials, in the axils abundant long white wool. Mex.

MAMMILLARIA

MANDEVILLA

977

61. bicoloT, Lehm. Simple or proliferous: tubercles
small, crowded, ovate-pyramidal : radial spines 16-20;
centrals 2, less than 1 in. long, stouter, erect, black-
tipped. Mex.

Var. niyea, Schum. Obovate proliferous tubercles
conical: radial spines capillary; centrals 4, white, with
dusky apex, upper one incurved, 1 in. long.

62. PArkinsonii, Ehrh. At length diehotomously di-
vided: tubercles slenderly pyramidal; axils woolly and
bristly: radial spines 20 or more, slender; centrals 2,
3, 4, rai-ely 5, brown-tipped, the upper ones 3-4 lines
long, the lower 1% in. turned downward. Mex.

63. tormdsa, Scheldw. Nearly simple: tubercles 4-an-
gled : radial spines 18-22, rather rigid ; centrals 6, a
little longer, stiffer, thickened at base, reddish or
brownish tipped.

64. anguliris, Link & Otto (M. subangulAri.i. DC).
Densely cespitose: axils of the young tubercles setose
as well as woolly: radial spines 3-7, the upper ones
often very short, the lower one sometimes 3 in. long,
occasionally a very long central present. Mex.

6.5. centricirrha, Lem. {M. arietinn and defJexisplna,
Lera. M. Fdrsteri and Krihner! , Miihlpf, M. Sriimidtii.
Scke. Af, teh'acdntha, Hort.). <'i'pinusly jiniliferous:
tubercles pyramidal, 4-angular: sjiincs irrt'i^uhir. mostly
4-6 radials and 1 central, sometinn-s <nily 1, sometimes
2 centrals with 1-2 very short radials or none; radials
very stout, straight or curved, awl-shaped, reaching %
in.; central stouter, sometimes nearly 2 in. long; young
spines yellow. Mex.

66. mutibilis, Scheidw. (M. autumnMis, Dietr. M.
clrrhtfera, Mart.). At length sparingly cespetose, de-
pressed-globose or shurtcyliTidrir : tubercles pyramidal,
4-angled: axils with stwiii lui^ili's in the wool: radial
spines 1-6, very smai!: ri'iiiT:iK t-4. angled, flexuous,
much longer, particularly ilif ii[)p(-r one, which reaches
2 in. Mex.

67. Heeseina, McDow. (if. Peteritonii, Hildm.).
Simple, glaucous or ashy green : tubercles pyramidal,
4-angled ; radial spines 10-14, the three upper pure white
and very short, the remainder longer and brownish-
tipped; centrals 4, the upper ones erect and forming an
elevated covering for the top of the plant, the lower one
the longest. 2 in. long and projecting. Mex. — Varies in
color of spines.

68. simplex, Haw. Globose or sbort-cylindric: radial
spines 12-17, the middle ones longest ; centrals 4-.'j,
somewhat longer, reddish to black : flower brownish
green without, yellowish or whitish green within : fr.
red, % in.long, clavate; seed "black." Cuba.

69. BrAndegei, Coult. (ilf. Ga66it,Coult.). Depressed-
globose to short-eylindric orclavate: tubercles slender:
radial spines 9-16; centrals 1—1, sometimes shorter than
the radials, and stout, sometimes longer and slender,
white to brown : fls. reddish brown without, brownish
green within : fr. clavate, white, tinged lilac. Central
lower Calif.

70. He^deri, Muhlpf. (JIf. Texinsis, hah.). Tubercles
slender : spines short : radials 16-18, short, slender,
white; central 1, darker, shorter than the lower radials,
brown: fls. yellowish, with pale rosy streak in the petals.
Arizona to Texas.

Var. applanita, Engelra. Body much depressed, sum-
mit flat or concave: radial spines 15-22. Texas.

Var. hemisphaerica, Engelm. Top rounded, radial
spines 9-IL'. N. E. Mex.

71. meiacAntha, Engelm. Fig. 1357. Usually simple:
tubercles rather large, sharply angled and 4-sided, pyra-
midal: radial spines 5-9, mostly 6, white or yellowish;
central 1, rarely a .second, shorter and darker than the
radials: fls. whitish, with reddish streak. Tex.

72. c&mea, Zucc. Body dark green : tubercles, rather
large, pyramidal, 4-angled : radial usually none, rarely
1-2; centrals commonly 4. in upright cross, stiff, grayish,
with darker tip, in young growth dark brown or reddish:
fls. reddish flesh-color. Mex.

73. uncinita, Zucc. Depressed-globose to subclavate:
tubercles pyramidal, not strongly angled : radial spines

4-6. short, gray, dark-tipped; centrals 1, rarely more,
longer and stronger, strongly hooked, dark. Mex.

74. Trohdrtii, Schum. Globose or depressed, small:
tubercles very small, conical, scarcely angled: radial
spines 5, white with dark brown tips, the lower longest;
central 1, dark brown, stiff. Mex.

75. semp^rvivl, DC. Globose, blackish green, axils
woolly: tuhirclis short, angled: radial spines 3-7, very
■short, <ni\y found iiii yoiint; tiiliirclcs ; centrals only
about 2 lines long, stout, conical, reddish, later gray:
fls. dull white with reddish streak. Mex.

7G. Caput-Medtisse, Otto. Depressed -globose, dull,
glaucous green, small : tubercles slender, angled at
base: spines 3-6, very short, subulate, straight, reddish
when young, later gray, pubescent : fls. whitish, red-
streaked. Mexico. Monog. Cact. fig. 95.

1357. Mammillaria

tha(XK). No. 71.

77. microm^ris, Engelm. Cylindrical-clavate, 1-6 in.
high, covered by white spines : tubercles only % line
long: spines on the body very short, many serial, suc-
cessively shorter toward the center, not pungent; in the
flowering area the upper tuft of spines having a clavate
deciduous tip: fls. pinkish white, borne at the summit
in a dense tuft of wool and spines, directly behind the
apex of the tubercle: fr. red, smooth. Texas.

Var. Grfiggii, Engelm. Larger in all its parts. This
plant is not a Mammillaria, and has been recently named
Echinocactus niicromeris, Web.

Mammillarias, in common with other Cacti, run into many
forms. Some of these forms may be valuable to the horticul-
turist, and yet not sufficiently distinct to warrant the giving of
definite botanical names. The following names, not accounted
for in the above review, are olfered in the catalogues of Ameri-
can dealers: M. Brandi.—M. bninea. — M. cirrhifera longispina
(see No. 66). — M. Donati.—M. fUipendula.—M. fuscata leona
(see Nos. 55,31).— Jf. Lassomeri=M. Lesaunieri (!).— Jlf. melo-
nacantha is an uncertain garden name.— M. montana. — M.
Nicholsoni=M.. Nickelsas (?).- Jlf, Rebsamiana.—M. recurvens.
-M. rigidupma. Katharine Beandeoee.

MANDARIN ORANGE, See Ci/nis nobilis.

MANDEVlLLA (Henry John Mandeville, English
minister at Buenos Ayres). Apocyndceie. About4j spe-
cies of tall climbers from tropical America with large,
funnel-shaped, 5-lobed fls. which are yellow, white or
rarely tinged violet. M. suni-eolens has fragrant white
fls. aud is cult, outdoors in S. Calif. Seeds are also pro-
curable in the East. The plant closely resembles Dipla-
denia, which see for culture.

Generic characters: Ivs. opposite: racemes simple,
often 1-seeded, loose, dense or reduced to 2 or 3 Hs.:
calyx 5-parted, with several glands inside at the base or
5 scales; corolla tube cylindrical or ovoid; lobes 5,
broad, twisted to the left; stamens fixed at the apex of
the tube, included; disk of 5 lobes or scales: ovary of
2 distinct carpels: stigma thick.

suav^olens, Lindl. Sometimes called Chilean Jasmine
because of its climbing habit and large white fragrant
Hs. Lvs. cordate, stalked, glabrous above, glaucous be-
neath; stipules pectinate: racemes with about 9 fls.

978

MANDE VILLA

MANGIFERA

each 2 in. across. Argentine Rep. B.R.26:7. B.M.3797.
Gn. 29, p. 537. G.C. IIL 2:817. P.M. 16:289. R.H.
1815:167. — Characterized by a pale, fleshy pectinate ring
between the base of the calyx and corolla. ^_ j^

MANDKAGOEA (name used by Hippocrates; refer-
ring to its growing near stables in the market places).
Solan(1ee(e. A genus of 3 species, one of which is sup-
posed to be the Mandrake mentioned iu Genesis, chap. 30.
In America the name Mandrake is applied to the May-
apple, Podophyllum peltatnm. but the Mandrake of his-

1358. Mandrake.

From an old lierbal (see Mandragora) .

tory was a plant with a large spindle-shaped root which
was supposed sometimes to become forked and resemble
the human form. In this condition it was used as an
aphrodisiac. The plant was also called Love-apple, and
many superstitions about it still survive. The old herbals
abound in fanciful pictures of the Mandrake, one of
which is reproduced in Fig. 1358. M. officiitarnm is sold
in America and may be cult, in the hardy border for
its folk-lore interest. M. aiiliniiiialis is supposed by
some to be the true Mandrake. Both are natives of the
Mediterranean region. M. caidescens is found in the
Himalayas.

Mandragoras are nearly stemless, perennial herbs
with thick roots and large, stalked, wavy-margined Ivs.,
the later ones being usually narrower and entire, and
rather large fls. varying from whitish through bluish
violet and purplish shades. The fls. are bell-shaped,
about ."i-cut, netted-veined and borne in clusters among
the tutted Ivs. Calyx deeply 5-cut; sinus of the coroUa
induplicate between the lobes.

officinimm, Linn. {M. officinalis, Mill.). Mandrake.
Lvs. ovate, the first obtuse, the rest acuminate: calyx
teeth lanceolate, as long as the oblong berry. Woolson
says it needs a shady place. R.H. 1897, p. 131^ ^_ ji_

MANDRAKE in America means the May Apple (Podo-
phyllum) but the Mandrake of history is Mandragora.

MANfiTTIA (Xavier Manetti, of the botanic garden
at Florence, born 1723). Ruhidceit'. This includes the
common Mauettia Vine, M. bicolor, which has scarlet,

tubular fls. an inch or more long, with 5 spreading yel-
low tips. It is a twining plant, and is often trained to
pillars and trellises both indoors and out, as it blooms
more or less the year round. It can also be trained into
a bushy form. By Index Kewensis Jlf. biCo^or is referred
M. luteo-rnbra, although the former is the older name.
William Watson writes of M. bicolor (Gn. 56, p. 6) : "It
has been in cultivation about fifty years, but until re-
cently it was practically lost, and its place and name
taken by a much inferior species, the correct name of
which is M. hitco-rnhra. I believe we are indebted to
Mr. Godseff for the recovery of the true plant, he hav-
ing found it in cultivation in the United States a few
years ago." Apparently the chief recorded difference be-
tween these two species is tiiat the calyx-lobes of il/. bl
color are lanceolate or narrower, while those of M. In-
tfo-rabra are ovate.

The Manettia Vine is a rather old-fashioned plant, and
generally easy of culture. It is fairly satisfactory as a
cool conservatory vine, but is an easy prey to red spider
and mealy bug. The fls. are short-lived, and not the
best for cutting. Some gardeners would rather have
Cupheas or Jacobinia Penrliosie'n.^iis. Manettias are
prop, by cuttings of young growth inserted in sand with
bottom heat. For summer use the vines should have a
sheltered but sunny position.

Manettia is a genus of about 30 species of twining
herbs and slender subshrubs from tropical and subtropi-
cal America. Glabrous or villous: lvs. usually long-
acuminate: fls. small or rather large, axillary, solitary or
in short corymbs or panicles, white, blue or red; calyx-
lobes 4, rarely 5, short or long, narrow or broad; corolla
tube short or long, terete or angled, straight or curved,
glabrous or pilose within; stamens 4. " Malsea glabra
or Manettia" is advertised in Amer., but no Matsea ap-
pears in botanical treatises.

A. Fls. red, tipped yellow.
B. Cahjx-loltes lanceolate, narrow.

bicolor, Past. Fig. 1359. Lvs.
lanceolate acute, slightly glaucous :
calyx of 4 or 8 reflexed lobes. Mts.
near Rio Janiero, V. M. Vol. x. 27.
Gn. 56:1229. F.S.2:69. R.B. 21:49.
Gt. 47, p. •2U.-M»neltia bicolor is
easy to grow, but it is short-lived
and consequently must be
renewed often. Well-
trained specimens are very
pretty.

BB. Cah/x-lobes ovate-
acmi'nate, leafy.

lilteo-riilira, Benth. Pu-
bescent: lvs. ovate or ob-
long, acute, narrowed at
the base, tomentose be-
neath: pedicels solitary:
calyx not toothed in the
sinuses: corollatomentose
outside, equally tubular,
straight. Brazil. — The
above is a full translation
of the original description.
AA. Fls. red.

cordifdlia, Mart. ( M.cor-
ddta, Hort.). Lvs. ovate,
cordate at base, finely pu-
bescent on both sides: pe-
duncles axillary, 1-fld.

Brazil. B.R. 22:1866. B.M. .3202. -Cult, outdoo
Fla. and Calif., and makes a fine subject for ph
out in the North. w,

MANFEfiDA. See A

1359. Manettia bicolor (XH)

nting

gave.

MANGEL-WUEZEL. A race of beets with very large
roots, grown for fodder. Often called Beta vulgaris,
var. uiacrorhisa.

MANGtFEEA (Latin, mango-bearing ; Mango being
the Hindoo name of the fruit). AnacardiAceie. A genus
of 27 species of tropical Asian trees, of which M. Indica,

MANGIFERA

MANGIFERA

979

the Mango, is cult, everywhere in the tropics. The fruit
(Fig. 1300) is large (4-5 in. long) and kidney-shaped,
the skin being smooth, rather soft, pale green, yellow or
half-red, and resinous. Inside is a large seed nearly as
long as the fruit. The shell of the seed is rough and
fibrous ; the kernel is shaped like a bean and is some-
times roasted and eaten like chestnuts. In a poor
variety of Mango the pulp is so full of fiber that the
fruit is sucked rather than eaten, and beginners say it
tastes like a ball of cotton soaked in turpeutine and
molasses. This is particularly true of the common or
turpentine variety, but the improved kinds are not un-
pleasantly fibrous. There are said to be 130 or more
varieties cult, in India, where the Mango is most es-
teemed. All parts of the Mango tree have a sweet, resin-
ous fragrance which suggests turpentine.

In the tropics the Mango is a staple article of food
during the hot months. The ripe fruits are eaten raw,
either plain or sliced with wine, stigar and nutmeg. The
unripe fruits are made into jellies, preserves, tarts and
pickles. Starch and glucose are also made from Man-
goes. A wine is made by adding vinegar to the juice of
Mangoes. Various domestic animals are also fond of
the fruit. As to quality, the Mango is ranki-d by some
next to the finest pineapples and the mangosteen.

The Mango is extensively cultivated in the West
Indies, and slightly in S. Fla. and S. Calif. A sketch
of its history in Florida is found in Bulletin 1, Div. of
Pomology, U. S. Dept. of Agric, from which the fol-
lowing facts are taken : No fruit stood higher in the
popular esteem in parts of south Floridathan tlie Mango
at the time when the disastrous freeze of January, IS8G,
killed to the ground every or almost every tree north
of Fort Myers. In 1KIS4. 12.'>.000 fruits were shipped from
Jamaica to the United States, and brought $900. In
their eighth year from seed two Florida trees bore
19,000 fruits. Some of these fruits weighed a pound. In
all cases where the trees were well cared for they pro-
duced from 4,000 to 9,000 Mangoes each when once well
in bearing. Mangoes were shipped to Chicago and
brought 60 cents a dozen. The fruit ripens June-Sept.
The only varieties advertised in America in 1899 were the
Common or Turpentine, Cole, Black, Long, No. 11, Apri-
cot and Apple. The following have been advertised in
the past: Alphonse, Banchore, Devambria, Green Mexi-
can, Melachoton, Pirie, Yam. The Mango can be fruited
under glass in the North. It requires a winter tem-
perature of 60°.

The Mango tree is evergreen, grows 30-40 ft. high
and makes a round, den-e top (see Fig. 1301). The fis.
are small and produced in
terminal pyramidal panicles.
A greenhouse specimen in
England is said to have
borne 108 panicles, each con-
taining 2,100 fis., or a total
of a quarter of a million fls.
The Mango is a native of
the East Indies. W. M.

Mangoes in Jamaica.—
The Mango was first known
in the New World in Brazil,
whence it was brought to
Barbadoes in the middle of
the eighteenth century. In
1782 a French vessel on its
way to Haiti was captured
by one of Rodney's squadron
and bronsht a« a prize to Ja-
maica; the collection of eco-
nomic plants on hoard was
deposited in the Botanic
Garden. Many of the plants
were new to the island, and
amon<;st these was the
Mango. It is said that the
book containing the local
names of the fruits was
thrown overboard. The
plants were numbered, and
Nos. 11 and 32 have become famous varieties in the
West Indies. The colored plate in the Botanical Maga-
zine (4510) is supposed to represent No. 32.

f^^ny^

1360. Mangifera Indica.

1361. Maneifera Indica.

In Jamaica it has become thoroughly naturalized and
one of the commonest trees. In wet districts it is liable
to cease fruiting after a few years, probably on account
of its vigorous growth. It is recommended to treat it
as one would other fruit trees in temperate climates in
similar circumstances. Propagation is effected either by
sowing the seed of good varieties or grafting from a
good variety on strong seedlings. The fruit on trees
grown from seed is not true to the parent in every case,
but the percentage is so large tliat this has been the
usual method employed. The kind of grafting employed
is that known as grafting by approach or inarching.
Any kind of soil suits it. Wji. Fawcett.

Mangoes in Florida. — The Mango deserves to be
planted on well-protected land all over south Florida.
The best soil is high, well-drained, sandy land suitable
for oranges, but the Mango thrives also on black-jack,
scrub ai.d spruce-pine lands, where most other trees are
a failure. Any good fertilizer will make the Mango
grow, but for fruit use plenty of ashes or sulfate of
potash beside the usual manure. In case of a hard
freeze cut the trunk back at once to sound, live wood.
The Mango tree is very handsome. The young growths
are wine-colored. e. N. Reasonek.

Mangifera is a genus of 27 species according to the
latest monographer, Engler in DC. Mon. Ph.an. i: 195
(1883). They are all tropical Asian trees, their nearest
ally of horticultural value being the Cashew, which is
fully described under Anaeardium. Lvs. alternate,
stalked, leathery, entire : fls. polygamo-dioecious;
calyx 4-.5-parted; petals 4-5, overlapping, the middle
nerve usually thickened ; fertile stamens 1, or 4-5:
style filiform.

fndica, Linn Mango. Figs. l.'ieO-l. Lvs. thickish, 6-10
in. long, with about 15 j>airs of lateral nerves: panicle
longer than the lvs.. densely covered with short, yellow-
ish hairs: disk tumid (not minute), 4-5-lobed, wider

980

MANGIFERA

1362. The beginninEof eei
nation in the Manerov

than the ovary; petals inserted at the base of the disk,
5, rarely 4, with 1-5 veins, which are prominent on the
upper side but scarcely so at the apex; fertile stamens
1-2, inserted at the base of the disk. B. M. 4olii.

W. JM.

MANGO. Consult 31u>i-

MANGOSTEEN. Gar-

iiia Jl,ni,jost<iiia.

MANGROVE (probably an
altert-d Malayan name) is a
u.inie applied to species ol
l(lii2opbora iGveeii, root-
Inn riiiii}. The Kliizophoras
are perhaps 5 or G in ntim-
lirr, and are widely distri-
buted on tropical shores.
The genus gives name to
the family Ehizophorm-ew,
which Beutham <to Hooker
place in close relation to
the Combrelueea anu itfifr-
iiicetf. The common Man-
grove, Ji. Mangle, Linn., is one of the comniouest
plants on the swampy shores of tropical and subtroiu-
cal seas. It is not in cultivation, but its strange meth-
ods of propagation make it one of the most interesting
of plants. The following account is reprinted from
Bailey's "Lessons with Plants:"

The Mangrove grows on the low shores of tropical
lands. It extends as far north as the twenty-ninth par-
allel in Florida, and occurs at the mouth of the Missis-
sippi and on the coast of Texas. It is a spreading bush,
reaching a height of 15 to 25 feet upon the shores, but
becoming a tall tree in various places. It is an important
agent in the extension of land into the sea. The means
by which this result is accomplished are two. The fruit
is small and capsule-like, but does not fall from the tree
at maturity. A fruit is shown natural size in Fig. i:i(i2.
The seed is germinating, sending its caulicle out through
the apex of the fruit. In Fig. 1363 the germination is
further progressed. In Fig. r;iG4, germination is nearly
conspleted. The seed has endosperm. The cotyledons do
not tii]fold in germination, but a woody tube grows from
them and projects from the fruit to the point a. Inside
this tube is the plumule. The hypocotyl continues to
elongate, becoming thick and heavy at its lower end.
When 6 inches or a foot long, it breaks away from the
joint a, carrying the liberated plumule with it, and strikes
root-end down in the mud. Roots push out from the
lower end, and the epicotyl rapidly elongates and i ears
itself above the water. A piece of a Mangrove brani h is
shown natural size in Fig.
1365. An aerial root is push-
ing through the thick bark.
The root makes a strong
curve when it strikes off the
branch, and then grows di-
rectly downward towards the
water. The branch from which
it springs may be only a few
inches above the water, or it
may be 10 feet; but the root
pushes on until it inserts it-
self in the mud, and there
makes a root system of its
own. These long, lithe, de-
scending roots (Fig. 13G(>),
swaying in the wind, arechar-
actei istic features of the Man-
grove swamp. Usually the
hanging roots are un-
branched, but now and then
the tip breaks up into short
branches(Fig 1367) before it reaches the water. These
long roots remain attached at the upper end, and become
trunks. The Mangrove plantation, therefore, becomes
an interwoven mass, and thus marches on into the tidal
rivers and the ocean, catching the flotsam and jetsam of
the sea; and thereby it builds land and extends the

1363.

The hypocotyl

enlarging.

MANIHOT

shores. In the quiet recesses of the Mangrove swamp
aquatic and amphibious life ftnds refuge. The shell-fish
cling to the trunks and at lowtide they are exposed, thus
giving rise to the stories of the early explorers that
oysters grow on trees. All this will recall the accounts
of the banyan tree, and there are wild fig trees (the
banyan is a tig) in Florida and southward which behave
in a similar way. It seems strange that roots should
strike out into the air, but the reader may have observed
the "brace roots" near the ground on Indian com; and
many plants, as the ivy and trumpet-creeper, climb by
means of roots.

MANIHOT (native Brazilian name). KiipliorhiAeew.
About SO species of perennial herbs or shrubs, with
milky juice, occurring in tropical America, mostly in
Brazil. Nearly always smooth and blue-green colored:
Ivs. alternate, entire or palmately lobed or divided:
fls. large for the order, racemose orpaniculate, terminal
or axillary, monoeceous; calyx imbricate in the bud,
campanulate or radiate, often petal-like, 5-lobed; petals
none; stamens few, in 2 whorls in the angles of the
disk: capsules Scelled, 3-seeded. Not much grown in
greenhouses, except in torms ot Af. pnhnnta. The eco-
nomic species may do well in the tropical parts of the
United States, where they are being introduced. Ac-
cording to Nicholson, they are best grown in peat loam
and sand, and propagated by cuttings of young, rather

MANIHOT

fine shoots, rooted uniier a bell-plass in sandy peat, with
bottom heat. The first species is grown in Florida, and
all are procurable from southern California. The culti-
vation of Cassava is now attracting much attention in
Florida.

Glazidvii, MilU. Arg. Ceara Rubber Tree. Lvs.
long-petioled, peltate, deeply 3-5-palinately parted, or
the upper entire; divisions entire, broad, ovate-lanceo-
hite: tls. paniculate: bracts small. Brazil; extensively
(rrown in Ceylon and India. — Its juice gives the Ceara
rubber.

utilissima, Pohl. Cassava, or
Manioo Plant. Bitter Cas-
sava. Figs. 1308-09. Roots
Heshy, cylindrical, sometimes
weiiihingas much as 30 pounds,
and 3 ft. long, very poisonous:
stems knotty, about 3 ft. high:
lvs. long petioled, not peltate,
deeply 3-7-lobed ; lobes lanceo-
late,entire : bracts small, entire :
calyx glabrous outside, puberu-
lent within, yellowish, 5-parted :
filaments glabrous ; anthers
short: capsule and ovary dis-
tinctly wing-angled. July. Bra-
zil. B.M. 3071. -Cultivated ex-
tensively in the tropics, where
the Cassava made from the
roots is a staple food. Tapioca
is made from the root-starch by
drying it in pellets on heated
plates. The poisonous juice is
pressed out in preparation or
rendered harmless by heating.
palmita, var. Aipl, Miill.
Arg. tM.Aipi, Poh\). Sweet
Cassava. Closely related to
the last, but the root more red-

MANURE

981

1366.
The descending root.

1367. Multiple tips of £
Mangfrove root-branch.

dish colored and non-poisonous: anthers elongated:
capsule only angular above, not winged. Brazil.- Used
as the last, but not so extensively.

J. B. S. Norton.

The cultivation of Cassava is of the simplest descrip-
tion in the West Indies. A piece of the stem, 2 or 3
feet long, is planted in somewhat sandy ground and left
to its fate, with occasional hoeing of weeds. In suital)le
soils in the driest parts of Jamaica, it produces enor-
mous crops with little or no attention.

Ceara Rubber has not been cultivated in the West
Indies to any extent, but it is like Cassava in its capa-

bility of growing in dry, sandy soil. It would probably
yield more rubber if grown in districts where irrigation
is possible. -^vj,. Fawcett.

MANITOBA. See Canada.

MANNA. SeeAlhagi.

MANNING, ROBERT (July 18, 1784, to Oct. 10, 1842),
was one of the most thorough and accurate of American
descriptive pomologists. In 1823 he established his
"Pomological Garden" at Salem, Mass., for the purpose

1368. Flow

Enlarged.

of collecting and proving varieties of fruits. At the
time of his death this garden contained more varieties
of fruits than had ever been collected in America. Pears
were his specialty, but he had all the fruits which would
thrive in his climate. These fruits numbered nearly
2,000 varieties, of which about one-half were pears.
These varieties were gathered from all parts of this
country, and also from Europe. The new pears of Van
Mons, the Flemish scientist aud propounder of a theory
of plant variation (see "Survival of the Unlike," Essay
V), were introduced largely by hira. He also received
valuable acquisitions from Robert Thompson, of the
fruit department of the London Horticultural Society.
In 1838, Manning published at Salem his "Book of
Fruits, being a descriptive catalogue of the most valu-
able varieties of the pear, apple, peach, plum and cherry
for New-England culture." It also contained bush-fruits,
grape and hardy trees and shrubs. It was published as
"First Series for 1838," which indicates that its author
intended to issue other parts. All the descriptions
were drawn from the fruits themselves. The book was
well illustrated. In this work he was assisted by John
M. Ives: and Ives made a second edition of the work in
IS44 under the title "Book of Fruits," and a third in
1847 as "New-England Book of Fruits." At this day it
is diificult to appreciate the work of a man like Man-
ning. In those days, varieties were all-important. The
scientific management of orchards had not yet arisen.
Varieties were confused. Manning and his compeers
opened the way for correct nomenclature and systematic
pomology, and established the idea of testing varieties.
His decisions on nomenclature were accepted as final.
He was one of the founders of the Massachusetts Horti-
cultural Society. For a reference to the position of
I\Ianning's work in our history, see the article Horticitf-
tiire; also Tilton's Journ. Hort. 7, pp. l.")7-8. His son, of
the same name, is secretary of the Massachusetts Horti-
cultural Society. L. H. jj.

MAN-OF-THE-EARTH. Ipi

pandurata.

MANURE (from old French mniiiifrer, to cultivate by
baud; Latin tnanus, hand, and opera, works). In the
broadest sense, Manure is any substance applied to the
soil for the purpose of increasing productivity. The ex-
crements of animals, mixed or unmixed with straw or

982

MANURE

MANURE

other absorbents, are usually spoken of as barn Manures.
Commercial Manures or " fertilizers" are usually concen-
trated forms of nitrogen, potash and phosphoric acid,
mixed or unmixed (see Fertilisers) ; green JIanures are
living plants plowed under to furnish hunuis and increase
productivity; amendments are substances, such as lime,
which may increase the growth and healthfnlness of
plants by improving the physical con-
ditoin of the soil and by setting free un-
available plant-food. In general farm-
ing batn Manures are usuallj applied in
theiiw 01 uniotted state in hoiticul
ture rotted oi pirtnlly rotted Horse

Manure is used for hotbeds, while cow Manure, mixed
with soil, is best for forming a moist, rich, potting
earth. Dung, the solid voidings of animals, after weath-
ering for a time, is also a valuable addition to potting
earth. Florists often keep a number of dairy cattle that
an abundant supply of bovine Manure, which is so valu-
able in floriculture, may be at hand. Commercial Manures
are used in small quantities, either direct or in solution.
Nitrogen stimulates the vegetative system and tends to
produce rapid growth and dark foliage. Phosphoric acid,
among other effects, has that of producing well-developed
plump seeds and fruits; potash may augment these ef-
fects, as well as increase and intensify the color of the
bloom.

Barn Manures are more highly prized than formerly.
Waste of their valuable constituents is now largely
avoided either by applying them to the land day by day,
as they are produceil, or by more rational methods of
caring for them until they are partly rotted or oppor-
tunity is afforded for most suitable application to the
land. Covered yards or pits are now sometimes used
for temporarily storing Manures, where they can have
water added it too dry and it likely to "firefang;"or
absorbents, such as straw, dry muck, gypsum and the
like, may be used it they are too watery. When bedding
is abundant, the animals may take their exercise in the
covered yard, as they will solidify the Manure by tramp-
ing it, thereby diminishing loss by too rapid fermenta-
tion. Salt and gypsum both conserve plant-food in ma-

nures when spread over the mass from time to time in

small qu;iiitities. The quantity and value of Manure

made by domestic animals is not realized by those who

allow it to be scattered over large, open barnyards or

allow it to remain for considerable periods under the

eaves of the barn. Extended experiments at the Cornell

Experiment Station showed that the following amounts

of excrements were produced

daily for each 1 ,000 pounds of live

weight of animal:

Slieep 34.1 lbs.

Calves 67.8 lbs.

Pigs 83.6 lbs.

Cows 74.11118.

Horses 48.8 lbs.

Fowls 39.8 lbs.

Animals fed on a highly nitro-
genous or narrow ration (as 1:4),
as were the pigs in the above in-
vestigaticms, consume large
quantities of water and produce
a large amount of Manure, the
weight of which often exceeds
the amount of food consumed;
while those fed on a carbonaceous
or wide ration (as 1:9) consume
comparatively little water and
produce less weight of manure.

Some conditions affecting the
production of Manure and its
value may be stated as follows:
If the plant-food value of Manure
is computed at the price that is
paid for the same constituents in
fertilizers, it is found that the
value of Manure produced by ani-
mals is equal to 30 to 50 per cent
of the cost of their food. Young
animals produce poorer Manure
than mature ones. The excre-
ments of anin]als which give a,
product, as milk or young, are
poorer than those from non-pro-
ductive animals. The more abun-
I dant the ration the less complete
the digestion and the greater the
value of the Manure produced.
Concentrated and nitrogenous
foods result in richer and more
valuable excrements than uncon-
The plant whose roots produce tapioca, centrated or carbonaceous foods.
Liberal salting and excessively
succulent foods diminish the
value of Manures. The amount
and kind of bedding affect not only the quantity liut
the value per ton. Animals kept in cold quarters drink
little water, digest their food closely and produce a Ma-
nure relatively small in amount and poor in quality.

Rich Manures are relatively more valuable per unit
of contained fertility than poor ones. Plants are most
beneflteb when they receive extra nourishment in the
early stages of their growth. Coarse, low-grade Ma-
nures should be weathered or rotted to improve their
availability, even though some loss may occur. A unit
of plant-food in high-grade fertilizers or well-preserved,
rotted Manures is worth more than in low grades. The
valuable constituents in farm Manures are not soquickly
available as they are in high-grade fertilizers, but they
have an additional value, since they furnish humus,
lighten the soil and increase its power to hold moisture,
while assisting in liberating the mineral constituents of
the soil. The value of Manure as set down below is
determined by investigations during the winter months,
and the nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash are com-
puted at 15, 6 and 4^ cents per pound, respectively.
The indirect beneficial effects of Manure are considered
an equal offset for the slightly less availability of their
plant food constituents as compared with fertilizers:
Kind nf Manure. Vahie per ton.

Sheep $3 30

Calves 2 17

Pigs 3 29

Cows 2 (

1369. Manihot.

(Seep. 981.)

: 21

MANURE

MARANTA

98

Limited amounts of bedding were used in the tests from

wtiich tlie foregoing figures were made.

Ei7id of animal. Value per year.

Fowls (1,000 lbs. of) $31 10

Sheep " " 2B 09

Calves '■ " 24 45

Pigs " " 60 88

Cows '[ '[ 29 27

Horses " " 27 74

Usuall5' these animals are kept in the stables but half of
the year, and inevitably some loss will occur, therefore
it will be safe to estimate the recovered value per year
at one-third to one-fourth of the above.

Heretofore the waste of the valuable constituents of
Manures in the United States has been very great. Until
recently, large, open barnyards have been the rule. In
the northern and central parts of the United States the
rainfall exceeds 30 inches per annum. Many barnyards
contain from a quarter to half an acre. One inch of
rainfall equals 113 tons of water per acre. If this be mul-
tiplied by thirty, a fairly accurate estimate is secured of
the water which largely passes through or over the Ma-
nure and carries off its most soluble and hence most
valuable constituents. The loss of value in JNIanures
exposed at Ithaca, in loose heaps of from two to ten tons,
during six mouths, was as follows:

1889. Horse manure 42«

1890. Horse manure 62 «

1890. Cow manure 30 i

1889. Mixed, compacted 9»

Even in horticulture, where a more liberal use of
Manure than in general farming is admissable, too much
reliance is often placed on Manures and too little on
tillage. Manures may furnish plant-food, improve the
physical condition of the soil, conserve and increase
heat and moisture. Ten to twenty times as much food
as the plants can utilize is sometimes applied. Growth
and development are more largely determined by the
amount of moisture than by the amount of plant-food.
Five tons of preserved barn Manure contain of nitrogen,
phosphoric acid and potasli, 60, 30 and 45
pounds, respectively. Twenty-flve bushels
of wheat, with straw, contain 45 lbs. of nitr" <=
gen, 18 lbs. of phosphoric acid, and 27 U>s.
of potash. Blost soils contain large amounts
of unavailable or diflficultly available plant-
food. Manures should be used largeiy to feed
plants between the time the nutrients in the
seed have been exhausted and that when the
plants have secured a i]rm hold on the soil
by manifold rootlets. Except where other- ^^M

wise most suitable and convenient, barn Ma- B/lJi

nures should be spread thinly in the autumn
or early winter on the surface where plants
are growing, thus imitating nature s methods of main-
taining and increasing productivity. \^ p^ Roberts.

MAFANIA (aboriginal name). Cyperdcew. Perhaps
6 or 8 described species in tropical countries, compris-
ing strong perennial herbs, with broad and strong Ivs.
arising from the crown, and large fl. -clusters on mostly
leafless scapes: the small, perfect fls. contain usually 6
hypogynous scales, usually 3 stamens, and 3 flliforra
stigmas: nutlet sessile. 3 angled. The only species in
the Amer. trade is M. pandanaefolia, Sander. Its nativity
is not given, and it is possible that it does not belong to
this genus ( see Gt. 46, p. 522 ) . The plant is represented
as pandanus-like, 3-4 ft. high, with long, narrow, grace-
ful, stifflsh Ivs. G.C. III. 21 :349. Gt. 40, p. 523. In
European garden literature, M. Itcida, N. E. Brown,
and M. hiimilis, Vill. (from Malaya), are also described.
Index Kewensis regards these species as one. j)/, hn mills
being the older name. It is an erect-growing plant with
oblong strong-ribbed Ivs., which are produced into long
petioles and taper into long tail-like points. I.H. 32:557.
It is also known as Pa)uhinoph\illum Wendlandi, Hort.

L. H. B.

MAPLE. See .loir. Flowering M.=J6hY(7o)i.

MARANTA (B.Maranta.Venetian botanist, died 17.i4).
Scitamini'iet'i . About 10 or 12 tropical American lit-rbs,
very closely allied to Calathea, but distinguished amongst

other things by having 2 of the 3 locules in the fruit
empty. Most of the plants cultivated as Marantas are
Calatheas; and the true Marantas are treated the
same as those plants. These plants are often named be-
fore the tlowers are known, and some of the following
plants may belong to the genus Calathea.

A. Leaves greeii, pnbeseevt heveath.

arundinEicea, Linn Figs. 1370-71. Branched. 2-5 ft.
high, tuberous: Ivs. ovate-oblong and pointed: fls.
white in an open cluster, the upper lip roundish. Trop.
Amer. B. M. 2307. — One of the sources of arrow-root
(see Arroir-root), the plant being often called Bermuda
Arrow-Root. The starch is obtained from the roots. It
thrives along the Gulf coast, although little cultivated
There is a form with leaves variegated green and yellow
AA. Leaves green, marked with strong, parallel light
colored bars extending from midrib towards h
gin or with a wJiitish central stripe.

spl§ndida, Lera. Glabrous: Ivs. 2 ft. or less long,
large, oblong-lanceolate, with base subcordate or some
what cuneate, short-acuminate at apex, above shininf
dark green and marked with pale green transverse bars
beneath violet-red. Brazil. I.H. 13:467-8. — By some re
garded as Calathea {C. splendida, Kegel). Resembles
Calathea Veitchiana. but more robust.

1370. Maranta arundi

lA. Lea I

(X %).
th dark colors {some-

hlotched orbai

times contrasted H

unduUta. Lind. & Andr^ (properly Calathea loidiildta,

Kegel). Six to 8 in. high, compact: Ivs. ovate-oblong,

the blade about 4 in. long, subcordate and unequal at

<)84

MARANTA

MARRUBIUM

base, very short-pointed, the surface undulate, beneath
purplish, above deep sbiuiDg green, with a whitish
feathery stripe through the center. Peru. I. H. 111:98.

leuconedra, E. Morr. {M. Kerchoveiina, E. Morr. M.
A'tn;,..c. iMIort. CalaOiht Kerchoveiina, Hurt.). Dwarf,
(5-8 in. : Ivs. cordate-oblong, usually obtuse or very
short-acuminate, grayish green with oblong purple
spots on either side of the midrib. Brazil. l.H. 2G:::l5;i.
Massangeina, E..Morr.
[Calalhia 3Iaxsange-
i)na, Hort.). Larger in
all its parts than the last :
h's. elliptic-ovate to ob-
ovate, rounded or trun-
cate at base, the apex
abruptly short-pointed,
liitht purplish beneath,
the upper part marked
with three colors, — olive
green towards the mar-
gin, broad central band
of silvery gray, blotches
of purple or maroon be
tween the two. Brazil.
F. S. 22.23G4-5 (as M.
leuconenra, var. Mas-
sangeaiia). J.H.III. aO:
499 (as var. florenlina).
bicolor, Ker-Gawl. A
foot high: Ivs. roundish
ovate, rounded or sub-
cordate at the base, more
or less wavy on the mar-
gin, abruptly short-
pointed, light purple be-
low, pale glacuous green above, with a relatively light-
colored central band and very dark green or brown-
green blotches midwav between the rib and the mar-
gins. Brazil. B.R. 10:78G. L. B.C. 10:921.

The following names are found in .American tr.idelists: It.
i?ora9u(rii = Calathea Baraquini ? — J/. (.".,,,.„. 1/ i.n-
ntfcra, Hort. (a form of Calathea Makoj;iTi:i . ,iK..ut

•6 in. long, obliquely oval, yellowish grein, ^^ i m • .l.cp

green spots or bars. Brazil.— Jlf. iiidf rsi. 1. Iii-^ i. ii ul,iti-il
with yellow.— jlf. musaica. Hort. Lvs. 6-'; in. I..11-. ,,l,li,iii.ly
-cordate, shining green, marked with many transverse voi?is.
Brazil.— J/. Porteana. See Strom.anthe.- Jf. SanorMiin, Hort,
Dwarf: Ivs. oblong, pale green, with oblonc-oblique. deep green
bars on each side of the midrib. S. America.— J/, sanguitiea.
-See Stroraanthe.

See Calathea for the following names: albo-lineata. argyrea.
Backetniana, Chimhoracensis, eximia. fast'iittn. yasfinaha-.
itlustris, Lageriana, Leurrlliana, ],i,i:ii, l.,H.l,ni .lf-./,,.//,,,;ii.
medio-pwta, mieans, nitens.ornata, i'ini>, J '. , ' - Wo

roseO'Hneata, rosea-picta, smarniiih im . !'■'.., - 1 - -,/,,(
heckei, YeitcMana, virginalis, Wainirri, ll-/;,s-., j- m ll,,-n.

13/1.
Maranta arund

zebrin

L. II. K.

MAEATTIA (name from J. F. Maratti, an Italian
botanist of the seveuteenlh century). Manittiilenr. .-V
genus of large, coarse-leaved fern-like plants with the
sporangia borne in large, boat-shaped conceptacles on
the under surface of the leaf. The species are strong-
growing and ornamental, some of them reaching con-
siderable size.

fraxinea, Smith (M. (legans, Endl.). Lvs. bipinnate.
6-l.T ft. long, on stalksoften 1 in. ormore thick; pinnules
4-ti in. lone, H-l^a in. wide, of a leathery texture and
naked surfaces: receptacles submarginal. West Africa
to Malaysia and New Zealand. l_ jj. Underwood.

MAHCGRAVIA is a genns of TernstroniiacP,'p, but
M. panitlo.ra — Monstera acuminata.

MARCHANTIA( Nicholas Marchant, French botanist ) .
Mar'-lia tif'ar, a'. A common liverwort, spreailing its
leaf -like forkingthallus on moist earth. M. polymbrpha,
Linn., has been offered by dealers in native plants, tlii^
sods of it being sold for colonizing in rock g:irdens. It
often grows on damp sills and walls in greenhouses.
The flat thallus is often 4-5 in. long and 1 in. or mor,'
wide, from which rise peduncles 1 in. hisb, bearing the
antheridial disk or shield and the star-like carpoceph-
alnni on similar stalks l-.T in. high.

MARGUERITE or PARIS DAISY is Chrysanthemum

fni/esceiix. Blue Marguerite is Felicia amellodes.
Reine M., of the French, is China Aster.

MARGYRICARPUS (Greek, pearly fruit.- referring to
the white berries). Ji'osdcew. Five species of South
American subshrubs, of which M. sefosus is a heath-
like plant cult, in rockeries for its numerous small
white berries, which are seen to best advantage against
dark background. The nearest genus of garden value
is Acfena, which has fls. in heads, while those of Mar-
gyricarpus are solitary and axillary. Branching shrubs
with inconspicuous fls. which are sessile and have no
petals. Lvs. alternate, crowded, overlapping : calyx
tube persistent; lobes 4-5: ovules solitary, hanging from
the top of the cell.

setdsus, Ruiz & Pav. Low-growing. Peru, Chile.—
Int. by Pranceschi. Hardy in England. Sometimes
called Pearl Fruit.

MARlCA (meaning doubtful ; the author of the genus
did not explain). Iriditeew. Eleven species of tropical
American plants allied to Iris, but with shorter-lived
flowers and convolute inner segments. Three species
are procurable from Dutch dealers. The fls. are 2-4 in.
across, the outer segments large, white or blue, the
inner ones smaller, with complicated and beautiful color-
ing. They are planted in the fall, and are hardy with
winter covering. The genus is nearest to Cypella, but
the style crests are petal-like, while in Cypella they are
spur-like or flattened. Rootstock a short rhizome: lvs.
sword-shaped, 2-ranked: fls. blue, yellow or white.
Baker, Irideaj, 1892.

A. Outer segments pure white.
gT&cilis, Herb. Lvs. 1-1>-^ ft. long, J-^-1 in. broad:
fls. 2 in. across. B.M. 3713.

AA. Outer segments white, marked at the ha.'ie with

brown and yellow.
Northlina, Ker. Lvs. lM-2 in. broad: fls. 3-t in.
across. B.M. G.i4. I. H. 42:40 (var. sp/endens).

AAA. Outer segments blue.

caerdlea, Ker. Lvs. 1-1 ^ in. broad: fls. 3-4 in. across.
B.M. ni\V2 i»^ Cypella cmrulea). B.R. 9.713. tin. 25, p.
313. K.W. 1:40.

M. Califdrnica. .See Sisyrinoliinni.

MARIGOLD. The oldest kind is the Pot Marigold, the
<lrifd tls.of which are uscl t.. s,.:i<..n si.ups. It is also
.•uit. fnr ornament. S,-.- C,i h, ,i,l iiht ,,l7iri nalis. The
French Marigold is Ta.j.'lrs /latnla : tlie African, T.
(•recta. The African Marigolds are mostly pure lenion-
or orange-colored; the French ones have these colors
and brown also, and are often striped. For Cape
Marigold, see Diinorphnthn-a. For Fig Marigold,
see Mesemhriianlhemuiii . Marsh Marigold is Caltha
pahtsfris.

MARINE IVY. Cissus incisa.

MARIPOSA LILY. See Calochorlus.

MARIPOSA TULIP. Cah.chorlus.

MARJORAM, SWEET. Origanum.

MARKERY. MERCURY. See Chennpodium.

MARROW, VEGETABLE. See Si/uash.

MARRtTBIUM (old Latin name of obscure meaning).
Labiitta-. A genus of ahout 4U OI.l World species, in-
cbidiug the common Horehound, a hardy, perennial,
bitter-aromatic herb, growing 1-3 ft. high, with whifi.'-h,
hairy, crenate lvs., and axillary whorls of small whitish
fls. It is a native of Europe, Asia and northern Africa,
now found as an escape from gardens in waste places
of nearly every country of the world. Horehound is

MARRUBIUM

MARTYNIA

985

used in large quantities for confections and medicines
for coughs and cokis.

Marrubium comprises similar perennials branched
from the base, with wrinkled and crenate or cut Ivs.,
and raauy-fld. axillary whorls of small white or purplish
fls, : calyx tubular, 5-10-nerved and with 5 or 10 awl-
shaped teeth.

vulgire, Linn. Common Horehound. Height l-:t ft. :
stems ascending: Ivs. ovate, stalked: calyx with 10 re-
curved teeth, the alternate ones shorter: fls. white.
Summer. B.B. 3:84.

Horehound (or Hoarhound) in America has become a
commou weed in New England, Indiana and upon the
I'licific coast, especially south of San Francisco. From
the last region is obtained Horehound honey, a product
cousiJered useful in the treatment of coughs and colds.
The leaves and tops have a bitter, penetrating taste and
a strong, not unpleasant odor, which is somewhat dis-
sipated by drying. In addition to its well-kuown uses
in pulmonary troubles, it is credited with tonic, laxative
and, in domestic medicine, deobstruent properties. The
]>lant prefers a dry, warm, ratherrich, light soil. It may
be readily propagated by division of the clumps or by
seed sown in the spring where the plants are to remain.
The drills should be 2 feet apart and the plants 1
foot asunder. With clean cultivation and moderate an-
imal manuring two abundant cuttings should be ob-
tained each year. Since the market is fully supplied by
tlie wild plants and since, when once established, it will
grow almost spontaneously, the cultivation of Hore-
hound is not recommended except to supply private
ntjeds. M. G. Kains and M. B. Coulston.

MARSDfiNIA (William Marsden, 1754-1836. wrote a
history of Sumatra). Asclepiiid^ceiv. About 50 species
of tropical and subtropical shrubs, mostly twiners, of
which about half a dozen species are cult, in Europe
xinder glass. M. Royfei, a fiber and dye plant from the
East In<lies, was introduced by Reasoner in 1889, but is
now lost. The genus is allied to Stephauotis, which has
large white tis., while those of Marsdenia are usually
purplish, lurid, greenish or pallid. Lvs. opposite:
cymes umbel-shaped, simple or branched, terminal or
axillary: calyx 5-parted: corolla bell-, urn- or salver-
shaped; lobes narrow or broad, overlapping to the right:
crown of 5 scales: seeds comose.

R6ylei. Wight. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, 2-4 in. wide, ovate
■cordate, acuminate, pubescent or tomentose beneath;
petioles 1^-2 in. long: cymes \-^% in. across: tis. 3-4
lines in diam.; corolla somewhat bell-shaped; lobes
large, fle«;hy; stigma not extended beyond the anthers:
seeds Si in. long. L_ jj_ B_

MARSHALLIA (Humphrey Marshall, wrote Arbus-
tura Americauum, 1785, the first American work on our
trees and shrubs; also founded one of the first Ameri-
can botanic gardens). Compdsltce. About 9 species of
perennial North American herbs, of which only one
species, M. c(espitosa, seems to have been offered.
]\Iarshallias are tufted plants, growing about a foot
high, with entire lvs. and scapes bearing solitary ray-
less heads about 1% in. across. Somewhat like the
common Scabious. These are rose-purple or white,
with blue anthers, and appear in spring or summer.
For fuller description, see our manuals.

CEespitdsa, Nutt. Tufted, glabrous: lvs. spatulate-
linear; upper ones linear: bracts of the involucre
linear: disk-fls. pale rose or white: seeds inversely
pvramidal. villous on the angles. Limestone soil, Ark,
t6Tes. B.M.3704. B. 3.3:443.

MARSH MALLOW. AUhn

offic

MARStLEA (Giovanni Marsigli, Italian botanist of
last part of the eighteenth century, or Aloys Ferd.. Graf
von Marsigli, 1658-1730). MarsUedcete. Aquatic tlower-
less plants ( about 40 species ) , with lvs. like 4-Ieaved clover
oroxalis.one species of which, M. quadri folia , Linn., is
sold and is also run wild in the eastern states. It is a
creeping plant, rooting in the mud on the margins of
ponds and making an attractive cover. The petioles
grow 3-5 in. tail, or taller in the water, and bear at the

apex 4 bright green obcuneate or triangular leaflets.
The sporocarps or fruits are nearly sessile at the base
of the petioles. Prop, easily by pieces of the runners,
and is likely to become a weed. The young leaflets
close at night. Europe and Asia. Mn. 6, p. 107.

MARTINfiZIA (Rev. Dr. Baltasar Jacobo Martinez
Companon, archbishop of Santa Ft5,who sent many early
collections of plants from Peru). Paimdcece. Orna-
mental palms, with spiny ringed trunks: lvs. pinnate,
the segments broad, wedge-shaped, alternate or grouped,
the apex truncate and ragged: petioles and rachis
spiny, as are also the spadices and spathes of the in-
florescence: fls. rather small: fr. globose, 1 -celled,
orange, scarlet or rose-pink. Species 7. Trop. Amer.
Jared G. Smith.

Martinezias are beautiful palms, and make fairly
good house plants. They must have a stove tempera-
ture. They do not reqaiireagreat amount of soil. Light
sandy loam, with plenty of sharp sand, is best. They
need abundant moisture. They sometimes flower in
cultivation, but the 4 kinds given below are distinct by
their foliage and spines. Like all armed palms, they
are slow to germinate, but after the first or second
year they grow fairly fast. The commonest and best
kind is J/. crt'/v/o/(y/"o?/ff, which has fewerspinesthanthe
other species and, unlike many other palms, shows its
true lvs. at a very early stage. It resembles the fish-
tail palms (Caryota),but the Ivs. are a lighter green and
generally larger. M. erosa makes a better specimen at
5-6 ft. than when small. It is much more jagged at the
tips of the lvs. Being very spiny all over, it is less de-
sirable. 31. LindeitUnia is more like the first. The
spines are longer but not very numerous. M. Grana-
tensis is of coarser habit and slower growth, and desir-
able only for large collections. jj_ jt^^ Siebrecht.
A. Lvs. divided into segments.
B. Segments in groups.
c. Apex of segments 3-lohed.

caryotaefdlia, HBK. Stems at length 30 to 50 ft. high :
lvs. few, 3-6 ft. long, light green; Ifts. in groups, 6-12
in. long, 4-6 in. wide at the apex: stem, petioles, rachis
and nerves below, densely clothed with long black
spines. Colombia. G.C. 1872:181. B.M.6854. F.R.2:49.
cc. Apex of segments with a point projecting from the
upper margin.

Lindeni^na, H. Wendl. Stems 9-15 ft. high: pinnae
in opposite groups of 4 to 6, the groups widely sepa-
rated. luii;^r wedge-shaped, 10-14 in. long. 8-10 times as
long as broad, with a short, projecting point at the up-
per margin, the nerves ciliate-spiny toward the end:
petiole densely covered with grayish brown hairs, with
many rather large black spines 1-2K in. long: rachis is
also spiny above and below: midnerve of each segment
a trifle shorter than the lower margin and spiny be-
neath, like the rachis and lateral nerves: Ivs. dark
green above, lighter beneath; terminal segment broad-
est: fr. rose-red. Mountains of Colombia, at an altitude
of 6,000 ft.

BB. Segments in 2-4 pairs.

erdsa, Linden. Lvs. with 2-3 pairs of narrow Ifts. at
base and a pair of broader ones at the apes, all oblique
at the apex, bearing long, brown, needle-shaped spines
on the veins and midrib: rachis cylindrical or obtusely
angled, mealy, clothed wMth spines like those on the lvs.
West Indies. G.C. 1872:1297.

AA. Lvs. bifid at the apex.

Granat6nsis, Hort. (i/. Granadhisis, Hort.). Lvs.
roundish ohlong or roundish ovate, entire at the base,
bifid at the apex, evenly toothed along the edges: pet-
ioles and rachis with dark brown, needle-shaped, spread-
ing or reflexed spines, ?._,-l in. long. Colombia.

Jared G. Smith.

MART'i'NIA (John Martyn, 1699-1768, professor of
botany at Cambridge, botanical author and editor of
the largest edition of Miller's "Gardeners' Diction-
ary"). Pedalidee(e About 10 species of coarse annuals
from the warmer parts of America, a few of which are
cult, for pickles or for ornament. Thev have large
showy fls. much like those of Catalpa in form, the 2

986

MARTYNIA

MARYLAND

upper lobes being smaller than the 3 lower. The fls.
are 2 in. or more across, chiefly lilac, purple or yellow
but spotted and marked about the throat with other
colors. They are heavily scented and interesting, but,
like all other parts of the plant, they are clammy. The
plants grow 1% ft. or more high, and should be started
in a hotbed in early spring in the North and transplanted
to the open. In the middle and southern states seed
may be sown in the open 3 ft. apart each way where the
plants are to remain. The capsules are taken when
small and tender and pickled like cucumbers. They
have a very distinct appearance by reason of the long-
curved horn which splits from the top as the capsule
hardens.

The small family to which Martynia belongs is allied
to the Biguonia family, and the fls. are much alike, but
the habit and fruit are different. Martynias are either
annuals or perennials, with large tuber-shaped roots,
prostrate or suberect and clammy: Ivs. opposite or al-
ternate, long-stalked, cordate, coarsely wavy-margined
or toothed, or palmately lobed: fls. 5-8 in a short, ter-
minal raceme: capsules with 2 short or long horns.

The first three species described below belong to the
subgenus Proboscidea, which has 4 perfect stamens and
long-horned capsules. They vary considerably in the
foliage, roundish or wider than long,
3-lobed, sharply 3-cut or entire except
the notch, which is always found at
tlie base, margin toothed, angled or
wavy.

^^^f ; .^- 'i*i^

1372. Martynia proboscidea iX %)

A. Fls. lilac or dull white.

proboscidea, Glox. {M. Louisicina, Mill.). Unicorn
Plant. Pkoboscis Flower. Fig. 1372. Lvs. roundisb,
often oblique, entirely obscurely wavy-lobed, 4-12 in.
wide: fls. also vary to lieht yellow. Banks of Missis-
sippi; nat. near old g:ardens. B.M. 105G. V. 3:151.—
The picture (Fig. 1372) shows fruits one-third the
size at full maturity. The risrht-haud specimen shows
the woody part, after all the soft parts have been
macerated.

AA. Fls. purple.

fri^ans, Lindl. {M. fonnbxajYiXm.). Less stout than
M. proboscidea: lvs. roundish to oblong-cordate, some-
what lobed and wavy-toothed. 3-5 in. broad. Mex. B.M.
4292. B.R. 27:6. R.H. 1843:248.

AAA, Fh. yellow.
lOtea. Lindl. Lvs. cordate-orbiculate, subdeutate,
glandular-pubescent. Brazil. B.R. 11:934.

AAAA. Fls. ivhite.

Craniol&ria^Glox. Properly Cww/dMrm d»)U(a,h\nn.,
a KPims distinguished by having a very long and slender
corolla tube, while in Martynia the corolla tube is swelled
out at a very short distance from the base. Lvs. pal-
mately lobed; margins dentate: corolla tube about 6 in.
long. Colombia. — Some of tbe plants sold under this
name are Af. proboseidea; others are M. fragrans.

W. M.

MARVEL OF PERU. Mirabilis JaUipa.

MARY, BLUE-EYED. Tradescanfia Virginica.

MARYLAND, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1373. All of
this state lying south of Baltimore possesses notable
horticultural possibilities. The lauds are quite variable
in composition, and are very sensitive and responsive to
judicious and rational treatment. In the production of
early fruits and vegetables, the natural adaptability of
soil, the mild and equable temperature resulting from
the influence of the expansive waters of the Chesapeake
bay, which cuts the state in two, as well as from
geographical location and convenient access to all the
principal eastern city markets, are the conditions which
combine in a presentation of rare inducements that are
not fully appreciated by tbe rural citizenship of the
locality. Fully three-fifths of the farms in Maryland,
by circumstances as above briefly indicated, are specially
adapted to horticultural pursuits. The eight couuties
forming a tier, extending from east to west along the
northern boundary of the state, do not enjoy so wide a
range in horticultural favor as the central and southern
counties. The wonderful development of the fruit and
vegetable packing or canning industry in the state is to
a very noticeable degree encouraging, and accomplishing
a diversification for the promotion and betterment of
horticulture. In the city of Baltimore the "packing"
business has assumed huge proportions, but independent
of this, the business has in the aggregate, throughout
the several counties, reached a large volume, which is
luinually increasing. Caroline county, centrally located
on the Eastern Shore, annually operates more than a
score of such houses. Strawberries, blackberries,
peaches, pears, peas, tomatoes and sweet corn consti-
tute the principal articles canned. No fancy prices for
either fruits or vegetables are obtained in the local
market thus created, but a great good to horticulture
growing out of these operations is that they are induc-
ing many hard-worked and poorly paid tillers of the
111 to climb out of the old ruts, giving them a practical
e lucation or training that enables them to grow and pre-
pare products for the city markets in keep-
ing with modern demands. Thoiisands of
'' acres in this state are now devoted to peas,

tomatoes and sweet corn for the packing
houses. Summarized, this means more ma-
nure — better methods — better land.
"*■ For many years the peach maintained

'- undisputed supremacy in the fruit interests

of Maryland. Enthusiasm extended the
acreage beyond the capacity for proper care
and culture, thus inviting the encroachment
of disease and insect enemies to an extent that has
served to circumscribe the misdirected ambition for
large orchards, and has robbed peach-growing of much
of its fascination. In the aggregate, the orchard acreage
is still immense; butoM orchards are going out to a much
greater extent than new ones are being planted. In the
northern tier of counties, interest in apple-growing is
increasing. Cherries, too. in many locations in this part
of the state are successfully grown. Pears are more
generally grown and satisfactory throughout the state
than cherries. Kent and Queen Anne counties, of the
Eastern Shore, excel in the production of pears, both in
quantity and quality. Plums of the native and Japanese
species receive considerable attention, and in many in-
stances prove more remunerative than other fruits.
Small fruits of all kinds are grown in great abundance.
The large fruit interests of the state create and main-
tain a large local demand for nursery stock, which is
shared by the forty nurseries in various parts of the
commonwealth. Several of these establishments make
the propagation of peach trees a specialty, growing thera
by the hundreds of thousands, and disposing of them in
a wholesale way to their fellow-nurserymen in localities
less favored for proi)agating these trees. In a few of
the Western Shore counties tobacco still figures to some
extent in soil products; on the Eastern Shore tobacco
has been sujierseded largely by sweet potatoes, to the
decided benefit of both land and landlord.

The division of the state by the Chesapeake bay
keeps the Eastern Shore out of touch in more ways than
one with the rest of the state. Tbe experiment station
is located on the Western Shore, where the horticultural

MARYLAND

interests are on lines more or less distinct from those
on the Eastern Shore. Greater harmony obtains between
the conditions of tlie Eastern Shore and of Delaware ;
hence it naturally follows that horticultural relations
between the Eastern Shore ot Maryland and the state of
Delaware are closer and more intimate in many respects
than those between the two
"shores" of Maryland, and
doubtless will remain so
unless counteracted by the
establishment of an active
and well-equipped sub-sta-
tiou on the Eastern Shore.
The entire peninsula, com-
prising Delaware's three,
Maryland's nine and Vir-
ginia's two counties, should
properly constitute one
state, as nature seems to
have intended. If these
fourteen peninsula eon titles
were lianded together by the
ties of statehood, atid thus
governed solely by their
own citizens, it couUl not do
otherwise than promote and
accelerate the progress in
horticultural advancement,
and make it by couceiitrated
art and practice what it is
by nature, America's Eilen.
It is capable ot supporting
a population ten times as
large as at present inhabits it, with an overtlow sufiS-
cient to feed five times as many more in the large
near-by cities with choice fruits and vegetables, easily
grown in endless variety.

Maryland's metropolis, with its rapidly improving
facilities for distributing to other cities and towns,
affords much encouragement and gives impetus to all
horticultural operations. Baltimore market is the main
dependence ot the Western Shore and western Mary-
land fruit-growers and truckers; while a large share of
the horticultural proiiucts of the Eastern Shore, owing
to convenient accessibility, are consigned to New York,
Philadelphia and Wihnington. The General Assembly
or Legislature of Maryland has never, until quite re-
cently, done anything to promote or protect, by appro-
priation or otherwise, the great horticultural interests of
the state, while it has expended hundreds of thousands
of dollars to exploit and protect the oyster and flsh in-
dustries. The value of the small-fruit cropi-eaches into
millions of dollars annually. Add to this the peaches,
pears, apples, plums, cherries, etc. — then couple to all
the vast volume of vegetable production throughout the
state — grasp all this, and crowd it into the two words —
horticnUnral interests^ and here are the data in the form
of unmanufactured material, and the nearest approa(di
to synthetical statistics that is available. That horti-
culture takes rank with the greatest industries of the
state is obvious to any unclouded comprehension. The
soil of fifteen of the twenty-three counties comprising
the commonwealth, reveals unmistakable evidence that
nature, in loving pride, planned a brilliant horticultural
destiny for them, holding out conspicuously, among
numerous other incentives, a climate promotive of
health, pleasure and prosperity. Violent extremes of
heat and cold, so troublesome, annoying, and even
disastrous in many other sections, are rarely if ever
experienced here. Industrial evolution is steadily giving
trend toward higher development of horticulture in the
state. J. -nr. Kerr.

MASDEVALLIA (Joseph Masdevall, a Spanish phy-
sician and botanist). OrchUliiretv, tribe Epidendr^'ie.
Masdevalllas are inhabitants of the American tropics.
There are more than 150 species, and various hybrids
and garden forms. They are not showy orchids, but are
odd and often grotesque. The petals are small and usu
ally hidden in the calyx-tube, but the 3 calyx lobes are
greatly developed and give character to the flower. Often
these lobes end in slendfr tails several inches long. Lip
of the corolla short, articulate witli the base of t le

MASDEVALLIA

987

winged or wingless column, in some species sensitive.
Pollinia 2, without caulicles. The Masdevalllas have no
pseudobulbs; the leaves are variable in size, oblong to
linear, thick, sheathing at the base; the peduncles bear
from 1-5 or more flowers. The species of the M . coecinea
group are relatively simple in form, but are usually prized

1373. Maryland. The strong line sets off the horticultural regions to

for their brilliant coloring. Those of the M. Chinnera
group are remarkable for their fantastic shapes. Of late
years many new kinds have been introduced, and the
genus is somewhat confused as to the specific limits of
the various forms. Masdevalllas are polymorphous, and
herbarium specimens do not show specific characters
well. See "The Genus Masdevallia," by Florence H. Wool-
ward (189(1). L. H. B.

Masdevalllas are found growing at high elevations,
ranging from (i.OOO to 12,000 feet above sea level, in
northwestern South America and Central America, with
a few sparingly distributed elsewhere over tropical
America. These regions are generally subjected to two
rainy seasons annually, often with very short intermis-
sions. The atmosphere, though somewhat rarified, is
very humid, the temperature in the shade seldom rising
above 65° F., and often dropping to 40" in some dis-
tricts. Heavy fogs are frequent, especially in the fore-
part of the day, and during the greater portion of the
year the under-vegetation is in a saturated condition;
the high winds prevalent in these districts, however,
counteract to a great extent any evil influence which
might otherwise arise from it.

The heat of our summer makes it quite impossible to
imitate wholly tlie above conditions, but with a proper
house, such as is afforded Odontoglossums of the cris-
pum section, very satisfactory results may be obtained
and the many species will be found of comparatively
easy culture. A low, well-ventilated, half-span house of
northern exposure, with an upright stone or brick wall
on the south side, is best adapted to them. The house
should be provided with canvas roll-shading, supported
on a framework elevated 15 or 18 inches above the
glass in order that the cool air may pas* freely beneath
it. This will help to guard against solar heat during
summer. Houses built partly below grouml are not to
be recommended, as the atmosphere soon becomes
stagnant and inactive, causing the leaves to fall pre-
maturely. Where it is convenient, solid beds are pref-
erable; benches, however, will answer the purpose very
well, and when used should be covered abi)ut 2 inches
deep with sifted ashes, sand or gravel; the benches and
floors should be hosed down once or twice daily to af-
ford all the cool moisture nossible.

In winter the temperature should range between 50°
and 55° F. at night and about 60° during the day or 5°
more on mild days, with weak solar heat and ventilation.
Artificial heat must be dispensed with as early in spring
as possible, and during summer the temperature kept
as low as the weather will permit, ventilating freely,

988 MASDEVALLIA

especially at night, when a light syringing overhead will
also prove beneficial. Midday syringing in hot weather
is often injurious aud should be done with caution if at
all. More benefit will result from hosing down the
shelves and paths at intervals of three or four hours, as
it will help to reduce the temperature.

Masdevallias need a great deal of water at the roots at
all seasons, and the soil should never be allowed to dry
out, as they have no fleshy pseudobulbs to protect them
against extreme changes. Light syringing overhead
during winter and spring in line weather will assist in
checking thrip and red spider, and a weali solution of
tobacco may be added with good effect.

The best season for repotting and basketing the plants
is during November and December, and the best gen-
eral compost is a mixture of clean peat fiber and spliag-
num moss chopped rather fine and well mixed, some
sections requiring in addition a portion of chopped sod.
About one-third of the space should be devoted to clean
drainage consisting of either broken charcoal or pot-
sherds.

M. coriacea, elephanticeps, Perlsteria, Ifeichenharhi-
ana, and kindred species, grow best in small pots, and
should have one-third chopped sod added to their potting
compost. 3f. tiiiirrKm. Sriilimii. Toi-aniisis, amabiUs,
coceillt'fi. Wih-liiaua . trnimliihiris, jiolllsticlil , illiiscosa,
and the iiurn.-rous ..ilu-i- allied species, grow equally well
'in either pots or baskets, but should the latter be used
it would be well to add a small portion of chopped sod to
the compost to make it more firm and less porous; the
sod has a cooling effect on the roots. M. bella, Carderi,
Chestertoni, Cltiimt ni. Iloittltana and their allies nearly
all have pendulous Hower-scapes, and should be sus-
pended from the root in baskets in a compost of equal
parts chopped peat-fioer and live sphagnum, with a little
leaf-mold added. The flower-scapes often penetrate
through the compost; forthisreason little or no drainage
should be used, as it may retard their progress.

To increase the stock the plants must be divided dur-
ing the early winter; this will give them a chance to
reestablish themselves before the following summer.
They must not be broken up into too small pieces, as it
has a tendency to weaken them. Cult, by R. M. Grey.

Review of the Sections.

Section I. Scape 1-fld.: calyx-tube rather nar-
row, tubular or somewhat funnel-shaped : label-
lum plane Species 1-7

Section II. Scape 1-fld.: calyx-tube broad, gib-
bous or basin-like: labellum plane Species 8-24

Section III. Scape several-fld. : labellum plane

and narrow Species 25-37

Section IV. Scape mostly I-fld., pendent or sub-
erect: labellum saccate, or at least much broad-
ened ; tails very long Species 38-44

Section V. Scapes 1-fld. This section differs
from all the others by the subterete Ivs., and in
having the tails inserted below the apex of each
lateral sepal Species 45

INDEX.

abbreviata, 26. gr.andiflora, 1, 2,7 platyglossa. 8.

amabilis, 4. Gravesiaj. 7. polystk-ta. 27, 28.

atrosanguinea, 7. Hai-ryana. 7. psiitacina, 39.

Armeniaca, 7. hieroijlyphica, 22. racemosa. 3.3.

Backhousiana, 38. Houtteana. 39. r.idiosa, 44.

Barlaeana, 6. igiwa, 2. Reichenbachiana.

bella, 43. inflata, 13. 35.

Boddfierti, 2. infraeta, 37. RfezUi, 38.

caloptera, 29. ionocharis. 15. rosea, 3.

ealura. 17. leontoRlossa, 9. rufo-lutea, 11.

Carderi, 40. Lindeni, 7. Sehlimii, 34.

Chestertoni, -ll. lineata, 4. Shuttleworthii, 18.

Chimsera, 38, 42. macriira, 14. striata, 4.

eivilis, 11. maculata, 36. superba, 2.

coeeiuea, 7. Massangeana, 2. Tovarensis, 31.

coerulescens, 7. melanopus, 28. triangularis, 21.

Orossii. 33. railitaris, 2. triaristella, 45.

conchillora, 7. Mnoreana.'H. trochihis. 32.

coriacea, 10. musoosa, 25. Veitohiana, 1.

coratculata, 13. nidiiica. 16. Wageneriana, 23.

Davisii, 5. nycterin.a, 42. Wallisii, .38.

Denisoni, 7. pachysepjila, 24. Winniana, 38.

elephanticeps, 24. pachyura, 30. santhocorys, 18.

Ephippinm, 32. pallida. 20. xanthina, 20.

Estradee, 19. Peristeria. 12.

MASDEVALLIA

SECTION I.

A. Calyx-Jobes gJandular with minute

papillw 1. Veitchiana

AA. Calyx-lobes not glandular.

B. Tail of the dorsal lobehanginfj for-
ward J. militaria

::. rosea
BB. Tail of the dorsal lobe erect anil

straight 4. amabilis

5. Davisii
(>. Barleeana
BBB. Tail of the dorsal lobe reflexed ami

flexKons 7. coccinea

1. Veitchiina, Reichb. f. Tufted: Ivs. 4-G in. long, nar-
row: peduncle erect and slender, 1 ft. or more, with 2 or
more bracts (the upper one remote from the flower):
calyx with bell-shaped tube, the expanding lobes .'i in.
across, orange-red, with purple shades, glandular h:iiry,
abruptly contracted into short, narrow tails ; petals
white, hidden. Peru. B. M. 5739. — Var. grandiflora,
Hort. , has n dense hairy covering on the dorsal lobe of
calyx; and also on the outer part of the lateral lobes,
the inner part orange-scarlet.

2. militiris, Reichb. f. & Warscz. {M. ignea,
Reichb. f.). Much like the last, but differs in having
elliptic or elliptic-obovate Ivs., which are long-petioled,
and in the lateral calyx lobes being only prominently
pointe<l, not tailed, the dorsal lobe very narrow and hang-
ing forward between the other two: color orange and
scarlet ; petals white, exceeding the column. Spring.
Colombia. B.M. 5902. I. H. 26:333. - Var. Massan-
geana, Hort. Lateral lobes longer: fls. larger. Var.
B6ddaerti, Hort. Calyx yellow; lower lobes shaded with
red on the upper surface. I. H. 26:357. Var. grandifldra,
Hort. Pis. rounded; lateral sepals brilliant vermilion,
bordered with crimson and suffused with purple. Var.
8up6rba, Hort., is advertised.

3. Tdsea, Lindl. Lvs. oblong-spoon-shaped, keeled:
peduncle drooping and slender, bearing a single fi. :
calyx tube 1 in. long, red and violet; calyx-lobes rose-
lilac, with red tails; petals yellow, the lip hairy at the
apex. Ecuador. G.C. lH. 16:657. July, Aug. — A pretty
and free-flowering species.

4. am&bilis, Reichb. f. & Warsca. Lvs. 4-5 in. long,
oblong- or sp;»tulate-lanceolate, about half the length of
the erect, usually 1-rtd. peduncles: fls. varying from
purplish crimson to yellow; lobes ovate-triangular, the
lateral ones with short tails and the dorsal ones with a
long and ascending tail; petals narrow, yellowish, longer
than the column. Peru. Sept.- Dec. — Var. line&ta,
Linden & Andr^ (var. stridta, Hort.), has yellowish fls.,
tinged and striped with red. I.H. 22:196.

5. Divisii, Reichb. f. Densely cespitose: lvs. oblong-
lanceolate, 6-8 in. long, petioled, blunt at the apex: pe-
duncle erect, about 10 in. long : calyx large, brilliant
yellow, obscurely veined with deeper yellow; dorsal lobe
triangular-ovate, prolongedin atail; lateral lobes oblong-
ovate, larger, united to below the middle, terminating in
short tails; petals longer than the column, nearly hidden
in the calyx-tube, pale yellow, the labellum yellow,
shaded and spotted with red, with 2 obscure keels. Peru.
B.M. 0190.

6. Barlaeina, Reichb. f. Lvs. spatulate, acute: pedun-
cle slender, nearly 1 ft. long: fls. scarlet; calyx-tube
curved; dorsal sepals short-triangular, produced into a
long tail; lateral sepals larger, semi-ovate; petals lig-
ulate, white. Peru. — Reichb. states that the lateral
sepals run internally one in another; they are connate
in a straight line.

7. coccinea. Linden (M. Lindeni, Andr^). Fig. 1374.
Lvs. spatulate, obtuse or retuse, 6-10 in. long: pe-
duncle 1 ft. or more long: calyx crimson-magenta; dor-
sal lobe with a small, triangular base, prolonged into a
longtail; lateral lobes oblong-ovate, scarcely prolonged ;
petals white, longer than the column. Mav. ('cilonibia.
B M. 5990. I.H. 17:42. P.M. 1872:28. -Var. couchiflora,
Veitch. Fls. larare; lateral lobes of labellum rotund,
concave. Var. Harryana, (J/. Ilarnjii'ia, Reichb. f. ).
Lateral lobes of calyx oval, falcate, the tips usually
crossing or turned toward each other. May. F.S.

MASDEVALLIA

21:22.">0. Var. Armenlaca, Hort. Fls. apricot-yellow,
veiLcvl with red; throat of the tube yellow. Colombia.
V.ir. atrosanguinea, Hort. Fls. large, with the lateral
sepals crimson spotted with magenta, points falcate,
turned toward each other. Colombia. Var. ooerulfiscens,
Hort. Lateral sepals broadly semi-ovate, apiculate,
criinson-inasenta spotted with bluish purple. Colombia.
Var. Grivesiae, Hort. Pis. white. Var. grandifldra. Fls.
large, rose-purple. Columbia. Var. D^nisoui, Hort.
Bl'll's Blood. Fls. crimson-purple.

SECTION II.

A. Hiihil of scape drooping or de-

MASDEVALLIA

989

lie.

CC. Lrs. oblong to lance-obtong .

B. ^V»/l(■ about as long as the Irs. 8. platyglossa

BB. *•(■«/)(' shorter than the Ivs 9. leontoglossa

AA. Habit of scapes erect or suberect.
B. Scape shorter than the Ivs.

c. Lvs. linear to linear-oblong. 10. coriacea

11. civilis

12. Peristeria
.1.1. coruiculata

14. macrura
l.'i. ionocharis
11). nidifica
17. calura
BB. Scape longer than the lvs.

C. Fls. rather sniall^ with a
broad, basin-like tube:
plants du-arf 18. Shuttleworthii

19. Estradae

20. xanthina

21. triangularis

22. hieroglyphica

23. Wageneriana
CC. Fls. larger, with a broad.

deep, gibbous tube 24. elephanticepB

8. platygldssa, Reichb. t. Densely tufted: Ivs. spatu-
latf-larii'wlatv. narrowed into petioles, 3-4 in. long, as
long as or longer tliau the drooping bracted 1-2-fld. pe-
(luiii'li's: tl. small (1 in. long), pale yellow, nearly globu-
lar, thr lobes poiiiti'd but not tailed, the dorsal one up-
curvcil : ovary n-cl ; petals linear, as long as the column.
Colombia! !) ■B..M. 71S5.

9. leontogldssa, Reichb. f. Tufted: lvs. oblanceolate,
short-petioled, spotted beneath with red: peduncle de-
flexed, mostly .shorter than the odd fls.: calyx narrow,
the lobes gradually narrowed into fleshy tails or long
points, semi-transparent, all of them greenish yellow
outside and more or less hairy, crimson-spotted within,
the dorsal lobe n<it greatly unlike the others but often
somewhat ascending; petals white with crimson lines.
Colombia. B..M. 724.T. — The specific name ( "lion-
tougued") refers to the bearded lip.

10. coriacea, Lindl. Lvs. linear-lanceolate, usually
somewhat surpassing the erect, 1-fld., spotted peduncles,
which are about 6 in. high: fls. fleshy, the calyx-lobes
nearly equal and wide-spreading, triangular at base but
gradually narrowed into long points or short tails;
lobes greenish yellow and dotted crimson inside; petals
white and crimson. Colombia. G.C. HL 21:95. — Lvs.
6-8 in. long, with purpli.sh dotted petioles.

11. civilis, Reichb. f. (M. rufo-lufea, Lindl.). Lvs.
fleshy, linear, keeled, 5-0 in. long: peduncle less than
2 in. long, erect or nearly so: fl. solitary, rather large
for the size of the plant, the deep calyx -tube purple at
the base and yellow at the top, the long-pointed, flat-
tened lobes yellow: petals small, white, the labellum
dotted purple. Peru. B.M. 5476.

12. Peristeria, Reichb. f. Tufted: lvs. oblanceolate,
sometimes retuse at the apex, 4-6 in. long, twice longer
than the rather stout, erect, 1-fld. peduncles: fls. with 3
long, wide-spreading tails, which span 4-5 in., the tube
somewhat gibbous beneath; back of the 9. greenish yel-
low ; tails honey-yellow ; throat and base of lobes
spotted with crimson; petals linear-oblong, white. Co-
lombia. B.M. 6159. F.S. 22:2346. -Named from its re-
semblance to the dove orchid, Peristeria.

13. comicul&ta, Reichb. f. Stems short and tufted:
lvs. spatulate, very short-pointed, mostly exceeding the
1-fld. peduncles: fls. with yellow, iiiflateil calyx-tube.

which is spotted with brown and ribbed, bearing long,
very slender brown tails ; petals yellow. Colombia.
Var. inSUta, Veitch. Paler in color, and with smaller
spots; lobes broader and golden yellow. Colombia.
B.M. 7476.

1374. Masdevallia coccinea (XH)-

14. macrtira. Reichb. f. Stems short and tufted, each
bearing a solitary If. and fl. : lvs. broadly spatulate or
broad-oblanceolate, very obtuse or even retuse: pedun-
cles 8-10 in. high, erect: fls. with 3 long tails, which
span 8 in. from top to bottom; calyx-tube red-purple on
the outside; lobes triangular-ovate in the basal portion,
dull red and purple-spotted within, the cylindrical tails
yellow, the lateral ones 7-ribbed; petals yellow, spotted
brown. Colombia. B.M. 7164.

15. lonAchaTis, Reichb. f. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, ex-
ceeding the erect peduncle : fl. whitish, purple-spotted
at base, the lobes triangular-ovate, with yellow tails;
petals cream-white. Peru.

16. nidifica, Reichb. f. Lvs. oval or oblong, about the
length of or longer than the peduncle: fl. white, veined
and dotted with crimson passing into yellow on the
lobes, the lobes hairy and with long, slender tails,
which are yellow in the lateral lobes and crimson in the
dorsal lobe; petals white, with crimson lines. Ecuador.

17. calilra, Reichb. f. Lvs. mostly shorter than the
peduncles, oblong-lanceolate : fl. glossy crimson, with
slender, flat tails; dorsal lobe somewhat triangular at
base, the lateral ones round-ovate; petals crimson, with
white on tip and margins. Aug. Costa Rica. — A free-
flowering species.

18. Shuttleworthii, Reichb. f. A small species, with
lvs. only 2 in. long, on distinct petioles of equal length:

990

MASDEVALLIA

MASDEVALLIA

Colombia.
. xanthocorys, Reichb. £.,
iv. dotted with brown or

peduncles several, 1-fld., sometimes overtopping the
Ivs.: fls. large (1 in, across and the tails 2-3 times as
long), mauve, dotted with crimson; tails all yellow in
the upper half, very slender, tlic upper one sometimes
bent or hooked at the lop ;
B.M. 0372. I.H. 28:-t35. Vai
has smaller fls. of pale yellc
rose.

19. Estridae, Reichb. f. Very densely tufted : Ivs. and
petioles 3 in. long, the blade broad, spoon-shaped, and
often retuse at the apex: peduncle usually somewhat
exceeding the Ivs., erect, 1-fld.: flower of marked col-
ors—the upper concave lobe yellow at base and violet-
ptirple above, the lateral lobes violet-purple at base and
white or straw-colored above; tails filiform, yellow;
petals white, very small. Colombia. B.M.6171.

20. xanthlna, Reichb. f. Like the last, except that
the flower is yellow, with a purplish spot on the lateral
lobes. Var. pallida, Hort., has fls. almost white. Co-
lombia.

21. trianguliris, Lindl. Lvs. oblanceolate: peduncle
erect, about 4 in. tall: fls. yellow, marked or spotted
with purple, the toils dark crimson; lobes similar, tri-
angular-ovate; petals white, the lip spotted with pink
or purple aud hairy. Venezuela.

22. hierogl^pliica, Reichb. f. Lvs. oval or oblong:
peduncle short (about 3 in. long) : flower with tube yel-
lowish at bottom, becoming whitish, marked with crim-
son; lobes triangular-ovate, all with long tails, the tail
of the dorsal lobe hanging forward and marked with
purple at its base; petals yellow. June. Colombia.

23. Wageneriina, Linden. Very small, neat and at-
tractive, tufted. 2-3 in. high: lvs. spoon-shaped: pedun-
cles equaling or exceeding the lvs., nearly erect: fls.
yellow and crimson-dotted, with slender yellow tails,
the upper one inclined backwards; lobes broad, cordate
or ovate; petals vellnw, odd in shape, the lip rhomboid
and toothed. Venezuela. B.M.4'J21.

24. elephinticeps, Reichb f. An odd species: lvs.
broad-spatulati', i.Utii^.-: i.eilnui-li'S 1 ft. long, erect:
flower single, lurly r.ilonil - tin- dorsal or upper lobe
light yellow, tin- hihul oim ■< rililir.l and crimson; calyx-
tube gibbous at tlir liasr liilciu, all of them gradually
produced into stout yellow tails (one of them often
crimson), arranged so as to sui^'ircst the tusksand raised
trunk of an elephant (whence the specitic name). Co-
lombia. F. 8.10:997. Var. pachys§pala, Reichb. f. ( ilf.
JIooreAna, Reichb. f. ), has the dorsal lobe 3-nerved with
crimson and the tube spotted.

SECTION III.

A. T/i's. covered with rouiid pa-

pictte: scape hairy 25. muscosa

.Aa. Ill's, smooth.

B. fCs. small, in many-fid. ra-
cemes, angles of the ovary
trenvlate or the petals

toothed 2(1. ahbreviata

27. polysticta
2K. melanopus
29. caloptera
pachyura

BB. I'ls hirarr, often expinnliiig

^r,'j-fld..- iniijlrs of the

ovuri/ (nut petit ts e

C. Color of fls. white

CO. Color of fls. yellow, dotted

and shaded with brown

or red.

D. Lateral sepals nnlfed,

fo rtii i n ff a boa t-sh aped

31. Tovarensis

(■»;)

.32. Ephippium

DD. Lateral sepals nearly

plane, at least not

strongly cucullate.

E. Tails of the lateral

sepals very short

or none 33. racemosa

EE. Tails of the lateral
sepals long.

F. Li'S. broad, obo-

vate-elliptic 34. Schlimii

pp. IAjs. oblong-lance-
olate or oblance-
olate.
G. Calyx-tnbe fun-
nels haped,
narrowed at

the base 35. Beichenbachiana

GQ. Calyx-tube
broader or
gibbons at the

base 3(1. maculata

37. infracta

25. muscdsa, Reichb. f. Lvs. oval-oblong, papillose:
peduncle hairy, 3 times exceeding the lvs., with 1 or
more yellow fls.: lobes triangular, with reflexed tails;
petals narrow and yellow with a brown line in the cen-
ter, the lip bearing a raised yellow disk and moving up-
ward with a jerk when this disk is touched. St. Do-
mingo.—Fls. J.J in. across.

26. abbreviita, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate:
peduncle niany-fld., about 6 in. long: fl. white and freely
dotted with red, the tails all deep yellow, the lobes ser-
rate on the edges ; petals white, longer than the column,
serrate. Peru.

27. polysticta, Reichb. f. Densely tufted: Ivs.narrow-
spatulate, obtuse and often retuse: peduncle exceeding
the lvs., about 8 or 9 in. tall and mauy-fld. : fls. pale
lilac, spotted with purple, the margins of the sepals
ciliate but not serrate, the tails very slender and
si'readiui.^ (11. 2-214 in. across) and yellowish ; petals
spatiilati- nnd serrate. Peru. B.M. 6368. I.H. 22:199.
K.H. lSbO:L'50.

28. melandpus, Reichb. f. Much like M. polysticta:
fls. smaller, white specked with purple, the dorsal sepal
keeled, the lobes not ciliate or serrate on the edges and
very suddenly contracted into slender yellowish or dark-
colored tails; petals linear-oblong, toothed below the
apex. Peru. B.M.. 625S {as M. polysticta).

29. caWptera, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong-ovate: peduncle
short (5 or 6 in.), many-fld.: fl. white with crimson
streaks, the tails all slender and orange; dorsal lobe
keeled and somewhat hooded ; the lateral ones ovate-ob-
long; jietals white, crimson-keeled, serrate. Peru.

30. pachyiira, Reichb. f. Lvs. oval-oblong: peduncle
erect, slender: calyx with triangular, short-tailed lobes,
yellow, with transverse bars and spots of reddish crim-
son; dorsal sepal triangtilar, with a thick tail equaling
the sepal in length; petals pale yellow. Ecuador. G.C.
111.22:255.

31. Tovarensis, Reichb. f. Lvs. rather small, oblong-
spatulate: peduncle 5 or 6 in. long, sometimes exceed-
ing the lvs., 2-edged, several-fld.: fls. clear white and
fragrant, the tails yellowish at the ends; dorsal lobe
1% in. long, very narrow and produced into a reflexed
tail; lateral lobes oval, gradually produced into tails
shorter than that of the dorsal '.obe; petals white.
Dec, Jan. Colombia. B.M. 5505. I.H. 26:363. Gn.
48:384. G.C. 1865:914; 1871:1421. -One of the best of
the genus.

32. Ephippium, Reichb. f. (M. trochllus. Linden &
And.). Lvs. broad, oblong, 5-7 in. long: peduncle
erect, about a foot long, sharply 3-4angled, stout: ca-
lyx with the dorsal lobe cucullate, yellow, dotted with
brown, Y^ in. in diam.; lateral lobes united, forming a
deep boat-shaped, chestnut-brown cup, with several
ridges which are greenish outside; all the lobes pass into
yellowish tails about 4 in. long; petals white. Colom-
bia. B.M. 6208. I.H. 21: 180. -According to Index Kew-
eusis, M. troehiliis and M. Ephippium are distinct
species. The former is described as having terete
stems.

33. racemdsa, Lindl. (31. Crissii, Hort.). Stems
creeping: lvs. oblong-ovate, much shorter than the sev-
eral-fld. racemose peduncles: fls. membranaceous,
orange with red lines, erect, 1 in. across, tails very
shorter none; lateral lobes ovate, blunt-pointed, curv-
ing outward so as to form a 2-lobed limb, the dorsal
lobe ii in. long and pointed. Peru. — Not a popular spe-
cies. Requires a coolhouse.

MASDEVALLIA

34. Schlimii, Linden. Tufted: Its. elliptic-obovate,
petioled, a ft. or less long, half shorter than the several-
flowered peduncles: Hs. dull yellow, mottled with bright
brown, the tails yellow, about Ih in. across without the
tails; tails 2-3 times longer than the l)'"l\ "f ih.' .alyx-
lohes, very slender; petals pale yellow, lim ar cilili.ng,
fciualiug the column. Venezuela. B.JI. i'm4ii. (!.('. 11.
19:532.

35. Reichenbachiina, Endres. Densely cespitose : Ivs.
oblanceolate, shorter than the several-fld, peduncles:
tlnwer dark red on the outside, yellowish, with red veins
on the inside, all the lobes with turned-back tails, the
lobes triangular. Costa Rica.

311. macul&ta, Klotzsch & Karst. Lvs, narrow-oblan-
oeohitf, niaiiv "- quite equaling the erect several-fld.
pciliiiM'lf iwliiVb is ,s-in in. t.111): fls. yellow-tubed, suf-
fused or dotted witli red, all the lobes produced into
orauge-yellow or greenish tails 2 in. long; lateral lobes
crimson, with yellow on the margin, the tails drooping;
petals yellowish. Venezuela. P. 8.21:2150.

37. infricta, Lindl. Cespitose: lvs. oblong-lanceolate
to narrow-lanceolate: peduncle about 6 in. long, several-
fld. : calyx pink-purple; dorsal sepals cucullate, lateral
sepals entirely united, forming a wide, gaping tube, with
«ucullate sides and apex, passing into slender, yellowish
tails; petals whitish, dotted with pink-purple. Brazil.
F.S. 23:2389.

SECTION IV.

38. Chimsera, Reichb. f. Fig. 1375. Tufted: lvs. ob-
lanceolate-obtuse, 1 ft. long and IK in. wide: peduncle
wiry, erect, lateral or pendent, several-fld., mostly
shorter than the lvs.: fls. opening in succession; calyx-
lobes ovate, yellowish, much spotted with deep crimson-
purple, tapering into slender tails from 3-11 in. long,
purple-brown; petals white, marked with crimson: l:i-
bellum saccate, white, yellow or pinkish, very variable.
Colombia. R. H. 1881 :130. G, C. 11. 3: 41.- One of the
most fantastic of orchids, and the type of a most inter-
esting group.

Var. KoEzlii, Hort. (M. Scezlii, Reichb. f.). No long
hairs on the calyx-lobes, the lobes very dark-colored,
■with sliort warts; labellum pink, not yellow. Color the
darkest of the section. Often regarded as a good species.
Sub-var. rdbra. Spots on calyx lobe brown-crimson.

Var. ■WAllisii, Hort. (3/. WdllisU. Reichb. f.). Calvx-
lobes with hispid pubescence, yellowish, spotted with
brown-purple; labelium white, yellow within.

Var. Winniana, Hort. (.1/. Wiiiiii,)>ni. Reichb. f. ).
Calyx-lolies elongated, densely black-spotted. In part
distinguished from var. Ba'zJii by its longer tails.

Var. Backhousi&na, Hort. (.V. Baekhonsi(>nn, Reichb.
f.). Lvs. narrower than in the type: fls. large; calyx-
lobes more ro\iiul, paler, not so thickly spotted ; tails
short; labellum nearly white. Perhaps adlstinct species.

39. Houtteina, Reichb. f. {3r. psittaehta. Reichb. f. ).
Densely cespitose: lvs. linear to lance-linear, luuch ex-
ceeding the drooping or deflexed 1-fld. peduncles (which
are 4-5 in. long) : fls. creamy yellow, spotted with crim-
son, the long hanging tails brownish red; calyx-lobes
semi-ovate to triangiilar, somewhat hairy fas are also
the tips of the tails); petals white or pinkish. Colom-
bia. F.S.20:2106.

40. CArderi, Reichb. f. Cespitose, with strong ascend-
ing foliage and hanging spotted 1-fld. peduncles: lvs.
olilauccoiatc, ;!-5 in. long: pedtmcles green-bracted, 3 in.
long: Hs. bell-shape, ^4 in. across exclusive of the tails,
white, with purple and yellow bars at the base ; tails
very slender and spreading, 1 in. long, yellow; petals
small, white, linear-oblong and obtuse. Colombia. B.IM.
7125. — A graceful and pretty species.

41. CWstertoni, Reichb. f. Tufted: lvs. oblong or ob-
long-spatulate, 5 in. long and nearly or quite 1 in. wide,
somewhat longer than the pendent, much-bracted, 1-fld.
peduncles: fl. 2% in. across, greenish yellow, spotted
and streaked with purple, and bearing 3 spreading,
greenish, more or less hooked, flattened tails 1 in. long;
petals yellow, very small. Colombia. B.M. 6977. -Odd
and distinct.

42. nycterina, Reichb. f. Often confused with M.
ClUmierit, but a smaller and less showy plant: tufted:

63

MASSACHUSETTS

991

lvs. oblanceolate, somewhat fleshy, channelled, 6 in.
long, not narrowed into a petiole: peduncle 1-fld., 3 in.
long, drooping : fl. triangular, 2 x 3 in. , with tails 3 in. long,
hairy inside, brown-yellow .ind purple-spotted; petals
yellow, with red spots, pouch-like, serrate. Colombia.
i.H. 20:117-18 (as J/. Cliim<vra). -Odd.

43. b611a, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, chan-
nelled, about 8 or 9 in. long, narrowing to the base: pe-
duncle 1-fld., drooping or horizontal, K ft. long, slender:
fls. large and spider-like, triangular in outline, 3 in.
across, with stiflish tails 4 in. long, of
which the dorsal is recurved and the
others slaiidiiig forward and usually
crossed, the fl. pale yellow, spotted
with purplish or brown ; petals white
or yellowish. Colombia. Oct. -Dec —
One of the best of the Chimaeras.

1375.
Masdevallia Chi

(Xji)

44. radidsa, Reichb. f . ///
Lvs. oblong or lanceolate : V'//'/////
peduncle 2-3-fld., drooping Iji/'jl
or deflexed: fls. yellow, dot- '"'""'
ted and splashed with pur-
ple, the prominent tails all
purple; petals yellow, pur-
ple-spotted, btit the lip
whitish. Colombia.

45. triaristfella, Reichb. f.
Lvs. about 2 in. long, in very
crowded tufts : peduncles
longer than the lvs., very
slender, erect, wiry: dorsal
lobe of calyx ovate, hooded,
tail yellow; lateral lobes coloring throughout
their length, linear, united, at length diverg
ing into short yellow tails; petals yellow, with
a red midline. Summer. Costa Rica. — One
of the smallest of orchids.

The following have been offered in Amerio.i, but
most of them are imperfectly known. M. cheiro-
phora.-M. Chelsoni=lU. amabilisXVeitchiana).—
M. ffi6&frdsa=SeaphoRepalnni. — M. JJendersoni.—
M. punc^fi/a^Scaphosepalum.- J/, trificata.

Heinrich Hasselbring and L. H. B.

MASSACHUSETTS HOETICULTUKE. Fig. 1376. The
horticultural interests of Massachusetts are fully equal
to those of agriculture i>r(iper, wlicn we consider the
production of fruits, vegetaldes, flowers, and the labor
and expense applied to the growth of ornamental trees,
shrubs and plants and their use in decorating the
homes of her people, among whom there are probably
more comfortable, well-kept and beautiful homes than
cau be found in any similar area in the world. The peo-
ple of this state probably consume more of the luxuries
of life than any other people on the same area, and
among the so-called luxuries may be classed fruits,
fancy vegetables and flowers.

The soil of Massachusetts is generally considered un-
productive and poorly adapted to horticultural pursuits,
and this is true in so far as it refers to large areas of
exceptionally fertile land, of which that in the Connecti-
cut valley is the only section of more than a few acres
in extent. Everywhere about the state, however, there
are small areas of land suited to the growth of almost
every crop succeeding in similar latitudes. By busi-
ness enterprise, persistent effort and skill, profitable
horticultural crops can he grown. The local products
largely supply the markets in their season. Apples are
also exported.

The amount of fruit produced within the limits of the
state is not nearly up to the home consumption, except
cranberries and possibly the apple in some seasons. Even

992

MASSACHUSETTS

MATRICARIA

/ SPRINGFIELD ''/•f' \ z'""^-'

1376, Massachuset'.s.
Showing some of the leading horticultural areas.

in seasons o£ an unusual crop in the state, large quanti-
ties of apples from other states are shipped into our mar-
kets, because in many cases they are of superior size and
beauty. Pears are shipped into our markets from the
southern states and California, and as the market for
this fruit is limited, prices often rule very low. Eastern
Massachusetts is admirably adapted to pear-growing.

Peach trees can be grown up to about ten to fifteen
yearsof age when given the proper attention, but thefruit
buds are frequently killed in the winter, and not more
than one crop may be produced iu three years. However,
even under these conditions, when the trees are planted
on rather light land and well cared for, one crop in three
years is often more profitable than most other fruit or
vegetable crops. The fruit on trees properly cared for
is large, of the finest color and quality, and the fresh,
ripe condition in which the grower can put it into the
local markets makes it quickly salable at the highest
prices.

Plums are not grown to a great extent, the larger
markets being supplied chiefly by New York and Cali-
fornia. Few orchards remain productive longer than ten
or twelve years, on account of the black-knot, leaf -blight
and brown-rot. Within the past four or five years -Japa-
nese plums have been largely planted, but have borne
little fruit up to this time, so that their status in the
market is not fully established.

The cherry, owing to the attack of the black aphis, the
plum curculio and brown-rot, is very little grown as an
orchard frnit. A few vigorous and productive trees
may be seen here and there by the roadside, about old
homesteads or on the lawn, where they liVe longer and
attain greater size than when grown under a high state
of cultivation in the garden or orchard, because of the
fact that when grown too rapidly the trunks crack on
the south side and the trees soon die. Our markets
are largely supplied with cherries from California, New
York and other states.

Small fruits are more grown and more nearly supply
local markets than do the large fruits. The supply of
very early fruit comes from tlie southern states of the
country, but home-grown fruit is so much superior in
quality that it sells at reasonable prices, notwithstand-
ing prices may have been very much reduced by an over-
supply of the southern product. Of the smaller fruits,
grapes are profitable mostly when grown on rather light
land and at high elevations with a southern exposure.
The chief obstacles to success are early frosts in the
fall and late frosts in the spring. Currants are grown
to a considerable extent, almost every garden contain-
ing more or less currant bushes for home supply, while
many large plantations may be found near every large
town or city. The conditions of success are a rather
moist, rich soil, with the bushes trained into a very
compact form and pruned so that the fruit will be
borne on wood that is not over three or four years
old. Gooseberries are little grown, although the de-
mand is rather on the increase. The more hardy kinds
can be as easily grown as the currant, while the European

sorts and their hybrids, many of them, require
much care and skill. Like the currant, the black-
berry is largely grown for home use, and also
for market. It succeeds upon a great variety of
soils, can be grown cheaply and sells at good
prices. Few plantations will be profitable on the
same land more than from five to seven years un-
less the soil is strong and rich. It is the practice
of most growers to plant a new lot every six or
seven years. The red raspberry is the most pop-
ular of the bush fruits, and when successfully
grown is the most profitable. For success it re-
iiuires a deep sandy loam, retentive of moisture,
but plantat ons nmst be renewed after six or eight
years' growth on one piece of land. The black-
cap raspberry has found less and less of favor
each year with our people, and can only be sold
at very low prices in our city markets.

The business of market-gardening has made
rapid strides in the state in the past ten years, and
the demand for choice vegetables continues more
or less the year round. Even in the matter of
competition with vegetables from the South dur-
ing the winter, our local growers have readied a
good degree of success. In almost every part of the
state may be found forcing-houses for the growth of
lettuce, tomatoes, cucumbers, rhubarb, asparagus, etc.,
and notwithstanding the cost of such structures and
the fuel to keep up the necessary heat, the increase in
the number of forcing-houses within the past two years
is a certain indication that the business is profitable.

It is perhaps in the growth of cut-Howers and house
and decorative plants that this state excels in horticul-
ture. As a rule, the largest establishments of this kind
are located near the large cities, though in some cases
they may be found in some of the more rural towns.
The horticulturists of Massachusetts do not understand
their advantages in having the best markets in the world
at their doors, and a great variety of soils suitable for
the growth of many of the varied crops. By persistent
effort and superior skill they could supply these markets
largely, and thus retain within the state much of the
wealth that now goes outside to pay for the produce that
could be raised at home. g, t Maynard.

In commercial horticulture, Massachusetts is not the
equal of some other states, although its market-garden-
ing and floricultural interests are large, but its infiuence
on the horticulture of the country is more important
than acres and tonnage. The best hortirulture is that
which develops under difficulties, because it develops
the man. The love of the country and attachment to its
own soil are strong in Massachusetts. Individuality has
full course. It is a land of home-loving people. It has
developed the amateur horticulturist to perfection,—
the person who grows the plant and dresses the soil for
the very love of it. There are many large collections of
choice plants, and great numbers of artistic, compact atid
tidy garden-homes. There is keen appreciation of the
merit of well-grown things. The influence of the Mas-
sachusetts Horticultural Society has been incalculable.
Since 1829 it has had its stated discussions, held its pe-
riodical shows, collected its library and records. It is a
center of education and culture. The establishment of
Mt. Auburn cemetery in 18.S1 was the beginning of the
movement in this country for cemeteries in the open as
distinguished from the churchyard. l. h. B.

MASSANGEA comprises one species (M. miisaiea,
Morr. ), which is now referred to Guzmania, G. mUB&ica,
Mez. It is not known to be in the Amer. trade, although
it is cult, in the Old World. It is from Colombia. It is
stemless, with 20 or less broad-strap-shaped, entire-edged
Ivs., which are marked transversely with purple, and a
head of small fls. (corolla shorter than calyx) which are
covered by very showy red bracts. B.M. 6675, l.H.
24:268. -Known also as a Tillandsia, Billbergia, Cara-
guata and Vriesia.

MAST. English name for beechnuts; American for
any woods-nuts eaten by swine.

MATBICARIA {mater, mother, from its use in dis-
eases). <'oi}ijinsit(F. From Chrysanthemum it differs
mostly in the akenes, which are3-.'i-ribbedon the interior

MATRICARIA

face and ribless on the back ; also in having a higher or
more conical receptacle, and bracts in few rather than
many series. Matricarias are annual or perennial
weedy herbs, often heavily scented, about 25 species in
many parts of the world. The foliage is much cut or
divided into thread-like divisions.

The Matricarias are border plants in cultivation, and
others are introduced weeds. They are commonly con-
founded with species of Chrysanthemum and feverfew.
The M. exiinin pletui of the trade is a form of Chrysan-
llii'iiiKiii rnrthctiiiim (var. inbulosum). It is a good
hardy aiuiiKil, with white, double heads, growing 2 ft.
tall. Jliitrii'arias di'iiumd the care given to annual Chrys-
anthemums. The two following are annuals or biennials.

inoddra, Linn. (Chrtjsdnlkennim hioddrnm, Linn.
Piirilhrum inoddrum. Smith). Nearly or quite glabrous,
branchy diffuse annual, 1-2 ft. tall, from Europe and
Asia. Lvs. many, sessile, 2-.3-pinnately divided or dis-
sected: heads 1% in. across, terminating the branches,
■with many acute white rays ; akenes inversely pyra-
midal, with 3 conspicuous ribs. Not uncommon in fields
eastward. Var. pleniasima, Hort. (var. liiiiilbsu, var.
multiplex, M. grandi'Iora, Hort. not Fenzl. ), is a com-
mon garden plant with very double, clear white, large
heads. It is floriferous. and the Hs. are fine for cutting.
G.C. II. 12:7.^a. — It often persists and blooms the sec-
ond year. Foliage little or not at all scented.

parthenoldes, Desf. {M. Capenxis, Ilort., not Linn.
A}itliiiiiis jiiirtlit'iio'ides, Bernh. Cliri/siinlliciniim par-
theiw'idcs^ Voss). Annual, or biennial under cultiva-
tion, 2 ft. or less high, soft-hairy when young, but be-
coming smooth, bushy in growth: lvs. petiolate, twice
divided, the ultimate segments ovate and often 3-Iobed:
fl. -heads loosely corymbose, in the garden forms usually
double, white. — A handsome plant, probably of Old
World origin, useful for pots, and blooming till frost.

Other introduced species from Eu. are M. Chmy>omllla,
Linn., a gliibrous, much-branched annual, with iinely dissected
lvs., 10-20 tnmcate white rays, and an oblong, nearly terete
akene with 3-5 laint ribs: and M, discoldea, DC. (M. matricari-
oides, Porter), a very leafy and glabrous annual with no rays
and a lightly nerved oblong akene. L^ H_ B^

MATKIMONY VINE. See Liiciiim.
UATS£A. Consult Manettia.

MATTEtJCClA (from C. Matteucci, an Italian physi-
cist). PolijpodiAceiv. A small genus of north tem-
perate ferns, with leaves of two sorts, the sterile grow-
ing in crowns from erect rootstocks, and the fertile
growing from the interior of the crown. Our species is
known as the Ostrich Fern and is one of the most easily
cultivated, as well as one of the handsomest of our na-
tive species. It multiplies rapidly by offsets sent out
from the rootstock. Commonly known as an Onoclea or
Struthiopteris.

StrutliidpteTis, Todai-o {Strnthidpteris Germdnica,
Willd. Oiim-Ini Slrulhidpteris.HoSm.). Ostrich Fern.
Lvs. (sterile) 2-f.i ft. long, with the lowest pinnae grad-
ually reduced; fertile lvs. 10-15 in. long, pinnate, with
the margins of the pinnie closely inrolled and covering
the sori. Eu. and northeastern N. Amer. — Wildenow re-
garded the American species distinct, but by most
botanists it is considered as identical with the European
species. L. M. Underwood.

MATTHtOLA (Peter Andrew Matthioli, 1500-1.577,
Italian physician and writer on plants). Sometimes
speWed Miithiohi. Crucifercp. Stock. Gilliflower,
when used at the present day, means Matthiola or some-
times Cheiranthus; formerly it designated Diunthus
Caryophyllus, From Cheiranthus, the wallflower, this
genus differs in its winged seeds, which are as broad as
the partition, the stigma lobes erect or counivent and
often thickened on the outside, the silique not 4-sided
(terete or compressed). Of Matthiolas there are prob-
ably 30 species, widely distributed in the Old World and
Australia. They are herbs or subshrubs, tonientose,
with oblong or linear-entire or sinimte lvs., atid large,
mostly purple fls. in terminal racemes or spikes.

The true Stocks (Fig. 1377) are of this genus. The

MATTHIOLA

993

Virginian Stocas are diffuse small-flowered annuals of
the genus Malcomia (which see). Stocks are of two
general types, — the autumn-blooming. Queen or Bromp-
ton Stocks, and the summer-blooming, Ten Weeks or
Intermediate Stocks. By some persons these classes
are made to represent two species — J/, incana and M.
annua respectively. It is probable, however, that they
are garden forms of one polymorphous type. Even if
distinct originally, it is not possible now to distinguish
them by definite botanical characters. Stocks are
amongst the most common of all garden flowers. The
two types cover the entire blooming season, particularly
if the earlier ones are started indoors. Most of the gar-
den forms are double, although some of the single
type.s are desirable for the definiteness and simplicity
of their outlines. The colors are most various, running
from white through rose, crimson, purple and parti-
colored. The fls. are fragrant. For culture, see Stock.

1377. Ten Weeks' Stock— Matthiola

(xy,).

incElna, R. Br. Common Auti mval or Brompton
Stock. Biennial or perennial, becoming woody at base,
but usually treated as an annual: erect-branching,
closely tomentose-pubescent, the stems stiff and cylin-
drical: lvs. alternate, tapering into a petiole, long-ob-
long or oblanceolate, entire, obtuse: fls. with saccate
lateral sepals and large petals with long claws and
wide-spreading limb, borne on elongating stalks in an
open, terminal, erect raceme: siliques becoming 3-4 in.
long, erect. Mediterranean region; also Isle of Wight.
— 31. (jlabrala, DC, is a glabrous form.

Var. Annua, Voss {M. dnntta. Sweet). Ten-Weeks,
or Intermediate Stocks. Fig. 1377. Annual, less
woody, blooming earlier, — A shining-lvd. variety is
known.

994

JIATTHIOLA

MAXILLARIA

bic6rnis, DC. Half-shrubby, straggling annual or bi-
ennial: tis. smaller than those of 31. iiicanii, purplish
or lilac, fragrant by night, closing by day: pud terete,
long, 2-horued : Ivs. piunatifld, or the uppermost entire.
Greece, Asia Minor.

M. simuita, var. Oyhisis, Rouy & 7ouc., is figured in B.M. 7703
(1900), where it is said that "the name Oyensis has been cor-
rupted in gardens to Ohiensis and Chinensis." The plant is from
the lie d' Yen (Insula Oya, whence the name) on the coast of
France. It is an annual or biennial, with sinuate-toothed Ivs.,
h.airy, and with large white fragrant (is. Not known to be in
cult, iu this country. L, H. B.

MAURANDIA (after Maurandy, professor of botany at
Cartagena, .Spain). Also written Maitrandi/a. Scroph-
ulnrU'tceie. About 5 species of Mexican climbers, with
usually halberd-shaped ivs, and showy, irregular trum-
pet-shaped Hs., white, rose, purple and blue, the throat
usually white or light-colored. The lis. are somewhat 2-
lipped. The commonest species is J/. BaiTtaiana,
which is procurable in a greater range of colors than
the others. Maurandias are desirable vines for winter-
flowering in cool greenhouses, but since they bloom the
first year from seed, they are almost wholly grown for
summer bloom outdoors and treated like tender annuals.
They have a slender habit and grow about 10 ft. in a
season. In the fall the vines may be taken up and re-
moved into the house if desired.

Botanieally, this genus is nearest to the snapdragon,
though the throat of the flower is not closed. The plant
known to the trade chiefly as Manrandia antirrhiniflora
is now referred to Antirrhinum. (See Antirrhiniim,
where this plant is figured.) It is a climber and requires
the culture of Manrandia. Maurandias climb by the
twistingof the leaf-aud flower-stalks. They are glabrous
or pubescent: Ivs. alternate, or the lower ones opposite,
halberd-shaped, angular-lobed or coarsely toothed :
calyx 5-parted; segments narrow or broad : corolla tube
scarcely bulged at the base; posterior lip 2-cut; atite-
rior lip variously parted: st:imens 4-didynamous.

1378. Manrandia scandens (X M)-

A. Seeds lubercled, wingless: calyx segments narrow:
Ivs. hastate, not serrate. ( Subgenus EumaurandUi . )
B. Calyx distinctly glnndtilar-pilose: segments long-

xtteii

ate.

Barclai&na, Lindl. Usually, btitnotoriginally, written
Bun-la i/iiiia. B.R. 13:1108. L. B.C. 14:1381. V. 5:353.
— The following trade names advertised like species-
names are presumably all color-varieties of this species;
M. alba, albitlora, Jimeryana rosea, pwrpwrea grandi-
flora, varius. The last is a trade name for mixed
varieties.

EB. Ciilyx gliihroits, shorter.
sempSrflorens, Ort. Fls. lavender-colored ; throat
white. B.M. 400. -Cult, in S. Calif.

AA. Seeds with a lacerated or irregular wing: calyx
segments leafy and broad: Ivs. triangular-ovate ,
serrate. {Subgenus Bophospermum.)
B. Corolla lobes obtuse or even notched.
erubiscens, Gray. Lvs. somewhat triangular in out-
line, serrate; fls. 3 iu. long, rosy pink. B.M. 3037, 3038.
B.R. 10:1381. G.C. II. 20:501.-Cult. in S. Calif.

BB. Corolla lobes acute.
scandens. Gray (Lophospermum scandens, D. Don).
Fig. 1378. Perhaps only a botanical variety of the pre-
ceding. B.ftl. 3050.— A hybrid with the preceding is

shown in B. 5:242.

W. M.

M AURlTIA (after Prince Moritz, of Nassau, 1567-1605,
patron of Piso and Marcgraf ; by his aid a Natural His-
tory of Brazil was published). Pahniieete. Very grace-
ful fan palms, almost spineless : stems very slender,
obscurely ringed; lvs. pinnatelyflabelliform, semi-circu-
lar, orbicular or wedge-shaped, the lobes lanceolate,
acuminate ; rachis long or short ; petiole cylindrical :
ovary perfectly 3-celled. There are 0 or 7 tropical
American species.

{lexudsa, Linn, f . Moriche Palm. Stems without sto-
lons : lvs. 20-30, erect-spreading, 9-10 ft. long ; blade
23^-4 ft. long, yellowish beneath; lobes %-\% in. wide;
petiole stout, rigid, semi-cylindrical, equaling the blade;
fr. nearly 2 in. long, depressed-globose; seed 1 '3 in. long.
Trop. Brazil.— Offered in 1889 by Reasoner Bros. In
the Amazon delta this palm grows to 150 ft. or more in
height, with a trunk often 30 in. in diani. at base. "The
fruit is spherical, the size of a small apple, and covered
with rather small, smooth, brown, reticulated scales,
beneath which is a thin coating of pulp. A spadix loaded
with fruit is of immense weight, often more than two
men could carry between them.— Wallace, "I'alms of
the Amazon." Jaked G. Smith.

MAXILLABIA (Latin, maxilla , jaw, referring to the
mentum). Orchidaeew. Mostly pseudobulbous, epiphytic
orchids, resembling Lycaste in general appearance.
The genus contains over 100 species, dispersed at va-
rious altitudes in Mexico, Brazil and the West Indies.
About 15 species are offered by dealers in Amerii a.
Many of these have small flowers and are of value only
in collections. They are, however, easily grown, and
blossom profusely. Among those given below, the
large, white-flowered M. yranditlora and M. venusta,
and the white and purple M. Sanderiana are probably
the best species. Rhizomes short or long, creeping or
erect, and clothed with distichous lvs.: pseudohulbs
clustered or scattered on the rhizome, 1-2-lvd. or
densely distichophyllous at the apex of the rhizome:
Ivs. leathery or subfleshy, plicate or plane and keeled,
distichous; sepals subequal, free from each other but
tinited with the foot of the column and forming a pro-
jecting mentum; petals similar or smaller: labellura 3-
lobed, movably articulated to the foot of the column:
lateral lobes erect; middle lobe with longitudinal cal-
losities. The scape arises apparently from the base of
the pseudobulb, on the very young leafy axis, but lower
down than the corresponding new growth. Pollinia 4,
seated on a broad, scale-like stipe. The distichous ar-
rangement of the lvs. distinguishes this genus from
Lycaste. For M. Harrisoniee and tetragona, see Bycaste.
Heinrich Hasselbring.

Maxillarias are of easy culture, and can be grown un-
der various methods of treatment with fair success.
The best compost consists of clean peat fiber taken from
the several species of Osnmnda, and live sphagnum,
both chopped rather fine and well mixed together. After
the receptacle is half filled with clean drainage and the
plant properly placed, the compost should be pressed
fi'mly in around the roots, interspersing it with nodules
of charcoal. In their native habitats, many of the fine-
rooted species grow on rocks and trees with very little com-
post attached. The base of the pseudobnibs or rhizome
should rest on a convex surface raised a little above the

MAXILLARIA

rim of the pot when finisheil. Maxillarias delight in a
cool, moist, shaded location at all seasons where the
winter temperature will not exceed 58° F. by night and
not over 60° or 05° by day. During summer they must
be grown as cool as possible with ventilation at all sea-
sons when admissible, especially in wet, heavy weather.
Water should be given in abundance while the plants
are growing and not too sparingly when at rest, as the
plants are subject to spot if kept too dry. Weak liquid
cow manure is beneficial occasionally during root action.
Maxillaria has two recognized horticultural groups or
sections; viz., caulescent and stemless. The caulescent
section embraces J/. /eji«i7o?iVi,il/'.!'ffria6i7is and kindred
species, having scandent rhizomes and often obscure
liowers. These should all be grown under pot culture
and afforded supports to climb on, such as small cylin-
ders or rafts of open woodwork with a little compost
worked in the openings, or Osmunda rhizomes supported
obliquely in the pots to which the plants can attach
themselves as they grow upward, and thus be supplied
with moisture for the young roots. To the stemless
.section belong those with clustered pseudobulbs, as
M. fiiscata, M. (iraiidiflora, M. liitto-albri, 31. pictii, M.
Snmleriiina and M. renusla. Some of these have very
showy flowers. Nearly all do best under pot-culture.
M. Sftnderiana and others are exceptions, however,
and grow best under basket culture, not too much com-
post and an airy position. Demand for Maxillarias not
being great, the market usually relies on new importa-
tions, but stock may also be increased by division be-
tween the pseudobulbs as the plants start new action.
Robert M. Grey.

INDEX.

anausttfoUa, 12. Lehmanni, 3. Sanderiana, 4.

elegantula, 8. Lindeniie, 5. striata, 10.

iuscata, 6, 7. luteo-jilba. 9. tenuifolia, 13.

grandiflora, 2. picta, 6. variabilis, 12.

Henchmanni, 12. rufescens, 7. venusta. 1.
Houtteana, 11.

A. Pseudiihulhs rjusffred on the ereep-

B. Ffs.nn'sthf irh itc Jarfjeand sliowy .

c. IScpals Intnj-Janceolate 1. venuBta

cc. Sepals broad, ovate, triangtilar
or oblovg.
D. Middle lobe of the labeUum

tongne-like 2. grandiSlora

3. Lehmanni
DD. Middle lobe of the labellum

rounded 4. Sanderiana

5. Lindeniae
BB. Fls. yellow and brown.

c. Sepals and petals nearly alike,

oblong 6. picta'

7. rufescens
cc. Sepals and petals dissitnilar,

the latter smallrr 8. elegantula

9. luteo-alba
10. striata
AA. Pseudobulbs more or less distant, on
an aseending rhizome: Ivs. grass-
like: fls. small and numerous 11. Houtteana

12. variabilis
irs. tenuifolia

1. venista, Linden & Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs oblong,
compressed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate,
plane, 1 ft. long: scapes G in. long, bearing a single
glistening white fl. 6 in. across: sepals and petals long-
lanceolate, acuminate, spreading ; the lateral sepals
wider, labellum much smaller; middle lobe triangular
recurved, obtuse, yellow; lateral lobes very ot)tuse,
bordered with red: disk with a rounded, hairy callus.
Winter and spring. Colombia. B.M. 5296. G.C. III.
12:367 (abnormal). — A large-fld., showy species.

2. grandiflora, Lindl. Fig. 1.379. Pseudobulbs clus-
tered, oval: Ivs erect, plane, keeled, ovate-oblong, 1 ft.
long: scapes erect, 3-6 in. long, bearing solitary, large
white fls. .3-4 in. across; sepals broadly ovate to ob-
long; petals ovate acute, suberect, with recurved tips;
1-ibelluni saccate, white, much-striped with purple on
the sides; middle lobe tongue-like, white, bordered with

MAXILLARIA

995

-\ very

yellow. Aug. Peru and Colombia. I.H. 17:14.
showy and beautiful plant.

3. Lehmanni, Reichb. f. Fl. -stalks nearly 1 ft. in
length, bearing white fls. nearly as large as those of
Lycaste Skinneri: side lobes of the labellum light ochre
outside and light reddish brown with chestnut veins
inside ; middle lobe triangular, wavy, sulfur color.
Ecuador. — Resembles M. grandiflora, but distinguished
by the character of the lip.

1379 Maxillaria grandiflora (X nearly 14)

4. Sanderiana, Reich)), f. Pseudobulbs orbicular to
broadly oblong, 1-1).^ in. long: Ivs. few, 6-10 in. long,
oblanceolate, I'lane, keeled; scapes 2-3 in. long: fls. 4 in.
across, pure white, with the bases of the segments pur-
plish red, broken upwards into blotches; dorsal sepals
oblong-obtuse, concave; lateral sepals triangular-ovate,
forming a broad mentura at base; lateral lobes of the
labellum almost obsolete, middle lobe rounded, crisp,
bright yellow, throat dark purple, with a club-shaped
callus. Ecuador. B.M. 7518. R.H. 1894:.526. J.H. III.
26:495. — The finest known species.

5. Lindeniae, Hort. {M. Lindeniiina, Rich & Gal.?).
Plants resembling M. Sanderiana, but the fls. larger
and more open: sepals triangular-lanceolate, spreading,
3 in. long, pure white; petals shorter and wider, erect,
white; labellum fleshy, obovate, somewhat crisp, re-
curved, pale yellow, with .5-6 red lines on the lateral
lobes. S.H. 1:219.

6. picta. Hook. {M. fusedfa, Klotzsch). Pseudobulbs
IJ^oin. high, ovate, furrowed, bearing 1-2 plane, strap-
shaped Ivs. 1 ft. long: scape 5-f> in. high: fls. nodding;
sepals and petals oblong-linear, acute, incurved, deep
orange spotted with purple within, white with deep
purple spots outside; labellum oblong, whitish, spotted;
side lobes small, rounded; midlobe recurved, apiculate.
Winter. Brazil, Colombia. B.M. 3154. B.R. 21:1802.—
Handsome.

7. rufescens, Lindl. (if. ^iiscd^/, Reichb. f.K Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, snbtetragonal, 1-lvd.: Ivs. lanceolate.

996

MAXILLARIA

MAYTENUS

acuminate: scape short, with 1 small fl.; sepals and
petals oblong obtuse, yellow-tinged and spotted with
reddish orange; side lobes of labellum small, sharp;
middle lobe elongate, sub-quadrate, emarginate; all yel-
low, spotted with crimson. Trinidad. B.R. 22:1848.-
Not valuable.

8. elegintula, Rolfe. The bases of the segments are
white, the outer halves pale yellow, marked with choco-
late color. Nov. Ct.C. 111. 22:420. — From the illustration,
the sepals are ovate-lanceolate, wavy and recurved, the
lower pair broader; petals smaller, pointing forward,
concave, wavy, with reflexed tips: Ivs. lanceolate-acute.

9. mteo-Uba, Lindl. Pseudobulbs long-ovate, 1-lvd.,
2)4 in. high: Ivs. broad, obtuse, narrowed at the base,
1 ft. long: scapes 6 in. long: sepals 3 in. long, Ja in.
wide, tawny yellow fading to white at the base, brown
on theback, the lower pair drooping; petals erect, point-
ing forward, one-half as long, white to brown and yel-
low above ; side lobes of the labellum yellow with pur-
ple streaks; middle lobe recurved, hairy, yellow, with
white margins. Colombia. — A robust species, which
soon fills large-sized pans, making very ornamental
plants.

10. BtTi&ta, Rolfe. Scapes C-8 in. long, bearing soli-
tary fls. 4-5 in. across the sepals: dorsal sepals ovate-
oblong; lateral sepals ovate-attenuate, forming a broad
mentum at the base, often twisted and recurved; petals
narrower, wavy; both sepals and petals are yellow,
striped with red-brown ; lobes of the labellum crenate-
wavy, white with purple veins, the lateral ones re-
curved. Aug. Peru. G.C. III. 20:631. G.M. 41:705.

1380. Maxillaria Houtteana (X .ibout %).

11. Houtteana, Reichb. f. Fig. 1380. Rhizome erect
or ascending, clothed with brown sheaths: pseudobulbs
2-2J4in. long, linear-oblong, compressed: Ivs. solitary,
C in. long, linear, obtuse, keeled: scape lJ.i-2 in. long:

fls. nearly 2 in. across; sepals ovate-lanceolate, dirty
yellow outside, red-purple within, with a yellow margin
and spotted below; petals smaller, colored like the se-
pals; labellum without lateral lobes, oblong-obtuse,
yellow with red-brown spots, and an ill-deflned callus
on the base. April. Guatemala and Venezuela. B.M.
7533. — Fls. last about a month in the coolhouse.

12. variibiliB, Batem. (J/. «Hf/;(S*i76?(«,, Hook.). Pseu-
dobulbs oval, compressed: Ivs. solitary, plane, linear-
oblong, oVjtuse or emarginate: fls. solitary, small, deep
purple; sepals linear-oblong, acute, the lateral ones
produced at the base; petals subsimilar; labellum ob-
long, refuse, fleshy, membranous at the base: disk with
a small callus. Midwinter. Mex. B.M. 3614 (as M.
lIenchniannt).~A small plant, of interest only to
collectors.

13. tenuifdlia, Lindl. Rhizomes erect, bearing ovate-
compressed pseudobulbs at irregular intervals : Ivs.
linear-lanceolate, .acute, recurved, grass-like, plane: fls.
small, spotted and shaded with purple and yellow; se-
pals ovate-lanceolate, margins revolute, reflexed; petals
ovate, acute, erect; labellum oblong, reflexed, with an
entire, oblong callus. Spring. Mex. B.R. 25:8. — Not
valuable

M. dichrhma, Rolfe. Allied to M. venusta, but the petals are
suffused on the lower half with light iiinkish purple, the lip
being margined with the same color: sepals white. Grows
freely in a coolhouse. the fls. lasting for a long time.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

MAXIMILIANA (after Maximilian Joseph, first king
of Bavaria, 1756-1825, not Prince Maximilian Alexander
Philiiip, as said by some). Palmdcne. Tall, pinnate-
leaved palms, spineless, with ringed trunks : Ivs.
with linear pinnae in groups, the raidveins and trans-
verse nerves prominent ; rachis bifacial, strongly
compressed: petiole plano-convex. This genus is dis-
tinguished from Attalea as follows: petals of the male
fls, minute, much shorter than the 6 exserted stamens:
fr. 1-seeded; pinnte in groups instead of equidistant.
From Cocos and Scheelia it difi'ers in the above floral
characters and in the plano-convex instead of concavo-
convex petioles. Fr. yellow or brown, ovoid, with fibrous
or fleshy pericarp and bony endocarp. the latter 3-pored
at tlie base, acuminate at the apex. Species 3, St. Kitts,
Trinidad and S. Am. For culture, see Palms.

A. Phinif verticiUate.

Uarlpa, Drude (AltaUa MurXpa, Mart.). Stem thick,

very tall: Ivs. 15 ft. long; segments ensiform acute,

divaricate, the lower 3 ft. long, 2 in. wide, gradually

diminishing upwards. Brazil.

AA. Pinn(e in opposite clftatflrn.
Tigia., Mart. {Aftnlen amiiridannn). Fig. 1381. Stem
15-20 ft. high, 12-16 in. tliiek at the base, 3 times as
thick above because of the persistent petiole bases: Ivs.
15 ft. long; segments more slender, papery, disposed in
opposite clusters, the upper as broad as the lower.
Brazil. G.C. III. 1:232. Jared G. Smith.

MAY in English poetry refers to the flowers of the
hawthorn, Crntwgus Oxyacantltd.

MAY APPLE. Porlnphijlhim. fiee a\so Pa ssiflnrii.

MAYBEKRY, JAPANESE GOLDEN. Name proposed
by Luther P.urbank fur li'iilnis palmatuK.

MAYFLOWER of English literature is the same as

the hawthorn, (Vnto(7)(S OxyacantJw; of New England is
£piijaii rcpciiK : of the more western states, Hepatica.

MAY-WEED. Anthemis CotuJa .

MAYTfiNUS (from a Chilean name). Celastrdcea-.
A genus of about 50 species of trees and shrubs mostly
from South America, some from tropical America. Bo-
tanically they are near our common bittersweet, Celas-
triis scaiii3e>is. Aside from habit, Maytenus differs from
Celastrus in having the ovary confluent with the disk
instead of free, and the cells are mostly 1-ovuled instead

MAYTENUS

of 2-oruIed. Maytenus consists of evergreen, unarmed
plants: Ivs. alternate, often 2-ranked, stalked, leathery,
serrate: lis. small, white, yellow or reddish, axillary,
solitary, clustered or cymose; calyx 5-cut; petals and

MEDICAGO

997

1381. Maximiliana regia.

stamens 5, the latter inserted under the disk; disk or-
bicular, wavy-margined: style none or columnar: cap-
sule leathery, loculicidally 2-3-valved.

M. Boaria is a beautiful evergreen tree, of graceful
habit; in Calif. 15-25 ft. high, but in Chile said to at-
tain 100 ft. : branchlets pendulous: Ivs. small: fls. min-
ute, greenish, inconspicuous: aril scarlet. Perfectly
hardy in Calif, as far north as San Francisco, and highly
valued for ornamental planting ; recommended as a
street and avenue tree: timber extremely hard. Propa-
gated readily from seeds, which are produced in abun-
dance, or from suckers.

Boa.Tia.,UoVma. {M. ChiUnsis, DC). Mayten. Fig.
1.^S2. Lvs. ovate-lanceolate, thin, glandular-serrate,
glabrous: fls. small, axillary, clustered, polygamous, the
males with 5 calvx teeth, petals and stamens: capsule
the size of a pea, 2-vaIved, 2-seeded. Chile. B.R.
20:1702. j_ BURTT Daw.

MAZE. See Lahyrhith.

MEADOW BEAUTY. Bliexiti. M. Foxtail. Alope-
ciiiKx pi-iileiisix (a meadow grass). M.Pink. Dinnthns
tlrltoidrs. M. Kue. ThaUetrnm. M. SaHron. Colchi-
(iiiii. M, Sweet, i'lmaria. M. Tulip. Calochorliis.

MEC0N6PSIS (Greek, poppy-lihe). PapaverAcece.
AViout ID sp'-cies of herbs, natives of the Himalayas,
China. I'.unipi- and western North America. The Welsh
Poppy, M. C'l iiihrica, is suitable for rockeries, grows
about a foot high, and has rather large, pale yellow, 4-
petaled Hs. borne in summer. The genus is nearest to
Argemone, but does not have prickly lvs. Perennial or
rarely annual: lvs. entire or rarely lobed or dissected:
fls. long-peduncled, yellow, purple or blue : ovary ovoid,
with a short but distinct style and a stigma of 4-0 rays.
J. B. Keller writes that the Welsh Poppy is of easy
cultivation in ordinary garden soil and sunny situation,
and is prop, by seed or division.

C&mbrica, Vig. Welsh Poppy. Perennial: stems
slender: lvs. long-stalked, pale green, slightly hairy,
pinnate, dentate, with 5-7 segments. Rocky woods a!id
shady places, western Eu. G.C. III. 19:671 (a double-
fld. form).

MED£0LA (named after the sorceress Medea, for its
supposed great medicinal virtues), liiliiu-i'ie. Indian
CurrsiBER Root, from the taste of the edible root.
This native perennial herb has 2 whorls of lvs. and
bears small and not very showy tls. It is offered
by some dealers in native plants. Medeola is
nearest to Trillium. The fls. are umbellate, the
perianth segments all alike, colored and decid-
uous.

Virginiina, Linn. Pig. 1.383. Stem slender,
1-3 ft. high, clothed with tiocculent deciduous
wool : lower whorl of lvs. .7-it, obovate-lanceo-
late, pointed, netted-veiny, lightly parallel-ribbed,
sessile; upper whorl of 3-5, smaller, ovate lvs. at
top subtending a sessile umbel of small, recurved
fls. June. Boggy soil. New England to Minn.,
lud. and southward. B.M. 1310. D. 129.
M. asparago}dtJS, Linn.^Asparasus medeoloides.

MEDICAGO (name originally from the country
Media). I^egumhidsw. Forty to 50 herbs (rarely
shrubs) in Europe, Asia and Africa, with small
pinnately 3-foliolate lvs. and denticulate Ifts.,
and mostly small, pizrple or yellow fls. in beads
or short racemes: stamens 9 and 1, diadelphous:
fr. a small spiral or curved, rough or pubescent
indehiscent 1- to few-seeded pod: fl. with an ob-
ovate or oblong standard and obtuse mostly short
keel. Three or 4 species have become weeds in
the East. A few are somewhat cult, for ornament.
The one important species, from an agricultural
point of view, is Alfalfa. One species (and per-
haps more) is cult, for the odd pods, which are
sometimes used by Old World gardeners as sur-
prises or jokes, and are occasionally grown in
this country as oddities. Some of the Medicagoes
simulate clovers in appearance, but the twisted or
spiral pods distinguish them.

A. J^Jowers purple.
satlva, Linn. Alfalfa. Lucerne. Fig. 1384. Per-
ennial, glabrous, growing erect 1-3 ft. and making a

1382. Maytenus Boaria.
Showing the dehisciug fruit.

longtap-root: Ifts. small, linear, oblongto ovate-oblong,
prominently toothed towards the top: stipules awl-like,
conspicuous, entire: fls. in short, axillary racemes:

998

MEDICAGO

pods slightly pubescent, with two or three spirals. Eu.
— Now widely cult., particularly in dry regions, as a
hay and pasture, being to the We.st what red clover is
to the Northeast. See Alfalfa. A hardier and drought-
resisting race (known as var. Turkest4nica, Hort. ) was
introduced from central Asia in 1898 by N. E. Hansen,

1383. Medeola Virginiana. the Indian Cucumber Root.
(Xjj.) (Seep. 907.)

under the auspices of the U. S. Dept. Agric. (see Han-
sen, Amer. Agric. Feb. 24, 1900 ; Circular 2j, Division of
Agrostology, U. S. Dept. Agric).

AA. I'ls. yellow.

B. Plant annual and herbaceons.

lupuUna, Linn. Black or Hop Medick. Nonesuch.

Diffuse, the branches often rooting and becoming 2-3

ft. long, deep-rooted, and difficult to pull up: plant gln-

MEDINILLA

brous or slightly pubescent : Itts. oval to orbicular,
toothed: stipules broad and toothed: fis. small, light
yellow, in pedunculate heads : fr. nearly glabrous,
spiral, becoming black. Eu. — Extensively naturalized.
Has the appearance of
a clover. The yellow
clovers with which it
is likely to be con-
founded have larger
heads, which soon be-
come dry and paperj',
and the stipules ai-e en-
tire. It is sometimes
used as a forage or hay
plant Of no ornamen-
tal value.

prostr&ta,Jacq. Steii'
prostrate: Ifts. linear,
dentate at the apex:
stipules linear -subu-
late: pod glabrous, spi-
rally contorted, 2-
seeded, black. S. Eu.
— Advertised as an or-
namental plant. M.ele-
gans, a name for a low,
} ellow-fld. species, is
also in the trade; it
may be any one of 4 or
5 species.

1384. Medicago sativa— Alfalfa.

BCUtellita, Jlill. Snails. Erect or spreading, soft-
pubescent: Ifts. broadly obovate or the upper ones
broadly oblong, prominently toothed: stipules falcate,
toothed at the base: fls. small, solitary or nearly so:
pod large and prominently reticulated, }4 in. across,
like a snail shell. Eu. — Grown for the odd snail-like
pods, which are used as surprises. See the article Cat-
erpillars and Worms.

BB. Plant perennial and u-oodi/.

arbdrea, Linn. Tree Alfalfa. Moon Trefoil. Two
to 8 ft. tall, with hard black wood: Ifts. oval to obovate,
light green, toothed at the top : stipules linear-acute,
entire: fls. orange-yellow, in rather loose, axillary, pe-
duncled clusters: pod spiral, 2-:J-seeded. S. Eu. L.B.C".
14:13(9. — Offered as an ornamental plant in S. Calif.

L. H. B.

MEDICK. See Medieago.

MEDINlLLA (after Jose de Medinilla y Pineda,
governor of the Ladrones). Melastnniihya . A genus of
98 species of tropical plants, mostly fnmi tlie East
Indies and Pacific islands. M. muriinilra i- cue of the
most gorgeous tropical plants in cultivation, and one of
the most desirable for amateurs who have hothouses.
It is a native of the Philippines. It has handsoiue
broad, shining, leathery foliage and coral-red, 5-petaIed
fls., each about 1 in. across, which are borne in pendu-
lous pyramidal panicles sometimes a foot long, and
bearing 100-150 fls. The axis and branches of the pani-
cle are pinkish, and the same color tinges the large,
showy bracts, which are sometimes 4 in. long. Hooker
says: "Its most beautiful state is, perhaps, before the
full perfection of the fls., when the large imbricated
bracts begin to s.|,arate and allow (lie hn.N t.. 1.,- par-
tially seen. As tin- cxpansLui of tli.- l.l..~s,,iiis ach iuins,
the upper bra.-ts fall uir, but the low.r .mc-s ivm.-iin .-iilI
become reflexed." This truly magnitirtut plant iIowlts
copiously when only 2 or :j ft. high, and a large well-
kept specimen in flower is a sight that is never to be
forgotten. The numerous long, bent, purple anthers,
with their yellow filaments, form an additional feature
of interest.

Medinilla is distinguished from allied genera (none
of which has garden value) chiefly by the curious ap-
pendages of the stamens. The stamens are 8, 10 or 12,
the anterior connective, 2-lobed or 2-spurred, the pos-
terior one usually setose or 1-2-lobed or 1-spurred.
Medinillas are branching shrubs, erector climbing: Ivs.
mostly opposite or whorled, entire, fleshy: fls. white or
rose, with or without bracts, in panicles or cymes.
Cogniaux in DC. Mon. Phan. 7:572-G02 (1891). The 2

MEDIXILLA

species described below are glabrous, with opposite,
sessile Ivs. and long, terminal, pendulous, bracted pani-
cles, with floral parts in 5's.

A. Fls. coral-red or rosy pink.

magnifica, Lindl. Figs. 1385-6. Lvs. with9-13 nerves,
which run from various points along the midrib to the
margin or apex, ovate or ovate-oblong: bracts 1-4 in.
long. Philippines. B.M. 4533. F.S. 6:572 and 9:968
(splendid). Gn. 51, p. 394. G.C. II. 2:421. R.H. 1857,
pp. 319, 343, and 1896, pp. 102, 103. A.P. 7:1047. -Other
interesting features are the whorled branches, each one
4-ridged or winged, and the dense ring of short, fleshy
processes at the joints between the lvs. It can be propa-
gated by seeds or cuttings of young wood in heat.
AA. Fls. ivhite.

Curtisii, Hook. Lvs with 2 nerves beside the midrib
which run from the base to the apex of the leaf: bracts
about 3 lines long. Sumatra. B.M. 6730. G.C. II.
20:621.— John Saul says it blooms in autumn. -^ jj_

MefJinilJn magnifica is a fine stove plant, even when
not in flower. It remains in bloom from April to
July. The writer has kept a tree-shaped specimen for

MELALEUCA

999

it from that genus "by its thick perennial roots, its
large, turgid, immargiuate seeds and its thick, fleshy
cotyledons which remain under ground in germination.
The fruit in some species appears to be wholly indehis-
cent." There are five species described in the Botany
of California. One of these, M. Cali!6rnica, Torr.
{Ecliinocysli& fabacea, Naud.),is sometimes grown in
fine collections and botanic gardens. It is a tendril-
climber, reaching 20 to 30 ft. in its native haunts: lvs.
deeply 5-7-lobed: fls. monoecious : fr. densely spinose,
globose or ovoid, 2 in. long: seed obovoid, nearly 1 in.
long and half or more as broad, margined by a narrow
groove or dark line. S. Calif. Odd iu germination (see
Gray, Amer. Journ. Sci. 1877).

MEGASfiA. See Saxifraga.

MELALEtCA (Greek, melns, black, and ?<■!<*:«.•!, white;
from the black trunk and white branches of one of the
species). MyrlAcete. This genus comprises about 100

■mm

1385. Medinilla magnifica. A young specimen.

more than twenty years, during which time it has never
failed to bloom annually. In alternate seasons the fls.
have been more abundant, showing that the plant needs
a rest. After flowering, the specimen may be placed
outdoors in a partly shaded position, where high winds
cannot damage the foliage. In September, it sliould be
placed in a conservatory with a night temperature of
5.5°. When growing vigorously it likes plenty of weak
liquid cow manure and guano alternately. It must be
constantly watched for mealy bug, as it is almost im-
possible to dislodge this pest after the racemes have
begun to form. ■ F. L. Habris.

MEDLAR. See MespHits. The Loquat is sometimes
erroneously called ^le(U:ir. For Japanese Medlar, see

MEDUSA'S HEAD. Euphorbia Caput-Medusa.

MEGARRHiZA (Greek for big root). Cucurbitdcecf.
By Hrntli:iiii A: Hooker, and also by Cogniaux (DC.
Monoijr. Pl];iiu-r. 3) this genus is referred to Echino-
cystis, but W:itson (Bot. Calif. 1, p. 241) distinguishes

1386. Medinilla magnifica (X/

species of Atistralian trees and shrubs, many of which
are considered useful for fixing coast sands and holding
muddy shores. The trees live in salty ground and water,
much as mangroves do, and some are grown in swamps
as a corrective of fever conditions. They transplant
easily and have close-grained, hard, durable timber.
Lvs. alternate, rarely opposite, entire, lanceolate or
linear, flat or subterete, with 1-3 or many nerves: bracts
deciduous: fls. in heads or spikes, each sessile in the
axil of a floral leaf, their parts in 5's; calyx tube subglo-
bose; lobes imbricate or open; petals spreading, decid-
uous; stamens indefinite in number, more or less united
at their bases into 5 bundles opposite the petals ; anthers
versatile, the cells parallel and bursting longitudinally:
ovary inferior or half inferior, enclosed in the calyx
tube, usually with many ovules in each cell. Several
species are cultivated in S. Calif. Sometimes called
Bottle-brush trees, from their resemblance to the allied
Callistemons. Flora Australiensis, 3:123.
A. Jyvs. mostly alternate.
Leucad^ndron, Linn. (.V. Cajnpiiti. Roxb.). The
Cajaput Tree. The most widely distributed of all the

1000

MELALEUCA

species, with many changeable and uncertain variations,
found throughout tropical Asia, especially the Indian
Archipelago. The plants range in size from shrubs to
trees 80 ft. high, the large trees having slender, pendu-
lous branches, the small trees and shrubs rigid, erect
branches: Ivs. often vertical, elliptical or lanceolate,
straight, oblique or falcate, acuminate, acute or obtuse,
when broad 2—1 in. long, when narrow 6-8 in. long, nar-
rowed into a petiole, thin or rigid: fl. -spikes more or
less interrupted, solitary or 2 or 3 together, from less
than 2 to more than 6 in. long: fls. numerous, white,
elongated; stamens greenish yellow, whitish, pink or
purple, glabrous, !)-9 in each bundle, less than 3.3 in.
long; claws sometimes very short, sometimes exceeding
the petals, each with 5-8 filaments at the end. The Ivs.
yield the well-known green aromatic cajaput oil used in
medicine. The bark is pale buff, in many thin, easily
separated layers ; it is very durable, lasting longer than
timber, and is said to be almost impervious to water; it
is valuable for packing fruits and is used for roofs and
for boats. The tree withstands winds, drought and
slight frosts and grows where the Euealpytus fails.
Von Miiller recommends it for planting where yellow
fever occurs. Sometimes called the Paper Bark or
Swamp Tea tree. G.M. 40:798.

AA. Lrs mostly in whorls of 3-5.

microm^ra, Schau. Lvs. closely appressed, ovate,
scale-like, but thick, peltately attached, rarely above
^ line long: fls. sulfur-yellow, the males small, in glob-
ular, terminal heads, the axils soon growing out into
a leafy shoot: fruiting heads dense, globular, the calices
open.

AAA. Lrs. moslUj opposite.
B. Margins of lvs. recurved.

hypericifblia, Smith. Lvs. opposite, lanceolate or ob-
long, rather thin, with recurved margins and prominent
midrib %-iy^ in. long: fls. large, rich red, in cylindrical
or oblong dense spikes; stamens over K in. long; stami-
nal claws long. L.B. C. 2:199. — This species belongs to
a series in which the stamens are over K in. long, while
in the other 6 series the stamens never exceed % in.

BB. Margin of lvs. not recurved.
decussflta, R. Br. Tall shrub, sometimes 20 ft. high :
lvs. iiiiistly opposite, often decussate on the smaller
branches, nlilnug-lanceolate or linear, 3-G lines long,
rigid: Hs. rather small, pink; when in oblong or almost
globular lateral heads or spikes are usually barren, and
fertile when in oblong or cylindrical interrupted spikes
forming the base of leafy branches ; stamens not above 3
lines long, very shortlyunited in bundles of 10-1.3; calyx
lobes more or less scarious and deciduous or wearing off
when in fruit, attached by the broad base, more or less
immersed when in fruit in the thickened rachis. B.M.
2208. L.B.C. 13:1208. m. B. Coulston.

MELANTHIUM (Greek, black flower; from the darker
color which the persistent perianth assumes on fading).
Lilictceee. Leafy perennial herbs 2-5 ft. high, with
thick rootstocks: lvs. linear to oblanceolate or oval: fls.
greenish, white or cream-colored, borne in a large, open
t.'i-niin:il p;nii<l.-. The genus is nearest to Veratrum, but
tin- sfp;its ul' ihr intler are not clawed as they are in Me-
lanthiuni Pcriiirith segments iisually oblong or oblanceo-
late, with or without glands at the top of the claw. Of 6
species, 2 are African, 1 Siberian and 3 North American,
only 1 of the latter being in the trade.

Virginicum, Linn. Bunch Flower. Stem rather slen-
der, leafy: lvs. linear, 1 ft. or less long: panicles 0-18
in. long: fls. I'l-lO lines across; double gland at top of
claw. July. Marshy woodlands and meadows from New
England to Pla. and Minn, to Tex. B.M. 985 (Helonias
Virginica). -lu\. by H. P. Kelsey 1891. A showy and
striking plant.

M. junceum is advertised by Krelage, of Haarlem, but its
botanical position is to be determined,

MELASPHffiKULA (a little black sphere; referring

to til.. l)nlhl,'is ,.n ihi- st.-ni I. Iriihleeie. A genus of one
s|iiri,.s fn.ni Ih.' ('M|ii' "f I ;()..(! II. .pe. a small, rare bul-
bous plant procurable from Dutch bulb-growers. It be-

MELASTOMA

longs to the Ixia tribe, in which the flowers are spicate,
not fugitive, and never more than 1 to a spathe. It re-
sembles Ixia in having a regular perianth and simple
style branches, but belongs to a different group of
genera in which the stamens are one-sided and arched.
Baker places it between Crocosma and Tritonia, differ-
ing from them in having a small perianth without any
tube and very acuminate segments. Baker, Irideae, 1892,
and Flora Capensis, vol. 6. For culture, see Bitlhs and
Ixia.

^aminea, Ker. Corra globose, yi in. in diam. : stem
very slender, 1 ft. or more long: lvs. about 6 in a 2-
ranked, basal rosette, linear, K-1 ft. long: spikes few-
fld., panicled: fls. yellowish green, veined with purplish
black, y^-% in. across. Spring. B.M. 615.

^^'^Sl-^m.A

)387. Umbrella-tree — Melia Azedarach. 1

nbraculiformis.

MELASTOMA (Greek for black and mouth; alluding
to the color left in the mouth when the berries of some
species are eaten) . This genus, which gives name to the
great family Melastomacero, with 2,000 species, is little
known in cult. It is nut the most important genus of
the family, either hnrtimilturally or in number of species.
Cogniaux, the latest ujonoiiraplicr [W:. Monogr. Phaner.
7), admits 37 sjiecies. The larger part of melastoraaceous
plants are of tropical America, but the true Melastomas
are natives to tropical Asia, Australia and Oceanica.
They are shrubs or rarely small trees: lvs. opposite,
petiolate, oblong or lanceolate, thick and entire, strongly
nerved lengthwise, often handsomely colored: fls. soli-
tary or fascicled on the ends of the branches, purple
or rose (rarely white), large and showy; calyx mostly
5-lobed; petals usually 5 and often unequal, ciliate on
the back; stamens 10 as a rule, very strongly unequal,
part of them being short and small: fr. a leathery or
fleshy berry, breaking irregularly, 5-7-loculed and con-
taining many small spiral seeds. For culture, see
Medinilla. Nearly all tropical melastomaceous plants
require a high temperature, partial shade and consider-
able moisture. Prop, by cuttings of firm wood. Adver-
tized in S. Calif.

A. Lvs. strongly 5-nerved.

dec^mfidum. Roxbg.(il/. sangnlneum, D. Don. M.Mal-
uhdthricum. Sims, not Linn.). Three to 4 ft.: branches
subterete :ind hirsute: lvs. lanceolate or lance-oblong,
long-aeiiniin;ite. tlie nerves (or at least some of them)
ami tlie |M lieles ..Iten red: fls. 1-3, large, nearly or quite
2 in. across, tlie petals rose-colored and refuse. Java to
China. B.M. 529 and 2241.

AA. Lvs. strongly 7-nerved.

cAndidum, D. Don (M. Malabdthrictim, B.R. 8:672, not
Linn. ). Branches 4-angled, the youngerones pubescent,
as also the petioles: lvs. ovate-acute, setulose above,
villose beneath: fls. 3-7 in a cyme, ro.se-colored (some-
times white I ) , about the size of those of M. decemfidum;
calyx-lubes shorter than the tube. China.

Malabithricum, Linn. Differs from the last in having
the cal\ \ lolie> alio\it equal to the tube, or sometimes
even lon^:. r: l\ s. .,l,long or ovate-oblong, acute or short-
acuminate, spaf^elv setulose, above and beneath : fls.
corymbose, purple, much smaller than in the last two.

MELASTOMA

E. India to Austral. -Probably the M. Malahnthrictim
of horticulturists is one of the above species. Not Isnown
to be in the Amer. trade. L. H. B.

M£LIA (ancient Greelj name). Meliicecp.. Trees,
from 30 to 40 feet high : Ivs. deciduous, doubly pinnate
as a rule, the Ifts. acuminate, glabrous: fls. in graceful
panicles; sepals 3-.t; petals 5 or 6; stamens mouadel-
phous, 10-12, of two different lengths: ovary with sev-
eral locules, topped with a single style: fr. a small, in-
dehiscent drupe. Species 2 or 3, of Asia and Australia.
A. Lvs. more than once-pinnate.

Az^daraoh, Linn. This is the typical species as intro-
duivd in the southern states early in the last century.
It is a native of India and Persia, hence its vtrious
local names, as Pride of India, Indian Lilac, China-
berry tree, etc. It has become naturalized throughout
the South, the seeds germinating freely. It grows with
great rapidity, and forms one of the most desirable
shade trees, both from the bright green tint of the foli-
age, which is retained until late in the autumn, and also
from the fragrance of the numerous, lilac-colored flow-
ers, which are produced during Api'il. These are suc-
ceeded by an abundant crop of berries, of a yellowish,
translucent color, whicli are readily eaten by cattle and
birds. The wood, although coarse, is very durable. The
tree can withstand a low temperature, but a cold of
zero will injure it. Several forms have been found,
a white-flowering and one with finely-cut leaves, with
tlie segments of the Ifts. cut in narrow divisions. These
forms are not constant, the seedlings frequently revert-
ing to the typical species. In all forms of M. Azedarnch,
the lvs. are 2- or 3-pinnate, the ultimate Ifts. ovate or
lanceolate, and varying from serrate to very nearly en-
tire. B.JI. UKiCi.

Var. umbraculif6rmis, Hort. Texas Umbrella Tree.
Fig. 1387. The first tree that came to notice was found

MELILOTUS

1001

\

"■:/

^^'^

1388,

Melicocca bijuga (sprays XM).

near the battle-field of San Jacinto. Texas, but with no
record of its introduction there. If the flowers are not
cross-pollinated with the common sort, tlie percentage
of seedlings which reproduce the exact umbrella shape

seldom varies; hence it is supposed by some to be a
distinct species. The Ifts. are less broad than iu il.
Azedarach, and the branches erect, and, in a manner,
radiating from the trunli, the drooping foliage giving
the tree the appearance of a gigantic umbrella. Mn. 8,
p. 73.

aa. Leaves once-pinnate.

Azadirdchta, Linn. (M. Japdnica. Hassk.). Large
tree, sometimes 50 ft.: lvs. broad, with 9-15 lance-
acuminate, oblique, more or less serrate Ifts. : fls. white,
fragrant: foliage crowded near the ends of the branches.
India. — Not hardy in the Middle South.

M. floribunda, Carr. (R.H. 1872:470) is probably a form of
M. Azedarach. It is more precocious and very lloriferous.—
M. sempervirens, Sw. Prom Jamaica. A low -growing tree
with leaves deeply incised. Flowers in axillary panicles, small,
light lilac, fragrant, in constant succession. A greenhouse
species. Probably only a form of J/. AzedaracA. B.R. 8:643.
P. J. Berckmans and L. H. B.

MELIANTHUS {met, honey, and antlios, flower).
!S'//" inlarrif . About G species of evergreen shrubs,
nativrs of South Africa. Can be grown out-of-doors in
S. Calif. Foliage has a disagreeable odor when bruised;
lvs. alternate, stipulate, odd-pinnate ; Ifts. unequal-
sided, toothed: fls. in axillary and terminal racemes,
secreting honey plentifully; calyx laterally compressed,
with or without a sac-like protuberance at the base, and
a nectar-bearing gland within; petals 5, the anterior one
abortive; stamens 4, didynamous. M. Himalayanus is
M. major, which has been introduced into S. Asia.

a. Calyx gibbons at base.
m&jor, Linn. Stem flexuous, glabrous, sometimes 10
ft. or more in height, with a widely creeping root: lvs.
gray, a foot or more long, the upper ones smaller; stip-
ules grown together into one large, intra-axillary piece,
attached to the lower part of the petiole; Ifts. 9-11, 3-4
iu. long, 2 in. wide: racemes densely-fld., I ft. or more
in length: bracts ovate, acuminate : fls. red-brown, I in.
long: capsule papery, 4-lobed at the apex, 1-lM in.
long: seeds 2 in each cell, black and sljining. Cape.
B.R. 1:45. R.H. 1867, p. 131.

AA. Calyx not conspicuously gibbons at base.
minor, Linn. Lvs. 5-6 in. long; stipules 2, subulate,
lateral, free; Ifts. lK-2 in. long, 6-10 lines wide: ra-
cemes 6-12 in. long, subterminal: fls. dull red: capsule
obtuse at each end, scarcely 4-lobed, 8 lines long. Cape.
Not B.M.301, which is M. eomosus.

M. B. COULSTON.

MELIC6CCA (Greek, hnney berry; referring to the
taste of tlie fruit), iiapinddceie. Two or 3 species of
trci|ii.-al fruit trees, natives of Guiana and Trinidad.
'I'lir Spanish Lime, M. bijuga, is cult, in S. Fla. and
S. < ';ilif. Its fruits are about tlie size and shape of
plums, green or yellow, and have a pleasant, grape-like
flavor. The large seeds are sometimes roasted like
chestnuts. The tree grows slowly, attaining 20-fiO ft.,
and bears freely. It can be fruited in the
North under glass. Generic characters: lvs.
abruptly pinnate: racemes divided: calyx 4-
parted; segments imbricated: petals 4; sta-
mens 8; disk complfte; stigma peltate, sub-
si ssile: ovary 2-celIed: berry 1-2-seeded.

hijilga, Linn. Spanish Lime or Ginep.
1 i.r li88. Lfts. in 2 pairs, elliptical or ellip-
tn lanceolate, entire, glabrous; fls. whitish, in
teuninal racemes. Naturalized in the West
Indies. Bears several degrees of frost. The
foliage is distinct, the compound lvs. with
winged petioles resembling those of Sapindns
saponaria, the West Indian Soap-berry.

MELILOTUS I Greek for honey lotus). Le-
gumiiinsif. SuKKT Clover. Perhaps a dozen
specii-s of annual or biennial tall-growing,
sweet-smelling herbs. Widely distributed in
temperate and subtropical regions. Lvs. pinnately 3-
foliolate, the lfts. toothed and mostly narrow: fls. small,
white or yellow, in slender, long-stalked, axillary ra-
cemes; calyx teeth short and nearly efjual ; standard

1002

MELILOTUS

oblong or ohlong:-obovate; keel obtiise: fr. a small,
few-seeilfd. not twisted, btit more or less reticulated
flattisb i"'il. Two species, M. officinalis, Lam. (yellow-
fld.), mid M. alba. l>esv. (white-rtd. ). bave become
weeds along roadsiiies antl iu waste places.

The latter, M, alba, is the commoner. It is an erect
herb, often higher than a man, flowering abundantly in
spring and early summer. It is biennial. It is said to
prefer soils rich in lime, and it thrives on poor and dry
soils. Under the name of Bokhara clover and sweet
clover, it is grown somewhat as a forage plant. Cattle
come to like it for grazing, particularly if turned onto
it early in the season, before other herbage is attractive.
It may also be cut for hay, particularly the second
year. About 10 lbs. of seed is required per acre. It is
an excellent bee plant. L_ jj g^

MELiSSA (Greek, bee; because the bees are fond of
Balm). Labiata-. About 8 species of hardy perennial
herbs from Europe and western Asia. M. officinalis is
Balm {which see), a sweet lierb, with white or pale
yellow tis. A variegated form is cult, for ornament.
It has silvery whit.- markings. M. Putavina, Benth.=
Calami Hth, I '/'.il,, r, mi. Hort. This has light purple fls.,
and may lie toM Imm C grandiflora and officinalis by
the calyx heing bulged or gibbous at the base. Melissas
have dentate Ivs. : whorls few-fid., las, axillary, secund :
fls. white or yellowish; corolla tube recurved-ascending
below the middle.

MELOCACTUS (meloH-cacftts, referring to the shape
of the plant-body). Cact&ceir. Stems globose or ovoid,
with vertical ribs, crowned at maturity with a"cepha-
lium"— a prolongation of the axis densely covered with
small tubercles, imbedded iu wool and bearing in their
axils small flowers and berries. The plant has the ap-
pearance of an Echinopsis surmounted by a Mammillaria.

1389. Melocact

(Xl-5).

commtmis, Link & Otto. Fig. 1389. Ribs 10-20, acute :
areola* nearly 1 in. apart: radial spines 8-11, straight or
curved, subulate; centrals 1-4: cephaliura at first low,
hemispherical, becoming cylindrical in time, reaching a
height of 8 in. ; the dense wool of the cephaliuni is
pierced by many red or brown bristles : fls. red, slender;
fr. -Ai in. long, crowned by the persistent remains of the
flower, red. West Indian islands. Called there "Turk's
Head." B.M. 3090. Katharine Brandegee.

MENISCIUM

MELON. See Miiskmelon and Watermelon ; also
Cih-Klliis nm\ Cucvmis. M. Papaw. See Carica Papaya.
M. Shrub. See Solanum muricatum. Chiuese Preserv-
ing Melon is Benincasa.

MELOTHBIA (probably a name for a bryony-like
plant; melon is Greek for apple, which may refer to the
shape of the fruit). CiiiiirbitAcem. About 54 species of
slender herbaceous vines, climbing or trailing, annual
or perennial. Willi sinall \ ellow or white fls., found in the
warmer parts <.i tlie \\,,iiil. Three kinds are known to
the trade as J/, stdlirii. Miikia scabrella and Pilogyne
siiavis, the last being perhaps the best. These three
are slender, but rapid-growing, half-hardy, annual
climbers, which may be grown indoors iu winter, but
preferably outdoors iu summer for covering unsightly
objects. They are presumably more attractive in fruit
than in flower.

The latest monographer. Cogniaux in DC. Mon. Phan.
Vol. 3. istil. makes three secti.ins of the genus. M.
scabni belongs to the tirst, .)/. piinctiita to the second
and M. Math ru spa tan a to the third. Jf. piDictata has
sensitive tendrils.

Section I. Eumelothria. Fls. usually monoecious,
males mostly racemose ; anthers subsessile: fr. mostly
with long and slender peduncles: seeds usually not
margined.

Section II. Solena. Fls. mostly dioecious, males
corymbose; anthers borne on rather long filaments, the
connecti\e not produced : fr. mostly short-peduncled :
seeds mostly margined.

Section III. MtiKiA. Fls. monceeious, males clus-
tered; anthers subsessile, the connective apiculate: fr.
subsessile; seeds margined, usually pitted.

sc&bra, Naud. Lvs. rigid, entire or acutely 5-lobed ;
tendrils unbranched: anthers roundish, with a wide con-
nective, the cells straight, not plicate: fr. ovoid or ovoid-
oblong, obtuse, 3-celled, rather large (1 in. long, % in.
thick), with broad parallel stripes of white and green.
Mexico.

punctata, Couii. iPiln
meml.i-aiious. eer.late. :

sKfiris, Schrad.). Lvs.
or slightly 3-5-lobed,
white-spoiieil nli.ivr, |.ilo^,., short-hairy or scabrous be-
low, margin remotely denticulate : fr. brown, lightly
pitted, about 3 lines thick : seeds small, about 2 lines
long, strongly compressed. S. Africa. — Int. 1890 by
Henderson & Co. as the Oak-leaved Climber. Melothria
/'inirfat'i is a beautiful cliniliiiig herbaceous perennial,
better known as l'tli>,i if „,' snnris. and sometimes called
Zi'Inii I ill Moif/x. E\ . 11 when [irotected, it is too tender
to staml the northern winters. It blooms in clusters;
fls. small, white and star-shape, with a strong musk fra-
grance: lvs. green, smiiU and glossy. Being a very
rapid grower, it is desirable for covering verandas or
for house culture. It will do well in any part of a living
room where it has light. It will grow as much as 16
feet high in one summer by having a liberal supply of
water every day and liquid "manure once a week. After
growing outdoors it can lie cut down to 6 inches, potted
and taken into the house for the winter. In the spring
it can be cut back, again planted out and it will do well.
The roots can almost be called tuberous, and can be
kept dormant during the winter, the same as Dahlias,
buried in sand in a cool, dry place, free from frost.
Kapidly increased by cuttings.

Maderaspitana, Cogn. {Mfikia scabrella. Am.). Lvs.
scabrous or slmrt-liairy beneath : fr. small, globose :
seeds pitted. Trop. Asia and Afr. — " Fruits reddish when
ripe." J. M. Tlwrburu & Co. j^mes Vice and W. M.

MENfSCITIM (Gr

shape of the s(.ii).
about 10 tropiciil spe

^-ek. a erescevt; referring to the
1\>! iipoiliiimr. A small genus of
•ies, with simple or pinnate lvs. and
tlie main veins iiniteii hy successive transverse arches,
on which the naked sori are borne.

reticuiatum, Swz. Stalks 1-3 ft. long, stout: lvs. 2-4 ft.
long, 1 ft. or more wide, pinnate; pinnse 1-4 iu. wide,
with an acuminate apex, naked or slightly pubescent;
m.ain veins 1-1)4 lines apart, with 8-12 transverse arches.
Mexico and W. Indies to Brazil. l_ ji Underwood.

MENISPERMUM

MENISPfiEMUM (Greek, wooiiaeed). Menispermi)-
eeff, MooNSEED. As conceived by the early botanists,
Menispermum contained many species which are now
referred to Coccuhis, Abuta, Cissampelos, Tinospora,
Anarairtaand other genera. The genus is now considered
to be bitypie, one species occurring in N. America and the
other in Siberia, China and Japan. Moonseeds are twin-
ing woody vines, with alteruate long-petioled Ivs., which

MENTHA

1003

1350. Lca( of Menispermum Canadense (XK).

jire peltate near the margin, and axillary or super-axil-
lary panicles or cymes of small dioecious tls. : fr. a com-
pressed berry-like drupe, containing a flattened crescent-
shaped or curved stone (whence the name Moouseed):
stamens 9-24, with 4-loculed anthers in the staminate
fls., 6 and sterile in the pistillate fls.; pistils 2-4, with
broad stigmas; sepals 4-8, in 2 series; petals G-8, shorter
than the sepals. Both the Moonseeds are neat and inter-
esting vines, and are hardy in the northern states and
Ontario. Propagated readily by seeds ; or plants of
M. Canadense may be dug from the wild. Cuttings of
ripened wood may also be used.

Canadense, Linn. Commom Moovseed. Fig. 1390.
Stems slender and terete, flocculent-pnbescent when
young, but becoming glabrous, twining 10 ft. or more
high : Ivs. round-ovate to ovate-cordate, sometimes
-entire, but usually angulate-Iobed. the long petiole at-
tached just inside the margin : fls. green-
ish white, in loose, straggling ]i:inicles, the
sepals and petals usually (I, the stamens in
the terminal fls. 17-20 and in thr lateral
onesllorl2: fr. bluisli black, I4 in.indiam.,
resembling small grapes. Rich soils in
thickets and lowlands, Quebec to Manitoba
and south to Ga. B.M. 1910.

Datiricum, DC In habit much like the
above: Ivs. smaller, deeper green, cordate
and angular: fls. in cymes, yellowish, the ter-
minal ones with ti sepals, 9 or 10 petals and
about 20 stamens, the lateral ones with 4
sepals, 6 petals and about 12 stamens. East-
ern Asia. — Variable. Rarely planted in this
country. ' L. H. B

MfiNTHA (from the Greek name of the
nymph Minthe). LnhiAtif. The term Mint,
often applied to various species of the La-
biatae, is most frequently used to designate
plants of the genus Mentha. This genus
is characterized by its square stems and op-
posite simple leaves, in common with others
of the order, and especially by its aromatic
fragrance, its small purple, pink or white
flowers, with regular calyx, slightly irregu-
lar corolla and four anther-bearing stamens, crowded in
axillary whorls and the whorls often in terminal spikes.

Some of the species hybridize freely, producing in-
numerable intergrading forms which make the limita-
tion of certain species difficult. Many forms have been

descriVied, and the synonymy is extensive. About 30
species are now recognized, all native in the north tem-
perate zone, 12 being native or naturalized in North
America. Six species are cultivated more or less for
the prndurtiuH of aromatlc essential oil, which is found
in all |iarts ..f the herb, and especially in minute globules
iin till- sin laic of the leaves and calyx.

IV-ppL-rmiut, the most important economic species of
Mint, ranks as one of the most important of all plants
in the production of essential oils. It was originally
nctive in Great Britain and possibly in continental
Europe, but is now widely naturalized, growing in many
jilaces on both continents like a native plant. There is
no record of it in America previous to its introduction
to Connecticut in the early part of the eighteenth cen-
tury. From there it was taken to western New York
and to the Western Reserve in Ohio, and in 1835 "roots "
were taken from Ohio to Pigeon Prairie, in Michigan,
where the Industry has grown to larger proportions than
anywhere else. Peppermint is now cultivated commer-
cially in southwestern Michigan and adjacent parts of
northern Indiana, Wayne county. New York, and in
Mitcham, Surrey and Lincolnshire, England, and in
Saxony.

Peppermint plants may be grown on any land that
will produce good crops of corn, but its cultivation is
most profitable on muck soils of reclaimed swamps. It
is an exhaustive crop, and on upland is rarely included
in the rotation more often than once in five years. On
deep, rich muck soils it is often grown consecutively
G years or more with no apparent diminution in yield.
Peppermint is propagated by pieces of running root-
stocks, commonly called "roots." These are planted,
as early in spring as the ground can be prepared, in
furrows 30 inches apart. On upland two or three crops
are usually grown from one setting of the"roots,"but in
the swamp lands the runners are plowed under after
harvest, continuing the crop indefinitely. Clean culti-
vation is required between the rows, and often it is
necessary to hoe the plants or pull weeds by hand, espe-
cially on land that has not been well prepared. Fire-
weed, horseweed, ragweed and other species with bitter
or aromatic properties are very injurious to the oil if cut
and distilled with the peppermint.

The crop is cut either with scythe or mowing machine
in August or early September, when the earliest flowers
are developed and before the leaves h.ave fallen. In
long, favorable seasons a second crop is sometimes har-
vested early in November. After cutting, the plants
are cured like hay, then raked into windrows and taken
to the stills, where the oil is extracted by distillation

1391 A Mmt Still

with steam. A "Mint still" (Fig. 1391) usually consists
of two retorts (used alternately), wooden or galvanized
iron tubs about 7 ft. deep and 6 ft. in diam. at the top,
each with a perforated false bottom and a tight-fitting,
removable cover, a condenser of nearly 200 ft. of block

1004

MENTHA

tin pipe immersed in tanlis of cold water, or more fre-
quently arranged in perpendicular tiers over which cold
water runs, a boiler to furnish steam and a receiver or
tin can with ouinpartments in which the oil separates by
gravity. Tlic yield of oil varies from 10 to 60 pounds
per acri-, aviM-:i!;iui; about 25 pounds for Black Mint, the
variety now generally grown. Three kinds of pepper-
mint are recognized : (1) American Mint, "State Mint"
of New York (J/, piperita), long cultivated in this
country and occasionally naturalized ; (2) Black Mint,
or Black Mitchani ( ^r. i,i i„rit,i . var. i-iihiu ris] , a more
productive variety intri..lure.l from Elii,-hiii.l Mb.mt 1889,
and (.■!) White Jliiit. or Wliit.- Jliteliaiii (.1/. pip--
ritii, var. officiiiu/is}, less productive and too ten-
der for profitable cultivation, but yielding a very
superior grade of oil. Peppermint oil is used in
confectionery, very extensively in medicines, and
for the pioifui'tioii of menthol, or more properly
pipmeiiihol. I'i| ntlioi cliffers in physical pro-
perties fioTu ineiiiliol derived from Japanese Mint.

Japanese Mint. M. arrrnsis, YAr. piperascens, is
cult, in iiciithi'rn .lapaii, chiefly on the island of
Hondo ; not known in tlie wild state. It has been
introduced experimentally in cult, in England and
the United States, but has not been cult, commer-
cially iu these countries. Its oil is interior in qual-
ity to that of Mentha piperita, but it contains a
higher percentage of crystallizable menthol, of
which it was the original source and for the pro-
duction of which it is largely used. It is propa-
g.ated by rootstocks carefully transplanted and cul-
tivate<l iiv hrind-lnbor. Two crops, rarely three, are
obtairnil in :i s,.;ison, and by abundant fertilizing
and intensive culture large yields are obtained. It
is usually continued thj-ee years from one planting,
and then a rotation of other crops follow for from
three to si.\ years. Three horticultural varieties
are recognized, being distinguished chiefly by
form of leaf and color of stem. The va-
riety known as "Akakuki," with reddish
purple stem and broad, obtuse leaves, is
regarded as best.

Spearmint is cultivated on peppermint
farms for the production of oil. The
plants are propagated and cultivated
similar to peppermint and distilled in
the same stills. The oil, for which there
is a smaller demand than for pepper-
mint oil, is used chiefly in medicine and
to some extent as a flavoring ingred-
ient in drinks. Spearmint is cultivated
in the vicinity of many large cities to
supply saloons, where freshly cut sprigs
of the plant are used in making the se-
ductive and intoxicating drink known as
"Mint julep." The plant is more widely
known as an ingredient in "Mint sauce,"
the familiar accompaniment of spring
lamb and green peas. To supply this de-
mand it "is often cultivated in the
kitchen -garden. It is easily propa-
gated by the perennial root-stocks, and
persists year after year with little care, thriving in
nearly all kinds of soil, providing it does not become
too dry.

The Pennyroyal of the Old World is Mentha PiiJegiitnx.

A. Wliorl.s of fls. in terminal spikes or snme in Ihi

upper axils.

B. Spikes thick: Ivs. petioleil.

c. Li'S. lanceolate, acute.

piperita, Linn. Peppermint. Perennial, by runners
and rootstocks; stems erect or a.scending, 1-3 ft. high,
branched, glabrous: Ivs. lanceolate, acute, sharply ser-
rate, 1-3 in. long, glabrous or pubescent on the veins be-
neath, punctate! with minute oil globules: fls. in thick,
terminal spikes, l-;i in. long in fruit, the central spike
finally exeeecleil by the lateral ones; calyx glabrous be-
low, its sharp teeth usually ciliate; corolla purple,
rarely white, glabrous. Introduced in cultivation from
England and occasionally naturalized in moist ground
in various parts of the country. Known as "American
Mint" or "State Mint." in New York.

MENTHA

Var. officinalis, Sole. White Mint. Slender, 1-2 ft.
high: Ivs. 1-2 iu. long: stems and foliage light-colored.
Not known in wild state; long cult, in Eng. and spar-
ingly introduced into cult, in America.

Var. vulgaris. Sole. Black Mint. Rather stout, 2-3
ft. high; Ivs. 2-3^2 in. long: stems usually purple and
foliage dark-colored. Native in England. Cult, in re-
cent years iu England, Saxony and America.
CC. Lvs. ovate or subcordafe .
citrata, Ehrh. Bergamot Mint. Perennial, by leafy
Stolons, glabrous throughout: stem de.-unibent,'l-2 ft.
long, branched: lvs. thin, broadly ..vate and ob-
tuse or the uppermost lanceolate and acute; fls. in
the uppermost axils and in short, dense, terminal
spikes; calyx glabrous, with subulate teeth; co-
rolla glabrous. Sparingly naturalized from Eu-
rope, in New Yorls. New Jersey, Florida and Ohio.
— The fragrant, lemon-scented oil is distilled for
use in making perfumes.

BB. Spikes slender, interrupted : lvs. sessile

or nearly so.

c. Plant glabrous: lvs. lanceolate.

spic&ta, Linn. (M. riridis, Linn.). Spearmint.
Fig. i:i'.l2. Perennial, by leafy stolons: stem erect,
with asi'ending branches 1-2 ft. high: lvs. hanceo-
late, sliarjily serrate, 2H in. or less in length:
whorls of fls. in narrow, interrupted spikes 2-4 in.
long, the central spike exceeding the lateral ones;
calyx teeth hirsute or glabrate. Witlely naturalized
about old gardens throughout the older settled por-
tions of the United States; native in Europe and

CC. Phnil pilhiM-riit

rotundiiolia, Hnds

nial, by leafy stolons

what V

1392. Mentha spicata

.■ lvs. elliptic 01 ovate-oblong.
. Round-leaved Mint. Peren-
., pubescent throughout, some-
iscid: stems slimier, erect or
ascending, simple or luanclied, 20-30

in. high : lvs. sul nlaie at base,

mostly ohtiise, .renate-si'rrate, 1-2
in. loii!;an,l al.out two-thirds as wide,
retienhiie.l heiieaili: tls. in dense or
interrupted spilo s2-4 in. long; calyx
pubescent; corolla puberulent. Nat-
uralized in moist waste places from
Maine to New Mexico. — Sometimes
used as a substitute for peppermint
or spearmint.

AA. Hlwrls of fls. all axillary.
B. Plants usually decumbent: fls.
nearly sessile.
Canadensis, Linn. American Wild
Mint. Perennial, by runners and
rootstocks; stem usually pubescent,
with spreading hairs, erect or aseen-
ing, simple or branched, 6-30 in.
high : lvs. ovate-oblong or lanceolate,
glabrous or nearly so, 2-3 in. long,
slender-petioled, the petioles often
exceeding the nearly sessile whorls of light pur|ile fls.;
calyx pubescent. In wet soil or in water at the mar-
gins of streams. New Brunswick to British t'olundiia
and southward to Virginia and New Mexico. It is a
common plant. — Often called peppermint, for which it
is frequently mistaken and for which it is sometimes
used as a substitute. It is variable in habit and also in
the character of its oil.

BB. Plants somewhat rigidly erect : fls. distinrtli/

pedicelled.
aTv6nsis, var. piperdscens, Malinvaud. Japanese
Mint. Perennial, by running rootstocks. puberulent or
Hnely pubescent throughout; stems erect, with numer-
ous branches, 2-3 ft. high : lvs. lanceolate and acute to
broadly oblong and obtuse, narrowed at the base,
1K-3H in. long, sharply serrate, with low teeth: fls. in
rather loose, axillary whorls, in distinctly pedicellate
umbels, usually shorter than the slemler petioles; calyx
pubescent, its subulate teeth about half as long as the
tube; corolla puberulent. Lyster 11. Dewey.

MENTZELIA

MERTENSIA

1005

MENTZfiLIA (Mentzel. an early German botanist).
Jjni!S')i-r if . A!)uut 50 species of erect, sometimes woody
hfilis, 1-r. ft. lii;;U,manynativesof North America. Lvs.
alternate, mostly coarsely toothed or pinnatifid: fls. soli-
tary or in cymes, white, yellowish, yellow or red; petals
5 or 10, regularly spreading, convolute in the bud de
ciduous ; stamens indefinite, rarely few, inserted with
the petals on the throat of the calyx: seeds flat.
They thrive in sunny, moist or dry situations
sheltered from strong winds. J/. Lindleyl, from r

Calif., is common in eastern gardens, where it is
known as Bartonia attrea; the other species are
offered by western dealers, but are not generally
in cult. They flower in summer. Although M.
LiiKlh'jii has long been a rather common plant in
cultivation, it is little known in the wild, being
probably a native of central Calif. The seeds
should be sown where the plants are to remain, as
they do not bear transplanting.

A. Color of fls. yellow.
B. J^ls. opening in hright sunshine,
c. Petals 1 in, long,
Lindleyi, Torr. & Gray [Bartbnia aitrea,
Liudl.l. Pig. 1393. Annual: stem 1-3 ft. high,
branched and straggling: lvs. 2-3 in. long: fls.
about 2*2 in. across, bright yellow, very fra-
grant in the evening, bracted; petals 5, broadly
obovate, nearly as broad as long, rounded at the
apes except an abrupt short point. Probablv cen-
tral Calif. B.M.3649. B.R. 22:1831.

CC. Petals Z-SVi in. long.

laevicaiilis, Torr. & Gray. Biennial: stem 2-3

ft. high: lvs. 2-8 In. long: fls. yellow, 2H-3 in.

across, l)ractless; petals lanceolate, acuminate.

Neb. to Calif. B.B. 2:459.

BB. J'^ls. opening towards night.
ntida, Torr. & Gray. Biennial: stem somewhat
slender, 1-5 ft. high: lvs. 1-3 in. long: fls. creamy
white. 1 '2-2*-. in. across, usually bractless; petals
10. Dakota to Kans., Colo, and Tex. B.M. 5483 (as Bai
tonia niula). B.B.2:458.

AA. Color of fls. pure white.
om&ta, Torr. & Gray. Annual: stem 2 ft. and more:
lvs. 2-0 in. long: fls. 5 in. across, opening towards night,
fragrant, usnallv bracted; petals 10; stamens 200-300.
Dakota and Mont, to Tex. R.H. 1878:430. B.M. 1487 (as
Bartonia dei.apetala\ B.B. 2: 459.

M. B. CouLSTON and W. M.

MENYANTHES (Greek, men, a month, and antJios,
flower; perhaps because it flowers for about a month).
Gentiamleea. Buckbean. A genus of 2 species of
small perennial bog plants with creeping rootstocks and
small, 5-lobed white or purplish fls. borne in late spring.
They are procurable from dealers in native plants. The
genus is one of the few aquatic groups in the gentian
family. It is allied to Limnanthemum, but the fls. of
the latter are not bearded or crested on the face as they
are in Menyanthes. Lvs. all alternate, stalked : corolla
somewhat funnel- or bell-shaped; stamens inserted on
the tube of the corolla; hypogynous glands 5 : style long.

trifoliita, Linn. Buckbean. About 9-18 in. high:
Ifts. 3, oval or oblong-obovate, 1-1 >2 in. long: raceme
about 12-fld. Bogs.north temperate regions. B.B. 2:622.
V. 2:198 and 3:208. — The lvs. are said to be used in Ger-
many as a substitute for hops in beer-making. A very
interesting bog plant.

MERCURY. Chenopodium Boniis-Henrieus.

M£BEND£RA (from quita meriendas, Spanish name
of Cnlvliiinii antutiniale; some of these plants formerly
considcreil to lit-long to Colchicum). Lili(ieea>. About
10 species of bulbous plants, mostly natives of the Medi-
terranean region and Asia Minor. They belong to the
same tribe with Colchicum and Bulbocodium, but Colchi-
cum has a real corolla tube, while the other two genera
have 6 very long-clawed segments which are merely con-

nivent, forming a loose tube at first and afterwards
separating. In Merendera there are 3 styles which are
distinct from the base, while in Bulbocodium the style
is 3-cut only at the apex. Merenderas are low, steraless
plants with tunicated corms : lvs. linear, appearing with
the fls fls 1 1 appearmg m sprmg or fall raostl\ lilac
ooltic 1 Ihc „ 1 I 1 lulled by Baker (Jour Lmn

M

^4\i-^

1393 MentzeUa Lindleyi (X*i)

"^oc 17 438 1880) into two groups based on the anthers.
The 2 species described below belong to the group with
small, oblong, versatile anthers, which are fastened at
the middle rather than the base. They are hardy spring-
blooming plants with about 3 lvs., and fls. 1-1 J^ in.
across. These rare plants are procurable from Dutch
bulb-growers. They are pretty, small-fld., early-bloom-
ing, hardy, fragile plants which persist well under good
garden cultivation.

A. Blade of petals ohlanceolate, obtuse.
Cauc&sica, Bieb. The 3 outer corolla segments appen-
dagedoneach side at the .junction of blade and claw; new
corms sessile. Caucasus, Persia. B.M, 3690.

AA. Blade of petals lanceolate, acute.

BoboUfera, Fisch. & Mey. Segment.s not appendaged:
a very small new corm produced at the apex of a shoot.
Asia Minor, Persia.

M. Huthniica is advertised by Van Tubergen.

J. N. Gekard and W. M.

MEBTfiNSIA (after Mertens, a German botanist).
Borragindcece. About 15 species of perennial herbs,
natives of the north temperate zone, the most popular
of which is M. pulmonarioides, better known as 31, Vir-
ginica, Virginia Cowslip, Blue Bells, and Virginia Lung-
wort. This grows 1-2 ft. high and bears more or less
drooping clusters of blue-belled fls. in March to May
(see Fig. 1394). The fls. are about 1 in. long, and 20 or
more in a terminal group. They have a purple tube and
blue bell of distinct shape, the lobes of the corolla being
less pronounced than in the other species. Mertensias
are allied to Pulraonaria, but the fls. have no bracts, as
in Pulmoiiaria. They are botanically nearer Myosotis,
which contains the forget-me-nots. Mertensias are gla-
brous or pilose : lvs. alternate, often having pellucid
dots : racemes terminal or the cymes loose, few-fld.,
1-sided, sometimes panicled: fls. blue or purplish, rarely
white; calyx 5-cut or 5-partcd; lobes 5; stamens fastened
at the middle of the tube or higher.

1006

MERTENSIA

MESEMBRYANTHE51UM

J*?^

1394. Vireinian Cowslip or
— Mertensia pulmonarioidi

The common Mertensia is one of the plants that should
remain undisturbed for years, and hence is suited to the
rotkerj Its leaves die down soon after flowering time.
The plant should have a sheltered position, full sunshine
and rich, loam\ soil M Sihirica is considered by some
«\ en more desirable The fls are later, light blue, and
not as distinctive in form. The foliage of M. Sibirica
lasts through the
summer. Mertensias
may be prop, by seed
if sown as soon as
ripe, but with uncer-
tainty by division.
Although of secon-
dary importance,
Mertensias add vari-
ety to the border and
are nearly always
attractive to plant-
lovers.

A. Fls. trnmpet-
sJnrjifif, the open
]> II r f i n n nut
pruniinently 5-
lobed; filaments
much longer
than the an-
them.
pulmonarioides,

Roth. [M. Vinjinlca,

DC). VlKGINIA_N

Cowslip. Blue
Bells. Fig. 1394. Very smooth and glabrous: Ivs. obo-
vate or oblong, or the lowest large, rounded and long-
stalked; veins conspicuous : fls. generally more nodding
than shown in Pig. 1395. Spring. N. Y. to S. C. and
Tenn., usually inhabiting low or moist grounds. B.M.
160 (asPulmonaria). B. 8.3:60. Gn. 23, p. 463, and .32,
p. 173. V.3:1S1; 7:241; 11:180, and 12:140. Mn 4:33.

AA. Fls. with the upper portion more bell-shaped and
prominent spreading lobes: filaments shorter
than the anthers or only a little longer.
E. Tube of corolla S or S times as long as the bell.
oblongifdlia, G.Don. About 9 in. high, smooth: Ivs.
mostly oblong or spatulate-lanceolate; veins inconspicu-
ous: calyx lobes acute. Western N. Amer. — Not easy
to cultivate.

BB. Tube of corolla not twice as long as the bell.
c, Calyx-lobes obtuse, oblong.

Sibirica, G. Don. This and the next grow 1-5 ft. high
and have broad, veiny Ivs., the upper ones very acute or
acuminate. M. Sibirica is pale, smooth and some-
what glaucous : stem-lvs. oblong- or lanceolate-ovate.
E. Siberia, Rockies and Sierras. Gn. 18:259.— Offered
by some American dealers.

cr. Calyx-lobes acute, lanceolate or linear.

paniculata, G. Don. Greener than M. Sibirica, rough-
ish an<l more or less pubescent: stem-lvs. ovate to ob-
long-lanceolate. Lake Superior and north, E. Asia.
B.B. 3:60. B.M. 2680 and B.R. 2:146 (as Pulmonaria
paniculata).

M. umbrdtilis, Greenm.. from Oregon, a recently described
species, is offered by Horsford. Allied to M. Sibirica, but has
larger corolla and longer lanceolate-acute calyx-lobes.

G. C. WooLSON and W. M.

MESCAL BUTTON is E,-hi»ocactiis }yilliamsii.

MESEMBKYANTHEMUM (Greek, midday flower:
the flowers usually open in sunshine and close in shadow) .
Ficdidem, or MesembryAcea. Fio Marigold. The type
genus of a family of something more than 20 genera and
about 500 species, widely distributed in dry tropical and
subtropical regions. Of tlir (Mliir L^iiuVa known to
horticulturists, only Tetragon in nn.l S. -uviuni are promi-
nent, and even these are relatively uniiiiiKirtaiit. Mes-
embryanthcmum itself includes some 300 species, nearly
all of which are South African, according to Sonder
"abounding throughout the arid plains and sands of the

whole country to the south of the Orange river and
west of the Great Fish river." Four species are de-
scribed by Bentham in Flora Australiensis. Two (M.
crystallinum and (equilaterale) are native in California.
Others occur in New Zealand, Canaries, Araliia and the
Mediterranean region. They are succulent plants, mostly
herbs, but some are shrubs. They are allied botanically
to the cactaceous series, although lacking the spines of
those plants and bearing true leaves. Horticulturally,
they are fanciers' plants, and are classed with "succu-
lents." Very few are in the general trade, although a
number are advertised in California and others are in
botanic gardens. Usually the flowers open only in bright
sunlight, but there are a few evening-blooming species.
As with must sii.'t-iiliiitv. the species are not well under-
stood li"taiih all> , (nviii- largely to the difficulty in mak-
ing heiliaiiuiii ^1 iiii.iis. Many of them are of odd

and grotesciue toriu. One species, M. crystallinum, is
a common house plant, being known as Ice Plant, but it
is one of the least showy in flower. It is grown for the
thick glistening foliage. It propagates readily by seed
or division. The best available account of the Mesem-
bryanthemums is Sender's elaboration of the S. African
can species (293 numbers) in Flora Capensis, Vol. II
(1861-2) L. H. B.

In Mesembryanthemum the leaves are mostly oppo-
site, entire or the margin somewhat spiny, fle.shy and
often subcylindrical or triangulai in cross-outline; flow-
ers perfect ami regular, axillary and solitary or some-
what corymbose ; calyx gamosepalous, usually with 5
uueqiial lobes and the tulie adnata to the ovary; petals
very many, in oiif or HKire rows, usually linear, white,
yellow or rost-rolor : ^t;^nens very numerous : ovary
most commonly r)-loi-ul"d : fruit or capsule opening
radially at the summit, hygroscopic: seeds very numer-
ous, small. "The capsules are tightly closed in dry
weather and open naturally after a rain," writes Sonder.
"If Ihn.wn in watt-r until U hecuuH-s thumughlv soaked
and thi'ii r,iiio\ .-d, an uM .-ai'sult- will (.p.-n <.iit its capil-
lary valves. i-adiaTiTii,^ trniii a (.-f-iit.r like a star; and will
close tht'in again whun dry. This t-xperinifnt may be
repeated several times without destroying their remark-
able hygrometric property." The following species are
S. African unless otherwise noted. Mostly perennials.

MeseinlM-NaTitlirininn. ..r Fiu^ :\larignld, is a large
genus. ;mmI III.' in:i.ioi-ii_\ i,t tlie ^jN'ries are natives of the

Cape ol (i i llM|,r. 'IIm y ;ire fomid in their native

haliitat-- LzfowiiiL: jimp^i hixunantly un dry, barren, rocky
places ami ..u .iry. v;iiMiy plains. They are succulent
phmts wirli iliM'k. il.-~li\ leaves, and are therefore able
to stand the severe druiii^dit they have to put up with in
those arid places. Knowing that these iilants delight in
dry, arid situations, this gives the key to their cultiva-
tion. When grown in pots, care should he taken that
the pots are well drained. A lii^lit. sandv loam, mixed
with l>ri.'k ruMusli Im.lieii sitiall. makes a i;o.m] <-oinipnst
for them. In summer Ihevean be |.|;„-e-t nut-<.t-.iunrs

in a sliLi'Iitly elevat.'d and sunny position, where they
will pi'oduce an abundance of their showy blossoms.
On the approach of cold weather in the fall they may
be placed in a cool greenhoiise with a dry atmo.sjilu re
and plenty of air. Very little water is need('«l during il;<>
dull months of winter. Some of tlie speeies make i:'" d
window plants. M. <■<>>;} if,.! in ni , var. r.iri. </'ffin>' is
largely grown for edgings for beds. M. jh>i,i, riilimnun
and M. tricolorum are good showy annuals. Propagation
is effected eitherbycuttings or by seeds. Cuttings should
be dried in the sun for two or three days before they
are inserted in sand. Robert Cameron.

aeinacifor
aeutuii^ilum, 2\
fequilaterale, 12
albiniitum. :^.
angnst
aurant

10.

14.

l>arbat
blaiidu
eordifoUuni, 27
ci*ystalliniim
cidtratum, 6

24.

densnm, 33.
depressum, '
edule. 13.
elegaus. 28.

inolaixdens, 17.
liiignai' forme, 5.
mutalnle, 16.
muricatum, 20.

pomeridianum
pustulatura, 8.
rubrociiu'tum.
speet.-ibile, 10.
stellatuin. 32.
Stipulaeeum. 2
subeonipressui
tigrinum. 1.
tricolor. 9.

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM

MESEMBRYANTHEMUM

1007

A. Epafui.osa: Pin iit not bearing gUdering papiUw or

projt'i'flons (species 1-23).

B. Plant stemless or nearly so.

c. Lvs. 4-G, semi-terete at the base, tJiickening and

triquetrous at the apex.

1. tigrlnum, Haw. Tiger's Jaw. Stemless or essen-
tially so: Ivs. cordate-ovate, 2 in. or less long, glaucous
green and marbled with white, the upturning edges
with long, soft, ciliated teeth, the keel entire: fls.
nearly sessile, large, yellow. B.R. 3:2G0.

2. felinum. Haw. Fig. 1395. Lvs. triquetrous, rhom-
boid-lanceolate, 2 in. or less long, but narrower than in
the last, somewhat glaucous, faintly dotted with white,
the edges with 8 ciliate teeth; keel entire: fls. nearly
sessile, yellow.

cc. Lvs. 4-6. triquetrous, thickened from- the base to the
middle, but tapering to the apex.

3. albinitum, Haw. Stemless: Ivs. curved -triquet-
rous upwards, with a recurved raucro or spine at the
apex, bearing elevated whitish dots: fls. sessile, yellow,
ccc. ii's. half-culindrical, of various sizes or forms on

the same plant, in alternate pairs.

4. angiistum, Haw. Nearly or quite stemless, small :
lvs. 2-ranked, linear, tongue-shaped, long, keeled at the
apex, somewhat unequal, one of them .straight-acute
and the other hooked: fls. nearly sessile, yellow.

cccc. Lvs. tongue-shaped, with one margin thicker

than the other, of two or more forms, 2-ranked.

II. Peduncle less thanl in. long.

"i. linguaeSorme, Haw. Lvs. unequally tongue-shaped,

di-Hexed and somewhat falcate, becoming depressed

when old, flattish above. <>blic|ui'ly iittenuate: fls. yellow.

Index Kewensis makes tlic ^r . Innimiforme of Haworth

svnonymous with M. iihlniini ii, . Willd., and uses Lin-

n£Bus' iV. lingnifonne as a tenable name.

DD. Peduncle 1 in. or more long.
0. cultr4tum, Salm-Dyck. Lvs. 2-ranked, thick,
tongue-shaped and curved like a pruning-knife, blunt
at the apex: fls. yellow, on a somewhat 3-angled pe-
duncle.

7. depr^ssum, Haw. Prostrate: lvs. narrow, tongue-
shaped, recurved-depressed, acute: fls. yellow, with
petals somewhat recurved.

8. pustul&tum, Haw. Lvs. 2-ranked, narrow, tongue-
shaped, long and ascending, blunt, bearing pustules ne.ar
the base; fls. yellow.

BB. Plant with an evident erect or prostrate stem.
0. Foliage lvs. distinct or essentially so {not truly per-
foliate nor connate).
D. Stem or caudex prostrate.
E. Peduncle with 2 bracts.

9. triooldrum. Haw. {M. tricolor, Hort.). Stem 1 ft.
long : lvs. cylindrical, acute, green, 2-3 in. long,
minutely punctate: fls. yellow, blood-colored inside, the
petals acute, the anthers brown. Gn. 24, p. 89. — There
is a white-fld. form.

10. acinaciffirme, Linn. Stem articulate, 2-3 ft. long,
the young growth compressed : lvs. opposite, 2-3 in.
long, simitar-shaped (curved and thicker on one edge),
the keel dilated: fls. purple, about 4 in. across, "the lar-
gest in the genus," the stigmas 14: fr. size of a goose-
berry, and eaten by Hottentots. — Handsome.

11. rubrocinctam, Haw., is probably a form of the
last, difi'ering in having a red line on the keels of the
lvs. B.R. 20:1732.

12. sequilaterile, Haw. Differs from M. acinaciforme
chiefly in thinner lvs. and smaller fls.: fls.. fragrant,
1 % in. across. Native to Australia, Tasmania, Chile and
S. Calif.

EE. Peduncle without bracts.

13. idule, Linn. Stem angiiKar: lvs. opposite, 3—1 in.
long, triquetrous, curved, the keel serrate: fls. large,
yellow or purple, the stamens 8: fr. edible, being one of
the Hottentot Figs. Grows well on the sea cliffs in S.
England, making long, hanging masses (Gn. 55, p. 2,35,
with picture).

fi4

DD. Stem, or at least the branches, erect or prominently

ascending.

E. Fls. yellow, orange or copper-color.

14. aurantiacum. Haw. Stem becoming 1 ft. or more
high, much branched, sometimes decumbent at base, the
branches somewhat compressed: lvs. 1 in. or less long,
smooth and glaucous, bluntly triquetrous: fls. orange,
with petals % iu. long and in about 3 series.

15. aOreum, Linn. Larger: lvs. VA-2 in. long, cylin-
drically triquetrous, smooth and glaucous, niucronate:
fls. golden, 2 in. across, the petals in many series. B.M.
2(i2. — In this and the last, the lower lvs. are often nearly
connate at the base.

EE. Fls. rose-color or piirpUsh.
F. Petals of two unlike kinds, -subulate and linear-
lanceolate.

16. mutibile, Haw. With straw-color or reddish
tortuous, erect branches: lvs. about Ji in. long, com-
pressed-triquetrous, incurved, the keel entire, apex
acute fls mostlj solitarj onanupwardh thickened pe-
duncle rose color the inner short petals pale yellow.

/y/m

1395. Mesembryanthemum felinum {XH).

17. inclatidens. Haw. Distingnished from the last by
scimitar-shaped lvs. and broader petals: lvs. crowded,
green, compressed-triquetrous and scimitar-shaped
(thicker on one edge).

FF. Petals of one kind.

18. blAndum, Haw. Twoft., with numerous branches:
lvs. distant, 2 in. or less long, compressed-triquetrous,
but with equal sides, narrow, minutely dotted, acutish:
fls. 2 in. across, pale rose, the petals toothed. B.R.
7:582. L.B.C. 6:599.

19. gpect&hile. Haw. Stem prostrate, but branches
ascending : lvs. 2-3 in. long, crowded, glaucous, in-
curved and spreading, triquetrous, attenuate and mu-
cronate: fls. purplish; petals 1 in. long, the inner some-
what shorter. B.M. 396.

20. muricitum. Haw. Stem suberect: plant bluish:
lvs. less than Vi in. long, somewhat incurved, deltoid
and toothed, very glaucous: fls. small and fragrant, the
petals acute.

cc. Foliage lvs. truly connate or perfoliate.
D. Lvs. triquetrous.

21. geminitum, Haw. Dwarf: stem subshrubby, the
branches ])^ol■uIlIl>^■nt : lvs. erect, glaucous white, the
cartilaginous margins entire: fls. white (!).

22. acut&ngrulum. Haw. Stem shrubby, with rigid and
erect branches; lvs. sheathing, K in. long and about as
long as the internodes, glaucous green, triquetrous,
compressed near the apex, somewhat incurved : fls.
white, small, in a panicle.

DD. Lvs. elongated, subulate or somewhat cylindrical.

23. Btipuliceum, Linn. Dwarf, with erect, decussate
branches: lvs. lV,-2 in. long, very slender, crowded,
spreading and recurved, very glaucous: fls. in the axils,
mostly solitary, purplish.

1008

MESEMBBYANTHEMUM

AA. Papulosa: Plant usually hearing glittering pa-

pillip, vesicles or projections on stems and lrs.,~

hence the poptilar nayne Ice Plant (species 24-33).

B. Boot annual or biennial (cult, as annuals).

0. Fls. white or rose-color, sessile or nearly so.

24. crystalUnum, Linn. Ice Plant. Fig. 1396. A

common plant in window-gartlens and hanging baskets,

and readily grown from seeds (which are offered by

seedsmen), procumbent: Ivs. flat, fleshy, ovate or long-

spatulate, usually clasping, undulate, covered with

glistening dots or elevations: fls. small, whitish or va-

1396, Common Ice-plant— Mesembryanthemum crystallinum.

(XM.)

rying to light rose-color. S. Afr., Greece, Canary
Islands, S. Calif. — Grown for its glistening foliage.
Fls. open in the sun.

PC. Fls. yellow, long-peduncled.

25. pomeridianum, Linn. Stem simple or forking, the
branches .isix-mling, hairy on branches, peduncles and
calices: Ivs. lancc-spatulate or spatulate. narrowed into
a petiole, ciliate: 2 of the calyx lobes longer than the
petals ; petals linear-lanceolate.

26. gl£bbrum. Ait. Glabrous : Ivs. lance-spatulate,
petiolate and dilated at base: fls. straw-colored, darker
at the eye; lobes of the calyx linear and unequal.

BB. Soot perennial and the stem heeoming somewhat

woody.

C. Lvs. flat, petiolate.

27. cordifdlium, Linn. Stems 1-2 ft., diffuse, minutely
papillose: lvs. opposite, 1 in. or less long and nearly as
■wide, cordate-ovate, somewhat papillose: fls. solitary,
peduncled, purple, the petals short and linear. A var.
variegitum is in cult., and is a good half-hardy trailing
plant.

CC. Lvs. compressed-triquetrous, not petiolate.

28. 61egans, Jacq. Shrubby, G-12 in. or more tall,
branchy, whitish or red: lvs. crowded, \r. in. long and
very narrow, very glaucous, scabrous: fls. numerous,
mostly panicled, pale red (or whitish), the petals K in.
long.

ceo. Li'S. terete or nearly so.
D. Branches hispid or bristly.

29. subcomprfessum, Haw. Erect, 2 ft.: lvs. not
crowded, ■., in. or less long, narrow, very blunt, green-
ish canfsci'nt, tlattened-terete : fls. solitary, purplish;
calyx lobes unequal.

30. floribundum, Haw. Tortuous in growth, the
branches not over 6 in. long, more or less decumbent:
lvs. less than 1 in. long, very narrow, terete, curved,
obtuse, a little thicker towards the apex: fls. small,
axillary, rose-color, the .5 styles exserted, the petals
twice longer than the calyx.

DD. Brandies not hispid.

31. barbitum, Linn. A foot or more tall, diffuse and
decumbent: lvs. not crowded, ^ in. long, spreading,
green and pellucid, semi-cylindrical, with 5 or 6 hairs
at the end : fls. .solitary, reddish, the petals entire and
2-3 times longer than the calyx.

MESPILUS

32. (tellitum, Mill. Three or 4 in. high, fleshy and
tufted: lvs. crowded, K in. long, glaucous, semi-cylin-
drical, scabrous, with many hairs at the apex: pedun-
cles hairy: fls. reddish violet, the calyx campanulate,
34 in. long.

33. d^nsum, Haw. Much like the last: lvs. longer,
flattish above and convex beneath, ciliate also at the
base: calyx longer: fls. reddish violet. E.H. 1869, p. 356.

Accessible pictures of Mesembryanthemums which are not
mentioned in American lists, are as follows: M. BolHsii,
Hook. f. B. M. 6664.— Jir. Brdwnii, Hook. f. B. M. 6985.-Jlf.
crinitltirum. Linn. E. H. 1857, p. 123 (as M. cuneifolium).-af.
ficifdrme. Haw. G. C. II. 25:373.-Jlf. minutum. Haw. R. H.
1S69, p. 3X.—M. pugionifdrme, Linn. R. H. 18.17. p. 178.— Jlf.
roseum. Wllld. Gn. 52. p. 439.— Jlf. testiculdtum, Jacq. R. H.
1869, p. 35 (as M. octophyllum). l_ jj g

UESOSFINtDIUM (Greek compound; meaning ob-
scure). OrchidHcece. The plants cultivated as Mesospi-
nidium are referred by some to the genus Cochlioda. They
have the habit of a slender Odontoglossum, with sheath-
ing lvs. at the base of the pseudobulbs. Fls. in racemes
or panicles; sepals and petals sub-similar, expanded;
labellum with 2 longitudinal ridges, adnate to the col-
umn, with rounded lateral lobes and a narrow middle
lobe: column long or short: pollinia 2, seated on a rhom-
boid pedicel. These plants are evergreen coolhouse
orchids, and thrive well in baskets of peat and moss,
with plenty of water. Cochlioda has about 5 species, of
which the following is often cultivated:

sanguineum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs oval, 2-lvd.,
mottled: lvs. ligulate, sharp-pointed, shorter than the
many-fld. drooping panicle: fls. numerous, small, vivid
rose; the lower sepals are partially united, oblong;
petals cuneate-ovate. Peruvian Andes. B.M. 5627.

M. vulcdnicxnn. Reichb. f., is described as Cochlioda vuIcan-
ica (p. 341), its proper name. HeINBICH HaSSELBRING.

MfSFILUS (Greek, substantive name). BosAcetr.
Mespil. Medlar. From Pyrus, with which this genus
is united by British authors, Mespilus differs in bear-
ing the flowers singly on leafy growths of the season
(the fruits, like the quince, having no true detachable
peduncles as pears and apples do), and in having the
top of the ovaries not covered by the over-growing
receptacle. There is but one species of true Mespilus,
but some authors (e. g. , Focke, in Engler & Prantl's
"Die Natijrlichen Pflan-
zenfamilien ") include
some of the Cratjrgus
species in tlic t;eniis.

The .■..nun. Ill M.^tlar
is Mespilus Germanica,
Linn., native to Central
Europe. To a consider-
able extent in parts of
Europe it is grown for
its acid fruits, but in this
country it is very little
known. It is perfectly
hardy in central New
York, and Its cultivation
requires no special treat-
ment or skill. It makes
a twiggy, tough-wooded
bush or small tree, 10 to
15 feet high, bearing
large white blossoms late
in May or early in June,
after the leaves are full
size. The foliage is soft
and luxuriant ; leaves
lance-oblong or long-ob-
long, pubescent, simple,
serrate. The fruit (Pig.

1397) remains hard and austere until mellowed by
frosts. With the freezing and the incipient decay, the
fruit becomes brown and soft. It is usually picked
after it is touched by frost and laid away on shelves
or in drawers in a cool, dry room; the ripening process
which follows is known as bletting. When finally soft-
ened, it is agreeable for eating from the hand, parti.*-
ularly for those who enjoy fruit-acids. It also makes
good preserves.

1397.
Medlar— Mespilus Germanica.

Natural size.

MESPILUS

Medlars are easily raised from seeds, althougn seeds
(like those of Cratiegus) may not germinate the first
year. On these stoclis the named varieties may be
grafted or budded. Medlars may also be worked on
pear, thorn (Crataegus) or quince. The Dutch or Hol-
landish and the Nottingham are the leading varieties.
The fruit of the former is often 2}^ inches in diameter.
The latter is much smaller, but is better in quality.
There is also a seedless variety.

M. grandiflbra. Smith (M. Smithii, DC), is Crata-gus grandi-
llora (see p. 3U7). Gn. 22, p. 163 and 34, p. 66. l_ jj^ g

MESQTJIT of Mexico is Prosopis juUflora (Legumi-
nossB). A picture of a Mesquit forest is shown in G. P.
1:11U.

METROSIDfiEOS (Oreek, heart of Irnn; t)iis and
other genera of tin- JIvrtli- family are call. . I in.Tuvi.ods).
Myrtdceo!. About Is ^iifcics of trc.-s iuid shrul.^, rarely
climbers, mostly natiws of tlie I'acitic islands Iroiu New
Zealand to Hawaii. They belong to the class of Austra-
lasian shrubs whose chief beauty lies in their long red
anthers. They are somewhat grown for a fancy Easter
trade by florists, largely from Imported stock. In
IS arc borne in dense 2- or 3-forked

MICHAUXIA

1009

Metrosideros tli
cymes, while in (
Leaves mostly np]
inch or more lon^
species described
rarely grown outdi

allishnion they are borne in spikes.
'isiic: pitals 5, spreading; stamens 1
, much longer than the petals. The
below are coolhouse shrubs, and are
lors in the South.

Apparently the commonest of the Bottle Brushes in
the trade is CaUlslamon lauceolafits, which is passing
among florists as Metrogideros floribuvda and M. ro-
bitsta. In Pig. 320 (Jiage 218) the plant is shown with
apparently terminal inflorescence, but the branch is
really terminated by some leaf buds, which develop
later, as in Fig. 1.398. The handsome plant figured in
William Scott's "Florists' Manual," and to which he
refers in the following paragraph as Metrosideros ro-
busta, seems to be none other than C'allistemon lanceo-
latus (see supplementary list). ^_ ji_

The plant known to the trade as Metrosideros rohusta
has been grown for many years as a cool greenhouse
plant, but it is only within a dozen years that Euro-
peans have been sending American florists the compact
little bushes that now arrive with our Azaleas. The
city florist can perhaps dispose of one of these Bottle
Brushes for every ten plants of Azalea Indica. Plants
in 6-inch pots, well flowered, fixed with a red ribbon
and placed in a modern basket certainly look novel and
attractive. The Belgians grow the young plants in peat,
as they do most hardwooded plants, but they do very
well in good turfy loam with a fourth of leaf-mold.
Cuttings of the young growth may be struck in early
spring and planted out in good soil by the end of May,
but It is cheaper to import stock. When the plants
arrive soak the ball of roots, pot firmly and place them
in a house of about 45°, Freshly imported plants can-
not be forced in much heat, like Azaleas, or they will
shed their flowers. Watch them carefully, give them
more heat gradually and they will bloom for Easter.

Plants unsold the first spring will be much more satis-
factory the second year. By the end of April cut them
back to within 1 or 2 inches of the old growth, put them
in a good heat and keep them syringed. They will make
a bushy growth, with a good number of shoots. Early
in June plunge them in a sunny spot outdoors, with the
rim of the pot well covered, and be careful that they do
not suffer for water in hot weather. In July, or earlier,
mulch the pots with an inch of half-decomposed cow
manure. Before frost remove the plants to a temp, of
45°, or warmer if bloom is desired before Easter.

William Scott.
A. Flowers red.

robusta, A. Cunn. Lvs. opposite, elliptic-ovate, obtuse,
veiny, with an extra nerve near each margin and parallel,
glabrous: inflorescence a 3-forked cyme: fls. red; calvx
top-shaped. New Zeal. B. M. 4471 (erroneously as j/.
tloridn).

AA. yiouers yellowish.

fl6rida. Sm. Lvs. opposite, obovate-oblong, veiny, gla-
brous: inflorescence a thyrse: fls. yellowish; calyx top-

shaped, minutely silky. New Zeal. Not B.M. 4471, which
is M. robusta. ~ThQ typical form is not advertised, but
only var. variegElta.

M. floribunda is not advertised in America, but stock im-
ported by an Ithaca florist under this name from Belgium is
Callistemon lauceolatus (Fig. 1398). M. floribunda. Smith, is

S^

1398. Metrosideros floribunda of the trade, but
Callistemon lanceolatus of the botanists.

thought to have white fls. Lvs. opposite, petiolate, ovate-lanceo-
late: fls. in an umbel-like, decussately branched panicle.
Australia.— M. sernperflorens, Lodd,=Callistemon lanceolatus.
—M. specibsa, Sims=^Callistemon speciosus. W.M

MEXICAN TEA. Con.sult Clnnopodium.

MEYfiNIA. See TJnoiheroin.

MEZEREUM. See Daphne Mesereum.

MICHAtXIA (Andre Michaux, 174G-1802, French bot-
anist, who lived for ten years in America and wrote
much on American plants). Oampaniildcece. About 4
species of rather coarse-habited biennial herbs from the
Orient, of which M. campanuloides is best known. It
grows 4-5 ft. high, has irregularly toothed, bristly-hairy
foliage and large, curious drooping fls., white, tinged
with purple, wheel-shaped at first, later reflexed. The
flower is parted nearly to the base into 8-10 oblong seg-
ments, lJ-2-2 in. long. This plant is a striking subject
for the back of a hardy border. It is easily prop, by seeds
(which should be fresh), and likes a well-enriched soil of
a light nature. An American dealer offers a climber
with bell-shaped fls. under the name of M. cawpa-
milata but these plants are erect herbs.

Michauxia belongs, with Campanula and other genera
of garden importance, to a group characterized by hav-
ing the capsule closed at the top and opening laterally
by little holes between the ribs or by small solitary
valves. Michauxia is distinguished from the other genera
of this group by the 8-10-parted corolla with narrow,
spreading, finally reflexed lobes and an 8-10-celled ovary.
Michauxias are erect plants, hispid or glabrous: lvs. ir-
regularly toothed or lobed.the stem-lvs. few: fls. termi-
nal or strung along the branches, the top ones opening
first, peduncle'd or nearly sessile, white or pale rose.

campanuloides, L'H^r. Lvs. lanceolate in outline;
npp»-r <Mii-s sessile, acute, almost clasping: calyx with
n'tl(_'xr<l appendages shorter than the lobes; stamens 8.
Asia Minor. B.M. 219. j, b. Keller and W. M.

1010 MICHELIA

MICHfiLIA (P. A. Micheli, 1079-1737, Italian botanist ) .
Mii'iii"li>'ici<'- Twelve to 17 species of temperate and
tn)pic:il trci-s, mostly natives of mts. of India, 2 of which
are cult, in our southern states for their handsome mag-
nolia-like foliage and retl or pale yellow, fragrant tis.
Pis. mostly axillary, solitary; sepals an<l petals similar,
9-15 or more, in 3 or more series; stamens as in Mag-
nolia; carpels in a loose spike; stigma decurvent: ovules
2 or more: fr. a long, loose or crowded spike of leathery
carpels, which split down the back: seeds like Magnolia.

A. FU.pale yellOH-.
Champ^ca, Linn, A tall tree native of the Himalayas:
Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, tapering to a long point, S-10 in.
long, 2^2-4 in. broad, shining above, pale and glabrous or
puberulous beneath; petiole I Va in. long: fls. 2 in. across;
sepals oblong, acute; petals linear: fr. 3-4 in. long.

AA. Flowers red.
fuscita, Blumo. Lvs. elliptic-lanceolate: none of the
sepals or petals linear. China. B.M. 1008 {Magnolia
fuscata). M. B. Coulston.

Michelia fnsenfa is one of the most popular garden
shrubs in the southern states. It is known as the Brown-
flowered or Banana shrub; also Magnolia fuscata. It
is shrubbv in habit, attains a height of 10 to 15 ft. and is
perfectly hardy in the middle and lower South. The
shining young twigs and petioles are covered with brown
toraentum. The fls. are 1-1 K in. across, brownish yellow,
edged with light carmine, exhaling a strong banana fra-
grance. The flowering period extends from the end of
April until June. Prop, by seeds as stated for Magnolia
(jrandiflora, but as seed is somewhat scarce, the better
method is from ripened wood cuttings, under glass and
with bottom heat. The cuttings should have 1 or 2 lvs.
left, and be cut before very cold weather. It is a very
<lesirable conservatory shrub in northern sections.

P. J. Berckmans.
MICHIGAN HORTICULTURE. Fig. 1399. The loca-
tion of the lower peninsula of Michigan is a most fortu-
nate one for the pursuit of horticulture. Flanked on
either side by a great body of water, the climate is modi-
tied materially both summer and winter, thus affecting
the kind :ind qunlity of |irnflucts that can be successfully
grown. I'lMcIi's ;ir.- r<':;iil;irly ripened on a parallel
that fornix III'' iioiili'm I inundary of Vermont ; even
figs have Imi II ripi'Tiid in the open air in the south-
western corner of the state. This modification of cli-
mate affects not only temperature, but humidity; and on
the side of prevailing winds during the heated season
there is greater immunity from drought as a result of
the moisture-laden atmosphere.

Michigan is covered with drift, and the soil in the
western portion is, in considerable measure, open and
porous in character, but having as a constituent proper-
ties admirably suited to the growth of trees. The kind
of timber growing naturally upon the soil of western
Michigan has deceived many people with regard to the
character of the soil. Elsewhere heavy timber has usu-
ally grown on clay loam, but some of our light, sandy
soils were covered originally by a heavy growth of beech ,
maple and basswood. This peculiar adaptation of west-
ern Michigan to the growth of timber trees has been
a strong factor in favor of orcharding, and some of
the finest orchards are upon the lighter lands.

There was a wide range of wild fruits indigenous to
Michigan, and the early seeds of apples and pears
brought by the French missionaries produced trees of
wonderful vigor and fruitfulness. Many of these trees
are still standing in the vicinity of the old missionary
stations. For a good many years after the early settle-
ments in the state, fruit and garden products were
raised simply as an accompaniment of the farm home or
the town garden. Market horticulture has followed the
rapid growth of cities and the development of modern
methods of transportation.

The apple-growing region covers the southern part,
extending northward and covering what is known as the
"Thumb" (south of Saginaw bay), reaching as far north
on the Huron shore as the Straits of Mackinac, and
on the western, with a somewhat wider belt, to and in-
cluding the Grand Traverse region. This same area

MICHIGAN

is well adapted to the growth of the pear, cherry, and
most of the small fruits. Peach-growing for profit is
followed in a rather narrow belt along the west shore of
Michigan, technically denominated the "peach belt, "and
upon reliefs of ground over a much wider area, extend-
ing even twenty to forty miles toward the interior from
Lake Michigan; the northern terminus of this belt is
Grand Traverse bay. At the date of this writing ( 1900)
the most promising apple region lies in the midd.e- west-
ern part of the lower peninsula. The aggregate acreage
devoted to apple-growing in the 39 apple counties is
202,587; and the acreage of peaches in the 12 counties
in which this fruit is grown commercially is 39,051.

In the evolution of commercial horticulture in Michi-
gan, specialties have been developed and we fiiul the
peach a leading product wherever it can be successfully
grown. To illustrate the rapid increase of peach grow-
ing in the state, it is enough to say that the average
number of trees planted in the state annually, between
1890 and 1900, was 750,000. The shipments from the
western part of the state are uniformly large, and the
aggregates are often, in productive years, enormous.
The color of the fruit is not as high as we find it in
southern latitudes, but the quality is superior. Prom
the lake ports a large proportion of the peach crop is
shipped to Milwaukee and Chicago for distribution, but
from the interior places of shipment, peaches are dis-
tributed in every direction by rail. The development of
the small fruit interest for market has been in the region
of large cities and lake ports. Prom the cities at the
mouth of the St. Joseph river, in the height of the small
fruit season, it is not rare to have the shipments aggre-
gate 20.000 bushels a day. The grape industry is widely
scattered over the .southern half of the lower peninsula.
The country bordering on Lake Erie, from the character
of the soil, has produced the finest quality of fruit. In
recent years a great impetus has been given to this in-
dustry in the vicinity of Lawton, Van Buren county,
from which point hundreds of carloads are shipped
annually. Plums are grown over a large portion of the
southern peninsula, and to some extent, in the northern
peninsula, but the fruit reaches its greatest perfection
in Oceana and Mason counties.

The wide range of horticultural products grown in
this state, and the wonderful development of certain
specialties, in localities suited to them, have been due to
the admirable method of dis.serainating exact and valu-
able information upon horticultural subjects in every
corner of the state. This has been accomplished by or-
ganization. The state horticultural society, with its
numerous branches; the organizations devoted to com-
mercial horticulture; granges, farmers' clubs and insti-
tutes, touching in their work, according to locality, the
various branches of horticulture, have all been valuabb
means for disseminating information. The Fruit Cata-
logue of the Michigan Horticultural Society has been a
text-book for every planter; this, in recent years, has
been supplemented by admirable bulletins from the hor-
ticultural branch of the state experiment station; and
the men who have entered horticulture as a profession,
becoming leaders, have been singularly public-spirited
and well equipped. Michigan fruit-growers have never
been guilty of neglecting to exhibit their products in at-
tractive ways at county, state, national, and even inter-
national expositions, thus creating a demand for in-
formation which could be readily supplied in the form
of bulletins, reports, circulars, etc., by their progres-
sive organizations.

Certain crops that were in early days considered to be
simply garden products have developed to such an ex-
tent that now they are field crops ; this is notably true
of celery, chicory, mint, potatoes, cabbages, tomatoes,
cucumbers and melons. The quick and satisfactory
communication from the lake ports with the large cities
of Illinois and Wisconsin has stimulated the culture of
the muskmelon and tomato to such an extent that they
are not now reckoned as garden crops. Kalamazoo
celery is shipped over a large area of the civilized world.
The soil seems admirably adapted to the production of
a high grade of product, and the method of growing and
handling has reached far toward perfection. It is true,
also, that other points in the state are developing as
celery centers, and giving their names to the exported

MICHK^IAN

1011

folio

the (.arnation

product; this applies to Grand
Haven, Muskegon, TeL-umseh,
Ypsilanti and Ionia.

The lettuce industry, conducted
under glass, has reached an ex-
traordinary development in the
vicinity of Grand Rapids, a vari-
ety having originated there ad-
mirably suited to the purpose,
and at this writing half a million
feet of glass are devoted to this
crop. Recently, the plaster caves
at Grand Rapids have been found
to be suited to the growth 'of
mushrooms, and this is a grow-
ing horticultural industry. The
glass structures devoted to let-
tuce are used for the growth of
cucumbers, to supplement the
lettuce crop, thus rendering it
possible to utilize the glass for
nine or ten months in the year.
Parsley has also become a re-
munerative crop under glass, and
the shipments to the large north-
ern cities are rapidly increasing.

The flower trade is confined al-
most entirely to glass structures,
and depends iipou the wholesale
market to take care of the output.
Chicago seems to absorb every-
thing of this kiml in the western
part of the state, while Detroit
draws its supplies from the south-
east portion. The carnation is
the leading flower for export, and
the soil of certain localities in
western Michigan seems espe-
cially adapted to securing per-
fection in the flowers. Roses and
violets in aggregate shipments
closely.

The upper peninsula, as yet, is somewhat of an un-
known quantity in horticulture, and still there are indi-
cations that in some localities the hardier fruits may be
grown with the greatest success; from the market point
of view, the small fruits, coming into the large centers
late in the season, bring a remunerativu prict- and ex-
tend the season. It is predicted liy th<ni;,']itt'ul horticul-
turists that because of the rapidity nf ih-vrhipiiK'nt and
marvelous growth in the short northt_'rn season, the
upper peninsula will evolve a remarkably remunerative
horticulture, peculiar to itself. The selection of varieties
of the more perishable fruits, like berries and peaches,
is modified largely by the fact that it is desirable to
avoid competition with the flood of fruits from the
South, so that the later ripening varieties are generally
most popular with the market growers.

One of the important factors in fruit-growing along
the shore of Lake Michigan is the tremendous volume
of resort business. The whole shore, from St. Joseph
to Mackinac, is dotted with resorts, and this population
demands plenty of fruit of good quality, making the
home market of no mean proportions. Nature designed
Michigan for horticultural pursuits, and the progress of
population has brought the right spirit into the culture
of orchard and garden products. Everything indicates
a most promising future for Michigan horticulture.

Charles W. Garfield.

The soil and climate of Michigan are well adapted to
the production of high-grade seeds of many of our gar-
den vegetables, and large areas are devoted to their cul-
tivation. In 1899 a single firm of seedsmen had con-
tracts with over 1,400 Michigan farmers for growing
garden seeds of various kinds, and in 1900 contracts
have been let to grow within the state at least 15,000
acres of garden varieties of peas, 10,000 acres of garden
beans, 2.000 acres of sweet corn, 1,000 of cucumbers,
1,000 of melons, 500 of tomatoes, and smaller areas of
onions, radishes, cabbage, etc., these crops being grown
for seed alone. The seedsman contracts with farmers
who are good cultivators and have good farms and build-
ings,to plant a certain area with choice selected seed fur-

1399. Michigan, showing horticultural areas.

nished by the seedsman, who also does all necessary
expert work in the roguing and cleaning of the crop and
agrees to pay a specified price for all the seed produced.
The seeds produced hitherto have proved of such ex-
ceptionally good quality that most American seedsmen
are coming to depend largely upon this state for their
supply of many sorts, and there is a steadily growing
demand for Michigan seed for export. y7 W. Tracy.

MICONIA (D. Micon. Spanish botanist). Melasto-
mdci'iF. Cogniaux, the latest monographer (DC. Monogr.
Phaner. 7) admits 518 species to this genus, including
the plants known to the trade as Gyanophyllums, The
most popularof these greenhouse plants, Cyanophyllnm
maguificum, is placed amongst the species which are
imperfectly known and is not described in the mono-
graph. It was first illustrated and described as long
ago as 1859. Miconia is a tropical American genus
of trees and shrubs, with large and showy opposite or
verticillate, strongly veined Ivs. Petals 4-8, rounded at
the apex, spreading or reflexed. Stamens variable in
number and shape, but usually 8-16, the anthers poly-
morphous. Fr. a dry or leathery berry, 2-5-loculed, and
few- or many-seeded. Fls. relatively small, usually
corymbose or paniculate, white, rose, purple or yellow.

The Miconias of gardeners are conservatory or warm-
house subjects, grown for their large and striking foli-
age. They belong to the old genus Cyanophyllnm, in
which the anthers are subulate and incurved and with
a single pore, the fls. large and the calyx oblong or cam-
panulate and truncate or dentate. They propagate by
cuttings of the firm wood over bottom heat. The plants
should be screened from the direct glare of the sun, and
be given abundance of water. Use a fibrous soil. Cul-
ture similar to that of Medinilla.

Since the plants are known to gardeners mostly for
their foliage, it is probable that some of the trade spe-
cies are referred to wrong genera. Flowers are not al-
ways known when the plants are named. Some of the
names have no standing in botanical literature.

magniSica, Triana ( CifanophifUum magnificum ,
Or.pnI.). Pig. 1400. Reaching several feet in height as
grown under glass (probalily a tree in its native place),

1012

MICONIA

robust: Ivs. very large (becoming 2-2,1,^ ft. long), broad-
ovate and wavy-edged, arched, rugose, upper surface
lustrous green, lower surface red, the very prominent
veins white or light-colored: fls. small, panicled. Mex.
R.H. 1859, p. 359. — Discovered by Ghiesbrecht and first
shown by Linden in 1857. One of the best and most
striking of all conservatory foliage subjects. Voss
(Blumengartnerei) revives for this species the genus
Taraonea and calls it T. magnifica, Voss. M. Teliltina,
Lind. & Rod. (I.H. 41:21), of Brazil, is perhaps a form
of this species. Its Ivs. are not arched and the colors
are more bronzy.

spectdnda, Rod. {CifanophyUnm specidndum,
Nichols.). Lvs. oval, VA ft. or less long, 6-7 in. broad
in the middle, the upper surface darli lustrous green,
the under side greenish red. the midrib prominent and
gray. Brazil.

1400. Miconia magnifica.
Known to the trade as Cyanophyllum magnificum.

Ass&mica (Cyanophylhim Assdmicum, Hort.) was
once offered by Saul. Said to be "a very beautiful foli-
age plant, with large, fine foliage." Probably a smaller
type of M. speetanda, but very pretty when the Ivs. are
expanding. Said by Nicholson and Mottet to be much
inferior to the above. L^ jj_ j3_

MICEOKfiNTIA (Greek, minvte Kentia). Pal-
inAcefF. Here may belong the plant known to the trade
as Kentia gracilis. Microkentia is a genus of 6 species
of palms from New Caledonia. They are unarmed, with
slender, bamboo-like, ringed trunks. The leaf segments
are long-sword-shaped and distinct, or the upper ones
grown together into a broad 2-cut blade. The fruits in
this genus are amongst the smallest in the palm family.
The fls. also are minute. The true Kentias. of which
perhaps none is cultivated, have larger fls. and fruits,
the former white, the latter vermilion. The anthers are
fixed at the base in Kentia, but dorsifixed and versatile
in Microkentia. Microkentia is in'arri I'lin.isiitjiiia and
Cyphosperma, but in these the li:if siu'imnts arr irreg-
ularly bitten off at the apex. Kiiilhi ynn-ili^, Hrong.
& Gris. = Microkentia gracilis, Benth. & Hook. It is
possible that the Kentia gracilis of the trade is Ken-
tinpsis divaricata (which see).

MICEOLfiPIA (Greek, a small scale; alluding to the
iudusium). Poh/podiHrea^. A genus of graceful green-
house ferns, allied to Davallia, but having the shallow,
half-cup-sbaped, membranous iudusium attached to the

MIGNONETTE

sides as well as the base; the stalks are also continuous
with the rootstock, and not joined to them, as in tli«
true Davallias. Twenty or more species are known.
For cultivation, see Davallia.

A. Lfs. once-pinnate.

marginWs, Baker (M. scAbra, Hort.). Lvs. rising

from a creeping rootstock, 18-24 in. long, 9-15 in. wide,

with linear pinnae, which are cut about half way to the

rachis into bluntish, oblong lobes. Ceylon to China.

B. Lvs. tri-quadripinnatifid.

platyphylla, Don. Lvs. 3-4 ft. long, on stout stalks
from a stout, scaly rootstock. tripinnatifid; ultimate di-
visions broad, bluntish, toothed, oblong, deltoid; sori
2-12 to a segment, one in each tooth. India to Japan.

hirta, Kaulf. Lvs. 3-C ft. long, on stout stalks, fri-
quadripiunatifld; ultimate divisions oblong, broadly
toothed; racbises hairy or pubescent: sori 2-20 to aseg-
ment, 1 or more together at the base of the teeth.
India and Polynesia. Var. cristata is also offered by the
trade. F. 1878, p. ,59. Gn. 31, p. 428. P. R. l:769.-il/'.
cristata, Hort,, presumably belongs here.

M. hispida. Hort.=? L. M. UNDERWOOD.

MICEOMfiEIA {mikros, sraaXl, meris, a part: small-
flowered). Labi&tce. This genus comprises about (iO
species of herbs and subshrubs, generally distributed
in tropical and temperate regions, especially in the
Mediterranean countries. Lvs. usually small, entire or
toothed: whorls axillary or in terminal spikes: fls. small;
calyx 13-nerved, 5-toothed or 21ipped. corolla 2-lipped,
upper lip erect, flatfish, entire or notched, lower spread-
ing, 5-lobed; stamens 4.

A. Fls. 1-3 in the axils.

Doiiglasii, Benth. Verba Buena. Perennial: stems
long, slender, trailing and creeping, with sweet-scented
round or oval lvs., 1 in. or less across: fls. purplish,
mostly solitary in the axils, on long, 2-bracted pedicels.
Woodlands, from Vancouver's Is. to S. Calif. Sandy
soil. -Offered by E. Gillett, 1881.

AA. Fls. numerous in the axils.
rup6stris, Benth. A dense, low-growing perennial
plant, woody at the base, with prostrate stems, which
turn up at the extremities, giving a heath-like effect
when in bloom. Lvs. have the odor and taste of penny-
royal: fls. abundant, small, white, with lavender spots
on the inner side of corolla lobes, borne for several
inches along the stems. Prop, from cuttings and seeds.
J. N. Gerard writes that it blooms from July until heavy
frosts, and proves very satisfactory for rockery and in-
formal border. Not advertised in American catalogues,
but is in cult, by amateurs. .S. Eu. jj_ g_ Coulston

MICEOSTYLIS (Greek, small stale). OrchidAceip.
Altout a dozen species of this genus are in cultivation in
the Old World. No species have found their way into the
American trade. They are herbs of terrestrial habit,
cult, for their richly colored lvs. The species in cult,
are all from tropical countries, and require a close,
damp house or, better, a Wardian case or bell-jar,
within which the air may be kept moist enough for their
requirements. The Ivs. are more or less broadly ovate,
rather succulent, with sheathing bases. They are mostly
beautifully colored. The fls. are borne in terminal ra-
cemes, like those of Goodyera.

Heinrtch Hasselbking.

The Mycrostylis are deciduous orchids. They grow
well in the warm end of the eattleya department, or
better still treated like thunias or calanthes, — a rather
warm, moist atmosphere when growing in spring, re-
ducing the same toward late summer as they begin to
lose their foliage, and eventually resting them quite dry
in a temperature of about 60° F. during winter. They
will probably suffer in a Wardian case or bell-glass.
They certainly will after growth is completed, if not at
a" times. R. M. Grey.

MIGNONETTE (Fig. 1401) is a imiversal favorite.
Tbo\igb there are many fragrant flowers of easy culti-
vation that exceed the Mignonette in beauty, it is prob-

MIGNONETTE

able that no other flower is so generally grown for fra-
grance. No home garden is complete without some
Mignonette. It needs a cool soil, only moderately rich,
shade part of the day, and careful attention to cutting
the flower-stalks before the seeds are ripe. It grows
1-2 ft. high, and is treated as a half-hardy annual. If a
sowing be made in late April, followed by a second
sowing in early July, the season may be extended until
severe frosts. Those who wish to have home-grown
Mignonette in the window during winter may sow seeds
iu pots late in summer. Few flowers will prove as dis-
appointing if the treatment it needs is omitted.

Years ago Mignonette was one of the few fashionable
flowers. Every florist grew a little. With the rise of
florists' roses, carnations, violets and chrysanthemums
the Mignonette lost some of its relative importance, but
within recent years a new era has opened for it. It is
now a highly specialized crop, being little grown by
general florists, but grown on a large scale by a few
specialists.

For the botanical status of Mignonette, see Reseda.

C. E. HUNN.

Wholesale Cultivation of Mignonette. — Owing to
improved methods of cultivation practiced in recent
years. Mignonette has become a staple in the cosmo-
politan markets. A few years ago growers contented
themselves with little attention to the plant, letting it
take care of itself after planting the seed in a row along
the side of rose beds or benches. Now, however, certain
growers having made its cutting and seed a specialty,
the result has been the production of improved strains
finding such favor that the old, careless methods are
al.iandoned. As yet, well-grown plants in pots are not
offered to the public, but the indications are that before
long they will take their place as favorite Christmas and
Easter plants, for which they are well fitted, since they
are useful house plants iu their keeping and odoriferous
qualities.

Mignonettes in beds or benches for winter-flowering
will succeed in almost any soil, but the best is a good,
turfy loam, taken from an old pasture plowed as early
as possible in spring after the grass begins to grow
nicely. In the preparation of this soil, the pasture
should be plowed about 4 inches deep and the earth
heaped up immediately after plowing. When heaping,
a layer of soil should first be made, then a layer of
manure, and so on until the heap is completed, the top
rounded off a little so as to throw off the surplus water
of heavy rains. One load of good cow manure to six of
soil would be about the right proportion.

If the plant is grown in beds, eight inches of soil will
be sufficient, and the beds should rise slightly from the
sides to allow for settling. The rough parts should be
raked off, and a board laid on the soil and tramped upon
until the soil is firmed evenly. Bake it again to roughen
the surface, mark out rows lengthwise a foot apart, with
cross rows at the same distance. Sow the seeds in the
corners of the square thus made, cover very lightly, and
when the sowing is completed, give a light watering
with a fine rose watering-pot to settle the soil around
tlie seeds. After the plants are up and growing and
have made their second leaves, thin out to one plant,
l<*aving the strongest one. Care should be taken at this
time not to over-water, as it is preferable to leave the
soil rather dry than wet. As soon as the plants are
large enough, stake them all and tie them loosely to
prevent them from falling out.

If the seed is sown in July for a November crop, the
ventilators must be kept open day and night so as to
admit all the air possible, in order to keep the plants
stocky and short-jointed. Temporary shading in the
middle of the day when the sun is hot is very necessary.

After the plants begin to show the flower heads, all
the side shoots should be removed from around the
heads down to the stem. Leave three or four of the
strong bottom side shoots to come on for a second
crop, and so on as the crop matures. Always have
another crop coming on to take the place of the one that
was cut. By keeping the plants neatly staked and tied
there should be a continuous crop from November to
May. When the plants have reached a good size,
watering is of the utmost importance and should be done
in the mornings and only on bright days, so that the

MIGNONETTE

1013

foliage may be dry before night; for if the water lies
on the foliage for twenty-four hours the leaves will be-
come spotted and a fungous growth started, to the ruin
of the plant. A night temperature of 4,')°, with a rise of
10° or 15° in the day, suits the plant very well. Migno-
nette will succeed in almost any kind of a glass struc-
ture, but, of course, the better the house the finer the
product.

The cultivation of Mignonettes in pots requires much
attention, involving careful watering, staking and train-
ing of the plants into the shape required. All this takes
time, but good specimen plants in pots of 8 inches, with
15-20 heads of flowers to a plant, will repay the grower
for all the attention bestowed. The best method for this
kind of growing is to fill up 2-inch pots with finely sifted
soil from the compost heap described before, then add
one-third leaf-soil run through a sieve, with a little sand
to make it porous, and then, pressing the soil firm, make
a little hole with the finger in the center of the pot, drop
in 2 or 3 seeds, cover lightly and water with a fine rose
to settle the soil around the seed. After the plants are
up thin out to one pl.int to a pot, leaving the strongest
one. Keep all the plants as near the glass as possible
to prevent them from becoming drawn. Be careful not
to let the plants get dry at this time. If they receive a
check at this or any time for want of water they get
hard and will never make good plants afterwards.

1401. Mienonette— Allen's Defiance.

When the plants have filled the pots with roots shift to
4-inch pots, using a little rougher soil. Never allow the
plants to become pot-bound. Up to this time they will
not require stakes if kept near the glass with plenty of
ventilation and are carefully watered. When the young
roots begin to show through the soil at the sides of the
pot shift to 8-inch pots, using good rough soil. Drain-
age must be provided at the bottom of the pots — broken
bricks will answer the purpose. Cover this drainage

1014

MIGNONETTE

-MILKWORT

material with a little rough. stuff £rom the potting bench
and pot the plants firmly, leaving the space of an inch
at the top of the pot for water. Watering shoukl be

done
By this ti
center sim
of the sid^
The cent.-
where it \v
will form

uitil the plants fill the pots with

Lilts sliciuld lie 4 inches tall, and the
rmw )h' [lini'hed out to induce enough
1 f'lnii the foundation of the plants.
U produce 2 or 3 side shoots below
1. and with 6 or 7 bottom side shoots
if the plant. Rub off any other side
shoots as they appear. After the plants have grown to
a height of 6 or 7 inches they must be staked and tied ;
a stake in the center for the center shoot and one for
the side shoots will be sufficient. After the plants have
attained a height of 10 or 12 inches, and before the flower
heads begin to show, pinch the center out of all the
shoots with the finger and thumb at the same time so as
to induce thi' |il;iiit til tliiwri' :UI at mie time, for if pinched
two or tlinc wrck-. a|i;irt tin- llMwer heads will come
irregularU ami liir [ilani^ will net Imiksowell. As soon
as the HiittiT liiads ln-giii to show the plants should have
a little weak liipiid manure twice a week and as they
develop and the roots get crowded in the pots they will
require more feeding. Put about a bushel of sheep ma-
nure in a bag and drop it in a barrel of water for two or
three days before using. This makes a very good liquid
food for the plants; also chicken manure treated the
same way but used in lesser quantity — about a half a
bushel to 50 gallons of water will be about right. If the
plants have been carefully watered and attention paid
to slaking and training, the grower will he amply re-
warded with nice specimen plants having from 12 to 20
flower spikes to a plant.

Seed-saving. — Plants wanted for seed should be care-
fully selected. Only the very best plants with clean,
healthy foliage and large bracts or flower heads, with the
florets set close together, are the ideal plants for seed.
If the plants are growing in a house or near other plants
that are not so good they should he covered with mos-
quito netting to prevent the bees from cross-fertilizing
them. After the heads have set, say from 20-25 pods,
the center should be pinched out, for if allowed to grow
and set more the seed will be of an inferior quality.
When the seed begins to turn brown in the seed-pods the
pods should be picked off and laid in an airy room for a
day or two on paper, so that none may be lost. After the
pods are dry, so that the seed will rub out clean, the seed
should be cleaned, put in a package and placed in tin
boxes to keep from mice, as these pests are very fond
°f '*• Robert McMillen.

MIGNONETTE VINE. See Bonssingaultia.

MIKANIA (Prof. .T. Ct. Mikan, of Prague, or his son
and sui-iTssor, .1. V. Jlikau. who collected in Brazil).
Ci'iiifK-iH.i . This iiii-luiU-s M. seandeiis. the Climbing
Heiupwi-ed. a common native weed, but a pretty one. It
has distinct foliage, the Ivs. being somewhat heart-
shaped or halberd-shaped, and long-acuminate. The fls.
are very small, numerous, pinkish, and borne in dense
clusters 1-2 in. across. These clusters, as in all the spe-
cies, are composed of many small heads, each containing
4 fls., surrounded by an involucre of 4 bracts. The genus
contains about 60 species, mostly found in the warmer
parts of America. Shrubs or herbs, the latter twining,
rarely erect: Ivs. opposite, usually stalked: heads spi-
cate, racemose, corymbose or pauicled : fls. mostly white
or yellowish. Nearest to Eupatorium, but the latter has
an indeflnite number of involucral bracts instead of 4,
and contains erect plants.

scSndens, Willd. CLtMBiNa Hempweed. Described

abo

Mo

ind.NewEna

34. — Very rarely offered by dealers in native plants.

Sinderi, Hort. Hothouse climbers, with variegated
foliage. Int. 1899 by Sander & Co., who say the Ivs. are
richly embellished with dark velvet-purple patches ;
■veins of mature Ivs. white. The Ivs. are about 6 in. long,
6 in. wide, boldly toothed.

M. violacea. ofTered by Pitcher & Manda in 1893, is little

MILDEW. This name i-^ given to a group of fungoup
diseases which attack leaves, shoots, flowers and fruits.
The true or powdery ^Mildews (Erysiphece) appear as
a thin, white, powdery coating on the surface of the
plants. The disease is usually aciaiiiipatiied by dis-
tortion and dwarflng, and often death of the affected
parts. In some cases, however, as in the maple Mildew,
the affected areas of the leaves retain their chlorophyl
and remain green in the autumn long after the rest of
the leaf is dead and yellow. The mycelium is always

superficial, fi
on the aft'i-ctt
haustoria, \vi
sorb nuiriiiii
organs of ati
propagatni 1
in suciMssi.ii
diseased sur
fungu

111,- spots

Tin

IS ,1,1

xteudi'd areas
. I,y

Vlli.-h IM-Ilitialr llir ri IK ,if til.

iii'iit f.ir the uiyi.eliuiu. and also serve as
tia.-liiih'iit. During the summer Mildews are
li\ I .illfd spores, many of which are cut off
111 iriiiii erect, simple branches all over the
rf ace. Other spores, by means of which the
ses through the winter, are produced in sacs
inclosed within hollow spherical receptacles, called peri-
thecia. These appear as minute black or dark brown
specks over the diseased area. They are produced in the
autumn, and remain on the fallen leaves ; but the spores
within them do not ripen until the following spring,
when they are liberated by the decay of the perithecia.

In the United States, considerable injury is caused by
the following species : The rose Mildew, ^phivrntheca
pdnnosa, on roses under glass; JSrtjsiplw yratnittis on
wheat and other grasses; the vine Mildew, Uncinuta
spiralis, producingthepowdery Mildew of grapes; Podo-
sphfFfa Osjicitulhip on apples and pears; and Sphtero-
thecii ('.l^/l(./l/l/. the hop Mildew. The most successful
mode lit ' Iiaitini; the Mildews is by dusting with sul-
fur or s|iia\ 1111,' with Bordeaux mixture. Either of these
fungicides kills the mycelium and spores of the fungus.

The downy Mildews or false Mildews belong to the
Peronosporese, a group of fungi widely separated from
tlie true Mildews. The mycelium is parasitic within the
tissues of the host, only the fruiting branches appear-
ing at the surface (see Fig. 879). The fruiting branches
have a characteristic form and method of ramification
for each genus of the group. The spores, when they
lodge on new host-plants, either produce an infecting
thread directly, or, in most cases, the contents of the spore
is discharged in the form of swarm-spores, which swim
about for a time and finally come to rest and produce
the infecting mycelium. Resting spores are produced
sexually in this group within the tissues of the host.

This family contains about ten genera, of which the
following are most commonly known : Phijtophthora
infestans, the potato blight; Plasmoparu riticoln, the
downy Mildew of grapes; Bremia Lactuca, often causing
great damage to lettuce in forcing-houses; Pythium De-
baryaniim, causing damping-off of seedling cucumbers
and various other seedling plants; and Cystopus can-
didus, the common white rust of crucifers. 5lodes of
combatting these diseases are set forth for each specific
case in the experiment station literature of the various
states. See, ^Iso, Diseases, hein-rich HASSELBBmo.

MILFOIL. See Achillea.

MILIUM (ancient Latin name of Millet, which, how-
ever, belongs to a different genus). Oramina. Millet
Grass. Contains 5-6 species distributed through tem-
perate Europe and Asia, one of which is also found in
North America, and is occasionally cult, for ornament.
Spikelets 1-fld., in diffuse panicles. Empty glumes
awnless, the flowering glume coriaceous, as in Panicum.
Farmer's Bulletin, No. 101, issued by the U. S. Dept.
of Agric. is devoted to Millets (hut not to Milium).

eiKlsain, Linn. A smooth perennial, 3-G ft. high: Ivs.
broad and thin: panicle 6-9 in. long.

A. S. Hitchcock.

MILE PEA. Galaciia.

MILK VETCH. Astraijaltts.

MILKWEED. AscUpias in general; A. Cornuti in
particular.

MILKWORT. Polygala.

and

MILLA

UtLLA (J. Milla was head gardener at the Court of
Madrid I. LiliAce<r.. Bentham & HooKer restrict the
genus .Milla (as Cavanilles, its author, intended) to one
speeii-s. M. hiflora. From Brodiffia the i;iTius ditln-s in
the t'aet tlial tlie pedicels are not jointed and Ihr peri-
anth seLCHients are always ;i-ner\'ed. ]\lill;i ;uid ['.lodijea
are native I., tlie n.irtliern halt of the western hemi-
sphere. In Soiiil, Aiiiriira is the genus Triteleia. whiidi
is bv some 1, l.rr. ,1 I,, Milla, l.y others to Brodin'a. iml
by still others ke|.t distiiu't. 'Hiere is one Triteleia ( /
unifiora} in common cultivation. In his monogriph
(Journ Linn. Soc. 11, p. 378), Baker refers the Trite-
leias to Milla, and this disposition is followed by Index
Kewi'iisis. Ijut in a later account |G.C. III. 20, p. 45'))
lie ril'.rs them to Brodiffia. Watson | Proc. Ainer. Acad
.-Vrt^, \- Sri. 'J, p. 240) restricts Milla to one species
The North American plants which have been referred
to Triteleia are perhaps best treated as Brodiseas, and
they are so considered in the account of that genus in
Vol. 1 of this work. The South American Triteleias
are described under that genus in Vol. IV.

Milla has a salverforin perianth, with 3-nerved seg
ments which are separate nearly to the base, G nearly
ses-file stamens in one row, sessile, oblong-obovate
capsule. M. biflora, Cav., has a scape 6-18 in. high
from a small coated bulb, bearing 1-5 (usually 2)
star-like, waxy white, fragrant fis. 2-2K in. across,
with oblong-lanceolate segments: Ivs. rough,
nearly terete. S. Ariz, and New Mex. to central
Mex. B.R. 18:1555. P. S. 14:14.59. Gn. 24. p. 155.

MiUa biflora is one of the best of the small
bullis. It known as Mexican Star, Mexican Star of
Bethlehem, Frost Flower, and Floating Star.
The Hs. are of a charming waxy consistence, and
are borne on long stems. They are excellent tor
cutting, and last several days. Planted in the bor-
der early in spring, they soon throw up their fls
Ivs. They should be allowed to remain until September
or Octolier, when they may be taken up and stored for
the winter. Our gardeners know Milla mostly as a pot
bulb for dowering under glass late in winter or early in
spring. It blooms readily in the conditions given to
Freesias. Several bulbs should be placed in a pot, al-
though several stalks will spring from one bulb.

L. H. B.

MiLLER, DUSTY. See Lychnis Coronaria.

MILLETS are important agricultural grasses. The
true .Millet or Broomcom Millet of Europe is Pdnlcum
miltirium. The cemmon Millets of the United States,
the Foxtail Millets, are forms of Setaria Italica. Afri-
can Millet, also called Black, Chinese, Indian, and im-
properly Pearl Millet, is Sorghum vulgare. The name
African Millet is sometimes applied to Bleusine Cora-
cana. Barnyard or Japanese Millet is Panicmn Crus-
galli. Pearl Millet is Peunisetum tijphoideum.

A. S. Hitchcock.

MILL£TTI& (named in honor of Dr. Millett, of Can-
ton, China). Leguminbsce. About 40 species of Old
World tropical trees and large shrubs, usually climbers;
differs from the Japanese and North American genus
Wistaria only in the hard, usually flat and thick pod
not opening so readily. Lvs. large, odd-pinnate; Ifts.
opposite, stipellate: fls. showy, in axillary racemes
often fascicled, simple or paniculate and terminal,
white, purple or reddish.

A. Fls. purple.

C4ffra, Meissn. Iron-wood. A South African tree,
20-30 ft. high, with very hard, close-grained, brown
wood and dark, rough, rugulose bark. Lvs. on chan-
neled petioles 6-8 in. long; Ifts. lanceolate-oblong, acute,
in 5-11 pairs, 2-2% in. long, 1 in. apart; slender stipules
2-3 lines long: panicle 6-8 in. long: fr. leathery, vel-
vety, used as a medicine by the Kaffirs. Int. by Rea-
soner Bros., 1891.

AA. Fls. white.

Jap6nica, Gray. A Japanese woody climber. Lvs.
light green, odd-pinnate; Ifts. narrowly ovate. 4-6 pairs,
lV.iin. long. 1 in. apart: racemes simple, nodding, 5-8
in. long. Probably not hardy in the North. Procurable
of dealers in Japanese plants. S.Z. 1:43 {Wistaria
Japonica),

MILTONIA 1035

MILTdNIA (named for Lord Fitzwilliam, Viscount
Milton, a patron of horticulture). OreliidHceie. This
group contains some of the most beautiful orchids in
cultivation. The pseudobulbs are closely clustered and
sheathed with long, graceful, dark green lvs., forming
plants over 1 ft. in diameter, bearing numerous large
fls. They are herbs with short pseudobulbs, bearing
1-2 lvs at the summit and few or many sheathing Ivs.

1402. Mdtoni

at the base: the inflorescence arises from the base of
the pseudobulbs, and consists of a single-fld. peduncle
or of a loose raceme of long-pedicelled fls. : sepals sub-
equal, spreading, free or the lateral ones slightly united ;
petals similar or a little wider; labellum not distinctly
clawed, large, expanded, not 3-lobed, but often bifid at
the apex: both the segments and the labellum are ex-
panded, forming a flat flower: column short. This ge-
nus contains nearly 20 species, mostly from Brazil.
They are closely related to Odontoglossum and On-
cidium, but may be distinguished by the characters
given above. M. Boezlii, M. vexillaria, and some
closely related kinds were until recently known in gar-
dens as Odontoglossums. In the group containing the
"true" Miltonias, the pseudobulbs are separated from
each other on the rhizome, and bear 1-2 yellowish green
lvs. at the summit and few sheathing lvs. of the same
Colo/ at the base. The fls. of nearly all Miltonias re-
main on the plants in a fresh condition for a month or
more. Heinrich Hasselbring.

The Colombian species of Miltonia, among which are
M. vexillaria and M. Scezlii, grow best in a compost
of well-chopped, turfy fern root and very coarse river
sand or pulverized coal clinkers. Do not overpot. Fin-
ish with sphagnum, which should be kept growing.
These species .should have a temperature of 58° to 70°.
They do not like a close atmosphere, but a good and
constant circulation of air. Fumigate slightly once a
week or scatter strong tobacco dust on the wet, hot pipes
frequently to control thrips. After growth is finished,
these orchids should be carefully rested in a tempera-
ture of 55° to 60°, but at no time should they become
very dry.

All the Brazilian kinds enjoy plenty of diffuse, but not
direct, sunlight. They need much water while grow-
ing. After growth is complete, gradually withhold water
supply. The Brazilian kinds grow best in shallow per-
forated pans, with plenty of drainage, and potted in fern
root mixed with coarse leaf-mold and sharp sand.

1016

MILTONIA

MILTONIA

M. vexillariu, as grown by tbe respected William
Gray, of Albany, was well wortb a long journey to
see. He had specimens in 12-incb pans in perfect
health and condition, which were a lovely sight. When
asked for the secret of his notable success, Mr. Gray
pointed overhead to the ventilators (outside temperature
20°), which were open just enough at top and bottom to
allow a gentle circulation of air. Mr. Gray added that
he kept up plenty of atmospheric moisture and was very
careful about overhead waterings on close, warm days.
Wm. Mathews.

Though the genus Miltonia is closely allied to Odon-
toglossum botanically, the cultural requirements are in
many cases very different. Species Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 10
do well under the same general conditions of culture
recommended for Odontoglossum crispiim (which see),
but 5° more heat during the winter months should be
given them.

3f. spectabilis and M. flavescens should be grown in
baskets or pans suspended from the roof in a compost
of clean, chopped peat fiber and live sphagnum, liberally
interspersed with pieces of charcoal, to which the roots
freely attach themselves. They can, if desired, also be
grown on orchid rafts with a little compost between.
They require stovehouse temperature, a moist atmos-
phere and a copious supply of water both at the roots and

rl.ead wh.

ring.

,)/. laiuhiht. M. I Kiieata and allied species thrive best
in lilirrally <huini'il ]iots or pans in a compost of rough,
cli'ipped peat and sphagnum, interspersed with pieces
of broken charcoal.

A warm, moist, shady location, such as is afforded in
the Cattleya or Cypripedium department, where the
temperature can be maintained at 60° to 65° by night
and about 70° by day during winter, suits Miltonias best.
The compost should never be allowed to become dry
during the growing season, and should never remain
dry long even when at rest during winter. Overhead
syringing is necessary at all seasons to keep down thrip,
to which this group is subject. Weak liquid cow manure
applied occasionally during the period of growth is bene-
ficial. Cutting the rhizome between the pseudobulbs,
partly through, at the beginning of the growing season
will retard the sap and often induce the latent eyes to
grow, after which time the pieces may be removed and
potted up separately. By this means the stock is in-

creased.

INDEX.

R. M. Grey.

alba, 1.

grandifiora. 2. 12.

Rcezlii, 1.

bicolor, 5.

tuxurians. 4.

rose.a, 2.

Candida, 8.

Morellan.%, 5.

Rasseni.ana, 11.

Clowesii, 7.

Oncidium, 10. 11.

spectabilis, 5.

cuneata, 9.

Phalienopsis, 4.

vexillaria. 2.

Endresii, 3.

picta, 2.

■Warscewiczii. 10.

flavpscens, 12.

purpurea, 6.

Welloni. 10.

gigautea. 2.

RegnelU, 6.

\. Psewdobulbs crowded, with niimer
ous dark or gray-green sheath-
ing Ivs. at the base.
B. Labellum sagittate at the baxe.

BB. Labellum not sagittate, con-
stricted in the middle, i. e.,
broadly panduriform

AA. Pseudobulbs situated at intervals
on the rhizome, with few yellow-
ish green Ivs.
B. Segments of perianth broad,
orate to oblong.
c. Perianth uniformly colored
white, rose or purple

CC. Perianth variegated, yellon-
and brown or brown and

D. Lubellitm fiddle-shaped . . 7.
DU. Lahellam broadly obovafe. 8.

DDD. Labellum oblong 111.

11,
EB. Segments of perianth li

Rcezlii
vexillaria

Endresii
Fhalaenopsis

spectabilis
. Regnelli

Clowesii

Candida

cuneata

Warscewiczii

RusselUana

. 12. flavescens

1. Rcezlii, Nichols. (Odontogl6ssumJidzlii,Jieicb\).f.).
Pseudobulbs narrowly ovate, 1-2 in. long: Iva. numer-
ous, slender, 8-12 in. long, narrowly linear-lanceolate:
scapes about half as long as the Ivs., bearing 2-3 large
fls. : fls. flat, 3-339 in. across, pure white, with a purple
band at the base of the petals and a yellow stain, more
or less marked with reddish brown, at the base of the
labellum; sepals and petals ovate-oblong, acute; label-
lum large, broadly obcordate, with a tooth in the sinus,
and a spur-like horn projecting backwards on each side
of the column. Closely allied to M, vexillaria, from
which it differs in color and by the more slender, nerved
Ivs. Flowers twice a year in winter and spring. Colom-
bia. B.M. 6085. I. H. 23:228. R.H. 1875:450. Gn. 4, p.
251; 10:31; 26:457.-Var. alba, Hort. Pis. large, lacking
the purple band on the petals. Gn. 26:457. P.M. 1875:164.
A.F. 13:1453. Gng. 6:327.

2. vexillElria, Nichols. (Odontogldssum vexillArium,
Reichb. f.). Pig. 1402. Pseudobulbs 13^-2 in. long: Ivs.
6-12 in. long, narrowly elliptic-lanceolate: scapes some-
times G from a single pseudobulb, slender, and longer
than the Ivs., 3^-fld: fls. the largest of the genus, flat,
about 4 in. long; sepals and petals ovate-oblong or obo-
vate. pale or dark rose, sometimes with white margins;
labellum large, rounded, deeply emarginate, narrowed
to a sagittate claw, deep rose, whitish at the base,
streaked with yellow and red. The fls. are extremely
variable in shape and color. Spring and early summer.
Western slope of the Andes, Colombia. B. M.60.'!7.
I. H. 20:113. P. 8.20:2058. R.H. 1876:390. Gn.9,p. 577;
10, p. 108; 17:231; 35, p. 268; 45, p. 536. 6.0.11.26:145;
111.18:743; 111.19:755; 27:MaySuppl. J. H. III. 31:301.
G.P.8:195. G.M. 39:386. V. 5:138. A.F. 13:121. -One
of the most popularof all orcliids. TIuti- arc several va-
rieties of this plant. Vars. gigantea, grandifiora, plcta,
rdsea, have been advertised under Udontnglossum.

3. Endresii, Nichols. {Odontogldssum Warsceiviczii,
Reichb. f.). Pseudobulbs small, tufted: Ivs. numerous,
distichous, elliptic-lanceolate, about 1 ft. long: scape as
long as the ivs., inclined or drooping, 6-8-fld. : fls. 2-234
in. in diameter, flat, white, with a yellow crest on the
labellum and a rose-colored blotch at the base of each
segment; sepals broadly ovate; petals elliptic; labellum
very broadly fiddle-shaped and 2-lobed. Feb. Costa
Rica. B.M. 6163.

4. Phalaenfipsis, Nichols. (Odontogldssum Phalwndp-
sis, Liiid. \- K'irhb.f. ). Pseudobulbs ovate, with grass-
like ivs. S-li) ill lung at the base and apex: stalks 1-3-
fld., shortir than the Ivs.: fls. large, flat, white, with
the labellum variegated and streaked with crimson;
sepals 1 in. long, oblong, pointed; petals broader and
rounded ; labellum large, broadened and 2-lobed in front,
constricted near the middle and expanded above into 2
rounded lobes. The pseudobulbs are clustered, forming
clumps 1 ft. or more across, with numerous fls. mingled
with the long, grass-like Ivs. Spring and summer.
Colombia. I. H. 3:109. Gn. 18, p. 447; 26, p. 232; 35. p.
269; 36, p. 315. G.C. H. 25:364. I. H. 28:417 (var. ?hj-!(-
rians, more vivid).

5. spectabilis, Lindl. Rhizome creeping, with the
pseudobulbs placed about 1 in. apart, with 2 Ivs. at the
apex and few sheathing Ivs. at the base: Ivs. linear-
oblong, 4-12 in. long : scapes erect, sheathed, 6-8 in.
long, bearing a single fl. about 4 in. in diameter: sepals
and petals oblong, obtuse, slightly waved, white or cream-
colored; labellum 2 in. long, very broad in front, pen-
dent, somewhat undulate, rose-purple, with darker veins.
The flrst Miltonia introduced into cultivation. It blos-
soms in autumn, large plants bearing from 20-50 fls., all
opening at once and lasting about a month. Brazil.
B.M. 4204. B.R.23:1992. I. H. 6:216; 12:446 (var. cerc-
ola); 14:524 (var. rosea); 15:573 (var. virginalis).
P. M. 7:97. K. W. 1:45 (Macroehilus Fryanus). R. B.
1889:25. G.M. 38:642. A. P. 6:631. Var. bicolor, Hort.
Pis. white, with a violet spot on tbe labellum. Large-fld.
and vigorous. Aug. Var. Horeli&na, Hort. (M. More-
lidna, Hort.). This variety is very distinct in color.
Sepals and petals deep purple; labellum of the same
color, veined and shaded with rose. In habit the plant
is like the tvpe in every detail. B.M. 4425 (as var.yjiir-
pureo-violu»ea, nook.). F.S. 10:1008. I. H. 2:71. Gn.

MILTONIA

1017

31 :r>93( habit poor). P.M. 1874:143. G.M. 40:37. P. 1850.
p. 123 (outline). A.F. 6:633.

6. B6^elli, Reichb. f. Lilie M. Candida in habit and
foliage; Ivs. 1 iu. broad: scapes erect, bearing .several
large Hs. over 2 in. in diam. : sepals and petals spread-
ing, recurved at the apex, oblong, acute, white; labelluni
subpandurate, obtuse or emarginate, rose-purple, with
deeper veins and 3 yellow lieels at the base. Sept. Brazil.
H.M. 5430. — Var. purptirea, Pyn»rt. Sepals and petals
tintivl with rose, with white margins; labellum crimson,
with a white crest. E.B. 17:253.

7. C16wesii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, leafy
at the base and bearing 2 narrow eusiform Ivs. at the
apex: scape erect, 1 ft. long, many-fld.: Hs. 3 in. across,
orange-yellow, mottled with brown, the lip white with a
violet base; sepals and petals spreading, lanceolate,
acuminate; labellum fiddle-shaped, with a cordate base
and a broadly rotund, acute terminal portion. Resembles
il. Candida. Sept., Oct. Brazil. B. M. 4109. P.M.
9:241.

8. Candida, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, 2-lvd.,
with few Ivs. at base: Ivs. oblong-linear, 1 ft. long, 1]4
in. broad: raceme erect, 1 ft. long, 6-8-fld. : sepals and
petals spreading, oblong, acute, somewhat wavy, bright
yellow, with large red-brown blotches; labellum large,
broadly obovate, convolute, crenate and wavy on the
margin, white, changing to yellow, with a faint purple
blotch. A strange species producing 5-6 racemes, each
with 6-10 fls. about 2% in. across. Autumn. Brazil.
B.M. 3793 (var. Wncescens). P.M. 6:241. Gn. 20, p. 463.

9. cuneita, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, clustered, 4 in.
long, sheathed with Ivs. at the base and 2-lvd. at the
apex: Ivs. dark green, strap-shaped, 1 ft. long: scape
erect, 5-8-fld. as long as the Ivs.: fls. 3-4 in. across;
sepals and petals lanceolate, spreading, mostly chocolate
brown, greenish yellow at the tips, and few spots of the
same color; labelhim obovate-rotund, slightly wavy,
creamy white, with 2 parallel ridges on the crest. A
robust, free-flowering plant of the habit of 3f. Candida.
Feb. Brazil. B.R. 31: 8. I. H. 7:237.

10. Warscewiczii, Reichb. f. {OdontogUssjim Wiltoni,
Hort. Oiicidiiim fascatum, Reichh. t. Oncidium WH-
tniii, Hort.). Pseudo-

rounded flower. A.F. 6:631. G.F. 5:198, 199. A.F. 9:1087 (both
var. splendens).— Jf. Pinelli. No description available.

Heinrioh Hasselbbing.
MIMBEES. Chilopsis saligiia.

UIMOSA (Greek, a mimic, alluding to the fact that
the leaves of some species are sensitive). Legumindsce.
What the florists know as Mimosas are Acacias (chiefly
A. armata). Mimosa has stamens 10 or less (once or
twice as many as the petals); Acacia has numerous
stamens. Of Mimosas there are between 200 and 300
species of tropical regions, chiefly of tropical America.
Trees, shrubs or herbs (sometimes woody climbers),
with bipinnate often sensitive Ivs. (sometimes the Ivs.
reduced to phyllodia): fls. usually with 4 or 5 united
petals, and a very minute or obsolete calyx: poUen
granular: pod flat, oblong or linear, breaking up into
1-seeded joints when ripe.

A. Herbacecms plants.

ptidica, Linn. Sensitive Plant. Humble Plant.
Fig. 1403. Cult, as an annual, but probably perennial in
the tropics, erect, branching, hairy and spiny: Ivs. long-
petioled, with 2 or 4 sub-digitate pinnate linear-oblong
Ifts. : fls. many, in globular-oblong heads on elongating
axillary peduncles, purplish : pods comprising 3 or 4 spiny
joints. Brazil, but widely naturalized in warm countries.
— Easily grown from seeds, which are sold by seedsmen.
The plant grows readily in any place in which garden
beans will thrive. It is grown for its sensitive foliage.
The movements are usually quickest in young plants.
When the Ivs. are touched, the petiole falls and the leaf-
lets close. Neither the mechanism nor the utility of these
movements is well understood. M. sensitlva, Linn.,
is a distinct plant (B.R. 1:25). It is a half -climbing per-
ennial with 2 unequally pinnate Ifts., not so sensitive as
M. piidica. The word pndica is Latin for modest or
retirinfj.

AA. Woody plants.
B. Primary jiinnce 1 pair.

Spegazini, Pirotta. Spiny: pinnse 2, bearing very
numerous Ifts. : fls. light purple, in globular heads or

1403. Sensitive Plant (X J^).
Normal position of the leaf is shown
on the

bulbs 3-5 in. long, much
flattened : Ivs. linear-
ohlong, obtuse, 5-6 in.
long: fls. 2 in. long from
tlie tips of the lip to that
of the upper sepal, nu-
merous, borne in a
branched nodding pani-
cle; sepals and petals
cuneate - obovate, waved
and crisped, pale reddish
brown, with whitish tips ;
labellum oblong, fan-shaped, bifid, white, with a large
rose-purple disk on the center of which is a large,
brownish yellow blotch. March. Peru. B.M. 5843. P.
S. 18:1831.

U. Russelllina, Lindl. {Oncidium Bitssellidnum,
Lindl.). Pseudobulbs ovate, ribbed, 2-lvd.: Ivs. nar-
rowly lanceolate: flower stems dark purple, few-fld. :
sepals and petals ovate-oblong, somewhat undulate,
brownish purple with green margins; labellum oblong-
cuneate, retuse. apiculate, violet, the crests or lamella*
on the disk margined with white. Fls. rather small and
dull in color. Dec. Brazil. B.R. 22:1830 P.M. 7:217.

12. flavSscens, Lindl. Pseudobulbs narrow: Ivs.
linear-ensitorm: raceme many-fld., the stalk sheathed
with bracts: fls. stellate, yellow, with the labellum some-
what spotted with purple; sepals and petals linear-lan-
ceolate, acuminate ; labellum pandurate, undulate-acumi-
nate. June. Brazil. B.R. 19:l(}27. (Ctjrtochilum flaves-
cens). — Var. grandlJldra, Regel. Fls. larger, white at
first, becoming whitish yellow ; labellum obtuse. Gt.
39:1328.

M. Mentor and var. Candida are advertised.— ilf. BleuAna.
Hort. (Miltonopsis Bleui. Bleu.). Garden liybrid between M.
vexillaria and M.Roezlii. Intermediate between the parents;
fls. large. 4 in. across, white, with the bases of the segments
tinged with rose-purple: labellum large, bilobed, veined with
pink. The sepals and petals are well developed, making a full,

clusters: pod of 3 or 4 parts, spiny.
Frauceschi. Small tree.

Argentina. — Int. liy

BE. Primary pinna; 2 pairs.

Guayaquil^nsis, Steud. (Acdcia Guayaqiiileiisis,
Desf. ). Pinnae 4, with 3-5 pairs of ovate-obtuse glau-
cous Ifts., of which the lower ones are smaller: opposite
stipular spines at the base of the leaf. Ecuador.
EBB. Primary pinnce 5 pairs.

Cerat6nia, Linn. (Acdcia Ceratdnia, Willd.). Pinnae

about 5 pairs; Ifts. obovate: pods glabrous, somewhat

articulate and spiny. Small, spiny tree from W. Indies.

BBBB. Primary pinnw €-S pairs.

acanthocArpa, Poir. {Acdcia acanthocdrpa, Willd.
A. brachyacdntlia, Humb. & Bonpl.). Pinnae 12-14,
with 6-15 pairs of oblong-pubescent Ifts. : stipular
spines 2; fls. in heads on twin axillary peduncles; pod
falcate, spiny. Mex. — Bush or small tree.

D6nhardti, Tenore. Ornamental shrub: branches gla-
brous or minutely hairy, striate, usually bent at each
thorn: Ivs. hairy, the pinnae 12-14, the ultimate Ifts.
small {% in. long) and crowded and falcate-oblong-
acute; fls. in club-shaped, axillary clusters: thorns 1-3
in. long. S. Amer. — Cult, in S. Calif. Int. by Franceschi.

L. H. B.

1018 MIMULUS

MtMULTTS (Latin, a little miniir. from the grinning
fls.). Scrophnlaridceie. This genus iucludes the Monkey
Flower, it/. Iiiteus, and the Music Plant, M. moschatiis.
Monkey Flowers are something like snapdragons, though
they do not have a closed throat. They are 2-lipped fls.,
with 2 upper and ',i lower lobes, which arc all rounded
and usually irregularly splashed and duttcd with brown
on a yellow ground. Though peremii;il. tlicy are com-
monly treated as annuals and are coiisidrrabiy used for
pot culture in winter, as well as for sunjmer bloom out-
doors. The Musk Plant is grown for its scented foliage
and pale yellow fls. It is sometimes used in hanging
baskets, but the foliage is so sticky that it gathers a
great deal of dust.

Mimulus is a genus of about 40 species, mostly Ameri-
can: herbs, decumbent or erect, glabrous or pilose and
clammy, rarely shrubby: Ivs. opposite, entire or toothed:
fls. axillary, solitary or becoming racemose by the reduc-
tion of the upper Ivs. ; calyx 5-augled, with 5 short or
long teeth; corolla ttibe cylindrical, sometimes swelled
at the throat; stamens 4, didj^namous: capsule oblong
or linear, loculicidally dehiscent.

The kinds described below are all perennial at least
by undergrotmd parts, and most of them are natives of
wet and shady places in northwestern America. Latest
monograph by A. Gray in Syn. Flo. N. Amer., Vol. II,
part 1, pp. 273, 442. They mostly grow 2-4 ft. high and
bloom all summer. Mimulus Ciilitornica is advertised.
Diplaeus is generally referred to Mimulus. •\y, ji.

The sight of Monkey Flowers always carries the writer
back to boyhood days. A certain window on his way to
school was brightened every spring by a fine display of
Monkey Flowers and Musk. Though these two species
were thus happily associated, it is doubtful whether the
owner knew of their kinship. There is nothing diflicult
in the culture of Mimulus. Some of the finest plants
have been self-sown on a rubbish heap. Abundance of
water is essential. The seed has great vitality, and will
germinate for many years in the place where once seeds
have fallen. They are not hardy.

M. luteus, with its varieties and hybrids, particularly
var. maculosuSfis the best known. There are double and
hose-in-hose varieties, but the single forms are the hand-
somest. It often self -sows in moist gardens. M.cardi-
rialis, a handsome Californian perennial, is occasionally
hardy, but does best treated as an annual. M. ghttinoaa
is a pretty shrubby species, with coppery fls., once a
common greenhouse plant, but rare enough now to be
almost a novelty. t. d. Hatfield.

INDEX.

alatus, 10. hi/bridus. 1. rividaris, 1.

alpiuus, 1. Lewisii. 4. Jin'zlii. 1.

aurantiacus, G. luteus, 1, 2. rost'iis,^.

eardinalis, 6. macuhistis. I. liariiliniili-s, 1.

Clevebandi, 7. ninschatus, 3. tinrbuis.l.

eupreus. 2. parviflnrus. 8. variegatiis, 1.

glnriosus, I. iiuinqiipridnerus,!. Yoangeana, 1.

glutinosus, 6. ringeiis, 9.

A. Color of fls. yellow, brown or brick-red.
B. PUint.i herbaceous.

c. Foliage not sticky or clammij . . 1. luteus
2. cupreua
cc. Foliage sticky and clammii.
D. Stamens not thrust out of the
corolla.

E. Lvs. I'iiiiiiitihi ri'ined 3. moschatus

EE. LvK. I'nnilli l-i-,iiied 4. Lewisii

DD. Stamens thrust ant of the

corolla 5. eardinalis

BB. Plants shrubby, at least at the base.
e. Lvs. linear, minutely toothed or

entire C. glutinosus

cc. Lus. lanceolate, serrate.

D. Fls. yellow 7. Cleveland!

DD. Fls. brick-red 8. parvlflorus

AA. Color of fls. violet, purple or lilac.
B. I/v.<!. stalkless: pedicels longerthan

fls 9. rlngens

BB. I/vs. stalked: pedicels shorter than

the calyx 10. alatUB

1. liteus, Linn. Monkey Flower. Fig. 1404. Gla-
brous, the larger forms 2^ ft. high: lvs. parallel-veined.

MIMULUS

sharply toothed, upper ones smaller : corolla 1-2 in.
long. "Alaska to Chile. B. M. 1501.- Monkey Flowers
nearly always have yellow throats with brown dots. The
lobes are sometimes clear yellow. In var. rivularis,
Lindl.. only one lobe has a large brown patch. B.R.
I2:I0.'!0. Ij.B.C. 16:157.5. In var. Youngeana, Hook.,
every lobe has such a patch. B.M. 3363. B.R. 20: 1674.
In the common strains these patches are more or less

1404. Forms of Mimulus luteus (XX).

broken up and the fls. irregularly mottled and dotted.
F. 1863:73 (as J/, maculosus). V. 10:289 (as M. hy-
bridns). A very distinct set of colors is n-prescnted by
var. variegatus. Hook., the throat cliii-Hv white, liut with
2 yellow lont;itu(linal lines dotted wiili ludwu cm the
middle lobe of the lower lip; all the lobes bright crim-
son-purple, with a violet reverse. B.R. 21:1796. B.M.
3336. L.B.C. 19:1872. Modified as descril)e(l under var.
Youngeana. R.H. 1851: 261. F. 1850:137. The [lii'tures
cited above bear various legends which are not here
repeated. The varietal names given above do not appear
in the trade, the leading current names being duplex
(hose-in-hose), glorinsus. hifhridus. ht/hridus tigrinus,
hybridus tigrinus grnndifU't-ns, ij!i/)nj'n rulnerus maxi-
mus, tigridioides and tigrimis. .'^mm- (.f these names are
advertised as varieties. Itut all of theiu usually appear as
if they were species. For M. hybridus cnpreus, Hort.,
see M. eupreus.

Var. alplnus, Gray (ilf. Roezlii, Hort.). About 2-12 in.
high, leafy to the top: stem 1-4-fld. : corolla %-VA in.
long.

2. ciipreus, Kegel {M. Ifiteus, var. efiprea. Hook.).
A Chileau specii-s, diiferiiig from M. Iitfrus in its tufted
habit and the tis, yellow at Hrst. tiually biTciuiiug copper-
colored, and the- lobes ]jcissil.lv rouTidcr anil iiicM-e nearly
equal, the tliroat yellow, spotted brown. B.M. 5478.
Gn. 24, p. 177. R.H. 1883, p. 284.

3. moschitus, Dougl. Musk Plant. Perennial, by
creeping stems 1-3 ft. long: fls. pale yellow, lightly
dotted and splashed with brown. B.C. to Calif, and
Utah. B.R. I3:Il]8.-This and M. luteus have a broad
throat. The fls. are normally about 54 in. across, but in
P.M. 1877:248 (var. Hurrisonii) they are 13^ in. across.
Hardy, evergreen trailer for damp, shady spots. Fine
for pianting under cool greenhouse benches.

4. Ii^wisii, Pursh. A more slender plant than the
next, greener, and merely pubescent: lvs. minutely
toothed: fls. rose-red or paler, the lobes all spreading.
Shady, moist ground. B. C. to Calif, and Utah. B.M.
3353 and B.R. 19:1591 (both as M. roseus).

MIJIULUS

5. cardinilis, Dougl. Villous: Ivs. sharply toothed:
fls. red and yellow, the upper lobes much grown to-
gether and retiexed, the whole limb remarkably oblique.
Water-courses, Ore. and Calif, to Ariz. S.B.F.G. II.
li.'iS. B.M. 3560. B.H. 1857, p. 137. Mn. 8:1G1. F.
Is'43:193.— Hardy in Mass., with slight winter covering.
Hlfioms first year from seed.

i;. glutindsus, Wendl. Two to 6 ft. high, nearly gla-
bi-oiis hut stii-ky: tls. orange or salmon to pale buff,
rather uliscui-ely 2-lipped,the lobes toothed or notched.
Jiockv banks; commonfrom San Francisco south. B.M.
354 {M. aiiraitliacus). A.G. 12:737. A.P. 12:1107.

7. Clevelandi, T. S. Brandegee. Subshrubby, glandu-
lar pubescent: Hs. golden yellow. G.F. 8:135.-Cult.
only in S. Calif., where it is native. Not advertised.

8. parviflfinis (Diplacus parvifJdrus, E. L. Greene).
Rigidly shrubby, but flowering at from 3 in. to 2 ft.
Glabrous anrl glutinous : Ivs. narrowly ovate, coarsely
serrate: canilla 1 in. long, nearly tubular; lobes quad-
rate, very little spreading. Santa Cruz Island, Calif.

9. ringens, Linn. Stem square: calyx teeth long and
awl-shaped: Hs. violet. Wet places, Canada to Iowa and
Tex. B.M. 283. D. 251.

10. alitus, Soland. Stem somewhat winged or angled:
calyx teeth short and broad. Wet places, western New
Eng. to 111., south to Tex. L.B.C. 5:410. -^y. ji,

MtMUSOPS (Greek, ape-like, but application not ob-
vious I . Siipiitiii-eie. Tropical trees, with milky .juice, of
both hemispheres, of about 30 species. Lvs. thick and
shining, simiileaud entire, alternate: fls. perfect, gamo-
jietalous, tlie corolla of 6 or more lobes, but bearing
twice as many appendages in the sinuses, the calyx of
(1 or 8 sepals in two rows; stamens usually 6-8, inserted
on the base of the corolla; staminodia present: fr.
a globose, 1-6-seeded berry, sometimes edible. The
Mimusops are fine evergreen trees, good for orna-
ment in frostless countries, and yielding perfumery,
rubberand other products. The fls. are small, white,
and usually borne in axillary fascicles. Some of the
species become more than IciO ft. high, and several of
them yield hard and durable timber. A few species
have been .somewhat advertised in S. Calif, and S.
Fla., but their culture in this country is of small ac-
count. The Sapodillo is a closely allied tree.

A. Staminodia (or inferior appendages) S-toothcrl
at the apex.
globdsa, Gaertn. A large tree, yielding Balata
rubber: lvs. obovate or oblong, 2-6 in. long, refuse
or apiculate, grayish: calyx of 6 parts, canescent;
corolla segments as long as the appendages in the
sinuses: fr. often 2 in. in diam., globose. West
Indies and Venezuela.

AA. Staminodia entire or onli/ subserrate.

Sieberi, A. DC. Becoming 30 ft. tall: lvs. elliptic
to obovate, retuse, green, 2-4 in. long, slender-
petioled : corolla segments 6, oblong and exceeding
the narrow appendages; fertile stamens 6; stami-
iiiidia short-triangular, nearly entire: fr. nearly 1
in. in diam., brownish or yellowish, said to be edi-
ble. Key West to Trinidad.

EUngi, Linn. Tall tree (becoming 50 ft.): lvs.
elliptic and short-acuminate (3-3K in. long), rhom-
boid at the base, petiole % in. long: corolla lobes
about 6, narrow-lanceolate; fertile stamens 8; stam-
inodia pilose, acute, entire or nearly so: fr. 1 in.
or less, ovoid, 1- or 2-seeded, yellow, edible. E. Ind.

dispar, N. E. Brown. Smaller tree than M.
Ktemji : lvs. small, cuneate-oblanceolate, obtuse,
rusty-tomentose when young, but become glabrous-
green, the petiole Y, in. or less long, and the blade %-2
in. long : fls. 12-16, in umbels on the tips of the branches :
sepals 6-8, in two series: petals 18-24, in three series,
linear -lanceolate, yellow: stamens 6-8: staminodia
lanceolate-acuminate, channelled: fr. size of an olive,
yellow. Natal. — Int. by Frauceschi. L H B

MINA lobata is Ipomcea versicolor. H. sanguinea is
/. coccinea, var. hederifolia.

MINNESOTA 1019

MINNESOTA, HORTICULTURAL STATUS OF. Fig.
140.5. Jlinnesota has an area of 84,287 square miles.
The surface is gently undulating, except in the extreme
northwestern portion, where, in the Red River valley,
are large, fertile, level prairies. Its roughest agricul-
tural land is found in the eastern portion, along the
Mississippi river, and in many places the bluffs reach a
height of 400 feet above the valley. About one-half
the state, embracing the northeastern and eastern parts,
was originally heavily timbered, and much timber
still remains in the northeastern portion, while many
scattered groves of timber will be found elsewhere,
especially along the rivers.

There are many lakes, the number of which has been
estimated at 10,000. They are especially numerous in
the central and northern portions, where they greatly
modify the climate of lands in their vicinity. There
are great variations of climate between the extreme
northern half, where the summers are very short, and
the southern half, where killing frosts seldom occur be-
fore the 1st of October. The winters are generally
pleasant, but occasionally severe, and 40° below zero is
sometimes experienced.

The soil is generally rich and well adapted to a variety
of crops, but it is very variable, and there are some very
extended areas in the northern part where there ia
much sandy land that should never be used for agricul-
ture. The undulating surface, variety of good soil and
vegetation, and abundance of lakes, afford many very
picture.sque and beautiful locations for successful horti-
culture.

Bainfall and Its Distribution. — The annual precipi-
tation averages about 25 inches, and is well distributed
during the growing season. The snowfall is light, and
what falls remains usually during the winter. The
spring is generally open early, and the transition from

Horticultural

1405. Minnesota.
Teas, shown by degrees of shading

winter to spring is very rapid. The soil at St. Paul and
southward can generally be worked by April 15, and fre-
quently earlier. The summers and autumns are bright
and sunny, and vegetation grows with great rapidity.

Currants, gooseberries, raspberries, blackberries,
strawberries, juneberries, Americana plums, and the
frost or river-bank grape are native fruits that are found
wild in abundance in favorable locations throughout the
state. Most of the well-known cultivated sorts of the

1020

MINNESOTA

five species first named do well under cultivation, and
large cyiantities are raised for home consumption and
are profitably marketed. The Concord, Worden, Dela-
ware, and grapes of similar character, are easily raised
in the many good locations along the lake shores and
the river bluffs, and this is au important industry not-
withstanding the fact that they have to be covered in win-
ter, which adds somewhat to the expense of culture.
However, on account of the peculiar adaptability of the
Delaware grape to some of our soils and to the climate,
it is raised with profit in corapetiti<m with the growers
of the eastern states, though the Concord is not high
enough in price by one cent a pound to permit of this
to any great extent.

Apples are raised on a commercial scale in southern
and eastern Minnesota, the high, rolling land in the
southeastern portion being especially well adapted to
their cultivation. The varieties of the eastern and cen-
tral states generally prove a failure here. The Duchess
of Oldenburg is the standard of hardiness in apples, and
can be grown successfully in good locations as far north
as St. Paul, and in a small way 100 miles further north.
The Talman Sweet is raised to some extent, but is liable
to suffer in severe winters. The Minnesota seedling
apple known as the Wealthy is generally the most prof-
itable kind grown. (See Gideon, p, 6i2.) Much inter-
est centers around the introduction of varieties of ap-
ples of unusual hardiness, and a few of the Russian
sorts are proving very satisfactory. The hardiest va-
riety of this origin so far found is the Hibernal, which
represents a class of sour autumn apples that will thrive
on suitable soil in almost any portion of the state. The
Charlamoff is another very hardy early autumn apple of
the same class. Such hybrid crabs as the Transcendent,
Martha, Gideon No. 6 and Minnesota maybe successfully
grown in suitable locations and soil over most of the state.

The Americana class of plums is found growing wild
all over the state, and the fruit is gathered in large
quantities. The cultivated sorts of this class are easily
grown everywhere. Wild plums can generally be
obtained in abundance in autumn at about $1.50 per
bushel. There is no variety of any other class of plums
that is appreciably cultivated, although in very favor-
able locations a few of the Japan and domestic sorts
are generally grown.

Cherries may be successfully grown on a large .scale
in extreme southeastern Minnesota, and there ai*e some
commercial orchards; there but generally throughout
the state the fruit buds are so injured in winter that the
trees are unproductive, although they may make a very
satisfactory tree growth.

Pears generally blight to death early, and there is no
variety that is generally cultivated. Several of the
Russian pears are as hardy as the Duchess apple, but
they have died, so far as tried, from blight before be-
coming very productive. Apricots are not sufiiciently
hardy.

The most common injury to trees is known as sun-
scald of the trunks, which often causes severe loss. It
is easily avoided by shading the trunks. Blight seri-
ously injures some varieties of apples. Winter protec-
tion of various kinds is important and carefully attended
to by our best horticulturists.

Vegetables of all the kinds grown in the northern
states are very easily raised, and the display of these
products in the large markets is very excellent. Cab-
bage, cauliflower, celery, peas, lettuce, potatoes, beans,
corn, cucumbers, tomatoes, squash, watermelons, musk-
melons and eggplant are to be had in abundance, and
the markets are often glutted with them. Native musk-
melons and tomatoes occasionally retail at 10 to 15 cts.
per bushel. The canning of vegetables is becoming an
important industry at several points. The climate
seems to be especially favorable to vegetables, and there
is much less trouble from diseases than in many more
humid sections.

The demand for ornamental horticulture is consider-
able and rapidly increasing, giving investment to per-
haps $200,000 in the greenhouse business, and adds no
small sum to the receipts of the several large and the
many small nurseries in the state. The love for horti-
culture is also shown by the immense suras spent by the
cities and small towns for public parks. St. Paul and

MIRABILIS

Minneapolis together have upwards of 3,000 acres in
their public parks, which are well cared for, very
beautiful, and visited by at least two million persons
each year.

The Minnesota State Horticultiiral Society is a very
strong and popular organization, having a member-
ship list of about 800, each of whom pay an annual
membership fee of $1. It publishes, at the expense of
the state, a monthly journal and an annual report.
It also receives aid from the state to the amount of
$1,500 annually. It has r.r.-ntly offered $1,000 for a
seedling winter apple rspcciiilly adapted to Minnesota
conditions. Great inti-rest is taken in the raising of
seedling apples, and at some of the state fair meetings
more than 800 separate varieties of Minnesota origin
have been shown.

The state experiment station is located near St. Paul
and pays considerable attention to horticulture. It has

1406, Four-O'Clock— Mirabilis Jalapa.
Nearly natui*al ;

four sub-experiment stations, located in various parts of
the state. One of these is located at Owatonna, and is
devoted almost exclusively to the raising of seedling
apples. The Agricultural Department of the university
had over five hundred in attendance in the school year
of 1899-1900. Four hundred of these attended the agri-
cultural high school, where, in addition to the other
agricultural studies, much attention is paid to horticul-
ture and forestry. Samuel B. Gbeen.

MINT.

Mnitha.

MINT GERANIUM.

ar. (anaii'tonies.

Chrysanthemum Balsah

MIRABILIS ( AdmirahiJis, meaning wonderful,
strange; shortened by Linnieus to Mirabilis). Nijvtngiv't-
ce(E. "About 10 species of the warmer parts of America,

MIRABILIS

MISSISSIPPI

1021

4 of which are cultivated for their pretty or showy fls
The fls. have no corolla, but the calyx is colored aud tu-
bular aud exactly like a corolla in appearance. The fls.
are surrounded by a leafy involucre, and sometimes (as
in xW. Jalapa) only one flower is borne in an involucre
simulating a corolla in a 5-cleft calyx. The stamens are 5
or 6, as long as the perianth, their fllaments united at
the base. Style 1, with a capitate stigma. Fruit har-
dened, capsule-like and indehiscent. They are peren-
nial herbs, although grown as annuals from seeds, with
Ivs. petioled and opposite, and fls. solitary or panicu-
late and nearly or quite sessile in the involucres.

A. Involucre containing only one flower: plant qla-

broun or very nearly so,
JalApa, Linn. Four-0'Clock. Marvel op Peru.
Fig. 1406. Erect-bushy, quick-growing herb, germinat-
ing readily from the large, conical-oblong fruits, 2-3 ft.
high, bearing profusely in late summer and fall long-
tubed funuelforra fls. in white and shades of red and
yellow, and striped, opening in cloudy weather or late
in the afternoon (whence the common name Four-
O'Clock), and closing in the morning. Lvs. ovate-lanceo-
late, short-petioled, acuminate, entire : fls. in clusters
amongst the lvs.; stamens not exserted. Tropical
Amer. B M. 371. — Cultivated from early times, and
always a favorite. In tropics it has tuberous roots, and
these were once supposed to be the source of Jalap,
whence the name Jalapa. There are dwarf and compact
varieties ; also forms with variegated foliage. The
Four-0'Clock is an "old-fashioned flower.'' It is treated
as a tender annual. Thrives in any garden snil. A use-
ful plant for growing in a hedge "(plants 1 ft. a]i:irt) at
the rear of the flower-garden. It sometimes comes up
in the spring from self-sown seeds. Even as far north
as New York, it often produces tuberous roots large
enough to be lifted and stored like dahlias.

AA. Involucre containing IS fls.: plant viscid-pubes-
cent.
Califdmioa, Gray. Plant 1-3 ft. tall, yellowish green,
the many stems ascending from asoinewhat woody base;
lvs. thick or almost fleshy, ovate-oblong to round-ovate,
short-stalked : involucres 5-cleft, short-peduncled, con-
taining 1-3 rose-purple fls. a half-inch long, with sta-
mens sometimes protruded. S. Calif, to Utah and S.—
Little known in cultivation.

AAA. Involucre containing S or more long-tubed fls.

mnltifldra. Gray. Stout and tall (2-3 ft.), much-
branched, somewhat pubescent or sometimes glabrous;
lvs. rather thin, gray-green, lance-ovate to broad-ovate,
more or less cordate, short-stalked, acute or acuminate ;
involucre % in. long, stalked; fls. G, with a tube often
2 in. long, rose to ]iuiplf, tlie style and the 5 stamens
protruded. — V'ar. pubisceaa.Wats. {M.Frcebelii.OTeene),
is very pubescent thni\igliout. The M. multiflora of
B.M. (>2G6 is probabh" this variety. The species ranges
from Colo, to S. Calif, and S. Little known in cult.

longifldra, Linn. Plant 2-3 ft., glandular-pubescent
above: lvs. cordate and usually acuminate, short-stalked,
pubescent; fls. pubescent, with a very narrow tube 5-6
in. long, and a small, flaring white, rose or violet limb,
very fragrant at evening. Mexico. — An old garden
plant, but less frequent than M. Jalapa. Easily grown
from seeds. It has been hybridized with M. Jalapa.

L. H. B.

MISCANTHUS (Greek, miskos, a stem, and anthos, a
flowcrl. Graininew. Eulalia. Comprises about G spe-
cies in southern and eastern Asia, several of which are
cultivated for ornament. Tall perennial grasses with
ample terminal fan-shaped panicles, allied to the sugar
cane and Erianthus. Includes the Eulalias of the trade
but not Eulalia, Kunth, which is referred to Pollinia,
Trin., by Hackel. Spikelets I-fld., in pairs at the joints
of the rachis, one nearly sessile, the other pedicellate,
usually awned. Glumes 4. A cluster of silky hairs
arises from the base of the spikelets. which gives the
panicle its beautiful feathery appearance. Increased
by seed or division of roots.

Although many progressive nurserymen now adver-
tise these favorite grasses as Miscanthus, the name

Eulalia will probably remain in the English language as
a thoroughly naturalized word, like Geranium and Chrys-
anthemum. Eulalias probably rank among the first half

1407. Miscanthus Sinensis.

Which, under the name of Kiilalia, is one of the

most popular of oruameutal grasses.

dozen most popular grasses cultivated for ornament.
They are remarkably hardy and are universal favor-
ites for bedding. One of the commonest and best de-
signs for a bed of ornamental grasses employs Arundo
Donax as a tall center piece, surrounded by Eulalias.

sacchiriSer, Benth. (sometimes written saccharifldrus) .
Distinguished by its nearly or quite awnless spikelets.
China. Gt. 18G2;357. — Procurable of dealers in Japanese
plants.

Nepal6nsis, Hack. Himalaya Fairy Grass. Spikelets
one-fourth as long as the brown involucral hairs. Lvs.
smooth on the margin. Occasionally cultivated. Hima-
layas.

Sinensis, Anders. {Euldlia Japgniea, Trin.). Figs.
1407, 1408. Spikelets about equaling the white or sub-
violet involucral hairs. Culm f-9
ft.; lvs. 2-3 ft., margins sca-
brous; panicle G-12 in., formed
late in the season. Established
plants form clumps as much as
18 ft. in circumference. The
forms in cultivation are mostly
the followitig varieties : Var.
variegatus, with leaves striped;
zebrlnus, b:ives banded. These
two varieties are not quite so
hardy as the type, and are usual-
ly propagated by division, as the
seeds are not so sure to come
true. Gng. 4:37.T; G;in7. B.M.
7304. Var. gracillimus (Eulalia
gracilliiiia ujilrltlata. E.Jupin-
ica grarillitna , etc.). Leaves
much narrower than the tvpe.
Gn. 50, p. 108. Gng.5;273. R.B.

21, p. 179. , „ TT

'^ A. S. Hitchcock.

1408. Variegation in
Miscanthus Sinensis.
At the left, variegatus ;
middle. zc6W?jw.s; right,
gracillimus.

MISSISSIPPI, HOKTICUL
TUKE IN. Fig. 1401). Mis
sissippi extends about 325 miles from north to south and
175 miles from east to west. The surface is mostly un-
dulating, with few abrupt hills, and the highest part of
the state, the northeastern section, is less than 1.000 feet
above the sea level. It has an annual rainfall of aln>ut

1022

jussissirpi

45 inches in tne northern part, the amount increasing to
about 00 inches in the extreme south. The winter tem-
perature is rarely as low as zero in any portion of the
state, while the extreme summer heat rarely reaches 100°
in the northern part; while near the Gulf coast 95° is
the usual limit. Theflrst frosts usually occur in Novem-
ber, and spring frosts are rare after the middle of March.
The soil is extremely variable. The western portion of
the state, known as the Yazoo Delta, has one of the
richest alluvial soils in the world, and one well suited

fur the growing of vegetables. The north-central part
of the state consists largely of yellow clay hills, not very
fertile and liable to serious injury from erosion, but with
very fertile valleys between them, while the northeast-
ern section has a strong lime soil which is very produc-
tive. Nearly all of the southern half of the state has a
sandy loam soil tmderlaid with clay at a depth of a few
inches, making those lands among the most desirable
for the cultivation of either fruits or vegetables.

Although both fruits and vegetables are grown for
export in all parts of the state, there are three districts
in which horticultural work is specially prominent.
These are (Fig. U09):

1. The northeastern district, covering the territory

along the Mobile and Ohio railroad from Boone-
ville south to West Point.

2. The central district, covering the territory along

the Illinois Central railroad from Durant south to
Brookhaven.

3. The Gulf coaSt district, covering the territory

along the Louisville and Nashville railroad from
Bay St. Louis east to Orange Grove.
Peaches are grown more extensively than any other
fruit, and are shipped to northern markets from nearly
or quite every county in the state. The long growing
season enables the trees to come into bearing rapidly,
and a small crop of fruit is usually gathered the second
year from planting, while the trees often continue fruit-
ful from 15 to 20 years. Although the trees themselves
are never injured by cold, the fruit crop is occasionally cut
short by spring frosts following warm winter weather,
which sometimes brings the trees into bloom before the
end of January. The early fruit is ready for market

MISSISSIPPI

about the last of May, and shipments continue from that
time until August, or later. Eiberta, Mountain Ruse,
Georgia Belle, Lilly Miller and Chinese Cling are among
the more popular varieties.

Pears grow well in all parts of the state, and, until
about 1895, were planted more widely than any other
fruit trees, but since that time the blight has been so
widespread and so severe that very few new orchards
have been planted. Fully nine-tenths of the trees are
either Le Conte or Kieffer, the latter being the more
resistant to blight.

Apple trees m.ake a fair growth and bear well for some
years, but become less vigorous with age. and are shorter
lived than in more northern latitudes. Nearly all varie-
ties ripen during the summer and fall, and very few,
even of the "long keepers," can be preserved through
the winter. The fruit always commands a high price
in the local markets, which makes the trees profitable,
even though they last but a few years. Considerable
fruit, mostly Early Harvest and Red June, is shipped
from the northeastern district, hut no other part of the
state produces enough for a home supply.

Plum trees are of uncertain value. The Wild Goose
and the Japanese varieties are the more common sorts,
and while some trees and some orchards may grow well
and bear heavily for many years, the majority succumb
after producing two or three crops. Cherries are rarely
successful. Figs are grown quite commonly for home
use in the central part of the state, and in the Gulf
coast district are an important market crop. The fig
does not succeed under orchard conditions, but a few
trees grown near the house do well, and many of the
older trees produce 1,000 poimds or more of fruit an-
nually, and this finds a ready market at the canning
factories. The Celeste is the common variety, and the
demand for the fruit at i cents per pound is far in excess
of the supply. Oranges are grown along the Gulf coast,
but even there the winters are occasionally so cold as to
make them unprofitable.

Among the small fruits strawberries are the most im-
portant, being grown by thousands of acres. They are
grown more extensively in the central district than else-
where, though there is a considerable acreage in the
northeastern district also. In the Gulf coast district
the plants grow well and bear abundantly, but the fruit
grown there is usually softer and less desirable for
shipping than that grown in drier localities. Bubach,
Crescent, Gaudy, Warfield and Michel are the favorite
varieties. Shipments begin about the first of April, and
the bulk of the crop is gathered during the next six
weeks, though occasional shipments are made during
every month of the year.

Grapes grow and bear as well as it is possible for them
to do in any part of the country. The long season for
growth develops very strong vines which are never in-
jured by the cold of winter, and the latest ripening sorts
have ample time for maturing. The early varieties ripen
about June 20 in the Gulf coast district, and about July
10 in the northeastern district, and nearly all the crop
is gathered by August 1. This early ripening of the
fruit enables the grower to secure high prices for his
early shipments, but a crop which matures in the heat
of riiidsuramer cannot be kept profitably, even in cold
storage, but must be marketed at once, regardless of
price. Champion, Ives, Delaware, Niagara, Perkins and
Herbemont are among the more popular varieties. The
Scuppernong { Vitis rotnndifolia) is a valuable native
species which is grown in all parts of the state for home
use and for the manufacture of wine, but is not a ship-
ping variety.

Blackberries and dewberries grow spontaneously in
all parts of the state and have proved quite profitable
in cultivation, the Lucretia, Dallas and other hybrids
being the favorite varieties. Neither currants nor goose-
berries do well in any part of the state, as they make a
new growth and come into bloom soon after the fall rains
begin, and soon become so weakened as to be worthless.
Raspberries do well when planted on soils containing
sufficient moisture, but are seldom grown for market
excepting in the nortlu-astern district. Turner is the
favorite varietv, and tin- l.l;ii'kiM)is are rarely seen.

The growing of early vi'g.t;iblis for northern market
is followed more extensively and is more generally prof-

MIcSISSIPPI

MISSOUKI

1023

itable than is the growing of fruits. Field plantini
radishes, peas and other hardy sorts begin in J
Shipments begin by the first of March and continue un-
til the melon crop is harvested in July, The first crop
of Irish putatof's. mostly Early Ohio and Triumph, is
ready for market in May, and in August a second crop
is often planted which matures in November, when it
finds a ready home market, or is left in the ground until
early spring, when it is placed on the northern markets
as "new potatoes just received from Bermuda," and
brings a high price. This second crop, however, is un-
certain, as it is difficult to secure a prompt growth if
seed from the early crop is used, and it is often impos-
sible to secure northern seed so late in the season.
Sweet potatoes are grown in all parts of the state, and
are shipped from July iintil March. Asparagus is a
profitable early crop which is grown quite largely in the
central district, and seems wholly free from rust or
other diseases. Rhubarb is unable to endure the heat
of the long summer, and the roots soon decay. Beans,
beets, cabbages, peas, radishes and turnips are all grown
so largely as to be shipped in car-load lots from a num-
ber of towns in the northeastern and central districts.
The crop grown more widely than any other is the
tomato, which is grown in all parts of the state, and
which is shipped by the car-load to all parts of the
country from Boston to St. Paul, Omaha and Denver.
Many single growers ship by car-lots, and in June from
10 to 20 cars are shipped daily from Crystal Springs,
with nearly as many from Madison Station and
Booneville, besides smaller shipments from many
other points.

From the central district, shipments are made
about as follows:

Beans, May 10 to June 10.
Beets, April 20 to June 15.
Cabbage, May 1 to June 5.
Carrots, April 20 to June 10.
Melons (Gem), June 20 to July 20.
Peaches, June 1 to August 1.
Peas, March 25 to April 25.
Potatoes, Irish, May 10 to June 15.
Radishes, March 1 to April 15,
Squash, Summer, May 15 to June 15.
Strtiwbrrries, April 1 to May 10.
Tuniii.^. M:nrh 20 to Mav l.">.
T'.niat.M-^, :\Iay 25 to July 4.
Wutermuluus, July 1 to August 1.

There are a number of canneries in the state,
the most successful being those at Booneville
and Biloxi, but ordinarily growrrs; find it inore
profitable to ship products to m rtlinn murkrrs
than to sell at prices which caim. r- .an jiii-iil.

No statistics are available on wliiili .Irtinito
statements of the total shipments from the state
can be based. Crystal Springs, in the central dis-
trict, probably ships more than any other single
point. The shipments of fruits and vegetables
from that place amounted to 638 cars in 1898,
while in the very unfavorable season of 1899 the
number fell to about 400. Partial reports from
other points indicate that shipments, in car-lots,
amount to not less than 5,000 cars annually, in addition
to nearly as much more which is shipped in small lots.
The northeastern and central districts ship principally
to northern markets, while the Gulf coast district finds
its markets in Mobile, New Orleans, and on the many
foreign vessels loading in Ship Island harbor. Nearly
the entire business has been developed in the last 15
years, and each succeeding year shows a marked in-
crease in its volume. New localities are being opened,
the work is becoming better organized, and, with the
increase of the business the markets are becoming
more steady, prices more uniform, and the profits more
satisfactory than in the early days. The business has
by no means reached its full development, and will not
db so for years to come. S_ jj^ Tracy.

MISSOURI HORTICULTURE. Fig. 1410, Its central
position gives Missouri a medium climate, favorable to
the growth of a variety of hnrti.niltural products. The
native flora embraces both northern and southern plants.

()5

The wild American crab and the Juneberry, capable of
enduring the rigors of a northern winter, flourish here
in the same forests with the more southern persimmon
and papaw. The northern grapes of the Labrusca type,
like Concord, are among the standard varieties, while
on the other hand, the more tender Vitis rofundifolia^
of which the southern Scuppernong is the most familiar
cultivated sort, grows wild in the rich river bottoms.
While the berries and small fruits common to the north-
ern states endure well the warmer climate of Missouri,
the oriental persimmon and English walnut are hardy as
far north as the central part of the state.

Missouri's central position is also favorable to the
marketing of her fruit. Berries and peaches are sent to
nearly all the principal markets east of the Rocky moun-
tains from Boston and Baltimore on the east to Omaha,
Denver and Pueblo on the west, and from St. Paul and
Detroit on the north to Mobile, New Orleans and Galves-
ton on the south. The grain-raising, mining and graz-
ing states to the west and northwest, where but little
fruit is produced, furnish a growing market for Missouri
fruit. The Mississippi and Missouri rivers, touching
the entire length and breadth of the state, give cheap
freight rates north, soiith and northwest, while direct
railroad connection with the Gulf ports affords cheap
shipments of apples to European markets.

The following figures give the average monthly rain-
fall in inches forthe past sixyears, recorded at Columbia
bv the U. S, Weather Bureau:

1410. Missouri.
The diagonal shading in the southern half designates the Ozark up-
lift. The double-line shading along the Mississippi and Missouri rivers
shows the loess formation. The short-line cross-shading designates
the parts where fruit-growing is much developed.

Jan., 1.89; Feb., 2.57; March, 2.97; April, 4.52; May,
5.87; June, 4.56; July, 4.85; Aug., 2.81; Sept., 3,G0;
Oct., 1.40; Nov., 2.87; Dec, 2.02.

While these figures show that the rainfall is ample,
and well distributed throughout the year, the records
also show that the percentage of sunny days in this im-
mediate section is high. During August, September
and October especially, when most of our fruit is ma-
turing, the average amount of bright sunlight is con-
siderably higher than that of the majority of our orchard
states. No doubt the intense sunlight and proximity to
the airy prairies are important factors in producing the
rich color and high flavor of Missouri fruit, and may
also account, in part, at least, for its comparative free-
dom from many of the fungous diseases which are
known to thrive best in a moist, cloudy atmosphere.

The topography and soil of the state are both favor-
able to fruit-growing. The undulating areas, intersected
by the Mississippi and Missouri rivers and their tribu-
taries, are amply provided with both soil and atmos-

1024

MISSOURI

pheric drainage. The soil vaiios from the light, deep
flinty soil of the Ozarks, and the drift of the "loess"
formation ( see /oMJa ), to the ricdi soil of the prairie open-
ings and still heavier soils of the river bottoms, and the
swamp lands to the southeast, affording choiee for dif-
ferent purposes. The immense crops of corn and gar-
den vegetables, sometimes grown in young orchards,
and the clcvir and cow peas, grown to prevent washing
of the si.il in si.-.|i hillside orchards, jtrove (perhaps
too frc(|nriiily ). ili;it even the so-calleil "fruit lands"
are capable uf yielding a great variety of i-ro'lii'-ts. In

1411. Ben Davis (>
One of the"lii{i red apples "'

if tlie Ozarks.

fact, one great reason why Missouri has not earlier
taken front rank as a fruit state is because natural con-
ditions for general agriculture are too favorable. It re-
quires too great an effort to exclude the encroaching
blue grass and live stock from orchard areas where
thrifty young trees fruit themselves to death in the
unequal struggle for existence and the reproduction of
their kind.

The last report of the Missouri State Horticultural
Society (1897) contains Secretary Goodman's estimate
of the quantity and value of fruit produced in the state
that year, as follows: Apples — north Missouri, 2,500,000
barrels; central Missouri, ;i.."in(i,(M)ii; south Missouri,
3,000,000; total value of api'I. -. *rj. oiiii.dOO. Peaches
—north Missouri, 500.000 bushels; ceniral Missouri,
1, 000, 000; south Missouri, 2, 000. IKMi; total valueof peaches,
$3,500,000. Total value of berries, $2,500,000. Total
Value of pears, cherries, plums and grapes, $1,500,000.
These, with nuts and miscellaneous fruits, reach a total
valueof $20,000,000 for the Missouri fiuit cn.p for 1897.
This report is based upon figures ol.iauMd from the
Various railroads and shippers, and may l>o rolled upon
as being approximately correct. Considering the fact
that a few years ago Missouri could hardly lay claim to
being a great fruit-producing state, the above figures
indicate very rapid growth of the industry in recent
years. In 1898 more young trees were planted than
in any previous year, showing an accelerating tendency
toward this line of business. A number of orchards in
the state comprise over one thousand acres each. The
size and number of these large orchards is annually be-
ing increased.

It will be seen that the apple is the leading fruit, ex-
ceeding in value all other kinds combined. Careful
study shows that other things being equal, the best
prices prevail in those parts of the state where the most
apples are grown, and where, consequently, there is the
sharpest c<inipetition among buyers. The peach ranks
second in importance, and the berries third. The city of
Sarcoxie shipped 239 car-loads of strawberries in 1897,

MITCHELLA

and now 1,500 acres of strawberries are growing in its
immediate vicinity. Liberal is one of the largest black-
berry centers. Hermann and several points in the Ozarks
manufacture large quantities of grape wine.

Aside from the work of the Agricultural College and
Experiment Station in the promulgation of horticul-
tural work, tlie Missouri Botanical Garden at St. Louis,
being of international iiiHuence and importance, cannot
fail, with its sploiidid ociuipment and able management,
to lend an espocially stnnt,'thening influence to the hor-
ticnltnn- of tlio stat.^ in which it is located. The Mis-
sonii St:iti' lloiiniiliui.d Society, with nearly one hun-
,|n (1 locji soiiiiir- as .iiixiliaries, under the competent
loadiTsliip of lis ollicois and organized effort of its
members, is doing nnu'h toward the development of hor-
ticulture

While hoiticulture is ilieady one of the leading in-
terests of Missoun thf 1 ssiliilities of the state iu that
direitiou ha\e not ^ t i \ n Ikm ii apiiroailied. < inlv a
smUl portion of thi il t iturally woll a.la|.tod to fruit
cultuie has ever bi i u ulfn ateil, and there are many
phases of horticultuie that have not been developed.
In lecent years, however, steps in advance are rapidly
being tikeu The best growers no longer cling to an-
^ I lit ti I lili lis iiid I SI kt(_ practices, but are evolving

I 1 til Is 1 I 1] t It till new conditions of the West.
( I It ilist t I \t 1 sn 1 usiness training are invest-
iiu in iii-hiid iiid thi u business ability, combined
with the skill of tliL practical grower, is resulting in
better maiketing and general management of the in-
dusti\ New \arieties, better adapted to local conditions,
are belli.; oiigimted Our native fruits and nuts are

II iiNiii., ittentiou, and improved varieties of these are
ilieaih till lesult The working up of surphis and in-

tiiiji fiuit by canning, evaporating, eider and wine-
ULiking and distilling is increasing the valiie of the
fruit pioduct, and the canning of tomatoes, peas and
other giiden vegetables is quite extensively carried on
in some sections. In fact, the horticulture of the state
is in a rapidly growing condition, and bids fair to reach
very important proportions. j^ q Whitten.

MISTLETOE of the Old World is Visctim album: of
.America, Jr'horadentlron flavescens.

MITCHfiLLA (Dr. John Mitchell, of Virginia, one of
the first American botanists; correspondent of Lin-
na-us). Biihiueea'. This includes the Partridge-berry,
one of the prettiest and hardiest of native perennial
trailers. It has small, shining, evergreen, roundish Ivs.,
sometimes marked with white lines, and bright scarlet
berries, often borne in pairs, which remain all winter
and make a charming effect when peeping through the
snow. This plant can be easily collected, and is also
procurable from many dealers in hardy plants. It
thrives under evergreen trees, forming dense mats.
The fls., which are borne in spring, are small, white,
with pinkish throats, and are fragrant. The berries are
edible, but nearly tasteless. Ms. twin, the ovaries
united into one; calyx 4-toothed ; corolla funnel-shape4,
4-lobed; lobes spreading, densely bearded inside, val-
vate in the bud: fr. a 2-eyed berry.

<sSJ>^-^

1412. Partridee-berry— Mitchella repens (XH).

repens, Linn. Pabtkidge-eerry. Squaw-bekry. Fig.
1412. Lvs. opposite, round-ovate, petioled, with minute
stipules: fls. in pairs, on the apex of a peduncle. Nova
Scotia to Minn., south to Fla. and Tex. G.W. F. 42.
D. 81. Mn. 3:49. L. B. C. 10:979. -Attractive in half-
shaded spots in the wild garden and rockeries. Propa-
gated by division of roots.

M. otmta, DC, from Ecuador, is the only other species. It lias
solitary, sessile fls., and ovate, acutish lvs. Not cult.

M. B. COULSTON.

MITELLA

MIT£LLA (diminutive of miti-ii, a cap; applied to the
form of the young pod). Saxifriiiiilrnt . Mitrewort.
Bishop' s-CAP. Six or 7 species t»f low. sleuder peren-
nials, with somewhat creeping' motstocks ami racemes
of small and greenish or white H^. Cluselv rehitcd to
Tiarella, but tue petals of tin- lattc r ur.- entire, while in
Jlitcll.i they are beautifully
piiiiKiiitid. Lvs. round.
hrari -shaped, alternate, ex-
ir|.i in one species, on root-
sTnrk or niiiners, with slen-
ilir petioles; those on flow-
erliiir Kleins opposite, if anv-
e.-ilw short, fi-lohed, tlie
I'.Ues valvate in the bud,
^I'leading; petals 5, inserted
on throat of calyx, very slen-
der; stamens 10 or .^i, very
short: fr. soon widely de-
hiscent. Natives of N.
Amer., 2 species in E.Asia.
— Offered by some dealers
in native plants.

A. Scapes \isually leafless.
B. Fls. numerous.
trifida, Graham. Lvs.
round-reniforra or cordate,
crenately toothed and some-
times incised or lobed, 1-3
in. across : scape 9-12 in.
long: fls. somewhat scattered
on one side of spike; petals
M-5-parted, small; stamens
5, opposite the calyx lobes.
N. Calif, to Brit. Col. and
Rocky Mts.

BB. Fls. few (dbouf
5).
nida, Linn. Fig.
1413. Lvs. rounded or kid-
ney-shaped, deeply and dou-
bly crenate: raceme 4-6 in.
long. Does well in moist
shady situations, May-duly.
Westward to Brit. Col. A.
O. 13:518.

AA. Scapes bearing leaves.

B. it'.?, on scape alter-
nate.

caulescens, Nutt. Raceme
li>ose ; stamens alternate
with the pinnatitid petals.
Brit. Col. to Ore.

BB. Lvs. on scape opposite.
diphylla, Linn. Lvs.
acutely lie;irt-shaped, some-
what :!-■) lobed, toothed: ra-
ceme G-8 in. long. May.
Eastern U. S. V. 12:189.-
A good plant for the rockery. ji. b. Coulston.

MITREWORT. Mitella. False Mitrewort is riacf«a.

MITRIOSTlGMA (Ureek. miln-'Sha i>eil stigma ; from
the conspicuous stigma, which is club-shaped, the 2-cut
summit suggesting a cap). Mubidcece. This includes
the charming evergreen tender shrub known to the
trade as Gardenia citriodora. It makes a low or medium-
sized bush of compact and branching habit and bears a
great profusion of fls. which resemble those of the
orange in odor, size, color and general appearance. The
fls. are white, salver-shaped, ,5-lobed, tipped with pink
in the bud, and borne in dense axillary clusters. This
delightful plant is a favorite in the South, together with
the Cape Jessamine, but is little known in northern con-
servatories. The genus contains 2 species. For distinc-
tions from Gardenia and Randia, see Gardenia.

axillire, Hochst. (Gardenia ciirioddra, Hook.). Lvs.
opposite, petiolate, elliptic-lanceolate, subacuminate,

MOLUCCELLA

1025

1413. Mitella nuda
Nearly natural size

glabrous; stipules awl-shaped from a broad base : calyx
not ribbed, lobes lanceolate, acuminate, equal: corolla
tube twice as long as the calyx, lobes obovate, obtuse.
S. Afr. B.M. 4987. R.H. 1859, p. 175 ; 188G:348 (excel-
lent!). F.S. 12:1254. -v^. jj.

M'MAHON. See p. 9C3.

MOCCASIN FLOWER. North American name for
species of Ct/prijit dium.

MOCK ORANGE. See Philadelphus.

MOHRIA (from DanielMohr, aGerman botanist; died
1808). Srhiza'dcew. A genus of South African ferns,
having the habit of Cheilanthes, but the sporangia of
the Schizteaceje. A single species, M. caffrbrum, is rare
in cultivation in America. j^, jj. Underwood.

MOLE PLANT. Euphorbia Lathijris (see Fig. 800,
p. 564).

MOLlNIA (J. Molina, a writer upon Chilean plants).
Gramlnea. A genus of perennial grasses allied to Era-
grostis, containing a single species. Native of central
Europe and temperate Asia, and sparingly introduced
in the United States. Panicle contracted: spikelets 2-4-
fld., more or less purplish: glumes somewhat unequal:
fl. -glume 3-nerved, rounded on back, pointed butawnless.

caerdlea, Moench (A'ira cariileu, Linn.). Culms tutted,
1-3 ft. high: lvs. rather rigid, slender pointed. The
usual fiirm in cult, is var. variegata, with striped lvs.,
used for bedding. a. S. Hitchoook.

MOLUCCA BALM. MolucceUa Icevis.

MOLnCC£LLA (diminutive made from Molucca).
Also written Mullucella. Labidta^. This includes the
Shell Flower, a quaint old annual plant, that self-sows

1414. MolucceUa laevis (XJ:,)

in old-fashioned gardens, but is now rarely advertised
for sale. Its chief feature is its great cup-shaped calyx
an inch long, which is much larger than the inconspicu-
ous corolla (See Pig. 1414.) Later four white seeds or

1026

MOLUCCELLA

spin6sa, Lii

sharply cut: (
below. S. En

nutlets appear in the cup or shell-like calyx, and add
to the interest. The corollas are gaping, the upper Up
forming a sort of hood, which may be notched or not,
the lower lip 3-cut, the side lobes being oblong and
somewhat erect, the middle one larger, inversely heart-
.shaped and deeply notched. Of 25 described names
only 2 now remain in this genus as good species. Ben-
tliam & Hooker place this genus near Lamium. Other
genera of garden value in which the upper lip of the
corolla is concave or vaulted and often villous within
are Stachys, Leonurus and Phlomis. From these Mo-
luccella is easily distinguished by its calyx. These
plants are hardy annuals, flowering in midsummer. The
Hs. are white, tipped pink, scarcely, if at all, thrust out
of the calyx, and borne in whorls of 6-10.

A. Calyx not pricTzhj.

ISevis, Linn. Shell Flowek. Molucca Balm. Pig.

1414. Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs. roundish, with coarse round

teeth: calyx obscurely .'j-angled. W. Asia. B.M. 1852.

— Pis. odorous.

Calyx beset with long prickles.
:in. Height 6-8 ft. : Ivs. ovate, deeply and
calyx with 1 long spine abovi> and 7 others
., Syria. B.R. 15:1244 (:is r 7,.(.w«..h/,j in-
ci.s'f ). — Annual or biennial, with browiiisli rt-,! si]uare
stems, bristling calyx and gaping corolla. Said to have
been cult, in Eng. since 1596. ^r ]yj_

M0M6RDIC& {mordeo, to bite, since the seeds appear
to have been bitten). Cucurbitd-cece. There are 25 spe-
cies of Momordica, chiefly African, according to Cog-
niaux (DC. Monogr. Phaner. .•)). They are annual or per-
ennial tendril-climbing herbs of tropical countries, some
of which are cult, for ornament and also for the edible
fruits. The fls. are monoecious or dioecious, the stami-
nate solitary or panicled, the pistillate solitary. Corolla
and calyx similar in sterile and fertile fls.; corolla seg-
ments 5, often extending nearly to the base, making a
rotate or broadly campanulate flower; stamens usually
3, the short filaments free, one of the anthers 1-loculed
and the others 2-loculed: style single and long, with 3
stigraas: fr. oblong or nearly spherical, small, often
rough, usually many-seeded, sometimes splitting into
3 valves, but usually indehiscent: seeds usually flat-
tened, often oddly marked or sculptured. Tendrils sim-
ple—in this distinguished from Luffa. Momordieas are
known to American gardens as ornamental vines, but
the fruits of M. Charantia are eaten by the American
Chinese. They are tender annuals. They thrive where
cucumbers and gourds will. M. Elaterium of the cata-
logues is Ecballium, which see.

a. Bract about midway on the peduncle, entire: all
peduncles bracted.

Char4ntia, Linn. Balsam Pear. Running 10 ft. or
more, the stem slightly pubescent and furrowed: Ivs.
roundish, dull green, pubescent beneath (at least on the
ribs), 5-7 lobes with rounded sinuses, the lobes sharp-
toothed and notched: fls. yellow, 1 in. across, both the
sterile and fertile solitary: fr. yellowish, oblong, pointed,
furrowed lengthwise and tuberculate, 0 or 7 in. long,
at maturity splitting into 3 divisions and disclosing the
bright scarlet arils of the white or brown carved seeds.
Trop. Asia and Africa, and naturalized in W. Indies.
B. M. 2455. A. G. 13:525. R. H. 1869, pp. 630-1. -The
Chinese about the American cities grow this plant under
the name of La-kwa, for the edible pulpv arils sur-
rounding the seeds, and also for the edible' fruit Itself
(which is prepared, usually by boiling, before it is ripe).
The rind is sometimes dried and used in medicinal
preparations (see Bailey, Bull. 67. Cornell Exp. Sta.,
with illustr. ). The odd .seeds cause it to be called the
"Art Pumpkin " by some.

AA. Bract of sterile peduncle near the top, toothed: pe-
duncle of fertile flower bracted at base or not
at all.
Bals&mina, Linn. Balsam Apple. Slenderer and
more graceful, bright green throughout, glabrous, the
foliage smaller and neater: Ivs. cordate-orbicular in
outline, 3 in. or less across, 3-5-lobed. with rounded
sinuses, the lobes and the few notches or teeth acute:

MONARDA

fls. -solitary, nearly or quite 1 in. across, yellow, often
with blackish center: fr. orange, 2-3 in. long, ovoid and
more or less narrowed each way, smooth or tuberculate:
seeds compressed, nearly smooth. Widely distributed
in Africa and Asia, and naturalized in the W. Indies.
G.C. 1848:271. R.H. 1857, p. 182. -A neat vine, growing
4-6 ft.

AAA. Bract near the top of the sterile peduncle, entire.

involucrita, E. Meyer. Much like M. Balsamina, but
teeth of Ivs. blunt, with a short mucro, fls. larger, bract
much larger: fls. white or cream-white, often dotted
with black: fr. sulfur-yellow, changing to scarlet, burst-
ing, 2 in. long. S.Afr. R.H.1865:3oO(asj)f. ^(T/sarniKa,
var. leucanthu). B.M. 6932. -A very slender and grace-
ful climber, with the peduncle bract against the calyx,
like an involucre. Int. to Amer. trade about 1890.

M. Cochinchinensis, Spreiig. (M. mixta, Roxbg.V is a large
species with 3-lobed Ivs., pale yellow, purple-eyed fls., 4 in.
across, and an oblong, bright red fr. 4-7 in. long. Farther In-
dia. B.M. 5145. F.S. 14:1478. G.C. UI. 16:531. G.M. 37:777.

L. H. B.

MONABDA (after Nicolas Monardes, a Spaniard, who
published in 1571 abook contaiuingthe earliest picture of
an American plant. See Fig. 1077). Labidlw. Horse-
Mint. This includes the Oswego Tea {M. didyma),
one of the most brilliant of our native wild flowers, be-
ing surpassed in the intensity of its red only Ijy the car-
dinal flower. It is a rather coarse herb, with large heads
of gaping, wide-mouthed fls., which have none of the
refinement of our cardinal flower. For mass effects.

1415. Monarda didyma (XJ'a).

however, these plants are very striking. They grow
wild along the banks of sti-eams, lighting up the dark
corners of the woods. This suggests their proper place
in landscape gardening. They should be grown in
masses, in wild spots against a dark background. How-
ever, they can, if desired, be grown in an ordinary sunny
border without more moisture than usual. As a bedding
plant they would be inferior to Salvia coccinea, the
flowers being shorter-lived. The white- and rose-colored
varieties are less desirable. M. fistulosa is the same
type of plant, and is procurable in colors ranging from
white, flesh color and lilac, through rose and crimson to
deep purple, but not scarlet. This species is very vari-
able in height. The lighter colored varieties are usu-
ally less robust.

Monardas are easy of cultiirf, tliriving in any good
soil. They spread quicklx , .in.l iIm rcfore need frequent
separation, which oper;iti"ii i- In -i dune in the spring,
as plants disturbed in tliu fall will often winter-kill.

Monarda is a genus of 9 species of aromatic American
herbs: Ivs. usually dentate: fls. often borne in dense
heads, surrounded by an involucre of colored bracts;
calyx tubular, 15-nerved, with 5 nearly equal teeth; co-

MONARDA

rolla narrow or dilated at the throat, 2-lipped, middle
lobe of the lower lip larger than the lateral ; perfect
stamens 2. There are 2 sections of the genus, the spe-
cies here described belonging to Eiimonarda, in which
the heads are generallj^ solitary and terminal, the sta-
mens and style conspicuously thrust out, and the root
perennial. The following grow 1H-2K ft. high. One
of the common Horse-Mints isM. punctata (A.G. 14:15),
but it is not in the trade.

A. Cajijx slUjliiUj hairy at the throat.

didyma, Linn. {M. Kalmidna, Fursh). Oswego Tea.
Bee-Balm. Fragrant Balm. Fig. 1415. Stem acutely
4-ani^led: Ivs. tliin, ovate-lanceolate, aciiminate. B.M.
1 1."» (iTri'tii'iumly :is M. fistiilosa, var.), and 540. Vars.
61ba and rosea, Hurt., are offered, but the latter should
be i'oniii:iied with the next species. In 1893 John Saul
advertised J[. Kalmitina as if horticulturally distinct,
calling it the finest of Monardas. — Suited to moister
positions than the others.

AA. Calyx deitseJy bearded at the throat.
B. Li^s. petioled.

fistiildsa, Linn. Wild Bergamot. Sometimes called
Bergamot in nursery catalogues, but the Bergaraot of
the Old World is Mentha odorata. Stem mostly obtusely
angled: Ivs. firmer: fls. purple. July, later than M.
didyma. Var. ribra, Gray. Fls. crimson or rosy red.
Var. media. Gray (var. piirpkrea, Hort.). Fls. deep pur-
ple. S.B.F.G. 98. L.B.C. 14:1390 (as M. purpurea).
Var. mdllis, Benth. {M. mdllis, Linn.). Fls. flesh-color
to lilac. B.M. 2958 (as M. menth(efoHa). — Will grow in
dry positions.

BB. Lvs. nearly sessile, at least below.

Bradburiina, Beck. Fls. light purple, spotted darker
on the middle lobe of the lower lip, which is much
larger than the lateral ones. June. 111. to Tenn. and
Kans. B.M. 3310 (erroneously as M. fistulosa). — A dry-
ish position suits it best.

F. W. Barclay and W. M.

M0ITARD£LLA (diminutive of Monarda, having its
aspect, inrtorescence and calyx). Labi(lt(e. Annual or
perennial sweet-smelling herbs, natives of California.
Lvs. entire or obscurely toothed: fls. white, rose-color
or purple, compacted in terminal heads with an invo-
lucre : calyx tubular, narrow or long, 10-13-nerved, 5-
toothed; the teeth short, straight and nearly equal; the
throat naked within; stamens 4, ex.serted. The follow-
ing have been advertised, and can be secured through
western collectors.

A. Fls. large, comparatively few, loosely glomerate.

maordntha, Gray. Perennial, tufted, about 9 in. high :
bracts of the 10-20-fld. head sometimes whitish or pur-
plish tinged : corolla about 1 M in. long, glabrous, orange-
red, its tube fully twice the length of the calyx; the
lobes lanceolate.

Var. nina, Gray (i/. n&na, Gray). Pubescent: bracts
whitish or rose-color: fls, smaller; corolla not twice the
length of calyx, white or tinged with rose-color, the
slender tube pubescent.

AA. Fls. smaller, more numerous, densely capitate.

B. Plants perennial.

c. Veins of lvs. numerous and prominent.

yilldsa, Benth. Bracts ovate, leafy, pinnately veined,
cc. Veins of lvs. not prominent .

odoratissima, Benth. Bracts thin, membranous, whit-
ish or pinkish, inclined to parallel venation.
BB. Plants annual.

lanceolata. Gray. Lvs. lanceolate or oblong. 1-2 in.
long, tapering below into slender petioles, the margins
even and entire: bracts leafy, ovate or oblong, mostly
acute, abundantly veined between the ribs or primary
veins by cross veinlets. jj g Coulston

M0N£LLA. a section of Cyrtanthus.

MONfiSES (Greek, single delight; from the prettv
solitary flower). FricAceie. One-flowered Pykcila. A
genus of one species, a low perennial herb: stem de-

MONSTERA

1027

cumbent: lvs. roundish, clustered at base: fls. single,
drooping, from top of slender scape 2-0 in. long, white
or rose-colored, 6 lines across; petals 5, widely-spread-
ing, orbicular; filaments awl-shaped, naked; anthers as
in Pyrola, but conspicuously 2-horned. M. grandiildra,
S. F. Gray ( Jf. uni flora, A. Gray), grows in moist wood-
lands from Labrador to Alaska, in middle states and
westward along the mountains. It has been offered by
one dealer in native plants.

MONEYWORT, or Creeping Charlie, is Lysimachia

MONKEY FLOWER. See MimMhts luteus.

MONKEY PUZZLE. Araiicaria imbricata.

MONKSHOOD. Aeouitum.

MONOGRAMMA (Greek, a single line; alluding to the
elongated linear sorus). Polypodidcece. A tropical genus
of several small species of grass-like ferns, rarely seen
in cultivation. l M. Underwood.

MONOLfiNA (Greek words referring to the single
spur likr apjM'nilage on the anterior side of the anther-
connectivf I. .yif'i.^fom(}ce(P. About 4 species of stem-
less herbs from Colombia, one of which is a small hot-
house foliage plant, cult, like Bertolonia, and known to
the trade as Bertolonia primulirflora. It has metallic
green lvs. 4-0 in. long, with 3-5 parallel veins, the un-
der surface of the lvs. a showy rosy purple. All the
species have a characteristic rootstock, composed of
clusters of short, thick rhizomes, prominently scarred
by the falling of the lvs., and the fls. are numerous, and
resemble a primrose. They are about I in. across, 5-
petaled, pink, and borne on fleshy scapes. See Berto-
lonia.

primulaeildra. Hook. f. (Bertoldnia primul(rfldra,
Hort.). Glabrous: lvs. leathery, broadly elliptical: ca-
lyx lobes broadly ovate-rounded. B.M. 5818. F.S. 18,
p. 102. G.C. 187b:.309, figs. 53, 54.

MONOLOFIA (Greek, one garment; referring to in-
volucre, the scales of which are united at base or into
a cup). Compisita. Four species of yellow-fld., woolly
annuals from California, with 8-10 pistillate rays which
are 2-4-toothed or lobed. Lvs. entire or pinnately
parted: peduncles terminal, solitary, 1-fld. : heads ter-
minal, many-fld.: some of the disk rays sterile. Differs
from Helenium in having no pappus.

mijor, DO. (BeUnium Doiiglasi, Bort.). Small and
woolly in the wild, green, and 2-3 ft. high in cult.: lvs.
entire or somewhat toothed, sessile, linear to broadly
lanceolate : fls. 2 in. across, yellow : rays dilated,
coarsely .3-4-toothed, appendaged at the base. B.M.
3839. Still advertised in American catalogues under its
synonym. Said to bloom most of the summer. Lvs.
3-5 in. long, reflexed: rays 8-9, fertile, short, broad
and coarsely toothed, bright, golden yellow.

MONOPANAX. Referred to
Oreopanar.

M0NST£RA (Latin, a mon-
ster). An\cetp. Monstera delici-
osa is indeed a delicious mon-
ster in more senses than one.
It is a favorite greenhouse
climber, with huge perforated
leaves, whose general appear-
ance is sure to be remembered
after the first look. (See Figs.
1416,1417.) As the plant climbs,
the stems emit long, aerial
roots, many of which never reach the ground, but suggest
the fingers of some fabulous monster. This grotesque,
dragon-like aspect is very pronounced in a notable speci-
men in Philadelphia which has climbed into an upper
gallery of the highest house in Horticultural Hall, Fair-
mount Park. Finally, this unique plant bears an edible
fruit, which has a taste between a pineapple and a

1416. Leaf of Monstera

deliciosa.

Grown under glass in

the North.

1028

MONSTERA

banaua. The fruit grows abuxit G-8 in. long, and looks
like a long pine coue, the rind being composed of hexa-
gonal plates, as shown in Fig. 1417. The Monstera is a
satisfactory greenhouse subject, even in a young stage,
and being a great curiosity, excites much comment from
visitors. It is generally kept in a hothouse, but succeeds
in a coolhouse also. It is commonly allowed to grow in
a spreading rather than climbing fashion ; a noble

specmien of this kind cultivated in Pittsburg is figrured
by Wm. Falconer in A.F. 7:253.

As a conservatory plant it does best when planted out
in a bed of rich soil, where it can be kept within bounds
by judicious pruning. It is not particular as to soil, as
it fills the pots in which it is planted with thick, succu-
lent roots in a very short time. It is one of the best
plants for enduring the varying conditions of tempera-
ture in a dwelling house, as nothing short of a freeze
seems to hurt it. Propagated by division of the stem,
with part of the leaf attached while rooting.

In the American tropics Monstera delk-iosa requires
a very warm, moist climate for the production of fruit.
Although it naturally grows by attaching itself to trees
and creeping up, it appears to be more fruitful if com-
pelled to grow on the ground without climbing. The
fruit is green in color until it ripens, when there is just
a tinge of yellow, and the outer rind comes off in bits at
a touch.

Monstera acuminata is the correct name of the as-
tonishing plant known to the trade as Marcgravia para-
doxa. The adult Ivs. are something like those of M,
deliciosa, being now and then perforated, but generally
pinnately cut. The young Ivs. are utterly different, be-
ing much smaller, entire and heart-shaped. This is one
of the most striking cases of dimorphism celebrated in
horticultural annals, though that of Ficus repens is
more familiar, and similar ones occur in Philodendron.
In its young stage M. acuminata is a very handsome
hothouse climber, with thick, roundish, waxy Ivs., which

MONTANA

grow in two ranks and overlap one another. When the
plant was introduced by Bull, it was shown growing on
a board apparently in parasitic fashion, and emitting
aerial roots. It seeme'd most like a Marcgravia, but
when it flowered and fruited the first name was found
to be one of the wildest possible guesses. Marcgravia
is a dicotyledon and Monstera a monocotyledon, and the
two genera are as far apart as is a Camellia from a Jack-
in-the-pulpit. The Monstera-like Ivs. are likely to be
developed when the plant reaches 15 ft. In the young
stage the plant is generally allowed to clamber over a
dt id log or tree-fern trunk, in the manner of Philoden-
dion, which see for culture. Monstera is a genus of 13
tropical American climbers, with Ivs. more or less
dmst'lv 2-ranked. Engler in DC. Mon. Phan. Vol. 2.
(l«79j.

delicidsa, Liebm. Ceriman. Figs. 1416, 1417. Young
hs 1-2 ft. long, leathery, pinnately cut, perforated. A.F.
7 _j3. G.M. 41:329. Gn. 21, p. 39 (poor).

acuminita, C. Koch {M. tenuis, C. Koch. Marcgrd-
1 1 iparaddxa. Bull), Shingle Plant. Young Ivs. a few
m long, waxy, entire. Gn. 29, p. 290 (both kinds of
hs ) G.C. II. 8:13.

Wm. Fawcett, G. W. Oliver and W. M.

MONTANA, HORTICULTURE OF. Fig. 1418. Mon-
t in I from all standpoints, is nothing if not unique.
1 he third largest state in the Union (Texas and Califor-
nia being first and second respectively), there is added
t the natural capacity for great local variation found
m a state covering 145,310 square miles, the additional
t iture of its being traversed by the main range of the
h ckies. The eastern portion of the state is plains

untry, with a mean average altitude of 2,800 feet above
sea level.

W ng the southern boundary, perhaps 125 miles west
c f the state line, are the Wolf mountains, west of these
the Rosebud and the Pryor mountains, toward the north-
ern boundary and 175 miles west of the state line are the
Little Rockies, west of these the Bear Paws, while dot-
f 1 over the eastern central portion of the state are the
M ccasins, the Big and Little Snowies, the Belts, the
ilijfhwoods and the Crazies. These, with the exception
I the Belts, are isolated from other mountains, or
I tached spurs from the main range, and abound in the
\ eptional advantages which arise from good soil,
1 1\ orable exposure and convenient means for irrigation.

About the center of the southern state line the main
range of the Rockies is encountered. This range tra-
verses the state from this point in a northwesterly
direction, and after entering this range and proceeding
westward one is never out of sight of mountains until
reaching the western confines of the state.

The summits of the main range vary from 7,500 to
10,000 feet above sea level, and present mighty barriers
to the winter storms which sweep madly over the coun-
try to the east and south of Montana, often bringing
intensely cold weather in their wake. Then, too, the
climate of the state is sensibly affected by chinooks,
those much misunderstood currents of warm air which
rob winter of all its terrors in regions visited by them.
The botanist and horticulturist have much to learn, as
yet, concerning the effect of altitude upon plant growth.
In a general way, it is supposed that 9,000 feet is the so-
called limit of timber, though, as amatter of fact, it often
happens that above this point the crowns of the moun-
tains are composed of living rock devoid of soil and
other needed adjuncts to tree growth. Illustrations of
the unwillingness of plant growth to be circumscribed
by altitudinal lines are found in the city of Denver,
which lies 5,000 feet above sea level. There many trees
have been successfully transplanted from their natural
habitat at sea level along the shores of Puget Sound to
a point nearly a mile aloft, and into a climate as natur-
ally dissimilar as could well be found. In Cheyenne,
Wyo., there is a luxuriant development of the black
locust at an elevation of 6,100 feet. This is a tree that
needs to be most carefully handled to avoid winter-kill-
ing in Minnesota, 5,500 feet nearer to sea level. Another
point in instance is found in the sugar beet chart of the
Department of Agriculture. This is designed to show
the belt of country in the United States best adapted to

MONTANA

beet-culture. This starts on the Atlantic in the latitude
of New York city, exteuds nearly due westward to the
western line of Wisconsin, and no drunljard ever pursued
a more erratic course than it in maliing its way from the
Great Lalies to the Pacific at the head of the Gulf of
California.

Horticulturally speaking, Montana covers the entire
scale of the limits of fruit production in the United
States, except the citrous and other subtropical fruits.
In no other state of the Union is there more need of the
•scientific experimenter, not so much to determine the
species adapted to Montana as to wisely select the varie-
ties of species that will give hest results. There is one
safe rule to observe in western fruit-tree planting,—
avoid alkali soil. After an active experience of 1.5 years
of tree-growing in Minnesota and the Dakotas, the
writer is convinced that more failures in orcharding re-
sulted there from planting in alkali soil than from any
other cause. It is easy, however, to determine such
conditions ; very much easier under irrigation, as the
application of water brings the salts to the surface,
where they are easily noted, as they rapidly crystallize
when exposed to the air. Within the valleys and caiions
leading out from the mountains it is rare that alkali is
found on suitable orchard locations.

Montana owes much of its phenomenal success in
fruit culture to natural conditions; most important of
these is the abundant supply of water, easily available
for irrigation. Irrigation in orcharding places the tree
or plant under complete control. In the growing sea-
son, water can be supplied to supplement any existing
lack of moisture, and by withholding this artificial aid
in the latter part of the sea
son, perfect ripening of the fT" "~-[- — .
wood is accomplislaed and '^

the tree placed in the best /
physical condition to endure '
sudden climatic changes
Again, it is customarj to
flood the orchard late in the
season, after the foliage has
fallen, with the result thit
root killing is absolutely un
known in Montana. So free
is the state from disasters
of this nature that budded
trees are succeeding re
markably well wherevei
they have been set in close
proximity to the mountains
Another decided advantage
is in the physical formaticn
of the state ; the make up
■of the mountains is not as
many suppose, a shaping up
of every range and peak to
a sharp rocky apex, but in
all ranges there are vast ex-
panses of open plateaus ex-
tending back onto lower
outlying spurs. Heading in
the mountains, usually near

the summits, are deep canons leading down and out
to the open plains country at the foot of the ranges.
There is a constant movement of air from the upper to
the lower plateaus through these canons occasioned by
the superheating of the air of the lower levels during
the middle of the day. The heat, in rising, causes a par-
tial vacuum, and the cooler air of the upper levels flows
down to occupy this. This is especially true in the ear-
lier night hours. So common is this as to give the name
"caiion breezes" to these currents, which are plainly
to be felt miles away from every extensive canon's
mouth far out on the open plains. This constant cur-
rent of air, passing over the surface of the earth, wards
off frosts and gives fruit immunity from this great
cause of loss to those growing fruit outside of moun-
tain districts.

Early orcharding was attended with almost prohibi-
tive conditions. In 1864, trees were set in Missouri
valley by John G. Pickering, who is still living and
planting. Some of the trees originally set are alive and
■hearing. Trees then came in by way of Utah on pack

MONTANA

1029

horses, and were sold for from $2.50 to $5 each. The
next plantings were made near the present site of Ste-
vensville, in the Bitter Root valley, by Bass Bros. Their
apple crop for 1898 was estimated at 10,000 boxes. The
Bitter Root valley is in the southwestern part of Mon-
tana, and is about 100 miles in length, with an average
width of perhaps 10 miles. This valley has been the
scene of the greatest activity in orcharding to date. It
has an altitude of about 3,200 feet, and as it lies to the
westward of the main range of the Rockies, it possesses
marked advantages over the country to the eastward.
It also has a soil exactly adapted to apples, pears, cher-
ries, plums, grapes and small fruits. The soil is of
decomposed granite, with an almost total absence of
alkali. To the casual observer it appears to be light,
stony, gravelly and comparatively worthless, but quite
the reverse is the case. The main difficulty is to restrain
undue growth of tree and superabundant fruitage. It is
a soil that does not bake after irrigation, hence water
can be freely used, and in a way stored, as evaporation
does not occur from capillary attraction, as is always
the case when there is too great a preponderance of
clay in the texture of the soil. It is within bounds to
state that upon soils carrying a heavy percentage of
clay, fully one-half of the benefits arising from irriga-
tion are lost from the inability of the farmer to cultivate
immediately after irrigation. Bitter Root orchards range
from 100 trees set for home use to 500-acre blocks for
commercial purposes. The main difficulty there experi-
enced is in the selection of the best varieties for gen-
eral planting.
The pomologist cin find in this one 'v alley every variety

1418. Montana,
shaded parts show horticultural areas.

of apple that is now growing in the combined nurseries
of New York state. The only bars there found to the
successful cultivation of all standard and small fruits is
the brevity of the growing season and the coolness of
summer nights; owing to altitude the air is rare and
does not retain heat after sundown, as is the case in the
lower-lying and more humid sections of the United
States. The clearness of the atmosphere and attendant
brilliancy of the sun gives to fruit such coloring as is
never noted, except in similar altitudes; and while ex-
tended experiments have not been conducted along these
lines, it is believed that the proper use of water in irri-
gation does not necessarily imply that the fruit thus
grown carries an undue percentage of moisture when
compared with fruits grown without irrigation.

In the phenomenally dry season of 1894, Early Rose
potatoes grown in Wisconsin were analyzed, as also
were Montana Early Rose grown under irrigation, and
the moisture content of the Wisconsin potatoes was
considerably higher than that of the Montana potatoes.

What has been done in the valley of the Bitter Root

1030

MONTANA

is being attempted in Platlicad valley, a large north-
western valley, with the best results. The range of
varieties is fully as wide as that of the Bitter Root, and
as the altitude is about 400 feet less it is to be expected
that fully as good results will eventually be attained.

Some difficulty is experienced from frosts in the Flat-
head country, but as the heavy growth of deciduous and
conifer timber, which covers the majority of the bench
lands in this region, is cut off, no doubt the increased
circulation of air will prevent serious loss to fruit from
frost. Among other valleys achieving marked success
in fruit and vegetable culture, are those of the Gallatin,
Yellowstone, Upper and Lower Missouri, Clark's Pork
of the Yellowstone, the Judith, Milk, Marias, Teton,
Madison and Jeiiferson. In these valleys the better
apples, cherries and plums are readily grown, and it is
safe to say there are not 160 acres of farm lands in the
state where, if the planter will avoid alkali soil and set
trees with reference to the possibility of irrigating them,
the Transcendant and Hyslop crabs, and the hardier
of the standard apples, together with the small fruits,
cannot be successfully grown. g_ jj. Emery.

MONTBEfiTIA. See Tritonla.

MONTEREY CYPRESS. Cupressus macrocarpa.

M6NTIA ( Guiseppe Monti, professor of botany at Co-
logne in the tirst half of the eighteenth century). Por-
tulacAcece. About 18 species of American herbs, includ-
ing the Winter Purslane, a salad or pot-herb known to
the European trade as Chn/toiiia perfotiata. This odd
plant is perhaps cult, in America by a few fanciers of
rarer kinds of vegetables. In hot countries it may be
more desirable. It is an annual plant forming a com-
pact tuft about 9-12 in. high. The Ivs. are all from the
root, tender, thick, fleshy, with a slender petiole about
2 in. long, and a blade about H in. long, which varies
from lanceolate to rotund. The most remarkable feature
is a sort of cup an inch or more in diameter, from which
arise the racemes of small white fls. One of these cups
crowns each of the stems, which are numerous, slender,
leafless, and about twice as long as the Ivs. The name
"perfoliata" is suggested by the resemblance of the cup
to a perfoliate leaf. In 3f. perfoliata the cup is usually
2-lobed, and the species runs into M. parviflora, which
rarely has the cup transformed into two almost dis-
joined Ivs. The Winter Purslane is now a weed in many
parts of the world. The seed may be sown all through
spring and summer where the plants are to stand.

Montia cannot be distinguished from Claytonia by any
one character, but the cultivated plants of both genera
have been sufficiently discriminated here and under
Claj-tonia. The latest monograph is bv B. L. Robinson
in Syn. Flo. N. Amer., Vol. I, part I, fasc. II (1897).

A. Stems without true Ivs.
B. Pedicels sliort. seldnm exceeding the fruiting calyx.

perfoliata, Howell (C'laytbnia perfolictta, Don). Win-
ter PuRSLAME. Rather coarse, green, often reddening
with :iee. Banks of streams, Calif, to Ariz, and Mex.,
north to Brit. Col. ; common near Pacific coast. It grows
wild in Cuba but is not native there, as often stated.
B.M. 133C. R.H. 1897, p. 159.

BB. Pedicels in fruit 2-6 lines long, much longer than,
the calyx.

parviSldra, Howell {Claytdnia parvifldra. Dough).
More slender, green or slightly glaucous. Calif, to Brit.
Col., east to Idaho and Utah.

AA. Stems with numerous small alternate Ivs.

parviJdIia, Greene {Claytdnia parvifdlia, Moc). Fls.
rose-color to white. Plant has bulblet-like offsets.
Moist rocks, Brit. Col. to Rockies in Mont, and Alaska.
This and the preceding one have been advertised, but
have little if any ornamental value. ■\y^ jyj_

MOON DAISY. Name used in England for Chrysau-

in En!,^laii(l also means occasionally Anemone nemorosa

ami ,strll<n-ia Holoslea.

MOONSEED. Menispermum Canadense.
MOONWORT. Botrychium; b.\so Lunaria.
MOOSEWOOD. Dirca pahistris and Acer Pennsyl-

M0R.9:A (probably named after Robert More, botar.ist.
Shrewsbury, England). Iridi)cc<v. Charming bulbous
plants much like Irises, but unfortunately they are not so
hardy as the common Irises and the individual fls. last
only a day or so. Jlorrea is a genus of about GO species,
45 of which are S, African, while the rest are chiefly
from tropical Africa. Moraea is the African representa-
tive of Iris. No one character will separate the two
genera. Morfeas have no perianth tube, while Irises
usually have one. The filaments are usually monadel-
phous inMortea and free in Iris. Irises grow either from
rhizomes or bulbs, while Morieas mostly grow from
corms, except the subgenus Dietes, which grows from a
rhizome. Most of the showiest Morseas belong to the
subgenus known as Mor^a proper. Species 7-13, de-
scribed below, belong to this group. There is another
subgenus which differs from it in having the ovary ex-
tended into a long beak which looks like a perianth tube,
but none of this group is cult. The Morjeas proper are
about as tender as other Cape bulbs. The amateur may
find some suggestions as to their culture under Bulbs,
Iris and Ixia.

By far the largest and most remarkable plant of the
genus is Moriea Eobinsoniana. This grows C-8 ft. high
and has the habit of the New Zealand flax, Phorminm
tenax. A splendid siiecinien mentioned in B.M. 7212
bore 457 flowers b.twiiu June 20 and Oct. 1. The indi-
vidual fls. are 4 in. ;u'i<>>s, fragrant and last only a day.
At Kew this noble plant has been successfully grown in
the south end of a house. The stately plant pictured in
G.F. 10 :255 grew in a Californian garden and was said to
be IG years old from seed. The finest picture, however,
is that in G.F. 4:355.

INDEX.

bicolor, 'i. juucea. 11. Robinsoniaiia, 1.

IKetes. 10. lonuit'oliii. 9. spathacea, 10.

edulis, 9. lute.i. 4. trieuspis, 4, 6.

fimbriata, 8. p.-vpiUonai'ea, 7. tristis. 12.

glaiicopis. .'). Pavoni.'v. 4. villosa, 4.

iridioides. 2. polyauthos, l:j.

A. Rootstock a short creeping rhizome.
{Subgenus Dietes).
B. Color of fls. chiefly white.

c. Height of plants 6-S ft 1. Robinsoniana

cc. Height of plants 1-2 ft 2. iridioides

BB. Cfh,r of fls. chieflii yellow 3. bicolor

AA. li'ontstiirk II liiiih-aUii rorm.

B. Y./

spic

MOONFLOWER

our common white

;ivs means Tjiomcea
En^'huid it rarely,
*)nin L< ii'iinfh' mum
daisy. Moouflower

{Subgenus i'ieusseuxia).
c. Color of fls. chiefly orange-
red 4. Pavonia

cc. Color of fls. chiefly white.

D. Spots blue 5. glaucopis

DD. Spots brotvn . .■ G. trieuspis

BB. Inner segments conspicuous.
c. Height of stems 1-S in.

D. i/vs. hairy all over 7. papilionacea

DD. Lvs.hairy only atthe edges. 8. limbnata
cc. Height of stems more than
S in.
D. Stems provided with 1 long
wiry leaf, just below the

inflorescence 9. edulis

DD. Stems not so provided.

E. Fls. usually 1 or 2 on

a stem 10. spathacea

EE. Pis. loosely corymbose,
fls. smnU.
F. Spathes M-% in.

long 11. juncea

FP. Spathes 114 in.

long 12. tristis

13. polyanthos

MOR^A

MORINGA

1031

1. Eobinsoni4na, Hook. (Iris Rohinsonihna, F.

MiK-Il.i. Wkiiuini; Ikis. Outer segments spotted red
and vflL.w iii-:,r l.use. B.M. 7212. G.F. 4:.355; 10:255.
J.H. III. ^2:509. LJ.M. 3i:569. G.C. 1872:393; 1119:457.

2. iridioldes, Linn. Stem 1-2 ft. long, with many
short, sheathing, lanceolate bracts: Its. in fan-shaped
basal rosettes: lis. over 3 in. across, white, marked yel-
low on claws of outer segments; style crests marked
with blue. B.M. 693. h.B.Q. 1%:IW\ (Iris crassifolia).

3. blcolor, Stend. Habit of M. iridiokles: fls. 2 in.
across, yellow, with beautiful brown spots on the outer
segments; style crests yellow. B.R. 17:1404. L.B.C.
19:1886. P.M. 9:29 (all as Iris bicolor).

4. Pavdnia, Ker. (/j-is Pavfmia, Linn. f. ). Outer
segments without a distinct claw, orange-red, with a
blue-black or greenish black spot at the glabrous base.
B.M. 1247. — Var. villdsa, Baker. Lvs. pilose: outer
segments bright purple, with a blue-black spot on the
hairy claw. B.M. 571 ( /n's t'(7Zo,va I. Var. lutea. Baker.
Lvs. glabrous: fls. yellow, unspotted. B.M. 772 (Mo-
nea tricuspix, var. luted). In M. Pavonia and glaiico-
pis the inner segments have a large central cusp and 2
lateral lobes, while in 31. triciispis the inner segments
have 3 large cusps.

5. glaucdpis, Drap. Outer segments white, with a
blue spot. B.M. 168 (erroneously as Iris Pavoitiu).—
In this species the outer segments have a short, distinct
claw, while M. Pavonia has none.

6. triciispis, Ker. Outer segments whitish or lilac,
with a purplish spot. B.M. 696.

7. papilionicea, Ker. Fls. red or lilac, yellow on the
claw; style crests erect. B.M. 750.

8. Kmbriata, Klatt. Fls. lilac. R.H. 1867:271.

9. ^dulis, Ker. Fls. lilac, spotted yellow. B.M. 613.
— Var. odora has white fls. Var. longiiolia has yellow
fls. B.M. 1238.

spathacea, Ker. Fls. yellow. B.M. 6174 (Dietes

Eutto

')■

11. jiincea, Linn. Fls. lilac, in 2-3 clusters.

12. tristis, Ker. Lvs. 2-3, produced near the base,
1-2 ft. long: clusters of fls. 4-6: fls. dull lilac, ochn
or salmon-colored, with a yellow spot.

B.M. 577 (Iris tristis).

13. polyintho3, Thunb. Lvs. about 3,
one from ne:ir the base of the stem, the
others from the lower forks, >2-l ft.
long: clusters of fls. 5-20: fls. lilac.

M. Macleaii. advertised 1899 by Van Tu-
bergen, is said to belong to the subgenus
'L>i(iXti&.—M.Sisyrinchiu)n=lvis Sisyriuchium. (
W. M.

MOEEL. See Mushroom.

MOBtNA( Louis Morin, a French botnii -
ist, 1636-1715). DipsAcece. Seven ^i s
species of perennial herbs in western
and central Asia, from 3 in. to 4 ft high
Lvs. opposite or whorled, narrowly oh
long or linear, spinous-toothed fls
whorled; whorls in spikes, surrounded
by wide-based floral lvs.; bracteoles
among the fls. few, spiny.

longifolia, Wallich. A handsome plant
2 ft. high, with thistle-like foliage lvs
6 in. long. 1 in. across : fls show\
deepening from white in the bud to pmk
and finally crimson, crowded in dense
whorls near the top of stem Hardy
Cult, in light, sandy soil, with partial
shade. Prop, by seed and by division in
early autumn. Useful in the rockery and
border, and with other foliage plants
June-Aug. Himalayas. B.M. 4092 BR
26:36. R.H 1857:514. -Whorl flower is
a catalogue name.

folia, a tropica! fruit tree cult, in S. Fla. and S.
Calif, (see Fig. 1419). It has heads of small white fls.,
followed by globose or ovoid, berry-like fruits about 1
in. long. The genus contains about 40 species of shnibs,
trees and climbers in tropical Asia, Australia and the
Pacific islands, and 3 or 4 tropical American species.
Lvs. opposite, rarely in 3's: fls. white, in axillary or
terminal, simple, panicled or umbellate heads; corolla
tuVje short or long; lobes 4-7, coriaceous, valvate in the
bud.

citriJdlia, Linn. Indian Mulberry. Fig. 1419. A
small tree, with shining, broad or narrow, oval lvs. on
very short petioles: stipules large, broadly oblong or
semi-lunar; fl.-liead on solitary peduncles 1 in. long
usually in the axil of every oliier pair of lvs.: calyx
limb truncate: corolla 5-7 lobed, tube about % in. long:
fruits yellowish, fleshy, in a globose or ovoid head about
1 in. in diam. G.C. 11. 11:333.

Var. bracteata, Hook. Stipules more acute: calyx
limb often with a lance- or trowel-shaped, white, leafy
lobe, sometimes 3 in. long. Offered in S. Calif, and
^'''- M. B. COCLSTON.

MORtNGA (altered from the native Malabar name).
Morinydcew. Only three species comprise the family
Moringacese, all members of the genus Moringa. They
are small, spineless trees, with alternate, deciduous, pin-
nate lvs., axillary panicles of rather large, white or red
fls., and long, pod-like fruits. They are native of N.
Africa and the tropical parts of Asia. The position of
the family Moringacese is difficult to determine. Ben-
tham & Hooker ally it with AnacardiaceiP. Engler and
Prantl place it between Resedaceae and Sarraceniace£B.
Grisebach joins it to the Capparidaceae. Others ally it

MOElNDA (Latin, moms.
and Indica, Indian). BiihiiU-etr.
includes the Indian Mulberry, M

mulberrv

1419, Morinda citrifolia branch with leaves, flowers and fruit (X I
Also vertical section of fruit (fruit sometimes larger) and enlarged flower below.

1032

BIORINGA

MORKENIA

with the Legurainosro, which it resembles in external
appearance. Fls. perfect, 5-merous; calyx cup-shaped,
5-cle£t, the lobes reflexing; petals 5, one of thera erect
and larger; fertile stamens 5, alternating with 5 or 7

1420. Moringa oleifera

About natural size.

1421.

Moringa oleifera —

the Horse -radish Tree.

staminodia, the anthers attached on the back, and l-lo-
culed: fr. a long, 4-9-angled, 1-loculed pod with 3
valves, the seeds immersed in the spongy contents of
the valves.

oleifera. Lam. (M. pferygospirma, Gsertn.). Hoese-
KADisH Tree. Figs. 1420, 1421. Small tree (reaching
2."> ft.), with soft wood and corky bark, the young parts
pubescent : Ivs. mostly 3-pinnate, 1-2 ft. long, all parts
stalked: fls. whitish, stalked, fragrant, 1 in. across: pod
often l]/i ft. long, 9-ribbed, bearing 3-angled, winged
seeds. India, but now spontaneous in parts of the W.
Indies. — The Horse-radish Tree is so named from the
pungent taste of the root, which is sometimes eaten.
The young fr. is also edible. The seeds (called ben-
nuts ) yield an oil, whicli is more or less used in the arts.
Tlie tree is sometimes cult, in the extreme southern
•-'• S. L. H. B.

MORHODES (Greek, a grotesque creature). Oreki-
(friicir. This genus is remarkable for the interesting
form of its flowers, which suggested the name given to
the genus by Lindley. The plants are rather large,
with long, tapering pseudobulbs sheathed by the dry
bases of the fallen Ivs. : Ivs. long, plaited, deciduous in
the autumn; raceme from the base of the pseudobulbs
bearing many showy fls.: sepals and petals subequal,
mostly narrow; labellum firmly united with the column,
with revolute margins, rarely concave, turned to one
side; column without appendages, twisted in the oppo-
site direction from the labellum. Distinguished from
the closely related genus Catasetum by its perfect fls.
and wingless column.

Mormodes are commonly found in poor condition
among the collections, which is the result of neglect
rather than difliculty of cultivation. They should be
grown in small baskets suspended from the roof, in a
compost of equal parts of clean chopped peat-fiber, sphag-
num and sod, interspersed by nodules of charcoal, and
the whole pressed in firmly around the roots. The roots
like to work among the charcoal, and this also serves
the purpose of dividing the compost, thereby allow-
ing it to dry out more readily. Mormodes do not require
an abundance of water at any time, and the compost
should frequently be allowed to dry out during the
growing season. When at rest, an occasional ap-
plication will suffice to keep the soil moist and
the pseudobulbs from shriveling. Rebasketing
should take place at the commencement of new
growth in spring. They ail require warmbouse
temperature; the Cattleya or Cypripedium depart-
ment affords them a proper location regarding
temperature and moisture.

Cult, by RoEEKT M. Grey.
C0I68SUS, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs 6-12 in. long, clothed
witli brown sheaths: Ivs. elliptic-ovate, 10-15 in. long,
plaited: raceme inclined, 2 ft. long, with the stalk: fls.
!)-(> in. across; sepals and petals narrow-lanceolate,
spreading or reflexed, with recurved margins, pink be-
low, changing to yellow toward the upper portion; la-
bellum ovate, long-acuminate, very revolute, yellow,
somewhat sprinkled with pink dots. March. Cent.
Amer. B.M. 5840. —A plant of striking appearance.

paidlna, Batem. Pseudobulbs 4-7 in. high, stem-like,
sheathed by the bases of the lanceolate, striate Ivs.,
which are 4 times as long: raceme nodding, many fld.,
shorter than the Ivs. : fls. yellow, spotted with reddish
purple, fragrant, crowded on the upper end of the stalk;
sepals and petals ovati', piHiitiil, I'lmvergent; labellum
nearly like the segments but with 2 h*teral acute lobes.
July," Aug. Mex. B.M. :1'.W)0. F.C. 3:l]:i.-A curious
and rather rare plant. Var. unicolor. Hooker (Mar-
niMes citrina, Hort. ). Fls. of one color, all yellow.
B.M. .3879. l.H. 1:25. G.C. HI. 14:181. Var. auran-
tlaca, Rolte. Sepals and petals golden yellow; label-
lum yellow. l.H. 39:144.

Buccinator, Lindl. Plants 1-2 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate,
membranous, striate: fls. pale green, with an ivory-
white lip ; sepals linear-oblong, the lateral ones reflexed ;
petals erect; labellum subrotund-cuneate, with the
sides rolled back, giving it the appearance of a trumpet.
April. Mex. B.M. 4455 (jV/. /en^iViwosa). -This plant is
extremely variable in color, ranging from nearly white
to chocolate-brown, the various forms being either
spotted or plain. Its forms
have been described under
at least 7 distinct specific
names.

luxata, Lindl. Pseudo-
bulbs 4-6 in. long: sheath-
ing Ivs. 1-2 ft. long, narrow-
lanceolate, plaited: raceme
much shorter: fls. 2 in. in
diara., rather fleshy and glo-
bular, lemon-yellow, with a
dark brown streak down the
labellum; sepals ovate-lan-
ceolate; petals oblong, con-
cave; labellum hemispheri-
cal, concave, obsoletely 3-
lobed. July. Mex. B. R.
29:33. R.H. 1889:132.- Very
fragrant. The fls. are re-
markably distorted. Var.
ebiimea, Hort. Fls. creamy
white. This is a very effec-
tive plant, superior to the type. G.C. II. 18:145. l.H.
3i'35. Heinrioh Hasselbbing.

MORNING-GLORY. Ipomaea purpurea.

MOHRfiNIA (Professor Charles Morren, Belgian
botanist). AsclepiaiJAcem. One or two pubescent twin-
ing shrubs of S. Amer., allied to Cynanchum, but dif-
fering in its convex 2-lobed stigma ( flat or concave in

1422. Stami-

1423. Piitil-

nate catkin

late catkin

of Russian

of Russian

Mulberry.

Mulberry.

Natural size.

Natural size.

MORRENIA

MORUS

1033

Cynanchum) and the tubular corona, which is longer
than the pistils, villose on the inside, and conniving
over the pistils. The Ivs. are opposite and hastate. M.
odorata, Lindl., is offered by Franceschi. S. Calif. It
has white fragrant fls. in dense cymes in the axils. De
scribed by Lindley as long ago as 1838. but appears
never to have been brought into cultivation. Franceschi
says it is "a noble vine; foliage very distinct." .Argen-
tine and Paraguay.

of

1424.
Staminate fl(
Russian Mulberry,
Enlarged

of

1425.
Pistillate flowi
Russian Mulberry
Enlarged

MORTTS (the ancient Latin name). Urficiiceie or
Mordcew. Mulberry. About 100 species of Mulberry
have been described, b>it the latest monographer (Bu-
reau, D(J. Prodr. 17:237 [1873|) reduces them to 5.
Some of the names are now referred to other genera.
Many of the names represent cultural forms of 31. alba.
Mulberries are grown as food for silkworms and for the
edible fruits. The silkworm Mulberry of history is M.
alba, and the fruit-bearing Mulberry of history is M.
nii/ra. Yet, strangely enough, the leading fruit-bearing
varieties of North America are derived from M. alba
(see Bailey, Bull. 41, Cornell E.\p. Sta., and "Evolution
of Our Native Fruits"). The native M. rubra has also
given varieties which are grown for their fruits. Tlie
silkworm Mulberry of the Chinese is M. innlticauli.i, by
some considered to be a form of 3/. alba. This was intro-
duced into North America early in the century, and for a
time there was the wildest speculation in the selling and
planting of the Mulberry tree, and in the rearing of
silkworms. These efforts have now largely passed away
in North America. M. mnlticanlis gave rise to one va-
riety which was prized for its fruits, the Downing. This
variety is now little known, but the name has been pop-
ularly but erroneously transferred to a good variety of
M.alha (the New American) .

The Mulberries are trees of the temperate regions of
the Old and New World. The genus Morns usually has
monoecious flowers, both sexes being in small hanging
axillary catkins, the males soon falling (Figs. 1422-23).
The calyx is 4-parted : stamens 4, the filaments partially
inclosed in the calyx-lobes (Fig. 1424). In the pistillate
flower there is one ovary with 2 stigmas, and the 4 calyx-
lobes are adherent to the ovary (Fig. 1425). The pistil-
late flowers become fleshy and cohere
into a long multiple fruit which sug-
gests a blackberry in external appear-
ance (Fig. 1420).

In North America the Mulberry is
known chiefly as a fruit-bearing tree,
.ilthough it is never planted exten-
sively and the fruit is scarcely known
in the market. Two or three trees
about the home grounds are suflicient
to supply a family. The fruits are
sweet and soft. To many people they
:ire too sweet. Because of their sweet-
ness they are of little value for culi-
nary uses. They usually drop when
ripe. They are harvested by being
shaken on sheets or straw. Birds are
exceedingly fond of them. In the
East and North, varieties of M. alba
are chiefly grown, as the New Ameri-
can ( Downing of most present nurser-
ies), Thorburn and Trowbridge. On the Pacific coast
and in some iiarts of the South, varieties of M. niqra-
are grown, particularly the Black Persian. In parts of
the South forms of the native M. rubra are grown, as
Hicks and Stubbs. These are popular for planting in
hog pastures, as the animals like the fruits. The Mul-
berry thrives in any garden soil. It does well even on

1426. Fruit of
Moras alba.
Natural size.

thin gravels and rocky slopes. For fruit-bearing pur-
poses, trees may be planted from 20 to 40 feet apart.

The Russian Mulberries are offshoots of M. alba.
Their particular merits are great hardiness to withstand
cold, drought and neglect. They are useful for low
wind-breaks and also for sheared hedges. They have
become popular on the plains. They are readily propa-
gated by seeds, and the resulting plants are variable.
Now aud then a large-fruited form appears and it may
be named and propagated, but for the most part the
Russian Mulberry has little merit for its fruits unless
one desires to feed the birds.

Varieties of Mulberries are now mostly worked on
seedlings of the Russian. One of the most successful
grafts is S. D.Willard's method, shown in Fig. 1427. The
grafting is performed in spring when the bark will slip,
using cions which have been kept perfectly dormant or
on ice. a is the cion, the lower part being cut thin so
that it will enter readily between the bark and wood of
the stock. 6 is the stock, with an incision made through
the bark essentially as for shield-budding, c shows the
graft bound with raffia, d shows the completed opera-
tion, the work being covered with grafting wax. Morris
multicaulU grows from cuttings in the South. These
cuttings, with the buds removed to prevent sprouting,
are often grafted before they are planted with a long
cion of the desired variety (see Fig. 941). The cut-
ting acts as a nurse, and the cion takes root of itself
if set deep enough.

There are many Mulberries with ornamental forms.
Of these, the most popular in America at present is
Teas' Weeping, a chance seedling of the Russian Mul-

1427. A method of eraftine the Mulberry.

o, the cion; b, matrix to receive cion; c, the graft tied;

d, the graft waxed.

berry tribe. When grafted .several feet high on straight
Russian stock, it makes one of the best of small wee^)-
ing lawn trees (Fig. 1428). It originated on the grounds
of -John C. Teas, Carthage, Mo., about 1883. Various
cut-leaved forms, mostly of M. alba, are seen in fine
collections, of which the form known as M. nervosa
(Fig. 1429) is one of the best. The foliage of Mulber-
ries is interesting because so variable. Even on the
same tree there may be leaves of several forms, while
different trees of the same species may show strong in-
dividual traits. The most striking variations are in the
lobing of the leaves.

A. Li's. mostly bright and glabrous above, a7id vsiialli/
glossy.
B. Style very short or practically none.
4Iba, Linn. White Mri.HERnv. Figs. 1430, 1432 B.
Lvs. light green, rather sitiaii. siiiuoth or very nearly so
above and often sliining, the veins prominent beneath
and whitish, variously lobed or divided, the basal lobes
unequal, the teeth large and for the most part rounded
or nearly obtuse, the branches gray or grayish yellow:
fr. variable, usually narrow, 1-2 in. long, white or violet,
very sweet. China. — J/on(.s alba has been cultivated
from the earliest times, chiefly for feeding the silk
worm. It is a frequent tree along roadsides and in the
old yards in the eastern states, where the trunk some-
times attains a diameter of two feet. This half-wild
form usually has rather small rounded shining leaves
with very large rounded teeth, and bears little whitish
or violet fruits, which are very sweet. Sometimes the

1034

MORUS

MORUS

-'- iSti.

>tijii2u^/i. -*

142S. Teas' Weeping Mulberry

fruits are an inch long, but they are oftener only half
thnt length and one sometimes finds trees on which the
fruits are bareh a quarter of an inch in length. Now
and then atiet bears fruit neailj orquite black. Birds,
poultrj and hogs are
fond of these Mulber-
ries The trees are usu-
ally very thick-topped
and bushy growers,
but occasionally one is
seen which, when
\ oung has branches as
stiaight and trim as a
Noithern Spy apple.
These half-wild trees
aie seedlings, and this
i( ( ounts for their var-
labihtj

Vir TatArica.Loudon
( 1/ latdrica, Linn.).
Klssiin Mulbekkv.
1 vs 1422-25, 14ai. A
h ird> type of Morns
alba which was intro-
duced into our western
states during 1875-77 by the Russian Mennonites. It dif-
fers little from the type of Morns alba in botanical
characters. As coninionly seen, it is a low-growing very
bushy-topped, -mnli tn . with sukiII mikI unich-lobed Ivs.
The fruit is u^n:ill\ \< i y small anil insipid, and varies
from creamy whiit-to viult-t, deep red and almost black.
Var. nervdsa, Hort. Fig. 1429. Lvs. contracted and
jagged, and very strongly marked with many white
veins. It bears fruit a half-inch long. Among the
horticultural curiosities this tree should find a place,
although it is not grown by our nurserymen. Its orua-
luL-ntal value is considerable, especially when striking
effects are desired. Rare in America. A large specimen
stands in the grounds of the Department of Agriculture
at Washington. The hi.story of the Nervosa Mulberry is
obscure. Delile described it in a French periodical as
long ago as 182(>, and it is described in monographic
works. It is of horticultural origin.

The following names, which one may find in horticultu-
ral litprature.nrcrefcrablf to .If. alhn: cedrbna(f),colom-
lassfi .('f>ii^lfniliin:iinl,ii)iiri . 'I I ■: In j sd .intermedia , Itdlica,
hi'-nii.'il:! iiif siHiMi. Hi, III, I . II, I III III a nd.cea,macrophylla,
Miin'lli. l!„m,hiii. i„^,,i. ii rtiiii hilia.

BB. Slijle evident or even prominent.
Jap6nica, Audib. {M. dlha, var. sfylbsa, Bureau).
Lvs. usually large, dull, rather thin, long-pointed, the
rounded teeth very large and deep, or the margin even
almost jagged, the leaves upon the young growth usually
deeply lobed. China, Korea, Japan. — This species has
been introduced lately. It is tender in the North when
young. The fruit is described as short-oblong and red.

latifblia, Poir., which Bureau refers here, is probably
M. Indieu, Linn.). Fig. 1432 A. A strong-growing
small tree or giant shrub, with dull, roughish and very
large, long-pointed lvs., which are seldom or never
prominently lobed, and which are often convex above,
bearing black, sweet fr. ; style evident. China, where
it is the chief silkworm Mulberry. — Once much grown
in this country, but not now well known, particularly
not in the North.

£fvs, dull green, mostly rough or pubescent.
B. Fnll-grown lvs. more than 4 in. long.

multicatilis, Perr. {M. alba, var. muUicanl is, Loudon.
M. alba. var. latifblia, Bureau. M. Sinensis, Hort. M.

1430. Morus alba (X

nlgn^a, Linn. Black Mulberry. Lvs. dark, dull
green, rather large, tapering into a prominent point,
commonly very rough above, usually not lobed, the
base equal or very nearly so on both sides, the teeth
rather small and close, the branches brown: fr. large,
comparatively thick and fleshy, mostly dark-colored.
The black Mulberry is a native of Asia, probably of
Persia and adjacent regions. - This is the species which is
cultivated in the Old World for its fruit. In America
it is very little grown. It is not hardy, except in pro-
tected places, in New England and New York. The
Black Persian Mulberry of the South and of California
is probably of this species.

rdbra, Linn. Native Red Mul-
berry. Fig. 14:13. Lvs. usually
large, very various, those on the
young shoots deeply lobed with
very oblique and rounded sinsues,
in the base of which there are no
teeth, the upper surface rough and
the lower one soft or variously
pubescent, the teeth medium or
.■omparativelv small and either
rounded or hluntisli: fr. deep red,
or when fully rii.e almost black,
variable iu size, often very good,
nearly always having an agreeable
slight acidity. Mass. to Fla., Kans.
and Tex., mostly in rich soils and bottom lands. S.S.
7:320. — This native Mulberry has been tried for the
feeding of silkworms, but with indifferent success. At
least three of the named fruit-bearing Mulberries be-
long to it, and a yellow-leaved Mulberry, which is

MORUS

MOVING PLANT

1035

somewhat grown for ornament, also appears to be of
this species. The curious lobing of the Ivs. on the
young growth is shown in the upper spray of Fig. 1433.
The nearest approach to this lobing is in the Japanese
(Mortis Jnpoiiica), and this affords another of those
interesting parallelisms which exist between the Jap-
anese ami eastern American floras. The red Mul-

Tatarica ( X ^i).

berry is the largest tree of the genus. In the South it
often attains a height of 70 ft. and a diam.of 3 or 4 ft.
The timber is used for posts and light woodwork.

Var. tomentdsa, Bureau [M. tomentdsa, Raf.). Lvs.
very soft-pubescent and whitish beneath, often glossy
but" rough above. Tex. — A large-fruited form of this
was introduced in 1889 by T. V. Munson as the Lam
pasas Mulberry.

BB. Full-grown lvs. usuaUy S in. o» le'ss long
celtidifdlia, HBK. (M. MexicAna. Benth V mtoo
phf/lhi. Buckl.). Much smaller tree thin V > il > i
rarely more than 25 ft. tall, and with
smaller and smoother lvs. and
smaller, sourer black fr., which
ripens earlier and is not so good.
Lvs. cordate-ovate, more or less
lobed, mucronate-serrate, nearly
smooth on both sides; fr. short-
ovate or sometimes nearly globu-
lar. Tex. and Ariz, to Ecuador.
S.S. 7:321. — Occasionally planted
for its fruits. L, H. B. ^J

MOSQUITO PLANT. See C<in-
a.iihuiii.

MOSS, A general name for many
humble green plants of the crypto-
gamia (fiowerless plants), mostly
with distinct stems and foliage
leaves. In North America there
are about 1,200 species, distributed in numerotis families
and four orders. They have solitary, mostly stalked
spore-cases or capsules arising from the apex of a leafy
stem (Fig. 1434). The capsule is covered with a thin cap

or calyptra (c) which is shed at maturity. The capsule
opens by means of a lid or operculum (o), and the ori-
fice is usually guarded by one or two rows of teeth or a
peristome. None of the Mosses
are horticultural plants, al-
though Sphagnum Moss is
much used as a packing ma-
terial and for holding moisture
about pots, and as a medium in
which to sow delicate seeds. It
is collected from bogs. Club
Mosses are not true Mosses, but
lycopodiums (which see). The
"Moss" on fruit and other trees
is mostly lichen. The Florida
or Spanish Moss is a flowering
plant (see Ti7;ajidsJa). L.jj.B

MOSS PINK. Phlox stihidnla

MOTHER OF THOUSANDS.

Linarin Cymbahlria ; also 1432.

Hen-and-chickensdaisyiBellis). Leaf of Morus alba at B;

and Saxifraga sarmentosa. of M. multicaulisat A.

MOULDS. The term Mould is generally applied to any
small fungous growth which appears on decaying organic
matter, such as fruits, both fresh and preserved, vege-
tables, etc. The Moulds are very simple fungi producing
immense numbers of spores, a fact which accounts for
their presence everywhere, in the air, in dust, and on all
exposed bodies. As a rule these fungi are not directly
injurious to plants; they are normally saprophytes and
perform a great service in disorganizing organic matter
which would otherwise accumulate on the earth. A
few of the species may become parasitic. Thus, species
of Botrytis often attack lettuce in forcing-houses which
are too close and damp. Carnation buds and violet plants
are also frequently in.iured by Botrytis. The mould-
like growths occurring on boards in damp cellars or in
greenhouse benches are sterile mycelia of higher fungi.
These do not attack plants, but sometimes, as in the case
of violets, grow over and smother the plants. (See also
Diseases, Fungi. Heinrich Hasselbring.

MOUNTAIN ASH. Pv».s- Aucnpnrln. M. Cherry,
PridiKs fiiHiiixtifoliii. M. Ebony. lioiihiiiio . M. Holly.
Xnimiianthes fasiirula ris. M. Laurel. Kulmia, par-

1433. Morus rubra, the native

Mulberry (XJs).

ticulirly K latifoha M. Mahoe, Bibiseus elatus.
M. Mahogany. Ceicocaipns. M. Mint. Pycnanthe-
WHtif. M. Rose. Antigonon.

MOURNING BRIDE. See Seabiosa.
MOVING PLANT. Desmodivm gyrans.

1434. A true
Polytrichun

Nat. size. (

1035.)

1036 MUCUNA

fflUCtJNA (Brazilian nami' I. I.viiii mmiisw. Between
20 and 30 mostly twinius; plant-, ui.l.ly .listributed in
the tropics, one of which is s(iiii,-\vh:ii cultivateil as a
forage plant. The genus is alli'-'l to (llycinc, which in-
cludes the 8oy Bean. The Ivs. are
large and 3-£oliolate: fls. long or
oblong, large, usually dark purple
(sometimes yellowish) but turning
hhu^k when dried, the corolla much
longer than the narrow-lobed calyx;
the keel long, boat-shaped and usu-
ally twice or thrice longer than the
obtuse standard and also longer
than the wings: stamens diadel-
phous (9 and 1) the anthers not uni-
form in kind: pod usually hairy,
bristly or pubescent, containing
globular pea-like seeds. The Mu-
cunas are either annuals or peren-
nials. The fls. are borne in axillary
clusters, and the pods are usually
long and beset with stinging hairs,
prilriens, DC. (Z)d?ic7ios pruriens,
Linn. D. multifldrtis, Hort. ). Cow-
ITOH. CovvAOE. Pig. 1435. Annual
twiner, the branchlets somewhat
appressed-hairy and the Ivs. more
or less silky-hairy beneath : petioles
usually longer than the Ivs. : Ifts.
ovate or the lateral ones rhombic-
ovate, obtuse but apiculate : fls.
several to many, dull purple, l)4~^
in. long, in more or less drooping
racemes: pods f-shaped (the ends
curved in opposite directions), 2-4
in. long, ribbed, densely brown-or
gray-bristly. — Tall - twining vine,
common in the tropics of both hem-
ispheres. The hairs or bristles on
the pods are dislodged by the touch and they are very
irritating to the skin, often I'aising blisters. These
hairs also constitute a remedy for intestinal worms, it
being supposed that they kill the worms by irritating or
stinging them. It is a variable species.

Var. iitilis (3/. «h7is, Wall.). Velvet Bean. Banana
Bean, A cultivated form, differing in the mostly
shorter pods, which are only velvety (not bristly-hispid).
Widely grown in the tropics. — Of late it has attracted
attention in the Gulf states as a forage and green-ma-
nure crop, but its use is still in the exprrinu-iita! stage in
most places. Cattle have been fed sin-frsslully on the
meal made of the beans ground in the pod. but people have
been made sick by eating the green cooked beans, and
chickens have been killed by both raw and cooked
beans. Because of its vigorous growth, the Velvet
Bean promises well as a soil renovator, as the cow-pea
does, although it can not be be grown so far north as
that plant. It is a good ornamental plant, growing
10-20 ft. high when supplied with support. The hand-
some globular beans (%-!>^ in. diam. ) have markings
which suggest the castor bean.

capit&ta, Sweet. Cult, in India and Japan (A. G.
13:728) as a household vegetable (as a shell bean), but
doubtfully distinct from the above: fls. usually feweron
erect or ascending peduncles: pod mostly larger and
flatter, less hairy and becoming nearly or quite glabrous
at maturity; bean larger, somewhat flattened. — Not yet
reported in this country.

nlvea, DC. Also cult, in India, and perhaps a cul-
tural race of M. pruriens: fls. white: pod large, black,
becoming glabrous. L_ jj. b.

MTJEHLENBfiCKIA (after Dr. Muehlenbeck, a Swiss
physician). Polyqoni'lcew. A rather small genus of
climbing or erect, usually slightly shrubby plants, all
inhabitants of the south temperate zone: Ivs. alternate,
with sheathing stipules at the base : fls. unisexual,
small, fascicled in the leaf -axils; perianth with 5 nearly
equal lobes; stamens 8: ovary 1-celled, 1-ovuled: styles
3: akene obtuse or acute, 3-angled, crustaceous, about
equaling the succulent perianth. All greenhouse plants,
very various in appearance.

MUU'UIXG

compl^xa, Meissn. A twining or drooping, somewhat
shrubby plant: stem slender and much-branched, gla
brous except when very young : Ivs. very small, 3-5
lines long, light green, about equaling the petiole,
mostly fiddle-shaped, rarely hastate; sheaths small, tu-
bular, deciduous: fls. 1-6, in somewhat racemose, pubes-
cent clusters, green and inconspicuous: fr. with a suc-
culent, transparent, whitish, persistnnt perianth. New

Zealand.— A graceful greeiil ^r lia^k.t plant, but may

also be made to twine. Fruit rlu^tit-. i:iistening, showy.
Is sometimes called Polygouum by llorists.

platyclWos, Meissn. (Coccdlobaplatijclhda, P.Muell.).
A very interesting erect, shrubby plant, with broad,
flat, riiibon-like, glossy, delicately striate branches, re-
placing the Ivs.. which are scanty or entirely wanting:
Ivs. membranous, oblong-lanceolate, sometimes hastate:
bracts and stipules very .short: fls. white, in few-fld.
clusters: akenes included in the fleshy perianth, which
at maturity is bright red or at length deep purple and
quite showy. Solomon Isls. B.M. 5382. — Frequently
grown in greenhouses because of the odd flat stems and
showy fruit.

M. adpressa. Meissn. Large, diffuse, bushy plant, with small
pink fls. in paniculate spikes: Ivs. up to 2 in. long hro.adly ib-
long, often cordate, glabrous. Australia. B.M. 3145 (as Poly-
gonum), rulf. in Europe. ^ jj, Weioand.

MUEHLENBfiEGIA ( Dr. H. Muhlenberg, who wrote a
work ui)on American grasses in 1817). Gramlneie.
About 60 species, mostly American. Spikelets 1-fld.
The following is offered by one dealer in native plants.

glomer&ta, Trin. An erect perennial, with rather
short appressed Ivs. : panicle contracted and spike-like:
empty glumes nearly etjual, 1-nerved, extending into
short awns: fl. -glume longer than empty glumes, ex-
cept the awns. Wet ground, nearly throughout north-
ern U. S. A. S. Hitchcock.

MUGWORT. Artemisia vulgaris.

MUlLLA (an inversion of Allium). LlUAcere. A'ge-
nus of one species, an unimportant plant advertised by
one specialist in Pacific coast bulbs. It has a slender
scape 3-12 in. high, bearing early in the year an umbel
of 5-15 greenish white fls., each about % in. across.
The genus is close to Allium, btit instead of a true bulb
it has a flbrous-coated corm, and also lacks the onion-
like odor. Generic characters are: perianth subrotate,
persistent, of 0 nearly equal, slightly united segments:
filaments slightly thicker at the base: ovules 8-10 in a
cell: style club-shaped, persistent and at length split-
ting.

maritima, Wats. Lvs. several, not sheathing at base,
scabrous, as long as the scape. Calif., Nev.

MUKIA. See Melothria.

MULBERRY. Discussed under Mnrtis. French M.
Callicarpa Americana. Indian M. Morinda. Paper M.
Broussonetia. The wild Buhtis odoratits is improperly
called Mulberry in some parts of the country.

MULCHING has four general oljjects: (1) to con-
serve moisture in the soil by preventing or hindering
evaporation; (2) to protect plants from winter injury;

(3) to keep the surface of the soil loose and friable;

(4) to add plant-food to the soil.

The moisture which is available to agricultural plants
is held in the soil by means of capillary attraction.
The soil may be conceived to be full of irregular capil-
lary tubes which have a general vertical direction. The
upper ends of these tubes or spaces are in contact with
the atmosphere, and they are constantly giving off
moisture into the air. If the upper ends of these tubes
are covered, as with a board or a mulch, the evapora-
tion into the atmos|ilieri- is relatively slight. If they
are covered with a niul.'lj of allies or sawdust, a similar
result may be att.aincil. Tliis dry earth-mulch may be
made on the spot by tilling the upper two or three inches
of soil. The philosophy of summer tillage is to prepare
and to maintain this mulch of soil, thereby interposing
a relatively non-capillary stratum between the moist

MULCHING

soil and the air. This eartli-iuulch may itself be dust-
dry, but it protects the soil beneath. There is more or
less evaporation into the interstices of the earth-iuiilch
itself, and some of the moisture ascends through the
mulch and escapes into the atmosphere; but it has been
found by long experience and by experiments that tlie
earth-raiilch greatly lessens evaporation. The frequent
stirring of the surface soil in summer is said to malie
the land moist; as a matter of fact, it keeps it moist.
When it is impracticable to keep a surface mulch by
means of tillage with horse tools or a rake, it is some-
times advisable to use straw or manure. Mulching
newly set trees is often desirable when it is not possible
to till the land or not practicable to water them. The
ideal mulch lo conserve moisture, however, is the loose
soil, since the stirring of the soil not only affords the
mulch but also sets at work various chemical and bio-
logical forces which make the plant-food more available.
All herbaceous plants and most shrubs are benefitted
by a mulfli in tlio full, no matter how hardy they may
be in the given locality. Nature's mulch is the debris of
fallen leaves, grass and other litter. The autumn leaves
which blow into the borders and the clumps of shrub-
bery, afford the very best winter mulch ; and yet
it is a common practice to scrupulously collect and burn
these leaves in the fall, and then if the plants are
mulched to apply manure. This is doubtful wisdom.
The herbaceous border will be benefitted by a loose, open
mulch, 6 to 10 inches deep. If the mulch is of such
character as to become very hard and dense, and to hold
too much water, it may be injurious. Leaf-mold, loose
muck or peat, atiturau leaves mixed with some litter
which will prevent them from packing too hard, manure
which is not too strong in nitrogen and potash, fine
straw, sawdust, shavings, pine needles, evergreen
boughs — these are some of the n till \ hich may be

JIUSA

1037

1435. Mucuna pn

used as a mulch to good advantage. If the mulch has
thoroughly decayed by spring, it may be left on the
land and it will make a fine loamy covering which will
lie much like the vegetable mold found in the woods. Too
often the passion for cleanness sacrifices the welfare of
the border. Persons will collect and burn every stray
autumn leaf, but will not notice many kinds of dirt
wliich are really objectionable.

The mulch keeps the surface of the soil loose and
mellow because it protects it from the beating of heavy
rains and the weight of snow. The vegetable fiber
which works into the surface also prevents the particles
of heavy clay soils from running together or puddling.
Soils which are covered with a mulch do not bake.

Whenever the mulch contains soluble plant-food, the
soil receives the leachings and is enriched. Stable
manure is an ideal mulch for enriching the soil, but if
tlie manure is fresh and strong, it is likely to injure the
crowns of some plants. , L H B

MULLEIN. See Verhasnim. Mullein Pink. Lychnis
Coroimi-ia.

MUERAYA (J. A. Murray, 1740-1791, professor in
Gcittingen). Bulcivea. Trees or shrubs without thorns:
Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. ovate, rhomboid or elliptical-lanceo-
late, cuneate or oblique at base: fls. comparatively large,
solitary and axillary, or in terminal corymbs or axillary
cymes; sepals 5, ovate or lanceolate, united only at the
base or in the lower third; petals 5, linear-lanceolate,
free, imbricate; stamens 10, free, inserted on an elon-
gated disk, the alternate shorter; ovary ovate, 2-5-celled
narrowed into a long and finally deciduous style; stigma
capitate; ovules solitary or 2, superimposed or collateral
in each cell: fr. a small elliptical or round berry. Four
species in Indo-Malay region.

ex6tica, Linn. Orange Jessamine. A very variable
evergreen slirub or small tree: young branches pubes-
cent : Ivs. glabrous, 3-8-foliolate ; Ifts. oblique, short-
petioled, about 1 in. long, obovate or elliptical, entire,
shining above : fls. campanulate, H in. in diam., pure
white, very fragrant; ovary 2-celled: fr. a small berry,
elliptical, reddish, glandular-dotted, 1-2-seeded. India,
China, Australia and the Pacific islands. — A tender tropi-
cal shrub, with dense foliage and of upright -bushy
habit. Cultivated to some extent on lawns in southern
Fla. and S. Calif., and in hothouses. A fine ornamental
pot-plant, blooming when small. Mnrraya exotica "needs
ample pot room and a liberal supply of plant-food. An
annual application of bone-meal when repotting in Feb-
ruary intensifies the color of the foliage, increases the
size of the flowers, and causes it to bloom more fre-
quently. When properly treated, the first crop of flowers
usually appears here [Georgia] during May, another dur-
ing .Tuly,and this is succeeded at intervals of from four
to six weeks until fall. For winter, give it the tempera-
ture of a cool greenhouse, but during summer it thrives
best when given full sunshine outdoors." P. J . Berck-
mans, A.F. 11:1367 (picture).

Koenigii, Spreng. Lvs.'lO-20-foliolate, pubes-
cent or rarely glabrous. Along the foot of the
Himalayas in India. — A small, strong-smelling
tree. The b.irk, leaves and roots of this species
are used in India as a tonic.

eloiiga.ta, DC. Lvs. 4-6-folioIate, glabrous;
Ifts. 4-5 in. long, much longer and more lanceo-
late than any form of M. exnticii : bark on
slender branches pale yellow. Burma,
panicul&ta, .Jack. Satinwood or Cos-
metic Bark Tree. Arboreous ; corymbs
few-fld. or fls. solitary. — The wood of
this species is considerably used be-
cause of its strength and endurance
and light yellow color. The bark is
used as a cosmetic. By some consid-
ered to be a form of M. exotica.

H. J. Webber.
Mt^SA (named after Musa, the physi-
cian of Augustus). Scitaniin&cece. Ba-
nana. Plantain Tree. Large herbaceous or
slightly shrubby plants with immense undi-
vided leaves, forming a very conspicuous fea-

1038

MUSA

ture in the tropical forests of the Old World, where
alone it is native. Characterized by the elliptical pin-
nately-parallel-veined Ivs. with the sheathing petioles
forming a false stem-like structure: fls. unisexual, in
clusters, each cluster subtended by a large, colored bract,
and all arranged in a dense terminal panicle borne on a
stalk rising through the center of the false stem; peri-
anth of G parts, 5 of which are united in 1 piece, desig-
nated below for convenience as calyx, and 1 free, here
termed the petal ; perfect stamens 5 : ovary inferior,
3-celled, many-seeded : fr. large, more or less elongated,
indebiscent, pulpy or dry. Plants of great importance
in the tropics, where the fruit is used for food. Bananas
are imported into the U, S. in great quantities from
Cuba and Central America, and are also grown in the
Gulf states {aee Banana). Several species are grown
extensively in the North solely for decorative purposes.
Latest monograph of the genus by Baker, Annals of
Botany 7:205^1893). g. M.Wiegand.

The principal species grown for its fiber is Musa tex-
illis. Its cultivation is confined almost entirely to the
Philippine Islands, where it is grown in immense dense
groves. The product of this fiber Banana is known in
commerce as Manila hemp. This species is a very tall-
growing one, reaching a height of 20 or more feet. It
produces an inedible fruit filled with seeds, from which
it is readily propagated. It is little known in this
country.

As decorative plants in landscape gardening few sub-
jects equal the choicer species of Bananas. The immense
leaves arching out gracefully from the top of the " stalk,"
which is in reality a bundle of long leaf-stems so closely
united as to form, for practical purposes, a real stem,
give an effect of tropical luxuriance. As they are of
really easy growth, their cultivation in temperate cli-
mates is on the increase. The smaller species, some of
them with mottled or variegated foliage, are most useful
for bedding purposes on a small scale.

Young plants may be obtained from nursery or florist
firms in the spring or early summer and kept growing
in pots in the conservatory or house until settled warm
weather permits open-air planting. They should then be
given considerable space in a well-enriched bed, having
a situation sheltered from the prevailing winds and
where water can be applied during dry weather. The
Banana is impatient of shade, doing its best in strong
sunshine. Heavy winds tear the large leaves, and hence
a sheltered location is best for preserving the beauty of
the foliage. By autumn the plant will be large, and if
desired to carry it on to fruiting, it should be carefully
lifted into good soil in a large tub for growth under glass
during winter. By the following summer it should be of
sufficient age and size to bloom and fruit in the open
ground. The plants may be stored in a light, frost-proof
cellar during the winter, but by this means the foliage
will be lost and the plant suQ'er a severe check. When
it is desired merely to have their foliage for ornamental
purposes, and fruiting the plant is not specially desired,
the heavy tuberous roots may be deprived of tops and
stored in dry sand through the winter. In the spring
these will throw up shoots, if given heat and moisture
in the greenhouse or hotbed. g. N. Reasoner.

Basjoo. 3.

Martini, 2.

seminifera, 6.

Cavendishii, 1.

orientum, 4.

Sinensis, 1.

Champa, 4.

palustris, 4.

Sumatrana, 7.

Okmensis, 1.

paradisiaca, 4.

Troglodytarum. 4

coccinea, 8.

rosacea, 10.

Uranoscopos, 4.

Dacca, 4.

rubra, 4.

vittata, 4.

Ensete.5.

san^iinea. 9.

zebrina, G.

Japonica, 3.

sapientimi, 4.

A. Fruit edible, seedless {except rarely

Nos. Sand 4): petal ovate, entire.

B. livs. 2-S ft. long: plant dwarf,

4-6 ft. liigh: fr. 6-angled: fls.

1 in. long 1. Cavendishii

BB. Lvs. 5-9 ft. long: plant taller,
S-SO ft.: fr. SS-angled: fls.
lM-2 in. long.
0. Foliage very glaucous beneath,

firm: fls. rose-red 2. Martini

MUSA

^olinge green on both sides

(except one var. of iVb. 4),

thin: fls. yellowish white,

except in two forms of jVo. 4.

Fls. 2 in. long; bracts ob-
long, brownish: petal
equaling the calyx: male
fls. prrsixli'iit. ..' ;). Basjoo

Fh. v., in. loi,„: i„l,il h.ilf

tin' I, ,l„lh .•! ,„lii.r: hrarls

l,ni,-roi,ite: m,ilr fls. ih-

1(71(0

4. sapientum

AA. Fr. not edible: pulp scanty or no
B. Plant tall {SO-iO ft.), not stolon-
iferous: petal S-toothed: false-
stem bottle-shaped: fr. ve^-y

seedy 5. Ensete

BB. Plant low (2-S ft.), stoloni'erous :
petal linear {ovate in No. 6),
entire: false stem cylindrical,
c. Fls. about 12 to a bract; petal

ovate G. seminifera

cc. Fls. only about S-4 to a bract :
petal linear.
D. Lvs. large, 5-6 ft. long: fr.

with stipe ii-l in. long... 1. Sumatrana
DD. Lvs. smaller, 2—4 ft. long:
fr. nearly sessile.
E. Bracts bright red.

EE. Bracts pale blue or red-
dish lilac

coccinea
. saniTuinea

10. rosacea

1. Civendishii, Lamb. {if. Sinhisis, Sagot. M. Chi-
ne'nsis. Sweet). Chinese Dwarf Banana. Dwarf
Jamaica. Stolonif erous : whole plant 4-7 ft. high : false
stem cylindrical, 3-4 in. in diam. : lvs. conspicuously
spreading, oblong, 2-3 ft. by 1 ft. ; petioles short and
stout; blade when young spotted and blotched with red,
in age rather glaucous: panicle drooping: bracts ovate,
dark reddish brown: male fls. persistent; calyx yellow-
ish white; petal one-half as long: panicle very large, the
fruits 200-250, small, 4-5 in. by IK in. or more, yellow,
slightly curved, broad, obtuse, narrowed to the sessile
base; skin thick, flesh delicate and fragrant. Southern
China. Int. from Mauritius in 1829. Gn. 32, p. 243; 40,
p. 203; 44, p. 49C; 50. p. IGl. G. C. III. 22: 167. -Stands
more cold than most Bananas, and its dwarf growth
readily allows of protection. Good for planting in the
North ; good, also, for shipping. Grown extensively
along the coast of the southern states and in the West
Indies.

2. M&rtini, Hort. Similar in habit to 3T. sapientum:
lvs. oblong, long-petioled, quite thick and not easily
broken by the wind; veins and stem commonly reddish:
fruit rather small, yellowish. Int. from the Canary Isls.
E.B. 18, p. 107.— A foliage plant good forexposed places.

3. Basjod, Sieb. & Zucc. {M. Jap6niea, Hort.). Japa-
nese Banana. Stoloniferous: whole plant 12-18 ft.
high: false stem cylindrical, 6-8 in. in diam.: lvs. ob-
long, thin, 6-9 ft. by lK-2 ft.; petiole about 1 ft. long:
peduncle 1 ft. long: panicle dense, nodding: bracts dull
brown: petal nearly equaling the calyx: £r. 30-60, ob-
long, pointed, 3 in. long, gradually narrowed to a sessile
base, usually containing a few seeds. Liu-Kiu archi-
pelago, cult, in Japan. B.M. 7182. R.B. 22, p. 152.
R.H. 1896, p. 203. Gn. 55, p. 3. — Decorative; valuable
because of its resistance to cold; may be planted at the
North.

4. sapientum, Linn. Common Banana. Figs. 187, 188.
Stoloniferous: plant 20-30 ft. high: false stem cylindrical,
4-6 in. in di.am. : lvs. oblong, thin, bright green, 4-7 ft. by
lJ^-2 ft.; petiole slender, 1-1 K ft. long: panicle often
4-5 ft. long: bracts ovate-lanceolate: fls. IK in. long:
fr. in the typical form, 3— t in. by lK-2 in., forming 3-4
bundles of about 12 each, rounded above, narrowed to a
sessile base, bright yellow; flesh good, seedless. Na-
tive in India and E. Indian Isls.— Widely cult, through-
out the tropics for the excellent fruit, and also more
rarely for the fiber, which is inferior to that of M. tex-
tilis. Most of the commercial Bananas are obtained
from the numerous varieties of this species. The Ori-

MUSA

noco. Horse or Hoij Banana, is probably very near the
tyi'i'';il form '>f rliis s[)ecies. It is veryliardy, and mneh
^rowii ill (iiitf st:iti's: fr. 6-7 in. long, not jrood unless
i-ijuMU'd on tile iihint. The Fig Banana resembles var.
Champa, Imt smuU fruit purplish: dark Ivs. and stem
often l)lotclied with black. Not hardy.

Var. Troglodytirum, Hort. (Jf. Troglodytdruin, Linn.
M. Cranoscdpos, Rumph, not Seera.). Rather dwarf:
Ivs. narrow-oblong: bracts greenish: panicle in fr.
erect: fr. small, 2-3 in. long, nearly globular, reddish
yellow or orange, rarely with a few seeds; flesh yellow,
sweet and mawkish. India and Pacific Isls., rarely
cult, in U. S.

Var. Ddcca, Hort. {M. Ditcca, Horan. M. palilstris,
Hort.?). Dacca Banana. Rather dwarf: stem glau-
cous: Ivs. pale green, glaucous beneath; petioles with
red margins: fr. yellow, 4 in. long by 2 in. wide, its tip
and base bright green; flavor good; skin thick. — Tender,
not good for cool climates.

Var. Ch&mpa, Hort. (M. Champa, Tiort. M-orifntum,
Hort.). Hakt's Choice. Lady Finger, or Golden
Eaui.v Banana. Chcmpa. Stem and midrib of leaf
tingrd with red: fr. pale straw-yellow, about 6 in. long;
skin very soft and thin; flesh luscious and delicate in
flavor, ripens quickly. Hardy in cool climates. Best of
all for growing in Florida. Much grown in W. Indies.

Var. paradislaca, Hort. (M. paradis}nca, Linn.).
Plantain Banana. Cooking Banana. Adam's Fig.
Male fls. more persistent: fr. 40-80 on a panicle, very
large, 7-14 in. long, cylindrical, yellow, acutish; pulp
firm and less saccharine, not very good unless cooked :
Ivs. 5-7 ft. and petiole 2 ft. long. India. R.H. 1888, p.
69. L.B.C. 7:684. — Cult, everywhere in tropics, espe-
cially in Cuba. Most commercial Bananas are of this
variety. The Martinique Banana is probably merely a
form with slightly smaller fruits (7-8 in. long). Im-
mense quantities grown in W. Indies and Cent. Amer.
Fine for shipping.

Var. rtbra, Hort. (M. rubra. Firming). Baracoa
Banana. Red .Jamaica Banana. Red Spanish Banana.
Stem, petiole, fls. and midrib of leaf dull red: fr. large, 7-9
in. long at first, dark red, ri|Hiiini; to a yellowish red, of
very good quality. — This is tin- red Banana of commerce,
formerly imported in liirtji- ([uuntities from the W.
Indies. Plant very l.irt;.' :nid stout, with erect Ivs., and
is one of the finest for diM-orative purposes, although
not very hardy. Tlie (ioldrn Banana is intermediate be-
tween this and var. t'liaiiiini : fr. golden yellow or red-
dish, 8-9 in. long, blunt.

Var. vitt&ta, Hook. Rather dwarf in habit: Ivs. and
the long fruits copiously striped with white and often
also rose; spathes bright red inside. B.M. 5402. — Very
decorative.

5. Ensftte, Gmel. Abyssinian Banana. Fig. 1436.
One of the largest species, very luxuriant : Ivs. ob-
long, acutish, bright green, up to 20 ft. by 3 ft. ; petiole
short and broad; peduiu^Ie short; panicle nearly globose:
bracts ovate, dark claret-brown : fls. whitish, lK-2 in.
long, 2-ranked, 20 or less in each rank; calyx strap-
shaped ; apex 3-lobed ; petal short, central cusp long-
linear: fr. coriaceous, dry, 2-3 in. long: seeds 1-4, black,
glossy, nearly 1 in. broad. Abyssinia. 0.0.11.15:435;
21: 19; III. 16:696. Gn. 47, p. 5; 48, p. 406. B.M. 5223.
R.H. 1888, p. 32. V. 5:.53, F.E. 11 :470.-Most commonly
cult, of all decorative Bananas, and prob.ahly the finest;
also most hardy of all cult, forms, growing freely during
the summer. Seeds germinate easily in hotbed.

G. seminifera. Lour. The typical form is not in the
trade. Var. zebrina, Hort. {M. zehrhin, Hort.). V'ery
similar to M. snpienhim in vegetative characters, but
much smaller: axis of the panicle velvety: fr. small,
oblong, full of seeds and not edible, yellowish or green-
ish in color: Ivs. usually purple below and copiously
blotched or striped with "black or dark purple above.—
A very fine ornamental variety.

7. Sumatrina, Becc. False stem 3 ft. high: Ivs. ob-
long, 5-6 by 1 ^ ft., glaucous, blotched with claret-brown ;
petiole slender: peduncle hairy: panicle drooping, 1-1 J^
ft. long: male fls. deciduous: bracts short and rounded :
female clusters few, distant: calyx 1 in. long: fr. cylin-

G6

MUSCARI 1039

drical, curved, 2-3 in. by }^ in., narrowed suddenly to a
slender stipe. Sumatra. I. H. 27:375. — Used for decora-
tive purposes.

8. cocclnea, Andr^. False stem slender, 4-5 ft. by 2-3
in.: Ivs, small, oblong, 2-3 ft. by 6-9 in. ; petiole long and
slen<ier: panicle dense, erect, 6 in. long: female clusters
few: bracts lance-oblong, bright red, tipped with yel-
low: calyx yellow, 1 in. or more long: seeds very small,
oblong, rarely produced in cult. S. China. B.M. 1559.
L.B.C. 5:475. — Very showy.

9. sangruinea, Hook. f. False stem slender, 4-5 ft.
high: Ivs. oblong, 2-3 ft. long, tliin, bright green; petiole
slender, 1 ft. hmg: panicle at first erect, fiLally droop-
ing : female^ clusters 2-6, each 2-3-fld. : male clusters
few, dense: bracts lanceolate, somewhat persistent:
bright red: calyx bright yellow, IH in. long: fr. ob-
long-trigonous, 2 in. long, rather pulpy, pale green,
variegated with red : seeds angled, small, black,
tubercled. Assam. B.M. 5975. — Decorative and showy.

10. Tos&cea, Jacq. False stem 3-5 ft. high, 3-4 in. in
diam.: Ivs. narrow, linear-oblong, firm, 3 ft. long, 9 in.
wide, purplish beneath; petiole long and slender,
panicle drooping or erect, about 1 ft. long: bracts ovate-
lanceolate; ro>y purple: male clusters more numerous
than the female, deciduous : calyx yellow, 1 in. long :
fr. oblong, obscurely 4-5-angled, yellowish green, 2-3 in.
long; pulp very scanty and scarcely edible: seeds 2
lines in diara., black, tubercled, rare in cult. India. B.R.
9:706. L.B.C. 7:615. -Int. into California.

UI-./<.- ^f' 0il...^. ■
1436. Musa Ensete.

if. F^hi. Vieill. (M. Seemanii. F. Mnell.). Similar to M. sap!
entum. Lvs. larger and firmer: fr. 5-6 in. long, straight, yelli
edible, seedy. Cult, in Europe. O. C. Ill- 8: 182.— Jlf. n'tiro,
Hort., differs from M. cnccinen in its short petal (one-half
length of calyx). Cult, in Europe. B.M. 7451.— Jlf. siipi
Roxb. Similar to M. Ensete: trunk often 7-8 ft. in circumfer-
ence at base: panicle drooping, one-third length of stem: calyx
of :i loosely cohering parts. Cult, in Europe. B.M. 3849, 3850,
R. H. 1877, p. 377; 1K88, p. 33. F. 1873, p. 273.— Jlf. lexliUs. Ne«,
Manila Hemp. Stem cylindrical, 20 ft. or more high: Ivs,
gL-iucous beneath, oblong, firm: petal long: fr. on drooping
axis, green, 2-3 in. long, narrowed to a short, stout pedicel, not
edible, filled with seeds. Most important of cordage plants.
Immense quantities exported from the Philippines. Int. by
Div. of Pomology, U. S. Dept. of Agric, in 1889, but no longer
K. M. WiEGAND.

advertised.

MUSCARI (Latin name referring to the musky odor
of j)A. mnsrliatum). X/ilidcew. Grape Hyacinths are
charming, hardy, spring-blooming bulbs (see Fig. 1439).
They are something like a hyacinth, but the clusters are
smaller, and the individual fls. are smaller and of differ-
ent shape. The fls. are piore or less urn-shaped, con-
stricted at the mouth and have 6 small teeth instead of

J040 MUSCARI

prominent perianth-segments, as in tlie true hyacinth.
The common Grape Hyacinth, which every garden lover
knows, is called M. botryoides, which means "lilse a
bunch o£ grapes." Everybody who has any ground for
gardening should have some bulbs of this common
kind, both blue-flowered and white. All the other kinds
described below are fanciers' plants, interesting chiefly
to skilled amateurs. Among them the most remarkable
is the Feathered Hyacinth {M. comosum, var. mon-
stro.iiim), which is a mass of lilac shreds (see Fig.
1438). Any species of Muscari is likely to have some
sterile fls. at the top of the cluster which are often of a
different color, but in the Feathered Hyacinth there is
no suggestion left of the urn-shaped flower, sterile and
fertile fls. all being cut into fine strips. This attrac-
tive plant has lately been sold for fancy prices by a few
progressive florists.

All Grape Hyacinths are very much alike and are very
interesting, botanically, horticulturally and from the ar-
tistic point of view. There are perhaps 40 species in Eu-
rope,western Asia and northern Africa. The group needs
botanical revision badly. The chiefly literary sources are
Baker in Jour. Linn. Soc. vol. 11 (1871), and in G.C. II.
9:798 (1878); also Boissier's Flora Orientalis. The
width of the Ivs. is an important character, and Baker's
measurements seem to refer to herbarium specimens.
Live plants should be wider. (A line is a twelfth of an
inch.) W. M.

Grape Hyacinths are neat little early flowering bul-
bous plants, good-sized colonies of which give dainty
effects in the border from February to May. There are
numerous species of these, flowering at dilferent times.
They are mostly dark purple in color, either self-colored
or tipped with white. There are also a few white and
yellow forms, and several species with true blue flowers,
the rarest color among flowers, though this would never
be discovered in catalogues. M. Ssorilsianiim, one of
the true blue forms, is quite the prettiest of the genus.
The plant known to the trade as M. Untjulatum or Hiia-
cinthiis asure-HH has the true blue of M. Szovititinniim,
and is fully a month earlier. The usual forms grown in
girdens are mostly blue (purple) and white forms of
Jl. botrjioides. M. eonienm is very dark. The Dutch
catalogues offer numerous kinds to suit purses in all
stages of decrepitude. Muscari offer no difficulties in
cultivation. A medium soil perhaps suits them best,
but they are usually thrifty growers, and persistent in
the garden if foliage is allowed to ripen. They mostly
make offsets freely, and produce abundant seed.

J. N. Gerard.

INDEX.

Grsecura, 3.
grandiflorum, 4, 12.
Heldreiehii, 5.
latlfolium, 13.
Lelievrei, 4.
leucophwmn, 4.
lingulatum, 6.
macrocarpum, 1.
major. 1.
majtis. 4.

moschatum. 1.
monstrosum, 2, l.'i.
reglectum, 14.
pallens, 11.
pallidum, 4.
paradoxum. 7.
plutnosum, 2. 15.
polyanthum, 16.
racemosum. 12.
suaveolens, 1.
Szovitsianum. 10.

album. 4.

atrocwruleum, 15.

Aucheri, 6.

botryoides, 4.

carneunif 4, 12.

coeruleunl, 4.

comosum, 2, l.S.

commutatum. 15.

compactum, 17.

conicum. 8.

dipcade, 1.

flavum, 1. minor, 1.

Subgenus I. Moscharia. Perianth

urn-shaped, but with a relatively

long-tubular base; segments minute,

even for the genus, roundish, spread-
ing and thickened on the back 1. moschatum

Subgenus II. Leopoi,dia. Perianth

obovoid-urn-shaped, grooved above,

3—4 lines long; segments triangular,

reflexed, not thickened on the back:

raceme loose, and longer than in the

next. Particularly characterized by

the conspicuous bearded appearance

of the sterile fls 2. comostmi

Subgenus III. Botryanthus. Peri-
anth more or less urn-shaped, grooved
or not above, 1-2 or rarely 3 lines
long; segments triangular, usually
reflexed: raceme den.se, 1-2 in. long.
Sterile fls. inconspicuously bearded
or hardly at all.

3. Graecum

MUSCARI

A. Fertile fls. a little loiujer thun
broad, i. e., obovoid-globose.

B. Li's. S-4: fls. 12-20 4. botryoides

BB. Lvs. 5-6: fls. 8-12 5. Heldreiehii

BBB. Lvs. 2S: fls. 6-10 6. linffulatum

AA. Fertile fls. iK times as long as
broadf i. e., obo void -oblong.

B. Color of fls. black-blue 7. paradoxum

BB. Color lively dark lilac or blue.

c. Lvs. S-4 lines broad 8. conicum

cc. Lvs. 1-2 lines broad.

D. Fls. violet, fragrant 9. micranthum

DD. Fls.blue, faintly odorouslO. Szovitsianum

BBB. Color nearly white 11. pallens

AAA. Fertile fls. twice as long as

broad, i. €., obovoid-cylindricnl .

B. Lvs. almost cylindrical {snh-

terete) 12. racemosum

BB. Lvs. oblanceolate 13. latifolium

BBB. Lvs. lorate, i.e., strap-shaped. li. neglectum

1,'j. commutatum
1(1. polyanthum
17. compactum

1. mOBChitum, Willd. {M. suaveolens.Fi^ch.). Musk
Hyacinth. Lvs. 5-6, 1 ft. long, %-% in. wide: raceme
loose, 1-3 in. long: fls. 20-50, blue. Asia Minor. B.M.
734. Gn. 20, p. 137.-Has the odor of musk. Vars. mk-
jor and minor are advertised. M. dipcade major and
minor have appeared in the catalogue of J. M. Thorburn
& Co. since 1878. hut these names are not in Index
Kewensis. Thorburn & Co. write that this is the Nut-
meg or Musk Hviiciutli, .Uiis.uiri moschatum, and that
M.dij),;i,lr still appears in Dut.'h catalogues.

Var. flavum, Lam. {M. flilvtim, Van Tubergen. M.
macrocarpum. Sweet). Fls. yellowish (Van 'Tubergen
says clear yellow). B.M. 1565.

2. comfisum, Mill. Fig. 1437. Lvs. 3-4, 1-1% ft. long,
li-\ in. wide: raceme loose, 6-12 in. long, 40-100-fld.:
lower fls. fertile, olive, tipped brown; borne on long hori-
zontal pedicels: upper fls. sterile, blue or violet, borne
on long up-curved pedicels, making a corymbose cluster.
Mediterranean region, Orient.

B M. 133 (as Hyacinthus co-
mos us). —An interesting form ,
but rare in cult., being great-
ly surpassed in popularity by

Var. monstrdsum, Hort.
Feathered Hyaiinth. Fig.
1438. All the Hs. sterile, and
cut up into fine shreds. Gng.
7:290. A. F. 14:1286. Gn. 26,
p. 137. —A charming and novel
plant. Also called Fair-haired
or Tasseled Hyacinth, and
Shredded Lilac. Sold also as
M. monstrosum, M. plumo-
siim, M. pluniosnm monstro-
sum, etc. For other trade syn-
onyms, see under M. comma -
latum.

3. Grfflcum, Heldr. Differs
from M. comosum in having
its sterile fls. in a short,
dense, conical spike, the pedi-
cels of which are very short.
Greece.

1437. Muscari comosum,

(Adapted from Botanical

Magazine.)

4. botryoides, Mill. Com-
mon Grape Hyacinth. Fig.
1439. Lvs. linear-lorate, 3-4

lines wide: scape 6-9 in. long: fls. pale blue, odorless.
Eu., Orient. B.M. 1.'.7 (as Huacinlhus bolriioides). A.
F. 13:1197. Gn. 26:4."i:i. R.K. 20:3. -The following va-
rieties are offered: allium, carneum, arruleum, teuco
phitum, Ijclievrei, majus, pallidum and pallidum
grandiflorum. These range from white through flesh-
color to sky-blue.

5 Heldreiehii, Boiss. Lvs. linear-flliform, subterete,
IS lines wide: scape 4-6 in. long: fls. amethyst-colored,
with conspicuous white teeth. Greece. Gn. 26:453.

MUSCARI

1041

6. lingrul&tum, Baker {M. Aitrheri, var. linguJdtitm,
5oiss. i. Lvs. 3 lines wide: raceme ovate. Asia Minor. —
Lccordinji: to Index Kewensis this is a good species, but

1438. Muscari comosum, var. monstrosum.

t Adapted from GardeuintjJ

;the

J. X. Gerard savs the phmt sold under this :
same as Hyacinthus aziueus.

7. paraddxum, C. Koch. Lvs. 3, K-54 in. wide. Ar-
menia.

8. c6iiicum, Baker. Lvs. about 6, narrower: fls. violet-
blue. Habitat unknown. Gn. 51:1106 ('?)--Van Tu-
bergen says fls. black-blue.

9. micrinthunit Baker. Fls. bright violet. Habitat
unknown.

10. Szovitsiinum, Raker. Fls. bright blue, consider-
af'ly lanr*T (',; in. across, but only 1-12 in. across in
M. inicntHthuin). Persia, Caucasus. B.M. 6855.

11. pillens, Fisch. Lvs. numerous, filiform: scape 3-5
in. lung: raceme 12-20-fld. : fls. white ornearly so. Cau-
casus, Iberia.

12. racemdsum, Mill. Lvs. 5-6, 5-6 in. long, 1-lK lines
thick: rts. odonuis, d;irk blue. Mediterranean, Caucasus.
B.M. 122 (as Ihiiirnitlnts r(U'emosn&).— \'Ar%. carnetim
and grandifloruni prwcox are offered.

1^. latifdlium, J. Kirk. Lvs. always solitary. %-l in.
wide : sterile fls. 6-10, much paler than the others.
Phrygia.

14. neglSctum, Guss. Lvs. numerous, 9-12 in. long,
1 -j-2 lines thick: tis. odorous, dark blue. Mediterranean
region. Gn. 26:45.'i. — This differs from M. commutaium
and M. polyanihum in having the segments of the peri-
anth triangular and retlexed. M. neglectum mulfiflornm
and M. negUctinn Atlantirxm are trade names. See
supplementary list under M. Atlaniicum.

15. commut&tum, Guss. Lvs. 5-6, 5-6 in. long, lH-2
lines wide: fls. odorh'ss. dark blue; segments very short,
not recurved. Sicily.— Krelage advertises vars atro-

cteruleum, comosunit pliimosnm , plumosum monsfro.sum,
and pluniosumviolacetim. It is apparent that he regards
J/. coiHosiim and its forms as varieties of M. comniu-
t at urn.

16. poly&nthum, Boiss. Lvs. 2-3 lines wide. Differs
from M. ui-glectum and commutatum in having longer
pedicels and the capsule a half smaller, not more than
2 lines wide.

17. compictum, Baker. Describedonly as j^o/ryfln^/iws
compactua in an obscure work, which states that the
fls. are nearly black, with whitish teeth which are semi-
orbicular, obtuse, spreadiug-recurved. Baker places
M. compact um next to M. comtnutatuni, in spite of the
fact that the original description says the fls. are obo-
vate. Baker adds that this M. compactum is the M.
neglectum of some authors in part. The plant in the
trade as M. compactum may be a variety of some common
species, since Van Tubergen says the fls. are pale blue.

M. ArgTeit little known botanically, is said to be extra good,
lu the trade, M. Atlanticiim is given as a synonym. Baker said
he could not distinguish M. Atlantieum from M. neglectum.—
M. Atlantieum. Consult the preceding entry, M. Argsei. — Jif.
aziireum, Hort., is said by Van Tubergen to be the same as
Hyacinthus azureus, which in turn is referred to H. ciliatus by
Index Kewensis. Gn. 36:713. Van Tubergen also advertises
var. amphibolis (M. 'Freyma.nnm). —M. Moteldyi is offered by
Van Tubergen. -^^ jj

MUSfiNIUM (a name for fennel, another plant of this
family). Umhelliferw. Three species of resinous per-
ennial herbs iu middle and western North America,
stemless or branching, decumbent or ascending, 2-12 in.
high. Lvs. pinnately decompound: fls. yellow or white,
in compound umbels: fr. ovate or ovate-oblong; ribs 5,
filiform, slightly prominent, with 2 or 3 oil-tubes in the
intervals. Coulter and Rose, Revision of North Ameri-
can Umbelliferap, 1888.

trachyspfirmum, Nutt. {M. divariccitum, var. Eobkeri^
Torr. *fc Gray). Decumbent : lvs., except the radical,
opposite, bipinnatifid: fls. yellow: fr. scabrous. Spring.
Saskatchewan to the Upper Missouri, the Platte, and
S. W. Montana.— Procurable from dealers in western
native plants.

MUSHROOM. While the word Mushroom is now
often used as a general term for a large number of the
higher fungi, chiefly those belonging to the Agaricini,
it is by some limited to the common edible species in
cultivation and which also grows spontaneously in

Muscari botryoides (X ^).

lawns, pastures, etc. By others the word is employed
for all edible species, while toadstool is employed to
designate poisonous species; such persons usually
make an incorrect application of these terms to many
of the plants. The word is probably derived from the

1042

MUSHROOM

MUSHROOM

French word"mousseron,"and is sometimes pronounced
"mushroons," or "rausheroons" by English-speaking
people in America. Mushroom and toadstool are some-
times used as synonymous terms, especially in speak-
ing of the group as a wliuli'. It is difficult, therefore, to
give either a satisfactory definition of the word Mush-
room, or satisfactoril}^ t(» limit the range of forms for
which the name may be used. In a horticultural sense

1440. The eardener's Mush;

it is applied to Af/aricus campestris (Fig. 1440) in cul-
tivation, and since that is the plant with which we are
first interested here, we may proceed at once to a de-
scription of its form, structure, development, etc., and
follow with briefer descriptions and comparisons of a
few of the many species belonging to this large group.
Form and Sfynrlurr of Agartcus campestris. — The
form of the (■oiniii"ii ^lu-liroom is more or less um-
brella-shaped, iind is Will represented in Fig. 1441.
The prominent parts of the plant are the stem, with its
ring(«); and the cup, with the gills on the under side. The
cap, or pileus, as it is technically called, is the upper
exnanded part, and varies from 2 to 4 or 5 inches in
diameter. It is usually white in color, bur forms occur
both in the field and in cultivation in which the upper
siirface is more or less brownish, especially as the plants
become old. The surface is usually smooth, though it
often presents a silky texture from the numerous mi-
nute fungous threads or my<'elium, the structural ele-
ment of the entire plant. While the surface is smooth
in a majority of specimens, many forms are more or
less scaly, due to the fracture of the surface and sepa-
ration of the numerous small areas, especially in the
specimens with brownish caps. The "flesh" or "meat"
of the cap is white. The stem, or stipe, is usually cyl-
indrical, 1-3 in. long by K-% in. in diameter, whitish
in color, and nearly or quite solid. The "ring." or annu-
lus, forms a collar joined around the stem near the top.
It is very delicate, easily rubbed oflf, and sometimes
not present because the veil from which it is formed is
torn in fragments as the cap opens out. The gills, or
lamelliB, on the under side of the cap are of great im-
portance in showing relationship, and also probably in
reproduction in the case of plants propagated under
natural conditions, since they form the fruiting surface
of the Mushroom. The gills are in the form of narrow,
thin plates, shaped somewhat like a knife-blade, at-
tached by one edge to the under side of the cap and
radiating from a point near the stem out to the margin
of the cap. The longest gills extend for this distance
and mark off triangular areas which are filled with suc-
cessively shorter gills, all reaching the margin of the
cap, so that the entire under surface of the cap is well
covered with them. The surface of the gills is the
fruiting surface of the plant, and this economy in the
arrangement of the gills provides for a very large fruit-
ing area. The color of the gills when the plant is very
young is white. They soon, however, become pink in

color, and as the plant ages become purple-brown or

blackish in color, due to the immense number of sporea
borne on the surface. One can gain a good idea of the
number of spores borne on a single plant by cutting a
cap from a Mushroom, just at maturity, and placing it,
gills downward, on a piece of white paper for a few
hours. The spores fall from the gills and pile up in
ridges, giving an exact print of the spaces between the
gills.

The parts of the plants enumerated above
are easily seen. Other important structural
characters are seen with the aid of the mi-
croscope. A thin section across the gills
when seen with the microscope shows the
structure as seen in Fig. 1442. The middle
part of the gill is the trama. On either side
of the trama is the sithluimcytinm, composed
of branches from tlif Tr:mi;i and forming
sliort cells. The c.-Us of ilir >ul,l,Mi,ri,ium in
turn give rise to tin- hasnlni i iM-idmni I, club-
shaped bodies, which fcvm a jialisaih' layer of
cells over the entire surface of the gill. This
palisade layer of the basidia forms the fruit-
ing surface, or Itymetn'um..

At the end of", .aril basidium are either 2
or 4 slender, i.MJnted jpforrsses, the sterif/-
miitn ( sjni,'. srerJLrnia ). Tlie-.,- lit-ar each a sin-
gle spore, the husiiJiospon' . The usual num-
ber of sterigmata on the basidium in the
Agaricini is 4; but in Agariciis campesiris
the number seems to vary from 2 to 4. In
plants grown in a Mushroom house, 2 have
iteen found, while plants from the lieid .sliu\v4.
Whethei" the uuml)er 2 for cultivated foinis
is constant, or 4 for the field forms, has not
been determined.

Development of AgariciiS carnpestris . — The spores of
the Mushroom in the field probably often germinate and
produce new mycelium or "spawn," though this is not
necessary for the continuance of the plant from one year
to another, since the spawn can live through the winter
in the soil, and the following year then spreads. In
ordinary Mushroom culture, however, the spores prob-
ably play little part in the propagation of the plant, since
this is accomplished by the growth and propagation of
spawn. If the soil where plants are growing is carefully
dug away there will be seen slender and irregular whit-
ish cords coursing through it, and some of them attached
to the base of the stem These whitish (ords are what
the horticulturist calls "sp iwn ' The\ are cords of wrf-
ceiinm, and are composed of numerous \ er\ slender and
delicate whitish thieids This is the vt getatne portion
of the Mushroom If the soil at the bise ot a tuft of

ultivatcd Mushroom Agaricus campestr

yoimg plants in a Mushroom bed be washed away, a
large number of these cords will be exposed. This is
the part of the plant which grows and spreads through
the soil, absorbing solutions of the organic matter in the
soil for food.

Button iSVof/e. — After an abundance of the mvcelium,
or spawn, is iformed there appear here and there on the

MUSHROOM

MUSHROOM

1043

cords small rounded bodies formed by tbe upward
a:rowth of the threads of mycelium. These increase in

ize and grow toward tb(
one is the youiii^ stag;**, or b
it enlar^-es.tlu- upper .imI ;i
short stalk, thus outliiiin-
different parts of the maiui
iner on the under side of tht

;-face of the ground. Ea
ttnii.of til." Jlushroom. As
IN, MS ;,. a round bodv on a
11 tlM' .-luln-yonic sta.;;;e the
phiiit. The gills are forni-
They are at this tinn

covered. They appear on the under side of the minute
constriction at the junction of the cap and stem. At
this stage thej' are covered by a loose growth of mycel-
ium extending from the upper part of the stem to the
margin of the cap. This forms the veil. The gills are
formed by mycelium growing downward on the under
side of the cap in radiating rows, thus forming the Ui-
mell®. The plant now continues to enlarge and the
cap expands. Just about maturity the veil ceases to
grow and the expanding cap thus stretches it until finally
the veil is ruptured, usually next the margin of the cap,
and then it hangs as a collar or ring on the stem (seen
at a. Fig. 1441).

Position of Agaricus campesiris in Classification.—
One of the large subdivisions of the higher fungi is
made up of the Mushrooms, toadstools, puff-balls, etc.
All of these are characterized by a more or less well-
developed fruiting surface, or hymenium. The struc-
tural element of the hymenium is the ba^idium, and in,
the large number of the species flir fcrni of thebasidium
does not vary to any grerir exrcnr from tlcir of the com-
mon Mushroom. The liasuiiinii, ih' II, i-, ihr character-
istic fruit structure of this Uirt;e sulrdivision of the
fungi. For this reason, the plants included in this sub-
division are termed the Basidiomycetes. The Basidio-
mycetes, taken in the sense of the earlier students of
the fungi, were divided into two orders, according to
the condition of the fruiting surf;ue at the maturity of
the plant, namely the Jlynn nonn/r, tea and the Gasfer-
vHiycefes. In the former, the fruiting surface is either
exposed from the beginning, or if covered at first, is at
last exposed before the maturity of the spores, just as
the hymenium of Agaricus campestris , at first covered
by the veil, is exposed before the maturity of the spores
.by the rupture of the veil. The Mushrooms, toadstools,
etc., belong, therefore, to the Hymenomycetes. In the
Gasteromycetes, on the other hand, the spores are ma-
tured before the hymenium is exposed, as in the puff-
ball, earth-star, etc., which open after the spores are
ripe.

Families of the S'ytnenomycefes. — The usage of the
earlier botanists in the arrangement of families will
be followed here, since there is not an opportunity to
properly set forth the principles of classification adopted
hy some recent systematic works. The arrangement
depends on the character of the fruiting surface or
hymenium.

A. Fruiting surface uneven; i. e., in the form of plates,
tubes or spinous processes.

1. Agaricaceae, fruiting .surface in the form of plates

or gills.

2. Polyporace£B, fruiting surface in the form of i>ores

or tubes.

3. Hydnaceie, fruiting surface in the form of spinous

or tubercular processes.
AA. Fruiting surface even; i. e., not as in A, except in
the case of plants of a gelatinous texture.

4. ClavariacefB, plants more or less erect, standing

out from the substratum, and covered on all sides
by the hymenium.

5. Thelephoraceae, plants either erect or diffused over

the surface of the substratum, one side only (in
the case of erect plants usually the under side)
covered with the hymenium.

6. Tremellineae, plants of a gelatinous texture, vari-

ous in form.
Agarioace^. — The common Mushroom, Agaricus
campestris, belongs to this family. The family Agari-
caceEB is made up of what are now popularly termed
agarics. Very many of the species were once placed
in the genus Agaricus. The genus became so large that
it was subdivided into a large number of subgenera,
many of which have recently been raised to the rank of
genera. In thus subdividing the old genus Agaricus
into a number of genera there has been a lack of uni-

formity on the i>art of systematists in the choice of a
generic name for the common Mushroom. Saccardo
retained the genus Agaricus for the common Mushroom
and its near allies, altlnmgh discarding the subgenus
I'salliota. Some liav.- employed the genus Agaricus,
some Psalliota. others I'ratelJa. and still others propose
to restore the antitixuited genus Fungus, and call out
plant FiiHi/KS canipi'sfris. This is not the place for a

sh b

1442. Section of a cill of Agaricus campestris, enlarged.

discussion of the merits of any of these names, but it
seems better in the present instance, at least, to use the
generic name Agaricus with the limits of Psalliota-
Fries.

Other Species of the Genus Agaricus. — There are a
number of other species of the genus, as thus limited,
which, because of their size and esculent qualities, are
worthy of mention.

Agaricus arvensis, the Horse Mushroom, grows in
grassy fields and pastures during the autumn. It is a
larger plant than the common Mushroom, has a thicker
cap, longer stem, and the veil is double, the lower or
outer portion splitting radially into a star-shaped fashion
aiul remaining attached to the inner portion. Agaricus
silvicolus, the wood-inhabiting Mushroom, grows in
woods. The whole plant is whitish, but tinged more or less
with yellow, the cap is smooth, and. the long stem has an
abrupt and broad bulb. The veil is thin, membranaceous,
but in some specimens shows a tendency to be double,
as in Agaricus arvensis. Agaricus Hodmani grows
along the streets of cities in the hard ground between
the sidewalk and curbing, and similar places. It is en-
tirely white, the cap thick and firm, the stem short, and
with a short, thick, douhle annulus. Agaricus fabaceus
{A. siihriifesceus, Peck) has a light reddish brown cap,
a long stem somewhat enlarged below, and a ring which
has soft scales on the under side formed, much as in A,
silvicolus, from the cracking or splitting of the outer
layer. The plant has the taste and odor of almonds. It
grows in greenhouses. It sometimes grows in compost
heaps. It often forms large clusters of many individuals.
It has been successfully cultivated. Agaricus silvati-
cus grows in woods during late spring and summer. It
is a large plant, usually about the size of the Horse
Mushroom, but thinner, and with numerous mimite
dark scales on the surface of the cap, which form a solid
patch of dark color at the center. In age, the cap is more
or less flat, and it has been called the flat-cap Mush-
room (A.placomyces). The stem is long, enlarged below,
and tixe ring is double, exactly as in the Horse Mush-
room. Agaricus comfaluSf a small species, rather rare,
but with a wide distribution, is regarded with suspicion
by some.

CopRiNTTS.— In the genus Coprinus, 3 of the edible
species are quite common. The spores are black and
the gills and more or less of the cap dissolve at maturity
into a black fluid.

1044

MUSHROOM

MUSHROOM

Coprinits comatus, the Shaggy-mane Mushroom, or
Horse-Tail, occurs in richly manured lawns or parks iu
early spring or late autumn. It is white in color, with
a cylindrical cap 3-4 in. long and 1-2 in. in diameter.
The cap is very shaggy, the scales often being black in
color, while the gills are at first salmon color. The ring
on the stem is free and movable, It is one of the best
of the edible Mushrooms.

Coprinus atramenturiii.i, the Ink-cap, grows in similar
places. The cap is oval, from 1-3 in. long and nearly as
wide. It is nearly smooth, and grayish in color. The
ring is fixed and not at all prominent; best seen just as
the margin of the cap is parting from the stem.

Coprinus micacftifs, the glistening Coprinus, grows
about old stumps and from old roots or other buried and
rotten wood. It is snuiUcr than the two species enumer-
ated above, and laii in color, the cap when fresh being
covered with thin, louse, flaky scales which glisten iu
the sunlight like mica particles, but they are easily
rubbed oil or washed off by rains.

Lepiota. — Of the white-spored agarics the genus
Lepiota, with an annulus on the stem aud the gills usu-
ally free from the
stem, contains sev-
eral edible species.
Li'piofa procera, the
Parasol Mushroom,
grows in pastures,
lawns, and sometimes
in gardens. Lepiota
nnucina, the smooth
Lepiota, grows in
similar places and
is entirely white.

Amanita . — The
genus Amanita is
closely related to Le-
piota, and contains,
besides several edible
species, a number of
poisonous ones, a few
of which are the most
deadly of all the
Mushrooms. Amanita
possesses the charac-
ters of Li|,i..ta, with
tlR-a.:.lili..iialcharai'-
ter of a volva, or
prominent universal
veil, forming an outer
layer of greater or
lesser thickness and
comiiositi^in, which is
ruptured as the cap
expands and the stem
elongates. In Lepio-
ta the universal veil
is not prominent, and
it is further closely
united with the sur-
face of the cap. The
volva in Amanita is
often left as a prominent cup-like structure at the base
of the stem (see Fig. 1443), and because it is present in
some of the poisonous species is known popularly as
the "poison cup," "death cup," etc. It is present, how-
ever, in some of the edible species.

Amanita phalloicles, the deadly Amanita (Fig. 1443),
is one of the most fatal species. It is 4 to 6 in. high,
and the cap is 2 to 4 in. in diameter. The cap is dark
gray or umber, or whitish with a yellowish tinge, or
((uite yellow, or in some forms, especially European
ones, the cap i.s green. In other cases the whole plant
may be entirely white. The volva in typical forms splits
at the apex as the young plant is expanding, and is left
as a cup with prominent lobes, as shown in Fig. 1443. In
other cases the volva is ruptured irregularly, so that
portions of the universal veil are left on the .surface of
the cap. In still other cases the volva splits in a cir-
cumscissile fashion, that is, circularly or transversely
about the middle, the lower half remaining attached to
the surface of the bulb at the base of the stem, while
the upper half renuiins loosely attached to the upper

1443. The deadly Amanil
Amanita phalloides.

.surface of the cap, and is torn apart into scales as the
cap expands. In these forms the volva forms a narrow
rim or margin on the outer angle of the bulb, so that the
latter appears saucer-shaped. The cap is rather slimy
when moist. These great variations in this very poi-
sonous species should make the novice very cautious
regarding the species of Amanita, or indeed any species
of Mushroom with which he is not quite familiar.
This species of Amanita usually occurs in woods or
groves or in the margins of woods, while the Agaricus
canipestris or the l/epiotn nuuciua occur usually in
open grassy places. But these differences of habitat
cannot be relied on altogether, for the deadly Amanita,
especially the white form, has been found in lawns far
from woods, and in such cases might be mistaken for
the smooth Lepiota, since this is white in color. The
deadly Amanita is usually deeply seated in the ground,
so that the stem might be broken in gathering it when
the volva would be left in the ground, and it might eas-
ily be mistaken for some species of Lepiota.

Amnnila verna, the Destroying Angel, is by some re-
garded as only a white variety of A. phalloides. The
entire plant is white, the volva splits at the apex, and
thus a prominent free limb of about three lobes remains
at the base of the stem. The free limb remains more or
less closely applied to the stem. The annulus is broad
and entire, and hangs down as a broad collar from the
upper part of the stem.

Aynavifa virosa is very near A. verna. It is distin-
guished only by the torn veil, portions of which remain
clinging to the margin of the cap, and by the scaly char-
acter of the stem, characters which show every grada-
tion into A. verna. Both are deadly poisonous.

Aynanita tmiscaria, the Fly Agaric, is also a poisonous
species, though not so dangerous as those named above,
since the poisonous effect can be counteracted if treat-
ment is promptly employed. The volva splits trans-
versely into several concentric, interrupted rings which
persist a-i scaly rings on the upper part of the bulb on
the basi' of tlie stt-m, and as scattered scales on the sur-
face of tile cap. The cap is yellowish or orange-yellow,
sometimes red in color, and in age sometimes fades out
so that white forms appear. The gills are usually white,
as are also the ring and the stem. Amanita J^^rosfiana
is a closely related species with the same color on the
cap, but with yellowish gills and veil, though variations
in the color are shown in different plants when the cap
only may be yellow. The scales are usually yellow, but
may also be white.

Of the edible species may be mentioned Amanita
Ccpsarta, the "Royal Agaric" or "Csesar's Agaric." The
cap is bright orange or yellow, with prominent striae or
furrows on the margin. The gills are orange, though
the spores are white. The veil and stem are often yel-
low, especially in the larger specimens. The volva splits
at the apex and is left at the base of the stem as a cup
with a prominent free limb, which usually fits closely to
the stem. The volva is white, and rarely are portions of
it left on the surface of the cap. It is a very beautiful
species, occurring during late summer and autumn in
woods, and is more common in the southern states than
north,

Amanita ritbescens, another edible species, has a
volva which is more or less friable, that is, it crumbles
more or less into loose particles which easily wash off
from the cap as well as from the base of the stem. The
entire plant has a dull reddish tinge, and when bruised
or cut quickly changes to a deeper reddish color due to
a reddish juice in the plant. Small forms of the species
do not show the color so well.

Amanita solilaria, the Solitary Amanita, is one of the
largest species of the genus. It is almost pure white,
the surface of the cap often being grayish, and some-
times with tints of brown in the scales, especially in old
plants. It grows in rather open woods or by roadsides
in woods. The volva is entirely broken up into mealy
particles which easily rub off, or there are conic scales,
especially toward the center of the cap. The veil is very
delicate and easily torn into shreds, which disappear
soon. The stem has a large bulb, which tapers into a
long, root-like process in the soil. The plant is said by
some to be edible. Amanita strobiliformis is a closely
related species, if it is not identical with it, and is said

MUSHROOM

MUSHROOM

1045

by some to be poisonous, so that caution should be era-
phiyed in eating plants of this form unless one is cer-
tain of the species and of its edible qualities. A. sfro-
biliformis is rarely found in this country, and judging
from the characters of certain plants ttrihuted to it,
there is a strong suspicion that it is only a form of ^1.
solitaria with large scales.

Other native Mushrooms of economic importance may
be mentioned:

Artnillaria mellea, the Honey-colored Agaric, occurs in
late summer and during the autumn about old stumps,
and from roots. The plants are clustered, the cap is more
or less covered with pointed blackish erect scales, the
gills are attached to the stem, and an annulus is present.
The plant is also a parasite, especially on the roots of
coniferous trees, in some instances killing the trees. It
develops under the bark long black cords of mycelium.
The plant is edible.

Pleurotus contains several edible species: the oyster
agaric, P. ostreatus ; the elm Pleurotus, P. ulmaritts ;
and the sapid Pleurotus, P. snpidna, all growing on tree
trunks, stumps, etc., especially abundant in the autumn.

Tricholomn /?e7*soHn/((w, "blewits," is regarded as an
excellent edible species. It grows on the ground in woods.
When young, the entire plant is of a pale lilac or violet
color, the color fading out in age. The spores are of a
light ochre color.

CanthareUns cibarins is the well-known chanterelle.
It is yellowish in color, grows in woods on the ground,
is somewhat irregular top-shaped, and the gills are mere
folds, which run irregularly from the stem to the margin
of the cap, and are much branched. It is one of the best
edible species.

Marasmius oreades, the well-known Fairy Ring, or
champignon, grows in lawns and pastures. It is white,
with a cream-colored cap. It often grows in the form of
rings on the ground, though not always.

The genus Lactarius contains a large number of species.
The plants are more or less fleshy and are characterized
by the presence of a milky juice contained in a system of
tubes throughout the plant. This juice exudes in drops
when the plant is bruised or cut. In the larger number
of species the juice is white in color, in some it changes
on exposure to the air to various shades of yellow, while
in others the milk is orange, blue, etc., from the first.
Lactarius deliciosus is one of the best of the edible spe-
cies, as its name indicates. The milk is orange in color.
The plant is dull orange in color and marked on the cap
with concentric zones of darker color. In age bruises
of the plant become more or less tinged with green.
Lactarius volemtis is dull orange in color, the color
being uniform, the flesh quite firm, and the milk white,
sweet and verv abundant, quickly exuding in large drops
or running from cut or cracked portions. Lactarius
corrugis is closely related but darker in color, some-
times dark brown, the gills also being dark ochre-brown
in color. Both species are excellent, and grow in the
woods during summer and autumn, Lactarius pipcra-
tus is entii'ely white, with close and narrow white gills,
and abundant milk which is very hot or peppery to the
taste. It is said to be edible, but should not be con-
fused with certain species having peppery milk, which
are reputed to be poisonous. Lactarius resinius is
another white species with white and very hot railk.
which is suspected. Lactarius Indigo is of an indigo-
blue color, with faint zones of a darker color on the cap,
and with a dark indigo-blue juice.

The genus Russula is closely related to Lactarius, but
lacks the milky juice. In this genus occur many of the
brilliant-colored agarics. The entire plant is more or
less brittle and easily breaks, the gills of many species
crumbling easily when rubbed. J^ussula Icpida, with
reddish cap and stem, white gills with the red color from
the cap extending a short distance on the ends of the
gills, taste mild, is an edible species. Another edible
species, 2?ussula alutacea, has a reddish or purple cap,
but the gills and spores are ochraceous in color. The
taste is mild. Jfussula emiticn is a poisonous species.
The cap is rose-color or red, the cuticle easily peels off
from the cap, the margin of the cap is deeply furrowed
and warty along the ridses, the stem is white or reddish
and the taste of the plant is peppery.

Of the tube-bearing Fungi (Polyporaceie) the genus

Boletus contains a number of edible as well as poison-
ous species. In shape the plants are like the Mushroom,
but they have a porous surface instead of gills on the
under side of the cap. Boletus edulis has a yellowish
or dull brownish cap, pores white and closed at first,
but yellowish or greenish yellow in age. Boletus felleus
(poisonous) is of about the same size and resembles the
edible species closely, but the tube surface is pink or
flesh-color, and the taste is bitter. In the genus Poly-
porus most of the species grow on wood, trees, stumps,
logs, branches, roots, etc. The sulfur polyporus. P. sul-
phureus, forms clusters of sulfur-yellow bracket-like
caps, on various broad-leaved trees or stumps. Poly-
porus frondosus grows from roots at the base of dead
oak stumps, forming large irregularly branched leafy
masses with gray caps and whitish stems and pore sur-
face. Both of these are edible.

In the spine-bearing Fungi {Hydnacecp) the under sur-
face of the cap presents numerous spine-like processes,
Hydnum repaudum, in shape like a Mushroom, with the
cap more or less irregular, and of a bufl' or cream color,
is an excellent edible species. The Coral Hydnum, the
Bear's Head, the Medusa's Head, and Hijduuw enna-
ceum, all growing on trees, all white in color, and
branched, or forming large masses from which long
spines dangle, are all edible.

The Club Fungi ( Clavariacece) are all said to be edible.
The Horn of Plenty, Craterellus coryrucopwides, funnel-
shaped, and smoky in color, with a smooth under sur-
face, belongs to the Thelephoracerr, and is edible.

Among the Puff-balls { Lycoperdaceae) all the species
when young and white inside are edible, that is, they are
not poisonous. Some are better to the taste than others.
The two best ones are the Giant Puff-ball, XycoperrfoM.
gif/anteum and the Lycoperdon cyathiforme. Both of
these grow in lawns or fields, the former grows some-
times to a large size, several feet in diameter; while the
latter is 4 to 6 inches in diameter.

Besides the Mushrooms proper which belong to the
Basidiomycetas, certain of the large Ascomycetes are
edible and are usually included in treatises on Mush
rooms. In the Ascocomycetes the spores are borne on
the inside of a club-shaped body called the aticns, and
this is the chief point of difference in them from the
Basidiomycetes. To the Ascomycetes belong the fol-
lowing. The Morels grow on the ground in damp
places. They have a stout stem and a rounded or more
or less elongated cap which is deeply and coarsely

1444. Morel — Morchella esculenta (X ^0.

pitted. Morchella esculenta, represented in Fig. 1444,
shows well the general character of the genus. In
Helvella, containing several edible species, the cap is in
the form of several (usually two) irregular flaps, some-
times free below from the stem, sometimes united with
it. Lastly, the Truffles might be mentioned. They are
subterranean Fungi rounded or globose in form, firm,

1046

MUSHROOM

MUSHROOM

and contain the spores inside of tlie rounded mass
within sacs. Few have been t'ouud in this country, be-
cause they have not been diligently searched for.

Geo. F. Atkinson.

Uushroom Culture. There is no science of Mushroom
culture. That is to say, one does not know why he
fails. This is equivalent to saying that he does not
know why he succeeds. By practice and experimenting
one hits upou or develops a method, and if he persists
he may become very skilful, but it is next to impossible
for him to impart his knowledi^^e. If he writes an article,
he deserilM-s his nifthod iu ddail and d.-j)recates other
methods; hut the k-anit-r will h^- as likely to succeed
by some other mt-thod. and nrither man will know why.
There are few people, if any, who succeed uniformly with
Mushrooms. Beds made the same day and of the same
material, planted from the same spawn, and similarly
cared for, may give very different results. One bed may
fail outright, and another may produce a good crop.
Persons who make uniform commercial sticcess of
Mushroom-growing accomplish it by having many beds
or by proceeding on a rather large base: it is infrequent
that all the beds fail. The biological problems con-
cerned in the propagation, growth and appropriation of
food of the Mushroom must be understood before one
can lay down principles for the culture of Mushrooms.

Decaying vegetable matter, a uniform and rather low
temperature, a uniform supply of moisture, — these are
the general requisites for Mushroom -growing. The de-
caying matter is supplied by horse manure. The manure
is allowed to heat and is turned several times before it
is placed in the bed. The heating itself is probably of
no advantage except as it contributes to the decay of the
material : heat can be supplied by other means if neces-
sary. The broken and decaying manure is placed a few
Inches or a foot deep in beds. When the temperature
is reduced to 90° or less the spawn is planted. As soon
as the bed has cooled suflicieutly, it is covered with
earth or litter to regulate the temperature and moisture.

The cultivated Mushroom is native in temperate
climates. In the United States and Canada it grows
r>aturally in fields and pastures. But it is grown in-
doors: this is because the conditions can be better con-
trolled under cover, particularly the temperature. Now
and then some one makes a success of growing Mush-
rooms out of doors, but this practice does not promise
much for most parts of America. In parts of Europe,
growing in the open is more successful. Cellars or pits
are favorite places in which to grow Mushrooms. The
conditions are uniform. Caves are favorite places in
which to grow Mushrooms, because of the slight fluctu-
ations of temperature and moisture. Cellars and caves
are dark: thereby has arisen a belief that darkness is
essential to the growing of Mushrooms, but this is an

1445. A clump of youiifi Mush

(XM).

error. They often grow well in an unscreened green-
house. Pastures are not dark. Spawn may be planted
in a lawn, and Mushrooms will sometimes come; but it
is seldom that the conditions are right for a crop.

Mushrooms are in edible condition at any time from
their first appearing above the ground to the time when
the rim of the cap begins to turn up and the tlf^sh to
lose its softness. See Figs. 1440, 1441. For j-ickling,
^'buttons" are usually preferred; these are the young

Mushrooms (Fig. 1445) taken before the cap has ex-
panded.

Mushrooms are propagated by spores and spawn.
iisually the latter. Spawn is the mycelivim. It may be
dried, and will resume growth when congenial condi-
tions are given. It will keep for a number of years in a
cool, dry place. Dryness is essential. This spawn may
be secured from any place iu which Mushrooms are
growing. The soil or manure containing the mycelium

1446. Mushroom spawn.

English spawn, or "brieks."on the left; French or

"flake" spawn on the right.

is broken into large lumps or flakes, and is planted in
the desired place; the mycelium spreads through the
bed and in time bears the fruiting stage or Mushroom.
Formerly the spawn was gathered as needed, but since
about 18.30 it has been made or produced as a com-
mercial product. For this purpose the spawn is grown
is some prepared material, which may be dried and
transported. The making of spawn is a business of
itself. The English make and use the spawn mostly in
brick-like masses of earth and manure (Fig. 1440).
The French use also a spawn borne in a loose litter-like
material (Fig. 1446}, although not all of the French
spawn is made in Prance. The English or brick spawn
comprises nine-tenths of the spawn used in America.
The brick is made of a mixture in about equal parts of
horse manure, cow manure and loam. These are wet
and mixed until the material has the consistency of
mortar. The material is then spread on a floor and is
allowed to dry until it can be cut into pieces, or
"bricks." While the bricks are still moist, a hole the
size of a walnut is made in the brick and fresh spawn is
inserted. The bricks are then placed under cover or in
a mild hotbed, where they are f^ivt'U su.-h cunditions as
will cause the mycelium to penetrate tlnni tlioronj;hly.
When the mycelium has ramified tlirrim,'liinir the mass,
and the surface has a cloudy look, the brick is dried and
stored. This brick may be likened to a yeast cake.

Expert Mushroom-growers believe that spawn which
is made over and over again from the mycelium tends
to become weak and to produce small crops of thin-
fleshed Mushrooms. They believe that the spawn now
and then should be inoculated afresh frum the spores.
Spawn made directly from the spores is known as
" virgin spawn." It is made by incorporating the
abundant spores of ripe Mushrooms with the material
of which spawn is made. It is probable that many of
the large, thick Mushrooms which come up in odd places
in the greenhouse arise from spores.

Mushrooms have been known as edible products from
very early times. Pliny mentions them, but his writ-
ings are mostly warnings not to eat them because they
are poisonous. He places them "among those vegetable
productions which are eaten with risk." The following
are some of his remarks respecting the Mushroom:

"The generative principle of the Mushroom is in the
slime and the fermenting juices of the damp earth, or
of the roots of most of the glandiferous trees. It ap-
pears at first in the shape of a sort of viscous foam, and
then assumes a more substantial but membranous form,
after which, as already stated, the young Mushroom ap-
pears. In general, these plants are of a pernicious na-
ture, and the use of them should be altogether rejected;
for if by chance they should happen to grow near a hob-
nail, a piece of rusty iron, or a bit of rotten cloth, they
will immediately imbibe all these foreign emanations
and flavours, and transform them into poison. Who, in
fact, is able to distinguish them, except those who dwell

MUSHROOM

MUSHROOM

1047

in the country, or the persons that are in the habit of
gathering them? There are other circumstances, too,
which render them noxious; if they grow near the hole
of a serpent, for instance, or if they should happen to
have been breathed upon by one wlien just beginning to
open; being all the more disposed to imbibe the venom
from their natural affinity to poisonous substances. It
will therefore be as well to be on our guard during the
season at which the serpents have not as yet retired to
their holes for the winter. The best sign to know this
by is a multitude of herbs, of trees, and of shrubs, which
remain green from the time that these reptiles leave their
holes till their return; indeed, the ash alone will be quite
sufficient for the purpose, the leaves of it never coming
out after the serpents have made their appearance, or
beginning to fall before they have retired to their holes.
The entire existence of the Mushroom, from its birth to
its death, is never more than seven days."

Two hundred years and more ago Mushrooms were
cultivated. Tlie following directions, given by Philip
Miller in 1754, are very like methods which are some-
times advised to-day, with the exception of the method
of securing the spawn:

"In order to cultivate them, if you have no Beds in
your own, or neighboring Gardens, which produce
them, you should look abroad in rich Pastures, during
the Months of Aiiiiiist and S'-ptember, until you find
them (that being the Season when they are produced) ;
then you should open the Ground about the Roots of the
Mushrooms, where you will find the Earth, very often,
full of small white Knobs, which are the Off-sets, or
young Mushrooms : these should be carefully gathered,
preserving them in Lumps with the Earth about them:
but as this Spawn cannot be found in the Pasture, ex-
cept at the Season when the Mushrooms are naturally
produced, you may probably find some in old Dunghils,
especially where there has been much Litter amongst
it, and the Wet hath not penetrated it to rot it; as like-
wise, by searching old Hot-beds, it may be often found:
for this Spawn hath the Appearance of a white Mould,
shooting out in long Strings, by which it may be easily
known, where-ever it is met with; or this may be pro-
cured by mixing some long Dung from the Stable, which
has not been thrown on an Heap to ferment; which
being mixed with strong Earth, and put under Cover to
prevent Wet getting to it, the more the Air is excluded
from it, the sooner the Spawn will appear: but this must
not be laid so close together, as to heat; for that will
destroy the Spawn: in about two Months after, the
Spawn will appear, especially if the Heap is closely
covered with old Thatch, or such Litter as hath lain
long abroad, so as not to ferment: then the Beds may
be prepared to receive the Spawn: these Beds should be
made of Dung, in which there is good Store of Litter;
but this should not be thrown on an Heap to ferment:
that Dung which hath lain spread abroad for a Month or
longer is best: these Beds should be made on dry
Ground, and the Dung laid upon the Surface: the Width
of these Beds at Bottom should be about two Feet and
an half, the Length in proportion to the Quantity of
Mushrooms desired: then lay the Dung about a Foot
thick, covering it about four Inches with strong Earth:
upon this lay more Dung, about ten Inches thick; then
another Layer of Earth; still drawing in the Sides of
the Bed, so as to form it like the Ridge of an House;
which may be done by three Layers of Dung, and as
many of Earth. When the Bed is finished, it should be
covered with Litter, or old Thatch, to keep out Wet, as
also to prevent its drying: in this situation it may re-
main eight or ten Days; by which time the Bed will be
in a proper Temperature of Warmth to receive the
Spawn; for there should be only a moderate Warmth in
it, great Heat destroying the Spawn, as will also Wet;
therefore when the Spawn is found, it should always be
kept dry until it is used; for the drier it is. the better
it will take in the Bed : for I had a Parcel of this Spawn,
which had lain near the Oven of a Stove upward of four
Months, and was become so dry, as that I despaired of
its Success : but I never have yet seen any which pro-
duced so soon, nor in so great Quantity, as this.

"The bed being in a proper Temperature for the
Spawn, the Covering of Litter should be taken oif, and
the Sides of the Bed smoothed; then a Covering of

light rich Earth, about an Inch tlii.-k, should be laid all
over the Bed; but this should imi he wi i : ii|..>ii this
the Spawn should be thrust, l:i\iii^ iln- Lumps two or
three inches asunder: then kihiIv c'om i- this witli the
same light Earth, above half an inch thii'k; and put the
Covering of Litter over the Bed, laying it so thick as to
keep out Wet, and prevent the Bed from drying: when
these Beds are made in the Sjiring or Autumn, as the
Weather is in those S.-.is,,i]s t.ini.crati', so tlic Spawn
will then take much s.j.im r, arid the Muslin.ums will
appear perhaps in a Mniitli after making: but those
Beds which are made in Summer, when the Season is
hot, or in Winter, when the Weather is cold, are much
longer before they produce.

"The great Skill in managing of thi-sc Beds is, that
of keeping them in a proper TcMipiTatun- of .Moisture,
never suffering them to receivi- t..o much Wet: during
the Summer-season, the Beds may be uucovered to re-
ceive gentle Showers of Rain at proper times; and in
long dry Seasons the Beds should be now-and-then
gently watered; but by no means suffer much Wet to
come to them: during the Winter-seasun tbc-y must be
kept as dry as possible; and so clo-.lv covered, as to
keep out Cold: in frosty or very colil Weather, it some
warm Litter, shaken out of a Dung-heap, is laid on, it
will promote the Growth of the Mushrooms: but this
must not be laid next the Bed; but a Covering of dry
Litter between the Bed and this warm Litter: and as
often as the Litter is found to decay, it should be re-
newed with fresh: and as the Cold increases, the Cov-
ering should be laid so much thicker. If these Things
are observed, there may be plenty of Mushrooms ob-
tained all the Year: and these produced in Beds are
much better for the Table than any of those which are
gathered in the Fields."

Probably tlie first book in English to be devoted ex-
clusively to file .Mushroom was written in 1779 by John
Abercromhie, London, and published under the title of
"The Garden Mushroom: Its Nature and Cultivation.
A Treatise, exhibiting Pull and plain Directions, for
producing this desirable Plant in Perfei'tioii and I'lenty,
according to the true successful Practice of the London
Gardeners." Aside from the manner of securing the
spawn, the advice given by Abercrombie would apply
very well at the present day. He says that the spawn
may be obtained from the dung of hors.- stables, from
hotbeds, composts, cucumber and mebui beds, old Mush-
n>oni lieds, livery stable yards, horse mill trac'ks, old
dung heaps where "some straggling Musbr.joms are seen
to rise naturally in the autumn," in kitcheu-gardens in
which Mushrooms have been seen, and in old pastures
and meadows. The best season to find the spawn is in
the autumn and the early part of winter. The frequent
occurrence of Mushrooms in the covered mill-tracks,
where horses worked on tram-cars and on power ma-
chinery, led to the use of the thoroughly tramped manure
as spawn. This spawn gave very excellent results, prob-
ably because it was partially seeded from the spores of
the Mushrooms which ripened there and were tramped
into it. It is probable that this mill-track spawn gave
rise to the idea of the Mushroom brick, which is now the
chief means — at least, in England and America— of
growing Mushrooms. The name "mill-track" is still
used as a trade name for Mushroom spawn, although
very little, if any. of it really comes from mill-tracks.

In America there is only one book devoted whollv to
the growing of Mushrooms. This is by William Fal-
coner and known as "Mushrooms: How to Grow Them"
(1891). The Department of Agriculture and one or two
experiment stations have issued bulletins on the sub-
ject. L. H. B.

For Mushrooms, a supply of fresh horse manure
should be procured, if possible each morning, that from
grain-fed carriage horses being the most desirable.
The strawy portion we discard. The manure is thrown
in a heap on the floor of an open shed, and is turned
over each morning for a few days. Before the heat of the
manure has subsided sufficiently to permit the bed being
made, mix about one-third as much loam screened
through a 54-inch sieve as there is of manure. We
have had better success with loam mixed with the
manure than when it was not used. The rank heat
having escaped from the heap, it can at once be made

1048

MUSHROOM

MUSHROOM

into a bed, a depth of from 9 to 12 inches being about
right. The manure is placed in layers and pounded as
hard as possible with a wooden mallet or brick; it can
be well trodden where treading is possible. We spawn
when the temperature of the bed has subsided to 90°.
It is a little unsafe to spawn at a higher temperature,
and if left until the heat drops below 80°, Mushrooms
will be much more tardy in appearing and of poorer
quality. English Milltrack spawn usually gives the best
results. The spawn is broken into pieces as large as a
walnut and inserted 2 or 3 inches deep, some 4 or 5 in.
apart each way, pressing the surface firm after the in-
sertion. Ten days later 2 inches of good loam is spread
over the surface and pounded in hard. The beds are
then covered with meadow hay or straw, and, given
proper atmospheric conditions, should require no further
attention until after Mushrooms have appeared, which
may be in four weeks or not until four months later.
The time when the first Inittons will appear is very un-
certain. It does not do to be of a highly strung nervous
temperament in Mushroom culture. We have spawned
beds and despaired of success, when we have been grati-
fied by getting a first-class crop thirteen to sixteen
weeks after spawning.

A dry atmosphere is inimical to the well-being of
Mushrooms, and success is uncertain where such condi-
tions exist. It is generally conceded that watering the
beds often does more harm than good, but it must be
remembered that the fact of the bed becoming dry only
retards the production of the crop, and does not lessen
the chance of Mushrooms appearing once the bed has
become sufficiently moist. If the beds are made very
compact there is less probability of them drying out and
less likelihood of their injury by any sudden excess of
either drought or moisture. When water has to be
given we prefer to use it of a temperature of 85° to 90°
and to water only the dry portions of the bed, which are
wetted as evenly as possible.

When the first crop is exhausted and the bed has be-
come somewhat dry, we use warm water and add a little
nitrate of soda to it, covering the surface with hay after
watering. This usually induces a good second crop to
come.

We start to collect manure for the beds early in Sep-
tember, and continue to do so until early November.
Usually the beds are made under the benches of some
of the houses, where a temperature of 55° to 60° can be
maintained, but any cellars or caves where such a tem-
perature can be kept up are even better than green-
houses for Mushroom culture. The beds are always
kept as dark as possible. Cockroaches, wood-lice and
other pests must be poisoned or trapped, else they soon
ruin a crop. W. N. Craig.

Mushroom-growing is interesting work, and it is the
uncertainty that is the cause of it. Most Mushroom-
growers are in doubt when spawning their beds as to
whether Mushrooms will appear, or the work be a fail-
ure. The writer has had excellent success with Mush-
room culture and remarkable failures. Failures in a
Mushroom crop are not easy to explain. The fault may
be in making up the bed, or it may be in the spawn. A
few years ago a bed was spawned with three lots of
spawn; two beds were a success, whilje the other was a
complete failure, — a proof that the bed is not always
the cause of failure. Mushrooms may be grown suc-
cessfully under the greenhouse benches, providing the
drip can be kept off the beds; also in cellars; but the
preference is for a Mushroom house built for that pur-
pose. The house of which the writer has charge is
built into a bank in such a position as to require very
little fire heat to keep up the temperature. Of course
air-spaces must be provided in the wails, according to
the size of the house.

Two methods of making the beds may be described:
(!) Collect fresh horse manure until there is enough to
make a bed. The manure should be kept where it can
be protected from rains, an open shed preferred. Turn
the manure every other morning for a week, or until
danger of burning is over. In making the beds, from
9 in. to a foot of manure is used. Beds should be thor-
oughly firmed, putting in a layer of manure, then firm-
ing, then another layer, until the desired depth is
secured. Assuming that the bed goes up after making

to 100° or 110°, then gradually drops, it is safe to spawn
at 90°. Spawn should be inserted in the manure say
2 or 3 in. deep, and about 5 in. apart. In a week or ten
days after spawning, cover with 2 in. of good loam.
Good loam from the pasture, soil from the garden, and
also old rose soil have been used with good results. It
is customary to mix a little soil through the manure
before making the bed. After the soil is on the bed
and firmed down, a covering of straw will be beneficial,
as it prevents the beds from drying out. Should they
dry out, water must be applied, which should be at a
temperature of 75° or 80°. Mushrooms should be gath-
ered from six to eight weeks after making the bed.
Keep the house at a temperature of 55° to 60'^. (2) The
second method, which seems to be the better, is for
every load of fresh horse manure to add a load of old
thoroughly rotted manure, or a load of old Mushroom
manure. The aim is to get enough old manure to pre-
vent the other from burning. The two are mixed, and
the following day the bed is made. This method does
away with a great amount of labor turning the manure;
the bed also has a tendency to hold the moisture a
greater length of time. The details of making the bed
are the same as in the other method. This is a simple
way to make the beds, but the results will follow with
as much certainty as with any other method.

William Turner.

TJie writer's first trial with ^fushrooms was made in
a soap box under a bed, and the Mushrooms did well.
That was 45 years ago. The next year he went into the
business on a larger scale, growing them in the cellar,
and a good crop was the result. He received $1.50 a
pound, or $220 for the lot. A cellar under the parlor was
devoted to the crop, and $350 worth was sold. Then a
place was built under the ground with good ventilation,
but it was not a success. The drip was too much. A
cellar under the carriage house, which had no drip,
made a good place, leading to the belief that a place with
a Mushroira house under a building is the best place in
which to grow them. They need a dry place. If we have
a dry summer and light rains in September, or heavy
dews, we will pick plenty of Mushrooms in the fall out-
doors. In growing Mushrooms, we must imitate nature.
The money that is wasted for spawn alone in one year
would make a fortune for some persons. People get
wild to grow Mushrooms. Some secure a crop, but others
get nothing. The young man must try a little at a time.
He should learn from the experiences of different men.
A man can make money in this business, and he can lose
it. The writer has had failure and success, but he now
grows two tons every year.

Mushroom spawn runs best in anything that is dry.
It is difiicult to find out what moisture is wanted, and
to get the material in the right state. Tlie writer pre-
fers to secure his manure on the cars fresh from the
stable. Turn it over eight or nine times, once every day,
so it will not burn, and put in dirt. To twenty tons add
five cart-loads of earth. This earth is secured from sod
from the hedges around the farm, taken thf first of .Tune
aud piled up to rot, so it will be ready for mixing in the
manure. When the manure is in the right state, put it
in beds 8 inches deep. The beds (made in houses) are
made up like bunks on a ship and are 100 feet long. 4
feet wide aud 3 feet between the beds to allow a man to
go through with a wheelbarrow. One house is 20 feet
wide. It contains 13 beds 100 feet long. It is heated by
hot water and the temperature is kept at tiO°. There are
three large housfs, and all of them with greenhouses on
top, where lettuce, cauliflower, parsley, rhubarb and
radishes are grown with the same heat that grows the
Mushrooms. English spawn is used. It should be fresh
and new. The spawn is placed 6 inches apart in the
beds, in pieces the size of a black walnut. When the
heat goes down to 90° the spawn is put in, and in six
weeks the Mushrooms are ready for picking. The beds
last from three to four months. The Mushrooms are
packed in boxes and shipped to New York.

S. W. WORTMAN.

The Trade in ^fHs7l rooms. — The trade in Mushrooms
has grown from a supply of 30 to 50 pounds a day to
the enormous quantity of one-half to three-quarters of a
ton. In fact, the trade has increased in proportion with

MUSHROOM

MUSKMELON

1049

the price* according to demand and supply. The best

season for the consumption of Muslirooms is the late
fall and winter months, as they keep in the cool, dry
weather for several days, and small dealers have no
trouble with them spoiling on their hands. The price
during these months varies according to supply and
demand. In the summer months a few will do well, but
they spoil so readily in the heat that dealers do not care
to handle any stock; therefore, if there were a large
supply from June until October they would surely go
to waste. The growers generally take advantage of this
ami niiiw llieir beds in summer, and prepare for the
ci'iuiiii,' si-ast.n. One great mistake is that the small
growt-r is too anxious to reach the consumer. He wants
to save the little which the middleman or distributer gets,
and he gives them to the retailer, to restaurants, or to
others, and these persons often take advantage of him.
He is sometimes compelled to take from 25 to 50 per
cent less than market price, and he injures the market
as well. AU classes now buy Mushrooms. If the sup-
ply is scarce and price high, they go only to the better
class of hotels and restaurants; but as the price gradu-
ally decreases the consumption increases and the poorer
grade of hotels and restaurants and families consume
them. The consumption of canned and dried Mush-
rooms is not increasing as rapidly as that of the fresh-
grown, and we are led to believe that in the near future
our home-grown Mushrooms will be canned and dried as
the foreign are; in fact, some of the canners are now
making ketchup of the seconds and poorer grades. We
believe that the consumption can be doubled and pos-
sibly trebled at a good profit if sold at half the present
prices. We expect to hear before long of some house
that will make a specialty of Mushrooms and sell noth-
ing else. Archdeacon & Co.

MUSK. The common Musk Plant of the gardens is
MimidHs moschatit.s, an American plant. The wild
Musk Plant of Europe, however, isA'>ndiinn wtisrhatum.

tender, soft and light green when put in the field will
nearly always sutfer, even though the weather is not
cold thereafter. In hotbeds the plants are nearer the
glass, and the sash may be stripped entirely on all fair
days, thereby allowing the plants to iMiome gradually
inured to field conditions. Melons transplant with difii-
culty; therefore they are ahvnys gmwn on pieces of in-
verted sods or in some temporary receptacle. ISonie
growers employ pint and quart berry-baskets, such as
are used for raspberries and strawberries. Others use
a basket-splint which is about 3K in. wide and 14 in.
long, and which is cut in a basket machine at such dis-
tances that when the splint is bent it will make a four-
cornered receptacle like a berry-box without top or
bottom. The ends of this splint are held together by a
single small tack. These forms may be packed together
tightly in the hotbed and filled with earth and two or
three seeds planted in each. When the plants have
acquired two or three rough leaves, they are ready to be
placed in the field. The forms can be taken from the
hotbed by running a spade or shingle underneath them.
With the fingers, the box is pulled apart and the cubical
mass of earth is dropped into the hole made for it, and
the plant receives no check. There is so much loss
from the depredations of the striped beetle and the fiea-
beetle that one must provide several times more plants
than the area requires. The bills of melons are usually
from 4 to 6 ft. apart either way, and two or three plants
are sufficient for a hill; it is advisable, however, to
place at least half a dozen plants in each hill if the in-
sects are troublesome. It is an excellent plan to plant
squashes in the field before the melons are transplanted
and to gather the insects from them for a week or two.
Spraying the plants with Bordenux mixture will repel
the insects to some extent. Dusting with tobacco dust
or snuff will also prove more or less efficient. Land
plaster in which there is a little kerosene or turpentine
is also repellent. The insects are killed by Paris green,
but because of the hairy nature of the melon leaf it is

HYACINTH,

racinth = J/hs

chntH

MUSK MALLOW = 7r/.'>;.s-

i'HH woschatus. The Musk
seed of commerce is also Hi-
hiscHs mosehntus. Marsh M.
is Althcea officimilis.

MUSKMELONSf Plate XIX)

are now a very important com-
mercial product in North
America, and the cultivation
and use of them are increas-
ing rapidly. The hot, bright
climate suits them well. Musk-
melons thrive best in a light
and quick warm soil. Since
they are very susceptible to
frost and are a long-season
plant, it is important that they
secure a foothold very quickh
when put in thefield; and this
they are not able to do on land s
which are not well prepared
or which are naturally hard
and clayey. If Muskmelons
must be grown on such land
it is advisable to make the

hills. This is done by digging out a half -bushel or bushel
of earth and replacing it with well-mixed loam and short
manure. The plants are then able to secure a quick
hold on the soil and to become thoroughly established
before the dry weather of Jnly and August.

In the southern states, the seeds of melons are usually
planted in the field where the crop is to mature. In the
northern states, however, the plants are started in
forcing-houses or hotbeds. As a rule, hotbeds are more
satisfiietory than forcing-houses, since the plants can be
hardened off Letter. In forcing-houses, the plants are
likely t»t be too hot, even thoiigh there is no pipe heat,
and they tend to become very soft. Plants which are

1447. A nutmeg Melon— the St. Laud.

almost impossible to cover the foliage completely with
the poison.

There are two general types of commercial Musk-
melons inNorth America — the furrowed and hard-rinded
kinds, which are known as cantaloupes, and the netted
and softer-rinded types, known as nutmeg or netted
melons (Fig. 1447). In the southern states the word
cantaloupe is used generically for all melons, but this
use of the terra is erroneous (see Cucumis, page 408,
Bailey, A. G. 14: 20fi; Waugh, G. F. 8: 18!^). The vari-
ous strains of netted melons are the ones mostly grown
in the North for the home garden and for early market.
The cantaloupes are mostly longer-season varieties.

1050

MUSKMELON

MUSKMELON

Two important strains of tlio nitiod melon type which

have conn- into Kiiat jir inoiic.- in rt-i'ent years are the

Osage, dcvi-lopoil in souiliwrst.rn Mifliijjan, and the
Rocky Foril, (le\ rl..p..l in Colora.l.i. Another important
strain of tliesame class is the Montreal Market, M'hichhas
developed in Canada. These three melons are grown on
a very large scale for the market, and there are middle-
men who now make a specialty of the melon crop in its
season.

Some of the forms of the Muskmelon species are very
unlike the ordinary I^Iuskmelons. Some of them are
scarcelj' edihle in their raw state, but are used for

rrilr) of the French. It is variable
, but is conjmonly pyriform and clear
with a green inodorous flesh of fair

<1- Hi,; r r)
in slia|M' ;iii
yellowi.l, ^
quality tor i

"There are a number of good varieties in the second,
or loo.se-seeded class. The one which we have liked
best is the French Winter Climbing Nutmeg (Melon

It h;

Brode vert gr/m/iant),
flesh. The seeds are very Mnall.
ribbed and very dark green \\ir)i
keeps well until December. Aiioii
White Antilles of the French {Jl,
I

tu tj

•d green
■I'Im- liiiii IS small,
vrih.w fun'..ws. It

I r l; I ni.l..n is the

'II /■■null ,r tidibes
rerteU
elon of
1 g en un-
hard
. ioiig
keepe The Relfle 1 ed Mal-
tese nel n e\ Is other mel-
on of th lass I quality,
the flesh be ng aroi atic and
r 1 Its not so good a
keeper as the gieen fleshed
rt

tl ese winter

tl grow ug for

1 1 tj is not

f the ummer

tl s defect is

ce 1 by tl e r long-

\mongst

re the

\ 'i;. tlie

pi g q Hi t es

1448. The Orange or Chito Melon Cucu;

pickles and conserves. Of these are the so-called Snake
Cucumber (Plate XIX) and the Orange or Chito melon
(Fig. 1448). The latter has been much advertised in
recent years as a preserving or mango melon (for mak-
ing " mangoes" or mixed pickles). It is a small-leaved
slender vine as compared with the common Muskmelon,
and it bears an abundance of yellow or orange fruits the
size of a hen's egg or lemon. It requires no special
culture. The Snake Cucumber is grown mostly as a
curiosity in this country, but it may be used for pickles
and preserves.

Another type of Muskmelon is the winter melon.
These are described as follows in an Experiment Sta-
tion publication (Bailey, Bull. 95, Cornell Exp. Sta.):

"There is an interesting class of melons, little known
in this country, which gives fruits of long-keeping
qualities. These are known as the winter or scentless
melons. They are mostly of an oblong shape, with
green or grayish hard rinds and commonly a white or
green flesh, which often lacks almost entirely the char-
acteristic aroma of the Muskmelon. The leaves are
generally longer and greener than those of the common
melons. The fruits are picked just before frost, when
they appear to be as inedible as squashes, and are stored
in a fruit-room to ripen. The true winter melons re-
quire a long season. We have planted them upon good
soil on the first day of June, and they have barely come
to maturity before frost. There is little difficulty in
keeping some of the varieties until Christmas, if they
do not get too ripe in the field, if the fruits are not al-
lowed to become frost-bitten, and if the room is cool
and rather dry.

"There are two general types amongst the winter
melons which we have grown. One type has a solid
interior, like a cucumber, and the seeds are imbedded
firmly in the structure of the fruit. The other class
has a soft interior and the loose seeds of ordinary mel-
ons. To the first class belongs the Winter Pineapple,
a variety which seems to me to be indistinguishable
from the Green-fleshed Maltese melon {Melon de Malte

Chito.

W I 1 Tli<-e

u 1 a e a o u ef 1 for the
mak ng of coi serves

F r ther n eloi t pes and
f ketcl of tl e I tanv of

tl e tl e art le n Vol. I

° ' L H B.

The Muskmelon, a fruit of
much commercial value, is
grown in different localities under varied methods.
Where they are grown in largest quantities, as in the
South, the simplest methods are employed. There the
seed is dropped in hills of well-enriched soil, three to
five to each hill, and covered with about 2 in. of soil;
when there is danger of chilly weather after planting,
they are covered with litter or straw until the soil and

temperature I onie warm. Among private gardeners

throughout the country, and where climate and soil will
admit, melon-growing is followed with a great deal of
care and trouble, mainly because the area which they
require to produce a fair percentage of good fruit can-
not be allotted them, and consequently dose care and
best cultivation are required. The tirst tiling is to pro-
vide a frame or pit, in which, after a slight hotbed has
been made, and upon which the soil to the thickness of
about 2 in. has been placed, the sash will be only 12 in.
from the soil. Then place pieces of evenly cut sod 2
in. thick by 4 in. square, with the grass side down, on
the soil, laying them close together, the edges touch-
ing, and with a sharp-pointed trowel dig out the center
of each piece of sod, barely penetrating through, and
fill up the space dug out with good soil, somewhat
sandy. In each of these places drop two seeds, either
of Musk- or Watermelon ; keep slightly moist and also
well protected during night and cool days and when
there is no sunshine. After they start special care
must be exercised to keep them growing, but not too
fast, as the roots will penetrate the sod, and the plants
will wilt when transferred to the open ground. The
matter of ventilating and other care is easily given, and
they can be transfen-ed at will when the weather per-
mits, as they will bear the transplanting without being
injured. The transferring must be done by taking out
each piece of sod with a trowel and setting in the open
ground where wanted, making the hills of Watermelons
6 ft. apart each way and the Muskmelons 3 ft. in the
rows and 6 ft. between the rows.

Another excellent operation employed by gardeners
for the quick growing and full development of the finest

MUSKMELON

MYOPORUM

1051

best pljii "f pr
a full siKi.l,' .1.-
face with tin-
This can be do

fruit is the placing of well-rotted manure at the bottom
of each hill. It is necessary that this be thoioughly
rotted, as the paramount idea is to feed the roots with
rriinent which this will supply. The
irini^ for this manuring is to dig holes
, ihea fill up to within 4 in. of the sur-
uiiure, then cover with 'A in. of soil,
several days prior to piitlini.' .ml tlio
melons. The object of this expensiv.- ti-.;iiiiirni is tn
furnish the roots with food and niuisinn- ilirouf;li llic
heated season and induce a free growth, wliich will over-
come scalding and also attacks of enemies.

The above methods will apply to both Musk- and
Watermelons. The soil best suited to melon-growing
is a sandy loam. When the soil is of a clayey nature
and heavy, a free use of sand is beneficial. Muskmelon-
forcing is followed successfully on some of the large

■d p.

pi a,

by thi^

only a
■ ally the
1 the ex-
ider the

and

limited Tiin
orani^t.^-llrsl
terior. (.Jr*
head of Forcinij.

Muskmelons are a staple article among the people of
Persia, Italy and also the Egyptians. Tlie thin-skinned
Persian types are yet grown, and noted for being very
sweet and of fine flavor, and are better grown on very
light soil. The counties in southern New Jersey along
the coast supply the large market.s of eastern cities with
the famous Cas^aba, or Persian, the seed of this variety
having been originally procured from Smyrna; the inland
growers adhere to such varieties as the famous Jenny
Lind, Hackensaek, Green Citron, Netted and Miller
Cream. The varieties introduced in recent years of the
orange-fleshed sorts are the Emerald Gem, Osage, Tri-
umph and Paul Rose, and thegreen-floshrd Rocky Ford.
These are an acquisition, and find n-ady s.-ilr wliru prop-
erly grown, being of medium size and iiuilr sclid: they
endure transportation well. The famous MoTitreal Mar-
ket variety, so much used in Boston, commands a very
high price. It is one of the best for transportation and
for keeping qualities; of yellowish gold color and fine
flavor. It can be found in all eastern Canadian markets.

Muskmelon-growing is conducted on a large scale in
the southern states, but only for their local markets.
The valley of the Mississippi is particularly adapted
for this industry. New Jersey supplies one-half of the
Muskraelon crop; the seashore trade is the most exten-
sive known, and as this market is so accessible to the
grower, many farmers have their entire farms taken n])
for this purpose. They also have a method, not prac-
ticed elsewhere, which is a good one for extending the
picking season over a long period. Their first planting
is 3^x5 feet, and two to four weeks later they plant
again between the hills, thus prolonging picking season
in the same patch, and giving a full stand of plants in
the field with minimum labor. The varieties grown by
the largest planters are the Jenny Lind, Golden Jenny,
Netted Gem and Green Citron, and only in very recent
years have they added such varieties as the Emerald
Gem and Triumph. j. Otto Thilow.

MUSTABD, species of Brassica (which see), chiefly
B. alba, nigra, juncea, and Japnnica. There are two
types of Mustard-growing, — for the leaves, which are
used as a vegetable; for the seeds, which yield oil and
are used as a condiment. Table Mustard (the flour) is
the product mostly of Braniiica nigra, although seeds
of B. alba and B. jiincea are also used for making it.
The Mustards often become prolific weeds, but since
they are annual, they are easily kept in check by means
of good farming (see Weeds).

As a culinary vegetable, Mustard is used for "greens"
(which see). For this purpose, the large soft basal
leaves are desired. These leaves grow best in early
spring, although they do fairly well in the fall. If sown
late in the season, the plant makes few bottom leaves and
run quickly to seed Perhaps the best of the Mustards
for greens in this country is Brasslea Japonica (Fig.
2f)G, Vol. I.), a species which has long been grown in this
country, but which has no other well-known name than
"Mustard." This often seeds itself and comes up the
following spring. Some of the large-leaved forms of
Chinese Mustard {Brassica juncea) are excellent, and

aisspelling of Mft/enia.

erVrring to the translu-
Mijiilii'i-dreK. About 20
AiisfiMlia and New Zea-
once a fa-

should be better known. One of the oriental species
(B. napiformis) makes an edible turnip-like root (Fig.
26:t, Vol. I.). Mustard needs a rich quick soil for the
producing of the best foliage. Sow the seeds in drills
1 ft. or n]..re apart, and thin to 6 in. in the row.

L. II. li.
MUSTARD, CLOWN'S. Iberis amara.

MYALL. See Acacia.

MYENIA of the trade
See Thiiiibrnjia.

MYOPORUM (Greek n
cent resinous dots in tlii'
species of shrilUs, rail^'ili:,' from
land to Cliilla ami Japan. One
vorite heath-like plant in Frtiuce. Two others are quick-
growing shrubs, with a profusion of small, white, 5-
lobed fls., and ornamental berries. These two are de-
sirable for planting near the seacoast in S. Calif.

In 1883 it was stated in the Garden that for 20 years
many thousand plants of M. purrifdliiiiii had been sold
annually in the flower markits of Paris. One grower
always had a stock of 30,OIM1 plants. Tiie plants were
grown in small pots for room ami window decoration in
spring. An eye-witness said, "It. is most beautiful as
seen with its pale green bramdns drooping gracefully
around the pot sides, and more is|i(Nially s.i when the
shoots are wreathed with sweet, snow wliiir Ijlossoms."
This species is practically unknown in i'.nfiland and
America. Full details of the French nietlmd of culture
are given in Gu. 24, p. 409. The American gardener may
get some general suggestions from the experience re-
corded under JSpacris and Erica.

Myoporums are erect and tall, or diffuse, glabrous or
glutinous : Ivs. alternate, rarely opposite, entire or
toothed: fls. axillary, usually clustered, small or medium
sized, usually white; calyx 5-cut or .5-parted, somewhat
bell-shaped or funnel-shaped, the tube very short or
long; lobes usually 5. The genus is divided into 5 sec-

1449. Myoporum laetum (X 3ij).

tions based on the shape of the fls., the number of the
corolla-lobes and stamens, which vary from 4-6, and
the number of cells in the ovary, which vary from 2-10.
Usually the calyx segments are small and narrow, but
in one section they are large and leafy.

A. Lvs. lanceolate.
Isetum, Forst. f. (Jf. perforAtum, Hort. ). Fig. 1449.
Lvs. 2-4 in. long, lanceolate or obovate- lanceolate, acute
or obtuse, finely serrate above the middle, bright green,
shining: fls. white, 4-9 lines wide, with rounded lobes,
which are hairy inside. New Zealand.

1052

MYOPOEUM

AA. Li'S. linear.

parvifdlium, R. Br. (M. album, Hort.). Procumbent
shrul>: stems 2 ft. long or more: Ivs. i>i-l in. long, linear
or linear-spatulate, thick, sparingly dentate toward the
apex ; lis, with rather acute lobes which are woollv
within. Austral. B.M. IfiM. L.B.C. 9:8.'!7, Gn. 24, p.
361. V. 7:20, — Not advertised in America.

M. verrucbsum, Poir., is offered. Fr.incescbi writes tli.it it is a
Quick-growing slimb, and among the best plants to grow near
the sea. He says it has pretty white lis. and purple berries,

W, M.

MYOSOTtDIUM (Greek, like a forget-me-not). Bor-
raoint'ice'T. A genus of only one species, known as the
Giant Porget-me-not. It comes from the Chatham
Islands, off New Zealand, and is neither hardy nor
suited to general greenhouse culture, but it should be
tried by some of our expert southern amateurs. The
individual Us, are about % in. across, and as many as
.3()-GD in a cluster. A plant grown outdoors in Cornwall,
England, had about 20 such clusters. The fls. are 5-
lobed and not a pure blue, being whitish toward the
margins. They are borne on a stout, succulent stem
1% ft. high. The root-lvs. are very large and numerous,
heart-shaped, and with stalks 9 in. long.

This choice plant first flowered in Europe in 1858, but
the whole stock died, apparently without flowering
again. About 18S3, fresh seeds were imported, and in a
few favored localities in England the plant succeeded.
In 1890 it was offered in America. Writers in "The Gar-
den" give the following hints as to culture: The plants
require plenty of air and should be well syringed in
warm weather and shaded from the midday sun in sum-
mer. They should be kept absolutely free from insects,
particularly aphids. The fine specimen grown in the
Cornish garden (Gn, 50, p. 150) was placed under a
high wall with a southern aspect, and sea sand piled
about the roots.

As a genus, Myosotidium is close to Myosotis, but
Bentham& Hooker consider its flowers nearest to Cyno-
glossum and its fruits nearest to Rindera.

n6bile, Hook. Giant Foroet-me-not. Root-lvs. gla-
brous, glossy, succulent, parallel-veined, obtuse or re-
fuse; petioles thick, grooved above. B.M. 5137. Gn.
30:.=i75 and 50, p. l.iO. G.C. II. 25:681; III. 21:293.
G.M. 31:219. J.H. III. 32:327.

MYOSdTIS (Greek, signifying mouse-ear, from the
leaves). BorrayinAceie. Pobqet-me-not. Scokpion
Grass. A large genus of low, perennial or annual, more
or less hairy, branching, diffuse or erect herbs, inhabit-
ing both the north and south temperate zones, but the
cultivated forms coming mainly from Europe. Lvs. al-
ternate, entire: fls. small, in 1-sided, bractless, at first
recurved, terminal racemes; calyx small, 5-cleft; corolla
salverform, 5-lobed, the throat crested; stamens 5, in-
cluded; ovary of 4 almost separate lobes, in fruit form-
ing 4 smooth nutlets attached to the receptacle by their
bases. The following are all hardj at the North and are
grown in America mainly for out-of-door planting. The
fls. are normally blue, often purple when young and
turning blue with age. White-fld. forms (var. alba) of
all the species may occur. J. B. Keller writes that
Forget-me-nots prefer moist, half-shady places, but that
an open, sunny border will do if it is not excessively
dry. The perennials are easily propagated by division
or cuttings.

A. Hairs of tile ealyx all straight, appressed:

perennials.

B. Lubes of the calyx much shorter than the tttbe.

paWstris, Lam. True Forget-me-not. Stems from

slender, stolon-like rootstocks, slender, decumbent, and

rooting below, appressed, pubescent or nearly glabrous,

6-18 in. long: lvs. oblong-lanceolate or oblanceolate,

nearly sessile: raceme loosely-fld. ; pedicels in fruit

much longer than the calyx, spreading; lobes of the

calyx deltoid, acutish : corolla bright blue, with a yellow

eye, limb flat,. 3-4 lines broad: nutlets angled and keeled

on the inner side. May, .June. Europe, Asia. G.C. III.

22:307. Gn. 52, p. 461. — Requires damp, shady ground.

Escaped from cult, in the eastern states. Var. Bemp6r-

florens, Hort., is a dwarf form, 8 in. high, flowering all
summer.

BB. Lobes of the calyx as long as or longer than
the tube. '

Itlza, Lehm. Similar to the preceding species, and
also rooting at the lower nodes, pubescence all appressed
and scanty or wanting: racemes even more loosely-fld.:
calyx lobes much longer, ovate-lanceolate, acute; corolla
limb smaller and concave, about 2 lines broad, paler
blue; throat yellow; nutlets equally convex both sides.
May, .Tune. North Europe, Asia, Amer. — Grows best in
muddy places.

Azdrica, H. C. Wats. Decumbent at the base and dif-
fusely branched, 1 ft. high, densely setose-hispid, with
reflexed hairs : lvs. oblong, obtuse or refuse, appressed
hairy above, hirsute with reflexed hairs below: racemes
sub-secund, dense: calyx almost 5-.parted; teeth linear,
spreading, clothed with erect, appressed hairs : pedicel
about equaling the calyx: corolla larger than in the
last, 3-H% lines broad, deeper indigo-blue; throat with
a whitish eye. Azores. B.M. 4122. V. 6:75. — Suitable
for planting in damp, shady soil. Var. C(El6stina, Hort.,
is a form with light blue fls.

AA. JIairs of the calyx, or at least some of them, hooked,
spreading.

B. Corolla small, about 1 line broad: limb concave:
calyx hairs all hooked.

arv^nsis, Lam. Annual or biennial, erect, branched,
7-20 in. high, hirsute-pubescent: lvs. oblong or oblan-
ceolate, sessile, obtuse or acutish: raceme loosely-fld.:
pedicels in fruit much longer than the calyx: calyx
deeply 5-parted ; lobes equal, linear, acutish ; co-
rolla blue or white, 1-lK lines broad : nutlet conve.v
outside, keeled inside. June-Aug. Eu., Asia. — Will
grow well in dry ground.

BB. Corolla larger, 3-4 lines broad: limb flat: calyx
with only the lower hairs hooked.

sylv&tica, Hoffm. Perennial, hirsute-pubescent, and
either green or cinereous, erect, 1-2 ft. high, branched
above: lvs. oblong-linear or oblanceolate, nearly sessile,
acutish: pedicels usually much exceeding the calyx:
calyx deeply cleft, hirsute, the hairs, except a few at the
base, erect and straight; racemes long and loose: co-
rolla blue, 3-4 lines broad, with a yellow eye: nutlets
more or less margined and carinate ventrally, sessile.
Spring. Dry soil, Eu. , N. Asia. — Common in cultivation.

Var. alp§stris, Koch {M. alp^stris, F. W. Schmidt).
Differs from the type only in its dwarf habit, 3-8 in.
high, more dense raceme, with shorter, thicker, ascend-
ing-pedicels, rarely longiT tliiin the calvx: nutlets
larger. Summer. Eu. (^.C. III. 17:C,.-,(). -Flowers said to
be fragrant in the evening. V;ir. stricta, Hort. All the
branches erect and strict; appearance peculiar. G.T.
45, p. 609. Var. aUrea, Hort. Foliage golden yellow.

dissitifldra, Baker. Biennial ; very similar in
habit to M. sylvatiea, but lower, 6-8 in. high, whole
plant clothed with erect-spreading or appressed short
hairs : lvs. large, spatulate-oblong, acute, bright green :
fruiting racemes more elongated: pedicels ascending or
incurved, 2-3 times longer than the calyx: hooked hairs
almost absent; calyx segments lanceolate, much longer
than the tulje; corolla 4-5 lines in diam. The most im-
portant difference is in the nutlets, which are distinctly
stipil;itc. Spring. Switzerland. R.H. 1896, p. 278.-
V:ir. elegantiasima, Hort. Lvs. white-edged. The name
M. elcgantissima has also been applied to forms of M.
valustns and sylvatiea. g. ji. Wieganu.

MYBtCA (ancient name of no application). Myri-
c(teete. This includes a Japanese fruit tree which bears
black or red fruits something like a blackberry. It was
introduced to cult, iu Calif, in 1889 under the name of
M. rubra and fully described in the " Pacific Rural Press,"
from which the following account is chiefly derived. The
tree attains 40-50 ft. The foliage is magnolia-like, ever-
green and leathery. The fruit ripens in July. It is almost
globular, being about 1 in. long and % in. broad. It is
densely covered with small elevations, and contains a
single seed-stone of light weight. There are 2 varieties

MYRICA

MYRISTICA

1053

of the fruit, the lightrose-colored one being finer flavored
than the dark red. The berries are vinous and sweet and
used in all ways like our blackberries. The tree is sup-
posed to be able to stand 15° above zero.

Myrica is a genus of about 35 species of trees and
shrubs, of ten aromatic : Ivs. alternate, entire, or variously

1450. Myrica Nagi in flower (X %).
Natural size of tlie edible fruits is about au inch.

cut: male fls. borne in short catkins on the new growth ;
stamens 2-16, usually 4-6; female fls. mostly solitary:
drupe globose or ovoid.

N4gi, Thunb. {M. rubra, Sieb. & Zucc). Fig. 1450.
Bush or tree: Ivs. 3-5 in. long, oblong-lanceolate, taper-
in? at the base, entire or serrate: male catkins axillary,
solitary, cylindrical, K-IK in. long; stamens 6-10; fe-
male catkins shorter than the male, few-fld. Tropical
and subtropical Asia. B.M.5727.

M. asplenifblia. See Comptonia. W. M.

MYEIOCfiPHALUS (Greek, ten -thousand -headed).
Compos itce. M, Stnartii is an odd sort of everlasting
flower, known to the trade as Poliicalymma. Stxmrtii,
being offered in only one of the largest American cata-
logues of annual fls. It is a half-liardy plant, growing
about \% ft. high and bearing yellow and white heads.
Myriocephalus is a genus f about 8 annual or perennial
herbs, all Australian, often hoary, especially when
young : Ivs. alternate, entire : clusters or compound
heads terminal, usually globose or hemispherical : heads
exceedingly numerous and sessile on a broad, very fi:it
receptacle, surrounded by a general involucre of numer-
ous narrow bracts in many rows, each usually with a
scarious tip or radiating appendage. In M. Stnartii
these appendages are 1-2 lines long, broad, white and
very conspicuous. Flora Australiensis 3: 557 (1866).

Stiiartii, Benth. {Pohjcah/mma Stuartii, P. Muell. &
Sond.). Pubescent or woolly, not much branched: Ivs.
linear or lanceolate, 1-2 in. long: clusters hemispherical,
I in. or more across : partial heads 5 -8-fld. : seeds woolly ;
pappus of numerous ciliate bristles.

MYEIOPHtLLUM (Greek, ten-thousand-leaved).
HaloraijAceiT. The Parrot's Feather is a favorite
aquatic plant, with delicate feathery foliage, composed
of numerous whorls of finely cut Ivs. The one which is

often seen in vases and fountains in public parks has
the uncomfortable naitir of Miiriojtlniilum proserpina-
coides. It is a half-hiirily ]il:int from Chile, with weak
stems which grow out of tlie watiT aliout 6 inches. It
can be planted in a water-tight hanging basket, and if
water can be kept standing on the surface, the plant
will hang gracefully over the edges. The other species
here described are hardy plants, which are com-
mon in our eastern ponds. Anyone of them can be gath-
ered for the aquarium, and the two following are pro-
curable from dealers in aquatics and aquarium supplies.
Myriophyllumis a genus of about 15 species of aquatic
herbs, found from the frigid zones to the tropics. Lvs.
whorled, somewhat scattered or alternate, the emersed
ones entire, dentate or pectinate, the submerged ones
pinnately cut into thread-like segments: fls. small.

A. -Lvs. all alike.
proserpinacoides, (iill. Fig. 1451. Lvs. in whorls of 4
and 5, 7-lii lines long: segments 20-25. Chile. Appar-
ently estal.Iislnd in Hopkins' pond, Haddonfield, N. J.,
having escaped from cult. B.B. 2:505. — Differs from the
2 following in being dioecious. Tlie female plant is the
one in cult. Likely to become weeds.

AA. Lvs. above the surface of the water different from

those below.

B. Lvs. whorled in S^s and 4's.

TertlciUitum, Linn. Floral Ivs. longer than the fls.,

pectinate: stamens 8: petals deciduous: carpels even.

Native of Europe, but common in our ponds.

BB. 2jvs. whorled in 4*s and 5's.

heteroph^Uum, Michx. Floral lvs. ovate, lanceolate,
sharply serrate: stamens 4: petals rather persistent:
carpels 1-2-ridged and roughened on the back. Lakes
and rivers. Ont. to Fla. and Minn.

Wis. Tricker and W. M.

MYRlSTICA (Greek, alluding to the aromatic quali-
ties of the plants). Myristicileea'. Nutmeg. Myristicas
are of many species (perhaps 80), but most of the Nut-
megs of commerce are the product of M. fragrans, Houtt.
(M. mo.schilta, Thunb.; M. officinalis, Linn, f . ; M.
arotndtica , Lam.), shown in Figs. 14."i2-;i. This tree is
cultivated and naturalized in the W. Indies. The genus
Myristica is the only one in the family. It is essentially
an Asian genus, although species occur in America and
Africa, and one in Australia. The Myristicas are dioe-
cious trees with alternate, entire, pinnate-veined Ivs.,
and small fls. in axillary clusters. The perianth is 2-4-
(usually 3-) lobed, in a single series: anthers 3 or more,
connate: ovary single, 1-loculed, ripening into a fleshy
fruit. The Nutmeg of commerce is the seed. This is
surrounded by a ruminated aril, which furnishes the

1451. MvrioDhyllum proserpinacoides (X /^).

mace of commerce. The fruit of 3f. fragrans is short
pear-shaped, 1)^-2 in. long, hanging, reddish or yellow-
ish, somewhat fleshy, splitting at maturity into 2 valves
and disclosing the brilliant scarlet laciniated aril or
mace. Inside the aril is the hard nut or shell, and
inside the shell is the Nutmeg. The details of the mace

1054

MTRISTICA

MYRTUS

and Nutmeg are shown in Fig. 145r{. For a full illus-
trateil and historical account of the Nutmeg, see B.M.
2756-7 (1827). L. H. B.

The Nutmeg tree requires a position in well-sheltered,
hot, moist valleys in the tropics from sea-level up to
400 or 500 feet: it will grow aud produce fruit in Ja-

1452. Myristica fragrans— the Nutmee (X M).
The upper sprays are from the staminate tree.

maica up to 2,000 feet, but the fruit is not so abundant
nor the nut so large as at lower elevations. The soil
must be a deep, rich loam, well drained. The seedlings
have a tap-root which is very easily injured in trans-
planting. The method usually adopted for growing
them is to sow the seeds in bamboo pots, one in each.
When they are ready for planting in their permanent
places, the bamboo is slit, and the soil, with the plant,
gently put into the prepared hole. It is only when they
first flowf^r that it is possible to tell the sex of the tree.
Nothing is known of the conditions which determine
the sex. In Grenada, the usual proportion of male trees
to female is said to be as 3 to 1, though sometimes 40 or
50 trees close together will all be either male or female.
As the trees generally flower when they are fi or 7 years
old, there is great waste in the growth of male trees.
In the Botanic Gardens in Jamaica, it has been found
possible to graft the Nutmeg, so that a loss of this kind
should not occur again; the plan is, take young seed-
lings aud graft, by approach, the thinnest twigs of a
female tree. Wm. Fawcett.

MYRRHIS (from the Greek word for perfume). Vm~
hellifera'. Myrrh. Sweet Cicely. One perennial herb
native to Europe, and an immigrant to other countries,
sometimes grown in gardens for its pleasing scent and
anciently used as a flavoring in salads. In America
Myrrhis is repn-smtt'il l)y Osmorhiza, which is known
as Sweet Cicely. T\\i> or tliree of the American plants
have been naimcl un. I. r ."Myrrhis, but Coulter and Rose
(Revision N. Amer. Uiubf lliferse, 1888) contrast the two
genera and refer these species to Osmorhiza. Technical
characters distinguish the two genera.

The Myrrh of the Arabs is the gum of Balsamodendron

MyrrJia, a burseraceous tree which is now referred
(Engler in DC. Monogr. Phaner. 4) to Commiphora.

odorita, Scop. Myrrh. Soft-hairy or pubescent, erect,
2-3 ft.: Ivs. thin and soft, 2-3-pinnate, with narrow-
toothed or pinnatilid s<-iriiifnts : lis. small, whitish, in a
compound uniln.1 wliifli is (lpv<ii(l of a general involucre:
fr. K in. long, Inni^ritudiiially ribbed. Eu.— Herbage
sweet-scented. Rarely seen in this country, l^ g. B.

MYRSiNE {an old Greek name for the Myrtle, of no
application; the Myrtle is ^f!|rfl(s rowunnit/). Myrsin-
dce(e. About hO \vid«-lv s<-;)tt.T.d .-[..■.■i. s of shrubs or
trees, of which M. fhn-ilnnnht lias l.rn, (.tfered in Fla.,
but is probably nu longer cult. Ghibruus or tomentose:
Ivs, leathery, mostly entire: fls. small, sessile or pedun-
cled, in axillary clusters, polygamo-dicecious; floral
parts in 4-5's: fr. a pea-shaped drupe, dry or fleshy,
1-stuned: seed globose.

floribiinda, R.Br. [M. Jiapdnea, Roem. & Schult.
.1. Floridtftm, A. DC). Glabrous: Ivs. 3-4 in. long,
leathery, obovate, rounded or notched at top, revolute at
margin, rusty and dotted beneath, devoid of pellucid
dots: clusters of fls. peduncled : corolla imbricated.
S. Fla. to Uruguay.

MYRSIPHYLLUM. Consult .4 6V)rfr

tgiis.

. Crape M. Lager-
nor aud others. Sand

MYRTLE, ^r!frf>l.^i
sfr>inn<r. Running M.
M. LeiophijUnn,.

MVRTUS {MyrtoR, the ancient Greek name). Myrtd-
ce'i'. Myrtle. Mostly shrubs: Ivs. opposite, entire,
penni-veined, usually aromatic : fls. white or rose-
tinged, axillary, 1 to many, the central on short, lateral
or long pedicels ; calyx tube turbinate, 5- (rarely 4-)
lobed, usually persistent; petals 5 (rarely 4); stamens
numerous, in several rows, free: ovule 2-3-celled: fr. a
berry, aduate to, or included in the calyx-tube. A ge-
nus of perhaps 100 species, mostly subtropical natives
of S. America and Australia.

Myrtles are grown in pots for greenhouse, window or
room decorations, or, in Calif, aud the South, as out-
door ornamental shrubs. They are easily cultivated and
readily propagated from firm or partially ripened cut-
tings. They like an abundance of water in summer, and
should never be allowed to get quite dry at the roots.

commftms, Linn. The clas-
sic Myrtle. A handsome
shrub, 3-10 ft. high, both fls.
and Ivs. strongly scented:
Ivs, small in the variety
usually cultivated: pedun-
cles solitary, 1-fld., about
the length of the Ivs., bear-
ing 2 linear bractlets below
the fls. : berry black. July.
S. Eu. — Several varieties
are cult., which differchiefly
in the shape and size of the
Ivs.; there is also a varie-
gated form. Makes a good
hedge in S. Fla. Everbloom-
ing in S. Calif.

LiXma.,BeTneond{Sugenia '^/* sp^/"*'

1453, Nutmegs (/
The upper specimens sho
the ai ■ "■ ■

The lower
^hows the nut
3 is removed.
_ ,,, . o ci. u- L ^"'^ iw.^i light specimen

LUMA. Shrub, 3 ft. or high- j-^ows part of the shell re-
er: peduncles 3- to 5- moved, disclosing the nut-
branched: fls. larger than meg.
those of M. communis. S.
Chile; hardy in S. Calif, and probably northward.

iJgTii, Molina (Eugenia Ugni). Ugni or Chilean
GuAVA. As usually seen under cult., this is a shrub 4
ft. high, but in its native habitat it is said to become a
tree 100 ft. high: pedicels 1-fld.: berry purple, glossy,
edible, with a pleasant odor and taste. Wood very hard
and heavy, miich used in Chile for press-screws, wheel-
spokes and select implements. Chile; hardy in S. Calif.
B.M. 4626. R.H. 1879, p.409.
M. tomentdsa, Soland.=RhodomyTtus tomentosa.

J. BuRTT Davy.

N

NABALUS. See Prenanthes.

N^GfiLIA (Karl von N^egeli, late professor of bot-
any iit Muuich). GesnerAteie. About half a dozen
ti'dpical American herbs allied to Achimenes, but the
lis. arranged alternately in a leafless terminal panicle
(in Achimenes the tls. are axillary). Because of the
pauicled flowers, Nsegelias are very ornanientnl plants.
They are warmhouse subjects, propagatiiiL; tiy stulons
or offsets. In cultivation the plants art- '>tt«-ii.-r called
Gesnerias than Niegelias, but they arc distiiiguished
from that genus in usually having an annular or ring-
like disk at the base of the corolla, rather than a deeply
lobed disk. Tubers usually none. Nsegelias hybridize
with other Gesnerias. One hybrid race is known as
NiPgelio-.^chimenes and another (F.S. 10:987-8) as
Maudirola. L H B

In general, the cultural methods given under Ges-
veria suit Neegelias well. The bulbs should be stored
in the pots iu which they have been grown. It is a bad
plan to keep any bulbs or tubers of the GesneriaceBe in
dry sand in a dry store-room. After being well ripened,
NiPgelia bulbs should be kept in the greenhouse under
the benches. Keep them out of the drip, but water
them occasionally. T. D. Hatfield.

A. Fix. nearly scarlet, or hrick-red, marked wilh
ichite.

cinnabarlna, Lind. {Gesneria einnabar}na, Lind
Fine wiiiter-Mooming plant, lJ^-2 ft. tall, soft-hairy:
Ivs. round-ovate and cordate, crenate-dentate, thickish,
greeu, with red or purplish hairs: (Is. about l'.< in.
long, hanging on the ends of spreadiin,' p. .li.. Is. i;ib-
bous-tubuiar to the very base, the calyx lol.. s .ouic and
spreading, the short corolla-lobes unefjual and olituse,
the dower cinnabar-red or nearly scarlet on the upper
side, but paler and spotted on the under side. Mex.
B.M. 5036. Lowe, 33.

AA. Fls. orange-scarlet or scarlet, marked with
yellow,

zebrlna, Kegel (Gesneria zebrXna, Paxt. ). Fig.
14154. Much like the above, but brighter colored, red-
dotted below, and yellow within and on the under side:
calyx-lobes short and appressed : corolla contracted
towards the base, whereas they are gibbous or swollen
to the very base in N. cinnabarina. Brazil. B.M.
3940. B.R. 28:16. P.M. 271. -A fine plant, of which
there are several forms. The commonest species.
Names belonging here are Gesneria regalis and
G. spleudens.

achimenoides, Hort. Hybrid of iV. aebrina and
Achimenes or Gloxinia (said to be with A. glox-
iniivflura ) : fls. very large (often 2 in. long), yel-
lowish rose on the outside, yellow and rose-
spotted on the inside, the segments clear rose.
AAA. Fls. white, cream color or rose.

amAbills, Decne. (N. multifUra,'Koo^.). Fls. white
or cream color, numerous, hanging, the tube curved
and not much swollen, the obtuse lobes subequal :
plant bearing long, glandular hairs in additiou to the
velvety covering: otherwise ranch like iV. zebrinn.
Mex. B.M. 5083. F.S. 12:1192 (as Achimenes [Nifqe-
lia]amabilis). G.C. III. 22:413. -The tenable name' of
this species is usually held to be Hooker's iV. mnlti-
flniii. wliich dates from 1858; but Decaisne's iV. atnab-
ilis. iir A', ani'ibilis, Hort., is older.

hvacinthina, Carr. Of horticultural origin, probably
a hybrid: tls. white or rose, in a very compact pyra-
nii 'al panicle. R.H. 1877:29.

.V. fi'dgida. Ort. Fls. vermilion: Ivs. large, oval, deeply
toothed. Mex.— .v. Oeroltiana, Regel. Continuous -flowering

plant, allied to N. zebrlna. Mex. F.S. 2:pl. 4. for April. — N.
sceptre corail, Carr. Fls. many in an open panicle, cinnabar-
red, yellow-spotted inside. R.H. 1K69. p. 154 and col. plate.
For pictures of varieties and hybrids, see F.S. 16:1071-2: 10,
987-8. L, H. B.

NiEGELIO- ACHIMENES is a trade name mentioned
uuder SageUti.

NANDlNA (Japanese name). BerhericUcecp. A
small, ttndt_-r shrub, with bright red or white berries,
said to be cult, iu every little garden in Japan. "At a
distance, says Ksempfer, it has a reed-like appearance,
many simple stems springing up from the same root,
which are branched toward the top only, and are termi-
nated with a pyramidal panicle ot" red berries the size
of a pea." — B.M. The stems are about as thick as a fin-
ger. The foliage is evergreen, and graceful at all times,
being twice or thrice ternately cut. The young growth
is prettily tinged with red, and the bases of the lower
stalks are often swollen into red globular bodies.
The fls. are small, numerous, white and panicled

1454. Naegelia zebri
Geuerally known as a Gesneria.

This shrub is rarely grown North under glass. Pot-
grown plants or seeds are procurable from Japanese
dealers. The seeds are said to be of an uncommon
shape, being convex on one side and concave on the other.
The genus contains but one specie.'*. It is the only erect-
growing shrub in the barberry family outside of Berberis.
it agrees with the common barberries in having 6 stamens
and an indehiscent berry, but the fls. are differently

67

(1055)

1056

1455. Narcissi.

aa^ N. Pseudo-Narcissus; h, N. Jouquillii

, N. poeticus.

colored and the sepals more numerous. There are about 6
petals, but the numerous sepals gradually pass into petals,
the outer ones being small, green and leathery, the inner
larger and whiter. Ovules 2, ascending from the base.

dom^stica, Thunb. Described above. Lfts. entire.
Japan and China. B.M. 1109. Gn. 2:), p. 329; 58, p. 13.

W. M.

Nandina domestica is an old favorite in S. Calif.,
and many fair-sized specimens may be seen, though 8
ft. high is the largest the writer can call to mind now.
Of late years the sale of Nandina has been very slight,
as it is not very desirable, except for its general effect
as a shrub, and it takes some years to make a show.
Many faster growers and better bloomers have taken
its place. It docs not produce sufficient foliage; the
stem is always bare, leaving an indistinct whorl of Ivs.
at the extreme top. The fls. are inconspicuous. It is of
easy culture, and does best in a position shaded from
the sun during the hotter part of the day. It stools
very freely, and for this reason is somewhat used in
shrubberies, where its otherwise naked stems would
render it valueless. Ernest Bkaunton.

NAPOLEdNA (after Napoleon Bonaparte). Myrtd-
cew. Napoleona imperiali.i is a truly imperial plant,
and worthy of being named after the distinguished
military leader. It is a tropical African tree, with
flowers that at once suggest a royal crown. They look
something like a gorgeous passion flower, with equally
rich though different coloring, and the same simpli-
city and symmetry of design expressed in the same
rich multiplicity of detail. They are shaped like a
saucer, about 2 inches in diameter, and the dominant
color is apricot. Inside the saucer are two crowns, one
within the other, the inner one smaller. The rim of
the saucer is broken up into about 35 blunt teeth, all
regular and formal, each one with a plait running down
the back to the center of the saucer, and each tooth mi-
nutely serrate around its margin. In the bottom of the
saucer is a circular fringe of green threads, all of equal
length and fineness, springing from the base of the
larger crown. This fringe is displayed against a rich,
dark red background, which imitates in outline the
toothed rim of the saucer, and colors perhaps three-
fourths of the bottom of the saucer. In the Flora of
Tropical Africa the fls. are said to be red, white or blue.
Elsewhere it is stated that the fls. turn bluish as they
decay. This interesting tree seems never to have been
offered in America, but is probably procurable from
Europe. B.M. 4387. G.C. 1844:780. R.H. 1853, p. 301.

NAKCISSUS

NAKClSSUS (old name, thought by some to be de-
rived from the story of the youth Narcissus, and by
others from the Greek word for narcotic, in allusion to
the narcotic-poisonous properties of the plant ). Ama-
rijllklAi-e^je. Plate XX. Figs. 1455-1462. Narcissi are
amougst the choicest of hardy spring-flowering plants.
They have long been favorites. In recent years some of
the species have come into prominence as subjects for
winter forcing. Baker, in his Handbook of the Aniaryl-
lideae, 1888, reduces the species to Hi, but garden au-
thors usually recognize thrice that many. They are
mostly native to sduthwestern Europe and the Medi-
terranean region, 'i'ht^ pi-cvilinr charjicteristic of the
Narcissi is the cons|iiruous crown or slii^rt tiil)e in the
throat of the corolla, with whicli the stamens are not
united. The flowers (Fig. 1456) have 6 spreading seg-
ments, 3 of which are exterior; stamens 6, attached to the
corolla-tube; fls. single or several from a dry spathe,
usually standing at an angle on the pedicels: bulbs tuni-
cated, the outer scales dark-colored : fr. a thin dehis-
cing capsule, containing nearly globular or angular seeds :
Ivs. linear or ev^en awl-like, appearing with the flowers.
Narcissi are spring-blooming bulbs, most of them per-
fectly hardy in the northern states and capable of being
naturalized in cool and grassy places. Some of the
species are popuhir liulbs for winter forcing. The genus
includes the Dall'inlils ( Daffy-down-dillies) and Jonquils.
There are autuniu-liuvvering species, but they are little
known to cultivators. These auttimn bloomers are of 3
species: iV. i'lrirfirtorMS, Si'liousb., Hs. gri'cn tliroui^hout,
Ivs.nearly terete and usually not ![|i)>iariiig with tlic fls.;
N. serotinus, Linn., pure white with vfllow corona, the
Ivs.nearly terete and appear-
ing after the fls. ; N.elegans,
Spach, greenish white with
yellow corona, the Ivs ap
pearing with the fls Man\
of the garden Narcis'
hybrids. Some students su
pose that some of the rt

1456. Narcissus incomparabilis.
Corona shorter than usual, a shows the
ovary; 6, the spathe. Natural

NARCISSUS

NARCISSUS

ognized species {as iV. incomparabilis and y. odonia]
are hybrids. See Engleheart, Journ. Roy. Hcirt. Soc.
17, p. 35.

The word Daffodil is variously used. In this country
it means usually the full double forms of N. Pseudo-
Narcissus, plants which are very common in old gar-
dens. Modern named varieties of this Daffodil type are
Van Sion and Rip Van Winkle. In England, however.
Daffodil is a more general term, used for most species
except the Poet's Narcissus {N. poeticus).

There are numberless forms of garden Narcissi.
Some of these are hybrids and others are direct varia-
tions from the pure or original species. Many of these
forms bear Latin names, as if they were species, and
thereby confusion often arises. The most serviceable
classification is based on the size and shape of the crown
or corona. Baker recognizes three great sections, which
are followed below. The standard works on the Narcis-
sus in English are Burbidge's " The Narcissus," with
many colored plates, and Peter Barr's "Ye Narcissus or
Daffodyl Flowre, and hys Roots." Haworth wrote a
Monograph of Narcissi in 1831, in which he made 10
genera of the plants which are now referred to Narcis-
sus. For 300 years and more, some of the species have
been known as cultivated plants. In the following ac-
count, the main or stem species are given ; and the
most common trade and class names are given in an
introductory paragraph, with notes as to their botanical
positions.

Following are the common and important Latin-
form trade names (see the main list, below): Albicans,
a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus, var. raoschatus, the
.segments white and the corona primrose, changing
to white. — j4jrtx is an old generic name for N. Pseudo-
Narcissus; this species is now sometimes called the
Ajax Narcissus. — Backhousei (Pseudo-Narcissus x
incomparabilis) has single horizontal yellow flowers
with tube nearly equaling the segments. — Barrii
fpoeticus X Pseudo-Narcissus or incomparabilis x poet-
icus), of the medium-crowned section, has yellow hori-
zontal ds. with long, slender neck ; "covers a series of
forms intermediate between incomparabilis and poeti-
cus, nearer the former than the latter" (Baker); Fig.
H57. — Bernardi is like N. Macleaii. but with a more
plicate and deeper-colored corona,. — Bunch-flowered
Daffodils are N. Tazetta. — Burbidgei (probably incom-
parabilis X poeticus, in a series of forms) has the habit
of N. poeticus, with a solitary drooping flower with
white segments and a very short corona with a yellow
base and red rim. — Cambricus is an early whitish bi-
color. — Cap(ex plenus is an old name tor a double form,
now undeterminable. — Cer«i«(s, form of N. Pseudo-
Narcissus, var. moschatus, with a drooping, silvery
white fl.; early. — Corbularia Narcissi are the N. Bul-
bocodium forms. Corbularia is an old generic name
for this species. — Ci/ctomi«c»s (B.M. 6950) is a sub-
species of N. Pseudo-Narcissus, with
a drooping fl. with lemon-yellow seg-
ments and orange crenate
rona —Flat liaved Narcissi are the
various forms of N Pseudo Narcissus

— Ganymedes is an old generic name for N. trial
and its forms. — 6r!'(|fa)i(e»4- = Sir Watkin. — tfracHsi
a form of N. Bulbocodium with
small cream-white fls. B.M. 6473
B.-Grandiflorus is applied
to a large-fld. white foi-m of N.
TaztittSL. — Humei (incompara-
bilis X Pseudo-Narcissus) has a
single nodding yellow flower

Narcissus Barri

of the popular hybrids.

1458.
: Trumpet Dalfodil—
Pseudo-NarcissuB.

(X!.,.)

with long, straight cup (often equaling the segments,
but variable in size). -ieedsijj (probably poculiformis
X incomparabilis) has slender-tubed horizontal or
drooping fls. with white segments and yellow to
whitish corona ; one of the medium-crowned kinds;
Baker mentions a var. Leedsii of N. incomparabilis
with yellow fls. and orange-red rim to the corona. -
Lent //i7y=N. Pseudo-Narcissus. — /.oiiie/aj-iHS is a
confused name, usually applied to the deep yellow dou-
ble Daffodil, N. Pseudo-Narcissus. — ioriYo?!«« desig-
nates forms of N. Pseudo-Narcissus. — iMstYdnjcus is a
name for a hicolor N.
Pseudo-Narcissus. — Jlfn-
cleaii (probably Pseudo-
Narcissus X Tazetta) is
a I- to 2-fld. plant of
stout growth, bearing
horizontal short - tubed
fls. with white segments
and yellow crenate co-
rona half or more the
length of the lobes. B.
M. 2588. B.R. 12:987.-
Uajor {N. major. Curt;
B.M. 51) is a form of N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, very
robust, with deep golden
yellow &ov/er. — ifaster-
sianus is a hybrid of N.
Tazetta and N. poculi-
formis.— Maximns is a
large - fld. form of N
Pseudo - Narcissus with

1058 NARCISSUS

yellow &s. — Milneri, hybrid of N. incomparabilis and N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, var.moschatiis. — J/i"o?- (N. minor,
Linn.) is a very dwarf form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus (6
in. or less liigii),with sulfur-yelli>w spRments and deeper
yellow corona. — J)/o»^ni».s- = poculiroriiiis. — Muticus
(Ajax muticus. Gay) is a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus
with narrow yellow corona and sulfur-yellow segments.
— iVe/sojii, a subtype of N. Macleaii, very robust, and
fls. larger (2-3 in. across), the corona more than half as
long as the segments. — Ofit'a Hart's is a dwarf form of N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, with iloriferous habit, bright yellow
I1.S. and rather short segments. — 0)-»rt?»s is an early
form of N. poeticus. — Pa I lid us, a white form of N.
Pseudo-Narcissus.- P(!er!e.s.s Ifarcissi are the forms of
N. incomparabilis. — Poctiii/ormis (or N. montamis.
Ker; B.B. 2:123) has 1 or 2 nodding white fls. and a

1459. Paper White Narcissus-N. Tazetta, var. alba (X %).
straight corona about half the length of the segments;

origin doubtful ; hy
others as a native of i
yellow and yellow-ero\
Narcissus type. — Qntft
tinguish the group

;ipris

rded as a hybrid and by
ees. Princfps, sulfur-
.1111 of the N. Pseudo-
Ill generic name to dis-
N. incomparabilis.—

Sip Van Winkle is a double variety of N. Pseudo-
Narcissus.— i?o»inii Narcissus is a name for double-
fid. N. Tazetta, white with orange a\xp. — Buc!ilobus,
large-fld. pale yellow variety of N. Pseudo-Narcis-
sus.—.Sco^ic?f.s, N. Pseiido-Narcissus with deep yellow
corona and whitish segments ; known as Scotch Gar-
land Lily. -6'ir Watkin or filqauteus is a very large-
fld. form of N. incomparabilis. — *>!(7-(i(«, a yellow N.
Pseudo-Narcissus, a siibform of var. major. — ITc/rtwifl-
niK.s', a yellow N. Pseudo-Narcissus, usually known

NARCISSUS

as Van ^I'ma. — TelamoniHS plenus is a double form.—
Tenuior i.s a slender form of N. gracilis, the small pale
fls. changing to white. B.M. 'A79. — Tortuostis has twisted
segments ; a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus, var. mos-
chatus. — 2V((?i/»iHs is like N. Nelsoni. but has 2-3 fls.,
with tube usually obconic— \'aH Sinn is a large pure
yellow and very double form of X. Pseudo-Narcissus,
much used for forcing. There is also a single Van Sion.
— Variiformis is a form of N. Pseudo-Narcissus with
canary-yellow corona and white segments, the fls.
variable.

INDEX TO NAMES IN THE MAIN LIST.

albus, 4, 11.
aurautis. 4.
aurtnis, 7c.
Bertolonii, 7c.
bicolor 2 ~a
blflor IS 11
brei iflos ^
Bulbo o i um
calathinus 3
Oai arte sis

dubius. Vi.
gracilis, !l.
Hnop-PetticoatDaf-

foiiil, 1.
Hnrstiililii. 2 .
ineoniprLrabilis, 4.
iiiterim-.lius. 8.
Itnlinis. -.c.
Jomiuil. 111.
Jomiuillu. 10.

Chll
7(1

CI

Con re s s ^
eupi lar <t c
CycHmen flowei ed

Narcissus ^
Daffodils 1

hitra\ 7c.
ini)nopli.vlIus. 1.
nioschatns. 2.
oclirnleueus, la.
oiloriis. fj.
orientalis, 7«.

pachybnlbos, lb.

Panizzianus, lb.

Paper White, 7ii.

papyraceus, lb.

pafulus, la.

Pheasant's Eye, 12.

poeticus, 12.

polyanthus, lb.

Polyanthus Narcis-
sus, 7.

Primrose Peerless,
11.

Pseudo - Narcissus,

A Matmcorovati or Large-Crowned speeies: corona
I ng ab the se(fnients, or even loader, trumpet-
hhaped oi cylindrica I . — DAFFODihS. (Forms of No.
3 may be sought here. )

B. Lvs. green, few (often only l),vertf slender and
nearly terete, channelled'.

1. Bulbocddium, Linn. Hoop-Petticoat Daffodil.
A slender plant, with bulb 1 in. or less in diam., and
the very slender Ivs. (usually 3 or 4 to each stem)
mostly overtopping the blossoms : fl. 1, ascending or
horizontal (not declined), 1% or \% in. long in most
forms, normally bright yellow in all parts, the very
prominent thin corona entire or crenulate ; stamens
inserted near the base of the tube, declined, rather
long. !?. France to Morocco. B.M. 88. — Runs into many
garden forms and hybrids. Fls. usually borne 15-8 in.
above the ground.

Var. monoph^llus, Baker {X. monophylhis, Moore.
jV. Vliisii, Dunal). An Algerian form, now in cult.,
usually with 1 If., and fl. sessile and white: corona cre-
nate. B.M. 5831.

Var. citrlnns. B.aker. Fls. large, pale lemon-yellow,
the corona crenulate.

BB. Lvs. glaucous, several, flat.

2. Pseiido- Narcissus, Linn. Common Daffodil.
Trumpet Daffodil. Lent Lily. Fig. 14!)8. Strong
plant, 12-18 in. tall, with bulb 1^2-2 in. in diam.: lvs.
narrow but flat, erect, usually about reaching the blos-
soms: fl. about 2 in. long, horizontal or ascending, pale
yellow, the segments and corona usually of different
shades, the corona deeply crenate or almost crenate-
fimbriate, more or less plicate; stamens inserted near
the base of the perianth, short. From Sweden and Eng-
land to Spain and Austi-ia.- Exceedingly variable in
size, shape and coloring of fls. There are full double
forms (Common Daffodil) in which the corona disap-
pears as a separate body, and supernumerary segments
are present. It is one of the hardiest and commonest of
Narcissi.

This species is the Trumpet Narcissus, so named
from the long corona. The normal forms are Yellow
Trumpets, but the Bicolor Trumpet, var. bicolor, Hort.
(iV. bicolor, Linn.), has pure white segments and yel-
low corona. To this varietv Baker refers If. brfviflos,
Haw. (B.M. 1187), and Iv. Horsfieldii, Burb. The
White Trumpets are var. moschatus, Hort. {N. mos-
chi^tus. Linn.; B.M. 1300), which has cream-white or
white flowers.

NARCISSUS

AA. Medioooronati or Medium - Crowned species :
corona usually about half the length of the seg-
metits, cup-shaped. (Forms of N. triandriis may
have large crowns. )
B. Segments narrow, standiiu/ straight bacJiwards

(reflej-ed).

3. triAndrus, Linn. Cyclamen-flowered Narcissus.

Slender (scape 10-18 in. tall), bulb % in. or less in

1460. The JoHQuil— Narcissus JonauiUa (X ^)

diam., the Ivs. few, very slender and semi-cylindrical
and not overtopping the blossoms: fls. 1-several, hori-
zontal or drooping, an inch long, both the lanceolate
segments and the entire cup-shaped corona pure white
in the type ; stamens sometimes a little exserted.
Spain and Portugal.

Var. calathlnus (jV. calath\nus. Red., Burbidge, etc..
not Ker-Gawl). Corona larger, nearly or quite as long
as the segments, the flower pale yellow. Island of Brit-
tany.

BE. Segments oblong or broader, spreading.
c. i/i's. flat (but narrow) and glaucous.

4. incomparibilis, Mill. Figs. 14.56. Strong fine
species, witli biri;.' hulb (IH in. in diam.) and 3-5 Ivs.,
which are marly ur quite the length (1 ft. long) of the
distinctly 2-edged scape: rt. always one, not fragrant,
horizontal or somewhat ascending, on a very short pedi-
cel, the tube usually greenish, the segments and cer-
nate-plicate corona pale yellow in the type (but varying
to other color combinations), the stamens not exserted.
S. France and Spain to the Tyrol. B.M. 121. -One of
the commonest species in cult., the fls. often 'i—i in.
across. Double forms are frequent. Var. ilbus, Hort.,
has white fls., witli the corona usually pale yellowish.
Var. aur&ntis, Hort., has the corona orange at the top.

C. lyi's. linear and channelled, green.

5. oddrus, Linn. Lvs. half the width (X in.) of those
of jy. incomparabilis , the bulb nearly or quite as large,
the peduncle terete or very in-arly so : fls. about 2
(sometimes 41. fragrant, thf tulie more slender than in
^V. incomparabilis, and iIm- corona somewhat smaller,
the fl. bright vellow throughout. France and Spain and
eastward. B.M. 9.34 (as .V. raUithinus). — \ good hardy
species, differing from N. incomparabilis chiefly in its
narrow leaves, 2 or more blossoms to a peduncle, fls.
fragrant.

NARCISSUS 1059

fi. juncifolius, Lag. Small, slender species, with
bult> about '.2 in. in diam., and very narrow, rush-like
lvs., about 6 in. long and about equaling the terete
scape: fls. 1-4, horizontal or ascending, the tube slen-
der-cylindrical (}4 in. long), the broad-ovate, spreading
segments and the cup-shaped, crennlate corona bright
yellow. S. France and south. — A choice fancier's
plant.

AAA. Parvicoronati Or Small-Crowned species :

corona usually much less than half the length

of the segments, mostly saucer-shaped.

B. Corona soft and uniform in texture : lvs,

various .

c. Lrs. }» in. or more broad, flat, somewhat glaucous.

7. Tazetta, Linn. Polyanthus Narcissus. Fig.
14.59. Strong species, the bulb often 2 in. in diam., the
lvs. 1>2 ft. or less long, about the length of the flat-
tened peduncle : fl.s. several (4-12), horizontal or de-
clined on slender pedicels, the tube less than 1 in.
long and greenish, the spreading, broad sognieiits pure
white, and entire corona leinon-ycUow-, tin- whole fi.
about 1% in. across. Canary Isl. to ('Itiiia and Japan.
— The commonest species and the most variable. " Of
the multiform Tazetta Narcissi about 100 have received
specific names."— iiafccr. "The numerous forms of N.
Tazetta are so extremely variable that nothing short of
fifty folio plates would do the plant justice."— £«r-
bidge. AH this mass of varieties is readily grouped
under one specific type, however, which is recognizable
by the many small-crowned fis. and the broad lvs. The
variations are largely in color and in size of fis. Baker
makes three groups:

a. bicolores, the perianth white and the corona yel-
low. Here are to be placed lacticolor, Corcyrensis,
patulus, ochroleucus and many others. It is probable
that the "Chinese Sacred Lily" {N, orientalis, Linn.
B.M. 948) is a form of this subtype, although Baker
suggests that it is ^V. iiicnHpiiniiiilis x Tazetta. It is
known as Tazetta, var. orientalis, Hort.

b. albw, entire fl. white. Hire belongs the "Paper
White," very popular for winter bloom. Here are to be
referred the names papyraceus, Panizzianus, dubi-us,
Canariensis, pachybolbos, polyanthos.

c. lutece, entire fl. yellow. Here belong aureus, cupu-
laris, Bertolonii, Italicus.

cc. hvs. ^ in. or less broad, mostly terete or subte-
rete, not glaucous.

8. intermfidius, Lois. A yellow-fld. species, distin-
guished from JV. Tazetta chiefly by its subterete, deep-
channeled green lvs., which are only 3+ in. wide:
peduncle nearly terete. S.
France and Spain.

9. gn^Aoilis, Sabine. Smaller,
1 ft. high, the peduncle 2-edged,
the bright green lvs. )/& in. or ( ^
less wide and very convex on "^
the back: fl. pale yellow, the
corona usually somewhat deeper
colored than the segments. S.
France (?). Known chiefly as
an old garden plant. B.R. 10:
810.

10. Jonquilla, Linn. Jonquil.
Fig. 1400. Very slender and
graceful plant, \yi ft. or less
tall, the lvs. and peduncle about
equal in height, the lvs. glossy
dark green and very narrow and i

grant, the slender cylindrical tube greenish yellow and
an inch or less long, the segments yellow, obovate and
scarcely overlapping, the corona very short ( % in. or
less long), crenate. the same color as the segments. S.
Eu. and Algeria. B.M. 15. — One of the old-fashioned
fls., perfectly hardy in N. Y

BB. Corona with a prominently hardened or dry
rim : lvs. broad.

11. bifldrus, Curt. Primrose Peerle.ss. Strong
species, with bulb 2 in or less in diam. : Ivs. 1-2 ft.
long and nearly or quite }4 in. broad, and slightly glau-
cous, usually equaling and sometimes exceeding the

1461. Narcissus
poeticus (X H).

sh-like: fls. 2-6, fra-

1060

NARCISSUS

NARCISSUS

stout 2-edged peduncle: fls. 1-3, usiially 2, white, with
a pale yellow cup, the tube greenish white and 1 in.
long, the segments broad-obovate and overlapping, the
corona % in. long, with a crisped edge. Var. ^Ibus has
white fls. S. Eu. B.M. 197. -This plant has a wide
range in the wild state, but some persons regard it as
a hybrid of iV. Tazetta and iV". poeticns. Apparently
little known in this country.

12. posticus, Linn. Pheasant's Eye. Figs. 1461, 1462.
Strong-growing species, sometimes ll'z ft. high, the bulb
about 1 in. thick, the Ivs. equaling or exceeding the 2-
edged peduncle and K in. broad, somewhat glaucous:

1462. Double White Narcissus — N. alba plena ordorata,
a form of N. poeticus ( X /a).

fl. solitary (rarely 2), fragrant, wide open, the obovate
overlapping segments white, the very short, yellowish
corona much crisped and red-edged. Mediterranean
region. — An old favorite, recognized by the red-mar-
gined, short corona. A double form of this {Fig. 1462)
is a pure white, a rare color amongst double narcissi.

Var. radiifldms, Burbidge (iV. radiifldrus, Salisb.).
More slender and Ivs. nai*rower: corona narrower and
more erect: segments narrowed below so that they do
not overlap. L_ H, B_

Culture of the iVarHssws. — Narcissi are among the
oldest of cultivated plants, but were much neglected for
many years. During the last two decades there has
spread a renewed interest in the family, with the usual
result in such cases that the habitats have been closely
searched for new forms , and new hybrids have been
raised till we have now a surprising number of beauti-
ful flowers :iv:iilable. Recently manv of these have

become so plentiful that they are within reach of the
most impecunious gardener, and there is no reason why
American gardens should not be filled with good collec-
tions of these beautiful flowers, or why florists should
not force a more interesting list. With few exceptions
the Narcissi are hardy and strong-growing under ordi-
nary cultivation. The "bunch-flowered " or Polyanthus
Narcissi and Corbularias are better grown under glass.
The Moschatus varieties, which are white (or properly
sulfur-white) forms, seem to be of rather tender
constitutions in most gardens. Otherwise the Nar-
cissi as a rule succeed in good turfy loam, but no
manure, rotted or otherwise, must touch the bulbs. Of
course drainage should be good, and moisture plentiful
in growing season. In the garden it is well to plant the
bulbs say 6 or 8 inches deep, and 3 inches at most apart,
and allow them to remain till they form strong groups,
or till they show signs of too much exhaustion from
numerous offsets. As decaying foliage is unsightly in
the garden, a good plan is to dress the beds in the fall
with some rich manure, either animal or chemical, and
in early spring start seedlings of annuals to cover the
beds when the Narcissi are through flowering, the
dressing being necessary for the sxisteuance of the
double crop. Too strong a cultivation of the Narcissi
is not to be recommended, an extra vigor of growth
being detrimental to the purity of the color of the
flowers. If the object is to increase one's stock as
quickly as possible, biennial or even annual lifting and
separation of bulbs is advantageous. For naturalizing
in waste places, in the grass, or near water, many of the
strong-growing kinds will succeed perfectly. What to
select is somewhat experimental for, as every gardener
knows, plants equally hardy and vigorous will not grow
in every garden.

The proper time to plant is in late summer or early
fall, and the Poeticus kinds should not be kept oul of
ground longer than possible; knob-like excrescences
at the base of the bulbs indicate that growth is com-
mencing and that planting should not be delayed. All
Daffodils force easily after being well rooted, and should
be brought on in a moderate temperature, as they are
naturally low temperature plants — so much so, in fact,
that in the open the flowers are very apt to be ruined
under our sunny skies, especially if exposed to drying
winds. A most satisfactory planting of Narcissi for
house decoration is the use of flat lily pots, say 8 inches
in diameter, placing the bulbs closely together. The
flowers carry best and keep better if cut when half open.
The intending collector will perhaps be confused
when he opens a list of say 200 varieties, and it may be
as well to say that a moderate commencement may be
made by selecting a few of each section into which these
are usually divided in good lists, bearing in mind that
price is not an indication of the beauty or usefulness.
As a matter of fact, the lower price is usually an indica-
tion that these are not uncertain and are probably more
valuable in the garden. There are a few forms, such as
y. Horsfieldii, Emperor Maximus, Mrs. J. B. M. Canim,
Stella, and all forms of Poeticus, which no well-consti-
tuted garden should be without, but one can scarcely go
amiss. J. N. Gerard.

In Europe, the Narcissus, next to the tulip, is the
most extensively grown and popular of the spring-flow-
ering bulbs for outdoor culture. Probably owing to
many varieties not proving hardy in our climate of ex-
tremes of temperature, it has never occupied the posi-
tion it deserves in American gardfns. Though many
varieties are not hardy here, there are enough that can
be successfully grown to make them among the most
desirable of our spring-flowering bulbs. Though our
hot suns ripen them much faster than in the equable
climate of Britain, still a good selection of varieties
will produce a greater profusion of bloom for a season
of five weeks than any of our bulbous plants.

Most varieties are very accommodating in the matter
of soil, succeeding well in any good garden that is not
very sandy or a stiff clay, but good drainage is always
essential. As they can occupy the same place for five
or six years, it is well to prepare the bed by deep dig-
ging and liberal fertilizing with well-rotted stable ma-
nure. The bulbs should be planted from 4 to 5 inches
deep from the upper end of the bulbs to the surface.

NARCISSUS

and from 4 to 6 inches apart. Those that increase slowly,
as the Trumpet varieties, should be 4 inches, and the
more vigorous Poeticus and Incomparabilis sorts sliould
be at least 6 inches apart, as they increase so rapidly
that in five or sis years they will occupy the whole
space. No variety should be disturbed till the bulbs
are so crowded that they force themselves to the
surface.

In the northern states and Canada plant in Septem-
ber, as soon as the bulbs arrive from Europe, or during
the month of October, not later; after the end of Octo-
ber the bulbs cannot make roots enough before winter
to produce good flowers the following spring. As soon
as the surface of the soil is frozen, cover with strawy
stable manure 4 to 6 inches deep, which should be
raked off and removed as early in the spring as possi-
ble. After flowering, the foliage should be allowed to
die naturally each spring; if cut off when green the
bulbs do not ripen properly, and the flowers next sea-
son are inferior in quality ; no seed pods should be
allowed to form. When cutting for house decoration,
cut as soon as the flower bud opens; the flowers last
much longer than if exposed to the sun after opening. If
specimens are to be mailed to a friend, cut before the
bud opens; they will tr.avel much safer, and will open
out perfectly when put into water.

All the Poeticus varieties are perfectly hardy, and
profuse bloomers, except AJba plena odorafa, which
cannot stand the hot suns of our average climate, and
which blooms freely only in a cool, wet season. Most
years the flowers are formed, but the spatlie does not
open. iV. poeticus, with white perianth and reddish
purple crown, is the sweetest perfumed and freest
bloomer of all Narcissi, and should be in every garden.
Its season is the last half of May. Poeticun oriiatux,
not so sweet perfumed, but a larger and showier
flower, has a perianth of the purest white and an orange
crown, in bloom the first half of May. Another very
handsome form is biflorus, white, with pale yellow
crown, flowers always in pairs, season about the same.
The type Stirbidgei and its numerous varieties are all
desirable, but the above three kinds are the best of the
short-crowned section.

The medium-crowned Narcissi, including N, incom-
parabilis and the hybrids Barri, Leedsi, Humei, JVel-
soni, etc., is the largest of the three sections, many
dealers offering over one hundred varieties. They are
all, with the possible exception of If. Humei varieties,
quite hardy and very desirable garden flowers, many of
them increasing as rapidly as N. poeticus. The pre-
vailing color is yellow in varying shades; sometimes
the perianth is white, though never so pure a color as
Jf. poeticus. They vary in size from the dainty little
If. Leedsi elegans, white, with a pale yellow crown, to
the Giant Sir Watkin, golden yellow, with a darker
crown, a magnificent flower that should be in every
collection. Other very satisfactory sorts are Stella,
Cynosure, Sunray, Circe and Golden Gem. The best
doubles in this section are double Incomparabilis, a
very free bloomer, and Sulphur Phoenix, the most beau-
tiful of all double Narcissi.

The large-crowned or Trumpet Narcissi are the most
elegant and beautiful of all spring flowers . Unfortu-
nately they have not the vigor or adaptability of the
other sections, and most of them die out after two or
three years' struggling against the unfavorable condi-
tions of our climate ; but many of them are so low in
price now that they are well worth a place in the bor-
der even if they have to be replanted every two or three
years. They are divided into three groups: (1) Yel-
low-flowered, in which the perianth and trumpet are
both yellow, though sometimes of different shades. In
this group Obvallaris and Emperor (a large flower)
are quite hardy, while Golden Spur. Henry Irving,
Trumpet major, Trumpet maximus, Shirley Hil>bard,
Countess of Annesley and Von Sion, all splendid
flowers, bloom well the first spring, indifferently the
second, and generally die after the third year, except
under very favorable conditions. (2) The Bicolor
group, in which the perianth is white or pale primrose
and the trumpet deep yellow; among the whites Hors-
fieldii. Grandis and Empress are quite hardy and very
beautiful. The best of the primrose perianths is the

NASTURTIUM

1061

well-known Prineeps, so cheap that it should bo largely
planted in every garden for cut-flowers. N. bicolor,
Pseudo-IVarcissus Scotticus and Michael Poster are not
quite hardy. (3) The white-flowered, in which both
perianth and trumpet are white, though generally with a
tinge of sulfur. None of this group are quite hardy.
Most of them are too expensive to plant for one season's
bloom, but MoschatnSy Moseliatus albicans and Pallidus
pnccox are low enough in price to be worth trying. The
well-known double Von Sion, so extensively forced by
florists, is not quite hardy in the Canadian garden. It
blooms well the first year, and sometimes the second
year, but in the third or fourth year it turns green in
color and gradually dies out.

None of the Polyanthus Narcissus, Jonquils, or Hoop-
Petticoat Daffodils (iV. Bulbocodium) are hardy enough
to be worth planting in the colder parts of the northern
states or Canada, unless in very favorable locations.

Pot Culture. — All varieties of the Narcissus are
suitable for pot ciilture. Those of the Poeticus section
require careful handling for success, but all the other
kinds are of the easiest culture. Especially desirable
for their beauty and delicious odor are the Jonquils,
single and double, Odorus riigulosus and the Polyan-
thus or bunch-flowered Narcissus, the best known of
of which are the Paper White and the so-called Chinese
Sacred Lily.

The large-flowered sorts may be planted three in a
5-inch pot, and the smaller bulbs, as Jonquils and Bui-
bocodiums, five in a 5-inch pot. Set the bulbs with the
neck at the surface. The soil and treatment given
hyacinths will en.sure success. If enough are planted
to bring fresh pots forward every two weeks, a contin-
uous succession of bloom can be maintained from
December to May. j{ b_ Whyte.

NARTHflCinn (an anagram of Anthericum, from
the Greek Antherikos, supposed to have been the As-
phodel). Z/ilidcece. Bog-asphodel. About 4 species of
perennial rhizomatous herbs, with linear, equitant basal
Ivs., wiry, erect, simple stem, and terminal racemes
of yellow fls. Natives of Eu., E. Asia, Atlantic States
and Calif. Stem 10 in.-2 ft. high : Ivs. 3-8 in. long, 2
lines or less wide: fls. on bracted pedicels; bractlets
linear ; perianth of 6 narrowly lanceolate segments,
reflexed or spreading in fl., soon erect, persistent; sta-
mens 6; anthers 2-celled; stigmas small, terminal and
slightly lobed: seeds numerous, ascending, with a long
bristle-like tail at each end.

CaliS6micum, Baker. Stem 1-2 ft. high: basal Ivs.
lH-2 lines broad; cauline Ivs. 2-3 in number, short:
raceme 3-5 in. long, loose : fls. 30— tO, yellowish green:
capsules of paper-like texture, slender at top, 3-valved,
when ripe a bright salmon color. Swamps, Calif. Intro-
duced by dealers in native plants in 1888 or 1889.

M. B. COULSTON.

NASEBEKRY. See Sapodilla.

NASTtfETIUM (classical Latin name nf some cress,
from nasus, nose, and tortus, distni-tinn : referring to
the effect of its pungency ii]Min the nostrils). Vrucit-
erte. This genus includes tin- familijir Water Cress,
N. officinale. It is too well known to need much de-
scription, and is of easy culture. (See Cress.) Water
Cress is a hardy, aquatic, perennial plant, which grows
in pure running water, and has a delightful peppery
taste. It is much used for garnishing and for salads.
The stems are spreading and take root at the lower
joints. The Ivs. are usually lyrately or pinnately parted
and eared at the base: If ts. 3-11, more or less rounded
and wavy: fls. small, white. An allied plant is the
Common Winter Cress or Yellow Rocket {Barbarea
vulgaris), but this is a dry land plant, with yellow fls.
In the tropics N. Indicnm is a desirable cress. This is
an erect annual, with yellow fls. It is said to have been
cult, in Europe, but Pailleux and Bois say it is useless
outside the tropics. Nasturtium is a genus of 20 or
more widely scattered species. They are herbs of vari-
ous habit and duration, terrestrial or aquatic, glabrous
or pubescent: Ivs. entire or variously lobed or pinnati-
sect: fls. usually yellow; petals scarcely clawed, some-
times lacking; stamens 1-6: pods short or long; seeds
usually in 1 series. \^_ ji^

1062

NATIVE PLANTS

NATIVE PLANTS. It hus been said that Americans
du nut ai'i'i-fciati.- tliu in<lit;i'nous plants of the country.
This may luivi- hctii fnir. hut it is not true now. Tlie
desire for native and natural plants is one of the promi-
nent movements of the present time. It is not strange
that wild plants are not appreciated in a new cotintry.
The lirst necessity of our civilization was to fell the
trees that ground might be tilled and habitations be
built. The necessities of life were imported; the litera-
ture was exotic; the plants were transported from other
lands. In Europe the conditions of living had become
established. People had outgrown the desire to remove.
They appreciated their own plants and also those from
the New World. American plants attracted attention in
Europe rather than in America.

Ten years ago, the writer made a census of indige-
nous American plants which were known to have been
introduced to cultivation. The statistics were published
in"Annals of Horticulture for 1891." It was found"that
there are in North America, north of Mexico, about
10,150 known species of Native Plants, distributed in
1,555 genera and 168 families. Of these, 2,416 species
are recorded in this census, representing 769 genera
and 133 families. Of this number, 1,929 species are now
offered for sale in America; 1,500 have been introduced
into England, of which 487 are not in cultivation in this
country." All these species are catalogued in the census.
The only other account of the entire cultivated flora is
that wbi<jh is contained in this Cyclopedia, and for
which the lists often years ago were a preparation. Tlie
final summing up of these volumes will show an in-
creased number of Native Plants in cultivation in this
country. A brief sketch of the history of recent elforts
towards the introduction of Native Plants is given in
the pretace to the census above mentioned.

Formerly, the term "American Plants" had a tech-
nical meaning in England. William Paul in his book
on " American Plants," published in London in 1858,
writes as follows: " The history of American plants
may be briefly told. The terra is popularly applied to
several genera, principally belonging to the natural
order Ericaceas. They are generally 'evergreen,' pro-
ducing their flowers for the most part in the months of
May and June." The book is devoted largely to rhodo-
dendrons, azaleas and kalmias, although European and
other heaths are included.

There is a strong tendency towards the production of
peculiarly American types and races even in Old World
domesticated species, as of the carnation and sweet
pea. As American plant-breeders come to give greater
attention to native species, the divergencies between
the horticulture of the Old World and that of the New-
World will be accentuated. L II D

NAUMBCKGIA (after Nauraburg). PriiimUlcen;.
Spiked Loosestrife. A monotypic genus of the north
temperate zone, with opposite Ivs. and fls. in short,
axillary, peduncled spikes; corolla 5-7-parted, rotate;
stamens 5-7, opposite the divisions of the corolla: cap-
sule 1-locuIed; seeds several on a central placenta. Dif-
fers from Lysimachia in the spiked flowers, nearly sepa-
rate stamens, and the presence of tooth-like staminodia.

gTittita, Mnench (Lysim&cMa thyrsifldra. Ait.).
Erect, perennial herb, l-2}4 ft. high: Ivs. lanceolate,
acute, narrowed at the base, lower cau-
line scale-like: fls. 2-3 lines broad,
yellow, purple-dotted ; lobes of the
corolla linear -oblong. May -July.
Swamps. B.M. 2012. -Grows best in
shallow water. k. M. Wiecand.

NEBRASKA, HOKTICULTUKE IN.

Fiu'. 14i;:;. TIm- stat.- ..f N.l.raska pre-
sents soiiirwliat I uliar horticultural

couditiMTis. It consists, for the most
part, of gradually rolling prairies,
slowly ascending toward the northwest
The elevation of the southeastern part of the state
is about 000 feet above sea-level, while that of the
extr(-nie nortliwestern part approaches 5,000 feet, the
hii^lifst jioiiits somewhat excee<Iing that. The south-
eastern portion is rolling and broken, even rough in

NEBRASKA

places, but affords the best giiu ral lioriii'ultural condi-
tions. This is in part owing to soil ami ihe possibility
of more favorable sites, in part i.. (Im milder climate,
and in part to the heavier raiutall of the region. The
central part of the state is more even in surface, and
subject to a high rate of evaporation from dry summer
and winter winds, therefore less favorable. Beyond the
prairies, to the westward, lie the sand-hills, which are in
turn followed by the buttes and Bad Lands of the ex-
treme western part. West of the 100th meridian fruit-
growing of all kinds is difllcult and uncertain, though,
as the conditions come to be better understood and
guarded, planting is being p\ished farther and farther
westward. As irrigation develops, fruit will be far
more grown than now.

Commercial orcharding under irrigation is just begin-
ning in the western and central portions of the state.
According to E. F. Stephens, of Crete, Neb., who has
closely followed its development, only about 300 acres
have been planted, the largest number being in Lin-
coln county, which has about 180 acres. A beginning
is also being made in small fruits under irrigation.
Shipping facilities are excellent, since several fast
freight lines already run through the state.

The State Horticultural Society has divided the state
into nine fruit districts, which are very generally recog-
nized in the discussions and recommendations of the so-
ciety. These districts are indicated on the accompany-
ing map. They are known, in the order numbered, as
the (1) Southeastern, (2) Northeastern, (3) East-central,
(4) West-central, (5) Lower Republican, (6) South-
western, (7) Lower Niobrara, (8) Northwestern and (9)
Western districts. In the revised fruit list published
by the society, apples are recommended for general
planting in Districts Nos. 1 and 2, and for trial in the
balance of the state. Peaches are recommended for
general planting in District No. 1 and for trial in Dis-
tricts Nos. 5 and 6. Plums (native varieties) and cher-
ries are recomiiiondnl f',i- liistriris Xos. 1,2,5 and ti,
and for trial in tii.- l.alaina- of ilir state. Black rasp-
berries are recontinoniiod in ln^trnts Nos. 1 and 2, and
for trial elsewluri-. IJrapes arc ncomujended in Dis-
tricts No. 1, 2, 5 and 6, and for trial in the other
districts.

The fruits which thrive best in the state are apples,
native plums, sour cherries and, in the southeastern
part, peaches. Extensive apple orchards occur adjacent
to the Missouri river, both north and south of the Platte.
In some respects the methods in vogue differ from those
in the eastern states. The trees are shorter-lived and are
planted closer. Low heads are commonly employed as a
means of protection against the high winds and intense
sun, but this practice is not uniform. Trees demand less
pruning than in the East, for the climate is dry and the
sunlight so intense that fruit colors well even in shade.
This is one of the reasons why low-headed trees prove
satisfactory. Fungous diseases seldom cause serious
trouble. In a series of wet years the apple-scab becomes
noticeable, but it is usually conspicuous only by its
absence. Among insect enemies, the codlin-moth is par-
ticularly troublesome, because several broods appear
during the long, warm summer. The apple-maggot and
bud-moth have not yet become prevalent. Apples tend
to mature early, and most varieties do not keep well.
The chief prol)lem is the one of water supply ; hence

1463. The Nine Pomolorical Districts of Nebraska,

NEBRASKA

thorough, continuous cultivation becomes Imperative,
thouj?ti iu the river counties some measure of success
may he attained without it. In varieties the Ben Davis
leads all others for market purposes. It is a large apple
which yields well, colors well, keeps well and ships well.
Thus far it has always sold well in market, notwith-
standing its poor quality. It is, therefore, the Nebraska
apple which far out-distances all competitors. Other
varieties of prominence are Wiuesap, Janet, Wealthy,
Grimes, and Jonathan. Duchess is the leading summer
apple.

In the 100-acre orchard of E. T. Hartley, Lincoln,
lath screens are used to protect the trunks from the
fierce heat of the afternoon sun. The orchard is ten
years old, and Mr. Hartley reports that the entire ex-
pense, including ground rental value, interest, replant-
ings, and all the operations necessary to extensive culture
has not exceeded $1 per tree. The cost of cultivation has
been greatly reduced by the use of a broad, heavy
cutting-blade devised by Mr. Hartley, which is attached
behind the disk-harrow. This implement takes every-
thing clean and leaves a fine, loose mulch on the surface.
By its use 140 acres of orchard, containing nearly 12,000
trees, were kept in perfect condition from the latter part
of April to the middle of August in 1898, an unusually
wet and weedy season, at a cost of about $225, or less
than two cents per tree.

The native plum thrives well over a wide range of the
state. Some varieties suffer from the plum-pocket
disease, and the plum-gouger is a troublesome insect,
but the results are generally good. The leading varieties
are Wild Goose, Miner, DeSoto, Wolf, Forest Garden
and others. European varieties have been little planted
as yet, though they succeed in the eastern portion of
the state.

Cherries also thrive over a large part of the state.
The fruit is sometimes deficient in size, but is remark-
ably free from insect attack, a wormy cherry being
almost unknown. Early Richmond, Montmorency, and
English Morello are the leading varieties. Sweet cher-
ries do not thrive.

J. M. Russell & Son, of Wymore, on the southern
boundary of the state, have made a decided success of
peach -growing, and now have about 265 acres planted at
Wymore and near Lincoln, 80 acres of which are in
bearing. In 189G they harvested 12,000 bushels. They
head low, prune biit little, and give thorough tillage dur-
ing the early part of the season. Among the varieties
which prove most satisfactory are Alexander, Hale
Early, Early Rivers, Cooledge Favorite, Champion, Hill
Chili and a variety locally known as Wright. The early
varieties are particularly satisfactory, owing to com-
parative immunity from rot.

Among the smaller fruits, grapes thrive, but require
more bearing wood than in the East and generally yield
less. The leading eastern varieties are popular. Rasp-
berries and blackberries suffer from drought. They may
be grown for home use, but do not yield satisfactory
commercial crops without water. The same is true of
strawberries. Currants and gooseberries thrive, the
latter yielding well, though the fruit is not large. Cur-
rants commonly yield but little, but under irrigation
excellent results have been obtained.

The nursery interests of the state are important. The
actual acreage of nursery crops is estimated at about
500 acres. Apple trees, and especially apple seedlings,
are largely grown. Root-grafting is the method used in
their propagation. This is partly because trees on their
own roots are found best adapted to the conditions pre-
vailing on the plains and partly because the weather is
likely to be unfavorable at the time of budding.

Gradually, floriculture and ornamental gardening are
increasing, particularly about the cities. Because of
the clear climate, greenhouse work must become popu-
lar as soon as better markets develop. Seed-growing
has already made the state considerable reputation.
Fred W. Card.
In the eastern third of Nebraska, conditions are prac-
tically the same as those prevailing in Iowa and central
Illinois. The most trying condition which has to be
guarded against by the orchardists is the scant supply
of water during the winter time which leaves the soil,
which is naturally light and porous, so dry that the

NECTARINE

1063

trees are frequently wiuter-killed or injured. The rain-
fall during the growint? seasons averages about the
same as that of Ohio, while the rain-fall during the
entire year is very little over one-half that of the latter-
named state.

The greatest need to insure better results for the
fruit-grower is a better stock for plums and cherries.
The Myrobalan and tin' .'Midtulel) are both widely used,
but neither is acbipiiMl in iln- dry winters, and an
earnest effort is hcini;' hkhIc to substitute in place of
these something whifh shall be better fitted for the
conditions. More or less has been done in the way of
experimentation as to the use of the Sand Cherry, in
the sandy parts of the state, as a stock, and with some
degree of success. The effect of this stock is to dwarf
the trees somewhat but not to a much greater extent than
does the Mahaleb. The native plum is by far a better
stock than the Myrobalan, but the period during which
it may be budded is very short, and it is, consequently,
very hard to use. On the other hand root-grafting of
the plum is a process which has never corae into very
great use by reason of the small percentage which the
average propagator is usually able to make unite and
grow.

Root-grafting is practically the only method of propa-
gating the apple, by reason of the fact that the work
may be done at a time in winter when there is little
else to do, and because the process can be carried on
much more rapidly than budding. There is the further
very important reason that trees grafted on piece-
roots grow practically as ciittings, thus securing the
tree on its own roots, lending on an average much addi-
tional hardiness.

Grapes thrive extremely well, especially in the eastern
portion of the state. In the vicinity of Omaha, Flatts-
mouth and Nebraska City, many vineyards are estab-
lished on a mercantile scale following the lead of the
other very large growers located just across the Mis-
souri river in Iowa.

Raspberries and blackberries produce profitable crops
in the eastern and especially in the southeastern por-
tion of the state.

Strawberries usually produce good crops of fruit of
the highest quality. As a commercial venture very
little has been done in growing the small fruits, by
reason of the fact that in north Arkansas and southern
Missouri, where the season is much earlier, immense
quantities are produced with which all the state, prac-
tically, is supplied long before the home product is
mature.

Currants and gooseberries are indigenous and thrive
well in the eastern portion of the state, but bear less
bountifully toward the west.

Wherever irrigation has been practiced, even on a
small scale, anywhere in the state, the success in the
growth of fruit has been very marked. In the parts
of the state where there is insufficient rain-fall, the
addition of water is all that is required to bring satis-
factory results, the soil, except in the sand-hill por-
tions of the state, being extremely rich.

In the early days of the territory and state the
thickets and wooded .strips along the streams were
abundantly supplied with plums of delicious quality,
two or three species of the grape, and the wild crab.
There were also to be found, occasionally, gooseberries,
currants and mulberries. p^ \y^ Taylor.

NECTARINE. A smooth - skinned peach {Prunus
Persica, var. Icpvis, Gray). Fig. 146-t. Formerly it was
thought that the Nectarine was a distinct species of
plant. By DeCandolle it was called Persica he vis.
Roemer in 1847 made two species of it, Persica violacea,
the freestone Nectarines, and P. hpvis, the clingstone
Nectarines. It is now known, however, that Nectarines
often come from seeds of peaches, and peaches have
come from seeds of Nectarines. Either may originate
from the other by means of bud-variation. (See Dar-
win's "Animals and Plants under Domestication" for
historical data.)

The cultivation of the Nectarine is in all ways like
that of the peach. Because of tlie smooth skin of the
fruit, it is perhaps more liable to the attacks of curculio.
It is less popular in the market than the peach, and

1064

NECTARINE

NELUMBO

therefore is less grown, although in California it is
planted on a commercial scale. In that state it does
well on almond stocks. Nectarines are usually inferior
to peaches in quality, probahly because less attention
has been given to the breeding and selection of varie-
ties, and from the fact that there is no conventional
standard of excellence. Nectarines thrive wherever
peaches do. Varieties are few, as compared with

1464 Nectarines

peaches. The most prominent in this country are Bos-
ton, Downton, Hardwick, Early Newington, Pitmaston
Orange, Stanwick, Humboldt, Lord Napier, Advance,
Elruge. In color, size and season. Nectarines vary as
peaches do. See also Peach, and Forcing.

L. H. B.
The Nectarine is grown in California almost exclu-
sively for drying and canning, and even for these uses
is but of minor importance. As compared with peaches
for canning, the product of Nectarines is only about
one-eighth of one per cent that of the peach, and for
drying only about one per cent that of the peach. The
varieties grown for both canning and drying are the
white varieties, because they do not color the syrup in
canning, and because when sulfured they make a beau-
tiful, amber-colored, translucent product.

E. J. WiCKSON.

NEGRO'S HEAD, Unusual name for the ivory-nut
palm, Phijli'lfphas macrocarpa.

NEGUNDO. For N. aceroides, Californicum and

fraxiiiifolititn, see Acer Negundo; also Fig. 254.

NfilLLIA (named after Patrick Neill, at the begin-
ning of the nineteenth century secretary of the Cale-
donian Horticultural Society at Edinburgh). Itosdee(f.
Small, deciduous shrubs^ with alternate, stipulate, usu-
ally 3-lobed Ivs. and rather inconspicuous whitish fls.
in simple or panicled racemes at the end of the branches.
The one species in cultivation is not hardy North; it
requires protection even in the Middle States, and is
often killed to the ground in severe winters, but usually
vigorous young shoots spring up and bloom and fruit
in the same season. On account of its handsome bright
green foliage it may be used as a border plant for
shrubberies. It grows in almost any moderately moist
soil. Prop, easily by greenwood cuttings under glass,
and also by seeds. Seven species in the Himalayas and
China. Fls. in racemes, with the pedicels shorter than
the bracts; calj^x-tube rather large, campanulate or
almost tubular, with .5 erect sepals exceeding the 5 oval
petals; stamens 10-HO; carpels 1 or 2: pod dehiscent
only at the inner suture, with several shining seeds.
From Spiraea it differs, like the allied genera Physo-
carpus and Stephanandra, by its stipulate Ivs. and
shining crustaceous seeds.

thyrsiflbra, D. Don. Upright shrub, to 6 ft. high,
but usually not exceeding 2 ft. if annually killed to the
ground : branches angular, glabrous : stipules rather
large, serrate: Ivs. ovate, cordate at base, long-acumi-
nate, usually 3-lobed, incised-serrate, glabrous above,
pubescent only on the veins beneath, 2^ in. long: fls.
in panicled or sometimes solitary racemes; calyx-tiibe

campanulate, pubescent, with the sepals about J^ in.
long. Aug., Sept. Himalayas. R.H. 1888, p. 416.

N. Amnrensis, Nichols. =Physocarpus Amnrensis.— A''. apuH'
mius. Brew. & Wats.=Physoearpus opulifolius.— A'. Tanakce,
Fr;meh. & Sav.^Stephc-inandra Tanakae.— A^. Torreyi, Wats.=»
Physoearpus monogj-nus. Alfred Rehdee.

NELTJMBITJM. The prior name is Jfelnmbo.

NELCMBO (Ceylonese name). NymphmAcece. U.su-
all) written iVeliinibiiim. Two species of strong-grow-
ing aquatics, one yellow-flowered and native to N.
Amenta the other white or cyanic-flowered and native
ot the Orient From Nyniphsea, or the true water lilies,
Nelumbo ditlers technically in having distinct carpels
(which aie imbedded in tlie receptacle), with a single
OMile m each. Nelumbiums have strong and thick
and nsuilh tuber-hearing rhizomes, which creep
m till 1 nth in the bottoms of ponds and slow streams:
I I It itp, orbicular or nearly so, entire, usually very
I I i long-petiiiled and mostly standing high above

ih \\ it* r (sometimes floating): fls. large and showy
sni_cle, on peduncles which equal or exceed the Ivs.
SI luls i or 5; petals many, erect or erect-spreading
st imens many, on broad, short filaments : fr. a large,
flat topped perforated receptacle (Fig. 1465), in which
are immersed the many carpels.

Nelumbiums are bold plants, suitable for large ponds
and for masses. The oriental s]iecies. commonly but
incorrectly known as Egyi'tiaii L.itiis. is one of the best
of large pond plants, being grown for its stately habit
and showy flowers. Its roots should not freeze. Cover-
ing the pond with boards and litter, or fliling it with
water, may be made to afford ample protection to the
roots.

A. Fls. yellow.

Itltea, Pers. American Lotus, or Nelumbo. Water
Chinkapin. Lvs. usually raised 2-6 ft. out of shallow
water, cupped or depressed in the center over the at-
tachment of the petiole, 1-2 ft. across: fls. pale sulfur-
yellow, 4-10 in. across, with obovate-obtuse concave
petals and hook-appendaged anthers: root-tubers and
seeds edible. In ponds and slow streams from S.
Ontario and Mich, to Fla. and La.; usually local. Mn.
10:113.— A bold and useful plant for colonizing, deserv-
ing to be better known.

AA. Fls. pink, red or wltite.
nucltera, Gfertn, (JVeliimhium spcridsiim, Willd.
Nelumbo Indica, Pers., and JY. NeUimbo, Earst.).
Indian Lotus. Pig. 1465. Lvs. usually larger than
those of If. lutea, glaucous: fls. fragrant, usually pink
except in horticultural varieties, overtopping the Ivs.
Warmer parts of Asia and N. Australia. Gn. 28, pp.
426,429; 43, p. 463; 44, pp. 229, 435; 50, pp. 267, 469.
G.M. 38:809; 40:24;, 41:8.33-5. I.H. 42:27. Gng. 5:114;
6:295; 15:3.34. — This plant is known to the trade as
Egyptian Lotus, but the Lotus of the ancient Egyptians
is a Nymphsea. This plant is not native to the Nile re-
gion. There are many named forms in rult. Var. 61ba
(iV. album, Hort. ), the "Magnolia Lotus," li.-is wliitc lis.
Gn. 28, p. 427. G.C. III. 14:41. A.(i. :2ii::it;9. Cng.
7:146. A. F. 14:726. Mn. 9:73. Var. kermealna, Hort.,
has light pink fls. Var. r63ea, Hort., has rose-colored
fls. There is a striped form known as var. alba striata.
A large double rose form is rdsea plena. A large double
white form is known in the trade as If. Hhiroman
(F.E. 10, Suppl. Feb. 12). A free-flowering early sort
with white fls. shaded pink is N. Kinshiren of the trade.
There are other forms with Latin names. l H. B.

Whilst it may be historically true that the Egyptian
Lotus is not a Nelumbium, the Nelumbinm speciosvm
(or more properly Nelumbo nueifera) is everywhere
known under that name, and it has been so distributed
iu good faith. In fact, it is doubtful if it is worth while
to change the common name at this time.

America may be honestly proud of possessing such a
fine aquatic plant as Nelumbo lutea, the well-known
American Lotus. While China and Japan are the
recognized homes of the splendid Nelumbo nuei-
fera, they do not possess a yellow Lotus. In the
Central states and near the Great Lakes, N. lutea is
found in abundance, but it is scarce in the Middle Atlantic

NELUMBO

and Eastern states. Where well established it is a mag-
nificent plant, and when in blossom it is a siglit wortli
traveling miles to see.

Nelumbiums, with Nymph»as and other aquatic
plants, were among the few flowers known or cultivated
by the ancients. No met^tion is made in history of a
yellow Lotus prior to the discovery of America by white
men, but over four centuries ago it was well known to
and cultivated by the Indians in the waters of the Ten-
nessee and Cumberland rivers, and was abundant on
the tributaries of the .Misxissii.iii. It was i-arricd ii..rili-
ward and eastwaivl l>y tlir lii<li;uis, uni\ was I'stablislird

as far east as C'-iii limi. At the jirrsciit time i I'JDii)

it is established and cultivated iu most of the statts of
the Union.

The late Isaac Buchanan received tubers of ^V. micifera
from Japan, which were planted in a stream on Long
Island, but there they perished. Later other efforts
were made, and some tubers from the same source were
received and planted by Samuel Henshaw in an artifi-
cial pond in the gardens of the late Mr. Green, at New
Brighton, Staten Island, N. Y., where they grew most
satisfactorily, some of the original stock being still in
evidence on the estate.

About the same time E. D. Sturtevant, of Borden-
town, N. J., who had introduced a number of tender

NE.MASTYLIS

1065

1465. The Indian Lotus, Nelumbium speciosum of the
trade, but properly Nelumbo nucifera.

wat*r lilies into commerce, and knowing of its being
grown in the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, made an exami-
nation of the condition under which it existed there and
determined to experiment in the culture at Bordentown,
N. J. Roots were obtained from Kew Gardens and after-
ward planted in shallow water in a sheltered spot in a
mill-pond near Bordentown. Here the plant grew
amazingly, and its success and hardiness were fully es-

disseminated the now famous

'") nucifera, to all parts of

:'veral varieties have since then

.Japan, including white and deli-

also deep rose, and double forms

tablished. From here w
Egyptian Lotus. Nrln
the' United Statt-s. Se
been introtluced t
catelv tinted varit
of both white and

The cultivation of the Nelumbium is of the simplest.
The roots or tubers should not be transplanted until
there is evidence of growth, as the tubers, being usu-
ally buried deep in the soil below the water and out of
the reach of frost, are i

sunshine as early as N\ iiiplia'as ,-
phitits. If Nelumbiums' .m- <Iul,' I.
growth, the tubers sIi.miM l.i- k.pt
planted where the temi"Taturc is s
begin atonce. In the Jlid.llc^ Atla
ward and westward, 3Iay is tlie bi-s
southward earlier. Tubers may b(

!■ warm rays of
tluT terrestrial
they start into
warm place or
hat growth will
lates and east-
• to transplant;
planted in shallow

water near the margin of the pond where it is intended
they shall grow. The tuber should be placed horizon-
tally in the soil, first making a little trench or opening
to receive the same and covering with about three
inches of soil. Means must be employed to keep the
tuber securely in position and, if necessary, a stone or
brick laid over the tuber. In artificial ponds a walled
section should be built to hold the soil and keep the
roots within bounds. The walls should have no corners
at right angles; where there are such they should be
rounded off, so that the runners are not intercepted and
crowded in bunches at the corners. The natural soil
and deposit in ponds are, in most cases, all that is re-
quired for these plants. They will flourish equally well
in a stiff or tenacious soil, but when grown in artificial
ponds it is best to use a mixture of two parts turfy loam
and one part thoroughly rotted cow manure. Do not
use fresh or green manure, and when possible have
sods cut in the fall and stacked with the manure { in
this case it may be fresh). In early spring have the
same turned over two or three times before using.
Resort may be had to cultivation in tubs, but the Lotus
being such a gross feeder the result in most cases is
that the plants are starved .into rest at an early date.
The leaves turn a sickly yellow and present a sorry ap-
pearance, and in many cases produce no flowers. If no
other method can be adapted, then secure the largest
tubs possible and during the growing season use liquid
or artificial manure liberally.

It must be understood that while the Nelumbiums are
hardy, they are only so as long as the tubers are out of
the reach of frost. The depth to which frost penetrates
the soil or water may be termed a dead line.

The tubers are farinaceous and edible, and are of
considerable market value in Japan, but a taste must
first be cultivated for them in the United States. The
muskrat, however, has developed a highly cultivated
taste for these sacred morsels, and it is necessary to
watch these animals lest they take up their abode near
ponds where the Nelumbiums grow. There are now in
cultivation in the United States a dozen or more varie-
ties, including single and double forms, pure white to
deep rose, and yellow.

As to insect pests, black-fly or black aphis is some-
times troublesome. The best remedy is the lady-bird
beetle and its larvee. The leaf -cutter, or roller, is preva-
lent in some sections, and both young and old leaves
are attacked, also the stems of the leaves and flowers.
These have their natural enemies in the form of wasps
and even sparrows, and as no liquid insecticide can be
used, only such as are in the shape of a dry powder can
be depended on. Paris green, mixed with land plaster
or plaster and powdered slake lime, is excellent, but dry
hellebore in powder-form, applied by a powder bellows
is the best material to exterminate them.

Wm. Tricker.

NEMASTYLIS {GTee^,tliread-Hke styles; because the
styles are not united). Syn., Nemastylus. Iridacew.
A few species of tender American bulbs, with blue (!-lobed
fls. about an inch across which last only a day. Strictly
Nemastylis is a genus of 3 species, found only in the
southern U. S. and characterized by having the filaments
nearly free. Baker, however, in "his Handbook of the
Iridese, includes Chlamydostylis as a subgenus of 1-t spe-

1066

NEMASTYLIS

NEMOPHILA

cies found from Mex. to S. Araer. and characterized by
having the filaments united in a column to the summit.

Generic characters are: root-lvs. linear: spathes 1 or
more, peduncled: fls. more than 1 to a spathe; perianth
without a tube; inner segments a little smaller than the
outer: ovary 3-celled; ovules many, superposed; style
branches alternate with the anthers; capsule loculicid-
ally 3-valved. Some of the following species have been
rarely advertised by dealers in native plants; the others
by Dutch bulb-growers.

A. Filamenf.'i nearly free. Suhgenus Kema sty lis proper.
B. Cluster of fls. single: spathes usually 1-fld.

coel^stina, Nutt. Root-lvs. 1-2, 1 ft. or more long: stem
ly^-l ft. long, bearing 3-i reduced Ivs.: tis. sky-blue.
Pine barrens, Fla. to S. C. and westward.

BB. Clusters of fls. 2-S : spathes 2~8-fld.

aciita, Herb. (iV. gemini flora, Nutt.). Root-lvs. 2-3.
>2-l ft. long: .stem %-\ ft. long, bearing 1 large linear
leaf at the fork, and sometimes another below it: fls.
"bright blue." Tex., Ark. B.M. 6666. F.S.21:2171.

AA. Filaments united in a column to the summit.
Subgenus Chlamydostylis.
a. Fls. brownish purple, inner segments tipped yellow.
bninnea, Wats. Stem bearing a single leaf 6-8 in.
long and a sheathing bract at the base of the peduncle:
spathe 2}4 in. long: outer segments obtuse, inner ones
acuminate. Mex.

BB. Fls. pale blue.
Frfng'lei, Wats. Stem usually simple, with a single
leaf at the middle: spathe 1)4 in. long: fls. fragrant;
outer segments obtuse, inner ones minutely apiculate.
Mexico. Y?. M.

NEM£)SIA (old name used by Dioscorides for some
sort of snapdragon). Scrophularidceie. One of the
horticultural novelties is ^'emesia strumosa. It is one
of the most interesting annual fls. introduced in the
last decade of the nineteenth century. The flowers
are very distinct in shape and have a wide range
of color. The fls. are about an inch across and borne
in great profusion. If started indoors in March and
transferred to the open in May the plants will fur-
nish a continuous sheet of bloom from June through
September. The colors range from white, throni,'h pale
yellow and rose, to orange and crimson, with numerous
intermediate shades and a great variety of throat mark-
ings. This species has been known to botanists nearly a
whole century; it grows only ."lO miles from Cape Town,
and it exhibits all these .-uiurs in Tlir wild, yet it was
never exploited until 1s!K;. ]\f tii-<f livi- plants seen in
Europe being shown in Is'.L'- Si\t< .n (ti-t iii't color varie-
ties were recognized in thu lirst batch uf cultivated
plants, and the process of selecting strains has barely
begun. The lower lip of the flower is about twice as
broad as loTig, and notched at the point farthest from
the center of the flower. The upper lip consists of 4
smaller, nearly equal lobes, the side lobes being usually
more nearly separate than the middle ones.

Nemesias are slender annual or perennial herbs, some-
times woody at the base: Ivs. opposite: fls. in racemes
at the tips of branches or rarely solitary in the axils;
calyx 5-parted; cnroUa-tube short, with an anterior spur
or sac: capsule compressed, septicidal, with navicular
valves. About 30 species, all S. African. The following
belong to the group with fls. in racemes. They are gla-
brous or nearly so. 1-2 ft. high, and branched from the
base. J. N. Gerard thinks tliat Nt>mesias are not des-
tined to become popular. He finds that the seed is
likely to germinate poorly and that the young seedlings
are quick to damp off.

A. Fls. with a sac at the base.

strumdsa, Benth. Root-lvs. oblong-spatulate, entire;
stem-lvs. lanceolate or linear, entire: lobes of the upper
lip relatively shorter and broader than in the next two
species: throat with a long beard inside: Ivs. few, the
floral ones braet-like: capsules 4-6 lines long. 3-4 lines
wid.*. B.M. 727L'. (i.e. III. V2: '277. R.H. 1898, p. 87 ( var.
gni lid if font). V. 1('.:7. — Var. Suttoni is the strain cotn-
nionly offered. G.M. 35:459.

AA. Fls, with a spur at the base.

versicolor, E. Mey. Lowest Ivs. stalked and ovate;
upper Ivs. few, sessile, oblong, lanceolate or linear, entire
or toothed: lobes of the upper lip equal among them-
selves and as long as the lower lip; throat with 2 callosi-
ties, pubescent: spur incurved, about as long as the
lower lip, 4 lines. Not advertised by name, but iV. com-
piirtd, vars. alba and ecerulea, Hort., belong here. R.H.
1898, p. 87.

norihiinda, Lehm. Lower Ivs. stalked, ovate, dentate;
upper ones few, small, ovate or lanceolate, subsessile:
lobes of the upper lip not quite as long as the lower lip:
fls. white; throat lined with blue, the callosities of the
palate yellow. According to De CandoUe, the lobes of
the upper lip are about equal among one another, but in
B.R. 24:.*{9 the middle lobes are narrower and longer
than the side lobes. Advertised abroad. Fls. smaller
and with a narrower range of colors than JV. strumosa.

W. M.

NEMOPANTHUS (Greek words, referring to the
thread-like flower-stalks). Aquifolidfcie. Mountain
Holly. A genus of one species, confined to eastern
N. America. It is a medium-sized, hardy shrub, rarely
cult, for its showy pendulous red berries, which are
borne in autumn. The genus is distinL^uished from the
common holly (Ilex) as follows: calyx often obsolete,
especially in the fertile fls. ; petals distinct, linear, acute;
stamens free. (In Ilex the calyx is present and persis-
tent in both fertile and sterile fls.: petals slightly grown
together at the base, oblong, obtuse: stamens grown to
the base of the corolla.) Nemopanthus is now largely
used, and the plants attain 10 ft. in cultivation.

fascicul&ris, Raf. (y. Canadensis, DC). Dense-grow-
ini,'. pur|.lisli bark.'d slirni). attaining (J ft.: Ivs. often
<-lusterrd on spurs. 1-P.. in. lony:. tdliiitieal, mucronate,
entire or minntelv serrate, thin hut firm; fls. about 2
lines wide: drupes dull red, about 3 lines thick. B.B.
2:393.

NEMOPHILA (Greek, nemos, a grove, and phileo, to
love; referring to the habitat of some species). Hydro-
phylh)ce(e. Nine species of hardy annual herbs, alt
from N. Amer., are now referred to this genus. They
are of dwarf, compact habit, and produce an abundance
of showy bell-shaped fls. from early spring to late sum-
mer; hence they are valued for bedding and for the
border. Whole plant more or less hairy: stem diffuse,
becoming prostrate: Ivs. alternate or opposite, pin-
nately lobed or divided, petiolate: flower-stalks usually
longer than the Ivs., terminal or lateral, slender, 1-fld.:
fls. blue, white, purple, or variously spotted; calyx 5-
parted; lobes erect or spreading, with 5 supplementary
reflexed lobes alternating with them; corolla broadly
bell-shaped or wheel-shaped, deeply o-lobed, with 10
scaly appendages on the inside of the throat.

S. W. Fletcher.

All the species are propagated by seeds sown in the
fall or early spring. If plants are desired for very early
flowering, seeds should be sown in Aug. out-of-doors
and the plants transplanted in late fall; or they may be
started under glass in March. Seeds sown in April in
the open will give plants for summer and fall flowering.
These are preferably transplanted. If a later sowing is
made it should be where the plants are to flower. Most
species seed freely, but they cammt lir trusted to re-seed
themselves satisfactorily. Nenhi[.iiil;is love a moist loam
with partial shade, but acconiniodjitc llo-mselves to any
good garden .soil and a sunnv >.ii<-. .V. M' iiziesii. how-
ever, should b.- planted in a nmist ].lace if i)ossiliIe, and
N.auritn is inip;'Ii''nt of intense sun. Few iiardy an-
nuals are more valualde f<ir bedding than Neniophilas
because of their compact habit and free-blooming quali-
ties. They are also fine for cut-flowers, window boxes
and pot-plants. ^V. insignis and X. Menziesii ,w\t\\ their
many garden varieties, are most popular.

F. W. Barclay.

The above method of culture is not adapted to all parts
of the country. It is very doubtful whether Neniophilas
have ever been sucressfnily thrown outdoors during
simimer in the vicinity of Boston. The writer has
tried them over and over aguiu without success. His

NEMOPHILA

best results have been attained by growing them in
pots in a cool greenlimisi-. Neniuphil:is are said to
do beautifully outdoors in JIaine. wlun- tlu' summer is
cooler and moister. In Scotland, N'cniophilas are es-
teemed most delightful garden plants. An odd thing
ahout Nemophilas is that cats are extremely fond of
rolling in them as they do in catnip.

Robert Cameron.

A. Lvs. moatly alternate, all with an ear-shaped and
clasping base or winged petiole.
aurlta, Lindl. Stem 1-3 ft. long, weak, with stiff, re-
curved bristles by which the plant tends to climb : Ivs.
deeply cut above into 5-9 oblong or lanceolate segments,
which are usually turned back: later fls. not accom-
panied by Ivs., and hence appearing to be in loose ra-
cemes; corolla about 1 in. broad, violet. Low, shady
grounds. Calif. B.R. 19:1601.

NEPENTHES

1067

1466.
Nemophila insisnia.

AA. -Crs. all opposite, base not ear-shaped.
B. Scali/ appendages on throat of corolla narrow.
MSnziesii, Hook. & Am. (iV. atomHria, Fisch. & Mey.
N. discdidalis. Lem.). Stem straggling, succulent: Ivs.
pinnatitid, the lobes ovate, nearly entire, slightly hairy:
rts. light blue to nearly white, marked with dark brown
spots towards the center. Low grounds, western Amer.
B.R.23:1940. B.M. 377-t. P.M. 5:99. V. -J :2i;7.- Under
cult, the species has given rise to var. dlscoid^lis ( iV.
disr()i<lalis, Lem.), in which the spots on the corolla are
contluent into a large, lirownish purple eye. Garden
fiirnis of this are: var. vittata, vi-lvety black margined
with white (Gn. 9:232); var. §legana [JV. atomAria.va,r.
rlegans. Hort.), fls. pure white, with chocolate center
(V. 2:268), and var. ocul&ta, white, with purple center.

BB. Scali/ appendages very broad or roundish.

c. Fls. blue, tvith white center.

phacelioldes, Barton. Leaf segments obtuse, margin

slightly ciliate: lower Ivs. narrowed into a short petiole;

lobes notched at end : corolla bell-shaped. Western N.

Amer. B.R. 9:740. B.M. 2373.

cc. Fls. ifhite, irilh a purple blotch at the tip of
each lobe.
maculata, Benth. Lvs. lyre-shaped, the 5-9 short
lobes obtuse, entire; upper lvs. wedge-shaped, some-
times only 3-Iobed: fls. 1-2 in. wide, showy; sometimes
the purple blotch is poorlv defined. Common in west-
ern and central Calif. P."M. 16:6. F. 8.5:431. R. H.
1849:201. V. 2 :267. — Good garden forms of this are var.
Albida and var. grandifldra. Var. variegata has varie-
g.ited leaves.

CCC. Fls. vit'id blue {pure white or lilac in cars.).

insigrniSt Benth. Fig. 1466. Lvs. pinnately parted into
7-9 oblong segments, which are sometimes 2-3-lobed or
toothed: tls. K-1 in. wide. Low ground, Calif. B.R.
20:1713. B.M.3485. P.M.3:151. V.2:268; 5:168; 8:21.5.
. — There are many garden varieties of this desirable
species. Among these are var. grandifldra, with large,
clear blue fls. (Gt. 34:370); var. 41ba, fls. pure white;
var. marginata, lis. blue, edged with white.

S. W. Fletcher.

N^NGA (Malayan name). PalmAcea;. Two or three
s]"-cics of IMalayan palms, one of which is cult, as
Arirti pnitiila. In Areca, however, the ovule is erect
and fastened at the base, while Neuga belongs to a large
group in which the ovule is fastened on the side and
more or less pendulous. Nenga is distinguished from
the 5 cultivated genera of this group (which are listed
under Hedyscepe) by the following characteristics :
staminate fls. with narrow sepals much surpassing the
petals; stamens 6; anthers erect. Nengas are graceful
spineless palms with erect, slender, ringed trunks: lvs.
terminal, equally pinnatisect; segments linear, acumi-
nate or obliquely 2-fld or 3-fid; margins folded back at
the base; primary nerves sparsely scaly below; rachis
3-sided; petiole short; sheath cylindrical, strongly ob-
lique at the throat: spadix with a short peduncle and
slender pendent branches: spathes 2, the lower sym-
metrical, lanceolate, folded, 2-crested, the upper un-
symmetrical, persistent, or lacking : bracts 3-fld. ;
bractlets scaly: fls. white: fr. ellipsoidal, smooth, red-
dish oiange.

Wendlandid.na, Scheff (Areca pumila.Blume) . Stem
10-20 ft. high, 2-3 in. in diam. : lvs. 8-9 ft., pinnate
nearly to the base; pinnae alternate, ensiform, acumi-
nate, 2}4 ft. long, }4-iyi in. wide, bright green, cori-
aceous, 2-ribbed; petiole slender; sheath sub-ventri-
cose, 2 ft. long. Java. Jared G. Smith.

NE0TT6PTEEIS. Consult Thamnopteris.

NEPENTHES (name explained below). Ifepenthclcem.
About 35 species of insectivorous pitcher plants
which rank among the wonders of the vegetable king-
dom. The word Nepenthes occurs in the Odyssey,
where Helen threw a drug into the wine which was sup-
posed to free men from grief, anger and all ills. In de-
scribing one of these pitcher plants, Linnaeus said: "If
this is not Helen's Nepenthes, it certainly will be for
ail botanists. What botanist would not be filled with
admiration if, after a long journey, he should find this
wonderful plant ? In his astonishment past ills would
be forgotten when beholding this admirable work of
the Creator."

There are about 35 species of Nepenthes, all tropical
and mostly Malayan. They are all remarkably alike,
and different from anything else in the W')rl(l. They
are probably supported in part by animal matter which
is caught in their pitchers. The fluid in tlie bottom of
the pitchers is largely secreted liy tlir jihiTits and is com-
parable to the gastric juice. It lirl|.s i.. decompose and
digest the food. The glands wliicli sicrcte this digestive
fluid may be seen with the aid of a hand-lens. This
fluid is used by the natives of Borneo as a remedy for
indigestion, as fresh ripe figs are often used. It has
been analyzed and found to contain pepsin. It is se-
creted before the lids open, even in the baby pitchers,
and the lid is believed to keep the rain from diluting
the viscid fluid.

It is supposed that insects are attracted by nectar
glands situated near the mouth of the pitchers, and per-
haps also by the odor of the fluid. Later, the odor of
decomposing flies is thought to attract flesh-eating in-
sects, and thus a second harvest is secured. One spe-
cies is said to be still further specialized in its tastes.
Burbidge relates that N. Veitchii, from its peculiar
habit of growing on dead trees, catches mainly such
beetles and boring insects as exist in decayed timber,
and ants innumerable. There is. however, a species of
ant which outwits one of the pitcher plants; viz.. N.
bicalcarafa. " This ant's object is water, and to obtain
this it bores a hole through one of the large sugar-se-
creting glands of the stalk behind the pitcher, just

1068

NEPENTHES

NEPENTHES

below the water-line, seHniin? to know by instinct— or is
it experience? — that thi- ^\■:lt.■^of ihc pitchers so operated
upon will well up the Imlr as ii il.n's in a sj'phon pipe."
The two species of pifi-lii-r iilaiils just mentionej are
constantly robbed by insect-eating liirds. The Borneaus
call the pitcher plants " monkeys' cooking pots." Bur-
bidge was presented by the natives with delicious rice
daintily cooked in clean pitchers of N. Hookeriana.

The pitchers of Nepenthes are borne at the ends of
the leaves. They are usually flask-shaped, sometimes
mug-shaped, rarely cylindrical. (For examples of these
3 shapes, see Figs. 1470-72.) A pitcher always has a lid.

1467. Nepenthes Veitchii.
Celebrated for its wide rim.

a mouth surrounded by a rim, a little spur at the back
(which is usually just where the midrib of the back of
the pitcher joins the lid) and two wings running up and
down the front of the pitcher. The broader these wings
and the longer their fringes the handsomer the pitcher,
as a rule. The rim around the mouth sometimes bears
numerous downward-pointing teeth, which have been
supposed to turn back insect refugees.

With the exception of about half a dozen very distinct
types which will be mentioned later. Nepenthes species
are too much alike. So far as records and pictures go,
practically all the hybrids are as much alike as so many
peas, at least so far as pitchers are concerned. A few
exceptional kinds can be told by the hairiness or broad
bases of their leaves, or by venation. Even the flowers
furnish little help in distinguishing species and, as a
rule, the cultivator wants pitchers, not flowers. The
pitchers will "hold water," but it is doubtful if the pres-
ent classification of them will. The difficulties of the
case will be apparent from the following account of how
the pitchers change in form and color as a plant de-
velops.

How the Pitchers Change. — When a Nepenthes is
grown from seed, the very first thing that develops after

the cotyledons is a little pitcher. "These young pitch-
ers," according to Harry James Veitch, "are at first
continuous with the blade and form part of it ; then
sessile, and later separated from it by a prolongation of
the midrib; they are produced simultaneously with the
blade, not after it, as in the adult plant. • • • As
leaves continue to be produced, so a gradual change in
the size and shape of the pitchers hpcimics apparent.
Instead of the pitcher IkIiil:: I'n.duci-d sinmltaneously
with the blade, it lat's Iji hind, as it were; tht- midrib is
perceptibly prolonged Ireyoml tlic apex uf llie blade while
the pitcher is still rudiiiieiitar\ . an. I this continues till
leaves are pr.Mlu.ed wiih lull size, I |,itelHrs. If the stem
is allowed to gri I w witheut i luek, the pitchers appended
to the leaves successively produced iiiidi-rnu a cliange in
shape and dimensions still more ri'niarkaljle than what
takes place during the progress of develnjinienf from the
infantine to what is regarded as the i>erfect form of the
pitcher. * » • [See Fig. 1470.] As leaf after leaf is
produced from the ascending stem, the pitchers first
become longer and narrower; then follows a gradual
diminution of the parts while the ].itehers are being
modified from the Ihi-k sli;i|>e ii. ihe eyiindric shape;
the ventral wiii^^s eeiiviaTii|\ .liitiniisti in breadth and
the ciliate fringe disappears until tlie place of the wings
is denoted only by two narrow keels, and instances
have been observed in which even these are oblite-
rated. The pitchers not only undergo change in size,
form and color, but they also change their position in
respect to the prolonged midrib. By the time the seventh
or eighth pitcher has been produced above that which
we have alrearly referred to as the perfect pitcher, the
prolon^'e.l niiilrili lias made half a revolution on its own
axis, SI. ili;.t tin- pitcher has now its dorsal side toward
it. As the pif.-lnrs diminish in size with the ascent of
the stem, so when a certain stage of growth is reached,
and as the plants arrive at the time of flowering, they
cease to be produced altogether, but the stem continues
to grow and produces leaves with prolonged midribs,
affording a support to the plant and its inflorescence
while maturing its seed. Sir Hugh Low observed of
iV. ampnilaria, which he saw in Sarawak, that the first
formed leaves have no blades but only pitchers, with
which the ground is frequently covered as with a
carpet."

Other habits of growth are no less interesting. Some
of the Nepenthes keep to the ground, lint in(.st of them
climb tall trees. The species are, with ver\' few excep-
tions, all more or less epiphytal, anci ^V. l\ i/chii is said
to be wholly so. As they climb, the tips of the leaves
take a turn or two around a nearby twig. Like all pitcher
plants. Nepenthes are poorly supplied with roots, and
as the plants grow above they are said to die away below.
Thus their lowest point may be 20 feet above ground.
However, they can send out new roots all along the stem
and penetrate the thick covering of moss and lichen
often found on the trunks of trees growing in hot,
ihoist regions. As to size of pitchers the species vary
greatly. The kinds first known to cultivation, as N. f/rac-
i'.is, ampnilaria and PIii)Hamjilinia, have pitchers
about as large as a man's thumb. Others, as 3'. Xi,rlhi-
ana, Veitchii, Rafflesluiiii , biealrnratn and sa)iiii,iiii;i ,
may be 0-12 in. long or more. The great Rajah, which
is a dwarf plant about 4 ft. high, with its pitchers rest-
ing on the ground in a circle, has been known to have
pitchers holding 2 quarts, while in another was found
a drowned rat. The fls. of a Nepenthes are produced in
a pseudo-terminal fashion on oUl plants. The male and
female fls. are borne on separate plants. They are green
or purple, small, a hundred or so in a raceme or panicle,
with 4 perianth segments. Ordinarily Nepenthes are
not permitted to flower, the stems being stopped, partly
for the sake of taking cuttings, but chiefly because the
most and best pitchers are produced from the new
growth of compact plants rather than from tall and
straggling specimens.

"Of the .36 species, or thereabouts, known to science,'
says Veitch, "14 are confined to Borneo, 3 more are
common to that and adjacent islands, 13 more are extra-
Bornean but strictly Malaysian, the remaining 0 are
much scattered — there is one in North Australia, one
in New Caledonia, one in Ceylon, one in the Seychelles,
one in Madagascar and one in northeast India." The

NEPENTHES

great majority of the species are found on equatorial
islands at low elevations near the seacoast, in a climate
of wonderfully uniform temperatures and a yearly rain-
fall of 70-80 in. As a general rule the greatest heat of
the day does not exceed 90-92° P., while it seldom falls
during the night below 74° F. The usual daily range is
only 10° and the extreme 15°. During a large part of
the year the air of the Nepenthes region is nearly satu-
rated with moisture, so that a very slight fall of tem-
perature produces copious dews and showers even at
high temperatures and low altitudes.

The species which grow at high altitudes form a most
remarkable and exceptional group. There are four of
them, which grow only on Kina Balou, a mountain in
Borneo, which is 13,700 feet high. These species are
found at altitudes ranging from 5,000 to 10,000 feet, in
the following order: N. Loivii, Edwardsiana, Rajah
and villosa. These four are amongst the largest and
most distinct of all Nepenthes. iV. Lowii gapes at one
like a sardonic pelican {see Fig. 1472). iV. Rajah has
pitchers of immense size and unique shape (Pig. 1472).
N. villosa and Edwardsiana differ from all other species
in their rim, which is cut up, as shnwn in Fig. 1472, into
rather few large coarse disks instead «if muiit-rnus fine,
crowded rings. Some of the best coIU-i-tors in the world
have been sent after these treasures, and the history of
the chase for them rivals the most romantic and excit-
ing orchid hunts. Up to Sept., 1897, only the Rajah had
been successfuly brought to our northern hothouses,
where it remains an unwilling prisoner. The capture of
the others should be one of the horticultural triumphs of
the twentieth century. In the particular zone in which
these four species grow there is a peculiar combination
of cold and wetness in the air rising from the sea which
meets the cold air decending from the peak. There is
a constant state of "Scotch mist" associated with a
temp, of 40-45° P. "When plants of these noble species
are brought down to the hot plains they soon die off, and
even if shipped safely in Wardian cases, they cannot
withstand the heat of the sea voyage." The Rajah was
introduced in the form of seeds.

To grow the Rajah may well be regarded as the sum-
mit of tha gardener's skill. " It is terrestrial in yellow
loam and decomposed granite, with its great basal
pitchers resting and often buried in dead leaves, moss
and other detritus or debris." N. villosa is also terres-
trial; N. Lowii and N. Edwardsiana epiphytal. For
the Rajah and its three companions Burbidge proposes
a cold greenhouse surrounded by hot ones, so arranged
that the warm moisture-laden air of the latter could be
admitted to the former, thus imitating the cold mois-
ture-saturated atmosphere of their native habitat. In
such a house the Odontoglossums of the higher slopes
of the Andes and many other difficult things should be
able to thrive.

As a whole, Nepenthes is a difficult group to grow.
Pitcher plants deserve a house of their own, and they
often get it. Within the group, however, there are cer-
tain kinds which are relatively easy to cultivate. The
hybrids, as a rule, are easier to grow than the species.
Anyone who wishes to begin in a small way should start
with iV. Mastersiana, which is often said by connois-
seurs to be the largest, best colored and most desirable
of all Nepenthes. This fine hybrid is named after Dr.
Maxwell T. Masters, editor of the Gardeners' Chronicle,
who has done more to preserve careful records of Ne-
penthes hybrids than anyone else. Some of the points
of a good hybrid are: It should be easy to propagate
and easy to grow; every leaf should bear a pitcher; the
pitcher should be large and highly colored, the reddest
ones being the most attractive; the wings should be
broad and copiously fringed; the plants should never
be without some pitchers, and the perfect pitchers
should last all summer at least, without browning at
the top. All or nearly all these points are met in JV.
Mastersiana, pitchers of which have been known to
last two years.

Among the species one of the most distinct types is
JV. Rafflesiana, which is remarkable for its high neck
supporting the lid. A form of it, known as iV". Hookeri-
ana, is thought to be a parent of more hybrids than any
other Nepenthes. The wide rim of N. Veifchii gives its
pitchers a strong individuality and makes it a favorite

NEPENTHES

1069

for hybridizing. The four Kina Balou species are very
distinct, but for most people impossible. iV. albo-mar-
(jinata and a supposed hybrid of it named cincta are re-
markable for a white ring just below the rim. The rest
are for the hu]>byist.

Thi' liTiiatm-f nf Nepenthes is very extensive. The
only boriiiii.-al monograph is that by J. D. Hooker in
DeCandullu's Prodromus 17:91-105 ('l873). Thip is an
account in Latin of 34 species, of which a dozen or so
are cultivated. For the origin and development of the
pitchers, see J. D. Hooker in Trans. Linn. Soc. 22:415-
424 (1859). For the horticultural side, see Veitch and
Burbidge in Jour, Roy. Hort. Soe. of London 21:226-
202 (1897).

Nepenthes are fanciers' plants par excellence. The
problems connected with their insectivorous habits are
of perennial interest to scientists, students and the gen-
eral public, but to the gardener the fascination of Ne-
penthes lies chiefly in their oddity and the difficulty of
their culture. The feeling of curiosity soon yields to
a sense of their beauty, America is too young to have
made many contributions to fanciers' groups in general,
but the hybrid Nepenthes raised in America by the late
Mr. Taplin are so remarkable for their continued suc-
cess on both sides of the water that they deserve separ-
ate notice. ^^ jj.

The Taplin Hybrids. — It is certainly true that my
father's hybrids were superior to many of the European
hybrids. He worked on them for many years, but left
nothing whatever in the form of manuscript concerning
them. He never wrote for publication, and the notes he
made from time to time were distinctly hieroglyphic,
and merely concerned the period of blooming of different
kinds. He began his work in this line while at Chats-
worth, but many varieties did not flower satisfactorily
in England, or did not ripen viable seed. Consequently,
he succeeded much beyond his expectations in this
warmer climate. Most of his hybrids resulted from
two varieties blooming at different times, and the under-
signed has vivid recollections of an array of little
thumb-pots, carefully lined and sealed with tinfoil, and
kept in a dry place, which contained pollen saved from
one period of blooming to another. He used N. Phyl-
lamphora, Sookeriana, distHlatoria and Sedenii quite
largely. The majority of his hybrids were sold to B. S.
Williams, of London, when the George Such collection
at South Amboy was dispersed. N. Tapliui is a very
richly colored one. N. Morganiw, Outramiana, WH-
liamsii and Lawrenceana are his varieties, and the
writer is fairly certain that Courtii is also, Court and
Outram both being warm personal friends. Most of the
plants were renamed when sent out in England.

Emily Taplin Royle.

Nepenthes Culture at Washington, D. C. — Nepenthes
are increased by cuttings and by seeds. The ripened
shoots, with 4 or 5 leaves attached, make the best cut-
tings. They may be put in to root from December till
the end of January, but under proper conditions the
operation may be performed at any time during the
year. Some of the free-rootihg kinds, such as N. Dom-
iniana, iV. Iwvis, N. gracilis, iV. Phyllamphora and
N. Mastersiana, may be rooted in sand under a glass
with a little moss tied around the base of each cutting.
Under this treatment the temperature of the sand should
be about 80° P. When the roots show through the moss
they should be put in small pots and kept close for a
couple of weeks. The most satisfactory method of
propagation is to put the base of each cutting through
the hole of an inverted 2-inch rose pot, plunging the pot
in sphagnum moss in a temperature of from 80-90° F.
See Pig. 1468. During the operation of rooting they
must be kept in a close propagating frame and frequently
syringed. See Fig. 1409. When the roots are about
three-quarters of an inch long the cuttings should be
potted, using a mixture of finely chopped fibrous peat,
moss and sand, with a little finely broken charcoal
added. They should be replaced in the moss and kept
close until the pots are fairly well filled with roots and
then gradually hardened off. All of the kinds do best
suspended from the roof of a hothouse, the temperature
of which should not fall below 05° P. in wintt-r. The
plants may be grown either in orchid pots or baskets.

1070

NEPENTHES

111 |K)tting or basketing; plants frum 4-in pots, large
pieces of potsherd and charcoal should be firmly placed
here and there among the potting material, which should
consist of rough fibrous peat, moss and sand. The
plants should not be allowed to grow as vines ULless
they are intended to produce seed. When large-sized
pitchers are wanted the ends of the shoots should be
nipped out after several leaves have been made and the
pitchers are in the process of development; this throws
strength into the last-formed leaves and produces very
large pitchers. When the plants are in active growth
they should be well drenched with water at least once
each day and syringed frequently, but care should be
taken not to overwater newlv potted specimens. They
should at all timos bo shadr-d' from bright sunshine, and
Wh.-n :i 1h>us.- is ,b-voT.-d tn tlniri, n,- pju-llv <..-cupied
witii i-laiits rr.piiriiiLr siiriilar I rr.-itni.-nf , it sh-.uld be
shad.d with cl-.tli tix.'.l t.. n.ll.-rs. W.U pit.-hen-d plants
may be taken from the growing house and exhibited in
good condition for a long time in a house under condi-
tions which would be unfavorable for their growth. All
of the hybrid forms are of easy culture. JV.Mastffrsiana,
iV. Domiiiiinia, N. Siebrechtii, N. OutnuHiana and
N. Henryana produce pitchers very freely. The species,
as a rule, are not quite so free, but some of them thrive
equally as well as the garden forms. iV". Rajah, N. Nor-
thiana, iV. sangulnea, iV. alho-marginata and iV. bicnl-
carata are all more or less difficult to manage, as the
conditions under which they grow in their native haunts
are sometimes not easilv imitated. i\\ ampuUario,
N. Rafflef^lana, N. Phiilht mphora , N. distiJlaforia,
N. Jfpvin and jV. Kenntili/(i}ia are usually seen well
furnished with pitchers. G. W. Oliver.

Nepenthes Culture at New Rochelle, N. T. — lu
propagating these charming plants the writer prefers
cuttings of well-ripened wood, not too hard, and of 2 or
3 eyes in length. The Ivs. are trimmed in one-half or
more. The cuttings are placed in a close glass case,
with a steady bottom heat of at least 80° or 85° in a
bed of cocoa fiber or of sphagnum moss and sand
mixed. The cuttings are always kept moist, and only
enough air is allowed to reduce condensation.

After they are rooted, which takes from two to three
months, they are planted into shallow pans or ordnd

1468. Good method of propagating Nepenthes.
The cnttlng is placed in an inverted pot. The stick
at the right wedges the cutting :ind keeps it tight; it
may also carry the label. The pot is cut in two vertically
to show how the roots form in the air, without the aid
of sand, water or even moss.

cribs in a mixture of fibrous peat and sphagnnm moss,
with perhaps some pieces of charcoal and crocks at the
bottom. This material should be packed in firmly and
tied down. Then set the plants again into bottom heat.

NEPENTHES

in order to have them firmly established. Increase the
air gradually until the plants are sturdy enough to be
placed in the greenhouse, either upon a rack or sus-
pended from the roof. The temperature where Ne-
penthes are grown should never be less than 60°, and it
might be as high as 80° or 90°, providing plenty of
moisture is given. Copious syringing, and during the

1469. A simple propagating frame.

Used by Robert Sliore for proy)agating Nepenthes,

Dracjenas and other tropical subjects.

.summer months, dipping of the plants in water, is very
beneficial. When the plants get too high, say above
18 in. or 2 ft., and their pitchers become smaller and
smaller, as they grow taller, the best plan is to cut them
back to within 4 or 5 eyes of the crown. Then the next
growth of new leaves will give the very finest and best
pitchers. When well established in their pans or cribs,
and while in good growing condition, a light concoction
of liquid manure is very beneficial. When the potting
material is exhausted, it is essential that it be renewed
at least once a year. Very fine plants can also be
raised from seeds. When the plants are in bloom the
miniature flowers should be carefully examined, to see
that both sexes are represented, for if either sex be
absent there can be no fertilization. The seed, when
ripe, should be sown in pans in much the same material
as was prescribed for cuttings, the pans placed in about
the same sort of a place, and the material always
kept moist. It takes from six weeks to two months to
germinate the seed. After that, care must be taken that
the young seedlings do not damp off. Once they are
strong enough, with 2 or 3 leaflets, they can be pricked
off and planted into other pans and fresh material, at
the same time gradually accustomed to the air, and th\is
in from eighteen months to two years' time nice little
plants may be had. In the experience of the writer the
following kinds are more easily cult, than the others;
N. AUenlaua, innpuUaria nnd Vars... hiralrarata . Chel
soni, Ciniisii, <'i//lfHlrira , <}lsfi//.ff..ri<>, I>.>wn,iana
Eyermanni, hi/hrirhi, var. tN>irnh>ln, //<>., I,, riana
Hookeriana var. eloiujufa, lamtta, Lmvri iirin nu . Mas
tersiana (2 v&vs.), Morganiana, Oii/nr un<t ti<r . Pater
sonii, picturata, Rafflesiana, var. hisn/nis. Sn nn/ra7ia.
Sedeni, Siebrechtii, Stewattii, Taplitii , Tihlrnu

Veitchii, ZeyJanica var. ;

ampullaria, 7, 23.
atrosanguinea, 28.
bicalcarata, 1.
Burkei. 15.
Chelsoni, 25.
cincta. 18.
coccinea, 32.
Courtii, 31.
Curtisii, 21.
cylindrica. 10.
Dicksoniana, 29.
distillatoria, 12.
Dorainii, 44.
Dormanniana, 35.

INDEX.
Henryana, 40.
Hookeriana, 27.
hybrida, 9, 45.
intermedia, 30.
Kennedyana, 5.

Kh;

14.

Edii

Isevis, 11.
lanata, 6.
Lawrenciana, 37.
Madagascariensis,

major, 7.
Mastersiana, 4.
mixta, 22.
Morganiana. 34.
Northiana, 20.
Northisii, 22.

H. A. SlKBKECHT.

Outramiana. 43.
Phyllamphora. 13.
Rafflesiana, 27.
Ratcliffiana, 42.
Rajah, 24.
rufescens, 8.
sanguinea, 3.
Sedeni. 36.
Stewartii. 39.
Stuartii. 39.
Veitchii. 6, 16.
villosa. 17.
vittata, 7.
WilUamsii, 33.
Wrigleyana, 38.
Zeylanica. 8. 12.

NEPENTHES

NEPENTHES

1071

A. Color of pitrher wlioUij or

chiefly nil: ii,i spots.

B. Pitcher with J iiiiriirtl-

'".'/ -yi'

1. bicalcarata

un. P i t c her without inward-
pointing spurs,
v. Shape of pitcher short-
flask- or mug-shaped. . . . 2. MadagascariensiB
cc. Shape of pitcher quite cylin-
drical 3. sanguinea

ccc. Shape of pitcher cylindri-
cal, but narrower above.

b. Length of pitcher 7 in. or

more 4. Mastersiana

Di>. Length of pitcher 5 in 5. Kennedyana

AA. C'llor of pitcher wholly or

chiefly green: spots few

if any.
B. Wings a/ir<ii/s friiKjcl.

c. Foliage hairy I,, u, alli ('.. lanata

cc. Foliage vt hmni t>,ii,iith.

unless ,il.i,i,i i,i,.lril>.
Li. L'il siiuill. r th,i„ th. mniith,

, r, rt or li.iit IhicI: 7. ampullaria

nil. /,;,/ as t„n/c IIS the 11,1, nth.
E. i' lip, r ,1,1 rt ,.f pitcher

ft,tsli,,l r,',t: ii,-,l: t,iic . . . 8. rufescens
EE. I'ppi r purl iifjiitehirijrcen:

neck high 9. hybrida

EEE. Upper part of pitcher with
a few red spots: neck

rather high 10. cylindrica

BB. Wings nut friiii/eil [,j-cept
sometimes X. I,i eis).

c. Base of li,l ii,,!, ■!,,■, 1 11. laevia

cc. Base of liil iiat n„i,-h,'i1.

D. Infloresccni , p,i„i,-l,il IL'. distillatoria

DD. Inflorescence r,iceni,,sc.

E. Lvs. petioled 1.3. Phyllamphora

EE. Lvs. sessile 14. Ehasiana

AAA. Color of pitcher more or less
spotted.
B. Pitcher ,rin,il,'ss 15. Burkei

BB. Pileh, r icin,l,,l.

c. Fi,li,ige hiiirii beneath.

D. Him composed of many fine,

close rings 16. Veitchii

DD. Sim composed of few coarse

distant disks 17. yillosa

cc. Foliage not hairy beneath.

D. Base of lvs. rather broad,

the lvs. sessile or nearly
so.

E. Mouth of pitcher with a

white margin below the

rim 18. cincta

EE. Mouth of pitcher without a
white margin.

F. Backof pitcher 1-spurred. .19. gracilis
FP. Backof pitcher J'S purred ..20. NortWana
DD. Base of Irs. I,,, ccict into

a petiole. ichieJi. h,i,eeccr,
is usually margined.

E. Shape of pitcher like a

tube, i.e., cylindrical, not
constricted.
r. Pndersideof lidS-spurred.2\. Curtisii
FF. lender side of lid not
spurred.

a. Lid not bent back 22. mixta

C.G. Lid bent back / ^3. ampullaria,

(^ v:ir. vittata

EE. Shape of pitcher like a mug.

F. Mouth of pitcher biggerthan

the bottom 24. Bajall

FP. Mouth of pitcher smaller
than the bottom.

o. Wing fringes sparse 2.5. Chelsoni

26. Edinensis

GO. Wing fringes cnpinus 27. Eafflesiana

EEE. Shapeofpilcherlil;,,, fliisk.
i.e., in flute. I li, t,,,c. more
or less cylinilrieul above.

68

Nos. 28 to 45. Flask-shaped and Spotted Pitcher
Plants, a key to which will be found ou page 1073.

1. bicalcar&ta. Hook. Young pitchers bowl-shaped,
33^x3 in.: old pitchers 8x6 in., including a neck 2 in,
long: color of pitchers less vivid than in N. sanguinea.
Borneo. I. H. 28:408. G.C. II. 13:201. Gn. 17:237; 33,
p. 29. — The .spurs resemble
the fangs of a snake. Appa-
rently no other species h.'is
such spurs. G. W. Oliver
writes that all the specimens
he has seen have been yellow-
ish green, covered with rust-
colored, downy material.

1470. How the pitchers
change their shape.
The eiiilii'st .111(1 best are
mug-sh;iped ones; the topmost
pitchers of old and tall plants
are cylindrical. N. Rafflesiana,
both from same plant. Adapted
from B. M. 4285.

1471. Three old-time
Nepenthes,

Much confused in collec-
tions and difficult to dis-
tinguish : N. Phyllam-
phora above, N. Kha&iana
in the middle, JV. distil-
latoria below.

2. Madagascari^nsis, Poir, Lvs. leathery, reddish
beneath, 5 x U-4 in. : pitcher 4-6 in. long, crimson, flask-
shaped; mouth nearly circular, with scarcely any neck.
G.C. II. 10:685.

3. sanguinea, Lindl. Pitcher 12x2 in., quite cylin-
drical; no neck. Malaya. F. 8.22:2343. G.C. 1872:541 ;
II. 11:13. P.M. 1874:128. -This is one of the very few
species that has a sessile leaf.

4. Mastersiana, Veiteh (N. sanguinea x N. Khasi-
dna). Pitcher 7x2 in., cylindrical, but the upper third
narrower, deep claret red, sometimes with spots of darker
red. G.C. II. 16:749; 21:249. I.H. 33:618. Gn. 23:390.
Gng. 4:183. — This superb hj-brid has the sessile leaf and
red pitcher of JV. sanguinea, with a form of pitcher in-
termediate between its two parents. There is a dark
colored variety and a lighter colored one.

5. Kennedyana, F. Muell. Pitcher 5 x IK in., reddish,
cylindrical, but narrower above ; lid as large as the mouth
and nearly horizontal. Australia. G.C. II. 17:257.

1072

NEPENTHES

6. laiid.ta, Masters. Here used for the
plant with the green pitcher and yellow
rim which is one of two things passing in
the trade as iV. Veifchii. The name JV. /a -
7iata was first used at the bottom of plate
261, vol. 2.3 of I.H., but the accompanying
text is headed iV. I'eitchii, and Masters
declares that the text refers to iV". Veitchii
and not to the plant there figured. Masters
gave, therefore, the first description of N.
lanata in G. C. II. 17:178, but he fails to
clearly distinguish the two plants. He
says that JV. lanata has blackish hairs on
the under side of the Ivs. and that the
rim is "ultimately reddish brown." The
typical iV. Veitchii (B. M. 5080) is said
to have "rufous" hairs on the under side
of the Ivs. Borneo. I. H. 2.3: 2(il (proba-
bly a poor picture). Gu. 17: 2,37 (as iV.
VeitcJiii). If. lanata should perhaps rank
merely as a variety of If. Veitchii.

7. ampull&ria. Jack. This and Nos. 2
and 12 Hooker distinguishes from all other
species by their inflorescence, which is
more or less panicled, instead of racemose.
Pitcher oblong, 3 in. long; lid smallertban
the mouth, erect or bent back. Malaya.
F.S. 22:2,325 (copied tr..m B. M. 5109 and
reversed. — Var. vittita is a spotted var.
I.H. 24:272. Var. major also has been
offered. Burbidge says this is the only
kind that has no honey glands, but J. M.
Macfarlane declares that all species have
honey glands on the rim, though this spe-
cies has none on the rudimentary lid.

8. ruffiscens, Veitch (iV. Zeijlanica, var.
rubra xlf. Courtii). Stem reddish, closely
covered by broad decurrent leaf-stalks,
which are about 1 in. long: Ivs. 12x2Kin.:
pitcher narrowly flask-shaped, 75^x2 in.
— Fresh pitcher sent by Siebrecht differs
from G.C. III. 4: 669 in having a very nar-
row green rim, higher neck and lid faintly
flushed red above but freely spotted
below.

9. hybrlda, Veitch. Lvs. 8-9x2: pitcher
5 in. long; mouth ovate; lid spotted; neck
rather high. If. Kha.iiaiia was the male
parent. Judging from tin' strmture, .1
M. Macfarlane thinks tliat y.iinn-ilix was
the female parent. Fully di's<TibtMl in (i
0.1872:541.

10. cyllndrica,Veitch. Hybrid of iV^. Zfiy-
lanica, var. rubra x If. Veitchii. Pitcher
6-8 in. long, 1-1 K in. wide, pale green,
with a very few crimson spots, inflated be-
low, but perhaps not quite flask-shaped;
lid oblong, much spotted at least beneath;
rim is shown as narrow and regularly
rolled back in G.C. III. 2:521, but said to
be frilled and somewhat dilated toward
the neck.

11. laBvis, Lindl. Lvs. narrow, leathery,
without pubescence, fringes or teeth ;
pitcher 2—4 in. long, cylindrical but nar-
rower above ; wings narrow-fringed or
not; rim entirely without ribs (a unique
character, if constant). Java, Singapore.
G.C. 1848:655.

12. distillatdria, Linn. Fig. 1471. This
is one of the oldest names among lovers
of the pitcher plants, but Masters says
the plants cultivated under this name are
really N. Khnsiana. If. disiillatoria is
one of very few species that has pani-
cled fls. Lvs. narrowed into a
hroadly winged, half -clasping stalk,
which is scarcely or not at all decur-
rent; texture leathery : pitcher 4-
6x 1-1^ in., cylindrical, obscurely
dilated at the base, more or less
flushed red upwards ; lid about as

NEPENTHES
large as the mouth and horizontal. Ceylon.

P.M. 4:1. L.B.C. 11

which is N. Khnsiana.

N.Z,j,l,n,ir„. Ralili.. is
Keweusis t.. X. ilishll,!/,.,
var. riihrii. H.iri., is an
which Vciti-h in U.f. Ill,
hirsuta, var. ylab,

Not B.M.2798.

eferred by Index
r. iV. Zejtlanica,
Id garden name
;521 refers to N.
An abnormal form

1472. Five distinct types of Nepenthes.

Beginning finm till to], they are N
villosa. Lot II I II if J itfl.stana v.ir
Hoolenana n I t, ml •. ma The first
three beloii„ t th t t l is Kina Bjiloii
group. Thetuiiilh IS tht p irent of more
hybrids than aiij otliei kind

of N. Zeylauica, with 2 midribs and
pitchers from the same leaf, is shown in G
C. 11,13:309.

13. Phyll4mphora, Willd. Fig. 1471. Lvs.
with a long wiuged petiole, halt-clasping or
less; nerves numerous longitudinal; tex-
ture of young lvs. membranous: pitcher 4-6
in. long, subcylindrical; lid about as large
as the mouth and horizontal. Cochin China,
Moluccas —The above description is from
Hooker not from B M 2629, which, accord-
ing to H 1 \eit.h (T H S. 21:232), is
1. ilh ^ ,/, , III. In R H 1887, p. 511, is
M ' ii" lil.ll.d -^ Phil 1 1 amphora, which
I II" III! iliiiu ts til, , lie in R. H.1861.
1. 17,. libilkd .^ disti/laloita.

14 Khasiina, Hook Fig 1471. Not ad-
\pitibed but piobabh common in cult, un-
der the name of JV clf<tiUatoria. Lvs. ses-
sile clasping shortly decurrent; nerves pin-
nate texture firm but hardly leathery:
pitcher 4-7 x l'..-3 m spotted above, larger
thin those of iV rli\ti!latona Himalayas,
b M 2798 (enoneoush as iV distiUatoria).
In B M 2798 the pitchei is cylindrical but
nirrowatthe bottom. J.M. Miicfarlane ver-
ities this description, and adds that the true
If. Khnsiana has a long, narrow pitcher
which is green or tinged with brick red.

15. Burkei, Mast. This is distinguished
fiiiiu app.ireiitlv all other species by the
absence ot Kings. It has the wide rim, with
nil Jul ir Hutid projections of N . Veitchii.
I'lti hi I S\_", m., oblong, but .swelled in
till li.«.r thud Borneo. G. C. Ill, 6:493.
\ u prohhca. Mast., has a more slender
ii ibit, nariower lvs., smaller and less highly
"loied pitchers, produced in greater pro-
lusion

II) Veitchii, Hook. Fig. 1467. A splen-
iliil pi lilt iiniarkable for its extremely
H nil mil, kIiii h sometimes attains 2 in., and
IS iitteii biililh scalloped at the margin in-
stead of being rolled neatly back. Being
one of the most distinct in general appear-
ance, it has been much used in hybridiz-
itu' The n inie has been endlessly i-onfusi il.
It IS 1 Diiiiiii.iih said that there air two Ic.niis
lit \ liililiii passing in tin- traiii - mii!
with a s]i()ttiil pitcher and red riiii, and the
other with a green pitcher and yellow rim.
The latter is here called N. lanata. The
former is indisputably the true N. Veitchii,
since the original description of N. Veitchii
consists in a mere citation of B. M. 5080,
which, hy the way, bears the erroneous
legend of JV. i illosa'. B.M. 5080, therefore, is
the type of iV. Veitchii, and that is a spotted
]iitcher with a red rim. If. Veitchii has a
luge haii\ pitcher, attaining 10x3K in.,
will h f i|'i Is toward the base, is nowhere
I iil_ 1 II I II IS an ovate mouth, surrounded
li\ 1 w 1 I iiuli necked rim; the lid seems
sill ill 111 . iiinuson. Borneo. P.M. 1877:
Ji . (. ( II 11.781. Perhaps, also, G.C. 11,
Is sot 1^ \ ■^itnijuinea). Burbidge says
til it N \ III hii is a true epiphyte, grow-
ing 20-100 ft. above ground and dif-
fering from most, if not all, other
'"^^' species in actually clasping the trunks
A' and beaiing its lvs. in a 2-ranked
fashion

17. villdsa. Hook. Fig. 1472. This
is distinct from all other species here
desciibed by its rim. which is com-

NEPENTHES

posed of distant disks wliich are circular except for teeth
which project down into the pitcher. jV. EdwardsUtiia
is probably the only other kind with such a rim. Bor-
ni-u. Trans. Linn. Soc, plate 69, not B.M. 5080, which is
^V. \',iti-]iii. — tioi in cultivation anywhere as yet.

IS. clncta, Mast. The leaf tapers to a broad dilated
base, which is "intermediate between the sessile leaf of
jV. Norihiana and the long tapering stalk of N. ulho-
marginntii :" pitcher cylindrical, rounded at the base,
7-8 x2K in.; rim lobed, not entire as in TV. albo-iiicin/i-
iiata ; back of pitcher 2-spurred. Borneo. G. C. II.
21: 570.— The white band is narrower than in iV. atbo-
marghiafa.

19. gracilis, Korth. Lvs. sessile, long decurrent :
pitcher cyliiidrii'al but inflated at the base and con-
strictfii Mt thi'miiMli-,2K^in. long. Borneo. B.M. 2029
(erron.-.aisly as ^\^ PhijlUimphora). V. 3:221 (poor as
to sliapi'of pitcher). Var. major is the only form offered.

20. NorthiAna, Hook. Reraark.ible for its wide rim,
which is said to attain 2 in. and is perhaps nearly as wide
as in N. Veitchii. Pitcher flask-shaped, 12-16 x 35-i-5
in. Borneo. Gn. 23, p. 496. R.B. 21, p.271. S.H.I, p. 107
(all the same cut). G.C. II. 16:717 is misleading as to
width of rim, and was perhaps done from a very young
pitcher.

21. Ciirtisii, Hook. This species is very distinct by
reason of the shape of the pitcher. Pitcher 7x 1'^ in.,
as nearly cylindrical as in any species of the genus.
The mouth and neck are like N. RaffUsiana, but the
pitcher is not bulged below and the fls. are green instead
of dark red. This species is unique by reason of its
spurs. The back spur is borne not at the junction of
back and lid as usual, but on the back of the pitcher.
Moreover, the midrib of the lower surface of the lid is
produced into 2 spurs — one near the base and a longer
one near the apex. Borneo. B.M. 7138. G.C. III. 2: 689.
I.H. 35, p. .59 (same cut). G.C. III. 6:661. -A fresh
pitcher sent by Siebrecht shows that this is even more
distinct and splendid than the pictures show.

22. mixta. Mast. (iV.iVbr«!is;j,Veitch). Hybrid of iV.
Northiana and N. Ciirtisii, having the cylindrical pitcher
of the latter but not the 2 spurs on the lower side of the
lid. The lvs. are remarkable in being somewhat notched
at the apex of the blade. Pitcher 8 in. long; rim deep
crimson. G.C. III. 13:47. G.M. 36:754. R.B. 21, p. 268.
—According to Veitch, the fls. are panicled.

23. ampuIUria, var. vittita. Here niav ho sought the
spotted var. of iV. aminilhtri,i .l.srribrd at No. 7. In
I.H. 24:272 this spotted var. is rci.rrsrntfil with asmall,
broadly oblong, uncoustricted piti'lur and a lid bent
back to a wholly exceptional degree.

24 Rajah, Hook. Fig. 1472. Distinguished by the
iiiiniense size of the pitchers, their odd shape, the gre.at
nioutli, the disproportionately large lid, and also by the
tendril which is given off, not from the apex of the leaf,
as usual, but from the under stirfaee a short distance
below the apex. Pitchers a foot or more long and three-
fourths as wide. Borneo. G.C. II. 16:493. Gn. 22, p.
122. P. 1883, p. 157.

25. ChSlsoni, Veitch (iV. Dominii x N. Bafflesiana).
Pitcher .3-4x21^ in. More fully described in G.C.
1872:.542.

26. Edin^nsis (N. Bafflesiana x Chelsoni). Raised
at the Botanic Gardens of Edinburgh, but not described
so far as known. A. P. 7:381. — Cult, at U. S. Botanical
Gardens, Washington, D. C.

27. Eafflesiina, Jack. Fig. 1470. This is one of the
most distinct species by reason of its high-necked
pitchers and purple fls. The young pitchers are mug-
shaped {excluding the neck), while the mature ones
(rarely seen in cult.) are actually wider at top than at
bottom and taper gradually to the base without any
sudden constriction. Stem green and glabrous: young
pitchers often 5}3x3 in.; old ones sometimes 7x2 in.
India. B.M. 4285 (copied and reversed in F.S. 3:213).
F.S. 16:1698; 22:2343. P. 18.50:77; 1872, p. 221. G.C.
III. 12::553; 1872:.541. R.H. 1869, p. 130 (as JV.iffftte.*™ ).
Var. insignia, Mast., is a more robust plant: stems
covered when young with white chaffy scales: pitcliers
mug-shaped. 9 x 4 In., thickly beset with small, brownish,

NEPENTHES

1073

stelliform hairs. G.C. II. 8:425. Var. nivea is densely
covered with white down. Var. p&llida is cult, at Wash-
ington, D. C. Var. Hookeri4na ( ^V. JIihiIk ridna, Low.
N. Hobkeri, Alphand). Fig. 1472. Said to be the parent
of more hybrids than any other kind. It seems to be a
distinct botanical variety from Borneo, differing essen-
tially in having a low neck. According to Masters
(G.C. II. 16:812), it alsodiffers in having ashort petiole
which is very broad at the base, and a flatter, not hood-
like lid. Also the lvs. are thicker, with 3-5 secondary
nerves on each side of the midrib and parallel to it, the
tertiary transverse nerves much more closely arranged
than in JV. Bafflesiana. The figure in G.C. II. 16:813
(repeated in G.C. III. 12:5.57, I.H. 41, p. 145, and S.H.
1:57) is inaccurate as to the spur, which is distinctly
shown as a prolongation of the rim, rather than of the
lid or the midrib of the back. See A.G. 18:877/ Also
Alphand's Promenades de Paris, last colored plate of
the volume of plates.

FLASK-SHAPED AND SPOTTED PITCHER PLANTS.

(The key continued from pase 1071.;

This group (Nos. 2H to 45) is composed wholly of hybrids, and
the blood of N. Hafflesiana enters largely into them. The high-
necked kinds are more like typical N. Rafflesiana, while the
low-neeked kinds resemble N. RaffUsiana, var. Hookeriana.
All of these hybrids seem to be more flask-shaped than N. Baf-
flesiana, i. e., they are proportionately longer, and more con-
stricted above.

F. JVccfe extremely high, associated

with a very oblique mouth, as
in Fig. 1472 (bottom).

G. Spots red and yellow : pitchers

chiefly red 28. atrosangTiinea

GG. Si><ils rr<l ii nd green.
H. Ii'iin in, I, '.J in.orso 29. Dicksoniana

I. Wings ic'iry and fluted {as well

as fringed) 30. Intermedia

II. Wings not tvavy 31. Courtii

FF. Neck shorter: mouth less ob-
lique. See Fig. 1472 [next above bottom).
G. Spots red and yellow, hardly
green.

H. Bim parti-colored 32. coccinea

33. WiUiamsii

HH. Bim self-colored, dark 34. Horganiana

GG. Spots red and green.

H. Wings wavy (as well as fringed) 35. Dormanuiana
HH. Wings not wavy.

I. Shape of lid roundish rather

than oblong.
J. Base of lid heart-shaped, i. e.,

notched 36. Sedeni

jj. Base of lid iiiil notched.

K. Bim green 37. Lawrenciana

38. Wrigleyana
KK. Bim^ dark red or parti-colored. H9. Stewartli

40. Henryana

41. Eyermanni

42. Ratclifliana
II. Shape of lid oblong 43. Outramiana

44. Dominii

45. hybrida,

var. maculata

28. atrosangufnea, Hort. American hybrid, said to
resemble iV. Stdeni and iV. rubra. Said to be much
richer in color than N. sanguinea. Pitcher 6x2K in.;
rim red and blackish. G.C.'lI. 17:827.

29. Dicksoni&na, Masters (JV. BafflesianaxVeitchii).
This has a rim almost as big as that of iV. Veitchii, but
not so flat. Pitcher 10x3'2 in.: lvs. with 3 parallel
nerves between midrib and margin. G.C. 111.4:541.

30. intermedia, Veitch (N. Bafflesiana x ?). Stem
covered with pale rust colored down: lvs. taper to both
ends: pitcher 6x2}^ in.; rim flattish, parti-colored; lid
less hooded than in lY. Bafflesiana. G.C. II. 17:179;
III. 12:125. F. 1875, p. 257 (neck too low).

31. Cdurtii, Veitch (iV. ? x Dominii). Stem purplish
and hairy: pitcher 5x254 in., of very firm texture.
G.C. HI. 6:845.

1074

NEPENTHES

NEPETA

'S2. coccinea, Mast. American hybrid of unlinowii
parentage. Pitcher (ixS in., crimson, slightly speckled
with yellow; rim red and black; lid spotted. G.C. II.
18:169. I. H. 41, p. 143. — Cannot be distinguished by
original descriptions and pictures from the next. The
leaf-margins of both have numerous, regularly disposed,
minute teeth.

33. Williamsii, B. S. Williams (.V. Sedeni x iV. Hook-
eri). Pill III r 4-', in. long, intermediate in shape between
its parents; interior spotted red; lid reddish brown be-
neath. (i.(J. 11. 14:40. — In Gn. 27:494 the rim is errone-
ously shown as dark and self-colored, but a fresh pitcher
sent by Siebrecht has a beautiful, shiny, richly parti-
colored rim.

34. Morganiina, Hort. (iV. Mdrganim, Hort.). One
of Taplin's AiiiiTJriiu hybrids, supposedly between iV.
Mookeri iiud -V. rhijlJamphora. Lvs. reddish, margins
entire: pitcher medium-sized. Originally said to have
a green lid, but in Gn. 23:390 the lid is light yellow,
spotted red, at least below.

35. Dormanni&na, Masters. Possibly an American
hj'brid; parentage unknown. Lvs. finely ciliate at the
edges: pitcher 6x3; lid spotted. G. C. II. 17:525.—
Fresh pitcher sent by Siebrecht has a parti-colored rim.

36. SMeni, Veitch. Masters, in his careful descrip-
tion in G.C. 1872:542, says that the lid is cordate, but
this feature is not shown in the Veitchian trade cut used
in P. 1872, p. 54 and S. H. 1 : 104. Stem terete, glabrous :
lvs. 1x1% in.: pitcher (probably not mature) 3x 1 In

37. Lawrenciana, B. S.Williams {IV. Sedeni x. ffook-
erii). Pitcher 4-5 in. Immk. iiiti-ruu-diate in shape be-
tween its parents, ami in Issii .<;iiil to lie :i brit;lLter red
than any kind except .\ . s,i nqniiua . Lvs. slii,'htly ser-
rate: lid reddish lien..-:ith. li. C. 11. 14:40. 1.11.29:460
(lid spotted above).

38. Wrigleyina, Hort. Said to be another hybrid of
iV. Phiillaiiiphoru and iV. Hookeri. Lvs. light green,
like tliose of N. Phyllamphora, 10-12xlJi-2 in., acute
at both ends, glandular beneath, and with 2 or more
parallel nerves on each side of the midrib. G.C. II.
17:143.

39. SWwartii, Veitch (N. Stuarlii, Hort.?). Same
parentage as JV. Morganiana. Lvs. said to have the
light green color of N. Phif ilamphora , with the leathery
texture of iV. Hookeri. Pitcher intermediate in size.
P. 1879, p. 157, where the pitcher is .said to have a "promi-
nent rib " on the back. Specimens cult, at Cornell Univ.
have parti-colored rims.

40. Henryana, B. S.Williams (N.Hookeri-x.N. Sedeni).
Pitcher 5x2. I. H. 29:400. Gn. 27:494. Here may belong
I.H.34:15,but the pitchers are larger and redder except
on the lid, which is nearly green and unspotted, the rira
decidedly parti-colored and the wings entirely unf ringed,
the last point being the most suspicious.

41. flyermannl, Hort. Lvs. 10x2 in., dark green,
leathery, with a lew minute teeth on the margin: pitcher
4 X U-2 in., luiTulsome dark red, with relatively few green
spots; mouth ovate, rather short-necked; lid roundish,
as large as the mouth, freely spotted above, scarcely
beneath; rira narrow, slightly parti-colored; wings in
the specimen sent with a short fringe above and none
below. Described from fresh pitcher furnished by Sie-
brecht.

42. Katcliffitlna, Veitch {N: PhyUampliorax.N. Hook-
eri). Lvs. light green, leathery, 12-15x1}^ in.; pitcher
.5-6x2 in.; rim parti-colored; lid about as large as the
mouth, ovate, glandular and spotted below. G.C. II.
17:178.

43. Outrami^na, B. S.Williams (N. SedenixN. Hook-
eri). Pitcher 5 in. long; interior well spotted; rim
parti-colored; lid spotted, at least below. G.C. II. 14:41.
F. 1880, p. 156 (same cut). P.M. IS7:i::!S4.

44. Dominii, Veitch (N. Domiinmut. Hort.? N.Baf-
flesiAiwxr). Stem purplish, slightly downy: lvs. 10-18
x3in.,l-nerved: pitcher 6x2 in., lid spotted. — Siebrecht
sends a small pitcher with a high neck, narrow, parti-
colored rim, lid faintly flushed above, freely spotted
b dow. There is more green than red in the pitcher.

45. hjbrida, var. maciilita, Hort. {y. ICImsianay.?).
Stem glabrous : lvs. 13x2'4 in., 1-nerved; pitcherSxlVj

in., cylindric, but slightly contracted above the middle.
The color of the lid is not recorded. J. M. Jlacfarlane
thinks that N. gracilis was the other parent.

The following kinds have been offered in America but can-
not at present be distinguished from those given above; N.
Alletiiana, Hort. Siebrecht.— .iV. amdbilis. Hort. Said to be a
hybrid between N. Hookeri and N. Rafflesiana; int. 1886.- iV.
Amesiana, Hort. Said to be a hybrid between N. Rafflesiana
and N. Hookeriana; int. 1893. — N. Cldytonii, offered 1895 by
Pitcher and Manda.— A', compdcta. Hort., is figured in Gn. 'J7,
p. 497, but can hardly be distinguished bv the figure from any
other spotted, iiask-shaped, low-necked kind.— A. Craifjidna,
Hort. Siebrecht.— A. Edinundsii, Hort. Pitcher and Manda.—
A. Eliaenhorstidna, Hort. Siebrecht.— A. exeHsior, Hort.
Hybrid of Rafflesiana and N. Hookeriana. Pitcher 9 in. long,
spotted, oblong, rounded at base.— A. FindUyiiini, Hort. A
hybrid with medium-sized spotted pitchers: ini Issi;, — .V.

Hamtltonidna is said to be the same as N. con .i - .\ ////,-

berdii is probably the correct name of the hybri.i ,Hi\ . ri i-<il Ity
Pitcher & Manda as N. Hilberdii. Pitcher si'olo.l, Jul gieeu
above, indistinctly marked with red below; 1883. — N. J6luisvnii,
Hort. Siebrecht. — A. Ldnewoodii or A. Zibnewoodii, Hort.
Siebrecht.— A. Mdyi. Hort. Siebrecht.— A. Oshomedna, Hort.
Pitcher & Manda.— A. ParadXsce. Hybrid, 1883. Pitcher
spotted, much narrowed near center, 4-5x2-23^; rim green;
lid green above, reddish beneath.— A. Pdtersonii, Hort. Said.
Spotted. Pitcher cylindrical but narrower above. — N.picturdta,
Hort., is figured in Siebrecht's catalogue with an oblong
pitcher, whicli is slightly wider below but not flask-shaped.—
A. Pitcherii, Pitcher & Manda. Hybrid between N. Paradisse
and N. Henryana. Pitcher deep pink; 1895.— A. H^blingii,
Pitcher & Manda, 1895. Pitcher almost globular, medium-
sized, spotted.— A. Savagedna, Siebrecht, has mug-shaped,
spotted pitchers.— A. Se^mannii. Hort. Pitcher & Slanda.-
A. Siebrechtidna is said to have immense pitchers, resembling
N. Amesiana but lighter colored and dented on one side.— A.
S^abrightii of Saul's catalogue is probably the same thing as
the preceding, though Saul says it is in the style of N. Raffle-
siana.—A. spUndida, Hort. Pitcher & Manda.— A. sup^rba,
Hort. Hybrid having the habit of N. Hookeriana and pitcher
intermediate between N. Hookeriana and N. Sedeni. F.M.
1881:434.— A. Tdplini, Hort. Siebrecht.— A. Thorpeiana. Hort.
Siebrecht.— A. Tildeiiii, or Tildendidna, Hort. Pitcher &
Manda. — A. Wddleyaua, Hort. Siebrecht, a flask-shaped pitcher
which is much redder above. ^ jyj

NfiPETA (Latin, perhaps from Nepete, an Etrurian
city). Labidta. This genus includes Catnip, Ground
Ivy and some other hardy perennial herbs of the easiest
culture. Catnip is a familiar weed near dwellings and
barns. Cats are fond of it, and Catnip tea is a pungent
memory with those who have survived the era of
homely simples. The seeds of Catnip are still offered.

1473. Catnip— Nepeta Cataria. Enlarged.

Ground Ivy also grows wild in America, and a form of
it with variegated foliage is cult, for edging flower-
beds or covering banks and stones. J. W. Manning
writes that it is hardy in light, well-drained soils, but
sometimes winter-kills in moist soils. It is also used in

NEPETA

NEPHROLEPIS

1075

1474. Leaf of Catnip.

vases and baskets. Nepeta is a genus of about 120 spe-
cies, mostly in the northern hemisphere outside the
tropics. Perennial or annual herbs, tall and erect, or
dwarf and more or less trailing: Ivs, dentate or incised,
the floral ones like the rest
or reduced to bracts :
whorls of fls. crowded in
a dense spike, or in a
loose cyme, rarely few-
lid, and axillary: 13s. blue
or white; calyx 15-nerved;
corolla 2-lipped; perfect
stamens 4: ovary 4-parted.
The geaus is placed be-
tween Lopanthus and
Dracocephalum, and is
characterized as follows:
calyx tubular, the mouth
straight or oblique, 5-
toothed; stamens usually
parallel, ascending; anther
cells divergent or divari-
cate. See Fig. 1473 .

Nepeta Glechoma is a
perennial creeping plant
of easy culture in any
loose, rich, fairly moist
soil, in either shade or full sunlight, but to be luxuriant
in the open it should have a moist soil. It is a very
rapid grower, and is therefore often troublesome when
planted with other low-growing plants. It is usefttl as
a ground covering in shrubbery borders and shady
places generally.

A. Blooms small, inconspicuous.

B. Color of fls. white or nearly so.

Catiria, Linn. Catnip or Catnep. Catmint. Figs.

147:1, U74. Tall and erect: Ivs. heart-shaped, green

above, whitish below, crenate, stalked. Eu., Orient.

BB. Color of fls. blue.
Olechdma, Benth. Ground Ivy. Gill-over-the-
Ground. Makes a dense mat: Ivs. roundish, more
deeply notched at the base than Catnip, and green on
both sides, the floral ones like the others, not reduced
to bracts as in the other kinds here described : whorls
axillary, few-fld. Nat. from Eu., Asia. B.B. 3:87. —The
green-ivd. form is less cult, than var. variegata {jy.
hederclcea, Trev., var. varieg&ta, Hort.).

aa. Blossoms larger, showy, blue.

B. />!'s. not notched at the base.

macrintha, Fisch. Erect, branching, nearly glabrous :

Ivs. sliurt st;ilked, ovate-lanceolate, green on both sides:

cyiiies pi'iluiicled. few-fld.: fls. 1 inch long; bracts

minute. Altai. B.M. 2185 (Dracocephalum Sibiricum).

BB, Jjvs. notched at base.
c. Fls. pedicelled.
betonicaefblia, C. A. Mey. Upper Ivs. green on both
sides : bracts a half shorter than the calyx. Caucasus.

oc. Fls. sessile.

Mussini, Spreng. Diffuse; branches ascending: Ivs.

green above, whitish below: racemes unbranched : bracts

much shorter than the calyx. Caucasus, Persia. R.H.

1891:300. B.M. 923 (iV. longifolia). -'Not adv.

F. W. Barclay and Vf. M.

NEPHfitlUM (old name of the burdock applied to
this ;r''nu^ liL-rau^e the rough fruits were supposed to re-
semlil.- thosi-iif burdock). Sapiiid(}cete. TheLitchi nut
can be obtained in the dried state in the larger markets
of the eastern states and is often seen on the tables
of trans-Pacific steamers. The tree is cult, in the
West Indies but not in the U. S., unless in Porto
Rico. The whole fruit is about as large as a small
walnut. The outer covering consists of a thin, brittle
shell, under which is a layer of soft, aromatic and
delicious pulp; finally in the center is a rather large,
smooth, hard-shelled seed, from which the pulp readily
separates. It is one of the most delicately flavored
fruits that the tropics produce. In dried state it will

keep a long time, and can be transported to distant
parts. Thus dried, the pulp shrinks from the shell and
becomes tough and less aromatic and delicate.

The tree is a native of southern China and the Malay
archipelago, where it has been cult, for at least 1,500
years. It has been brought to the extreme south of
.Japan and to various tropical countries. It was introduced
to southern Fla. in 1886. Only a limited area is suited
to its growth, as it does not readily adapt itself to cli-
mates which differ much from that peculiar to its orig-
inal habitat. It is a good-sized tree, said to attain a di-
ameter of 2-3 ft. It is probably cult, under glass in a
few European botanic gardens for its economic interest.

The preceding account is abstracted chiefly from
G. C. George-son's article in A.G. 12:269. W. A. Taylor
writes : "The Litchi nut is also sold in Chinese stores
in the larger cities in the form of preserves packed in
syrup in glass jars. In this form the peculiar fragrance
and flavor of the fresh fruit are well preserved."

Nephelium is a genus of about 20 species of oriental
trees: Ivs. alternate, ^

abruptly pinnate;
Ifts. not quite op-
posite, oblong, en-
tire, rarely serrate :
panicles axillary and
terminal, many-fld, :
fls, small, regular,
polygamo - dioecious ;
calyx small, cup-
shaped, 4-6-cut; pet-
als none or 4-6, vil- 1475. Litchi Nut— Nephelium (XK).
lous or with 2 scales ;

stamens 6-10: ovary 2-3-lobed. Botanically the genus
is allied to the soap-berry.

Litchi, Cambes. Litchi or Leechee. Fig. 1475. Lfts.
about 3 pairs, lanceolate, 1-nerved beneath. China.
A. G. 12:269.

NEFHKODITIM. a name used at Kew for species of

Dryopteris, which see. iV". emersum, var. cristatum. is
advertised, but unknown to botanists.

L. M. Underwood.
NEPHR6LEPIS (Greek, hidtiey scale : alluding to the
indusia). Polypodiaceie. A genus of subtropical ferns
with pinnate Ivs., the pinnae articulated to the rachis,
free veins and a reniform or roundish indusium rising
from the apex of the upper branch of a vein. See Fern.

acnta, 3.
Bausei. 3.
Bostoniensis. 2.
cordata, 1.
cordifolia, 1.
davallioides, 4.

INDEX.

Duffii. 1.
exaltata, 2.
furcans, 4.
Paradigm. 2.
pectinata. X.
Philippensis. '.

plumosa. 2.
rufescens, 3.
tripinnatifida, 3.
tuberosa, 1.
Waskingto

A. Bootstochs bearing tubers.

1. cordifolia, Presl. (iV. tuberdsa. Hook.). Stalks 1-4
in. long: Ivs. 1-2 ft. long, 15^-2 in. wide, with close, often
imbricated pinnae, usually blunt at the apex. Mexico to
.Japan and New Zealand. iV. pectinata, Schott, is a form
with auricled Ivs. and no tubers. iV. Duffii, Moore, is
apparently a monstrous form from New Zealand, with
tufted habit and branching fronds. JV. cordata compacta ,
Hort., is said to be a var. of JV. cordifolia.

AA. Eootstocks witJioiit tubers.
B. Margins entire or crenulate.

2. exaltita, Schott. Sword Fern. Stalks 4-6 in. long:
Ivs. 1-2 ft. or more long, 3-6 in. broad; pinna; close, usu-
ally acute, the edge entire or slightly crenate, the upper
side auricled. Fla. to Brazil, Hong Kong and East Africa.
The "Boston Fern," or var. Bostoniensis (see Plate XI)
of the horticulturists, is highly valued but has no stand-
ing as a botanical variety. It is sometimes in the trade
under the horticultural name iV" Paradis(€. N. exaltata,
var. plumosa, Hort., has double, overlapping crests.
iV. Philippensis, Hort., with dark-lvd., dark green foli-
age, probably belongs here. JV. Washingtoniensis and
JV. Washingtoniensis,vsLr. pendula, Hort., are said to be
forms of this species. G. W. Oliver says that their fronds
last well after being cut.

1076

NEPHROLEPIS

3. acdta, Presl. (i\r. £«HSf/,Hort.). Lvs. 2-4 ft. long,
8-12 in. wide, on short slightly scaly stalks; pinnse H-l
in. wide, acute, with entire or slightly crenate margins,
the lower basal angle rounded, the upper auricled : in-
dusia suborbicular. Fla. to Brazil and in the tropics of
the Old World. -i\r. ruf^scens, Presl., is a woolly variety.
iV. tripinnatifida is said to be a variety of this species.

BB. Margins pinnatifkl.

4. davallioldes, Kunze. Lvs. drooping, 2-3 ft. long,
1 ft. ormore wide; lower pinnas inciso-cren.ate, the upper
narrower, with deeper lobes. In cultivation the pinnae
are forked often several times and art- soinctiiiu-s irregu-
larly crested ; their form resenit'lis tin- li.-rticultural va-
riety fiircans, Java. — Var. furcans miilticeps is also
advertised.

N. serrulttta cristata, once advertised by John Saul, seems un-
known to the botanies.-JV. WUtboldii, P.R. 5;247 (1900) ; 6:525,
is a variety of Boston Fera witli fronds thrice as wide as the

NERINE

be procured at little cost and is easily grown. It is prop-
agated by division or by the creeping rhizomes. This is
best done in early spring. The rhizomes may be pegged
down in small pots and when well rooted may be de-
tached from the parent plant. A good compost for pot-
ting consists of soil and leaf -mold, with some well-rotted
manure added. Shift into larger pots or pans as the
plants require. Secure good drainage and give plenty
of water, especially during the summer mouths. This
treatment will make specimen plants of 3-5 ft. in diam-
eter by October, with graceful fronds drooping in such
a manner as to hide the pot or pan. A well-grown speci-
men suspended in a bay-window is a sight long to be re-
membered. There are many plants in good condition
that have been in use for several years during the sum-
mer on the veranda and in the house during the winter

months

James Dean.

type. The pinnse are said to ha

? characteristic convolutions.
L. M. Underwood.

1476. Nerine curvifoli

. Fothereilli (X tQ.

The Boston Fern, Nephrolepis exaltata, var Bostoni-
CH,si.«, is without doubt the most valuable ornamental
foliage plant for house and conservatory decoration that
the trade has put on the American market for years.
Its many good points made it a welcome addition to
our list of plants, and the flower-loving public soon dis-
covered that it was a fit companion for the palms, en-
during with them equally well the dry atmosphere of the
house. Thriving under indifferent care, it has proved
itself a very valuable plant. It grows where many of our
best house plants had been failures. It is a plant that can

NEPHTH"?TIS (name borrowed from Egyptian my-
tli"l(i^'\ ; Nrphthys, mother of Amibis, wife of Typhon).
A ri'ii-rii . Aliout half a dozen species of tropical African
creepers, 2 of which are cult, in hothouses for their va-
riegated foliage. The lvs. are all more or less halberd-
shaped or arrow-shaped, with scarcely any sheath on
the petiole. Inflorescence terminal: spathe concave-ex-
panded ovary 1-celled; ovule solitary, pendulous.

picturata, N. E. Br. The white markings form a pat-
tern resembling the tips of fern fronds laid between the
nerves, with their points all directed towards the base
of the midrib. Plant stemless, spreading by runners:
petioles 10-12 in. long: blade (y-\2 in. long, 5-9 in. broad.
Congo Var. angustita, N. E. Br., has smaller and nar-
rower lvs. Figured in catalogue of
U. S. nurseries 1895.

tripli;^lla, Hort. "A pretty stove
creeper with dark green thrice-di-
vided lvs. marked with greenish
white in the exact shape of the leaf."

NEPTtNIA plfina is a rare sensi-
tive plant of aquatic habit found in
the East and West Indies and S.
Amer. It has foliage much like that
of the common sensitive plant, Mi-
mosa puciica. The fls. are so odd
that no one at first sight would
imagine that they belong to the
legume family. They are more or
less egg-shaped in outline, 1% x 1
in., and borne singly on stalks C in.
long. They are drooping and have
numerous stamens. The singular
feature of these fls. is a mass of yel-
low petalage composed of 6 or more tiers of reflexed,
narrowly lanceolate strips, which are really transformed
and sterile stamens. The plant floats on the water and
has grooved stems, the portion under water being white,
spongy and full of air-cells. It is of difScult culture
and can probably not be secured in Europe at present,
but would make an interesting addition to our northern
botanic gardens. B.M. 4695. Leguminosfv.

NERINE (anereid of Greek mythology). AmarylU-
dilcea-. A remarkable genus of tender bulbous plants,
of which the commonest species is JY. Sarnievsis, long
known as the Guernsey Lily from the island where
these bulbs are grown to perfection. They will never
become popular with florists, because the Winter is their
growing season instead of flowering time. They belong
to the very small class of autumn-blooming bulbs. The
common kinds flower from Sept. to Nov. without any
foliage, and the lvs. are developed all winter. About
M.ay the lvs. die down and the bulbs rest from May to
Aug. The fls. range from scarlet through salmon and
pink shades to white, and are borne in umbels of 4-20
fls. , on scapes varying from 1-3 ft. long and averaging 1 %
ft. The fis. are 6-part.ed, the segments more or less
rolled back and sometimes crimped or fluted.

There are 10 species, all from South Africa. A com-
mon trade name is Nerine Japonica, which is really a
Lycoris since it has black seeds, while all the true
Nerines have green seeds. It, however, has the au-

NERINE

NEEINE

1077

tumn-blooming habit and fls. of the same general ap-
pearance as true I^erine. Nerines have two distinct
types of beauty, illustrated by Figs. 1476 and 1477.
The kinds with the narrow perianth segments, which
are crisped or fluted, have a spidery look and are not as
popular as the kinds with broad, flat segments, which
make a showier cluster of fls. The segments vary from
one-twelfth to one-half an inch in width. The showiest
kinds are hybrids or varieties of iV, Sarniensis and
iV. curvifolia, the former species being the most pro-
lific of varieties. In these two species the strong, ver-
tical lines of the erect, long-protruded stamens make a
striking feature. The fls. of the other species have
more of a drooping tendency and the stamens are
shorter and declinate, as in Fig. 1477, iV. pudlca is
perhaps the choicest white-fld. kind. Nerines have
bulbs 1-2 in. or less in diam., and about 6 Ivs., varying
from 8-18 in. in length and 4-9 lines in width. Among
the uncultivated kinds are some with short, stout
scapes and others with appendages at the base of the
filaments. The Ivs. appear after the fls. in the first two
species, but with the fls. in the others. Baker, Hand-
book of the AmaryllidefB, 1888, and Flora Capensis,
vol. 6, 1896-7.

The following American experience is condensed from
an article by the late John Robertson, in the Florists'
Review 1:675.

Nerines are noted for the sparkling texture of their
fls. In strong light they have the appearance of being
frosted over. No flower with which the writer is ac-
quainted appears to better advantage under artificial
light than iV. FofhergiUi, var. major.

The secret of success with Nerines is to secure the
fullest possible development of the bulbs. This refers
to their winter treatment. They enjoy abundance of
water at the root and overhead, with occasional appli-
cations of liquid manure. This treatment should
never cease until the Ivs. turn yellow, which is a
sign that the plants are finishing their growth. ,-•■'. .,,
Then diminish the water supply gradually, lay the .^'^
pots on their sides where they are not likely to get
wet, and in full sunlight, so that the bulbs may
ripen thoroughly.

Nerines do not like to have their roots disturbed, nor
■do they require much root room: they grow and flower
best when hard pot-bound. Three bulbs planted in good
fibrous loam with a little sand may remain in a 5-inch pot
for five or six years, or even longer, as the offsets can be
rubbed off and separately potted while the parent bulbs
go on increasing in size. Each year as the flower-scape
appears pick off about an inch of the surface soil with a
sharp-pointed stick, and give the ball of roots a good
soaking and a slight top-dressing.

INDEX.

Amaryllis. l,2.5,e.

humilis, t>.

rosea. 1.

carnosa, 1.
corusca. 1.
curvifolia, 2.
Hexuosa. 3.
Fothereilli, 2.

insignis. 1.
Manselli, 3.
Plantii, 1.
pudica, 4.
Bulchella. 3.

Sarnieusis. 1
splendens, 6.
undiUata. 5.
venusta, 1.

A. Stcn

u„.s ,nu! ,l!ile

nea

■ly erect.

B.

£fs. green, s

iberect.

1. Sarniensis, Herb. Guernsey Lilt. Lvs. linear, not
curved laterally: fls. bright crimson; perianth segments
hardly crisped. B. M. 294.- Var. PUntii, (N. Pldiitii,
Hort. ) has a longer scape, duller fls., and more distinctly
clawed segments. Gn. 21:329. Var. venusta has bright
scarlet fls. produced earlier than any of the other varie-
ties. B.M. 1090 (&% Amaryllis venusta). Var. rdsea has
lvs. darker green than the type: tls. rose-red : seeds ob-
long instead of globose. B.M. 2124 (as If. rosea}. Var.
corusca (iV. conisca, Herb.) has bulb tunics not chaffy:
lvs. broader than in the type, with distinct cross-bars
between the main veins: fls. large, bright scarlet. B.M.
10S9 {as AmorylUs huynilis}. Gn. 21:329. iV. corusca
major has rich crimson-red fls. Var. cambsa, Van Tu-
bergen, carmine rosy. Var. insignis, Hort. Krelage, is
considered by Baker synonymous with the type, but is
probably horticulturally distinct. The flowers are said
to be rosy.

BB. Lvs. glaucous, sickle-shaped.
2. curvifdlia. Herb. Lvs. strap-shaped, curved later-
ally, tliii'ki-r fliMTi in N. Sarniensis : fls. bright scarlet:
perianth seA,'mints hardly crisped. B.M. 725 (as ^ma-
ryllis curvifolia ). R. B. 22:13. -Cult, only in the form
of var. F6thergilll (N. Fdthergilli, Roem.), which is more
robust in all |i:irts (Pig. 1470): fls. more numerous, be-
tween crim.M.ii :iiid scarlet. Gn. 22, p. 403. Var. Father-
gilli major (N. F6thergilli mi)jor, Hort.) is a form with
still larger fls. P.R. 1 : 675.

Nerine Manselli (X %).

AA. Stamens and style declined.

B. Outer fls. of the umbel opening before the inner ones,

C. Segments distinctly crisped or fluted.

3. flexudsa. Herb. Scape flexuous, longer than in the
other kinds, sometimes 2-3 ft. long: fls. generally pale
pink. Var. pulch^lla has glaucous lvs., firmerthan in the
type: scape not flexuous : fls. pale pink, keeled rose-red.
B.M.2iO'iindGn. 2\:329 (nsN. pnlchella). N.fleinosa,
var. pudica was offered in 1890 by Reasoner Bros. N.
MdnselU, O'Brien, Pig. 1477, is a fine hybrid between
N. flexuosa and Fothergilli. Gn. 50:1400.

CO. Segments hardly crisped.

4. piidica. Hook. Lvs. 4-0, glaucous: umbels 4-6-
Hd., the other kinds being 8-20-fld. : fls. white, keeled
pink above, H in. wide; stamens a little shorter than
the perianth. F.S. 22:2404. Gn. 21:329. -Showy, not
spidery.

BB. Outer fls. opening after the inner ones.
c. Length of perianth segments /4-% in.

5. undul&ta. Herb. Fls. pale pink, very much
crisped. B.M. 309 (as Amaryllis undulata) .

CO. Length of perianth segments 1-1% in.

6. ht^milis, Herb. Scape often smaller than in the
other kinds, }4-\% ft. high: fls. bright pink or rose-red,
somewhat crisped. B.M. 726 (as Amaryllis humilis),
Gn. 21:329. — Var. spldndens, Hort. Krelage, is pre-
sumably the best form of this species. Fls. purple-
crimson.

The following names are mostly important hybrids which in
many cases are more popular than the species: N. aindbilis
(pudica X humilis), rosy, dark-striped. Var. grandiflora,
Hort. Van Tubergen, has larger fls.— JV. crispa, Hort. Thor-
bum, scarlet.— iV. e^e^ans (flexuosa X Sarniensis. var. rosea),
pink. Var. carminata, cerise. V.ar. ccerulea, shaded blue.— iV.
excMlens, Moore (flexuosa X humilis, var. majorh carmine
rosy, dark-striped.- A^. Hdylocki (curvifolia X flexuosa. var,
pulchella) . One of the oldest hybrids in cult. Raised by Wm,
Herbert. The others in this list are more modem.— A^. Japdnica,
Miq.=Lycoris radiata. — JV. Md7isetli (flexuosa X curvifolia,
var. Fothergilli), w,%rm pink, late. See No. 3.—N. Meadow-
banHi (Sarniensis X curvifolia, var. Fothergilli).— iV. O'Brleni
(pudica X Sarniensis, var. Plantii). Var. coemlea. Van Tu'
bergen, pale violet, tinged blue.— A'^. tardiflbra. Hort. Van Tu
bergen, not accounted for by Baker. Fls. bright red in Dec.

W. M.

1078 NERIUM

N£]RIUM (ancient name for Oleander, supposed to
be from Grefk neros, "moist;" alludiug to the places in
which it grows wild). Apoeyndceie. The Oleander is
an old-fashioned evergreen shrub known to everybody,
and cultivated everywhere in southern countries. The
Bermudas, especially, are famous for their Oleander
hedges. In the North the Oleander is a common house
plant, being grown in tubs for summer decoration, and
ranking in popularity after the sweet bay and hydrangea.
It attains 7-15 ft., and blooms in summer, the fls, being
salver-shaped, 5-lobed when single, 134-3 in. across, and
commonly pink or white, though the colors range from
white through creamy white, blush, rose and copper
color, to crimson and dark purple, with variegated
forms.

The genus contains only 2 or 3 species. They are
glabrous shrubs: Ivs. in whorls of 3, rarely 4 or 2, nar-
row, leathery, transversely feather-veined: fls. in ter-
minal cymes; calyx with many glands inside at the
base; corolla-tube cylindrical at the base; throat bell-
shaped and containing 5 wide or narrow teeth; lobes
twisted to the right; anthers 2-tailed at the base and
tapering at the apex into a long, thread-like appendage ;
style 1: ovaries 2, forming pods; seeds twisted.

Oleanders are of easy culture, and are well adapted to
city conditions. Their chief troubles are scale and mealy
bug. The scale should be sponged off; the mealy bug
is easily dislodged by the hose. Sometimes a plant
forms buds which open poorly or not at all. This is
often due to the imperfect ripening of the wood. The fls.
are borne on the growth of the year, which should be

1478. Spray of Oleander — Nerium Oleander.

■well ripened in June in order to set many strong buds.
For this purpose give the plants plenty of light and air,
and water more sparingly when the vegetative growth
seems to be finished. After flowering, give the plants
less water. Protect them from frost in winter; keep
them, if necessary, in a light shed. In April, prune back
the old wood which has borne fls. and give more warmth

NERTERA

and water. The ripened leading shoots can be rooted in
a bottle of water. Oleanders are poisonous, and some
people have died from carelessly eating the fls. Cattle
have been killed by eating the foliage. E. S. Miller
writes; "We have good success in rooting ripe wood in
the winter. The cuttings remain 3 to 4 weeks in the
sand, with moderate bottom heat. They grow like weeds
when potted." ^ jj

Oleanders in the East. — The Oleander is becoming
somewhat fashionable again, especially the double-
flowered variety of cerise color. The following method
of Oleander culture has been pursued by the writer
with success. Propagation is performed after the flow-
ering period. Good-sized cuttings are taken, and every
one grows. When rooted, the cuttings are potted in
small pots and kept barely alive over the winter. They
will need scarcely more attention than geraniums un-
til February or March, or whenever growth becomes
more active. Later in the spring the young Oleanders
arc planted outdoors in the open ground, in good rich
loam or garden soil. (This is sometimes done with
ivies or euonymus, but the common method is to
plunge the pots outdoors during summer). Take up
the Oleanders in September, pot them and bring them
indoors for their second winter. The following spring
the plants will bloom, but they will not be shapely.
The time has now arrived to train them, either as bush
plants or crown standards. Top them at whatever height
is desired, say 2 or 3 feet, and the plants will make good
crowns the same season(i. e., their second summer). Do
not allow the plant to bloom the following spring,
(which is its third spring), and the result will be a fine
specimen in full flower for the fourth summer.

H. A. SlEBREOHT.

Oleanders in Ca??'/br)M'rt. — Oleanders are much grown
in S. Calif, and would be extremely popular were it not
for black and other scales, which seem to prefer them
to everything else. We have five colors here, perhaps
all of the same species — white, light pink, dark pink,
scarlet and huff. Most of these colors, if not all, can be
had in both single and doiible forms. The writer has
never seen an Oleander more than 15 ft. high, but he
believes they will grow larger. One Los Angeles man
planted the red variety thirteen years ago for sidewalk
trees. (For this purpose, if cleaned of scale when nec-
essary, the Oleander is one of the very best. ) The trees
are heavily pruned and topped each year. They are now
12 ft. high and 4-5 in. in diameter at base. Oleanders-
need no attention here, and are as readily propagated
from hardwood cuttings as willow. They are very flor-
iferous, and the inflorescence comes out in large, heavy
heads, necessitating a close pruning to make them self-
supporting. Ernest Bkaunton.
A. Fls. not scented.

Oleftuder, Linn. Oleander. Rose Bat. (Another
phnit called Rose Bay is Upilobi-uni angustifolitim.) Fig.
147.S. Ijvs. in 2's or 3's. lanceolate: appendages of the
anthers scarcely protruding; segments of the crown
3-4-toothed. Mediterranean region. Orient. Gn. 51, p.
81 (flne trees in vases). A.F. 10:265 (Bermuda shrub
with a spread of 25 ft.). L.B.C. 7:(!66 (var. Lnddlgesii,
with a variegated fl. and the appendages entire, ovate
and obtuse). N. album, afropnrpnreunit earneitm and
roseuyn^ Hort., are doubtless varieties.

AA. Fls. scented.
oddrum, Soland. Sweet-scented Oleander. Lvs.
in 3's, linear-lanceolate: appendages of the anthers
protruding: segments of the crown 4-7, long and nar-
row. Persia, India, Japan. B.R. 1:74. B.M. 1799 and
2032. — A less robust plant, with lvs. commonly narrower
and more distant, and angled branches. In wild plants
the calyx-lobes of JY. Oleander are spreading; of odortnn
erect. Not advertised but cult. Has some range of
color and single and double forms. w. M.

NERXfiEA (Greek, loivly : referring to the habit).
liubiAeeiT. The Bead, or Coral Be,ad Plant {N. depressa)
is a hardy perennial Alpine or rock plant which forms a
dense mat of foliage covered with orange-colored,
translucent berries the size of a pea. The genus com-

NEETERA

prises 6 species of similar habit found in tlie mountains
of the southern hemisphere. Tlie best of tlie genus,
probably, is JV. depressa, -which ranges throughout the
Andes, from the tropics to Cape Horn. It also inhabits
Tristan d'Acunha, and the mountains of New Zealand
and Tasmania. The Bead Plant is prop, by seed or di-
vision. It needs a sandy soil, with some leaf-mold, and
prefers shade in summer. It may need
some winter covering in the North. It O

makes a good house plant and well-fruited
specimens are occasionally used abroad in
fancy bedding as a novelty. The fruit
may last from midsummer well into the
winter.

Nerteras are slender creepers, with
small, opposite Ivs. which are stalked or
not, ovate or ovate-lnnceolate; stipules
grown into a sheath with the petioles, 2-
dentate or entire : fls. axillary, incon-
spicuous, sessile ; corolla 4-lobed: sta-
mens 4; ovary 2-celled; drupe 2-seeded.

deprSssa, Banks and Soland. Almost
glabrous: stems 6-10 in. long, 4-cornered:
Ivs. 2-4 lines long, broadly ovate, acute
or obtuse, leathery or almost fleshy; peti-
oles about as long as the blades; stipules
very small: fls. solitary, greenish. F.S.
21:2167 (charming). B.M. 5799. w. M.

NEW HAMPSHIRE

1079

NEVltJSIA (after Rev. R. D. Nevius, who discovered
it.). Itostlcece. This is a very rare shrub which grows
wild only on some shaded cliffs near Tuscaloosa, Ala.
It is, however, quite hardy as far north as Philadelphia.
Its long, slender, wand-like branches remind one of
Kerria, but it has no petals, and its beauty is after the
.Spireea kind. The fls. are about an inch across, 6 or 8

HESM&. See Decodon.

NETTLE. ITrti,
False N., Bahnur

Dead N., Lnmi
Tree N., CtUis.

NEVADA, HOKTICULTUEE IN. Fig.
1479. The northwestern part of the state _

along the eastern slope of the Sierra
Nevada mountains is the chief fruit sec-
tion. In the southern part of the state,
wliieh is also near the Sierra Nevada
mountains, some very fine semi-tropical fruits
are grown, but lack of transportation facilities
prevents their more extensive production as yet.

There are possibly 1,500 acres planted in apple
trees, a great many of these being young trees, not yet
in bearing. As to other fruits, the acreage planted is
small, as they can be sold only in our home market,
which is very limited. Some of the largest apple or-
chards contain 30-50 acres each. An orchard of 30
acres in full bearing would produce about 6.000 boxes
of marketable apples, worth here $1 per box ; the ex-
pense of everything connected with them would be
about $1,000.

All fruit and other crops require irrigation. The water
for irrigation is obtained from rivers and creeks, and
sometimes from reservoirs. The water is sometimes run
all over the ground and sometimes in furrows.

Black, sandy loam with a granite base appears to be
the best soil for apples, pears, plums, raspberries and
strawberries. Some kinds of fruits, such as peaches,
plums, pnines, strawberries, etc., do well in more
compact soil derived from slate and volcanic rocks All
Nevada soils are well supplied with iron, and some have
a very high percentage of potash. An elevation of from
4,000 to 5,000 feet seems best for hardy fruits. The price
of good orchard land is about $200 per acre, and of bear-
ing orchard about $500 per acre ; this includes water.

None of the fruit is subject to injury in winter; the
only time it is liable to injury is in May, when the trees
are in bloom.

The San .Ios6 scale has appeared in a few places.
The woolly aphis and green lice are sometimes trouble-
some on young trees and grafts. The codlin moth also
is present in some places.

Of apples the following are cultivated : Newtown
Pippin (both yellow and green). York Imperial, Spitzen-
burg, Jonathan, Pilot, Smith Cider, Wagener, Buck-
ingham, Grimes Golden Pippin, Northern Spy, Wine,
Wine Sap, Strawberry, Rome Beauty, Ben Davis and
Pioneer. Other kinds of fruit are grown only for the
local market, and their production is very limited.
No new varieties seem to have originated in the state
*s 5'et. Ross Lewers.

in a cluster, and the clusters strung along 2 or 3 ft. of
wand-like stem, forming ropes of feathery bloom. This
fringe-like beauty is caused by the numerous white fila-
ments of the stamens. Botanically this genus is a
puzzle, but it is probably nearer Rubus than Spirsea.
Generic characters are : calj'x-tube small, flattish, per-
sistent; lobes 5, large, spreading, leafy, serrate, imbri-
cate; petals 0; stamens in many series, persistent; disk
flattish, enclosing the calyx-tube ; carpels 2-4, small,
sessile, silky; styles incurved at the apex; ovules soli-
tary, hung from the top of the cell: akene drupaceous,
small, included by the ample calyx.

Alabam^nsis, Gray. Snow Wreath. Height 3-7 ft. :
Ivs. alternate, petiolate, l%-3% in. long, pale green,
ovate or oblong-ovate, usually doubly serruhate; peti-
oles 3-6 lines long. B. M. 6806. -Alfred Rehder writes
that it is hardy at the Arnold Arboretum (at least in
a sheltered position), and blooms every year.

NEW HAMPSHIRE, HORTICULTURE

1480. Horticulture in the liranili- Stale' Ih-i
with the first settlement. In 1623 Ambrose C

IN. Fig.
an almost
ibbons set

1080

NEW HAMPSHIRE

NEW HAMPSHIRE

the first vineyard, together with other fruits, near the
mouth of the Piscataqua river, now Portsmouth. There
are many such old horticultural landmarks.

The native fruits are only too abimdant in the state
at the present time. The old idea that the destination
of the apple was the cider barrel got so strong a foot-
hold in some sections that, as the virgin soils began to

decline and the wheat crop and its associates in agri-
cultural operations moved on to the West, it was not
thought worth while to adopt modern methods of fruit-
growing. In other sections, however, quite the reverse
is true, as there are signs of awakening at later dates.
Some towns are noted for their large areas of old or-
chards still in bearing but rapidly declining. In one
town where from 20,000 to 30,000 barrels of apples have
been shipped in a fruit season, the industry has now
nearly run out. However, the laud containing these
old trees is, it is said, worth twice as much as other
land. Comparatively few new trees have been set in
this section, and it is found that the whole industry is
the result of one man's interest and labor two genera-
tions ago.

In some places grafting the native apple trees to
Baldwins or the improved fruits has been very exten-
sively practiced, with good results. Where this has
bei-n dfiiip, however, the trees are now old, and as cul-
tivation and I'-uovation of orchards have scarcely ever
been i>ra<-tii-id, they are naturally on the decline.

While thfst- conditions are not iiattering, they never-
theless show what must be overcome in the future.
However, it is surprising to see what a quantity of fruit
is raised in favorable seasons, and this goes to show
that under intelligent and progressive management
success will be assured.

At present the horticultural interests are gradually

being better understood, and the trend has begun in
the right direction. There are many things accountable
for this awakening. The people are coming to realize
that there are newer and better methods, and that the
new agriculture stands for more business and energy.
The development of this condition is coming through
the efforts of the grange, experiment stations, the
agricultural press. State Board of Agriculture, and
agricultural teaching in state colleges, — all of which
have in the main the same objects in view.

Here and there young orchards are being set. and the
predictions are that the near future will find New
Hampshire as one of the best fruit states. The Bald-
win apple is the standard variety throughout the south-
ern part of the state. In the northern part of the state
the Bethel is being planted and, it is thought, will be
to this section what the Baldwin is to the other. Almost
all other varieties common to New York are grown with
equally good success. Even in the White Mountain re-
gion it is being demonstrated that orcharding is a worthy
industry. A list of apples adapted to the northern
part of the state, named in order of their ripening, as
furnished by Mr. J. D. Howe, of Lancaster, a large
fruit-grower, is as follows : Yellow Transparent, Tetof-
sky, White Astrachan, Red Astrachan, Peach, Duchess
of Oldenburg. St. Lawrfnoo. Alexander, Pall Jennet-
ting, Famous. ■, W.-altliv, Xodln-a<i. Porter, Talman
Sweet, Gideon. Betlnl. Nlrliit*.sh H.mI, Twenty Ounce,
Yellow Belldowor. Xortht-rn Si-y, Stark and Ben Davis.

Pears and plums do very well generally throughout
the state. Peaches do fairly well in the southern part.
During 1897 and 1898 there was a very fine crop. The
varieties of greatest value are Mountain Rose and Early
Crawford. Small fruits generally are easily grown in
the state.

The wild grapes found quite commonly on the stone
walls and hedges in the southern part of the state are
not the native varieties, biit wildings showing indica-
tions of Vitis vinifera blood. Many of them are very
palatable and valuable.

New Hampshire has many advantages for horticul-
tural work. The markets are usually good and within
easy access ; and the great number of summer boarders
also makes a ready market. It is also within easy
reach of exporting stations, which in seasons of large
crops is an advantage. p^ y^j^ Rane.

New Hampshire is a small state, and may well be
called a land of horticultural possibilities rather than
achievement. With some of the best markets in the
country witliin a day's journey, and the rapid extension
of electric railroads, both in mileage and usefulness,
there seems no good reason why all the hardier kinds
of fruit may not be raised at a profit.

The southern half of the state is hilly but can hardly
be called mountainous. Through it run several fertile
valleys with excellent opportunities for gardening and
small-fruit raising. The uplands produce apples of fine
quality even under the present system of neglect, and
it would seem that in this whole region commercial
horticulture must become more and more profitable and
popular, as improved methods of culture are adopted.

The White Mountains cover tlie greater part of the
northern half of the state; here, the entertainment of
tourists and visitors in summer, and lumbering in win-
ter will probably continue to be the leading industries,
unless rational methods of forest management are too
long postponed.

It is recorded that a vineyard and other fruits were
set out on the eastern coast of New Hampshire as early
as lt)2:i. Doubtless much of this succumbed to the
severity of the long winters, and it is the apple alone
that stands out preeminent in horticultural history as
the fruit of the Granite State. Many of the early set
tiers came from the southwestern counties of England.
To them cider and perry seemed almost as necessary
as food, and very soon after their arrival they began to
set orchards of apples and pears. Their particular ob-
ject was not the fruit itself, but the beverages made
from it. The following item is taken from one of the
many town histories that have been published in New
Hampshire, and although it may be slightly exaggerated,
it gives some idea of the apple industry one hundred
years ago:

NEW HAMPSHIRE

NEW JERSEY

1081

"About this time — 1800 to 1810— the apple orchards in
town which had been early set out, produced apples in
abundance, which were made into cider. Every man
had his orchard, and every tenth man his cider-mill.
Every well-to-do farmer put into his cellar yearly from
20 to 50 barrels of eider which was all drunk on the
premises. Col. John Bellows had an orchard of 30
acres, the largest in town. In 1805 there were 4,800 bar-
rels of cider made and every drop drunk in town."

At the present time a good many old and somewhat
neglected apple orchards are to be found, and these
often bear good crops of marketable fruit. At the
annual meeting of the New Hampshire Horticultural
Society in January, 1899, it was estimated that $2,000,000
worth of apples were exported from the state in 1898.
Of these about one-half were raised in the two south-
eastern counties — Strafford and Rockingham.

The varieties most commonly grown for export are
Baldwin. Rhode Island Greening, Northern Spy,
Fameuse, Blue Pearmain, Yellow Bellflower, and King.
The newer varieties are of course being introduced, but
very few large orchards are being set. Summer and
fall apples are abundant for local consumption.

Very little has been done in a commercial way with
the drupaceous fruits. Plums are successfully raised
on a small scale. The Lombard is undoubtedly the
favorite variety, although the Japanese plums appear
to be able to withstand the climate, and are rapidly
growing in favor.

Peaches are raised in a few somewhat isolated in-
stances, and it is worthy of note that the peach-growers
of five years ago are still in the business. The intro-
duction of this fruit as a money crop is of such recent
date that records are hard to obtain, but it is estiniatiMi
that three crops in five or possibly six years is about
the average production. Perhaps hardier varieties will
be developed as time goes on. The Barnes peach, a
New Hampshire seedling, is a step in this direction.
Its originator describes it as being "of good size and
color, a freestone, with very yellow and solid flesh of
fine flavor." "It ripens in the southern part of the
state about Sept. 10, and is the hardiest in wood and
bud of anything yet fruited here."

Market gardening and the raising of small fruits
receive some attention, especially in the Merrimac
river valley.

Greenhouse gardening is carried on to a limited ex-
tent near the larger towns and cities. Flowers receive
their full share of attention, but a good many winter
vegetables are still imported from the neighboring
state of Massachusetts.

The New Hampshire Horticultural Society was
organized in December, 1893, and after a year of pros-
perity was granted an appropriation of three hundred
dollars a year by the legislature. This sum enabled
the society to hold an annual exhibit in each of the
two following years, and also several institutes in dif-
ferent parts of the state. The legislature which met in
January, 1897, however, failed to make the appropria-
tion, and the society was compelled to rely upon its
officers and members to carry on the work. The annual
exhibits were then held in connection with the State
Grange Fair,

A department of horticulture was established at the
New Hampshire College of Agriculture and the Me-
chanic Arts, at Durham, in 1895 and has grown in both
usefulness and influence.

With the two last-named powers for good, working
for the advancement of horticulture in the state, and
the fact that emigration from the farms to the cities
Is rapidly decreasing, if not already reversed, it is to
be hoped and expected that within the next decade
New Hampshire will rank as a horticultural state,
judged not so much by the gross amount of the output,
as by the quality of her products, and the intelligence
of the producers. j. a. F'oord.

NEW JERSEY, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1481. The

stall- nf N.-w J»-rsi-y, situatr.l as it is b<-tween the large
markets of PhilK<k-lpliia on tin- uiit- side and Newark,
Jersey City and Ureater New York on the other, is almost
necessarily amarket-garden and fruit-errowing state. The
soils found in the different section'^ also contribute to this

end. In the northern part, disintegrating sandstone and
slaty formations abound — a soil in which the peach does
its best. The sandy soils of South Jersey make that part
of the state noted for its truck, berries, etc. Between
these two classes of soils are found others of all grades,
in one or another of which nearly every kind of fruit and
vegetable finds a congenial habitat.

It is estimated that there are in New Jersey approxi-
mately 34,000 farmers. A little more than one-tenth of
these are engaged in commercial poiuology- commer-
cial in that they are growing fruit for market, depending
on their fruit-product for the money-crop of the farm.
Those who have planted larger or smaller areas primarily
for home use, yet in good years have a surplus to dispose
of, are not included in our data. The total area repre-
sented is something over 41,000 acres, including all
counties of the state except Ocean, from which no com-
mercial orchards are reported, and gives an individual
average of 12H acres. This average acreage may be all
of one kind of fruit, or it may be two acres each of a
half-dozen kinds, as the case may be. Individual acre-
ages range from one acre in the case of berries to 100
and 150 acres for peaches.

The fruit of fruits for the state is the peach. The area
devoted to its culture exceeds that of all the other tree
and small fruits combined by nearly 100 acres. In the
distribution of this area, a little over 83 per cent is
found in the five northern or northwestern counties,
i.e., Hunterdon, Sussex, Warren, Morris and Somerset,

1481. Horticultural regions

Jersey.

named in order of importance, though with its present
rate of increase Sussex will soon be first in area.

The second fniit in importance is the apple, although
the area devoted to its culture is a little less than one-
third that devoted to peaches. The other fruits, in order
of importance in total areas, are strawberries, pears,

1082

NEW JERSEY

NEW MEXICO

blackberries, raspberries, grapes, currants, cherries,
gooseberries, quinces and plums.

These fruits are all grown to a greater or less degree
in the different parts of the state, but those mentioned,
except peaches and apples, are more largely grown in
the southern sections. The central part of the state is
the chief apple producer, while the northera, as we
have seen, is the peach section. In the accompanying
skeleton map (Fig. 1481) the niimbers in the county
indicate its relative importance in total acreage devoted
to fruits, 1 being the largest. The names of the two
fruits most largely grown in the different counties is
also given. While this well shows the general distri-
bution of the principal fruits, it does not give the chief
growing centers for all the fruits, which are as follows
(by counties) :

Apples. Pears. Peaches. Straivherries.

Monmouth, Burlington. Hunterdon, Cumberland,
Burlington. Monmouth. Sussex. Atlantic.

Blackberries. Grapes. Raspberries. Currants.

Atlantic, Cumberlaud, Atlantic, Burlington,

Cumberland. Atlantic. Monmouth. Essex.

Gooseberries. Cherries. Quinces. Phinis.

Burlington, Burlington, Biirlington. Camden.
Camden. Camden. Cumberlaud. Burliugton.

Only in two counties, Burlington and Camden, are all
these fruits reported. In Cumberland all are grown
commercially except currants and gooseberries, while
in Essex the exceptions are blackberries and plums.

The cranberry industry of the state is considered
apart from the above fruits. The annual yield is sec-
ond only to the output of the New England bogs, with
an occasional year when it exceeds that of New Eng-
land. In quality of fruit New England does not bear
the palm. Burlington county is the chief center of the
industry, though cranberry bogs are scattered through-
out the southern half of the state. From 100,000
to 125,000 bushels is the approximate annual yield
from Burlington county; Ocean county, from which
no other fruits are reported, is second in cranberry-
growing, with an annual yield of approximately 30,000
bushels.

The truck industries of the state are large and varied,
but confined chiefly to the southern half. Monmouth
county is a section producing asparagus and tomatoes,
as well as other vegetables in wholesale quantities. As
an illustration of the extent of the asparagus industry,
the shipment of "grass" from one little way-station
amounted in one month to over 100 tons, beside quanti-
ties sent by boat from a near-by landing.

The sweet potato is another of Jersey's noted products
that is grown in large quantities. They are admitted to
be the "sweetest of the sweets."

Vegetable-forcing is a growing industry that is as yet
in its infancy. Already there are several plants ap-
proaching in size those that have made Arlington,
Mass., famous.

The growing of cut-flowers is another horticultural
industry that has assumed immense proportions. The
northeastern part of the state is the center of this in-
dustry. Roses, carnations, chrysanthenuims, violets,
mignonette and smilax are probably the most important
ones grown to supply the trade. To say that the indixs-
try is large does not convey the right idea of its extent.
The fact that the value of roses alone annually reaches
into the himdreds of thousands of dollars will bear out
the statement that "the growing of cut-flowers has as-
sumed immense proportions." j^^ rJ^ Jq^d^^^^

NEW JERSEY TEA. See Ceanothns.

NEW MEXICO, HORTICULTURAL PROSPECTS OF.

Fig. 1482. New Mexico includes so many diverse con-
ditions of climate and soil that no statements can be
made on horticultural subjects which are applicable to
the whole area. Indeed, every valley has its own special
features, and the problem of the future is to find or de-
velop such fruits, vegetables, cereals, and forage plants
as are best adapted to the several localities, so that each
cultivated area may produce a maximum crop of the
best quality.

While it is impossible to enter into details within the
limits of a short article, it may be said, in brief, that the
following zones are well represented and of horticul-
tural importance in New Mexico:

(1) Canadian zone: at about 8,000 to 9,000 feet. Ce-
reals can be cultivated successfully, and good pasturage
is found; but fruit trees, with one or two possible ex-
ceptions, will not withstand the cold. Irish potatoes do
very well in this zone. In this zone crops are often
grown without irrigation, as on the Sacramento moun-
tains in Otero county.

(2) Transition zone: at about 7,000 feet, as at Santa
Fe. The deciduous fruit trees and all sorts of small
fruits do admirably. Corn also does very well, and
sugar beets have been grown with much success.

(;{) Upper Sonoran zone: at about 5,000 to 6,000 feet,
as at Albuquerque. Sweet potatoes and the European
grapes do very well, and the deciduous fruit trees are
largely grown. This is a good peach region, but apples
are less profitable than formerly, owing to the abun-
dance of the codlin moth, which increases very rapidly
owing to the warm climate,

(4) Middle Sonoran zone: somewhat lower than the
last, as in the Mesilla valley and at Deming. Horticul-
turally, this resembles the last, but its native products
resemble those of the Louver Sonoran. (See American
Naturalist, April, 1900.) Cotton can be grown, but is not
considered as a possible source of profit.

T. D. A. COCKERELL.

New Mexico lies altogether above the altitude of
.^,000 feet. Some cultivated valleys, in which many
fruits and vegetables succeed, are as high as 7,000 feet.
This is the altitude of Santa F6, where gardening and
orcharding are successful. It is mostly a country of
mountains and mountain valleys. The mountains reach
to 14,000 feet. The average height of New Mexican
valleys and arable areas probably exceeds 5,000 feet.
While the territory is very large, the area of the moun-
tain districts and of the arid and untillable hillsides is
so great in proportion that the lands suited to farming
and horticulture which can be irrigated when all water
resources are utilized, will not much exceed 2,000,000
acres. A small proportion of this amount is at present
in actual cultivation. Of the acreage under cultivation,
agriculture claims the larger share.

There is a possibility tbat as much as 500,000 acres
may ultimately be devoted to horticultural uses. The
preeminent adaptability of these soils, and of this cli-
mate, to all the garden, vineyard and orchard crops of
temperate latitudes, leads one to hope that the laws of
supply and demand will finally consign a large portion
of these arable lands to the uses of horticulture.
The precise conditions for successful horticultural pro-
duction are found in narrower areas in America than
those that favor common farm crops; hence when the
demands of the future American popuhition crowd
the resources of supply of the higher orders of human
food, it will of necessity follow that the soils and con-
ditions that will yield the largest amounts of the most
valuable foods will be devoted to these ends. As this
time draws near— a quarter to a half-century hence— the
resources of New Mexico for the growth of the most im-
portant crops will surely be developed. The soils pos-
sess inexhaustible richness of mineral elements, and
under good husbandry are permanently fertile. The
great average elevation above sea-level gives exemp-
tion from most of the destructive plant diseases of hu-
mid climates, hence surer, cheaper, better and larger
crops. The altitude gives moderate summer tempera-
tures, while the latitude protects against severe winter
cold. The grapes of Spain and Italy are grown with
little or no protection. In fact, the perfect salubrity of
the climate renders horticultiire easy in nearly all its
branches.

It must be understood that crop-growing in New
Mexico is largely dependent on irrigation. There are
moderate annual rains, which mostly fall in summer.
The average rainfall is about 12 inches. Most of the
crops require as much more. The standard of wat^r
supply of the irrigation companies is 12 inches. The
possible limits of irrigation farming in the old states
are very narrow.

Stated in brief terms, irrigation costs money and

NEW MEXICO

NEW MEXICO

1083

energy and some skill, but its rewards are great and
sure. The farmer in the rainfall states does well if he
makes two acres of land keep one cow or horse or steer
summer and winter. Here one acre will carry two
animals. In a great measure this applies to the crops
of the garden and the orchard. There need be no
droughts nor floods; the land can be made to do its full
duty every season. Thei'e
is no doubt that the aver-
age weight of garden and
orchard crops in any ten
years under wise irriga-
tion will be twice as
great as in most regions
in which it is considered
unnecessary or impossi-
ble. Hence it seems that
within the limited dis-
tricts of the semi-arid
belt of the United States
that are susceptible of
irrigation, there is an
important field for the
horticulturist. In this
field he will find his
greatest rewards. Lands
in horticultural crops
will produce from two to
ten times as much neces-
sary human food as lands
under the common crops
of agriculture. The
parts of this continent
in which irrigation hor-
ticulture is possible is
but a small fraction of
the whole area. New
Mexico has probably a
larger proportion of irri-
gable lands adapted to
horticultural use than
any of our states or terri-
tories.

All garden crops suc-
ceed well in all parts of
New Mexico where water
can be commanded for
the land. All orchard
crops succeed admirably
in some parts of the ter-
ritory, and the most im-
portant of all, the apple,
is a successful crop in
nearly all parts. In that
portion of the territory
lying on the eastern
slopes of the Rocky
mountains, in the coun-
ties of Lincoln and
Chaves, the apple seems
to reach its most perfect
development. There are
beautiful apples without
blemish grown in many
parts of the arid west and
along the Pacific coast ;
but in too many cases the fruit is disappointing in
quality. But in the counties named all varieties of
apples that have been fruited show a very high apple
quality. The freedom from defect is remarkable, and
the unexampled beauty of color and clear complexion in
bushel after bushel as they come from the trees is a
constant surprise. The Yellow Bellflower and Newtown
Pippin reach great perfection.

In most of the old apple-growing states, the apple is
subject to many insects and diseases. In the arid
region of the country we have escaped many of these
evils. While we shall not escape all the troubles of the
orchardist, yet the elevation of the country, the control
of the water supply, the purity and dryness of the air
and the everlasting sunshine will combine to protect
from those serious evils born of humid climates and
low altitudes, or that result from weather conditions

where man has destroyed the delicate balance of the
seasons by the widespread destruction of native for-
ests. It is apparent to some of us that this wide, high
region, which never had great areas of forest to be de-
stroyed, possesses more permanent conditions of suc-
cessful fruit-growing than are possible in any country
where the vicissitudes of flood and drought, of great

cold and great heat, are the inevitable associates of
the year. Parker Earle.

In New Mexico the apple grows very well. The coun-
ties of Chaves and Lincoln in the southeast,San Juan and
Santa F^ in the north, and Grant and Dona Ana in the
south, are well known for their fine apples. Four varie-
ties from Mesilla Park, in Doiia Ana county, received
second premium at the World's Exposition, in Paris,
1900. The following are the varieties: Ben Davis, grown
by Frank Burke ; Missouri, Pippin, grown on the fa-
mous Woodland Orchard ; and the Gano and Lawver, from
the Agricultural college. At present the apple is free
from the common diseases. The only insect enemy is
the codlin moth, which in some sections is coming to be
a serious pest. The early varieties, such as the Red
June, Red Astrachan, Early Harvest and Yellow Trans-
parent, are almost free from the codlin moth, while on

1084

NEW MEXICO

NEW YORK

the other hand the late kinds, and especially the winter
apples, are more largely attacked by this insect.

The pear grows as well as the apple, but not in snch
large areas. In most of the apple-growing sections the
pear can be found in very limited quantities. However,
there is a bright future for a more extensive cultiva-
tion of this fruit, as wherever it thrives it grows to a
large size, and is fine in quality. The pear blight, which
is so bad in other states, is not in the way of pear cul-
ture in New Mexico.

Perhaps the fruit that is second in importance at
present is the peach, which is grown with more or less
success throughout the territory. In the agricultural
districts of southern New Mexico the large commercial
peach orchards are located, and the Mesilla valley, on
the lower Rio Grande, has the most and largest of them.
From this valley many car-loads of early peaches are
shipped to the markets of Chicago, Kansas City and
Colorado. The early-ripening kinds, such as the Alex-
ander, Waterloo, Hynes Surprise, are the most success-
ful. This is due to the fact that, as a rule, the early-
ripening peaches bloom later than the late-ripening va-
rieties, and thus they escape the late spring frosts,
which are so common in this territory and which are
often so fatal to the late peaches. The late spring frost
is the worst drawback to peach-growing in New Mexico.
No diseases or insect pests have yet threatened the
peach crop.

While the apricot grows as well as the peach, and has
no insect enemies or fungoiis diseases, it has failed to
be a commercial success on account of its blooming too
early. If some late-blooming variety could be found,
this fruit would, no doubt, be one of our best fruits to
grow. The trees grow to a great age. There are many
apricot seedlings on the lower Rio Grande that were
planted by the Mexicans forty or iifty years ago.

The plum is making a place for itself in New Mexico.
It has been but a comparatively short time since plums
were considered to be of any importance, and even now
the areas planted to plum trees are very small. How-
ever, conditions are changing, and there is a growing
demand for them. The plum tree seems to be perfectly
hardy in this climate. The Japanese plums are vigor-
ous growers, but are not a success owing to the liability
to late spring frosts. Their fruit buds seem to be stimu-
lated to growing during the warm spells in February
and March, and thus they bloom before the danger of
frost is over. On the other hand, the Prunus domes-
tica and Prunus Americana varieties are, as a rule,
late bloomers. The former group is gaining in popu-
larity throughout the territory. Imperial Gage, Yellow
Egg, Coe Golden Drop, Damson and German Prune seem
to be among the best varieties in tin- iiortliern part of the
territory. In the southern part. \]i>- ;ttn.\-c-tnentioned
varieties, with the addition of the Sil\t'r rrunc, Clyman,
Pond Seedling, Jefferson, and Rube du Sergent, are
among the best.

Cherries grow well in the territory, but in the southern
part they do not grow as large nor as fine as they do in
the northern part.

Quinces and nectarines thrive in many of the horti-
cultural districts, but as yet they are only grown for
family use.

Perhaps the distribution of the grape is less extensive
than that of the other fruits. Wherever the grape is
grown it thrives. The American varieties are not of any
commercial value. The fruit is usually small, bunches
loose, and vines are poor bearers. The European kinds
are a success, and are the gi'apes grown for market.
Their culture is confined to the southern and hotter val-
leys, and particularly to the lower Rio Grande valley.
The varieties planted in the commercial vineyards in
this valley are the Mission or El Paso grape, Muscat of
Alexandria, and more or less theGros Colman and Flame
Tokay. Other varieties are being introduced. The grape
is free from fungous and insect pests. Even the phyl-
loxera has not yet made its appearance. The Mission
grape, which has been in cultivation for over a hundred
years, shows how free the grape is from any pests. The
only thing that injures the vines is the dry, cold win-
ters. In order to obviate this trouble the vines are
heeled up with earth 6 to 12 inches above the last
year's growth. The stump method of pruning is prac-

ticed altogether in the grape culture. Attempts have
been made to trellis the vines, but have not been very
satisfactory.

The small fruits are grown with more or less success
throughout the territory, but as yet they are of minor
importance in the horticulture of New Mexico.

Fabian Garcia

NEW YORK, California and Florida may be reckoned
as tiie great horticultural states. In range of species
which can be grown, California and Florida excel.
California excels in tonnage of many horticultural pro-
ducts. New York, however, excels in the great variety
of its commercial horticultural interests, for to its fruit-
growing must be added the very extensive nursery busi-
ness, cut-flower growing, florists' plant-trade, seed-trade,
and a great development of the vegetable gardening
interests.

In shape and position New York (Fig. 1483) may be
likened to a ship sailing westward, its rudder (Long
Island) in the Atlantic and its prow touching the Great
Lakes. Its commercial preeminence is supreme. A
population of more than six million lives within its bor-
ders, and a million more are tributary to it in New
Jersey and Connecticut. It has more than 40 cities with
populations above 10,000. Great variety of soil and
surface invites a varied population. Water-power is
abundant and unfailing. All this means extensive mar-
kets for horticultural produce.

The land area of the state is 30,476,800 acres, of which
about one-half is readily cultivable. The state has an
extreme length east and west of 412 miles, and north
and south of about 310 miles. Excepting a small area in
the southwestern part, the entire surface is glaciated.
In the northeastern part a true mountain system is shown
intheAdirondacks,of archsean formation. In the middle
eastern part, the Catskill highlands attain the dignity
of mountains, althotigh they are in reality eroded table-
lands, having been laid down in the interior sea and sub-
sequently uplifted. These highlands extend westward
entirely across the state, being pronounced and almost
mountainous in the southern half. The northern part
of the western half of the state is relatively level,
although the tract from Syracuse to Lyons and
westward is marked by very bold dmmlins, — the work of
the ice-sheet. The bar-beach of the geological Lake Iro-
quois extends from near Niagara Falls to Oswego, par-
alleling Lake Ontario at a distance of about 10 miles.
This geological beach is a distinct physiographical fea-
ture known as "the ridge," and it is the location of one
of the notable highways of the state. This ridge marks
the southward limit of the best natural peach region.
There are fossil beaches on the Erie shore, and these
are important to the grape-growing of Chautauqua
county. (See Tarr, "Geological History of the Chautau-
qua Grape Belt," Bull. 109, Cornell Exp. Sta.) Long
Island is a moraine, with an ocean-floor formation on
its south, and this latter area comprises practically the
only flat land in the state.

There are five great watersheds in the state. ( 1 ) the
St. Lawrence system, draining the Great Lakes and the
larger part of central and western New York. (2) The
Hudson system, draining the southern slopes of the
Adirondacks and the Catskill highlands, with its great
tributary, the Mohawk, which, in pre-glacial times, was
a part of the St. Lawrence system. (3) The Delaware
system, draining a part of the southeastern area into
Delaware bay. (4) 'The Susquehanna system, draining
some of the southern-central part into the Chesapeake
bay. (5) The Mississippi system, which, by means of
the Allegheny river, drains the extreme southwestern
part of the state. Chautauqua Lake drains into the
Gulf of Mexico, but almost in sight from it is Lake Erie,
which flows into the St. Lawrence. Along the Hudson
and other large streams, special horticultural interests
have developed. The broad Mohawk valley is one of the
most fertile parts of the state, and it is the site of the
hop and broom-corn industries. The shores of the cen-
tral New York lakes are the homes of highly developed
horticultural interests, particularly those of Keuka and
Seneca. These central lakes, of which Cayuga, the
largest, is 40 miles long and one to five miles wide, are
deep bodies and have gi'eat influence in ameliorating

NEW YORK

108.3

1483. County map of New York State.

the climate in their immediate neigliborliood. The
shores of Lal^es Erie and Ontario conserve hortictiltural
interests, — the former being famous for its grapes, the
latter for its strawberries, peaches and apples. Because
of its snug winters, there is rarely any starting of fruit-
buds by "warm spells," and consequently little danger
of loss from spring frosts. The fruit-growing suffers
less from frost than it does in the southern states.

New Yorlj contains about 230,000 farms. Agricultu-
rally, the most important industry in New York state
(aside from general mixed farming) is dairying. The
second industry is fruit-growing, and this seems to be
extending more rapidly than the other. The leading
fruit is the apple. Nearly all parts of the state grow
apples easily, but the great commercial apple-growing
regions are the counties of Wayne, Monroe, Orleans,
Niagara, with important extensions in Ontario, Gene-
see and adjacent counties and in Columbia and other
east-Hudson counties. A full crop of apples in New
York is nearly or quite 7,000,000 barrels. Baldwin is
the leading variety, with no varieties which occupy a
close second place. Northern Spy, Rhode Island Green-
ing, and American Golden Russet are important com-
mercial varieties. Of late, Ben Davis has been widely
planted, but it is probable that this variety will always
hold a secondary place in the northeastern states. Un-
til within the last decade, most New York apple orchards
have been in sod; but, under the stimulus of rational
horticultural teaching, 75 per cent of the orchards
in the apple-growing counties are now under a
most thorough system of clean tillage. Fig. 1485. Most
of these orchards are sprayed. Crops have been heavy
in recent years and prices have averaged good ; as a
result, the ^pple industry is in thriving condition. The
most thorough business methods are employed in car-
ing for the orchards and in disposing of the crop. A
large part of the apple crop is exported, although there
is a very large business in evaporated fruit.

The grape occupies second place in New York po-
mology. More than 50,000 acres is devoted to this in-
dustry, of which about half the area is in Cbautauq^ia
county, lying in a narrow strip against Lake Erie. The
other special areas are the central lake region and the
Hudson river valley. These three areas stand for three
types of viticulture— early and special table grapes for
near-by markets in the Hudson valley; staple varieties
for wine and grape juice in parts of the lake region
(particularly on Keuka lake) ; general-purpose varieties
for distant markets in the Chautauqua region. In the
lake region, Catawba is a leading variety. In Chautau-
qua, Concord far outstrips all others. A normal out-
put of table grapes in New York is about 60,000 to
70,000 tons; of wine between 2,000,000 and 3,000,000
gallons. The grape areas lie close to the lakes or large
rivers, thereby receiving the benefit of the ameliorated
local climate.

New York is known also for its pears. The apple
coimties mentioned above, and Oswego, Onondaga, and
Columbia counties are the leading pear areas. Bartlett
is the staple variety, but Kieffer has risen to near the
first place in recent years. The number of commercial
varieties, however, is relatively large. The culture of
dwarf pears is popular and has reached a high degree
of perfection. Thrifty and productive orchards 40 and
50 years old stand in various parts of the state.

The plum is largely planted in western New York, in
many varieties. In acreage, Lombard probably leads, but
several other varieties excel in commercial importance.
The Damsons are largely grown ; also the Gennan and
Italian prunes (but the latter are not dried). The
Japanese plums are now widely planted, and are giving
general satisfaction. They are rarely injured by late
spring frosts. The improved native plums are relatively
little known.

Pciches are grown about all the central lakes and in
the Hudson valley, but the only distinct natural peach

1086

NEW YORK

NEW YORK

14S4. Distribution of peach-erowing

The stiaded parts sliow the chief peach-orchard
counties.

part of western New York.

n Niagara and Orlea

region is near the Ontario shore west of Oswego. In
the western half of the state, ahont 10,000 acres are de-
voted to peach-culture. Fig. 1484.

Apricots are grown with little trouble in the peach
regions, and there are several commercial plantations.

Cherries are grown both for the fresh fruit and for
canning— the former chiefiy in the Hudson valley and
the latter chiefly in western New York. The canning
cherries are the sour type — chiefly English Morello and
Montmorency. The large canning factory industry
(some 25 factories in western New Yorli) makes the
sour cherry industry profitable.

Quinces are probably more largely grown than else-
where in the Union.

The small fruit interests are very large, but there are
no reliable statistics. In the northern counties of west-
ern New York, black raspberries are grown as a farm
crop and the product is mostly evaporated. The annual
output of dried raspberries five years ago was approxi-
mately 1500 tons, but the amount is now less. While
the strawberry is an important crop in all parts of the
state, it reaches its largest acreage in Oswego county
(Fig. 1486), where about 1200 acres are devoted to it.
This region supplies the late markets, producing an-
nually about 2,000,000 quarts. In Oswego
county there are about 250 acres of red
raspberries, mostly Cuthbert. Cranberry
growing has attained some importance on
Long Island.

Western New York has long been the
center of the nursery business of Ncrth
America. Of the 4,510 nurseries reported
in the United States census of 1890 530
were in New York. Illinois was second
with 4,34, and Ohio third, with 393. Not
only is the number large, but the varietj
of stock grown is also significant. Roches ^

ter and Geneva are the chief ntirsery cen
ters, although the stock which is sold m .

these centers is grown over a wide range 'i -bss^^

of country. In acreage in 1890, New Yoik "

leads with 24,840 acres, followed by Illinois
with 17,812 acres, Ohio 16,790, Nebraska ° " -

15,641, Missouri, 15,190. The total capitil - -

invested was nearly $12,250,000 in New ,

York, as against $4,750,000 in Illinois "■

In seed-farming. New York stood next
to New Jersey, in 1890, in amount of capi-

tal invested, — $2,176,070.72
as against $2,333,006.68. In
number of seed-farms, Con-
necticut had 85, New York
78, Tennessee 35, New Jersey
34. The principal seed-crops
grown in New York are bush-
bean, Brussels sprouts, cab-
bage, sweet corn, cucumber,
kale, onion, pea, turnip, as-
paragus.

The trucking interests are
very large because of the
laige population and the
many means of transporta-
tion. The largest single geo-
graphical region is Long
Island, which, because of its
light soil, warm local cli-
mate, and accessible loca-
tion, is one of the leading
market-gardening regions of
the New World. Long Island
has an area of 1,700 square
miles, of which the western
tliird is largely devoted to
trucking interests. Parts of
the eastern end are also
trucking areas, particularly
for cabbage and cauliflower.
Cabbage seed is extensively
grown in this eastern ex-
tremity of the island.

The floricultural interests
of New York state are large
ial florists' establish-

and growing. Of the 9,000
ments that Galloway estimates for the United States,
not less than 1,100 or 1,200 are in this state, with glass
amounting to nearly 4,500,000 square feet. New York
city is a market for a large geographical region. As
early as 1885, John Thorpe estimated that 4,000,000
roses that were sent to the New York market by nine
growers in one year did not constitute half the number
sold in that market. The census of 1890 reports the
total investment of New York in floricultural business
to have been about $9,500,000 (although only 793 estab-
lishments are accounted for), as against upwards of
5,500,000 in Pennsylvania, the next heaviest state. The
lower Hudson region is the center of the violet industry
of the United States. Long Island grows quantities of
bulbs.

Because the horticultural interests of New York are
separated in more or less distinct geographical regions,
there has never been a representative state horticultural
society. The New York Horticultural Society was es-
tablished in New York City in 1818, and it was probably
the first distinctly horticultural organization in North
America; but it was really a local society and it is long
since extinct. Efforts have been made to revive it, or

^ 4.. \V^/>

y^

^'t'^-

1485. A New York apple orchard.

NEW YORK

rather to organize a new society under tlie old name,
the last effort being made the present year. In 1829,
the Albany Horticultural Societywas organized, but this
also was short lived. The oldest society in the state is
the Western New York Horticultural Society, with head-
quarters at Rochester. The preliminary organization of
this society occurred at Rochester, February 27, 1855, un-
der the name of The Fruit Grower's Society of Western
New York, to comprise the counties west of Onondaga.

NICOTIANA

1087

"f-.-.

I4a6.
An Oswego straw-
berry field.

The late John J. Thomas was the first President. This
society, with its one big meeting each winter, is the
greatest American organization of its particular type.

One of the earliest experiment stations in North
America was organized at Ithaca in February, 1879, as
the Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station.
In 1888 this institution was reorganized as a federal
station, but previous to this time it had published three
reports. The New York Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, supjiorted by the State and located at Geneva, was
eslalilislii-il in March. 1882. These two stations give con-
sidcralilr atti'iitiou to horticultural matters, particularly
tlie State Station at Geneva which is located in one of
the best of horticultural regions. Each station now
receives support from both the state and the federal
treasury.

The Agricultural College of New York is a part of
Cornell University at Ithaca. It is practically unique
amongst agricultural educational institutions in giving
■courses of true university grade, and its postgraduate
courses lead to the degree of Ph.D. Short course in-
struction of elementary character is also afforded, and
the university is the center of a movement for the ex-
tension of agricultural knowledge amongst the people.

L. H. B.

NEW ZEALAND SPINACH. Fully treated under
T.lr.„j,.„in.

NICANDRA (Nicander wrote on plants about 150
A.D.). ISotiiudcew. One Peruvian herb dilTering fr<tni
Physalis chiefly in the 3-5-Ioculed ovary and fruit and
in the larger and more showy fls. N. physaloldes,
Gaertn. , known as Apple of Peru, is a strong spreading
annual, 3-4 ft. high, grown for the showy blue fls. and
odd fruits: glabrous: Ivs. elliptic or elliptic-ovate, sinu-
ate and toothed, narrowed into a prominent petiole: fls.
solitary in the axils, on recurving pedicels, an inch or
more across, shaped like a potato flower : fruit a thin-
walled and nearly or quite dry berry, inclosed in an en-
larged, strongly 5-winged calyx. B.M. 24.58. — The Apple
■of Peru is an old-fashioned garden annual, now rarely
seen. It has escaped from cultivation in some places in
the U. S., and it is now widely distributed in the tropics.
It is often confounded with the ground cherry and alke-
kengi, which are species of Physalis. Not advertised.

L. H. B.

NICOTIANA (.Tohn Nicot was French ambassador to
Portugal in the sixteenth century, and was instrumental
in spreading a knowledge of Tobacco). SolanAcece. Fifty
or more herbs, or one species shrubby, mostly of tropi-
cal America. The Nicotianas comprise several stately
plants, valued for their rapid growth and large foliage.
Other species produce showy flowers, and are popular
flower-garden subjects. They are mostly viscid-pubes-
cent herbs of strong odor, and possessing narcotic-

poisonous properties. Lvs. alternate, never compound,
entire or undulate, mostly sessile or nearly so by a
tapering base: fls. long-tubular, mostly opening at night
and most fragrant then, in terminal racemes, panicles
or thyrses ; calyx usually persisting and covering the
fr. ; corolla salverfonn or funnelform, the lobes usually
plicate in the bud, the 5-lobed border nearly or quite
regular; stamens 5, inserted on the tube, generally in-
cluded, the filaments straight; style single, with a capi-
tate stigma: fr. a capsule, normally 2-loculed, but usu-
ally splitting into 4 valves ; seeds numerous and minute.

Nicotianas are of the easiest culture. They love a hot
exposure, and loose, well-drained soil. They are all ten-
der to frost. For subtropical effects, the seeds (by which
they are usually propagated) should be started early
under glass. The seeds are so small that they do not
germinate well in the open unless the ground is fine and
holds moisture near the surface. JY. alata is the only
species which is popularly known as a flower-garden
plant, being grown everywhere under the name of N.
affinis. Of the robust species used for subtropical bed-
ding, N. qlniica, if. tomentosa and forms of N. Ta-
baciim are best. L. ]j. B.

Nicotianas are tropical herbs requiring in northern
latitudes a deep, loamy, rich soil and full sunlight. The
soil should be especially rich in lime and potash, both
of which may be supplied by the addition of wood ashes.
Nicotianas will not grow well in very moist or poorly
drained soils. In cool weather the seeds germinate
slowly, so that when it may be desired to raise the
plants outdoors in early spring the seeds should be
"sprouted" before sowing by keeping them moist and
warm until growth may be seen. The method generally
pursued in northern tobacco-growing regions is to mix
the seed, about April 1, with very fine rotted apple tree
wood (apple wood is preferable to others, as it contains
less tannin, which would be destructive to germinating
seeds), and to place the mixture after moistening in a
glass jar, and seal. The jar is then placed in a tem-
perature of 80° to 90° until the seed is seen to be germi-
nating, which should be in from four to six days. The
seeds are then sown in frames covered with cloth or
glass and rolled in with a light roller, or simply pressed

1487 N

in with a board. Another method of sprouting the seed
is to spread it on a thin cloth stretched over a vessel of
water placed where it will be continually warm. When
very young, Nicotianas will endure severe frost, which
property they lose with age, becoming quite sensitive to

1088

NICOTIANA

frost when mature. Nicotianas are well adapted for
culture in pots or tubs, and are then tine plants for
summer porch decoration. p_ yf_ Barclay

A. Fls. yellow or yellowish white: Ivs. distinctly
petioled.
B. Plant glabrous and glaucous, becoming woody (iV.
rustica is not to be sought here).
glatica, Grab. Becoming 20 ft. high and tree-like in
its native place (Argentina), glabrous, glaucous-blue all
over and sometimes developing purplish tints: Ivs.
large, ovate, sometimes subcordate, more or less repand,
the petiole conspicuous : fls. in a loose panicle, tubular
and constricted below the very short limb, curved,
1-2 in. long, greenish at first but becoming yellow, soft-
pubescent on the outside. B.M. 2837. — Not uncommon
in cult, for its striking glaucous-blue foliage and stately
habit; also run wild in Texas and S. Calif. Usually
does not bloom in the northern states. Easily grown
from seeds.

BB. Plant pilose, herbaceous or half shrubby.
wigandioldes, Koch & Pint. Tall-growing, reaching
6 and 7 ft. high, with a straight central shaft and bear-
ing very lai-ge and heavy foliage: Ivs. ovate and pointed
or sometimes acuminate, often undulate-margined but
not toothed, hairy: fls. yellowish, short, in drooping
panicles. Colombia.— A very striking plant, sometimes
used for bold subtropical effects.

AA. Fls. white, long-tubular: Ivs. mostly not petioled

and more or less clasping: annual and perennial

herbs. In some of the following species the fls.

are green or purplish on the outside.

B. Corolla-lobes acute.

aiata, Link & Otto (iV. afflnis, Hort., under which

name it is universally known in gardens). Figs. 1487.

1488. Slender but strong-growing, 2-.SK ft. tall^ viscid -

pubescent: Ivs. lance-obovate or ovate-elliptic, becoming

8. Nicotiana alata { X 1-J).
Commonly known as N. affinis.

small and narrow above, clasping and sometimes de-
current, entire or remotely repand -dentate: fls. remote
in a wand-like raceme, spreading, the very slender tube
5-6 in. long, the limb oblique and 2 in. or more across,
the narrow - pointed lobes unequal. Braz. G.C. II.

NICOTIANA

16:141. Gn. 34, p. 520; 42. p. 12C; 50, p. 212; 56, p. 384
Gng. 5:182. B.B. 19:1,502 (as iV. Persica).-A de '
servedly popular plant, blooming freely all the season.-
until killed by frost. It is well to plant it in a place
which is protected from strong winds. It is apparently
perennial, but is treated as a tender or half-hardy an-
nual. It self-sows, and often maintains itself from year
to year in the Middle States and South. In the warmer
parts, the roots live over winter with a little protec-
tion. Fall-.sown seedlings make excellent pot-plants for
the window. The fls. open at night-fall, but close in the
daytime. At night they are very fragrant. During the
last ten years the plant has become very popular.

Var. deciirrens (iV. decurrens, Hort.) is lower, branch-
ing near the base, very floriferous.

sylvfistrU, Spegaz. Fig. 1489. Lvs. larger and better
than in iV. rtinio, rugose and veiny, more prominently
undulate, the stem well furnished near the ground: fls.
large, hanging in whorls or fascicles in a heavy large
panicle, in shape like those of N. a lata but the limb less
oblique and the tube more swollen, and not closing in
the morning or on cloudy days. Argentina. Gt. 47, p.
130. G.C. III. 26:357.-One of the novelties of 1899 and
1900.

longifldra, Cav. Erect, 2-3 ft., slender, the prominent
foli;i;x*" riiiiical: lvs. oval-lanceolate to lanceolate, prorai-
neiiily undulate, pointed: fls. 4 in. long, the tube green
or purplish, but the limb (lobes about ^ in. long) white
at least inside, borne in simple racemes. Argentina.—
Little known in cult., being inferior to N. alata. The
flowers open late in the day. Perennial, but annual in
gardens and in northern countries.

BB. Corolla-lobes obtuse or rounded.

suav^olens, Lehm. (iV. undul&ta, Vent. iV. longifldra,
var. II ml II lain, Voss). Variable: 1-2 ft., annual or bi-
rimial, usually viscid: lower lvs. long-stalked and ovate
or -iiiafiilati', the upper ones narrow and sessile and
sometimes clasping, all undulate-margined as a rule:
fls. in loose terminal racemes, on slender pedicels, sal-
ver-shaped, the narrow cylindrical tube about 2 in. long,
the circular limb 1 in. or less across, pure white (or
greenish outside). AiLstralia. B.M. 673. Gn. 21, p. 291.—
The broad lobes usually overlap, so that the limb often
appears as if entire. Sweet-scented at night. Plant
pubfscfut iir glabrous. Not rare in gardens. It is said
that it will endure moderate shade.

noctifldra, Hook. (iV. longifldra,Ya,T.noctifldra, Voss).
Very like the last, and perhaps a geographical form of
it: lvs. lanceolate-undulate: fls. often purplish outside
but white within, the spreading lobes notched or emar-
ginate: plant very viscid. Argentina. B.M. 2785.— A
night bloomer, like the last. There is a var. albifldra,
with pure white fls.

■il {„s

ilhthii-llii

../I, fhr

■ih,-

; III In:

ll'h, rlif

, stulkcd.

illy with shades of
lid or even inflated:

rustica, Linn., was cult, for Tobacco by the Indians
and is run wild in many places, but its nativity is un-
known (probably indigenous to the Old World, accord-
ing to Gray) : annual, usually not over 3 ft. tall, viscid-
pubescent: lvs. large, ovate and obtuse: fls. yellowish
or greenish, 1 in. or less long, the base narrow,, tube
thereafter inflated, orifice contracted, the lobes short
and rounded. The fls. are open by day. Inflorescence
paniculate.

BB. Lvs. sessile and decurrent.

Tabacum, Linn. Tobacco. Tall, strong-growing strik-
ing plant, 3-5 ft., annual, usually glutinous: lvs. mostly
ovate or ovate-lanceolate, acuminate-pointed: fls. 2 in.
long, rose or purplish, in a large nearly naked panicle,
the tube swollen upwards and tlie spreading lobes
pointed. S. Araer. — Cult, from earliest times by the
Indians, and occasionally run wild. Its commercial
cultivation for Tobacco is an agricultural subject, and
therefore is not discussed in this work. It is a striking
plant in the garden. There are several forms cult, for
ornament, those with large red fls. being most known.
N. grandifloruin, N. purpurenm, etc., are names given to
these forms. The fls. are diurnal. See Fig. 1077, p. 757.

NICOTIANA

NIDULARIUM

1089

tomentdsa, Ruiz & Pav. [N. eolossea, Andrei. Peren-
nial, rarely blooming in the North, but easily propagated
by cuttings and treated as a tender annual : 8 to 10 ft.
and more, very stout and branchy, viscid -pubescent :
Ivs. obovate-oblong and acuminate, narrowed to clasping
and decurrent base, 1-3 ft. long, pale and reticulate be-
neath: tis. short, the tube inflated at the top and slightly
curved, pubescent, the lobes ovate and olttuse and nearly

1489. Nicotiana sylvestris(X M).

or quite equal, the color of the tube pale green and of
the limb yellowish outside and pale rose within. Brazil.
B.M.7252. G.C. III. 9:83. Gng. 1:97. A.G. 11:117.-A
most remarkable plant for large and rapid growth. Very
useful in making subtropical effects. Tin' i)l;ints came
up in soil in which Brazilian orchids were shipped to
France, and it l)egan to attract general attention in Prance
about 1889. It usually has reddish stems, thereby adding
to the bold ettVct. Sicls should be started under glass,
There is a var. variegata, Hort., with mottled and niar-
gined foliage. R. H. 1893, p. 9. G.M. 37:G1.

iV. ociMntndto, Hook. Slender: Ivs. petioled. broad-lanceolate,
acuminate: fls. long-tubular, with small obtuse lobes, white.
Argentina. B.M.2919.— iV. frdsrraMS, Hook. Three to 4 ft.: Ivs.
sessile, obovate or spatuJate: fls. with veiy long, slender tubes
(as in N. sylvestris) and a large spreading regular limb with
emarginate lobes, white. New Caledonia. B.M-. 4865.— if. iiinffs-
dorfij, Schrank. Two to 3 ft., viscid: Ivs. sessile, oval or ovate:
fis. trumpet-shaped, the tube enlarging at the top, the limb flar-
ing and nearly entire, yellowish green. S. Amer. B.M.2221.
2555.— iV. paniculata. Linn., from S. Amer., is allied to N.
Langsdorfli, but is sm.iller and all the Ivs. are st.alked.

Several Nicotianas are native to the Tesan-Californian region.
One, N. quadrivdlvis, Pursh, B.M. 1778. is native as far north
asOregon, and was cult, by the Indians for tobacco, l H. B.

NIC0T(JNIA is a name given by the undersigned to
hybrids of Nicotiaua and Petunia offered in 1893. They
were originally described as follows: "The plants have
slender, drooping or trailing tomentose green, red and
purple stalks and leaves twice or three times as large
as the Petunia; the flowers are handsome, white, pink,
carmine or striped and borne in plenteous profusion.
No seed is ever produced, but they are very readily
multiplied by cuttings."

These plants have unfortunately vanished from culti-
vation. They were, of course, annuals. They were

semi-trailing plants, the leaves covered with abundant
short, woolly hairs. The cross was Petunia hyhrida,
var. (jrandiflora x Nicotiana wigandioides, var. rubra,
the former probably being the seed parent. The singu-
lar thing about the cross was the fact that the root
seemed in all cases to be paralyzed and very defective,
though the tops in all the many hybrids produced grew
with much vigor. The blooms were beautiful, and it is
a pity that the plants were not grafted on tobacco roots.
Luther Burbank.

NIDITLARIUM (from Latin nidus, a nest). Bro-
melidcete. About 15 Brazilian epiphytes, by some re-
ferred to Karatas and other genera, but by Mez (DC.
Monogr. Phaner. 9) kept distinct. The flowers are per-
fect, borne in simple or compound heads, the petals
joined at the base and not ligulate (in all the typical
species) : anthers attached mostly on the back (in some
related plants attached mostly at the base). Leaves
strap-shaped, ovate or oval, in dense rosettes, the flowers
mostly sessile, red, blue, or white. The inner leaves of
the rosette, here called bract-leaves, are usually highly
colored and constitute most of the merit of some species.
Warrahouse plants, requiring the treatment of Billbergia,
which see.

In the following account, the genus is held to comprise
the species referred by Mez to Aregelia, having simple
flower-clusters, whereas Nidularium proper has com-
pound clusters.

A. Flower-cluster simple [Areyelia).
B. Length of flower V/i in. or less.

trlste, Regel (iV. marmordtum, Hort., not Morr.
KiirAtas tristis. Baker. Aregelia tristis, Mez). Lvs.
()-I2, from 6-12 in. long and half as broad in the middle,
green dappled with brown, somewhat scurfy beneath;
flower purple: bract-1 vs. narrow-linear: fr. oblong, white.

BB. Length of flower 1% in. or more.

Morrenitaum, Makoy (KarcUas MorreniAna, Ant.
Aregilia Morrenidna, Mez). Lvs. many in a dense
rosette, with few very minute spines, not striped, densely
scurfy beneath : fls. many, dark purple: bract-lvs. linear-
lanceolate.

N. CarollnaB, Lem. (If. Meyendorfii, Regel. Karcttus
('(ii-fii'iiuv. Ant. Guzmdniaplcta, Sort. BillMrgia Caro-
Dniv, Beer. B. dlens, Hook.). Lvs. several to many,
strap-shaped, rather thick, finely spiny-toothed, 12 in.
long, bright green on both surfaces, the bract-lvs. bright
red: fls. blue-purple, in a short head nestling in the
bright leaf-cup. B.M. 5502. I. H. 7:245.

prfnceps, Morr. (N. spectdhile, Hort. Kardtas prtn-
ce/>s. Baker. K. Meyendorfii, Aut. Aregelia princeps,
Mez). Lvs. 15-20, about 10-12 in. long, broadest at
the middle, firm, spiny-toothed, lightly glaucous : fls.
numerous, violet-purple, surrounded by about 8-10 oval,
bright red bract-lvs.

Bin6ti, Morr. (iV. Mahoydnnm, Regel. Kardtas Binbti,
Morr, Aregelia Bindti, Mez). Lvs. 15-20, strong-spiny,
scurfy and transversely banded on the back, the inner
ones similar in color: fls. many, white. Not to be con-
founded with Bromelia Binoti.

AA. Flower-cluster compound.

B. Petals joined below.

c. Floicers white.

Innocentii, Lem. (Kardtas Innoclntii, Ant.). Stem-
less and stoloniferous: Ivs. about 20, in a dense rosette,
strap-shaped, about I ft. long, broadest near the middle,
with many small, spiny teeth, green but more or less
tinted brown or red, the oval bract-lvs. bright red: fls.
in a dense head, white. I. H. 9:329. — Named for the
Marquis de St. Innocent, amateur, of Aiitun, France.
There is a form with yellow-striped lvs. I. H. 41:5.
This species is one of the best Nidulariums.

striatum, Baker (iV. Maleoydnum. Morr., not Hort.
Kardtas uegle'cta. Baker). Lvs. 8-12 in. long, strap-
shaped, fine-toothed, prominently striped with central
bands of white and shading to cream-color towards the
margin, the body color deep green and not brown-tinted.
G.C. III. 8:183 (desc.).-A good species.

1090

NIDUI,ARIUJI

NIG ELLA

F!owe

bill

■ violet.

Scheremetifiwii, Kegel {KarHtas ScherenietUwii,
Ant. J. Lvs. 10-15, iu a short rosette, lanceolate, 10-18
in. long, with many small but conspicuous spiny teeth,
rather firm, bright green above and pale green beneath,
the bract-lvs. bright red and showy, the points recurving :
fls. blue, in a small head.

fiil^ens, Lem. (TV. piclum, Hort.). Lvs. 15-20, in a
dense rosette, strap-shaped, with large, strong teeth,
mottled with green of different shades, paler and scurfy
beneath, the bract-lvs. oval and scarlet: Hs. blue.

BB. Petals separate.

Lindeni, Kegel (JEchmea ebilrnea. Baker. Guznulnia
fnli/rans, Hort. Canlstrum Lindeni, Mez). Lvs. about
20. iu a dense rosette, tomentose, green-spotted, the
bract-lv.s. cream-white: fls. white or greenish.

Amaz6nicum, Lind. & Andr^ {Knriltas Ammdnica,
Baker. Can i strum Amasimicum, Mez. ^chmia Ama-
sdnicu, Hort.). Lvs. 15-20, 10-20 in. long, and rather
wide at the middle, greenish brown above and light
brown beneath, not spotted or scurfy, the bract-lvs.
greenish brown: fls. white, with a green tube, in a dense
head.

N. ChantH^ri, Andr^. is a hybrid of N. Tun03entii and N. ful-
gpus, witli verv brilliant red bract-leaves, obtained by Chaii-
trii-r Frcros. France. R.H. 1895:452. L. H. B.

NIEKEMBfiKGIA (for John E. Nieremberg [1590-
1503], a Spanish Jesuit and first professor of natural
history at Madrid). Holandcew. Cup-Flower. About
24 species of hardy perennial herbs from tropical and
subtropical America, allied to Petunia and characterized
by the long and very slender tube of the corolla. The
species in cultivation are valued chiefly for the open
border or for pot-plants, and are mostly of prostrate
habit, with showy fls. borne freely through the summer
and autumn. Stem decumbent or creeping, rarely sub-
erect, diffusely branched, the branches usually slender
and nearly glabrous : lvs. alternate, scattered, entire :
fls. borne singly on the tips of young shoots, mostly
white with a purple center ; calyx 5-parted, tubular or
bell-shaped ; sepals spreading ; tube of corolla long,
slender, attenuated below, abruptly expanded above into
a broad bell-shaped, saucer-shaped or funnel-shaped
limb, which has 5 broad, obtuse lobes.

Several species of Nierembcrgia have distinct value
for certain purposes. JV. gracilis makes an excellent
pot or basket plant, and is also popular for the border.
ST. frutescens does finely in the open, but is more desir-
able as a pot-plant. If. rivularis is |i( rlKips the most
desirable species of the group, and is ;Miai>i<-d to a wide
range of conditions. It tlirives best in ;i moist soil with
a half-shaded exposure, but often makes tine patches on
a dry bank, or even iu the rockery. Both iV". gracilis
and iV. frutescens love a loose, rather moist soil, biit are
not impatient of dryness. These three species endure
winters without protection in the latitude of N. Y.

Nierembergias are propagated chiefly by cuttings taken
in the fall, or by seeds. JV. rivularis is most readily
increased by dividing the creeping stem where it has
rooted at the nodes.

A. Stem prostrate or creeping : branches asceiiilivg.

B. Fls. creamy white, somefim.es slightly tinti'l irifJi

rose or blue.
rivuliris, Miers. WHiTE-Ctrp. Whole plant glabrous :
stem slen<ler, creeping, rooting freely at the nodes, form-
ing a dense mat, the branches seldom rising over (i in.
higli: lvs. oblong to oblong-spatulate, obtuse membra-
naceous, variable iu size, with a long, slender petiole:
fls. sessile or short-peduncled; calyx cylindrical, the
lobes oblong-lanceolate, slightly spreading: corolla-limb
broadly bell-shaped, 1-2 in. broad; throat golden yellow.
La Platte river, S. A. B.M. 5608. J.H. III. 31:.'!n. Gn.
23, p. 188; 25, p. 145. — A very adaptable and desirable
species for a stream bank, dry border or alpine garden.
The fls. are large and beautiful. It is difficult to eradi-
cate after once established, as small pieces of the stem
will take root and grow.

BB. Fls. icJiile, with purple center.

gracilis, Hook. Fig. 1490. Branches very slender,
ascending 0-8 in., slightly downy: lvs. scarcely ^'iin.
long, linear or slightly spatulate, those on the younger
branches somewhat hairy: limb of corolla spreading,
convex, white tinged and veined with purple towards
the center, throat yellow. Argentine Republic, S. A.
B.M. 3108.— A charming little plant for the hanging
basket. A garden var.. Crozyana, has fls. tinted with
lilac and api)fars to be mure lloriferuus than the type.
F.y. 14:1410.

BBB. Fls. pale lilac.

Vfeitchii, Berkeley. Stem 8-12 in. long, with slender,
glabrous or slightly pubescent branches : lvs. \^-\ in.
long, short-petioled or sessile, the upper linear, the
lower broadly spatulate: calyx-lobes linear-oblong, re-
curved: corolla-tube K-?4 in. long, white, the limb
broadly bell-shaped. Trop. America. B.M. 5.599. F.
1872, p. 141.

AA. Stem nearly erect.

frutescens, Dur. Tall Cup-Plower. Stem 1-3 ft.
high, much l)ranched, shrubby: lvs. scattered, linear:
fls. about 1 in. broad, tlie limb saucer-shaped, white
tinted with lilac or blue; throat yellow; handsome.
Chile.— The fls. resemble N. gracilis in color, but are
much larger. Valuable iu the greenhouse or for the
border. As a pot-plant it makes a fine bush and bears
fls. almost continuouslv. It can be used as a bedding

1490. Nierembereia gracilis (X 5^).

plant with excellent results if started under glass and
transplanted. A garden form. var. irrandiflbra ( ^V.
grandifldra, Hort.), has somewhat larger fls. than the
type- S. W. Fletcher.

ITI6£LLA (diminutive of niger, black ; referring to
the color of the seeds). Jia)iunculdceip. Love-in-a-
MisT. Devil-in-a-Bush. Fennel Flower. Hardy
annuals with erect stems and finely divided alternate
lvs.: fis. showy, white, blue or yellow; sepals 5, regu-
lar, petal-like, deciduous; petals 5, with hollow claws,
notched or 2-lobed ; carpels 3-10, fusing at the base
into one cavity, cells opening at the top when mature:
seeds many, black and hard. There are about 12 spe-
cies, including Garidella ; mostly natives of the Medi-

NIGELLA

terranean region. The following 2 are only species now
used in America. They require little care. The seed
should be sown in the open border in good soil any time
after the middle of March, and the seedlings thinned,
if necessary, to a distance of about 8 in They seldom
succeed well if transplanted. If the seeds be sown in
early autumn the plants may withstand the winter and

Xt)LAXA

1091

lWfllil*nil'||''"'tiiJ>iiiifitiffli

1491. Love-in-a-Mist — Nigella Damasccna (X!-.)

be ready to flower earlier the next summer. By plant-
ing at different seasons the plants may be continued in
beauty nearly throughout the summer. The seeds of
iV. sativa, Linn., or black cummin, are sometimes used
as seasoning in the Old World.

Damasoina, Linn. Fig. 1491. Height 1-2 ft.: Ivs.
bright green, very finely cut : fls. white or blue, large :
involucre very dense and fine: styles erect in the fr.,
nearly as long as the capsules: fr. not divergent at
top. 'Summer. S. Eu. B.M. 22. Gu. 37, p. 130. -Var.
nina, Hort. A dwarf form with very large fls.

Hisp&nica, Linn. Lvs. much divided, but less so
than in the preceding : fls. deeper blue than the last,
with deep red stamens; involucre absent; styles rather
spreading : fr. divergent at top. July. Spain and N.
Africa. "B.M. 1265. Gn. 37:739. -Var. Fontanesi4na,
Hort. (iV. Fontanesidna, Hort.). Much like the type,
but said to flower two weeks earlier. g C. Davis.

NIGGER TOE. Nuts of BirtholJetia.

NIGHT-BLOOMING CEREUS. See Cereus.

NIGHTSHADE. SolanHm nigrum. Deadly N.,
AtntjM liiUiiilniiiui. Enchanter's N., Circma. Three-
leaved N., Trill inm.

NINE-BARK. Plnjsocarpus opulifolia.

NIPHffiA (Greek, niphos, snow; alluding to the white
color of the fls., which is rare in this family). Gesiier-
&cece. y. oblonga is a plant something like a Gloxinia,
but instead of a large spotted throat the flowers have
so small a tube as to appear almost 5-petaled. Niphfeas
are tropical American stemless or dwarf herbs, with
heart-shaped, coarsely serrate, hairy lvs. and clusters
of about a dozen fls. an inch or so across, borne singly
on reddish stalks about 2 in. high. For general cult.
they are inferior to Gloxinia and Achimenes, but they
are desirable for botanical collections as being one of
the most distinct types of the gesneraceous family.
They have a creeping root, and no tubers: lvs. soft,
wrinkled, petiolate, opposite: corolla nearly wheel-
shaped; disk absent; filaments shorter than the an-

thers, straight; anthers erect, free, the cells facing in-
ward, parallel, confluent at the apex: glands none.

"Like many other plants from Guatemala," says
Lindley in B.R. 28:5, speaking of If. oblonga, "it seems
to require a teraperattire between that of a greenhouse
and of a stove. In its general habits it resembles
Achimenes rosea. It flowers in the autumn and winter,
after which the stems die off, and the plant remains in
a dormant state until the following season. When in
this state it ought of course to be kept perfectly dry,
on a light, warm shelf, and then when the season of
rest is past, which will be indicated by the young stems
making their appearance, it may be repotted and liber-
ally supplied with water. It forms a great number of
curious imbricated scaly buds, both on the surface and
under ground, by which it may easily be multiplied in
the same manner as Achimenes; it also strikes readily
by cuttings. Any rich light soil will do for its cultiva-
tion."

obl6nga, Lindl. Lvs. heart shaped or perhaps some-
what oblong, more or less whorled: fls. drooping; co-
rolla about ^% in. across ; lobes roundish, concave at
first, then revolute. Guatemala. B.R. 28:5.

NIPH6B0LUS Lingua,

■HV.d. crested fern, r.-coii

■. corymbifera, is a tough-
indod by G. W. Oliver for
■s that this plant can be
quickly increased by division of the stems, which grow
near the surface of the soil. Niphobolus appears in a
few trade catalogues. By English writers it is gen-
erally referred to Polypodium, but L. M. Underwood
refers it to the genus Cyclophorus. The typical form
of Nipliobolus Lingua has the sori set in close rows of
4-6 each between the main veins. Rhizomes wide creep-
ing, covered with rusty scales: stalks 3-6 in. long, firm,
erect: lvs. entire, oblong- acuminate, 4-8 in. long, 1— t
in. wide, matted beneath with close, cottony, somewhat
rusty down. It is a native of northern India and Japan.
Its var. corymbifera has the Ivs. much divided at the
apex, forming a flatfish, corynili-Iike cluster. N. N.
Bruckner writes that var. variegata is also cult. "It
has light yellow lines about an eighth of an inch wide
and three-fourths of an inch apart, running across the
fronds at right angles to the midrib."

NITROGEN. The role of Nitrogen in horticulture is
discussed under Fertility, Fertilizers, Legnmea and
Manures.

NOLANA (from notn . a little bell; referring to the
shape of the corolla). CoiimlvulAceie. About 18 species
of prostrate annual herbs with showy blue fls., opening
only in sunshine, all native to Chile and Peru. They
are valued chiefly for covering poor or rocky soils.
Stem often slightly angulate, usually spotted and
streaked with purple above, much branched, the ends
of the branches ascending several inches: lvs. solitary
or in pairs, entire, ustially fleshy, the lower long-peti-
oled ; the upper short-petioled, sessile or attenuated into
a winged petiole : fls. borne singly in the axils of the
lvs., mostly short-peduncled, commonly blue or purple,
rarely white or rose ; calj-x 5-parted ; corolla funnel-
shaped or bell-shaped, entire, 5-angled or 5-10-lobed :
ovaries 5 to many, 1-5-seeded, arranged in 1-2 series or
clustered irregularly around the base of the style.

The characters by which several species of Nolana
have been separated are not well defined. It is probable
that iV. atriplicifolia, N. prostrata and iV. paradoxa
should be considered as one species. The chief char-
acters which have been used to distinguish them are the
number of ovaries in each fl. and the number of seeds
in each ovary ; but these characters vary in different
plants of these and other species of Nolana. N. atri-
plicifolia is commonly sold under the names of the
other two. Consult Benth. and Hook., Genera Plan-
tarum 2: 879. Latest monograph D.C. Prod. 13:9 (1852).

Nolanas grow readily from seeds sown in the open in
May. For early blooming and for seed production they
should be started under glass in March and transplanted
in May. iV. atriplicifolia is tised with fine effect when
planted in large patches in the border or on rocky hill-
sides. All of the species do well in pots.

They prefer a light soil and sunny situation. N. atri-
plicifolia is well suited for use in vases and baskets.

1092

NORTH CAROLINA

A. Stem smooth or uparsehj hairy.
B. J'ls. large (1-2 in.), dark blue, not striped.

paraddxa, Lindl. {If. atriplieifblia, Hort. N. grnn-
diftora, Uehra.). Fig. 1492. Koot-lvs. very long-petioleii,
ovate; stem-lvs. ovate, mostly sessile or witli winged
petiole, fleshy: sepals ovate-lanceolate; limb of corolla
blue; throat white, inside of tube light yellow: ova-
ries commonly many, 1-seeded. Peru and Chile. B.R.
10:865, not B.M. 2(i0-t, which is If. tenella. -This is the
most common species in cult. Var. ilba, Hort., has
white fls. Var. violicea (N. paraddra, var. \'ioJt)cen)
has violet Hs. F.S. 13:1294.

BB. Fls. small (% in.), light blue, striped with

dark purple.

prostrita, Linn., not Hook. Throat of corolla marked

with violet-]iurj)lp veins; sepals triangular: ovaries

commonly few. 2-4-seeded. Perhaps this should be

imited with the preceding. Chile and Peru. B.M. 731.

AA. Stem densely hairy.
B. Stem-li's. lanceolate, thick: plant hoary-pitbescent.
lanceolAta, Miers. Stem-lvs. mostly in pairs, 2-6 in.
long, the base obliquely clasping or slightly decurrent
on the outer side: fls. 1-2 in. broad, with a spreading,
.'i-lobed limb, each lobe deeply notched ; limb of corolla
blue, throat yellowish white. Chile. B.M. 5327.
BB. Stem-lvs. ovate, membranaceous: plant
viscid-hairy.
ten^lla, Lindl. Stem very slender; upper Ivs. obtuse,
with rounded base and winged petiole: peduncle long-
hairy: fls. violet-blue, with a white throat; limb 5-lobed,
each lobe tipped with a broad point. Chile and Peru.
B. M. 2604 (erroneously as N. paradoxa, but poorly
drawn, as no hairiness is indicated).— Not advertised in
America. S. W. Fletcher.

NOLINA (after P. C. Nolin, joint author of an essay
on agriculture, Paris, 1755). JAlidcece. Syn., Beaiicar-
nea. Nolinas belong to the remarkable group of desert
succulents in the lily family known as the Dracffina tribe,
of which the Yucca is the best known example in our
gardens. Nolina recurvata, which is perhaps the most
desirable species, has a striking appearance. It has a
fleshy trunk 5-6 ft. high, surmounted by a crown of 100
or more leaves, which are long, linear and gracefully
recurved. The base of the trunk is swelled into a sort
of tuber a foot or more thick, which sits on the ground
like a huge onion. It has numerous very small, green-
ish white, 6-lobed fls., borne in panicles on flower-
stalks several feet high. Nolinas are essentially Mexican
plants. They are cult, in S. Calif., requiring similar
treatment to Agave, Dasylirion and Yucca, but Ernest
Braunton writes that they are not popular. In the East
a few kinds are offered. They are desirable plants for
fanciers who can house a collection of succulents.

Nolinas are nearest to Dasylirion, but their Ivs. are
unarined, while those of the latter usually have hooked
spines. Fls. polygamo-dioecious, the loose racemes form-
ing a simple or compound panicle. Their stamens are
included, while those of Dasylirion are esserted. For
differences in fruit characters, see Dasylirion. The
species of Nolina are imperfectly understood. In addi-
tion to those given below, iV. Beldingi is offered. This

was lately discovered in lower Calif, by T. S. Brandegee
on mountains above Cape St. Lucas. It is arborescent
and similar in habit to JV. longifolia, but with glaucous
Ivs. (see note below). Beaucarnea glauca of the trade
doubtless belongs in Nolina. Franceschi says it has
a crown of stift' glaucous Ivs. on a slender trunk with
a bottle-shaped base.

A. Li^s. 8-15 lines wide.
B. Habit of foliage recurved,
c. Trunk scarcely bulged at the base.
longifdlia, Hemsl. {Dasylirion longifdlium, Zucc.
Beaucarnea longifdlia, B&ker). Trunk in cult. 4-6 ft.
high, 6 in. thick below the crown of Ivs.: Ivs.
100-200, green, 4-6 ft. long, 9-15 lines wide, per-
ceptibly narrowed from middle to apex. A glau-
cous form has been cult. G.C. II. 7:493, 567; III.
16:67. R.H._1876, p. 454.
CO. Trunk with a bulge at the base a foot or

more thick.
recurvata, Hemsl. (Beaucarnea recurvitta,
Lem.l. Trunk in cult. 5-6 ft. high,
2-3 in. thick below the crown of Ivs.;
Ivs. green, equally wide all the way,
8-9 lines wide at base. G. P. 9:95. G.
C. 1870:1445. F.S. 18, p. 26. l.H. 8,
Misc. p. 59. — Var. intermedia, Hort.,
has Ivs. which are less recurved and
shorter. Var. rtibra, Hort., has the
Ivs. tinged red near the liase. No
varieties, however, are advertised.
BB. Habit of foliage strict.
c. Width of Ivs. 10-12 lines.
Bigelovii, Wats. Trunk unknown; Ivs. thick, flat,
3-4 ft. long, 10-12 lines wide above the base, with a red,
horny entire margin.

cc. Width of Ivs. 5-6 lines.
recurvita, var. stricta, Lem. (Pincenictitia glaftca,
Hort.). Lvs. shorter and narrower than typical JY, re-
curvata, 2-3 ft. long, glaucous.

AA. Lvs. 2 lines wide.
Hartwegiina, Hemsl. (Dasylirion junceum, Zucc).
Trunk unknown: lvs. 2 ft. long, with only 7-9 veins
instead of about 50. y^^ j^^

2V. Beldingi, Brandg. Aborescent, branching freely: trunk
columnar, 1-1^^ ft. in diam., 8-1.^ ft. high: branches short
bearing munerous old and new leaves towards the ends: leaves
glaucous, a yard or more long, ^ in. wide, flat. thiu. tapering
to the point, serndate on margins, about 50-nerved, weak and
recurved: panicle compound, 6 ft. long or more: fruit emargi-
nate: seeds round-ovate, not bursting the cells. Mountains of
the cape region of Lower California. Apparently nearest N.
Bigelovii. from which it differs in the thinner, more flaccid
le.ives, and the very much greater size.

T. S. Brandegee.
NONESUCH, or Black Medick, is Medicago lupulina.
Nonesuch rarely means l/ychnis Chalcedonica.

NOFALEA (from the Mexican name of the Cochineal
Cactus). Cactilceir. A genus of 4 or 5 species, often
placed with the Opiintias, but differing from the latter
in having h-inrs Inni^^rr than the perianth, as well as in
many minor di-t;iils. \;itives of the West Indies and
Mexico. N. coccinellifera, Salm., an arborescent, flat-
stemmed plant, with a somewhat cylindrical trunk
6-10 in. in diam., is widely grown in semi-tropical coun-
tries, but is rarely found in the U. S., and then only in
the largest collections of Cacti. It is chiefly interesting
in being one of the important food plants of the cochi-
neal insect. B.M. 2741, 2742 (as Cactus cocliinellifer).

J. W. TOUMEV.

NORFOLK ISLAND PINE. Araucaria excelsa.

NORTH CAROLINA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig.
1493. Occupying the sunny slope eastward from the
highest mountains east of the Mississippi, North Caro-
lina has a greater variety in soil and climate than most
other states ; hence the hortictiltural capabilities are
varied accordingly. In the region of high plateaus,
ranges and valleys lying between the Blue Ridge and
the Great Smokies, which mark the line of Tennessee,

NORTH CAROLINA

Is a region dear to botanical collectors for its wonderful
flora and of great interest to the horticulturist on
account of its capacity for the production of fruit, espe-
cially of apples. Here the apple flourishes and pro-
duces the most wonderful and uniform crops under
conditions of absolute neglect. What could be done •
here in the production of apples, with careful and intel-
ligent culture and proper handling of the product, has
been abundantly shown in the experience of the few
who have attempted the culture. In this same region
the French wine and table grapes hare been flourishing
for years, grafted on the native stocks. A complete
failure of the apple crop has never been known in the
mountains of North Carolina. On the eastern slope of
the Blue Ridge are found the thermal belts. These
belts are on the mountain slopes and are singularly
free from the effects of early frosts in the autumn and
late frosts in the spring; in fact, hoar frosts are ahnost
unknown. The cold air settling down in the valleys
pushes up the warm air and prevents frost above a cer-
tain line, thus insuring the safety of fruit above the
frost line. These belts are peculiarly marked in Polk
and Wilkes counties. In the high valley lands of Wa-
tauga and Ashe counties, lying 3,500 to 4,000 feet above
the sea, are meadows where the finest of cranberries
grow wild, and on the northern and western slopes of

NORTH CAROLINA

1093

and Delawares; they go north early in July, and the
business has been a profitable one. Later it was found
that the peach flourished on the sand-hills even better
than the grape, and that there is seldom a total failure
of the fruit. In the same neighborhood there are now
at least 1,000 acres in peaches, — over 400 acres in one
orchard. Shipments begin here about the first week in
June, and in some seasons the Sneed peach is ready
the last of May. A large area is being devoted to black-
berries and strawberries also, as blackberries can be
sent from here before strawberries are ripe in New
York. Here, too, it is being fouud that the bulbs im-
ported so largely for the use of florists for winter forc-
ing, such as lilies, Roman hyacinths and n;ircissus, can
be grown to great perfection. EKperinieuts :ire Itt-ing
made with the Bermuda lily, and it is liopr.l th;it tiie
bulbs can be produced here early enough fur the early
forcing, and that we may be able to grow healthy bulbs
to take the place of the diseased Bermuda stock.

Horticulturally, the most interesting part of the
state is the great level coast plain. Here the mellow
soil, mild climate and abundant rainfall combine to
make conditions favorable to great production, espe-
cially in the culture of small fruits. Along the line of
the Atlantic Coast Line R. R. strawberries are grown
by the thousand acres, and the culture has brought

mjM

tlie mountains in Mitchell county there are acres of
lily-of-the-valley and I'iola tenelhi, native and to the
manor born. On the exposed uplands of this section the
grape and the peach flourish in wonderful luxuriance,
though nothing has been done with these in the way of
commercial culture. In these upper mountain counties
of late years the cabbage and the potato have become
important farm crops, the produce being sent to the
southern coast cities in winter. The mountain section
is in fact a vast fertile, but undeveloped, region horti-
culturally. Coming east of the great barrier of the
Blue Ridge, we reach the wide rolling uplands of the
Piedmont section, stretching its billowy swells eastward
to the line of the coast plain, and varying in altitude
from 1,500 feet above the sea-level near the mountains
to about 350 where it drops off into the level sandy
plain bordering the coast for 125 to 150 miles inland.
Throughout this region cotton has held undisputed
sway for many years except on the northern border,
where tobacco has taken its place, and each has shut
out much enterprise of a horticultural nature. Still, in
some parts of the vast middle section there have been
efforts to grow fruits, and in this section are the im-
portant nurseries of the state. Near the edge of this
upland country, where the clay uplands break up into
the rolling forests of long-leaf pine, and swelling sand-
hills take the place of the red clay, it has been found
that the dry soil and balmy winter climate were partic-
ularly favorable to those suffering from lung and throat
troubles, and many people from the North, having
found health there, remained to make homes on the
sand-hills. And making homes, they wanted to grow
fruit. Then it was discovered that the sand-hill coun-
try could be made to grow the finest of grapes, and
now about the town of Southern Pines there are fully
1,000 acres devoted to the culture of grapes for ship-
ment north. These are table grapes, mainly Niagaras

1493. North Carolina, showing horticultural regions,

wealth to the growers. This, too, is the section where
the greater part of the tuberose bulbs used by florists
in this country and in England are produced on con-
tract for the dealers in New York, Philadelphia and
Chicago. Some attention is being paid, too, to the cul-
ture of caladiums, gladiolus and other bulbous and
tuberous crops. The winter culture of lettuce in frames
covered with cloth and glass has of late become a very
important item in the gardener's list of crops in this
section. It takes but little protection here to grow in
winter lettuce as fine as that produced in heated houses
in the North, and the rapid railroad communication
makes the selling a sure matter. An industry that will
grow here is the shipping north in winter of cut-flowers
of narcissus and Roman hyacinths from frames and
the open ground, and of gardenia flowers from the
great bushes in the open ground in summer. Near the
coast, as at Newbern, the market-garden business ab-
sorbs the entire attention of cultivators. From this
section there are shipped of vegetables of all kinds in
the spring and early summer over $4,000,000 worth
annually, and the business is increasing steadily. With
the coming of a dense population, the great swamps
that now cover hundreds of square miles will be
drained and more land of inexhaustible fertility will
be added to this fertile region ; here will be located the
future bulb farms of the United States, and the dealers

1094

NORTH CAROLINA

NORTH DAKOTA

of New York and other northern cities will come here
to make their contracts instead of going to France,
Italy and Holland. Already some Holland growers are
talking of coming to spy out the land, and the great
development of the future in North Carolina will evi-
dently be, so far as horticulture is concerned, in bulb
<'"lt"''<'- W. F. Massey.

NORTH DAKOTA (Fig. 1494) lies between lat. 4C°
and 4!)° N. and long. 96° 25' and 104° W. The special ad-
vantages of soil and climate for the production of grass
and the small grains have given the .state great agricul-
tural prominence, but little has been done along horti-
cultural lines. While it possesses undoubted possi-
bilities along certain lines of fruit production, and in
the growing of certain vegetables can hardly be excelled,
yet these things have always been considered incidental
and not to be classed with the leading soil industries.
North Dakota settlers, for the most part, did not come
from fruit regions, and in no case have they occupied
the land with other intention than to raise stock and
grain. At the same time, as population increases and
homes become established, there is the natural ten-
dency to protect these homes with trees, ornament them
with shrubs and flowers, and furnish the tables with
vegetables and fruit. Such is the present incentive to
activity in horticulture, and its future status will be
controlled by the following natural conditions:

Phiisiral and Geologic. I'eafures. — Its distinctive re-
gions are referred to as the Red river valley, the Tur-
tle mountain country, the Devil's Lake region, the
Mouse river country, the James river valley, the Mis-
souri slope and the western range country, including the
Bad Lands. The Red river valley is a level plain from
20 to 30 miles wide on the North Dakota side and ex-
tending across the state north and south, thus embrac-
ing an uninterrupted area of some 6,000 sq. miles, all
level and of great fertility. This is preeminently the
wheat belt of the state, and the character of the soil is
such in both physical and chemical properties as to in-
sure an excellent growth of such plants as are hardy
and will mature within the season. The soil is a lacus-
trine deposit containing about 33 per cent of very fine
sand, 55 per cent clay and silt, and 12 per cent organic
matter and soluble salts. It is so rich in nitrogen and
phosphoric acid as to be quite indifferent to fertilizers,
even when applied to such garden vegetables as demand
the most fertile soils. It rarely bakes under reasonable
cultivation, is never lumpy and is very retentive of mois-
ture. It is unusually well adapted to the cultivation of
practically all vegetables, particularly celery and other
plants requiring a deep, fine, easily worked soil.

This general type of soil is not confined to the Red
river valley, but is the predominating surface soil for
most of the state lying east of meridian 101 and of
consi<lerable tracts still further west. The subsoil in the
Red river valley lying under three or four feet of very
dark loam is uniformly a soft yellowish clay extending
to a great depth. Much of the subsoil outside of the
valley is largely made up of firmly compacted sand,
with a wraall percentage of clay. Such lands are not so
good as those having the clay subsoil, but with the good
surface soil which they support they are capable of pro-
ducing large yields in seasons not too dry. They are
naturally not so well adapted to horticultural operations
as are the lands having the clay subsoil.

Speaking in general, the soil lying west of the 100th
parallel, also that of the Mis.souri slope. Turtle moun-
tain and Mouse river countries is all well suited to vege-
taljle and fruit culture, though partial failure may re-
sult from short seasons. This is especially true upon
the level, rich soil of the Red river valley, which tends
to prolong the growth of such plants as the grape and
apple beyond the season in which they should mature,
the more rolling surface of the land along the Missouri
river affords opportunity to srlo.-t f.-ivoralilf sites for
fruit plantations, and then- is .l,iiiliil,<s sutm- advantage
in the soil itself. This is mi,|.:.i-, .,t It, ilir . nitivation of
the gr.ape, or such vegetable s ms tlir tcunato, squash and
melon. So far attempts to grow fruit on the lighter and
mnre rolling soils, avoiding the extremes, has met with
reasonable success. On the heavier soils and level
lands success has been confined to the cultivation of

such small fruits as the currant, gooseberry, raspberry
and American plum and vegetables maturing not later
than the earliest sorts of tomato or second early sweet
corn. In connection with the fact that attempts at
apple culture have generally been unsuccessful, it
should be remembered that plants, as a rule, cannot
make long jumps. The line of apple culture is gradu-
ally moving northwest, the successful varieties being
those, like the Wealthy and Peerless, that have origi-
nated in the newer places. A region so far removed
from the apple districts as North Dakota is must have
the time and opportunity required to develop varieties
of its own.

Climate and Sainfall.— Renio-ved from all influence
of large bodies of water. North Dakota has a dry climate
subject to considerable extremes of temperature. The
mean annual rainfall at Fargo for the years 1892 to 1899,
inclusive, was 19.87 in., distributed by seasons as follows :
Spring, 5.49 in.; summer, 10.02 in. ; fall, 3.61 in. ; winter,
.51 in. Most of the precipitation is in spring and sum-
mer, when it is m<ist needed. The average rainfall for
June is 4.17 in. Tlif fact that the great majority of agri-
cultural lands in tlie state are absolutely flat, as near as
land may be, and conipcised uf a soil very retentive of
moisture, makes what w'ould otherwise be a light rainfall
generally sufficient for ordinary needs. Further west
than Fargo the rainfall gradually becomes less. For the
twenty years between 1870 and 1890 the annual rainfall
of the places named below was as follows: Bismarck,
18.90 in.; Fort Buford, 13.29 in. ; Port Totten, 17.78 in.;
Pembina, 20.30 in.

The temperature is very uniform throughout the state,
with the general difference that the range country in the
western part has milder and more open winters, and the
higher altitude, as well as latitxide, of the northern tier
of counties gives them a shorter and cooler summer,
more inclined to frosts. It is only in that section that
corn has not been considered, so far, as a possible crop.

At Fargo the mean temperature for the different
months since 1892 is as follows :

Jan

.. 1.6

May....

... 54.8

Sept....

... 59.1

Feb

.. 6.3

June...

... 65.9

Oct

... 42.3

March...

.. 10.7

.July....

... 68.7

Nov....

... 18.3

April

.. 40.7

Aug.

... 66.2

Dec

... 9.4

The following table of soil temperatures, comparing
Fargo with Geneva, N. Y., is instructive and shows why,
with the longer hours of daylight, vegetation develops
rather more rapidly in North Dakota than in New York:

e.'.i

67.3

1806
June — F.irgo .

Geneva
July — Fargo .

Geneva 76.6

Aug. — Fargo 76.5

Geneva 73.2

Sept.— Fargo 60.1

Geneva 64

Sin.
62.2

70.8
56.1
63.1

59.6
65.5
61.8

58.6

The amount of soil moi-sture given in the following
table, covering the years from 1892 to 1896, inclusive,
shows that the comparatively high soil temperature is not
due to extreme dryness. The samples were taken tach
week to a depth of 7 in. from a cultivated field in which
wheat was grown a greater part of the time :

Average for five years
May 29. nc per cent

July 21.48

Aug 20.19

Sept 20.10

Oct 19.78

As the water capacity is about 70 per cent and the land
level, there is practically no loss from leaching or drain-
age. While these tables represent tests in a single lo-
cality, yet they would apply with exactness to 6,000 square
miles and approximately to some 4,000 more.

Soil Fertilitij.— Samples of soil taken from different
parts of the state from time to time and analyzed by
Prof. E. F. Ladd. of the experiment station at Fargo,
show that the nitrogen rarely falls below .2 per cent and
in most instances reaches from .3 to .5 per cent, with
an occasional sample yielding .7 per cent. The potash
ranges from .25 to 1 per cent, the average sample giving
about .5 per cent. The phosphates range from .15 to .25

NORTH DAKOTA

NORTH DAKOTA

1095

per cent on the average, with many samples giving as
high as .30 per cent.

General Climatic Conditions.— The winters are cold
but dry and agreeable. An occasional winter with too
much sunshine kills young trees of the thin-barked va-
rieties through the process of desiccation.

The springs are short, the warm days of summer com-
ing very soon after winter and some time before the frost
is out of the ground. In summer the days are long and
sunny, with nights invariably
cool. This condition gives the
most perfect development of
hardy vegetables, like the cab-
bage and celery, but retards
the cucurbits and other semi-
tropical species. At the same-
time, the fruit that does mature
is of undoubtedly high quality
and rich flavor, while the sugar
beet and sweet corn give a very
high sugar content.

The fall is usually dry and
very pleasant, favorable to the
maturing of woody plants, but
rather liable to frosts. The
ground freezes permanently
about November 10.

^ruit-groiving. — Genevix] set-
tlement of what is now North
Dakota did not begin till the
building of the first railroad in
1873, and any effort to grow
fruit has been made since that
time. In 1874 Andrew McHench,
of Fargo, made the first attempt
at fruit-growing upon any ex-
tended scale. In that year he
bought, at a nursery in Minne-
apolis, a car-load of young apple
and crab trees of such varieties
as the Wealthy, Hyslop, Trans-
cendent, etc., and the year fol-
lowing planted 7,500 root-grafts of these and other varie-
ties. Though Mr. McHench obtained some fruit and at
different times grew trees that were models of thrift
and fruitfulness, yet the venture was not a success.

The varieties that successfully resisted the cold win-
ters succumbed to the blight {Bacillus amylovorus)
shortly after they came into bearing. Other attempts by
different men made along the Red river valley since then
have resulted similarly. In other sections of the state,
particularly the Missouri slope, experiments in apple-
growing have been more successful, this being due espe-
cially to less prevalence of blight. It is rather early to
make the prophecy, but it seems reasonable that with
irrigation the southwestern part of the state will, in
time, become the apple region. Even without irrigation
there are already indications of success.

The strawberry does not thrive in the strong sunshine
and winds of North Dakota, and the blackberry finds the
winters too cold, but gooseberries and currants grow and
bear well anywhere and the hardy varieties of the rasp-
berry thrive with winter protection. Grapes have never
been thoroughly tried, but it is doubtful if their cultiva-
tion ever becomes general.

Vegetable Culture, — There are but few vegetables that
cannot be produced abundantly and cheaply. This is
particularly true of celery, onions, parsnips, etc., that
require a deep, mellow soil. The season is long enough
for the earlier sorts of corn, but tomatoes do not always
ripen before frost. The ease with which the soil is worked
and the fact that no fertilizer is required reduces the
cost of production to the minimum.

The Flora.— So far as collected, the flora of North
Dakota includes about 600 spermaphytes and vascular
cryptogams running through 80 families. The grass
family is by far the prevailing one, though the compos-
ites present the largest number of species. About 85
grasses have already been collected. Forests are found
only along streams and in the broken areas south of
Devil's Lake and in the Turtle and Pembina mountains.
The number of species of trees is very limited. The
more prominent of the trees as regards distribution and

size are the bur oak and white elm in the eastern part
of the state, and cottonwood and green ash in the western.
The box elder, linden, aspen and hackberry are about the
only othertrees commonly found. The red cedar is found
to some extent along the Little Missouri. In establish-
ing tree plantations, the white ash, white willow, box
elder and cottonwood are the trees usually employed.
With reasonable cultivation it is not difficult to obtain a
thrifty, rapid growth of these. In proportion to the trees

North Dakota, to sho

the number of shrubs is large and, besides several of the
commoner kinds of the Middle States, includes such
striking species as JShepherdia argentea and £laagnus
argentea. Mosa hlanda is found everywhere in great
profusion, exhibiting a variety of exquisite colorings.
Aside from the grasses the compositae are most in evi-
dence, and throughout the summer and fall the bright
colors of Gaillardia, Rudbeckia, Echinacea, Liatris, sun-
flowers and asters make a profusion of gaiety. The
legumes, too, are very common, the bright Petalostemons
and Astragalus adding much to the showiness and rich-
ness of the landscape. The high nitrogen content of the
soil is probably due in large measure to the prevalence
of the Amorphas and vetches. The prairie fires that
swept over the state annually for many hundred years
have doubtless greatly modified the flora. As a result,
the indigenous flora had very few annuals or plants with
perennial tops, and these only in broken places, or along
streams where the fires did not penetrate. In the west-
ern part of the state insufficient moisture would account
for lack of forests. The remains of large trees in pet-
refactions and lignite deposits tell us that in cretaceous
times the conifers found a most congenial home, while
towards the tertiary period the angiosperms appeared.

Native Fruits. — '^hWe the wild fruits occupy an in-
considerable portion of the total area of the state, yet
they are important in that they furnish thousands of
families with their yearly supply of jellies and other
fruit products. A list of the wild fruits in order of their
importance would be about as follows: plum, buffalo
berry ( Shepherdia argentea ) , cherry ( Pruvus dem issa ) ,
grape ( Vitis imlpina) and Juneberry {Ametanchier
alnifoUa). The red raspberry and strawberry are also
found sparingly. The only plum in the state is P.
Americana, and this is found wherever other trees or
shrubs grow. It is sometimes confined to thickets, as in
the Middle States, or it may be scattered for miles along
with the thorn and Juneberry. It is strongly variable
in almost every character except fruitfulness, all forms
being decidedly prnlific. The shrub rarely grows more
than 8 feet high. The fruit generally is of good quality,

1096

NORTH DAKOTA

NUPHAR

sweet and rich when ripe, but too soft to keep well. In
a domestic way wild plum jelly is recognized as a staple
article of superior merit, and though the plums are
abundant in most seasons, yet they readily bring $2 per
bushel in the local markets. The improved strains of
this plum, like the DeSoto, Weaver and Aitkin, are
being introduced and successfully cultivated. The buf-
falo berry is found from the James river westward,
growing in thickets along streams and coulees. The
bright red acid fruit is borne in the greatest profusiou,
but is rather difficult to gather, as it is sessile and
thorns are plentj'. It makes a clear jelly of reddish
amber color and delicate flavor. The choke cherry of
North Dakota is a puzzle botanically, and until further
studied may as well pass for P. demissa. It is nearer
to that, in superficial characters at least, than to P. I'ir-
glniiDia, The fruit is used to some extent for wine and
marmalade and with other fruit in making jellies. P.
piimUa is widely scattered but not abundant, and the
fruit is used but little. In the western part of the state
the Juueberry produces abundantly a large fruit of
rich flavor, but is more often used fresh from the
bushes than in a culinary way. The rapid settling of
the state has increased the demand for native fruits to
such an extent that their value is being appreciated,
and private ownership even in wild fruits is being in-
sisted upon and recognized. This, of course, leads di-
rectly to the development and preservation of the better
strains. Clare Bailey Waldron.

NORTHWEST TERRITORY. See Canada.

NOTHOFAGUS (Greek words, meaning not a true
bfeeh). Ciipiiliferw. A genus of about 12 species, native
of S. America, Australia and New Zealand, closely allied
to Pagus, but chiefly distinguished by the fls., both
staminate and pistillate ones being borne in 3's or soli-
tary. The Ivs. are generally small, often evergreen and
either plicate in bud, like those ''f K.iu'u^. <'r not. The
wood of some species, especially tli;ir '.f .\". I h>iii hey i and
N. procera, in Chile, and of iV. ('innilu'jh'ntii, in Aus-
tralia, is much valued. They are not hardy in the North,
and but little known in cultivation; they are probably
not cult, in this country, though the following 4 species
have been introduced into European gardens and have
proved fairly hardy in England: iV". Antdrctica, Oer.st.,
iV. obllqua, Oerst., iV. betidoldes, Oerst., iV. Cunnhnj-
hami, Oerst., all trees or sometimes shrubby,with small,
ovate or elliptic, crenate-dentate Ivs., K-1 in- long. The
2 first named are deciduous, the other 2 evergreen.
They are perhaps oftener enumerated under Pagus, but
besides the difference in the fls. they are strikingly dif-
ferent in habit, especially on account of their very small
Ivs., large only in N. procera. Alfred Rehder.

NOTHOLiENA (Latin, spurious, cloak; from the
ru(liiiirTit:u y iuilusium). Polypodidce<e. Often written
Nothi'i-lilii nil, l>ut the above is Robert Brown's original
orthography. A genus of mostly warm temperate rock-
loving ferns, differing from Cheilanthes mainly in hav-
ing no marginal indusium. Some of the species are
coated with a golden or silvery wax-like powder. The
following have been advertised only once by a dealer in
native plants. See Fern.

A. Fronds densely matted beneath.
B. Lvs. once pinnate.

sinuElta, Kaulf. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long. 1-2 in. wide, grow-
ing on short stalks from thick, scaly rootstocks; pinna?
thick, entire or deeply pinnatifid ; lower surface with
rusty scales. Southwestern U. S. to Chile.

ferruginea, Hook. Lvs. G-12 in. long, J^-1 in. wide,
growing on wiry black stalks from thick, dark, scaly
rootstalks; pinnffi deeply pinnatifid, with blunt lobes;
texture thinner ; lower surface densely matted with
wool. Southwestern U. S. to West Indies and Chile.

BB. Lvs. S- to 4-pinnate.
N6wberryi, D. C. Eaton. Cotton Fern. Lvs. .3-5 in.
long, on stalks of the same length ; ultimate segments
%-yi line wide, covered on both sides with slender,
entangled hairs, which are more dense on the under
surface. Calif.

Pirryi, D. C. Eaton. Lace Fern. Lvs. 2-4 in. long,
tripinnate, with crowded roundish obovate segments 1
line wide, which are densely covered above with entan-
gled white hairs, beneath with a heavier pale brown
wool. Utah to Calif.

AA. Fronds with white or yellow powder beneath.

cretElcea, Liebm. Rootstock short, with rigid scales :
lvs. 1-2 in. each way, pentagonal on brownish stalks
2-7 in. long; ultimate segments oblong or triangular-
oblong, crowded. Southern Calif, and Ariz. — Less
handsome than the similar but larger and less divided
iV. Eookeri of Texas to Arizona.

c&ndida, Hook. Rootstock creeping : lvs. 3-6 in. long,
ovate or deltoid-ovate, pinnate; lowest pinnae with
inferior pinnules elongated and again pinnatifid; upper
surface green. Tex. and New Mex.

AAA. Fronds naked below.

t^nera, Gillies. Lvs. ,3-4 in. long, ovate-pyramidal,
2-3-pinnate ; pinniB distant, with ovate or subcordate,
smooth, naked segments. S. Utah and Calif . to Bolivia.
-Very rare. l. M. Underwood.

N0TH6SC0RDUM (Greek, false garlic). LiUdcea.
About 10 spi'i'iis of herbs having an onion-like bulb
and <-li>sel\' ri'liited to Allium. Most of the species are
founil in tropical S. Amer., 1 in China and 1 in the
U. S., ranging from Va. to Ind., Neb. and southward,
in open woodlands and prairies. The bulb is without
the onion odor and taste : scape 6-12 in. high : lvs.
linear, basal, 6-12 in. long : fls. yellow or white, in an
umbel : capsule oblong-obovate, somewhat lobed, ob-
tuse: style obscurely jointed : ovary 3-loculed ; ovules
several in each locule.

striatum, Eunth. Yellow False Garlic. Streak-
leaved Garlic. Bulb globular, 1 in. through, some-
times bearing bulblets at base : scape 1 ft. or less
high : lvs. 7-8 in. high, 1-2 lines broad : fls. white, 6-7
in an umbel on slender pedicels, the segments narrowly
oblong, 4—6 lines long : ovules 4-7 in each cell. Early
spring. Va.,west. B.B. 1 :415. — Hardy. Procurable from
dealers in native pUants. jj. B. CouLSTON.

NOVA SCOTIA. See Canada.

NtrPHAR (from the Arabic). Nymphce&cccf. Spat-
TER-i>ocK. Yellow Pond Lily. Six or eight aquatic
plants of the north temperate zone, with stout root-
stocks creeping in the mud, and large, cordate-ovate or
sagittate lvs., some of which are floating and others
either floating or standing erect above the water: fls.
usually standing above the water, yellow or purplish,
single on the scapes, the sepals 5 or 6 or more and con-
stituting the showy part of the flower; petals numer-
ous, small and usually simulating stamens, the latter
numerous and short: ovary short and globular-ovoid,
with 8-24 stigmas forming rays on its top: fr. a small,
emersed capsule. The largest part of the Nuphars are
North American. They grow in stagnant pools or on
the margins of slow-running mud-bottom streams.
Although several species have been offered by dealers,
most of them have small value for the cultivator, al-
though the foliage effects of N. advena may be striking.
For culture, see Nymphcea and Aquatics. By some the
Linncpan Nymphopa is used for this genus, and Castalia
is used for the true water lilies. See Nymphcea.
A. Zfs. mostly cordate-ovate: northern.
B. Plants strong and large.

Advena, Smith. Common Spatter-dock. Pig. 1495.
Lvs. large (about 1 ft. long), varying from cordate-
ovate to cordate-oblong, thick, with a deep and mostly
opeu basal sinus, the lower surface often pubescent;
submerged lvs. usually wanting: fls. 2-3 in. across,
more or less globular (not wide-opening), yellow or
purple tinged, the petals fleshy and truncate, the sepals
6: stigma with 12-24 rays. N. Brunswick to Fla. and
west. Mn. 1:17. G.C. II". 20:557.

rubrodiscum, Morong. Lvs. somewhat smaller; sub-
merged lvs. usually present: fls. 1-1 M in. across, yel-
low, with 5 or 6 sepals, the stigmatic disk bright red
and 9-12-rayed, the petals spatulate and fleshy. Penn.
to Mich., and north.

NUPHAR

NURSERY

1097

polys^palum, Engelm. Larger than JV. advena, |the
Ivs. three-fourths as hroad as long, erect in shallow
water ami floating in deep water: fls. 4-5 in. across,
yellow, the sepals 8-12, and the petals 12-18 and broad.
N. Calif., northward and east to the Kookies.

1495. Nuphar advena (X >6).

liiteum, Sibth. & Smith. European Yellow Lilt.
Lvs. cordate-ovate, floating or rising little above the
water: fls. yellow, somewhat fragrant, smaller than
those of iV. (tdvena, the sepals 5, and the petals very
numerous : stigma 10-30-rayed. Europe.

BB. Plant shnder, often delicate.

mininmm, Smith (iV. pH»ii7Hm, DC). Slender: Ivs.
small, oblong, with a deep sinus and spreading lobes:
fls. 1 in. or less across, yellow: stigmas 8-12, prominently
indented. Eu. — By Bentham considered to be a form of
N. luieum.

Ealmi^num, R. Br. (iV. Ihteum of American authors,
at least in part ) . Slender, with prominent submerged or-
bicular, lettuce-like lvs., and the emersed ones floating,
and only 3 or 4 in. long: fl. 1 in. or less across, yellow,
with 5 sepals, and thin spatulate petals: stigmas 6-7.
N. Y., west and south.— A very interesting plant.

AA. Lvs. long-sagittate or narrow-oblong; southern.

sagitt8e!61iam, Pursh. Rather stout: emersed lvs.
floating, about 1 ft. long and 2-3 in. wide: submerged
lvs. similar in shape, numerous : fls. 1 in. across, yellow,
the sepals 5, the petals spatulate: stigmas 11-15.
Southern Indiana and Illinois southward. £, g g

NITBSEBY : in horticulture, an- establishment for the
rearing of plants. Properly, a nursery exists for the
rearing of any kind of plant, but in America the word
is restricted to an establishment devoted to the growing
of hardy, more particularly woody plants. This is be-
cause of the early and great development of orcharding
and tree planting and the relative infrequency of glass
structures.

In North America the nursery business, as we now
know it, is practically an institution of the present
century, although there were nurseries more than a
century ago (see Vol. II, p. 766). As early as 1768,
according to J. H. Hale, the New York Society for Pro-
motion of Arts awarded Thomas Young a premium of
£10 for the largest number of apple trees, the number
being 27,123. But the large trading nursery developed
simultaneously with the great orchard planting industry

which began in western New York and extended west-
ward, and, since the civil war, to the southward.

The only available statistics covering the general
range of the United States nursery business are those
published in Bulletin 109 of the Eleventh Census (flgui-es
for 1890), by J. H. Hale. The census enumerated the
items of 4,510 nurseries, occupying 172,806 acres and
representing a valuation of $41,978,835.80. The total
capital invested was about $52,500,000. These establish-
ments employed 45,657 men, 2,279 women, and 14,200
animals. The total number of plants and trees was
3,386,858,778, which figure does not include unenumer-
ated plants on 1,477 acres of nursery grounds. Of this
enormous total, fruit trees comprised 518,016,012 plants,
and grape vines and small fruits 685,603,396. Apple
trees alone, the highest figure given for a single species,
numbered 240,570,666. It is safe to assume that each
plant in this uncountable number was the subject of
thought and solicitude on the part of the propagator;
yet it is probable that not one in a hundred has lived to
bring satisfactory reward to the buyer. It has been esti-
mated that the apple trees now standing in orchards in
the United States are 100,000,000, or less than half the
number growing in the nurseries in 1890. The elements
of loss are many, but the greater part of the failures
occur after the stock has passed to the bands of the
final purchaser.

The largest nursery center of North America, con-
sidering the number of persons engaged and the variety
of stock grown, is western New Y^ork. The headquarters
of this industry is Rochester. See J^ew York. Nearly
one-ninth of all the nurseries enumerated in 1890 were
in New York state, and these establishments employed
a capital of over $12,000,000. Very extensive nursery
enterprises are now established in many other parts of
the country, and it is probable that the center of the
nursery business will move westward.

In America, nursery stock is grown on a large scale.
This is particularly true of fruit trees. These trees are
to be set in wide and open orchards, and the nursery
practices are therefore very unlike those which obtain
in Europe, In the latter country, for example, fruit
trees are trained in the nursery row to assume definite
shapes. Some are trained for standards,— to grow to
one straight, bare trunk. Others are trained for bush
specimens, some for growing on walls and espaliers,
some with round heads, some with conical heads, and
the like. It is the pride of the American nurseryman,
however, that his rows shall be perfectly even and uni-
form. Any break in this uniformity is considered to be
a blemish. If every tree could be a duplicate of every
other, his ideal would be attained. Ordinarily, fruit
trees are trained to single stems, the top starting at two
or three feet from the ground. All fruit trees are bud-
ded or grafted. In the older parts of the country, bud-
ding is much preferred. In early days, root-grafting the
apple was a common practice in the eastern states ; but
it has gradually given way to budding and thereby a top
is supplied with one whole strong root. In the western
states, however, root-grafting is still popular, partly
because more than one tree may be made from an indi-
vidual root, and partly because it allows the operator to
use a long cion and to put the foster root far below the
surface, thereby allowing the cion to send out its own
roots and causing the tree to become own-rooted and to
have a known hardiness.

There are many diseases and dtSaculties in the grow-
ing of all kinds of nursery stock. The most widespread
and fundamental difficulty, however, is the inability to
grow many crops of trees on the same land with good
results. In fact, in the case of fruit trees it is usually
considered that land which has been "treed "is therefore
unfit for the growing of other fruit stock imtil it shall
have rested in clover or other crops for a period of five
years or more. Ornamental stock is often grown con-
tinuously on the same land with good results, even when
the same species is grown. This is largely due to the
fact that ornamental stock is sold by its size and not by
its age, and therefore rapidity of growth is not so im-
portant as it is in the case of fruit trees. It has been
supposed that this necessity of rotation is due to the
exhaustion of certain plant-food elements from the soil.
It has been found by careful experiments, however, that

1098

NURSERY

NUT -CULTURE

such is not the case. The chief difficulty seems to be a
physical one. Lands which are devoted to nursery stock
for one crop, which is from two to Ave years, becomes
void of humus, and the digging of the stock when the
land is wet or unlit to be worked tends to impair the
physical character of the soil. Experiments have shown
that commercial fertilizers will not always reclaim lauds
which have been treed, whereas bam manures and green
crops may go very far towards revitalizing them. As a

-^

1496. Viesv in an American apple-tree nursery.

result of inability to grow vigorous stock on treed land,
a large part of the niirsery stock of the country, partic-
ularly fruit trees, is grown on rented land. On the
nurseryman's central grounds a variety of stock may be
grown, chiefly ornamentals, but the larger part of the
commercial fruit stock is farmed out to persons who are
willing to rent their land for this purpose and who will
give the requisite attention to the growing trees.

The nursery interests of this country are represented
in a strong organization known as the American Asso-
ciation of Nurserymen, which holds a movable annual
meeting in June and publishes a report. There are also
societies representing geographical regions. At the
present time, there is one periodical devoted to the
nursery business, "The National Nurseryman," pub-
lished monthly at Rochester, N. Y. The American cur-
rent book writings devoted specifically to the business
are Fuller's "Propagation of Plants "and Bailey's "Nur-
sery-Book." L H. B.

NUT in common language usage is any hard-shelled
fruit which will keep for a more or less indefinite time
without special efforts at preservation. In a botanical
sense, a Nut is a hard and dry indehiscent 1-seeded
fruit in which one or more ovules have been suppressed
by abortion. In this sense, walnuts, hickory-nuts,
acorns and cocoanuts are Nuts, but almonds, peanuts
and Brazil-nuts are not. L H B

NUT, AUSTRALIAN. Macadamia ternifolia.

NUT, CHILEAN. Gevuina Avellana.

NUT-CULTURE. From the earliest times nuts have
been used as an article of food in North America. The
prehistoric tribes left evidences of their use in the
specimens which were buried with their remains. When
the white settlers came they found several kinds of nuts
growing wild and bearing abundantly, and thought to
introduce the cultivated nuts of Europe along with fruits
and farm crops that seemed to flourish in the virgin soil.
But little success seemed to attend their early efforts,
largely because of the unsuitability of the varieties
tested. The sweet almond and the hazels were found to
be of this character, and the few experiments with the
European walnut and chestnut, where they did succeed,
were not followed up by extensive plantings for many
years. Nor were any of the native nuts brought under
cultivation until very recently. Now there are many
orchards and groves of both foreign and native nuts,
some of which are already yielding profitable crops.

The Almond {P'ninus Ami/gdalus) . — Among the first
nuts to be tested were the cultivated almonds. All the
experiments up to the present day lead to the conclu-

sion that the choice varieties are not suited to any section
east of the Rocky mountains, except, perhaps, in south-
western Texas and New Mexico. The close relationship
to the peach would cause us to expect that it would
succeed wherever that fruit does; but the trees of the
choice varieties are too tender to endure any but very
mild climates, and the fruit-buds are still more tender.
The chief failing, however, is the habit of very early
blooming, which causes the crop to be cut off by spring
frosts, except in peculiarly favorable localities. There
are differences in the ability of the varieties to endure
cold and in time of blooming, even where they are
counted a success. Not until seedlings were grown and
tested, fium which srlr.-tinns were made of suitable
kiii'ls. ili.i lilt- i^rowiuu: <<( tins nut prove profitable.

Jir<ji"iis ttiul M, (hoils of C Kit are. — At the present time
the culture uf the ulmuiul is confined chiefly to California,
and to some extent in Oregon, Utah, Idaho, Arizona and
New Mexico. Fair crops of almonds of the highest
quality in all respects are grown there. There are single
orchards in California «>t' iiundieils wf acres in extent.
The crop of 1899, in that -i;ii, . ^\ -r- .--i iniated to be about
50 car-loads of 20,000 pound- (;eli. li is thought that the
production of new seedlin^'^ will still further overcome
the weak points already mentioned, and materially ex-
tend the culture of really choice varieties. The methods
of planting and cultivation of the soil are about the same
as for the peach. Twenty feet is a good distance apart
for the trees in rich soil. Unlike the proper treatment
for peach trees, the almond tree should have but little
pruning, owing to a different habit of the fruiting
branches. See also Almond.

The Walnuts. — ^wfrnVflH Tr«7HK/i\ — The kernels of
all species of the walnut family are liked because of
their rich and delicious flavor; but some of them are so
small and difficult to get out of the shell that they are
of little or no commercial value. Our native black
walnut, Juglans nigra f and butternut, J", cinerea, are of
this character. At present there are very few trees of
either species that are grown for their nuts; but there
are some prospects of improvement in this direction.

Asiatic Species, — Within the last 25 years there have
been introduced from Japan two new species of walnuts,
J. Seiboldiana and J. cordiformis, and from Manchuria
one, J. Mandshnrica. These make beautiful and stately
trees, but the nuts of all but J. cordiformis have too
thick shells to be of much value. See Juglans.

Persian Species. — The Persian walnut, J. regla, which
has long been called English walnut and by several
other titles, has been cultivated for many centuries for
its thin-shelled and richly-flavored nuts. It is a native
of Persia and the regions about the Caspian Sea. The
Greeks and Romans took it to southern Europe before
the Christian era. It was brought to America in the
early settlement of the country, but did not succeed
everywhere, and the few trees that survive in the
eastern states have been mostly neglected. Some of
them have borne nuts abundantly and others have not.
Unproductiveness has generally been due to the iso-
lation of the trees and the inopportune times of the
blooming of the flowers of the two sexes. These isolated
trees are scattered over the eastern states from New
York to Georgia, and rarely beyond the Appalachian
mountain chain, because of the more uncongenial
climate there. Whether or not there will eventually be
orchards of this nut in the eastern United States is
doubtful.

Regions of Successful Culture.-Oxk the Pacific coast
the Persian walnut is a i,'re;it sueress. True enough,
there are some failures, l)ur tiny ;ire mostly due to lack
of proper pollination, a ni;iTter wlii.li can and will soon
be generally understood und overcome. There are ex-
tensive orchards already in bearing, and with the
advantages which are now being afforded by the intro-
duction of the best varieties from Europe and the
origination of improved seedlings, the walnut industry
is sure to rapidly advance in that region. The soil of
the richer valleys of the Pacific slope is just what is
needed, and where there is an abundant supply of water
a few feet under the surface there is no need of irriga-
tion. But in poor, dry soil it is folly to expect success.
The crop of California, alone, in 1899, was about 550
car-loads of 20,000 pounds each. It is confidently ex-

NUT-CULTUKE

NUT -CULTURE

1099

pected that California will, within a few years, produce
all that our home murkt-ts rt-quire.

Propagation and Ti / hi gf. — Tim larger nuiuberof bear-
ing trees are seedlings, but those grafted or budded
wiib choice varieties are far preferable, and such trees
■will form the walnut orchards of the future. The dis-
tance for the trees to stand apart in the orchard is from
25 to 50 feet, according to the vigor of the variety and the
richness of the soil. Clean tillage is best for the trees
until they reach bearing age, when the ground may be
seeded to some grass that does not make a compact sod.
If hoed crops are grown between the trees until that time
it will do no harm and economize the space. Almost no
pruning is needed tor this tree, except to keep the
branches from getting so low as to interfere with tillage.
See Walnut.

The Chestnuts.— AweWcan Species.— Like the wal-
nuts, our native chestnuts are not so desirable for mar-
ket purposes as those from foreign countries. The wild
American chestnut, Castanea Americana^ is richer in
quality than any foreign kind, but the size is less than half
that of the introduced nuts. Throughout the larger part
of the eastern United States, and extending into lower
Canada, there are untold millions of native chestnut
trees, yielding a wealth of nuts that find ready sale in
the markets, so far as they are gathered; but the prices
are only about half those of the large cultivated and im-
ported product. At the present time there are but few
attempts made to cultivate this species. Some of the
choice varieties with the largest nuts are being collected
for experiment, and there is reasonable prospect that by
hybridization and selection of seedlings we may yet
have varieties combining the vigor and hardihood of the
■wild trees with the characteristic natural sweetness and
large size of the foreign nuts.

The chinquapin, O. pumila, is the smallest of the
chestnut family, in size of both nut and tree. Rarely is
it anything more than a mere bush. It has rarely been
cultivated, although the bushes are productive and the
nuts of good quality.

European Species. — The Old World chestnut, C. saf-
iva, has been under cultivation almost as long as his-
tory goes. It was brought to America in the first
century of its settlement by Europeans; but not until
within the last 25 years has there been more than an
occasional tree found on our shores. The accidental
finding of a chance seedling, which was finally named
Paragon and sent out to the public about 1887, and the
bringing to notice of the Ridgeley shortly before that
time, were the means of exciting the first general inter-
est in chestnut culture in America. Both these kinds,
and a great many more named varieties, are now being
propagated and scattered far and wide. They are all of
large size but not as sweet as our native chestnuts, and
generally have bitter skins. The trees are of robust
character and very productive, but more tender than our
natives.

Japanese Species. — About the time that the European
species was becoming popular in America attention was
drawn to a number of seedlings from nuts that had been
brought from Japan during several previous years. The
most of them were larger than any that had been known
before, either in tliis country or in Europe, Many of
them are now named and widely distributed. Some of
the smaller varieties are exceedingly early in ripening.
Nearly all of them begin to bear at an early age and are
even more productive than the average of the European
species. In quality, the niits of most of them are not
quite so sweet as the European kinds. The habit of
growth is less vigorous than that of other chestnuts.

Prom these two foreign species we have all of our varie-
ties that, up to this time, are worthy of general cultiva-
tion. They vary from seed much as do most other im-
proved varieties of fruits, etc., and grafting and budding
must be practiced, which are exceedingly difficult to suc-
cessfully perform on the chestnut, as is the case with
all other nut trees. They will both unite fairly well
with our native stocks; although sometimes the union
is imperfect and the top breaks off.

G ra ft inr/. — The most successful method of propagat-
ing nut trees, so far as the writer has experimented or
learned otherwise, is late bark-grafting This requires
that the cions be cut before there is any possibility of

the buds starting, and put in some very cool place until
after the stocks have begun to leaf out. The stocks are
then cut off as for cleft-grafting, but the bark only is
split with a knife for an inch or more at the top of the
stock. The cion is trimmed to a long wedge, all from
one side. The point of this wedge is introduced under
the bark at the top of the slit and gently forced down
until the cut surface of the cion is even with the top of
the stump. It is then tied fast with a string and the
wound securely waxed. Large trees may be thus top-
worked in their branches with considerable success.
Small stocks should be grafted just under the surface
of the ground and banked nearly to the top of the cion.

Sfitmp Groves. — In several cases large tracts of chest-
nut sturap lands have been grafted over to the improved
varieties of the foreign species with good success. All
other trees should be cleared away and only two or three
of the strongest sprouts left on each stump. These
should all be grafted and allowed to grow until it is sure
that there will be a sufiicient stand, when those that are
not needed should be cut away. In future years more
may be cut away to give the remaining trees ample room.

Chestnut Orchards. — The best results are said to be
attained in chestnut-culture by planting grafted trees
on open land, about 25 feet apart and in regular orchard
form. This plan admits of giving the trees good tilhige
until they have attained large size, when grass may be
sown and stock allowed to graze it, except when the
nuts are falling. Such orchards are said, by those who
have tried them in comparison with grafted sprouts, to
yield more than twice as much per acre. Well-drained
sandy or shallow lands are the best for the chestnut.

Weevil. — The wor^t feature of chestnut-culture is the
weevil. In some cases the nuts are so badly infested
that they are practically worthless. The eggs from
which the larvae develop are laid by a long-snouted
beetle while the nuts are growing, and by the time they
are mature the most of them are either hatched or
nearly ready to hatch. By treating the nuts with the
fumes of bisulphide of carbon the eggs or larvae can all
be destroyed. Scalding with boiling water for about
ten minutes will also kill them, but it also destroys the
germinative power of the nuts and necessitates drying
them. See Castanea and Chestnut.

The Pecan [Hicoria Pecan). — In the Wild State.—
Of all our native nuts the Pecan is the best Its nat-
ural habitat is the lower Mississippi basin, from Iowa
to the Gulf coast, but it will grow equally as well in any
climate and soil of approximately the same character.
The tree is almost as hardy as any of the other hickories,
except some of its more southern varieties. In size the
tree varies from medium, on laud of ordinary fertility,
to gigantic proportions on the rich river and creek bot-
toms. The nuts vary in size and shape from round and
K an inch indiametertooblong and IK inches in length.
The kernels are exceedingly rich and sweet, and the
shells usually thin. Pecans are found in all confec-
tionaries, and bring almost as high prices as any of the
imported nuts. The largest and thinnest shelled varie-
ties are found in Louisiana and Texas. Millions of
pounds are gathered annually in those states and sold
to dealers, thus bringing a handsome revenue to many
people of moderate means.

Under Cultii^at ion. — The decrease of the wild prod-
uct from the cutting down of the trees, and the better
prices obtained from large, thin-.shelled nuts, have in-
duced the planting of pecan orchards. The nuts sprout
readily, and the trees are of easy growth, with reason-
able care, in proper soil and climate. In Texas there is
one orchard of 11,000 trees planted on 400 acres and grown
from the best nuts procurable. In Florida there is another
of 4.000 grafted trees on 100 acres. There are many
smaller orchards planted in nearly all the states from
Virginia to Missouri and California, southward. The
line of 40° north latitude is about the limit of success-
ful pecan culture, and the region from 35° southward
is much better. The nuts do not fill and ripen well
where the growing season is short.

It has been learned that by cutting back the tops of
wild trees {thus causing an abundance of sprouts), and
then budding in August or September, large trees may
be quickly transformed into such as will produce the
highest grade of nuts.

1100

NUT -CULTURE

NUTTALLIA

Planning the OrcJiard . — There are two ways to make
a pecan orchard. One is to depend on seedlings. If
really choice nuts are planted there is a reasonable
prospect of securing trees bearing somewhat similar
nuts, and many follow this plan. The other is to de-
pend on budded or grafted trees instead of seedlings.

There is also a division of opinion as to the advisa-
bility of planting the nuts where the trees are to stand
and rearing them for a year or more in a nursery. Both
ways are good, but each has its advantages. If the
former of these plans is followed, then two or three nuts
should be planted where each tree is to stand and a
cedar or cypress stake driven at the spot. Pine stakes
are said to induce worms to attack the little pecan trees.
A still safer plan is to enclose the little seedlings in
narrow boxes about a foot high, made of cypress boards.
This secures them from the depredations of rabbits,
which sometimes prove very destructive. By this plan
there is no labor or danger of loss by transplanting.
All but one of the trees should be removed after two or
three years' growth. If the nursery method is followed,
the transplanting should be done at one of these ages.

Propagation. — Gmited or budded trees are far pref-
erable to seedlings, because of the certainty of the va-
riety, convenience of gathering the nuts at one time, and
the advantage of having an even and high grade to sell.
The same difficulty is met with as in case of the chest-

1497. Cocoanut.
Tlie most important of tropical nuts.

nut — the trouble and expense of securing grafted or
budded trees. However, it has been found that both
these methods of propagation are reasonably successful
in skilful hands. Eitherthe cleft-, tongue- or bark-graft
■will succeed, but all styles do better on small stocks
just below the surface of the soil than above. Ring- and
plate-budding are much more successful than the shield
method. They have been profitably used in nurseries of
young seedlings and on sprouts on large trees.

Planting and Cultivation. — The distance for planting

should be not less than 50 feet between trees, because
they get to be very large. It might be well to put them
half that distance and cut out half when crowding be-
gins. Thorough tillage will pay abundantly and should
never be neglected while the trees are young. Farm
crops, such as com, cotton and potatoes, may be grown
between the trees until they begin bearing, which is
from 10 to 15 years from planting. Then the ground
may be seeded to grass. See Hicoria and Pecan.

The Cocoanut (Fig. 1497).— Where Grown in Amer-
ica.—There is comparatively little territory on the con-
tinent of North America where the cocoanut will grow;
viz., a small portion of Florida and the warmer coast
regions of Mexico. In the warmer parts of California
the climate does not seem to be sufficiently humid. In
the vicinity of Lake Worth, Florida, there are many
bearing trees, and along the east coast and adjacent
islands from there to Key West, and as far north on the
west coast as Charlotte Harbor, there are many thousands
of cocoaniit trees growing. In central Florida the cli-
mate does not seem to be suitable. Proximity to the sea
in all countries seems to suit the cocoanut. It will
flourish in almost any soil, although the richer the bet-
ter, but a warm and humid atmosphere is indispensable.
Origin of Cocoanut-Growing in .America. — The oldest
cocoanut trees in Florida were probably chance seed-
lings which came from nuts that washed ashore from
the sea long years ago. Such trees are very rarely
found. There are also a few old trees that grew from
nuts planted by settlers at Key West and other places
along the coast. The chief cause of the impetus to co-
coanut-growing was the wrecking of the Spanish bark
Providencia laden with cocoanuts on the beach near
Lake Worth, Florida, Jan. 9, 1878. Many thousands of
the nuts were gathered from the surf and planted for
many miles up and down the coast. The trees grew so
rapidly and began to bear so soon, usually at from six
to eight years from seed, that visions of wealth tempted
many more into planting groves. One near Biscayne Bay
consisted of about 4,000 acres, in which were 300,000
trees. Another at Cape Sable contained 42,000 trees, and
there are many more of less extent.

Present Status. — Gohl waves and occasional frosts
have injured many of the cocoanut trees, in some cases
killing them outright. In general, the trees bear good
nuts in reasonable quantity, but in a business way the
industry is uncertain, owing to danger from frosts and
the cheapness of imported nuts. As an interesting
novelty, the cocoanut in southern Florida is an eminent
success. See Cocos.

There are three American publications devoted to
nuts: "Nut Culture in the United States," 1896, being a
bulletin of the Division of Pomologv, U.S. Dept. Agric;
Fuller, "The Nut Culturist," 1896; Parry, "Nuts for
Profit , " 1897. H. E . Van Deman.

NUT-GEASS. Mentioned imder Cyperus.

NUTMEG. Treated under Myristlca.

NUTTALLIA (Thomas Nuttall, professor of natural
history .at Philadelphia; author of "The Genera of North
.\merican Plants" [1818], "The North American Sylva"
[1842], etc.). Rosdcete. A genus of 2 species of north-
western American plants, one of which is the Oso Berry,
N. cerasiformis. This is a shrub 6-12 ft. high, with
white, 5-petaled fls. It is one of the earliest shrubs to
bloom in spring. It is rarely cult, in the East and of
doubtful hardiness, but is esteemed in England, where
it is compared to a flowering currant. Botanically, how-
ever, it is nearer Prunus than Bubus. Generic charac-
ters are: fls. polygamo-dioecious ; calyx between top-
shaped and bell-shaped, deciduous; petals broadly
spatulate; .stamens 15, in 2 rows, 10 inserted with the
petals and 5 lower down on the disk lining the tube;
filaments very short; carpels 5: drupes 2-4, oblong.

cerasif6rmis. Torr. & Gray. Oso Bekey. Shrub or
small tree. 2-15 ft. high : Ivs. broadly lanceolate ; petiole
2-4 in. long: racemes shorter than the Ivs.: fls. H-1 in.
across: fr. blue-black, 6-8 lines long; flesh bitter; stone
.somewhat compressed. Moist places, Calif. Gn. 34, p.
78. G.C. II. 19:309; III. 19:489.-Said to "exhale a

NUTTALLIA

hydrocyanic odor." It endures the winter under pro-
tection at the Arnold Arboretum, Boston.

.V. spleildidum, adv. 1339 by John Saul, is presumably an
error. Probably some other genus.

NYCTEEtNIA. tSee Zuhisianskiia.

NYMPHfflA (from yi/mpha, in Greek and Roman
mythology, a nature-goddess). Syn., Castalia. iVj/m-
phiF.dcew. Watek-lily. Pond-lilv. Pigs. 1498-1502.
The most splendid of aquatics (except Victoria), inhab-
iting the north and south temperate and tropical zone.s.
About 32 well-marked specie.?, with numerous local varie-
ties and m'any cultivated hybrids. Herbs, perennial by
horizontal or erect rootstoek-s or tuber.s, rooting in mud,
covered by 3 in. to 6 ft. of water (rarely in bogs not
submerged): Ivs. floating, or when crowded rising a
few inches above the water, round or oval, entire or
dentate or sinuate, fissi-cordate, often sub-peltate, 2 in.
to 2 ft. in diam. : fls. mostly showy, white, yellow, blue
and red, in all shades, 1-12 or 11 in. across ; sepals 4;
petals and carpels many; stamens very numerous; pis-
til with a broad cup-like depression in the center of the
fl. , surrounded by a ring of fleshy processes, the car-
pellary styles, and with a knob at the center.

The petals and stamens of Nymphaea appear to be at-
tached to the sides of the ovary; but this surface is to
be considered as the outside of a cup-like receptacle, its
cavity being completely filled by the radially placed car-
pels, with whose backs it is fused. Several species show
easy gradations from sepal to petal and from petal to
stamen, thus illustrating the homology of floral parts.
The peduncles and petioles are traversed by a number
of longitudinal air-canals, from whose walls star-shaped
cells and rounded cell-groups pro.ject inward; in the
walls of these stellate internal hairs are imbedded num-
berless minute crystals of calcium oxalate ; they are
objects of great beauty in microscopical sections. The
distribution of these, as also of the air-canals, differs
in different species. Three types of leaf may be dis-
tinguished: (1) very thin and fragile submerged leaves
on short petioles; (2) floating leaves, thicker in texture,
with stomata and palisade cells on the upper surface
only; (3) aerial leaves, leathery in texture, sometimes,
at least, bearing stomata on the under surface.

The lea\'es come from the rhizomes in spiral orders
of varying complexity, from two-fifths up; the growing
apex of the stem is protected by the colorless stipules
and a dense growth of long, fine hairs. The roots spring
usually from the bases of the leaves. Flowers are extra-
axillary, arising as members of the leaf spirals or in a
spiral of their own. The rhizomes of species which
dry off in the resting season (Lotos, Hydrocallis, Lyto-
pleura) become protected by a strong corky bark; others
remain continually in a state of more or less active
growth.

Habits of Openinq. — The flowers of every species
open and close at a particular time each day, so that in
a pond with 18 or 20 kiuds there is some change taking
place at almost all hours. The hours of blooming are
quite regular, though the tropica! species are more
sluggish in cool weather, and the hardy ones are irregu-
lar in very hot times. Each flower opens in from one
or two to Ave or seven successive days (or nights), be-
ing about an hour later to open and an hour earlier to
close on its flrst than on subsequent days. The flower
then goes down into the water by a spiral coiling of the
peduncle (or simply bending over if in shallow water)
where the seed ripens. When in 6 to 10 weeks the pod
matures and bursts, the seeds rise to the water-surface
and float for several hours by means of a buoyant aril ;
this finally decays and drops the seed at some distance
from the parent. To secure these, the floating seeds
may be dipped up in a wire sieve, or better, the pods
may be inclosed in muslin or cheese-cloth bags before
ripening, all of the seeds being thus secured.

The ITj/brid.i.— The species of a single group hybrid-
ize quite readily among themselves, and in the Lotos
group the hybrids are more or less fertile. By means
of this condition all shades of color have been obtained,
from the pure white iV. Lotus, var. dentata, to the dark
crimson-red iV. rubra. In this group and in Castalia,
varieties have so multiplied of late and fanciful names

NYMPH.EA

1101

have been so freely given that an accurate classification
of all of them is no longer possible. In the Brachi/cc.ras
group, hybrids occur almost certainly if TV. Zanzibar-
iensis is grown in the same pond with others of the
group; thus have originated some very fine varieties.
Outside of single groups only Castalia and Xanthantha
have yet been interbred. Between the apocarpous and
syncarpous species, the writer ventures to suggest, a
hybrid would be impossible. Authorities differ as to
the best time to transfer pollen; certain it is that the
flowers are pistillate on the first day of opening, the
pollen being shed on succeeding days, or late on the
first day. Some say that pollination should take place
in the early morning hours, about daybreak ; others
consider the time most favorable just as the flower is
closing for its first time.

Trouble with the iVremcs. — Great confusion has existed
from the beginning in the naming— alike scientific and
popular— of certain species of Nymphfea, partly from
carelessness, partly because of the great variability of
some species. A good degree of order was introduced
by Caspary, though he left the matter still incomplete.
N. cwrulea, minutely described by Savigny, from
Egypt, in 1802 (Ann. Mus. Paris. I p. 366 &.}, was im-
mediately confused with N. Oapensis, of South Africa,
by the editor of B.M. and several other writers. It was
also confounded with the very similar iV. stellata, of
India. Caspary, in Bot. Zeit. 1877, p. 200, finally set
the matter straight, though American gardens are as yet
not all corrected. iV. ampla and N. Amazonutn were
confused because De Caudolle's original specimen of iV".
ampla consists of a leaf of the first, with a flower of the
second species; and iV". Amazon um has been distrib-
uted in this country under the wrong name. Both are
fully described by Caspary in Martius' Flora Brasilien-
sis (Fasciculus 77). iV. blanda of our gardens is prob-
ably a form of iV. tuberosa. The term JV. blanda was
flrst used by G. F. W. Meyer (1818) in a most faulty de-
scription of a member of the Rydrocallis group. The
name was attached also to two other species of this
group by later writers. See full description and syno-
nymy in Fl. Brasil., 1. c.

The True Eimptian Lotus. — Among common names
the term "Lotus" has been remarkably misapplied.
It seems to be consistently used among us for the genus
Nelumbo, Nelumbo nucifera being generally styled
"Egyptian" or "Sacred Lotus." Historically this is
entirely wrong. Nelumbo is not native in Egypt, and is
not now found there in a wild state. It was cultivated
extensively along the Nile in the Roman period, prob-
ably for food, and the flower is supposed to have fur-
nished one form of capital of the Egyptian columns. It
is a native of southeastern Asia; is found near temples
and carved on the walls of cave-temples in Hindustan,
showing a veneration, which it shares, however, with
JVymphfpa stellata, rubra, and Lntiis. Nelumbo seems
to have been regarded as sarri'd ;ib"ut tiMuples in Japan
aud China. In Egypt, howcvrr, Xiiniphipa carulea and
K. Lotus, the "blue lotus " and " white lutus," are indige-
nous. The root (rhizome) of the former is said to have
been pointed out as edible by Isis— or by Menes; its
flowers, buds and leaves are often depicted on the monu-
ments, the first sometimes in color. The flowers are
figured among offerings under the IV". dynasty (3998-
3721 B.C.), and the plant is cert.ainly known from the
V. dynasty. Petals of this and of iV. Lotus were found
in the tomb of Ramses II., the Pharaoh of the Israelitish
captivity. N.Lotus was less regarded than N. ccernlea
in Egypt, though an object of profound veneration in
India. Herodotus and other ancient writers speak of
these Water-lilies indiscriminately as the "lotos" of the
Egyptians. With these facts, and the additional one
that, except as referred to above, Nelumbo never appears
in Egyptian carvings, the identity of the sacred lotus
cannot be doubted. But the erroneous use of the word
lotus is deeply rooted, and may never be supplanted.
Personally, the undersigned would not attempt to up-
root it, but only to remember that the so-called "Egyp-
tian Lotus " is not the plant of the tombs and monuments.
(The lotus of Tennyson's poem, "Lotus Eaters," is still
another plant, a shrub or tree which hangs out over the
water; and the genus Lotus (q. v.) is distinct from all
these.)

1102

NYJIPH.EA

NTMPH^A

Economic I'kJhc — The seeds aud root-stocks of seve-
ral Water-lilies, being very rich in starcli, are used for
food in parts of Africa, Asia, Australia and tropical
America. The white-flowered species of Europe aud
America have been reputed medicinal. The herbage of
all the species contains considerable tannin; nine sub-
stances of this class have been isolated from N. alba.

The Marliac JJybrids. — Two types of hardy, free-
flowering hybrids akin to iV". alba and its variety rubra,
but of uncertain parentage, have been introduced in the
last 10 or 12 years, one of sturdy habit, raising its Ivs.
(4-8 in. across) and fls. (3-6 in. across) well out of the
water when crowded, the other slender in growth, the Ivs.
(:i-G in. across) aud fls. (2i4~i in. across) usually float-
ing. Most of these superb varieties were introduced by
M. Latour-Marliac, of Temple-sur-Lot, Prance, whose
methods, however, remain a mystery. It seems highly
probable that excellent culture combined with careful
selection, and wise hybridization have brought about
these raagniflcent results. The first group seems to in-
volve only JV. alba (type) and iV. alba, v.ir. rosea. The
second starts with a hybrid, probably of y. alba, var.
rosea and If. tett-af/omi . i^nini,' .V. A'///./. /.■./■/, var. ro-
sea, to which is added, ii) v.uvili^' .Ir-n.s, l,l,„xl of iV.
alba, var. rosea and .V, Mmr-ooii : luit tliis does not by
any means account for the whole group. Nearly alt of
both groups are entirely sterile. BelievingthatiV'. aZfin,
and iV". alba, var. rosea, have given a decided tone to
both groups, we have described them as an appendage
to this species, though some have more the habit of iV.
tetruijoiia.

Important Species. — The following account, which
contaiu.s 93 varieties and about 30 synonyms, will seem
rather formidable to the beginner, but the species of
the first importance are only 7 in number: iV". Lotus,
rubra, odorata, tuberosa, alba, Capensis and Zanzibari-
ensis. The great majority of the other names represent
garden varieties and hybrids. It is impossible for any
form of arrangement to be clear and logical on the one
hand, and exhibit natural relationship on the other, at
least, not in a genus so greatly modified in cultivation.
However, the true species are prominently indicated by
bold-faced type and indention as usual, while their de-
rivatives are thrown into the background.

Henry S. Conard.

Water-lilies or NY5fPH.SAS are among the most royal,
gorgeous, diversified and universally admired plants in
cultivation. No class of plants in our public parks can
compete with them in attracting the people. Moreover,
America is the most highly favored country in the
world for the cultivation of aquatic plants. Ours is the
only country which can have so rich and continuous a
display of aquatics in flower from April to October in
the open without artificial heat.

The Procession of the Water-lilies. — In our parks and
private gardens are to be seen, flowering early in spring,
all our native Nymphffias, and others from Europe and
Asia. The species begin to flower in April and continue
until early fall, when a number of the hardy hybrids
continue to flower uninterruptedly until the end of the
season. In the central states and southward the hardy
varieties decline when tropical weather sets in, and the
nights and days are hot. In the eastern states, and
especially near the coast, where the nights are cool, the
season is much longer, and the color of some of the pink
varieties is more intense. Following the hardy Nym-
phaeas come the Nelumbiuras in all their oriental splen-
dor, brightening the summer season, and bridging over
the declining period of the hardy Nympheeas, and the
approaching season of the tropical Nymphaeas, which
arrive at maturity toward the latter end of July or be-
ginning of August, aud continue until fall. Finally the
grandest of all aquatic plants, Victoria regia, may be
seen in America growing in a natural pond, and produc-
ing its chaste flowers as late as the middle of October.

Tlie American Climate and American Species.—
America is rich in native species of Nymphfea, and it is
the only country which has native white-, pink- and yel-
low-flowered species.

Of the American Nymphaeas there are about 5 that
are best known. The common white Water-lily is
N}impha>a odorata. Its variety rosea is the Cape Cod
Pink Water-lily. N. tuberosa (Syn. iV. reniformis) is

a white-flowered species, inhabiting the western lakes.
The yellow kind, iV. flai'a, is indigenous to Florida and
other southern states, but is hardy in New Jersey aud
southern New York. Another southern kind is the
white-flowered JV. odorata, var. (jigantea. In addition
to the above well-known kinds, tliere are several dis-
tinct forms and hybrids.

The commencement of the cultivation of aquatics in
America led to the commingling of species, especially
of N. odorata and tuberosa. The result is that in sev-
eral sections are to be found many similar varieties,
and forms of both white- ;iiid pink, some of which are

valuable, being di^iiiiri i .|,,r and having large, hand-

.some, fragrant flnw.r-, w liil( a liost of others are worth-
less, so far as disiiuct vatieties are concerned. iV. tu-
berosa was known as the largest and purest white
Water-lily, distinct in foliage, flowers and rootstock.
This species has proved to be the most susceptible of
cross-fertilization. One great hindrance to the cultiva-
tion of such half breeds, is that most of them produce
seed. The seedlings are either white or pink, and sel-
dom, if ever, like the parent plant. There are in differ-
ent sections of the country distinct forms of iV. tutter-
osa, some having long, narrow petals and slightly fra-
grant flowers, others again having broad, incurving
petals, forming handsome cup-shaped, highly fragrant
flowers; still others have very full flowers, quite dou-
ble, the numerous petals crowding each other until the
reflexed sepals inclose the stalk, forming spherical flow-
ers like balls of snow. N. tuberosa, in any of its forms,
should not be planted in a small pond with other Nym-
phieas, for it is such a rampant grower that in a short
time it will smother the less vigorous kinds. This spe-
cies delights in plenty of space, and water 2 to 3 feet
deep, with soil of a tenacious character. However, it
will thrive in almost any soil, and is well adapted for
naturalizing in lakes and ponds. Attempts at naturaliz-
ing or cultivating on a small scale have not been very
satisfactory; but the species will well repay any extra
care to establish it in desirable localities.

Foreign Species and Hecent Triumphs in HybtHdiza-
tion. — Two or three species are indigenous to continen-
tal Europe, notably If. alba, the well-known English
white Water-lily, JV". Candida, the white Bohemian Wa-
ter-lily and iV. alba,viiT. rosea, the Swedish Water-lily.
The last named is the only distinct or true red flow-
ered, hardy species. Still aiinlliir s| ic^, wiiii h has

played a very important p:ii-t with spi , i;ili -i - nf the
present day, is jY. tetragonn (.V. pyginiio \ , trum (_'liiria
and Japan,

N. odorata was introduced into England during the
eighteenth century, and was probably the first for-
eign Nymphaea to reach that country. Other species
followed later, mostly tropical; but, although the Eng-
lish people were ardent horticulturists and lovers of
the beautiful in nature over a century ago, Nym-
phagas never became popular, and remained a neglected
class of plants until a few years ago, when M. Marliac,
of Temple-sur-Lot, Prance, conceived the idea of crossing
the English wliilr Watrr lily with the well-known Cape
Cod pink Waici' lily, ami the Florida yellow variety.
Nothing ill the hurl imltural world has created more sur-
prising results in the blending of the American and
English species. Those species have been the pro-
genitors of numerous varieties, which have made this
class of plants the most popular and desirable of all
aquatic decorative plants, and within reach of all. Their
popularity has kept constantly increasing and ever
brightened by new additions. America, too, has contrib-
uted its quota to the list of novelties, and some of
these are unsurpassed by any European introductions.

The General Principles of Water-lily Culture.—
From the apparently simple conditions under which our
native varieties are found growing, many amateurs have
concluded that all these plants require is water and pos-
sibly some mud to keep the roots in. Many attempts
have been made to grow these plants in pails and tubs,
with the inevitable result— failure. Professional gar-
deners, also, have made grievous errors, for, while they
have used every means to secure fine specimen plants
of flowers, vegetables and luscious fruits, they have
usually given meager attention to Water-lilies, and have
not supplied half their wants. Water-lilies, all Nym-

NYMPH^A

NYMPH^A

1103

ph£eas, succeed best when grown, as near as possible,
under their existing natural conditions; these are a rich
alluvial soil in abundance, water, and clear uninter-
rupted sunlight. Where natural ponds exist these con-
ditions are found, but often there is a deficiency of light,
caused by shade trees. Let the trees remain, but select
open spots for the Nymphieas. They may be planted on
the margins of sluggish streams, in bays and sheltered
nooks.

Conxtruction of Artificial Ponds, etc. — Where artifi-
cial ponds are resorted to, the most satisfactory method
is to build solid walls of masonry, with a concrete bot-
tom, provided with an outlet and overflow. In all cases
make the pond as large as existing means will allow,
not for a moment considering it possible to be too large.
One method of providing for the sustenance of these
plants is to place a layer of soil in the bottom of the
pond from 9-12 or more inches deep. This will suit the

The pond should be 2 to 2% feet in depth. The soil
should be a strong loam, the top-soil from a pasture
composted with cow manure in proportion of one-third.
This should be prepared six months, at least, before
planting time. This soil is suitable for all aquatic
plants. In any case, when filling the boxes or placing
the soil in bottom of pond, tread moderately firm and
cover with an inch of sand.

The water may be spring water, rain water or that
from any available source. The clearest spring water
will soon turn green from exposure to the sun and air,
but after fermentation settles clear. Do not place the
plants in a newly constructed pond or basin immediately
after it is finished, as the caustic property of the cement
will injure the plants. Let the water stand a few days,
or if the basin is small, the water may be changed.
Planting of the hardy varieties may be done in April
and May, according to the latitude and earliness or late-

1498. Nymphaeas in an effective and natural setting.

plants admirably. Artificial ponds are usually con-
structed in a conspicuous spot, where everything is
required to be well kept. In such situations it is neces-
sary occasionally to take off some dead leaves, or cut a
few choice flowers, and if they cannot be reached from
the edge of the pond, the attendant must wade in after
them. The result is that the water, which should always
be clear, is muddy, and when it settles there is a muddy
deposit on the leaves that makes them very unsightly.
Moreover, this treading in the soft soil breaks numer-
ous roots. To avoid these and other attendant evils
place the soil in boxes froin 3-^ feet square, and 1
foot deep, and in these plant one single plant of the
vigorous and moderate growers, allowing ample space
between the boxes. One plant of any tropical Water
Lily grown in such a box will require from 50 to 100
square feet of water surface, as will also the strong va-
rieties of hardy Nyraphfeas. since these may remain
two years undisturbed, although some of these are best
replanted every season.

ness of season. The conditions should be conducive to
active growth at once. Tropical Nymphaeas should not
be planted until there is evidence that summer has
come. Hardy Nymphseas may be planted during spring
and summer; late planting is better than deferring till
next spring, as the plants under such conditions will
get established before autumn closes, and the plants
will start naturally in spring, receiving no check.

The above method of construction and cultivation is to
be commended, but other methods are adopted with a
fair amount of success, but with attendant evils which
are discouraging and at times very annoying and costly.
Tanks or artificial ponds may be constructed with
cement, digging the pond the desired size, having slop-
ing sides and afterward lining the same with concrete
and finishing with a facing of cement. However, such a
pond will not stand the effects of hard freezing weather
even if protected ; and what is worse, the new or freshly
removed soil will settle during the season, and the pond
is very apt to spring a-leak. Some morning the pond is

1104

NYMPH.EA

likely to be found empty of water just as the plants are
showing their tirst dowers.

Another method of construction which is better than
the preceding is to line lli<- pcmil witli well-tampered
clay, from 4-6 in. thiclv. ;ittrr\\;iril <-<-\ .i-iiii^ with 2 in. of
sand. Such a pond can In- hk,.!,' w.it.r-titrlit, but the
sides will wash and repairs :ire uieded; the water is
muddy and the plants are dirty and anything but a
thing of beauty and a joy forever.

There are yet the advocates for tub culture. Yes,
plants will grow in tubs, and as soon as the plant-food
is exhausted, wliich is often at an early date, the plants
exist awhile and then draw out a miserable, exhausted
and discouraging career.

Fountain basins are often made the receptacles for
Nymphfeas. There they may be grown If the right con-
ditions are accorded them, but there must not be a
stream or spray of cold water running all the time, as
the water can readily be made cold, chilling the plants
and checking their growth.

£')i(')H!Vs. — Nymphaeas have insect pests like other
cultivated plants. Aphides are sometimes troublesome.
The best remedy is their natural enemy, the "lady bugs"
or "lady birds." A colony of these voracious insects
makes short work of the aphides, as do also the lace-
winged flies. An insect of recent acquaintance with
Nymphieas is a leaf-miner, the larva of a small fly,
which cuts channels through the leaf in all directions.
Sometimes only a few of these are in evidence, at other
times the leaves are fairly alive with them. The trouble
is easily detected The marks suggest Japanese writing
or the efforts of youthful artists. A simple and effec-
tive remedy is kerosene emulsion, applied with a fine
spray at evening after the flowers are closed. Another
troublesome insect has its home in Florida, and has
come north to spend the summer in a favored clime.
This is a leaf -cutter, Htjih-Of'timpa proprialis. The
larva cuts out pieces of the leaf and hides between two
pieces, which makes a kind of tent. In this tent the
larva moves about. At first it moves slowly, but as it
nears maturity the larva becomes ravenous and then
eats the surface of the leaves near the center, and cuts
off much larger pieces of the leaf for camping-out pur-
poses. The best remedy for this pest is a lamp trap for
the mature insect. Frogs and dragon-flies will catch
numbers of them.

Nymphseas are also subject to a fungous disease, a
leaf-spot which is easily discerned after a spell of warm,
humid weather. After such a spell of weather, followed
by bright sunshine, the leaves are scorched and crumpled,
and as a result, the plant is sadly crippled by being
denuded of its foliage; new leaves are weak and
smaller, and so too are the flowers, if indeed there are
any. This disease must be checked at once or the plants
will be severely set b.ick, if not ruined. The only rem-
edy is Bordeaux mixture, or any of the various mixtures
with sulfate of copper as the basis. Use a fine spray,
and dilute the mixture to half the strength recommended
for most plants. It is best to spray twice with a weak
solution ratlier than to spray once with too strong a so-
lution and to damage the foliage. Wm. TRtCKER.

Watek-lilies IN California. — The culture of Nym-
ph£Ba in California presents fewer difficulties than in the
eastern states. The varieties which are hardy in the
East flourish equally well and bloom for a longer period.
In frostless localities, especially where the lemon tree
is free from injury, such tender varieties as Nymphaa
Devoniensis, N, dertfafa and N. Ztinzibariennis may be
left in the open pond during winter. In colder locali-
ties the tubers should be removed to warmer quarters
in November to remain until spring. If a greenhouse
is not available, a small pool built in such a manner
that it can be covered with hotbed sash will afford
suitable protection. Very little room is needed for these
when they are dormant. The manner of cultivating
both the hardy and tender varieties is much the same in
California as in the eastern states. For growing a small
collection a pool 8 or 10 feet across may be made by
excavating 2 or 3 feet, making the walls of concrete,
brick or stone, and covering the bottom with concrete.
The best quality of cement should be used for all the
work. An overflow pipe should be put in and so ar-
ranged that the pool may he emptied when occasion

NYMPH.EA

requires. Basins 20 or 30 feet in diameter, or even
larger than this, are desirable for growing a good col-
lection. In a small pool, wooden boxes 10 inches deep
and 18 inches to 2 feet square may be usnl to linlil soil
for the plants. In a large basin some d ih. Ii.-m^ may
be 3 or 4 feet square. While most aqiKiii.> will Mower
freely in contracteil quarters, they will attain greater
perfection and )inHluc, inueli larger flowers if they have
abundance of romii li'.ili l..r tlie roots and the leaves.

The majority of tliesr plants are gross feeders, and it
is well-nigh impossible to make the soil too rich for
them. It is not necessary to go to a swamp or natural
pond to obtain what is suitable. Any soil which will
grow good vegetables will, if properly enriched, grow
Water-lilies. A compost, consisting of two-thirds good
soil and one-third thoroughly decayed cow or stable
manure, with a sprinkling of bone meal, is recom-
mended. A dark friable loam, which is intermediate
between "adobe" and sandy loam, is desirable for this
p»irpose. The tenderest varieties, such as N. Vevoni-
eusis and iV. dentiitn, will flower for a lung j.erio.l with-
out any forcing; hut if started iiitu growth in Jlarch in
a greenhouse or hotbed and pi.-iTile.l \n the i).inil in May,
there will be a great gain in the length of the flowering
season. The soil for the tender varieties should be
renewed every year, and that for the hardy ones every
two years.

If aphides or the worm known as the leaf -roller make
their appearance the leaves should he sprayed with
kerosene emulsion very much diluted, using 1 part
emulsion to 15 of water. If large ponds or lakes with a
natural earth bottom are used for growing Water-lilies,
care must be taken that noxious weeds do not get a
foothold. Cat-tails (Typha latifolia) and "tules " or
bulrushes are troublesome if not destroyed when they
first make their appearance. In California the number
of tropical and subtropical trees, shrubs and plants
which may be planted out permanently is very great.
Palms, both fan-leaved and feathery, giant bamboos,
Musas, Strelitzias, Papyrus, giant grasses, Fatsia and
Caladiums are among the things which can he used to
ornament the surroundings of the water-garden.

Edmund D. Sturtevant.

The Gfnus Nvjiph^a divides itself readily into 2
main divisions, which again are subdivided into 6
groups, according to Casparv (Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. 2,
p. 240 ff. ; Engler-Prantl. Pflanzenfamilien 3, 2, p. 7 ff. ) :

Section I. ttiiiirdrjiitus Xiiini'lnnis, i. e., carpels en-
tirely fused together. I S'nnj'lnltn/,/, ki-ii, Casp. )

Subgenus I. Loins. S. iiaN picniiinently veined: a,
space between the insertion of tlie petals and stamens:
stamens broad, flat, rounded at apex: carpellary styles
linear: Ivs. sharply dentate: rhizome ovate, stolonifer-
ous. — Tender night-bloomers: fls. red or white on strong
scapes 3-12 in. above the water, opening on 4 successive
nights. Two or 3 species in S. Europe and Asia and N.
and Central Africa.

Subgenus II. Hydrocallis. Sepals not evidently
nerved: carpellary styles long, club-shaped: petals in
alternating circles of 4: stamens much as in Castalia,
all opening about the same time: rhizome ovate, stolon-
iferous. — Tender night -bloomers: fls. creamy white.
About 9 species in tropical America.

Subgenus III. Xanthantha. Sepals not evidently
nerved: plant spreading rapidly by runners (except in
hybrids): fls. yellow throughout; stamens as in Cas-
talia: rhizome short, erect. — Day-bloomers, half-hardy.
Two species in S. North America.

Subgenus IV. Castalia. Sepals not evidently
nerved: carpellary styles flat, not clavate: outer sta-
mens petaloid, becoming narrower inward: inmost sta-
mens first to ripen, their filaments short, narrower or but
slightly wider tlian tlie anthers: rhizome horizontal
(except in jV. trtrin/<nia i. with no bark or other protec-
tion against drought. — Hardy day-bloomers: fls. white,
pink or red. Mostly natives of temperate climates.
About 6 species in Europe, N. Asia, and America.

Section II. Apocarpous Nymphfpas, i. e., carpels free
at the sides, united at their edges to the central column
of the fl. and at their backs to the receptacle. — Outermost
stamens ripening first, inmost last : rhizome ovate,
stoloniferous. — Tender day-bloomers: fls. on strong

NYMPH^A

NYMPH/EA

1105

scapes 4-12 or 14 in. above the water. {LytopUnra,

Casp.)

Subgenus V. Brachyceras. Outermost stamens with
an appendage above tbe anther: oarpellary styles short,
triangular: fls. white, blue or pinl5.— About 12 .species
in the tropics all round the world.

Subgenus VI. Anecphva. Stamens all slender, half
as long as the petals, ahuost without any appendage:
carpellary styles wanting: fls. blue, rosy or white. One
species in Australia.

INDEX.

adoena, seeNuphar

. flavescens, 31.

plena, 45.

jtlba. 48.

Froebelii, 50.

pubescens, 3.

jilljitUi. 52.

fulva, 63.

pulcherrima, 78.

Amazonum, 25.

Geo. Huster, 13.

pygmcea, 32.

ampla, 25, 80.

gigantea, 37, 93.

reniformis, 43.

Andreana. 65.

Gladstoniana, 53.

Riehardsonii, 45.

Arnoldiana, 19.

gloriosa, 68.

Robinsoni, 62.

Astriea, 92.

gracilis, 83.

Robinsoniana, 62.

Aurora, 66.

graudiflora, 14.

rosacea. 41.

azurea, 90.

(Jreyae, 87.

rosea. 11. 36, 46, 56,

biradiata, 47.

helvola. 30.

91, 92.

blanda. 24, 26, 43.

ignea, 72.

rubicunda, 23.

Boucheana, 16.

James Gurney, 69.

rubra, 10, 17, 36.

eierulea, 76,81,84.

Jubilee, 4.

rubra-punetata, 73.

Candida, 47.

Kalmiana, see Nu-

Rudgeana, 24

candidissima, 51.

phar.

sanguinea, 74.

Oapensis. 81, 88.

Kewensis, 21.

scutifolia, 76. 81.

carnea, 54.

Ltelia, 8.

Seignoreti. 64.

Carolinensis, 38.

Laydekeri, 57-60.

semiaperta, 47.

Caroliniana, 38.

Lotus, 1.

Smithiana, 5.

chromatella. 31.

Luciana, 39.

sphmrocarpa, 49.

colorans, 8.

luoida, 61.

stellata, 76, 79.

Columbiana, 12.

MrtWmc^a, 31, 52-74.

Sturtevantii. 22.

Deaniana, 7.

Mauvii, 86.

sulphurea. 29.

delicatissima, 6.

maxima, 44.

superba. 38.

dentata, 2.

Mexicana. 27.

tetragona. 32.

Devonionsis, 15.

mif-rantha, 77.

thermalis. 1.

Diana, 14.

minor, 35.

tuberosa, 43.

Eastoneusis. 9. 82.

Mrs. C.W.Ward. 85.

Union, 35.

edalis, 1.

Niobe, 20.

versicolor, 79.

elegans, 75.

nitida. 33.

Wm. Doogue. 55.

EUisiana. 67.

odorata, 34.

Wm. Falconer, 70.

exquisita. 40.

O'Marana, 18.

Wm. Stone. 84.

Hammea, 71.

Ortgiesiana, 2, 17.

Zanzibariensis, 89.

tl.iva, 28.

Parberiana, 42.

SECTION I. SYNCARPOUS NYMPH^AS.

Subgenus I, Lotos.

A. Fls. white or light pink.

1. Ldtus, Linn. {X. efhtJis, DC. X. fherm()lis,r>C., "i
the hut springs of Huny:ary). White Lotus. Fi;,^ Hit:*.
Lvs. orbicular, di'.rk icrecu above, under .surface l»rown-
ish, smooth or slightly pubescent; diam. 12 to 20 in.:
fls. white, the broad outer petals suffused pink, 5 to 10
in. across, open 7:.30 p.m. toll a. m. ; sepals pure green;
petals concave, 19 or20; stamens 96-103, vellow; anthers
shorter than the filaments. Egypt. B.M. 797. F.S.
7 : 706-7.

2. Var. dentata, Schumacher & Thonning (iV. Ort-
ifiesiilna. Planch. ). Lvs. glabrous or somewhat puberu-
lent beneath: fls. pure white, 8 to 10 in. across, open until
1 P.M.; petal narrower than in the type, ovate, opening
out horizontal; anthers longer than the filaments. Cen-
tral Africa, Sierra Leone. B.M. 4257 (as iV. dentata).
F.S. 6:627-8.

^. Var. pul)6sGens, Willd. Lvs. densely pubescent
beneath: fls. white; outer petals tinged pink. India.

Garden Varieties of Nymph.s:a Lotus.

N. Lotus and varieties seed freely, and are valuable seed-
parents for hybrids, of which tbe following may best be classed
here: 4. Jubilee, with tis. delicate pinkish white: lys. blotched
with brown. crumpled at margin. Distributed by Henry A.Dreer.
Riverton. N. J., in 1899.-5. Smithiana (N. Lotus X K Lotus
var. dentata). A shade more pink than 4: petals broadly ovate:
lvs. plain dark green, lying tlat at margin. Distributed by W.
Tricker from Clifton, N. J., in 1893.— 6. C. delicatissima (N.
Lotus var. dentata X N. rubra). Light pink ; a shade darker
than 5 : lvs. slightly bronzy, a little crumpled at margin. Dis-
tributed by W. Tricker from Chfton, N. J., in 1894.-7. Dean-
iana. Hybrid same as 6. Pure light pink; darker than 6:
sepals deep rose pink; petals broadly ovate; stamens red: lvs.
dark green, scarcely bronzy, much (^rumpled at margin. Sent
out by W. Trifker. from Clifton. N. J., in 1894.-8. Lcelia (N.
Cohimbiana X X. Smithiana). White or nearly so: lvs. bright
green, Va.T.colbrans, smaller than type: tls. shaded pink: lvs.

with open sinns. Originated with O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass.,
1900.— 9. Eastoneusis (N. O'Marana X N. Smithiana). Lvs.
dark green, bronzy wlien young ; sinus wide : fls. white.
Originated with O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass., 1900.

AA. Flowers red.

10. rtlbra, Rosbg. Lvs. orbiculate, reddish brown,
bronzy, becoming gi*eenish, pubescent beneath, 12 to 18
in. across : fls, deep purplish red, 6 to 10 in. across,
open 3 or 4 nights from 8 p. m. to 11 a.m.; sepals dull
purplish red, 7-nerved, never opening more than lO*'
above horizontal; petals 12-20, narrowly oval, rounded
at apex ; stamens about 55, cinnabar-red, becoming
brownish. India. B.M. 1280. F.S. 6:629.-Only distin-
guishable from iV. Lotus, var. pubescens, by color of fls.
The two run into each other and may not be specifically
distinct.

11. Var. rdsea, Sims. Lvs. bronzy green, blotched with
brown : fls. luri;<.% maL'-i-nta to dark red, open from 8 p. m.
to 10:30 a. m.; I'ftal.s narrow, pointed; stamen tips
orange-brown. India. B.M. 1364.

Garden Varieties of Nympelea rubra.
FIRST group.

12. Columbiana, with deep red fls., darker than the type,
of medium size (6 in. across): foliage dark bronzy red. Chance
seedling from N. rubra. Sent out by W. Iricker from Clifton,
N. J., in 1894.— 13. George Huster. Fls. deep red. 8-10 in. aci-oss,
closing about 11 A. M.: lvs. bronzy green. Sent out by Henry
A. Dreer from Riverton, N.J. in 1899.-14. I>iana (N. Sturt-
evantii X Amazonum ) . Intense magenta shaded with crimson ;
lvs. deep olive-brown, sinus open. A.G. 21, p. 517. Var. grandi-
fldra is larger and deeper in color. Originated with O. Ames,
N. Easton. Mass., 1900.

SECOND GROUT.
15. Devoniensis, ^oo\i. Fig. 1500. Lvs.dark bronzy green, mod-
erately peltate, lying flat on the water, 18 in. across; under sur-
face greenish brown, puberulent: fls. pure red, 10-12 in. across,
open from 8 p. m. to 1 p. m. of nest day; petals ovate, 4 or 5 in.
long by 1^ in. wide. B.M. 4665. The first hybrid of note (if
hybrid at all) ; said to be N. Lotus X N. rubra, raised at Chats-
worth, Eng., in 1851. A universal favorite.— 16. Boucheana.
Very near 15; hybrid(?), of same parentage; color of fls. a
little lighter. F.S. 10:1033-4.-17. Ortgiesiano-rubra. Much
like 15: fls. dark red. F.S. 8:775-6.

1499. Nympheea Lotus.

Redrawn from the old figure in Botanical Magazine (1804). show-
ing an historical picture of the true while Egyptian Lotus.

THIRD GROUP.
18. O'Marana. Lvs. bronzy green, margin occasionally
crumpled: fls. 10-12 in. across, open from 7:30 P. M. to 1 or 2
p. M. of next day; sepals reflexed when fully open; petals pink-
ish red, with a nearly white streak up the middle; stamens
orange. N. Lotus X N. Sturtevantii, sent out bv P. Bisset,
Washington, D.C., about 1894.-19. Arnoldiana. Much smaller
than 18: lvs. somewhat crumpled: petals crumpled. N. Lotus
var. dentata XN. rubra, by O. W. Oliver, Washington. D. C—

20. Niobe (N. rubra X ). Bright carmine pink: lvs.

undulate and dentate margined, dark green aliove, sinus open.
Originated with O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass., 1900.

1106

NYMPH^A

AAA. Fls. pure pink.
Gakden Hybrids or N. Lotus and N. kubea.

21. Eeweiisis, Hook. f. Lvs. orbicular, dark green with a few
browu patches, slightly bronzy, lying nearly iiat on the water,
rather broadly peltate: fls. 6 to 8 in. across, light pink; petals
broadly ovate; sepals light brownish green. N. Lotus, var. den-
tataXN. Devoniensis, raised at Kew in 1885. B.M. 6988. .Said
to have died out, but a plant of that name and'description is
still found in American gardens.

22. Sturtevdntii.'B.ort. Lvs. light bronzy green, rather broadly
peltate, much ci-umpled at margin; fls. 8-12 in. across, quite dou-
ble, pure pink to bright red, closing about 11 : 30 A. M. ; petals vei*y
broad, concave, incurved ; stamens incurved, tips light brown-
ish orange. G. P. 7:355. A huge massive flower ; varies greatly
in color of leaf and bloom, according to culture. Chance seed-
ling from N. Devoniensis, raised in 1884 by E. D. Sturtevant
at Bordeutown, N. J.— 23. rubictinda, Ames (N. Sturtevantii X
N.Lotus). Deep rich pink; lvs. dark green. Originated with
O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass., 1900.

SCBGENUS II. HtDEOCALHS.

24. Eudgeina, G. P. W. Meyer (jV. bldnda, Planch.,
not of gardens). Lvs. elliptic to suborbicular. 18 in.
long, margin coarsely and irregularly sinuate-dentate :
fls. 3-6 in. across, imperfectly open 2 or 3 nights from
twilight until dawn. Usually only the sepals and 4, 8 or
12 outer petals open, the remaining parts forming a
closed ovoid bud; occasionally a slight aperture is
formed by drawing apart of the tip of the bud, which
occurs before midnight. Petals usually 16-20; stamens
43-8.1. Trop. Amer. Flora Erasiliensis 77, pi. 32, 34, 35,
38. Not in cultivacion here.

25. Amazdnum, Mart. & Zucc. (If. dmpla, of Ameri-
can gardens). Lvs. ovate, entire; lobes rounded; upper
and lower surfaces spotted brownish or blackish, under
surface reddish brown; petiole with a ring of long hairs
at the point of ,joining the leaf: fls. 3-6 in. across, im-
perfectly open 1 or 2 nights ; the bud opens about half
and closes again between 3 and 6 a.m. the first night;
the second night the sepals and outer row of petals open
about 7 P. M., the other parts remaining as a tight,
white bud until 3.30 a. m., when the fl. opens fully from
4.30 to 5 A. M., then closses by 6.30 a. m. and draws down
into the water ; petals usually 20 ; stamens 93-297.
Tropical America. Fl. Brasil. 77, pi. 35. B.M. 4823.

26. bUnda, G. F.W. Meyer (not of American gardens).
Lvs. small, membranous, entire, suborbicular ; lobes
slightly produced, subacuminate and subhastate : fls.
4 in. across : habits of opening unknown ; petals 16;

NYMPH.EA

stamens, which are about 50, light golden-yellow; rhi-
zome erect, tuber-like, discoid, plane beneath, 3-5 in. in
diam. ; runners terete, J-s in. thick, white, rooting at the
tip and sending up lvs. ; the young plant flowers in a
few weeks and again sends out runners. Mexico.

28. fliva, Leitner. Like 27, but more slender, weaker
grower, less free bloomer, fls. paler yellow. Probably
only a variety. Florida, in St. John's and Miami rivers.
B.M. 6917. — Hardy as far north as New York, "in 2 ft.
of water, covered with boards and a few leaves;" Ge-
rard, in G.P.

Wilho

{hybrids }.

1500. Nymphaia De

stamens about 65. Central and S. Amer., in the tropics.
Fl. Brasil. 77, pi. 36. -Not in cultivation.

Subgenus III. Santhantha (and hybrids).
a. Spreading by raniters {type species}.
27. Uezicd,na, Zucc. Floating lvs. ovate, margin ob-
scurely and liiiily siiiu;itc. d:irk green above, beauti-
fully blotclied with brown ; under surface dark crimson-
brown, with small l)lackisli <luts, when crowded the lvs.
rise 3-5 in. above the water, are orbicular, cup-shaped
by overlapping of the straight sinus-margins, entire,
3-5 in. across, dark green and shining above, under
surface bright green, with fine purplish brown mot-
tlings: fls. 4 in. across, raised 4-5 in. above the water,
bright canary yellow, open from 11 A. M. to 4 p. M. ; pet-
als 23, grading in size and shape insensibly into the

29. odoratu, var. sulphurea. Lvs. all floating. 4-6 in. across,
like N. odorata, but blotched with brown: fls. light yellow, 4-5
in. across, borne 2-4 in. above the water ; open diu-ing the
morning. One of Marliac's hybrids, doubtless N. odorata X N.
flava. Hardy. Shown in P.-»ris in 1889.

30. tetrdgona.vAT. helvhla (N.pygmffia.var. helvola, Marliac).
Lvs. floating, oval, 3-4 in. across, similar in shape to those of
N. tetragona, blotched all over with brown: fls. floating, small,
yellow, 2 in. across, open during the afternoon. Hybrid, prob-
ably N. tetragona X N. Mexicana. Hardy. Introduced into
America about 1892.

31. Marlictcea, var. chromaiella (N. tuberosa, var. flavescens
of Kew.=N. Marliacea) . Floating lvs, orbicular, much blotched
with brown, 3-8 in. across; when crowded the lvs. rise as much
as 8 in. above the water, are dark green above, lighter beneath ;
petioles sometimes with longitudinal brown stripes; fls. briglit
yellow, 3-6 in. across: petals numerous, broad, concave: sta-
mens deep yellow. Hybrid, raised by Marli,*4C ; probably N.
Mexicana X N. tuberosa (or alba). Strong grower, free
bloomer; a general favorite. Flowered in this country in 1889.

Subgenus IV. Castalia.
A. Rhizome erect: fls. pure trhite.

32. tetrftgona, Georg. (iV. ;>)/sm(ra, Ait.). Lvs. horse-
shoe shape, entire, the lobes diverging, slightly pro-
duced and subacute, dark green above, inclined to
brown blotching, reddish beneath, 3 to 4 in. across: fls.
\%~2% in. across, open on 3 or 4 days from noon until
5 p.m.; base of fl. square; petals 13-17; stamens about
40, yellow. E. Siberia, China and Japan ; also in N.
Idaho, U. S., and Ontario, Canada. B.M. 1525.— The
smallest of the genus ; free bloomer; makes no side
shoots from the single crown, but grows readily from
seed. Seed next to the largest of the genus.

33. nitida, Sims. Lvs. entire, suborbicular; lobes ob-
tuse: fls. white, cup-shaped: tender. Described in B.M.

1359 without habitat, and never positively
identified since.

AA. Khizome horizontal or, if not,
fls. pink or red.
B. Lvs. scattered loosely on the rhizome.
34. odor£lta,Ait. Sweet-scented Water-
lily. Lvs. nearly orbicular, entire, some-
what coriaceous, dark green above, pur-
plish red when young ; under surface
deep red to reddish green or almost pure
green; diam. 5-10 in.; lobes usually di-
^ verging, but often touching or slightly

overlapping; petioles greenish or brown-
i.sh: fls. (in the type) white, 3-5 in. across,
open three days from 6 A. M. till 12 M. ; se-
pals green, tinged with reddish brown;
petals 23-32, ovate to lance-ovate ; sta-
mens 55-113, yellow; outer filaments broad, white, peta-
loid; seed medium sized. Eastern U. S., common. B.
M. 819 (small). — Varies greatly in size and color, ap-
proaching iV. tuberosa.

35. Var. minor, SimsiiY.f^Hiom). Lvs. deepred beneath
(or green when aerial) : lobes diverging; diam. 2-5 in. ;
fls. white, 2K-3K in. across; sepals strongly purple,
colored ; petals 17-24 ; stamens 37-78. Sometimes
growing where water recedes entirely in summer; usu-
ally in shallow water. Same range as type; often a shy
bloomer. B.M. 1652.

36. Var. rdsea, Pursh (var. rubra). Cape Cod Water-
lily or Pond-lily. Lvs. dark reddish on both sides when
young, becoming green above: fls. pink, fading on the
successive days of opening, 4 in. across. Southeastern
Mas.sachusetts. B.M. 6708 (too pale).

NYMPH^A

1107

37. Var. gigantea, Hort. Rice-field Water-lily.
Lvs. large, 12-16 in. across, green beneath, at times tinged
purplish toward margin; edge often turned np; petioles
green: fls. 4-7 in. across, pure white; sepals green;
petals 24-31; stamens 69-120. Del. to Fla. and La.
Approaches JSf. tuberosa.

Garden Varieties of the N. odorata Type.

38. Carolinidna, Hort. {var. Carolinensis^ var. superba=N.
tuberosa, var. superba). Lvs. entire, 12 in. across, sinus barely
closed; green above, red beneath: ris. fragrant, 7
petals narrow, abundant (42?), delicate rosy pink: rhizome
stout. A robust plant, raised by Dr. Bahnsen. Salem, N C
about 1890. Probably N. odorata, var. rosea X N. tuberosa.— 39
Luciana, Hook. Like 38 in habit, etc., fls. rosy pink.— 40. exqui
sitay Marliac. Lvs. green above, intense red beneath; fls. large
rosy carmine, darkest of this groTip; very near to 36. Intro
dueed about 1890.— 41. roscicea, Marliac. Fls. salmon pink, more
delicate in tint than 36. Int. by Marliac in 1891.

42. Parkeri&na^ Lehm. Habit and foliage of 34: fls
large, pure white with bright yellow stamens and 16-2(1
rayed stigma; petals broader and shorter than 6\
Guiana.

43. tuber6sa, Paine( iV". renzYtirmu-, Walt.
(Gray) N. blanda of gardens?). Fig. 1501.
Distinguished from No. 34 chiefly by the
numerous slenderly attached and spontane-
ously separating tubers, 1-3 in. long on
the rhizome. Lvs. when floating less
coriaceous than in 34, and more veiny
above; petioles marked with longitudinal
brown stripes ; no purple or red color
about lvs. or sepals: fls. 4-9 in. across,

"pure white, open three or four days from
8 a. m. to 1 p. M. ; petals broad, concave:
seeds the largest of the genus. North cen-
tral U.S. G. F. 1:366. 367; 6:416(good).
B.M. 6536 (poor). A luxuriant grower;
when crowded or in shallow water the lvs.
and fls. rise 4-6 in. above the water;
spreads rapidly by tubers. Moderate bloomer.

44. Var. m&xima ( N. odorata, var. mdxima of garden*! )
A form with round lvs. and closed sinus, the lobes
curved out at apex to a short point; petioles pubescent,
with long hairs, with a few faint longitudinal brown
stripes: fls. medium to large, pure white, somewhat
cup-shaped. Lake Hopatkong, N. J. Rather smallei
than the type! Possibly a natural hybrid of iV. tuberoba
and odorata.

Garden Varieties of N. Tuberosa,

45. Richardsonii, Trieker (=var. plena) . Fls . very double, pure
white, standing well above the water; sepals and outer petals
drooping. Int. by Geo. Richardson of Lordstown, Ohio, abont
1894.-46. rbsea, Hort. Fls. pink, standing above the water.
Probably N. tuberosa X N. odorata, var. rosea.

BB. Lvs. crowded on the rhizome.

47. c&ndida, Presl. {N. biradidta, Sommerauer. iV.
semiap^rta, Klinggraef). Similar to 48. Angles of at-
tachment of sepals projecting; all the filaments broader
than the anthers: fr. ovoid; seed large. Forms sterile
hybrids with 48. Central and northern Europe.

48. d,Iba, Linn. Lvs, roundish, entire, floating, 4-12 in.
across, red when very young: rhizome black: fls. white
(in the ty])e), 4-5 in. across, open from 7 A. m. to 4 p. ai. ;
petals broad, ovate, somewhat concave; angles of at-
tachment of sepals rounded; filaments of inmost sta-
mens not wider than the anthers: fr. more or less
spherical; seed small. Eu., Siberia.- A robust species.

49. Var. rdsea» Mast. (iV.aZftrt, var, n>6ra=iV.a?&a,var.
sphwrocdrpa=N . alba, var. Cdsparii). Outer petals
rosy, intermediate ones intensely rosy, inmost petals
with the filaments and processes of carpels deep red-
brown; variable in purity of color. Fagertarn. Sweden;
rare. B.M. 6736 (stamens poor). R.H. 1879:230. -Diffi-
cult to manage in this country.

50. Var. Froebelii, Hort. A dark-fld. form of 49; rilso
hard to succeed with in this country.

51. Var. candidissima, Hort. {X.candidissima,'Bort.).
Lvs. orbicular; lobes strongly curved, overlapping; yel-
lowish when very young: rhizome brownish, sometimes
3 in. through: fls. large, pure white, sterile. The first to

bloom in spring, continuing until frost; very robust.
Most desirable white variety.

Garden Varieties and Hybrids of N. alba and of

N. ALBA, VAR. rosea.
FIRST GKOUP.

. dlbida. Fl. large, dazzling white; petals
stamens with a tendency to be flushed

^9. Gn. .'J2: 1147, p. 444.-53. Giadsromdna.
Trieker, is much like 52, larger and of more open growth. Int.
by Geo. Richardson, Lordstown, Ohio, J

52. Marlidcea, i
pink. Int. about :

1501.

Nymphxa tuberosa.

{X%.) No. 43.

54. MarUdcea, var. cdmea, like 52 except in color, which is a
soft liesh pink, deepening toward the base of the petals; fra-
grance of vanilla. Int. about 1889. 55. Wm. Doogue, like 54,
but of more open growth; petals evenly colored, broader and
more concave. Int. by Henry A. Dreer in 1899.

56. MarUdcea, y&r. rosea. Fls. large, deep rose color; young
lvs. purplish red, changing to deep green. Int. about 1889.

SECOND GROUP.

57. Ldydekeri, var. rosea (N. Laydekeri), with a thick erect
rootstock, forming no offsets : fls. small, rosy pink, changing to
purplish, opening about 11 A. M. Int. by Marliac about 1893;
probably N. tetragona X N. alba, var. rosea.— 58. Ldydekeri
lildcea (N. liliacea = N.lilacina), color soft rosy lilac, with yel-
low stamens; odor of a tea rose: lvs. with occasional dark
blotches. Int. in U. S. in 1895.

59. Ldydekeri, var. hdgens. Petals concave, crimson pink:
stamens dark red. Very brilliant. Int. in 1895.— 60. Ldydekeri,
purpwraia {N. L. purpurea). Fl. rosy crimson; stamens orange
red. Int. in 1895.

61. lucida. Pis. large, rosy vermilion: lvs. blotched with
reddish brown. Int. by Marliac in 1895.

62. flo?>f/(50«i' (N. Robinsoniana). Fls. large, floating; a yel-
low ground color, overlaid with purplish red: lvs. blotched.
May be N. alba, var. rosea X N. Mexicana. Marliac hybrid, in-
troduced into U. S. in 1895. Gn. 52:1147.

63. fulva closely resembles 62: lvs. spotted brown above, red
beneath. Int. by Marliac in 1895.

64. Seignoreti. Fls. delicate yellow shaded with rose and
carmine; borne about 6 in. above the water: lvs. mottled.
Probably N. alba, var. rosea XN. Mexicana. Int. by Marliac
about 1897.

1108

NYMPH^A

65. Andredna. Outer petals dull, whitish at apex, red below;
inner petals dull dark red: stamens bright orange: Ivs.
blotched; lobes overlapping. Shows blood of N. Mesicana.
Int. by Marliac about 1S91.

66. Aurora. Fls. rose-yellow on first day, becoming deep red
on the third; general effect orange: sinus of leaf open. Int. by
Marliac about 1897.

67. Ellisidna. Fls. brilliant carmine purple. Int. about 1897.
68. gloribsa. Very dark red; much like 67. Int. in 1899. 69.
James Gumey. Fls. 5-6 in. across, dark rose color. 70. Wm.
Falconer. Fls. 6-7 in. across, bright garnet color. (Nos. 69 and

Vt'

1502. Nymphaea gracilis (X Mli). No. 83.

SECTION II. APOCARPOUS NYMPH^AS.

Subgenus V. Braohyceras.

A. £ifs. entire or slightly wavy at base.

75. 61egan3, Hook. Lts. narrowly peltate, orbicular to
ovate, margin entire or with 5 or (> .small scattered
teeth; under surface dark purple ; diam.Tin.: fls. pale
violet, 3-6 in. across, open three days from 8 A. M. to 1
p. M. ; buds ovate; sepals marked with black lines and
dots; petals ovate, obtuse, 12-20; stamens stout, about
75, yellow; appendage a mere tip; filaments broad.
Mex. B.M. 4604.

7G. cserdlea, Savigny (iV. s^eHAte, Caspary. JY. scuti-
fdlia of gardens). Blue Lotus op Egypt. Lvs. nar-
rowly peltate, oval, entire or slightly sinuate at base;
under surface green with dark purple blotches, purplish
atmargin, 12-16 in. across: fls. 3-6 in. across, open three
days from 7:30 a. m. to 12 M.; buds conical ; sepals
thickly marked with black lines and dots; petals 14-20,
lanceolate, acute, light blue above, lower half dull white;
stamens 50-70; outer filaments broad, yellow : appen-
dage long (three-sixteenths in. on outer stamens}, pale
blue. Egypt, northern and central Africa. Ann. Mus.
Paris, vol. 1 (1802), p. 3G6c.p. F.S. 7:653. -Free grower
and bloomer but not showy.

77. micrdntha, Guillemin & Perottet. Lvs. elliptic,
entire in apical half, rest of margin sinuate; sinus
deep; lobes spreading, much produced and acuminated,
bearing bulbs which produce new plants at the top of
the petiole! Under side of leaf green, tinged with
purplish brown and minutely dotted: fls. small, white,
3-5 in. across; calyx pale green, unspotted; petals
lanceolate and very acute. West coast of Africa. B.M.
4535. — Not yet introduced into America.

AA. Jjvs. distinctly or deeply sinuate.
B. Sepals spotted with blackisli dots and lines.

78. pulch6rrima, Tricker. Lvs. somewhat peltate, or-
bicular-ovate, strongly sinuate, angle of lobes acumi-
nate; under surface green, densely blotched with pur-
plish black; margin purplish red; diam.lB in.: fls. light
blue, 10-12 in. across : buds sharply conical ; petals 22,
lance-ovate, whitish at base; stamens about 140, appen-
daged; filaments yellow, outer ones broad; appendage

and back of outer antliers blue. Probably If. Gapensis
X iV. canihii. Raised by \V. Tricker.

79. stellita, Willd. (including If. versicolor, Roxbg.
B.M. IISU). Blue Lotus or India. Lvs. elliptic-orliicu-
late, rather broadly peltate; margin irregularly rejiand-
dentate; lobes hardly produced; green above; deei)lilue-
violet beneath: fl. 3-7 in. across, pale blue (rarely jjiuk
or white), open three days from 8 A, M. to 2 p. m. ; buds
ovate; sepals with minute blackish dots; petals 11-14,
dull white at base; stamens 33-54; appendage blue;
anthers and filaments pale vellowish. Southern and
eastern Asia. Andrews Bot. Rep. 5:330. B.M. 2058.

80. dmpla, DC. (not of gardens). Lvs. narrowly
peltate, sub-orbicular, sinuate or nearly entire,
with small black spots above and below, 6-15 in.
across: fls. white, diam. 3-8 in.: sepals cori-
aceous, ovate-lanceolate, acute; petals 7-21, lance-
ovate; stamens 30-190, outmost ones much longer
than inmost. Texas, south to the West Indies
and Brazil. Fl. Brasil, 77, p. 129 pi. 28-30. B.M.
4469. — Very near of kin to iV". gracilis.

■'v.^ BB. Si'pnls without blackish markings.

81. Capfinsis, Thunb. (iV. scutifdtia, DC. jV.
cwrulea B.M. 552 and American gardens). Cape
Blue Water-lily. Lvs. rather narrowly peltate,
orbicular-ovate, strongly sinuate-dentate, angle
of lobes produced, acuminate; 12-16 in. across:
fls. rich sky-blue, 6-8 in. across: open four days
from 7 a. .m. to 4 p. M. ; buds ovate; sepals pure

green outside, whitish within; petals 20-30, lower third
nearly white, narrowly elliptic; stamens about 15(1 (97-
221, Casp.); filaments yellow, outmost ones broad, in-
most filiform; appendage and back of outer anthers
blue. S.Africa. Andr. Bot. Rep. pi. 197. F.S. 6:645.-
A very desirable .species. 82. Var. Eastonieneis, Ames
(iV. stellAtn,\ar. Eastonieiisi.s). Fls. steel-blue; pet-
als broader and more rounded than in the type, rather
larger: lvs. longer, oval, more deeply toothed. Seed-
ling from the type, raised by C. Blomberg, gardener
to O. Ames, N. Easton, Mass., 'in 1896. G.P.' 9:475.

83. gracilis, Zucc. Fig. 1502. Lvs. narrowly peltate,
deeply and irregularly sinuate or nearly entire, subor-
bicular; angle of lobes rounded; under surface pure
green (or suffused purple in hybrids), 15-17 in. across:
fls. white, 6-8 in. across; sepals pure green; petals
16-20, acuminate; stamens about 60, deep yellow; out-
most filaments short, broad, petaloid; anthers with long
yellowish appendage. Mexico.

1503. Nyssa sylvatica (X 'a)-

Garden forms of N. gracilis : 84. Wm. Stone (and var. coeru-
lea). Habit and form of 83: fls. large, open from early morning
till evening; sepals green outside, blue within; petals dark
blue, with a purplish cast; stamens vei"y numerous. Doubtless
a hybrid of N. gracilis and N. Zanzibariensis. Raised by W.
Tricker, Riverton. N.J,. 1899.-85. jlfrs. C. W. Ward, like 84,
except in color.which is a be,iutifiil pink. A charming variety .
exhibited by W. Tricker, in 1900.-86. Mauvii, " fls. delicate pale
mauve, sweet scented ; " seedling raised by S. Henshaw. at W.
Brighton, N. Y., about 1892.-87. Orei/ce, a form of 83, raised by
Benj. Grey, Maiden, Mass.. with blue fls. shading to white.

NYJIPH^EA

NYSSA

1109

88. Capensis X ZanzibarUtisls. Lvs. somewhat pel-
tate, orbicular-ovate, strongly sinuate, angle of lobes
acuminate; under surface dark purple: 8-16 in. across,
tls. rich blue, open 3-5 days, from 9 A. M. to 4 or 5 p. M.,
0-8 in. across: sepals green outside, blue within; petals
1.5-20, nai-row, acute; stamens 60-100: appendage blue.
Cult, about Phila. Free bloomer, strong grower.

89. Zanzibari^nsis, Casp. Lvs. somewhat peltate, or-
bicular or orbicular-ovate, margin closely sinuate-den-
tate; angle of lobes hardly pointed, under surface more
or less suffused violet; diam. 8-15in. : fls. 6-12 in. across,
open three to live days from 11 A. M. to 5 p. M. ; sepals
green outside, margins purple, deep purplish blue
within; petals 18-24, oblong, obtuse, deep blue; sta-
mens 136-242, appendage dark blue; back of anther
dark crimson-violet; outer filaments obovate, yellow.
Zanzibar, B.M. 6843 (as N. stellala, var. Zamibarien-
sis). Gn. 25:431 (small). 90. Var. azdrea, light blue,
and 91, var. rdsea, pink, are otherwise like the type,
but open earlier in the morning; they come up pro-
miscuously from seed of the type or of one another.

92. Astraaa, Grey {N. qrncilis x IT. Zamihari(nsis).
Leaves floating, with general habit of a strong-growing
N. gracilis, green, tinged purple beneath. Fls. stand-
ing well above water, stellate, with a resemblance to N.
gracilis, but much larger; sepals green, shading to yel-
low at base, the inner surface bright blue, shading
through white to translucent at the base; petals blue,
shading to white at base, usually al)out 17 in iuiiuIht;
stamens less than 70, linear-lanceolate, yellow, rijuird
with blue-purple; stigma less than 20-cened. witli )ilunt-
toothed, yellow apices. Both parents bybridizi- frt-fly
either way, but the hybrid is sterile. Unites tiii' Anicri-
oan (Mexican) with the African species, Var. rdsea,
Grey, is like the preceding, but the color is rose-pinlt
instead of blue; it is hybridized with If. Zanzibarien-
sis rosea instead of the type.

Subgenus VI. Anecphya.

93. gigant^a, Hook. Lvs. narrowly peltate, elliptic or
ovate, margin sinuate-dentate, sinus open ; under sur-
face brownish pink, becoming purple; 18 in. across: fls.
light blue to violet (rarely rose color or white), open
seven days from 9 a. m. to 6 p. m.; diam. 6-12 in.; se-
pals pure green; petals very many, dark blue at tip,
shading to nearly white at base; stamens 680-745;
filaments mostly filiform ; anthers bright yellow.
Australia. B.M. 4647. P.S. 7:751. -The most delicate
and lovely, and withal one of the largest of the genus.

Henry S. Conard.

N'^SSA (name of a water nymph ; these trees grow
in swamps). Cornaceie. Tupelo. Pepperidge. Sour
Gum. Tupelos are bold and picturesque, hardy decidu-
ous trees, valued for the flaming scarlet of their autumn
foliage and for the distinctness of their winter aspect.
They grow in swamps and are usually 40-60 feet high,
attaining a maximum of 100 feet. Old specimens
often have a melancholy appearance by reason of the
drooping habit of the lower limbs. The upper branches
of a Tupelo are often twiggy, crooked or "kinky." The
foliage is leathery, and as glossy as if varnished.

Tupelos are hard to transplant from the wild, even
when heavily pruned, because they have remarkably
long roots with few rootlets. Nursery-grown trees that
have been frequently transplanted are preferable, but
seedlings are easily raised. Of the 7 species, 2 are na-
tives of eastern Asia, tiie rest of North America. The
only species offered by American nurserymen is JV.
srjlvatica.

Nyssas are trees or shrubs with petiolate, usually en-
tire lvs. and small fls. borne in short racemes or dense

1504. Pepperidge — Nyssa sylvatica.

heads. Unlike the Dogwoods (Cornus), they belong to
a group in which the fls. are unisexual, in.stead of her-
maphrodite. From Aucuba and Garrya they differ in
having alternate lvs. Nyssa is distinguished from its
immediate allies by the following characters: petals
of the male fls. none, or 4 to many, imbricated; stamens
4 to many: ovary 1-celled; style 1, simple or 2-parted.

sylvAtica, Marsh. (iV. multifjfirn, Wang.). Tupelo.
Pepperidge. Black Gum. Sour Gum. Figs. 1503-4.
Lvs. usually entire, obovate or oval, mostly acute or
acuminate, 2-4 in. long: staminate fls. in compound
heads; pistillates larger, 2-14 together: fr. 3-7 lines long,
nearly black, acid, with an ovoid stone, little flattened.
Me. and Ont. to Mich., to Fla. and Tex. G.F. 3 :491 ; 7:275.
B.B. 2:547. W. M.

o

1505. Variable foliage of the
Oak.— Pin Oak type.

OAK. Plate XXI. Strength, solidity, durability are
.symbolized in the Oak. The tree is connected with the
traditions of the race, and it is associated with litera-
ture. It is a tree of strong individuality, with bold, free
growth and massive framework. Its longevity appeals
to every person, even though he has no feeling for
trees. It connects the present with the past. It spans
the centuries.

This feeling that the Oak represents a long span of
years is itself the reason why we should consider the
tree with veneration and let it live its full time; and
this is the particular lesson which the writer would im-
press. Spare the isolated
Oak trees I Of whatever
kind or species, a mature
Oak is beyond price. To
allow it to remain be-
speaks culture and kind-
ly feeling.

Many species of Oak
are now available in nur-
series. There are per-
haps 25 species that can
be relied on for planting
in the northeastern
states, and there are par-
ticular varieties adapted
to almost every habitable
part of North America.
The planting of cheap,
quick - growing willows
and poplars is so com-
mon that one almost de-
spairs of the time when
such strong and expres-
sive trees as Oaks shall be planted. There is little diffi-
culty in the planting of Oaks if one secures nursery-
grown stock. They grow more slowly than some other
trees, but what they lack in rapidity of growth they make
up in character and foliage color. If quick effects are
wanted, some fast-growing tree may be planted with
them, to be removed as the Oaks need the space. Some
of the species grow nearly or quite as rapidly as hard
maples, when young. Other species are mere bushes
and make an excellent border-mass on the farther side
of large grounds. Of such is the native Scrub-Oak
(Qiiereus ilicifolia) of the eastern states. The native
species are usually the best for any region, from the
fact that they are adapted to climate and soil ; and
then, a feeling for common native plants is an indica-
tion of the highest appreciation .and of the keenest re-
sponse to the conditions in which one lives.
For a full sketch of the kinds of Oaks, see Quercus.

L. H. B.
Among the native deciduous trees of the eastern
United States no kinds are more useful or attractive,
either in economic value or for ornamental planting,
than the various species of Oaks. Hardiness, lon-
gevity, beauty of foliage and fruit, exemption from the
injurious attacks of disease or insect pests, and beauty,
strength and durability of the lumber are among their
especially valuable characteristics. The family of Oaks
is a large one, but they mix and vary so much by
natural hybridization and geographical variations that
their botany is puzzling to all but the most astute
scientific students. Casual observers and amateur bot-
anists who attempt their study find them an interesting
but difficult family to identify. A sprig from a tree
which is probably a hybrid between the willow and Pin
Oaks, Pig. 1505, is a fair sample of the kind of variations
which are frequent in Oak forests. Experienced woods-
men, who are quite familiar with .ill the Oaks in their
neighborhood, find that, a few miles from home, on dif-
ferent soil and elevation, they meet with varietal differ-
ences of bark, foliage, fruit and general appearance of

trees which they can scarcely associate with the species
as they have known them.

That Oaks have been esteemed and admired from
time immemorial is evidenced by the numerous forms
in which their leaves and fruit appear in all kinds of
ornamentations in all ages.

Acorns of all species are objects of interest, but the
larger forms, especially those of the Fringed or Mossy-
cup Oak, are particularly attractive.

In autumn the foliage of Oaks remains green until
many other trees have shed their leaves; then they as-
sume rich shades of red, bronze and brown, presenting
a splendor of ripening foliage less brilliant but not less
beautifvil than that which, a few weeks before, arrayed
some of their forest companions so gorgeously.

It has been said that "Who plants Oaks, plants for
posterity." Too often this has been interpreted to mean
that Oak trees grow and develop so slowly that a planter
m.iy not reasonably expect to realize much benefit from
his own plantings, but that long after he has passed
away posterity will reap the harvest which he has sown.
Judged from a lumberman's standpoint, this is nearly
correct. The Pin Oak and some other species are ma-
ture at from 75 to 80 years of age, and seldom live more
than 100 years, but the White Oaks are not fit for
sawing into lumber until they have passed 125 years of
age, and most of the large valuable trees are much older
than this.

The White Oak, found naturally on low lands and clay
soil, is unquestionably the patriarchal aristocrat among
native trees of the eastern U. S. While it is a sorrow-
ful fact that nearly all the tall forest Oaks with large
trunks have fallen before the march of human progress,
still there are a few venerable specimens left, with very
large, spreading heads, but whose trunks are so short
as to have little commercial value. These have un-
doubtedly stood for several centuries, and are still in
unimpaired strength and vigor, being typical speci-
mens of the natural development of their species when
allowed time and room for growth in open clearings.
One notable example is a White Oak in the Friends'
graveyard in the city of Salem, N. J. Its trunk is 19 ft.
in circumference 3 ft. from the ground, and its branches
cover an area 118 ft. in diameter north and south, and
105 ft. east and west. Another specimen in North Mt.
Moriah Cemetery, in Delaware county. Pa., in the sub-
urbs of Philadelphia, measures 28 ft. 4 in. in circumfer-
ence of trunk a foot above groimd, and 22 ft. 4 in. at 3
ft. above ground, the branches spreading 96 and 106 ft.
in diameter.

A few years ago one such white Oak was ruthlessly
destroyed near South Glastonbury, Conn., by its vandal
owner for the value of the fire-wood it contained. These
trees were no doubt well
established in the soil be ,•.■"".

fore Christopher Columbus
discovered America. Such
specimens are now so scarce
it is a pity that they cannot
be protected by law, and
tmappreciative owners be
taught to regard such vener
able trees for the pleasure
which their presence affords
to an intelligent public, if
from no other motive. A
fine old pasture Oak is
shown in Fig. 1506.

Considered from a gar
dener's or planter's stand
point, the Oaks are among
the most valuable of our na-
tive trees. An idea that they are very difficult to trans-
plant and slow of growth, for many years almost barred
them from cultivation, but experiments made within
the past 20 years have done much to correct this popu-

1506
Field-erown white Oak.

(1110)

OAK

OAKESIA

1111

lar prejudice, and have shown that by using good trees
and by giving proper subsequent care and attention,
Oaks will grow as easily and develop as rapidly as
many other species, and are very satisfactory. A Pin Oak
in the grounds of the writer, about 65 years old, is more
than 70 ft. in height, GO ft. in spread of branciies, and
11 ft. in circumference of trunk 3 ft. from the ground.
A Swamp White Oak in the same lawn is about 50 years
old, and is 50 ft. in height, 54 ft. in spread of branches
and 7 ft. in circumference of trunk 3 ft. from ground.
These trees are growing on a rich, sandy loam, which
is well drained by a substratum of gravel and sand.

A notable object lesson in the use of Oaks in orna-
mental planting is found in Fairmount Park, Philadel-
phia, Pa. After the close of the Centennial Exhibition
which was held there in 1870, the buildings were
removed, the grounds cleared, and from 1880 to 1884
thousands of Oaks were planted in this section; a ma-
jority of them Pin Oaks, but interspersed with them
White, Swamp White, Red, Scarlet, Black, Chestnut,
Willow, Bur, Shingle, etc., as well as maples, ash. lin-
dens, elms, poplars, buttonwoods and some others.
These Oaks are now from 20 to 40 ft. high, and from 2X
to 3% ft. in circumference measured at 3 ft. above the
ground, and are equal or superior in size and develop-
ment to most of the other trees, which were planted at
the same time, excepting Carolina poplar and button-
wood. These trees are on level land and in heavy clay
soil, which appears to be a favorite condition for most
of the larger growing species of Oaks. Pig. 1507 may
suggest an idea of the remarkable progress and devel-
opment which these trees have made in from 16 to 20
years. There are few trees even among those which are
considered fast-growing varieties that will show better
measureinents or more symmetrical developments at
the same age.

If seedling Oaks are taken up when one or at most
two years old, transplanted every three years, and
well cultivated on good land, they will form fine trees,
with root systems which can be moved with but little
risk until they attain considerable size, but unless they
have had such culture, the transplanting of any but
very small trees is usually unsatisfactory. Attempts at
moving trees which have stood too long without trans
planting or which have grown without cultivation have
generally resulted in failure, and such experiences have
caused the prejudice which has prevented their more
general use. Under favorable circumstances most Oaks
are rapid growers, but unless conditions are favorable
their roots do not become readily reestablished in the
soil after transplanting, and for this reason they are
often slow to start into vigorous growth. For this rea-
son judicious nursing, with plenty of manure and water
and cultivation of the soil, will be abundantly rewarded
by shortening the period of convalescence.

While many .soft-wooded trees transplant more readily
than Oaks and will grow more rapidly immediately
after transplanting, still the Oaks will in time outgrow
most of them, and will be in their prime when many of
the companions of their youth are declining or gone.
The best Oaks for planting in the northeastern and
middle section of the U. S. are White, Swamp White,
Mossy-cup, Scarlet, Pin, Red, Willow, Laurel or Shin-
gle and Chestnut. Of these the Pin is at present the
most popular, because it develops quickly a thick, com-
pact head, forming a beautiful symmetrical tree while
quite young; but after it is 25 or 30 years old the in-
terior branches of this dense head begin to die and a
tangled mass of dead brush soon accumulates. Unless
this is removed (and it is not an easy task), it gives
the tree a neglected and unsightly appearance. Other
species of this type have this tendency also. The White
and Chestnut Oaks and their allies have more spread-
ing branches, are more open-headed, and are not sub-
ject to this objectionable characteristic, but they con-
tinue to increase in size, with unimpaired beauty and
symmetry of form, for centuries.

Plate XXI shows a group of Oaks familiar to many
who have traveled between Philadelphia and New
York via the Pennsylvania railroad. The trees stand
about 100 yards north of the railroad track in a field a
quarter of a mile east of a small station called Anda-
lusia, 7 miles west of Bristol. The large tree is a White

Oak, measuring 15 ft. in circumference 3 ft. from the
ground, with branches spreading 78 ft. in diameter. It
is a typical specimen of the habit of this tree as it
grows in open land. The middle tree is a Pin Oak prob-
ably 50 or 60 years old. It has several dead branches
and is evidently declining. The next tree is a Willow Oak.
They stand in heavy clay soil on rather low land, but
not swampy. There are numerous fine specimens of
Oaks in this locality, which for many years have at-
tracted the attention of travelers. The Black .Jack and
Scrub Oaks, which as bushes and small trees cover
large areas of the sandy belt stretchiug along the At-
lantic coast from Long Island to Florida, and the Rock

1507. Avenue of Pin Oaks

Fairmount Park PhlUdelphia planted about 1884

Chestnut and other species, which find subsistence on
the steep and rocky hill-sides of tlie eastern states, do
not often attain large size. Nevertheless their presence
is of great economic value in covering barren wastes
with vegetation, where few other trees can find enough
to support life. In many other situations these dwarf
Oaks are admirably adapted for producing desirable
effects.

The "grand old Oaks of England " have been admired
and venerated for centuries, but in this country the
American Oaks are far superior to any of the Euro-
pean species, as they develop faster and are more en-
during. Qiiercus Robnr, which is the European spe-
cies most commonly planted in this country, appears to
be short-lived here, usually declining before it reaches
50 years of age.

Everywhere in the southern states the Live-Oak is
popular (Fig. 1508). It is associated with every old
plantation. It is the characteristic tree of the country
from the Carolinas south and west.

Samuel C. Moon.

0AE£SIA (Wm. Oakes, New England botanist).
IjiUdce<e. A genus of 2 species of American hardy per-
ennial herbs, having the graceful habit of such choice
wild flowers as the Solomon's Seal and more particularly
the common bell-wort, Uviilaria perfoliata. In moist
woods it grows about a foot high and bears one or few
pendulous, yellow, 6-parted fls. about % in. long. The 2
kinds can be transferred from the woods. O. sessifi-
folia is also offered by a few dealers in hardy plants.
It prefers a rich light soil in a rather moist, partially
shaded position, and improves greatly under cultivation.

The Oakesias can be easily told from Uvularias by
their leaves, which are merely sessile instead of per-
foliate, i. e., the base of the leaf does not surround the
stem as it does in Uvnlaria. Oakesias were formerly
placed in Uvnlaria, but in 1879 Watson removed them,
largely because of the seeds, which are brown and
nearly spherical in both groups, but in Oakesia they
have a very much swollen, spongy, brown ridge, while
in Uvnlaria they are covered by a thin white aril (an
appendage growing from near the point where the seed
is attached to the ovary) . Other generic characters are :
fls. few, solitary on short pedicels opposite the Ivs.;
segments without callosities : capsule membranous,
elliptical, acutish at each end, very tardily dehiscent:
Ivs. more or less rough on the margins.

1112

OAKESIA

sessiliSoIia, Wats. Stem once forked: Ivs. oblong-

hiiu-rdkit*'. ;H-ute at each end ; margins minutely sca-

bruus: capMiIe borne on a distinct stipe. Canada to Pla.

and Ark. li.JI. 1-402. L.B.C. 13:1262. G.W.P. 10. D. 51.

P. W. Barclay and W. M.

OAT. Areua salim.

OBELISCAKIA. See Lepachys.

^^-•4^

1508 The wide spreading Live Oak of the South
(bee Oak, page 1111.)

OCHNA (old Greek name for a wild pear, which some
of these plants were thouglit to resemble in foliage).
Orlnii\ce<T. O. wiillifhn-n is a cool greenhouse shrub
cult. }iy a fL-\r i.incii is i'..i- its remarkable appearance
wlicu in fruit. 'J'ln- lis. :iir yellow, appear in spring,
and are borue to tlii' nuniljcr of 10-15 in racetnes ter-
minating short lateral branches. The blossoms are
short-lived, but the calyx is persistent. Its 5 sepals are
greenish in flower, but become a bright red in fruit. The
recepTacle increases tintil it becomes an inch or so thick,
t;I"biiliir and bright red. Upon it are borne black seed-
likn bodies, which are the carpels. The red and black
nuike a fine contrast. This rare plant is best prop, by
cuttings struck in autumn. It is cult, in America, but
not advertised.

Ochna is a genus of about 25 species of trees and
shrubs from tropical Asia and Africa: Ivs. deciduous,
alternate, minutely serrate, leathery, shining : fis. yel-
low, rarely greenish, jointed to the pedicels; sepals 5,
colored, imbricate, persistent ; petals 5-10 ; stamens
indefinite; anthers opening longitudinally or by pore-
like slits : ovary deeply 3-10-lobed ; lobes 1-celled,
1-ovuIed; styles connate; drupes 3-10, sessile.

multifldra, DC. Glabrous shrub, 4-5 ft. high: Ivs.
ol>linii,'-('lIi[itical to oblanceolate-oblong: petals sessile;
antliers as long as the filaments, opening longitudinally;
sepals in fruit about 4 lines long. Upper Guinea.

G. W. Oliver and W. M.

Ochna multiflora is a remarkably handsome shrub
for conservatory decoration. It is usually regarded as
a stove shrub, but has done well with us in a green-
house temperature of 55° (min.). It has a unique effect,
and to be properly appreciated specimens should stand
out. Tb.-.lni|„l, is aic l.la.k, making a striking contrast
with the ciiiar^'. ,1 r. ,1 n-.-,].ta.-lo. at a glance reminding
one of a spindle tni-. In a go.Ml liottom heat, seeds ger-
minate in a month, and make neat little plants in a
year. We have not been so fortimate with cuttings.
Unfortunately for us, cat -birds appropriated all the
berries as soon as they became ripe. They entered
through the open spaces in the annex to our conserva-
•^"•■y- T. D. Hatfield.

6CIMUM. See Basil.

OCOTILLO. Fouquieria sph-iuUns.

ODONTADfiNIA (Greek, toothed (/lands). Apocy-
nAceie. Here belongs the fine tropical yellow-fld.
climber sold as Dipladenia Barrisii, which rivals in
beauty the well known greenhouse Allamandas. The
fls. are fragrant, about 3 in. across, funnel-shaped, with
5 rounded, spreading lobes, and are more or less
streaked with red in the throat, at the base of the lobes,
and on the back of the tube. The treatment which George

ODONTOGLOSSUM

MeWilliam has given Diplailenias with such good results
(see Dipladenia, Vol. I) should be attempted for Odon-
tadenia, but O. speeiosa perhaps grows at lower alti-
tudes, and may require the treatment usual'y given to
hothouse vines. All Odontadenias have yellow fls.,
while Dipladenias are yellow only in the throat.

Odoutadenia is a genus of about ti species of tall,
shrubby, tropical American climbers : Ivs. opposite :
cymes loose, usually ample, rarely few-fld. and scarcely
branched : calyx 5-parted, the lobes remarkably blunt or
rounded; corolla-lobes twisted in the pointed bud, over-
lapping to the right and twisted to the left; stamens
fixed at the top of the narrow part of the tube. The
genus is distinguished from Dipladenia by the shape of
the calyx-lobes and by the cup-shaped group of toothed
glands below the pistil.

specidsa, Benth. (Dipladenia Hdrrisii, Hook.).
Shrubby, branched climber: largest Ivs. 10-15 by 4-5
in., oblong, tapering, scarcely leathery, feather-veined,
often purplish beneath; petioles stout, scarcely 1 in.
long: racemes axillary and terminal; pedicels red, often
1 in. long, curved downwards; corolla-tube with a round-
ish base about % in. long and thick, then suddenly con-
stricted, then gradually widening into a funnel-shaped
fl. Brazil. Guiana. Trinidad. B.M. 4825. W. M.

0D0NT0GL6SSDM (Greek, tooth-tongue; in allusion
to the crest on the labellum). Orchidicew. A genus
of orchids embracing about 100 species, natives of the
higher regions of the Andes from Mexico and Guatemala
to Colombia and Bolivia. On account of their hand-
some flowers these plants are among the most favorite
orchids of cultivators. O. crispum is one of the finest of
all orchids.

Plants epiphytic, with short rhizomes and 2-lvd.
pseudobulbs, often with sheathing leaves at the base:
fls. in few- tomany-fld. racemes or panicles arising from
the base of the pseudobulb; sepals and petals spread-
ing, free, or the lateral sepals rarely somewhat united
at the base; base of the labellum ascending parallel to
the column and sometimes adnate to the latter; lateral
lobes small, often erect; middle lobe large, spreading,
variously shaped ; column clavate, narrowed at the base,
longer than in Oncidium.

This genus is closely related to Oncidium and Mil-
tonia, some of the species of the latter being generally
cultivated as Odontoglossums. These two genera are
easily distinguished from Odontoglossum by the label-
lum, which expands directly from the base of the col-
umn. There is perhaps no genus of orchids in which
the species are more variable and more closely related
than in Odontoglossum. Numerous varieties ccinnect
the species by intermediate links, and tin- oi'c\irrcnce of
many natural hybrids makes tho liiuit.-ition of species in
this genus almost impossible. However much tliis may
add to the perplexity of the botanist, it gives the genus
an additional horticultural value and interest resulting
in the production of numerous garden hybrids and in
the selection of many varieties, one species, O. crispum^
having over a hundred named kinds.

Heinrich Hasselbrino.

Odontoglossums follow the high western mountain
ranges from southern Mexico to southern Peru, and
usually grow at great altitudes. With few exceptions,
they are found in extremely moist situations where the
annual rainfall is excessive and the temperature more
or less even and cool throughout the year.

The extreme heat of our summer interferes somewhat
with the culture of Odontoglossums in America, espe-
cially those of the O. crispum section, and it is neces-
sary to use every precaution during that season to
insure sticcess.

A lean-to or half-span roof structure of northern ex-
posure, protected by a brick or stone wall on the south
side, and with ample means of ventilation, is best suited
to Odontoglossum culture. Moreover, it should be pro-
vided with rolling shades elevated on framework 18 or
20 in. above the glass, to afford abundance of light, free
access of air and requisite shade, with the additional
assistance of keeping down the temperature in summer.
The interior is best fitted with solid beds, if possible,
but benches of stone flags or wood covered with ashes
or gravel an inch or two deep will answer very well.

Odontoglossum crispum. Spray of Asparagus Sprengeii in the background

ODONTOGLOSSUM

ODONTOGLOSSUM

1113

ThfX'. wiili thr floors, should be hosed down two or

•till-' .- iiiii.v .l.iily, to keep the house as cool and as

Vfiitilatiuu is highly essential at all times, especially
in dull or wet weather. When the atmosphere is over-
charjtred with moisture, the quautity must be governed
by outside conditions. Top veutilatiou is most satis-
factory, because it allows the heated air to escape, gives
less direct draft on the plants, and does not have the
■drying effect produced by side currents.

The temperature during winter should never rise
■above 05° F,, even with mild sun heat, and may fall to 48°
or 50° at night, or even lower, without injury; during
summer it must be kept as low as the outside tempera-
ture will admit. Fire heat should be dispensed with as
■early as possible in spring.

Odontoglossums do well under pot culture, excepting
a few, such as O. Londeshoroughianum and O. coro-
t\arium, with long creeping rhizomes; O. citrosmum,
which has pendulous flower-scapes, and some of the
:smaller growing species, such as the O. Rossi section,
which are luore easily cared for under basket culture.

Repotting should be attended to in October and No-
vember, never during the summer months, t'hopped
fibrous peat, live sphagnum and clean decayed leaves
in equal quantity, well mixed together, afford a very
satisfactory compost. About one-half of the pot space
should be devoted to drainage of charcoal or broken
potsherds. The plants should be firmly potted, leaving
the surface slightly convex, thus elevating the base of
the plant a little above the rim of the pot when finished.

The O.crlspitm s.-.-ti-m. whidi iiu-hidrs O. Ci>ru.Jii,ei,
O. gloriomiiH , (>. <-n-r/i'is>i ih . <K I nt, n-i<in-i>n ri iiin, O.
Pescatorei, ami kiinlv.! spn-j.-s, ri-(|iiirr :ni iiluuidance
■of water at all .seasons ; in fact, the c»inipust should
never dry out, and judicious light overhead syringing
■once a day is beneficial in bright weather, but on very
warm days it should be applied in the evening, at the
same time allowing free ventilation to ensure good
atmospheric action. Weak liquid cow manure during
the fiowering period is also of assistance.

Species of the O. grande section do not require as
much water at the roots as the O. crispum type ; the
compost should be allowed to dry out frequently. They
are also benefited by a little sun during winter.

O. cifrosmum is an exception to the genus as regards
temperature, and should be grown 10° warmer. It does
very well in the Cattleya department, enjoys a good
supply of water at the roots at all seasons, and may be
easily induced to flower freely by giving it a sunny loca-
tion during winter.

Very few of the species can be satisfactorily propa-
gated by division ; the trade depends principally on
fresh importation.

Among the worst enemies of Odontoglossums are
slugs and the small shell snails. They destroy the ten-
<ler flower-scapes, often attacking them even in the leaf
sheath. A piece of cotton wrapped about the base of
the pseudobulb will afford a means of protection, and
many may be caught by distributing bits of apple,
potato, or saucers containing dry bran freely among the
plants. Look them over morning and evening with a
lantern.

For other cultural notes on Odontoglossums, see
Orch. Rev. 4:22. Robert M. Grey.

Cool Odontoglos.Hums. — The management of the tropi-
cal Odontoglossums found in high altitudes is one of
the most difficult and fascinating problems in orchid
culture. Nearly all American collections of them have
decreased and have had to be refreshed from the tropics.
The collection of H. H. Hunnewell, at Wellesley, Mass.,
has long been noted, although it has decreased in the
last twelve years. The undersigned has been asked to
give an account of the methods by which F. L. Harris
long maintained this fine collection with perhaps less
decrease than in any othercollection in the country.

The great problem, of course, with these plants is to
keep them cool enough in summer. The difficulty will
probably never be wholly solved until the advent of
artificial refrigeration. Shading alone is insuffirient.
The best principle to take advantage of is the coolness
produced by the rapid and excessive evaporation of

water. An example is the wet rag wrapped around a
canteen in a hot desert, which keeps the drinking water
cool.

How to produce a great and constant evaporation is,
then, the particular problem, and Mr. Harris' device
was an exceedingly ingenious one. Back of his Odon-
toglossum house he had a brick wall covered with Eng-
lish ivy, and he had water dripping over the whole vine
during hot weather. This gave liim an extraordinarily
large evaporating surface.

In general, it may be pointed out that the conventional
water pan gives a relatively small evaporating surface.
A gravel bed yields a far greater evaporating surface.
As an illustration, the undersigned would cite his own
experience at the Buffalo Botanic Garden. There was
a house built for Victoria regia andother tender aquatics,
which was unoccupied dtiring winter. An attempt was
made to utilize this space in growing palms. The water
tank was boarded over for the palms, but the water
below did not furnish enough atmospheric moisture for
the palms, and they had to be removed. The trouble
was that the water in the big tank, being colder than the
air, actually acted as a condenser. The next winter the
tank was again boarded over, but the water in the tank
was drawn off and the floor covered with a 6-inch layer
of gravel. The results were entirely satisfactory.

J. F. COWELL.

With Odontoglossums we have had good results the
past season by using what we call the Cookson formula,
recommended by Mr. Norman C. Cookson in the "Orchid
Review" for May, 1899. The formula is as foUoAs-s :
Three ounces of potassium nitrate and 2 ounces of am-
monium phosphate, dissolved in a 3-gallon jar of soft
water. In watering any orchids when making their
growth, or when flowering, 1 ounce of the solution is
added to each gallon of water used. In the experience
of the writer, the above mixture is the best food met
with for cool orchids. In time it will probably bring
the plants into such a vigorous state that they will be
able to stand our hot summers without so much suffering.
A. J. Newell.

INDEX.

album, 27, 40, facetum, 9. naevium, 30.

Alexandrte, 34. Gou\illeanum, 34. nebulosum, 36.

Andersonianum, 34. gloriosum, 13. Nevadense, 21.

Andersoui. 39. grande, 3. nobile, 33.

apiatum. 34. granditlonim, 6. odoratum, 14.

Ashworthianimi,34. guttatum, 34, 36. Oerstedii, 38,

aspersum, 10, 24. Hallii, 16. pardimim, 1.

bellulum, 18. Harryanum, 19, 20. Pescatorei, 33.

Bictoniense, 27. hastilabium, 28. pulehellum, 41.

Bluntii, 34. Hebraicum, 10. punctatum, 40.

brevifolium, 2. hystrix, 8. radiatum, 8.

candidulum, 36. Insleayi, 4. 5. ramosissimum, 29.

castaneum. 15. Krameri, 37, Reichenheimii, 17.

Cervantesii. 39. Iseve, 17. rosellum, 40.

cirrhosum, 31. latemaculatum, 14. roseum, ■40.

citrosmum, 40. Lehmamiii. 34. Rossii, 43.

eonstrictuni, 15. leopardimim, 5. rubeseeus, 43.

Coradinei, 6. Lindleyanum, 7. Ruckerianum, 32.

cordatum, 26. Londesboronghian- Sanderiauum, 22.

coronarium, 2. um, 1. sceptrum, 8.

crispatum, 8. luteo-purpureum, 8. Schlieperianum, 4.

cri.spum, 34. macranthum, 4. Schroederi, 34.

cristatum, ?5, maeulatum, 11, 34. splendens, 5, 27.

Dawsonianiim, 44. Madrense, 35. superbum, 6.

Dayanum, 25. majus, 39, 41, 43. Trianje. 34.

decorum, 39. Mari». 34. tripudians, 19.

Edwardi, 45. tnaxillare, 35. 36. triumphans, 23,

Egertoni. 42. membranacevm, 39. Veitchianum, 33, 34.

EhrenherghiiA^M- mirandum, 12. Wallisii, 18.

Synopsis of Sections.
A, FJs. yeUou',variotisJ if spotted with bi-oivn , crimson , etc .
Section I. Ground color of the labellura yellow.

Species 1-14

Section II. Oronnd color of the labellum white,

rarely pale yellow or changing to yellow. Species 15-28

AA. FIs. n-hife, sometimes shaded with rose or creamy
never with a bright yellow or greenish yellow
ground color.
Section III. Plants not dwarf: fls, numerous, in

branched panicles much exceeding the Ivs

Species 29-34

1114

ODONTOGLOSSUM

ODOXTOGLOSSUM

Section IV. Plants manifestly of dwarf habit:
fls. few, in slender racemes, with the scape (and
often the whole inflorescence) shorter than the
Ivs., rarely exceeding them Species 35-44

AAA. Fls. dark purple.
Section V. Fls. numerous, small, in large,
branched panicles Species 45

SECTION I.

A. LaheUitm reniforni, lar-
ger tint ii the rest of the
flower 1 . Londesboroughianum

A. Lahelliim oblomf or fit n-

ahiip,;!, sli. •,■'/,■,■ ihaii

till

III. 'I.

• I X .

tire.
B. Apex roxinded or etnttr-

c. Sepals sub-rottmd 2. brevifolium

cc. Sepals oblong to lanceo-
late.
D. Column iHtJi 2 blunt

auricles 3. grande

4. Schlieperianum
DD. Column with 3 cirrhous

teeth 5. Insleayi

BB. Apex acute 0. Coradinei

Lindleyanum

AAA. Lahellu

il . fiiiihi

tniilli.,1. I
perlnutle

islu
■tiehl

AAAA. Labellum triangular or
triangular - oblong.

loilil-'iteitmiilitle

luteo-purpureum
facctum

Hebraicum
maculatum

AAAAA. Lahrllntti fit mi nliite. cor-
date Or lia:itatt: at base.
B Column with rtiotnboid

BE. Column with 2 subulate
awns at apex.

.12. mirandum

14.

gloriosum
odoratum

1. Londesboroughianum, Reichb. f. Pseudolmlbs
roundish ovate, 1-2-lvd.: raceme 3-6 ft. long, bearing
as many as 30 fls.: sepals oblong, undulate, apiculate;
petals obtuse, apiculate, wider; both light yellow, with
many abrupt, narrow, concentric brown markings:
blade of the labellum extending beyond the sepals, over
1 in. across, light yellow, with few brown blotches at
base. Autumn. Mex. I. H. 30:497. Gn. 16, p. 502.
F.M. 1877:246. —A distinct plant resembling an Oncid-
iura. Var. pardlnum, Hort. Lip profusely dotted with
brownish crimson. Gu. 16, p. 503.

2. brevifdlium, Lindl. {O. coronAritim, Hort.). Plants
with leathery, ovate-oblong, spreading Ivs. and erect
racemes, about 1 ft. high, bearing 10-20 fls. 2-2% in. in
diameter: sepals subrotund - unguiculate, undulate:
petals similar, smaller; labellum smaller than the sepals,
cuneate-emarginate, yellow in front, marked about the
column with yellow and purple, with a 3-toothed tubercle
on the base. Colombia. I. H. 21:170. G.C. II. 24: 177;
111.18:489; 19:79. G.M. 34:819; 38:127.

3. grflnde, Lindl. Baby Orchid. Fig. 1509. Pseudo-
bulbs 2-lvd.: Ivs. broadly lanceolate: scape few-fld., twice
as long as the Ivs. : sepals lanceolate, the lateral ones
keeled, yellow, banded with rich reddish brown spots;
petals oblong, broader, obtuse, subundulate, apex yel-
low; Labellum almost rotund, apex slightly eraarginatf,
yellow, banded and spotted with rusty blotches, and
with a large-lobed tubercle on the claw. Autumn.
Guatemala. B.M. .3955. F.S. 1:24-26. P.M. 8:49.
Gn. 48, p. 219; 51:1105. G.C. III. 17:41 (abnormal fls.).
— A magnificent species with half-drooping racemes a
foot Inni;. bo.iring few large, brilliantly colored fls. 5-fi
in. in cliamitt^r. Fig. 1509 is redrawn from "The Garden."

4. Schlieperianum, Reichb. f. (O. Insleutji. var. »m-
crdntham, Lindl.). Fls. on erect racemes, pale yellow.

blotched and barred with deeper yellow mostly on the
lower half of the segments. Autumn. Costa Rica.
G.C. 1865:1082; II. 25:269. F.S. 17, p. 78.-Resembles
a small pale O. grande, but flue for summer flowering.

5. tusle&yi, Liiti}]. {Oneidiitm Insleayi, Barker). Lvs.
li-iitln'ry. olilc.iig, sh..rti-r than the raceme : fls. 3H-4 in.
across, yellow, spotted with brown, borne in a stiff,
erect raceme; sepals and petals oblong, undulate, nearly
equal ; labellum shorter, ovate, refuse, sagittate and
tuberculate at base, orange-yellow, spotted with reddish
brown. Oet.-Dec. Mex. F.S. 1:49. Gt. 39, p. 474.-
Kree-flowering. Resembles O. grande. Var. splendens,.
Reichb. f. Fls. larger, labellum and segments clouded
with brown, yellow only at the tip. Gn. 25:428. G.C.
11.25:305. Var. leopardlnum, Hort. A highly colored
form. Segments jiale yellow, heavily barred with chest-
nut-brown. R.B. 14:61.

6. Coradinei, Reichb. f. (O. Lindletjanum, Reichb. f.
and AVarsz. X O. crispum, Lindl.). A supposed natural
hybrid with the habit of O. crispum.. Raceme arching,
few-fld. : fls. stellate, 3 in. across, dark sulfur color, with
few chestnut-brown spots; sepals and petals oblong,
acuminate, undulate ; labellum shorter, ol>long-acute,
whitish, with a large oblong red-brown blotch near the
center and several smaller ones on the disk; crest
3-toothed on each side. Resembles O. trittmphavs,
but of more slender growth. Winter. Colombia.
G.C. 1872:11)68; 11.24:200; 25:269 ; III. 25:315. -Var.
sup^rbum, Hort. A more robust var. with richly colored
lis.: ]iaiiii'l(* much branched, 2 ft. long. Mexico. Var.
grandifldrum, Reichb. f. Fls. yellow, blotched and spot-
ted with dark brown, large and handsome. Colombia.

7. Lindleyilnvim, Reichb. f. and Warsz. Lvs. linear:
raceme lax; fls. 2-3 in. across, thin; sepals and petals
yellow, blotched and striped with brown; lateral lobes
of the Labellum small, white, with purple spots; middle
lobe red-brown, tipped with yellow. Spring. Colombia.
— A variable species, s<ipposed to be the parent of many
hybrids.

8. luteo-purpilreum, Lindl. Lvs. ensiform, narrowed
at base: fls. showy, 2-3 in. across, in a robust horizontal
raceme; sepals ovate-oblong, undulate, brownish purple,
with a yellow margin; petals similar, toothed and spotted
with purple brown ; labellum quadrifid, cordate or oblong,
fimbriate yellow, spotted with purple and rose; crest on
the claw pectinate. Winter and spring. Colombia.
G.C. 11.21:585; 25:140. — Owing to its wide geographical

/•^""^

1509. Odontoelossum grande.

scope, tbi.s species is extremely variable. A very mixed
progeny has resulted from the crossing of this with other
species, and the intermixture of the descendants. Var.
radi^tum, Hort. (O. radidtum, Reichb. f. }. Sepals and
petals uariow, yellow, heavily spotted with dark brown;

ODONTOGLOSSUM

labellum expanded in front, white, shadina; into a lirown-
isli blotch at base. G. 0. II. 25:76. V;ir. crispatum,
Reichb. f. Front half of the labellum eonvoluti' iiitu lUip
folds, fimbriate. G.C. III. 5: 233. Not advcrtisc.l. Var,
.sc^ptmm, Reichb. f. Sepals creamy yellow, barred and
washed with brown; petals broader-toothed, densely
spotted with brown; labelhira whitish. I. H. 18:73; 37:99.
Not advertised. Var. Hystrix, Hort. ( O. Hystrix, Hort. ) .
Labellum much friuged, and cx-ests very spiny.

9. facetum, Reichb. f. (O. EiiUii Lindl.x 0. hiteo-pvr-
piireiim, Lindl.). Natural hybrid. Sepals lanceolate,
straight, light yellow, with very large cinnamon-colored
blotches; petals lanceolate, straight, finely toothed, with
numerous small spots ; labellum almost circular, short,
finely fi-inged, convolute, undulate, light yellow, with a
semi-circle of radiating keels, some of which are fringed
and in front of which is a horseshoe-shaped spot.

10. HebrMcum, Reichb. f. (O. cristdfum, Lindl.x O,
cirrhos tt ill , hind].). Natural hybrid. Fls. 23^ in. across,
borne in a panicle; sepals lanceolate; petals wider, un-
dulate, all prettily marked, lemon-yellow, whitish in the
<;enter and spotted with red-brown markings suggesting
Hebrew characters ; labellum triangular or oblong,
acuminate, erose-deutate, darker yellow toward the
base, wilh a large maroon blotch and several smaller
ones. Winter. Colombia. Gn. 21:339. G.C. II. 16:173.
—Var. aspersum, Rolfe. Differs slightly from the type
in its lax racemes of golden yellow fis., blotched with
purple-brown.

11. macuUtum, La Llave. & Lex Pseudobulbs
ovate, 1-lvd.: Ivs. lanceolate, acute, 6-8 in. long: ra-
ceme pendulous, loosely many-fld., longer than the Ivs.:
sepals narrowly linear or lance-oblong, acuminate,
brown ; petals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, undulate,
yellow, spotted with brown; labellum wide triangular,
acuminate, crisp, yellow, brown-spotted, claw short, 2-
crested: column white. Mexico. B.M. 6455 (not 4878,
which is O.cordatiim, Lindl.). B.R. 26:30.-Fls. freely
in June, Racemes a foot long, with stellate fls. 3 in. in
diameter. Var. splfindens and var. sup6rbum are recom-
mended.

12. mirindum, Reichb. f. Lvs. lanceolate: raceme
stiff, 1-sided: sepals and petals lanceolate-acuminate,
almost wholly red-brown, with yellow margins; label-
lum linear-lanceolate, similarly marked, and having a
few purple lines at base, callus horned: wings of the
column rhomboid-serrate. Colombia.

13. gloridsum. Linden and Reichb. f. Fls. pallid
ochre, spotted with brown, paniculate; sepals and
petals oblong-ligulate, acuminate; labellum lanceolate-
acuminate, cordate at base, denticulate, about as long
as the petals; claw with a 4-lobed, 4-toothed callus;
column toothed below the middle. Colombia. G.C.
1865:578; II. 24:680.

14. odoritum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs 2-3 in. long, nar-
rowly ovoid, compressed : lvs. 1 ft. long, narrowly en-
siform : panicle sometimes 2-3 ft, long, copiously
branched and many-fld. : fls. 1)^-2 in. across, dull
golden yellow, blotched with brownish red; sepals and
petals similar, narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, waved;
labellum hastate, lateral lobes short, rounded; terminal
lobe broadly subulate, narrowed, pubescent, waved;
disk with 2 pairs of longitudinal, obtuse, erect teeth.
Winter and spring. Mexico. B.M. 6502. G.C. II. 15:337.
— Var. latemaculatum, AndrS. Fls. larger; spots purple-
brown, larger and more intense. July, Aug. I. H. 17:39.
Gt. 37, p. 492. Free-flowering.

SECTION II.

A. LaheUnm more or Jess con-

stricttd in the middle^ fiddle-
shaped.

B. Column not winged, but having

S projecting horns at the apexA7>. constrictum
BB. Column winged: ivings pectinate
or consisting of few deciirved

spines 16. Hallii

BBS. Column winged: wings toothed
or entire.

c. Crest obsolete, 5-ridged 17. laeve

cc. Crest falcate-pectinate IS. Wallisii

ODONTOGLOSSUM

1115

ceo. Crest of radiating keels toothed

or entire 19. tripudians

20. Harryanum

ccco. Crest a bifid callosity 21. Nevadense

22. Sanderianum
AA. Labellum with an ovate or oblong
blade, often cordate at the base.
B. Lateral lobes not upright: label-
lum with a toothed crest 23. triumphans

24. aspersum

25. cristatum
BB. Lateral lobes on the claw fleshy,

upright: labellum with obtuse

crest or none 26. cordatum

27. Bictonieuse
AAA. Labellum hastate 28. hastilabium

15. constrictum, Lindl. Lvs. liuear-lanceolate, elon-
gate: panicle long, slender, loosely branched: fls.
1-lK in. ; sepals and petals nearly similar, oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, bright yellow, blotched with
orange-brown; labellum fiddle-shaped, with rounded or
truncate, apiculate blade, white, with a rose-colored
blotch on each side, toothed. Small-flowered, but a
profuse bloomer, often bearing 4-5 many-flowered pani-
cles l-VAtt. in length. Venezuela. B.M. 5736.-Var.
cast&neum, Hort. Spots on sepals and petals covering
nearly the entire surface. I.H. 35:66.

16. H&llii, Lindl. Lvs. a foot long, ensiform, narrowed
at the base: scape 1-2 ft. long, with a many-fld. raceme
of equal length: fls. 3 in. across; sepals and petals
spreading, sub-similar, oblong-lanceolate, long-acumi-
nate with recurved points, golden yellow, with trans-
verse bands and spots of yellowish brown; labellum
white, with a blood-red spot on the middle lobe and few
spots on the lateral ones, erose-dentate, mid-lobe emar-
ginate, with a short awn in the sinus, with 2 spinous
crests on the claw. July. Ecuador. B. M. 6237. I.H.
18:58. F.S. 17, p. 81. G.C. 1865:962; 11.25:140.— The
spots on the labellum are sometimes scattered.

17. ISeve, h'mdl. (O. Belchenheimii, Linden & Reichb.
f.). Lvs. 6-10 in. long, oblong-lanceolate: sepals and
petals oblong-linear, acute, plane, yellow, blotched with
cinnamon; labellum smaller, white in front, violet on
the upper half. Spring. Guatemala. B.M. 6265. I.H.
6:213. B.R. 30:39.-Plants bear 4-6 strict, stout pani-
cles, 3 ft. long, with numerous fls. 2 in. in diameter.
Not much esteemed.

18. ■WAUisii, Linden & Reichb. f. (O. bilhtlum,
Hort.). Lvs. linear-lanceolate: sepals and petals ligu-
late, honey-colored, marked with brown streaks: label-
lum white, with a violaceous anterior part and marked
with similar streaks at the base, with 3-falcate calli on
the base. December. Colombia. I.H. 18:56; 38:127.—
Elegant, with slender, drooping, mostly unbranched ra-
cemes, bearing few large flowers.

19. tripildians, Reichb. f. and Warsz. Lvs. 7-9 in.
long, linear-lanceolate: raceme stiff, erect, longer than
the lvs., 8-10-fld. : fls. 2 in. across, dull yellow-green on
the back; sepals oblong-acute or subacuminate, dark
brown, with yellowish green tips and bases; petals simi-
lar, with yellowish bands; labellum short, panduriform,
as long as the segments, white, with rose-colored
blotches, with about 10 keels radiating from the disk;
lateral lobes rounded, crenulate ; central lobe subreni-
forra, erose-dentate. Peru. B.M. 6029. F.M. 1876:208;
1880:407.

Var. Harryanum, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals almost
blackish iusidi', tipped with light yellow, with a few
similar murks at the base of the petal: labellum light
yellow, wilh the base covered with rich mauve purple.

20. Harryinum, Reichb. f. Lvs. about 2, oblong-ligu-
late, obtuse, 0-12 in. long: raceme up to 3 ft. long, bear-
ing 6-12 large fls. : sepals and petals ligulate-oblong,
acute, wavy, brown with irregular, transverse, greenish
yellow markings; the petals project forward; labellum
large, flat, undulate, somewhat panduriform, lower half
white, changing to yellow; upper half brownish marked
with mauve lines and having about 7 serrated crests :
column with 2 very small toothed wings. Colombia.
Gn. 33:633. G.C. III. 2:169. Same as var. of No. 19

1116

ODONTOGLOSSUM

21. NevadSnse, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, acumi-
nate: Ivs. liiH-nr-lunceolate, base narrow, keeled: sepals
and petals similar, lanceolate, long-aciiminate, dark
brown with a g:oldeu margin, fiiitsi.le dark green; limb
of the labellum wide, hastatr, .Irilrxr .1, fimbriate, white-
spotted; apex acute, subiii'invi .1. ;i|.|icndage on the
claw bifld. Spring. Colombia. \.\l.\'-Ary. Gn. 19, p.
425; 32, p. 589; 39, p. 250. G.C. II. lt!:461; 24:201.-
A showy plant, with slender, arching, 6-10-fld. panicles,
and fls. 3-4J^ in. across.

22. Sanderiinum, Reichb. f. Resembling O. Neva-
dense. Fls. stellate; sepals and petals lanceolate, acu-
minate, yellow, with numerous chocolate-brown mark-
ings; labellum cuneate, panduriform, apiculate, toothed,
white or pale yellow, with a purple blotch in front;
lateral lobes erect. Karly spring. Trop. America. — Free-
flowering.

23. triilmphans, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. long:
Ivs. oblong laiircolate, 1-lH ft. long: scape arching,
branched and niaiiy-fld., 2-3 ft. long: fls. 3^ in. across;
sepals and petals lance-oblong, subacuminate, undulate
yellow, blotched with deep crimson -brown; labellum
ovate, cordate, acute, toothed and undulate, white with
a roseate tip; crest of yellow or -K-hite teeth. March
April. Colombia. I. H. 16:609. G.C. 1807:516; II
24:205; 25:141; III. 27:213 (var.). R.B. 18:121. G.M
34:89. F. 1877:217.

24. aspirsum, Reichb. f. (O. maculdtum. La Llave A^
Lex. X O. i?os.sij,Lindl.). Natural hybrid. Lvs. oblong
acute: raceme few-fld. : sepals ligulate, acute, keeled,
pale yellow, mottled with numerous brown blotches,
petals oblong, acute, much broader, similar in color,
labellum with a cordate, acute blade wholly whitish
callus, toothed, yellow, with brown lines, pubescent
Feb., March. — Free-flowering.

25. crist&tum, Lindl. Lvs. linear-lanceolate, a little
shorter than the many-fld. s.apc: sepals and petals
lanceolate-acuminate, yellow, s|i.iii..ci with brown; label
lum oblong-lanceolate, whit I ■; a|» \ aii.l margin brown
with purple strise, with a digitatr crest on the disk
wings of the column semi-ovate or subquadrate. Peru
I.H. 17:21. — Var. Day&num, Reichb. This is colort I
like the type, but the lip is rhomboid, apiculate, sei
rate, and " the teeth of the crests on the labellum
cross each other like the bristles on the nearly closed
leaf of Dioniva muacipula.

26. corditum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, 1-lvd. : Iv
oblong, acute, (;-,S in. long: fls. large and haiidsuni
with the sepals and petals yellowish green, rielil
blotched Willi brown ; labellum cordate, acuminali_
subcrenate, white, with a purplish crest at base and
spotted with brown on the limb; sepals lance-linear,
acuminate; petals broader and longer, undulate. Mexico
B.M. 4878 (asO. moci(!«N»i). I.H. 26:355. P.M. 13:147
Gn. 27:475. P.C. 3: 100. -Stem 2-3 feet high: few or
many-flowered.

27. Bictonifinse, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, 2-3 in
long, 'i-IMyd. : Ivs. 1 ft. long, ensiform, undulate,
spreading: raceme 3 ft. long: Hs. 1J4 in. across; sepals
and petals subeijual, linear-lanceolate, greenish yellow,
blotched with brown; claw of the labellum bilamellate,
blade cordate, acuminate, undulate, white or roseate.
Autumn. Guatemala. B.M. .3812 (as Zygopetahtm
A fricannm ) . — This was the fir.st Odontoglossum to reach
England in a living state. It is free-flowering, but not
as good as plants subsequently introduced. Var. Album,
Hort. Like the type, but labeilum pure white instead of
wine-red; sepals and petals brown. I.H. 19:91.

Var. splindens, Ch. Lem. Labellum rose-lilac; other
segments spotted. Seems to be like the type, with more
pronounced color. I.H. 12:449.

28. ha8tiia.bium, Lindl. Lvs. linear-oblong: scape
lX-2ft. : bracts long, deciduous: fls. numerous, large,
handsome, varied with pale green, purple and white,
fragrant; sepals and petals spreading, lanceolate, very
acuminate, pale green, with transverse purple dots and
lines; labellum large, the lateral lobes forming 2 horns
at base, the central one with a purple, crested claw, and
orbicular-ovate, white, acute blade : column slender,
winged, purple. Summer. Colombia. B.M. 4272.

ODONTOGLOSSUM

SECTION III.

A. Column without wings 29. ramosissimum

AA. Column with 2 spreading awns. 'M. naevium
31. cirrhosum
AAA. Col mini iihiririrrhose : si'g-

iiiriits hniniiliiie 32. Kuckerianum.

AAAA. Cut II III II ii-itli (imtiriate or
toothed wings: segments ovate

or rhomboid 33. nobile

34. crispum

29. ramosissimum, Lindl. Lvs. linear-obloug, acute»
1 ft. long: panicle much branched and many-fld., 2 ft.
long: fls. 2 in. across, white, spotted with pale purple
or violet ; sepals and petals very undulate, narrowly
ligulate, the latter wider ; labellum rhomboid, acumi-
nate, cordate at base, crested, tomentose. March, Apr.
Colombia. J. H. III. 29:77. I.H. 40:170 (var. coeUste,
Linden & Rod.). — A distinct and beautiful plant whose
fls. have been likened to large spiders.

30. naevium, Lindl. & Paxt. Pseudobulbs oblong:
Ivs. thin, lanceolate: panicle erect, arching, much
branched, bearing numerous star-shaped fls, : sepals
and petals 2 in. long, narrowly lanceolate, lie,'iiitifully
crenate-undulate, white, profusely spotte.l wiih rose-
purple; labellum .shaped nearly like the intals, sljerter
and broader, with 2 large crests on the vellow base.
May, June. Colombia. F.S. 6:594. G.M. 31:559.-
Closely allied to O. cirrhosum.

31. cirrhdsum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs lanceolate, com-
pressed. J-:) ill. long: Ivs. 4-6 in. long, linear-eiisifurm,
leathery: paiiiide often over 2 ft. long, drooping or in-
clined: fls. 3 in. across, snow-white, blotched with crim-
son or brown, ba.se of the labellum yellow, with brown
lines at the sides; sepals narrowly lanceolate, ending in
long, curved points; petals wider; labellum two-thirds
the length of the petals, with 2 ciliate lateral lobes and
a narrow acuminate middle lobe. Apr., Mav. Ecuador,
Peru. B.M. 6317. I.H. 25:.301. Gt. 41:138,3. Gn. 9, p.
401; 16, p. 19. G.C. II. 5:501, 503; 9:181; 25:12. F.M.

ODONTOGLOSSUJI

ODONTOULOSSUM

1117

1876:222. — This species sometiiues produces stout few-
fld. stems, whicii sliould be cut to save the vigor of the
plant.

'J2. Euckerianum, Reichb. f. Related to O. crisputii :
sepals mill ]u'T:ils lanceolate, acute, creamy white,
bordereil with violet and spotted with brown, waved;
labellum rather narrow, oblong, angular-lobed on each
side of the base, yellow at base, with few chestnut-
brown blotches ", callus rhomboid serrate. Colombia.
G.C. 1873:105 ; II. 24:204, 748 (var. insigne). J.H. III.
30:455 {Yar. spleitdeii.s).

1511 Habit sketch of OdontuKlossum crispum,

33. nbbile, Reichb. f. {O. Pescatbrei, Linden). Pseu-
dobulbs ovate, bearing two strap-shaped Ivs. : panicle
2-3 ft. long, diffuse, bearing numerous white, membra-
naceous fls. slightly tinged with rose : sepals ovate-
oblong, slightly undulate ; petals similar but much
wider; labellum cordate-oblong, pandurate, with a yel-
low fimbriate crest and a few rose - colored spots.
Spring. Colombia. F.S. 10:1024. I.H. 28:407. Gn.
21:.330. G.C. II. 24:212; III. 3:245; 7:200; 25:09. A.P.
5:183. — A fine species producing numerous large, erect
panicles. Var. Veitchi4num, Reichb. f. Like the type,
but the parts of the flower have large, crimson-purple
spots. Gn. 26:4,')2.

34. crIspum, Lindl. (O. Bhhilii, Reichb. f. O.AUx-
(indrw, Batvm.). Figs. 1510 and 1511. Pseudobulbs ovate,
compressed, about 3 in. long: Ivs. linear. 1 ft. long:
panicles rather short, but attaining a length of 23o ft.,
with few short branches and crowded fls. : fls. white,
variously spotted with crimson, brown, etc., or tinged
with rose, 2-3 in. across; sepals ovate to ovate-lanceo-
late, often undulate; petals ovate to rhomboid, toothed
and undulate-crisp ; labellum oblong-ovate, fringed
with teeth, wavy and crisp. Fls. are produced at any
season of the year. Colombia. F.S. 16:1052. Gn. 4, p.
241; 20:291; 21, p. 95; 23, p. 210; 40, p. 59fi; 46, p. 149;
53, p. 297. R.B. 21:3. Gng. 6:24. J.H. III. 34:499.
G.C. III. 21:363, 379; 23:165, 390; 25:67, 179, 187. A.F.
13:34. F.E. 9:327. — As was stated in the introduction,
this species has probably more than a hundred named
varieties. Many besides those cited have been figured
in horticultural and botanical works. Very few varie-
ties are found in American trade lists, but some of the
most distinct are given below:

Var. Andersoniinum, Hort. (O. Atidersonicimim,
Reichb. f. ). Fls. creamv white, with broad, longitudinal
bands of cinnamon. P.M. 1872:45. G.C. II. 24:680, 681;
III. 17:739. — Listed in America.

Var. api&tum, Ballantyne. Fls. very large; sepals
and petals laciniate on the edges, white, with rich choco-
late-brown blotches. G.C. III. 15:375.

Var. Ashworthi4num, J. O'Brien. Fls. almost entirely
rose-purple, with white margins and a few white marks
on the sepals and petals. G.C. III. 19:197.

Var. 6ouviUe4num, Ed. Andr^. Fls. large, white:
petals irregularly toothed, with few small crimson
blotches; sepals heavily blotched. R.H. 1888:132.

Var. ^tt&tum, Hort. (O. Alexandra, var. qxittatum.
Hook.). Sepals linear-oblong, with several pale purple
blotches; petals broader, similarly spotted; labellum
oblong-quadrate, contracted in the middle, spotted with

rose and having a large rose patch on the disk. B.M.
5697.

Var. L^hmannii, Hort. Labellum broadly ovate, bright
ruby red, broadly edged with white; crest yellow:
sepals and petals tinged with rose, with few red spots.
G.C. III. 24:147. — In American trade.

Var. macul^tum, Hort. Pis. white, spotted with pur-
plish brown ; petals suborbicular, laciniate-toothed.
G.C. III. 16:248.

Var. Mariee, Ed. Andre. Pis. pure white, except a few
red spots ou the base of the sepals. I.H. 25:325.

Var. Schroederi, Hort. Fls. with 1 or 2 large and sev-
eral small, brownish red spots ou the white segments.
Advertised in America.

Var. Tri&nee, Hort. (O. Alexandra., var. Trianir,
Hook.). Dorsal sepals with a single roseate spot; lateral
sepals suffused and spotted with rose; petals pure white;
labellum with a large 2-Iobed spot. B.M. 5691.

Var. Veitchiinum, Hort. Sepals ovate, undulate,
white with several brownish crimson spots; petals
bro.ider, color like the sepals but mostly in one large
central blotch; margins undulate and toothed. G.C. III.
1:799. F. 1884:177.

SECTION IV.

A. Sepals and petals

ilarly

B. Column without wings,

c. Pseudobulbs compressed and

edged.
D. Jjabellwm white or colored like

the petals 35. Madrense

36. nebuloBum

DD. Labellum violet 37. Krameri

<:c. Pseudobulbs smooth, terete 38. Oerstedii

BB. Column u'ith entire wings 39. Cervantesii

BBB. Column with toothed or crcnate
wings.

c, Labellum. reniform 40. citrosmum

fC. Labellum oblong -quadrate 41. pulchellum

42. Egertoni
AA. Sepals and petals dissimilar in

color 43. Rossii

44. Dawsonianum

35. Madrense, Reichb. f. (O. marillare. Hook.).
Pseudobulbs long-ovoid: Ivs. strap-shaped, lU in. long:
fls. 2>J in. across, 4-10 in a raceme; sepals and petals
lanceolate, keeled, white, with a purple blotch at the
base; labellum shorter than the sepals, the lateral lobes
forming 2 acute recurved appendages on the claw, niid-

.r^^ ^

1512. Odontoglossum Cervantesii var. decorum (X^).

die lobe trowel-shaped, white, with a yellow base and
an orange blotch. Summer. Mexico. B.M. 6144. I.H.
30:480. P.M. 1875:1.58. Gn. 10, p. 443. G.C. II. 25:116
(seed pod). G.M. 39:117.

1118

ODONTOGLOSSUM

ODONTOGLOSSUM

36. nebuldsum, Lincll. {O. maxilldre, Lintll.). Pseu-
dobulbs 2-3-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, acute, 9 in. long: scape
about as long as the Ivs., 5-6-fld. : fls. 3 in. across, pure
while, with the bases of all the parts profusely spotted
with brown; sepals membranaceous, oblong; petals simi-
lar but wider, all pubescent at the base; labellum with
2 large, erect lobes on the yellow claw ; limb ovate,
acute, dentate, pubescent. Mexico, at an elevation of
10,000 ft. I.H. 6:200. G.C. 1867:572 and II. 2,t:.597.
Not B.M. 6144, which is O. Madrense. — Vur. candidu-
lum, Keichb. f. Sepals and petals pure white, with a
brown blotch and a few spots on the la-
bellum. G.C. 1867:710; II. 25:596. Var.
pittitum, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals
spotted to above the middle. I.H. 31:524.

37. Kr8,meri, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs
subrotuud, compressed and sharply 2-
edged, 1-lvd.: Ivs. 7-9 in. long, lK-2 in.
broad, keeled: scape 4-8 in. long, inclined
or pendulous, 3-5-fld. : lis. IK in. in di-
ameter; sepals and petals subequal, ob-
long-acute, pale violet-red in the center,
with broad white margins; labellum with
a stout yellow excavated claw bearing 2
erect calli ; middle lobe subquadrate, 2-
lobed, pale violet, with white and brown
streaks at base. Costa Rica and Mexico.
B.M. 5778. I.H. 32:562. P. S. 23:2469.
G.C. 1868:98; II. 25:756.

38. 06rstedii, Reichb. f. Plants small:
Ivs. linear-oblong,
4-5 in. long, nar-
rowed to a petiole:
raceme sub - erect,
few-fld.: fls. IK in.
across, white, with
the base of the la-
bellum golden yel-
low; sepals and petals broadly
oblong, the latter narrowed to
a short claw; labellum sessile;
lateral lobes small, auriculate;
middle lobe suborbicular, plane,
deeply bifid. Feb. -May. Costa
Rica. B.M. 6820. Gn. 20:4!)4.
G.C. II. 7:811; 25:757; III.
19:77.

39. Cerv4ntesii, La Llare &
Lex.(0. membraHilce mil, hindl).
Pseudobulbs usually 4-angle<i,
2 in. long, bearing a
oblong leaf 4-6 in. long: scape
sheathed with large bracts,
bearing 2-6 membranaceous fls. :
fls. 2 in. across, pure white, with
transverse streaks of red near
the bases of the segments; se-
pals broadly lanceolate to ob-
long; petals ovate-rotund; la-
bellum with a yellow claw; lat-
eral lobes small; middle lobe
large, broadly cordate. Pis.
produced in winter, very fra-
grant and lasting several ^
Mex. B.M. 4923. B.R. 31:36;
32:34. I.H. 1:12. P.M. 12:193.
Gn. 19, p. 333; 32, p. 323. G.C.
11.15:753. P. 1881, p. 43. -Var.
m&jus, Hort. Pis. larger, with brighter spots. I.H.
25:313. Var. decorum, Hort. Pig. 1512. Fls. large,
spotted inside and outside with bright red. I.H. 36:90.
Gn. 32:617. J. H. III. .30:423. P.M. 1877:254. Var. An-
dersoni, Hort. Fls. white; base of the sepals and petals
barred with reddish brown ; labelhim bordered with
spots of the same color. Mexico.

40. citr6smam, Lindl. Fig. 1513. Pseudobulbs subro-
tund, compressed, smooth, 1-lvd.: Ivs. oblong, obtuse,
thick, somewhat shorter than the raceme: scape pen-
dent, 8-12-fld. : fls. large and full in outline, 3 in. across,
white to rose, with a violet labellum; sepals and petals
oblong, obtuse; labellum unguiculate, reniform. May,
June. Guatemala. B.R. 29:3: R.B. 21:265. P.S. 6:633.

Var. Album, Veitch. Fls. white, except the yellow
claw of the labellum. Gn. 24:413. Var. ros^Uum, Le-
maire. Pis. rose-colored, except the yellow claw of the
labellum. I.H. 2:59. Var. rdseum, Veitch. Blade of
the labellum deep rose. Var. punctAtum, Veitch. Fls.
pale rose; sepals and petals spotted with purple. A
variety called mftximum is also advertised.

41. pulch^llum, Batem. Pseudobulbs oblong, com-
pressed, 2-lvd. : Ivs. grass-like, rather stiff or rigid,
9-12 in. long: scape weak, 6-7-fld. : fls. white, except the
yellow crest of the labellum; sepals ovate, acute; petals
■ obovate, acute, somewhat
undulate; lateral lobes of
the labellum triangular,
middle lobe oblong, sub-
quadrate, apex recurved ;
column very short, with 3
fimbriate wings. Spring.
Guatemala. B. M. 4104.
B.R. 27:48. — Easily grown,
and never fails to blos-
som. The flower-spikes
suggest the lily-of-tbe-val-
ley. Fragrant. Var. mijuB,
Hort. More robust than
the type, with larger fls.
Var. grandif Idrum is
listed.

42. figertoni,Lindl. Like
O. pnhhellum, but with
the fls. only half as large:
labellum acute, not almost
truncate, excavated at
the base and with 2 teeth
inflexed over the excava-
tion. Guatemala. — This is
probably only a form of O. pulchellum.

43. R69sii, Lindl. Pseudobulbs small, much com-
pressed, 1-lvd.: Ivs. about 6 in. long: raceme about as
long as the Ivs., 2-5-fld. : fls. 2-3 in. in diameter; sepals
lanceolate, acuminate, cream-colored to greenish yellow,
with short bars of dark brown; petals white, with a few
brown spots at base, oblong, obtuse, revoluf e ; labellum
round-ovate, emarginate, undulate, pure white, except
the yellow claw. Winter. Mex. P.C. 3:129. B.R.
25:48. 3.5:222. Gn. 19, p. 306; 28:507. F.S. 20:2110.-
This is an extremely variable species, and probably in-
cludes the forms cultivated as O. Hhrenbergii and O.
I)aicsonianum, which are united with this species by
some authors. The name viajus has been applied to
several varieties. Probably I.H. 1:30 (as O. Eliren-
herijii) and P.S. 8:846 (as O.Ehrenhergn = 0. apterum,
ex-index Kewensis) also belong here.

Var. Tub^scens, Carr. (O. Sossii majus rubescens,
Hort.). Fls. large; petals clear rose, with dark brown
spots at the base. R.H. 1886:492. Gn. 28:507; 39, p.
345. U.C. II. 21:345.

44. Dawsoni4num, Reichb. f. (O. Ehrenbergii, Hort.,
not Link, Klotzsch & Otto). Raceme few-fld.: sepals
lanceolate, subacute, rose-colored, blotched with crim-
son to the apex; petals oblong, acute, pure rose; label-
lum broadly ovate to subrotund, crenulate; apex refuse,
colored like the sepals; callosity with 2 teeth at the
apex. Mexico. G.C. 1805:1226; U. 25:469. F.S. 17, p. 76.

SECTION V.

45. fidwardi, Reichb. f. Lvs. 2 ft. long, strap-shaped:
panicle suberect, curved, 2 ft. long, the racbis bearing
many horizontal brancht s covered with many rather
small dark purple flowers : sepals and petals oblong
to ovate-obtuse, reflexed and wavy; labellum tongue-
shaped, obscurely lobed, with a prominent yellow lobu-
late callus on thedisk. Spring. Ecuador. B.M. 6771.—
A distinct plant, easily cultivated.

Supplementary list of synonyms and imperfectly known
kinds; O. Arnoldidnum. — O. 6/rt7Kfu?n, Reichb. f. Sepals and
petals ciineate-lauceolate, acuminate, pale yellowish white,
spotted with orimson-brown; labellum ovate, acnminate,
crisp. Resembling O. na?veum, with the labellum much
broader. Winter and spring. Colombia. Pis. in a nodding
raceme, creamy white, spotted with reddish purple; labellnm
white, spotted like the petals and stained with yellow at the
base.- O. Dawidnum. Perhaps a misprint for Dawsonianum

One of the evening Primroses. — (Enothera

ODONTOGLOSSUM

— O. dfUcatuin.— O. Edgertonidnum is probably Egertoni.—
O. Karaunskli, Reii'hb. f., is probably a synonym of O. laeve.
~0. liufardinuiii. See No. 5. — O. Fhalcenopsis. Linden
& Rei./lil.. f— Miltonia Phalsenopsis.— O. Raezlii, Reiebb. f.
=MiltoniH Roezlii. — O. splendens.^ O. vexilldriutn, Reiebb. f.=
Miltonia vexillaria. — O. Victoriense and vars. album and sn-
perbum.— O. Wdrneri. Lindl.=Oncidinm Warneri.— O. Warsce-
■wiczii, Reichb. f.=Miltonia Endresii. — O. Weltoni. Hort.=Mil-
tonia Warscewifzii. Heinkich Hasselbring.

(ECOCLADES. See under Dendrophylax.

CENOTHfiKA (said to be Greek for wine-scenting; in
alliisi.iii t" tin- ancient u.se of the root.s). Onagrdcew.
E\"ENiNti Pkimkusk. Herbs, or sometimes shrubby at
the ba.sc, with alternate simple or pinnatisect leaves and
mostly showy fls., which are yellow, white or rose-color:
calyx with a tube prolonged beyond the angled or cylin-
drical ovary, with 4 usually strongly reflexed lobes;
petals 4, mostly obovate or spatulate; stamens 8, with
narrow mostly versatile anthers: fruit a 4-valved locu-
lieidal capsule. The CEnotheras are mostly dry-soil
plants and are chiefly North American. Some of them
are South American, and Bentham & Hooker admit one
plant which grows in Tasmania. The genus is poly-
morphous, and there is consequently great difference of
opinion as to generic bounds. What is commonly re-
garded as one genus is broken up into ten or a dozen
genera by some authors. These minor genera are here
treated as subgenera, for the group is fairly homoge-
neous from the horticultural point of view, and an en-
tirely new set of names in several strange genera could
scarcely be forced on the trade. The Godetia section
contains some excellent flower-garden plants, and some
of the true CEnotheras make glowing displays of yellow
in the border; but the greater number of the species
are of only secondary importance to the cultivator.
Amongst the best of the border-plant species are (E.
fruticosa, var. Toniigii, (JS. glauca, var. Fraseri, LR\
ccespitosti, CE. Missonriensis, (E. speciosa. For a
botanical revision of the North American species, see
Sereno Watson, Proo. Amer. Acad. Arts &'Sci. 8:573
(May 13, 1873). L. H. B.

There is nothing special to say about the culture of
Qi^uotheras except to note the tender kinds and the bi-
ennials. All do well in ordinary garden soil, enjoying
sunshine. They are easily raised from seeds and cut-
tings. (E. acatilis, eximia (properly (E. ciespitosa) are
low-growing biennials which do well treated as annuals.
They will not endure the winter. <E. Missonriensis is
a splendid trailer, with enormous yellow flowers, and
seed vessels. It is quite hardy, and a fine rock garden
plant. CE. biennis, the common Evening Primrose, is
rather weedy, and only fit for the wilder parts of the
garden. (E. bietinis, var. grandiflora, is a better form.
CE. fruticosa and CE. Fraseri are two of our best
border kinds, with stiff, branching stems. CE. linearis
is a pretty little species, often naturalized but well
■worth growing. Childs' Mexican Primrose is tender,
but makes a pretty plant for hanging pots. CE. speciosa
is a very fine species, but spreads so quickly by under-
ground stems as to become a weed in favorable situa-
tions: it is good for naturalizing in wild grounds.

T. D. Hatfield.

CEnothera is represented in Colorado by a diversity
of specific forms which have been segregated into no
fewer than six genera. Of these nearly all are peren-
nial, CE. albicaitlis, Pursh, being an interesting excep-
tion. Of the perennials, CE. sernilata will bloom the
first season from seed, and probably some others will if
sown early. A few kinds are slow to germinate, notably
(E. brack i/carpa and CE. cwspitosa, which usually pro-
duce some plants the first season, but most of the seeds
remain dormant until the second year. CE. brachycarpa
includes two forms of specific rank, the typical form
belonging to the western slope of the Rocky mountains
and agreeing with Britton & Brown's description and
illustriition, but flowers 2 inches broad, seeds purplish
black. The CE. brachycarpa of the eastern slope, so
called by botanists and collectors, has flowers 4 to 5
inches broad, capsule IK to 2 inches long ( !), broadly
winged, seeds larger than of any other species, of angu-
lar form, light brown. Foliage resembling that of CE.
Missonriensis and seems to be most nearly related to

71

CENOTHERA

1119

the latter species. The western type seems not to be in
the trade.

As to culture, most sorts seem to prefer a porous soil
with a rather large proportion of sand, an ideal soil
consisting largely of decomposed granite with some
vegetable matter. They seem to be quite adaptive, and
CE. brachycarpa, Missonriensis, etc., are found some-
times in stiff clay soil. An abundance of sunshine is

natural to most sorts.

D. M. Andrews.

INDEX.

glauca, 10.

aeanlis. 17. glauca, 10. pumila.l3.

albicaulis, 7. gloriosa, 21. purpurea, 20.

amoena, 20. granditiora. 5. 21. Quadriviilnera, 22.

biennis, 5. Lamarckiana, 5. riparia, 12.

bifrojis, 20. Lindleyi, 20. rosea, 16.

bistorta, 2. linearis, 12. roseo-alba, 20.

brachycarpa, 19. macrocarpa, 9. rubicunda, 20.

ciBspitosa, 18. major, 11. serrulata, 4.

Californica, 8. marginata, 18. speciosa, 14.

cheiranthifolia, '.i. Mexican Primrose, taraxacifolia, 17.

ChUdsii, 1.5. 15. tetraptera, 15.

Drummoudi, 6. Missouriensis, 9. Veitchiana 2.

eximia, W. Nivertiana, 20. vinosa, 20.

Fraseri, 10. ovata, 1. Whitneyi, 21.

fruticosa, 11. pinnatifida, 7. Youngii, 11.

A. Stigma capitate or disk-like, entire

B. Calyx-tube filiform I. Taraxia, below.

r. ;. Calyx-tube short, obconic or funnelfonn.

II. SPH.a:EOSTi(iMA, below.
AA. stigma deeph/ 4-eleft oral least 4-tovthcd.
B. Stamens of equal length.

c. Calyx-tube shorter than the ovary

III. Meriolix, p. 1120
cc. Calyx-tube usually much exceeding the
ovary.

D. Seeds angled, horizontal in the pod

IV. Onagra, p. 1120
DD. Seeds not angled, ascending.

E. Fts. yellow, erect in bud: seeds in 2

rows in each locule V. CEnothera, p. 1120

EE. Fls. white or pink, drooping in bud:

seeds in 1 row VI. Anogra, p. 1120

BB. Stamens of unequal length.
c. Anthers versatile.

D. Plant caulescent [with stem).

E. Fls. yellow.

p. Seeds crested VII. Meoapterium, p. 1120

PF. Seeds not crested VIII. Kneipfia, p. 1120

EE. Fts. white, pink or reddish

IX. Hartmannia, p. 1121
DD. Plant sfemless.

E. Capsule with wrinkled wing-angles

X. Pachylophus, p. 1121
EE. Capsule with plane or entire wing-an-
gles XI. Lavauxia, p. 1121

cc. Anthers attached at base, erect or nearly

so XII. Godetia, p. 1121

I. Subgenus Taraxia. Stemless, usually perennial :

stigma capitate: calyx-tube filiform: capsule
sessile, narrow to ovate, usually not winged: fls.
yellow.

1. ov&ta, Nutt. Perennial, slightly pubescent: Ivs.
ovate to lance-oblong, 8 in. or less long, acute, serru-
late: calyx-tube sometimes 4 in. long, the petals less
than 1 in. long and yellow: fl.-bud erect: capsule K in.
long. Calif.

II. Subgenus Sph^bostigma. Stejn-bearing: stigma

capitate: calyx-tube short, inversely conic or fun-
nelform: capsule sessile, linear, not winged: fls.
various.

2. bistbrta, Nutt. One to 2 ft., the base decumbent,
hairy and pubescent: radical Ivs. spatulate to lanceo-
late and petiolate, dentate: stem Ivs. mostly sessile-
ovate to narrow-lanceolate and about 1 in. long, dentate:
fls. yellow, turning green, the petals (about J^ in. long)
usually with a brown spot at the base: calyx-tube 1-3
in. long : capsule '% in. or less long, 4-angled, con-
torted. S. Calif.

Var. Veitchiana, Hook. More slender: radical Ivs.
narrow-oblanceolate and long-petioled : capsule longer
and narrower (1-lM in. long) and little contorted.
S. Calif. B.M. 5078.

1120

(ENOTHERA

3. cheiranthifolia, Horiiem. Stems decumbent or as-
cending, - tt. or more tall, canescent; Ivs. thick, about
1-2 in. lun^, liroad-uvate to lanceolate or the lower ones
spatulate, the upper ones becoming sessile, most of
them entire; petals yellow, M-^ in. long: capsule %
in. or less long, curved, somewhat hairy. Calif. B.R.
12:10iO.

III. Subgenus Meriolix. Stem-bearing; stigma disk-
tlke bat 4-toothed : calyx-tube shorter than the
ovarij, enlarging upward: capsule linear or
nearly cylindrical, sessile: fls. yellow, axillary .

4. serrulita, Nutt. Slender, simple or branched,
about 1 ft. high but variable in statiire, nearly glabrous

to canescent: Ivs. linear to lanceolate,
1-3 in. long, usually acute, attenuate to
the base, sharply dentate : petals broad-
obovate, ^ in. long, wavy-margined.
Minn., west and south. Biennial or
perennial. Mn. 7:41.

IV. Subgenus Onaora. Stem-bear-
ing: stigma 4-cleft : calyx-tube
elongated and eylindrieal, en-
larging at flu IhriHit; nt/tsule
linear-otiliiiifi f'l ln,nt-'''>n'f, 4-
angled: fls. n<'lh>if\ oprnim] In
efeiiiiig. — TRVE Evening 1'uim-

KCISES.

:"). bitonis, Linn. Common Evening
Pboirose. Fig. 15U. Tall, strong,
simple or branching biennial (often
4-.') ft.), closely pubescent or some-
what hairy: Ivs. lanceolate to oblong
to ovate-lanccohitc. <,fti n fi in. long,
acute, remoiily li. ntiinlate, the low-
est ones petioiril: (mIw tube 1-2 in.
or more long: pctiils bright yellow, %
in. or less long: capsule pubescent or
hairy, often 1 in. long. Generally dis-
tributed, and now a common weed in
the Old World. Gn. 2(>, p. 480.-The
Hs. open suddenly at nightfall. It is a
weedy plant and has little to recom-
mend it to cultivation, although it is
offered by dealers. In France the
thickened roots are mentioned as an
edible vegetable, to be used after the
manner of salsify or vegetable oyster.
The root should be eaten, according to
Vilmorin. "at the end of the first year
of its growth."

Var. grandifldra, Lindl. {(E. La-
marchi(i)ut, Ser. ). Fls. much larger,
the petals 1-2)^ in. long. Very showy
when the tis. open. Commoner west-
ward. B.M. 2068. B.R. 19:1604. Gn.
26, p. 482; 46, p. 64.

V. Subgenus CEnothera. Stem - bearing : stigma

deeply 4-cleft: calyx-tube very long and filiform
or linear: capsule narrow-cylindric, obtusely
4-fnii/hd, frith numerous seeds in 2 rows in each
hivii/r: fls. !/f flow, mostly showy,

6. Driimmondii, Hook. Pig. 1515. One to 2 ft., from
an oblique or decumbent base, loosely pubescent: Ivs.
lance-oblong or oblanceolate, acute, either gradually or
abruptly tapering into a short petiole, entire or slightly
toothed: calyx-tube usually 2 in. long and very narrow:
fls. 2-3 in. across, nocturnal, bright yellow, showy: cap-
sule 1-2 in. long. Texas. B.M. 3361. — Perhaps biennial,
but grown as an annual.

VI. Subgenus Anogra. Stem-bearing: stigma deeply

4-cleft: calyx-tube elongated and enlarging up-
wards: capsufe oblong or linear: fls. white or
pink, opening by day.

7. albicatilis, Pursh ((E. pinnatlfida, Nutt.). Low
(1 ft. or less tall), stems white and shreddy, the branches
ascending, slightly pubescent or sparsely hairy: Ivs.
lanceolate, oblanceolate or lance-oblong in outline,
deeply pinnatifid or some of the larger ones only
strongly toothed, 4 in. or less long, sessile or nearly so:

''■'Ttrj

1514. Capsules of
evening Prim-
rose (X K)-

CENOTHERA

fls. large (3 in. or less across), diurnal, white and fading
to rose, the petals obcordate. Prairies, west. B.R.
14:1142 (as US. pallida).

8. Califdmica, Wats. ((E.albicaf(lis,va,r. Califdrnica,
Wats.). Smaller and hoary-pubescent or villous, the
stems <mly 3 or 4 in. long: Ivs. narrow-oblanceolate and
acuminate, usually stalked, toothed or pinnatifid : fls.
often larger, fragrant, the petals lobed. Central and
southern Calif.

f:t!gma
J and

VII. Subgenus Megapterium
4-cli:ft: raly.r-tiil:,' i; r

tnrgi

'If tlir

U In

•<f Sl. lid

strungty 4-wingid: fls. yilfuw, sh:

9. MissouriSnsis, Sims {IE. macrocdrpa, Pursh).
Low, with a hard base, the ascending stems usually not
over 1 ft. long, usually pubescent: Ivs. thick, varying
from oval to linear to narrow-lanceolate, 5 in. or less
long, acuminate, narrowed to a petiole, entire or re-
motely denticulate: petals 1-2K in. long, very broad,
yellow: capsule 2-3 in. long and nearly as wide, broad-
winged. Mo. and Neb. to Tex. B.M. 1592. Gu. 26, p.
480. R.H. 1857, p. 598.

VIII. Subgenus Kneiffia. Strm -fnariiui : stigma
derpfii 4-fotied: riifi/.r liih, ,;rii sf, ,i,l. r, some-
what'd ifiitid Iff fhf fop: .-apsiitr nifliir small,
ctub-shapi'd. 4-angliif uy narroirty 4-winged :
fls. yellow, diurnal.
A. Plant more or less glaucous, glabrous.

10. gla{lca, Michx. Erect perennial, 2-3 ft. : Ivs. ovate
to ovate-oblong, 4 in. or less long, acute or somewhat
obtuse, sessile, remotely denticulate : fls. large, in short
leafy clusters, the calyx-tube about i^ in. long; petals
an inch long, more or less emarginate: capsule oblong,
broad winged, short-stalked. Va., Ky., and .south. B.M.
1606.-Var. Fr^seri, Torr. & Gray {IE. Frdseri, Pursh),
is a form with ovate-lanceolate often slightly petioled
Ivs. Southern states. B.M. 1674.

1515. CEnothera Drummondii (X ^a).

AA. Plant not glaucous, usually hairy or ptibescent.

11. fruticdsa, Linn. Sundrops. Perennial (or some-
times biennial), erect and more or less branchy, rather
stout, 1-3 ft. high, the terete usually reddish stems
somewhat villous: Ivs. ovate to narrow-lanceolate, 3 in.
or less long, firm, usually acute, remotely denticulate
or entire, mostly sessile: fls. lJ-j-2 in. across and showy,
in an elongating cluster, with linear bracts: capsule
oblong to obovate, short-stalked or sessile, strongly
winged. Dry soil, Nova Scotia, south and west. B.M,

CENOTHERA

CEXOTIIERA

1121

332.— Very variable. Var. Yotingii ((27. Yoiingii, Hort.)
is common in cultivation, and is prized for its stoclsy

It

rig. larger-

growth and profusion of bin

leaved ])hiiit. with linn, shinx-. s!iL::itiv L;i:iur,.ii^ toiuige,
and bearing many briiilit lri)i.,n-\ rl l..iv llu.r,.: -J ft.,
mucb branched and sonewiiai .Imn nt ai lia-.-. Ex-
cellent. Var. major, Hort., is a slr.uig giowiui,' llorifer-
ous form, torniiug a dense bush-like si>ecimen.

12. linearis, Michx. (CE. fruticosa, var. lineilris,Wats.
(E. ripdria, Nutt.). U.sually lower and more slender:
Ivs. linear to narrow-lanceolate: capsule mostly less
broadly winged, clavate. Conn., south. Gn. 2(i, p. 481.

13. pimila, Linn. Slender, erect biennial: Ivs. ob-
lanceolate or oblong, usually glabrous, entire, the radi-
cal spatulate: fls. an inch or less across in a loose, leafy
spike or raceme, the calyx-tube shorter than the ovary,
the petals obeordate: capsule mostly clavate, short-
stalked or sessile. Nova Scotia, south.

IX. Subgenus H.^rtmannia (i

funnelft
or obovn

t, , 1,1-

I,,., I: 11

hiiliiifi Xjjlopleurum,
'a -J-lnhi'd: calyx-iube
I'sifle clnb-shaped
'■liife, pink or red.

A. Phnif cauescent or villous, visually erect, or at least
prominently ascending.

14. specidsa, Nutt. Perennial, with a rootstock, erect
or ascending branches, 2 ft. or less high, canescent:
Ivs. linear to lance-oblong, 4 in. or less long, remotely
or sinuately dentate, or the lower ones pinnatifid, at-
tenuate at base : calyx-tube as long as the ovary ; pet-
als large, obeordate, white : capsule H-% in. long,
8-winged, acute at top. Mo., W. and S. B.M. 3189. Gn.
26, p. 482.

15. tetrdptera, Cav. Villous : capsule larger and
more broadly winged, very abruptly contracted at top:
calyx-tube shorter than the ovary: fls. white, bcroming
rose. Texas, south. B.M. 408. Var. Childsii i (/.'. ,•,■;-
sea M''.iiri)int , Hort.) is a handsome ftjrni infroiluri'd
from Texas by, John Lewis Childs in 1892. It was found
in the wild. "We first secured the pink," Mr. Childs
writes, "and afterwards someone else sent us the white,
blush and the other shades, all from Texas." In some
respects it differs markedly from (E. tetraptera, and it
is not impossible that it is a distinct species. In culti-
vation it is a trailing plant. The Ivs. tend to be broader
and less pointed than in CE. tetraptera. It does not pro-
duce seed in the North, but is readily propagated by
cuttings. It is an excellent plant either for the flower
garden or for pots in the conservatory. It is popularly
known as the "Mexican Evening Primrose."

16. T6sea, Ait. Root biennial or perennial : stem
erect or ascending, 1-2 ft., branching from the base:
Ivs. lanceolate to narrow ovate-lanceolate, mostly acumi-
nate, rather abruptly narrowed to a petiole, entire or re-
motely denticulate or the larger ones small-Iobed at the
base: calyx-tube shorter than the ovary: fls. small,
fuchsia-like, purple or rose, the petals rounded and en-
tire: capsule like that of (E. speciosa. Texas and New
Mexico, south, B.M. 347. — Offered by seedsmen.

A A. Plant glabrous or essentially so, nearly stemless
or else prostrate.

17. acaiilis, Cav. ((E. faraxacifdlia, Hort.). Tufted
perennial or biennial plant, at first stemless, but pro-
ducing prostrate, somewhat zigzag stems: Ivs. oblong
in outline, 5-8 in. long, petioled, divided into many un-
equal narrow divisions (like a dandelion leaf) : fls, usu-
ally opening white, but changing to rose, large (2-3 in.
across ) , the very slender tube 3-5 in. long : capsule short-
obovate, broadly triangular-winged above. Chile. B.R.
9:763. Gn. 26, p. 480.— A very interesting plant.

X. Subgenus Pachtlophus. Stemless or essentially
so: stigma 4-cleft: calyx-tube very slender but
enlarging upwards, longer than the ovary: cap-
mile with wrinkled or contorted uings: fls. ivhite
or pink.

IS. caespitosa, Nutt. ((27. exlmia, Gr&y. (E.margi-
natu. Nutt. ). Crowu 2-4 in. high, perennial or biennial:
Ivs. clustered, oblong to narrow-lanceolate or spatulate.

sometimes 1 ft. long, attenuate, repand-toothed, pubes-
cent: fls. white or pink, li'i-3 in. across, the petals ob-
eordate; calyx-tube 2-0 in. long: capsule oblong-pointed,
1-2 in. long. Neb., west and south. B.M. 1593, 5828.
Gn. 26:409; 47, p. 40.

XL Subgenus Lavausia. Slemle.is or essentially so:
calyx-tube very slender, enlarging upirfirds,
longer than the ovary: capsule with plane or
entire wings: fls. white, pink, or even pale i/el-
lou:
19. brachycirpa, Gray. Perennial, densely ptibescent:
Ivs. thickish, ovate to very narrow-lanceolate, about 6 in.
long, long-stalked, entire or notched or lyrately pin-
natifid: calyx-tube 2-3 in. long; petals about 1}-^ in.
long, purplish: capsule ovate, often 1 in. long, the
wings not wrinkled. Kansas, west and south.

1516. Godetia i
Q. rubicunda splendeus of the trade (X %).

XII. Subgenus Godetia. Stem-bearing : calyx-tube
short and usually broad: capsule ovate or lin-
ear, 4-sided, not winged: fls. lilac, purple or
rose, shoicy.
The Godetias are very showy garden annuals, with
brUIiant pink or red-purple flowers of satiny luster.
They are generally of easy culture in any warm garden
spot, although sometimes subject to what appears to be
a disease of the root. They are excellent subjects for
put culture, either under glass or in the open. The gar-
den forms are derived from two species.

20. amoena, Lehm. (<E. Liiidleyi. Dongl. (E. rdseo-
«'/(/«, Hornera. (E. blfroiis, lAui}].. ivt Don. (E. pur-
purea, Hort., not Curt. (;,;?:/;, i ruljiniinhi ami G.
vinosa, Lindl. G. Lindlniinhi . S]..i(li. (/. .XinHiana,
Goujon). Fig. 1516. R.atlHr Muall, <ilii ii slender, small-
leaved, the Ivs. usually linear to narrow-lanceolate or

112:

oo

CENOTHERA

OHIO

small-oblong, entire or nearly so: fis. 1-lJ^ in. across,
white or rose or light-purple, rarely conspicuously
spotted in the throat, scattered on leafy branches:
stigma lobes about IK lines long: capsule 13^ in. or
less long, tapering at both ends, on a pedicel K in. or
less long, the seeds in one row in each locule. Pacific
coast, from Vancouver Island southward. B.M. 2832.
B.R. 17:1405,22:1856,1880. R.H. 1872:430. -The com-
mon old-time garden Godetia, and much given to dwarf
forms. One of the best forms is known in the trade as
Godetia rubicunda splendens (Fig. 1516). A common
form is known as Bijou. There are double forms.

1517, CEnothera Whitneyi.
Godetia Whitneyi of the trade (X h)-

21. WMtneyit Gray {(E. grandifldra, Wats., not Hort.
Godetia grandifldra, Lindl. G. Whitneyi, Moore. G.
gloridsa, Hort.). Stouter, broader-leaved, compact in
growth: fls. 2-4 in. across, light purple, with dark pur-
ple spot at the throat on each petal, borne in a short,
dense, not leafy spike or raceme; stigma lobes 3 lines
long: capsule about 1 in. long, oblong or linear, the
seeds in two rows in each locule. N. Calif. B.M. 5867.
B.R. 28:61. R.B. 21:193.-The large-flowered Godetia
of gardens, giving rise to such varieties as Lady Albe-
marle, Duke of Fife, Duchess of Fife, Duchess of Al-
bany, Grandiflora maculata, Brilliant.

22. quadrivulnera, Dougl. (Godetia quadrivUlnera ,
Spach). A very slender species 1-2 ft.: Ivs. linear or
nearly so, sessile, or with a very short, narrowed base,
entire or nearly so: fls. about J^ in. across, purple, with
eroded petals; stigma-lobes short: capsule 3^-% in,
long, 2-ribbed at the alternate angles, sessile, with seeds
in 1 row. Calif. B.R. 13:1119.-Onceoffered by Orcutt.

iE. spUndens, "light yellow," appears in trade lists, but its
identity is unknown to the writer. The name spleiideus is also
commonly used for a form of Godetia amcena. ^ H. B.

OHIO, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1518. Ohio lies in
nearly a square bodj', about 200 miles from north to
south and the same from east to west. The surface is
undulating, being somewhat hilly in some portions,
particularly in the southeast and along the Ohio river,
and quite level in the northwestern part of the state.

There are no great elevations nor large bodies of
water in the interior to modify the climate. Lake Erie,
on the north, exerts considerable influence for some dis-
tance along its shores, but there are no wide climatic
variations between different parts of the state. The
range in temperature is considerable, sometimes reach-
ing 98° in summer and falling as low as 30° below zero
in winter, although such extremes seldom occur in the
lake region. Some of the more tender fruits and orna-
mental jilants often suffer because of low temperatures,
but all horticultural products which can be grown in the
same latitude are successfully cultivated within the
state. The annual rainfall is about 38 inches, and severe
droughts seldom occur.

Ohio has great horticultural possibilities, none of
which are fully developed, but along some lines the
limit seems to be almost reached; at least until wider
markets are opened. The market for Ohio's horticul-
tural products is mostly within the borders of the state,
the most notable exceptions being grapes, strawberries
and celery, these articles being shipped to other states
in large quantities. The outside trade in nursery prod-
ucts is also considerable, the exports of trees and
plants being much more than the imports.

To the awakening of interest in horticultiire and dis-
semination of horticultural knowledge, much is due to
the efforts of such men as Kirtland, Warder, Elliot,
Bateham, Campbell and Ohmer. The first united efforts
of early horticultural workers was in the organization
of the Ohio Pomological Society, in 1847. The name
was afterward changed to the Ohio State Horticultural
Society. This organization remains active at the pres-
ent time, and during the entire period of its existence
has numbered among its members many of the foremost
horticultural workers in the state. Its influence has
been widely felt, both directly through its members and
publications, and indirectly through the county and
local societies, a number of which are offspring of the
state society.

The State University and State Experiment Station
have, in recent years, exerted a decided influence on the
horticulture of the state in helping to a better knowl-
edge of plant diseases and insects, and to methods of
controlling them, as well as in special horticultural
work, pertaining to methods, varieties, etc.

Anything like a complete statistical review of the hor-
ticultural products of the state would be impossible, for
such statistics have not been gathered for all crops.
Statistics of this kind have only a transient value, how-
ever, and hence may well be dispensed with, except in a
few cases where comparisons need to be made.

Apples are grown in all parts of the state, and, while
some sections are better adapted to apple culture than
others, there can hardly be said to be any well-defined
apple belts within its borders, as shown by the orchards
planted. There are commercial orchards in all parts of
the state where alluvial soils abound, except in limited
areas of the northwest. But few large orchards are
found in any part of the state. Orchards exceeding 50
acres in extent are rare. The apple crop of the state
is of considerable commercial importance, however, as
shown by the fact that it often reaches a total of
17,000,000 bushels. Owing to the fact that the majority
of the orchards are not planted for commercial purposes,
much of the fruit produced is inferior in quality. Com-
mercial orchardists, however, are giving considerable
attention to spraying and other necessary details in
orchard management, and are securing very satisfactory
results.

Although the state is btit little more than 200 miles
across from north to south, there is a notable difference
in the varieties of winter apples grown in the extreme
northern and southern portions. The Baldwin is the
leading variety in two or three tiers of counties lying
along the lake; Rhode Island Greening finds a congenial
home in this section also, and the Northern Spy in the
northern tier of counties. None of these varieties is

OHIO

satisfactory below the central portion of the state.
Rome Beauty is the leading sort in the southern part
and is most at home in the counties lying along the Ohio
river. Ben Davis is well adapted to the same section
also. The Willow Twig is very satisfactory along the
river in the eastern part of the state. Grimes Golden,
Jonathan, York Imperial, and Hubbardston are found to
be very satisfactory winter sorts in nearly all parts of

OHIO

1123

SJ^ Areas of largest peach productiuii.

§^ Areas of largest celery and onion productiou.

19 Areas of largest grape production.

1518. Ohio, to show horticultural reeions.

the state. Of early varieties, essentially the same sorts
are grown in all sections.

The conditions for successful peach culture are more
favorable along the shore of Lake Erie than any other
part of the state. Ottawa county is the center of peach
culture in this section, Catawba Island taking the lead.
In this locality the vineyards have been almost wholly
replaced by peach orchards. The same state of affairs
exists in a less marked degree on the adjacent islands
and peninsula. Athens, Muskingum and Coshocton
counties, in the southern and central parts of the state,
produce large quantities of this fruit also. There are
about half a dozen other counties in which peach cul-
ture is made a special feature of friiit-growing, but the
industry is not developed to the extent that it is in those
above named. In 1896 the total peach crop of the state
was nearly 2,000,000 bushels, and of this Athens, Mus-
kingum, Coshocton and Ottawa counties produced more
than one-fourth. Mountain Rose. Oldmixon, Elberta,
Smock, and Salway are the varieties most commonly
grown.

There are no large areas of pear, plum and cherry
production in the state, although a considerable number

of cherry orchards have been planted near Clyde, in
Sandusky county. Japan plums have not generally
proved reliable. Red June, Burbank and Chabot have
proved the most satisfactory of any. None are reliably
hardy. Of grapes, there are about 1,5,000 acres within
the state, nearly all of which are along the lake shore
and on the islands near Sandusky, Cuyahoga county
taking the lead with about 4,000 acres of vineyards.
Owing to low prices of
grapes, plantings have
been limited in recent
years, but not many vine-
yards have been de-
stroyed, except to give
place to peach orchards.
Concord, Worden, Dela-
ware and Catawba have
lieen planted more than
any others.

Small fruits sufficient
for the home demand are
grown in nearly all sec-
tions, but the shipping
trade is less than form-
erly ; hence the acreage
devoted to these fruits
has fallen off in some lo-
calities. The total acre-
age has not fallen olf,
hut there has been an
increase rather, and the
cultivation of these
fruits has become more
general. In both area
and product strawberries
take the lead, followed
'by black raspberries,
blackberries, red rasp-
berries, currants and
ooseberries, in the order named.
The demand for black raspberries
has fallen off considerably of late,
and the acreage has decreased in
consequence. Market-gardening is
carried on mostly to supply local
markets, but there are a few special-
ties which are grown on a large scale
in a number of localities.

Early tomatoes and cucumbers are
grown in large quantities along the
Ohio river for northern markets, and
the same is true, to a less extent, of
melons. Large celery and onion
»k farms exist in Hardin, Huron, Me-

dian, Wayne, Cuyahoga, Summit and
Stark counties. Reclaimed swamps consisting of muck
are used for this purpose. In Ross county the grow-
ing of onion sets has become a large industry, the soil
in this case being alluvial.

Several pickling establishments are in operation in
various parts of the state, and for these are grown
many thousands of acres of cucumbers and cabbage.
A number of canning factories are found within the
state, and these take the products of large areas of
tomatoes and sweet corn. Fruit is not used in the can-
neries very largely, nor are peas, except in a few cases.
Vegetable-growing under glass is practiced in or near
nearly all towns of a few thousand inhabitants. The
business has assumed very large proportions near To-
ledo, Cleveland and Ashtabula. In nearly all cases
greenhouses of the best form of construction are used,
and are mostly heated by hot water. About Cincinnati,
hotbeds are more common than elsewhere. This is the
center of radish production, but lettuce is the leading
crop in greenhouses. The houses are occupied with the
crop from September until May, and about the middle
of February tomatoes or cucumbers are planted in the
lettuce beds. These crops are in bearing during May
and June. Tomatoes and cucumbers are seldom grown
as winter crops, as lettuce is more profitable and more
easily grown in midwinter than either of the others.
Grand Rapids lettuce is grown almost exclusively.
Pioricultural establishments are found in all parts of

1124

OHIO

OKLAHOMA

the state, ia most localities the products beia^ for the
home demand only, but large concerns at Painesville,
Calla, Springfield and Dayton have an immense ship-
ping trade of plants, the mailing trade being particu-
larly large. Cut-flowers are grown- in considerable
quantities also, the principal centers being Cleveland
and Cincinnati. Large nursery centers exist at Paines-
ville, on the lake shore, and in the Miami valley, near
Dayton and Troy. The stock grown in these and other
nurseries of the state consists mainly of fruit trees and
small fruit plants. Ornamental trees and plants are.
grown in comparatively limited quantities, for the rea-
son that landscape gardening and ornamental planting
have not been given due attention. More or less pre-
tentious park systems are in a state of development in
some of the larger cities, Cincinnati, Cleveland and
Toledo leading in this respect. A number of cemeteries
show considerable care in maintenance and some skill
in planting, but well-arranged private grounds are rare.
Spring Grove cemetery, in Cincinnati, was one of the
tirst large landscape cemeteries in the world. Mount
Auburn, in Cambridge, was the first rural cemetery in
this country. See Landscape Gardening and Strauch.

While landscape art is in a rather backward condition
within the state, there is quite a fund of accumulated
knowledge regarding the adaptability of species and
varieties of trees and plants to this climate. It would
be too broad a statement to say that foreign species do
not succeed here, but so manj' have been disappointing
that there seems to be little of any value left. Fortu-
nately there is an abundance of suitable material in our
own and neighboring states.

Ohio is a great agricultural state, and this fact has
somewhat retarded horticultural development, but, on
the other hand, large manufacturing interests have had,
and will continue to have, the opposite effect, and Ohio
will in the near future take high rank as a horticul-
tural state. W. .1. Green.

OKLAHOMA, HORTICULTURAL POSSIBILITIES

OF. Fig. lolit. The northern boundary of Oklahoma

is 37° north latitude. The southern

boundary is an irregular line, but

does not extend far south of the 35th

parallel. Except a small strip which

extends to the 103d meridian, most of

the territory lies between 96° 30' west

and 100° west longitude. The greater

portion of the country has an altitude

of 800 to 1,400 feet. The surface of

the country is rolling prairie, with

numerous small rivers and creeks

flowing east. The longer streams are

wide, shallow, and very sandy. The

shorter streams are narrow and have

high, steep banks. In the eastern

half there are considerable areas

covered with timber, the greater part

of which isbl:i.-k-,1ack and post-oak.

Elm, i-.,tt..iuv(i.Hl, I :iii, hickorv, re, I

cecbii-. Willi, \it, li;i,'kb<rrv ami li,,n,-v-

locust ar,' c,>nim,>ii, but d,. ii,>t f,in)i

separate forests as the oaks do. In

the western part timber belts follow

the streams, and in the extreme western part only bmsh

and small trees are found. The soil is usually a line

sand, the particles lying very compactly.

Previous to the settlement of the country, in 1889, the
prairies were burned off each year. This kept the soil
poor in humus. There is very little clay soil in the terri-
tory except along the small streams, the bottomlands of
which contain considerable clay. The soil is fertile and
contains a good supply of plant-food. The subsoil is
very compact, usually joint-clay, where the surface soil
is a black or gray color: but the red or brown loam sur-
face soil is usually underlaid with a more loose and
mellow siibsoil. The black and gray soils are usually
found at greater altitudes, and are seldom covered with
timber. Often these soils contain large quantities of
alkali, and the well and spring water in such localities is
very poor. Stone is abundant in some sections and
very scarce in others, but there is not enough surface
rook to be a factor in controlling the amount of till-

able land. Red and gray sandstone are the most abun-
dant.

The extremes of temperature between summer and
winter are great. In some places the temperature
reaches zero during the most severe storms of winter.
Except during occasional storms, the winter is mild and
usually dry. A snowfall of more than six inches in depth
is arre, and soon melts. Plowing and other such farm
work may be done nearly all winter. During the sum-
mer a maximum of 100° F. is frequently reached. The
high temperature is nearly always accompanied by a
dry wind. In the hottest weather the nights are cool
and refreshing. The average mean temperature is
about 60°. The wind is a prominent factor in the climate
of Oklahoma. The prevailing wind is from the south
during most of the year. The air is dry, and the wind
and hot sun dry the soil rapidly. The rainfall usually
is light during July and August, and the warm, dry
winds from the south and southwest make this the most
trying season for vegetation. The wind is so strong and
constant that it does considerable damage to young trees
and vines unless they are protected by some form of
wind-break. Many snow and rain storms are accom-
panied by hard winds, which are seldom destructive.

The average annual rainfall for the territory is about
30 in. For the eastern half it is about 33 in., and gradu-
ally decreases to about 20 in. in the extreme western
part. The rainfall for any one year varies greatly in
different localities, and these areas of light and heavy
precipitation are variable in size, shape and location
from year to year. The line of average equal rainfall
runs almost north and south, bearing to the west in the
southern part of the territory. The winter and late
summer are dry. Light snows fall during January,
February and March, but usually melt in two or three
days. Snow storms seldom reach the southern portion,
and are light when they do. The rain and snow storms,
almost without exception, travel from west and north to
east and south. They travel very rapidly and last only
a short time; the heaviest rains last only a few hours.
Slow rains are rare, and come only during the colder

1519. Geographical features of Oklah,

part of the year. In 1897 there were about 2.30 days of
sunshine, which is about the average. There is very
little dark, foggy weather ; and heavy dews, though
common, are much lightened by the almost constant
breeze.

The flora of Oklahoma may be said to be a mixture
of the floras of Kansas and Texas, there being few spe-
cies found here that are not found in one or both of
these states. The predominance of yellow flowers is
one of its most prominent characteristics. The botani-
cal collections of the country are far from complete,
but are complete enough to justify the statement that
the flora is not a very extensive one. The number of
perennial species is very small, and only a small por-
tion of these are trees. The trees are usually low and
much branched, and give a poor quality of lumber,
which is, no doubt, partly due to the annual burning,
and neither represents the quality or quantity of tim-
ber which the country is capable of producing when

OKLAHOMA

protected from the fire. Wild fruit plants are abundant
in nearly all parts of the territory, and usually bear
moderately well. The plum, persimmon, grape, black-
berry and dewberry are most common. With a reason-
able amount of cultivation, most orchard fniits do well.
Young orchards are beginning to bear in nearly all
parts of the territory. These orchards contain only a
short list of varieties, but most of these seem well
adapted to the country. Most varieties show a strong
tendency to early bearing. The fruit is of good form,
size and quality, and promises to become one of the
leading crops. See Indian Terrilon/. q. M. Morris.

OKBA, or GUMBO (fft6(sc«.s esculentus). Introduced
into United States and West Indies from Africa, and
cultivated for its fruit pods, which are used in soups,
stews, catsups, etc. In soups and catsup, it gives body
to the dish; stewed, it is mucilaginous, and while at
first not agreeable to many people, a taste for it is easily
acquired. It is also dried and canned for winter use.
Sow in spring after the ground is thoroughly warmed,
in good vegetable land. Make the rows 3 to 5 feet apart,
according to variety, and drop seeds about 2 inches
apart in tlie row ; cover 1 or2 inches deep. After plants
are six inches high, thin to 1 foot apart for dwarf varie-
ties and to about 3 feet for the largest varieties. The
seedlings transplant with considerable difficulty, so they
need to be started in flower-pots if an extra-early crop
is desired. The pods must be gatliered before the fiber
develops in them: the size will vary with the variety,
but if it is too "stringy " to cut with a dull case-knife it
is too old. Keep all old pods cut otf. The dwarf varie-
ties are in greater favor in the South because of their
habit of bearing early. A plant, constantly cropped, re-
mains in bearing condition until frost kills it, but al-
lowed to retain pods it suspends growth until the seeds
have matured, when a second growth may take place.
Okra will grow for years if not killed by frost or other
adverse conditions, i. e., it makes an indeterminate
growth like cotton, malva, hibiscus, etc. For shipping,
cut the stems (peduncles) an inch or so long as to pre-
vent wilting in transit. Pack firmly in vegetable crates.
The demand for this vegetable is increasing, especially
in New York City. Seed is easily grown and saved.
The plant is subject to several diseases to such an ex-
tent that it is impracticable to raise a crop on certain
pieces of laud. Rotation is the best remedy.

P.'H. Rolfs.
Okra is a half-hardy annual in the North, originally
from Africa, introduced into the United States from the
West Indies. It is cultivated for its young green pods,
which are used in soups, stews and
catsups, to impart a thick, viscous
consistency, like tapioca or sago.
When ripe, the black or brown
white -eyed, globular seeds are
sometimes roasted and used as a
coffee substitute. Okra should be
sown in a dry, warm soil, of me-
dium fertility and texture, after
danger of frost has passed. For an
early crop the plants may be started
in a hotbed four weeks earlier than
sowings in the open ground. The
seeds should be covered about an
inch deep, 1-2 ft. asunder, and in
rows 2-3'-^ ft. apart, according to
the variety, whether dwarf or tall.
In the South Okra is very generally cultivated; in the
North it is almost unknown and only the dwarf varieties
(Fig. 1520) succeed. jj q Kai>,s.

OLD MAN. Another name for the Southernwood,
Arfniiixhi Ahroliinum ; also for the Rosemary, Ros-
marinus offii-iiialis.

1S30.
Dwarf Density Okra.

A small variety valu-
able for the North.

OLD-MAN-AND- WOMAN,

S,;„i„r,;nn„ Morum.

OLD MAN CACTUS. Piloeeirus

common Houseleek.

OLD MAN'S BEABD. In Europe, Clematis Vitalba;
in America our common Wild Clematis, C. Virgininna;
also Sa.rif)-aga sarmeiitosa ; rarely the Fringe Tree,
Chionanthus.

OLIVE 1125

OLEA (classical name for Olive). Oledeece. Olive.
Between 30 and -10 trees or shrubs of the tropical and
warm-temperate parts of the Old World to New Zealand.
Lvs. evergreen and thick, opposite, usually entire, and
often rusty-tomentose beneath: fls. small, usually im-
perfect, white or whitish, in forking panicles or fascicles,
the short calyx 4-toothed (corolla sometimes none), the
short-tubed corolla with 4 valvate lobes, the stamens 2:
ovary 2-locule'l, bf:ii-ini^ a short style and capitate
stigma: fr. an nl)l(nig or ovoid drupe. The best-known
species is 0. Europfea, Linn, (see Olive). It is a small
tree, rarely exceeding 20 or 25 ft. in height, and bearing
small lanceolate lvs. and axillary forking racemes of
yellowish white fragrant Hs. It is probably native to the
Mediterranean region. It has ln-en in cultivation from
the earliest times. 0. chrysophylla, Lam., from tropical
Africa, has been introduced by F. Franceschi, Santa
Barbara. It is a small tret-, noteworthy because of the
golden color of the under surface of the lvs. The drupe
is large and blackish: lvs. lanceolate, acute, entire,
shining above. For O. fragrans, illicifoHa, Aquifol-
ium, and for garden treatment of the true Oleas, see
Osmaiithns. l_ jj g

OLEANDER. See Nerintn Oleander.

OLEARIA (derivation uncertain). Compdsitw. O.
Haastii in New Zealand forms a small bushy tree of
rounded form, with very stout branches densely clothed
with deep green foliage and covered with numerous
small white flowers. The genus is a very large one, and
is confined to Australia and New Zealand, where many
of the species are known as Daisy trees. O. Haastii.
however, is far removed from our common idea of
either a daisy or a composite. The heads are about
three-eighths of an inch across, and look like an ordi-
nary small 4-petaled white flower. They are borne in
flatfish branched clusters of a dozen or so. The rays
vary from 3 to 5 in number, and the disk is reduced to
4-6 yellow fls. This rare plant is said to be hardy in
eastern England. It was offered in America in 1899.

Olearia is a genus of 85 or more species. Shrubs,
sometimes arborescent or suffrutescent, rarely branch-
ing herbs: lvs. alternate, rarely opposite, feather-veined
or 1-nerved, entire or dentate: heads large, medium or
small, solitary, corymbose or panicled : rays white or
blue: disk yellow or rarely purplish blue. For generic
characters, see Flora Australiensis 3:463, where the
genus is split into 5 sections.

Haistii, Hook. Lvs. %-l in. long, elliptic or ovate-
oblong, obtuse, short -petioled, very leathery, darit
green above, white, but not shiny below. B.jl. 6592.
G.C. III. 20:533. Gn. 38, p. 149. F. 1874, p. 198. W. M.

OLEASTEB, Popular name of Elwagnns hortensis.

OLERICULTUEE. See ]^egetable Gardening.

OLIVE. Figs. 1521, 1522. California is the principal
state in the Union in which the Olive is grown, although
there are portions of Arizona and New Mexico in which
the climatic conditions are such that it is probable that
the industry will in time become permanently estab-
lished on a rather large scale.

The history of the Olive is of peculiar interest, not
alone because it is so closely interwoven with the eco-
nomics of the ancients, as well as with the daily life of
the people in Asia Minor and in southern Europe, but
because of the vicissitudes of cultivation, the difficulties
to confront— not yet overcome— and the great possi-
bilities for the culture of the fruit commercially. Bo-
tanically, the Olive is known as Olea Enropaa (which
see), belonging to the natural family Oleacefe. Olea
is a genus of trees and shrubs "having opposite, ever-
green, leathery lvs., which are generally entire, smooth,
and minutely scaly; small fls. in compound axillary ra-
cemes, or in thyrsi at the end of the twigs ; a small
4-toothed calyx, a 4-cleft corolla, 2 stamens, a 2-cleft
stigma: the fr. a drupe." It is a native of Syria and
other Asiatic countries, and has for many centuries be-
come naturalized in the south of Europe.

In the Mission San Diego, in the far southern part of
California, were planted the first Olives, according to

1126

OLIVE

OLIVE

the early historical accounts, which are more or less
authentic. It is known that in 1709 sundry fruit and
vegetable seeds were imported into California from
Mexico by Jos6 de Galvez, and it is assumed that among
them were seeds of the Olive, for in after years, as new
missions were built, the Fathers planted Olive trees
grown from cuttings taken from trees at the old San
Diego Mission. Hence the name "Mission" by which
this variety became known; and it was the only variety
with which Californiaus were familiar until about 1880,

1521. Ol

nd fruit.

after which time many trees were annually imported
from Italy, Spain and France, though some were im-
ported in smaller numbers previous to this time.

There is an immense area in California suited to the
cultivation of the Olive, both as to climate and soil. It
extends from the southernmost extremity to the foot of
Mount Shasta, nearly 600 miles, and in width from the
foot-hills of the Sierra Nevadas to the coast, varied accor-
ding to soil and other local conditions. Theoretically this
range is true, the Olive requiring a mean annual tem-
perature of 57°, the mean for the coldest month to be 41°,
and at no time must the temperature fall below 14°. But
while the Olive will grow and bear fruit under these condi-
tions, as with all other fruits there are certain peculiar
localities where soil and climate combined are best
adapted to its production in the greatest degree of ex-
cellence and in the most remunerative form. As with
other fruits, there was formerly much misconception
regarding the requirements of the Olive, which has re-
sulted in a great deal of disappointment and pecuniary
loss. Pessimists proclaimed that the culture of the Olive
was a failure, that it "did not pay," but they forgot that
lack of success might be due to errors In judgment on
the part of the planter.

The Olive thrives best in a warm, dry atmosphere,
where the soil is rich and well drained. However, it
will grow and bear crops in a greater variety of soils
than most trees. While the tree may live when the
temperature falls to 14°, the chances are against it, and
any frost during blossoming, or great heat or strong
winds at this time or while the fruit is young, is likely
to destroy prospects of a crop, or to materially diminish
them. Because the Olive was said to be able to grow
anywhere in California, and to prefer a rocky hillside,
hundreds of thousands of trees have been planted in
such uncongenial surroundings, which of itself is suffi-
cient reason why the present crop retiirns do not at all
come up to expectations according to the published esti-
mate of acreage in trees compiled from the books of
the countv assessors. Such estimate shows the number
of Olive trees in California to be nearly 3,000.000, but a
large number of these trees are neglected, being un-

profitable because planted where neither plant-food nor
water is available in sufficient quantity. Many other
groves were planted too near the coast, where the ocean
fogs are prevalent during the summer months. This
condition was not right, for while the trees would grow
and bear crops, the fruit was not of the same quality as
that produced under a sunny sky, and the trees suffered
more from attacks of scale (Lecanium) in a foggy cli-
mate than in the warmer interior valleys.

The Olive grows to perfection in good soils through-
out the length and breadth of the San Joaquin and Sac-
ramento valleys; in many of the smaller Coast Range
valleys, and up to an elevation of 1,000 feet or more in
this range, and in the warm belt of the foot-hills of the
Sierra Nevada mountains. As fine trees for their age
and as fine fruit, either for oil or for pickling, may be
seen as far north as Oroville and Palermo, in Butte
county, and all through the northern Sacramento valley,
as in the counties in the extreme south.

The Olive is propagated in various ways: from the
seed, from tips, from long cuttings, from sprouts,
suckers, and by layering. The seeds require some time
to germinate, frequently two seasons, and the growth of
the young plants is slow at first. This method, includ-
ing the after-budding or grafting, is tedious, and there-
fore not popular, although a tree on a seedling root
will be more robust aud long-lived. Nurserymen usu-
ally adopt the "tip " system. "Tips " are small branches
or ends, usually the laterals, taken from the tree when
it is in its most dormant state, cut 4 or 5 inches long,
the upper Ivs. partially trimmed, while the lower ones
are cut off close to the stem. These are then planted in
a sand-bed or the propagating box until sufficiently well
rooted to transplant to the nursery row. Many growers
prefer to grow their trees from cuttings 14 inches long,
made from 2- or 3-year-old wood, and iip to l}^ inches
in diameter.

The Olive requires irrigating to the same extent as
other trees. In other words, if there is not sufficient
moisture by rainfall, then water must be applied artifi-
cially. As it thrives best in the warmer regions of the
state, where evaporation is very rapid, the inference
must be that irrigation is generally necessary for the
Olive. There is a saying in Italy, "No manure, no oil,"
which means that the Olive needs suitable food, and
without water it cannot obtain it.

Ahnost every known variety has been imported into
California, and, unfortunately, planted too extensively
before it had been determined by experiment which
was the better adapted to the varied, and to some ex-
tent foreign, conditions. Hence many orchards are un-
profitable because the varieties planted, from whatever
cause, do not bear crops in paying quantity. The "Mis-
sion " is still more largely planted than any other va-
riety, as it seems more universally adaptive, and is
valuable both for oil and for pickling. Some of the
other varieties which are known to be good, and which
may supersede the Mission, are, for oil, Atrorubens,
Manzanillo, Nevadillo Blanco, Pendoulier, Precox,
Razzo, Rubra; for pickling, Ascolano, Lucques, Macro-
carpa, Polymorpha, Regalis, Sevillano. Atroviolacea is
valuable for drying, losing its bitter taste in the pro-
cess; also the Sweet Olive, which has no bitterness.

For extracting the oil the same methods are employed
which were in vogue thousands of years ago, with this
difference, that the improved machinery of the present
day with steam power reduces the question of labor to a
minimum. It is essential that the Olives be perfectly
ripe and soimd; when picked they are spread upon trays
piled one above the other, allowing for free circulation of
air, until the water in them is mostly evaporated. Crush-
ing is done under stone or iron rollers that are made to
revolve in a laree stone or iron basin in which about 350
pounds of Olives are placed. From this pulp the first
or "virgin" oil is extracted by gentle pressure, the
pomace is removed and again pressed to secure a sec-
ond grade of oil, and sometimes a third grade is se-
cured. The oil left still in the pomace is used by the
soap-maker in the manufacture of Castile soap, and the
residuum is valuable as a fertilizer. There are many
details, all being important in themselves, absolute
cleanliness and scrupulous care being observed in all
the operations.

OLIVE

1127

Pickling Olives is a simple matter in theory, but even
more judgment is needed than in the oil-extracting pro-
cess. ' The "bitter" is withdrawn by the use o£ lye, or
else by long and daily immersions in fresh water. There
is an increasing demand for Californian ripe pickled
Olives, the crop invariably being sold before ready for
delivery. In quality and flavor they are distinctly supe-
rior to the best imported green Olives. The most dis-
couraging feature connected with the marketing of
Olive oil is the fact that the imported oils are nearly all
adulterated more or less either at foreign ports or in the
United States, some showing 80 or 90 per cent of cotton-
seed. Until some national law is passed by which cot-
tonseed oil shall be labeled and sold as such and not
under names designed merely to deceive, such as " Pure
Lucca Oil," "Pure California Oil," "Sweet Olive Oil,"
etc., the prospects for the California Olive-grower will
not brighten as far as the production of oil is concerned.
Given such a law, California can and will produce all
the Olive oil that is needed in the United States.

See report on the Condition of Olive Culture in Cali-
fornia by A. P. Hayne, Bull. 129 of Calif. Exp. Sta.,
issued May, 1900. Leonard Coates.

Olive Products. — Olives are almost entirely used for
making oil and pickles ; some varieties are prepared by
simple drying, but the quantity so used in the U. S. is
very small and need hardly be considered a market prod-
uct as yet. The general use of Olive oil in this coun-
try has been somewhat retarded by the introduction
and sale of refined (clarified) cottonseed oil under vari-
ous names and brands as substitutes for the more ex-
pensive genuine oil. In some cases Olive oil is adul-
terated, to a greater or less degree, with the cheaper
cottonseed oil, and sold as "pure Olive oil." This state
of affairs is owing almost entirely to the fact that the
general American public does not, as yet, appreciate the
delicate flavor of a properly prepared pure Olive oil. At
present the market demands that an oil must be clear
and brilliant, without reference to its quality or flavor,
and consequently even pure Olive oil is "clarified" and
filtered until it loses its delicate and characteristic
aroma. It is then no better than the cheaper cotton-
seed product with which it has to compete. But grad-
ually the differences are being appreciated, and the de-
mand for the true article is slowly but surely increasing.

Pickled ripe Olives have steadily grown in favor, and
the more their value as a food material is appreciated
the greater will be the demand for a properly prepared
product. As yet little or no pickled green Olives are
prepared in California. These do not serve as food,
however, as do the ripe Olives, but merely as a relish,
and must be considered as a delicacy rather than as a
staple article of diet; hence their preparation can only
be undertaken under special conditions, each manufac-
turer having his own particular process or recipe.

The manufacture of Olive oil, though apparently a
simple process, requires the most painstaking care, and
the closest attention to every detail, for the production
of high-grade oil. To begin, the fruit must be carefully
picked by hand, avoiding all unsound drupes, and han-
dled as little as possible in order to avoid bruising. In
some of the orchards in Europe the fruits are dropped
into pails half filled with water, thus reducing to a mini-
mum the danger of bruising. This is specially im-
portant when the Olives have to be kept for any length
of time before crushing. It is by far the best plan to
crush immediately, but this is not always possible.
Then the Olives must be dried, and stored in layers not
over three inches in depth, with a free circulation of
air between the layers, in order to prevent molding
or fermenting. In no case must unsound fruit be
used, as even a few slightly moldy or fermented ber-
ries will impart a disagreeable odor and flavor to the
entire product. When Olives have been frosted they
must be picked and crushed immediately ; a delay of
twenty-four hours will render them unfit for use. The
proper stage of ripeness is an important factor. The
tendency is to allow the Olives to overripen. This is a
mistake, as the quality of the oil is thereby deteriorated.
Just after changing color has been found to be the
proper stage for picking, for then the ma.\imum oil-con-
tent and keeping qualities of the oil have been reached.

Various devices have been used for crushing. Fnrnurly
it was the practice to crush fruit and pits tofxi-tliir be-
tween heavy milLstones; but it has been fuiiml tliat the
oil from the kernels not only imparts its cllaract(.'ri^ti^
flavor to the flesh oil, but also impairs its keeping quali-
ties. At present crushers are used with the stones stt
far enough apart to avoid breaking the pits. Roller
crushers are sometimes used, but these are, as a rule,
objectionable on account of the lial>ility of chemical
action between the acids of the Olive juice and the iron,
resulting in an inky color and taste. In Europe the

1522. California Olives, showing one method of pruning.

crushed pulp is pressed in special mats made of esparto
grass, holding about twenty-five pounds each; but in
California these mats have been found to be too expen-
sive, and linen or sail-cloth has been successfully used
instead. The best form of press is a screw-press, so
arranged that the pressure is very gradual, and pro-
vided with a perforated steel basket (wood would not
do on account of the absorbed oil becoming rancid ) , and
all exposed cast-iron carefully covered with tin. The
steel basket is filled with pulp in layers of about twenty-
five pounds each, each layer being surrounded by cloth,
and as much direct screw pressure as possible applied
very gradually. After all the juice has run out, the
resulting cakes of pulp are taken out, mixed with pure,
cool water, and again pressed, this time as much as
possible with the screw lever. This operation may be
repeated a third and even a fourth time, the resulting
oil being each time of inferior quality. In California, as
a rule, but two pressings are made, forming first- and
second-grade oil ; in some cases the oils from the two
pressings are mixed, and but one grade marketed. The
oil can be recovered from the juice by simply allowing
it to rise and accumulate on the surface, as it will nat-
urally, being lighter than the watery juice. But this
process is both slow and dangerous, because fermenta-
tion is liable to start in the juice, and greatly impair
the quality of the oil. It thus becomes important to
separate the oil as quickly as possible from the acrid
juice. Several means have been devised for accom-
plishing this. The most satisfactory (of Italian inven-
tion), and one which has been tried at the California
Experiment Station, is the washing out of the impurities
by means of pure water. The apparatus consists of a
tin tank about 4 feet high and 2 feet in diameter, pro-
vided with a perforated false bottom, below which a
running stream of pure, cool water is admitted. Just
above this false bottom a small stream of juice is run
in. The water thus washes through the juice, the oil
rising at once to the surface, passes through the long
4-foot column of water, and is thus freed from most of
the vegetable matter, which falls to the bottom, where
it is drawn off through an outlet provided for that pur-
pose. The oil as it comes from this "separator," or the
hand-skimmings from the surface of the juice, has still
fine particles of pulp mixed with it, which impart a
"prickly" taste, and it must be allowed to stand in a
cool (about 50° F. ) room until these impurities settle.
It is then "racked " off, and can be sold as "new oil;" or
again allowed to stand for further precipitation and
racking until no more dregs are visible. This will give

1128

OLIVE

a clear oil of the true Olive flavor and color. But the
American market demauds a perfectly clear and bril-
liant oil put up in glass, and this is usually obtained by
filtering. This is detrimental to the flavor of the oil,
for the more it is flltered the more neutral and "grea.sy "
will the taste become. This practice, therefore, should
be discouraged, and the desire for the true Olive flavor
cultivated, making it impossible for cheap, neutral,
greasy substitutes (such as cottonseed oil) to take its
place in the taste of the consumer. Of the highest
importance throughout the entire process is the item
of cleanliness. The mill, press, floors, trays and all
apparatus should be scalded daily — when in use — and
no strong odor permitted about the premises; for so
absorptive is pure Olive oil that it will immediately
"take up" all unpleasant odors, and thus impair its deli-
cate flavor.

For making pickles, no set rules can be laid down
except to emphasize the importance of careful picking
and handling (to avoid bruising) and cleanliness. Here,
again, the Olives should not be allowed to overripen;
if they are, they are likely to soften, and a first class
pickle will be impossible. The Olives as they come
from the trees contain a most acrid and bitter principle.
This is extracted by means of pure water, changed
daily, or by a weak solution of lye. The latter is almost
universally used, though the water-extracted pickles
are considered the best. The extreme length of time
required (from ,'iO to 90 days), and the consequent dan-
ger from bacterial and fungoid contamination in the
water process, renders its use impossible, except in
special cases. For lye-extraction a solution containing
from 1 to 2 per cent of lye is used, and the Olives
allowed to stand in this until nearly all the bitter prin-
ciple is extracted. Then they ai-e soaked in pure fresh
water (changed two or three times daily) until all the
lye has been dissolved out. They are now ready for
salting. This is done gradually, i.e., a start is made
with a weak brine, and the strength gradually increased
from time to time until it is strong enoui^h to float an
egg. This prevents shrinking and conse*iut'iit toiii,r)|,.,i,
ing. The pickles are now ready for storing, fiiul if prop-
erly prepared and put into boiled brine will keep for
years. This is the process in outline : but in actual
practice each detail will require modification brought
about by varying conditions, and no "rule-of -thumb"
can be laid down to suit all cases.

See Bulletins 104 and 123, and the annual reports of
the California Experiment Station.

Arnold V. Stubenrauch.

OLIVE-BARK TREE. Terminalia Catappa.

OLIVE, WILD. Olea Europma ; also Ulceagnus.

OMPHALODES (Greek, navel-shaped; referring to
the seeds) JJvrragindcea. Navelwort. Of this
genus we cultivate 3 low-growing, hardy herbs, with
fls. much like those of forget-me-not, but larger and
usually with a white 5-pointed star dividing the corolla-
lobes. The fls. are often more or less pinkish, particu-
larly toward the center. They like moist situations, but
in deep shade grow too luxuriantly; also the fls. are
fewer and of a weaker blue. Partial shade or full sun-
light is preferable. The commonest kind is tho "('rc'o|)-
ing Forget-me-not," O. rerna, whirli is a spriiig-blouni-
ing perennial of easy culture, producing ruum/rs freely
and easily prop, by division. It can be grown by the
yard in a rockery and can be easily naturalized in wild,
moist, half-shaded spots. It is also fine for fringing
walks. It is said to like best a cool, moist loam, with a
few bits of sandstone among which the roots may ram-
ble and from which they may derive coolness and
moisture. The choicest kind is O. LuriUiv, also a
spring-blooming perennial, but of tufted habit and im-
patient of division. It is a typical "uncertain" alpine:
for some it flourishes like a weed; others have tried
time and again to establish it permanently without suc-
cess. It is a native of two localities in Asia Minor at a
height of 8,000 ft., and grows in fissures of vertical
cliffs. It is said to like a loose limestone soil, deep and
well drained. When once established it self-sows. In
America O. LnetJiiv has been successfully grown by J.
B. Keller, but the plant is not now advertised in this

ONCIDIUM

country. O. Unifolia is a summer-blooming annual of
easy culture. O. verna has a white-fld. form, which is
pretty but lacks the interest of a blue fld. forget-me-not.
Omphalodes is a genus of about 10 species, native to
the Mediterranean region, middle Asia and Japan. An-
nual or perennial herbs of low growth, glabrous or
sparsely and minutely villous : root-lvs. long-stalked,
lanceolate, ovate or cordate; stem-lvs. few, alternate:
racemes lax, with or without a leafy bract at the base:
calvx 5-parted; corolla-tube very short; lobes 5, imbri-
cated, broad, obtuse; stamens 5, affixed to the tube,
included: ovary 4-lobed. From Myosotis it differs in
having depressed nutlets and nearly horizontal seeds,
while in the forget-me-not genus the nutlets are ovoid,
and the seeds erect. The descriptions given below are
adapted from DeCandoUe's Prodromus, vol. 10 (1846).
with which the pictures cited agree rather poorly.

A. Plant a siimmer-bloom ing annual.
liniWlia, Moench. Erect, slightly glaucous, 1 ft. high:
radical Ivs. wedge-shaped; stem-lvs. linear-lanceolate,
margin remotely ciliate: corolla twice as long as the
calyx: nutlets dentate, iuflexed at the margin. Dry,
stony hills of Spain and Portugal. June-Sept. Accord-
ing to DeC'andoilp. the fls. are normally white, and it is
var. caerul6scens wliirh has bluish fls., sometimes tinged
with rose. Tliis ljiloiii;s to a group in which the nut-
lets are affixed laterally and lengthwise to the style,
which is pyramidal and has a square base.

AA. Plants spring-blooming perennials.
B. Habit creeping by runners.
v6rna, Mcench. Creeping Forget-me-not. Stolo-
niferous: flowering-stem erect: Ivs. sparsely puberu-
lous; radical ones long-petioled, ovate or subcordate;
stem-lvs. short-petioled, sublanceolate; all Ivs. acumi-
nate, callous at the apex: fls. borne in pairs in a ra-
ceme. April, May. Eu. B.M. 7 {Cynoglossnm Ompha-
lories). On. 26, p. 31,5; 40:818.-Flowers light blue, ac-
cording to DeCandolle. Var. &lba is also offered.

BB. Habit tufted, not creeping.
Luciliae, Boiss. Glabrous, tufted : Ivs. oblong, obtuse,
the radical Ivs. narrowed into a long petiole, the stem-
lvs. sessile, upper ones ovate: pedicels longer than the
nearest floral leaf, erect, then arcuate - recurved : fls.
blue; calyx-lobes ovate-oblong, somewhat obtuse, about
one-fourth as long as the pedicels; corolla broadly fun-
nel-shaped, about four times as long as the calyx: nut-
lets with an entire membranaceous margin. Mt. Sypilus
near Manesis, and in Cilicia near Gulf of Scanderoon,
at 8,000 ft. B.M. 6047 (some fls. light blue, others pink-
ish purple, all with a white eye). Gn. 27:482; p. 194.—
This and O. verna belong to a group in which the nut-
lets are depressed, shorter than the persistent style,
scarcely adhering to it at the base, and smaller than the
calyx, to which it is adnate. Fls. about % in. across,
twice as large as those of O. verna. yif ]yj_

ONCtDIUM ((ircck, a fiibrrrle ; alluding to the crest
on the laliilluiul. (h-rlihU'iritt . A large genus of orchids
with over :;0() species distriiiufed in Mexico, Central
anil tropical America, and in the West Indies. In range
of altituile the u'lMUls extends from the hot coast regions
to elevations of 12,0(10 ft. in the Andes. The fls. of this
genus show a remarkable diversity of form. In O. vari-
costim, O. tigrinnni and related species, the labellum is
greatly developed, forming the most conspicuous part
of the flower, while in O. serratnm and O. macranthnm
it is inconspicuous. The sepals and petals vary in size
in relation to each other and to the rest of the flower.
A remarkable instance is O. Papilio, in which the petals
and dorsal sepal have been transformed into linear-erect
segments, recalling, on a large scale, the antennffi of
some insect. The general habit of the plants is no less
variable than the fls. They range in size from small,
erect forms scarcely 6 inches in height (O. pifmitnm ) to
those resembling O. altissimvm, with immense climb-
ing panicles 9 to 12 ft. high, .and covered with numerous
medium-sized fls. The prevailing color of the fls. is yel-
low, spotted and barred with brown. White or rose-
colored fls. occur in a few rare instances (O. incunnim,
O. ornithorhynchrim).

ONCIDIUM

ONCIDIUM

1129

Pseudobulbs usuallj- present, wanting in a few spe-
cies, 1-2-lvd., with sheathing Ivs. at the base: Ivs. plane,
terete or triangular: petals like the dorsal sepal but
often much larger; lateral sepals either free or par-
tially united; labellum variable, but never with its base
parallel to the column (Odontoglossum), si)reading
nearly at right angles to the column : column short,
winged.

As a class, Oncidiums are short-lived under cultiva-
tion. Pew growers succeed in maintaining them in
good condition for any great length of time. The stock
is constantly renewed from the tropics.

Heikrich Hasselbrinq.

The genus Oncidium embraces a great number of
species which are found growing under such peculiar
and varied conditions in their native homes that imita-
tion of the same is usually impracticable and often quite
impossible. A fair degree of success, however, may
be obtained by careful observation and distribution of
the exceptionally difficult species among the several
orchid departments.

The Sarcoptera section, which embraces such species
as O. Cavendishianum, O. Lancfannm, O. luridum, O.

serratum {X%)-

pnliHuatum aiid others of similar structure, and the
O. PapiHo section, with O. ampUatiim, may be suc-
cessfully grown in a bright, warm portion of the
Cattleya department in small baskets suspended from
the roof, using for a compost a mixture of clean chopped
peat and sphagnum moss, freely interspersed with
lumps of broken charcoal.

O. euculUitum, O. incurvum. O. macratithum, O.
oriiithorht/Hchtim, O. PluiUpnopsis, O. varicosmn, with
a few others of like nature, do well under treatment
similar to that given for Odontoglossums, which see.

When a large collection of species is cultivated, a
nia.iority, including many of the above, can be readily
grown in one house if it be especially adapted to them.
Such a house should be a span-roof structure of east

and west exposure, at an angle of about 40°, which will
admit the longest possible light. The early morning
and late afternoon sun striking the glass at right angles
produces and prolongs the natural sun heat for a greater
portion of the day, while at midday, when the outside
temperature is highest, the sun's rays strike the glass
obliquely, giving less heat, with little danger of the
plants becoming sunburned from lenses in the glass.
Oncidiums require more sun and air than most orrhiils.

The benches may be of eitlu-r wood or stone, and
should be covered an inch or two in depth with sand,
ashes or gravel. The benches and paths should be
wet down once or twice daily to insure a moist atmos-
phere. Ventilators should be arranged on both sides of
the roof: air may then be freely admitted without caus-
ing direct drafts on the plants by using the ventilators
on the sheltered side. In winter the temperature should
range from 50° to 55° F. at night and ()0° to G5° by day,
or a few degrees more with sun heat and ventilation. In
summer it must be kept as low as outside conditions
will permit. From March until October shading must
be applied to the glass sufficiently heavy to keep down
the temperature without excluding indirect solar in-
iluence. A good shading is made of turpentine and
white lead; it stands well and is easily removed. It can
be applied rapidly with a whitewash brush on a long
pole, and removed with a ban! briisli in the fall.

Oncidiums may be grown in either pots or baskets,
but as many species are of rambling habit, the latter are
preferable. The tiny species, such as O. Iiimnrhighii,
do best on blocks with little compost beneath them.
Clean chopped peat fiber and live sphagnum moss, equal
parts, make tlie best g. iieral gn.wiiig material, and
this ?iln.uld be libenilly intersi.ers.-.l with br.)ken pieces
of charcoal. The plants in all cases must be securely
fastened, and the compost must be pressed in moder-
ately firm, but should be used sparingly. Overhead
syringing should be given frequently, once or twice a
day in bright weather, but care must be taken not to
keep the compost too wet, or the roots are liable to de-
cay: it is advisable to let them dry out occasionally.

Stock is increased by division or notching the rhizome
between the pseudobulbs just before the growing season,
allowing three or four pseudobulbs to each piece and
separating the parts after the first growth is matured.

For other cultural notes on the genus, see Veitch's
Man. of Orch. Plants, vol. 2, Section Oncidium, page 5;
Orchid Review 1:296, and Nicholson's Diet, of Gard.
S^'tSS. Robert M. Grey.

Owing to the wide geographical distribution of the
Oncidiums, it is almost impossible to give any general
cultural directions for the whole group. We find that
the greater bulk of the Oncidiums succeeds admirably
in a Cattleya house, and by placing such varieties as
enjoy more heat and moisture in the warmest part of
the house, the balance of the Oncidiums are compara-
tively easy to take care of in any part of the structure
wherever light, air and moisture are maintained. The
following are a few enioviTitr more heat than the others:
Oiiri.Vnnii ,nii pli.il iu„ ^ <> . l.i.-.iHi.sirm, O. Carthaghiense,
O. Car, ii.lisln.iHiiiH. ('. L.: iir, ,i mini and O. hiriaum.

Ouriilhnii ni firosiiiii , tlif niost popular and most use-
ful of all the Oncidiums, delights in a position close to
the glass, especially under the ridge of the house, where
it receives an abundance of light and air, and in such a
position this plant will grow well and flower profusely.
OnciiUinii Piiiiilio and O. Krnmeriaiinm do best grown
in baskets or on blocks and kept rather dry.

The following thrive well in a cool house, such as an
Odontoglossum house: Oncidium niacranthnw, O. orvi-
thnrhj/nchutn, O. incitrviim, O. tigrinvm and O.cucnUa-
turn. The first mentioned is one of the most beautiful
of the entire genus, but being a plant very difficult to
import, very few are seen in collections in this country.
It occurs at a very high elevation in the Cordilleras of
Ecuador.

Oncidium ciiciiUnlum is another plant which is diffi-
cult to grow successfully here on account of our hot
siimraers. It occurs in several places in the Colombian
Cordilleras, but always at a very high elevation. With
these few exceptions mentioned, the greater part of the
Oncidiums will succeed in a Cattleya house. Indeed,
most of the species are found in the Cattleya and Laelia

1130 ONCIDIUM

regions under more or less similar conditions. A tem-
perature of 55° to 60° at night, and correspondingly
higher during the day, will suit most species. An abun-
dant supply of air and light, though in partial shade, is
indispensable. Water must be used freely during the
growing season and somewhat reduced during their
respective resting seasons. An occasional dipping in
manure water (either cow or sheep manure) will greatly
assist these plants in bringing to perfection their
flower-spikes, which are oftentimes very large. In a
good many species the flower-spikes are out of all pro-
portion to the size of the plants, and unless they are
assisted as indicated, they will very soon run out.

For potting, use very soft fibrous peat, with a sprink-
ling of live sphagnum. Pot firmly, or the plants will be
very slow in taking hold. John E. Lager.

INDEX.

alliiflonim, 31. exeavatum, 20. micvopogon. 1.

album, 31. flexuosum, 13. nubigenum, 11.

altissimum, 24. 25. Forbesii. 7. ormthorhyiiclium,

ampliatum, 19. grandiHonim. 9, 21. 31.

aurosum, 20. giittatum. 44. PapUio, 45.

Barkeri, 21. Harrisianum, 29. Phalsenopsis, 15.

Batemanniammi, Harrisonianum, 29. phymatochtlum, 2.

28. hastiteruin, 5. pulvinatum, 33.

Baueri, 24. Henchmannii, 43. pumilum, 38.

bicallosum. 40. inciu-vum, 23. reflexum, 27.

bicolor, 12. iridifolium, 39. Rogersii, 14.

Carthaginense. 43. Janeirense, 16. roseum, 43.

Cavendishianum, Jonesianum. 47. sanguineum, 43.

41, iuncifoliuin, 48. serratum, 3.

CeboUeta. 48. Kramerianum. 46. spbacelatum, 26.

cheirophorum, 37. Lanceanum, 42. splendidum, 22.

concolor, 18. leucochilum, 30. superbiens, 4.

cornigenim, 10. Limminghii, 36. superbum. 1, 42.

crispura, 9. longipes, 16. tigrinum, 21.

Crista-galli. 39. Louvrexianiun, 42. triquetrum, 49.

cucallatum. 11. hiridum. 44. undulatum, 43.

eurtum. 8. macranthum, 5. unguiculatum, 18,

dasystyle. 17. maeulatum. 35. 21.

divaricatum, 32. Marshalliiinum, 6. varicosum, 14.

Eckhardtii, 45. Martianum, 12. Warneri, 34.

Synopsis op Sections.

A. Leaves plane, not terete.

B. Labellitm smaller than the sepals and

petals Species 1-5

BB. Labellum at least as large as the other
segments, often greatly exceeding them.

C. Lateral sepals more or less united at base.

Species 6-18

CC. Lateriil sipalx free,
v. All the sei/meiils having a distinet blade,
none III them Unear-subterete.

E. Pse,i,l„h,ill,.i /, resent Species 19-37

EB. Pseii'Inlnilhs Hfi iif i iifi ne obsolete .. .Species 38-44
ryv. Oiihi hit.ral sf/uils leifh distinct blade;
ilnrsal se/nil d ml petals elongate, linear,

erect, with au obsolete blade Species 45-46

AA. Lvs. terete or subterete Species 47-48

AAA. Lvs, subtriangular in section Species 49

Description op Species.

A. Lateral sepals united at base..\. micropogon
AA. Lateral sepals free.

B. Sepals and petals linear,

flaccid 2. phymatoohilum

BB. Sepals and petals broad, ser-
rate 3. serratum

BBB. Sepals and petals broad, entire
or subentire.

c. Fls. brown 4. superbiens

CC. Fls. yellow 5. macranthum

1. micropdgon, Reichb f. Pseudobulbs almost in 2
rows ou the rhizome, broadly ovoid : Its. 4-G in. lone;,
linear-oblong, rounded at the top, leathery: raceme
8-10 in. long, on a long stalk, flexuous, pendulous: fls.
IK in. across ; sepals linear -obloug, undulate, yellow,
barred with brown ; petals clawed, orbicular, yellow,
with a deep red-brown claw; labellum yellow, smaller
than the petals, having 3 almost equal, rounded, clawed
lobes. Aug. Trop. Amer. B.M. 6971. — Var. supSrbum,
Hort. , is advertised.

2. phymatoohilum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs broadly fusi-
form, 4-5 in. long, purplish brown, with several large

ONCIDIUM

scales at the base: lvs. membranous, oblanceolate. 12-14
in. long : scape rather slender, over 1 ft. long, with a
pendent panicle more than a foot long : sepals and
petals linear-subulate, flaccid and somewhat twisted,
greenish yellow, with deep orange blotches ; labellum
shorter than the sepals, white, with a yellow and orange
crest ; the middle lobe triangular-ovate, acuminate.
Brazil. B.M. 5214. F.S. 23:2465. G.C. 1848:139.

3. serritum, Lindl. Fig. 1523. Pseudobulbs 4-6 in
long, partly enclosed by sheathing lvs., 1-2-lvd.: lvs
about 1 ft. long and 2 in. broad : inflorescence a long
twining, loosely-branched panicle, 6-10 ft. long : fls
numerous, 3 in. across; upper sepals broad, reniform
the lateral ones very much longer, obovate, all chocolate
brown, with yellow tips and margins, strongly undulate,
serrate; petals shorter, oblong, wavy and curled so that
they almost meet over the column, yellow with brown
spots, margins serrate; labellum small, hastate, fleshy,
with a crest of 5 ridges. Winter. Peru. B.M. 5632.
F.S. 6, p. 167.

4. superbiens, Riicbb. f. Pseudobulbs 3-4 in. long,

ovate tci "vatc-laiH late, much flattened: lvs. linear,

14 iTi. loni; :ind 1 ',-1 '., in. broad, some sheathing the
pseiulobulb: panicle 2-3 ft. long, loosely branched and
flexuous, bearing 20-30 fls. each 2K in. in diam. : sepals
long-clawed, undulate, chocolate-brown with yellow tips;
the upper one trowel-shaped, with a cordate base, the
lower pair more ovate ; petals rather smaller, with
shorter, broader claws, much recurved and wavy, yellow
with brown bars; labellum less than half as large as the
sepals, revolute, trowel-shaped, with auriculate side
lobes, brown with a yellow crest. Spring. Venezuela,
Colombia. H..M. 5980.

5. macranthum, Lindl. (0.7i<)s/!7en«»n, Hort.). Pseudo-
bulbs ovoid or flask-shaped, 3 in. long: lvs. narrowly
lanceolate, acuminate, 1 ft. long : panicle climbing,
loosely branched and many-fld. : fls. 3-4 in. across; se-
pals rounded-oblong, with green claws, the upper one
yellowish brown, the lower pair orange-yellow; petals
similar, golden yellow, streaked with blood-red at the
base; labellum small, hastate, purple-brown, with a
prominent white crest. Spring and summer. Cent.
Amer. B.M. 5743. Gn. 24:416. F. 1871, p. 187. J.H.
III. 34:337. — A magnificent orchid, of which there are
several varieties, some of secondary merit.

A. Petals clawed, with a broad,

obovate or rounded blade,
not much smaller than the
lubelliim.

B. Fls. iiellow: column wings

short . ,iiia,lr<ite 6. Marshalllanum

BB. Fls. r, il-hrmeii: column wings

ihtrn'ie, iiiiiiular 7. Forbesii

BBB. Fls. dull brown, with yellow
markings,
c. Column wings small, truncate. S. eurtum
CC. Column icings large, sharply

serrate 9. crispum

A.\. Petals and dorsal sepals obo~

rule, cucullate, not clawed.. 10. comigerum
AAA. Petiils mill ilnrsal sepals sub-
siniiliir, reni small: label-
lum hirqer than the rest of
the floieer.
HB. Labellum white, spotted with

rose-purple 11. cucuUatum

BB. Labellum yellow.

c. Blade bifid 12. Martianum

i:!. flexuosum

CC. Blade quadrifid 14. varicosum

AAAA. Petals and sepals Irineeolafe,
oral. . ele.. iil Last nne-half
as h.11,1 as the lahi Hum and
of a iliffrreni farm.
B. Fls. lehile.spntted with purple.l5. Fhalaenopsis
BB. Fls. yellow or greenish, spot-
ted and barred with brown.

c. Crest serrate 16. longipes

CC. Crest a smooth, heart-shaped

callus 17. dasystyle

BBB. Fls. entirely yellow 18. concolor

ONCIDIUM

6. MarBhalli4num, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovoid,
2-4 in. long: ivs. narrowly obloug, G-8 in. long: Hs. nu-
merous, 21-i in. across, borne on a stout panicle 1-2 ft.
high; the upper sepals oblong-apiculate, the lateral
ones united, yellow, with purplish bands; petals much
larger, fiddle-shaped, wavy and 2-lobed, golden yellow,
with few blotches of chocolate-brown; labellura with a
very large spreading 2-lobed middle lobe and ear-like
side lobes, yellow, with orange-red spots on the base.
May. Brazil. B.M. 5725. F.M. 1877:285. -A very effec-
tive and showy plant related to O. crispiim.

7. F6rbesii, Hook. Pseudobulbs rather small, oblong,
compressed and sulcate: Ivs. lanceolate, dark green,
9 in. long: panicle about 1 ft. high, bearing numerous
handsome fls. 2 in. across : fls. rich reddish brown, mar-
gined with yellow; sepals small, obovate; petals twice
as large, obovate-rotund ; side lobes of the labellum
small ; middle lobe spreading, fan-shaped. Autumn.
Brazil. B.M. 3705. G.C. II. 11:525.-A rare but very
ornamental orchid.

8. ciirtum, Lindl. Lvs. and pseudobulbs like those
of O. erinpum: inflorescence an erect, much-branched
pyramidal panicle: fls. 1-1 K in. across: lateral sepals
united, rather small; dorsal sepals and petals obovate-
ohtusi', yill.iw. witli ri'ddish brown bars and blotches;
lalii'lluin witli small lateral lobes and a roundish,
notelied middle lobe, yellow bordered with brown; crest
lobed and warted, yeliow, with red spots. Brazil. B.B.
33:08. Gn. 10, p. 131; 31, p. 198; 34, p. 87. -Blossoms
in spring, the flowers remaining fresh for several weeks.

9. crispum, Lodd. Pseudobulbs oblong, sulcate, rough
and usually dark brown : lvs. leathery, lanceolate, about
9 in. long: flower-stem I-IV2 ft. high, arched, bearing
20-50 large fls. lH-3in. across: fls. shining brown, with
few yellow and red marks at the bases of the seginents;
sepals obovate, obtuse, recurved and undul.ate. the lat-
eral ones united; petals twice as large. Iiroadly obo-
vate, obtuse, much waved and crisped ; middle lobe of
the labellum large, rotund -cordate, waved and crisped;
lateral lobes small, horn-like. Fls. at various seasons.
Brazil. B.M. 3499. B.B. 23:1920. L. B.C. 19:18.54. F.S.
21:2147-48. F.C. 2:04. B. 1:26. -Var. grandiJldrum,
Hort. Fls. very large, the segments edged with yellow.

10. cornigerum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong, sulcate,
3 in. long. l-hd. ; Ivs. dark green, broadly ovate to ob-
long, fleshy, riblieil, 4 in. long: panicle about 18 in. long,
drooping, branched and crowded with fls. above: fls.
small but numerous, yellow, spotted with red; dorsal
sepals and petals obovate, concave, undulate, the lateral
sepals smaller and united; labellum with long-linear
lateral lobes and 2 horn-like processes at the base; mid-
dle lobe obovate, subrepand. April, May. Brazil. B.M.
3486. B.R. 18:1542. — A compact free-flowering plant
which is very attractive when grown in baskets so that
the long racemes can hang over the sides.

11. cucuUitum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oval, 1>^ in. long,
smooth, becoming ribbed: lvs. oblong-lanceolate, 6 in.
long: raceme almost simple, 8-12 in. long, bearing 6-12
fls. IK in. across: dorsal sepals and petals small, oval,
greenish, shaded with rose-purple; lateral sepals almost
entirely united; labellum cordate-panduriforra, with the
middle lobe much dilated and 2-lobed, white to rose and
spotted with dark purple. Spring. Colombia. F.S.
8:835; 23:2457. I. H. 25:305. Gn. 22:350 (var. gigan-
iei(m). — A species with many varieties, which differ in
shape and coloring of the fls. It is one of the coolest of
the Andean orchids. Var. nubigenum, Lindl. Raceme
suberect: sepals and petals white or light purple, with
green tips; labellum white, with a purple blotch around
the crest. B.M. 5708.

12. Marti&num, Lindl. (O. blcolor, Lindl.). Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, compressed and ribbed : lvs. oblong,
striate : fls. yellow, spotted ; lateral sepals united,
ovate, acute ; petals obovate. concave; middle lobe of
the labellum larger than the rest of the flower, 2-parted
by the deep sinus in front, clear yellow. Autumn.
Brazil. B.R. 29:66. — A beautiful yellow species, with a
panicle 2 ft. high.

13. flezudsum, Sims. Pseudobulbs ovate, flattened,
2 in. long: lvs. linear-oblong, 6 in. long: fls. scarcely 1

sepals and petals small, recurved, yellow,

ONCIDIUM

1131

with chestnut bars ; labellum yellow, with few reddish
spots; side lobes small; middle lobe reniform, notched.
Brazil. B.M. 2203. L.B.C. 5:424. -The plant blooms
freely at various seasons. The fls. open in succession
on a loose spreading panicle about 2 ft. high.

14. varicdsum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, angled,
2-4 in. long: lvs. rigid, linear-lanceolate, 9 in. long:
fl. -spikes strong, arching, 3 ft. long, with numerous fls.
1 in. across: sepals and petals small, green, with brown-
ish blotches; labellum very large in proportion to the
tlower, bright yellow, with a curiously toothed crest;

1524. Oncidium varicosum, var. Roeersii (X ^).

lateral lobes rotund; middle lobe reniform, obscurely
4-lobed. Winter and spring. Brazil. — One of the most
attractive. Var. Bdgersii, Reichb. f. (O. Rddgersii,
Hort.). Fig. 1524. The best variety. Specimens have
borne 150 fls., with the lip over 2 in. across, rich yel-
low, with a few red bars at base. G.C. 1870:277. F.S.
18, p. 150. F. 1870:25. Gn. 55:1226. G.M. 39:366.

15. Fhalsendpsis, Linden & Reichb. f. A small-grow-
ing plant, with pseudobulbs oblong, somewhat ribbed,
1-2 in. high: lvs. narrow at the base, broadening up-
ward, about 6 in. long: fls. 3-6 on a slender raceme,
gaily colored, creamy white, with the sepals and petals
barred with reddish purple, and the base of the lip pro-
fusely spotted with the same color; sepals and petals
quite similar, oblong, acute; labellum pandurate, with
2 rounded lobes in front. Blooms at various seasons,
and lasts a long time. Ecuador. I. H. 17:3. Gn. 41:859.
J.H. III. 28:515. -A beautiful little plant, worthy of ex-
tended cultivation. Much like O. cucullatum.

16. Ungipes, Lindl. (O. JaneirSnse , Reichb. f. ).
Pseudobulbs narrowly ovate. 2-lvd.: lvs. narrow: scape
several-fld., equaling the lvs.: fls. on long pedicels;
lateral sepals elongate, pendulous, united at the base;
dorsal sepals shorter and wider, recurved; petals ob-
long, plane; all yellowish green, barred with brown;
labellum yellow, spotted with brown at the base; lat-
eral lobes small, obtuse; middle lobe transversely
broadened, apiculate, the narrow part serrated. Sum-
mer. Brazil. l.H. 2:54. B.M. 5193, called O. io/iyi'pc^
is O. Crcesus, Reichb. f. — A small species.

17. das^style, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs ovate, flat-
tened, strongly rugose: lvs. 4-5 in. long, linear-lanceo-

1132

ONCIDIUM

late: scape very slender, (3-7 in. long, bearing 2-5 lis.,
each 1% in. across: dorsal sepals and petals subequal,
lanceolate, pale yellow, blotched with purple-brown;
lateral sepals larger, united half-way; labellum large,
sulfur-yellow, with a blackish purple callus; lateral
lobes small, triangular; middle lobe round tan-shaped
menihranous and undulate. .Jan., Feb. Organ Mts.,
Brazil. B.M. 6494.

IS. cbncolor, Hook. (O. umjuiculAtum, Klotzsch).
Pseudubulbs small, oval-oblong, slightly furrowed: Ivs.
lanceolate: fls. 1-2 in. in diara., rich yellow, borne on
pendulous racemes 1-2 ft. long; lateral lobes united for
half their length, smaller than the dorsal sepals and
petals, which are obovate; labellum twice as long as
the sepals, broad, flat, bilobed, with 2 ncUlisb ridges
running down on the base. April-June. Ur^aii Mts.
B.M. 3752. I. H. 30:487. R.H. 1881:30. Un. 13:111. -A
plant of close and compact habit, making one of the
most attractive yellow coolhouse orchids.

A. Labellum with a large reiii-

form mid-lobe: lateral
lohrs small or none.

B. Petals much broader than the
sepals 19.

20.

BB. Petals and sepals nearly of
the same size.
c. Fls. over 2 in. across: label-
lum large, forming the most
eunspicuous part of the

flower: panicle stout 21.

22.

ampliatum
excavatum

tigrinum
splendidum

CO. Fls. medium-sized, mimer-
ous, in long, climbing pan-
icles.

D. Sepals and petals linear-

lanrrnlntr. arute.

E. Fls. ii-hil, iiihI purple 23. incurvum

EE. Fls. ijrlhnr uii.l hfown.

F. Colunni iriuijs rerij truncate:

crest of several interrupted

ridges 24. Baueri

FF. Column wings rounded,

slightly crentilate 25. altissimum

PFF. Column wings erose, sphace-
late 26. sphacelatum

FFFF. Column wings falcate, den-
tate 27. ref lexum

T>i>. Sepals lanceolate: petals

spatulate 28. Batemannianum

DDD. Sepals and petals linear to
nhlou.i. <ihl,ise.
E. Color of Itiliillum yellow ... .29. Harrisonianum

EE. Color of labellum white 30. leucochilum

AA. Labellum with the middle
lobe variously shaped,
rarely reniform, but more
so than the lateral lobes,
large.

B. Fls. rose-colored 31. ornithorhynchum

BB. Fls. yellow, variously
marked and spotted.
c. Crest pulvinate, pubescent . .32. divaricatum
33. pulvinatum
CC. Crest not pulvinate.

D. Apex of labellum deeply

S-lobed 34. Warneri

DD. Ape.r of labellum apirulate,

la/rral luh.x t.u.ili-iil;,' 35. maculatum

DDD. Api'.r ■•( lal.rlhini In ,■ r, I ,/
eiiinrijiiialr. hilrrul labrs
large.

E. Middle lob e broadly reni-

form, clawed 36. Limminghii

EE. Middle lobe not clawed, sepa-
rated from the lateral lobes
mcrclji by a sharp onstric-

.37. cheirophorum

ONCIUIUM

long-lanceolate, 9 in. long: inflorescence a large panicle
1-3 ft. long, with numerous fls., which are yellow, spotted
with red at the bases of the segments; sepals and
petals MiKill. the foiiiier intiri-lv free; hibellum reni-
form. spr.Mdiui;, wavv, 1'.. ill. le-ros.s, luirrow at the

base. Willi tw.i small hiteriil I 's and a pruiniiient lobed

crest. M:n-ch-Mav. Tliruu^li.nit the coast of Kicaragua.
B.R. 20:1699. -The flowers are produced in magnificent
panicles. In var. majus. Hurt., they are half again as.
large as in the tvj.e. P.S. 20:2140. G.C. III. 17:173.
Gn. 4."), p. 491. G.M. 37:475.

1525.

tigr.

\ (O. B.Tkeril. to sho

• habit.

19. ampliitum, Liudl. Pseudobulbs
pressed, bright green with purple
blackish purple and wrinkled with ag

subrotund, com-
spots, becoming
e: Ivs. plane, ob-

20. excavatum, Lindl. [O. aurosum, Reichb. f. &.
Wars/,. ) . Pseudobulbs oblong, compressed, 3-5 in. long:
Ivs. l'.j ft. long, leathery, shining green: panicle 3-5 ft.
long, with numerous fls. \% in. across, yi-llnw. sjiotted
with brown : sepals obovate. olituse. frer ; p. tal> oMcing,
refuse; labellum sessile, with several Knik.ii ridges
near the base, pandurate, excavated on the under side;
middle lobe rotund, emarginate. Autumn. Peru. B.M.
5293. I.H. 17:34. — Strong plants produce as many as
100 flowers on each panicle.

21. tigrlnum, LaLlave & Lex. {O. Bdrkerl, Lindl.
O. unguiculAtum, Lindl.). Pig. 1525. Pseudobulbs
oval, compressed, 2-lvd. : Ivs. oblong-lanceolate, thick,
1 ft. long: panicle erect, stout, 3 ft. high : fls. 2% in.
across; sepals and petals similar, lanceolate, undulate,
rich reddish brown, with few bars and spots of yellow;
labellum yellow, with a very large, oibicnlar-reniform
blade supported on a long claw, lateral lobes oblong.
Winter. Mvx. I.H. 1 :2; 22:221. P.M. 14:97. R.H. 1889,
p. 176. — Very much like O. splendidum, from which it
differs by the longer claw of tin- labellum having a thick
keel, ami tin- oblong lateral lob.s of the labellum. Both
are among the most showy ()iiridiums in cultivation.
Var. grrandiilorum, Hort., is advertised.

22. splendidum, A. Rich. Pseudobulbs small, rormd,
compressed. 1-lvd.: Ivs. leathery, oblong-ovate, 6-12 in.
long: fl. -stalk erect, 2 ft. long: fls. 3 in. across; sepals
and petals similar, lance-oblong, acute, recurved, yellow-
green, with broad brown bands; labellum very large,
yellow, the broad claw of the middle lobe expanding into
a large reniform blade ; lateral lobes small, rotund.
Spring. Guatemala and Mex. B.M. 5878 as (O. tigri-
num.'^ni.T. splendidum). F. 8.18:1825. Gn. 51:1121.
R.B. 17:108. G.C. 1S71:42; III. 3:108.

23. inctSrvum, Barker. Pseudobulbs ovate, compressed
and ribbed, 2 in. long: Ivs. 9 in. long, ensiform. acute:
panicle 2-3 ft. long, slender, much branched and grace-
fully arched: fls. IK in. across, numerous; sepals and
petals linear-lanceolate, undulate, white, banded with
purple ; labellum white, with a purple blotch ; lateral
lobes rotund, small; middle lobe subreniform. concave.
Bears numerous panicles in autumn. Mex. B.M. 4824.
B.R. 31:64. I.H. 2:49; 29:444 (white variety).

24. Batleri, Lindl. {O. altissimum, Lindl.). Pseudo-
bulbs oblong, compressed: Ivs. ensiform, rigid, keeled:
]>anirle with numerous branches and rather dingy fls.:
sepals .and petals about as long as the labellum, linear-
lanceolate, undulate, yellow, with -ed spots ; labellum
with 2 spreading lateral lobes and a reniform emargi-
nate mid-lobe, yellow, with a reddish band. Trop. Amer.
B.R. 19:1651 (as O. altissimum).— A gigantic epiphyte

ONX'IDIUM

with flower-stems 6-9 ft. long and "Ivs. as long." It
has been confused with O. altissimxim.

25. altissimum, Swartz. Pseudobulbs nearly rotund,
much eompre.ssed and edged: Ivs. 1-2 at the top and
several at the base of the pseudobulb, ensiform, keeled,
13^-2 ft. long: inflorescence an almost simple, droop-
ing raceme, 4-6 ft. long: sepals :iihI petals free, similar,
spreading, linear-lanceolate, iiialulalc', pale yellow, with
olive-brown blotches; labellum ncaily as long as the
petals, fiddle-shaped, with the middle lobe reniform,
spreading, yellow, with a brown band near the center,
prominently crested. Aug. W. Indies. B.M. 2990.
B.R. 22:1851.

26. sphacelitum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs elongate-ovate,
compressed: Ivs. long, ensiform, apex recurved: scape
strict, bearing a many-fld. panicle: sepals and petals
linear-lanceolate, undulate, yellow, .spotted with brown;
labellum about as long as the sepals ; lateral lobes
auriculate ; middle lobe with 2 rotund lobes, j'ellow,
with brown spots at the base. Spring. Honduras.
B.R. 28:30.— V'ar. grandiJldrum, Hort., is a better va-
riety.

27. refWxum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 1-lvd. : Ivs.
narrowly lanceolate, acute: panicle with its stalk 3-4
ft. long, pendulous: sepals and petals linear-lanceolate,
undulate and reflexed, yellowish, shaded with pale
brown; labellum with a large, reniform, emarginate
middle lobe and rotund lateral lobes, yellow, with few
reddish spots on the base. Mex. B. 3:116.

28. Batemanniinum, Parraentier. Pseudobulbs large,
4-5 iu, loii^', with slu-atliing Ivs. at the base: Ivs. ob-
long-ensil'onii, 2 ft. Iciit^: scape erect, 6-8 ft. long:
sepals lauceolate, undulate, reddish brown, slightly
marked with yellow; petals similarly colored, spatulate
and very much undulate; labellum brilliant yellow,
with the crest marked with brown; lateral lobes small,
rounded ; middle lobe large, reniform, emarginate.
Brazil. F.C. 3: 137. -Related to O. altissimum.

ONCIDIUM

1133

1526. Oncid

(X Ji).

29. Harrisoni4num, Lindl. {O. Rarrisitlmtm, Hort.).
Pseudobulbs subglobose, 1-lvd. : Ivs. linear - oblong,
acute, fleshy and recurved: panicle about a foot high,
erect, with the stem and branches gracefully curved:
sepals and petals linear, obtuse, yellow, spotted with
purple-brown; labellum yellow, longer than the sepals,
with small lateral lobes and a subreniform, emarginate
middle lobe. Autumn. Brazil. B.R. 19:1569. L.B.C.
20:1917. R.B. 18:253.

30. leucochllum, Batem. Pseudobulbs sulcate, ovate,
compressed, 2-4 in. long: Ivs. sword-shaped, 1 ft. or
more in length: scape 3-4 ft. high, with numerous
branches on which the fls. are loosely sraiirn d: m j.als
and petals oblong, obtuse, green, Motrin <1 wiih i. (I.IinIi
brown; labellum pure white; lainal l.il.i s siuall,
rounded; middle lobe broadly reuilomj, emargmate.
Autumn. Guatemala. Batem. 1. F.S. 5:522. P.M.
7:241. — A noble species, with the habit of O. Baueri.
Panicles 6-9 ft. long. Var. spl6ndens is listed.

31. omithorhynehum, HBK. Fig. 1526. Pseudobulbs
oblong, compressed, 2-3 in. long, 2-3-lvd. : ivs. grass-
like, 8-12 in. long: stalks 1 ft. long, slender and arched,
many-fld.: fls. scarcely 1 in. across, soft rose-purple;
sepals linear-oblong, wavy; petals oblong and a little
broader; labellum pandurate, with small lateral lobes
and a larger dilated, emarginate middle lobe. Fragrant.
Autumn and winter. Mex. B.M. 3912. B.R. 26:10.
F.C. 3:136. R.H. 1876:230. -This is an easily grown,
free-flowering plant of dwarf, compact habit. Its soft
rose-purple color is very delicate and unusual in the
genus. Var. albindnim, Reichb. f. (var. dlbnm, Hort.).
Pis. whitish, with only the calli yellow. P.M. 188:398.
G.C. HI. 16:781. J. H. 111. 29:399. G.M. 38:18. There
is also a variety called majus.

32. divaricatum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs compressed,
each with a fleshy, oval, apiculate leaf: scape 1^ ft.
high, with the branches of the panicle extremely divari-
cate: sepals and petals oblong-spatulate, greenish yel-
low, spotted with purple toward the base; labellum yel-
low, spotted with red; lateral lobes large, half -rotund;
middle lobe smaller, emarginate. Autumn. Brazil.
B.R. 13:1050. L.B.C. 13:1212. P.M. 3:4.-A floriferous
species easily recognized by its singular oval, fleshy
leaf and the divaricate panicle.

33. pulvinitum, Lindl. Panicle very much branched,
in a loose, spreading manner, weak, 8-9 ft. long: fls.
yellow, with the sepals and petals blotched with red;
segments obovate, acute; the 2 parts of the labellum
nearly equal; lateral lobes rotund-crenate and crisp;
middle lobe undulate, crest a villous cushion. Summer.
Brazil. B.R. 25:42. — One of the largest of the Oncid-
iums. The fls. last a long time. Var. m&juB, Hort., is
said to be desirable.

34. "W&raeii.L.indl. {0(l(mfogl6sstim irar»ert,LindI.).
Pseudobulbs ovate, somewhat angular: Ivs. linear-
lanceolate: raceme short, few-fld. : sepals oblong;
petals a little wider; all white or yellowish, striated
with rose-purple; labellum brilliant yellow; lateral
lobes subquadrate; middle lobe deepjy divided into two

rounded lobes. Autumn.
puratum, Lindl.).

35. maculitum, Lindl.
pressed, 4-angled

Me

B.R. 33:20 (var. pur-

Pseudobulbs ovate, com-
Ivs. broadly linear-oblong:
fls. IJi in. across, yellow, spotted with deep purple; se-
pals and petals subequal, rather fleshy, ovate-subacumi-
nate; labellum oblong-apiculate. the lateral lobes form-
ing 2 large teeth near the middle; middle lobe ovate,
sulfur-yellow, base marked with few red lines, claw
with 4 horn-like plates. Winter. Mex. B.M. 3836 (var.
ecorni(/«i«) and 3880. B.R. 24:44. F.C. 2:57 (all as Ci/r-
tochilum niaculatuni ) .

36. Lfmminghii, C. Morr. Pseudobulbs oval, com-
pressed: Ivs. oblong, acute, mottled: raceme 1-2-fld.,
erect, several times longer than the small ivs.: fls. yel-
low, spotted and banded with brown ; sepals and petals
lanceolate, the lower pair larger; labellum with large,
auriculate lateral lobes and a transversely broadened,
subreniform, emarginate mid-lobe, spotted with red.
June, July. Caracas. F.S. 18:1827.-A pretty dwarf
plant with the habit of a Sophronitis.

37. cheirdphorum, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs 1 in. long,
ellipsoid : Ivs. 3-6 in. long, linear-lanceolate : scape
bearing a dense panicle longer than the Ivs.: fls. about
a in. across, entirely bright yellow, with greenish se-
pals; sepals and petals small, rounded-ovate, spreading
or reflexed; labellum much larger, with three large
lobes, the middle lobe notched. Colombia. B.M. 6278.
G.C. 1871:168 (description).

1134

ONCIDIUJl

ONCIDIUM

A. Plants dwarf, scarcely over S

in. high,

B. Luheltiim with S equal lobes.ZS. pumilum
BB. Lalielliim irith small lateral

iiiitl (I 4-iiiiittd middle lobe. Z^. Crista-galli
AA. Pliuds tniyr.
B. ^VhifJ.•^ of thi' rolnmn narrow.

falcate 40. bicallosum

41. Cavendishianum
BE. Wings of the column fleshy,
rotund, reniform, etc.
c, Jjabellum pandiirate, with

triangular lateral lobes ...42. Lanceanum

4:1. Carthaginense
CC. Labetlum reniform, rvith

small blunt lateral lobes.. H. luridum

38. piimilum, Lindl. A small plant about G in. high,
without pseudobulbs, and with oblong, leathery Ivs. :
intloresceuce a small, branched panicle, scarcely longer
than the Ivs. : sepals and petals obovate, yellow, spotted
with brown; labellum yellow, rounded, trifld. Spring.
Brazil. B.M.3581. B.E. 11:920. L. B.C. 18:1732.

39. Crista-galli, Reichb. f. (O. iridifbliiim, Lindl.,
not HBK. ). Lvs. radical, cuneiform-ligulate, 2-3 in.
long: fl. -stems several, 1-2-fld., slightly exceeding the
lvs. : tls. yellow, with few red spots at the base of the
segments and labellum; sepals lanceolate, acute; petals
oblong, crisp, much wider; labellum large; lateral lobes
oblong-cuneate ; middle lobe divided into 4 lobes, of
which the inner 2 are smaller. B.R. 22: 1911. — A very
small, neat plant.

40. hicalldsum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs none: lvs. large,
oblong-lanceolate, keeled, thick and leathery: panicle
many-lid. , variable in size : fls. 2 in. in diam. ; sepals free,
obovate, concave; petals oblong-obtuse, undulate; all
rich yellow or honey-colored, bordered with cinnamon
color; labellum with small, narrow lateral lobes, and
a pair of tubercles for a crest ; middle lobe large,
transversely expanded, emargiuate. subcordate. Autiimn
and winter. Guatemala. B.IVL 4148. B.R. 29:12. l.H.
12:458.

41. Cavendishianum, Batem. Pseudobulbs none: lvs.
fleshy, broadly lanceolate, 1-1}4 ft. long : scape 4 ft.
high, erect, with a dense panicle about 1 ft. long: sepals
and petals oblong-obtuse, greenish yellow, with bright
chestnut spots; labellum yellow; lateral lobes rather
large, spreading, rounded, narrowed to a claw; mid-
lobe broadly reniform and deeply emarginate. Guate-
mala.—Grows very slowly.

42. Laneeinum, Lindl. Pseudobulbs wanting : lvs.
fleshy, oblong, acute, 1 ft. long and about 3 in. broad :
scape stiff, erect, branched above and 1 ft. or more in
length: fls. 2-3 in. across, numerous; sepals and petals
oblong, obtuse, fleshy, concave, yellow, marked and
barred with chocolate-brown or crimson; labellum nar-
row in the middle, with the 2 lateral lobes forming a
hastate base, middle lobe broadly expanded, cuneate.
The color of the labellum is variable, usually rose in
front, becoming violet toward the base. Summer.
British Guiana. B.R. 22:1887. F.S. 18:1842-43. P.M.
4:169. F.C.2:79. G.C. II. 21:609.-Var. 3up6rbum, Hort..
is described as a superior variety. Var. Louvrexianum,
Hort. {O. LouvrexiAnum, Hort. ). A var. with yellow
fls., prettily spotted and marbled; labellum yellow at
the base, white in front.

43. Carthagin6nse,Swartz.(0.fl'^ncAmffl»i?iJ,Lodd. O.
rdsetim, LocUl. ('. iindiilAtum, Salisb. O. sangutneum,
Lindl.). Pseudobulbs obsolete: Ivs. solitary, oblong,
acutish: panicle 3 ft. long and loose: fls. small, whitish,
marked and blotched with red and bordered with yel-
low; sepals and petals oblong-ovate, free, waved; label-
lum witli liurizontal, triangular lateral lobes and a fan-
shapr.i niiiMie lobe, crimson, with a yellow border.
Sunuiicr. Trop. Amer. B.M.SSm ina O. ffunteamim).
F.C.3:97 (as O. luridum, var. Henchmanni).

44. Idridum, Lindl. Lvs. elliptical, thick, rigid, dull
green, 15 in. long: scape slender, 3 ft. high, much
branched and many-fld. : fls. nearly 1^2 in. in diam.,
dark green or olive-green, with indistinct darker spots;
sepals clawed, undulate, crenate, obtuse, warted on the
back, the upper one rotund, the others spatulate-oblong;

petals larger and without warts; labellum reniform,
almost plane. S. Amer. B.M. 3608. B.R. 9:727.-The
panicle is said to grow to a height of 9 ft. A var. rdsemn,
Hort., is said to have rose-colored fls., spotted with
white and bordered with yellow. Var. guttfltum, Lindl.,
has yellow fls. spotted with orange. B.R. 25:16.

45. Fapilio, Lindl. Butterfly Orchid. Pig. 1527.
Lvs. oblong, very leathery, olive-green, mottled with
purplish brown, 6-8 in. long: peduncle 2-3 ft. long, flat-
tened and jointed, producing fls. several years in suc-
cession: fls. 4-5 in. long and 23^ in. across; dorsal
sepals and petals erect-linear, with a small lanceolate
expanded portion, brown, with bands of yellow; lower
sepals lanceolate-falcate, curved dowuwards, yellow,
with heavy bauds of brown, labellum pandurate, usu-
ally plane, with the middle lobe rounded, transversely
broadened, emarginate, yellow, with a broad band of
brown around the margin; wings of the column toothed.
Pis. at any season. West Indies. B.M. 2795 and 3733

1527. Oncid

(ya.T.limbatum). B.R. 11:910. L. B. C. 11:1086. P.S.
9:920. P.M. 5:175. -Variable in color of fls. and lvs.
Lvs. sometimes green on the upper surface. F.C. 1:12.
F. 1842:49. Var. fickhardti, Linden. All parts of the
flower very larf^t-; sepals and petals golden yellow,
barred with red ; laliellum yellow, with a broad margin
of brown. l.H. 30:500.

46. Krameriinum, Reichb. f. This species is much
like O. Papilio. Pseudobulbs rounded, 4-7-angled:
stem terete: petals and dorsal sepals shorter than in O.
Papilio, apex more distinctly dilated; lateral sepals
golden yellow, spotted (not banded) with cinnamon-
brown, crisp, undulate, finely toothed ; labellum very
crisp and undulate, finely toothed, pale yellow, with a
narrow band of cinnamon-brown spots around tlie mar-
gin; column wings entire. Cent. Amer. F.S. 19:1956.
l.H. 41, p. 206.

47. Jonesi&num, Reichb. Plants with fleshy, rush-
like lvs. 3-12 in. long and usually hanging downwards:
fl. -stems 6 in. to 2 ft. long, the largest bearing about a
dozen fls. 2 in. across: sepals and petals oblong, wavy,
cream-colored, with sepia-brown spots; labellum white,
yellow at the base, with a few crimson spots near the
isthmus; middle lobe large, subreniform, 2-lobed, wavy ;
lateral lobes toothed. Fls. at various seasons. Para-
guay. B.M. 6982. R.B. 15:7. Gn. 31:583 -The hand-
somest of the round-leaved species.

48 CeboUeta, Swartz. (0.j«)!Cj7d;»Hm, Lindl.). Pseu-
dobulbs very small, each with a single, terete, obscurely
furrowed leaf: lvs. 1 ft. long, spreading, harsh in tex-
ture: panicle rigid, erect, about 2 ft. high: sepals and
petals nearly equal, obovate, greenish yellow, spotted
with red; labellum large, bright yellow; lateral lobes

ONCIDIUM

ONION

1135

broadly obovate; middle lobe broadly obovate or subreni-
form, undulate, notched in front. Spring and summer.
Brazil. B.M.3568. B.R. 23:1994; 28:4 (as O. longlfulium).
40. triqudtrum, R.Br. {Ci/tnhidium triquetrnm, Swz.
J'JfHtJriidrinti truinetnim , Swz.). Paeudobulbs none:
Ivs. tV'W, 4-0 in. long, triqui'trous and grooved: scape
aliuut as long as the Ivs., purplish, bearing a raceme of
10-12 medium-sized tls. : sepals broadly lanceolate, the
lower pair united, piirplish green; petals ovate, white,
tinged with green ami spotted with purple; labellum
cordate-ovate, constricted near the middle, white spotted
with purple; crest orange. Autumn. Jamaica. B.M.
3393.

A supplementary list of synonyms and imperfectly known
kinds advertised in Amerit!a: O. aiisiferum, Reichb. f. Sepals
imd petals ohlong-obovate, free, crisp; labellum with ligiilate
lateral lobes and a reniform, emarginate middle lobe, golden
yellow, with 2 dark brown bars at the base, tiaecid. The sepals
and petals are greenish, with yellow tips.— O. Baldevidma:,
Reichb. f. {O. Balderramse, Reichb. f.). Panicle ample: dorsal
sepals rounded, clawed, crisp, yellowish olive-brown with a
yellow border; lower sepals longer clawed, cuneate-oblong,
unicolored; petals oblong, short-clawed, crisp, nearly compli-
eate. smaller than the sepals, yellow, with brown blotches;
labellum hastate, ligulate, obtuse. Summer. Colombia.— O.
Bictoniense, Hort. ex-Lindl.=Odontoglossum Sp.— O. F6rster-
inauni. — O.fuscdtwm, Reichb. f. = Wiltonia Warszewiczii.- O.
Qardncri, Lindl. (O. Gardnerianum, Hort.). Resembles O.
•crispum and O. Forbesii. Fls. lemon-yellow, spotted and barred
with chestnut-brown on the sepals and petals; labellum broad,
yellow, margined with the same color; all segments undulate,
crisp. Brazil. G.C. II. 1«:86. P.M. 1880:401. This is probably
O. eurtum, Lindl., which should be referred to this species.—
O. Qeertidnum, C. Morr. (O. csesium, Reichb. f.). A species
probably based on a variety of O. reflexum.— O. Qravesidnmn,
Rolfe. Pseudobulbs broadly oblong-compressed, 3 in. long: Ivs.
elliptic-oblong, 4 in. long; panicle large, branching: fls. 2 in.
across, yellow, spotted with bro^vn; dorsal sepals spatulate;
lateral sepals lanceolate-oblong, united at base; petals obo-
vate, wider than the sepals; labellum pandurate, with small
spatulate lateral lobes and a broadly orbicular-ovate, undulate
middle lobe. Brazil. R.B. 21:78. G.C. III. 11:651. Near 0.
erispum. — O. hastdtum, Lindl. Sepals and petals yellow,
spotted with brown; labellum pale yellow. Mex.— O. lancifb-
Hum. Lindl. (O. sessile, Lindl. & Paxt.). Pseudobulbs oblong:
Ivs. short, pale green: panicle much branched and bearing a
large number of fls.: -sepals and petals large, obtuse, yellow,
spotted with cinnamon-brown at the base; labellum large, of
the same color. Ecuador.— O. Ldvenderi.— O, Lawrencidnum,
Reichb. f . =Brassia Lawrenciana.- O. mnr)nuin, Reichb. f.
A species with numerous small yellow fls. borne in pjinicles.-
O. obryzdtum, Reichb. f. & Warse. Fls. goldfii yellow, spotted
with brown, borne in a much -branched panicle. Peru. Said to
be an elegant winter-flowering orchid. — O. lieichenbachu,hmd\.
Colombia.- O. rbseitm, Beer.=Coehlioda rosea,— O. rupestre,
Lindl. Pis. numerous, in a branched panicle 2 ft. high, brilliant
yellow, spotted with brown. Peru. Said to be desirable. — O.
Russellidnum, Lindl. = Miltonia Russelliana.— O. sarcddes,
Lindl. Pseudobulbs subcylindrical, 3 in. long, 2-3-lvd.: Ivs.
lanceolate: panicle branched, many-fld.. slender: fls. large,
yellow, spotted with brown ; sepals free, obovate ; petals
larger, clawed, obovate-spatnlate, repand; labellum with small
serrate lateral lobes; middle lobe large, emarginate, undulate.
Brazil. I. H. 21:165. Near O. ampliatum. — O. Sckilleridnum.
Reichb. f. Trop. Amer.- O. Schlimii, Linden. A large,
rampant species, with yellow fls. marked with brown, about
1 in. in diam. Nov. Cent. Amer.— O. spaculdtum. — O. stel-
ligerum, Reichb. f . Sepals and petals oblong-ligulate. stellate,
yellowish, with many brown dots ; labellum with short, obtuse-
angled lateral lobes, a narrow isthmus, and a cordate, rotund,
cuspidate middle lobe, pale yellow, with a darker callus.
Mex. Near O. hastatum.— O. Volvox, Reichb. f. Venezuela.—
O. Warszeivlczii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs rounded, compressed:
Ivs. 1 ft. long, thin: scape stout, with an 8-13-fld. panicle: fls.
yellow, with purple spots and the middle of the labellum blood-
red; upper sepals lanceolate, acute, crisp; lower pair oblong,
shorter than the labelhim, united; petals oblong, much wider
than the dorsal sepals; labellum with auriculate lateral lobes
and a reniform bifid middle lobe. Colombia.— O. Weltoni,
Hort.=Miltonia Warszewiczii. Heinrich Hasselbring.

ONGOBA (Arabian, oukob ; name of a North African
species). Bixdeete. Shrubs or small trees of tropical
and subtropical Africa, sometimes spiny. Lvs. alternate,
without stipules : fls. terminal, solitary, white, large
for this order, bisexual; sepals and petals 5; stamens
very numerous, inserted, in many rows on a tieshy wing
beneath the ovary; filaments filiform; anthers linear,
2-ceIled, attached to the base, erect, opening at the sides;
stigma dilated, notched: ovary free, 1 -celled; style cylin-
drical: berry leathery, pulpy within; seeds
used as ornaments by the natives.

Krausai&na, Planch. A branching shrub without
thorns, the older branches having a rough ash-colored
bark: lvs. elliptic-obloug, obtuse or subacute, entire, 2
in. long, with midrib, pinnate and netted veins, some-
what pale on under side: peduncles terminal or opposite
the lvs., 2-3 in. long: fls. erect, .solitary, more than an
in. across, white ; sepals roundish and very concave;
petals twice as long, spreading, with narrow claws,
cuneate at base, broadly obovate, with scattered, woolly
hairs; anthers pointless; stigma 5-6-rayed : ovary hairy.
Procurable in S. Calif. — This makes a very fine pot-
plant in a greenhouse temperature, flowering in spring.
It is also useful for subtropical bedding. Prop, from
ripewood ciittings, also from seeds. Give the plant a
sunny position, and plenty of water while new growth
is making. ]vi, g, Coulston and H. A. Siebrecht.

ONCOSPtRMA (Greek, tumor-shaped seed). Pitl-
mCtrea'. Stoloniferous palms, with low, very spiny
trunks: lvs. equally pinnate; Ifts. ensiform-acuminate,
entire, equidistant or somewhat clustered, the veins
scaly beneath; rachis convex on the back, with a blunt
keel above: fr. small. Oncosperma differs from Eu-
terpe in the small, acute sepals: stamens 0-12, the an-
thers erect; albumen ruminate. Species 6. Trop. Asia.

!asciculitum» Thwaites. Caudex at length 30-40 ft.
high, 5-G in. in diam. : lvs. 18 ft. long; pinnte fascicled,
12-18 in. long, 1-2 in. wide, lanceolate, long-acuminate,
the tips drooping; sheath 2% ft., armed and scurfy: fr.
globose, black-purple, H in. in diam. Ceylon.

Jared G. Smith.

ONION. Plate XXII. All the Onions of common or
general cultivation are forms of one variable species.
Allium Cepa. This plant is probably native to south-
western Asia, but it has Iteen domesticated so long and
has varied so much that its aboriginal form is not
well understood. It was grown by the ancient Egyp-
tians. It is grown primarily for its bulbs, but the
leaves are sometimes used as seasoning and in stews
Under long-continued cultivation and selection, the
bulbs have developed into large and shapely organs.
Now and then the bulb does not develop and the neck
(or stalk just above the bulb) remains relatively thick:
such onions are "scullions." Seeds from poorly selected
or deteriorated stock may be the cause of scullions:
they are to be considered as reverted or run-down
forms. Sometimes scullions result from very w-et soil,
whereby the plants grow too much to top. Seeds grown
in the South or in a long-season climate tend to pro-
duce plants in short-season regions that do not "bot-
tom" before caught by frost.

The Onion is one of the hardiest of vegetable garden
plants. In the southern climates it is grown largely as a
winter crop. In the northern states and Canada the
seeds are sown or the bulbs planted as soon as the
ground can be fitted in the spring. It is always best, if
possible, to prepare the ground in the fall in order that
the seeds may be sown on the first approach of warm
weather. When Onions are grown from seeds, it is
essential that the ground be fine and loose, and all sur-
face stones and litter removed. The seeds are small and
do not germinate quickly. The young plants are surface
feeders. If the seed is sown late or if the ground is
droughty, the plants will either perish or make no
headway. Land which is foul with weeds should not be
planted to Onions, for the young Onion plants cannot
withstand such competition. In the old-fashioned
gardens, it was the custom to plant Onions in short
rows crosswise of raised beds, as in Fig. 1528. This
entailed an endless amount of small hand labor and
usually resulted in the expenditure of more time and
effort than the Onions were worth. The better method
is to grow the plants in long rows which are far enough
apart to admit of the use of a wheel hoe. Fig. 1529.
Even when a small quantity of Onions is desired, it
is better to place them all in one row than to have
many short rows. With the best of land and manage-
ment, and with the use of wheel hoes, more or less
finger work will be necessary in order to bring the crop
to full perfection. The seed may be sown thick in the
home garden, and as the young plants begin to crowd , they
should be thinned. The plants taken out in the second

1136

ONION

ONION

and third thinnings may be used on the table. Fig.
1530. It is very important that the best grade of seed
be used, for the Onion deteriorates rapidly from seed
which is not well grown nor carefully selected. There
are great numbers of varieties. The most popular
standard field kinds ai'e Southport Red and Yellow

1528. The old-time Onion bed

Globe, and these are also to be advised for the main
reliance in the home garden. For early use and for
variety, great numbers of kinds may be selected from
reliable seed catalogues. Some of the quick-growing
southern Onions are excellent for early use.

There are two general methods of propagating the
Onion — by seeds and by bulbs. Onion seed is ordinarily
known as " black seed," although there is no Onion seed
which is not black. The main field crop is grown from
seeds, as explained in the articles which follow. The
Onion seed of the market is produced from full grown
and typical bulbs of the desired variety. These bulbs
are grown from seed and are kept over winter as other
Onions are. In the spring they are planted out in rows
two feet apart and as near together in the row as they
will stand. They send up a flower stalk which blooms
in early summer, and the seed is harvested.

Propagation by bulbs is employed for the purpose of
securing early Onions for home use or for the special
early-season trade. Until within recent years, all the
very early or bunch Onions were raised from bulbs, but
recently a so-called "new Onion culture" has come into
vogue, which consists in sowing seeds in hotbeds or
coldframes and transplanting the young plants. Bulb-
propagation is of three general categories: (1) The use
of bulblets or "top Onions" which appear on the top of
the flower-stalk in the place of flowers; (2) the use
of bulbels or separable parts of an Onion bulb, known
as "multipliers," or "potato Onions"; (3) the use of
ordinary bulbs which are arrested in their growth,
known as "sets."

Bulblets, or top Onions, are shown in Fig. 1531. If
one of these bulblets is planted in the spring, it
quickly produces a young bulb, and the growing bulb
maybe pulled at any
time and eaten. If
allowed to remain
in the ground, how-
ever, it sends up
^\ a stalk (either the
' '^ first or second year)
-'S which bears a clus-
ter of bulblets,
sometimes mixed
with flowers, on its
top. There are two
or three strains of top Onions on the market, although
the leading ones are the white and the red. these names
applying to the color of the bulblets. The so-called
"Egyptian Onion" is atopOnion; also the "tree Onion."
Multipliers are shown in Fig. 1532-3. Instead of con-
taining a single "heart" or core, as in most Onions, it
contains two or more. When the Onion is planted, each
of these cores or bulbels sends out leaves and grows
rapidly for a time; that is, the old or compound bulb
separates into its component parts. The growing
bulbels may be pulled and eaten at any time. If allowed
L in the ground, each of these bulbels will make

MtiMTi-^'^*^ n-^ rifiHwi

1529, The new-time Onion field.

a compound bulb like that from which it came. Some-
times flower-stalks are produced from multiplier or
potato Onions. The best results with multipliers are
secured when the bulbels are separated on being
planted, for each one has room in which to grow. Two
or three kinds of multiplier Onions are known, the
variation being chiefly in the color of the bulb.

Onion sets are merely ordinary Onions which are
arrested m their growth, and when planted will resume
growth. They are grown from seed. The seed is
sown verv thick on rather poor land, so that the young
bulbs soon reach the possibilities of their growtli: they
mature when still very small. These small
bulbs or sets are then harvested and kept
'•-'' over winter, and used for planting the follow-

ing spring. When planted they grow rapidly
_ -^ and may be palled and used for the table.

<i If allowed to remain in the ground, they
send up flower-stalks and produce seeds,
' as common Onions do. Sets are not allowed
to seed, however, since the seeds from sets
^^ would probably produce an inferior race of
Onions. Any variety of seed-bearing Onion
may be grown and propagated as sets, al-
though there are relatively few that give uni-
formly good results. In the trade, Onion sets are usu-
ally designated as yellow, red or white. In order to
secure gooa results from Onion sets, it is essential that
the sets be small and flrm. They should not be over
one-half inch in diameter, if they are of the best. If
they are much larger than this, they tend to run to seed
rather than to produce bulbs. Sometimes the very small
and inferior Onions are saved from the regular crop
and are used as sets the following spring. Such sets
are generally known as "rareripes." Usually they do
not give the best results.

The varieties of Onions are numerous. In 1B89
(Annals Hort. } 78 varieties of "seed" Onions were

1530. Bunch On

offered by American dealers, and also about 20 kinds
of multipliers, potato Onions and sets. For purposes of
careful scientific study, the varieties may be classified
into geographical races, but for purposes of description
they may be assembled into groups characterized by
such arbitrary features as form and color of bulb.

ONION

ONION

1137

Goff (6 Rep. N. Y. State Exp. Sta., tor the year 1887),
classifies first by shape of bulb and then by color. He
makes four primary groups: bulb oblate, spherical, top-
shape, oval or pear-shape. Each of these groups is
divided in three sections : color white, yellow or brown-
ish, red or reddish. Another classification (Bailey,
Bull. 31 Mich. Agric. College, 1887), makes three pri-
mary sections on methods of propagation: propagated

1531. Tod Onions (X%)

by division (multipliers),by bulbletsor "tops,"by seeds
(or sets). The last section (seed Onions) is divided
into oulbs silvery white and bulbs colored, and these
groups are again divided on shape of bulb.

Aside from the chapters on Onions in the vegetable-
gardening manuals, there are special treatises, as Grei-
ner's "Onions for Profit," and "The New Onion Cul-
ture," tireiner and Arlie's "How to Grow Onions," and
the Orange Judd Company's "Onion Book."

The cultivated onion-like plants may be named under
six species, as follows:

A. Leaves terete and JwUow.
B. Plant annual or biennial, the bulbs evident.

Allium C6pa, Linn. Common Onion. Bulbs various,
but distinctly rounded at top and bottom : scape tall and
stout (usually 2-3 ft.), enlarging in the middle, glau-
cous, much exceeding the large soft hollow leaves: fls.
in round umbels (Fig. 1534) white or blush. Persia and
adjacent regions.

Var. bulbellifera, Bailey. Top or tree Onion.

Var. miiltiplicans, Bailey. Multiplier or potato Onion.

Allium fistuldsum, Linn. Welsh Onion. Ciboule.
Fig. 1535. No distinct bulb, but only an enlargement
at the base: Ivs., scape and fls. much as in the Common
Onion, except that the plant is usually lower when in
bloom and the leaves are more clustered. Siberia. B.M.
1230. — Grown for its leaves, which are used as season-
ing. It is as hardy as the Onion. It is grown prefer-
ably from seeds, but the roots may be divided. The

seeds are usually sown in the fall, unless the climate is
severe, and the leaves are reaily for early spring use.

Allium AscaI6nicum, Linn. Shallot (which see). A
small plant, with short awl-shaped leaves, anu an umbel
of lilac fls., but distinguished chiefly by the small ob-
long-pointed clustered bulbs. These bulbs are borne on
a common disk, forming a more or less compact com-
pound bulb that reminds one of a multiplier onion or
garlic. It is native to Syria. — The Shallot is rarely seen
in this country. It is grown for the little bulbs or "cloves"
which are used as Onions are. The young leaves are
sometimes used for flavoring. The bulbs or cloves may
be planted in early spring, the same as onion sets. The
true Shallot rarely blooms. A small strain of Onion is
often known as Shallot.

BE. Plant truly perennial, producing a dense sod-like
clump.
Allium Sch<En6prasum, Linn. Cive (which see). Fig.
1536. One ft. or less high, in a tough clump, scarcely
bulbous, producing umbels of rose-purple fls. in spring.
N. Eu. and the northern part of N. Amer. Grown for
its leaves, which are used for seasoning.

AA. Leaves ftattish, not hollow.
Allium sativum, Linn. Garlic (which see). Fig.
8n4, page 628. Bulbs small, breaking up into many snuill
bulbs or "cloves:" Ivs. very narrow, keeled: fls. pur-
plish, but usually not forming or replaced by bulb-
lets. Eu. — Grown for the bulbs, and cultivated like
Onions grown from seeds.

Allium Pdrrum, Linn. Leek (which see). Fig.
l.")37. Strong, robust plant, with the simple bulb lit-
tle thicker than the stout neck : Ivs. very broad and
strongly conduplicate or keeled : scape produced the
second season, bearing a large umbel of white or blush
fls. Eu. Grown from seed, aifter the manner of Onions.
The leaves and bulb are eaten. l H. B.

The New Onion Culture {Transplantinii Process).—
The idea of raising Onions by growing seedlings in beds
and transplanting to the open, which are the essential
features of what has been termed "the new Onion cul-
ture," is not new. It has long been put in practice in the
Bermudas, among the Portuguese growers in Califor-
nia, and in various places in Europe. This, however,
does not detract from the credit due to the writer, as well
as to Prof. W. J. Green, of Ohio, for the rediscovery
(about 1889) of this old, but in their localities and in
most portions of the United States before that wholly
unknown, plan of Onion-growing. There are only few,
if any, modern innovations which have left an equally
deep impression on our garden practices. The trans-
planting method is admirably adapted to the character
of the large foreign Onions, especially those of the
Spanish type, and by it the American grower is enabled
to produce bulbs in every way the equal of those large
sweet Onions which are imported from Spain and other
foreign countries, and sold in our groceries at 5 to 10
cents per pound. A portion of the Onions now palmed
off on the unsuspecting buyer in various places as "im-

1532. A multipl

ported Spanish" are really nothing more than these
home-grown bulbs of the Prizetaker variety, and the
buyer is not the loser by any means. This Prizetaker
is perhaps the best of this class of Onions to be grown
by the transplanting process at the present time — large,
of good shape, perhaps a little darker in color than the
imported Spanish, and its equal in mildness of flavor.
The newer Gibraltar is still larger, milder, a little later.

1138

ONION

not as good a keeper, but altogether one of the best
Onions which the home grower, as well as the market-
gardener who can sell his crop before late fall and at
good prices, could produce.

Start the plants under glass (preferably in green-
house) during January or February, sowing seed rather

thickly in drills an inch and a half or two inches apart,
and using about an ounce of seed to ten square feet of
bed surface. The soil should be sandy and very rich.
Keep the plants in good growth, and as soon as the patch
outdoors can be properly prepared in spring, set the
seedlings in rows about 14 inches apart, and from 3 to 4
inches apart in the rows. Little hand-weeding will be
necessary, but the wheel-hoe should be used freely. We
also grow a portion of our green or bunching Onions in
this way. For that purpose the plants are set more
closely in the rows, say not over 2 inches apart. Seed
of the Prizetaker is mostly grown in the United States,
while that of the Gibraltar is as yet all imported.

T. GBErNER.

Commercial Onion Culture in the North.—
Soil. — the soil should be a rich, moist, but not wet,
loam with a subsoil of clay, or close compact sandy loam,
not coarse gravel, as that lets the water leach out too
quickly. Onions will stand a large amount of fertiliza-
tion, and there is little danger of getting the soil too rich.
Soil that has been under cultivation for three or four
years at least is much better than new land. The ten-
dency of the latter is to produce too much top-growth
and improperly ripened bulbs.

To prepare the soil, plow 10 or 12 inches deep, if the
soil is of sufficient depth, or down to the subsoil. Care
should be taken not to turn up much subsoil, or the crop
will not mature evenly.

Fertilizers. — It the soil is poor, plow in 5 to 10 cords
of stable maniire to the acre, and spread on an equal
amount of well -rotted manure after plowing, to be har-
rowed in. Unleached hard wood ashes is also a good
fertilizer, especially on rather dry land, as it aids in the
conservation of moisture. The action is quick, which
makes it valual.le whi-n- a little of the subsoil lias been
turned up in i>liiwiiiK, rivini; the youii!; iihiiits a good
start, when, without it, tlLey would be too light-colored
and weak in growth. Ashes should be spread as evenly
as possible, 75 to 100 bushels per acre on the ground
after plowing, and harrowed in.

Tlllnge. — fbe harrowing should be thorough, using
some kind of a disk or spring-tooth, for the first time
over, with a Meeker or some other smoothing harrow
for the finish. It is impossible to get a good even stand

ONION

of plants if the ground is rough or lumpy, while those
that do grow are weak and puny on rough ground. Hand-
raking is sometimes necessary to insure germination of
seed in a satisfactory manner.

Brainage. — The drainage must be nearly perfect to
get best results. There should be no hollow places in the
beds. Even on a sloping piece of land, the dead fur-
rows or alleys should be kept open. If there is a natural
sag in the land which cannot be surface-drained, it is
often practicable to underdrain so as to get satisfactory
results; for there is no crop grown in the ordinary
market-garden which will pay a larger percentage of re-
turn for uuderdraining, in nearly all locations. If the
foliage is of a light color, and the crop does not ripen
evenly, an underdrain will usually correct the trouble.
The time to drain is when the ground is being pre-
pared for planting, not after a heavy rain, when water
is standing in pools over the field.

Onion Seed. — There are a few growers who can profit-
ably grow their own seed, but the masses should buy.
This should be done early, so that there may be no delay
at planting time, and also that one may get the best
stock obtainable. If one wants 10 pounds or more it is
sometimes advisable to order from some one of the large
seed houses of the country, but if there is a reliable
local dealer who buys seed in bulk, go to him and make
your wants known and you can often do better than to
send direct to the large seed house, even on quantities
of 50 to 100 pounds. Be sure to know where the seed comes
from, and if possible test it before planting. In any ease
always buy the best seed obtainable, no matter if it costs
double the price of other stock.

The sowing of the seed should be done with one of the
standard garden seed drills, the first essentials of which
are that the machine can be regulated to sow evenly and
in the quantity desired without clogging. The machine
should open a row, sow, cover, roll, and mark the next
row, all at one operation. The machines which have a
sliding piece at the bottom of the hopper, which opens
and closes a diamond-shaped opening, are the best, as
the operator can regulate exactly the amount of seed
sown.

The seed should be sown in rows 12-14 in. apart, and
at the rate of SVa^/i pounds per acre, according to soil
and seed. A soil which produces heavy tops requires
less seed than the drier, sandy soil which grows small
tops. The plants should stand from 1-3 in. apart in the
row. The seed should be sown from H-1 in. deep,
according to soil.

Tillage should begin
as soon as the plants are
up enough for the rows
to be seen. Begin with
a double- wheel straddled
cultivator if one is at
hand, setting the knives
as closely as can be
worked without covering
the young plants, and
continue as often as nec-
essary to keep weeds de-
stroyed and the groun<i
loose on top until the
plants are too large to get
through. The last time
through may be done
with a single-wheel ma-
chine, which will throw
a little earth up to the
plants. A single-wheel
machine may be used
throughout the season,
but the double-wheel Is
preferable for the first
part of the work.

A hand-weeder may be
used with profit after the
young plants have gotten
3-5 in. high. This works two rows at one passage, stir-
ring the soil in the rows where the wheel-hoes do not
work, and greatly reduces the amount of hand-weeding
to be done. Of course, hand-weeding must be done as
often as necessary to keep the beds clean.

1535.

Allium fistulosum-
Welsh Onion,

ONION

Hari'i sliiiij may l>i; done in the following manner: If
the cr"|i ripiTi^ iMiily, so that there are no green tops
standiii:;. iIh' in|i|iiii;; can he done most rapidly before
the Onions ;uf i>ulled. By using a thin, sharp knife,
taking the dry tops in one hand and cutting from the
person, the work can be done quickly and well. Be
careful not to tear the skin down the side. The length
to cut the tops is a point of importance and must not
be overlooked. If the tops are left too long they have
a ragged appearance, and if too short, there is danger
of causing the Onions to rot in the tops, because of
bruisiug or because of water having gone to the inside
of the Onions. The proper length is about half an inch
from the bulb; or, take an Onion by the top, with the
thumb and foretinger close to the bulb, and cut the top
close to the lingers. The pulling may be done by hand,
but a puller made to fit a hand-cultivator is much more
rapid and does not injure the bulbs. The puller is
simply a knife with one or more fingers to move the
bulbs slightly as the roots are cut. In light, dry soil it
works very well without any fingers.

Many growers prefer to pull the Onions first, allowing
them to dry a few days before topping. This is what
should be done if the tops do not dry evenly, or if the
crop is late and needs to be hurried; and is all right in
any case, though not quite so rapid as the other way.

Storage.— After the Onions are topped they should be
gotten under cover as soon as possible. Let them dry
a day or two if the weather is favorable and then pick
them xip and store in the curing shed. If allowed to lie
too long on the ground the skin peels off too much. The
shed should have doors or ventilators at each end from
top to bottom, so that the air can pass through freely
and be free under the floor. If the iioor is tight, with
no circulation under it, lay some 2x4 scantling on the
floor and lay a loose board floor over them without nail-
ing; then take some pieces of 2x4 sawed just 1 ft.
long and nail them to the floor at even distances for
posts to carry stringers for the next floor. Use 2x4 for
the stringers; set them on edge, nail them to the posts
and all is ready for the Onions. This gives a space of
16 inches. Fill 12 inches (the length of the posts) and
leave the 4 inches for air space. Lay another floor an<l
proceed as before, being careful to get the upper posts
directly over the lower ones, or the stringers will break
after two or three floors are in.

In handling the Onions, bushel boxes are the most
convenient. Pick them up in common baskets, leaving
all small, defective, or odd-colored bulbs on the ground,
to be picked up separately and sorted as occasion may
require. Dump in the boxes, then drive along the side
of the bed with a platform wagon, and load. Have a
screen about 4 ft. long by 2 ft. wide made of narrow
strips K-1 in. wide and about 1 in. apart. Put legs on one
end about 14 or 1.5 in. long and on the other end long
enough to give it a sufficient incline to make the Onions
roll down freely. With
an old coffee sack make
a bag like a sheet hung
by the corners with
hooks, to hang under the
screen, in order to catch
the dirt and leaves.
Carry the boxes of
<")nions directly from the
wagon to the screen and
pour them over it. Tills
will take out all the dirt
and most of the loose
leaves, and make the
Onions come out of the
shed in much better
shape. They should lie
in the shed until they
are dry enough to peel off
another skin, and rattle
and crackle when the arm
is run in among them.
If all has gone well the crop should average 500
bushels to the acre on good land, or 600 bushels on very
rich land, and 700 or 800 bushels on a single acre selected
from the best part of a ten-acre field.

Marketing,— There is an old saying, "The time to sell

1536. Allium Schcenoprasi

ONION 1139

is when someone wants to buy." This is a very good
rule to apply, unless one is prepared for cold weather
or is reasonably sure of an advance in price. In a
general way it is best to ship in sacks of even size and
not too large, one and three-fourths to two and one-
fourth bushels. These points must be governed by the
market. In sacking to ship, always throw out all de-
fective bulbs and all of

another color. In size f\_

down to about 1}^ to IH

inches in diameter is a \v l\'l 'W/i'^

good scale to use in a -r^ \\>«- I ■ I , W/' ^ .

general way, but this n;;^\\\(

point must also be gov- ^\^''V'/MH'' l/i

erned by the market. /-• \^v ( T!iil,'B'J

Sell by sample as far as

possible.

Varieties. — There are
three varieties of Onions // /^V Vl{|V|ljlU5''' "Wv
which take the lead V f V,»SwSr . \«
clearly above all others '1 A ^

in the big markets of the 1/ ;([ VS
country, — the White
Globe, Yellow Globe, and
Red Globe. These come (/ ^ f)
under different names,
as Southport Yellow
Globe and Michigan Yel-
low Globe, but the object -^
in view among seed- 'T^^^^^W^-^.
growers is to get bulbs ■ V^m-^^ '■?'*>
as nearly globe-shaped 1537. Leek-AUium Poirum.
as possible. The skin

should be thick and two or three layers deep, to prevent
bruising. Irving C. Smith.

Onion Culture in the South. — Twenty years ago
Onion-growing from seed was not considered practicable,
and by many it was considered impossible south of the

Potomac. The intrinlucti f varieties from South

Europe and more careful attentien to details of the
work have made Onion-gmwiiig not only possible but
often exceedingly profitable.

The eastern South consumes large quantities of the
mild forms, such as the Bermudas. In the markets at
J.^cksonville, Fla., these are sold by the piece, frequently
retailing at 5 cents and 10 cents each. Nowhere in the
South are Onions grown exclusively on an extensive
scale, but they form a supplementary crop, or may be
grown extensively at times. The southern Onion-grower
must keep in close touch with the northern and foreign
Onion markets. As there are no extensive cold storage
plants, the crop must be sold soon after ripening. The
extensive Onion-grower of this sei'ticm must therefore
keep his land in proper tilth and wait for the year when
the price of Onions will warrant his planting.

Soil. — The soil should be alluvial, sandy, and of a
fine texture. A level tract, freed of all debris, and one
that can be plowed deeply, is desirable. In the coast
region such land may be obtained in great abundance.
It is frequently used for vegetable-growing, but large
areas are still uncleared or are used for farm crops. In
the hilly regions of the interior. Onion lands must be
sought mainly along rivers or old river beds.

/'('r/i/j'ser. — Undecomposed vegetable matter should
not be applied immediately preceding the crop. Even
cotton-.seed meal should be used three weeks or more
before the seed is sown and then carefully incorporated
with the soil where the rows are to be, or if the rows are
to be a foot or 14 inches apart the cotton-seed meal
may be sown broadcast and cultivated in.

When the land is deficient in the three ingredients
considered essential in fertilizers, the following formula
will supply the approximate proportion taken off by a
crop of Onions:

Nitrogen 5*

Phosphoric acid, available 6*

Potash Oil

From one to two tons of the above formula will not
be found excessive, but the amount that will give the
greatest profit will be different on each field.

The following table gives the amounts of different

1140

ONION

Phos. acid \

Potash .

substances which are required to give the desired
amounts of each of the three elements:

'1,600 to 3,200 lbs. cotton-seed meal,

i 1,400 to 2,800 lbs. guano.*
1,000 to 2,000 lbs. dried blood.
700 to 1,400 lbs. nitr.ite of soda.
500 to 1,000 lbs. sulph. ammonia.
f 1,200 to 2,400 lbs. aoid phos.
L 1,000 to 2,000 lbs. dissolved bone.
!,200 to 4,400 lbs. kainit.
700 to 1,400 lbs. low-grade sulfate of potash.
360 to 720 lbs. high-grade sulfate of potash.
360 to 720 lbs. muriate of potash.
• If guano is used, reduce the potash 33 per cent and the
phosphoric acid 50 per cent, since guano contains large per-
centages of these elements.

Seeding. — SeBd-sowiug in the field occurs in the
upper districts as early as the first of April or a little
earlier, in the central district about the last of Febru-
ary, while in the Gulf region it may occur late in fall or
any time during the winter, being gauged largely by the
time required for the variety to mature, and the market
to be met. It is a good rule to put on an abundance
of seed, about twice as much as recommended in gen-
eral, especially in the Gulf region. Many fields suffer
from deficient stand more than from any other cause,
and in some years it is the only cause for an unprofi-
table crop.

Sets. — Qood crops may be grown from sets, but the
labor involved and cost of the "seed" is usually so
great as to deter many from planting them. In using
sets they should be separated into three or four grades,
the Kirgest size maturing earliest and the smallest
last. In most cases the smallest sets grow such inferior
Onions that they would better be discarded. This takes
for granted that the sets were all grown at the same
time and from the same seed in one field.

Growing Se(s. — Nearly all the sets used in the South
are shipped in, while thi y may Ik- grown as well here
as anywhere. In the (iiilf nvLrion there is time enough
to grow a crop of sets after the northern crop has been
harvested and marketed. Thus in case of shortage in
northern-grown sets, it is entirely practicable to ship
the seed south, grow sets, and ship sets back in time
^or spring market.

The New Onion Cwitere.— Much has been written
and spoken about raising the plants in a seed-bed and
then transplanting to the field. While this may be prac-
ticed successfully, the greater quantity of Onions is
raised by the old-fashioned method, i.e., by seeding in
the drills where the plants
are to mature bulbs.

In certain localities it is
advantageous to plant out a
seed-bed before the general
lirlil will permit working,
and then transplant as soon
as all conditions are favor-
aide. In the upper districts
of the South, seed may be
sown in hotbeds as early as
the first of February, and
the plants may usually be
set out by the first of April.
In the central South, seed
may be sown in protected
coldframes as early as the
middle of December, or in
an open bed in February.
The earlier plants may be
transferred to the field by
the last of February, or as
soon as danger from frosts
is past. In the Gulf region
the seed may be sown dur-
ing the fall in an open bed.
and transplanting to the
field may occur when plants
are of proper size and favor-
able condition of weather prevails.

Harvesting is often attended with considerable diffi-
culty, and in some cases special drying houses have to
be constructed to secure the crop in flrst-class condi-

1538. Creole Oni(

ONOCLEA

tion. The crop is a perishable one, and must be pulled,
gathered and shipped in as short a time as possible,
when sufficieutly mature.

There seems to be no generally accepted plan for
marketing, the crop being placed in boxes, barrels or
bags for shipping.

Varieties. — The following varieties have given good
crops in the hands i>f exiurt gr(»\v<-rs and may be recom-
mended for the entire South : White Bermuda, Red
Bermuda, Prizetaker, Yelh'W Dauvers, Giant White
Italian, Giant Bocco, and Large Tripoli. Other varieties
than those named here have given as good or better re-
turns, but do not seem to have been so generally success-
ful. In additicui, are Creole (Fig. l.-.:iS) for Gulf region
and Red WetluTsli.ld tor c.-ntral and \\\,\»-r district.

X>ise((si'S.-Bhi.'k .M,.l.l [Miiernsp,,,-!,,,,, P.irri): This
disease spreads rapiilly over the field, especially late in
the season. Some good may be done by spraying with
Bordeaux mixture, but its application is limited almost
to the diseased portion.

Smut {Urocxjstis Cepuhi'}: The naiiir of this fungus,
smut, describes it fairly well. About ;ill itiMi riui In- done
is to subject the field to rotation, anil Iovmv\ si ..I from
smut-freedistricts. Some years nearlyall souUnrn ^rown
Onions brought to market will be more or less infected.

Rotting is especially severe in wet seasons when the
crop cannot be properly handled, and is caused by a
number of fungi. Best preventive is to store in a dry
place, and consume as soon as practicable,

/HSCC/.S. — Onion fly, or Onion maggot, is one of the
most severe pests when it enters the field. There
seems to be but little encouragement in combating the
pest. It often leaves the field as mysteriously as it
appeared. This disappearance has been coincident with
the application of some supposed remedy, and has con-
sequently led to the recommending of unreliable reme-
dies. A thorough application of ground tobacco stems
down the row seems to act as an insecticide and a repel-
lent, besides being of value as a fertilizer.

Thrips : These insects attack the leaves at times, and
become so numerous as to cause the tips to turn brown
and finally destroy the whole leaf. Besides the insect
injury they open the way for such fungi as Macrospo-
rium. This insect may be treated successfully with
kerosene emulsion, tobacco decoction, resin wash and
possibly with kerosene-water mixture, p. jj. Rolfs.

ONION, SEA. Crginea maritima; also applied to
Ornilliugttlnm cuuthl'tum.

ON6BBY0HIS(Greek, asses7oo(7). Legwminbscr. This
genus includes the forage plant called Sainfoin or Holy
Clover. It is a perennial herb, which grows a foot or
two high, and has numerous small, oblong Ifts. forming
an odd-pinnate leaf, ami spiki-s of light pink fls., borne
in summer on long, axillary piilum-lrs. Its stipules are
thin, brown and poiiitrd. The jiuil is semicircular,
flatfish, wrinkled, and bordered with short prickles or
teeth. Sainfoin requires a limestone soil, and in the
U. S. is grown chiefly in the southern states. In
some sections it is considered indispensable, as it in-
creases the flow of milk. The seeds are thought to be
more nutritious than oats, and are eaten by fowls. A
hundred pounds of seed is sown to the acre.

viciaefdlia, Scop. (O. satlva, Lara, ffecl/jsanim OnSb-
rychis, Neck.). Sainfoin or Saintfoin. Holy Clo-
ver. Described above. En., Asia. For a picture and
further information, see Bull. 2, Div. Agrost. U. S.
Dept. of Agric, by Jared G. Smith.

0N0CL£A (Greek closed vessel; alluding to the
closely rolled sporophylls ) . Polypodideea', A small
genus of coarse ferns of north temperate regions, with
creeping rootstocks, anastomosing veins and two sorts
of leaves, the segments of the sporophylls being closely
rolled about the sporangia into bead-iike bodies. For
O. Striifhiopteris, see Matteueeia.

sensibilis, Linn. Sens:tive-febn. Fig. 1539. Our
native species, with broad triangular Ivs., growing in
low, wet places. l, ji. Underwood.

Onocleas are tenacious of life, and will grow under
almost any conditions, especially O. sensibilis, but

ONOCLEA

ONOSMODIUM

1141

they prefer a moist, rather heavy loam, in a cool but
not necessarily shaded position. O. Stndliiopteris (a
M(ttteurcia) in the sunny border is likely to burn
during severe drought. It is a suitable deciduous fern
for the greenhouse, and may easily be had in foliage
before their natural season. p, yf Barclay.

1539. Sansitive-fern— Onocle

Fruiting frond at A. _

ONONIS (old Greek name of dubious meaning).
Leiiiimhiiiscr, Rest-Harrow. About 60 species of half-
shrubby or rarely shrubby herbs, natives of the Medi-
terranean countries, annual, biennial or perennial. Lvs.
usually pinnatelytrifoliolate, the stipules attached to the
petiole: fls. yellow, purple, pink or rarely white, soli-
tary, 2-3 in the axils or in peduncled racemes; calyx
bell-shaped, 5-parted, deeply cut, narrow ; standard
large, striped; stamens united in a tribe, the members
sometimes partly free; pedicel awn-like: pod usually
swollen, few-seeded, without foot-stalk.

A. Fls. in groups of 2-S, rose-eolored.

TOtundifdlia, Linn. Round-leaved Rest-Harrow. A
neat, attractive, shrubby, hardy plant Wi ft. high. Lvs.
trifoliolate; Ifts. subrotund to ovate, serrate: peduncles
axillary: racemes 2-3 fls. : fls. pea-like, bright rose, not
bracted ; standard striped with lines of a deeper shade.
Of easy cultivation in border and rockery, not liking
too much shade. Prop, by division or seed. Summer.
B.M. 335.

AA. Fls. solitary, yellow.

Nitrix, Linn. Goat Root. Yellow-flowered Rest-
Hakrow. Low, much-branched perennial: stem 1-1 >2
ft. high: lvs. trifoliolate; Ifts. elliptical or oblong, ser-
rated near the apex or sometimes entire; stipules large:
fls. axillary, the standard finely striped with red. Mid-
summer to fall. B.M. 329. ji. B. CouLSTON.

0N0P6ED0N ( ancient Greek name). Compdsitoe.
The Scotrh 'I'lii-^tlf, <>. AcrHthitini, is a vigorous bien-
nial phuit, ^.-riiwiiig 5-7 ft. hlKli, with cottony white,
spiny foliage, and heads of pale purple fls. lK-2 in.
across, borne singly on the branches. It is not adver-
tised for sale in America, but is sometimes cultivated
for "auld lang syne," and occasionally it is used with
striking eft'ect by some lover of hardy plants. It is
then placed against a background of dark shrubbery,
which sets off the silvery foliage and bold habit of the
Scotch Thistle. The plant is rarely found growing wild
in the Atlantic States, having come from Europe. The
Scotch Thistle will probably never be a weed of the
first importance in America, as is the Canada Thistle.
Nevertheless, care should be taken not to let it go to
seed. A white-fld. Scotch Thistle was advertised in
Germany in 1894 as a horticultural novelty.

Onopordon is a genus of about 12 species of coarse,
woolly. Old World herbs, with stout stems winged by

the decurrent bases of the lvs., which are large, alter-
nate, prickly, dentate or pinuately cut: involucre glo-
bose, the bracts imbricated in many series, and in some
cases spiny: receptacle flat, fleshy, honeycombed, not
bristly: pappus not plumose, but with bristles in sev-
eral series.

Acinthium, Linn. Scotch Thistle. Much-branched,
3-9 ft. high: lvs. oblong, lobed and dentate, acute, the
lower often 1 ft. long. July-Sept. B.B. 3:491. Gn. 46,
p. 9. R.B. 20, p. 200. Var. «ba, Hort. Gt. 45, p. 107.-
The Scotch Thistle is often called the Cotton Thistle;
sometimes also Argentine, Asses', Down, Oat, Queen
Mary's or Silver Thistle. ^r jj_

0N6SMA (onos, an ass, and osme, smell ; the odor
reputed to be liked by that animal). Borragindcew.
About 70 species of bristly hardy herbs or undershrubs,
with long, narrow, alternate lvs. and one-sided, simple
or cymose, bracted racemes: the fls. yellow or purple,
tube-like, or inflated on one side, sessile, or with short
pedicel; calyx 5-parted or cut; corolla-throat dilated or
contracted; lobes 5, very short; stamens 5.
'stelluUtum, Waldst. & Kit. Golden - Drop. Cult,
only in var. Tailricum ((>. Tiiiirii-niii, Pall.). Stems
branching from tjnmiid : lvs. limar-lanceolate, with
revolute edges; scape liranching, leaning, 6-9 in. high;
raceme terminal, pendulous : fls. yellow, tubular, ex-
panding above, 8-12 in a raceme, 1 K in. long. July, Aug.
Perennial. Succeeds well on high ground or on sunny
rockery, with light, open, deep soil. Prop, by cuttings
generally, or by seed. B.M. 889. G.C. II. 16:21. J.H.
III. 35:11. Gn. 50, p. 251.

J. B. Keller and M. B. Coulston.

ONOSMODIUM (like Onosma, a European genus of
this family). Borrngin&cea. False Gromwell. Five
or 6 species of North American and Mexican branching
herbs, generally perennial, bristly, 1-4 ft. high. Lvs.
oblong, sessile, ribbed-veined : fls. white, greenish or
yellowish, in long, erect, leafy, raceme-like clusters ;
corolla tubular or oblong-funnel-shaped, with throat
naked, the lobes erect, acute; the sinuses more or less
inflexed; style filiform or capillary, very long; stigma

1540. Onychium Japor

(X H.)

Showing fertile and sterile fronds. ^^
(See Onychium, p. 1142.)

exserted before the corolla opens: nutlets ovoid or globu-
lar, bony, smooth and polished, white. Closely related
to Lithospermum.
Caroliniinum, Torr. Stout, branched, 1-3 ft. : lvs.

ovate-hin jlati' or oblong-ovate, sessile, 5-9-ribbed, 2—4

in. long: lis, yiHowish white. June. Can. and western
N. Y., west and southward. — Offered by western dealers
in hardy plants. Prop, by seeds. jj. B. Coulston.

1142

OPHRYS

ONTAEIO. See Canacla.

ONtCHIUM (Greek, oiiyr, a claw; referring to the
shape of the lobes of the Ivs.). PoljipodiAcetv. A genus
of small, mainly Asiatic ferns, with the sori arranged
on a continuous linear receptacle, as in Pteris, but with
narrow segments in which the indusia extend nearly to
the midrib. For culture, see Fern. The orchids i»cca-
sionally advertised as Onychiums are Dendrobiums.

aur&tum, Kaulf. Lvs. ovate, a foot or more long by
half as wide, quadripinnatitid, with membranous indusia
and abundant sporangia of a golden color; divisions of
the sporophylls poddike. India and adjacent islands.

Japdnicum, Kunze. Fig. 1540. Lvs. ovate, a foot or
more long by half as wide, quadripinnatitid, with pale
indusia and brown sori ; divisions of the sporophylls
linear-mucronate, similar to those of the
sterile leaf. India, China, and Japan.

L. M. Undekwood.
OPHfiLIA. See Swertia.

0PHI0GL6SSUM (Greek, serpenfii
tongue}. Opliing/ossdeew. A genus of
small, ferndike plants of wide distribution,
with a more or less elongated terminal
spike formed of two rows of coalescent
sjiorangia, and bearing a single leaf at or
below the middle of the stem. Rather diflft-
cultof cultivation, and mainly of interest as
curiosities.

vulgitum, Linn. Adder's Tongue Fern.
Fig. 1541. Six-12 in. high, with a spike ^4-1
in. long, bearing a single ovate leaf near
the middle of the stem. In low places,
Europe and North America. — May be cult.
in moist peat in a partially shaded spot.
Occasionally found in large numbers in
peaty meadows.
L. M. Underwood and F. W. Barclay.

OPHIOPdGON (Greek, snalce's beard; a
translation of the Japanese name). Hiema-
dorHeeff. Of this genus we cultivate 2 spe-
cies of hardy, low-growing herbaceous per-
ennials from Japan, with linear foliage,
1541. which is often striped or spotted with white
Ophioelos- or yellow, and racemes of small, 6-parted,
sum vul- pendulous fls., varying from white through
Ad'd"' ' "^ ^^ ^'olp'"P>"'Pl6' The species raen-

Toneue. ^ tioned below are not very exciting. They
are procurable from a few dealers in hardy
perennials, from specialists in Japanese plants and
from Dutch bulb-growers. J. B. Keller writes that the
most popular form is O. Jabnran, var. aureus varie-
{I'ftn.'^, which is chiefly used as a greenhouse foliage
plant. The fls. of O. Jabnran are followed by large,
showy, shining dark blue berries. It is easy to manage
in the window, and is almost hardy. O. spicatus is prop-
erly Liriope spicata.

The genus is an oriental one of about 7 species of
herbs. The plants have a short, thick rhizome, and the
fibrous roots sometimes act like runners, and sometimes
are thickened into tubers : lvs. linear or oblong-lanceo-
late and narrowed into a petiole: bracts small, scari-
ous: perianth-tube none; stamens C, fixed at the base of
the segments; filaments erect, distinct, shorter than the
linear anthers: cells of ovary 2-ovuled: seeds in the
form of a globose berry.

A. Lower fls. in groups of 2-S.
Jap6nicus, Ker. Perennial, stemless, glabrous herb,
w-ith a stoloniferous rhizome: fibrous roots long, slen-
der, often nodulose: root-lvs. numerous, erect, narrowly
linear, H-1 ft., 1-1 J^ lines wide, 5-7-nerved: scape 2-4
in. long: raceme lax, few-fid., 2-3 in. long: Hs. droop-
ing, violet-purple to lilac or more or less whitish. ,Ta]i.,
Corea, northern China. B.M. 10G3. — Var. variegMus,
Hort., has variegated foliage,

AA. Loiver fls. in groups of 6-9.

Jabdran, Lodd. Habit of the above, but more robust:

lvs. l>4-3 ft. long, 4-6 lines wide, many-nerved : scape

J^-2 ft. long: raceme 3-6 in. long: fls. white to lilac.
Japan. L.B.C. 19:1876 (a fine pure white). — Var. coeril-
leus, Hort., has "blue" fls. Var. aureus variegatus has
foliage striped golden yellow. Var. arg6nteus variega-
tus has foliage spotted white. Var. arg^nteus vittatus
has foliage striped with white. ^- jj

Ophiopogons are said to be hardy, but they are not
reliably so. O. Japonicus lived for three winters in an
exposed position on our rock garden, so that we felt in-
clined to believe it would continue so. One severe win-
ter every plant died. O. Jabnran will occasionally live,
but its foliage gets badly spoiled, so that we now lift it
and store in coldframes. The variegated form, espe-
cially the one with blue flowers, is very ornamental. It
may be used effectively in a variety of ways. It com-
bines nicely with dwarf foliage plants in the make-up
of mixed vases for parlor decoratiun. It lias a perma-
nent value, as after its new growth is made in spring-
time its variegation does not cliaiige nor its growth in-
crease. Its leaves are leathery and durable, and thus it is
effective the whole season. Spikes of blue flowers sent
up in August add much to its beauty, combining most
effectively with the yellow and green variegation. It is
increased by divisions of the rhizomatous roots. Any
.soil and situation will suit it. We have had it do well
in peaty soil and also in ordinary loam and shady cor-
ners, where scarcely anything else will grow. But, of
course, the plants have been put out after their season's
growth has been made in coldframes in spring.

T. D. Hatfield.

OPHRYS (Greek, fj/efcrow). OrehidAeew. A genus of
terrestrial orchids mostly in the north temperate zone
in Euriipo, Asia and N. Africa, the greater number be-
ing found in the Mediterranean region. They have the
habit of Goodyera, bearing a basal rosette of lvs. with an
erect flower stem terminating in a raceme or spike of
fls. Sepals similar, spreading: petals smaller, often
pubescent: labellum generally convex with incurved
margins, not spurred, entire or3-lobed: column short.
Culture as for Habenaria.

The following are advertised by Dutch bulb dealers :

A. Margin of the labeUum brown or purple -brown.

B. Labellum scarcely longer than the sepal.

c. Sepals green.

aranilera, Huds. Spider Orchis. Resembles O. apif-
era. Sepals green; petals very short; labellum dull
brown, marked with paler spots, obscurely lobed. Spring
and early summer. Europe. B.M. 5712. B.R. 14:1197.

fusca, Link. Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, those on the
stem narrower: sepals green, ovate-oblong, the upper
one smaller, oblong; petals half as long, lanceolate-ob-
tuse; labellum oblong, dark purple and hairy on the mar-
gin, disk light blue, polished. Mediterranean region.
B.R. 13:1071.

CO. Sepals rose-colored or white.

arachnites. Lam. Stem erect, leafy: lvs. ovate-lan-
I'eolate: tls. distant; sepals ovate concave, rose-colored,
tinged with green; petals conical, fleshy, smaller than the
sepals and colored like them; labellum round, with
the sides reflexed, black-purple, with yellow marks and
green appendages. Cent. Europe. B.M. 2516.

apifera, Huds. ( O. arachnites, Reichard ) . Bee Orchis.
Stem 9-18 in. high, with few oblong or lanceolate lvs.:
fls. 3-6, rather large; sepals ovate, pale pink or
white; petals smaller, erect; labellum broad, convex,
lobes all turned, velvety brown, marked with paler lines
or spots. Fls. early summer. Dry pastures, Cent, and
S. Europe.

BB. Labellum longer than the sepals.

Speculum, Link. Looking-Glass Orchis. Stem 4-12
in. high, 3-6-fld.: lvs. linear-oblong: fls. }^-l in. across;
sepals linear-oblong, green, with purple bands; petals
very small, triangular-lanceolate, dark purple-brown;
hdiellum quadrate, oblong, very convex; disk shining
blue, with a yellow edge; margin pilose and fimbriate,
maroon - purple. Mediterranean region. B.M. 5841.
B.R. 5:370.

muscifera, Huds. (O. myddes, Jacq.). Fly Orchis.
Stem very slender, 3-4-fld. : sepals oblong or narrowly

OPHRYS

ovate, greenish ; petals narrowly linear; labelluni long,
oblong, purplish brown, with pale white or blue marks
in the center; central lobe notched. Spring and early
summer. Cent, and E. Europe. R.B. 21:241.

AA. Miirtjin of the labeUitm yellow or greenish yellow,
tenthredinifera, Willd. Sawfly Orchis. Stem 0 in.
hifrh: Ivs. elliptic-. lauceoluti': spike 3-8-fld. : fls. nearly
1 in. acrcfss ; s»-]kiIs olilon^. oljtuse, concave, varying
from riisi- to wliite; petals very small; labelluni broadly
obcordate, greenish yellow, pubescent, with a large
chestnut -colored spot on the disk. Mediterranean
region. B.R. 3:205; 13.1093. B.M. 1930, F. 1872, p. 128.
liitea, Cav. Stem 4-7 in. tall, many-fld.: Ivs. linear-
oblong: Hs. % in. across ; sepals oblong, obtuse, in-
curved, green ; petals much smaller, linear-oblong;
labelluni quadrate, golden yellow, with a purple disk.
Mediterranean region. B.M. 5941.

Aceras anthropdphora, Br Advertised as Ophrys anthro-
pophora, Linn. Man Okchis. Stem about 9 in, high, the
spike being 2-4 in, long: Ivs. ovate to oblong or lanceolate: fls.
dull yeliowisli green : sepals and petals converging over the
column; labelluni ranch longer than the sepals: side lobes long,
narrow, and the middle lobe split into two narrow lobes. Early
summer. Pastures. S, Europe. Ophrys differs from Aceras in
having a very convex labellum. Both genera are distinguished
from Orchis by the absence of a spur,

Heinrich Hasselbring.

OPLlSMENUS (Greek, nwned ; referring to the awns).
Gmmiiieie. A genus allied to Panicum, containing 4
species of the warmer regions, one of which is cult, in
conservatories for ornament. Spikelet 1-fld.; first and
second glume, and often the third, awned.

OrUNTlA

1143

1542. OpUsmenus Burmannii,

Biirmannii, Pal. {Pavlvum variegatum of florists).
Fig. 1542. A halt-creeping perennial, with small, simple
panicles, the common form with neatly white and pink
striped leaves. Trop. Asia. -Popular for edges of beds
and for hanging baskets. Propagated by divisions of
the rooting stems. Gn. 47, p. 68. A. S. Hitchcock.

OPIUM is the product of Papaver somniferum, the
common annual summer-blooming poppy of our gar-
dens with smooth, glaucous leaves.

OPOPANAX. See Aeaeia.

OPUNTIA (old Latin name used by Pliny, later used
for the Indian Fig, thought by some to be derived from
Opus, a town in Greece: by some authors the name
is said to have been derived from a small port. Opus,
in South America, from whence plants of the Indian
Fig were early exported to the Old World). CnctAcecr.

Opuntia is a genus of great variation in habit and ap-
pearance, and, from the frequency of natural hybrids
and ill-defined specific lines, one of the most diflicult
genera of flowering plants to satisfactorily present in
systematic order. Opuntias vary from small, prostrate
plants a few inches above the ground to trees with
spreading tops 20 or more feet high. The stems are flat,
clavate or cylindrical, and bear more or less elevated
areolffi, from each of wliich appears a small caducous
pointed leaf, rarely spreading and foliar. An oval or
circular area, more or less covered with soft wool, inter-
mixed with barbed bristles and usually a variable num-
ber of spines, occurs in the axil of each leaf. The
flowers are borne singly toward the upper portion of
the joints or stems, on the bristle-bearing part of the
areola, and have spreading, showy corollas. The usually
many-ovuled inferior ovaries are not of foliar develop-
ment, anil sometimes differ but slightly in appearance
from normal stems. They are usually bristle- and spine-
bearing. Fr. dry or succulent, frequently edible; seed,s
large, flattened, discoid and often margined. Some of
the forms of Opuntias are seen in the illustrations
(Figs. 1543-1549).

Some of the largest Cacti are Opuntias, while nearly
all that are of economic value belong to this genus. The
genus numbers about 130 species and many varieties
and hybrids. It extends from British America south-
ward through the United States, Mexico, West Indies and
CentralAmericatothe southern portion of South America.
The species are confined mostly to arid and semi-arid
regions; however, some are found in ri';;iiins of heavy
rainfall. They are found in greatest qu:Liit it y iiml variety
of species in southwestern United St;ites :uid northern
Mexico, where they are often trees :iiid form the most
conspicuous part of the flora. A few species are ex-
tensively cultivated in warm regions for their large,
edible fruits, while others are grown as hedges. Where
introduced, many species have escaped from cultiva-
tion and become dangerous and troublesome weeds.
Although the Opuntias are less attractive as pot-plants
and, on account of their b.arbed spines and bristles,
more difficult to handle than most other Cacti, they are
coming into favor on account of their unique appear
ance, rapidity of growth and attractive fls. They grow
best with an abundance of heat and sunlight, the char-
acter of the soil being a secondary consideration. Like
all other Cacti, they require perfect drainage. They are
readily grown from cuttings, and also from seed under
proper management.

Eeonomic I^nJifp.— Economically considered, the
Opuntias are by far the most important of the Cacti.
Although originally confined to the New World, the
more important species are now in cultivation or have
escaped from cultivation and become wild in every arid
and semi-arid region of the globe where the tempera-
ture permits their being grown. Wherever grown, their
tendency is to escape from cultivation and become per-
sistent and troublesome weeds. In this re,spect they
are inucli more to be dreaded in foreign countries than
in America, the place of their nativity.

Oriiiniiiiiliil r(/?H(>. — As ornamental plants, Opuntias
are unique ratlier than pleasing. From their stiff, for-
mal aspect they do not harmonize, as a rule, with other
plants, and on account of their spines and bristles they
are diiBcult to handle and are considered by most gar-
deners as a nuisance in decorative planting. It is as
hedges and as groups of mixed species that they are
most effective.

Most species grow rapidly and bloom profusely. The
fls., as a rule, are large and showy and of various colors,
although yellow predominates. They soon wither after
blooming and remain at their best only for a few days.
The spines and bristles which usually cover the base of
the fls. render them of no value as cut-flowers. With
many species, such as O. leptocanlis. O. telracantha,
and some forms of O. Tuna, the bright-colored fruits,
which remain on the plants for a long time after ripen-
ing, render them more attractive in fruit than in flower.
Crested or f,asciate forms (Fig. 1543) are common.

27ip i?")-;) (7 0/^ /7i('0/)((»//V(,s-. -Although extensivelv culti-
vated for their fniit in many countries, where they fur-
nish an important article of diet for 4-5 months each
year, they do not as yet take a pomological rank with the

1144

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

horticulturist, thougli they are much more widely used
and of far more economic importance than many plants
which have an established place in pomological litera-
ture. From the fact that Opuntias flourish best in
regions where experimental horticulture receives little
or no attention, the development of desirable economic
varieties has not been what might be expected of plants
which respond so readily to cultivation and selection,
and which may be hybridized with so little difficulty.

Botanically considered, the fruit is a kind of berry,
varying from dry to fleshv and succulent. Morpho-

1543. Opuntia ranio:»issima.

To illustrate f:isei.ition, which is of frequent occurrence

in nearly all species of Cacti.

logically, it is a modified stem with thetrue seed capsule
sunken into its apex; hence it bears leaves and spines,
and usually under suitable conditions and frequently in
the natural state, when it becomes detached, will bud
and grow like a normal stem-cutting.

if is(o)(/. — Opuntias were cult, by the aborigines of
America at the time of its discovery, and were early
taken by the Spanish explorers to Spain and Spanish
colonies in other parts of the world. After becoming
established in the Canaries, Azores, ami ^Madeira islands.
it was not Imig hefnr.- their i-iilture ixtoi.lfd to Portu-
gal, Spain anil tln' wIh.Ic litti.r:il region ..f the Mediter-
ranean. From there they sprea<l to Egypt, India, and
other parts of southern Asia. In comparatively later
times they reached South Africa, Australia, and New
South Wales, where they are fast becoming a serious
menace to agriculture and grazing. In all the regions
above noted they have escaped from cultivation and
have become pestiferous weeds.

Varieties in Ciiltimtiofi. — The want of fixed charac-
ters, the great variations in most species under different
soil and climatic conditions, and the readiness with
which natural hybrids occur, make the identification of
cultivated and introduced species so difficult that the
considerable literature on this subject is extremely un-
certain as to nomenclature. The common names Indian
Pig, Barberry Fig, Prickly Pear, and Tuna, are applied
indiscriminately by most people to any flat-jointed Opun-
tias, but more particularly to the kind's with edible
fruits.

The two most wi.U-ly ilistriliuted and extensively cul-
tivated are O. i-'/c/rs /■,,li,;, and O. Tuna. These plants
have often been (■..ntii^. .1 l.y authors. Much that has

been written undertlie nan f one species really applies

to the other. They are closely linki.l together by hybrids,
and each has been in cultivation for so long a period
that numerous cultural varii'ties have developed, par-
ticularly in Mexico and Sicily. It is possible that the
many cultivated forms of both species originated from
the same source.

Although the Mexicans and Indians eat the fruit of

more than a score of indigenous species, the two named
above, with their many cultivated forms, are by far the
most desirable and palatable. O. Ficus-Indica is prefer-
able in most respects to O. Tuva on account of its fewer
and sjualler spines and usually larger fruit. The latter,
however, makes a more formidable hedge, and is more
frequently planted in the United States. Hedges of
this plant are to be seen at many of the old Spanish
missions in Arizona and California, where they were
probably first introduced into the United States. O.
Fieus-Indica is frequently grown by the Mexican popu-
lation of New Mexico, Arizona and California. In south-
ern Florida it has escaped from cultivation and become
naturalized. The fruits are usually larger and fewer-
seeded than in O. Tuna, and are commonly yellow. They
frequently meastire 3 or 4 in. in length and 2-3 in. in
width. Forms of this species about the old missions of
southern California vary considerably. One form,
known as Tuna Colorado, has an insipid, light crimson-
colored fruit, while another, Tima manse, has a yellow-
ish fruit, irregularly mottled with crimson.

The Fruit E<-'iuniiiicitllii Considered. — These two
Opuntias. and possibly a ft-w other closely allied ones,
are extensively grown in Mexico. The fruit begins to
ripen in June and July, while the later varieties last
until December. The fruit is consumed by all classes
and conditions of people. The fine bristles which invest
the fruit are usually removed before picking by rubbing
them with straw, grass or leaves. The fruit is later
picked by the hand, or, in some instances, with wooden
tongs. In large pl.int.ations, when the fruit is raised tor
commercial purposes, it is usually harvested with a
heavy knife, the workman first cutting off the joint
bearing the fruit, and later detaching the separate fruits.

In prepiiring the fruit for the table, a thin slice is cut
from each end and a slit made through the paring, join-
ing the cut surfaces. The thin paring is easily sepa-
rated from the mealy but juicy pulp, and quickly re-
moved with the fingers.

To-day the finest Opuntia fruits are grown in Sicily,
where they are one of the most important crops that the
island produces. From July to November the peasants
live almost entirely on this fruit, and considerable
qtiantities are yearly exported to other countries, some
of which finds its way to New York and other American
cities. It is grown extensively by the Arabs throughout
northern Africa, and forms an important part of their
food for a portion of each year.

IVtitritii'e I'alve of the Fruit. — The nutritive value of
this fruit ranks high, as shown by the following analy-
sis by Wolff:

Per cent

Dry s\ibst.ance 21.00

Ligneous matter 3.70

Proteid substances .'»!)

Fatty bodies 1 su

Sugar II.

Yield per ^cr^. — It has been ascertained that some
of the best varieties are capal)le of producing on lean,
sandy or rocky soil, ill-suited for growing ordinary
crops, as raiich as 18,000 lbs. of fruit per acre. When
we consider that this is equal to 2,500 lbs. of sugar, as
well as other valuable food constituents, it may be
readily seen that the food value from the standpoint of
nutrition is considerable.

Method of CH^/Hre. — Plantations are tisually made on
dry slopes of hills, as the plants do not thrive where
there is much moisture or on heavy clay soils. Joints,
cut or broken from the plants, are used instead of seeds,
and are planted at distances of G to 8 ft. in furrows from
6 to li) ft. apart. No tillage is practiced, as they grow
rapidly, and in a few years sh.ade and smother out
all other growth. Before planting, the cuttings are
exposed in half sunlight from seven to fifteen days,
that they may partially wither, in order to facilitate
rooting.

An important advantage in the culture of these plants
is the regularity of the yearl}- crop. They begin to bear
in about three years after planting, and continue in
bearing for many years.

Of the Opuntias indigenous to the United States, none
as yet have been grown for fruit, or with an effort to
improve them. O. Enqelmannii has a large but poorly-

OPUNTIA

flavored fruit, rarely eaten even by the Indians. O. Iwvis
has one of the largest and most palatable fruits of any
of the species found growing wild within the United
States. This plant also has the advantage of having
but few spines. O. Camanchica, O. Mafinesquii, O.
thlorotica , O. plufacantha and O. macrocentra have
medium-sized fruits, insipid and unpalatable to the cul-
tivated taste, but eaten by Indians and Mexicans.

Wherever grown extensively, the Opuntia fruits are
used for making a weak alcoholic drink. The Juices of
the highly colored sorts are sometimes used to color
■confectionery.

Optintias as Forage. — Many of the Opuntias have
considerable forage value, particularly during periods
of long drought when other forage crops are short.
The range cattle of the southwestern United States feed
on eithfr tin- brancbr-s or frnif'i. or both, of nearly all
the iii.li-. iH.us >|i..,i, s. III,. Hat St. -ins of O. Engelmannii
and tin- |,. mini. Ills fiuit iliist,] s .,(fj. fulgida being most
largely .•.nisnini ,|. Wliiii ,'attlc feed largely upon spiny
Opuntias the spines and bristles often collect in their
stomachs, forming large phyto-bezoars. During years
of scarcity of other forage, thousands of cattle die in
Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, where the cause as-
signed is starvation, when in reality the direct cause of
death has been the perforation of the alimentary canal
by the numerous spines of Opuntias.

In northern Africa the tlat joints of the forms with
few spines are used as forage for cattle during the dry
season, after being allowed to ferment slightly. In
Tunis, plantations are sustained by dairymen for the
purpose of feeding their cows upon the fleshy stems.

O. Tuna has run wild to a remarkable extent in south-
ern Africa. It has spread rapidly during the past cen-
tury, and in many places has crowded out the grasses
and become a nuisance. Two forms of the plant are
recognized by the Dutch farmers; viz., a thorny variety
growing on the open country and on stony hillsides
known as Doornblad, and a fewer-spiiifil hirtrir variety
with thicker stems known as Kaalblad. It is probable
that these two varieties originated from the same intro-
duction, for, according to Mr. Macdonald, the seed from
the Doornblad or Kaalblad variety may give rise to
plants resembling either or both of them. It is exten-
sively used as feed for cattle, ostriches and pigs, either
alone or when mixed with other forage. Here, however,
much harm has come from range cattle eating it in
times of little or no other forage, and ostriches become
blind from the spines and bristles getting into their
eyes in eating the fruits.

In New South Wales and Australia, where several
species have escaped from cultivation and spread over
large areas of arable land and driven out more valuable
forage plants, the land has depreciated 50 per cent in
value. Here, however, some of the worthless species,
such as O. vulgaris and O. monaraniha, are more
widely spread than the more valuable varieties of O,
Ficus-Indiea and O. Tuna.

Possible Improvement of Present ^'arieties. — From
what has been said it may be seen, first, that varieties
of O. Ficus-Indiea and O. Tuna produce large crops of
edible and nutritious fruits; second, that plants with
few or no spines are the general rule in O. Fiens-Indica
and of not infrequent occurrence in O. Tuna ; third,
that Opuntias are strong, vigorous plants that will grow
in situations in which few other plants will thrive ; fourth,
that spineless forms make valuable forage.

With these and more qualities to recommend them, it
yet remains for horticultural enterprise to develop a
spineless and bristleless variety that will not only be of
value for forage but will produce large crops of fruits
as attractive to the educated palate as to the savage.
Prom the experience gained in establishing a garden of
nearly 70 species and varieties of Opuntias, comprising
about 300 plants, and watching their growth and be-
havior for several years, the writer believes that they
offer great possibilities in the way of improvement in
the hands of a careful plant-breeder. j \y TouMEY.

Hardy Opuntias satisfy a rather general desire for
something unique or grotesque, while at the same time
they possess enough ornamental value to recommend
them to everyone, and especially to those lovers of cac-
taceous and succulent plants whose space indoors is

OPUNTIA

1145

limited. Being natives of tlie western plains and fout-
hills of the mountains, tliey can scarcely suffer from
long-continued drought, and the sunny side of the
rockery will suit them exactly, as it will allow all sur-
plus moisture to drain off, and no artificial watering
will be necessary. Mr. William Falconer, who has used
large quantities at Scheuley Park, Pittsburgh, Pa
writes as follows: "In certain localities, as on bleak,
exposed banks and about rocky knolls, Opuntias and
Yucca angustifolla can be used unsparingly with per
feet success." He also says, "AUhave been planted out
of-doors, remaining unprotected summer and winter,
and all have been perfectly hardy." They have sue
ceeded also at Kew Gardens, in the very humid climate
of England, without protection. Their requirements
seem to be as follows: a porous, well-drained soil, a
sunny exposure, and a season long enough in which to
ripen the fruit and annual growth; these conditions
being complied with, they will endure almost any degree
of cold to be experienced even in the most northern
portions of the U. S. Their altitude-limit in Colorado
indicates that they will succeed as far north as Indian
corn can be matured. The following kinds have been
used successfully, as above indicated: O. arenaria,
with small, round to oblong, very spiny joints, the
spines varying much in color from gray and straw color
to purplish brown. O. arborescens, the Tree or Cande-
labrum Cactus, the tallest of this list, is of cylindrical
branching growth, with bright purple flowers and yellow
fruit. O. Camanchica has very large, orbicular joints,
the upper half thickly beset with spines, fruit purple.
O. fragUis resembles O. arevaria, but is smaller. O.
mesacanfha includes a multitude of forms, all of which
are very hardy. O. phe^acaniha, var. major, is one of
the most striking sorts, with immense, glaucous joints,
dark purple spines, yellow flowers, and purple fruit.
O.polycantha is one of the most variable, as well as one
of the most showy. The spines vary from ivory white
to purple and brown, and from short and stout to long
and slender. Nearly all the Opuntias have very showy
flowers, usually in various shades of yellow and orange.
D. M. Andrews.
In the following synopsis it has not been possible in
all instances to group the species so as to .show re-
lationships. A purely artificial key has not been at-
tempted, as the species at best are separated by a great
variety of characters. It will be seen that the list runs
to 01 species, or practically half of all the known kinds.
It will be noted, also, that a large part of the species in
the trade are*from Mexico and other southern regions.
The Cochineal plant, often referred to Opuntia, must be
sought under Nopalea. For the relationship of Opuntias
to other cactaceous plants, and for additional hints on
culture, see the article Cactus in Vol. I.

acanthoearpa, 46.
albispina, 1-t, 29.
arborescens, 54.
arbuscula, 59.

aurantiacii, 4.
basilaris, 7.
Bernardina. 48.
Bigelowii. 52.
braehyarthra, 32.
Brasiliensis, 1.
Camanchica, 20.
candelabriformis,

11.
chlorotiea, 16.
clavarioides, 35.
clavata, 40.
coccinellifera, 61.
crassa, 12.
erinifera, 5.
eylindrica, 33.
cymochila, 24.

INDEX.

fragilis, 32.
frutescens, 60.
fulgida, 51,
fulvispina, 9.
Galapageia, 2.
glauca, 12.
Grahamii, 41.
gigantea, 20.
Greenii, 24.
Grizzly-bear, 27.
horrida, 15.
hystricina, 28.
imbricata, 53.
invicta, 44.
leptocaulis, 60.
leucotrieha, 9.
macroeentru, 21.
macrorhiza, 24.
mamillata, 51.
mesacantha, 24.

diademata. 38.
eehinoearpa, 47.
Emoryi, 43.
Engeln

microsperma, 29.
Missouriensis, 29.
monacantha, 3.
nigricans, 22.
oplocarpa, 24.
IHipyracantha, 38.
Pes-corvi, 26.
pha?acautha, 19.
platycarpa, 29.
polyanlha, 14.

pro 1 if era, 50.
puberula, y.
pulchella. 39.
pycnacantha, 17.
Rafinesquii, 24.
ramosa, 7.
ramosissima, 61.
rufida, 6.
nifispina, 29.
rutila, 30.
Salmiana, 36.
Schottii, 42.
senilis, 5.
serpentina, 49.
spinosior, 55.
splendens, 29.
stellata, 54.
stenoehila, 24.
tesseUata, 61.
tetraeantha, 58.
Treleasii, 7.
triacantha, 10.
tricophora, 29
Tuna, 15.
ursina, 27.
variegata, 3.
versicolor, 57.
vulgaris, 25.
vestita. 34.
Whipplei, 56.

1146

OPUNTIA

A. Articulations or joints strik-

inqti) different, flat to cy-
lindrical

AA. Arliciilations or joints .s/w-
iliir, more or less flut-
tened.

B. Species from S. America . . .

BB. Species from N. Amer
c. Joints pubescent

00. Joints not pubescent (except
sometimes in O. pycna-
cantha).

D. Fruit fleshy or succulent.

E. Size of joints large: plants

mostly large [O. crassa
moderately STnadl).

F. Color of spines white 9.

1. BrasiliensiB

, Galapageia
. monacantha
. aurantiaca
. crinifera

microdasfs

basilaris

puberula

leucotricha
triacantha
candelabriformis

FF. Celorofspiiiis if< ll"ir (some-
times nil to ichi/,' in O.
Ungelmiinnii. j,„ly,iiitha,
crassa, and Ficus-Indica.)

O. Spines none or few 12.

13.

GG. Spines always present, few
to many. (One form of
O. macrocentra has no
spines, and occasional
plants of O. chlorotica are
without spines.) 1

FFF. Color of spines reddish
brown to black, usually
with purplish joints 19.

polyantlia

Tuna

chlorotica

pycnacantha

Engelmannii

21.

22.
EE. Sise of joints small: joints
variable in shape: plants
mostly low or prostrate.
(Some forms of O. Safin-
esquii have moderately
large joints.) '.23.

24.

phaeacantha
Camanchica
macrocentra
nigricans

filipendula
Rafinesquii
vulgaris

Frti it dry.
spiny

2(1. Pes-corvi

31

ursina

hystricina

Missouriensis

nitila

arenaria

fragilis

AAA. Articulations or joints s

lar, more or less cylindri-
cal.

B. Species from S. America.

c. Joints cylindrical, mostly

elongated 33 cylindrica

34. vestita

35. clavarioides

36. Salmiana
00. Joints gluhnse to broadly

obovate 37. Darwinii

38. diademata
BB. Species from y. America,
c. Spines without sheaths:
plants mostly small, with
clavate joints 30. pulchella

40. clavata

41. Grahamii

42. Schottii

43. Emory i

44. invicta

OPUNTIA

CO. Spines sheathed: joints cy-
lindrical or nearly so,
more or less elongated.

D. Number of spines variable,

always more than one.

E. Fruit dry, usually spiny. ..i

4(i

it fleshy, proliferous. . . . 50.
51
(■/ fleshy, rarely prolif-

1>D. Number of spines few, usu-
ally one, rarely more or
wanting 59.

Gl.

Davisii
, acanthocarpa
, echinocarpa
, Bernardina
, serpentina

proiiiera

Sulgida

Bigelovii

imbricata

arborescens

spinosior

Whipplei

versicolor

tetracantha

arbuscula
leptocaulis
ramosissima

1. Brasili^nsis, Haw. A large, tree-like plant reach-
ing a height of 1.5-lS ft., numerously branched, with a.
thick, roundish crown and an upright trunk, 4-6 in. in
diani., and bearing numerous spines 1 in. or less in
length: joints of two kinds, cylindrical, unarticulate,
elongate ones and others which are shorter and much
flattened and which arise as offshoots from the former;
the latter leaf-like, thin, 2-6 in. long, oblong, rarely ob-
long-lanceolate or orbicular, dark green, margin angu-
lar, sometimes irregular: areolae with short, gray wool
ami numerous brown bristles; spines usually 1, some-
times 1-3 small additional ones, l-2}4 in. long, mostly
friim till' iiiMrKiiiMl areoliB, white, with brownish tips:
Ms nunii'r<ins, citron-yellow, 2 in. wide: fr. globose or
ellipsoidal, yellow, about 1^ in. in diam. Brazil and
southward. — One of the species most frequent in cult.

2. Galapageia, Hemsl. An upright, tree-like plant
6-10 ft. high, with a circular, spreading crown and a
very spiny trunk, 6-8 in. in diam., and light-colored
bark becoming loosened and hanging in fragments
from the older stems: joints elliptical to oblong, thick,
10-14 in. long: spines at first 3-4, spreading, flexible,
increasing in number and size with age, finally covei-
ing the joints with long, brush-like bundles: fls. sma'l,
less than 1 in. wide, red: fr. subglobose, red. Galapa-
gos Islands.

3. monacfintha, Haw. An upright plant branching
from the ground and reaching a height of 6 or more
feet: joints oblong to elliptical, rather thick, terminal
ones much thinner, 5-12 in. long, .3-6 in. wide, bright
green: areolas with uniformly short wool and yellowish
brown bristles; spines 1-2, seldom more, erect, M-IH
in. long, yillow fu dark reddish brown: fls. yellow, 3
in. wide: fr. ellipsoidal to pyriform, occasionally pro-
liferous, red, somewhat spiny. Argentine Republic.
— The horticultural variety varieg^ta is in the trade.

4. aurantiaca, Gill. A numerously branched, rather
weak, semi-prostrate plant 3-5 ft. high: joints linear-
lanceolate to lanceolate, 2-10 in. long, ^j-1 in. wide, ellip-
tical in transverse section, dark green, turgitl : areolm
with a tuft of grayish white wool and bright yellow
bristles ; spines 4-6, spreading, straight, stiff, brown
to yellow, the longest less than 1 in. in length: fls. yel-
low, 1/^-2 in. wide: fr. carmine-red, globose, with short
spines; seed with woolly hairs. Argentine Republic.

5. crinifera. Pfeiflf. (O. senilis, Parm.). A much-
branched, wide-spreading plant, about 3 ft. high: joints
obovate to elliptical, 6 in. long and 3-4 in. wide, dark
green, occasionally glossy: areolae crowded, small, with
white wool, numerous golden yellow bristles, and a
variable number of long silky hairs: spines 6-8. later
more, white, glistening, reaching 1 in. in length, the
long silky liairs particularly developed on the under
side of the young joints : fls. 3K-4 in. wide, golden
yellow, often reddish. Brazil(?).

OPUNTIA

6. micTOd&sys, Lehin. An erect, wide-spreading plant,
rarely exceeding 3 ft. in height: joints elliptical to obo-
vate, 3-4 in. long and nearly as wide, thick, bright
green, densely pubescent : areolae with short, whitish
wool and numerous golden yellow bristles of variable
lengths; spines wanting: fls. greenish to lemon-yellow,
about 2 in. wide: fr. comparatively small, oval, less
than ] in. in diam., armed with numerous yellow bris-
tles: Uesh whitish. Northern Mexico southward.

Var. rdfida, K. Sch. Of more robust growth : joints
rounder and larger, paler green, the bristles inclined to
reddish brown. Mex.

OPUNTIA

1147

1544. Fruit of Opuntia F

(X %). No. LI.

7. basilitris, Engelm. and Begel. A low, .spreading
])lant, rarely 1 ft. high: .ioiuts thick, variable, usually
broadly obovate, with more or less truncate top and
branching from the base, 4-7 in. long and 2-4 in. wide,
bluish green, and very minutely pubescent: areolffi de-
pressed, close together, and with brownish yellow wool
and numerous short, yellowish brown bristles ; spines
wanting, rarely present: fls. dark purple, rarely white,
3 in. or more in diam.; fr. short, thick, green, becoming
■white and dry at maturity and filled with many large
white seeds. Southwest LT. S. and northern Mex.

Var. ramdsa. Parish. A smaller plant, with joints
branching from the upper end, and usually glabrous.
S. Calif.

Var. Treldasii, Coult. Differs from the species in
having larger orbicular or obovate joints, with terete
base, and larger leaves. S. Calif.

8. pub^rula, Pfeiff. A numerously branched and up-
right plant, 2-3 ft. high : joints obovate or somewhat
rounder, when young covered with very soft pubescence
which becomes bright green with age : areolae with
short, brownish yellow wool and ntimerous short, am-
ber-colored bristles; spines .5-7, 1 in. or more in length,
straight, cylindrical, white, with amber-colored base,
shining, the lower ones the longer: fls. lK-2 in. wide,
greenish yellow: fr. oval, \% in. in diam., the many
areolee bearing short wool and many bright amber-col-
ored bristles; flesh sweeti.sh ; seeds many, correspond-
ingly small. Mex.

9. leucdtrioha, P. DC. (O. fiilfisphm, Salm.}. An up-
right, numerously branched plant, sometimes reaching
the height of 10 ft. : joints elliptical or narrower, mostly
rounded at the end, 8-10 in. long and half as wide, dark
green: areolae small, with white or whitish gray wool
and numerous short brown bristles ; spines very slen-
der, mostly 4 at first, but later as many as 10-12; some
reach the length of 3^ in., becoming bristle-like and
very flexible : fls. 2-3 in. wide, yellow, with reddish
center: fr. spherical, 1-1^ in. in diam., pale green to
white, thickly beset with velvety wool and brownish
yellow bristles; pulp sweet, edible. Mex.

10. triacintha, P. DC. An upright, tree-like plant,
reaching 10-12 ft. in height: joints often very large,
occasionally 18 in. long and 10 in. wide, obovate, thick,
grayish green: areolae remote, from IM-IH in. apart,
with short, grayish wool and yellow bristles ; spines
3— t, white, with yellow points and bases, an in. or less
long: fls. 2^2-3 in. wide, carmine to orange-yellow: fr.
elliptical, \yi-2 in. long; pulp acid. Westlndies.

11. candelabrifbrmis. Mart. An upright, sparingly
branched phuit, 2-4 ft. high: joints elliptical to obovate,
thick, dark green. (J-IO in. long and half as wide: areo-

lae with brownish white wool, later becoming gray, and
numerous white bristles ; spines 4-5, of which 3 are
very strong, white, IM in. or less in length: fls. 2J^-3
in. wide, carmiue-red: fr. spiny. Mex.

12. crAssa, Haw. (O, glai'ica, Hort.). A sparingly
branched, upright plant, 4-6 ft. high: joints oblong to
ovate, 3^2-5 in. long and two-thirds as wide, glaucous,
greenish blue, thick: areolae with brownish wool, and
few bristles of same color; spines usually wanting,
sometimes 1-2 an inch or less long, straight and needle-
like. Mex.

13. Ficus-tndica, Mill. Indian Pig. Fig. 1544. An
erect, tree-like plant, reaching the height of 10-15 ft., and
with a woody cylindrical trunk : joints elliptical or ob-
long, often with bluish bloom, thick, often 18 in. long and
one-third as wide: areolae orbicular and sparingly cov-
ered with white wool and yellow bristles : .spines usually
wanting, occasionally 1-2 small, weak ones are present:
fls. yellow, expanding to 3^ in. in diam. : fr. yellow,
with reddish pulp, bristly, 2 in. in diam., edible. Mex.
— A species widely grown throughout the warm tem-
perate regions of the world. In some regions, escaping
from cultivation, it has become a troublesome weed.
Frequently cultivated for its fruit under the name of
Indian Fig.

14. poly&ntha. Haw. A much-branched, spreading
plant, 3 ft. or less in height: joints oblong to obovate,
dark green, weak-spined, 4-6 in. long and 3-4 in. wide:
areola with white wool and brown bristles; spines 3-8,
slender, golden yellow, seldom over % in. long: fls. 2%
in. wide: fr. broadly oval, deep red. West Indies {?).
For var. albispina consult 0. Missouriensis, No. 29, of
which it is perhaps a form.

15. Ttina, Mill. {O. hdrrida, Salm.). Figs. 1545, 1546.
An erect, wide-spreading, tree-like plant, rapid-grow-
ing and frequently 10-12 ft. high : joints deep green,
mostly elliptical, 10-11 in. long and 6-10 in. wide: areo-
lae with whitish wool which later becomes dirty gray,
and a fascicle of long brownish yellow bristles; spines
4-6, rigid, stout, yellow, frequently subulate, spreading,
unequal in length, 1-2 in. long: fls. 3-4 in. wide, yellow,
fading to red: fr. pear-shaped or rounder. 1-1)^ in. in
diam., sweet, edible, dark reddish purple. West Indies
and Mexico. — Probably the most extensively cultivated
of all the Opuntias. Under the name of "Tuna" it has
been grown in southwestern United States, West Indies
and Mexico since the earliest Spanish possession. It is
extensively grown both for its fruit and as a hedge
plant. It has escaped from cultivation and become
naturalized in North and South Africa, southern Europe,
southwestern Asia and Australia, and in some places has
become a troublesome weed.

1545 Opuntia Tuna No 16

16. chlorbtica, Engelm. A compact, upright, moder-
ately branched plant, from 3-6 ft. high, the trunk and
main stems becoming woody and terete, and densely cov-
ered with long straw-colored bristles and spines: joints
orbicular, somewhat glaucous, 6-10 in. in diam.: areolsB

1148

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

crowded, with fine, gray wool and very numerous golden
yellow bristles of unequal length ; spines 3-6, rarely
none, on old stems occasionally 40 or more, unequal,
angular, golden yellow, deflexed, usually 1 in. or less
long: fls. yellow, 2-3 in. in diam: fr. deep purple, moder-

1546. Hedee of Opuntia Tuna. No. 15.
ately bristly, edible, 1% in in diam., broadly obovate to
globose; seeds comparatively small, sometimes sterile.
Southwest U. S.

17. pycnac&ntha, Engelm. An upright, moderately
branched plant, 3-5 ft. high : joints oval to orbicular,
occasionally somewhat pointed at the ends, 4-8 in.
long, sometimes pubescent, armed with a densely inter-
woven covering of mostly deflexed spines : areolae
crowded, approximately % in. apart, with dark brown
wool and numerous long, yellow bristles; spines 3-7, on
old stems 20 or more, straw-colored to ashy, mostly less
than 1 in. long: Hs. greenish yellow, 2-3 in. broad: fr.
obovate, IK in. in diam. and covered with numerous
spines and bristles. Lower Calif.

18. fingelmannii, Salm. Fig. 1547. An erect to semi-
prostrate, profusely branching, coarse plant, 2-5 ft.
high, forming large, impenetrable thickets, usually
with a short, more or less terete, woody trunk, with
grayish bark which becomes unarmed with age : joints
broadly obovate to orbicular, pale to bluish green, very
variable in size, in large specimens 12-14 in. long and
nearly as wide, moderately thick : areolae remote, about
1 in. apart, with gray wool and large, rigid, gray to yel-
low, unequal bristles; spines mostly 2-4, sometimes 1-3
small additional ones, very variable, horny, variously
colored, mostly yellow, or white with reddish base,
usually compressed or angular and curved or twisted:
Us. yellow, red within, fading to red, 2J^-3 in. in diam. :
fr. broadly pyriform to globose, frequently 2 in. in
diam.. dark purple, with insipid purple flesh. U. S.
and Mex. — This species, with its numerous varieties, is
the most widely distributed and abundant of the large,
flat-stemmed Opuntias in the United States. It varies
greatly in different localities, and its many forms have
not as yet l>een ;ul<'(juately defined.

19. phaeacdntha, Engelm. A diffuse, serai-prostrate
plant. 1-2 ft. high, and freely rooting from lower mar-
gin of joints: joints broadly obovate, moderately thick,
4-6 in. long : areolae about 1 in. apart, with short wool
and reddish or brownish bristles; spines mostly toward
margin or on apex of joints, 2-5, straight and stiff,
reddish brown to almost black with lighter tips, 1-2J^
in. long: fls. 2}4 in. broad, yellow: fr. usually long-
pyriform, 1 in. or less in diam. and twice as long, pur-
ple, with greenish acid pulp. Southwest U. S. and
iVIex. — This species and a number of the following be-
come deep purplish green during autumn and winter.
In the spring they lose their purplish color to a large

extent and take it on again in the fall. The spines are
also much darker in winter than in summer.

20. Camanchica, Engelm. and Begel. A prostrate,
widely spreading plant l-2]4 ft. high, and freely rooting
at the lower margin of the joints : joints broadly obovate
to orbicular, 4-6 in. long, moderately thick : areola about
1 in. apart, with light brown, short wool and yellowish
brown bristles, mostly armed ; spines very variable,
usually 1-3, sometimes .3-6, on marginal areolse, reddish
to blackish brown with lighter tips, variable in length,
sometimes 2% in. long : fls. 2^2-3 in. wide, yellow, with
reddish center: fr. oval to globose, sometimes pyri-
form, deep red, sweet, edible, 1-lM in. in diam. South-
west U. S. — Var. gigant^a of the trade proves to be
O. pJuvaciinflia.

21. macrocentra, Engelm. A semi-prostrate, spreading
plant, 2-3 ft. high : joints strikingly purple-green, very
thin, broadly obovate to nearly orbicular, 5-9 in. in diam.,
with a few remarkably long spines on the marginal are-
olae: areolae about 1 in. apart, with grayish wool and
short, grayish yellow bristles; spines rarely wanting,
usually 1-2, reddish brown to almost black, annulate
3-5 in. long, slender and straight or variously twisted,
sometimes 1-3 much smaller, lighter colored, secondary
spines: fls. 3 in. wide, yellow: fr. oval to globose,
rarely ovate, 1 in. in diam., red ; pulp sweet, edible.
Southwestern U. S., Mex. — This species is remarkable
for its exceedingly long, dark spines and purple joints.

22. nigricans, Haw. A large, robust, upright plant,
2-5 ft. high: joints usually obovate, dark green, rarely
tinged with purple, about 10 in. long and 6 in. wide,
moderately thick: areolae with short, grayish wool and
yellowish brown bristles; spines 1-2, awl-shaped, 1-2
in. long, strong, dark brown, at first yellowish : fls.
lK-2 in. wide, yellow with red center. Mex. — Frequent
in cultivation.

23. Silip^ndula, Engelm. A small, semi-prostrate plant,
freely Ipramliini; from the base of the joints, rarely 10
in. hi,Kh and with thick, tuberous, moniliform roots:
joints small and thin, bluish, glaucous, rarely 3 in. in
greatest diam., orbicular to broadly obovate, sometimes
diamond-shaped, frequently flattened at the top and
broader than long: areolae orbicular and with an abun-
dance of whitish wool and many long, slender, yellowish
green bristles, which are very conspicuous, particularly
on the older joints; spines sometimes wanting, when
present usually 1-3, rarely more, white, very slender
and flexible, 1-2 in. long, mostly marginal: fls. yellow.

¥'"/

1547. Opuntia Engeln

i (XJ^). No. 18.

1/^-2 in. in diam.: fr. clavate to narrowly obovate, IV^
in. long and half as wide, greenish yellow, with few
seeds. Texas to Ariz., extending into Mexico.

24. Rafin^squii, Engelm. (O. mesacdntlia, Rafln.). A
wide-spreading, prostrate plant, freely rooting from the
lower margin of the joints, roots sometimes tuberous:
joints obovate to orbicular, usually 2-5 in. long and 2-4

OPUNTIA

in. wide, sometimes twice as large, dark to light green:
areolae with gray wool and bright reddish brown bris-
tles; spines sometimes wanting, when present 1-3 and
mostly marginal, stout, 1 in. long, white with darker
tips and bases, frequently 1-3 small secondary spines
also present : fls. 3 in. or less in diam., golden yellow,
frequently with reddish center: fr. slender-clavate or
broader, lK-2 in. long, yellowish red to purple, with
insipid purplish pulp; seeds comparatively large. West
central U. S. — An exceedingly variable species of wide
distribution and imperfectly known. Many varieties
h.ave been described, some of which are in the trade.
The extreme forms vary greatly from the type. Of
these forms vars. Grefenii, oploc4rpa, cymochlla, Bteno-
chlla and macrorhiza have appeared in the trade.
Hardy in Mass.

2.'). vulgiris, Mill. Barberry Fig. A diffuse, pros-
trate plant a, foot or less high: joints usually resting on
the ground and rooting from the lower margin, obovate
to suborbicular, thick, 2-4 in. in greatest diam., pale
green : areolEe with grayish wool and a few short, greenish
yellow bristles; spines rarely present, when present
usually 1, stout, erect, less than 1 in. long, yellow, often
variegated: fls. 2 in. wide, pale or chrome-yellow: fr.
obovate to spherical, 1 in. in diam., red, flesh insipid.
Eastern U. S. Hardy in Mass.

26. Pes-c6rvi, LeConte. A small, diffuse, prostrate
plant, rarely reaching 1 ft. in height: joints fragile,
somewhat tumid, narrowly ovate to obovate or oblong,
2-4 in. long and less than half as wide, frequently much
smaller, very thick, broadly oval in transverse section,
bright green with a bluish tinge: areolae circular, with
short, whitish wool and a few short, slendei', pale
bristles; spines rarely exceeding 2, frequently none,
slender, white, often brownish, less than 1 in. long: fls.
yellow, m in. wide: fr. obovate, bristly, purplish, 1 in.
or less in diam; seeds comparatively large, very few.
Florida.

27. ursina, Web. [GrizzUj-hear Opuntia). Pig. 1548.
An upright, diffuse plant, 1-2 ft. high: joints oblong to
obovate, grayish green, thick, 3-5 in. long and 2—1 in.
wide: ariolse with white wool and numerous yellow
bristles; spines 12-20, reddish white, very slender and
bristle-like, sometimes 4 in. long, frequently almost
completely hiding the epidermis of the plant: fls. 2%-3
in- wide, reddish yellow. Calif. — Popularly known as
"(.Trizzly Bear" Cactus.

28. hystricina, Engelm and Bigel. A semi-prostrate,
spreading plant, %-\yz ft. high: joints obovate to or-
bicular, 3-') in. long, moderately thick and very spiny :
areoliB with grayish wool and yellowish red bristles;
spines 10-1.5, 2 in. long or shorter, white or dusky, slen-
der, flexile, angular and twisted: fls. light purple, 2-3 in.
wide: fr. broadly obovate, 1 in. in diam., armed with
many long spines. Southwest U. S.

29. Missouri6nsis, P. DC. {O. ferox^ Haw. O. spUn-
den.i, Hort.). A prostrate, wide-spreading plant, rarely
rising 1 ft. above the ground: joints variable, from
elongate-obovate to orbicular, usually bright green, fre-
quently wrinkled and tuberculate, 2-6 in. long: areolae
about % in. apart, with short, grayish wool and long,
reddish brown bristles; spines 0-12, very variable in
length, number and color on different forms and plants
from different localities, mostly marginal, white or va-
riously tinged with red or brown, slender, twisted and
flattened, some reaching a length of 3 in.: fls. yellow,
darker within, 2-2J^ in. wide: fr. broadly ovate or sub-
globose, %-! in. in diam., armed with numerous rather
short spines; seeds comparatively large. West-central
U. S.— A species of wide distribution and very variable,
some high mountain forms entirely without spines,
while other forms are armed with a close network of
closely interwoven ones. A number of the forms have
been segregated as varieties, of which the best known
are ruHsplna, platyc4rpa, microspSrma, albisplna and
trich6phora. All the forms a]i|M;ir to run together and
the varietal distinctions are of doubtful value. Hardy
in Massachusetts.

30. rtitila. Nutt. A low, diffuse plant, K tol ft. high :
joints tumid, readily becoming detached, and covered
with a close network of slender, interwoven, light gray
spines, thick, elongate-ovate, 2-4 in. long: areolae

OPUNTIA

1149

crowded, less than K in. apart, with short, white wool
and yellow bristles; spines 3-5, sometimes a few short
accessory ones, slender, reddish gray to white, with
darker tips, 1% in. or less in length, larger ones often
flattened and twisted: fls. red, 1 V2-2 in. wide: fr. broadly
ovate to subglobose, usually armed with very long, in-
terwoven spines; seeds comparatively large. South-
west United States.

31. aren4ria, Engelm. A diffuse plant with upright
terminal joints, rarely reaching 1 ft. in height: joints
thick, obovate, 2-5 in. long and half as wide, tumid,
strongly tuberculate: areolae crowded, M-H in. apart,
with sparse white wool and numerous yellowish brown
bristles; spines very variable in number and size, 3-10,
slender, flexible, white to ashy gray, usually 1 in. or less
long: fls. yellow, 2-2 J^ in. broad: fr. ovate to globose,
very spiny; seeds large and irregular. Southwest U. S.

32. frigilis, Haw. A small, prostrate plant, rarely
more than 4 in. high: joints tumid, fragile, easily de-
tached, oval, elliptical, or subglobose, 1-2 in. long and
nearly as thick as broad,
bright green: areolae M-
}4 in. apart, witji whitish
wool and a few white
to yellow bristles, which
are much longer ana
more abundant on older
joints; spines 1^, occa-
sionally a few small ad-
ditional ones, weak, dark
brown, the upper one
usually longer and
stronger than the others,
rarely an inch in length :
fls. greenish yellow, 1-
IH in. wide: fr. ovate
to subglobose, with few
spines or bristles, mostly C
sterile, an inch or less
long ; seeds few and
large. Rocky mountain
region from British
Amer. to New Mex. —
Var.brachyArthra.Coult.
A plant with more swol-
len joints, more numer-
ous and stronger spines,
smaller fls. and more
spiny fruit. Colo., New
Mex.

33. cyllndrica, P. DC. A moderately branched upright
plant, 10-12 ft. high, with main stem 2-2J^ in. in diam.,
new growth dark green, the comparatively long (Hin. )
Ivs. persisting for some time: areolfe depressed, with a
little white wool, a few white bristles and some long
white hairs : spines at first 2-3, erect, rather stiff, H in.
or less long, at first whitish yellow, later grayish : fls.
rose-red, 2-2X in. wide from end of joints: fr. pyriform,
2-2', in. long, yellowish green, somewhat spiny. Chile.
— Var. crist^ta is offered.

34. vestlta, Salm. A small, upright, numerously
branched, ramifying plant a foot or more in height:
joints rather short, 1-2 in. long and half as thick, usu-
ally dark green : areolae with white to grayish wool and
a number of long, rather soft, grayish white hairs;
spines 4-8, either short, flexible and grayish yellow or
four times as long {yi-% in.), stiff and red: fls. 1-1 V2 In.
wide, mostly lateral, dark red: fr. ellipsoidal, H-/4 in.
long, bright red and covered with grayish wool. Bolivia.

35. clavarioldes, Link & Otto. A low, numerously
branched, spreading plant, 1-1 ^ii ft. high : joints rather
fragile and slender, % in. thick, cylindrical or somewhat
clavate, frequently cristate, with numerous terminal,
slender branches: Ivs. extremely small : areolae close to-
gether, small, with white wool ; spines 4-10, sometimes
fewer, very smail and appressed, white: fls. 1-1!^ in.
wide and "twice as long, greenish red: fr. elliptical,
%-^im. long; seeds with woolly hairs. Chile. — Var.
cristilta is offered.

36. Salmiina, Farm. A numerously branched, up-
right plant, about 3 ft. high, with very long, propor-

1548. Opuntia ursina. No. 27.

1150

OPUNTIA

OPUNTIA

tionately slender branches: stems about three-fifths of
an inch in diaui., with rouj^h, fissured or cracked, gray-
ish brown or lead-colored bark, the terminal joints pen-
cil-like, 3-10 in. long and %-% in. wide: areolae on
young growth with sparse white wool and few bristles,
on older growth the bristles are very numerous and
somewhat spine-like; spines 3-5, spreading, about H in.
long, grayish: tts. 1 in. wide, red: fr. pyriform, 1-lM in.
long, scarlet-proliferous, rarely fertile. Brazil.

37. Dirwinii, Hemsl. A small, numerously jointed,
prostrate, ramifying plant a few inches high: joints
globose to broadly obovate, 1% in. in greatest diara.,
olive-green : areolee with yellowish wool and few bristles ;
spines rigid, lK-2 in. long, the lower ones shorter and
darker: fls. only on top of terminal joints, 1-lK in. wide,
yellow: ovai'ies as large as the joints. Southern S.
America.

38. diademitta, Lera. (O. papyracdntha, Phil.). A
low, moderately branched, spreading plant, rarely more
than i in. high and forming dense patches several feet
in diam. : joints 1-lK in. long and nearly as thick, glo-
bose to broadly clavate, usually growing several in suc-
cession, one above the other, young growth bright green,
soon becoming grayish: areolae with abundant white
wool and brownish black bristles; spines 1-2, papery,
flexible, white or brownish with darker tips, one-fifth (?)
in. long and half as wide: fls. rather small, pale yellow.
Argentine Republic.

.39. pulch^lla, Engelm. A small, spreading, numerously
branched plant, seldom more than G in. high: joints as-
cending, 2% in. long and >2 in. thick, obovate to clavate:
areolae crowded, with white wool, and yellowish bristles
which become more numerous and larger with age;
spines 10-15, of variable length, the central one flattened,
flexible, somewhat papery, 1 in. long: fls. from the top
of the joints, purplish to rose-red, I-IV2 in. wide: fr.
broadly clavate, 1 in. long, with long, hair-like, flexible
white spines, dry. Nev , Ariz.

40. clav&ta, Engelm. A low, spreading plant, 4-G in.
high, forming dense mats of ascending joints 4-5 ft. in
diam. : joints 1-3 in. long and 1 in. thick, armed with nu-
merous short, flat spines: areolie with white wool and
rigid, white bristles; exterior spines G-14, white, ^t;-/4 in.
long, interior 4-7, larger, flattened, scabrous and /^-IM
in. long, 1 of the central spines usually very broad : fls.
yellow, 1% in. wide; fr. long-clavate, yellowish, dry,
1)4-1% in. long, armed with many white radiating
bristles. Nev., New Mex.

41. GrElhamii, Engelm. A low, spreading plant 4-8 in.
high, with thick, fusiform roots: joints 2-3 in. long and
% in. thick, armed with long, dark spines, bright green:
areolae with white wool and numerous long, yellowish
brown, rigid bristles which become very conspicuous on
old joints; exterior spines 4-8,/^ in. long, interior 4-7,
more rigid and 'longer (lJ^-2 in.), reddish to ashy
brown: fls. yellow, lJ^-2 in. wide: fr. ellipsoidal, lH-1 54
in. long and half as wide, armed with many large, radi-
ating spine-like bristles. New Mex., Tex.

42. Schdttii, Engelm. A wide-spreading, prostrate
plant, 4-6 in. high, with numerous short, curved branches:
joints short-clavate, rarely more than 2 in. long and
armed with numerous dark-colored spines : areolie with
white wool and very few bristles; exterior spines 6-10,
very variable, }4 in. long; interior usually 4, flattened
or irregular, lH-2 in. long, brownish red: fls. greenish
yellow to reddish, 1% in. wide: fr. short-clavate, the
numerous areolaa covered with white wool and many
short bristles. Texas, Mexico.

43. £moTyi, Engelm. A prostrate and spreading plant
with comparatively large, long-clavate, curved joints
and reaching a height of 8-12 in.: joints 4-7 in. long
and 1-1 K in. thick, with large, elongated tubercles:
areolae mmoto, with white wnnf :>nd a U'w long (K in.)
yellow I. list), s: s|,iiii-i nuni.rous, cxtrri.ir 10-20, Kin.
or less l(.ii^', v.Tv l.ull.oiis ;it )ias.-; inti-rii.r 5-10, brown-
ish to ri-ddisli l>lai'k, niciri' or li'^-s Hattened and some-
times 3 in. long: fls. yellow, reddish within, lK-2 in.
wide: fr. ellipsoidal, yellow, 2-2H in. long and 1 in.
wide, armed with numerous bristles and spines. South-
western U. S.. northern Mex.

44. invfcta, Brand. A numerously branched, spread-
ing plant, 10-14 in, high, bluish green and armed with
many rigid, erect spines: joints 4-6 in. long and 2-2%
in. thick, nearly cylindrical: areolae with whitish wool
and yellowish red bristles; spines 15-25, exterior 6-12,
K in. or less long ; interior 10-15, very strong and
rigid, 1-2 in. long, more or less flattened : fls. yellow,
\%i-2 in. wide: fr. broadly obovate, dry, armed with
numerous reddish spines and bristles. Lower Calif.

45. Dilvisii, Engelm. and Bigel. A procumbent, spread-
ing shrub, with firm, woody skeleton, 1-2 ft. high :
joints 4-7 in. long and Ys-U, in. thicli : areola with
short, white wool and numerous straw-colored bristles;
spines usually 8-13, exterior % in. or less long; interior
4-7, triangular, brownish, with lighter tips, %-lH in.
long, very loose-sheathed : fls. greenish yellow, 2-2K
in. wide : fr. clavate, 1 in. or more long, often sterile,
spiny. Tex. to Calif.

46. acanthoc4rpa, Engelm. and Bigel. An arborescent,
erect plant, 4-S ft. high, with dense reticulate-tubular
skeleton and ascending, spreading branches : joints
usually 4-10 in. long, sometimes 20, and %-l in. in
diam. : areolae with short, white wool and scanty bright
yellow bristles; spines very variable in length and
numbers on different plants, usually 8-25, 1% in. or less
long, with loose straw-colored or brownish sheaths:
fls. greenish yellow, with reddish centers, conspicuous
for stamens with stout red filaments, \'%-l% in. wide:
fr. subglobose to pyriform, 1 in. in diam. and usually
armed with many long, stiff spines. Ariz, and Calif.—
A factory has been established at Tempe, Ariz., where
the wood of this species is made into light furniture,
picture frames, etc.

47. eohinocirpa, Engelm. and Bigel. A low, spreading
shrub, with rrtirulate woody skeleton, rarely exceeding
\M ft. in lii-i^'lit: joints l%-3 in. long, rarely 4-0 in.,
54 in. thick, sumewhat clavate: areolae with short white
wool and a few coarse, straw-colored bristles : spines
very variable in length and number, exterior 8-16, IH
in. or less long; interior usually 4 forming a cross, 1-1 K
in. long, with loose white or straw-colored sheaths :
fls. greenish yellow, \%-\% in. wide: fr. depressed-
globose or hemispherical and armed with many long
(\-\yi in.) spines on the upper areolce. Utah, Ariz, and
Calif. — The fruit of this species, like most others with
dry fruit, ripens in the early summer, while most spe-
cies with fleshy fruit do not mature them until fall or
the following spring.

48. Bemardlna, Engelm. A slender, branched, upright
shrub, 3-5 ft. liigli, usually with several long, straight
stems arising from the base: joints 4-24 in. long and
54 in. thick, armed with numerous short spines : areola*
with grayish white wool and numerous yellow bristles ;
spines yellow or brownish, 8-14, usually with inconspic-
uous sheaths, y^ in. or less long ; fls. greenish yellow,
1-lX in. wide: fr. obovate, 1 in. long, armed with nu-
merous rather short spines. S. Calif.

49. serpentina, Engelm. A prostrate, rarely ascending,
sparingly branched shrub, a few inches to 2 ft. in
height: joints much elongated, 6-20 in. long and J4-1 in.
thick : areolfB with short, white wool and whitish bris-
tles : spines comparatively short, usually -9, sometimes
15 or more, yellowish or rusty, % in. or less long* fls.
greenish yellow, 1-lK in. wide: fr. hemispherical, >-o-?4
in. in disim., armed with numerous short spines and
long woolly hairs. S. Calif., Lower Calif.

50. proliSera, Engelm. An arborescent, thick-stemmed
plant, 3-8 ft. high, with numerous horizontal, spread-
ing branches, the erect trunk sometimes 8 in. in diam.:
joints short-cylindrical, rounded at the ends, very succu-
lent, tumid and readily detached, bright green, 2-6 in.
long and \%-2 in. thick: areolae with white wool and
on older joints with numerous straw-colored bristles;
spines variable, usually 6-10, with conspicuous, loose,
yellowish or rusty sheaths and much-barbed, usually
about 1 in. long: fls. 154-lK in. wide, greenish red: fr.
subglobose, %-1H in. in diam., light green, with few
small spines and bristles, pendulous in clusters, fre-
quently sterile. Calif., Lower Calif.

51. fiilgida, Engelm. A numerously branched arbores-
cent plant, often 10-12 ft. high, with erect trunk 8-14 in.

OP0NTIA

OPUNTIA

1151

in diain., having a thick, grayish, scaly, unarmed barli:
joints congested toward the ends of the larger branches,
ovate to ovate-cylindrical, 2-8 in. long and often 2 in.
thick, very fragile and tumid, easily becoming detached
and taking root, bluish green, somewhat glaucous : areo-
he with white wool and bright straw-colored bristles;
.spines on young growth 5-8, increasing yearly until
ultiiiKitely 30-50, finally deciduous, with loose, glisten-
i]ii;. white or .straw-colored sheaths IK in. or less long:
lis. '4-I in. wide, pink : fr. obovate to globose, light
grueii. pendulous, in large, proliferous clusters, some-
times 50 in a single cluster. Southwestern U. S. and
North Mexico. — The common "Cholla" of the Arizona
jiluins. where it tiftt-n become.s a fair-sized tree and nota-
lih' for its fiiniiichilili' armor of barbed spines completely
hidiui; till' suitMi-c of the plant.

Viir. mamillata, Coult. Differs in having fewer,
shorter spines.

52. Bigeldvii, Engelm. An erect, compact plant, 4-6 ft.
high, rarely higher, with fragile woody skeleton which
does not appear in .joints of the first year's growth, the
most densely spine-covered and difficult to handle of
the cyliiuirical Ujnmtias : joints readily detached and
f.irniiiii; furniidulile burs, ovate, short elliptical to long
and cylinclriiMl. with ri'uiiiled ends, readily breaking
from tlie plant and taking root, pale green, fragile, tu-
mid, terminal iines freqm-ntly 3-5 in. long and half as
thick: areolae close together, with white wool and pale
yellow bristles ; spines 10-20, .some very small, increas-
ing in number as stems become older, straw-colored,
loose-sheathed, 1 in. or less long, completely hiding the
.surface of the plant; fis. greenish red, I in. broad: fr.
very spiny, ovate, l'4'-2 in. long and one-third as wide,
few-seeded, mostly sterile. Ariz., Calif.

5.1. imhricita, P. DC. A wide-spreading, irregularly
branidiing sliruli, rarely more than 5 ft. high, the trunk
and larger branches with dark, rough, unarmed bark:
joints frequently 12 or 14 in. long and I-IH in. thick,
with very prominent long, cristate tubercles : areolae
with yellowish wool and straw-colored bristles; spines
2-5, of variable length, 1 in. or less long, loosely
sheathed, white to straw-colored: fls. 2-2 J4 in. wide,
light purple : fr. unarmed, depressed globose, with large
tubercles, yellow, 1-1^^ in. in diam., adhering to the
plant and drying on the stems during the winter. Tex.
and northern Mex. — Usually confused with O. arbores-
cens, from which it differs in its smaller growth, differ-
ent habit, much longer joints, larger, more prominent
tubercles, and fewer spines. The fruit and flower also
show marked differences.

51, arborSscens, Engelm. (0.s?e??iifa,Salm.). Anarbor-
isreut. nuiiieriiusly branched plant, 4-8 ft. high, with
trunk nf larger plants having very rough, dark, unarmed
bark: joints with moderately prominent, narrow, cristate
tubercles, verticillate, horizontally spreading on mostly
pendulous, moderately spiny branches, mostly 3-6 in.
itjug and ] in. or less thick : areola with dirty-white
wool and small yellow to light brown bristles; spines
6-20. vuri:tl>le in length. I in. or less, central ones more
loosely shoatlieil, horny or rcdilish brown, white to
straw-colored sheaths: Hs. purple, 2-3 in. wide: fr.
unarmed or with few spines, conspicuously tuberculate,
subglobose, 1 in. in diam., yellow^ to yellowish red.
Southwest U. S. — Frequently confused with O. uiihri-
cata and O, spinosior, intermediate between the two.
Differs from the latter in having much larger, more
cristate tubercles, fewer spines and different fruit.

55. spindsior, Toumey. A small tree, 6-12 ft. high,
with numerous verticillate branches, forming a rounded
head, the cylindrical trunk tisually branching a few
feet above the ground, and with rough, dark brown or
grayish unarmed bark : joints verticillate and pendulous,
ultimate ones usually 4-8 in. long and about 1 in. thick,
dark green, frequently more or less purplish, with
short, crowded rhombic tubercles: areolae with white to
reddish brown wool and tisually few, small, variously
colored bristles; spines 10-30, increasing in number
yearly as the joints become older until finally deciduous,
short, and rarely conspicuottsly sheathed, usually }4-%
in. long: fls. showy, bright to dark purple, 2-2 V^ in.
wide, in whorls at the ends of the joints: fr. elliptical to
oblong, rarely obovate to globose, 1J^-2H in. long, yel-

low, frequently remaining on the stems during the sec-
ond year. Ariz., northern Mex.

56. Whipplei, Engelm. and Bigel. A spreading, sub-
prostrate shrub, rarely exceeding 2 ft. in height, with
numerous ascending secondary branches, having short,
crowded, prominent tubercles: joints variable, terminal
ones clavate, 2-5 in. long and -:i--'4 in. thicli. mostly
armed on upper half: areola' with short white wool and
a few short, light-colored bristh's; sjoTies white, very
variable, on terminal joints, usually from 1-3 con-
spicuous loose - sheathed interior ones and several
small, deflexed or radiating ones : fls. greenish yellow,
crowded at the ends of the joints, 1-1^4 in. wide; fr.
unarmed or with few spines, pyriform to subglobose,
densely tuberculate, yellow or tinted with scarlet, K-1
in. in diam., drying and remaining attached to the plant
during the winter. Southwest U. S. and northwest Mex.
— This plant is frequently confused with O. Hpinosior,
probably from confusion in the original description.

57. versicolor, Engelm. A small, numerously branched
tree, 6-10 ft. high, with rounded head and a short trunk,
having smooth, light brown or reddish brown, unarmed
bark : joints much elongated, usually 6-12 in. long, some-
times 20, %-% in. thick, deep green, more or less colored
with red and purple : areolae with short gray wool and
lighter colored bristles ; spines variable, on terminal
joints, usually from 5-13, older joints with 10-20. rarely,
however, increasing in numbers after the second year,
reddish brown, with inconspicuous, close-fitting sheaths,
iJ4 in. or less long; fls. bronze-colored, I-IJ4 in. wide:
fr. pyriform to clavate, of same color as joints, never
yellow, sometimes tinged with red or purple, unarmed
or with a few persistent short spines, 1-2 in. long.
Ariz., northern Mex.

58. tetrao&ntha, Toumey. An irregularly branching
shrub, 2-5 ft. high, primary branches from a stout, up-
right trunk 2—4 in. in diam., and bearing numerous
short lateral ones at irregular intervals : joints very
variable in length, usually 4-10 in. long and K in. thick:
areoljB with whitish wool and a crescent-shaped tuft of
light brown bristles; spines 4, rarely more or less, %-
1% in. long, stout, loosely sheathed, straw-colored,
flattened, strongly deflexed, not increasing in numbers
on older joints: fls. greenish purple, J4-1 in. broad: fr.
obovate to stibglobose, J^-1 in. long, juicy, scarlet, un-
armed, or with a few stiff deflexed spines. Arizona.—
One of the most attractive of the cylindrical Opuntias
on account of its numerous bright scarlet fruits.

,59. arbiiscula, Engelm. A short, numerously branched,
round-headed, arborescent plant, rarely reaching the

1549. Opuntia ramosissima. Ko. Gl

height of 5 ft., but always with an upright, well-defined
trunk, having rough, brown, unarmed bark: joints usu-
ally 2—4 in. long and % in. wide, easily broken from the
plant: areolae comparatively large, with white wool and
brush-like tufts of long, slender, yellow bristles: spines
yellow, usually 1, frequently a small, slender, additional
one at either side, %-!% in. long, loosely sheathed: fls.
bronze-colored, J-4-I in. wide: fr. unarmed, of same color

1152

OPUNTIA

ORANGE

as joints, long, clavate, 1-2 in. long and one-third as wide,
mostly sterile, fertile ones with a few remarkably large,
irregular-spheroidal seeds. Arizona, Sonora.

60. leptocaVllis, P. DC. (O. frutfseeiis, Engelm.). An
erect shrub, 2-4 ft. bierh, with long, slender, flexible

1550 Orange (Satsuma)
Showing the multipliLation ot loexiles o]

compartments

stems branching from near the ground, and numerous
lateral secondary ones, very short, usually unarmed and
easily detached: joints about one-fifth to K in. thick:
areolfe with short, white wool and numerous, reddish
brown, conspicuous bristles: spines u.suallyl, sometimes
wanting, erect, stout, frequently 2 in. long, brownish or
horny, with a loose yellow .sheath: fls. greenish yellow
K-K in. wide, with detlexed perianth : fr. scarlet, sue
culent, obovate to oblong, rarely globose, Yn-yi in. long,
frequently proliferous, armed with tufts of long, red
dish brown bristles. Southwestern U. S. and Sonora,
Var. mJljOT, Hort., is advertised. — One of the slenderest
of the Opuntias. It differs from other species in that
the tls. do not open until late in the afternoon. Several
forms of this plant occur throughout its range, some of
which have been separated as varieties. One
of the most frequent of the cylindrical Opun-
tias in cult.

Gl. ramosissima, Engelm. ( O. tesaeUAta,
Engelm.). Pigs. 1543, 1549. A spreading bush,
2-5 ft. high, with numerous slender branches
arising from a short trunk, 1-3 in. thick, and hav-
ing dark, scaly bark : joints ashy to bluish gray,
variable in leiij^'th, ultimate ones 2-C in., '%-]4
in. thick : areola* with sparse white wool and
a few small yellow bristles: spines sometimes
wanting (Fig. 1.537), usually 1, stiff, erect, \}'i-2
in. long, loosely sheathed: fls. reddish purple,
X-K in. wide, dry, narrowly obovate, 1 in. long,
% in. wide, with 1 or 2 seeds, frequently sterile,
armed with numerous long, grayish bristles.
Ariz., Calif., Sonora.

O. coceinellifera, Mill. = Nopalc
Salm., is advertised, but little k
ph^lla. — O. Kielnwe, DC. is alst
I urida is probably O, arborescens

J. W. TOUMEV.

ORACH, or French Spinach, is a pot-herb cult and
used much like spinach. It is an annual, grows 5 t ft
high, has furrowed stems and arrow-shaped, slightly
crimped Ivs. of soft texture. The inflorescence sug
gests that of amarantus-like plants. The individual
fls. are very small, devoid of petals, and greenish or
reddish according to variety. For a more technical de
scription, see Airiplex liortensis.

There are three main types of Orach, based on the
color of the Ivs. The white variety is the one most
commonly grown. The Ivs. are pale green, almost yel
low. The red or dark red variety has stems and foliage
of dark red color, which disappears in cooking. It is
occasionally cult, as an ornamental foliage plant under
the name var. atrosamjuinea. The green variety is per-
haps the most vigorous type. The Ivs. are rounder than
those of the white var. and less toothed. So far as is
known, only the red and white varieties are offered in
America. The seed is usually drilled into the open

I. — O. corrugata,
own. — rt. glauco-
advertised. — O.

ground in early March. The plants are used in their
young state. They bear hot weather fairly well, but
soon run to seed. Monthly successional sowings
are therefore desirable. Orach is little known in
America. yf^ jj_

ORANGE. Plate XXIII. The Orange is one of
the oldest of cultivated fruits. Its nativity is still
in doubt, but it is probable that it is indigenous
to the Indo-Chinese region. It is now widely
distributed in all warm-temperate and tropical
countries, in many of which it has run wild and
behaves like a native plant. In parts of Florida
the Orange was found wild when permanent set-
tlements were made, but it had probably spread
from stock that was introduced by the early
Spaniards. In stature of tree and character of
fruit, the Orange has varied immensely. Nor-
mally, the fruit contains ten compartments or
locules ; but under the influence of domestica-
tion these compartments have been increased,
and in some cases a secondary axis, with its
accompanying locules, has been thrust into the
center of the fruit, causing the "navel" appear-
ance of some varieties. Fig. 1550; also Fig. 476,
p. 322. These navel Oranges, of which the
Washington Navel or Bahia is the best known, are
chance seedling varieties, as other varieties are. The
immediate cause of this particular kind of variation
is unknown. The Washington Navel was introduced ■
from Brazil in 1870 by the late Wm. Saunders, of the
U. S. Dept. of Agric, and by him distributed as the
Bahia (see Van Deman, Rept. Dept. Agric, 1886, p.
267). In recent years, some of the odd and grotesque
types of Japanese Oranges have been introduced into
this country, but they will probably always be curiosi-
ties rather than commercial pomological products. See
Figs. 1551-2 and cf. Shinn, A.G. 1890, 333-6.

There are three well-developed Orange regions within
the conflnes of the United States : central and southern
Florida; the delta region of the Mississippi; California.

1551. The Natsu-dai-dia. or Summer Orange of Japan.

The fruit i

Parts of Texas and the Mexico-Arizona region will no
doubt develop into commercial Orange sections in the
near future. Until within recent years a large part of
the Oranges consumed in this country have come from

Orange tree in flower and fruit

ORANGE

ORANGE

1153

Mediterranean regions, but tlie Florida Orange has
taken the place, to a large extent, of the imported fruit.
Since the great Florida freeze of 1895, however, the
California Orange has come to be much better known
in the eastern states.

Fifty years and more ago, Oranges were commonly
grown under glass in England and parts of the conti-
nent. At that time there was no rapid transportation
between the Orange-growing regions and northern
countries, and the Orange fruit was a luxury. Special
houses, known as orangeries, were devoted to the cul-
ture of the fruit. The trees were ordinarily grown in
large tubs or boxes (Fig. 1553), and were kept in the
open in summer and were placed in the orangery in
winter. These orangeries were scarcely greenhouses
in the modern understanding of the term. In many
cases they had slate or shingle roofs, the sides only
being provided with an extra amount of glass in the
shape of windows. Some of them, however, were
houses with glass roofs. As imported Oranges came to
be more common, these Orange houses gradually fell
into disuse. It is doubtful if there are any of these
establishments now standing in this country, but one
sees them occasionally in Europe. As the Orange trees
disappeared, other plants were grown in the house, so
that an orangery came to mean a particular kind of
house in which plants are grown that will thrive in con-
ditions suited to the Orange. It came to be no uncom-
mon thing to see orangeries in which there were no
Oranges.

The Orange tree is still a popular subject in conser-
vatories, however, and in window-gardens. In the latter
conditions it rarely produces fruit of any consequence,
but the shining evergreen foliage and the very fragrant
flowers make the plant interesting and desirable. The
plant is sub,ieCt to scale and mealy bug, and constant
attention must be given to syringing and sponging the
foliage. The leading difliculty in the growing of an
Orange tree in the dwelling house is a tendency to keep
it growing the entire year and to keep it too wet at the
roots. After the fruiting season, in late fall or early
winter, the plant should be allowed to rest for a time
in order to harden its wood for the next year's bloom.
It may then be kept at a temperature of 40° to 50°
and fairly dry at the roots. Water should not be with-
held entirely, however, because the plant should be
kept in such condition that the foliage will not drop.
After a period of relative inactivity of one or two months,
the plant may be set in a sunny pUace and given a some-
what higher temperature, and water and liquid manure
may be applied at the roots. It should be in bloom dur-
ing the summer and early fall. Best results are secured
if the roots are somewhat confined. When the plant is
small, it may be potted on from time to time; but after
it has attained the height of five or six feet, it should
not be given more root room than a small tub or a half
barrel. Ordinarily, it will not need repotting for several
years at a time after it has attained this size. Some of
the surface soil may be removed from time to time and
fresh soil added and liquid manure applied. Usually
the stocks which are used are grown from seeds, and
the plants vary as peaches or apples do. S- me of the
plants may give desirable fruit, l>ut the larger part of
them will give fruit of indifferent or even inferior
quality. If the best kind of fruit is wanted, the young
plants should be budded after they are well established
in the pots. Buds may be secured from any tree that
bears a desirable fruit, or they may be obtained from the
South.

In recent years the Otaheite Orange (described in
Vol I, page 323) has come into prominence as a pot-
plant. Fig. 1551. It is a dwarf form of the common
Orange species. It is undoubtedly the best form of Or-
ange for growing in the house. The fruits are small
and handsome, and the flowers have a pinkish tinge
and are very fragrant. These plants will bloom and
bear when not more than a foot high if the roots are
.somewhat confined or the plants not overpotted. Usually
they will bloom the greater part of the vear, but, like
most hard-wooded plants, the best results are secured
if they have a period of rest, as described above. The
temperature for all Oranges should be relatively low;
that is, it should be the temperature of the intermediate

house or one which will grow carnations, chrysan-
themums, geraniums, and the like.

There is much literature on the Orange, but there is
no full and comprehensive treatise on Orange culture in
North America. An authoritative general work on
Oranges is Risso and Poiteau, "Hisfoire et Culture des

1552. Japanese types of Orange.

Top. Sakura-jiraa, small, dwarf in growth, coarse
in quality. Second from top, Shiriwa-koji. sweet and
solid, of good quality, the rind thin and yellow. Oon-
shin or Satsuma, one of the "kid-glove *' class. Ka-
wachi, also a "kid-glove " Orange.

Oranges," Paris. On the oriental forms and histories
of Oranges, one should consult Bonavia, "The Culti-
vated Oranges and Lemons of India and Ceylon," London,
1890. The American books on the Orange are as fol-

1154

ORANGE

lows: Garey, "Orange Culture in California," San Fran-
cisco, 1882 ; Moore, "Treatise of Orange Culture in
Florida, Louisiana and California," New York and
Jacksonville, Third Edition, 1883; Manville, "Practical
Orange Culture: including the Culture of the Orange,
Lemon, Lime, and other citrous fruits as grown in
Florida," Jacksonville, 1883; Spalding, "The Orange:
Its Culture in California," Riverside, 1885. One should
also consult Wickson's "California Fruits." and the pub-
lications of the California State Board of Horticulture.
For an account of the Orange from the botanical
point of view, see Citrus. L_ jj^ g

Orange Culture in Florida.— The foundation of
Orange culture in Florida was laid, it is believed, by
the accidental distribution of sour Orange seeds by the
Indians, who obtained the fruit from trees planted by
the Spaniards in early days, and which were probably
grown from imported seeds.

These sour Oranges were carried from camp to camp,
and the seeds thus scattered through the northern and
central parts of peninsular Florida found congenial soil
and conditions in the open hardwood forests and live-
oak groves of that region, and in time formed wild groves
of great extent, always in places where more or less
protected from sun and radiation by towering live-oaks,
magnolias and similar trees.

Sweet Oranges were grown to some extent for family
use even before the civil war, but in the absence of
transportation facilities were considered of no commer-
cial value.

Between 18G5 and 1870, however, the Orange trees
along the banks of the St. John's river began to attract
attention as a profitable investment, and a little later
an enterprising horticulturist bought a portion of a wild
grove in the interior, near Orange Lake, and budded
the tops of the sour trees to sweet varieties. The prof-
its were prompt and large, so much so that this pioneer,
who began with an investment of only $1,000, had a crop
valued at $231,000, for the year of the great freeze,
1894-5.

Many of these wild groves were injured or destroyed,
however, by the removal of the protecting live-oaks,

1553. Tub-erown Orange tree.

and being located on about the 30th parallel of latitude,
the Oranges themselves had to be marketed early in
the season to avoid destruction by frost. By 1880 culti-
vated groves spread over all parts of Florida wliere
railroad or steamboat transportation was accessible; the

ORANGE

Indian river hammocks being justly celebrated for the
quality and abundance of the fruit, while almost every
kind of soil and exposure had its champions as best for
Orange culture. The winters for several years prior to

1554. Otaheite Orange

pot.

1880 were almost frostless, and the rains abundant all
the year round, so that the growth of well-cultivated
young groves was phenomenal, and the whole northern
half of peninsular Florida gave itself up to Orange cul-
ture with reckless enthusiasm — it was estimated that
the Orange at 12 years of age would pay from 10 to 150
per cent interest on a valuation of $100 for each tree,
and in the case of individual frees even the highest
figure was sometimes realized.

The first check to this state of affairs was received in
1886, when a three days' blizzard from the northwest
swept over the state and cut back or at least defoliated
all the Orange trees down to the 29th degree, and still
further south in all but the most protected stations.
This injury, however, was only temporary in most cases,
and while much of the crop of 1885-6 was lost, there
was no diminution in the crop of the following year,
although the trees themselves had received an evident
check.

From 1886 on, there has been a succession of frosts,
generally not sufficient to hurt old trees but enough to
destroy or seriously cripple nearly all the young groves
north of th<- l;ititu<le of Tampa, so that few, if any, new
groves li:i\ !• In-in brought into successful bearing north
of that iK.iTit siiHT 1886.

In December, I8i)4, a still more severe northwest bliz-
zard defoliated all the trees as far south as the Manatee
river, and this was followed in February by another
similar freeze, which caught the trees covered with
tender shoots and younir f"li:igi', with active sap, and
killed most of them to thr t^ntiiiul from Tampa north,
and, moreover, so enfi't'l>Ir.l tliera from the repeated
shocks that the majority were unable to rally, and are
to-day either dead or worthless. The loss to the Florida
Orange industry by this double freeze is reasonably
estimated at $100,000,000.

The crop of 1894-5 was the largest hitherto produced,
and estimated at 6,000,000 boxes, each of 2 cubic feet.
The following year about 75,000 boxes were produced,
all from south of the latitude of Tampa, and the crop
has been increasing till that of 1900-01 is estimated at
1,000,000 boxes, 95 per cent of this coming from regions
south of Orange county, which just about reverses the
proportion observed "before the freeze."

The following table was supplied by Mr. E. O. Painter,
editor of the "Florida Agriculturist," after consultation
with the officers of the Florida Fruit Exchange, and may
be relied on as substantially correct:

ORANGE .

1155

FLORIDA ORANGE CROPS.

Boxes

1884-85 600.000

1885-86 90O.OU0

1886-87 1.200.(100

1887-88 1.4r)0.000

1888-89 l.Si.'.O.OOO

1889-90 2.1."i0.000

1890-91 2.450,000

1891-92 3,761.843

1892-93 3,400.000

1893-94 5.055,367

1894-95 6,000,000 (Est.)

1895-96 100,000

1896-97 250.000

1897-98 216.579

1898-99 225,000

1899-1900 400,000

1900-1901 1,000,000 (Est.)

Many groves in Orange county and northward have
been brought into fair condition by bauliing the trunks
with earth during the winter so as to limit the injury by
frost, and if another series of frostless winters lilie
those between 1870 and 1880 were to occur, these groves,
with others newly planted, would gain sufficient age and
size to defy the ordinary frosts and make this region
again productive. Many acres have recently been
shedded over with slats or canvas — usually removed in
summer — and, thus pro-
tected from the cold, are
promising large returns on
the heavy investment re-
quired to build the sheds
-from $600 to $1,000 per
acre. Figs, 1555-6. They
are usually heated during
the coldest nights, either
with open wood fires or
stoves burning coke or
coal. The most extensive
,,,, ,. . , . """ ' ■ shedding operations are

fn o°»^ , ( '° '"°,'^''' those of John B. Stetson,
an Orange tree from cold. ij t-, i j i i, .i-

,. , , , ^ J , , of Deland, who has 3(

1111,13 aboard top and cloth „„rps irivererl varinn« ev«

sides. The sides can be re- acres covered, various sys-
moved, allowing the trees full t''™^ "^ protection being
light. employed on different

plots.

The Orange has been grown on the most varied soils
in Florida, but successful groves have been mainly on
"high hammock" and "high pine," and the greatest
profit, as a rule, has been from the hammock groves,
where seedling trees came into bearing much earlier
than on pine-land, and both seedling and budded trees
produce more abundant crops.

The Orange groves of California and Arizona are sub-
jected to greater winter cold than those of Florida, but
suffer comparatively little damage from it, since the
winters are more uniformly cool and dry and the trees
are consequently dormant, while the usual warmth of a
Florida winter keeps vegetation constantly in more or
less active growth, and hence more sensitive to sudden
frosts. Thus in 1894-5 not only Orange trees but peach
and mulberry trees and old Wistaria vines— all hardy as
far north as Canada when dormant— were frozen to the
ground. The mean temperature has changed little, if
at all, during this alternation of mild and frosty cycles
of years; indeed, the mean of maximum and minimum
observation taken daily at Mount Dora, Fla., for six
comparatively frostless years prior to 188C was half a
degree F. colder than the mean of six years of injurious
frosts subsequent to 1886.

The Orange tree is a gross feeder, and in the sandy
soils best adapted to its culture in Florida can use to
advantage large amounts of commercial fertilizer, pro-
vided the ammonia is balanced by abundant potash and
care is taken to avoid an excess of crude fermentable
materials containing nitrogen, such as cottonseed-meal
and dried blood.

On the raoister grades of hammock land, such, for ex-
ample, as those bearing the fine groves near the Manatee
river, it is considered unsafe to give more than 10
pounds of commercial fertilizer a year, even to the oldest
bearing trees, on account of its liability to produce dis-
ease; and additional sulfate of potash is used, even
with standard brands of fertilizer rich in potash. On

the high pine-land at Deland, profit has been found in
applications of 80 pounds to the tree, or 2 tons to the
acre, but the average amount used by successful grow-
ers is 20 to 30 pounds to the tree of special brands,
costing from $30 to $37 per ton.

So long as the soil is not unduly depleted of humus,
frequent cultivation is an important factor in producing
rapid growth of Orange trees. As an experiment, a seed
was planted and hoed every day except Sundays for
four years. It was then about the size of an average
eight-year-old tree in the region — one celebrated for its
fine and fast-growing Orange groves — and bore four
boxes of Oranges — about what would be expected front
an eight-year-old seedling in that place.

Soi7s. — The surface soils of peninsular Florida are
almost wholly of subaerial origin— that is, are composed
of particles cast up by the waves of the sea and carried
to their present positions by the wind. The process
may be observed at the present day in some places on
the coast, for example, where a gentle slope inland from
the beach ends in a thicket of underbrush and small
trees. At such a place the slope abruptly ends at an
angle of 45 degrees, and whenever a breeze blows from
the sea on a dry day a continuous stream of sand may
be seen blowing over the crest and falling down the
steep angle, gradually engulfing and burying the
thicket in a layer of sand sometimes 15 feet in depth.
The trees and bushes form a wind-break and thus check
the blowing of the sand towards the sea when a land
breeze prevails. As might be expected, the elevations
in peninsular Florida are small, the highest point of the
peninsula being but 300 feet above the sea-level.

The result of long ages of wind action on a soil com-
posed wholly of fine particles has been to assort these
articles according to weight and size and other physi-
cal characteristics into innumerable patches, small and
great, each of which has its own peculiarities in its re-
action upon the vegetation which it bears. This makes
the soil capabilities of any tract of land a bewildering
puzzle to the newcomer, and the only certain clue to its
solution is found in the character of the vegetation al-
ready growing on it. Chiefly in accordance with this
natural growth, the soils are classified as high ham-
mock and low hammock, high pine and low pine, or
flatwoods, prairies, scrubs, bays and shell-mounds. Any
land bearing an abundant growth of hardwood trees —
live-oaks, hickories, magnolias, etc., is hammock land,
and if not less than 3 or 4 feet above water is suitable
for Orange culture. The larger and denser the hard-
wood growth the better the Orange will flourish on it.
An elevation of 8-10 feet above water is preferable to
lower hammock. The word hammock is the aboriginal
Indian name for hardwood forest.

"High pine" land is characterized by the predominant
growth of the long-leaved or yellow pine. This is also

1556. One method of protecting Orange trees in
Florida.— A slat shed.

suitable for Orange culture; the larger the pines the
better the land. If the pines are intermixed with willow-
oaks and an occasional hickory and cabbage palmetto,
the land is sometimes called half-hammock, and such
land is more fertile than ordinary pine land. Blackjack
oaks, on the contrary, are an indication of poverty of
soil.

1156

ORANGE

As tires sweep over the pine lands aunually, burning
the resinous pine straw, there is a good deal of finely
divided charcoal in these soils but very little humus,
while in hammock soil the percentage of humus is often
very large.

Platwoods {low pine land) is characterized by several
small-coned species of pine, which otherwise very much

1557. Florida Oranee erove.

resemble the long-leaved pines. This land is often un-
derlaid with hardpan a foot or two below the surface.
Much of it is subject to overflow in the rainy months,
and when overgrown with gallberry bushes it is useless
for Orange culture.

A prairie is a tract in the flatwoods overgrown with
grass only and covered by standing water during a
part of each year.

A scrub is a tract of white sand — often like clean
granulated sugar — overgrown with dwarfed live-oaks
and other bushes, mostly of the heath family and usu-
ally only a few feet high, with scattered spruce-pine
trees, the open spaces often covered with reindeer
moss and allied lichens. It is entirely worthless for
Orange culture, though suited for pineapples if richly
and constantly fertilized.

A bay or bayhead is a deep accumulation of humus —
muck and peat. When drained, such lands make the
best vegetable gardens.

The shell-mounds are, as their name implies, accumu-
lations of the shells of marine or fresh-water mollusks,
intermixed with a little sand and humus. They are apt
to be thirsty, though fertile when plenty of water is
supplied, and although the Orange will grow upon them
and produce fine, silky-skinned fruit, the trees are not
long-lived, as a rule, and seem subject to disease. The
finest silky-skinned fruit is rarely, if over, produced by
trees in vigorous health and ru^^^^t-d growth.

The tendency of Orange trees im ]"iin' liiiid, especially
bottomless pine lauds— those not uiulerlaiil with clay —
is to wood growth, and the postponement of abundant
fruiting till a great age has been reached; this is es-
pecially the case with seedling trees. The coarser the
pine land soil in texture, the longer, as a rule, will the
Orange tree take to reach a bearing age, sometimes
requiring twenty or thirty years, even with abundant
fertilizing, on the coarser sands. On the hammocks,
seedlings fruit at a much earlier age, and budded trees
often dwarf themselves from overbearing.

South of the 27th degree of latitude there are some
rich, red, loamy soils, while the sand consists largely of
coral debris instead of quartz. In these southern re-
gions the Orange is supposed to flourish only upon the
scrub lands, being dwarfed and subject to disease on
the otherwise rich and fertile red soils.

When not injured by frost, the Florida Orange tree is
immensely productive of thin-skinned delicious fruits.
A good Florida orchard or grove is shown in Fig.
1557. A new tree arising from the stump of a frozen
tree is shown in Fig. II^SS. Many groves have been re-
newed in this way.

I'arieties. — Of the leading varieties, Homosassa
may be taken as the type of the finest seedlings origi-
nating in Florida; other Florida seedlings have been

ORANGE

named, but they are much alike. Jaffa and Majorca
are typical of the best thornless foreign varieties; the
Washington is the only navel Orange sufficiently pro- ■
ductive to warrant planting in Florida, where none of
the navel Oranges are as prolific as other .sorts. Of the
kid glove Orange, the Tangerine has quite displaced
the Mandarin in Florida, the brighter color of the for-
mer always ensuring a higher market price. 8atsuma
has the merit of being earlier than the Tangerine and
possibly being hardier, hence is largely planted, though
not equal in appearance or quality to the Dancy Tan-
gerine. Of the two varieties of Kumquat or Cherry
Orange, the "oblong" is the best market fruit, the
"round" being too variable in size and often too small.
Theodore L. Mead.
Another View op Orange Culture in Florida.—
In primitive Orange culture the tree was a seedling
from selected fruit, and even at this time the majority
of hearing trees in Florida are seedlings. Seedlings
an- late in coming into bearing, their fruit is of variable
<|uality, and the roots of sweet Orange trees are likely
to get the "foot-rot," or mal-di-goma. Therefore grow-
ers are now more careful as to stocks used and seldom
plant the sweet seedling tree, but graft or bud on more
suitable roots. On very high land of best quality which
is deeply drained, it is possible to raise the sweet seed-
ling without great danger from foot-rot. As long as
the roots are healthy the trees produce fruit in abun-
dance, and many growers contend that the fruit pro-
duced, whether of Orange, lemon or pomelo, on sweet
Orange stocks is better in quality of juice, has less
"rag" and a thinuer skin, and hangs on the tree in per-
fection longer than when grown on other roots.

The sour Orange as a stock for other citrous trees is
a contestant with the longer grown sweet Orange, and
as it is free from gum disease, commonly called "foot-
rot," and yields abundant crops, it is planted on soils
which naturally siiit it ; these are low, rich lands of
both pine and hammock. In the central part of Florida
it has run wild, and grows in the open hammock woods
wliere some years ago the best thickets were budded or
grafted to the sweet Orange, and up to 1895 bore enor-
mous crops of fruit. The sour Orange does not do so
well on higher land, though sometimes planted there,
and will not grow at all in dry, coarse sand, where the
"rough lemon" manages to exist and produce fruit.

This "rough lemon" seems to be a natural hybrid
citrus, with leaves and flowers somewhat resembling
the commercial lemon and with large, round, coarse

¥/

1558. Sprout-grown Oianee tree.

fruit with a lemon's acidity, but with the appearance of
a coarse sour Orange.

For quickness of growth and prolific fruiting, no
citrous tree compares with the "rough lemon " as a stock
for Oranges, lemons, etc., and growers are more suc-
cessful with it than with any other stock on diverse
soils so far tried.

ORANGE

ORANGE

1157"

Another prominent stock for citrous trees is the wild
liardy Citrus irifoUata of Japan. It is a very thorny
ileciduous tree of somewhat dwarf habit, succeeding
well ou good Orange land not too dry. It influences the
cion growing upon it to a great extent and causes a
considerable increase of hardiness against cold, as well
as earlier ripening of fruit ; the tree itself blooms very
late in the sj>ring and ripens its fruit comparatively
early. In imrth Florida and along the Gulf coast it is
now being lar^n-ly phmted, worked to all varieties of
Orange, pomelo, kumquat. etc., with more or less like-
lihood of successful fruition. It will probably never
be wanted as a stock in localities free from frosts". The
Orange tree is also worked to a small extent on the
roots of other citrous trees, as pomelo, lime, bitter-sweet
Orange, etc., with more or less success, as the nature
of the land determines.

Propagation of these various trees is usually effected
by seed. For sweet seedlings intended for orchard
planting, the seed is carefully selected from the fruit
of very best qualities, and only the vigorous plants are
saved ; for the nursery, to be worked by budding or
grafting to various sorts, the seed is taken from any
fruit available, whether good in quality or not. The
seeds are squeezed out of the fruit by hand, after cut-
ting the skin, and not allowed to dry. The seed of
Citrus trifoliata may be dried, as it keeps longer
without loss of vitality.

Seed-beds are prepared by thoroughly digging and
pulverizing the soil, which should be of a light or
sandy nature, and, unless of very good quality nat-
urally, should be manured slightly with composted
stable manure or chemical fertilizer. Seed should be
sown thickly on the loose soil and pressed down well
before covering ; soil of the same light nature should
now be thrown evenly over the surface to a depth of
about an inch, and if the bed is considerably exposed to
the sun should be mulched lightly with straw or leaves.
Planters usually provide a temporary shading for the
beds or else select a situation shaded by trees or walls,
although the seedlings will grow in full sunshine if
only mulched, but require more attention in watering,
After two to six weeks, according to the warmth of the
weather, the seedlings will appear above the surface
and must be kept as free as possible from weeds, in-
sects and fungous diseases. "Damping off" causes
much trouble, and whole beds may be lost unless
sprayed in time to check the spread of this fungous
trouble. Bordeaux mixture seems to be the best prepa-
ration to use, although thorough dusting with flowers
of sulfur sometimes is effectual.

The seedlings at the age of six months, or say during
the summer rainy season, may be planted in nursery
rows, about 10 x 48 in. apart. Less risk of loss, how-
ever, results when transplanting is done in midwinter
with one-year-old plants, which at this age should be
(5-18 in. high, according to variety. Watering is neces-
sary both at time of setting and occasionally afterward,
unless rains are frequent enough to keep the ground
well moistened.

Fertilizer is used on poor soil about three times per
year in the nursery, and clean tillage is a necessity to
produce healthy trees quickly. At the age of three or
four years the seedlings are usually budded to the
desired varieties just before the growth ceases in the
autumn. In spring the tops are cut off a few inches
above the live buds, which quickly push out and grow
strongly the first few months. Care is now essential in
keeping down sprouts from the stock and in training
the young bud. Most growers drive a small stake at
each stem and tie the shoot thereto with soft twine,
topping it to induce branching at the desired height.
After a full season's growth the young budded trees
will be well hardened and available for planting out in
the permanent orchard during the winter months.

Grafting the Orange, as well as all citrous trees, is
not so certain a process as budding, the hardness of the
wood and heat of a warm climate being against success.
Bark-graftiug, or sprig-budding, is practiced on old
stumps fairly successfully, but other forms of grafting
usually fail.

In starting an orchard, the character of soil and
drainage must determine the kind of stock to be used.

The distance apart for standard trees should be ample,
25-30 ft. seeming about right. Trifoliata stock may be
set closer. The land must be staked off and holes thor-
oughly prepared some time before setting trees. If
land is newly cleared and somewhat acid, the soil
thrown out of the holes may be sweetened by a liberal
mixture of fresh lime, and will be benefited if allowed
to remain exposed to sun and air for two or three

Orange.

■nonths, after which it may be thrown back and the
surface fertilized (if necessary) a week or more before
setting trees.

The young trees ought to be judiciously pruned at
the top to counterbalance loss of roots in digging, and
part or all of the leaves may be removed if transplant-
ing takes place in cool weather; the removal of leaves
is additional security against loss, less water being
needed to establish the roots. In summer, however, the
hot sunshine makes it advisable to leave on some
foliage to avoid burning or scalding. Winter trans-
planting is preferable in almost every case.

After transplanting, the trees will be greatly benefited
by a mulching of straw, leaves, or trash, which will
keep the ground cooler and moister, and in rotting add
humus to the soil. Fertilizer during the first years may
not be needed if the natural soil is rich, but by the time
fruiting commences some elements will probably be
needed. If the grower is undecided as to what his soil
lacks, a series of soil analyses may be useful in giving
a suggestion. Potash, phosphoric acid and nitrogen are
the main elements in manures, and the formulfe used
in mixing eiiemical fertilizers may be readily varied to
suit e.ach particular orchard. The fertilizer may be
purchased ready mixed, or the growerby care and study
can make his own mixtures, buying the various ingre-
dients to best advantage. Sulfate of potash, bone-
black, and sulfate of ammonia are safe and favorite
chemicals for all citrous trees. Fertilizing is usually
done in December and again in May or June; some-
times a third application may be necessary in early au-
tumn to properly fill out the fruit.

Cultivation has been for some years along the same
lines: light plowing about the time of the winter fertil-
izing followed by thorough harrowing all through ne
spring and early summer, keeping weeds and grass well
under, and conserving the moisture through the spring
drought. After the rains settle down in earnest, all cul-
tivation is suspended and the orchard is sown to various
soil-enriching forage-plants, or allowed to develop crab-
grass. The abundant foliage of the forage-plants keeps
the ground cooler and renders the tree less liable to scald
during extremes of heat and moisture; the forage may
be cut and cured for hay, but when so doing a return of
such loss ought to be made to the orchard, to some ex-
tent, from the barn lots, or in applications of mulching
or leaf-mold. At all events the orchard should be
mowed previous to the time of fruit-gathering.

Since the destructive freezes of 1894-95 and the fol-
lowing three cold winters, growers in the upper portion
of Florida have used various forms of protection against
frost, for Orange trees. The most general work along

1158

ORANGE

ORANGE

this line tias been the banking of tree-trunks with soil
up to a height of 1-4 ft., which in the event of freezing
carries the budded stem safely through the winter and
saves considerable growth. This is only a makeshift,
however, to preserve the budded variety and does not
protect the top or bearing part of the tree, so that many
forms of tents for covering the whole tree have been
devised, with heating apparatus. Sheds have also been
made with tight walls, covering large areas of trees and
having either slatted or movable roofs: during severe
cold, open fires, aided by the high walls, keep the
temperature above the freezing point. There is also
the possibility of warming the air by means of sprays
of water, forced from set nozzles by a steam pump, as
the temperature of well water in Florida is constantly
about 75° Fahr. or warmer. Under sheds trees may be
set closer and kept at the very highest state of growth,
removing crowded trees from time to time as it may be
expedient.

Tlie gathering of the Orange crop may proceed some-
what at the will of the owner; picking, of course, pro-
ceeds with the ripening of the different varieties, the
early sorts being fit to gather in October, weeks or
months before medium and late ripening sorts: all
varieties will keep in perfection for several weeks while
hanging on the trees.

The fruit from all citrous trees should be cut off, and
never pulled, as a rough treatment would caiise early
decay. Packing is carried on quite uniformly in a
great degree of perfection through all the Orange sec-
tions of the country; the main essentials to success
are a slight wilting of the fruit (two or three days),
and a firm, but not extreme degree of pressure, in each
package. E. N. Reasoner.

OrangeCulture in the Mississippi Delta. — From the
early settlement of Louisiana to the present day Orange
culture has received attention in the lower Mississippi
valley. Until recently the seeds of sweet Oranges were
planted and the young trees transplanted in and around
the yards and gardens. No extensive groves were grown
until after the close of the civil war. At first groves of
seedling trees only were planted and these proved ex-
ceedingly profitable up to the very cold spell of 1895,
which destroyed nearly every one in the state. In the
meanwhile extensive experiments had been made in
budding the choice varieties of sweet Oranges on various
kinds of stocks, and many of the experiments demon-
strated the power of resisting the cold by certain kinds
of stocks, notably the Citrus trifoliata. Accordingly
many of the old groves and a number of new ones

1560. The banking of Orang

were planted in budded stocks, tising the buds of se-
lected trees of sweet Oranges and establishing them
upon the Citrus trifoliata.

Budded stock has thus entirely superseded sweet seed-
lings. The sour Orange, the bitter-sweet Orange, the
rough lemons, the grape-fruit or pomelo and the Citt^us
trifoliata have all been used successfully as stock for
the sweet Orange. In the meanwhile several hardy
Japanese varieties, including the Satsuma, Mandarins
and Tangerines, were introduced and budded upon va-
rious kinds of stock. In 1895, with the temperature going

down to 15° F. in New Orleans, it was found that the
combination of the hardy Japanese varieties upon the
Citrus trifoliata alone withstood the cold. This experi-
ence caused an adoption of the Citrus trifoliata as the
chief stock for future groves. Accordingly nearly all of
the groves planted since that time have been with this
stock.

But there is a frost limit beyond which this combina-
tion is destroyed. This was evidenced by the unprece-
dented freeze of February, 1899, which again destroyed
nearly every grove in the state. Since that time Orange
planting has made very slow progress, and only a few
large groves are to-day to be found in the state. The
industry is, however, so profitable that a renaissance
may be expected at an early day. The budded trees
bear early and yield profitable returns in three to five
years after being transplanted in the grove. The city
of New Orleans furnishes a home market for all that
can be raised, and the Louisiana Orange is about one
month ahead of those of Florida and several months ahead
of California in ripening, and, therefore, reaches the
market when, on account of scarcity, goml prio-s prevail.
These facts, coupled with the readily pni.luctive soil,
requiring no fertilizers, and the abumhmt rainfall, dis-
pensing with irrigation, make Orange culture exceed-
ingly profitable in Louisiana, and the only drawback is
an occasional blizzard from the northwest, which drives
gulf-ward the usually balmy climate and temporarily
chills the groves. At rare intervals these blizz.irds are
so intense as to destroy tree and fruit.

How to protect groves against these destructive
frosts is to-day the "burning question"with the Orange
growers. Flooding the orchard with water from the
river upon the approach of a freeze has been practiced
upon a large scale without complete success.

The practice of banking the tree — piling the soil around
the stem to a height of a few feet (Fig. 15(50)— on the
ap]>roach of a blizzard whose intensity and time nf coming
are usually predicted Iiy tin- i^uvernineiit wt-iiilier Imreau,
is now almost universally ;ul<>i)fiMl as the tjest in-oteclion
against excessive cold. This I lan king re tains vitality in the
main trunk, and while the outer limbs are killed young
shoots will start from the tree when the soil is removed
and spring advances. This practice gives only partial
protection. The tree is virtually destroyed, but new
shoots from the protected trunk will soon appear and
in a year or two the tree has resumed shape and is ready
to bear a crop. The crop for the ensuing year or years
is destroyed, but by skilful care the grower is enabled
to secure a renewed plantation quickly.

The sweet, the sour, the Mandarin (Fig. 1559),
Tangerine and Satsuma, the Shaddock, the grape-
fruit, the Kumquat and the trifoliata, are all
grown quite largely in Louisiana. The Myrtle
and the Otaheite are occasionally found as orna-
mental trees.

The Orange is grown in this state directly
from seed and from buds. Budding is done at
any time of the year from early spring to late
fall. When performed in the fall, the buds re-
main dormant through the winter. The various
stocks have particular merits for special soils
and other conditions, and several kinds are used,
as already said; bat when the chief obstacle to
successful Orange culture is cold, all other
considerations must be dispensed with and only
the most resistant stocks used. These are,
iirst. Citrus Irif'iliiita, and, second, sour Orange.
Hence nearly all the Louisiana groves are on
these two stocks, a large majority being on the
former.

Planting a grove is always preceded by a nur-
sery. The latter is made by planting the seed of the
Citrus trifoliata or sour Orange. When the young
trees are one to two years old they are shield-budded
with buds from selected varieties. One year after,
these buds are large enough to be transplanted to the
grove.

The soil of the grove is thoroughly prepared and pul-
verized, and well drained. The trees are planted at in-
tervals of 20 to 40 feet apart both ways, and the grove is
cultivated until the trees are large enough to shade the
ground. After that only the weeds and bushes are kept

Plate XXm, Citrous fruits (about one-half natural size)
Obangks, Nonpareil and Parson Brown; Ma^ndakin, Cleopatra; Kumquat, Nagami; Pomelo, Royal

ORANGE

ORANGE

1159

down. Late and early cultivation of an Orange grove
is usually discouraged as having a tendency to induce a
too luxuriant, sappy growth, which may be injured by
subsequent frosts. The cultivation is usually per-
formed with light plows or suitable cultivators.

In three years after a grove is planted the trees
should begin to bear, increasing its products every year

1561. Satsuma Oranee (X K).

thereafter and becoming exceedingly profitable at 5 to 6
years. It has been found best here to head the Orange
tree low, and prune it only for shape and comfort. Ex-
cessive pruning is never followed.

When ripe, the Oranges are gathered by hand from
ladders, assorted and packed in boxes or barrels and
shipped to New Orleans. Before the late excessive
cold the crop of the state was estimated at 500,000
boxes. It was quite small last year, as the result of this
freeze.

A fertilizer containing 50 pounds nitrogen, 50 pounds
potash, anfl 25 pounds phosphoric acid per acre is the
one usually recommended in this state. It is usually
applied in March or April. The following varieties have
been grown in this state, which, for convenience, are
here divided into three classes: first, early ripening,
second, medium; third, late.

Of the first class there are numerous Creole strims,—
Beach Nos. 1 and 2, Boone Early, Brazil-
ian, Centennial, Early Oblong, Foster,
Homosassa, Nonpareil, Parson Brown,
Peerless, Pride of Malta, and Whitaker, of
the sweet varieties ; and the Satsuma ( Fig.
1561) and Mandarin, of the dulcis type. In
the second class are Acapuico, Baldwin
Nos. 1, 2 and 4; Beach No. 3, Bessie, va-
rieties of Blood Orange, Circassian, Cun-
ningham, Dulcissima, Exquisite, Jaffa, *
Joppa, Magnum Bonum, Majorca, Mad-
ame's Vinous, varieties of Navel Orange, ^ - -^
Old Vini, St. Blichael, Portugal, Prata,
Queen, Ruby, Selecta, Star Calyx, Stark
.Seedless, Sweet Seville, Tahiti and Trav-
eler, of the sweet Orange, and Tangerine,
of the dulcis type. The third class — late
maturing varieties — which are unpop-
ular here on account of danger of frost
during winter, are Acis, Beach Nos. 4 ^ '
and 5, Dorr, DuRoi, Higley Late, Lamb * ,*^
Summer, Long, Maltese Oval, Mediterra- j «„ * ^
nean Sweet, Mott, Pineapple, Rio, Rivers i-x^-"'
Late, Simms Summer, Hart Tardif, and
White, of the sweet, and King, of the
dulcis type.

The Kumquat is grown both in the round and the ob-
long. A dozen or more varieties of the pomelo are also
grown, while a few varieties of the sour Orange and shad-
dock are occasionally to be found. ^y, q^ Stubbs.

Oranges in California (Fig. 15()2). — In 1769 the
Franciscans moved northward into what is now known
as California. In connection with the Missions which
they established they planted gardens and orchards,
and the first Orange trees planted were from seeds,
cuttings, or plants introduced by these worthy and
thrifty padres.

The Missions were scattered over a wide range of
country, as far up as Sonoma, some fifty miles north
of San Francisco. The planting and care of orchards of
both citrous and deciduous fruits was encouraged, but
after the secularization of the IMissions, in 1834, interest
waned and they were neirlrctrd. so ili;it in 1846 Fremont
wrote of them that "littk* n-maitis of the orchards that
were kept in high cultivatiuu at the Missions. * * *
Fertile valleys are overgrown with wild mustard; vine-
yards and olive orchards are decayed and neglected."

At the Mission San Gabriel, in what is now Los Ange-
les county, were the most extensive orchards; and it
was 86 years afterwards that the seed of an Acapuico
Orange was planted at Sacramento, and four years later
transplanted to Bidwell's Bar in Butte county, in the
northern part of the state, and more than five hundred
miles from the locality selected by the Mission Fathers
for their first plantings.

While the climate of California, from San Diego in the
south to Shasta in the north, is more or less suited to
the Orange, and there are localities especially well
adapted to its culture, there nre some regions in the
coast range as well as in tlu' Sirir;i Ncviida iin'iiiitains
where the low winter temperaturi' proliihits its growth.
The question of soil also enti-rs largely intu this pmli-
lem, and considerable special knowledge is required in
order to make a judicious selection.

The southern portion of the state was first selected as
most promising, biit since about 1800 every year has
shown a vast widening-out and extension of the Orange
belt. The business did not assuinr any '-iitninfiTial im-
portance till 1880, when, and for some years afterwards,
Orange groves were planted with feverish haste, conse-
quent upon the enormous prices obtained for the product.
As a natural outcome thousands of inferior trees were
set out, unsuitable varieties in unsuitable localities, and
seedlings which were of little value. The nurserymen
could not grow stock fast enough, and the stock was
often bought a year in advance. In a few years, however.

1562 A Cahfornia Orange erove

Orange culture became better understood, until in 1899
the returns made by the county assessors showed an acre-
age in Orange trees alone, not including lemons, of 35,000,
or 3,500,000 trees, nearly half of which were in bearing.

1160 ORANGE

Tlie foot-hill region of the Sierras was soon found to
be capable of producing Bne Oranges, notably in Placer
county; later on in Kern, Tulare, and Fresno counties,
and in the whole of the Sacramento and San Joaquin
valleys were found large areas where Oranges could lie
grown as fine as those in southern California, and in
some instances they were found to ripen earlier.

In some places, notably about Oroville in Butte
county, near the extreme northern part of the Sacra-
mento valley, the citrous industry thrives, side by side
with gold-mining. The red, mineral lands, with abun-
dance of water carried in ditches from the high moun-
tains, grow to perfection the Washington Navel and
other Oranges.

Though the temperature of the great San Joaquin
valley is lower in winter than at points nearer the coast,
the summers are warmer, and the Orange thrives in the
sunshine, away from the coast fog, and the trees are
healthier and less affected by scale insects.

The so-called "thermal belt" comprises some 1.500,000
acres of land adapted to the cultivation of the Orange
commercially, and in every part of California, with ex-
ceptions above noted, Oranges may be grown in a small
way, to satisfy the taste and embellish the home
surroundings. This "belt" runs from San Diego to
Tehama, and is nearly 700 miles long, and from two or
three to twenty-five miles wide. Its altitude does not
exceed 1,800 feet above sea-level, and from that down
to 30 feet.

Orange seedlings were grown mostly from seed of
imported Tahiti Oranges, and later from miscellaneous
seed from any varieties. Seed from the Florida Sour
stock has been largely used, but does not give general
satisfaction. The young plants are budded in the nur-
sery at two years old, and transplanted one or two years
later to the orchard. Very many large, old trees have
been " worked over," because the variety was found to
be unprofitable. There are several ways of doing this,
perhaps the most successful being to cut back the top of
the tree, and to bud into the young shoots that will grow
as a result of this cutting. In three years the old tree will
have a new top, frequently with a good crop of fruit.

The Orange is a gross feeder, throwing out many and
widely-spreading roots, and for this reason, though the
soil may be naturally rich, it is necessary that it be
plentifully supplied with fertilizers as well as water.
This is done systematically and regularly, the trees be-
ing irrigated not less than once a month through the
summer by means of shallow furrows opened by the
plow on either side of the row.

The varieties considered most valuable for market are
Washington Navel, Paper-rind, St. Michael, Malta Blood,
Jaffa, Mediterranean Sweet, Parson Brown, Homosassa,
and some of the Tangerine varieties. Of all these the
Washington Navel is by far the most valuable. The first
trees were imported from Brazil by William Saunders,
of Washington, D. C, in 1870, and by him sent from
there to California in 187H. The fruit is seedless, which
adds to its value. Oranges are cut from the tree with
small shears in preference to being pulled. After they
have been kept In the packing-house for a few days to
allow the rintl to shrink, they are graded and packed in
the regulation case, which is 11}^ x UK x 20 inches.
This work is done with the utmost care, and by exper-
ienced, skilled hands.

The output of Oranges from California, for the last two
seasons (1897-8 and 1898-9), has reached the enormous
amount for each season of 14,000 car loads, or 4,000,000
boxes, representing a value of about $6,000,000, f. o. b.
California. Leonard Coates.

OSANGE, OSAGE. See Toiylon.

ORANGE ROOT. Same as Golden Seal, ffi/drnxtls

ORCHARD. In America the word Orchard is used
for any laid-out plantation of fruit trees. It is not ap-
plied to bush-fruit plantations, as it is sometimes in
England. The Orchard is apart of every typical Ameri-
can homesteid, although it may be of very small extent.
The universal Orchard, except in the warmest parts, is
the apple Orchard : pears and plums are probably next
ip domestic importance. Consult Pomology.

ORCHID
ORCHARD GRASS, Daftylis ijlomeraia.

ORCHARD HOUSE, a name frequently used in Eng-
land for glasshouses devoted to fruit trees. Consult the
article on Forcing of Fruits, p. 598 (Vol. II.) of this
work.

ORCHID. The Orchids are perennial herbs distin-
guished from other monocotyledons by the union of the
stamens and pistils with the floral axis, forming a
unilateral column. With the exception of the Cypri-
pedineae only 1 anther and 2 stigmas are fertile; in
the Cypripedine£B 2 anthers and all 3 stigmas are
fertile. The nearest relatives of the Orchids are the
ScitaminaceiB. The Orchids form a vast group of plants
(about 10,000 species) which, on account of the unusual
transformation of their flowers, their strange shapes
and glowing colors, and their varied adaptations for
securing cross-pollination, are amongst the most fasci-
nating of all families of plants.

Part I. Popular Account op Orchids.

The peculiar interest which attaches to Orchids is due,
in a great measure, to the endless variation of the
flowers. Few Orchids not in flower are remarkable for
their beauty. The barren canes of Dendrobium or the
shriveled leafless pseudobulbs of Pleione are curious
but scarcely beautiful. In many groups the color of the
flower is of secondary importance. Many of the highly
prized Cypripediums have only modest colors, while
some cacti have brilliantly colored and lasting flowers,
yet these have not become general favorites.

The great variety of the Orchid flower is produced,
not by the creation of new organs, but, as everywhere
else in nature, by the modification of parts already
existing. The general plan of the Orchid blossom is like
that of most of the flowering monocotyledons, as, for
example, the lily.

Tlie Sepals. — Of all the floral organs the sepals are
usually least modified. They can be easily recognized.
In some cases, however, they are sufficiently modified to
change the appearance of the flower. Often the lower
pair are more or less or entirely united (Oncidium,
Cypripedium). In Masdevallia all the sepals are united
into a short tube and then expand into blades terminat-
ing in long curious tails.

The Petals. — Ot the second whorl of floral organs two
only are generally petal-like, the third being trans-
formed into the labellum. The two similar petals usually
resemble the dorsal sepal. This resemblance is often
carried out to a striking degree, which is most remark-
able in cases in which these organs are unusually modi-
fled (Oncidium Papiiio). Some peculiar modifications
of the petals exist. In Selenipeditim caudatum ( Fig. 1563 )
they are elongated to an almost ludicrous extent, often
attaining a length of three feet. In this species peloric
flowers occur in which the third petal or lip is ahso
petal-like (Uropedium Lindeni). In many other in-
stances the petals differ greatly in size and form from
the sepals (Bullophyllum, Masdevallia).

The Labellum. — The form or type of the flower
depends greatly on the character of the labellum. This
is the most wonderful and most modified of all the
floral organs. It is often the most conspicuous part of
the flower and is of the greatest importance to the
plants, as Darwin has shown, in attracting insects and
guiding them to the nectar, and hence to the pollen and
stigmas of the plants. In Cypripedium and related
genera the lip has the form of a sac often compared to
a shoe, as the name Lady's Slipper indicates. The sides
of the sac are folded inward, surrounding the column in
such a way that an insect which has entered the label-
lum must crawl out through a narrow opening near the
anther, which is thus brushed. Some of the pollen
adhering to the body of the insect is thus carried to the
stigma of another flower.

One of the most common forms which the labellum
assumes is that of a trumpet-like tube inclosing the
column. The front portion is expanded into a large,
variously-shaped blade, which is often of a deeper color
than the rest of the flower. The color becomes more
intense toward the tube or throat of the labellum. which
is further ornamented by ridges, crests, and markings,
all of which serve to guide insects to the pollen masses

ORCHID

and stigmas. The trumpet form of the lip is character
istic of many of the most beautiful South American
Orchids, as Sobralia, Lselia, Cattleya, etc. In other
genera the labellum is variously modified. Sometimes
it is small and petal-like, sometimes greatly expanded,
forming the most conspicuous part of the flower (0»-
cidmm tigrinum,OdontogIo!fsiim Londeshoronghianum) ,

ORCHID

1161

1563. Selenipedium caudatum

In other instances it is almost Indescribably transformed
(Stanhopea, Gongora).

In nearly all cases the labellum is provided with raised
lines, crests, and markings for guiding the insects. In
many genera the base is produced into a sac or spur,
which secretes honey, or whose walls contain juices
which are sought by insects. In the curious Madagascar
Orchid, Angr(Fcnm sesquipedale, the spur attains the
astonishing length of 10 or 11 inches (Fig. 1564).

TJie habit of Orchid plants is almost as varied as that
of the flowers themselves. It is dependent upon the
mode of life of the plants, which, in this respect, may
be divided into three classes, — saprophytes, epiphytes,
and terrestrial Orchids. True parasites are not known
to occur in this family.

The saprophytic Orchids are the most reduced forms,
devoid of chlorophyll, and depending for their carbon
food ;upon the organic matter of the humus in which
they grow. The subterranean stem or rhizome consists
of a much-knotted coral-like mass which takes the place
of roots. In most species the rhizome has been found

to be invested with a fungus by means of which organic
matter of the humus is absorbed and transformed into
compounds available to the plant. The annual shoot is
a brownish or yellowish stem bearing a few scales and a
simple terminal inflorescence. Few, if any, of these
plants are successfully cultivated, as it seems impos-
sible to reproduce all the natural conditions. Common
examples are the North American Corallorhizas.

The epiphytic Orchids exhibit the most varied forms.
These inhabit branches of trees, dead trunks, and often
barren rocks in exposed places. They grow, without
exception, in tropical or subtropical countries where a
part of the year is unfavorable to growth. As a result
of this, they have developed special food reservoirs,
pseudobulbs, terminating each season's growth. In this
group there are comparatively few plants of attractive
habit. They are generally devoid of graceful foliage,
each pseudobulb bearing a few stiff, leathery leaves. The
older pseudobulbs become shriveled and leafless, detract-
ing from the appearance of thi' ])l;ints. :nid in Pleione the
plants are entirely leafless ;it tlif lluwering time. In
some of these, however, the pseudt.ibulbs are numerous
and closely crowded, and retain their foliage, making
plants of neat, compact habit (Ccelogyne, Miltonia).

The terrestrial species include some of the largest and
most stately Orchids of the tropics as well as most of
the Orchids of the temperate zone (Habenaria, Orchis,
etc.). Many of these are ornamental even when not in
flower. The species of Sobralia are noted for their tall,
reed-like stems well clothed with gr:iccful foliage. In
the tropics they often form dense thii-ki-ls fn.m (;-]2 ft.
in height. Most of the .species of Seleiiipedium also
have luxuriant foliage, which is attractive at all times.

Foliage Plants. — The Phy.sure8e, a small group of
Orchids distributed in tropical Asia and the Malay
Islands, with a few spe-
cies in Africa and North
America, are remarkalde
for their beautifully
variegated leaves { Phy-
surus, Anoectochilus).
The plants themselves
are usually small, with
the habit of Goodyera, a
North American repre-
sentative of the group.
Variegated or mottled
leaves occur also in
some other groups (Cy-
pripedium, Phalaenopsis,
and Oncidium).

Historical Sketch. —
Species of Orchids have long
been known to botanists, but
the flrst plants were introduced
into hothouses scarcely over a
century ago. Plants were sent
by missionaries and oflicers
who visited tropical countries.
In IT.Sl, Bletia verecunda was
received in England from the
West Indies. In 1789, Commo-
dore Gardner sent plants of Epi-
dendrum fragrans from the
woods of Jamaica. One of
these flowered two years after
and was the flrst Orchid figured
in the "Botanical Magazine,"
plate 152, as E. cochleatum.
Phiiius grandifolins had been
introduced nine years before
and the Vanilla was also known
in English conservatories. In
1807 Martyn's edition of Mil-
ler's "Gardeners' Dictionary"
enumerated 124 Orchids.

At first the wants of these
plants were little understood,
and many perished from irra-
tional treatment. But as more
and their natural climatic conditions became better
known the plants were treated in accordance with their
requirements.

1564.

Anersecum

sesquipedale.

To show very

long spur.

(XJi.)

were introduced

1162

ORCHID

ORCHID

The middle part of this century is remarkable for the
great number of new and striking kinds of Orchids dis-
covered. Immense sums were paid for single new plants.
The fabulous prices paid for novelties caused collectors
to scour every part of the tropics, risking their lives in

podial erowth

the mountains, jungles and fever-haunted swamps in
search of these wondrous plants. At the present time
collectors are still engaged in searching the tropics, but
striking novelties are rarely introduced. Large quanti-
ties of Orchids are annually imported to replenish north-
ern hothouses. It is probable that large sums for single
plants have been paid more frequently for Orchids than
for any other class of plants. A thousand dollars for a
unique plant is perhaps paid less frt'iiuently nowadays
than in the middle of the century. Nevertheless the
interest in Orchids is not declining. On the contrary, the
love for Orchids is becoming more widespread. There
never has been any distinct Orchid craze followed by a
severe reaction, as in the case of the tulip, dahlia, zinnia,
camellia, etc., but the interest has gradually extended
and is likely always to increase steadily.

Cut -Flowers. — The use of Orchids as cut-flowers is
slowly becoming more and more general. Many kinds
are easily cultivated with general florists' plants and are
thus becoming widespread in cultivation (Cypripedium,
Cattleya, Laelia). As yet none of the Orchids can be
regarded as florists' flowers in the same sense as roses
and carnations. Their use is mostly restricted to special
purposes, although they are gaining in popularity. Cat-
tleya, Cypripedium and Dendrobium are, perhaps, the
only genera listed in the wholesale market during mid-
winter. The wonderful keeping qualities of Orchids as
cut-flowers are well known. An Orchid flower loses its
beauty within a few hours after fertilization.

Orchid ffybrids. — One of the most fascinating phases
of Orchid culture is the production of hybrids. By
crossing of different species and even genera numerous
new Orchids have been produced, many of which are
superior to the natural species. In some genera the
hybrids now far outnumber the original species, notably
Lfeliocattleya.

A large and special literature on Orchids has grown
up. Magnificent periodicals, with descriptions and
colored plates, have been entirely devoted to Orchids.
Notable among these are "Lindenia." Ghent, 1895 and
continuing; "Reichenbachia," published by Sander.

"The Orchid Album." bv R. Warnerand B. S. Williams,
LuihIuu. 1,s,s2-:)(;; "L'Orchidni.liile." Paris, 1881-1893,
and flif-' "(Jrcliid Kevifw," London. 1893 and coutuiuing,
art^ more popular journals devoted to Orchids. Among
the larger monographs are Bateman's "The Orchidaceaa
of Mexico and Guatemala," and "A Monograph of Odon-
toglossum," by the* same author. Many plates and
descriptions of Orchids occur in the "Botanical Maga-
zine" and in the "Botanical Register." Many of Reich-
enbach's new species were described in the "Gardener's
Chronicle." Among the manuals whirh have appeared
are "A Manual of Orchidaceous Plants (/uliivatrd under
Glass in Great Britain," by A. H. Kent, issued in parts
by James Veitch and Sons, and "Orchids: TheirCulture
and Management," by W. Watson. No comprehensive
American work has as yet appeared. A list of all known
hybrids, however, is given by Geo. Hansen, "The Or-
chid Hybrids." 1895, including first supplement; second
supplement, 1897. This is an American work.

SjH'rirs in the American Trade. — Orchids, are mostly
advertised in special catalogues. All the names found
in the catalogues of Wm. Mathews (1890), John Saul
(1893-6), Pitcher & Manda (1895), and Siebrecht &
Wadley are accoimted for in this Cyclopedia so far as
possible. Some catalogues of European dealers who
have American agents — as Sander & Co. — are included.
The Mathews collection has fewer species now than in
1890, but it is larger in a general collection of commer-
cial kinds. The collections of Saul and of Pitcher &
Manda are dispersed, and many of the rarer and more
difficult subjects have doubtless perished. In the na-
ture of the case it is impossible to determine at any
given time what species of Orchids are cultivated in
America. The great private collections contain many
rare kinds imported through foreign dealers. Many
species which are known to be cultivated by American
amateurs, have been included in this work, although the
species are not listed in American catalogues.

Part II. Botanical Accotint of Orchids.

All Orchids are perennial herbs which increase in one
of two ways. The simplest form which the vegetative
axis may assume is that of a monopodial stem which
increases by the continual growth of the terminal bud,
Monopodial stems occur in Angraecum, Vanda (Fig.
ITiOo), Phala?nopsis, etc. Lateral branches may be
formed, but they do not interrupt the growth of the
main axis, and never exceed it in length. The growth
may be interrupted by a period of rest, but this is not
manifested on the stem by the formation of scales, etc.

1566, Dendrobium ; a sympodial Orchid
lateral flower shoots.
The dark and hght parts, a a and 6 b, represent each
the growth of one shoot.

All the leaves are similar. The inflorescence consists
of a separate axillary branch bejirint; braets and tiowers.
In the greater number of On-liiiK tlir terminal bud
ceases to grow at the end of the seaso7i. either terminat-
ing in the inflorescence or blindly. The new growth

ORCHID

is continued by an axillary bud originating in the axil of
one of the leaves. The whole plant is thus built up
of branches sympodially united. The lower part of
each new axis is prostrate at first and bears only scales.
It is known as the rhizome. Later the apex turns
upward and bears ordinary leaves. In many the erect
portion of the stem becomes thickened into a food
reservoir known as a pseudobulb. The pseudobulb
itself may consist of several internodes, as in Leelia,
Cattleya. It is then clothed with leaves, at least when
young, and bears the scars of the fallen leaves. In
other cases only a single interuode is thickened. This
bears 1 or 2 Ivs. at the summit, but has no leaf-scars.
The new shoot which continues the growth of the plant
arises in the axil of one of the scales below the pseudo-
bulb. The manner of growth is shown in Figs. 15G6 and
1507, in which the parts marked a a and b &, respectively
represent the growth of a branch with its basal portion
or rhizome and the terminal portion or pseudobulb. In
the terrestrial Orchids pseudobulbs are usually not
formed and the erect portion is a long or short stem
clothed with leaves (Sobralia, Selenipedium). The in-
florescence is either axillary (Dendrobiiim, Fig. 1566)
or terminal (Cattleya, Fig. 1567).

The habit of the plants depends in a great measure
upon the rhizome. When this is long the plants are
loose and straggling, and when it is short they are com-
pact in habit. In some the rhizome becomes suberector
climbing (species of Lycaste).

ORCHID

1163

1567. Cattleya.

The light and shaded parts, a a iiiui b b, each represent

one year's growth.

The Orchid flower exhibits perhaps the greatest
specialization and adaptation found anywhere in the
vegetable kingdom. The 2 outer whorls of floral organs,
the sepals and petals, have been sufficiently described.

In the monocotyledons there are normally present 2
whorls of stamens. In the Orchids only 1 or 2 of these
are fertile. In the Monandrae (Cypripedium, etc.) the
Olid stamen of the outer whorl is developed into a wing-
like staminodium (Figs. 1568, 15G9, st). The similar sta-
mens of the inner whorl are fertile, and form 2 anthers,
1 on each side of the staminodium (Figs. 1568, 1569, a).
In all the other Orchids, except in abnormal cases, only
the odd stamen of the outer whorl is fertile, bearing an
anther situated at the top of the column (Fig. 1570, a).
The similar two of the inner whorl are developed as
staminodia, forming the sides of the clinandrum or
anther-bed. Often they are developed into crests or ears
on the column. Traces of the other stamens are rarely
found in the flower. Compare Figs. 642-644, Vol. I.

The 3 pistils are developed in Cypripedium and a few
related genera. In these the stigma is clearly 3-lobed,
showing the union of 3 pistils (Figs. 1568, 1569, s). In
most of the other genera only 2 of the stigmas are
receptive, the third being developed into the curious
rostellum. In some cases the stigmatic surfaces are
confluent into one, while in others they remain more or
less distinct. Generally they appear as flat surfaces
often sunken in a depression in the column (Lieliine^,
Fig. 1570, s, and many others). In a few cases the
stigmas are more or less elevated on stalks (Habena-
ria), In Sophronitis they extend partially along two
wing-like projections of the column.

The odd pistil, the rostellum, is situated above the

stigmas, separating them from the anther-bed. In the
Lfeliineie its lower surface is still continuous with the
stigmatic surface (Figs. 1570, A, B, ?■). The principal
function of the rostellum is the secretion of a viscid
fluid, by means of which

the pollen masses adhere to v ^St

insects visiting the flowers.

1568. Cypripedi

st, staminodium; a,

s, stigma.

1569.

Selenipedium caudatum.

st, stamiuodium; a, anther;

s, 3-lobed stigma.

The anther lies above the rostellum, within a depres-
sion or anther-bed (Fig. 1570, a). Its cells vary from
2-4 or 8. In nearly all the Orchids the pollen coheres
in masses or poUinia (Fig. 1570, p), the number of
pollen masses corresponding to the number of anther
cells. Often the viscid substance uniting the pollen
grains is prolonged into a stalk (caudicle), which ex-
tends beyond the anther and comes into contact with
the viscid substance secreted by the rostellum, which
forms an adhesive disk by means of which the pollinia
become attached to insects. In many Orchids the outer
layer of the rostellum itself separates by a dissolution
of the underlying cells, and thus forms a stalk (stipe),
which becomes attached to the pollinia by means of the
product of the dissolved cells. Whatever its origin,
the stalk, with its viscid disk, forms one of the most
important parts of the mechanism by means of which
pollen is transported from flower to flower, insuring
cross-pollination of the group. The details of the
mechanism by which this is accomplished have been
beautifully explained by Darwin in his classical work,
"The Various Contrivances by which Orchids are Fer-
tilized by Insects."

The relation of the parts of the flower to one another
is often greatly changed by the peculiar growth of the
floral axis. This is convex in the very young stages of
development, but it soon becomes cup-like and finally
tubular, inclosing the ovary. Special lateral outgrowth's

A. B. Section throuKh the col-

Column of Cattleya. umn of Cattleya.

o, antlier ; r, rostellum; p, poUiuium ; r, rostellum;

s, stigma s, stigma

1570. Details of the column of Cattleya.

near the top of the ovary form the "foot" of the column
found in many orchids (Pescatoria, Phaius). When the
foot is ]iresent the labellum is attached to its apex, and
often the sepals are decurrent upon it, forming a men-

1164

ORCHID

turn. In nearly all Orchids the stigmas and anther are
carried up by an elongation of the floral axis, to which
in this instance the name "column " is applied. In Gon-
gora the petals and dorsal sepal are carried far away
from their normal position.

The fruit of Orchids is a dry capsule requiring a long
time to ripen, so that if an Orchid is fertilized during
one rainy season its seeds are not disseminated until
the next wet season. Very few fleshy fruits occur in
this family. The seeds are minute and extremely nu-
merous, thus compensating, perhaps, for the uncer-
tainty of fertilization.

The Orchids are distributed over the entire world.
They are most numerous in the tropics, becoming rare
in the cold zones. They are chiefly collected in three
regions, the South American region embracing Mexico,
South America and the neighboring islands. Most of
the large genera are found in this region (Epidendrum,
Pleurothallis, Oncidium, Odontoglossum, etc.). The
second region, embracing India and the Malay Islands
to Australia, is rich in genera, but most of them are
small, containing far less than one hundred species.
The largest genus of this region is Dendrobiura, with
iiOO species. The South African region contains few
terrestrial Orchids, of which Disa is the only one «l
importance in cultivation. Heinrich Hasselbring.

Part III. The Culture of Orchids.

Introdiictortf. — During the early days of Orchid cul-
ture the treatment of the plants under glass was imper-
fectly understood, and with the meager knowledge of
the natural conditions surrounding them in their native
habitats, little successful progress was made for many
years. The few cultural directions to be found were in
works of foreign publication, scarcely applicable to
plants grown in our houses in America, where the
winters are severe and changeable and the heat of our
summers more intense and less humid, necessitating a
different mode of treatment. With a more satisfactory
understanding of their requirements during the last
25 or 30 years, Orchid culture here has made a rapid ad-
vance and most of our best collections have come into
existence, many of which offer a very favorable com-
parison in fine, well-grown specimens with those of the
Old World.

Orchid Rouses and Their Construction. — Va.rious are
the opinions of cultivators regarding the proper con-
struction of Orchid houses to obtain the best results.
Twenty-five or more years ago many fine specimens of
Orchids were grown without a special house, along with
general stove and greenhouse plants, and we still find
many good plants cultivated in this manner, but where
a general collection of Orchids is grown four separate
houses or divisions will be found necessary to obtain
the best results. These are known as the "East Indian."
"Brazilian," "Mexican" and "New Granadan," or Odon-
toglossum departments.

Ttie East Indian department requires a winter tem-
perature of 65° to 70° P. by night and 70° to 75° F. by
day; a few degrees* rise with sun heat will do no harra.
The temperature should be gradually increased 10 de-
grees toward midsummer and gradually decreased toward
late fall. This is the warmest house and is used for the
cultivation of Aerides. Angrjecums, the warmer tropical
Cypripediums, Phalienopsis, Calanthes, Dendrobiuras
and Thunias while growing.

The Brazilian department should range during winter
from 60° to 65° P. at night and about 70° P. during the
day, allowing a few degrees more with solar heat, and a
rise of 10 degrees toward midsummer. This department
is for Bulbophyllums, Cattleyas, warm Epidendrums,
Brazilian Lselias, Miltonias of the cuneata and specta-
bilis sections, Odontoglossum citrosmmn, Stanhopeas,
and various genera and species requiring a like tem-
perature.

The Mexican department is used cliiefly for the culti-
vation of C'jelogyne cristata, Mexican Lielias, growing
Lycastes, Anguloas and Acinetas, many species of Max-
illaria. a majority of the Oncidiums and warm Odonto-
glossuras, Phaius and allied species which require a few
degrees lower night temperature and usually a little
more sunlight to ripen their tissue for flowering than is

ORCHID

afforded in the Brazilian department. It is also invalu-
able for resting Dendrobiums and many other deciduous
and terrestrial Orchids.

The New Granadan or Odontoglossum department
must be kept as cool as possible in summer, and during
winter should range from 55° to 60° by night and 60° to
05° P. by day, and as cool as possible during summer;
it is used principally forMas.l.vallias, Odontoglossuras,
more especially O. crispnm, and allied genera, Disas,
cool Oncidiums, such as O. oniitlinrli unchum and O.
varicosum, Lycastes in warm weather, and many other
individual species from high altitudes which require a
cool house at all seasons or they suffer from the heat
of our summer.

The fundamental principle in building an Orchid house
is to get a structure that can be easily heated and which
has a naturally moist atmosphere, without excavating
deeply, for houses built much below ground lack circu-
lation and almost always prove detrimental to Orchid
culture. The houses{exceptingthe New Granadan house)
should be built to run north and south with an east and
west exposure, in order that they may receive the bene-
fit of the early morning and late afternoon sun, with the
least possible heating effects from it at noonday, thus
making little ventilation necessary; atmospheric mois-
ture will be more easily retained in such a structure.
The houses maybe as long as required (with the potting-

1571. Section of a small, well-constructed Orchid house
heated by hot water.

shed at the north end to avoid unnecessary shade and
protect the houses in winter against severe north wind),
and about 16 ft. wide, which will allow two side beds of
2/i ft. each, two walks of the same width, and a center
pit 6 ft. wide. From floor to ridge should be 10 ft. and to
the eaves 04-5 ft. Top ventilators should extend along
both sides at ridge, thus affording protection from direct
cold winter drafts in airing by using the sheltered side.
Side ventilation is unnecessary and often injurious,
the direct drafts causing plants which are out of condi-
tion to shrivel.

In glazing Orchid houses the glass used should not be
less than 12x14 in., and larger if possible. It is also im-
portant that only flic histquality procurable be used, free
from lenses which wi'iild Imrn the leaves when shading
is removed. Plate glass is much to be preferred when
it can be had, as it contains no lenses and gives a pure
even light. If this is used a size about 16x24 in. will
be found very serviceable. Poor glass should not be
used in any case, as it necessitates shaiing long before
this is beneficial to the plants.

The outside walls should be built of brick or stone
when possible, and the beds and pits within should be
of the same material, 8 in. thick and about 3 ft. in height,
filled solid to the top, using stone or rubble for drainage
in the bottom, following it up with finer material and
finishing with an inch or two of fine gravel. Wooden
benches may be used if desired, often with flrst-class
results, by covering them 2 or 3 inches deep with ashes,
sand or gravel, but the solid benches are more sure to
give better satisfaction. They give off moisture more
gradually and offer a cool footing for the plant both
winter and summer, which is essential and natural.

Good results will follow from either steam or hot water
heatingwhen both are properly conducted, steam neces-
sitating, perhaps, more care. Unless the range of
glass is large and a night fireman is kept, the old-fash-

ORCHID

ORCHID

116&

ioned method of hot water under natural circulation will
be found best, using the regulation S^^-^-inch pipe, run-
ning the flows along the back beneath the eaves and re-
turning along the floors beneath. See Fig. 1571, which

1572. Lean-to house with northern aspect for Odontoglos-
sum crispum and other New Granadan Orchids.

fairly illustrates a properly constructed house. The
quantity of pipe required for heating a house depends
upon the location and degree of heat desired. A slab or
board should be placed along the back of thie side beds
to throw the heat against the eaves and protect the
plants from direct heat before it has assimilated with
the moisture of the house.

The New Granadan house should be a lean-to struc-
ture of northern aspect, wilh a wall of stone or brick
along the south side to protect it from solar influence as
much as possible (see Fig. 1572). The glass should be
protected by canvas roller shades raised 15 or 20 inches
above the glass on framework. One side of the canvas
should be tacked along the top of the house, and the
other to a round wooden roller 3 or 4 inches in diameter
and as long as convenient to draw up; the two ropes
should be fastened to the ridge, carried down beneath
the shade around the roller, and up over the top to a
single pulley near the ends; thence through a doiible
pulley in the center and down over the top of the shade
to the ground. By these ropes the shade can be raised
and lowered in cloudy and bright weather at will (see
Fig. 1573). Solid beds and piping similar to the other
Orchid houses can be used, or as in Fig. 1571; viz., a
flow and return down each side connected with valves
so that either or both sides may be used as desired.

Shading of some sort on the glass is neces=?ary for all
Orchid houses from early February until November,

1573. Cross section of New Granadan Orchid house to show
solid beds and methods of heating and shading.

and in some cases also during the winter months, to
protect the plants from the sun. It raay be either of
canvas, as in Fig. 1574, or consist of whitewash or paint
applied directly to the glass. Whitewash made from

fresh lime is perhaps the best to use, as it is easily re-
moved in the fall. The first application in February
should be light, following it with a second coat a month
later, and, if necessary, a third one in July. This will
wear off gradually and in most cases should be entirely
removed during December. It is easily removed with a
stiff brush. There are also patented shadings.

The Two Great Horticiiltural ffroi</)s. — Orchids are
horticulturally divided into two large sections; viz.,
terrestrial and epiphytal, the former embracing those
which grow on the ground and derive their nutriment
more or less directly fnnti it; and the latter those which
usually attach thcmsrlv.-s to rocks and trees, and derive a
greater iiortiun .if tlicir nutriment from the atmospheric
gases and accidental deposit of decaying leaves, or grow
among the various ferns and vines, which grow in
abundance on the rocks and trees of the moist-wooded
tropics, absorbing the various elements of their slowly
decomposing humus.

Terrestrial Orchids grow at various altitudes, and
are widely distributed throughout both hemispheres,
the polar regions and arid deserts excepted. Many are
lUviduous and tuberous-rooted; some grow from under-
ground rhizomes; others are pseudobulbous and decid-
uous, while not a few have reed-like stems. Examples
of terrestrial Orchids are Catasetum, Calanthe, Cyrto-
podium, most Cymbidiums, some of the Cypripediums,
Disa, Goodyera, Govenia, Habenaria, Lissochilus, many
Masdevallias, Microstylis, Neottia, Orchis, Pogonia,
Peristeria, Phaius, Sobralia, Spathoglottis, etc., all of
which should be sought under their special genus head-
ings in other portions of this work for cultural direc-
tions. Thoy differ very essentially in structure, and in

1574. Method of shading Orchid houses.

many cases require a special method of treatment for
individual plants of the same genus, as Habenaria for
example, where some are found growing in rich, turfy
loam exposed to sun, while others inhabit wooded,
swampy locations.

Many species of terrestrial Orchids nearly or quite
defy successful treatment under cultivation from lack
of knowledge regarding the mineralogy of their native
habitats, or from the plants being practically saprophytic
on certain species of decaying vegetation, or growing
only in connection with the mycelium of special fungi,
which may assist them in making proper growth.

The hardy species, where a general collection is
grown, should be cultivated in pots in coldframes, as
many need protection during winter and others require
shade which can be supplied by painting the glass.
Our native hardy species, however, do best planted out
in a properly constructed rockery, laid out in pockets
so that each raay receive its proper compost.

The more tropical species — Cymbidiums, Cypripe-
diuras such as insigne, Phaius grandifolius, P. macu-
Infiis and P. Wallichii, Sobralias and some other ever-
green species — thrive best in the Mexican or cool end
of the Brazilian house.

Anrectochilus, tropical Goodyeras and Cypripediums,
Spathoglottis, and several genera of like nature, re-
quire the same general treatment as epiphytal Orchids,
with temperature of the East Indian department at all
seasons.

Bletias, Catasetums, Cyrtopodiums, Calanthes, many
Lycastes, tropical Liparis and Microstylis, Phaius
Sumblotii and P. tuberosus, Thunias and many other
deciduous and semi-deciduous species, should be grown
in the East Indian, or warm end of the Brazilian de-
partment, and during the resting period should be placed

1166 ORCHID

in the Mexican department, allowing them cnly suffl-
cieut water to keep the plants in sound condition.

Epiphytal Orchids are found chiefly in the humid
forests of tropical countries, often along streams where
they receive their condensing moisture during the dry
season. A few grow in open grassy situations or among
brush. These consist chiefly of climbing Epidendrums
of the E. eeectum section, a few Oncidiums of the cau-
lescent type (the distance between the pseudobulbs
often denoting a year's growth), and some of the terete
Vandas, etc.

Aerides, Phalsenopsis, Vanda and the epiphytal Cyp-
ripediums are distributed throughout India, Malay
Peninsula, Cochin China, Celebes, Borneo, Philippine
Islands, Java and some of the Oceanic islands, usually
following the moist forests of mountain ranges, occa-
sionally at high elevations. With one or two exceptions,
as VaiiHa ecerulea, all do satisfactorily in the East
Indian department, reserving the warmest part for Pha-
lienopsis, which as a rule grows nearest the sea-level.

.\ngriBcums are natives of Madagascar and tropical
Africa, with one isolated species, A. faleatum, which is
from Japan. They grow in humid, shady locations,
where they can receive a copious supply of water at all
seasons, and are closely allied to Vanda, requiring the
same general temperature and treatment.

Dendrobiuras are most common throughout India,
Moulmein being a central district, but they are also
plentiful and widely distributed throughout eastern
Australia, New Guinea, the islands of the west Pacific
and Oceanica under various climatic conditions. A ma-
jority of them, especially the deciduous species, are
sabjected to long droughts and long resting periods,
uut as they lose their foliage at that time their evapor-
ating surface is reduced to a minimum, and the effect
of the dry heat through the day is more than counter-
acted by heavy dews and the condensing vapors, which
arise during the early mornings in those countries.

Bulbophyllums and Coelogynes have their homes
principally in the mountainous forests of East India and
Borneo, where they are copiously supplied by frequent
rains. Nearly all grow best in the Brazilian departmeut.

Cattleyas and Laelias inhabit the humid forests of the
various mountain ranges of tropical America, from
Mexico south through the U. S. of Colombia to Peru,
the North Amazon valley, through Venezuela and
Guiana, and the mountain belt of eastern and southern
Brazil, usually at an altitude of 2,000 to 5,000 ft., except-
ing the Mexican species L. alhida, L. anceps, L. aiitiim-
nalis and L. majalis, which grow at from 5,000 to 8,000
feet, commonly among Polypodium fern.

Cattleyas and Lfelias grow on rocks and trees often
devoid of other vegetation along the margins of rivers
and ravines usually in shade, where they receive a copi-
ous supply of water from heavy dews and condensation
of morning fogs which saturate the forests during
the dry season, and often excessive rains while growing.
They should be grown in the Brazilian department,
excepting Cattletja citrina, the Mexican Lielias and L.
Jomjheana, which thrive best in the Mexican depart-
ment or warm end of the New Granadan house.

Stanhopeas are found from southern Mexico south to
Peru, Venezuela, Guiana and Brazil at rather low eleva-
tions, often in dense forests, the individual species hav-
ing a very wide range. The Brazilian house affords
them the best temperature, but they may be grown in
any of the departments with success.

Epidendrum is a large and varied genus, widely dis-
tributed throughout tropical America, from South Car-
olina to .southern Peru, and one of the few epiphytal
genera inhabiting the United States. They are found at
all elevations from sea-level to 10,000 ft. or more. The
writer found E. Ibagtiense growing in quantity on the
margin of perpendicular clay ridges fully exposed to
the sun at this altitude in the U. S. of Colombia in a
robust, healthy state, and the same species below 5,000
feet in the same condition. Many of the individual
species cover a wide range of distribution. They require
the same general treatment as Lsplias and Cattleyas.
Few species are worthy of cultivation except for botan-
ical purposes,

Maxillarias cover much the same range as the last
genus, but are not quite so widely distributed. They

ORCHID

grow equally well in either the Brazilian or Mexican
departments.

Oncidiums are distributed along the mountain ranges
from southern Mexico to Peru, in the southern and
northern portions of Brazil chiefly along the coast, the
Spanish Main and Islands of the Caribbean sea. The O.
Carthaijiiiense and Papilio sections are found at sea-
level and seldom above 500 ft. elevation. These grow
best in the Brazilian house. Nearly all of the other
species may be grown in the Mexican department,
except a few, such as O. cuciiUatum, O. Phahcnopsis
and the O. macranthum section, which are found at high
altitudes; these should be grown in the New Granadan
department.

Odontoglossums follow the higher wooded mountain
ranges from southern Mexico, Central America and the
Central Andes of U. S. of Colombia south to Peru and
the northwestern portion of Venezuela, all at high
altitudes. They usually grow in the moist shady forests,
where the rainy season is long continued or condensing
fogs and dews are very heavy, keeping many of the
species in an almost perpetual state of saturation, their
only relief of excessive moisture appearing to be from
the frequent heavy winds that prevail in these regions.
The Mexican species grow well in the cool end of the
Mexican department, while those of the O. luteo-pur-
pureum and crispum type require the new Granadan
house.

Lycastes are distributed from southern Mexico to
Peru along the mountain ranges, usually at an altitude
of 4,000 feet in rather shaded locations; they are most
common from southern U. S. of Colombia to their
northern limit. L. tetrnyona is from southern Brazil
a;id far removed from the general area of distribution,
with little resemblance to any other species. Its 4 an-
gled monophyllous pseudobulbs produce semi-pendent
scapes carrying often as many as eight flowers, not un-
like a Cymbidium in general appearance. Lycastes
grow well in either the Mexican or New Granadan
department.

Selenipediums are the South American representatives
of Cypripedium. They are distributed from Costa Rica
soutii to Bolivia, through Venezuela, Guiana and eastern
Brazil, at from 3,000 to 8,000 ft. elevation, in wet
marshes and on the branches of trees in shaded forests,
in all cases where they get a bounteous supply of water
at all seasons. The Brazilian or Mexican department
suits them equally well.

Masdevallias, Restrepias, and Pleurothallis grow at
high elevations in Venezuela, Mexico and south to
Peru, with a few in the Organ mountains of Brazil,
their principal center being U. S. of Colombia near the
Odontoglossum district. They always follow the moun-
tain ranges, growing on trees, rocks and on wet, marshy
slopes, in extremely wet locations. The Chimaera sec-
tion is found at the lowest elevation. They all grow
best in the New Granadan department.

Newly Imported Orchids. — On arrival of cases of
Orchids from their natural habitats they should be care-
fully unpacked as speedily as possible, in an isolated
room where insect pests that often arrive in the cases
may be destroyed, and laid carefully and loosely against
one another, on the bench of a shady, well-ventilated
house or packing-shed. Should they all be found in
good condition, the pseudobulbous species, such as
Cattleyas and Lfelias, should be hosed over thoroughly
and allowed to remain for aboiit a week, at the end of
which time they should be examined for any signs of
decay and bruises. All such parts should bo removed
with a sharp knife. The plants should be cleaned and
sponged to remove dust, potted or basketed, as the
case requires, and placed in a shady portion of their
respective departments, allowing them sufficient water
to gradually start them into action, after which time
they will require the same treatment afforded established
plants of their kind.

Cypripediums, Masdevallias, Phalienopsis, Vandas,
the Batemannia and Bollea sections of Zygopetalum and
other non-pseudobulbous genera should be placed on
damp sphagnum in a well-shaded, airy department for
a week or ten days, without syringing, until it is ascer-
tained what amount of damage they have received in
transit. After sponging the leaves carefully and remov-

ORCHID

ing any decayed and bruised parts, they may be potted
and basketed, and removed to their proper quarters,
"watering sparingly until they start new action.

It is customary in some establishments to hang newly
imported Orchids by the roots, tops down, from the roof
of the house or beneath
the benches until they
show signs of new action,
but they invariably suf-
fer more or less from
this practice and are bet-
ter treated as above.

Pots, Baskets, elc-
Many Orchids are best
cultivated in the ordinary
earthen pots and pans,
more especially terres-
trial species and a few
of the epiphytal kinds,
which grow on rocks in
marshes, and among
quantities of humus and
fern roots. A majority
1575. Commonest and best style <>* t'le epiphytal species,
of basket for eeneral culture however, need special
of Orchids with pendulous structures that will ad-
scapes, mit air to circulate freely
to the roots ; otherwise,
these are liable to decay through excess of water if con-
fined in close pots when inactive during winter, which
must eventually weaken the constitution of the plants.
Figures 15(5-1583 fairly illustrate the best and most
practical pots and baskets for successful culture. Fig.
1575 shows the Orchid basket most commonly used : it
is the best adapted for the general cul-
ture of Cattleyas, Coryanthes, Den-
drobiums, Epidendrums, Lselias, Mas-
devallias of the Chimaera section. On- -
cidiums, and amajorityof Orchids with "
pendulous flower-scapes. They can lie '
made of cedar, teak-wood, cypress, or "
any durable wood. The wood is cut
into square (or round) sticks of any
length desirable and in proportionate
thickness from K-1 in., and carefully
perforated at each end. Through the 1576. An Orchid
holes is inserted a strong wire, which cylinder,
is looped at the upper end when finished used for very tall
in order to receive the wire hanger. species
These baskets can be as deep as de-
sired, but three sticks on each of the four sides are
usually enough for most Orchids, with two or three
placed crosswise through the bottom, to hold the com-
post. The hanger is made by twisting together and
bending down in the middle two pieces
of galvanized or copper wire, forming
four ends to insert in the basket-loops
and a loop or hook at the top by which
to suspend it.

The Orchid cylinder (Fig. 1576) is
very useful for standing on the bench
or pit, and is used for Renantheras,
Aerides, Vandas, Angrsecums, Epi-
dendrums, and many other tall plants
that are too tall or difficult to suspend.
Cylinders are made in all sizes and any
diameter desired, with either square or
round sticks. They are bored a short
distance from the ends and a wire in-
serted through them, with a small
block between each stick, to make an
opening for air. When large enough
the sides are brought together and
fastened. The depth is adjusted by
movable cross-pieces.

The Orchid raft (Fig. 1577) is made
in much the same way as the cylinder,
but is left flat with the openings be-
tween closer together. Oblong-square
blocks of hard, rough wood, an inch or less thick,
answer much the same purpose. The Orchid raft or
block is very useful for many species, such as Ciitfleya
citriiiu, Barkerias, Epidendrum falcatum, Bendrobium

74

ORCHID

1167

1577.

An Orchid raft.

Used for much

the same purpose

as the eylinde

1578.
Earthen basket.

For Stanho-
peas and other
Orchids, whose

through the
holes in the bot-
tom.

Jenkinsii, Oncidium Limmingliii and Papilio, Scuti-
carias, etc.

The earthen basket (Fig. 1578) is useful when the
compost is fine and when the roots do not require much
atmospheric action; also to properly mature tissue in a
few terrestrial species, thereby inducing them to flower
more freely. The earthen basket is especially useful
for Acinetas, Peristerias with pendulous scapes, Stan-
hopeas, etc. ; it is made with ovate openings around the
sides and a round one in the center to
admit pendulous scapes.

The perforated pan (Fig. 1579) is usu-
ally made only in small sizes and used
for Bulbophyllums, the concolor type
of Cypripedium, Dendrobiums, and
many other small-growing species that
do well suspended from the roof.

The perforated Orchid pot (Fig.
1580) is for bench use and is useful
for many epiphytal Orchids that are
not to be suspended, the perforations
or holes supplying abundant air to the
roots, a safeguard against losing them
through overwatering in winter.

Figs. 1581 and 1582 show the stand-
ard earthen pot and pan for terrestrial
species. They should have the drain-
age holes made on the side at the base,
instead of directly underneath, as a
preventive against earth-worms enter-
ing from the benches.

Potting, Soil, etc., for Terrestrial Orchids. -Terres-
trial Orchids as a general rule grow best under pot cul-
ture. Potting material for the following genera— Acan-
thephippium, Bletia, Calanthe, Cymbidium, Cypripe-
dium insigne and most of the hardy species, Cyrtopo-
dium, Habenaria,Liparis, Microstylis,Peristeria,Phaius,
Pleione, Sobralia, Thunia, and some others— should con-
sist of about one-third each of chopped sod with some
of the fine soil removed, chopped live sphagnum and
'eaf-mold, adding a little ground bone for some of the
strong- growing kinds. One -third of the pot space
-ihould be devoted to clean drainage, covered with sphag-
num or rough material to keep it open. After removing
all decayed portions, the roots should be carefully dis-
tributed and the compost worked in gently but firmly
around them, leaving the surface a little convex and
slightly below the rim of the pot as in Fig. 1581 (the
dotted lines denote drainage required). The con"ex
surface gives the rhizome an opportunity to dry out fre-
quently, thus avoiding fungi, which are troublesome to
some species.

In repotting terrestrial Orchids sufficient pot room
should be given to last a year or two if possible, as they
dislike to have their roots disturbed oftener than is
necessary. The best time to repot is just before the
rooting period, or when they are starting their new
growths in spring. The deciduous species of Calanthe
can be easily increased at this time,
if desired, by removing the old bulbs
and placing a number together in a
pan or shallow box, covering them
partly with compost and placing them
in a warm house until they start action,
after which time they should be potted
as desired, two or three together.

Anoectochihis, Arpophyllums. Cypri-
pediums, Disas.Goodyeras.Spathoglot-
tis, and many allied genera, grow best
under pot culture, but otherwise re-
quire compost and treatment similar
to the epiphytal kinds.

Potfiug, Basketing, and Compost
for Epiphytal Orchids. — The roots of
epiphytal Orchids are usually very
porous, and many are covered with a
corky substance (velamen), capable of
absorbing and retaining water for con-
siderable time. In their native homes a great many of
the roots are aerial or grow in loose, fibrous material,
such as moss and the fine roots of Polypodiunis and other
ferns, where they have free access of air at all times.
It is important that they receive similar treatment un-

1579.
Perforated pan.
Adapted t o
small Orchids
that do well
when suspended
from the roof.

1168

ORCHID

OECHID

1580. Perforated
Orchid pot.

Adapted to ep-
iphytes which
need plenty of
air at the roots
and are in dan-
ger of o V e r -
watering.

der cultivation so far as is consistent, with the differ-
ence of their environment taken into consideration.
Thus it is apparent that one of the special features in
the culture of epiphytal Drchids lies in the proper
selection of compost and the method of potting and
liasketing for the best results in after-
cultivation.

Peat fiber, sphagnum mess and leaf-
mold constitute the principal materials
of good compost, usually lasting one or
two years without renewal, which is
important, as the roots suffer more or
less in being disturbed. By peat fiber
is meant the fibrous roots of various
wild ferns, with the fine soil removed
by first chopping it into small pieces,
then rubbing it across a coarse sieve.
The several species of Osmunda fur-
nish us with the best Orchid peat.
The sphagnum moss used for Orchids
should consist of Sphagnum squarro-
snm, S. macrophyUiim and the coarse-
leaved species only ; S. acutifoHum
and other weak-growing species should never be used,
as they soon decay and become detrimental to the roots.
Leaf-mold is made from decomposed leaves. The
leaves of almost any tree will do, but those of hard-
wood trees are most desirable, especially oak. When
collected in the fall the leaves should be heaped up to
decay for a year or more, and turned over at least twice
during that time.

Charcoal is the best material to use for drainage and
for mixing or interspersing with the compost. It is
best made from hard wood and should not be over-
burned. Broken potsherds are often used, but they are
not as good; being porous, they either absorb too much
water at times or become overdry too often and are
liable to prove injurious. Charcoal is
lighter in weight, and contains more
useful properties.

Where closed pots are used, nearly
one-half of the space should be devoted
to drainage and the balance to com-
post, consisting of about equal parts
of peat fiber, chopped sphagnum and
leaf-mold for most genera, adding a
few pieces of charcoal in potting, and
a piece beneath the rhizome of the ten-
der ones. Care must be exercised in
potting to distribute the roots properly
and make the compost moderately firm
about them, leaving the finished sur-
face convex, to throw off .surplus water
and protect the rhizome from an over-
abundance of wet. Top dressing with live sphagnum
is beneficial to many Orchids, such as Odontoglossum
crispnm and allies, and gives the surface a neat appear-
ance. Fig. 1583 illustrates a finished pot, the dotted line
in Pig. 1581 indicating the amount of drainage re-
quired.

When perforated or open-work pots or baskets are
used, no direct drainage is necessarj'. Rough, broken
pieces of charcoal should be freely used in the compost
while potting, as it helps to keep the mass firm and the
roots of nearly all species attach to it fi-eely; also it
lessens the quantity of compost and so modifies its tex-
ture as to allow it to dry out more
readily than when packed in a
solid body.

Cattleyas of the C. intermedia
type, Coryanthes, Cypripediums of
the Lowii and Stonei sections,
some Dendrobiums, Oncidinm Car-
thaginense, O. crixpuw, O. nia-
cranthum, O. PapiUo and their al-
lies should have the leaf -Imold
omitted, while Aerides, Phalje-
nopsis, Saccolabiums, Vandas and

kindred genera require only chopped live sphagntim
and charcoal as a compost.

Wall-ring, Mtimidittj. — It is impossible to lay down
any hard and fast rules for watering Orchids. Watering
is a very important operation and requires more or less

1581. Standard
earthen pot.
For terrestrial
Orcliids, with
drainage holes
at the side in-
stead of at the
bottom.

practical experience, connected with a knowledge of the
general conditions surrounding the plants in their
native homes. As a rule most Orchids need a liberal
supply while growing, but the condition of the plant
and compost and the manner in which it is potted or
l.iasketed have much to do with this.

The evergreen terrestrial species, which grow chietiy
in loam fiber, as Cymbidium, Cypripedium insigne^
Phaius, Sobralias, etc., require water whenever the
surface of the compost is becoming dry, with occasional
light overhead syringing in fine weather, which will
assist in keeping down red spider, thrips and other
pests. An occasional application of weak liquid cow or
sheep manure is of great benefit while the plants are
growing.

The deciduous species have a decided period of rest,
at which time they are practically inactive and need
very little water, enough only to keep the stems and
pseudobulbs in sound condition. When growing, how-
ever, they require a good supply and slmtild have a
thorough watering to the bottom whenever the soil is
becoming dry, but should not be kept in a wet condition
at all times, or the soil soon becomes sour and infested
with worms, under which condition no Orchid can do
well.

Epiphytal Orchids, or a greater part of them, in their
native habitats grow in locations where heavy rains are
frequent or of almost daily occurrence during their
growing season, and where condensing vapors settle on
them like dripping rain, while the early morning fogs
rise among the forests, charging the atmosphere almost
to saturation during the early part of the day in the
resting season. Such species as are subjected to a se-
vere dry resting season are often deciduous {see Den -
drobium, and also p. llCiG). Many of the extremely
alpine species, such as the Masdevallias and Odonto-
glossum crispum, are subjected to
two annual rainy seasons, and where
these seasons are much prolonged
the undersigned has observed the last-
mentioned species in its native habi-
tat mature as many as three pseudo-
bulbs in the year. Thus the pseu-
dobulb is no indication of animal
growth, but a reservoir of supply in
case the plant is overtaken by severe
or sudden droughts, each pseudo-
bulb being supplied with a mature
secondary bud for further reproduc-
tion should the proper lead be de-
stroyed.

Such genera as Aerides, Cypripe-
diums, Masdevallia, Vanda, etc., which have no pseu-
dobulbs, rely more or less directly on a daily supply
at all seasons. These, with many of the extreme al-
pine species, should have a liberal supply of water at
all times.

Many of the pseudobulbous kinds, including Cattleyas
and Laelias, are also constantly in action perfecting new
roots or maturing their flower-buds, after the pseudo-
bulbs are completed and they are apparently at rest.
For this reason careful observation of each species is
necessary to make their cultivation successful.

Under basket culture there is least liability of injury
through overwatering, and excepting genera like the
Oncidiuras and Dendrobiums (which need a dry and cool
resting period to induce thrni fn Hower), and decidu-
ous species at rest, nearly all should receive a good sup-
Iply of water, weather permitting, whenever the compost
is becoming dry, with frequent syringing overhead in
tine weather, when the temperature is normal and ven-
tilation can be given. A stimulant of weak sheep or cow
manure applied occasionally to plants in action will
benefit them.

On cold, cheerless days, when the temperature is below
normal aud the atmosphere is overcharged with mois-
ture, very little watering or damping is needed, and un-
less it be some particular species which cannot endure
drying, or tiny seedlings, it is safest to withhold water,
as at these times the stomata cease action and the
plants become overcharged with water; thus those with
weak constitutions and immature growths are liable to
attacks of wet-spot and rot. The best means of coun-

1583.

Method of

pottine an
epiphytal Or-
chid.

Showing the
raised and
round top of
sphagmun.

ORCHID

teraction in such cases is to apply fire heat and ventila-
tion. A close, stagnant atmosphere is always to be
avoided.

As a safeguard against excessive changes in humidity
a hygrometer should be kept in each department to as-
certain and regulate the degrees of moisture, especially
during fall and winter. When overabundant, moisture
can be reduced by applying fire heat and ventilation,
and if insufficient by wetting down the paths and
shelves, or pits, and reducing the ventilation. Well
regulated departments should be kept as near as pos-
sible to 70° or 75° through the day or 80° to 85° with
free ventilation, and about 80° at night. Just after
damping and watering it will often rise to 85°, but this
is of no consequence, as it soon recedes. Orchids at
rest, such as Calanthes and Dendrobiums, should be
held at 65° to 75°. In no case, where it can be avoided,
should it go below 60° nor rise above 90° for any length
of time, as serious results are very liable to follow.

Ventilation. — The ventilators should extend the en-
tire length on both sides of the ridge, and be supplied
with the best modern lifting apparatus. Extending
them continuously along the roof necessitates raising
them but a small height to afford proper circulation
to the plants and egress of overheated air, without los-
ing too much moisture. Having them on both sides
assists in avoiding direct drafts, by using the side pro-
tected from the direct wind.

One essential point to be considered is this: When
should ventilation be applied so as to be of the most
possible benefit to the plants? Air must be given at all
times, when possible, to keep the atmosphere active, as
well as to lower temperature, also to reduce the density
of moisture when excessive in close, inclement weather
and during the night. In bright weather ventilate
enough to allow egress of the heated air.

It is customary with some cultivators to close down
ventilators in wet weather and during the night to help
retain heat, etc. This is a serious mistake. It may show
no visible in.iury in bright weather, when the density of
moisture in the atmosphere is at a minimum, but this
bad practice surely accounts for the decaying of many
young growths, which are lost during wet, close and
cloudy nights.

Propagation. — '^la.ny species of Orchids can be propa-
gated by division and from cuttings. This is usually
resorted to when it is desired to increase the stock of
rare and unique species and varieties. With the more
common species, however, it is cheaper and better to
buy freshly imported stock, as it often takes two, three
or more years to bring the young plants up to the flow-
ering stage.

The pseudobulbous species, such as Cattleyas, Odon-
toglossums, Coelogynes, etc., are propagated by cutting
part way through the rhizome three or more pseudo-
bulbs behind the lead with a sharp knife. This will
usually retard the sap and force the dormant eye behind
the cut to grow. The back portion may then be removed
and potted or basketed separately, or left on the plant
to mature the new growth, and be removed when it
starts action the following season.

With the deciduous Calanthes, the old bulbs should
be removed when potting them in spring and put, sev-
eral together, in pans or flats and partly covered with
spliagnum or potting compost until they start to grow,
when they should be potted in the regular way. Thu-
nias are easily propagated after the young growths are
well advanced, by cutting the last year's stems into
pieces 4 or 5 inches long and inserting the ends in
chopped sphagnum and sand, placing them in the propa-
gating house until they grow, when they may have their
normal heat. Dendrobiums are managed in much the
same way, or the old canes can be laid on wet sphag-
num, when many will produce new growths from the
side eyes on the nodes. Aerides and Vaudas are in-
creased by removing the upper portion with a sharp
knife, leaving a few roots and at least a foot of stem to
each top. The old bases of the stems usually break new
growths freely, often producing several new shoots
from each. Cypripediums should be divided between
the older growths, leaving at least one old growth with
each lead, and potted separately, allowing them a little
extra moisture ^ntil they start to grow. Masdevallias

ORCHID

IIGD

and allied genera can be separated in the same manner,
leaving several leaves and one or more new growths or
leads to each piece. All species should be propagated
at the commencement of the growing season.

ReprodHction of Orchids from Seed. — The reproduc-
tion of Orchids from seed through crossing and hybrid-
izing has been carried on for many years successfully by
a limited number of hybridists, principally abroad, and
it is only within the past 10 or 15 years that it has re-
ceived much attention in America, but in that limit of
time very many beautiful hybrids have sprung into cul-
tivation, and to the late firm of Pit.-hi-r iV- Mauda, of
Short Hills, N. J., much credit is dui' tor tlic tine work
they carried on in this line. Many of our establishments,
both private and commercial, are now paying much at-
tention to this branch of Orchid culture, with various
degrees of success. The fertilization of Orchids is very
easy and requires no special skill, but judgment should
be exercised in the selection of proper species for the
work, in order that the results may be an improvement
over both parents, if possible.

The seed-bearing parent should possess a good, vig-
orous constitution, of free-growing and flowering habit,
as the hybrids usually follow this parent in form of
growth, and the pollen parent in color of flower. Fer-
tilization is effected by placing one or more of the pol-
linia or pollen masses on the stigma of the flower to be
fertilized, selecting always plants of relatively the same
genus for the operation. Crosses between genera widely
removed from each other in general character usually
prove fruitless, for though the ovary may become stimu-
lated by foreign pollinia and an apparently successful
cross be effected, the seeds will either fail to mature or
the results will follow the seed parent in every detail.

It takes about a year to ripen the seed of most Or-
chids in our climate, with exceptions in a few genera.
Masdevallias mature in about six months and Selenipe-
diums in about three months.

The seeds germinate best when sown soon after ma-
turity, and many lose their vitality in a few months if
kept too dry and warm. When sowing the seeds the
best results are often obtained when they are dusted
on the surface of pots or baskets containing a plant of
the same genus as the seed and carefully watered with
a very fine rose until they become attached, watching
carefully for snails, slugs, and depredators in general
that infest the compost. The pots or baskets selected
should have a favorable-looking surface, with the com-
post in good condition, firm and free from fungi. Use
pots or baskets that will not have to be disturbed for a
year or more, as it often takes that length of time for
the seedlings to come through. Seed sown in early
spring seems to germinate soonest. The writer has had
Selenipedium seedlings up in three months from sow-
ing, and again has waited for Cypripediura twenty-three'
months before the seedlings appeared.

After the seedlings have perfected 2 or 3 leaves it is;
quite safe to remove them to small pots, singly, or sev-
eral to a small pan, using compost
of the same material as that for the
parent, but cut a trifle finer.

Many tiny seedlings are lost short-
ly after germinating, through the
soil becoming sour or through fungi.
When thus at-
1 tacked they

I'lji should be trans -

^1^ f erred to other

pots or baskets 1585. Thn
1584. not infested. """J ^.'^'^I'^psfet

Newly germinated Fig. 1584 illus J^a pot° 'a^I^.H-

seedling. trates a newly pediunt iiisiiine,

{Phaius liybridus.) germinated seed- var. .Sandero-.)

ling of Phai u s
hybridus : Fig. 1585 a three-months -old seedling of
Ct/pripedium insigne, var. Sanderc^, in proper con-
dition to be transferred to a pot ; Fig. 1586, eight-
months-old plant of Phaius Wallichii ; Fig. 1587 a
twelve-months-old hybrid Cattleya ( C. intermedia x C.
lahiata): Fig. 1588 a Cypripedium thirteen months old;
Fig. 1589 a two-year-old hybrid between a Cattleya and
Lfplia {C. intermedia x L. pnestans).

The raising of Orchids from seed should be encour-

nonths

1170

ORCHID

ORCHID

aged, and enlist the energy of every Orchid culturist,
not necessarily for the production of hybrids alone, but
also for the reproduction of rare species and varieties, and
a number of species which are fast decreasing or becom-
ing extinct in their native homes. Aside from the finan-
cial inducement offered the commercial grower, it will

apices and on new growths of deciduous and plicate-
leaved species, indicate either lack of suflficient water
at the roots or an overdry atmosphere, both of which
conditions can be easily changed.

Snails and /nsee^s. — Orchids are attacked by many
forms of snails. Insect pests are a great annoyance

1586. Eight months from

{Phaius Wallichii.)

1587. A year from the seed.
iCattleya intermedia X C. labiata.)

prove instructive to the botanist and afford infinite
pleasure and pastime for the amateur.

Z>iA-ertses. — Orchids are subject to many diseases.
Those having importance from a cultural standpoint and
most troublesome to the grower are known as wet- and
dry-rot and spot. Wet-rot is caused by an overmoist or
stagnant atmosphere, and is usually first detected by a
semi-transparent appearance of the parts affected, which
soon become dark brown. It spreads slowly along the
tissue. If noticed at the commencement it can be
readily checked by slitting the epidermis with a sharp
knife and removing the plant to a more airy position in
the house for a few days. Dry-rot is caused by a fun-
gus which attacks the rhizome of the plant. It is often
produced through burying the rhizome or base of the
plant with compost. Cypripediums are subject to it.
Large, healthy growths when attacked quickly show a
sickly pale color in the foliage, which, on examination of
the base, will be found discolored, and with a light
brown appearance. If the portion attacked is quickly
removed with a sharp knife it will usually give no fur-
ther trouble; otherwise it will travel through the en-
tire rhizome and destroy the plant in a very short time.

Spot comes from various causes: the appearance of
small dark brown spots on the succulent leaves and
pseudobulbs is usually an indication of cold and over-
watering. Spot also arises through weak tissue, espe-
cially in Phalsenopsis, Saccolabiums and Angraecums
during winter, which have been grown too warm, shady
and moist. The affected parts should be slit with a

1589. Two-year-old hybrid between a Cattleya
and Lselia.

sharp knife and a little flowers of sulfur should be
rubbed over the wound. When they make new growth
the plants should be placed in a brighter and more airy
position to induce a better growth. The brown dots which
make their appearance on the leaves, especially at the

to the cultivator. They can be kept in subjection only
by constant attention. Slugs and shell snails are very
destructive. If allowed to increase they devour young
shoots, roots and flower-buds. The best means of captur-
ing them is to place saucers of dry bran on the shelves
among the pots, and look them over morning and even-
ing. By this means many will be destroyed. Various
species of scale insects attach themselves to the leaves,
pseudobulbs and rhizomes of nearly all species of Or-
chids,and can be eradicated only by tlie use of a soft brush
and washing with a sponge and water. A little whale-
oil soap added to the water is of great assistance, and
also useful in destroying red spider and green and yel-
low fly. Black and red thrips attack the young growths
of many species and often become very troublesome.
Fumigating the houses with tobacco stems lightly about
three times during the week will soon cause them to dis-
appear. Fumigation is also a sure remedy for green fly.

The Cattleya fly is very injurious to young growths of
Cattleyas, Lselias and some Epidendrums. The flies
lay their eggs in the very young growth at the base,
causing an enlargement which is easily distinguished.
The only remedy is to remove the growth, and burn it.
The mature fly can be eradicated by fumigating the
house with tobacco stems about three times each week
during early spring.

The Dendrobixim beetle larva burrows in the stems of
various species of the genus, and is detected by a small
discolored spot. There is no remedy, except to cut
away and destroy the parts attacked. An insect which
is much more to be dreaded is the Dendrobium mite,
which perforates the canes and rhizomes of Dendro-
biums and many other Orchids, laying a number of
eggs in each perforation. On hatching, these eat away
a part of the plant around them, causing that portion to
decay. They can be found only by careful and close
observation, and this often after the plant is beyond
redemption. There is no remedy but cutting them out,
and unless the plant attacked is valuable it is best to
burn it and keep the pest from spreading-.

Mealy bug is usually not very troublesome to Or-
chids. It is readily seen and destroyed without much
injury to the plant.

Roaches are usually very troublesome, and hard to
eradicate, as they feed at night and remain hidden
through the daytime. They destroy roots, growing
shoots and young flower-buds and scapes. Bran, pow-
dered sugar and Paris green, mixed together and placed
around the houses in saucers, will usually keep them in
subjection, and they should be hunted down at night
l>y the aid of a lantern. Many can be caught in this
manner.

Sow bugs or wood Hce are usually common in every
part of Orchid houses, pots and baskets. They do a
great deal of damae:e to young leaves, roots and the ten-
der portions of flower-scapes. The Paris erreen mixture
used for roaches is very effectual in reducing their
number, but it is impossible to be entirely freed from
tbem. Robert M. Grey.

MUtonia Roezlii var. alba

Ca'loKjnie cristata
Some genera of Orchids

Deudrobium uobile

ORCHIS

6RCHIS (Greek word, referring to the shape of
the tuberous roots of certain species). Orchid iicece.
Orchis is the typical genus of the great family of Or-
chids. It contains about 70 species, ail terrestrial and
natives of the northern hemisphere, chiefly in Europe
and Asia, with 2 species in North America. Plants per-
ennial by means of simple or palmate tubers : stem
simple, erect, terminating in a raceme or spike, with
few to many rather small fls., and bearing several Ivs.,
with long sheaths; bracts often foliaceous: sepals all
similar, connivent or spreading: petals often smaller,
entire: labelhim 3-!obed, middle lobe entire or parted,
base spurred : column very short or none : stigma
plane, not produced (Habenaria).

Orchises are not showy, and they have no horticul-
tural standing, but lovers of our native Orchids are
always collecting them and trying to cultivate them,
usually with little success. F. W. Barclay writes:
"The American species of Orchis are woodland plants,
requiring rich leaf soil, with rather heavy shade, and
that even condition of moisture characteristic of deep
woods. Where these conditions cannot be supplied the
plants invariably prove short-lived." See also discus-
sion on terrestrial orchids, page 1165.

hirclna, Crantz [H i m a n t o g I 6 s s u m 7iirc}num,
Spreng. ). Flower stems 1-2 ft. high, bearing a loose
raceme 4-8 in. long: fls. greenish white, exhaling a
disagreeable odor; middle lobe of the labellum long,
strap-like and twisted, lateral lobes much smaller: Ivs.
few near the bottom of the scape, oblong-lanceolate.
May, June. Europe and northern Africa. Adver-
tised by Dutch bulb-growers.

spectAbilis, Linn. Fig. 1590. A native specie'^
with 2 large obovate, shining Ivs. 4-8 in. long
borne near the ground, and a stem 4-7 in. high
bearing a raceme of 3-0 small pale purple and white
fls. April-June. In rich woods, northeastern U i?

The following species are advertised in America bv Euro
pean dealers, but are not known to be cultivated in America
Most of tliem are hardy European plants. The synonomj of
the group is somewhat confused. O. Brancifdrtii, fls. purple — O
folibsa, large, leafy spikes of purple fls. — O. fitsca, purple and
rose-colored fls. — O. latifblia^ spotted Ivs. and purple fls O
longicornis, fls. rich purple. North Africa.— O. maculata fls
lilac-purple. ~0. mascxda, fls. purple, in long spikes. — O mih
taris, fls. purple. — O. Mdrio, fls. purple and green. — O. pollens
pale sulfur-yellow. — O. papilionacea, fls. purple and white —
O. provincidlis, long spikes of pale lemon-yellow fls.— O Ro
bertidna, fls. purple, brown and white, in large spike<? —O
sambucina, fls. yellow.— O. nndidaiifblia, fls. white- and rose
colored. Heinrich Hasselbring

ORCHIS, Rein. Hahetiaria.

OREGON. HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1591. Oregon
located between 42"^ and 40° 15' N. and 116° 45' and 124° 30
W., with an area of 94,560 square miles, has, horticultur
ally speaking, four quite distinct districts, —the valle> s of
the Rogue. Umpqua, Willamette and Columbia rivers
together with their tributaries. There is climatically
a very wide difference between these various sections
In the Rogue river valley the annual rainfall is 20-35
inches. The mean temperature for the winter months is
39°, spring months 57°, the summer months 67° the
autumn months 52°. The Umpqua valley has a rainfall
of 22-43 inches. The average temperature for the sea-
sons in the same order as the above is, 41°, 51°. Qh°, 54°,
In the Willamette valley the rainfall is 35-50 inches,
the average temperature, 41°, 50°, 63°, 53°. In the Co-
lumbia valley it ranges from an average rainfall of 75
inches, in the lower part, to one of 15 inches in the up-
per part; and the temperature as above ranges from a
mean annual average of 50°, varying from 39°-61° for
the lower part, to one of 48° for the upper part, with
hot summer months and cold winter months.

Not only does the difference of climate exist, but
there is also a corresponding difference in the character
of the soils of these different localities. In the Rogue
river valley the soil is largely one of decomposed gran-
ite. A warm and open soil predominates, though in
places the soil is remarkably heavy and of the same
origin as a large part of the soils of the state, namely,
basaltic. In the Umpqua valley the soil is generally of
a medium character; clays predominate on the hills and

OREGON

1171

on the higher parts of the valley proper, while on the
river bottoms sand and open sedimentary soils are the
more common. In the Willuraette valley the soils are
generally heavy, thnu,L,di there are occasionally streaks
of light sandy or ^'rav.-lly soil, usually along the streams.
The soils of the ('iduitibia region embrace all grades,
from the light drifting j^and of its upper basin to the
cold clays of its lower basin.

The transportation facilities are good in all these dis-
tricts, except the Rogue and Umpqua valleys, which
have only one railroad; while the other sections, except
the extreme eastern portion of the Columbia basin,
have both railroads and river transportation facilities.

In all these districts the hardy fruits grow to perfec-
tion one year with another, and this without irrigation,
though in some of the newer territory being tested for
horticultural purposes irrigation is practiced.

The apple finds in Oregon a most congenial home,
and while only a small part of the crop is marketed it
is in no wise due to the climate and soil. Our best va-
rieties are Baldwin, Esopus Spitzenl)erg, Ben Davis,
Newtown Pippin, Red Clieek Pippin, Northern Spy, and
Jonathan. The apple thrives best in the higher alti-
tudes and especially in Hood river valley, an offshoot
of the Columbia river valley, and in the Rogue river
valley. Lately car lots have been shipped from the
hitherto little known sections of eastern Oregon.

Pears grow to perfection in all parts of the state.
The Bartlett, White Doyenne, Winter Nelis, Duchesse

1590. Orchis spectabilis {X M).

d'Angouleme, Easter and Clairgeau are the leading va-
rieties.

The peach grows vigorously and fruits in the more
favored portion of all districts, i.e., sheltered places
along the river bottoms. But in the Rogue river valley,
and to a limited extent in upper Columbia valley, it is
grown as a commercial crop. Large quantities of the
choicest fruits are shipped to the Willamette valley
towns, two hundred and fifty or more miles by rail-
The leading varieties are early and late Crawfords and
Salway. In the upper Columbia region the Crawfords
and Salway are favorites.

The cherry reaches perfection in Oregon's mild,
moist climate, and especially the sweet cherries. Such
varieties as the Napoleon, locally known as Royal Ann;
Lewelling, locally known as Black Republican, and
several local seedlings, as the Lambert, Hoskins, Occi-

1172

OREGON

OEEODOXA

dent and Lake, develop into the choicest of fniits. The
Late Duke, Late Kentish, Richmond and Montmorency
Ordinary, in fact all cherries, do well, though these latter
are of no particular commercial importance.

The plums, and especially those varieties of Prunns
domestica which have come into general cultivation

1591. Oregon, showing, by the shaded areas, the horticultural regioi

in the more favorable sections of the country, thrive
throughout the state, though there are particular locali-
des where those varieties cultivated as prunes do much
better than in others. As a commercial crop the prune
has become of much importance to the state, the output
for 1898 on a conservative basis being put at 400 car-
loads of 30,000 pounds each and valued at 3M and 3K
cents per pound. For green fruit for local market the
Yellow Egg, Peach, Columbia and Bradshaw are grown.
Several attempts have been made to ship the Peach
variety in a fresh state to the East, but thus far all such
efforts have ended in failure. It will not keep long
enough and stand up under the jar of transportation.
For the prune crop two varieties are grown, the Italian
and the Agen, locally known as the French or Petite.
At present there is a much larger acreage of Italians
than of Petites. There is a limited acreage of Golden
Drop, locally known as Silver Prune, but as the tree is
not robust, and as the fruit needs sulfuring before it is
cured, this variety is given much less attention now
than formerly, and only a limited quantity is grown.
The curing of the prune is all done by means of driers
or evaporators, of which there are numerous designs.
(See Evaporating of Fruits.)

Of small fruits it may be said that they grow and fruit
most abundantly in all parts of the state. Only about
the larger cities are they grown as commercial crops,
though at Hood river, which is a favored locality, large
quantities of strawberries (the Clarke variety ) are grown.
In 1898 about fifty car-loads of these berries were shipped
to the Rocky mountain states, returning to the growers
something like $37,000. Blackberries, gooseberries,
strawberries and raspberries do well in nearly all locali-
ties. Usually it is necessary to select favored sites for
blackberries and strawberries : the former on account
of water, our long, dry shimmers being uncongenial ; the
latter, on account of our heavy soils, will not generally
do best on other than river bottoms or sandy ravines.
Of currants the chief varieties are Cherry, Fay, White
Grape and Black Naples; of blackberries the chief va-
rieties are Lawton, Kittatinny, Erie; of the dewberry,
Lucretia; of raspberries, Cuthbert, Gregg, Red Ant-

werp and Marlboro; of strawberries, Wilson, Sharp-
less, Clarke, Magoon and Everbearing; of gooseber-
ries, Champion, Downing and Chautauqua. The wine
grape is grown in southern Oregon and particular lo-
calities along the Columbia river, but the output can
hardly be said to have commercial significance as yet,
though it is rated as of ex-
cellent quality. During the
past few years some large
plantings of wine grapes
have been made in the
Rogue river valley.

In the Willamette valley
the Moore Diamond, Con-
cord, Worden, Delaware and
Isabella are the most gener-
ally grown. Along the Co-
lumbia, the Sweetwater, the
Muscats and Tokays are con-
sidered best. In southern
Oregon both the American
and foreign grapes flourish.
The Mission grape of Cali-
fornia, Sweetwater, Ham-
burg and Muscats fully ma-
ture in this section.

Chestnuts of the American
and Japan varieties have
been planted in numerous
localities, and are just be-
ginning to bear fine crops.
French walnuts and filberts
are likewise grown in many
localities by amateurs, and
nuich interest is being mani-
fested in this fruit and in
the near future commercial
jplantings will undoubtedly
be made. From the experi-
ence of the past and the
character of the nuts pro-
duced, it is confidently predicted that the nut crop of
the future will be one of much value on the foothill
land of the state. The almond, the apricot, the black
fig and the loquat grow and fruit quite freely in the
southern sections of the state. The cranberry thrives
along the coast, and there are a few small bogs under
cultivation in favorite spots. £_ jj^ Lake.

0EE6C0ME. See Sflivum.

0RE0D6XA (Greek, mountain glory). PalmAcerr.
This giiius includes the Royal Palm, the pride of Florida,
and the only tall palm native within the borders of the
United States b( fore the annexation of Porto Rico and
Hawaii; also the Cabbage Palm, which is cut down
when three years old for the central leaves, which are
tender and edible. Oreodoxa contains 5 species of pin-
nate palms from tropical America. The nearest culti-
vated allies are Euterpe and Acanthophcenix, but in
these the petals of the pistillate fls. are free, while in
Oreodoxa they are grown together at the base. Oreo
doxas are spineless palms, the solitary, erect, robust
trunk cylindrical or swollen at the middle: Ivs. termi-
nal, equally pinnatisect; segments narrowly linear-lan-
ceolate, narrowed at the apex, uuii|ually liifid; niidnerve
rather thick, scaly beneath; ni:ir^^ins not thickened, re-
curved at the base; rachis convex on the back, sulcate
toward the base, and acute toward the apex above;
petiole half-cylindrical, sulcate above: sheath long:
spadix rather large, with long, slender, pendent
branches: spathes 2, entire, the lower semi-cylindri-
cal, equaling the spadix, the upper ensiform, ventrally
fissured: bracts and bractlets scaly: fls. small, white,
in scattered glomerules: fr. obovoid or oblong-ovoid,
small, violet.

Of the Royal Palm Reasoner writes: "It is one of the
grandest of pinnate palms, growing to a height of over
100 ft,, with immense, plumy, feathery leaves and a
straight white trunk. It is a grand tree for extreme S.
Fla. for avenue planting, and is valuable in all sizes,
but especially when 4 ft. or over in height."

OREODOXA

ORIGANUM

1173

A. Leaf-sef/menfs not wrinkled or wavy.
B. Trunk sjcollen at or above the middle.

rtgia, HBK. Royal Palm. Fig. 1592. Caudex 40-60
ft. high; leaf segments 2% ft. long, 1 in. or less wide,
linear, acuminate: fr. ovoid, >2 in. Everglades of Pla.,
Cuba, Antigua. G.P. 9:155. S.S. 10:505. G.C. III.
17:239; 27:297. A. P. 12:311. G.M. supp. Oct. 1, 1892.
BB. Trunk not swollen at the middle.

olerftcea.Mart. ( A rPoa olerdcea,Jsicq. ) . Cabbage Palm.
Caudex 100-120 ft. iiigh : leaf-segments lanceolate-linear,
acuminate, 3 ft. long, 1% in. wide: fruit obovoid-ob-
long, % in. West Indies. Cult, in S. Pla.

AA. Leaf-segments wrinkled and wavy.

Sancdna, HBK. Stem 120-150 ft., smooth, glabrous,
grayish black : Ivs. pinnate; Ifts. membranaceous :
wood very hard, used in building houses. Colombia.
Cult, only in S. Calif. — Pranceschi says it has brownish
leaf -stalks and is more tender than the other 2 species.
Jared G. Smith.

OEEOPANAX (i.e., mountain Panax). Arali&cea'.
Somi' i'ii;lity species names have been referred to this
genus, hvit the number of species is probably not one-
half tills number. In the trade, the species of Oreo-
panax are usually known as Aralias, but in the Aralia
tribe the petals are imbricate in the bud, whereas in
Oreopanax they are valvate. The Oreopanaxes are tropi-
cal American trees and shrubs, with simple or compound
entire or toothed thick Ivs., and fls. in dense heads
which are arranged in racemes or panicles : calyx with
minute or obsolete limb: petals 4-7. usually 5, the sta-
mens of the same number and with ovate or oblong
anthers: ovary 3-7-loculed, the styles rather long and
bearing a flat, not thick, stigma: fr. globose and berry-
like. Pew species of Oreopanax are known in cultiva-
tion. They are hothouse subjects, requiring the treat-

• " 1 111' , 'yM'TX-'j^
1592 Royal Palm, Oreodoxa rcEia

ment given tropical Aralias. Harms (Engler & Prantl,
Pflanzenfamilien) divides the species into 3 groups.—
Ivs. digitate, Ivs. lobed, Ivs. not lobed. The species
described beyond are those which are now most often
mentioned in gardening literature, but the writer has
seen only the first in American collections.

A. I/vs. all simple.
retioulitum, Decne. & Planch. {ArAlia reticulata
Willd.). Pig. 1593. Small tree, with alternate, thick
entire, oblauceolate Ivs. 12-18 in. long, somewhat revo
lute on the margin, strongly alternate-veined and re
ticulated with shades of green: 11. -heads spherical
nearly or quite an inch in diam. S,
Amer.— A handsome plant for foliage

AA. Some of the Ivs. strongly diqi-
tately lobed or angled,

Sanderiinum, Hemsl. Shruborsmali
tree, with habit of Fatsia papyriferu :
Ivs. glabrous, thick
and glossy, long-
stalked, triangular-
ovate in outline, on
young shoots deeply
3-lobed but on flow-
ering plants cordate
and entire: fls. mi-
nute, in small, glo-
bose heads, which are
arranged in racemose
panicles. Guatemala.
G.C. III. 13:451. A.
F. 8:1283.

AAA. Some or all of

the Ivs. digitate.

Epremesnili & num,
Andr^. Shrub of striking habit
Ivs. large, long-.stalked, digitate,
the leaflets 7-9, oblong or lanceo-
late and usually tapering at
either end, the middle ones deep-
lobed : fl. -heads in a spike. Ori-
gin unknown; perhaps a garden
form of O. daetylifolium, Hort.,
in which each of the 7 lobes is
usually lobed. R. H. 1884, pp.
320, 321. Gn. 29, pp. 354, 355; 30,
p. 447. — Named for Count Epr^-
mesnil, Dieppe, Prance. Well-
grown plants resemble Fatsia
Japonica (Aralia Sieboldii).

Andreilnum, Marchal. Shrub,
with variable foliage: Ivs. ellip-
tic to roundish, stalked, the lower
surface and petioles red-tomen-
tose, varying from angled to deeply digitate and the
divisions pinnatifld: fl. -heads globular, in a terminal
raceme. Ecuador. R.H. 1882, pp. 524, 525.

Thibaiitii, Hook. Small tree, stellate-pubescent on
the young parts: Ivs. long-stalked, 5-7-foliolate, the
leaflets lanceolate or oblauceolate, entire, 6 in. or less
long, dark green: fl. -heads % in. in diam., in a terminal
raceme 1 ft. long. Mex. B.M. 6340.

pedunculitum was once listed in Calif., with follow-
ing drsi-ripticiii: "Ivs. palmate, tinged with red; makes
a fine foli:if,'i- plant. Guatemala." It turns out to be
Ka-lnul, ri.i punieulata. L. H. B.

ORIGANUM (ancient Greek name said to mean delight
of mniintains). LabiAtw. This includes several plants
known as Marjoram which are fully described below
from the popular and horticultural points of view.
Botanically these plants are closely allied to the thyme,
but the fls. of Marjoram are borne in heads surrounded
by an involucre, while those of thyme are borne in few-
fld. whorls which are axillary or spicate above.

Origanum is a genus of about 25 species of subshrubs
and herbs mostly natives of the Mediterranean region.
Whorls 2-fld., rarely C-lO-fld., crowded into globose or
oblong spikelets: bracts colored and larger than the
calyx, or green and .smaller than the calyx; calyx va-
rious, 5-toothed or 2-lipped: corolla 2-lipped.

Authorities differ as to whether the common Pot Marjo-
ram is O.vnlgare orO.Onites; Vilmorin's Vegetable Gar-
den holding to the first opinion, while Nicholson's Dic-
tionary of Gardening and J. M. Thorburn & Co. take the
latter. The two plants are very distinct, as the following

1593.
Oreopanax reticulatum.

(X H.)

1174

ORIGANUM

descriptions show, and the point can be easily settled
by each reader for the particular plants which he is cul-
tivating.

A. Calyx of 5 equae teeth: bracts colored.
vulgire, Linn. Wild Marjoram. Lvs. stalked,
broadly ovate, subserrate, broadly rounded at the base,
villous: tls. purplish, in corymbed clusters or short
spikes. — Cult, in old gardens; also wild along eastern
roadsides, being naturalized from Eu. B.B. 3:111.

AA. Calyx S-lipped: bracts not colored.
B. Lvs. stalked.

Major&na, Linn. Lvs. oblong-ovate, entire, tomen-
tose: fls. purplish or whitish: spikelets oblong, 3-5 in a
cluster.

BB. Lvs. not stalked.

Onltes, Linn. Lvs. ovate, subserrate, villous or to-
mentose, mostly cordate at the base: fls. as in O.
Majorana but a little larger: spikelets ovoid, very
numerous in a cluster. Southeastern Eu., Asia Minor,
Syria. W. M.

Origanum Majorana, Sweet or Annual Marjoram, is
a native of the countries bordering the Mediterranean
sea. It is an erect, branching perennial, bearing grayish
green, rounded or oval leaves, small, whitish flowers in
terminal clusters which appear in midsummer, and
little, oval, dark brown seeds. The plant has a pleasing
odor and warm, aromatic, bitterish taste, due to a vola-
tile oil which is soluble in water, is offlcinally credited
with tonic and gently excitant properties, and, as an
infusion, is employed in domestic medicine to "bring
out the rash" in such diseases as measles. More fre-
quently than in medicine, however, its green parts are
used as a condiment, being highly esteemed as a season-
ing for soups, stews, meat pies and dressings. In the
garden this plant is treated as an annual, hence the
name "Annual Marjoram." This practice became neces-
sary since the plants are prone to winter-kill unless
carefully protected. Its propagation is also somewhat
precarious, owing to the small size of the seeds and the
tenderness of the seedlings when exposed to the sun.
Shade, therefore, until the plants are well rooted is usu-
ally necessary. Successional plantings may be made
throughout the spring; .sometimes transplanting from
hotbeds or coldframes in May or June is practiced.
The plants should stand 6 inches asunder in rows 12
inches apart, in light, dry, but good soil, be kept clean
throughout the season, and harvested for winter use
just before flowering, the plant being cut close to the
ground and hung in a cool, airy place to dry. If planted
early, leaves may be gathered in late spring. Accord-
ing to Dreer, American-grown seed is better than im-
ported seed for winter use, as it makes more bulk, while
importiil seed is better when the plants are to be cut
grci'ii for suiniiier use.

Oiirjiiiium viilgare, Pot Marjoram, a branching,
hardy perennial, about 2 feet tall, bearing in mid-
summer pink or purple flowers, and small, brown, oval
seeds, grows wild on the skirts of European woods.
The highly aromatic leaves and the young shoots gath-
ered just before blossoming are used like those of
Sweet Marjoram. The plant is of easy culture, succeed-
ing in all wann garden soils. It may be propagated by
seed, but, where established, division in spring or
early autumn is generally practiced. The plants should
be set 10 inches asunder in rows 15 inches apart, and
kept well cultivated. Dwarf Pot Marjoram, a variety
that comes true from seed, bears large heads of whitish
flowers, and Is often used as an edging plant.

M. G. Kains.

ORtXA (Japanese name). Biitdcew. Deciduous
shrub, with alternate, petioled, almost entire lvs., and
greenish inconspicuous lis. It has proved hardy in
Mass., but has no decorative merit besides its bright
green foliage, which is not attacked by insects or fungi,
and has a strong disagreeable odor like that of Ptelea.
Orixa seems to grow in almost any soil. Propagated by
greenwood cuttings; also by layers and root cuttings
and by seeds. The genus has but one species. Fls. dioe-
cious, appearing with the lvs. on the branches of the
previous year; sepals and petals 4, staminate fls. in ra-

OBNITHOGALUM

cemes, pistillate fls. solitary: fr. consisting of 4 dehis-
cent pods, each containing 1 black, subglobose seed.
Pistillate fls. and fr. are described as solitary as stated
above, and so they are on Japanese specimens, Iiut a
plant in the Arnold Arboretum has the pistillate fls. and
fr. in short racemes.

Jap6nica, Thunb. (Celdstrus Ortxa, Sieb. & Zucc.
Jlex Orixa, Spreng. OtJtera Orixa, Lara.). Shrub, to
8 ft., with spreading b/anches pubescent when young:
lvs. obovate to oblong, obtusely pointed, entire or finely
crenulate, bright green above, finely pubescent beneath,
translucently glandular-punctate, 2—4 in. long : fls.
small, greenish: pods about H in. long, light greenish
brown. April, May. Japan. Gt. 3.'):12.'!2.

Alfred Rehder.

ORNAMENTAL GARDENINa, or orn.amental horti-
culture, is that branch of horticulture which is concerned
with cultivating plants of all kinds for ornament rather
than for food. It incluiles floriculture and also the cul-
ture of trees for shade and display. ( The culture of trees
on a large scale for timber and for other profitable pur-
poses aside from ornament is forestry. The culture of
trees in general is arboriculture. ) Ornamental gardening
includes carpet-bedding and formal gardening in gen-
eral, while landscape gardening is concerned with mak-
ing nature-like pictures, or at least with the general
plan uf the place.

ORNITHOGALUM (Greek, bird and milk ; application
unknown). LiliAceiv. This genus includes the Star of
Bethlehem, a dwarf, hardy bulbous plant which bears
umbels of green and white fls. in May and June. Orni-
thogalum is one of the largest genera in the lily family,
containing about 100 species scattered over Europe, the
Orient, North and South Africa. In 1873, when Baker
monographed the genus (in Latin) in the Journal of the
Linnean Society, he recognized 73 species altogether,
but in 1897 he gives an account (in English) in Flora
Capensis of an equal number from South Africa alone.
Baker made 7 subgenera, based chiefly upon the color
of the fls. and the shape of the cluster, though one sub-
genus was cut off from all the rest by having the sta-
mens perigynous instead of hypogynous. The majority
of the species seem to have more or less green in the
fls. either on the face or back or both, and often the
green is prettily set off by a narrow white margin.
Some species have pure white fls. and a few have yel-
low or yellowish ones. Some of the dominant forms of
flower-clusters are oblong-cylindrical, broadly triangu-
lar, subcorymbose and lanceolate. Omithogalum is dis-
tinguished from other genera as follows: perianth per-
sistent; tube none; segments G, usually spreading:
filaments more or less flattened and in many species
unequal ; alternate ones being broader at the base:
ovary sessile, 3-celled; ovules many in a cell, super-
posed : style short or long : capsule membranous,
loculicidally 3-valved : seeds globose, usually not
crowdrd nor cuniprcsscil: often the pi-rianth segments
are ko.-lo.l an.l tlio irn-.-n color folL.ws tlio keel.

Horlicultunilly, (lniitlioj;:iluiiis ii]ay be divided into
hardy and tendrr groups, and each of these may be sub-
divided into dwarf and tall. The hardy kinds are con-
sidered by English amateurs amongst the choicest
summer-blooming bulbs for wild gardening. With the
remarkable increase of wild gardens now going on in
America, arrangements should be made so that ama-
teurs may procure these bulbs cheaply and scatter them
with a free hand along woodland walks and in the grass.
The common Star of Bethlehem, O. umbellatnm, a
dwarf kind, is the only Ornithogalum that is at all com-
mon in our gardens. O. nutans has escaped from a few
old gardens but seems never to be advertised in America,
and rarely even by the Dutch bulb-growers, but in Eng-
land "it is a very popular species and one of the most
easily managed of all the Ornithogalums. In borders
amongst other named bulbs, however, It becomes a
great nuisance, an account of the freedom with which
its innumerable bulbils are formed. In a semi-wild or
uncultivated spot it is a capital subject for groundwork ;
it requires no attention whatever, and flowers freely all
through April and Mav."

Of the taller hardy kinds 0. laliMinm and O. pyra-

ORNITHOGALUM

ORNITHOGALUM

1175

midale seem to be the most desirable. These are the
best to place among slinililnry and li'avc iinilisturbed
foryears. A particularly roliust i'l\nii]> c.f (*. Inlifnliiimis
recorded as bearing »»ver a hundred spikes of dowers
on stalks 3 ft. high. O. pyramidale is here doubtfully
referred to O. Narbonense, but there is no doubt about
the beauty of the plant which English gardeners call O.
pyramidale. For formal beauty it is hard to excel. It
sometimes makes a perfect pyramid of starry white
flowers, the spike 12-18 in. long, the fls. an inch across,
and a hundred or more fls. in a spike.

The tender kinds in cultivation are chiefly from the
Cape of Good Hope, though O. Arabicum is found in
the Mediterranean region. Connoisseurs are divided be-
tween O. Arabicum and O. revolutum, but the former
has been more pictured and has a greater number of
admirers. When well grown it]is probably the showiest
plant of the whole genus. O. Arabicum is a fickle plant.
It grows to perfection in Guernsey, with stalks 3 ft.
high and fls. 2 in. across, borne in free, informal clus-
ters. The tall-spiked waving masses of white remain in
good condition for some weeks. In Guernsey they are
esteemed for cut-flowers. The white of the large, broad-
petaled fls. is set off by a gleaming black pistil, which
makes a striking and pretty feature. O. Arabicum is
suitable for pot culture in northern conservatories, but
perhaps the best way to grow it is in quantity in a frame.
The bulbs have a way of remaining dormant for a season
or two, a difficulty possibly to be associated with their
insufficient ripening. W. Goldring writes : "To keep
the pots with the bulbs in them in a greenhouse and
not watered is not sufficient; they should be kept in a
dry atmosphere, and if baked in the sun. s<i much the
better. Autumn is the best time to gi-t l)ulhs. anil after
potting they should be kept dry till spring, and with the
signs of growth plenty of water should be given, and
occasional weak manure water." It is suspected that
there are two varieties, a shy-blooming and a f ree-bloora-
ing kind. This may explain some of its rejiutation tor
capriciousness. O. thyrsoides is easier to grow and earlier
to bloom. With gentle forcing it may be had f<ir Cliristraas
in a moderately warm house. O.recoluttim is very dis-
tinct by having revolute instead of spreading segments.
It was cult, by a Cincinnati amateur in 1883, but to-day
one may search a dozen of the largest bulb catalogues
without finding it offered. O. caitdatum is similarly rare
in trade catalogues, but it is still cultivated in dwelling
houses under the erroneous name of Sea Onion. The
Sea Onion is Urginea niaritima, a plant of the same
general appearance but distinguishable in leaf, flower
and fruit as follows: Urginea maritima has Ivs. 2-3 in.
wide: raceme W^-t ft long: bracts 3-4 lines long: fls.
white with a brown keel: seeds crowded, disk-like.
Ornithogaiuni candatnm has Ivs. 1-lK in. wide; raceme
}^-l ft. long: bracts 6-9 lines long: fls. keeled with
green: seeds not crowded nor compressed.

Perhaps the best purely horticultural reviews of this
group are to be found in The Garden: the tender kinds
bv Goldring in Gn. 49, p. 308; the hardy kinds by "D.K."
in Gn. 41, p. 376.

A. Fls. self-colored, both front and back.
B. Pistil prominent, shining, greenish black.
Aribicum, Linn. Fig. 1594. Bulb ovoid, 1-lK in.
thick, proliferous : Ivs. 5-8, glaucous green, 1-lH ft.
long, ?^-l in. wide: scape 1-2 ft. long : raceme 6-12-fld.,
roundish or deltoid in outline, 3-5 in. long and wide:
fls. self-colored, odorous; filaments lanceolate, not cus-
pidate, alternate ones distinctly broader, but not quad-
rangular on the base. Mediterranean region. B.M. 728.
Gn. 49:1063 (good). B.M. 3179 and B.R. 11:906 (as O. co-
rymbosum). G.C. II. 19:665. Gn. 22, p. 249; 32, p. 145;
41, p. 377; 48, p. 309.-The pistil is a beautiful and strik-
ing feature.

BE. Pistil not a striking feature, dull, smaller,
r. Nnmber of flowers in a cluster IS-SO.
thyrsoides, Jacq. Bulb globose, lK-2 in. thick: Ivs.
5-6, lanceolate, 6-12 in, long, 1-2 in. wide: scape /i-l%
ft. high: raceme 12-30-fld., dense, triangular in outline,
3—4 in. wide: fls. self-colored; filaments alternately
longer and lanceolate, alternately shorter, dilated above

the base and bicuspidate. S. Afr. B.M. 1164 (fls. white,
with a brown eye ) .

Var. ailTeum, Ait. (O. aureum. Curt.), has golden
yellow fls. B.M. 190 (fls. saffron).

Var. flav^scens, Ker., has pale yellow fls. B.B.
4:305.

CC. Number of flowers in a cluster 50-100.

Iati!61ium, Linn. Lvs. 5-6, ascending, glabrous,
fleshy herbaceous, broadly lorate, 12-15 in. long, l}^-2
in. wide in cult. : filaments about equal, lanceolate.
Tauria, Caucasus, Kurdistan, Arabia, Egypt. B.M. 876.
B.R. 23:1978 (fls. green only at tip of keel, and borne
in a perfect pyramid).

AA. Fls. with a green face, the outer segments nar-
rowly margined white.
B. Cluster inversely pyramidal in outline,
tenuiSdlium, Guss. Bulb ovoid, 1 in. thick, simple:
lvs. 5-6, narrowly linear, 5-6 in. long, 1-2 lines wide,
unspotted: scape 2-3 in. long: raceme 6-10-fld., corym-
bose or inversely triangular in outline, 2-3 in. long and
wide: pedicels ascending: fls. with outer perianth seg-
ments margined white. Mediterranean region.

BB. Clusters quadranguhtr in outline.
c. Number of floirers li-20.
umbell&tum, Linn. Star of Bethlehem. Bulb sub-
globose, 1 in. thick, bearing numerous bulbils; lvs.
6-9, narrowly linear, 6-12 in. long, 2-4 lines wide, deeply
channeled, distinctly spotted white: scape 4-6 in. long:
raceme 12-20-fld., quadrangular in outline, 4-6 in. long,
6-9 in. wide: lower pedicels in fr. spreading: fls. with
outer perianth segments margined white. Mediter-
ranean region. Escaped from old gardens in U. S.

CC. Number of flowers S-12.
ezBC&pum, Tenore. Bulb ovoid, %-\ in. thick, not
proliferous: lvs. 5-6, narrowly linear, 4-6 in. long, 1-2
lines wide, glabrous, spotted, disappearing after the
fls.: scape 1-1/^ in. long: raceme 3-12-fld., quadran-
gular in outline, IH in. long, 2>2-3 in. wide : lowest
pedicels in fr, deflexed : bracts %-\ in. long, shorter
than the pedicels: fls. with outer perianth segments
margined white: style very short. S. Eu.

1594. Ornithuealum Arabicum (X ^).

AAA. Flowers more or less white-faced, but keeled

with green on the back.

B. Blossoms nodding.

niltans, Linn. Bulb ovoid, 1-lH in. thick, producing

offsets freely: lvs. pale green, 1-lX ft. long, 3-6 lines

wide, disappearing after the fls.: scape 8-12 in. long:

raceme 3-12-fld., oblong-cylindrical in outline: pedicels

1176

ORNITHOGALUM

ORTHROSANTHUS

shorter than the bracts: fls. green, margined white on
back, the lower ones nodding. Eu., Asia Minor, B.M.
269. Gn. 32:621 & p. 77; 41, p. 376.-Rarely escaped in
U. S.

BB. Slossoms erect or ascending.
c. Width of leaves S-6 lines.
Narbon^nse, Linn. Bulb ovoid, 9-15 lines thick: Ivs.
strap-shaped, 1-lK ft. long, 3-6 lines wide, glabrous,
glaucous green, scarcely disappearing before the end of
flowering: scape 1-13^ ft. long: raceme 20-50-fld., ob-
long-cylindrical, 4-8 in. long, l}4-2 in. wide : lowest
pedicels 9-15 lines long: fls. whitish, keeled green on
the back; filaments lanceolate at base, not squared. S.
Eu. B.M. 2510 (striped, green back and front). — O. py-
ramiddle, Linn., is considered by Baker to be a robust,
large-fld. garden form, but it is said to grow wild in
Spain and Portugal and may be a distinct species. Fls.
white, with a green stripe on back. Gn. 41:854.

cc. Width of leaves 9-18 lines.
x>. Filaments alternately linear and lanceolate,
longebracteitum, Jacq. Lvs. rather fleshy, glabrous,
lancfolalc, l'--2 ft. long, %-\% in. wide, persistent
until aftt-r flowering: scape \%-2 ft. long : raceme
dense, 30-60-fld., oblong-cylindrical, 6-9 in. long, 15-18
lines wide: lowest pedicels 9-12 lines long: fls. whitish,
keeled green on the back: bracts 9-15 lines long; fila-
ments alternately linear and lanceolate at the base. S.
Afr. — Baker says the bulb is 3-4 in. thick.

DD. Filaments alternately lanceolate and quadrate

at the base.

caud^tum, Ait. Lvs. lorate, lK-2 ft. long, 1-13^ in.

wide: scape lK-3 ft. long: raceme dense, %-l ft. long:

fis. banded green on face, and keeled green: bracts 6-9

lines long. S. Afr. B.M. 805. Window plant.

AAAA. Fls. white, with a hroivn or greenish yello\v
eye: perianth segments revolute.

revoliltum, Jacq. Lvs. lanceolate, 6-9 in. long, 6-9
lines wide: fls. not keeled with green, many in a sub-
■corvmbose cluster; style very short and stout. S. Afr.
B.M. 65;t. B.R. 4:315. ^y. ji,

dROBUS is considered a subgenus of Lathyrus, but
for O. formosus, see Plsuniy and for O. lathyroides, see
Vicia. Since Lathyrus was written for this work, the
names of 3 other species of Orobus have been promi-
nently mentioned in this countrv; O. anriiiitius=^l'lcia
aurdntia; O. ftarv'nl ns= L'ltlnirus vmn^s, var. flacci-
dus, Ser., which is di-.liti;.'uislu-a frmn tin- type by its
very narrow, flaccid Iv.s. ; uud O. Pdiinmiicus, a puzzling
name, which is discussed in the next paragraph.

Orobus Pannonieus, Jacq., is by Index Kewensis re-
ferred to Lathyrus PannonicnSy Gareke, but older au-
thorities, as DeCandoUe and Koch, refer it to Lathyrus
nlbus, Linn. f. L. albus differs from other species as
follows : root of clustered, club-shaped fibers : stem
angled, unbranched, narrowly winged above: Ifts. 2-3
pairs, linear-lanceolate and linear: style linear. Nor-
mally it has white or yellowish fls., with the standard
often flushed rose color on the back ; but var. versicolor,
Koch, has a purple standard, with yellow wings and
keel. This is B.M. 675 (as O. varius) and probably the
form in cult.

ORONTIUM (one of many names arbitrarily applied
by Liunfeus ; he probably had in mind some water
plant growing in the Syrian river Orontes). Ar(ice<x.
Golden Club. Orontium aquaticum, or Golden Club, is
a hardy, native, aquatic plant, which bears in early
spring yellow "clubs " on white stalks. The "club " is a
cylindrical spadix 1-2 in. long. The lvs. are ascending
or floating, ju-ctrdiiii; to the depth of the water. They
are oblong-*-llipii*-. with a blade 5-12 in. long, and no
•distinct midrib, but numerous parallel veins. The fo-
liage is handsome, dark velvety green above, silvery
below. The plant is very strong and deeply rooted, grow-
ing in water 10-18 in. deep. On account of its firm hold on
the soil it may be planted in swifter water tlian most
aquatics. It has the fault of being difficult to eradicate
•when firmly established.

Orontium is a genus of one species, which is found in
swamps and pools from Mass. to Fla., mostly near the
seacoast, but extending as far inland as central Pa. and
La. Spathe usually soon deciduous : fls. hermaphro-
dite, covering the whole spadix ; sepals scale-like, im-
bricated upon the ovary, usually 4 in the upper and 6
in the lower fls.; ovary 1-celled; ovule solitary, semi-
anatropous : f r. a green utricle.

aqu&ticum, Linn. Golden Club. Blade of lvs. 5-12 x
2-5 in.: stalk 4-20 in. long: scape 3-2-2 ft. long. B.B.
1:364. L. B.C. 5:402. R.H. 1888:85. Gn. 27, p. 213.

P. W. Barclay.

0R6XYL0N (Greek, a mountain tree; nevertheless
it grows anywhere from sea-level to an altitude of 3,000
ft.). Also written Oroxyliim. Bignonidcece. A genus
of one species, an Indian tree, which, as Franceschi
says, is "remarkable for the large size and striking form
of its leaves, almost black flowers, and long, sword-
shaped pods." This tree is cult, outdoors in S. Calif,
and under glass in Europe. It attains 25-40 ft. in In-
dia, has lvs. 2-4 ft. across, which are shining and twice
or thrice ternately pinnate; Ifts. 5x3-4 in.: raceme 10
in. long: fls. fleshy, 2}4 in. long, 2-3 H in. across, bell-
shaped, and white or purplish according to the Flora of
British India.

This tree has no near ally of garden value. It might
be roughly compared to a Catalpa for its long pods and
winged seeds, and for its much-cut foliage to Jacaron-
da ovalifolia, which is one of the most striking and
elegant trees cultivated in subtropical countries. Ge-
neric characters are: calyx large, leathery, truncate or
obscurely toothed : corolla-lobes 5, subequal, round,
crisped, toothed : stamens 5 : capsule septicidally 2-
valved: seeds thinly discoid, with a broad, transpar-
ent wing.

Indicum, Vent. Lvs. opposite; Ifts. ovate, entire:
peduncle 1 ft. long: capsule 1-3 ft. long, 2-3 in. wide,
hardly 4 lines thick. India, Ceylon, Cochin China, Ma-
lava. *

ORPINE or STONE CROP. See Sedu
;. Titephium.

particularly

ORRIS-ROOT or IRIS-ROOT. See Iris Florentina
and Ptrfumiry Gardening.

ORTHOCARPUS (Greek, straight fruit, which distin-
guishes this geuus from Melampyrum). Scrophularid-
ce(p. O. purpurdscens, Benth., is a plant something
like the Painted Cup (Castilleia). It is a Californiau
annual, growing a foot or less high, with yellow, crim-
son-tipped fls. and gaudy bracts. Gray says it is "com-
mon along the hills and mountains of the coast, from
San Diego to Humboldt Co., so abundant as to give the
ground a purple hue formiles in some places; occasion-
ally, with duller or only pallid color, in salt marsbes.
The reddish, soft and copious beard of the narrow and
hooked upper lip which marks this species is composed
of many- and close-jointed hairs." This plant was
offered in 1891 by Orcutt. For fuller description see
Gray's Syn. Flora of N. Anier. In Orthocarpus the
calyx is 4-cut; in Castilleia many-cut.

ORTHROSANTHUS (Greek, morning flower; because
the fls. open in the morning and fade before noon).
Iriddeece. O. multiflorus is a charming plant some-
thing like our blue-eyed grass or Sisyrinchium. It has
a tuft of grassy foliage a foot or two high, and sky-blue,
6-parted fls. an inch or more across, wbich open one
after another for a week or so. Horticulturally it is
classed among tender bulbs, though its rootstock is a
short, thick rhizome. This choice plant comes from
Australia, which, unlike the Cape of Good Hope, is very
poor in showy bulbous plants of the iris, lily and ania-
ryllis families.

Orthrosanthus is a genus of 7 species, 2 from tropical
America and 5 from Australia. Lvs. firm, linear, equi
tant: clusters many-fld., panicled: fls. pale blue; pedi-
cels so short that the capsule is not protruded from the
spathe; perianth -tube very short or none; segments
oblong, nearly equal, spreading; filaments free or con-
nate only at the base: ovary 3-celled; ovules many,

ORTHROSANTHUS

OSMOR3IZA

1177

superposed; style-branches alternating with the an-
•thers: seeds minute, very near Sisyrinchinm, which is
a more variable genus, and has longer pedicels. See
Baker's Handbook of the Irideae (1892).

There seems to be no recorded American experience
with O. multiflorus. Krelage lists it among bulbs suit-
able for frame culture. Nicholson says it thrives and
does best when planted in the border of a cold conser-
vatory, and adds "if, however, it Is necessary to grow
them in pots, use turfy loam and leaf -mold, and insure
sufficient drainage."

multifldrus, Sweet (LiiMia azfirea, Hort. ). Lvs. a
dozen or more, 1-114 ft. long, % to % of an inch wide:
panicle 4-6 in. long: capsule obtuse. Southern and
western Australia. L. B.C. 15:1474. B.R. 13:1090 (as
Sisyrinchium cyaneum). \y^ jl_

OR'?ZA (derived from the Arabic name, Eniz),
Grnminece, Six species of the tropics, including O.
sativa, Linn., the well-known rice of commerce. This
is a native of the Old World tropics, and is naturalized
in Brazil; cultivated extensively in China and India
-and more recently in the coast region of our southern
states. A marsh plant, with flowers in panicles; spike-
lets 1-fld.; empty glumes 2, small; fl. -glume and palet
about equal, laterally compressed, keeled, the former
usually more or less awned. Contrary to the usual sup-
position, rice paper is not made from rice, but from
Paper Mulberry or Bamboo. a. S. Hitchcock.

0RYZ6PSIS (Greek, rice-like,- from a fancied re-
■semblance to that grain). Graminecp. Mountain Rice.
Contains about 24 species of temperate regions. Mostly
tufted perennials, with narrow panicles of rather large
greenish 1-fld. spikelets. Empty glumes thin, nerved,
nearly equal; fl. -glume coriaceous, becoming involute,
provided at base with a short callus, and at apex with a
■simple untwisted deciduous awn. Three of our native
species are offered by dealers in wild plants.

melanoc4rpa, Muhl. Distinguished by its leafy culm,
the lvs. being broad and flat : panicle simple or com-
pounil; fl. -glume blackish: awn about 1 in. long. Rocky
woods, NewEng. to Mo. — Blooms late in summer.

asperifdlia, Jlichx. This and the next have tufted,
naked culms, with flat, concave or involute lvs.: culms
■9-18 in. high, bearing sheaths with rudimentary blades:
lvs. roui^h-edged. evergreen: awn ^s in. long. Northern
■States to Colorado. — Blooms early in spring.

Canadensis, Torr. Cuhn 6-15 in. : lowest sheaths
leaf-bearing: lvs. involute, thread-shaped: awn very
short, deciduous or wanting. Me. to Minn., on rocky
hills; rare. A. g. Hitchcock.

OSAGE ORANGE. See Toxylon.

OSIERS are willows used for baskets and willow-ware
In general. Some dogwoods are also called Osiers.
'The various kinds are described under Salix and Cor-
nus. Osier culture is generally considered as belonging
to sylviculture rather than to horticulture, and is there-
fore not treated here, but the intereste<l reader should
procure "Osier Culture," by John M. Simpson, a pam-
phlet of 27 pages, issued in 1898 as Bulletin 19 of the
Div. of Forestry, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.

OSMANTHCS (fragrant flojver). Oledcew. The cul-
tivated members of this genus are usually known as
Oleas, but Osmanthus is distinguished from Olea by its
imbricate rather than valvate obtuse corolla-lobes: fls.
fascicled or in short, perfect or imperfect racemes: lvs.
generally opposite, entire or serrate, thickish : ever-
green trees or shrubs, of 7 or 8 species in eastern Asia,
Pacific islands, and one in North America. O. fragrans
is the only common species in cult., and this is a green-
house plant in the North, being grown for its very fra-
grant fls. It is of the easiest culture in an intermediate
temperature. It is almost a continuous bloomer, al-
though ordinarily it should be rested in late -n-inter or
summer in order to ripen the wood for fall and winter
bloom. Be careful not to overpot, and keep the plant
free from mealy bug. In the South and in California,
it thrives when planted out in a place shaded from the
midday sun.

A. Ia!S. small-toothed or entire.
{r&erTailS, Lour, (blea frdgrans, Thunb.). Fig. 1595.
Small tree or shrub, usually cult, as a pot-plant: lvs.
oval to oblong and lanceolate, finely sharp-toothed
(said to be entire in the wild plant), thick, lighter col-
ored and veiny beneath: fls. small, white, the corolla
divided nearly to the base, in clusters in the upper ax-
ils, very fragrant: fr. not produced on the cult, plant,
but on the wild plant said to be ellipsoid and %x}4 in.
India, China, Japan. B.M. 1552. L. B.C. 18:1786.

1595. Osmanthus fragrans ( X H) ■
Olea fraiirans of gitrdens.

Americ&nus, Benth. & Hook. DE\^L-woOD. Florida
Olea. Glabrous small tree or tall shrub, with whitish
bark: lvs. thick, evergreen, lance-oblong, with a short
petiole, entire, shining above: fls. polygamous or dioe-
cious, dull white, in panicles which are shorter than the
lvs., fragrant: fr. a small dark purple drupe. Blooms
in spring. N. Car., south. S.S. 6:279, 280.-This plant
is in cult, in choice collections south, but it is not now
advertised.

aa. Li's. usually spiny -toothed and holly-Uke.

Aquifdlium, Sieb. Small, evergreen tree, with elliptic
or oblong-ovate, stiff spiny -toothed, shining lvs.. 3-4 in.
long : fls. white, in short axillary clusters appearing
in autumn, very fragrant, larger than in O, fragrans.
Japan. G.C. II. 6:689. Very variable. Var. ilicifblius,
Hort. (Olea ilicifolia, Hassk.), is a compact dense
shrub, with smaller lvs. There are variegated-leaved
forms (as O. Aquifolinm, vars. a are urn and argenteuni).
Var. myrtiSdlius, Hort., has compact habit, with rigid,
spineless lvs. Osmanthus Aquifolinm is hardy with
some protection as far north as Baltimore and Phila-
delphia. Variegated forms are sometimes grafted on
privet, but they lack in constitution.

O. latifolia and O. ligustrifolia of the trade are probably
Phillyreas. O. buxifolia, Hort., is probably Olea Capensis,
Linn., a shrub from S. Africa. l_ jj. B.

OSMORHIZA (Greek; referring to the sweet, aro-
matic, edible roots). Unihelliferw. A small genus of
perennial herbs, 1-3 ft. high, with ternately decompound
foliage and white fls. in few-rayed umbels. They are
sometimes called Sweet Cicely, but the true Sweet
Cicely is Myrrhis odorata, a closely allied European
plant, the lvs. of which have the scent of anise seed and
are used in flavoring. Two western species were once
advertised in the eastern states, and 2 eastern species
are rarely offered. F. W. Barclay, who has charge of a
very large collection of native plants, writes that the
eastern species require a loose, rich, rather moist loam.
He adds that they are usually to be found in shady
places, but where soil conditions are suitable they do
well in the sun. Wilfred Brotherton remarks that their
foliage turns a handsome purple in autumn.

Generic characters: Calyx-teeth obsolete: fr. linear.

1178

OSMORHIZA

OSTROWSKIA

glabrous or bristly; carpel slightly flattened dorsally or
not at all; styles long or short; seed-face from slightly
concave to deeply sulcate. Coulter and Rose, Monograph
of North American Umbelliferse, 1900. The generic
name is also spelled Osmorrhiza.

A. Fr. with prominent caudate attemtation {S-4 lines
long) at base, very bristly.
B. Style a line or inore long.
longiBtylis, DC. Stout, glabrous or slightly pubes-
cent. Canada to V'^a. and west to Dakota. B.B. 2:530. —
Roots with a stronger smell and taste of anise than O.
brevistylis. Brotherton says it is a much prettier plant
than the next, with larger umbels.

BB. Style half a line or less long.

c. Lfts. ^S in. long: rays stout, IS in. long.

breviBtyUs, DC. Rather stout, villous-pubescent:

Ivs. 2-3-temate: style and stylopodium half a line long.

Canada to N. C. B.B. 2:530.

cc. I/fts. 14-2 in. long: rays slender, 2-4 in. long.

nilda, Torr. Rather slender, somewhat pubescent or
glabrous: Ivs. twice ternate: style and stylopodium H
line long. Mts., Calif.

AA. Fr. without caudate attenuation at base.
occident&lis, Torr. (Myrrhis occidentMis, Benth. &
Hook.). Rather stout, puberulent or pubescent: Ivs.
2-3-ternate ; lfts. 1^2-4 in, long; umbel 5-12-rayed:
rays 1-5 in. long: stylopodium and style K-l line long.
Calif, to Wash., east to Montana. ^y_ jj

OSMttNDA (from Osmunder, a name of a Saxon god).
Osmnndi'iceoe. A small genus of showy native ferns,
with rather coarse foliage, but highly ornamental from
their clustered habit. The sporangia are formed in
panicles borne on the veins of reduced Ivs., provided
with a rudimentary transverse ring and opening verti-
cally.

A. Lvs. fully bipinnate.

regklis, Linn. Royal Fern. Growing in clumps 2-5
ft. hijirli, some of the leaves bearing panicles at their
summits; pinnee 1-2 in. long, rounded at the base and
usually blunt. Well adapted for open, moist places.

Eu., N. Amer. and Japan. — Commonly callfd Flowering
Fern or King-fern. O. Japonica, Thnnb., is a form with
the sporophylls forming distinct leaves and soon with-
ering away; various crested forms appear in cultivation.

AA. Lvs. bipinnntifid only.

cinnambmea, Linn. Cinnamon Fern. Fig. 1596.

Plate XI. Growing in clusters 2-4 ft. high or even

more, the sporophylls appearing earliest, at first green,

but becoming pale, long and narrow, cinnamon-colored
at maturity of the spores, the lvs. growing about a
crown from a large, mostly vertical rootstock. N. Amer.
— Very handsome for decorative purposes, especially for
low grounds.

Glaytoni^na, Linn. Growing in crowns, with the
sporangia confined to a few (4-10) of the central pinnae
of the leaf, and of a dark brown color. Similar to the
last, but lacking the little tuft of wool in the axils of
the pinnsB which characterizes the Cinnamon Fern. N.
Amer; said also to grow in India.

L. M. Undekwood.

Osmundas are strong- growing ferns of vigorous,
constitution, and well adapted for general culture in
any fertile soil which is not over dry. They are deep-
rooted ferns and, therefore, require considerable depth
of soil. All the species do well in full sunlight,
but the most satisfactory position for all the species
would be a deeply dug, thoroughly enriched border ly-
ing north of a wall. O, regalis reaches perfection only
in rich, wet swamps in full sunlight or thin shade,
where it may attain a height of 8 ft. O. Clantouiana
prefers rich, peaty soil in moist but not wet, open or
partially shaded positions. It may attain a height of 6
ft. O. cinnamomea is naturally a fern of the swamp,
though not in such wet positions as O. regalis. It
grows most luxuriantly in partial shade. In a wild state
it occasionally attains a height of 6 ft.

F. W. Barclay.

OSTEOMfiLES (Greek, stone apple or stone fndt).
liosdceta. The plant which bears the uncomfortable
name of Osteomeles anthyllidi folia is a white-lid., red-
fruited bush, ranging from China through the Pacific
islands as far south as Pitcairn's island. It has pin-
nate foliage, silvery beneath, each leaf 2—4 in. long and
composed of about 25 lfts. The specific name of the
plant records its resemblance in foliage to Atithyllis
Barha-JoiHs, a plant with pea-like fls., known as Ju-
piter's Beard, which is considerably used for seaside
planting in frostless countries. Botanically Osteomeles
is closest to our shad bush (Amelanchier), but inferior
in hardiness and in beauty of fls. All the other species
of Osteomeles (about 7) are natives of the Andes, and
have simple lvs. The silvery nature of O. anthyllidi-
folia varies considerably in the wild, and glabrous speci-
mens have been collected.

Generic characters: trees and shrubs: lvs. alternate,
stalked, leathery, evergreen, entire or serrate : fls.
white, few or numerous, in flattish clusters: calyx-tube
bell- or top-shaped, adnate to the carpels; lobes 5, per-
sistent; petals 5, oblong; stamens 10 or more, inserted
on the throat of the calyx; carpels5, more or less grown
together and to the calyx: drupes 5-stoned.

anthyllidifdlia, Lindl. Evergreen bush, 5-6 ft. high,
much branched: bark brownish black: lvs. spreading
and recurved; lfts. more or less in pairs, yellowish
green: fls. about % in. across, a dozen or so in a clus-
ter. B.M. 7354. y^ j^i_

OSTEOSPfiRMUM moniliferum is a shrubby yellow-
fld. composite, growing 2-4 ft. high, which was offered
in 1891 by Reasoner Bros., Oneco, Fla. It has dropped
out of cult. It is fully described in Flora Capensis
3:433, where the entire genus of 38 species is mono-
graphed.

OSTROWSKIA (after N. ab Ostrowsky, Russian pa-
tron of science). Campanulhcece, The Giant Bell-
flower, O. magnificat ranks amongthe two dozen most
interesting "hardy perennials" introduced during the
last two decades of the nineteenth century. Each stem
grows 4 or 5 ft. hit,di. is i)ranched only at the top. and
bears 3-6 bell-sliajM-a, pule lilac fls. 4^6 in. across and
4 in. deep. A lualthy clump may throw up as many as
G-10 stems. Before the discovery of this plant, _P/rt/(/r'^rfo?i
grat}diflorum was generally considered the showiest of
all the large bell-flowers, but J. N. Gerard declares that
the Platycodon is very commonplace beside Ostrowskya.
In the colored plates the flowers have a rather washed-
out appearance, except in "Garden," which shows pink-
ish tints. Gerard describes the color as a very light
lavender or mauve, almost white, with deeper veinings.

OSTilOWSKIA

OTHONNA

1179

A dark blue variety was thought to exist, but unfortu-
nately nothing of the kind has been seen in cultivation.
Altogether it is a very singular plant, with its great fleshy
roots, sometimes 2 ft. long, its whorled Ivs., and the
conspicuous pores of the capsule, which are twice as
numerous as the sepals — a generic character. Unlike
Platycodon, its Ivs. are membranous and light green.
It is the only species in the genus. As a genus Ostrow-
.skya is close to Campanula, being distiiigiiisliiMi by the
whorled Ivs. and the floral parts nuiiiiTicallv tjrrater.

The Giant Harebell needs a ib-c|.ly w.irk.d, i.crfectly
drained, sandy soil. Soon after flowering the plants go
to rest and nothing is left of them above ground. Their
place should be carefully marked to protect the brittle
roots from careless digging. Our dry summers and au-
tumns seem to suit the plants well, but fretjuently in a
moist October growth starts and this seriously weakens
the old plants. When only a few plants are grown, a
tight board covering will be found convenient for keep-
ing the roots dry and dormant. For winter protection
it is advisable to give a liberal covering of litter. Ex-
cessive moisture will destroy the crown. Flowering
specimens can hardly be expected within i years from
seed, and seeds are slow to germinate unless fresh.
Nurserymen now propagate the plant by cuttings of
the young growths taken with a heel in spring; ama-
teurs by root-cuttings.

magnifica, Regel. Giant Bell-flower. Tall, strict,
glabrous herb, with tuberous roots: Ivs. in distant
whorls of 4 or 5, ovate, toothed, short-stalked, 4-6 in.
long: calyx-lobes 2 in. long, spreading or recurved:
floral parts ,^-9, usually 7: style large, thick, vellow.
Eastern Bokhara, at 7,000 ft. Gn. 34:681; 52, "p. 481.
B.M. 7472. G.P. 6:276. A.F. 4:331. V. 11:305. G.M.
31:459, 461. R.H. 1893:472 and p. 473; 1888, p. 344.
I.H. 35:71. G.C. III. 4:65. S.H. 1:437.

J. B. Keller and W. M.

6STRYA (ancient name). Cuputiferw. Ostrya Vir-
giniva, commonly known in America as Hop Hornbeam,
Irouwood or Leverwood, is a small- to medium-sized
tree, with birch-like foliage, slender yellow male cat-
kins borne in spring, and female catkins which look
like clusters of hops, and ripen in July and August. In
the eastern states the Hop Hornbeam usually grows
about 15 to 18 ft. high, but in the Middle West it grows
much higher, sometimes attaining 50 ft. The bark is
beautifully furrowed. The species has a wide range,
but is not common. O. carpinifolia. Scop., and O. Ja-
ponicn, Sarg., have proved hardy at the Arnold Arbore-
tum.

Ostrya is a genus of 4 species — the following, one in
southwestern U. S., one in Eu. and Asia and one in Ja-
pan. Catkins borne with the Ivs. or before; males
drooping, sessile at the ends of branchlets of the pre-
vious year, their fls. solitary in the axil of each bract;
females terminal, solitary, erect, their fls. 2 to each
bract, enclosed by a bractlet, which in fruit enlarges
into a closed membranous bladder: male fls. without
bractlets; stigmas 2: nut compressed, sessile in the
base of the bladder-like sac.

Virginica, Willd. Fig. 1597. Lvs. ovate or oblong-
ovate, acuminate, doubly serrate : bladders 6-8 lines
long, 4-5 lines wide in fruit; female catkins lK-2>^ in.
long. Dry woods. Cape Breton to Minn., .south to Fla.
and Tex. S.S. 9:445. B.B. 1:507. Gn. 24, pp. 2.30, 231.

OSWEGO TEA. Monarda dUlyma.

0TH£BA Japbnica, imported by Berckmans, Au-
gusta, Oa. , is an evergreen shrub, with obovate or ob-
loug-obovate glabrous lvs., entire or nearly so, and 2-3
in. long. There can be but little doubt that it is a species
of Ilex, but the shape of the lvs. does not agree exactly
with the figure given by Thunberg of his O. Jnponica,
which was subsequently referred to Ilex by Sprengel
under the name /. Othera. In none of the more recent
publif.itiuTis on the Japanese flora, however, is either
name iinntioned, and it is likewise omitted in the
monograph of Ilex by Maximowicz. As the genus
Othera has no botanical standing it is perhaps the best
to use Ilex Othera as a provisional name for the culti-

vated plant until it has borne fls. and fr., and thus en-
abled us to determine its exact botanical position. In
foliage it resembles very much /. Integra, and it may
probably prove to he this species when the fruits are
known. The Othera Japonk-a of Thunberg as figured
in his Icones Plantarum Japonicarum, pi. 13, is much
like I. rotunda, and may represent a plant of this species
with staminate fls. The hardiness of the cultivated Ilex
Othera is probably the same as that of /. tatifolia and
Integra, and also its cultivation and propagation. See
Onxa. Alfred Rehder.

Othera Japoniea, a very beautiful ornamental ever-
green shnib or small tree, is well established in several
Florida gardens. In the late E. H. Hart's garden, at
Federal Point, Fla., there is a small, bushy, dense tree,
about 22 feet high, which has flowered and fruited abun-
dantly. Two plants in my own garden, one on high pine
land, the other in richer soil near the lake, have done
exceedingly well, though the one in moist ground is by
far the larger and very dense. They were planted out in
the fall of 1896, and the most vigorous one is now 7 feet
high, and as much in diameter, provided with branches
from the ground. The plant resembles Ilex Integra,
but is <lifl:erent in habit and growth. Whatever its cor-
rect botanical name may be, it is a very beautiful plant
for the extreme South, and it well responds to good cul-
tivation and fertilizing. h_ Nehrlino.

OTHONNA (ancient Greek name, of no particular
application here). Coynpdsitw. About 80 South African
herbs and shrubs, of which one (Fig. 1598) is in general
cultivation as a window-garden plant. The heads are
usually yellow, with fertile rays and sterile tubular
disk florets: torus convex or somewhat conical, usually
honeycombed : scales of involucre in one series, more
or less united to the base, valvate : style of disk fls.
not divided : akenes oval, with bristle-like pappus in
many rows or series. Only one species of Othonna ap-
pears to be in general cultivation, and this has no es-
tablished vernacular name in this country, although it
is sometimes dubbed "Little Pickles" because of its
cylindrical, pulpy leaves.

The plant shown in Fig. 1598 is commonly known as

1597. Hop Hornbeam— Oatrya. Vireinica (X K)-

Othonna erassifolia, but thereby arises a puzzle in no-
menclature. By Linnffius a certain flat-leaved plant was
called Othonna erassifolia. Subsequently some of the
species of Othonna were separated by Jaubert & Spach
into a distinct genus, Othonnopsis, distinguished by in-
volucral scales distinct and style of the disk florets 2-
parted. One of the plants relegated to this new genus
was Othonna cheirifolia.,hinn., which then became Othon-
nopsis cheirifolia, Jaub. & Spach. Beutham & Hooker
consider Linnaeus' Othonna erassifolia to be a horticul-
tural form of Othonnopsis cheirifolia. It was therefore
a natural sequence to say that the Othonna erassifolia
of horticulturists is properly Othonnopsis cheirifolia,
a statement which the writer made in the revision of
Gray's "Field, Forest and Garden Botany." It turns
out, however, that the Othonna erassifolia of horticul-
turists is not the Othonna erassifolia of Linnaeus (if he
has been correctly reported). The former plant is a
true Othonna. It is the Othonna erassifolia of Har-
vey; but since this name erassifolia was used by Lin-
nffius, it cannot be used again in the same genus, and
Harvey's plant must take some other name. In fact,
before Harvey's time, the name Othonna erassifolia
was used by Meyer for still another species. The O.

1180 OTHONNA

crassifoUa of Harvey was once described as O. filicau-
lis, but this name also has been previously used in the
genus. It seems, therefore, as if a new name must be

1598. Othonna Capensis, known to

gardeners as O. crassifoUa.

A yt'Uow-flowered trailing plant

with succulent leaves.

given to the O. cra.isifolia of Harvey and of the horticul-
turists, and this is done below. What, now, is Linnaeus'
Othonna crassifoUa I As early as 1771, this plant was
figured in color by Philip Miller as the "Othonna foliis
lanceolatis integerrimis" of Linneeus' Hortus Cliffort-
'anus. It was figured again by Edwards in 1818 (B.R.
4:21)0). It is an upright or ascending nndershrub, with
flat leaves reminding one of leaves of the stock. It is
described in the European books, but is probably not
in commercial cultivation. It is native to the north of
Africa. A reproduction of part of Philip Miller's pic-
ture of the plant, reduced in size, is shown in Fig. 1599.
Capensis {Oflu'nnia crassifblia, Harv., not Linn., nor
Meyer. Olhoiiiuiji.iis cheirifdiia, Ba.iley in "Field, For-
est, and Uardeu Botany," not Jaub. & Spach). Fig.
1598. Perennial, becoming shrubby at base in its native
country, ghabrous, with slender trailing or drooping
stems: Ivs. 1 in. or less long, fleshy and cylindrical-ob-
ovoid, sharp-pointed, either scattered or in clusters:
pedicels 2-6 in. long, ascending, slender: heads nearly
or quite K in. across when well grown, the narrow,
bright yellow rays wide-spreading. S. Africa.— An ex-
cellent plant for hanging baskets, for it withstands ex-
tremes of moisture and temperature. It is readily prop-
agated by planting pieces of the stems. It blooms in
nearly all seasons. Fls. open only in sun . l H. B.

OUElSIA (Gov. Ouris, of the Falkland islands).
Seioi)hulari&ce(v. O. coccinea is a choice alpine of
tufted habit, heart-.shaped Ivs., and scarlet, narrowly
funnel-shaped fls. 1-1^ in. long. The general appear-
ance of the inflorescence is distinct. The fls. are borne
in opposite pairs to the number of 12 on a scape a foot
or more high. Each flower points at a sharp downward
angle from its slender red fl. -stalk, which is as long as
the flower. The fls. are 2-Iipped, 5-lobed and bulged at
the very base. This rare and charming plant is culti-
vated in America, but not advertised at present. The
secret of its culture is a stiff .soil combined with deep
shade. (See, also, ^/pi«c Gardens.)

Botanically, Ourisia is allied to the foxglove, to which
it has no casual resemblance. It is a genus of 23

OUVIRANDRA

species, mostly natives of the Chilean and Peruvian'
Andes. Herbs, rarely somewhat woody at the base, usu-
ally dwarf, decumbent or creeping a short distance,
glabrous or sparsely hairy: fls. either axillary and soli-
tary, or in a raceme at the apex of a scape, usually
scarlet- or rose-colored ; corolla-tube cylindrical or
slightly bell-shaped at the throat, lobes nearly equal:
stamens 4, didynamous: style entire.

coccinea, Pers. Hardy herbaceous perennial, sparsely
hairy: Ivs. mostly radical, long-stalked, heart-shaped,
unequally lobed and crenate: scape furnished with 1- or
2-stalked Ivs. at the base, and pairs of toothed bracts,
from which the pedicels arise : calyx-lobes 5, short,
spreading. Chile. B.M. 5335.

J. B. Keller and W. M.

OUVIRANDRA (Madagascar name meaning water
.1/(1 w, referring to the edible tubers). NaiadAcece. The
Lace-leaf or Lattice-leaf plant, O. fenestralis, is one of
the most distinct and interesting plants in the vegeta-
ble kingdom. It grows in Madagascar, its skeletonized
leaves floating just under the surface of the water.
The Ivs. are merely a tracery of nerves and cross-veins,
but despite their lace-like delicacy they can be handled
with considerable roughness. The plant is cultivated
in .all the finest collections of tender aquatics. The Ivs.
are olib.iii; in shape, and in fine specimens 6-18 in. long
and 2-4 in. broad. See Fig. 1600.

The genus and even the family of this plant is a sub-
ject of much debate. If it were not for the skeletonized
foliage the plant would be referred by all to Aponoge-
ton. However, the venation of the Lace-leaf plant is
exactly that of Aponogeton, and now and then a leaf
occurs in which the spaces between the veins are partly
or wholly filled with green matter. Erigeworth declared
that if Ouvirandra were kept distinct then 4 species of
Aponogeton must go with it. O. fenestralis is all but
unique. There is another species with skeletonized
leaves (O. Beriiieriann), but the open spaces are
smaller and the plant is less desirable for cult. The
prevailing tendency of the day is to refer both these
plants to Aponogeton.

The Lace-leaf plant can be grown in a tub in a warm
greenhouse. For some unknown reason the plant seems
rarely to succeed in a jar or glass aquarium. In Mada-

1599. Othonnopsis cheirifoli£

A fiat-leaved plant whitdi lias been confused with Othonna

Capensis. For comparison with Fig. 1598.

OUVIRANDRA

gascar, according to the Botanical Magazine, the plant
grows in running water. Some cultivators think that
the water must be changed every day, but this is not
necessary. If confervae appear, introduce a few tad-
poles and snails; these will devour the green scum, and

OXALIS

1181

Lace-leai plant

help to keep the plant in good health by furnishing
oxygen. {See Aquarium.) The plant should be potted,
and plunged not more than 18 inches below the sur-
face of the water. For potting soil use a rich compost,
such as is recommended for Nymphieas. The water
should be kept clean and sweet, and a temperature of
65° to 7.5° provided. Avoid direct sunlight.

In Madagascar the streams often dry up, and the
tubers carry the plant over the dry season. In imitation
of nature some cultivators take the tubers out of the
soil, and leave them on a shelf in a hothouse during
the month of February. It is doubtful whether this is
necessary. Potting should be done while the plant is
in active growth, not dormant. Prop, by division.

fenestrilis, Poir. {Aponogeton fenesfrAJe, Hook.).
Fig. 1000. The fls. are small, and consist of 6 stamens,
3 pistils and 2 white petal-like bodies. The fls. are
numerous, and borne in 2 spikes, each about 2 in. long,
which are united at the base, and borne on the top of a
scape a foot or so long. A. P. 7:67. A.G. 15:169. B.M.
4894. G.M. .■?8:8.S0. Gn. 30, pp. 344, 345. Mn. 6, p. 231.
P.S. 11:1107. I. H. 8:300.

O. BernieriAna, Decne., differs in having smaller open spaces
in the Ivs., and pinkish 4-parted spikes.

Wm. Tricker and W. M.

OXALIS {sharp; referring to the usual acidity of
the foliage}. Geranidcetc, sometimes treated as a fam-
ily, Oxalidctcece. Over 200 species, mostly of South
Africa and tropical and subtropical America. A few
are weeds or woodland plants through the northern
countries of both hemispheres. Mostly bulbous or
tuberous herbs, with clover-like Ivs., cultivated in bor-
ders and rockeries or especially as hanging-basket or
window plants for their flowers: a
few used in salads, and several of
the South American species grown
for their edible roots or tubers.
The fls. usually close at night and
in cloudy weather, and the leaves
"sleep " at night (Fig. 1601).

O. Aceiosella produces, in addi-
tion to the showy flowers, others,
concealed by the leaves, which are
fertilized in the bud, like those of
our native blue violets. The bul-
bous and tuberous species com-
monly consist of three otherwise
similar forms, in the flowers of
which the styles are respectively
longer than, intermediate between,
'^nd shorter than the two sets of 1601. Leave

stamens; but the native O. violacea produces only the
first and last of these three forms of flowers, which are
designated as long-styled, mid-styled and short-styled.
Several species, often treated as belonging to a separate
genus, Biophytum, possess pinnate sensitive Ivs.

Prop, by division of the compound bulbs
or separation of the young bulbs produced
at the ends of underground roots by some
species, or division of the clumps of those
which are tuberous, the fibrous - rooted
caulescent .species prop, by cuttings or
division. Nearly all may be grown from
seed, but this process is slower, and some
rarely seed in cultivation.

Planted in rich, well-drained sandy loam
in spring, they bloom continuously through
the season, and are lifted for winter bloom-
ing ; sometimes dried off in spring, and
started into growth in autumn for indoor
baskets, etc. The caulescent species are
kept in continuous growth like Pelargo-
niums, usually in the temperate house.

The classical works on Oxalis are Jac-
quin's "Oxalis, Monographia, iconibus
illustrata" (1794), with exquisite plates;
and Zuccarini's "Monographie der Ameri-
kanischen Oxalis-Arten," and "Nachtrag
zu der Monographie der Amerikanischen
Oxalis-Arten " ( 1825-1831 ) . The 69 Chilean
species are reviewed by Karl Reiche in
Bugler's Bot. Jahrb. 18:259-306 (1894).
Wm. Teelease.
None of the cultivated kinds are hardy, at least in
the North. The bulbous or tuberous kinds grown in
greenhouses make handsome pot-plants for autumn and
winter decoration. They are also favorite house plants,
and one frequently sees them displayed as hanging
plants. They are easily grown, clean, healthy, and con-
tinue a long time in bloom. The roots are started in
August or September, and commence growth quickly.
Good rich soil is recommended. The crowns should be
kept near the surface, and deep pots used, as the plants
are liable to lift themselves out. Abundance of water
will be required during the growing season, and a little
liquid stimulant will help them when in bloom. "When
going to rest, less water will be required, until finally
the pots may be laid on their sides until another season.
T. D. Hatfield.

Acetosella, 6.
alba. 8.
arborea, 8.
atropurpiirea, 2.
bipunctata. 9.
Bowiei, 13.
caprina, 14.
cernua, 14.
comiculata, 2.
delicata, 5.
Deppei. 11.
elongata, 17.
ulenta, 11.

fla

12.

INDEX

Japonica, 7,
lasiandra,
laxuta, 15.
lilacina, 8.
lutea 14.
viaritiina. 9.
Martiana, 9.
multiflora. 16.
Ortgiesi, 4.
purpurea. 15.
rigidida, 15.
16.

nibella. 16.
rubra, 8.
speciosa, 15.
suggillata, 15.
tetr,iphylla, 11.
tropBeoloides, 2.

nrbi

, 9.

14.

rosea, 1.

Taldmana. 3.
VaUliviensis. 3
variabilis. 15.
v&nuf^ta, 15.
versicolor, 17.
violacea, 10.

florUnmda, 9
hdgida, 16.
grandiflora
hirtii, 16.
hirtcUa. 16

1182

OXALIS

OXALIS

A. Plants without bvlhs or scaly
rootstocks : stem usually elon-
gated, leafy.
B. Lfts. pitlmatelij placed, not
sepa f'lti li , wfili'd.

c. Colvi- of fis. i-nsii 1. rossa

CO. Color i,f fIs. cliK'fli/ i/ellon\
D. Pcliiiicles shorter than

lis 2. comiculata

DD. PethtHcles longertlian Ivs.

E. Fnliiuie chisteri-rl 3. Valdiviensia

EE. F"lin,ii' .ii,ttt,r,<l 4. Ortg-iesi

BB. Lfts. jil II iKlh hi /ihlriil. siilin--

whut Kipiinitfil. riiliiv 5. delicata

AA. Plants with UHderground stems
thickened and scaly at end,
forming a sort of tuber: stem
scarcehf inii/: Irs. of 3 Ift.^.
B. Fts. Willi,'. Willi rosy veins.

c. Lfts. ni„;>r,l,ii, 6. Acetosella

CC. Lfts. broudly triangular,

scarcely notched 7. Japonica

BB. Pis. rosy, lilac, or white 8. rubra

AAA. Plants from loose, scaly, ovoid
>>ulbs : stem scarcely any: fls.
umbelled on elongated scapes.
American species.
B. Lfts. S.

c. Jiulb composed of numerous

small ones 9. Martiana

CC. Sulb simple 10. violacea

BB. Lfts. 4 or S II. tetraphylla

BBB. Lfts. 5-10 12. lasiandra

AAAA. Plants from hard, mostly fusiform
bulbs: lfts. S. Cape species.
B. Fls. umbelled: stems scarcely

any. , .

c. Color of fls. rose 1.3. Bowiei

CC. Color of fls. yellow 14. cemua

BB. Fls. solitary on the peduncles.
0. Stem scarcely any : lfts.

broad 15. variabilis

CC. Stem distiort, leafy: lfts.

D. Lrs. nearly sissile 16. hirta

DD. Lvs. mostly long-stalked. 17. versicolor

1602. Oxalis Orte:

1. rdsea, Feuil. Stem elongated, erect: lvs. scattered,
rather sliort-petioled ; lfts. obcordate : fls. in open,
irregularly forked cymes on elongated axillary pedun-
cles, rather large, rosy, with deeper veins. Chile. B.M.
2830. B.E. 13:1123 (as 0. floribunda). O. Simsii,

Sweet, scarcely differs, except in its darker red fls.
Chile. B.M. 2415 (as O. rosfi!).

2. comiculfLta, Linn. Slender, prostrate, often root-
ing, loosely hairy: lfts. obcordate; fls. usually 2 to 3
together, small, yellow. — A tropical form of this poly-
morphous species is universal as a greenhouse weed,
especially iu Agave and Cactus tubs.

V.ir. atropurpilrea. Planch. {O.tropceololdes, Schlach-
ter). .\s.-iiiiliiii,'. tufted, with deep purple-red stems
and fcliaiTf. 8"nu'tinies used for beds or borders, and
f.ir.-ari.eting large tubs, etc. Eu. F.S. 12:1205; 19:1968.
K.ll. 1«)7, p. 499.

3. Valdivi^nsis, Barn. ( O. I'aldiviiina, Hort.). Short-
stemmed: lvs. clustered, long-petioled; lfts. obcordate:
fls. closely umbelled on erect, elongated peduncles, yel-
low, with reddish veins. Chile.

4. 6rtgiesi, Rrgol. Fig. 1602. Stem elongated, erect,
ratlier tli-Nh\- and usually reddish: lvs. scattered, often
on long, rolnifd prti<iles; lfts. red below, cuneate, with
liniad \'-sliaped notch at end: fls. very short-stalked, in
furk.-d ovnu's on elongated peduncles, small, yellow,
Willi deeper veins. Peru. Gt. 1875:817.

5. delic&ta, Pohl. Stem erect, elongated, slender,
branching ; lfts. ovate or lance-ovate, acute : lis. in
forked cymes on elongated peduncles, small, pale rose.
Brazil.

6. Acetos6Ua, Linn. Wood Sokrel. Rhizome slender,
the ends scan-fly thickened, densely scaly: lfts. obcor-
date. unt orange-dutted: fls. solitary on the scapes,
white, with rosy veins. Eu., N. Araer. Gn. 47, p. 129.-
Wliile a charming plant for the wood-garden, this, which
is sometimes held to be the original Irish Shamrock,
scarcely enters into ordinary gardening. G.C. 11.
25:685."

7. JapAnica, Pranch. & Sav. Lfts. broadly triangular.
scarcely notched, truncate. Otherwise similar to the
last. Japan.

8. rilbra, St. Hil. Rhizome thickened at ends into
loosely toothed tubers, sometimes nearly an inch thick,
and often clustered: lfts. obcordate, more or less hairy,
tirangf-dotted bent-atli : intliires<'ence mostly compound:
(Is. numerous, umltelled. rosy, with deeper veins. Bra-
zil. Gn. 50, p. 511 (as <>. florihiiiida). -VsuMly cult, as
O. floribunda, which name properly belongs to the
next, and sometimes, but also erroneously, as O. arbo-
rea. A lilac-flowered form passes erroneously for O.
lilac\na, &nA a white form for O. arborea, y&v.alba or
O. alhn : and O. violacea and O. violacea var. alba of
the trade seem to be this species and its variety.

9. Martiina, Zucc. (O. tirbiea, St. Hil. O. bipunc-
tdta, Grah. O. floribunda, Lehm.). Bulbs composed of
numerous small ones: lfts. obcordate, somewhat hairy,

with a marginal row and some scattered dots of
orange color beneath : umbels usually compound :
fls. rose-piurple. Trop. Amer. B.M. 2781; 3938.
— By a misprint this is sometimes advertised as
O. maritima.

10. vioUcea, Linn. Bulb simple: lvs. rather
fleshy, glabrous: fls. in simple umbels, rose-vio-
let. Eastern U. S. B. M. 2215. Mn. 5:121.-
Srarcely useful, except for hardy borders, rock-
i-riis, etc., and transient.

11. tetraphylla, Cav. (O. Dippei, Lodd.). Lfts. 3 or
4, deltoid, truncately notched, each crossed by a pur-
plish band: fls. rather few, lilac to deep rosy. Mexico.
L.B.C. 8:790; 15:1500. G.M. 39, p. 403. Gn. 8, p. 43.-
Sometimes called O. esculenta, because of the large
fusiform roots beneath the bulbs. See Fig. 1601.

12. lasiandra, Zucc. Lfts. 5 to 10, oblong-spatulate,
not notched, several inches long, radiately pendent
about a reddish disk at end of petiole: fls. crowded,
rosy crimson. Mexico. B.M. 3896.

13. Bdwiei, Herbert. Plant low: lvs. large; lfts.
rather Jli->ii\ . Iiruadlv obcordate. deep green: fls. large,
loosely . -lust, i-fd, bright rose-red. Cape. B.R. 19:1585.
B. 1:25. K.H. 1858, p. 120. Gn. 10, p. 159.

14. c6mua, Thunb. Fig. 1603. Lfts. broadly obcor-
date, deeply notched, often purplish: fls. large, com-
pactly clustered, bright yellow. Cape. L.B.C. 12:1154.

OXALIS

B.M. 237(as O. caprinu). A double-fld. form naturalized
about the Mediterranean is also commonly cult. F.S.
19:1964. — Both the single and double forms are fre-
quently but wrongly listed as O. Iiitea and O. flava,
and sometimes as O. capriiia, and the popular name of
Bermuda Buttercup is becoming attached to them

OXYDENDRUM

1183

1603, Oxalis cernua.

15. variibilis, Jacq. (O. variabilis, var. alhifldra,
Lindl. O. grandifldrii, Ja,cq. O. Idiula, Jacq. O.pur-
piirea, var. iaXKdr, Hort. O. rigidiila, Jacq. O.suggil-
Mte, Jacq.). Lvs. large, rather fleshy, sometimes pur-
plish, petioled: fls. large, white or slightly variegated
with rose color, yellowish at base. Cape. B.M. 1683.

Var. rilbra, .Tacq. (O. purpurea, Jacq. O. specidsa,
Jacq. O. veiii(.ita, Lowe). Fls. rosy to deep rose-pur-
ple. Cape. B.R. 18:1505. B.M. 1712.

16. hirta, Linn. (O. rosdcea, Jacq. O. multiflora,
Jacq. O. riibtUla, Jacq. O. hirtfUa, J&cq. O.ftilgida,
Lindl.). Lvs. nearly sessile; Ifts. .spatulate: fls. from
lavender or pale rosy (var. rosea) to deep rose color.
Cape. B.R. 13:1073. B.M. 1031. L.B.C. 3:213.

17. versicolor ( O. elongdta, Jacq.). Glandular: lvs.
and peduncles clustered at end of simple stems; petioles
mostly elongated; Ifts. linear-wedge-shaped: fls. white,
yellowish below, the petals bordered with red, opening
only in full sunshine. Cape. B.M. 155. F.S. 8:834.

Wm. Trelease.
OXfiRA (meaning dubious). VerbenAcece. It needs
but a glance at any of the colored portraits of Oxera
eoceiuea to show that it is one of the most interesting
climbers cultivated in our hothouses. It has ivory-
white, trumpet-shaped, sweet-scented fls. 2 in. long and
1 in. across, borne profusely in clusters of a dozen or
more. A plant 2 years old from cuttings will com-
pletely clothe the rafters and bloom freely, the weight
of the clusters causing the fls. to droop gracefully. The
prominent calyx reminds one of Clerotlendron Thonip-
some, a distinguished favorite and near relative. As
the cylindrical part of the corolla-tube leaves the calyx
it makes a sharp bend and then broadens out into a
funnel-shaped flower, with the 4 lobes scarcely spread-
ing. The spirited appearance of the fls. is enhanced by
the long style and the 2 stamens, which are thrust out
and strongly curved.

75

Oxera is a genus of 10 species of shrubs, often
climbers, all from New Caledonia. Lvs. opposite, en-
tire, leathery: fls. whitish or yellowish, in twice- or
thrice-forked cymes, varying greatly in form of calyx
and corolla, but the latter always 4-lobed, and wide-
throated: drupes 4-parted or by abortion reduced to a
single segment.

pulch^lla, Labill. Lvs. 2-5 in. long, stalked, the lower
ours ii1p1<iiii; l;uiceolate: calyx conspicuous, loose, com-
posi'd i>f 4 more or less united greenish yellow sepals,
each '.,-'_, in. long. Un. 33:651 ; 45, p. .3.33. I. H. 36:76.
J.H. III. 30:33. B.M. 6938. G.C. III. 3:209. R.H. 1890.
p. 274. — Once offered by John Saul, Washington, D. C.
Also cult, outdoors in S. Calif.

OX-EYE. In America, ITeUopsis ; in Europe, -Biip/i -
thai III II III. Ox-eye Daisy. Chrysanthemum Ltucanthe-
miim and Budbeckia hirta.

OXLIP. Primula elalior.

OXYANTHUS (Greek, sharp flower; referring to the
acute lobes of the corolla and calyx). Hubidcece. A
genus of 15 species of African trees and shrubs, allied
to the Cape Jasmine and to Gardenia citriodora. They
are remarkable for their extremely long and slender
corolla-tubes, which are topped by a 5-pointed star of
spreading, narrow lobes. The fls. are sometimes 5-6 in.
long, and 2 in. across in cultivation. Lvs. opposite: fls.
usually white, in axillary racemes or panicles; calyx-
tube truncate, or with 5 short teeth; corolla salver-
shaped, throat glabrous ; stamens 5, inserted at the
mouth of the tube: ovary 2-celled, except in 1 species;
style usually exserted; stigma usually spindle-shaped
or club-shaped, 2-cut at the top: ovules numerous, not
immersed in the 2 fleshy placentse: fr. a sort of berry.
Twelve species are described in the Flora of Tropical
Africa, 3 in Flora Capensis.

Natal^nsis, Sond. Branches, lvs. and calyx glabrous;
lvs. elliptic-oblong or ovate-lanceolate, shortly acumi-
nate, 7-8 in. long, 3 in. wide: racemes axillary, loosely
16-20-fld.: fls. white; corolla-tube about half the length
of the lvs. Wet places in woods near Durban, Natal.
Cult, outdoors in S. Fla. and in Eu. under glass.

O. tuhiflhrus. BC. Hispidulous-pubenilous : lvs. obtusely
rounded or somewhat eared at the base: fls. G-7 in. long, at
first creamy white, then tawuv or ochrous; fr. terete, not
ETooved. Trnp. Africa. B.M. 4636. F.S. 7:737. B.M. 1992 (as
O. speciosus). -VF. M.

0XYC6CCtrS. See Vacciniam.

OXYDfiNDEUM (Greek, sour tree; from the acid
taste of the foliage). Also written Oxydendron. Ji'ri-
ciiceie. Sour-wood or SoBREL-TREE. A genus of one
species, a North American tree 15^0 ft. high, bearing
numerous small white tubular fls. in early summer. Its
chief beauty lies in the character of its inflorescence
(see Fig. 1604), which is a panicle composed of 6 or more
racemes, each about 3-6 in. long and bearing as many
as two dozen pendent fls. It is also valued for its highly
colored autumn foliage. It is of rather slow growth and
is useful in shrubberies, along the borders of woods, or
even within the woodland, since it endures shade fairly
well. It is of easy culture in any moderately good soil,
but rather slow in becoming established.

This tree is one of many known to nurserymen as
Andromedas. The prevailing tendencies among botan-
ists to-day distribute these species in many different
genera, leaving only A. polifolia in Andromeda as
strictly defined. Andromeda arborea is made a niono-
typic genus called Oxydendrum, based on the following
characters: calyx cut into 5 separate sepals which over-
lap more or less in the young buds: corolla ovoid-cylin-
drical, crowned with 5 short teeth: anthers long, linear,
blunt on the back, opening by long chinks down the
front: capsule woody ; seeds numerous, needle-shaped.

arbdreum, DC. {Andrdmeda arbdrea, Linn.) SouB-
WOOD. Sorrel-tree. Fig. 1604. Smooth-barked tree
attaining a maximum height of 60 ft., with trunk 15 in.
thick: lvs. deciduous, membranous, oblong or laneeo-

1184

OXYDENDKUM

late, 3-6 in. long, glabrous, veiny, slender-stalked:
clusters borne on leafy shoots of the season: fls. open-
ing slowly. Rich woods, Pa. and Ohio, along the Al-
leghenies to Fla. B.M. 905. B.B. 2:571. S.S. 5:235.
F. W. Barclay and W. M.

1604, Sour-wood

arboreum (XJ^).

OXYhd'STUVL (Greek, sharp pod). Leguminbsw. This
is one of many genera of Australian shrubs with pea-
like fls. which are little known in cultivation. For
winter bloom under glass none of them equals Cytisus
Canariensis. Oxylobium is a genus of 28 species, of
which perhaps a dozen have been cult, in Europe. Their
fls. are yellow, or more or less flushed with red on the
keel or the base of the standard. O. Callistachys is per-
haps the best for conservatories. In America it is cult,
only in S. Calif.

Generic characters: Ivs. very short-stalked, opposite
or more or less whorled, rarely scattered or alternate:
fls. in terminal or axillary racemes; petals clawed; sta-
mens free : ovary villous, sessile or stalked, 4-30-ovuled.
Nearest to Chorizema, but the keel is about as long as
the wings, while in Chorizema the keel is much shorter.
The following species was considered the type of another
genus ; it is distinguished from all other species of Oxy-
lobium bv till' incomplete dehiscence of the pod. See
Flora Austr:iliensis 2:1-1 (1864).

Callistachys, Benth. Tall shrub: Ivs. mostly in ir-
regular whorls of 3, varying from ovate-oblong and
lK-2 in. long to lanceolate and 4-5 in. long, leathery,
silky-pubescent beneath when young: racemes oblong
or pyramidal, 2-6 in. long. B.B. 3:216 (as Callistachys
lanceolata). B.M. 1925 (as C. orate). P.M. 8:31 (as C.
longifolia). L.B.C. 20:1983 (as C. retusa). J.H. III.
35:35.

OXYPflTALUM (Greek, sharp petal). Asclepiaddcerr.
O. carnleum is a tender twining herb from the Argen-
tine Republic with changeable 5-lobed fls. about an inch

OYSTER PLANT

across. The fls. are said to be pale blue when they first
open, then purplish, and when withered lilac. Not cult,
in America, but apparently desirable for cultivation here.
The following are perhaps obtainable from Europe: O.
appeudicnlatum, with pale yellow, fragrant fls.; O.
Banksia, with purple fls., and O. solanoides, blue,
tinged rose.

Oxypetalum is a genus of about 50 species, mostly
South American and largely Brazilian herbs or sub-
shrubs, twining or not: Ivs. opposite: calyx 5-parted:
corolla deeply 5-cnt, short-tubed : scales of the corona 5,
fastened at the base of the corolla and staminal tube.

caeriileum, Dene. Downy: Ivs. short-petioled, oblong,
one of e.ic'h pair of the upper Ivs., 3— t-fld. : corolla-lobes
but cordate-hastate at the base : peduncles axillary from
spreading : scales of the corona 5, erect, darker blue,
fleshy, exserted, recurved and notched at the apex.
B.M. 3630 (Tweedia versicolor).

OXYTBOPIS (Greek, sharp keel). Legumindso'.
Three Colorado wild flowers are offered imder this
name. The fls. are pea-shaped, borne in spikes, and
range from white through blue and purple to crimson.
The plants are tufted, and the Ivs. are odd-pinnate,
have 7-16 pairs of Ifts., and are often woolly white
beneath. O. Lamberti is one of mauy plants that have
been charged with being the "Loco weed" which ruins
western horses. This genus, according to E. L. Greene
( Pittonia 3:208), should be referred to Aragallus.
Aragallus is reviewed in Erythea 7:57-64 (1899), but
the genus is not defined. It is closely related to Astrag-
alus, and differs essentially in the pods being usually
2-celled instead of 1-celled. About a dozen kinds of
Old World Oxytropis said to be cult, in Europe, mostly
in rockeries. They are hardy, easily prop, by seed or
by division, and prefer a dry, sandy loam. These
plants are of very minor value horticulturally.

A. Stipules free: pod 1-loculed.

deI16xa, DC. (Aragallus defUius, Heller). A foot or
less high: Ifts. crowded in 12-16 pairs, lanceolate to
oblong, 3-6 lines long : fls. about 3 lines long : pod
1-celled. Mts., Brit. Amer. to Colo, and Utah.— Very
distinct species, by reason of its stipules.

AA. Stipules adnate to the petiole: pod S-loculed.

Limbertii, Pursh (Aragallus Lamberti, Greene).
Lfts. about 7 pairs, 4-16 lines long: spike sometimes
short-oblong, densely fld., often long and sparsely fld.:
fls. 1 in. across, typically purple or violet; calyx not
inflated, distinctly surpassed by the mature pod : pod
turgid but not membranous-inflated, more or less
leathery, subterete, neither glandular nor viscid, im-
perfectly 2-loculed or less. Common on the prairies.
B.M. 2147 (dark blue). B.R. 13:10.54 (blue). V. 3:138.-
AvenNelson,in Ervthea7:62,saysthat the species should
be restricted to the purple- and violet-fld. forms. D. M.
Andrews offers a crimson-fld. form, and also var. spi-
c4ta, which has large spikes of white fls. w. M

OXYtTRA. See Layia.

OYSTER PLANT or SALSIFY.

(alius.

Tragopogon porri-

PACHiBA (native Guiananame). Malvdceo'. A genus
of about '30 species of tropical American trees with
odd and sliowy flowers. The fls. may have a spread of

9 inches. Their chief beauty is their immense mass of
stamens; but their petals are also striking. These are
very long and narrow, e.g., 6x1 in., and gracefully re-
curved, with wide spaces between. The finger-shaped
foliage also gives the trees a distinct appearance.
Pachiras are all natives of South America, except 2
species which are found in Mexico and 2 in the West
Indies. One is offered in S. Fla. The others liere men-
tioned have been cult, under glass abroad, but as a
group Pachiras are not suitable for conservatory cul-
ture, because they grow too high and require too many
years' growth before they flower. They are of easy cul-
ture in a warmho<ise and grow rapidly. Sometimes
called Silk Cotton Trees.

Generic characters : Ivs. palmate, cup-shaped, truncate
or sinuate: column divided above into very many fila-
ments: petals downy outside: capsule 5-celled, loculici-
dal: seeds many, glabrous. Pachira's nearest allies
are Adansonia (the baobab tree) and Bombax, both of
which are cult. Bombax differs from the other two
genera in having its capsule densely woolly inside.
Adansonia has a 5-cut calyx, while in the other two
genera the calyx is truncate.

aquitica, Aubl. Lfts. glabrous, 5-9 (usually 5), ellip-
tic-oblong, obovate-obloug, or elliptic-lanceolate, subses-
sile: calyx truncate, warty-wrinkled; petals 8 in. long,
6-8 lines wide, greenish white : column divided above into

10 paired outer and 5 inner bundles of filaments, each
forking and bearing 10-30 stamens in pairs: color of
filaments yellowish purple; stigma obscurely 5-lobed.
Trop. Amer., West Indies.

P. <i7fta. Walp. Less desirable beciuseit flowers .at a time
when the tree has no foliage- Petals yellowish white inside: lila-

r^\-^.Kf^

V"^"- ^, V

1605. Pachysandra procumbens.
Leaves X ^. Flowers natural size.

ments white. Winter. Brazil (or New Granada 1). B.M. 4508.
L.B.C. 8:752 (as Carolinea alba). Odor powerful and some-
what unpleasant. — P. insignis. Savign. Petals crimson: fila-
ments white. Mes. L.B.C. 11:1004 (as Carolinea insignis).
Fragi-auce powerful. Fruit said to he as large as a child's
head; the seeds of the size, appearance and taste of chestnuts.
—P. longifblia, Walp. Evergreen, and has flowered under glass
at a height of only 4 ft. Petals white: filaments yellow below,
red above. Mes. B. M. 4549.— P. macrocdrpa, of Nicholson's
Diet. Gard. (not of Walpers), seems to be P. longifolia.— P.
minor, Herasl. Petals much narrower than in the others
here described, and green: filaments red. Mex. B.M. 1412 (as
Carolinea minor). -^ ^ jj

PACHlSTIMA (said to be derived from Greek, ;jnc;j.ys,
thick, :in<! stKjmn; alluding to the slightly thickened
stigma; spelk-d also Pachysfima and Pachy stigma),
CelastrdcecF,. Low evergreen shrubs with small oppo-
site Ivs. and inconspicuous reddish fls. in the axils of
thelvs.: fr. a small oblong capsule. They are hardy with
slight protection in the Arnold Arboretum, Bo.ston,
and are handsome dwarf evergreens for rockeries or
rocky slopes, but still rare in cultivation. They seem
to grow in any well-drained soil and prefer sunny posi-
tions. Prop, by seeds or by layers; also by cuttings of
half-ripened wood under glass. Two species in the
mountains of North America, allied to Euonymus.
Branches somewhat quadrangular, verrucose: Ivs. with
minute stipules: fls. perfect, small, in few-fld. axillary
cymes; calyx-lobes, petals and stamens 4: ovary 2-celled,
usually only one cell developing into a small, oblong,
1-seeded capsule.

Myrsinites, Raf. {Myginda myrtlfdlia, Nutt. Ored-
phila myrfifdUa, Nutt.)., Spreading shrub, to 2 ft.: Ivs,
broadly elliptic to oblong-obovate, slightly revolute at
the margin and serrulate or almost entire, K-1 in. long:
fls. short-stalked, reddish: fr. about H in. long. May-
July. Brit. Col. to Calif, and North Mex. — Resembles
the small-leaved form of Euovy-
mus radleans, but of more rigid,
and stiff growth.

CAnbyi,Gray. Dwarf shrub with
^^^ ^^ trailing and rooting branches :

-^^ fi^ Ivs. narrow-oblong, occasionally

obovate, revolute and usually ser-
rulate above the middle, Vz-Va
in. long: fl. -stalks filiform, longer
than half the leaf: fls. reddish.
April, May. Mts. of Va. Meeh.
Nat. Flow. I, 1:44. -This is some-
what similar in habit and foliage
to Euonymus nanus, but less vig-
orous. Sometimes called Rat
Stripper. Alfred Rehder.

PACHYRHiZUS (thick-rooted). Leguminbsce.
Pr<>l>!il>ly only 2 species. They are strong twining
plants with axillary fascicles or racemes of blue or
reddish narrow fls. and 3-foliolate, pinnate Ivs.:
fr. a compressed legume, with depressed spaces be-
tween the seeds. They bear very large tuberous
roots, which are used for food and as a source of
starch. P. anguldtus, Rich., is widely spread in the
tropics of both hemispheres. The thick tuberous root
often weighs 50 to 70 lbs., and attains a length of 6-8 ft.,
increasing in size for four or five years. Some writers
describe the root as turnip-shaped, and it is so figured
in Blanco's "Flora de Pilipinas." When young, the roots
are palatable. The lfts. of this species are 3-4 in. across,
the standard of the papilionaceous fls. roundish ovate,
and the legume nearly smooth, straight, 6-9 inches long,
P. fuberdsKS, Sprengel, i.s tropical American, producing
edible pods larger than those of P. angulatus, and with
rather smaller tubers. l_ jj_ -q

PACHYSANDRA (Greek, thick stamen). Bnxacecej
which is often united with EupJiortndcea'. Prostrate
perennials from rootstocks, 6-12 in. high, scaly below,
with alternate, usually deeply toothed, evergreen or de-

(1185)

1186

PACHYSANDRA

PACKING

ciduous, 3-nerve(l broad Ivs. above : spikes staminate
above, with a few pistillate fls. at the base of each : stam-
inate fls, with 4 sepals and stamens and a rudimentary
pistil; sepals variable in number in the pistillate tlowers ;
petals none; pistil 3-celled, 2 ovules in each cell: seeds
smooth. Two species known; of low and dense growth.
Very early flowered and attractive to bees. Of little
value in gardens except for the masses of bright green
Ivs. Easily prop, by division in ordinary soils. Good
for rockeries.

prociimbens, Michx. Mountain Spurge. Fig. 1605.
Willi ■ipiki's lit' wliite or purplish fls. from the ba.se of
tlif strin-. .-Mari-h-Mav. W. Va. to Fla. B. .M. 1964.
L.B.C. lU: yiU. B. R. 1:33.

terminilis, Sieb. & Zucc, has the small spikes of
whitish fls. terminal, and the Ivs. obovate-cuneate;
dwarf. May. Japan. Var. Tarieg&ta, Hort., with white
variegated Ivs., is in the trade.

P. coridcea, Hook., cult, in Europe, is referred to Sarco-
<"o«'-'a- J. B. S. Norton.

P. procnmbens is, in the vicinity of Boston, decidu-
ous, and is only desirable from the feature of its curi-
ous flowers borne so extremely early in the spring. The
foliage is of a dingy color and deciduous, whereas
P. terminalis is a true evergreen with thick, glossy
foliage forming a dense mat, making a very desirable
low-growing cover plant, succeeding admirably either
in full sun or partial shade. The variety variegata is a
very choice cover plant for ornamental effects.

J. Woodward Manning.

PACHtSTIMA. See PneJnstima.

PACKAGES. See Packimj.

PACKING. The operation of placing fresh fruits and
vegetables, cut-flowers or living plants in suitable bas-
kets, boxes, barrels or bales for safe transportation. {The
terra is also sometimes used for the process of canning
or preserving cooked fruits and vegetables when done
oil a commercial scale.} The term is especially employed

1606. Packine of cut-flowers,

when perishable horticultural products are prepared for
long shipment. JMiicli nf tin- value of such products for
distant markets ile[)eiMN on projier pa"kiiig. With trans-
ported nursery stock of all kinds the life of the plants
depends on it, while with fruits, vegetables and cut-

flowers the attractiveness and salability of the product
are very largely determined by the care and judgment
with which the goods are packed.

The requisites for the proper packing of living plants
are: (1) that the roots be protected from injurious dry-
ing by a covering of some damp material, (2) the par-
tial exclusion of the air, and (3) that ventilation be suf-
ficient to prevent the heating of the contents of the
Bog moss (sphagnum) is the material com-

1607. Berry crate, holding 32 box(

monly used to prevent the drying out of the roots.
Moistened hay, straw, chaff, planer shavings, or other
similar material is sometimes substituted for the moss,
or used in connection with it.

Small plants, as strawberries, cabbages, etc., are often
packed upright, one layer deep, in light, paper-lined
baskets, with the roots becUled in moist sphagnum, the
|>laiits heiii^' iTiiwiled together SO closely as to i>revent
iiiiilue ilr\ini;. Small jilaiits in pots may be shipped in
tile .value \\;i\. or, if the time occupied in transit does

ii'it r\ I :i or 4 days, they may be knocked from the

pots ami wrapped in paper with the ball of earth still
adlniiii^r to the roots. Paper pots are also manufac-
tured for this and other purposes. These paper bundles
are then placed in any convenient box or crate.

Fruit trees and most other dormant nursery stock
are packed in large boxes, or in bales covered with straw
and bagging, enough sphagnum and other packing ma-
terial being used to keep the contents slightly moist.
Large shipments of nursery stock are often made by
packing in bulk in the car, thus saving the expense of
boxes.

Cut-flowers are necessarily perishable, but the kinds
most used by florists may be kept in good condition for
several days if they are so packed as to avoid crushing
and to maintain a cool, water-saturated atmosphere.
This condition is best secured by placing the flowers a
single layer deep, in light, shallow boxes or trays that
are placed one on top of another and strapped together
for shipment. Each tray is lined with a sheet of oiled
paiier large enough to fold over the top and to ]irotect the
(■■iiifents from drying. Suffi-
cient moisture is secured by
using damp paper for packing
about the stems. A cool tem-
perature is essential, and
should be secured by refriger-
ation if necessary. Fig. 1G0(>.
The methods of packing
fruits and vegetables neces-
sarily differ widely with the
nature of the articles to he
packed, and for the same prod-
uct custom often has estab-
lished iliirereiit practices in
different ].;

the lial.it

1608. Delaware peach
basket.

many markets to return empty
packages to the shipper, so that they could be used
over and over again. With the vast increase in distant
shipments, due to improved transportation facilities,
this became impossible, and now cheap gift packages
intended to be used but once are coming into favor and
in some regions are used exclusively.

For berries of all kinds, and other small fruits, quart

PACKING

PACKING

1187

boxes or baskets, made of thin veneers fastened together
with tacks or with wire staples, are generally used,
though pints and even smaller sizes are popular in some
markets, especially for such delicate fruits as rasp-

1609. Bushel basket with cover

berries. Square baskets, a little larger at the top than
at the bottom, are preferred at the East, while in the
Mississippi valley the square "Hallock" or oblong
"Leslie" boxes are mostly used. In either case a cer-
tain number, usually either 16, 24 or 32, are placed in light
slatcrates for shipment. Fig. 1607. The boxes or baskets
are filled in the field by the pickers. They are inspected
more or less thoroughly at the packinghouse, where the
process of packing usually consists in arranging the top
layers so that the box or basket shall be evenly, but
slightly, rounding full, so as to avoid crushing, and yet
not seem slack-filled on reaching market.
In some cases, notably in Florida, the
boxes are emptied and repacked from
the bottom.

Peaches are regularly marketed in a
greater variety of packages than any of
our fruits. In Georgia and neighboring

smaller packages it becomes a rather difficult art to
so place each fruit that the package shall be full, and
yet have none of the top layers stand high enough to
be crushed by the cover. If the fruits chance to run of
just such size that the package can be evenly filled by
packing in uniform layers, one on top of another, the
problem is comparatively simple. Thus, with the Geor-
gia -l-quart basket, some of the small early kinds, like
Tillotson, often run so that three layers deep just fills
the basket properly. Again, with the largest Elbertas,
two layers, one on top of the other, are sufficient, but the
great bulk of the crop will not pack on either of these
plans, and it is necessary to introduce a broken layer
between the bottom and top layers. Such packing re-
quires skill and experience in order to produce satisfac-
tory results. When the fruits run unevenly in size they
must be assorted or they cannot be packed conveniently.
It is slower and more expensive than simply dumping
the fruit into large baskets, but delicate fruits, like
peaches, endure distant shipment much better in small
than in large packages, and experience is constantly
demonstrating that extra care in assorting and packing
fruit is always well paid for by increased market prices.
All of these packages, or modifications of them, are
also used for plums, ]ii;irs, earlv apples, tomatoes and
many other products. Which om-'to stlect for use in any
given case will depend on tlie chnrai'terof the product,
the distance from market, the available supply of skilled
labor and on the iisages and preferences of "the market
to be supplied. The latter is an important factor and
one that sometimes changes in the same market with

souther

1 st.itps, a liffht crate holding

4-.iuart

l.a^k.'ts is us.mI. In n.lawa

and thr

)ugliout tlio i..iiiiisuh,r rci;i..Ti,

round,

rather der-p basket holding fiv

eighths

of a bushel is used. Fig. 160

It has no handle and usually no cover,
and cars have to be specially shelved for
carrying it. In New .lersey, the Hudson
River country, and New England, a similar basket is
used, but holding only 16 quarts. In Michigan custom
varies, but the bulk of the shipments are in long, flat-
handled baskets of various sizes — quarter, third, and
half bushel. The fruit is usually covered with colored
netting, and it is sometimes further protected by slat
covers. Another jMichigan package is a rather heavy,
round bushel basket, with small side handles and a stout
cover, held in place by a projecting shtt that is sprung
under the handles. Fig. 1609. In .southern Illinois and
the Mississippi valley generally, the popular package was
for many years a third-bushel box with sawn ends and
middle-piece 5x8 in., with veneer sides 22 in. long. Of
late years it has been
replaced, to some ex-
tent, by 4-quart bas-
kets like those used
in Georgia, but
packed one layer
deep in 4 -basket
crates. California
peaches always come
In rectangular 20-
pound boxes, each
fruit carefully se-
lected and wrapped
in paper. With the
larger of these pack-
ages, like the bushel
and five -eighths
bushel baskets, the
act of packing con-
sists, as with straw-
berries, in simply ar-
ranging the top so as leio. Six-basket crate,
to secure the d.^sired used for tomatoes ,ind Doaches :
tulness, but with the Georgia and Florida.

different seasons of the year. Thus, with tomatoes in
Chicago and other western markets, the supply early in
the spring is largely from Florida, where the custom is
to pick green, wrap in papers and pack in the Georgia
0-basket crate. Fig. 1610. This style of package and of
packing now dominates the market and is the recognized
standard for tomatoes during March and April. During
the lastof May and fir.stof June, Mississippi tomatoes be-
gin to appear in these markets in increasing quantities.
These are packed without wrapping, in flat 4-basket
crates. Being fresher than the Florida stock, they are
preferred by the trade, and from this time on wrapped
tomatoes in G-basket crates are distinctly at a discount,
even if of good quality.

(4rapes are likewise marketed in a variety of packages.
At the South they are often shipped in the Bbasket
crate. Fancy kinds are sometimes packed in round 3-
pound boxes that are crated for shipment. The great
bulk of the grape crop outside of California is, however,
packed in , 5-10-pound Climax baskets. Fig. IGIl. These
are oblong baskets with a handle. They are made with
sawn bottoms and solid veneer sides, with a solid veneer
cover fastened down with wire hooks. California grapes
are packed in square 5-pound baskets made of two pieces
of thin veneer crossed over the bottom, and bent up to
form the sides, with the top ends of the veneer held in
place by a light tin binding. Four, or sometimes eight, of
these baskets are placed in a crate, making a 20- or 40-
poiind package. In many places, the grapes are cut
from the vines some hours in advance of packing, so that
the stems may lose their brittle freshness and become
limp enough to lie close together, thus preventing undue
shrinking in transit. Each bunch is carefully exam-
ined and all imperfect berries are removed with sharp-
pointed clippers. The packer .should incline the basket
in such a way that the packing may begin in one end,
thus allowing the top, or face, to be made of the.

1188

PACKING

P^ONIA

1612. A bushel box.

smoothly overlapping tips of the clusters with no stems
showing.

Pears at the East are paclied in barrels, half barrels
or kegs, or in some of the various peach packages. In
California they are all wrapped in paper and are care-
fully packed in 40-pound
boxes.

Until within the last
few years the barrel was
the almost universal ap-
ple package, and it is
still used for handling
the great bulk of the
crop. Karly, perishable
kinds have, however,
long been shipped in the
various peach packages.
Recently, the growers of

the Pacific coast have led xjseful for fruits and vegetables,
the way in packing win-
ter apples in boxes.

They are wrapped after the manner of California pears.
Some eastern growers are finding it to their advantage
to follow this western fashion for their fancy fruits, and
it seems probable that the better grades of apples at
least will come more and more to be marketed in smaller
packages. In Boston, a bushel bos is now popular for
iipples and other products. Fig. 1612. In packing apples
in barrels it is customary to place the first one or two lay-
ers by hiinil. turning the stem ends all down. This is
called facing. The barrel is now filled, a basketful at a
time, by lowering the basket into the barrel and carefully
turning out the fruit. The barrel is shaken occasionally
so as to settle down the fruit, and when the top is reached
it isrouiKled up enough so that the head has to be pressed
iiil.i \<\:<i-f with considerable force, a long lever or a spe-
cial harnl jiress beingused for the purpose. The barrel
is now tunn'l over, and what was the bottom is marked
as the top, so that the hand-laid "face" may be exposed
on opening. For vegetables, various open-work or venti-
lated barrels are in use. Fig. 1C13.

The requisites for the proper packing of any fruit or
vegetable are; (1) tliMt tin- iKi.kaLjf select. 'd be inex-
pensive, attractivi-, favor^ihly known in the niarkit, and
suited to carrying the given pi-oihict in good cmidition;
(2) that great care be taken in assorting, so that only
goods of one even quality go in each package; (3) that
skill be used in so placing the goods that the package is
evenly and si.lidlv filled, thus preventingthe shiftingand
chafing of the contents in transit
and yet avoiding cmshing by
undue pressure; (4) that while
an attractive display of the con-
tents is not only allowable but
highly desirable, no attempt at
misleading as to the nature of
the contents is permissible.
Nothing in the past has done
more to break down prices and
curtail the sales o.f horticultural
products than the pernicious
habit of dishonest packing.
Tliis fact is now fully recog-
nized liy all progressive grow-
ers. F. S. Earle.
Piirkinrj Floivers. — 'While flowers should not be
crushed by being crowded in shipment, it is more
often that damage is done by their being too loosely
packed and being able to move and shake against one
another. In this way the petals are often damaged. The
Harrisii and Longiflorum lilies, in fact all the true
lilies, are the most difficult of all flowers to pack. They
should be so packed that no part of tlie flower will touch
either bottom, top or sides of the box. Several dozen
spikes can be tied together and if the flowers are closely
interwoven they will do no harm to each other as they
will all move together. If this plan is not followed then
they must be entirely enveloped in cotton batting.

Orchids, particularly of the Cattleya type, are difiScult
to pack but travel finely if each spray is fastened to
the bottom of the box. Wrap a piece of soft paper around
the stem and fasten to the bottom of the box with a
small staple

The highest grade of roses, especially of the light-
colored varieties, should be wrapped, each flower being
in a piece of soft tissue paper. It arrests development
of the flower and prevents injury to the outer petals.

The finest blooms of carnations, commanding a high
price, should not be tied in bunches of 25, as we have
been accustomed to do with cheap flowers. The petals
are easily crushed and the flowers have to be kept several
hours in water before they assume their perfect form.
These fine flowers should be laid in layers with a roll of
paper between each layer. Good and perfect packing
will always be rewarded with the highest price for the
product. William Scott.

PffiDfiRIA (Latin, pcednr, bad smell; referring to
P. f'ltidii). linhldcetv. Fourteen species of tropical
sliniliby twiners, mostly natives of India, Burma and
the I\Ialay Archipelago, but one from Madagascar and
one from Brazil. P. fcetida is cultivated by G. W.
Oliver at the U. S. Botanic Gardens, Washington, D. C.
Oliver writes {"Plant Culture," p. 76) that it is "usu-
ally grown as a stove and greenhouse climber, but it
is hardier than is generally supposed. It is rather
an attractive-looking but not free-blooming vine. The
leaves, or any part of the plant, when bruised emit a
most offensive odor. Cuttings should be put in any time
after the growths are matured,"

Pffiderias are slender plants: Ivs. opposite, rarely in
whorls of 3, petioled: fls. in axillary and terminal" di-
chotomons or trichotomously branching panicled cymes,
bracteolate or not; cor'tlhi tnhidar or funnel-shaped;
throat glabrous or villous; lobes 4-5, valvate, with in-
flexed, crisped margins, tip often 3-lobed. Distinguished
from allied genera by the 2-locular ovary and 2 capillary,
twisted stigmas.

foBtida, Linn. Glabrous or nearly so: Ivs. opposite,
long-petioled, ovate or lanceolate, base acute, rounded
or cordate: cyme branches opposite: fr. broadly elliptic,
much compressed; pyrenes black, with a broad pale
wing, separating from a filiform carpophore.

FSONIA (after the mythical physician Paeon). Saimn-
cuhlei-w. Peony. Piney. P^ony. Peonies are among
the dozen commonest and best hardy herbaceous per-
ennials. There is also one shrubby species, P. Moutnn,
called the Tree Peony. Natives of Europe and Asia,
only a single species, P. Srownii, being found in North
America, on the Pacific coast. Roots thickened to form
upright rootstocks: Ivs. large, alternate, pinnately com-
pound or dissected: sepals 5, persistent; petals con-
spicuous, broad, 5-10, but doubling may take place in
any species by the numerous stamens becoming petals:
carpels 2-5 on a fleshy disk; follicles dehiscent; seeds
large, fleshy. Common garden forms are shown in Figs.
1614, 1615. Extended accounts of the genus are bv J. G.
Baker in Gard. Chron. 11., 21:732; 22:9 (1884), and R.

1614. A Eood clump of Peony.

I. Lynch, in Journ. Royal Hort. Soc. 12:428 (1890). A
botanical monograph by E. Huth, occurs in Engler's
Jahrbiicher.Vol. 14(1891). According to Peter Barr, every
species mentioned in Index Kewensis has been intro-
duced to cultivation in Europe, except P. obovnta. a
native of Manchuria, which Mr. Barr hopes to obtain by a
personal visit to China. K. C. Davis.

P^ONIA

P^ONIA

1189

Peonies are rarely attacked by any insect, animal or
fungous disease, neither do they require any covering
during the severest weather: in fact, they are among
the most hardy, showy, and easily grown of all the
garden flowers. In delicacy of tint and fragrance, the
FVony more nearly approaches the rose than any other
flower. The old-fashioned early red "piny," cultivated
since the time of Pliny, is still a favorite in our gardens.
Nearly all of the one thousand or more named double
Varieties grown at present have been obtained by cross-
ing the various forms of P. alhiflora and officinalis. In
1855 only 24 double kinds were known in one of the best
collectious in England. The single-flowering sorts are not
so popular as the double ones, for they do not keep as
long when cut and fade more rapidly when on the plant.

^Soi?. — Peonies grow in all kinds of soil, but do best
in a deep, rich, rather moist loam. A clay subsoil, if
well drained, is very beneficial when blooms are desired,
but the tubers ramify more in lighter soil if grown for
propagating purposes. In preparing the bed trench the
soil thoroughly two or more feet deep, working in a
great quantity of good rich cow manure, as the plants
are gross feeders. The ground should be kept well
tilled, and an annual top-dressing put above the plants
in November; this should be forked into the soil the
next' spring. Peonies should have a liberal supply of
water at all times, and especially while in bloom.
Liquid manure, when applied during the growing sea-
son and at a time when the ground is dry, gives good
returns, both in the growth of the plant and size of the
bloom.

Planting. — T\iQ crowns should be set 2 inches below
the surface. In transplanting, it is a good idea to re-
move all the old earth so as to start with fresh, unim-
poverished soil next to the roots. The flowers produced
on small divided plants are likely to be imperfect, but
when thoroughly established a plant will continue to
bloom if imdisturbed for npwards of twenty years.
During the period of blooming an inconspicuous wire
support is desirable, as a heavy rain often beats down
the flowers.

Grouping . — Hh.e host of ancient and modern varieties
available, ranging from purest white to deepest crim-

ranges from tne middle of May through the month of
June. They grow from 1-3 feet high, and are therefore
suitable for planting in front of shrubbery, along drive-
ways, and are especially pleasing when entering into a
distaut vista. When planted in a border with fall-bloora-

1615. Single Peony (X^^).

son, in such a diversity of form and size, afford great
opportunity for the carrying out of extensive color
schemes. Peonies do well in partial shade, which pro-
longs and intensifies the color of the bloom, and there-
fore can be used to advantage to brighten up somber
nooks. The period of blooming for herbaceous Peonies

1616. Paeonia albiflora.

ing perennials, such as phlox, funkia, etc., their rich
glossy foliage is very effective.

Fore ing. — IjiiX, the plants in October and place in a
coldframe where they will be accessible when the time
for forcing arrives. When brought under glass, a uni-
form temperature of 55° to 60° should be maintained.
By feeding well with liquid manure, strong blooms can
be produced in eight weeks. A two-years' rest is nec-
essary for the plants before being forced again. To
secure extra fine blooms on double-flowering varieties,
remove the lateral buds as soon as formed. When the
first lateral bud is retained instead of the terminal one,
a later period of blooming is obtained. The old flowers
should be cut off, so that no unnecessary seed follicles
will be formed, and thereby exhaust the plant. It is
also important to remove the faded foliage on all Peo-
nies in November, so that it may not interfere with the
next season's shoots.

There are three methods by which Peonies are propa-
gated : by division of roots {the most prevalent), by
grafting, to increase rare sorts, and by seeds, to obtain
new varieties.

Division of Boots. — ThiB is the easiest and most sat-
isfactory method. The roots may be lifted and divided
any time from the middle of August until the stalks
appear again in the spring. The best time, however, is
in the early fall, when the cut surfaces soon callus
over and new rootlets form before the frost sets in.
Take a large stool, cut off the leaves and separate into
as many divisions as can be made with an eye to each
tuber. In digging, care should be taken that all of the
tubers are dug up, for if not they may remain dormant
a season and then produce a shoot, giving rise to the
many stray plants which are frequently found in old
beds. Tubers divided without an eye should also be
planted, as they often act in a similar manner and make
a showing above ground in two years' time. Peonies,
like most tuberous plants, when dormant stand con-
siderable exposure and can be shipped long distances
with safety.

Grafting. — This method is resorted to in herbaceous
Peonies when new and rare varieties are to be rapidly
increased. An eye of the desired sort is inserted into
the tuber of some strong-growing variety, from which
all the previous eyes have been removed. This opera-
tion is generally performed in August. They should be
placed in frames for the winter and transplanted the
next year into nursery rows.

Seeds. — Fropagating by seed is somewhat tedious,
and is only resorted to for increasing distinct species
and for obtaining new varieties by hybridization. The
seeds should be gathered as soon as ripe and kept damp
until sown in November. A mulch during the first sea-
son will keep the ground moist and prevent weeds from
growing. Generally two years are required for the seed
to germinate and three more before a well-developed
bloom can be expected. -^m. a. Peterson.

1190

INDEX.

alba-plena, 6. Double Anemone- Old Double Flesh-
albiflora, 3. tld. Red, 6. White, 6.

amarantliesf.ens, 8. Double Anemone- Otto Pnebel, 6.

Andersonii, 10. fld. Rose, 0. Pallasii, 7.

anemoneflora, 6. eduUs, 3. papaveraee.a, 1.

auomala, 5. elatior, 7. paradoxa, 0.

arborca, 1. Excelsior, 10. Penelope, 10.

arietina, !(■. Exquisite, 8. peregrina, 8.

atrorubens, 0. festiva, 3, 6. pulcnerrima, 8.

Banksii, 1. flmbriata, 9. Purple Emperor, 10.

Baxtf ri. 10. Hore-pleno, i. Reevesi.ana, 3.

blanda, 0. fulglda. 6. Keevesii. 3.

Blusliiiit'Maid, 8. Gertrude Jekyll, 7. rosea, 6.

Brilliant, 8. hybrida, 4. roseasuperba, 1.

Browuii, 2. insignis, 5. Rosy Gem. 10.

Byzantina, 8. intermedia. 5. rubra-plena, 1.

Califomica. 2. lob.ata, 6. Ruby Queen, 8.

Ohinensis. 3. M.atador, 10. Sabini, 6.

compacta, 8. Monte Gear, 7. Seraph, 8.

Cretiea, 10. Moutan, 1. Sinensis. 3.

Crown Prince, 10. North.-rn Glory, 10. Sunbeam, 6.

decora. 7. officinalis, 6. teuuifolia, 4.

Diogenes, 10. Old Double Red, 0. vittata, 1.
Old Double Rose, 0.

A. Plant,s shrubfttf : disk enveloping the

hdsi' ill tlir riirpi-ls 1. Moutan

AA. Plants hi ilt'ir< >uis; disk not produced
to I iir, /ii/i till fiirse of the carpels,
B. Pi III Is slinrl mill Inilherij, scarcely

rjiirilimi III,' SI /mis 2. Brownii

BB. Piliils nut l.iithiril. t.iriie find ex-
pinHliiiii. wiirli i.n.i-dilig the
sepals.
C. Follicles and plant quite fjlu-

brous :!. albiSlora

CC. Follicles fonientose, erect or
slightly spreading.
D. it's, and stem glabrous through-
out.

E. Lfts. finely dissected 4. tenuifolia

.'). anomala
EB. Zyfts. not so finely divided., ti. ofSicinalis
DD. Lrs. and stem pubescent in
the upper part.
E. Middle lobe of terminal Ift.

trifid 7. decora

8. peregrina
<i. paradoxa
EE. Middle lobe of terminal Ift.

rarely bifid, never trifid.. W. arietina

1. Mout&n, Sims (P. arbdrea, Donn). Tree Peony.
Stem 3-G ft. or even higher if not cut back, nuich
branched; Ivs. glabrous; lfts. more often entire at the
base of the plant than above: fls. as in P. officinalis,
but various in color : follicles numerous, very hairy,
ratlier small. May, June. China. Long cult, there,
where varieties are numbered by the hundreds. Var.
rubra-pltaa, Hort. Rose-colored, almost single. L.B.C.
11:10^5. Var. rosea- sup^rba, Hort. Fls. much more
doubled. Gn. :;i:,",,sn (as Reine Elizabi-th). F.S.
14:1395-6 (Triomidie de (Iraiid). Var. vittata, Hort.
Fls. single, white, rnse and llcsh color, striped, fragrant.
F.S. 7:747. Var. papaveracea, Anilr. Petals thin and
poppy-like, white, witli reil at center of Hower. L.B.C.
6:.'i47._ Gn. 3S:77.T ; .52:1141, and pp. 324, ?2o. Var.
Bdnksli, Andr. Fls. much doubled, rose-colored, and
larfte. B.Jl. 1154.

2. Brbwnii, Dougl. (P. Califdrnica, Torr. & Gray).
Low: Ivs. glaucous or pale, lobes obovate to nearly lin-
ear: fls. dull brownish red; petals 5 or 6, thickish, little
longer than the concave sepals; outer sepals often leaf-
like and compound; flower-stem reclining or recurved;
disk many-lobed : follicles 4-5, nearly straight, gla-
brous; seeds oblong. Early spring or summer. Pacific
states. B.R. 25:30.

3. albiSldra, Pallas (P. (dulis, Salisb.). Figs. 1616,
1617. Stem 2-3 ft., often branching and bearing from
2-5 fls.: lfts. 3-4 in. long, oblong, deeper green than P.
Brownii, veining red : peduncle longer than in P. offi-
cinalis, often with a large simple bract: outer sepals
large, leaf-like: petals large, various in color, usually
white or pink : follicles often 3-4, ovoid, with spiral

P.EONIA

stigmas. .Tune. Siberia. B.M. 1756. F.S. 8:812. Gn.
30:576 (var. .lilrimi); 50, p. 170; 51:1123.

Var. Eeevesiana, Loud. (P. Meevesii, Hort.). A
double form, witli d.-ep red petals, P.M. 1:197.

Var. Sinensis, St.'ud. (A Chiiiriisis, Vilm.), A tall
Chinese v:iriet\-. with larLM\ double, crimson flowers.
One of tlie i-om'mnnest tV.rnis in ganlens. B.M. 1768.

Var. festiva, Planchon. Fls. double, white, with a few
marks of carmine in the center. F.S. 8:790.

4. tenuiSdlia, Linn. Fig. 1618. Stem 1-1', ft. high,
1-headed, densely leafy up to the flower: Iv.s. ctit into
numerous segments, often less than 1 line broad: fl.
erect; petals dark crimson, elliptic-cuneate, 1-1'.; in.
long: antliers shorter than the filaments; stigma red,
spiniUv recurved: follicles 2-3, about /^ in. long. June.
Cau.asns region. B.M. 926. A.G. 17, p. 658.- Var. flore-
pleno, Mort. Fls. dense, double, crimson. F.S. 4:308.
Var. hybrida, Hort. Fls. rich crimson: Ivs. very pretty.

5. an6mala, Linn. As tall as P. officinalis, glabrous:
Ivs. cut into numerous, confluent, lanceolate, acute seg-
ments : fl. solitary, single, bright crimson, very large;
outer sepals often produced into compound leafy
points; petals obovate toobiong: follicles 3-5, ovoid, ar-
cuate, tfunetitose or glabrous. Eu. and Asia. B.M. 1754.

Var. insignis, Lvueh. This is the variety of the above
wliii'li is niost cult. Stems lH-2 ft. high: Ivs. about 10,
tile lower om-s very large, gradually reducing to the fl. :
carpels with red pubescence. The name Peter Barr is
given to a form of this in which the Ivs. do not so grad-
ually reduce to the flower.

Var. intermedia, C. A. Meyer. Lvs. deeply lobed: fls.
rosy crimson.

6. officinalis, Linn. {P. fi'dgida, Sabine). Fig. 1619.
Stem stout, 2-:; ft. liiL'h. 1 headed: lvs. dark above, pale
beiieatb. tin- l..w.-t iii. .i , ,1 i viiled than the others, hav-
ing l."-2ii ol.l.m^'-hnirrol.'iir lfts., 1 in. or more liroad;

ike; [)etals dark crimson, l^-i-2 in.

tigraas crimson, recurved : follicles
2-3, becoming 1 in. long. May, June. Europe. One of
the commonest in gardens. B.M. 1784; 2264 (as P. pu-
hens). Gn. 53, p. 233.

outer sepal
broad, obovat

1617. Pseonia albiflora.

Var. alba-pl^na, Hort. Fls. double, white, tinged
with red. Gn. 19:265. (harden forms are given trade
names, as : rosea maxima, rosea pallida, rubra, and
many others. These vary in color from nearly pure
white to pink and beautiful shades of red.

P^ONIA

PALAUA

1191

Some horticultural forms, with nearly single flowers of
recent importation and not yet much used, are: anem-
onsefldra, crimson, globular fls., with a mass of twisted
crimson stamens, edged with yellow. A.G. 17:663. Un.

1618. Pseonia tenuifolia (X %)

31:599; blanda, pale pink; lobata, Ivs. distintly lobed: fls.
cerise-salmon, a very unusual color; Otto Froehet, deep
salmon-red; rbsea, rich deep rose; tiaWui, rich deep
crimson petals and yellow stamens. L.l-!.*'. 11:107.");
(S«»6eam, rich cerise-salmon. Some of the l;ii-i,''st ilnw-
ered Peonies, with double flowers, are : otntrHlxtis
plena, deep blood-red; Donhle Anemone-flowered J^ed;
Double Anemone- flowered ^ose; Old Double Red; Old
Double Rose; Old Double Flesh-WJiite.

Var, festlva, Tausch. Fls. white, with red centers.
Native of Europe.

7. dficora, Anders, Stems 2-3 ft. high: Ivs. horizon-
tal, diminishing to the top ; Ifts. oblong-obtuse : fls.
rather small: petals few, small, narrow: peduncle long:
follicles hairy, large, spreading from the base when
mature. S. Eu. Two garden forms are: Gertrude Je-
I'yU, rich crimson; Monte Gear, pink.

Var. Pillasii, Anders. Lvs. narrow-oblong: fls. rich
crimson.

Var. el&tior, Anders. Lvs. broadly oblong: fls. rich
crimson, very large: receptacle with few processes, and
a connection between the carpels at their base of similar
surface and appearance to that of the carpels.

8. peregrina, Mill. Stems about lV^-2 ft. high: lvs.
5-6 on a stem, deep green and glabrous above, pale
green and pilose beneath; otherwise the lvs. and fls.
are much like those of P. officinalis. Europe. Two
beautiful garden forms with double fls. are: amaran-
theficens spJUriva and palcherrima plena, the latter dif-
fering from the former in the purple shade of crim-
son fls. The 7 following have recently been imported
from England. They have fls. with usually a single
whorl of petals: BlHshhiff Maid, blush pink; Brilliant,
bright purple-crimson; Bi/zanflna, crimson; cowpdcta,
plant dwarf and bushy: fls. crimson : Ej-quisite, soft
satiny pink ; Ritby Queen, bright ruby red ; Seraph,
bright pink.

9. paradbxa* Anders. Plant one of the dwarf est: lvs.
in a dense tuft; Ifts. 3-lobed and incised: fls. purple-
red: carpels pressed closely together. Trieste. — Dif-
fers from P. peregrina by smaller ovate and more glau-
cous leaves, leaflets more divided and crowded. Var.
fimbri&ta, Hort. Double purple fls., with projecting
purple stamens ; very pretty, but not much cult, in
America.

10. arietlna, Anders. Stem 2-3 ft. high, hairy toward
the top: ivs. 5-6 on a stem, rather glaucous and pubes-
cent beneath ; segments oblong to oblong-lanceolate,
strongly confluent, decurrent: fls. always solitary, dark
red, large : follicles 3-4, densely tomciituse, ovoid,
spreading widely, becoming 1 in. Un\ix., stmni^^y arched;
stigma recurved. Southern Eumjn'. V,.\i. 10:819 (as
P. Crf^tca). -There are a number of lu.rticiiltural va-
rieties. Eleven of these are: Andirsinni ,\n-\'^\\X rose;
i^flx^eri, crimson; Cr&tica, blusli-pink ; Cmivu I'fim;',
deep rich crimson; Dioqcncif, bright crini.son; A\rrt/I-
sior, brilliant rose; Matador, pure rose; iVorthfrn
Glory, large, soft rose-pink ; Penelope, bright rose;
Purple Fmperor, crimson -purple ; Rosy Gem, rose-
pink.

P. i?r&;^r/. Boiss. & Reut. Fls. red, varying to white. Allied
to P. offieiualis and corallina in lvs. and habit. — P. coraU'ina,
Retz. Tall: lower lvs. only biternate: fls. crimson; petals
rounded: follicles ornamental.— P. coriacea, Boiss. Allied to
P. albiflora: Ifts. very broad: fls. bright crimson ; stigma
purple: follicles glabrous.— P. Cdrsica, Wieber. Much like the
preceding.— P. Embdi, Wall. Closely related to and sometimes
called a synonym of P. anomala. B.M. 5719. Gn. 45:946.— P.
hiimilis, Retz. Rather low: fls. bright red: cai-pels glabrous.
B.M. 1422.— P. 7nicrocdrpa, Boiss. & Rent. Allied to the pre-
ceding, but dwarfer. Var. Jonathan Gibson is a garden form,
with very downy lvs.— P. ?j»(I/^i's, Anders. Low: fls. deep red
aud subsessile. L.B.C. 13:1203.- P. oborata, Maxim. Lower
lvs. not more than twice ternate: fls. large, red-purple: folli-
cles glabrous.— P. puUms, Sims. Allied to P. arietina: lvs.
hairy below, margins red. B,^I. 'J'2nj — /* I,\>ssi. Kim-h Alliid
to P. corallina. but with the hs .l.'.-i<l.'.ll,\ li.-iiry ]''-]<-\v ~- P.
sessilifldra, Sims. Nearly relnini in r niMlli--; n.tv Imv. lis.
subsessile, white.— P. trlternatn. I';ili:is, I tjiTrrs t'min 1'. '■m-il-
lina in its rounded lvs., green stem, .ami rose tls. B,i\l. 1^ II ( I'.
Daurica).— P. WkiUeyi, Hort. Fls. single, white, large; slioiild
be considered as a variety of P. albitiora. Gu. 36:708.-7*. Wift-
manidna, Stev. Beautiful pale yellow fls.: follicles gl;tl.rous.
B.M. 6645. K. C. Davis.

PAINTED CUP. Castilleia.

PAINTED LEAF. Fuphorhia heterophylla,

PALAFOXIA Hookeriana. See Polypteris.

1619. Pseonia officinalis (X K).

FALAtfA (after A. Palau y Verdera, professor of bot-
any at Madrid the latter half of the eighteenth century).
Also written Palava. Malviicem. P. flexuosa is a half-
hardy annual, with prettily cut foliage and 5-petaled
pale rose fls. about IH in- across, borne in summer and
fall. Palaua is a genus of 5 species, 4 from Peru and 1
from Burma. They are annual or perennial herbs, to-
mentose or somewhat glabrous: lvs. usually lobed, dis-
sected or sinuate: bractlets 0: fls. axillary, peduncled.

1192

PALAUA

PALM

solitary; calyx 5-cut: ovary many-celled; style stigma-
tose at the apex; carpels crowded without order.

flexudsa, Mast. Slender, branched from roots: stems
8-10 in. long, ascending, flexuous above: leaf-stalks 1-2
in. long; blades 1-2 in. long and broad, triangular in out-
line, pinnatifid, the segments lobed; lobes obtuse: fls.
mauve, paler towards center, with bright red anthers
which are very numerous and arranged in 5 longitudinal
series; styles'25-30. Peru. B.M. 5768.

PALAVA. See Palaita.

PALI0RUS (ancient Greek name). Rhamndceir,

Spiny trees or shrubs with alternate, 2-ranked, 3-nerved
Ivs., small greenish yellow tls. in axillary clusters and
orbicular broadly winged, curiously shaped fruits resem-
bling ahead with a broad-brimmetl hat. The one species
cultivated in this country is not reliably hardy north of
Washington, D. C; in Mass. it is killed every winter
almost to the ground even with protection, and the young
shoots flower but bear no fruit. It is not very ornamental,
but the dark green foliage is pretty and the curious fruits
are interesting. It thrives in any well-drained soil and
prefers a sunny and warm position. Prop, by seeds
stratified or sown in autumn and by layers or root-cut-
tings. Four species from S. Europe to China and Japan.
Stipules usually changed into spines: fls. small, perfect,
in axillary or sometimes terminal cymes; petals 5, 2-
lobed; stamens 5: fr. woody, 3-celled, depressed sub-
globose, with a broad, orbicular, horizontal wing; cells
1-seeded.

Spina- Chrfsti, Mill. (P. austn)h's. Gjertn. P. aculed-
tiis, Desf. Ziziiphus PaUhnfs, Willd. Ji'JnimHUS Pali-
iirus, Linn.), Jektsalem Thokn. Christ's Thorn.
Spreading, spiny shrub to 10 ft., sometimes procumbent:
1 of the 2 spines at the base of the petioles straight, the
other hooked and recurved: Ivs. rather slender-petioled,
ovate, usually unequal at the rounded base, obtuse, mi-
nutely serrulate, glabrous, dark green above, pale or
grayish beneath, %~1}4 in. long: fls. in axillary short-
peduncled cymes: fr. brownish yellow, about % in.
across, glabrous. June, July. S. Eur. to Himal. and N.
China. B.M. 1893 (as Zizuphus Paliurus) and 2535 {as
P. virgatni<i).~T\x\ii plant is supposed to have furnished
the crown of thorns which was placed on the head of
Christ before his crucifixion; others believe Zizyphus
Sjiiua-Christi to be the shrub the crown was made of.
These two shrubs resemble each other so closely that
they hardly can be distinguished without frs. which are
berry-like in Zizyphus; the shape of the thorns is ex-
actly the same in each species.

P. orientdlis, Hemsl. Tree, to 30 ft.: Ivs. 2-4 in. long, ela-
brous: fr. l-lj^ iu- across, glabroiis, purplish, China. This
but recently introduced species is perhaps the most ornamental
of the genus; it has not proved hardy at the Arnold Arbor-
etum —P. ramosiitsimns, Poir. (P. Aubletia. Roem. & Schult.).
Shrub similar to P. Spina-Christi, but with both spines straight,
larger Ivs. pubescent beneath, and smaller tomeutose frs.
China. Japan. Alfred Rehder.

PALM. Plate XXIV. Palms are amongst the most
striking plants in tropical floras. Their tall, straight,
uubranehed trunks surmounted by a spreading canopy
of huge pinnate or digitate foliage distinguish them
from nearly all other forms of vegetation. They are
widely spread in tropical regions, being most abundant
in America and few in Africa. They are particularly
conspicuous in the Pacific islands. Although the Palms
are such bold and interesting plants, the species are
very imperfectly understood. This is due to the great
difficulty of making herbarium specimens, to the fact
that the greater number of botanists are residents of
regions in which Palms do not grow, and to the differ
euces of opinion as to the relative importance of the
various botanical characters. Many of the Palms have
been named first from cultivated specimens, and often
before the flowers and fruits are known. When the
specimens finally come to fruit, the names are usually
shifted, causing raiich confusion. The proper generic
position of a Palm may be unknown for several years
after it becomes popular in the horticultural trade.
Consider the changes in nomenclature which have
occiirred in Palms that have been referred to the
genera Areca and Kentia.

The species of Palms are not very numerous. They
probably do not exceed 1,000, although more than that
number have been described. Bentham & Hooker accept
132 genera, and Drude, in Engler & Prantl's "Pflauzen-
familien," accept 128 genera. Most of the genera are
small, and many of them are monotypic. The largest
genera are Calamus, with about 200 species, all Old
World, mostly Asian; Geonoma, with about 100 species,
all American; Bactris, about 100, American; Chamte-
dorea, with about 60, all American; Licuala, with 30,
ranging from eastern Asia to Australia; Desmoncus,
about25, American; Cocos, 30, all confined to America but
the cocoanut, which is now cosmopolitan; Pinanga, with
about 25 species, of the Oriental tropics; Areca, nearly
two dozen. Oriental. Many of the species, particularly
in the small genera, are restricted to very small geo-
graphical regions, often to one island or to a group of
islands. The Palms represent an old type of vegeta-
tion, and they are now, no doubt, on the decline.

Palms have been favorite greenhouse subjects from
the period of the first development of the glass plant-
house. The stereotyped form of conservatory is a
broad or nearly square structure, with narrow benches
around the sides over the heating pipes and a Palm bed
in the center. In these conservatories a variety of
Palms will succeed, requiring neither a very high tem-
perature nor much direct sunlight. In fact, Palms usu-
ally succeed best under shaded roofs. The Palms are
most satisfactory in their young state, before the trunks
become very prominent, and before the crowns reach
the glass. The larger number of Palms have pinnate or
pinnatisect leaves, and tlnsf sjtecies are usually the
more graceful in habit. Small Palms are now in great
demand for room and tabh* dccnration, and a few spe-
cies are grown in enormous quantities for this trade.
They are sold when small. They usually perish before
they are large enough to be cumbersome. Amongst the
most popular of these Palms are Chrysalidocarpns
httesrensy Howea Belmoreana and Forsttriana, Cocos
Weilih-Uiiinit, Livisfona Chhiensis, and possibly one or
two spt-cirs of Phoenix.

Some Palms endure considerable frost without injury.
Of such are the Sabals aii-l thr Pahnrttors of tin- south-
ern states. The Saw i*:ilmrttn {Sin n<><i sm-uhifn) and
the Blue Palmetto {h'hdpiiloj'ln/l/iuH Ili/sfrij-} <M-cur as
far north as South Carolina. In Asia, Nannorbops grows
naturally as far north as 34°, and in Europe, Chamse-
rops (the only Palm indigenous to Europe) reaches 44°.

In the tropics, Palms furnish houses, clothing, food
and ornaments. The range of the economic uses is well
indicated by the following extract from Drude (in Engler
& Prantl): "In a family which, like the Palms, is of
such extraordinary importance in satisfying so many
human wants, it seems well to make a few general re-
marks on this subject as an introduction to special re-
marks under the different genera. A European does
well to distinguish between the products of the Palms
which are imported from the tropics, and those which
are used by the civilized peoples and more especially by
the natives in the tropics. Of the first, there should be
noted a few fruits, as, for example, dates and cocoanuts,
whose use gives us a slight picture of the importance of
Palm fruit of the tropics. Then follows the Indian sago
coming from the pith of the stems, which surpasses in
quality the European product, and then the oil made
from fruits of oil Palms which, considering its almost
unlimited supply, is of more importance than the olive
oil. In Europe a great role is played by the fibers com-
ing from many Palms, as the Pia^aba and Cocoa fibers.
Perhaps, in the course of time, one or other of the
Palm-leaf products will find greater use in the produc-
tion of paper. The numerous kinds of 'Spanishschen
Rohres,' that is, those thin stems of the genus Calamus
which have a silicious covering, are necessary in the
making of bent- wood furniture and baskets. Wax (from
Copemicia, probably not from Ceroxylon) plays in
Europe, as a competitor of beeswax, but a small role.
On the other hand, the stone nuts, seeds of Phytelephas
and the stony kernels of some Cocoineae, are imported
frnm Anieri<-a in ton quantities, to be used in making
sm.-dl articles. To these products, of considerable
inllui'iici' on the European trade, must be added nuni-
berIt■^^s others used in the tropics, where the numerous

The wine palm, Jubsa spectabills, in southern California

PALM

1193

sweet as well as the starch-hold-
ing fruits are at the command of
the inhabitants. From many spe-
cies are cut out the soft terminal
bud (heart), which is eaten as
Palm salad, and from other very
large species the young stems are
cut off and the great quantity of
sweet sap is worked to sugar, or
arrac, or is used as Palm wine.
Many stems furnish excellent
building wood, and in the artistic
industries of the Malays and Fa-
puas as well as that of the natives
of Brazil, such Palms furnish not
only the main timbers of their
huts, but the leaves are plaited
and used for the sides and the
roof. Other leaves cut in small
strips give them coverings, mats..
fans, shields, complete clothing
and hats. Even the spines are
used as tips for spears, for tat-
tooing - paints and for hooks ;
whereas the fish-line itself is
made of the strong fibers of
other species. Other uses, as
that of the betel nut (Areca), in
chewing, are worthy of mention
also."

As the trunk of the Palm rises,
the leaves underneath the crown
die and fall. Usually the old
petioles, or their bases, remain
for some time, forming a shaggy
capital to the column; this is well
marked in the large or Cabbage
Palmetto of the South. The
Palms are mostly trees, and some
of them rise to the height of
nearly 200 ft., but some are climb-
ing and others are low shrubs.
In some species the stems are
prickly. Usually they make very

straight, comely boles, but a few species produce
branches above. The flowers of Palm.s usually arise
underneath or in the crown, from the axils of the
leaves. The clusters are really spadices, although often
branched, and are covered in the bud by a drj' spathe
composed of one or several leaves or parts. The re-
mains of these spathes are well shown in Fig. 1497, p.
1100. In the upper cluster on the left the spathe is
arching over the fruits. The blossoms are relatively
small, and usually dull colored and not showy. The
flowers are perfect or unisexual, 3-merous,— the seg-
ments usually 6 in two series, stamens usually 3 or 6,
ovary usually 3-loculed or the 3 carpels wholly separate,
stigmas 3 and usually sessile. The fruit is various,
being either a drupe or hard berry-like structure, often
edible.

The genera chiefly known to horticulturists are the
following :

Tribe Arece«. Ia's. pinnatisect, the leaflets free or
joined so as to form a plaited limb, the sides in ver-
nation redttplicate: fls. monoecious or dicecious: seeds
umbilicate, with ventral raphe and dorsal embryo,
Areca, Pinanga, Kentia, Hydriastele, Kentiopsis,
Hedyscepe, Nenga, Archonthophoenix, Rhopalo.stylis,
Dictyosperma, Ptychosperraa, Cyrtostachys, Drymo-
phloeus, Cyphophoenix, Clinostigma, Cj'phosperma,
Euterpe, Acanthophoenix, Oreodoxa, Bacularia, Lino-
spadix. Howea. Ceroxylon, Verschaffeltia, Dypsis,
Chamaedorea, Hyophorbe, Roscheria, Geonoma, Calyp-
trogyne, Wallichia, Didymosperma, Arenga, Caryota,
Phytelephas.

Tribe Ph(enice.e. In's. pinnatisect, segments acumi-
nate and n'ilh induplicate sides in vernation: spa-
dices interfolinr, the spathe solitary: fls. dioecious:
carpels S, only one maturing, the stigma terminal:
seed strongly ventrally suleate, the embryo dorsal.
Phoenix.

1620. A Palm house

Tribe Coryphee. Lrs. fan-shaped, wedge-shaped or
orbicular, plaited, more or less cut, the lobes with
induplicate sides: s/Hnlins i iiUrfnl iar, the spathes
miiny: fls. usnullii i^nf.rl: oninj ndire or S-lobed,
nr sometimes the !-■-: inrpils itisthirt. the ovule erect:
pericarp usually smooth: seeds with ventral raphe
and small hilum.
Corypha. Sabal, Washingtonia, Chamaerops, Rhapido-

phyllum, Acanthorhiza, Brahea, Erythea, Pritchardia,

Licuala, Livistona, Trachycarpus, Rhapis, Thrinax.

Tribe Lepidocarve^. Lvs. pinnatisect or fan-shaped,

the s.,i,„,,its ,rith nililrlirafe S/V?,s ill nrliufinn:
.sj,n,l,,: >: t, ri„i,i,il nr.i.n/hini.lhr sii.ifh.s iiii iii, r.,iis:
fU. i,„l,i,iin,i.,-,in.i,,ir,„iix: nnirii .iitir,'. i,i;ir „r l.ss
S-JiH-llIrd: fr. rtotliril irilh irflr.rni, shiliiinj, iiiihri-

cute, oppressed scales: seed with dorsal raphe and
vejitral embryo.

Calamus, Ceratolobus, Rapbia.
Tribe Borasse.*. Z/vs. orbicular, the segments fan-
shaped and the sides induplicate: spadices inter-
foliar, the spathes many and sheathiytg: fls.difEcious,
the mill,' iiiiiiiilr and sunk in cavities on the spadir,
the f-'iiKilr ririf large: ovary entire, 3-loculed, the
ovule ii.iiiiiilliiij: fr. various.
Borassus, Lodoicea, Latania, Hyphsene.
Tribe Cocoine.^:. Lvs. pinnatisect, the leaflets with
reduplicate sides: spadices interfoliar, unisexual or
andrngipuiits, the spatho; ."? nr more: inferinr fls. often
hi .rs.'lli,- iinilill.- i.iii fiiinil,: iiriini l-:-loruled: fr.
hii;/,. ilriip, 'liki, l-7-l...iil.il. tli, 'stniin.i luminal,
the indiiriirp nr shell hiiril iiiiil wninl ij i, ml provided
with 3-7 pores.

Bactris, Astrocaryum, Acrocomia, Martinezia, Elseis,
Diplothemium, Cocos, Maximiliana, Scheelea, Attalea,
Jubsea.

There is very little accessible monographic literature
on the Palms. Martins' "Historia Naturalis Paluiarum."

1194

PALM

Munich, 3 vols., 1823-1850, is a standard work. Ker-
2hove de Denterghem's "Lies Palmiers," Paris, 1878, is
an important work. A popular running account of
Palms and the various kinds, by William Watson, will
be found in the following places in Gardeners' Chronicle;
1884 (vol. 22), pp. 426, 522, 595, 728, 748; 1885 (vol. 23),
pp. 338, 410, 439; 1885 (vol. 24), pp. 362, 394, 586, 748;

1886 (vol. 25), pp. 75, 557; 1886 (vol. 26), pp. 491, 6.V2;

1887 (vol. 2, ser. 3), pp. 156, 304; 1891 (vol. 9), pp. 234,
298, 671; 1893 (vol. 13), pp. 200, 332. l_ jj g

Hardy Palms in California. — Palms grown in the

open in California
genera, and numbering
17 genera of ab.iut 40 .-
Palm colltMiionv, ;iii'l
the gardi.-ii^ cf 1."- A
found throuyhuut

rde

do not exceed in number 20

about 60 spi

the

can'..

ies. The following
found in our best

rs are growing in
iiiity, and may be

la in limited num-

bers from San Diego to Santa Barbara. Occasional
plants of species not mentioned are found in some old
gardens, but are not so plentiful as to be considered in a
general list of our hardy Palms. In enumerating these
plants they are placed as to their importance, or rather
as to their numerical strength in California. Our native
Fan-Palms, the Washini;tf>nia<;, niitives of San Ber-
nardino and San Diego cmhihij.-, li;i\,- l>eeu most exten-
sively planted, and may i"' louii'l < virywhere, serving,
in some instances, a varirty nf imriMises. Fig. 1022. In
growing this Palm water is of the first importance. When
planted along a street, those adjoining vacant lots often
remain nearly at a standstill, except in case of an un-
usually wet winter, while those along the cultivated
lots or lawns grow faster than any other Palm. When
one in its native habitat blows over by the force of the
desert winds, the hole left by tlie roots and stump
invariably fills with water. Washingtonias are hardy
600 miles north of Los Angeles. It may be well to
state that hardiness in Palms is principally a ques-
tion of size, the larger ones passing through the most
severe winter unharmed, while the small ones may
perish. So, too, some Palms supposed to be very ten-
der need protection from sun more than from frost.
This is particularly the case with the so-called Kentias
and Rhapis. A certain Howea (or Kentia Fornteriana)
is protected only by a large overhanging branch of a
sycamore, which is of course leafless in cold weather,

'iM%^

1622. A Sentinel Palm.
Washingtonia filifera, San Jacinto Mts.,Cal,

yet it has reached a height of 12 feet, with a diameter
at base of 12 inches, and it has never been injured by
frost, yet water hydrants 10 feet away have been frozen
so hard as to burst them. In Los Angeles is a Kentia
15 feet high, growing on the north side of a house,
protected from sun alone, being 20 feet from the build-
ing, where for several winters the ground near by has
frozen to the depth of 1 inch. This is in the bottom-
lands, the coldest part of the city.

Ph'Diix (hietiilifeni, though not so ornamental as
others of tlie genus, was extensively planted in early
days and is one of the hardiest of Palms. Fig. 1621. The
most popular Palm for the masses, who look for grace
and beauty combined with cheapness, is Phoenix Cava-
riensis. More of these are planted at present than any
other three species. In Los Angeles and vicinity they
may be counted by tens of thousands. Like these
two for hardiness is P. reclinata; and all may be seen
growing north of San Francisco some 200 miles. All the
genus is hardy in southern California. Trachycarpns
ejrceltiiis and Chtemerops huniiUg, the latter varying
greatly in appearance, will grow as far north as any
Palms and are popular everywhere. The former in
thirty years will grow to the height of 25 feet, while the
latter will make 8-10 feet of trunk in the same time.

xfnitl.

id L. Chi

tliough

and tb

n,lh

id a;.

Ib-il. Date bairns at Old Town, San Diego.

are both popular,
ii'ullicrn part of the state,
ihd frum noonday sun.
(often known as Braheas)
grow around San Frunoisco liay luxuriantly. Cocos eri-
ospafha is bardy even farther north than the Ery-
tbeas, and is by far the most ornamental Palm to he
found in that section. Other Cocos in southern Cali-
fornia are O. flexuoaa, phtmosa, coronata, Eomanzof-
fiann, and many others. Any Cocos will grow here in
protected places except Wetldelliana. C. phiwisa is
without doubt the most gra'-tfnl Palm grown, and at
present very extensively phmted in the southern citrous
belt, sometimes for street or sidewalk trees. It is also
one of the fastest growers, and will reach 20 feet in fif-

PALM

PALM

1195

teen years, with ordinary care. Archontoplicenix AUx-
•f/iirfcfic and A. Cunniu(jlmmii, the most elegant of our
Palms after Cocos piumosa, are not quite so hardy but
will thrive from Santa Barbara southward, in warm
locations. The same exposures, with s1i:m1c duiiiig the
hottest part of the day, will do for J[, il iisr, /,, c, niter-
buryana and Howea Forstrria iia and //, l:> I lunr.iina;
also Bhopalostylis Baneri and E. sapula. The four
species of Sabals seem to thrive and seed well in this
section, though S. Palmetto and S. Blacklnirnianum
grow Tuuch faster than the others. Mhapidophiillum
Uijstrix is perfectly hardy, but on account of its dwarf
habit is not so extensively planted as its merits deserve.
Bhapis ftabelUfortnis and B. humilis need protection
from s\in alone, though there is a Rhapis growing for
ten yi;irs without protection from either sun or frost,
and in tlir eoMest section of Los Angeles, but its color is
not all tliat could be desired. Chamoedoreas are planted
oidy where they can be protected from both frost and
sun, though they thrive better under such circumstances
than they do under glass. In such situations they are
just the plant for the purpose, as they do not grow
away from the protecting tree as do sun- and light-
loving Palms, but remain erect. Brahea ditlcis may
occasionally be seen but grows too slowly to be popu-
lar. One of our grandest and hardiest Palms, one that
deserves for many reasons to be more extensively
planted, is Jubcea spectabilis. We have a few 20 feet in
height with a bole 4 feet in diameter, and are much
more striking in appearance than any of the Pheenix,
■which latter they somewhat resemble.

Ernest Bkauntos.

The word Palm is a popular designation of one of the
largest and most important families among the mono-
<;otyledons, about 1,200 species of Palms having
been recorded, though many of these are not yet
in cultivation. The members of this family are
essentially tropical in habitat, are highly orna
mental in appearance, and many of them also of
■very great economical value, their
fruits, stems and leaves not only
entering largely into the manufac-
tured products of both Europe and
America, but also providing both
food and shelter for thousands of
the inhabitants of trojiii'al coun-
tries. One notalili' i'l];ir;ii-teristie
of Palms in gt-m-ral is tlii-ir un-
branched stems, the exceptions to
this rule being very few, and
mostly limited to the members of
one genus, Hyphsene, of which the
Doura Palm of Egypt, H. Thebaica,
is the best example. While these
unbranched stem.s form a promi-
nent feature in connection with
this order of plants, yet great va-
riations are found in size and habit;
some of them towering up like a
slender marble shaft to a height of
more than 100 feet and then termi-
nating in a crown of magnificent
plume-like leaves, while others may
reach a height of only 3-i feet
when fully developed, in some in-
stances the stems are so long and
slender that a scandent habit is
the result ; these rope-like stems
of the Rattan Palms in particular
are described as wandering through
the tops of some of the great trees
of the Malayan Peninsula to a
length of several hundred feet.

The foliage of the Palms is of
two chief kinds, the fan - veined
leaves, in which the venation radi-
ates from a common center, and 16J3. A digitate-leaved Pal:
the feather-veined, in which the
veins run out from the sides of a

long midrib, the leaf being frequently divided into long.
narrow segments. Of the first group the common Fan
Palm, Livisfona Sinensis, is a good example, while the
Date Palra, Phoenix dactylifera, and also the Cocoanut,

Cocos nitcifera, are common examples of the feather-
veined class.

There are also minor characteristics of foliage that
mark many of the genera, some having pinnate leaves
with erose tips, a few having bipinnate leaves (as
Caryota sirens), others with flabellate leaves having
erose segments, and many with the segments of the
leaves bifld or split at the tips.

The flowers of Palms in general are not specially at-
tractive either in size or coloring, many of them being
greenish white or yellow, and some orange or red ; but
these flowers are produced in prodigious quantities by
some of the species, perhaps the most prolific in this
respect being the Talipot Pa\m {Coryplia umbraciilif-
era), which throws up a branching inflorescence to a
height of 30 ft. above the foliage, such an inflorescence
having been estimated to include fully sixty millions of
flowers !

The seeds of Palms are also found in many sizes and
various shapes, ranging from the size of a pea in some
of the Thrinax to the unwieldy fruits of the Double
Cocoanut, Lodoicea Sechellurum, which will sometimes
weigh 40 lbs. each and require several years to reach
maturity.

As a rule, the members of any single genus of Palms
are found in one hemisphere, either the eastern or
western as the case may be, probably the greater num-
ber of species being of Asiatic origin, and compara-
tively few being found in Africa. An apparent excep-
tion is found to this system of hemispheric distribution
in the case of the Cocoanut, this plant being so very
widely distributed throughout the tropical world that
its original habitat is still in doubt. On the other hand,
some species are found to be very local in their natural

^^z^

i^^

if the best Palms for small conservatories—
Rhapis flabelliformis.

state, in proof of which the Howeas may be cited; this
genus has been found only within the circumscribed
area of Lord Howe's Island, which from a comparative
po'Tit of view may be termed merely a fragment of land

1196

PALM

PALM

(probably of volcanic origin), a mere dot on the broad
bosom of the South Pacific.

Few Palms are found within the limits of the United
States as natives, the most common being the well-
known Palmetto, Sabal Palmetto^ a member of the fan-
leaved section, to which possibly all of ournative Palms
belong. But while the species of Palms
found native in the United States ere
limited in numbers, yet there is at least
one unique species in the group in the
form of Pseudophcenix Sarrjeuti, a
monotypic Palm, that is only known to
exist in a wild state on certain of the
Florida Keys, and in quite limited num-
bers even there.

Europe is even less favored as to na-
tive Palms, there being but one species
1624. known there in that condition, Chamce-

Germination of ^ops hitmilis, also a fan-leaved species
Chrysaiidocar- and comparatively hardy, being capable
pus lutescens. of enduring moderate frosts.

The Palm tree of tli..^ BiJ)!.- is doubt-
less the Date Palm, Ph'jenix darf„fif''nt. whicli is found
in large numbers throughout Syria to this day; and in
fact the small grove of dates within easy reach of the
Syrian householder forms one of his most valuable
assets, for it provides food not only for his family, but
frequently for his horses or camels also.

The act of producing flowers does not necessarily ter-
minate the life of a Palm, though in some instances
such an effect may be produced by this cause; biit a
singular habit has been noted in regard to the flowering
of the Fish-tail Palm, Caryota urens, which when it
reaches maturity begins to throw out a flower-spike
from the top of the stem, this bt-iiit,' followed by succes-
sive spikes of flowers, and ultiiiuitc Imiiclifs of seeds
from the top of the plant downwards, th.- tlower-spikes
appearing at the joints of the stem, and when this pro-
cess of flowering has proceeded down to the ground, or
until the vitality of the plant has been exhausted, death
ensues.

There are also a number of species of Palms that de-
velop a soboliferous habit, throwing up a number of
shoots from the base of the plant, Bhapis flabeUifor-
mis, sometimes known as the Ground Rattan, being a
good example of this class, among which the widely
grown and elegant Vhrysalidocarpus lutescens is also
found, together with the Geonomas, some of the Phce-
nix and various other genera. Many of the Palms are
unisexual, but there are also many others in which both
male and female flowers are produced on the same
spadix, in some instances the males being grouped to-
gether near the ends of the branches of the inflores-
cence and the females nearer to the main stem, while
in others a female is placed between two males, thus
arranging the flowers in threes.

Cross-pollination of Palms by artificial means has
probably been seldom practiced, there being few culti-
vated collections in which the opportunity for such an
operation has presented itself; but it seems highly prob-
able that such cross-fertilization has been accidentally
effected among wild plants, for in large lots of seed-
lini;s intermediate forms are frequently seen, this pe-
culiarity having been noted among Howea seedlings,
wlnTf forms intermediate hetv/een S. ^elmoreana and
//. Forsti'riti iia are found, and sometimes seedlings
t,li;it srriii to combine the characteristics ot H. Belmo-
nanii ami those of its near rel&t'iYe Hedyscepe Canter-
hin-i/inKi. Similar variations from a given type have
also lii't-n noted among the Phoenix, several so-called
spi'i'ics being most likely merely varieties.

Many Palms are armed with stout thorns or prickles,
not only the stems but also the leaves and even the
fruits in some species being thus guarded, these prickles
being usually very hard and tough. In some cases,
notably Aeanihorhiza stanracavt ha, the prickles around
the stem are often branched, and are decidedly un-
pleasant to come in contact with. In the case of Des-
moncus, this being the western representative of the
Rattan Palms, the tip of the midrib of the leaf is con-
tinm^d in the form of a hooked spine, and helps to sup-
port the plant in its scandent career. The sharp spines
of certain Palms are used for poisoned arrows by some

of the South American tribes, these arrows being pro-
jected throiigh a blow-pipe formed from a section of the
hollow stem of another Palm. Among the species of
Phcenix it is oft^^i found that several of the leaflets
nearest to the bast' of tlit.' h-af are developed as spines,
these thorny learii-ts becoming stiff and hard, and capa-
ble of making a very sort; wound.

The very great economical value of many of the Palms
can only be touched upon within the limits of the pres-
ent article, the uses to which not only the fruits but also
the stems and leaves are put by the natives of many tropi-
cal countries being enough of themselves to fill volumes.
One prominent instance of this great utility is the
Palmyra Palm, of which a Hindoo poet enumerated over
800 different uses. Other notable examples include the
Cocoanut Palm, the fruits of which are imported by
hundreds of tons every year, and
in addition to providing a valuable
food, either fresh or in a desiccated
condition, also produce that very
valuable fiber from which cordage,
matting and a great variety of
goods are manufactured. Also the
Phcenix family, which produces
the dates of commerce in appar-
ently endless supply, and the date
sugar of Bengal, this being con-
tributed by Phcenix sylvestris,
while the stems of Date Palms «re
often used in house-building in the
East. Another very valuable Palm
product is found in Palm oil, this
being largely derived from the
fruits of klais Guineensis, the oil

1625. Livistona
Chinensis.

1626. Germination of Cocos
WeddclHana.

being expressed from the ripe fruits in much the same
manner that olive oil is manufactured. The rattan of
commerce is chiefly composed of the flexible stems of
various calami, the plentiful supply of this material be-
ing sufficiently attested by the great variety of articles
manufactured therefrom. Various Palms have been

PALM

mentioned under the name of "Wine Palm." but it
seems likely that some species of Raphia are most used
for liquors, some portions of these Palms giving a large
amount of sap when tapped, and as the juice is rich in
sugar, the sap soon ferments and may become strongly
alcoholic. The best sago is produced from the pith of
Metroxylon or Sagus, the trees being cut down and split
into segments for the removal of the pith, the latter
being then prepared
in a rough granulated
form for export. Sago
is also procured from
Caryota and some other
species, but the prod-
uct is not equal to that
of Metroxylon. The
so-called whale -bone
brooms frequently used
in stables and forstreet-
cleaning are mostly
made from Piassaba
( or Piavaba ) fiber,
this being gathered
from around the base
of plants of Attaleas,
mostly A. fun ifera.

The Attaleas also produce large seeds or nut
those of A. funifera being known as Cociml
nuts, and quite largely used for ornamental
purposes, being very hard and capable of receiv-
ing a fine polish. Many small articles are manu-
factured from vegetable ivory, this being had
from the nuts of Phytelephas niacrocarpa, a
singular Palm from South America, bearing a
large fruit in which are contained from 6 to 9 of
the ivory nuts, the plant itself having a short
and sometimes creeping stem from which pro-
ceeds a noble head of pinnate fronds that are
frequently 15-20 ft. in length. The seeds oiAreca
Catechu, after preparation with lime and the
leaves of the pepper-plant, become the betel nut
of the East Indies, so much used by the natives
of that portion of the world as a mild stimulant.
The Cabbage Palm of the West Indies is Euterpe
oleracea, the smooth and straight stems of which
are frequently 80-100 ft. high, and the removal of
the "cabbage," so-called, means the destruction
of such a tree, for the portion eaten is composed
of the central bud in which the young leaves are
compactly gathered together.

Palm culture, for decorative purposes in the
United States, has made its greatest progress
during the past 10 years, and now seems
to be a well-established business, with
the prospect of a steady increase as the
adaptability of these plants becomes
better understood. A great area of glass
is now in use for Palm culture alone, the
Middle States being the center of this
industry, though large numbers are also
grown in a few southern states; and
owing to a favorable climate and gradu-
ally improving business methods, it
seems probable that American growers
will soon be able to compete with their
more experienced brethren of Europe in
this class of plants.

The species most used in commercial
horticulture in the United States are contained in a
very short list, the greater quantity being oontined to
five species, namely, Liristniui Chiiinisis, Ilrtwra Bel-
ynoreana, Howea Forsti'rhina , Chfiisitliih'rnrpits lutes-
cens and Cocas WeddtUitimi , while less quantities of
Caryota urens, several species of Phoenix, P. Canari-
ensis being quite largely planted outdoors in the South
and on portions of the Pacific coast, Seaforthia elegans
and some others of the Ptychosperma group, and some
few Livistonas cover the extent of the catalogue for
many growers.

Of these, the seeds are imported in a majority of
cases, and on the quality of these seeds the success of
the grower depends, so far as getting up a stock is con-
cerned. Most of these species germinate readily in

PALMERELLA

1197

1627. Germination
if Howea B.l

a warm greenhouse, providing the seeds are fresh, the
slowest of the common commercial Palms being the
Howeas. In small quantities these seeds are usually
sown in about 6-inch pots, the pots being well drained
and nearly filled with liglit soil, then the seeds sown
thickly and covered witli half an inch of soil, watered
thoroughly and id:ii;ed wliero they may receive the bene-
fit of some bottom heat, and at no time should they be
allowed to become
very dry. The period
required for germi-
nation varies greatly
with different spe-
cies, Livistona Chi-
nenais germinating
in 2 or 3 weeks if
fresh, and being
ready for potting in
about 2 months, while
seeds of some of the
Attaleas have been
known to remain in
the earth for fully 3
years before starting.
The seedlings of
many species are
rery much alike, the seed-leaf in many instances
being a long, narrow, simple leaflet, this de-
scription often applying equally to the seedlings
of both fan-leaved and pinnate-leaved species;
and from this fact it is somewhat difficult to
recognize a species while in the juvenile form.
Pigs. 1621-7 show stages in the germination of
common Palms. Special cultural notes for par-
ticular species of Palms will be found through-
out the Cyclopedia, but at this time a few general
remarks regarding treatment of Palms as a whole
may be admissible. It has already been noted
that Palms in general are tropical in nature, and
while there are a number of species that are found
at considerable elevations, where the nights are
decidedly cool, yet in a young state the same
species may make more progress in a night tem-
perature of 60° F. ; and with this in view, a mini-
mum temperature during the winter of 56-60° is
safest for young and growing Palms, while an
advance of 15-20° during the day will not hurt
them.

An abundance of water is required, for many
Palms grow on the banks ot rivers or in swampy
ground ; and even those found on high and rocky
ground send their roots down to such a depth
as to find a liberal water supply.

Some shading throughout the summer is best,
the foliage grown under t,-l;iss being more tender
than that naturally prmhieeil out<loors. Repot-
ting should be done during the spring and sum-
mer months, preferably, there being compara-
tively little root action on the part of most Palms
between November 1 and March 1. Give only
moderate-sized shifts, that is, use pots only 1 or
2 inches larger, and always ram the soil firmly.

Rotted sod is the basis for the best soil for
Palms, and a fair proportion of stable manure is
a safe fertilizer, such a soil being mixed with
various proportions of peat or sand, to make it
lighter and more open for some delicate species.
Insects are frequently troublesome if allowed
to gain headway, various scale insects doing the great-
est damage, while red spiders and thrips may become
established unless forcible syringing is persisted in.
The most successful practice requires close observation
on the part of the grower, and the prompt removal of
all insects w. H. Taplin.

FALHA CkriBti is Castor Oil Plant, Bicinus.

FALMEB£LLA (Dr. Edward Palmer, contempora-
neous American botanical collector). Lobelidcece. A
genus of one species, a rare herb found in Lower Calif.,
with small blue fls. like those of a Lobelia. The genus
differs from Lobelia in the remarkable adnation of the
stamens, as well as in the integrity of the corolla-tube.

1198-

PALMERELLA

PANAX

at least its upper part. It soon splits from the base up-
ward for a good distance, and, indeed, before withering
the lower part of the corolla is much disposed to sepa-
rate into five claws (liberating also the lower part of
the filaments). The filaments are adnate to the corolla-
tube for a long distance and then monadelphoua and
adnate on one side or the other.

d^bilis, Gray. Slender, glabrous, branching herb:
Ivs. alternate, linear-lanceolate, entire, sessile, 2-3 in.
long ; tloral ones gradually reduced to bracts : raceme
lax, few-fid. : corolla-tube whitish, 9 lines long, lobes
light blue, 2 of them smaller than the others, the larger
ones 3-4 lines long. Var. serrflta, Gray, was offered in 1881
by E. Gillett, but it is probably not in cult, anywhere.

PALMETTO. See Sal,.:!.

PALMS, POPULAR NAMES OF. Alexandra P.,

.1 rrhoiilo/iha nix A I,. ran, In, . Assai P., Elil, I'pr ,,h(lis.
Betel-nut P., A,;--a Cahrhu. Blue P., K,-,ith,a at-
mala. Bourbon P., Liitanla. BroomP. , Attalru fuiiifera
ancl Thrinax argentea. Cabbage P., J^uterpe oleracea.
Club P., Cordyline. Cocoanut P., Cocos nticifera;
Double Cocoauut or Sea Cocoanut P., Lodoicea.
Coquito P., Juhaa si,e,-l„l,ilis. Corojo P., A,nnomia
a,-!,',;,,;,,-/,,,. Curly P., J/,;,;a I!rlwn,;a iia . Date P.,
Plia-iii.r ,la,-litlif,'i-a. European P., Clia in„nii,s hiunilis.
Fan P., any species with tan sliap.-.l, ratlur than pin-
nate Ivs. Fern P., t'i/c(i.<. Fish-tail P., ('i;;7/o(a KffKs.
Flat P., Sowea Forsttriana . Guadeloupe P., Erythea
eiliilis. Gru-gru P., Ash-.irai-ifum rahjai-r and Acro-
vnmia sehriiciirpa. Hemp P. ,(7iii /hi/ )V7<.< t .kt/.mi. Ivory-
nut P., Plii/I,l,j,lia.i mar,;,rar/ia. Norfolk Island P.,
lihapalashjlis Bauii-i. Oil P.,A'l,,is da, „,. „.iix: also
('(>(•().< hiitiira,-,!,, etc. Palmetto P., Sahal. Panama-hat
P., ('a,-larlori,-„ palmala. Para P., A'd/.r/zc ,;hiUs.
Raiiia P., Vi'.j/Jii.i. Royal P., Oc.., .?<../■« ,-.,;,,i. Sago P.,
variiius speciis of .s'.i.^ii.v and Cii,-ax. Savanah P., Sabal
main-ilia-foi-mix. Talipot P., 'Cai-ii pha i, mhrariiU fera .
Thatch P., >S'.<f/i(/ Jllarkl,a,-i,i,iiia ; ' l{,,,i;a Fa,:-<U,-ia,w .
Toddy P., Caryot,, arrms. Umbrella P., U.di/.scepe
CanU,-l,ii,;i,i,ii,. Walking-Btick P., ISaculuria mono-
atat-liya. Wine p. of E. Indies, Caryota nrens, Phcenix
.siflnst ,■'>< anil liarassus flaheUiformis; of New Granada,
Cw-os li„ty,;,r,;i.

PALUMBINA (said to be from pffltemftcs, wood-pig-
eon; from a supposed resemblance of the fls.). Orchi-
ddcece. A mouotypic genus greatly resembling Oncid-
ium, with which it was formerly united. It differs
principally in having the lateral sepals entirely united,
forming a single segment resembling the dorsal sepal
in shape and size, the labellum scarcely larger than
the petals aud resembling them in shape.

c&ndida, Reichb. f. The only species is a small plant
with narrow, compressed pseudobulbs, each with a sin-
gle slender leaf, 0-12 in. long: fls. few, small, white,
in a slender raceme ; sepals, petals and labellum ob-
long, acute, differing but little in size and shape. Guate-
mala. B.M. 5546. G. C. 1865:793; II. 20:233 (as On-
I'idiiiin candi(lHm).—MAy be easily grown in a temper-
ate house. Blooms in summer, the fls. lasting a long
^""^- Heinrich Hasselbking.

PAMPAS GRASS. See Gynerium.

PANAX (old Greek name, meaning all -JieaUng).
Aralidcece. Thirty to 40 trees or shrubs, mostly of the
tropics of Asia, Africa, Australia and the Pacific islands,
as defined by Bentham&Hooker( including Nothopanas),
some of which are grown in warmhouses for their inter-
esting habit and foliage. The genus is confused in gar-
dens with Aralia,Acanthopanax,Patsia,Eleutherococcus,
Polyscias, aud others. Prom the Aralia group it is dis-
tinguished by having the petals valvate (applied edge-
to-edge) in the bud. From Polyscias, Pseudopanax and
Eleutherococcus it is known by its gynoecium (or pis-
tils) being usually in 2's, rather than in 5's or higher
numbers. From Fatsia it is distinguished by having
the pedicel articulated beneath the flower. See Fatsia
for another discussion of relationships. Panax has a
calyx with entire or 5-toothed margin, 5 valvate petals,

5 stamens with oblong or ovate anthers, usually 2-lo-
culed ovary which ripens into a drupe-like compressed
fruit, and with mostly compound, often much-divided
leaves: fls. small, sometimes polygamous, in umbels,
heads, racemes or panicles. The Panaxes are to be
grown in the warmhouse, where they should have the
treatment given tropical Aralias (see p. 87).

As defined by others, the genus Panax includes only
7 or 8 herbaceous species, natives of the temperate re-
gions of North America and Asia, while the woody spe-
cies are referred mostly to Polyscias and Nothopanax;
the species of the Polyscias have, according to Harms,
pinnate leaves, and those of the other have digitate
or simple leaves. As thus understood, the genus Panax
includes the ginseng, P. qninquefoliinn, for which see
Ginseng. The dwarf ginseng or ground-nut of the
northern states is P. trifolium. It is not in the trade.
These two plants are often described in the genus
Aralia as A. qiiinquefolia and A. trifoUa.

fruticdsum, Linn. [Notliopinax fruticdsum, Miq.
Polyscias frnticbsa. Harms). Shrub 3-6 ft. in cult.,
with pinnately compound Ivs., the Ifts. stalked, ovate-
oblong, acuminate, coarsely serrate, the ultimate ones
incised, 3-lobed: fls. in paniculate umbels. Java, etc.—
Prized for its fern-like foliage, but kno\\Ti mostly in its
cultivated varieties.

Var. Victdriae (P. Virtdrio', Hort.). Fig. 1628. A
compact form which constantly sends up new stalks:
foliage recurving, cut, curled and tasselled, light green,
with white - variegated
margins. G.C. II. 19:
41)5. I. H. 31:521? An
excellent table plant.
Through inadvertence.
Fig. 1628 was used in
the place of Aralia
Giiilfoylei, p. 81,lsted.

Var. lacini^tum {P.
lariiiiAtiim, Hort.).
Lvs. twice - pinnate,
drooping, about as
broad as long, tinted
with olive-brown, the
leaflets and divisions
narrow. Very grace-

ful.

1628. P;

Victorite.

Var. exc^lsum {P.
excHsum, Hort. ? ) .
Lvs. very finely cut and fern-like, margined with white.

Var. plumitum (P. plumAtum, Hort.). More finely
cut than var. laciniafum, and differing from var. excel-
siim in having no white on the foliage.

16pidum, Bull. Compact: lvs. biternately divided,
the end division largest; pinnules or ultimate leaflets
obliquely obovate, the central one in each case small
(sometimes almost rudimentary) and more or less cov-
ered by its two lateral ones, the margins spiny-toothed
aud cut. Brazil. Recent.

nitidum, Bull. Compact : Ivs. roundish obovate,
toothed and somewhat spiny, sometimes with deep in-
cisions. Brazil. Recent.

aitreum, Sander. "A distinct elegant and highly at-
tractive Panax, the whole leafage being suffused with a
delicate golden green variegation. The habit is similar
to that of P. Victorice^ quite as compact and bushj', but
not heavy in the slightest sense of the word. Individ-
ually the leaves are small, the edges finely serrated,
wliile near the margins are several splashes of clear

Balfourii, Sander. "A decided acquisition for all dec-
orative requirements, strikingly and profusely varie-
gated. Its luxuriant pinnate leafage renders its deep
green and creamy white coloring the more attractive.
Each of the pinnae forming the leaf is orbicular in
outline and deeply serrated, of a rich ivy green, abun-
dantly splashed with creamy white, the edges of the
leaves being entirely white. The stems are bronze-
green, specked with gray. The habit is compact and
bushy, well feathered from base to apex with foliage.
Introduced by us through our collector, Micholitz, from
New Caledonia."— Sander.

PANAX

PANDANUS

1199

The above comprise all the Panaxes known to have been of-
fered in the American trade, but there are many novelties in
Old World collections, which may appear here at any time.
The garden plants are often named before they have bloomed,
and are therefore sometimes referred to the wrong genus.
Someof the names are here given: P. crispdtum, BvdL Dw rf:
Ivs. triangular, pinnate, the Ifts. deeply incised and toothed,
the lateral ones overlapping. Brazil.— P. Deleandmim, Hort..
is properly P. frutieosum, var. Deleauanum. N. E. Brown. A
remarkable variation with digitate Ivs., the divisions ternate
or 2-temate, the ultimate segments variable, but cuneate at
base, toothed and cut and white-toothed. Polynesia, I.H.
30:492. Known also as Aralia Deleauana.— J*. di^/rlsuTn-, Bull.
Form of P. frutieosum, with bright green, crisped Ifts., which
are linear-oblong and spiny -toothed. Polynesia.— i*. dissec-
tuni, Bull. Erect, branching, the 2-pinnate Ivs. drooping, the
Ifts. cuneate-obovate and toothed and often 2-lobed.— P. dumb-
sum, Bull. Short-stemmed: Ivs. roundish ovate, pinnately
divided, the variable ultimate divisions spine-toothed. — P. fis-
sum. Bull. Stem marked with pallid spots: Ivs. 3-pinnate, the
Ifts. linear-lanceolate and whitish toothed. Polynesia. — P.
Mastersiauum. Sander. Of climbing habit, with long-stalked
drooping pinnate Ivs. about 3 ft. long, the petiole greenish,
tinged witli pink and marked with white, the Ifts. oblong-lan-
ceolate and toothed. Solomon islands. G.C. III. 23:242.— P.
multtfidum, Hort., is properly P. frutieosum, Tar. multi-fidum,
N. E. Brown. Compact plant, with 3-pinnatisect Ivs. and lin-
ear or linear-lanceolate segments }/^ in. or less long, with bris-
tly teeth. — P. ilfwrrayi, Muell. (Aralia splendidissima. Hort.).
Tree in its native place, with drooping, shining green pinnate
Ivs. 3-4 ft. long, and many oblong-lanceolate Ifts. 3-6 in. long:
umbels of brownish tls. in long, terminal panicles. S. Sea
islands, Austral. B.M. 6798. — P. onidtum, BiUl. Lvs. long,
pinnate, the Ifts. narrow-lanceolate and deeply blunt-toothed.
Brazil. — P. sessilifldnim, Rupr. & Max., is described in Acan-
thopanas. its proper genus. L H. B.

PANCRATIUM CLatin, all-powerful; referring; to sup-
posril nifiliriiial value). Amarylliddcete. Paueratiums
and H\ iiifiiueallis, sometimes called Spider Lilies or
Spirit Lilies, form a beautiful group of bulbs, hardy or
tender, some blooming in winter, others in summer,
and all characterized by the singular and beautiful floral
structure known as a staminal cup and pictured in Vol.
II at page 788. This cup is white and has the texture of
petals. It is fringed or toothed in a great variety of
ways. The filaments growing out of the cup are long
or .short. The perianth segments are generally long,
slender and gracefully recurved. Thus many fanciful
variations of the Spider Lily type are produced.

The names of these charming plants have been
shifted back and forth between Pancratiums and Hy-
meuocallis until horticulturists have come to despair.
The latest monographer of the Amaryllis family (J. G.
Baker, in Handbook of the Amaryllideae, 1888), distin-
guishes the two genera as follows: Pancratium has
many ovules in a cell and the seeds are black and
angled by pressure; Hynienocallis has few ovules in a
cell, and the seeds are usually solitary, large, and with
a thick, green, spongy coat. Pancratium is an Old
World genus: Hymenocallis is a New World genus, H.
Seiiegamhica, an African species, being an exception.

For generic description and culture, ^e.e ffymenocaJUs .
Also notes by Miss L. Greenlee in Vick's Mag. 20:181,
where, however, the picture labeled P. ornatum prob-
ably represents P. ot'a/Hw, which \s Hymenocallis ovaia.

A. Perianth -tube 1-3 in. long.
B. Staminal cup small^ S-4 lines long.

Ill;^ricum, Linn. Fig. IG29. Lvs. 5-6, strap-shaped,
glaucous, 13^-2 in. wide: scape I ft. or more long: fis.
6-12 in a centripetal umbel; perianth-tube I in. long;
segments 1% in. long; staminal cup with long, narrow,
2-cut teeth; free portion of filaments 6-9 lines long:
seeds not compressed. Summer. Corsica, Sardinia,
l\lalta. S. Italy. B.M. 718. Gn. 48. p. 246. -Hardiest,
commonest and best.

BB. Staminal cup large, 1 in. long.

maritlmum, Linn. Fig. 1629. Lvs. 5-6, linear, glau-
cous, persist(.*nt, finally 2-2>^ ft. long: fls. very fra-
grant; perianth-tube 2-3 in. long; .staminal cup very
prominent, the teeth short, triangular and regular ;
free part of filaments 3 lines long. Spain to Syria.
B.R.2:161.

AA. Perianth-tube 5-6 in. long.

tortudsum, Herb. Same section as P. verecundum,
shown in Fig. 1629, but not in the trade. Lvs. 6-12,

76

linear, spirally twisted: fls. 2— i in an umbel; staminal
cup over 1 in. long, distinctly toothed between the short
free tips of the filaments. Autumn and winter. Arabia
and Egypt.

1629. Pancratium : typi

sections of.

At the right, the short perianth-tube and small stam-
inal cup of P. Illyricum. At the left, the relatively
short tube and large cup of P. maritimum. At the
top, the long tube and small cup of P. verecundum, to
which P. tortuosum is very closely allied. (From B.M.
andB.R.)

P. AmdnccBS, Ker.^ Hymenocallis Amancaes. — P.
Andr. = H. ovata. — P. calathimim, Ker. = H. calathina. — P.
Carib^um, Linn.= H. Caribsea. — P. corondriuin, Le Conte =
H. erassifolia.— P. floribiindum, Hort. Saul, 1893, is not ac
counted for by Baker.— P. fragrans, Salisb.=H. ovata. but P,
fragrans, Willd.= H. Caribsea. — P. Qalvestonense, Hort., pre-
sumably= H. Cralvestonensis. — P. Hdrrisii, Hort., is presum
ably H. Harrisiana. — P. littordle, Jacq. = H. littoralis. — P
Mexicajiu7n'= H. laeera. — P. ovdtum, Mill. = H. ovata.— P. ro
tdtum, Ker. = H. laeera. — P. undulatum, HBK.==H. undulata,

W. M.

PANDANTTS (Latinized Malayan name). Pandandcecp.
S'liEW l*iNE. Screw Pines are tropical plants often at-
tiiinin^ tln' size of trees, and remarkable for their stilt-
like aerial roots, and the perfect spiral arrangement of
their long, sword-shaped lvs. Their general appearance
is singular. See Fig. 1633. They hold aloft a few
long, scarred, naked branches, each one of which is
crowned by a tuft of lvs. The aerial roots gradually
lift the trunks out of the ground, but they doubtless
anchor the ti-ees also. They are, however, difficult
organs to explain. Pandanuses are also remarkable for
their spines, which are rather small but very numer-
ous, all the same size and arranged at regular intervals
along the whole of each gracefully recurved sword-
shaped leaf — a perfect expression of formal linear
beauty.

Two species of Pandanus are of the first importance,
P. Veitchii and P. utilis, the former variegated, the
latter not. (See Figs. 16.^0-32. ) Yonng plants of these are
amongst the most popular of all foliage plants for home
decoration. They are especially suited for fern pans
and table decoration. They are gro\vn to a very large
extent by wholesale florists and palm specialists. Every
conservatory has them, and occasionally P. utilis i3

1200

PANDANUS

grown to a consiJerable age and height for the sake of
a perfect specimen of the spiral habit of growth on a
large scale. See Pig. 1631. In the tropics P. utilis is
as valuable to the natives as many palms. The fruits
are edible, and the roots furnish fiber for ropes, bas-
kets, mats and hats, as do also the leaves, which are
used in making paper and nets. In Mauritius the leaves
of P. nilnrafissimus are used to make the bags in which
coffee, sugar and grain are exported.

Screw Pines are widely distributed in the tropics, but
they are most plentiful in the Malay Archipelago.

1630. Pandanus Veitchii.

There are more than 50 species. Trees or shrubs, rarely
stemless or prostrate herbs: trunk slender or robust:
Ivs. very long or moderately so. There is only one
other genus in the order, — Preycinetia. This has nu-
merous ovules in the locules, while those of Pandanus
are solitary in the carpels. Also Freycinetias are usu-
ally scandent.

The botany of Pandanus is almost hopeless. Panda-
nus presents an acute example of the stock difficulties
with foliage plants : flowers and fruits rarely produced
in cultivation ; no monograph ; original descriptions
scattered through many rare and costly books, and
often faulty; geographical distribution too wide ever
to permit them to be accounted for in one flora; fls. and
fr. too complicated and out of the ordinary to describe
within reasonable limits; species coming and going;
mixtures in the trade. Even the standard botanical
works are of little help to the horticulturist, for the two
points of view have scarcely anything in common. But
Pandanus has peculiar difficulties, for the plants are
dioecious, and one never knows what the sex will be
until the pLauts flower. There is a good horticultural
review of Pandanus in Gn. 25, p. 134 (1884), but the
best account is that written by W. H. Taplin for the
Florists' Review 2:.387, which has been revised for
the present occasion by Mr. Taplin. -^ jj_

In general, the species of Pandanus are not difficult
to manage and under favorable conditions they are rapid
growers. They require a high temperature, 65-70°,
and little or no shading during the winter month s^ es-
pecially for the variegated kinds. A satisfactory soil is
good loam enriched with old manure. As the plants
make many coarse roots, it is best not to pot them too
firmly, and during the summer to give them abundance
of water. If the atmosphere is moist there is little need
for syringing overhead, and particularly during winter.
Overwatering, if coupled with an accidental low tem-
perature, may lead to an attack of "spot."

Certain species, as P. Veitchii, produce suckers freely.
Cuttings of these root easily at any season. Rooting is
hastened (as in the case of the pine-apple) by keeping
the cuttings somewhat on the dry side until they are

PANDANUS

callused, meanwhile giving them a fair amount of bot-
tom heat.

P. ufilis is propagated by seeds, which are a regular
commodity and sure to germinate well. Seeds should
be planted in light soil and placed in a warmhouse.
The seeds should be set "bottom up," as this is the end
from which the germs emerge. The seeds are odd-look-
ing, being closely set in a more or less globular mass
that hangs down on a stout stem, while the individual
seeds, or rather fruits, are compound and often contain
8 or 10 germs, the latter being inclosed in cells of a
tough, horny substance within the body of the fruit.
Some gardeners soak the seeds before planting, but
the writer has found no gain after soaking seeds of P.
utilis for 48 hours in tepid water.

P. Veitchii is one of the very best variegated plants
for decorative purposes. Its endurance as a house
plant depends largely on the conditions under which
it has been grown. Soft and sappy specimens are liable
to rot.

P. utilis is second in importance in the trade, but is
usually obtainable in much larger quantities owing to
the readiness with which the seeds may be obtained and
germinated. Plants in 3-inch pots, 8 inches high, retail
at about 25 cents; plants in 6-inch pots, 18 inches high,
about $1. Handsome specimens 3 feet or more high,
with the screw character well developed, are worth
from $5 to $10. P. utilis is a rapid grower and requires
generous treatment as regards soil and water, and gives
little trouble unless spot develops. The spot is caused
by the burrowing of a minute insect in the leaf. Its pro-
gress seems to be favored by overwatering. Badly
affected plants should be thrown away, as they are
likely to be permanently disfigured. In case of a light
attack, keep the plants somewhat drier and dose them
with sulfur.

Among variegated kinds P. Candelabrum, var. varie-
gatus, is perhaps second in beauty only to P. Veitchii,
but, unfortunately, it is too spiny and the spines on the
lower side are reversed, so that the plant is difficult to
handle. It suckers freely.

Among dwarf kinds P. graminifolius excels. It is
only 2-3 ft. high when fully developed, and it is at its
best in a 4- or 5-inch pot. It is suitable for the center of
fern pans and is readily increased by cuttings.

For large specimens P. heterocarpns is a noble plant.
It is rather susceptible to overwatering in winter. The
writer has never seen it produce suckers. The same
is true of P. Vamlermeeschii. Theoretically, any Pan-
danus will iirodui'e suckers if one has the patience to
wait for tliiin to ili-velop on old specimens, or if the cen-
tral growth be cut out.

Among the more spiny kinds P. reflexus is unique in
habit, the leaves of a well-grown plant being so much
recurved as to hide the pot.

P. Baptimtii and P. caricosus are newer sorts. The
former is variegated. P, caricosus is dwarfer than
P. Baptistii, and has narrow, green leaves but little
armed with spines. It branches freeiy and might be
briefly described as a very strong P. graminifolius,
though perhaps less useful for trade purposes.

W. H. Taplin.

Pandanus Sanderi, or as it has been termed the
"Golden Pandanus," will not only become a great rival
to the popular Pa*irfrtH?(S Veitchii, hut wU\, as soon as
it is introduced and can be produced in quantity, out-
rank it as a commercial plant on account of its more
decided, intense and attractive markings. The variega-
tion of P. Sanderi is of a pleasing creamy yellow, dis-
tributed in some instances with alternate l)ands of
green, while in others the half of an entire leaf will be
marked with this creamy yellow variegation, while the
young growth in the center assumes an orange bronze
color. The entire plant is suffused with a golden sheen
in a manner difficult to describe.

The variegation throughout the plant is more decided
than in P. Veitchii; this especially appears to be the
case in larger-sized specimens, say in plants 3 to 4 feet
high, where the lower or older leaves attain a much
more brilliant color, while in P. Veitchii this lower foli-
age loses much of its original brightness, .and under
ordinary circumstances frequently turns entirely green.

PANDANUS

The growth of the plant also appears more graceful,
the leaves being recurved in a more pleasing manner,
and suckers very freely. j. D. Eiselb.

PANDANUS

1201

INDEX.

efle

, 13.

Baptistii, 3. graminifolius.

Candelabrum, 2. 14, heterocarpus, 10. .Sanderi, 4.

oaricosus. U. Jaoanicus, 2. utilis, 5.

Forsteri, G. odoratissimus, 12. Vanderraeeschii, 15.

FLisferianus, 6. oniatus, 10 variegatus, 2, 12.

furfatus, 0. pygmseus, 7. Veitehii, 1.

A. Foil. I, I, i;lrln/,ll,-i1.

B. Lrs. nirini.il'i! with white.

V. M ill lib ,ii>l white 1. Veitcliii

CO. Midrib white 2. Candelabrum

var. variegatus
BB. Jyvs. variegated with yeltow.
c. Yellow stripe down the cen-
ter 3. Baptistii

CC. Yellow stripes alternating

with green 4. Sanderi

AA. Fotiiuie not variegated.
B. Sjiiina reasonably short.
c. Hithit of Ivs. stiff, erect.

D. Color of spines red 5. utilis

DD. Color of spines yellowish

green G. Forsteri

OC. Habit of Ivs. more or less
recurved: color of spines
usually white.

D. Growth dwarf 7. pygmseus

8. graminiJolius
DD. Growth strong '.). furcatus

10. heterocarpus

11. caricosus

12. odoratissimus
BB. Spines disagreeably long.

0. Babit of Ivs. very much re-
flexed 13. reSlexus

CC. Habit of Ivs. ■more or less re-
curved M . Candelabrum

CCC. Habit of Ivs. stiff, nearly

erect 15. Vandermeeschii

1. VMtchii, Hort.- Fig. 1630. Lvs. 2 ft. long, broader
than in P. utilis, somewhat recurved, spiny, dark green
iu the center, margined with broad bauds of white.
Polynesia. A.F. 4:570. F. 1871, p. 177. Gn. 2, p. 501.

2. Candelilbrum, var. variegatus, Hort. (P.Javdnicus,
var. variegatus, Hort.). Lvs. 3-6 ft. or more long, mar-
gined white; marginal spines white; spines on the
midrib of the lower surface reversed. Java. F.R. 2:389.
V. 9:20. Lowe 30. — Perhaps ranks second in beauty
only to P. y'eitehii, but unfortunately it is too spiny.
Lvs. drooping, narrower than in P. Veitehii. See No. 14.

3. BAptistii, Hort., offered by Saul and
Pitcher & Manda; has a yellow stripe down the
center. Taplin says it is a rapid grower. Not
in Index Kewensis,

4. SAnderi, Hort. Sander. Habit tufted : lvs.
30 in. long, with minute marginal spines, not
unlike those of P. Veitehii but of denser habit,
and differing much in the variegation, which
in this case is golden yellow, and in place of being con-
fined to the margin, or nearly so, it is distributed in
narrow bands of yellow and green in alternation through-
out the length of its leaf. G.C. IIL 23:249. R.H. 1898,
p. 230. Ci.M. 41:686. A.G. 19:455. — Taplin says it is a
rapid grower.

5. iitilis, Bory. Pigs. 1631-3. Attains 60 feet in Mada-
gascar: lvs. glaucous, erect, 1-2% ft. long, spines red.
Madagascar. Here may belong L H. 7:205 (P. ma
tianus); B.U. oOU (.P. Candelabrum); R.H. 1866:270
(P. flagelliformis,orflabelliformis). A.F. 4:571. -Nich-
olson refers P, odoratissimus to P. utilis.

6. F6rsteri, Moore (P. Fosteri&nus, Hort. Siebrecht).
Lord Howe's Island. Better accounted for in Voss'
scheme on next page.

7. pygmaeus, Thore. Low, spreading shrub, not over
2 ft. high in the center, but sending out from the base
numerous horizontal, rooting, annulated branches: lvs.

about 4 ft. long, spirally arranged in3's, linear-subulate,
with a clasping base; margins and keels fringed with
small white spines. Mascarenes. The above descrip-
tion taken from B.M. 4736, which is a doubtful specimen.

8. graminifdlius, Eurz. Lvs. 12-18 in. long by 3-4
lines wide; marginal spines minute, straight. Burma.
P. graminifolius of the trade has never been carefully
distinguished from P. in/i/iv<f iis, and, according to
Nicholson, it is a spe<'i.s ,,r h'rry.-inetia. F.R. 2:388,
where Taplin says it has h tiiltrd, much-branched habit,
dark green lvs. about 3-jiii. wide, not so stiff as most
species; spines short, whitish.

9. furcatus, Roxb. Tree, attaining 30-40 ft.: lvs.
15-20 ft. long, somewhat glaucous beneath; spines 1-2
lines long, curved. India. R.H. 1879:290; 1881, pp.
174, 173.

10. heterocdrpus, Balf. f. Branching tree, with slen-
der trunk, very numerous roots and spreading branches :
lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, dilated and clasping at the
base, erect-spreading, leathery, strict, greenish, often
somewhat glaucous at the I'use. ratlu-r flat margin cov-
ered with small red, slii;htly iin'urvi-d sjiiiirs; lower
midrib furnished from the nii<Mle with distant spines
of the same character. Mascarene Islancls. — A very va-
riable species, approaching P. utilis, but distinguished
by habit. Taplin says that P. ornatus of the trade is
synonymous with P. heterocarpus : " Strong-growing,
with broad, dark green foliage; spines white; under
side of lvs. slightly glaucous."

11. caricdsus, Spreng. Shrub: lvs. 5-8 ft. by 2-2K in.,
slightly glaucous; spines minute, white, relatively few:
male inttorescence erect. Moluccas. R.H. 1878, p. 405.
— Olfered l»y Van Geert, of Belgium.

12. odoratissimus, Linn, f . Height 20 ft. : lvs. light
green, 3-5 ft. long; spines short, white. India, Arabia.
G.C. III. 17:14.— A scent which is much esteemed in Java
is obtained from the male fls. The above description is
from Nicholson. The species is not satisfactorily ac-
counted for in the Flora of British India. Var. varie-
gd.tus, Hort., secured by Reasoner from the West Indies,
is identical with what the florists call P. Javanicus.

13. refl6xus,Lodd. Lvs. more completely recurved than
in other common species, 5-6 ft. long, dark green, shin-
ing; spines long, white, those on the midrib of the
lower side reversed. Mascarene Islands. F.R. 2:387.
-Adv. 1895 by Pitcher «S; Manda.

1631. Pandanus utilis.

14. Caudelibrum, Beauv. Candelabrum Tree.
Chandelier Tree. Tree, attaining 30 ft. "Lvs. 3 ft.
by 2 in., dark green; spines brown " (Nicholson). Trop.
Africa. B.M. 5014 is doubtful, referred to P. utilis.— Not

1202

PANDANUS

advertised in Amer. , but for the popular variegated
form, see No. 2.

15. Vandermdeschii, Balf. f. Lvs. stiff, suberect,
2)4-3 ft. long, l)-2-2 in. broad, very glaucous; margins
red and thickened; spines strong, red; midrib red,
prominent, spiny. Attains 20 ft. in Mascarenes. G.C.
III. 18:237. — Taplin says it is stouter and usually more
upright than P. Veitchli; its lvs. are dark green and the
plant does not produce suckers. The spelling Vander-
meerschii is probably incorrect.

Another View op Pandanus.
In the third edition of Vilmorin's Blumengartnerei,
Voss gives a very different treatment of Pandanus. It
has every evidence of being based upon living plants in
German conservatories. A portion of it is here trans-
lated and rearranged. Voss makes the species-endings
feminine because of the old Latin rule about the gender
of trees.

INDEX TO voss' SCHEME.

IfiBvis, 5.
Madagascariensis,

Candelabrum, 3.
caricosa, 2.
Forsteri, 1.
furcata, 2.
graminifolia, 6, 7,
Javaaica, 8.

1.

nitida. 7.

odoratissiina, 1. 5.
ornata, 4.

pygmsea, 6.

reflesa, 4.
utilis, 1.
Yandermeeschii,
Yntchii. 8.

A. Toung plants with unbranched stems.
B. Upper side of h'S, flat on each half.

1. iltilis, Linn. (P. odoratissima, Jacq.). Margin of
lvs. purplish red, strongly spiny: lower side of lvs. with
a. keel. Var. MadagaBcarifenBis, Van Houtte {P. Van-
dermeeschii, Balf. ) . Lvs. thickly white-powdered at the
base. P. i'^or.^^crt", Moore, from Lord Howe's Island: lvs.
light green and shining above, bluish green beneath;
spines yellowish green.

BB. Upper side of lvs. more or less keeled on each half.

2. furc&ta, Roxb. (P. caricdsa, Hort.). A fast grower;
large specimens occasionally flower in German conser-
vatories and then branch. Lvs. light green; spines
lighter, marginal ones erect, those of the keel below
recurved.

'.(. Candel^bmm, Beauv. In this and No. 2 the stems
are thin and the aerial roots very thick. Lvs. blue-green;

1632. Youns specimen of Pandanus utilis,

(Rather narrower-lvd. thiiii the type).

spines light colored, tipped brown. The inference is
that this species is distinguished from No. 2 by the
spines of the lower keel not being recurved.

PANICULAKIA

AA. Young plants with scarcely any stem,
i. refWxa, de Vriese. Lvs. strongly reflexed; spines
on margin and lower keel strong; no keels above. P,
ornAta, Lam., lacks the spines on the lower keel, but is
otherwise the same.

-''^5Tfl['

1633. Pandanus utilis.

(Adapted from
m.)

AAA. Young plants freely branched from the ground.
B. Spines absent or only a few at the apex, of lvs.

5. leevis, Roxb. {P. odnratlssima, Noronha). (Not
adv. in America, but inserted because of its synonym
and the interest attaching to a spineless Pandanus.)

BB. Spines present and sharp.
c. Upper side of lvs. flat on each half.

6. pygmaBa.Thouars (P.jcrani 1)1 iMh'n, Hort.). Dwarf,
and densely bushy, with many aerial roots: lvs. dark
green; marginal spines whitish.

CO. Upper side of lvs. more or less keeled on each liaif.

7. nitida, Kurz. (P. graminifolia, Hort.). Shrubby,
attaini!ig 8 ft. Lvs. remarkably shiny on both sides; the
lower keel lacks spines.

8. Jav&nica, Hort. Bushy: lvs. dark green above,
only slightly shining, beautifully striped with white;
marginal spines straight; spines of the lower keel bent
back. P. Veitchii, Lem. Lvs. shining on both sides,
striped yellowish white, sometimes all yellowish white,
spines not half as long as in P. Javanica. \^_ ]yj_

FANICULABIA (Latin name referring to the pani-
cled spikelets). Glyeeria of the trade. Gramlnea>. A
large genus of swamp grasses inhabiting all parts of
the temperate zone, and characterized by ample pani-
cle.s, many-fld. spikelets with only the 2 lower glumes
empty; the others firm in texture, obtuse, strongly 5-7-
nerved, rounded on the back, and without cobwebby
hairs; .styles present. Only the following are in the
American trade :

Americana, MacM. ( Glyeeria grdndis , Wats. , also Hort.
Glyeeria aqudtica, Amer. authors). Reed Meadow-
Grass. Tall, erect and stout (3-5 ft. high), glabrous:
lvs. large and broad (3-8 lines broad), spreading: pani-
cle very large (8-15 in. long), mostly dark brown, its

PANICULARIA

PANSY

1203

branches long and spreaJing: spikelets 4-7-fld., 2-3
lineslong: flowering glumes 1 line long. North America.
— Good for planting in wet places for the margins of
aquatic gardens, etc.

nervita, Kuntze (Glyceria wercdfa, Trin., also Hort.).
Nkijveh Mann-i-Gbass. Lower aud more slender (1-3
ft. higli], eii'Ct, glabrous: Ivs. much smaller (2-3 lines
wide) : ])anicl6 3-8 in. long, greenish, its branches long
and spreading: spilielets 3-7-fld., l-W^ lines long;
flowering glumes three-fourths of a line long. North
America. —A graceful native grass growing in damp
ground or shady places. g. jl. WiEGAND.

FANICUM (old Latin name of Italian millet, Setaria
Ilaliea, said to be derived from paniculum, a panicle;
alluding to the usual form of the inflorescence).
Graminew. An immense genus of grasses scattered
over the world, especially in the tropics. Several hun-
dred species have been described, while conservative
authorities place the number at about 300. Several of
our bad weeds belong to this genus, such as crab grass
(_P. sanguinale), and barnyard grass {P. Criis-ijalll) ,
also several food plants, as Indian millet (P. 7niUaceitm),
Sjonwa millet (P. fritntentaceitm), and Shama millet
{P. colonum). Their importance as forage grasses is
very insignificant when the number of species is talien
into consideration. This is largely from the fact that
the species, as a rule, are not gregarious, and to the
fact that they are not well represented in the meadows
and prairies of temperate and northern regions. An
important forage grass of the warmer regions is, how-
ever, guinea grass (P. maximum). Spikelets with one
terminal perfect flower, and below this a second flower
which may be staminate, neutral or reduced to a glume;
therefore 4 glumes, the 2 lower and often the third
being empty. The flowering glume is characterized by
being of a much firmer texture.

virg&tum, Linn. An upright grass with stiff culm.s,
2-0 ft. high: spikelets in loose, compound panicles,
usually more or less purplish, sharp-pointed; first
glume half as long as spikelets, 5-7-nerved, second
and third glumes of about equal length, 5-7-nerved. A
hardy perennial used for ornamental purposes. Native
of eastern U. S. K.H. 1890, p. 523; 1890, p. 572. M. 14,
p. 215; 29, p. 235; 37, p. 245.

snlci.tum, Aubl. A tall perennial, 4-6 ft., native of
tropical America: Ivs. large, 1 in. or more broad, some-
what hairy, conspicuously plicate: panicle narrow,
about 1 ft. long, with many ascending branches, bearing
short-piMlii'clled spikelets throughout their length, and
also scattcrril bristles: spikelets pointed: lower glume
one-half, second glume two-thirds the length of third
and fourth, all strongly nerved.

plic&tum. Lam. Called "palm grass" in the South,
where it is cultivated for ornament. Native of East
Indies. Resembles the preceding, but Ivs. broader and
nearly smooth, and panicle larger and more bristly:
spikelets similar. R.H. 1802, p. 290; 1896, p. 572. Gn.
12, p. 517; 31, p. 487; 37, p. 245.- Woolson, of Passaic,
N. J., says it grows 4-6 ft. high in the hardy border
and makes a fine stately grass; useful for winter
bouquets. A variegated form is figured in F.S. 17:1743
unrler tile name foVius nifeo-viltatis.

Crus-gAUi. Linn. Barnyard Grass. The cultivated
form is known as Japan Barnyard millet. The ordinary
form is a weed in cultivated soil. The fonn in the trade
is used for fodder. Another fonn or closely allied spe-
cies (P. frumentaceiim) is used in India for its grain.
Panicle made up of numerous dense alternate spikes :
spikelets crowded on two sides of a 3-sided axis; sec-
ond and third glumes more or less awned. Annual.

capill&re, Linn. Old Witch Grass. A common
native annual grass and weed, recommended for culti-
vation on account of its ornamental purple panicle,
which is ample and loose, the spikelets being borne on
slender hair-like pedicels. R.H. 1890, p. 525; 1890, p. 572.

mill&ceum, Linn. True Millet. Broomcorn Millet.
Spikelets all pedicellate in an umbel-like, drooping pan-
icle, each with 3 empty glumes and 1 flower. — A tall an-
nual grass (.3—4 ft.) with soft Ivs., grown for fodder, but
not in common use in this country. Cultivated from

1634. Viola tricolor.

prehistoric times. Grown somewhat extensively in
China and Japan, and southeast Russia. Native coun-
try unknown, but probably East Indies. More fully dis-
cussed in Parmer's Bulletin, No. 101 U. 8. Dept. Agric.
What is usually grown in the United States under the
name of Millet is i^etitrui Italica and its varieties.
P. yanVffd(«m=Oplismenus Burmanni. For P.Germaniciim,
see Setaria. a. S. Hitchcock.

PANSY. The Pansy is everywhere a familiar flower.
There is much character in it. The Hower is often
likened to a face. It appeals to personal feeling. In
fact, the word Pansy is only a corruption of the French
pens^e, meaning thought. The old folk-name, heart's-
ease, is also associated with the familiar place which the
plant has occupied ; it signifies remembrance. The
Pansy is one of the oldest of garden flowers. Parkinson
mentions it as a flower-garden subject in 1629. When
critical study began to be given to the kinds of plants,
the Pansy was so dis-
tinct from wild species
that its specific iden-
tity could not be deter-
mined with precision,
and, in fact, this is the
case to the present
day. It is generally
considered, however,
that it has descended
from Viola tricolor{ see
I'iola), a small peren-
nial violet native to the
cooler parts of Europe.
In its nearly normal or
unimproved forms.
■Viola tricolor is now
grown in gardens. Fig.
1634. It is a most in-
teresting plant, be-
cause handsome-flow-
ered and variable. The
flowers of this violet
usually have three
colors or shades, mostly blue, whitish and yellow, but in
the different varieties one of the colors strongly pre-
dominates. A form with very small and inconspicuous
flowers (var. arvensis) has run wild in many parts of
the country.

Pansies are perennial, but they are grown practically
as winter or spring annuals. Commercial growers sow
the seeds in fall, aud sell great quantities of the seedling
plants before winter sets in. These plants are bloomed
in frames or cold greenhouses, or they are planted in
the open for spring bloom. Plants are also started in-
doors in late winter for spring bloom. Pansies delight
in cool, moist weather; hence the American summer is
not to their liking, and they usually perish. A new
stock of plants is started every year.

The modern improved Pansies run in strains or fami-
lies rather than in definite varieties. These strains are
maintained at a high grade by the best cultivation and
the closest attention to selection. The seed of the best
strains is necessarily expensive, for it represents much
human care. The stock usually runs down quickly in
other hands. It should be renewed from the seed-
breeder each year if the best results are to be main-
tained. These fancy and high-bred strains require extra
care in the growing. Most of the best strains are of
European origin. They are usually known by the name
of the breeder. The chief points of merit in the high-
bred Pansy are size of flower, brilliancy of coloring,
arrangement of colors. The flowers may be self-colored
(of only one color) or parti-colored. The parti-colored
flowers are of three general types : 2 banner petals and
3 central petals of different colors ; petals all margined
with lighter color; petals all striped. There are all grades
of intermediate differences. The colors which are now
found in Pansies are pure white, purple-black, pure yel-
low, different shades of blue, purple, violet, red-purple.
Pansy flowers are now grown 3 in across. Fig. 1035.

With the above aecount may be compared Gerard's
description of Pansies in 1587. He pictures the Hearts-
ease or Viola tricolor with small violet-like flowers, the

>m^

1204

PANSY

petals standing apart from each other. The "Upright
Heartsease," or Viola assurgens tricolor, is represented
as a stouter and more erect plant, with rounder but
scarcely larger flowers. These are described as follows:
"The Hearts-ease or Pansie hath many round leaves at
the first comming up; afterward they grow somewhat
longer, sleightly_cut about the edges, trailing or creeping
npon the ground: the stalks are weake and tender,
whereupon grow floures in form & figure like the Vio-
let, and for the most part of the same bignesse, of three
sundry colours, whereof it tooke the syrname Tricolor,
that is to say, purple, yellow and white or blew; by rea-
son of the beauty and braverie of which colours they
fire very pleasing to the eye, for smel they have little
or none at all. The seed is contained in little knaps of
the begnesse of a Tare, which come forth after the
floures be fallen, and do open of themselves when the
seed is ripe. The root is nothing else but as it were a
bundle of threddy strings.

"The upright Pansie bringeth forth long leaves
deeply cut in the edges, sharp-pointed, of a bleake or
pale green colour, set upon slender, upright stalks,
cornered, jointed, or kneed a foot high or higher ;
whereupon grow very faire floures of three colours,
viz., of purple, blew and yellow in shape like the com-
mon Hearts-ease, but greater and fairer; which colours
are so excellently and orderly placed, that they bring
great delight to the beholders, though they have little
or no sraell at all: for oftentimes it hapneth that the
uppermost floures are differing from those that grow
upon the middle of the plant, and those vary from the
lowermost, as Nature list to dally with things of such
beauty. The seed is like that of the precedent."

L. H. B.

The Pansy is truly a "plant for the million." Its ease
of cultivation, hardiness and cheapness have made it one
of the most popular plants in this country. The under-

Pansies. Netirly % natural size.

signed is inclined to believe that as many plants of
Pansies are sold as of all other plants.

Pansies were first improved from the original type in
Great Britain, where the cool and moist climate is well
adapted to their cultivation, and new varieties were
gradually brought out with larger flowers of varied
colors. For many years England and Scotland bore the

PANSY

reputation of growing the best Pansies. About twenty-
five years ago, however, three French specialists, Bug-
not, of St. Brieuc, and Gassier and Trimardeau, of
Paris, made immense strides in developing the Pansy,
and their productions were a revelation to the horti-
cultural world. Such sizes and colors were previously
thought impossible. Trimardeaii created a new race with
immense flowt-rs and very hardy constitution. His strain
crossed with tliose of Gassier and Bugnot has given a
Pansy which is superseding the older English varieties.
It must be admitted, however, that the best results can
be obtained only at the expense of much care and culti-
vation and selection, and specialists only can be ex-
pected to reach the greatest degree of perfection. The
strains degenerate very soon unless constant attention
and care are bestowed on the plants. Gontrast the flow-
ers grown by Gassier and Bugnot themselves with the
strains sold nowadays generally under their names! The
choicest flowers are removed so far from the type that
they produce but little seed and that of short vitality.
The seed has to be gathered by hand, and it is neces-
sary to go over the seed-beds every day. With the cheap
and common strains less careful methods of seed-gather-
ing are used. At the time of harvesting the plants
are all pulled oiit and laid in the shade for the seed to
slowly ripen, when the seeds are all cleaned at once.

In this country, with more extremes in temperature,
more care must be exercised than in Europe in the se-
lection of localities and exposure, and with the best of
care Pansies will not last very long in bloom. A posi-
tion sheltered from high winds and exposed to the
morning sun will be found the most favorable, and soil
of a clayish nattire well enriched will grow the best
Pansies. Frequent sprinklings also, to keep the ground
and foliage moist, will be of great benefit. The general
sowing for the production of early spring bloom is made
out of doors in August, while seeds sown indoors from
February to June will produce plants to flower inter-
mittently during late summer and the fall months.

When sowing Pansy seed on a considerable scale in
Aui^nist, sow the seed broadcast in a seed-bed out of
doors, cover very lightly with fine soil or well-rotted
manure, and press the seed in with a small board; then
mulch the seed-bed with long, strawy horse manure,
from which the small particles have been shaken off, to
the thickness of one inch, so as to have the soil well
aud evenly covered. At the end of two weeks the plants
will be up. Then remove the straw gradually, a little
at a time, selecting a dull day if possible. Keep the bed
moist. This process for germinating Pansy seed is
recommended by Gassier, and the undersigned from his
own experience recommends it above all others. In
England and Scotland the choicest varieties are perpet-
uated by means of cuttings, but it seems to be impos-
sible to maintain the size for any length of time by this
means in North America.

If Pansies aie aesired for winter bloom, plant them
as soon as they are large enough on beds or benches
near the glass in the greenhouse. The temperature for
violets suits them very well. They are grown to a slight
extent for cut-flowers.

If wanted for exhibition purposes, keep them in a
lower temperature till January; some freezing, even,
will benefit them. Start them slowly into growth at a
temperature of between 30^0° at night, as a higher
temperature will diminish the size of the flowers. A
weak solution of guano or hen manure once every two
weeks will help them wonderfully. Flowers 4 in. across
can be grown for exhibition. During growth and bloom
maintain a rather low, even temperature, without actual
freezing, carefully avoiding extremes in temperature.

In favored localities Pansies designed for early spring
bloom receive no glass protection d'uring winter, the
plants from the August sowing being transplanted in
the fall from the seed-bed directly into their permanent
quarters. Good Pansies can be grown out-of-doors with-
out glass protection as far north as Nova Scotia. Gen-
erally, however, it is much better to winter Pansies in
a coldframe, especially the finer strains. Pansies in
bloom should be partially shaded from the hot midday
sun, particularly the fancy-colored strains, the petals of
which are more delicate in texture.

Dents ZiRNoiEBEii.

PAPAVER

PAPA VEK (old Latin name of dubious derivatiou).
Paparerilceir. PoppT. Poppies rank among the most
popular annual flowers in cultivation. From their as-
tonishing range of color, and
from the formidable list of
names ;,'iveii l)elow, one might
bui4M)se tlieir botany very
complicated. It is, however,
easy to understand. There
are only 4 species commonly
cultivated and these are all
remarkably ilistiiict. They
are (1) th,: ()].iinii l'..ppy, (2)

'pv,(3)the

I'.v and (4)
i'djipy.
mil Poppy,
oil . one of
monest and the

PAPAVER

1205

most varial>le. It is an an-
nual, of tall, stately habit,
and recognized at once by
the glaucous hue of its foli-
The flowers are the
largest of any of the annual
species, but unfortunately
they are useless as cut-flow-
ers because they drop their

2. The Corn Poppy of
Europe, J*. Bhaas, is also

an annual, but a dwarfer plant, with green, hairy finely
cut foliage and smaller flowers. This is the delight jf
every American that visits Europe. The Shirle) Pop
pies are the best strain of this species; in our gardens
the flowers last longer than the common Poppies and
the plants are neater when out of bloom.

3. The Iceland Poppy, P. nudicaule, is the glorv of
the Arctic regions. It ranges over an immense territory
and varies remarkably both in the wild and the gal den
Orange, red and white are the chief colors, besides
shades of yellow, but the flowers never attain the
brilliant scarlet of the Com Poppy. Although the
Iceland Poppy is a perennial, it is short-lived and is
commonly treated as an annual. It is known for the
satiny texture and crimpled character of its petals.
The flowers are excellent for cutting, especially if
the young flowers are selected and cut in the early
morning, a principle which applies to many flowers
often supposed to be useless for home decoration.

4. The Oriental Poppy, P. orientale, is a longer-lived
perennial, and although it has the largest flowers of
any species in the genus it has nothing like the fame
of the Opium Poppy. However, it has the double ad-
vantage of being easily propagated by either seed or
division, and it has a considerable range of color,
which is said to be largely due to crosses with P. brac-
featiim. The latter may be only a botanical variety ; it
differs in having large bracts below the flower.

The other species are for' the fancier. The Alpine
Poppy, P. alpiniim, was considered by Linnseus to
be a distinct species from the Iceland Poppy. How-
ever, every gradation has been discovered between the
typical form of P. nudicaule of the arctic regions and
the common Poppy found in the Alps. The former has
a yellow flower, while the common Alpine Poppy is
white. Botanically, the Poppy of the Alps is generally
regarded as an extreme form of P. nudicaule, char-

acterized by a dwarfer habit and more finely divided
foliage. For horticultural purposes P. nudicattle and
alpimim should be considered to be distinct species.
The Iceland Poppy can be easily grown in the border,
while the Alpine Poppy demands rock-garden treatment.
The former does best in a moderately rich and light loam,
while the latter does better in a rather poor soil. Both
need full exposure to the sun, and P. alpiimm ]iro>ialily
needs better drainage. The form of P. ulpiiiinu wliicli
has white petals with a green spot at the l>asr muy be
considered the typical one. This is shown in c.ilcir in
Gn. 24:410, and also in Gorrevon's pocket guide to the
wild flowers of the Alps, entitled Flore Colorize, etc.
Correvon states that the yellow-fld. form (var. fluvitlo-
rnm) is found in the granitic Alps, the inference being
that the white-fid. form is characteristic of the calca-
reous Alps. An orange-red Poppy is also found in the
Alps and on the continent is often called P.Pijrenai-
ciim. The tendency in England is to make it a variety
of P. nudicaule. Whether all these plants are species
or varieties and how they should be named are matters
of opinion. The range of color has been indicated
above. Aside from color, the important points on which
these varieties are made and unmade are as follows : the
degree of hairiness of stem and capsule; whether the
hairs are appressed or spreading; the manner in which
the foliage is cut, and the shape of the capsule, which
varies from short, thick and subglobose to long, nar-
row and club-shaped.

Papaver is a genus of about 50 species, mostly natives
of the INlediterranean region. There is, however, one In
South Africa and another in Australia. Also a true
Papaver has been discovered, in California, and has
been named P. Californicum. (The "California Poppy"
of gardens is Eschscholzia. ) Papa-
vers are herbs with a milky juice,
bristly or smooth and often glau-
cous: Ivs. u.sually lobed or dissected:
peduncles long: buds nodding: fls.
every shade of red, violet, yellow
and white; sepals 2; petals 4; sta-
mens numerous; stigmatic lobes 4-
many: capsule globose, obovate or
top-shaped, dehiscing under the ver-
tex by transverse pores between the
placentae; openings very small and
valve-like.
Opium is made from the milky
juice of P. somni-
ferum, which oozes
from shallow cuts
made in the young
< ipsulfs The

K^'^\ •^^•^'t^ fuodundeithename
-x^y^^^ ^v *^fi f*f maw seed

1636. Poppies in

the year 1613
Five flowers from

Hortus Eystet

(ertsifi,(red:

and reduced

dicating the

tiquity of

of the m

types that Hie

popular today

P. som7iiferum

nial plants are

rare and inter

esting. "At the

hybrid center

ence at ( his

wick in July

last, the late M Henri \ ilmorm of

Paris, gave a very intere'iting at count

of a successful attempt at h>l)iidizing

the Opium Poppy(P sommfe) »m )with

P. orientale or P bracteatiim the

The> also produce
a A aluable oil

Hybrids between
annual and peren

1206

PAPAVER

hybrids of which did not produce seed until they were
again cross-fertilized with P. orientale, when a perma-
nent race of showy plants that grow freely from seeds
was obtained." F. W. Biirbidye, in Gn. 56, p. 321 (1899).
There is no garden monograph of Poppies, but the
student may find an account of 38 species in Bois.sier's
Flora Orientalis 1:105-118 (18C7).
The species are there arranged in
.'! primary groups, — annuals, bi-
ennials and perennials. Ordinar-
ily this is an excellent arrange-
ment for the horticulturist, though
not for the botanist. In the case
of the Poppies it is not very
useful. The duration of several
kinds is doubtful, species which
are annual in the South behaving
as biennials in northern botanic
gardens. Moreover, for garden
purposes all Poppies are to be
treated as annuals for best re-
sults, with the exception of P.
orientale and bracteatinn, which
the gardener thinks of as one
group. The Oriental Poppy is,
in fact, the only long-lived peren-
nial Poppy. The Iceland Poppy
may live for several years, but
after the third year it usually de-
generates. It blooms the first year
from seed and the best results
are usually secured the second
year.

The following account of Shir-
ley Poppies is given by the Rev.
W Wilks in The Garden 57, p.
i85 " In 1880, I noticed in a waste
corner of my garden, abutting on
the fields, a patch of the common
wild held Poppy iP<i pa verRha-as),
one solitary flower of which
had a very narrow edge of white.
This one flower I marked and
saved the seed of it alone. Next
year, out of perhaps two hundred
plants, I had four or five
on which all the flowers
were edged. The best of
these were marked and
the seed saved, and so
on for several years, the
flowers all the while get-
ting a larger infu-
/• sion of white to tone
down the red un-
til they arrived at
quite pale pink and
one plant absolute-
ly pure white. I
then set myself to
change the black
central portions of
the flowers from
black to yellow or
white, and having
at last fixed a strain
with petals varying
in color from the
brightest scarlet to
pure white, with all
shades of pink between and all varieties of flakes and
edged flowers also, but all having yellow or white sta-
mens, anthers and pollen, and a white base." * * * Mr.
Wilks then distributed it freely to all. "My ideal," he
continues, "is to get a yellow P. Rhceas, and I have
already obtained many distinct shades of salmon. The
Shirley Poppies have thus been obtained simply by
selection and elimination. * • *

Let it be noticed that true Shirley Poppies (1) are
single, (2) always have a white base with (3) yellow or
white stamens, anthers and pollen, (4) never have the
smallest particle of black about them. Double Poppies
and Poppies with black centers may be greatly admired

1637. Oriental Poppy,
Papaver orientale (X 1-5).

PAPAVER

by some, but they are not Shirley Poppies. It is rather
interesting to reflect that the gardens of the whole
wsrld— rich man's and poor man's alike— are to-day fur-
nished with Poppies which are the direct descendants
of one single capsule of seed raised in the garden of
the Shirley Vicarage so lately as August, 1880."

W. M.
There is no way in which the lover of color in flowers
can gratify his taste so cheaply and so fully as by grow-
ing a good selection of Poppies. No other flower will
make such a gorgeous show in the border during the
months of July and the first half of August. To grow
the flnest Poppies, plant the seed as early in the spring
as the ground can be worked. Cover very lightly, for
if planted deep the seed does not germinate. The best
way is to make the bed smooth and fine, scatter the
seed thinly, then rake gently, and firm the soil well with
a board or, better still, with the back of a hoe. When
the plants are up 2 or 3 in., thin to ti in. apart for
the weaker growing varieties and 12 in. for the strong
growing P. somniffrmn. Pick all the pods as soon as
the petals drop, unless one desires to save seed. This
treatment lengthens the blooming season and saves a lot
of trouble the next year. The seed is quite hardy, and if
left to ripen, the seedlings come up in countless numbers
the following spring. An advantage of self-sown seed
is that the plants bloom two weeks earlier than if
planted in the spring. Poppies must always be planted
where they are to bloom, as no annual Poppy will bear
transplanting. Poppies are so susceptible to cross-fer-
tiliijation that new strains are constantly arising. The
ease with which they can be originated has led to much
confusion in the seed catalogues.

P. somtiiferum, the Opium Poppy, is the commonest
kind in cult, and is sufficiently described elsewhere.

P. Ehcptis. the scarlet field Poppy of Great Britain, is
theparentof many beautiful forms. Fig. 1638. Of these
the best is the Shirley, the loveliest of all Poppies; the
flowers are of the most delicate silky texture and in every
imaginable shade and combination of white, pink, and
red, with vellow anthers. Var. vm brosnm ,the Fire Dragon
of some l■".^talns1K■s, is dark cardinal, with a black blotch
at the basr ,if .^.1, prtal. and puri.lish black anthers.
P. lavliialinii ivN..inlilcs /'. ii ,iil>n,s iim Ahv fls. liciiig the
same colnr, \m\ tlii' lilack lilntch is margined with white
and the petals are more upright, not opening out so flat
as in P. Bhceas. Sometimes P. Icevigatum conies semi-
double, but with this exception all the smaller double
Poppies are forms of P. Rhceas. The ranunculus-fld. has
all the gracefulness of the single form, with a wonderful
diversity of color, white through pink to the deepest crim-
son, and in every degree of doubleness from 2 or 3 rows
of petals to perfectly double. The varieties vmhrosmn
and Shirley show a tendency to come double, though never
so completely as the ranunculus-fld. The Rosebud and
New Japanese Pompone are selections from the ranun-
culus-fld. type. "Golden Gate" is a mixture of P. toii-
brosum, P. Iwrigatum and P. ranvncvtiflorum in single
and double.

The best of the perennial Poppies are P. nudicaiile
and orientale. P. nndicanle. the Iceland Poppy, is one
of our most desirable perennials. Fig. 1639. If the flowers
are cut regularly and no seed-pods allowed to form, it is
in bloom from May to October. The fls. are on wiry stalks
12 in. or more long, and well adapted for cutting. The
colors are white, yellow, and orange-red; they are easily
grown from seed, and will bloom the first year if sown
early. It is well to grow new plants every second year,
as in the colder parts of the country it is subject to
winter-killing when the plants get old.

Very different from the dainty Iceland is the gorgeous
Oriental Poppy, one of our most striking and showy gar-
den plants. Fig. 1637. The great fls., 6-8 in. across, deep
scarlet with a bluish purple base and stamens, are held
well above the foliage on stoxit leafy stalks. Unfortu-
natelv.the flowering season is short: 2 or 3 weeks in June
and their glory is gone. They also are easily grown
from seed and are very hardy. P. bracteatnm, deeper in
color and more robust, is, strictly speaking, a variety of
P. orientale. Other varieties have orange, pink, and
salmon-colored flowers, but none of them are so effec-
tive in the garden border as the type.
P. glaucum, the Tulip Poppy, is a weak, spindly

PAPAVER

grower if planted thickly. The fls. are of an intense
cardinal color, without black blotch; the outer petals
much larger than the inner, overlapping at the edges,
giving it the appearance of a tulip. P. arenariuni, in the
writer's experience, is scarcely worth growing.

R. B. Whyte.

INDEX.

aculeatum, 12. French, 4. Peacock, 16.

albillorum, 15. Qariepinum, 12. Persicum. 17.

album, U, 1,1. glaucum, 11. pilosum. 13.

alpinum, 15. grandiflonrm. 2. plenum, 2.

arenarium. 7. Qreenlandiciim, 14. praecox. 3.

Atlanticum, 5. Hookeri, 4. puniceum, 14.

aurantiaeum, 14, 15. korriduin, 12. Pyrenaicum, 15.

bracteatum, 3. hybridum, 2. 3. ranunculidorum, 4.

Bride, 1. immaculatura, 2. Rhceas. 4.

Californicum, 9. involucrattim, 3. roseum, 3, 15.

eardiuale, 1. Japanese, 4. rubro-aurantiacum.

Caucasicum, 6. Japonicura, 4. 14.

Chinese, 1. Isevigatum, 8. nibrum, 15.

coceineum, 14. luteura, 14, 15. rupifragiim, 10, 5.

commutatum^ 4. Mephisto, 1. semiplenum, 2.

Corn, 4. Mikado, i. setigerum, 1.

croceum, 14. Murselli, 1. Shirley, 4.

Danebrog, 1. nanum, 2. Sintenisii, 2.

Danish Oross, 1. nudieaide, 14. somnifemm, 1.

Danish Flag, 1. Opium, 1. splendens. 2.

fimbriatum, 1. orieutale, 2. striatum, 14.

Flag of Truce, 1. pffioniiedoram, 1. sulphureum, 14.

flaviflorum, 15. paeony-flowered, 1. Tulip, 11.

fiavum, 15. Parkmaiini, 2, 3. umbrosum, 4.

floribundum, 6. Pavoninum. 16. Victorian Cross. 1.
Pavonium, 16.

A. Capsule not bristly.

B. JPllaments dilated at apex.

c. Foliage glaucous 1. somnifemm

cc. Foliage green,

D. Fls. not bracted 2. orientale

DD. Fls. with large, leafy

bracts 3. bracteatum

BB. Filaments not dilated at
apej'.
c. Stem-lvs, not clasping.
D. Herbage decidedly
bristly or hairy.
E. Stigmatic rays 8-10. 4. Rhoeas
KE. Stigmatic rays 6-S.. 5. rupifragum,

var. Atlanticum
EEE. Stigmatic rags S-fi . . 6. Caucasicum
DD. HerlHUft' sparlnfffi/
b r IS / / ,/ ,),■ mrrel'g
pilosi-pubcicent.
E. Petals purple, spotted
dark.
F. Lrs. bipinnatisect. 7. arenarium
FF. Lvs. piym atel y

parted 8. leevigatum

EE. Pe ia Is brick - red,

spnitnl qree» 9. Califomicum

EEE. Pelii/x iinniiir - ml,

misii.^lli'i? in. rupifragum

CC. Stem-lrs.rhi.yiiini 11. glaucum

D. Herbage bristly 12. aculeatum

DD. Herbage soft-hairy 13. pilosum

AA. Capsule bristly

B. Stems leafless 14. nudicaule

15. alpinum
BB. Stems leafy.

c. Sepals appendaged: cap-
side minute 16. Pavoninum

CO. Sepals not appendaged:

capsule large 17. Persicum

1. somnlferum, Linn. Opium Poppy. Fig. 163C. Ro-
bust, glaucous and glabrous plant, 3-4 ft. high, with fls.
4-.5 in. acros.s, much larger than those of any annual
kind. Lvs. oblong, unequally toothed at the base; stem-
lvs. cordate at the base: petals orbieulate, every shade
from white through pink and red to purple, but not yel-
low or blue: capsule obovate, stalked, with a flat disk.
Greece, Orient. Gn. 9, p. 197. Gt. 40, p. 609; 44, p.
593. R.H. 1893. p. .349. S.H. 2:272.

Among the double forms there are two main strains
or types, the carnation-fld. and the pa?onv-fld. (the lat-
ter P. pwonimfldrum, Hort. ). The former has fringed

PAPAVER 1207

petal.s; the latter not. Both include a wide range of
color, and even a yellow form is advertised, but this
form is of doubtful authenticity. P. Murselli is an-
other strain of double fringed kinds, of which Mikado
is a favorite. P. fimbriiUum is another trade name for
double fringed varietbs. /'. lui r.li mile is not a botanical
name. It is the French iiaiiir of i anlinal, another strain
of double fringed fls. CliiiiiM- Puppies are a double-fld.
race introduced from Chinese gardens in the early nine-
ties and comprising dwarfer than strains previously
known. R.H. 1893, p. 349. An exceptionally interesting
monstrosity has occurred in which there are no petals,
and the stamens are supposed to be transformed into
pistils which actually ripen seed. It was figured as long
ago as 1851 in F.S. 6, p. 242 and again in R.H. 1893,
p. 349. It seems to be no longer advertised, but it was
considered constant.

Among the single varieties, Danebrog is one of the
most striking and popular. The white spots at the base
of the petals form a cross. This var. is also known as
Danish Cross, Danish Flag and Victorian Cross. Of the
pure white kinds, Flag of Truce and The Bride are favor-
ites. Mephisto is scarlet, spotted black. About a dozen
other varieties are advertised by name.

Var. setigerum {P. setigerum, DC). P. setigerum is
no longer advertised, but according to Nicholson numer-
ous fine strains have originated from it. P. setigerum
is now considered a hairy form of P. somniferum. It is
a violet-fid. plant native to Corsica and Hy^res. It dif-
fers in having oblong lvs. which are incised-toothed. the
teeth being narrower and more pointed; also the cap-
sule is not stalked, as it sometimes is in P. somniferum.
S.B.F.G. 172.

2. orientile, Linn. Oriental Poppy. Fig. 1637-8. This
and the next are the most robust and large-fld. Poppies;
also the best, commonest and longest lived of the per-
ennials. Plants grow 3-4 ft. high and bear fls. 6 in. or
more across. Lvs. hispid, pinnately parted; lobes ob-
long-lanceolate, serrate: capsule obovate, with a flat
disk: stigmatic rays 11-15. In P. orientale the petals
are originally scarlet with a black spot. It was not until
late in the eighties that this species made a decided
break in color. A considerable class of hybrids with P.
bracteatum has arisen which extends the color range
through several shades of red to orange, salmon and
pale pink. Some are uuspt.ttiil, sc.ujc are adapted to
cuttini,'. ami liuuldiiif h:is iii.idr sc.iiir priiL,'n-.-s. Among
the Laliii nanus ..( vari.ti.s l,..I,,ni,-in}.' t" tliis class are
grandifldrum, hybridum, Immaculatum, nanum, splen-
dens, PArkmanni, plenum, semiplenum, and Sintenisii.
Abdut a dozen have ivci-ivi-d .-oinnion or personal names.
Asia Minor. Persia. <in. 24, p. l.V.I; 42:8:ki. V. 12:33.-
T. D. Hatfield makes the following notes: "Oriental
Poppies are better divided after blooming, in late July
or August. They always grow in the autumn, and these
<livided plants woiild start away and make good growth.
It divided in spring, they would not recover in time to

bl n. Any extra good variety can be increased largely

by cutting the roots into short pieces. This also is best
done in the summer time."

3. bracteatum, Lindl. (P. orientdle,-va.T.bracteiUum).
Differs from the preceding in having large, leafy bracts.
According to Boissier the color of this speci.s in the
wild is blood-red and of P. orientale scarlet. Also the
fls. of P. bractealum are said to be earlier, the lvs. con-
cave instead of flat and the stigmatic rays 16-18 instead
of 11-15. Caucasus, Persia. B.R. 8:658. G.C. 1860:647.
— A variety with petals more or less united into one was
mentioned in 1802-5 in F.S. 15, p. 180, but it seems to be
unknown now. Vars. hybridum, Parkmanni, prsecox and
rdseum are advertised, .s,,. also species Xo. 2. P. in-
ralurrufum, var. maxiiiiinii, lla:it;c A: Schmidt, seems
to be a new and undescribcd kind. The name suggests
that it may belong here.

4. Ehoeas, Linn. Corn Poppy. This is typically
a dwarf, green, bristly plant, with pinnately parted
foliage and fls. about 2 in. across, two of the petals
smaller than the others, all scarlet and spotted black.
Height 2 ft. or less. In cultivation every shade known
to the Opium Poppy has been reproduced in the Corn
Poppy, but the fls. are always smaller. In the wild it
varies greatly, the foliage once or twice pinnately

1208

papa\t;r

PAPAVER

parted, the bristles many or few, appressed or spread-
ing, the Hs. spotted or not. Eu., Orient. Gn. aO, p. 297.
— tip to 1 886 the French Poppies were considered the best
strain. Since then' the lovely strain known as Shirley
Poppies has surpassed all others. This strain was de-
veloped by the Rev. W. Wilks, secretary of the Royal
Horticultural Society. It is one of the finest contribu-
tions to floriculture ever made by an amateur (see p.
1206). Var. ranunculifl6rum, Hurt., is a strain with

1638. Oriental Poppy, Papaver onentale (X %).

double fls. in various colors, self and variegated, with
the petals entire, rounded and somewhat reflexed. Var.
Jap6nicum, Hort., is a strain introduced about 1893 from
Ja|):inesi' ijardens, and said to have smaller and fuller
fls. than ordinary and of more varied shades. They are
called Japanese or Japanese Pompons. Rhoeas was the
name used by the ancient Greeks and Romans for the
Corn Poppy.

Var. umbrdsum, Mottet( P.iiinhrosiim. FTort.). is a plant
with petals of :i .birki-r n-d tli;in tin- tvpi.-al J>. Wiaas
and blai-kish s|„it>i. It was iTitrodiu/td by Vilmorin
about 1891, and was considered a marked gain in pro-
ductiveness. The habit is dwarf, compact, much
branched. Soon after a double form was distributed.
Mottet considers it a form of P. Rlinea^, but some bot-

anists consider it a foi
from a single trade spei
it is a nearly glabrous ;
bristly, but othe:

:if P. rotiiiiiHhiliiiii. Judging
en, till- uiidi-rsiuii.-d supposes
11 .,{ /'. l,'l,u„.-< : III,, l.uds are
: plant has only a very few
appressed hairs on the peduncles and on the Ivs. along
the midribs. P. umhrosnm was found growing wild in
Attica. P. commtitatum is a species closely allied to
P. Rhceas^ and differs in having the petals obovate
and not overlapping instead of orbicular and overlap-
ping, while the anthers are ovate instead of oblong.
R.H. 1891, p. 431; 1893:12; 1893, p. 350. G.C. II. 22:49.
V. 9:187.

Var. Hodkeri {P. Bnblteri, Baker). A puzzling plant
found in the gardens of India, and of unknown parent-
age. It is nearest to P. Rhoeas, and "differs in its great
size, for it forms a bushy herb 4 ft. high and upwards,
and in the great number of the stigmatic rays, which

are 12-20, i.e., nearly double those of P. Rhceus; the
fls., capsule and seeds also are much larger and the
stigma broader in proportion." The fls. attain 3% in.
indiam.,and vary from pale rose to bright crimson,
with a white or black spot at the base. B.M. 6729. Gn.
29, p. 139. G.C. II. 25:9. Procurable from England. -
Said to revert occasionally to P. Rhoeas.

5. ruplfragum, var. Atlanticum, Ball (P. AlWnticnm,
Haage <t Schmidt). Huaiy aiid everywhere covered with
copious spreading hairs i xrejit the glabrous capsule:
height 1-2 ft.: Ivs. oblauceolate; hairs spreading: fls.
2-3 in. across; petals orange-red or -scarlet; stigmatic
rays 6-8: capsuls club-shaped. Morocco, 6,000-7,000 ft.
B.M. 7107.

6. Cauc&sicum, Bieb. (P. floribtlndum, Desf. ). Bien-
nial, more or less setose: Ivs. bipinnately parted or dis-
sected: buds ovate: calyx glabrous or sparsely setose:
petals somewhat in pairs: stigmatic rays 3-C. Caucasus.
B.M. 1675 (brick-red, not spotted). B'.R. 2:134.

7. aren^rium, Bieb. Annual, sparingly beset with
bristles which are spreading on the stem and appressed
on the foliage: Ivs. twice pinnatisect into minute linear
strips: fls. purple, with a dark spot at the base of each
petal; filaments not dilated: capsule obovate or top-
shaped, with a convex disk: stigmatic rays 7-9. Sandy
places in Caucasus and Caspian region. — Procurable in
England.

8. IsBvigitum, Bieb. Glabrous or with a few small
bristles: fls. purple, usually spotted; petals minute,
obovate: capsule narrowly top-shaped or club-shaped:
stigmatic rays 8-10. Greece, Orient. — It is doubtful
whether the plant sold under this name is true, for in
G.C. III. 5:21 it is shown with large, roundish, over-
lapping petals.

9. Califbrnicum, Gray. Annual, sparsely pilose-pubes-
cent, 1-'2'A ft. high: Ivs. pinnately parted or divided
into acutish toothed or 3-lobed or entire segments: fls.
2 in. across; petals brick-red, with a green spot at the
base bordered with rose-red : capsule between club- and
top-shaped, flat on top. Santa Inez Mountains and north-
ward in California. Offered in 1891 by Peter Henderson,
who described it as "pinkish orange with center of sul-
phur-yellow." Probably procurable from Calif.

10. rupiSragum, Boiss. & Rent. Dull green, nearly
glabrous. Spain. The typical form offered in England.
See No. 5.

11. glailcum, Boiss. & Hausskn. Tulip Poppy. Per-
ennial, glaucous and glabrous except a few small, ap-
pressed bristles along the peduncles, branched at the
base: stem-lvs. broadly cordate at the base, pinnately
lobed or parted ; the lobes triangular, dentate; the teeth
obtuse, callous, muticous: petals large, scarlet, spotted
at the base: capsule ovate, stalked; stigmatic rays about
12. Syria. Gt. 40, p. 608. repeated in G.C. III. 10:527.
R.B. 20, p. 58. S.H. 2:467 and V. 15:37. R.H. 1892, p.
463; 1893, p. 350. Int. 1891 by Penary, of Erfurt.-lhe
charming plant sold under this name reminds one im-
mediately of a tulip because of the color and texture of
the flower, but especially because of its cup-like shape.
The two inner petals are smaller, erect, and make a loose
cup. The plants grow about 12-14 in. high and produce
50-60 large fls.

12. acule^tum, Thunb. (P. Garieptnum, Burch. P.
h6rriilum, DC). Annual, 1-4 ft. high: stem branched,
densely covered with spreading, rigid, unefjual bristles:
Ivs. green, sinuately pinnatiHd. the lariniations spine-
tipped: fls. scarcely 2 in. across; petals scarlet-orange,
unspotted: capsule glabrous, oblong cil.civaii'. S.Africa,
Australia. B.M. 3623. -The only l'i'p|'.\ known to in-
habit the southeni hemisphere. Prociualilc in England.
Annual in S. Africa, but said to be biennial in northern
botanic gardens.

13. pildsum, Sibtb. and Sra. Perennial. This flower is
about 3 in. across, brick-red, the petals all of a size and
with a pale spot at the base: stems tall and scabrous,
freely branched: Ivs. covered with velvety, appressed
hairs; stem-lvs. clasping, broadly oblong, lobed and
serrate: cap.sule glabrous, oblong-club-shaped : stigmatic
rays 6-7. Rocky alpine heights of Mt. Olvmpus in
Bithvnia. B.M. 4749. Gn. 41, p. 277; 42, p. 585.

PAPAVEB

14. nudicaMe, Linn. Iceland Poppy. Fig. 10^9.
Typically a yellow-fld. arctic perennial, more robust
than the next, with divisions of the Ivs. entire or spar-
ingly cleft, and capsule short, thick and roundish. In
America this form is found as far south as southern
<Jolo. on the peaks of the Rockies. Gn. 26:464; 24, p.
342; 28. p. 5S; 42, p. 584. V. 13:297. B.M. 1633; 3035
and R.H. 1890:60 (P. crocenm). F.S. 10:1017 (as var.
crin-ettm). The t.illowinf; varirtifs ar.^ a.lvertis.'d in
the trade : Album, aurantlacum, coccineum, croceum,
striatum and sulphdreum. Dmilili' turiDs in thr varicjtis
colors are advertised. Oldrr ii:uncs wliirli arc likely to
reappear are vars. liiteum, puniceum, :uid rubro-auran-
tlacum, B.M. 2344. P. ,'r!),;nin. Led.-h.. ;i native of the
Altai Mts., is a form nearer to P. iiiuUriiHU' than it is
to alpinum. The name "nudicaule" refers to the lack
of Ivs. on the stem which distinafuishes this and the
Alpine Poppy from the common Corn Poppy of Europe.
P. Greenldndieum, Hort., is possibly a catalogue name
for P. nudica^^le.

isO^

1639. Iceland Poppy, Papaver nudicaule (X^^).

15. alpinum, Linn. Alpine Poppv. Typically a fra-
grant whitertd. perennial of the European Alps, of
dwarfer habit, with divisions of the Ivs. cut into many
fine and narrow secondary divisions, and a longer an<l
narrower capsule approaching club shape. Gn. 24:410.
L.B.C. 5:434. The following varieties are advertised:

PAPHIOPEDILUM 1209

albifldrum. Album, aurantlacum, Slavifldrum, fUvum,
PyrenAicum, roseum :iiid riibrum. P. litteum, Hort. Ell-
wanger :inil Hiirry, liel<nif,'s here, but P. Ititeum of the
botanists is tlie Welsh Poppy, Meconopsis C'ambrica.

16. Pavonlnum, Pisch. & Meyer {P. Pavinium, Nichol-
son Diet. Gard.). Peacock Poppy. Annual, sparsely
hispid-pilose: Ivs. pinnately parted, the divisious ob-
long-linear and incised-toothed: petals scarlet, dark-
spotted : capsule minute, ovate: stigmatic rays 4-5.
Sandy places of Turkestan and Afghanistan. G.C.
II. 26:.329. — Botanically it is very distinct by reason
of 2 short, horu-like appendages, one on each sepal
near the tip on the back. Int. 1886 by W. Thompson,
Ipswich, Eng., who added the following points: "dwarf,
1 ft. high, neater and less weedy than most annual Pop-
pies : petals with a gray spot at the base and a horse-
shoe-shaped band of black. In the early part of the
day the flower seems to have a white eye, surrounded
by one complete ring of black." A good plant produced
100 flowers.

17. Pfirsicum, Liudl. Biennial, setose-hispid: stem
tall, branching, pyramidate : Ivs. pinnately parted :
buds oblong: calyx setose: petals overlapping at the
margin : capsule large: stigmatic rays 5-0. Persia.
B.R. 19:1570 (petals brick-red, with or without a white
spot at the base). This has been, and may still be, con-
fused in the trade with P. Caucasicnm. Both are glau-
cous, and both advertised in England, but they are
biennials.

P. album, Hort. Bridgeman, is presumably a double white-
fld. variety of the Opium Poppy. — P. coccineum, Hort. Bridge-
man, is presumably a double scarlet-fid. variety of the common
Poppy.— P. niaculdtum, var. superbuni, Haage & Schmidt, is
presumably a form of one of the common species. "^^ jj ^

PAPAW is Carica Papaya ; also Asimina.

PAPER MULBEEKy. See Broussonefiu.

PAPER PLANT. See Cijperus Papyrus and Papyrus
antiquorum.

PAPHtNIA ( Paphos, city of Cyprus, sacred to Venus ) .
Orchiddcea. A rare and pretty genus of orchids, having
the habit of small Lycastes. The curiously shaped fls.
are borne on pendent scapes which are mostly 2-fld.
Sepals and petals similar, spreading; mentum obsolete:
labellum uppermost in the flower. They may be easily
grown with Lycastes, and should be planted in fibrous
peat and moss. During the growing period they require
a liberal supply of water.

cristAta, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 1-3-lvd. : Ivs.
lanceolate, 4-6 in. long: scapes pendent, 1-2-fld. : sepals
and petals lanceolate, acuminate, spreading, the latter
a little smaller ; all streaked above and transversely
banded below with deep crimson or chocolate-brown
markings on a whitish ground; labellum much smaller,
chocolate-purple; the 2 lateral lobes oblong, pointed,
half spreading, separated from the middle lobe by a
deep constriction; middle lobe triangular-rhomboid,
with an erect crest and clavate glands on the disk, and
bordered in front by a fringe of clavate hairs. June-
Aug. Trinidad. B.M. 4836. B.R. 21:1811 (as J/«ari7-
laria cristiita}.

rugdsa, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs small, rounded: Ivs.
small, linear, acuminate: fls. waxy, creamy white, cov-
ered with red spots, which run together in blotches.
Colombia.

gnrandifldra, Rodrig. (P. gra'ndis, Reichb.f.). Fls. choc-
olate-brown, striated on the lower half of the sepals and
petals with greenish yellow and cream color, margins
cream: labellum dark purple at the base, with an ob-
long, cream-colored middle lobe, and a pair of small
lobes on each side. Brazil. G.C. III. 14:561. — A curi-
ous orchid.

P. Lawrenciana = 'Lyenste Lawi-enciana ?

Heinkich Hasselbring.

PAPHIOPfiDILUM (Paphinia (above) and word for
.siiiidal). Orchiddcew. A section of Cypripedium sepa-
rated by Pfltzer. It is distinguished by the 3-loeuled ovary
and by the conduplicate arrangement of the Ivs. in the

1210

TAPHIOPEDILUJI

bud. Pfltzer writes in EnglercS: Prantl's Pflanzenfaniilien
that the "ovary is completely 3-loculed, or 1-loculed be-
low and only the tip divided into 3 locules." The species
have not been revised and will be found under Cypripe-
dium and Selenipediuin.

P. barbdtuvi, Pfitz. (Cypripedium barbatum. Lindl.).— P.
Boxalli, Pfitz. (C'.-pripeilium Boxalli, Reichb. {.).— P. caudA-
tuyn, Pfitz. (Selenipeiliiim caudatnm, Reichb. t. ).

Heinkich Hasselbring.

PAPPOOSE ROOT or BLUE COHOSH is Caulophyllum
thnlictroiiJes, a native plant that does not appear to be
in the general trade.

PAPt'BUS antiqudrum (Fig. 1640), the Egyptian
Paper-plant, is Cijperus Papyrus, which see for tech-
nical description. It is a tall-growing, graceful aquatic,
bearing an umbel of long and slender branchlets. It
does not endure frost. It is much used for bedding out
about ponds in the summer. The plants for bedding are

1640. Papyrus antiquorum.

propagated in January and February, by division of the
roots that were brought in from the open in autumn.
The plants are kept quiet until the roots are divided.
The roots are divided into small pieces, and the divi-
sions are started in a warm sand propagating bed. As
the plants grow, they are potted. By late spring the
plants should be ready for use in shallow pools in the
"pen- L. H. B.

PAKACHUTE FLOWER, adv. by Blanc, 1900, is Cero-
pef/ia Hdndersoni, Decaisne, from So. Africa. Asclepia-
dttcetv. It is a tall-twining plant with fls. of most un-
usual shape and structure. It is figured in B.M. 5792,
from which the following extracts are taken: "Stems
stout, succulent, as thick as a goose-quill. . . . Lvs.
small and distant for the size of the plant, shortly
stoutly petioled, 1H-2K in. long, ovate-cordate, obtuse,
thick and succulent, nerveless, deep green like the

PARASITE

stems. . . . Corolla 2% in. long, curved at the base,
tube 2 in. broad across the top; tube slightly inflated
and green at the base, expanding into a funnel-shaped,
5-angled transparent limb with opaque green reticulated
veins; this presents 5 short distant lobes on its margin,
which bears the 5 curious horizontal appendages that
together form the umbraculiform cap to the Hower: this
cap is a bright verdigris-green, pitted on the surface
and formed of 5 confluent convex lobes with a conical
central papilla; each lobe is 2-lobed at its outer margin,
and the margins are turned up and bear a series of
transparent, flat, erect hairs within the border."

Ceropegia contains about 80 species, mostly African.
Several species are known in European collections, but
when the first volume of this Cyclopedia was written
none had been offered in the American trade. Some of
them are bulbous-rooted. They demand a warm or in-
termediate house, and are propagated by cuttings of
the stems. All the species are odd. l_ jj_ jj

PARADtSEA (said to be from Paradise, of which this
plant is supposed to be a fit inhabitant). Often written
Paradisia. St. Bruno's Lily. Lilidcece. St. Bruno's-
Lily and St. Bernard's Lily are advertised in nearly
' of h;irdv hprbaccous plants,
i/i aii.l A,ith,,i,-,ii,i Liliaqn.
•all,-.l Panidis,,, Li liaslriim.

cataloi,-ii

every good-:
as Antherii'ini}
but the forniiT
Both these phi
early summer on sc.ipes a foot or more high. The fls. of
both are tipped green outside. The lvs. are linear, all
radical, and a foot or so long. Both plants are natives
of middle Europe, and by their popular names recall
the life-saving monks of the Alps. It is no wonder,
then, that they are often confused. The Paradisea has
larger fls., which are funnel-shaped rather than rotate,
but the fundamental differences upon which Paradisea.
is made a separate genus lie in the stamens. In Para-
disea (according to Bentham & Hooker), the anthers
are attached at thr luiildln of the back and are versatile;
in Anthericuiii tin- iiiitlii-rs are attached at their base
and are eri'ci. iMnrt-iAcr, the stamens of Paradisea
arehypogynous; of Authericum,perigynous. Following
are some of the other ditt'erences as given by Baker in
Journ. Linn. Soc. 15:286, 287, 301 (1877):

Paradisea Z/ilidstrum, Bertol., has 6-8 lvs. : scape 12—
24 in. high: raceme 2-10-fld. : bracts lanceolate: perianth
18-21 lines long: style 15-18 lines long; ovary and cap-
sule oblong.

Anthericum I/iUdgo, Linn., has 12-20 lvs.: scape O-IS-
in. high: raceme (sometimes panicled) 10-20-fld. : bracts
linear: perianth 6-9 lines long: style 5-6 lines long:
ovary and capsule globose. Some of the above char
acters will not hold ifor cultivated plants.

P. Liliaslrum, var. major, Hort., is said to be a much
larger and better form than the type, growing 2-3 ft.
high and bearing more and larger fls. Gn. 9:1 (as AU'
thericum LiUastrum var.) has fis. 2 in. long and 2K in.
across. "^ jyj^

PARADISE FLOWER. Strelitzia regina.

PARAGUAY TEA. IJex Paraguariensis, not in the
Amer. trade.

PARA NUT. BeHhoUetia.

PARASITE. A parasitic plant is one which fastens
itself upon another plant (or other organism), and,
stimulated by the latter, either grows into its interior,
or sends certain sucking organs into its tissues by means
of which a part or all the nourishment necessary for the
Parasite is obtained. A plant which lives upon dead
organic substance is termed a saprophyte (which see).
The most common Parasites are to be found among the
fungi, which are the abundant causes of plant diseases,
— such as rusts, smuts, and mildews. "These fungous
Parasites secure all of their nourishment from the host,
or plant attacked, and most commonly grow within the
tissues until ready to form their reproductive bodies, or
spores. There are also Parasites among flowering
plants. Of these there are two principal classes: (1)
those green in color, or chlorophyll-containing, such as
the mistletoe and the bastard toad-flax; and (2) those
practically devoid of chlorophyll, such as the dodder

PARASITE

and the broom-rape. Members of the first class are ac-
tive photosynthetically, and may manufacture their own
carbonaceous material from CO2 and water, while mem-
bers of the second class must receive all or nearly all
similar foods from the host. There are all gradations
between Parasites and saprophytes; there are plants
parasitic at one stage and saprophytic at another, and
there are those which are at once parasitic and sapro-
pl'ytic. B. M. DnoGAR.

PARASOL, CHINESE. StercuUa platanifolia.
PARASOL FIR or TREE. Sciadopiti/s rerticillata.
PARASOL PINE. Finns Pinea.
PARDANTHUS. See Belemcanda.

FARIS (name discussed below). Herb Paris. Love
Apple. Liliiiceif. Everyone who knows and loves a
Trillium will be interested in the Herb Paris, which
<iili'ers from a Trillium in having its floral parts in
4's instead of 3's. There are about 8 species alto-
^gether, and in some of then\ the floral parts are in
higher numbers than four. They resemble Trilliums in
being small, hardy, rhizomatous plants, found in moun-
tainous countries of the north temperate zone, and even
in the arctic regions. Also they have a single whorl
of Ivs. at the top of the scape and a single flower, but
in Paris the outer perianth segments are more herba-
■ceous and calyx-like, while the inner ones are much
narrower and less showy, being mere strips of petal or
€ven entirely absent.

The name Paris is an interesting one. The berry of
the plant is compared to the apple of discord, while the
four leaves surrounding it are likened to Paris and the
three envious goddesses, Juno, Minerva and Venus.
Others think the name is derived from par, equal, refer-
ring to the agreement in number between leaves and
floral parts.

quadrifdlia, Linn. Herb Paris. True Love. Height
9-12 in.: Ivs. netted- veined (very exceptional among
monocotyledons): peduncle rising 1-2 in. above Ivs.:
perianth segments yellowish green, the 4 inner ones
rather more yellow: berry bluish black. Rarely the Ivs.
and floral parts are in 5's. The dominant European
type, scattered all over Eu. and Siberia from the Arctic
circle to the Mediterranean, in woods and shady places,
but usually very local. Fls. in spring or early summer.
Gn. 31, p. "I6.J.— Not advertised in America at present.

W. M.

FARIS DAISY. Chrijsinithemiini fnitesceits.

FARlIIUM tiliiceum is referred to Hibiscus in this
work. It is a handsome shrub or small tree, of 10 to 30
feet, bearing considerable general resemblance to the
cotton plant, for which travelers have sometimes mis-
taken it. In Porto Rico it is often planted for hedges
along roadsides, and is very abundant in waste places
near the sea. It was already widely distributed in
America in prehistoric times, and has now been intro-
duced throughout the tropics.

It is valued for its very strong bast fiber, which h:is
much similarity to jute, but dilfers in the peculiar prop-
erty of maintaining or even increasing its strength
after long maceration in water. The extraction of the
fiber for the manufacture of cordage and other pur-
poses offers no special difficulties. It has also been
recommended for paper-making. At present it is uti-
lized in Porto Rico for domestic purposes only, all the
home-made ropes beiqg twisted from it. The conditions
are, however, very favorable for the cultivation of
emajagua on a large scale, should more extensive indus-
trial uses be found for it. q p Cook.

PARE. Plate XXV. A tract of considerable size set
apart primarily for enjoyment. Meaning originally, in
England, a place for the preservation of deer for the
chase, the word is often used now to denote the land-
scape character commonly associated with such deer
parks. In the United States, when the original signifi-
cation is meant, the word is modified, as deer park,
game park, etc. As a type of landscape the park is
characterized by comparatively broad stretches of pas-

PARK 1211

ture lying between irregularly and rather widely spaced
masses of tree foliage. It is extremely simple and quiet
in character, and while it often contains many other
elements, such as ponds or running water, thickets of
bushes under the trees or occasionally outstanding,
houses, bridges or other artificial structures, these fea-
tures are all subordinate as well as harmonious if the
scene can be called typically park-like.

Private Parks attached to country houses, in America,
are usually so called because they have, or are intended
to have, something of this park -like type of scenery. A
place departing very widely from this type is called,
according to its character, a wood or grove, a garden, a
farm, ormore vaguely by the general term country-place.

Public Parks are so called, not because their scenery
is necessarily of the type properly associated with the
word "park," but because converted Royal Parks were
the most notable public pleasure grounds of English
cities at the time when they began to feel the need of
making municipid pr<ivisi<in for the outdoor recreation
of their growing popiihitions. The earliest important
pleasure grounds of niiMiicipal construction were based
upon these and upon private parks as models, and the
name "park " came to be so attached to municipal under-
takings in the way of outdoor recreation, that it is now
almost indiscriminately applied to any tract of land set
apart for public enjoyment, regardless of the kind of
enjoyment or the character of its scenery; but the best
usage appears to confine the meaning of public park to
a tract of considerable size, leaving the lesser spaces to
be called squares, gardens, playgrounds, places, etc.
Another special use of the word in America is its ap-
plication to tracts of land in the West, many square
miles in extent, either set apart by government, as
Yellowstone Park, or naturally distinguished by the
presence of comparatively gentle grazing land in the
midst of rougher count^3^ "Park" is also used in a
more general way to indicate the general purpose of any
open land devoted to public recreation, or of the organi-
zation controlling it, etc., as "park system," "park de-
partment," etc.

A large city park system usually contains parks of
varying size and character and many smaller pleasure
grounds. No rigid classification can be made, but the
following may be regarded as reasonably distinct types,
each having its own field of usefulness, its own merits and
its own limitations. In practice the lines between these
types cannot be distinctly drawn, but poor results are
often due to losing sight of the distinct and often con-
flicting motives which have given rise to these types.

1. Tlie large rural Park (Plate XXV. Figs. 1641-3),
generally from 200 to 1,000 acres, is in most cases the
chief feature of a city park system. It is seldom under-
taken except by large cities or cities so rapidly growing
that the need of such provision can be clearly foreseen.
Its main object is to provide conveniently in some de-
gree for the inhabitants of large cities that sort of rec-
reation which is to be obtained by strolling or driving
in a pleasant country district. There is no doubt that

large rural Park

the enjoyment of beautiful natural scenery is to the
majority of city dwellers one of the most refreshing
antidotes for the wearing influences of city life. Where
cities are of moderate size and are surrounded by a
beautiful country district, this enjoyment is readily
accessible to the mass of the population, and it has for-

121:;

ie__

1642. Plan of Prospect Park, Brooklyn, to illustrate the laree rural park.

tunately become more so in proportion to the size of
the cities within the last fifteen years through the de-
velopment of trolley car lines and the use of the bicycle;
but this increased accessibility of the country has been
in part offset by the growth of the cities during the same
period, and by the serious impairment of the rural quiet
of the suburban regions throxigh the same cause— im-
proved cheap transportation. It is therefore necessary,
if the people of large cities are to have easy access to
refreshing rural scenery, that the municipality should
withdraw from its taxable area a tract sufficiently large
to provide such scenery within its own limits. The cost,
both directly in money and indirectly through interfer-
ence with the street system and with the normal com-
mercial development of the land, is necessarily very
great, and only the purpose of providing beautiful scen-
ery, thoroughly contrasting with the city life and
measurably sequestered from all its sights and sounds,
can justify this cost, because almost all the other
purposes served in public recreation grounds can be
met more economically and far more conveniently in
smaller areas (ii.«tributed throughout the city. The
essential characteristics of a well-designed and well-
managed park of this class are, therefore, that all of
the numerous other objects which it may serve are
subordinated to the provision of beautiful scenery and
to rendering this scenery accessible and enjoyable by
large numbers of people, and that the subordinate ob-
jects are met only in such ways and to such a degree
as will not interfere with the simplicity and the rural
and natural quality of the scenery.

Although Central Park, in New York, is the most
noted park of this class in America, it can hardly be
taken as the most typical example on account of its
rocky, complicated topography, its unfortunately nar-
row shape, owing to which the surrounding high build-
ings to a great extent dominate its scenery, and to the
interruption offered by the great reservoirs which cut it
into two independent parts. Prospect Park, in Brook-
lyn, begun in 1806, is here described in some detail for
the purpose of affording a concrete example of the
principles that the writer wishes to illustrate respect-
ing rural parks. Fig. 1642 and Plate XXV.

Prospect Park has an area of 526}^ acres. Its main en-
trance is about 311 miles from New York City Hall, or
1% miles from Brooklyn City Hall. It is approached from
the city by four lines of trolley cars, but is at the city

end of the Parkway System, so that it must be reached
through ordinary streets. The chief features of its de-
sign are: 1st, the open, park-like landscape of the Long
Meadow; 2d, the woodland section, hilly and rising to
an elevated outlook; 3d, the lake and its surroundings;
4th, a series of minor passages of scenery and ele-
ments of interest fitted in at points not appropriated
for the main effects. The most characteristic and most
valuable part of the park is the Long Meadow with
its surrounding masses of wood, from the shade of
which the outlook ranges over one of the most beauti-
ful and simple park landscapes in the country. But
one is not brought directly to the Meadow from the
outside streets. One goes at first through a formal plaza,
then through a retired, shady ante-chamber, just long
enough to give a sense of retirement from the city, then,
if on foot, through an archway under the drive, that
does away with the nervousness of crossing a throng of
carriages, and then one comes out siiddenly upon the
joyous, sunny greensward. Its extent— over 50 acres-
is enough to secure an effect of breadth and enlarged
freedom without bringing its whole expanse into a sin-
gle view. One can see that it reaches beyond the pro-
jecting groves and scattered trees that form the back-
ground of the main coraxiosition, and he is tempted to
stroll on and open up the prospects thus suggested. The
surrounding groves are freely used for picnic parties,
and although much of the ground is tramped bare
beneath the trees, but little serious harm is done. A
carrousel or merry-go-round with its loud, mechanical
organ, the only discordant featiire of the place, was
removed to this point a few years ago. This piece of ap-
paratus was originally designed to be in a retired section
devoted to children's games, where all sorts of amusing
apparatus might be placed without intruding on the park
at large. The children's playground, not being shady
or attractive for its purpose, has now been transformed
into a rose garden. On the lower edge of the Long
Meadow are the pools which are at the source of the
park ornamental water system. They illustrate both the
value of water in a park landscape and the practical
difficulty of securing and maintaining agreeable natural
shores within the confines of a large city. Where the
banks are clothed with shrubs the effect is admirable,
but wherever the grass-land comes to the w.iter's edge
and in many places where shrubs once grew, the ground
has become foot-worn to utter bareness. Little iron

PARK

PARK

1213

railings in parlis are in themselves no protection in great

fail

•Iv

public resorts, and even wire fences n
to prevent people from trampling sodm- ni
banks and rockeries into barrenness. A 1 i i
and prompt repair of points that canui. t will
free use is the only remedy, and these should
never be lacking in all city parks. Leavin^'
the Meadow, the water flows down through i
ravine in the woodland portion of the piik
wholly overshadowed by trees with a \ uied
undergrowth. Through this woodland set
tion the paths and drives are comparatn eh
narrow, numerous and intricate, as btfats
the intricacy and detail of sylvan sceneij
and points of special interest are ra irked
by simple rustic seats, shelters, outlooks
and the like. In the southern part of the
park is a lake 62 acres in extent, of arti
ficial formation, but of natural appearance
It is large enough to afford good boatnig m
summer and skating in winter for large num
bers, as well as providing innumerable broad
and beautiful water views. Electric launches
carry passengers around a 2H-mile circuit foi
ten cents. The shores of the lake are for the
most part wooded w'ith tree plantations now
well grown, and are very attractive except
where indiscriminate use has worn them bare
or where the originally intended wild under
growth is lacking. Parts of the shore have tor
contrast the open meadow character, a chii
acter which will be emphasized when some
of the planted trees are cut, as necessary. Several im-
portant points were chosen in the design of the park as
places for the gathering of large and dense crowds, and
were planned with that end in view. The first of these
was the concert grove near the east end of the lake.
The great breadth of bare ground or pavement wherever
large crowds gather frequently, makes absurd any
attempt to simulate natural scenery in such a place, and
in the design of the concert place a grove of formally
planted trees with architectural accessories was made
upon gently rising ground, arranged radially at one
side of a little bay in the lake, upon an island in which
the band-stand was to be placed. Upon another side of
the bay a large concourse for carriages was also pro-
vided, and in connection with the formal treatment of
the concert grove was built a shelter, a restaurant and
a terrace overlooking the main drive. While the grove
was still so young as to be unattractive a band-stand
was erected in a natural grove near the Nether-
mead, a place in which the intricate woodland scenery
with its brook and pools and shruVibery, and the cor-
respondingly intricate arrangements of narrow paths
and bridges, bridle path and drive, were unfitted for
accommodating a large crowd. Here the people are
now drawn in thousands, wheelmen, carriages, horses
and people on foot, all trampling about together among
the trees and where the grass and bushes once grew.

and blocking the narrow bridges. The unused concert
place now has a display of bedding plants. The second
gathering place was at the top of Lookout Hill, which
rises 100 feet above the surrounding countrj and com
in mds % noble view extending out to sei Here is a

1643. Wat«r scene in a large rural Park

1644 Edge of the concert grove in Prospect Park

large carriage concourse, although a shelter and other
provisions designed for those on foot are not provided.
The plantations upon the flanks of the hill have now
become so high and so continuous that the views are
nearly closed. A third point, the Breeze Hill Con-
course, which originally enjoyed a good view of the
lake as well as a good breeze, has now grown up so that
it is no longer attractive as a view-point and has been
converted into a plantation for perennials, as a Colonial
Garden. Of the other subordinated features of inter-
est may be mentioned the Deer Paddock, the Wild Fowl
■ Pond, the Vale of Cashmere, the Archery Grounds and
the Greenhouses. The space set apart on the plan for a
Deer Paddock is a detached open area of suitable park-
like kind; this land is now used as a nursery ground,
and the deer have been introduced on steep and broken
ground in the midst of the woodland section. The Wild
Fowl Pond is in such a situation that there is little
temptation to go down and injure its steep banks by
walking along them, and the effects of the views from
path, road and shelter across its surface to the pictur-
esque foliage of its opposite margin are admirable,
especially when it is enlivened by moving birds. The
Vale of Cashmere is a narrow valley containing a little
winding pool and filled with a rich and varied massing
of rhododendrons and other flowering shrubs and ever-
greens, growing in an irregular and picturesque man-
ner. However a visitor may be impressed
by any of these special features with their
strong, individual characters, he need see
none of them that he does not particu-
larly care for, as they are all self-contained
and do not obtrude themselves upon the
dominant park landscape, for the sole ob-
ject of securing which the limits of the
park were extended to their present size.
The above remarks illustrate the type of
changes that are likely to occur in all pub-
lic parks, and for this reason they may be
suggestive to the reader.

2. The small city park (Fig. 1644-,'J), from
ten to two hundred acres or thereabouts, is
usually an effort in the same general direc-
tion as the large rural park, with a limita-
tion fixed by the difficulty of setting apart a
large body of land in one piece at a point of
access to a large population. It is almost
impossible to attain within so small a space
the degree of seclusion from the city and
the sense of breadth, simplicity and free-
dom that are the essential features of the

1214

PARK

PARK

landscape of a rural park; yet small passages of inter-
esting and agreeable scenery are often attainable, and
the obviously artificial objects which may intrude upon
them can often be so treated as to harmonize with the
effect. The scenery can seldom be quite natural in ap-
pearance, but it can often be very beautiful, a certain
elaboration, elegance and even magnificence taking the
place of the more quiet and restful simplicity of the large
park, in a way that appeals very obviously to many peo-
ple, and there is therefore more or less tendency to
develop large parks in the same direction. It is un-
fortunate that it should be so, for as these ends can
be attained almost as well upon small parks as upon
large, it is clearly a mistake to treat one large park in
this style Instead of several of smaller size so distrib-
uted as to serve conveniently a larger population. It
is because more cities have small parks of this elabor-
ate and what might almost be called gardenesque treat-
ment than have large and simple rural parks, that so
many people have a perverted conception of what con-
stitutes a park.

Morningside Park, New York (Pig. IMS), is an ex-
ample of a small city park upon an extremely rugged
and picturesque site, planned, in order to enhance this
quality, with an avoidance of decorative elaboration. It
occupies a craggy hillside strip from 200 to 500 feet wide
and ^ of a mile long, with a difference of elevation of from
50 to 100 feet between one side and the other, rendering
the land unfit for streets or buildings. From its situa-
tion as well as its narrow shape it is essentially unse-
cluded ; indeed one of its most notable features is the
impressive and utterly unrural view which it offers
over the busy streets and houses of Harlem, that
stretch away from its base. This view and the boldness
of the crags is emphasized by a stone terrace along the
upper edge, supporting a promenade and a tree-lined
boundary street. Convenience of passage is met by
numerous broad paths, with masonry steps fitted to the
irregularities of the ledges. The planting among the
ledges was designed to be of the tangled sort such as
often clothes broken ledges naturally, while the more
level land at the base of the crags is treated by contrast
as a smooth lawn, with scattered trees. The natural
boldness of the crags is partly lost by an effort to ex-
tend turf over every possible area, and the shrub plant-
ing is possibly rather too garden-like in style to be in
entire accord with the situation, but in general the park
is treated in a manner approaching that of the large
parks, although without any attempt at complete rural
seclusion. It contains a little over thirty acres, ex-
clusive of the various boundary streets and prome-
nades.

More commonly small parks are used for the display
of interesting and showy flowering shrubs and trees,
and make a feature of fountains, statues and other
sculpture more or less good. In moderation and skil-
fully used such objects, together with terraces and
other architectural work, are entirely appropriate and
desirable in parks of this class, and add much to the
effect of elegance and richness. The predominant pur-
pose is to please the eye, as in the large parks, but in a
way that has often a little of the element of spectacular
effect and certainly more of Interest in the individual
objects than in the case of the quiet rural park. The
enjoyment is more closely related to that offered by
architecture and decorative design and other pleasures
forming a part of the daily city life.

3. JVelffJiborhood pleasure grounds are spaces of
varying size coming within the scope of the park sys-
tem, and including numerous aims other than the en-
joyment of scenery. Sometimes the leading feature is
a playground for athletic sports, .sometimes a sort of
outdoor kindergarten for little children, sometimes a
concert grove and promenade, sometimes a menagerie,
sometimes a public bathing place or boating place. The
area is usually restricted, and, as the name indicates, the
object is to offer the maximum of outdoor recreation
for the people of a single neighborhood, when they
have not the rime to go far afield. As children out of
school hours are most in need of such provision, play-
grounds form an important feature in many grounds
of this class; but in all the best examples the means
of meeting the various practical requirements, whether

athletics, band concerts or what not, are so arranged as
to produce a pleasing effect on the eye as well. This is
the more difficult from the fact that these grounds get
very hard usage: and it is practically impossible to
maintain a respectable turf on the area devoted to a
playground. This is sometimes left in loam worn bare
in streaks and patches by the playing, but it is better
surfaced with well-compacted gravel. So far as any
single example can represent tliis class, which must
vary in every element with local conditions, Charles-
bank, in Boston, may be taken as an illustration. This
playground occupies a tract of about ten acres upon the
borders of the Charles river at a point near a district of
considerable congestion, and occupied by a population
of a poor class. A promenade was established on the
edge of the sea wall about two thousand feel in length,
and between it and the undisturbed streets a play-
ground was laid out, having an average width of about
two hundred and fifty feet. Within this long, narrow
belt of public ground were established two outdoor
gymnasia, each with a running track and a building for
dressing and bathing. One of these outdoor gymnasia
was designed for women and children and the other for
men and boys, and they are at the opposite extremities of
the playground. The tract between them was laid out
with walks, trees, shrubs and turf, and was intended pri-
marily to appeal to the aesthetic senses. The Charles-
bank has well proved the practicability of maintaining,
within the very heart of the city, a tract of ground oc-
cupied by greensward and trees despite the fact that it
is frequented by thousands^of men, women and chil-
dren. The city of Boston provides free instiniction in
gymnastics upon the playground, and yearly over 70,-
000 women and girls, and 200,000 men and boys have
made use of the facilities offered. The total cost of
this playground for land and improvements to date is
$382,000, and the yearly cost of maintenance is $10,000.

4. Squares, places, gardens, and the like, usually
of small area, are scattered about a city at street inter-
sections and the like. Their principal functions are to
furnish agreeable sights for those passing by them or
through them in the course of their daily business, and
to provide a pleasant resting place or promenade for
the much smaller number who take the time to use them
so. On account of the almost constant passing through
such squares the best arrangements all provide for rea-
sonably direct and convenient paths along the lines
most used. Where this is not done many of those who
use the square are likely to be so irritated by the indi-
rectness as to miss much of the pleasure they might
otherwise receive. A formal plan of walks, either on
straight lines or curved, is generally adopted for such
squares, and is well suited to the conditions and to the
decorative treatment of the area, providing much more
effectively than an irregular plan for the numerous
statues, fountains and gay flower beds which have their
most appropriate location in such a place. Shade trees,
either as a complete grove, or in rows along the paths,
or grouped in some more complex plan, are almost es-
sential features of such squares, but where displays of
flowers are to be made open spaces must be left for sun-
light. A modification of this type of square is sometimes
met with where the space, instead of being used as
a short cut and for enjoyment from within, is designed
primarily to present an agreeable picture to those pass-
ing it upon the adjacent streets. When the area is very
small and the passing is almost wholly along one side,
and in other special cases, this treatment is most effec-
tive, because, where the only aim is a beautiful picto-
rial effect from a limited point of view, better results can
be obtained than when appearances must be reconciled
with other uses of the land. Nevertheless there are few
cases in which a small square will not have a greater
recreative value to the public if its pictorial aspect is
somewhat sacrificed to such uses as resting and prom-
enading.

5. Parkways and bnnlevards as parts of a park
system serve usually as pleasant means of access to
parks from other parts of the city, or from one park
to another, and also as agreeable promenades in them-
selves. Commercial trafiic is usually excluded from
them. Boulevards are arranged formally, usually upon
straight lines, with rows of shade trees and parallel

PARK

ways for those on foot mul on wheels.
The simplest type has a broad drive in the
center with a walk on either side separated
from the drive by a belt of turf and it is
always shaded by trees. Frequently, two
driveways are provided with a broad space
between containing trees and turf, and
sometimes foot paths, bicycle paths, bridle
paths or other conveniences, and often
shrubs, flowers, statues and other decora-
tions. A further development is arranged
like the first form, with the addition of
narrow streets for house frontage on each
side and with an enlargement and elabo-
ration of the planting spaces between the
middle and side drives. Of recent years
some boulevards have been made to pro-
vide for electric car tracks upon a special
turfed reservation with rows of trees,
where the cars can attain high speed with
little danger of collision with other vehi-
cles. Such reservations are generally be-
tween two ruadutiys. but in some sub-
urliaii .listiii-ts. iictably in the city of
Rix'hi-sti-r, .. >iii;.'le-track reservation is
placed on either side of a single roadway
between the curb and the sidewalk. A
parkway, so far as it can be discriminated
from a boulevard, includes more breadth
of turf or planted ground and includes,
usually, narrow passages of natural scen-
ery of varying width, giving it a some-
what park-like character and inducing a
less formal treatment of the roads, paths
and accessory features. Parkways are
frequently laid out along streams so as
to include the natural beauties of brook or
river scenery and to preserve the main
surface-water channels in public control,
thus providing for the adequate, economi-
cal and agreeable regulation of storm
drainage and Hoods.

(i. Outhfing reservations of almost un-
developed country scenery, usually from
51)0 to 5,000 acres in extent, are wisely
included in the park systems of some of
the larger cities on account of the in-
creasing difficulty of reaching the un-
spoiled scenery of the open country, and
because, otherwise, the increasing num-
bers of people seeking such scenery upon
the outskirts of the suburbs secure their
I>leasure at a constantly increasing dis-
comfort to themselves and to the private
hiiidowiier-i upon whose property they are
fcin-ed t>> trespass. The most notable of
such reservations in America are those
of the Boston Metropolitan District, com-
prising four forest reservations with a
total area of a little over 10,000 acres, with
17 miles of connecting parkways. The
most notable of such reservations in
Europe are those of London, especially
Epping Forest (5,346 acres) and Rich-
nintui Park (2,.358 acres); and those of
Paris, amounting to about 20,000 acres,
c'liieHy maintained, not by the city, but by
the national government.

3Iaiiayeme>it.— The most generally
adopted and most successful method of
managing city parks in the United States
is by an unpaid commission of three to
five members appointed for terms of three
or five years and retiring successively,
so as to maintain continuity of policy
and comparative independence of local
political changes. The commission ap-
points as executive officers a secretary
and a superintendent, the latter having
some technical skill, and each devoting
his whole time to the work and receiving
a salary. Under the orders of the super-
intendent, who receives his instructions

77

121;-)

1216

PARK

PARKINSONIA

direct from the board, are employed an engineer, local
superintendents, gardeners, foremen, etc. The engineer
is generally an assistant of the city engineer, assigned
temporarily to park work. When new parks are to be
acquired or plans are to be made for their development,
a professional landscape architect is employed to advise

1646. A park-like effect in a private garden.

the board and to make plans, and is usually retained at
least in a consulting capacity during the period of con-
struction. Some large cities retain a consulting land-
scape architect permanently to advise them with regard
to questions of improvement and maintenance affecting
the design of the parks.

iS(aiJs;»cs. — Reliable statistics of parks are almost
unattainable. The accompanying incomplete compila-
tion (see foot of page) was made in 1897 by the secre-
tary of the Louisville Park Commission. Some items
are corrected to 1900.

Bibliography. — "Park" in American Cyclopedia, En-
cyclopedia Americana, Johnson's Cyclopedia ; Park
Reports of the various cities, especially New York.

1857-1868, special report accompanying plan of Central
Park, 1858; Brooklyn, 1807-1873, special report accom-
panying plan of Prospect Park, 1866; Boston, 1879, 1880,
1885, city document 125 of 1880; Boston, Metropolitan
District, 1893; Buffalo, 1871, 1886, 1888; Chicago, report
on plan of South Park, 1871 ; Montreal, report on
Mount Royal, with plan, 1881. See Pro-
ceedings American Social Science Asso-
ciation, 1870, 1880; "Mass. Park Law,"
state printers, 1894 ; Proc. Amer. Park
and Outdoor Arts Assoc.

F. L. Olmsted, Jr.

PARKINSONIA (John Parkinson, 1567-
II 9, Loudon apothecary, author of the de-
lightful Paradisus Terrestris and Thea-
tr im Botanicum). Leyuminbsa'. Seven
or 8 species of tropical trees or shrubs,
often armed with short spines: Ivs. bi-
pmnate, with 1 or 2 pairs of pinnfe; the
common petiole short, often obsolete or
spmescent; stipules minute or none: fls.
yellow or whitish, on slender pedicels in
short, loose axillary or terminal racemes;
calyx 5-parted, produced at base and
jomted upon the pedicel; petals 5, clawed,
tl e upper one within and broader than the
rest, somewhat cordate, the claw pubes-
cent and nectariferous on the inner side;
stamens 10, free, the upper one gibbous
outside : ovary several - ovuled, shortly
stipitate : pod compressed, 2-valved, lin-
ear to linear-oblong, more or less twisted: seeds com-
pressed, albuminous. Bot. Calif. 1:161.

The dominant type, both in the wild and in cult., is
P. aculeata, the Jerusalem Thorn, which is probably a
native of America, but is naturalized or cult, in all tropi-
cal countries. Another species is S. African, 3 are
S. American, and the rest belong to the region between
Texas and S. Calif. P. aculeata is a thorny evergreen
tree with feathery drooping branches and handsome yel-
low fls. ; it is admirable for hedges, thrives in the driest
places and can endure some cold. It has been cult, in
European conservatories, being usually raised from im-
ported seeds, but it is of difiicult culture. P. Torreyana,
though generally destitute of Ivs., is known in northern

., >-.-.. ■'Vf. /urge

Name of Ctty. farts'

Albany, N. Y 3

Baltimore. Md 9

^Boston, Mass., proper 9

gBoston Metropolitan— Reservations. 13

Parkways 7

^Buffalo 6

Cambridge. Mass 1

Chicago, 111 9

Cincinnati, Ohio 6

Cleveland, Ohio 8

Des Moines, Iowa 4

Denver, Colo 9

Duluth, Minn 4

gBssex County, N. J 3

Hartford, Conn 6

Indianapolis, Ind 1

Kansas City, Mo 3

Louisville, Ky ■ 3

Parkway

Milwaukee, Wis 7

Minneapolis, Minn Ill

Boulevards U J

New York City P."i.rk .System

Borough of Brooklyn 2

Omaha, Neb 6

Peoria, III 4

Pittsburgh, Pa 1

Philadelphia, Pa 1

Richmond, Va 4

St. Louis. Mo 10

St. P.-vul, Minn 2

San Francisco, Cal 3

Springfield, Mass 1

Toledo, Ohio 8

Washington. D. C 18

Wilmington, Del 3

^ Figures corrected to 1900.

T Includes maintenance 7 years.

1,100
1,894
9,279 46
17.1M

Other

Total

Total appropria.

Cost

habitants

spaces

Acreage.

Acreage.

tion and cost.

Population.

per capita.

per acre.

8

15

295

$2,135,700

100,000

$21 35

339

20

37

1.137

10,000,000

600,000

16 06

527

28
}

465.57

2,359.57

16,627,033
9,545,.528t

530,000

3137

224

20

70.5

1,025.5

4.971.769

350,000

1143

,369

2

21

158

1,021,500

81,650

12 51

516

23

497

2,.i94

29.,561.660

1,800,000

16 42

694

400

2,000,000

300,000

6 66

750

8

36

1,214

2,000.000

350,000

6 71

288

3

5

405

116.000

75.000

155

185

2

20

5 0

387,608

150.000

2,58

278

10

25

425

550,000

67,000

8 20

158

3

83.43

1,0.53.13

1,500,000

9

7

1.067

70,000

65

2

27

116

290,000*

183,000

158

1,.578

10)
48 J

1,338

100,000**

160,000

0 63

119

1,113

1,003.520

215,500

4 66

194

9

01

401

1,140,000

300,000

3 80

651

25

40

1,540

2,750,000

200,000

13 75

130

5,190

50,000,000

2.000.000

25 00

385

29

523

1,575

30,000,000

1,300,000

23 07

825

3

2

552

750,000

140.000

5 35

254

3

12

334

350,000

60,000

5 83

180

767

3,000,000

290,000

10 35

378

22

318

3,618

6,250,000

1.250.000

5 00

345

9

31

385

132.000

100,000

267

10

43

2,177

5,100,000

638.000

44

87

889

296,415***

133.200

174

14

224

1,314

3,744,605

360,000

10 40

274

24

20

483

169,000

50,000

3 38

104

17

5

625.000

125,000

5 00

283

76

404

4,495,237

277,000

16 22

685

10

29.69

269.18

422,351.46

70,000

6 03

260

Condemnation o

a hand for

more land.

*** Maintenance.

Condemnation.

PARKINSONIA

PARONYCHIA

1217

Mexico as piilo venle, from the bright gn-i'ii I'olor of the
branches. It stands drought even bettor than P. aeii-
Itata. These plants belong to the same tribe with such
tine northern trees as Gleditschia and Gymnocladus and
such southern kinds as Csesalpinia, Poinciana and
Colvillea.

A. Jjfts. nioi

rafhis flat, long.

acule&ta, Linn. Jerusalem Thorn. Small, glabrous
tree, the slender branches often pendulous: spiny peti-
oles %-l in. long: Ifts. very small, oblong; rachis
%-VA ft. long: racemes axillary, 3-G in. long: fls. fra-
grant, pendulous. S.S. 3:131.

AA. Lfts. few: rachis terete.

Torreyina, Wats. Small tree: lfts. 2 or .") pairs: ra-
cemes terminating the branches: pedicels jointed near
the middle, the joint not evident until in fr. Valley of
the Colo, and eastward. p. Franceschi and W. M.

FABNASSIA (after Mt. Parnassus). Saxifragttcete.
Grass op Parnassus. About a dozen species of low-
growing, moisture-loving, hardy perennial herbs, of
tufted habit, each scape bearing a solitary, 5-petaIed,
white or yellowish flower 14-1^-2 in. across. They are
suitable for shady positions along the water's edge, and
are prop, by seeds or division. They generally grow
about 6 in. high, but attain 2 ft. They bloom from June
to September; the petals are conspicuously veined with 9
or more green lines. The plant which Dioscorides called
"Grass of Parnassus" is P, palustrls, the only species
that is common in Europe. This is perhaps the best
one for cult., but they are all much alike. Parnassias
are suitable plants for moist, sunny or partially shaded
positions. They prefer a peaty soil, but such is not
necessary. The species are generally tenacious of life
and are good perennials. The North Carolinian species
are hardy North.

Parnassias are natives of the north temperate and
arctic zones. Calyx 5-parted : petals withering, but
persistent: fertile stamens 5, alternating with the pet-
als; ovary 1-celled: style very short or none: stigmas
usually 4: ovules many : capsule 1-celled, with 4 pla-
cent* projecting within, 4-valved. '

A. Petals not clawed.

B. RiuUmentarii stamens 9-20 at the base of each

petal.

c. Scape-leaf clasping.

paliistris, Linn. Grass op Parnassus. Lvs. ovate,
usually cordate at the base: fls. V2-I in. across: rudi-
mentary stamens 9-15 at the base of each petal. Eu.,
Asia., N. Amer. Gn. 41, p. 500. A.G. 13:«9i;.-In Eu.
considered the commonest and best species, but in this
country it seems to be advertised only by dealers in
Japanese plants,

cc. Scape-leaf not clasping,

Cali{6rnica, Greene. Height 1-2 ft. : lvs. ovate or
ovate-oblong. 1-2 in. long; scape-leaf very small, and
borne much above the middle; fls. IM in. across; rudi-
mentary stamens about 20 at the base of each petal.
Calif. Int. 1900, by Horsford.

BB. Nfidintentary stamens S~5 at the base of each
petal.

Caroliniana, Michx. Height 8-16 in.: lvs. ovate,
broadly oval or orbicular, more or less corrlate at the
base; scape-leaf borne below the middle; lis. ■'.,-! 'o in.
across ; rudimentary stamens usually .'! in e:icli set.
Swamps and low meadows. New Brunswick to Manitoha,
south Va. to la. B.B. 2:182. B.M. 1459. -Commonest
in cult.

AA. Petals clawed.
B. Rudimentary stamens 3 at the base of each petal.

asari{61ia, Vent. Height 10-16 in. : lvs. orbicular,
kidney-shai>ed at the base, often 2-3 in. wide; scape-
leaf clasping, borne at about the middle: petals not
fringed. Wet places in high mts. of Va. and N. C.
B.B.2:184.

BB. Rudimentary stamens 5-9 at the base of each
petal.

flmbrifLta, Banks. Lvs. kidney-shaped to cordate-
ovate : petals fringed below the middle. Colo, to Calif,
and Brit. N. Amer. Int. by Gillett in 1881, and still
cult.

P. nubicola. Wall. The largest and coarsest of all the spe-
cies, and lacks the delicate beauty and white petals of P. pa-
histris. Lvs. elliptic-ovate; scape-leaf borne below the middle;
petals shorter than in the other kinds as compared with calyx
lobes: nidimentary filaments 3, not topped by anthers. Hima-
layas. B.M. 000!). p. Yf. Barclay and W. M.

PARNASSUS, GRASS OF. See Parnassia.

PAROCHfiTUS (Greek, near a lake). Legiiminlisn;.
This plant was offered recently by A. Blanc, of Phila-
delphia, under the name of Shamrock Pea or Blue
Oxalis. It is a half-hardy perennial trailer, with foli-
age like the shamrock, but with each of the 3 lfts.
marked at the base with a handsome brown crescent;
the pea-shaped fls., have a cobalt blue standard and
pink wings. It is desirable for hanging baskets, pots
and rockeries. Blanc says it blooms the year round. It
is a native of tropical Asia and eastern Africa, ascend-
ing the Himalayas from 4,000 to 13,000 feet. If seeds
could be secured from the greatest altitude the plants
might be hardy in the North.

Parochetus is a genus of one species. It is allied to
the clovers, sweet clover, medick and rest-harrow, and
differs from them in having a more acute keel, a 2-
valved pod, and the lfts. not stalked.

commilnis, Hamilt. Shamrock Pea. Blue Oxalis.
Hei),'lit 2-11 in.: rhizome thread-like, wide-creeping:
petiole 2 in. long: lfts. obovate, emarginate, glabrous
or slightly pubescent: peduncles 1-2-fld.: fls. M-/i in.
across, axillary. F S. 15:1575.

PABON'4'CHIA (old Greek name used by Dioscorides,
meaning whitlow-wort, or a cure for a disease of the
fingers or toes). Whitlow-wort. Illecebr&cece ; by
Britton and Brown referred to CaryophyllAcece . About
40 species of annual or perennial herbs, natives of the
Mediterranean region, erect or diffuse, often dichoto-
mously branching; lvs. opposite, broad or narrow, en-
tire, the margins flat or very rarely recurved ; stipules
prominent, scarious, shining; fls. minute, without petals,
axillary or rarely in terminal cymes, usually densely
clustered and hidden among the stiptiles. A few are
cult, in the hardy border, and 2 are said to be much
used in bedding. The two European species here given
do not appear in the leading catalogues, domestic or
foreign, but P. serpyllifolia is said to be much used for
carpet bedding abroad. Allied to Herniaria, which see
for generic differences. The species described below
are perennials. P. argentea furnishes the Algerian tea
of medicine.

A. Lvs. rather broad, obovate or nearly so.
B. Foliage nearly glabrous.

argentea, Lam. Prostrate, diffuse: lvs. obovate to
oblong or lanceolate: fls. lateral and terminal, dense,
intermixed with lvs.: bracts ovate, acute, iiuirti longer
than the fl. ; calj'x-lobes serai-scarious. JKio.icd. tnucro-
nate on the back near the apex. Common in di-y places,
Mediterranean region.

BB. Foliage ciliate at the margin,

serpyllifdlia, DC. Prostrate, creeping: lvs. obovate,
flat, rather fleshy: fls. terminal; calyx - lobes blunt.
Arid parts of southern and eastern Eu.

AA. Lvs. narrow, linear or awl-shaped.
B. Awns of the calyx-segments erect,

argyrdcoma, Nutt. Erect or ascending, 3-8 in. high,
(■IdtbtMl Willi silvery, appressed, scale-like hairs : lvs.
lint-ar; stipules silvery white, scarious, entire, usually
shorter than the lvs. ; fls. in forking cymes; bracts large,
silvery, membranous. Rocky places. Me. and N. H. to
Ga. and Tenn. Also called Silver Chickweed, Silver-
head, and Silver Whitlow-wort. B.B. 2:38.

1218

PARONYCHIA

PARSNIP

BB. Aivns of the calyx-senments divergent.
dicli6toma, Nutt. Woody at the base, glabrous or
puberuleut, 4-14 in. tall ; stipules entire, often 5-0 lines
long, tapering into a slender awn: tis. in forking cymes.
Dry soil, Md. and N. C. to Ark. and Tex. B.B."2:39.
Ady. 1883, by Woolson, Passaic, N. J. Tff j£ .

Paronychia argyrocoma is an interesting little plant
which shows remarkable geographical distribution; it
occurs rather abundantly on the high rocky summits
of the Carolina and Tennessee mountains, but does not
appear northward in the Appalachian system till the
peak of Mt. Washington is reached, where it grows
sparingly; stations are also reported on several lower
mountain tops in Maine. It is not difficult of culti-
vation and is prized for rockeries, its silvery tufted
appearance lending a distinct charm to the collection
for this purpose. Propagated by seeds and division.
Harlan P. Kelset.

PARROTIA (after F. W. Parrot, a German natural-
ist and traveler, afterwards professor of medicine
at Dorpat; 1792-1841.). mimameliddcnr. Ornamental
deciduous shrubs or small trees, with alternate, short-
petioled, orbicular to oblong Ivs., small fls. in dense
heads appearing before the Ivs., and with fr. sinjilar to
those of the Witch Hazel. The Persian species is hardy
as far north as Mass. Its chief beauty consists in the
brilliant autumnal tints of the foliage, which changes
to golden yellow, orange and scarlet and remains a
long time on the branches. The early appearing fls.,
with the purple pendulous stamens, are also attrac-
tive. The Himalayan species is ranch more tender and
its foliage turns only to pale yellow, but the fls. are
somewhat more showy from their rather large white
bracts. The Parrotias grow in any well-drained soil and
like a sheltered position. Prop, by seeds and layers and
also by greenwood cuttings under glass. Two species
in N. Persia and the Himalayas. The short petioles
have large deciduous stipules : fls. small, in dense
heads, surrounded by an involucre of several bracts;
petals wanting; calyx 5-7-lobed, embracing the pubes-
cent ovary about one-half ; stamens 5-15; styles 2: cap-
sule 2-celled, with 2 beaks, dehiscent between the
beaks, with one oblong shining seed in each cell. The
wood is very close-grained, hard and strong, and P.
Persica bears therefore the name Iron wood. The tough
pliable branches of the Himalayan species are exten-
sively used for basket-work and are also twisted into thick
ropes used for the construction of twig-bridges over the
great rivers of its native country.

F6rsica, C. A. Mey. Shrub or small tree, to 15 ft., with
spreading branches : Ivs. oval to obovate-oblong, ob-
tuse, coarsely and crenately dentate above the middle,
dark green above, pubescent beneath when young, 3-4
in. long : bracts of flower-heads covered with dark
brown tomentum: stamens 5-7, pendulous, with linear-
oblong, purple anthers: fr. with recurved beaks. N.
Persia. B.M. 5744.

Jacquemonti^na, Decaisne {FothergiUa involucr&ta,
Falc). Spri-Hiliiig shrub or small tree, to 20 ft.: Ivs. or-
bicular, creiiaiely toothed, stellate-pubescent on both
sides, 2-4 in. long: heads many-fld., with spreading
white bracts sprinkled with a purplish scurf on the
back: stamens about 15, erect, with yellow, oval-oblong
anthers. Himalayas. B.M. 7501. Alfred Rehder.

PAEEOT'S BILL. See Clianthns.

PAKEYA ( Capt. W. E. Parry, Arctic explorer) . Cruci-
fer<e. Four or five North American and a few Asiatic low
perennial scape-bearing herbs, with thick roots or can-
dices, narrow leaves and mostly racemose, white or pur-
plish showy flowers: pod broad and flat, mostly elliptic,
with orbicular seeds. The Parryas are alpine or boreal,
often arctic plants, and some of them will no doubt prove
useful for the ;ili)ini* garden. So far they are practi-
cally unknown in American gardens. In 1881, Gillett

introdu I P. Menziesii. Greene (as Cheiranthns Men-

siesii, HiMith. it Hook.). It has a leafy scape 3-8 in.
high, with a raceitie of many flowers, the petals nearly
K in. long and bright purple. N. Calif., north to the
Lower Columbia river. L. H. B.

FAKSLEY. Fig. 1047. While indispensable in the mar-
ket garden. Parsley is but rarely found in our home
gardens. The addition of a bit of Parsley foliage,
finely chopped, heightens the flavor of soups, fish,
etc. The principal use of this vegetable, however, is

1647. Curl-leaved Parsley.

for garnishing meats and fish, and for this purpose it
seems to be the vegetable par excellence, equally desir-
able in the home as on the hotel table. A very few plants
will suffice for the home garden, and any spot of good
soil will do for starting them from seed. ISow as early
in spring as practicable, either in an eariy hotbed or
coldframe, or in open ground. Parsley seed germinates
somewhat slowly, and the plants are feeble at first. In
open ground, early sowing aids the plants to get ahead
of the weeds. In larger patches the rows should he a
foot apart, and seed sown rather thinly in shallow drills.
Thin the plants to stand a few inches apart, and culti-
vate same as carrots. Gather the leaf-stalks as needed.
For use during winter and early .spring, start phints
in open ground in early fall, and on the appioac-h of
cold weather set them in a corner of the greenhouse
bench, or in a box or keg filled with rich loam placed in
a light kitchen or cellar window.

When the plant is a year old (sooner or later), it
throws up seed-stalks, and produces seed in abundance,
even under glass protection. By keeping the seed-stalks
closely cutout, the season of leaf-yield may be prolonged
for a time. Seed is easily gathered and cleaned.

The varietal differences appear chiefly in the foliage,
which in some sorts is rather coarse, as in the Plain or
Common, or more finely divided, as in the Curled,
Double Curled, Moss Curled and Fern-Leaved.

For the botany of Parsley, see Carum Petroselinum.
T. Greiner.

TA'RSTHJV {Paxfintira .sntiva). Fig. 1648. The average
home Kunliiirr thinks much of quick results. The
drawlKu-k to Parsnip ;;ri>\ving, in his estimation, is the
length lit time which the crop requires for its develop-
ment. When seed is sown,
in early spring, the harvest
seems a long way off. To off-
set this dissidvantiige, how-
ever. Parsnips become avail-
able as green material when
other things fresh from the
garden are very scarce or en-
tirely absent, namely, during
open spells in winter, and in
the very early spring months.
A crop of good, straight roots
may not be quite as easily
produced as a crop of smooth
carrots, but when once grown,
it does not burden one with
much responsibility in regard
to storage or keeping, which
is an important point in its
favor. The roots may be left
in the ground where they
grew or stored in moss or sand
in the cellar. This feature
makes them valuable also as
food for cattle, sheep, hogs
and poultry in the early spring

in case the table or market should not call for them at
that time.

The best soil for Parsnips is a clean, rich loam, which
offers no obstruction to the uniform expansion of the
roots. Prepare it the same as for beets or carrots, or

1648. Parsnip.

PARSNIP

for any other garden crop. The seed should be strictly
fresh, as it soon loses its vitality. Sow it in early spring,
preferably with a garden seed-drill, K-1 in. deep, in
rows 15-20 in. apart in the garden, and somewhat far-
ther in field culture. Be prompt in thinning the young
seedlings to .3-4 in. apart in the row; at the same time
pull up or cut out all weeds. The free use of the
hand wheel-hoe will keep the patch clean until the en-
tire surface of the ground Is covered with foliage, thus
preventing further growth of weeds. Cultivation may
then cease.

The varieties are few in number. For shallow, stony
or otherwise unfavorable soils we have the Round or
Early Short Round; for better soils the Half-Long,
Student, or Hollow Crown; and for deep, clean soils the
Long Smooth.

Seed is easily grown. Plant the roots in spring in any
good soil, and gather the seed heads when most of the
seeds in them are mature. Dry them on sheets, and
then thrash or strip.

For botanical account of Parsnip, see Pastiuaea.
T. Greiner.

PARTHfiNIUM integrifdlium, the American Fever-
few or Prairie Dock, has been offered by one dealer
in hardy herbaceous perennials, but the plant is de-
sirable only for foliage effects ; and the fls. are not
showy. It is pictured in B.B. 3:411 and described in
American manuals. The genus has little horticultural
value.

PARTRIDGE-BEERY. Mitehella repens. Sometimes
applied to (jintJthi'ria procumhens.

PASCALIA glatica is a compo-site from Chile which
is probaljly not in cult. The plant cult, under this name
in England, and once offered by John Saul, is probably
the plant shown in P.M. 8:125, which is believed to
be a Helianthus. It is not hardy and there seems to be
little reason for cultivating it here, because we have so
many hardy sunflowers.

FASQUE FLOWER. Anemone Pulsatilla.

PASSIFLdRA (i.e., Passion flower). PassiflorAcea.
Passuin-fliiwer. a large tropical genus of highly
interesting herbs, shrubs, or trees, but most of them
climbing by means of tendrils. The peculiar charm of
these plants lies in the odd flowers, the parts of which
were fancied by the early Spanish and Italian travelers
to represent the implements of the crucifixion (whence
both the technical and popular names). The flower is
usually subtended by 2 or 3 calyx-like bracts. The calyx
has 5 petal-like lobes. The corolla is of 5 petals. The
ten colored parts of the floral envelope were thought
to represent the 10 apostles present at the crucifixion,
Peter and Judas being absent. Inside the corolla is a
showy crown or corona of colored filaments or fringes,
taken to represent the crown of thorns, or by some
thought to be emblematic of the halo. The stamens are
5, to some suggestive of the five wounds, by others
thought to be emblematic of the hammers which were
used to drive the three nails, the latter being repre-
sented by the 3 styles with capitate .stigmas. The long
axillary coiling tendrils represented the cords or the
scourges. The digitate leaves suggested the hands of
the persecutors. Fig. 1649 is an old representation of
the Passion-flower. Consult Tacsonia.

The following sketch of the Passion-flower legend is
from Folkard's "Plant Lore, Legends and Lyrics," and
the illustration (Fig. 1649) is also reproduced from
that book: "The Passion-flower (Passiflora carnlea) is
a wild flower of the South American forests, and it is
said that the Spaniards, when they first saw the lovely
bloom of this plant, as it hung in rich festoons from the
branches of the forest trees, regarded the magnificent
blossom as a token that the Indians should be converted
to Christianity, as they saw in its several parts the em-
blems of the passion of our Lord. In the year 1610,
Jacomo Bosio, the author of an exhaustive treatise on
the cross of Calvary, was busily engaged on this work
when there arrived in Rome an Augustinian friar,
named Emmanuel de Villegas. a ]\Iexican by birth. He
brought with him, and showed to Bosio, the drawing of

PASSIFLORA

1219

a flower so ' stupendously marvelous, tnat he hesitated
making any mention of it in his book. However, some
other drawings and descriptions were sent to him by
inhabitants of New Spain, and certain Mexican Jesuits,
sojourning at Rome, coiifirnicd all the astonishing re-
ports of this floral marvil ; uioricivcr, souir Dimiiuicans
at Bologna engraved and ]»ililishcil a, drawing; of it, ac-
companied by poems aud descriptive essays. Bosio,
therefore, conceived it to be his duty to present the
Flos Passionis to the world as the most wondrous
example of the Croce trionfatite discovered in forest or
field. The flower represents, he tells us, not so directly
the cross of our Lord, as the past mysteries of the
passion. It is a native of the Indies, of Peru, and of
New Spain, where the Spaniards call it * the Flower of
the Five Wounds,' and it had clearly been designed by
the great Creator that it might, in due time, assist in
the conversion of the heathen among whom it grows.
Alluding to the bell-like shape assumed by the flower
during the greater part of its existence (i. e., whilst
it is expanding and fading), Bosio remarks: 'And it
may well be that, in Ills infinite wisdom, it pleased him
to create it thus shut up and protected, as though to
indicate that the wonderful mysteries of the cross and
of his passion were to remain hidden from the heathen
people of those countries until the time preordained by
His Highest Majesty.' The figure given to the Passion-

1649. Old conception of the Passion -flo^ver.
From Folkard's "Plant Lore," and there taken from Zalin.

flower in Bosio's work shows the crown of thorns twisted
and plaited, the three nails, and the column of the flag-
ellation just as they appear on ecclesiastical banners,
etc. 'The upper petals,' writes Bosio in his description,
' are tawny in Peru, but in New Spain they are white,
tinged with rose. The filaments above resemble a
blood-coloured fringe, as though suggesting the scourge
with which our blessed Lord was tormented. The col-
umn rises in the middle. The nails are above it; the
crown of thorns encircles tbe column ; and close in the
center of the flower from which the column rises is a
portion of a yellow colour, about the size of a reale, in
which are five spots or stains of the hue of blood, evi-

1220

PASSIFLORA

dently setting forth the five wounds received by our
Lord on the cross. The colour of the column, the crown,
and the nails is a clear green. The crown itself is sur-
rounded by a kind of veil or very fine hair, of a violet
colour, the filaments of which number seventy-two,
answering to the number of thorns with which, accord-
ing to tradition, our Lord's crown was set; and the
leaves of the plant, abundant and beautiful, are shaped
like the head of a lance or pike, referring, no doubt, to

1650. Fruit of the May-pop.— Passiflora incarnata.

Natural size.

that which pierced the side of our Savior, whilst they
are marked beneath with round spots, signifying the
thirty pieces of silver.*"

With the exception of a few Malayan and Chinese
species, the true Passifloras are natives of tropical
America. Many of them are cultivated as curiosities,
and some of them for the beauty of their flowers and
for their festooning foliage. The leaves are either digi-
tately lobed or angled or perfectly entire. The large,
showy flowers are solitary in the axils or on axillary
racemes. The fruit is oblong or globular and usually
fleshy or berry-like, 3-carpeled but 1-loculed, the seeds
being borne on parietal placentie. The fruit is allied to
the pepo of the Cucurbitaceae. The ovary is supported
on a long stalk which is inclosed in or u.sually united
with the tube formed by the union of the bases of the
filaments. The structure of the fruit is well shown in
Fig. 1G50; the remains of the floral envelopes have
broken from the attachment on the torus and rest on
the fruit. The petals are borne on the throat of the
calyx, but in some species they are absent. Nearly or
quite a dozen Passifloras are native to the U. S., and
one of them, P. Intea, grows naturally as far north
as southern Pa. and Illinois. Prom Virginia south, the
Maypop, P. incarnata, is a very common plant in fields
and waste places. Both these species are herbaceous
perennials. The fruit of some Passifloras is edible.

In cultivation, the Passifloras have been considerably
hybridized, and they are also confused with Tacsonia.
In 1871 Masters eniimerated 184 species (Trans. Linn.
Soc. 27), and a number of species have been discovered
since that time.

PASSIFLORA

Most of the Passion-flowers are yellow or green in
color of envelopes, but there are fine reds in /'. race-
mostt, P. Satldiann, P. coccinea, P. alata, P. vitifolia,
and two or three others. L H B

P. cmrnlea and Constance Elliott are both hardy at
Washington. In summer time we use P. fatkia (raised
from seed annually), and during the last two seasons,
P. C'olimensis, for trellis work. The last named is a
good thing for this line of work ; the fls. are white,
purple center, about 2 in. in diameter; native of Mexico;
very easy to prop, from cuttings of soft wood. Not many
of the tender species and hybrids are grown to any great
extent in this country. P. alata and P. qiiadrungularis
are desirable climbers for a roomy, warm greenhouse.
P. quKdrangidaris, var. ancnhifolia, seems to flower
quite as freely as the green-leaved one. Passifloras
are prop, from cuttings of the half -ripened growth, with
bottom heat. P. racemosa and P. Lotidoni are a trifle
difficult to root from cuttings; the growths should be as
ripe as possible for this purpose. Keep the under sur-
face of the leaves flat on the sand while rooting. The
native P. incarnata grows very freely at Washington,
becoming more or less of a weed and hard to eradicate.
G. W. Oliver.

INDEX.

acerifolia, 2.
adenopoda, 2.
alata, 11.
alato-cffirulea. 23.
alba, 20.
amabilis, 7, 13.
atomaria, 20.
Brasilimsis, 11.
Buchanani. 16.
caerulea, 22.
coecinea, 15.
Colimeu.sis : see

supplementary

list.
Constance Elliott

foetida: see supple- oviformia, 11.

ritary list.
fulgens, 15.
gracilis, 1.
grandiflora, 22.
Hahnii, 3.
■at a

(1,8.
latifoUa, 11.
laurifolia, 14.
Lawsoniana, 11.
ligularis, 6.
Loudoni, 8.
Loweiy 6.
lutea, 5.
tnaliforinis, 11.
Mauritiana, 11.
Mascarensis, 11.

Pfordtii, 23.
phoenicea. 11.
princeps, 7.
pruinosa, 19.
pubescens, 16.
quadrangulari:
racemosa, 7.
Raddiana. 8.
sangutnea, 16.
tinifolia, 14.
trifasciata, 4.
variegata, 10.
velutina, 15.
violacea, 21.
vitifolia, 16.
Watsoniana, 9,

A. Corona with sharp folds, and crinkled at the edge.
B. Fls. apetaloiis, usttally with no bracts.

1. gr&cilis, Jacq. Slender annual: Ivs. rather small,
broadly deltoid-ovate, very shallowly and bluntly 3-
lobed: fls. solitary, pale green or whitish, considerably
surpassed by the Ivs., the calyx-lobes oblong or lanceo-
late, the filiform rays of the corona in a single row and
equal: seeds with 6 elevated ridges. Brazil. B.R. 11:870.
— Fl. about 1 in. across. Easily grown either indoors or
in the open, as a garden annual.

BE. Fls. petaliferous, with large bracts.

2. adenApoda, Moc. & Sess. {P. acerifolia, Cham. &
Schlecht.). Lvs. glabrous, cordate, 3-nerved and 5-
lobed, the lobes ovate-acuminate and somewhat serrate:
bracts cut-serrate. Mex. to S. Amer. — Once advertised
by Saul.

3. HAhnii, Mast. Tall, glabrous climber, with very
slender terete branches : lvs. ovate, peltate at base,
strongly 3-nerved and each of the side nerves ending in
a tooth, but the leaf -margin otherwise entire but bearing
minute red glands: stipules kidney-shaped, dentate,
purplish, nearly or quite 1 in. across: fl. -bracts 2, en-
tire: fl. about 3 in. across, solitary, whitish, the corona
shorter than the envelones, the outer filaments being
orange. Mex. B.M. 7052. R.H. 18C9, p. 430 (as Dis-
emma Hahnii). G.C. II. 12:504.

BBE. Fls. with minute petals and small linear distinct

hracts.

c. Leaves oblong-ovate.

4. trifasciata, Lem. Lvs. 3-lobed to one-third or one-
half their depth, the margins entire, with an irregular
reddish purple band along each of the three midribs:
fls. yellowish, fragrant, small. Brazil. I.H. 15:544.—
Interesting for its ornamental foliage.

cc. Leaves broader than long.

5. Idtea, Linn. Herb, 5-10 ft. tall, glabrous : lvs.
broader than long, shallowly 3-lobed, cordate at base:

PASSIPLORA

fls. solitary, about %m. across, greenish yellow: t'r. a
globular berry about % in. in diani. Pa. south and
west. B.R. 1:79.— It has been offered by dealers in na-
tive plants.

AA. Corona not crinkled or folded on the edge, plane or

nearly so.

B. Bracts grown together.

6. liguliria, Juss. (P. Ldwei, Heer). Woody below,
tall, branchy : Ivs. large, cordate, ovate-acuminate,
neither lobed nor toothed: tts. solitary, the petals and
sepals greenish, the corona white, with zones of red-
purple: fr. said to be the size of an orange. Trop. Amer.
B.M. 2967. — Young foliage has metallic hues.

BB. Bracts free.

V. Tube of flower evident and cylindrical, swollen at

the base.

7. racemdsa, Brot. (P. prlnceps, Hort. P. amdbilis,
Hort., in part). Lvs. glabrous, usually truncate at base,
mostly deeply 3-lobed, the margins entire: fls. i in. or
more across, the narrow petals deep red and wide-
spreading, the short, upright crown purplish; calyx
keeled on the lower side: tts. solitary, but the peduncles
usually 2 from an axil, becoming racemose on the ends
of the shoots : bracts 3. Brazil. B.M. 2001. B.R. 4:28.5.
L.B.C. 1:84. Gn. 39:793. — A fine old species and a parent
of various garden hybrids. The best of the red-flowered
Passifloras. Summer and fall.

8. Kaddiina, DC. (P. kermeshia, Hort.). Rather
slender: lvs. shallow-cordate, 3-lobed and sparingly den-
tate, purplish beneath: fls. with very narrow distinct
sepals and petals of a bright crimson-red, which are wide-
spreading at first but finally turning almost straight
back: crown black-purple, upright, with smaller whitish
filaments inside. Summer and fall. Brazil. B.M. ,3.503.
B.R. 19:1633. — An old and well-known species, and de-
servedly popular. P. Loitdoni, Hort., is considered to
be a hybrid of this and P. rnremosa.

PASSIFLORA

1221

1551- Granadilla, Passiflora quadranerularis (XK).

9. Watsoniina, Masters. Stems wiry, purplish, with
leafy dentate stipules: lvs. shallow - cordate, rather
broader than long, 3-lobed to the middle, with a few
teeth: peduncles 1-fld. : fls. about 3 in. across, the sepals
linear and shaded with violet ; petals also very narrow,

lilac: crown of many rows of filaments, violet with bars
of white below the middle, the inner and shorter set deep
violet. Probably Brazilian. G.C. II. 26:648-9. l.H. 36:74.
Gn. 33:638. A. P. 6:571. -Good grower.

CC. Tube of flower very short, thick or fleshy in sub-
stance.
D. Stems and branches strongly 4-angledoreven winged:
lvs. simple.

10. quadrangniliris, Linn. Granadilla. Fig. 1651.
Tall strong climber, glabrous : lvs. ovate or round-ovate,
cordate at base, mucronate, entire, the petiole with 2 or
3 pairs of glands: stipules large: fl. large (3 to 5 in.
across) and interesting, fragrant, with ovate sepals and
petals (the former white within and the latter reddish),
the crown composed of 5 series of white-and-purple
parti-colored filaments, of which the outermost exceed
the floral envelopes : fr. oblong, 5-9 in. long, yellowish
green, pulpy and edible. Tropical Amer. B.R. 1:14.
Gn. 51, p. 313. R.H. 1898, p. 569. Gn. 59, pp. 4, 7.-
Widely grown in the tropics, and variable, both as a
vine and for its edible fruits. Frequent in collections
of economic plants in the North. It is a good climber
for covering a greenhouse roof. Best results are se-
cured if the temperature does not fall below 50°. The
fruit ripens in summer. The fls. usually need to be
hand - pollinated if fruit is wanted on house - grown
plants. Var. variegita, Hort. (P. variegAta, Hort.),
has foliage blotched with yellow.

11. alita, Dryand. Stem winged: lvs. glabrous, oval
to ovate, somewhat cordate at base, the margin often
undulate but otherwise entire, the petiole with 2 pairs
of glands : fl. 3-4 in. across, very fragrant, the interior of
the sepals and petals carmine; corona nearly or quite as
long as the envelopes, the numerous filaments parti-
colored with red, purple and white: fr. yellow, ovoid-
pointed, about 5 in. long, very fragrant and one of the
most edible. S. Amer. B.M. 66. G. C. III. 15: 19 ;
22:449-51. R.B. 20, p. 104. -An excellent old species,
ripenmg its fr. in midsummer. It is very variable. P.
phcenuea Lindl. (B.R. 19: 1603), P. Brasiliensis, Desf.,
P malifvrmis, Flor., P. oviformis, Ra?m., P. latifolia,
Dt P Uauritiana, Thenars, and P. ilascarensts,
Presl , lie all considered to be forms of this species.
P Lawsoniina, Hort., not Mast., is a hybrid of P. alata
and P jacemosa: lvs. oblong-oval, somewhat peltate,
entire fls, 3—4 in. across, brownish inside, the corona
with filaments in several series.

12. Decaisne^na, Hort., is a
hybrid of P. qiiadrangtilaris and
P. alata : fls. bright carmine in-
side, about 4 in. across; corona
as long as or longer than the en-
velopes, the more or less tortu-
ous filaments banded with deep
blue and white : lvs. bearing
about 6 glands. R.H. 1855:281. F.S. 8:848.

DD. Stems and branches terete, or at least

not winged.

E. Leaves not lobed.

13 am&bilis, Hook. Stem slender and terete: lvs.
ovate, very sharp-pointed, entire, rather thin, the petiole
w ith about 2 pairs of glands : fl. solitary, about 3 in.
across the sepals and petals alike and bright brick-red
within corona orwhite filaments in 4 series, the 2 inner
series being short. Brazil. B.M. 4406. Qn. 55:1219.

14 launfdlia, Linn. (P. tinifdlia, Juss.). Jamaica
HoNE\ SICKLE. Water Lemon. Stem terete, plant
glabrous lvs. oval to oval-oblong, thiekish, entire, with
a short sharp point; petiole with 2 glands: fl. about 214
m across white, with red spots or blotches ; corona
somewhat exceeding the petals or at least about equal-
ing them, in 3 series, violet with white bands: fr. about
3 in. long, yellow, spotted with white, edible. Trop.
Amer. B.R. 1:13. B.M. 1958.

15. coccinea, Aubl. (P. velutina, DC. P. ftilgens,
Morr. ). Glabrous: Ivs. ovate and coarsely toothed;
petioles with 2-3 pairs of glands: fl. scarlet; corona
orange: fr. pulpy and edible. S. Amer. The fr. is said
to contain "a chemical principle of hypnotic value."

1222

PASSIFLORA

EE. Leaves S~7-lobed.
F. Blossoms briyht red.

16. vitiSdlia, HBK. {P. sanguined, Smith. P. pu-
bfseens, DC. Taesfinia Bucliiinanl, Lem. ). Stem terete:
Ivs. cordate-ovate in outline, deeply 3-lobed or divided
and the divisions coarsely toothed, strong-veined, usu-
ally pubescent beneath : fl. 4-6 in. across, nearly flat,
the linear-obloug sepals and petals bright scarlet, the
sepals with a spine at the tip; outer corona filaments
red, the inner ones white, all of them upright or spread-
ing and much shorter than the envelopes. Brazil.
P.M. 1878:317. G.C. III. 8: 21.'!. -An old species, but
not common in cult. Said not to be free-flowering.

r

^J-^^^^'^^'m

w

1652. Passiflora edulis (X M).

FF. Blossoms n-hite, greenish, purplish, or variousUi

tinted, but not red.
o. Bin/s of corona (or the outer ones) about as long as

the floral envelopes: leaf-margins strongly serrate

(except sometimes in No. 19).

17. incam&ta, Linn. Mat-pop. Fig. 1650. Tall-climb-
ing strong vine, glabrous or nearly so: Ivs 3-lobed to
about half their depth, broadly cordate-ovate in outline,
serrate, the petiole bearing 2 glands near the top: fl.
axillary and solitary, about 2 in. across, white, with a
light purple coroua banded at its center: fr. oblong,
about 2 in. long, with 3 sutures, yellow when ripe. Dry
places, Va., south and west. B.M. 3697. Mn. 9:17.-A
weedy plant, but offered by dealers in native plants.
With protection, the roots will survive the winter as far
north as Baltimore, and the strong herbaceous vines will
make a fine cover for arbors and verandas. Easily
grown from seeds.

18. Sdulis, Sims. Fig. 1652. More woody and stronger:
Ivs. hirge, deeply 3-lobed and serrate : fl. white, often
tinted with purple, the rays nearly as long as the envel-
opes, white fcir tlie u|)|ier half but purple at the base:
fr i,'l(il)uhLr-obIi.iig, thieklv purple-dotted when ripe, the
rinil hard. Brazil. B.M. UISI). R.H. 1857, p. 224; 1883,
p. 489. Gn. 50:1093. G.C. III. 23:101. A.G. 13:120.-
Buns into several forms. The fruit is fragrant and edi-
ble, but there is little pulp, the seeds occupying most of
the interior. Readily grown from seeds. Naturalized in
tropical countries.

19. pmindsa, Mast. Climbing, the stems terete, gla-
brous : Ivs. broad in outline, 3-Iobed beyond the middle, the
hiter.-d lobes diverging, the margins remotely glandular-
tnuthed, glaucous beneath: stipules very large and leaf-
like, cordate, 2 in. long: fl. 3 in. across, pale or pearly

PASSIFLORA

violet, the corona of numerous filaments, the outermost
of which are nearly as long as the petals and are deep
violet at the l)ase, yellowish in the middle and curly at
the top. British Guiana. G.C. III. 22:393. -First de-
scribed in 1897, and now offered in this country by San-
der & Co.

GG. Bays distinctly shorter than envelopes : leaf-
margins nearly or quite entire.
20. 41ba, Link & Otto. (P. afomdria. Planch.). Stem
terete: stipules very large and leaf-like; Ivs. Viroad-
ovate and somewhat cordate, rather shallowly 3-lobed,
glaucous beneath, the margins entire : peduncles ex-
ceeding the Ivs., 1-fld.: fl. little more than 2 in. across,
clear white: fr. obovoid, the size of an
egg green at first, but becoming yellow-
ish Mex t S Amer. G. C. II. 19:693.
R H 1883 I 201; 1884:36.

''1 violicea Veil. Tall, glabrous, with

diooi in^ Irmches: Ivs. straight at base

I I mew hat peltate, with 3 long, nar-

r I les tf which the side ones stand

i\ right angles to the central one,

„ins entire or with a few teeth in

t m of the sinus, the under sur-

l .,htly glaucous : fl. about 3 in.

r the petals and sepals lilac-pink

I (sepals ending in a long spur), the

I II 1 lous hlameuts of the corona white-

tip] ed ai d 1 arred with violet and white.

Brazil B M 6997. R.H. 1885:468.

22 caertlea, Lmn. Fig. 1653. Slender,
but a str u^ grt wer, glabrous and some-
what gliuccus Ivs. divided nearly to the
petiole into 5 lanceolate or lance-elliptic
entire sharp-pointed segments of which the 2 lower ont s
are .sometimes again lobed: fl. 3-4 in. across, slightly
fragrant, greenish white, the sepals tipped with a shoit
point, the rays of the corona in 2 series, blue at the tip,
white in the middle and purple at the base, the styles
light purple. Brazil. B.M. 28. Gn. 31, p. 421; 34, p.
114; 40, p. 3G9. — The commonest of Passion-flowers in
American greenhouses, and now represented by several
named forms and hybrids. Can be grown in the open
in the South and in Calif, as far N. as San Francisco.
Var. irrandifldra, Hort., is only a somewhat larger-fld.
form. Constance Elliott (P. co'rulea, vnr. alba), is a
white-fld. fragrant form. Gn. 31:.595. There are hy-
brids with P. Baddiana. P. raccmosa, P. alata, aiid
others. P. c<irHlia grows readily from seeds.

23. al4to-C8enllea (P. PfSnltii. Uort.) is a white-fld.
form, with calyx tinted rose inside, and corona of !{
series, the outer filaments being white at tip, blue-pur-
ple in the middle, and black-purple at the base. B.R.
10:848. R.H. 1847:121.

Passifloras in the Araer. trade, but not af-emmted for botani-
cally, are: P. cardiimlis. "scarlet ti..\vrrs:" /'. Paraguarii,
Blanc, 1900: P.Paxtoni: P.rosrii; /> .s<////i//fH'. "bright ear-
mine." P. insignis, Jamcsoni, niaiticala, Parritce are to be
sought in Tacsonia.

Species which may be expected in the trade are: P. cheU-
ddnea. Mast. Lvs. oblone, forked at the end to one-fourth tlie
length and with a small mi<UUelolie. marked with dots: tl.2 in.
across, greenish, with a folded corona. Ecuador. G.C. II.
12:40. — P. cinnabarhia, Liudl. Branches terete: lvs. broad-
ovjite, 3-lobed, margins entire: fl. solit.-iry, 2i4 in. across, red;
corona short, folded, yellowish. Australia. G.C. 1855:724.
B.M. 5011.— P. Colimensis, Mast. & Rose. A Mexican species
first described in 1899. but cult, for several years in Wash-
ington. It is an herbaceous species, with shallow-Iobed ob-
tuse denticulate lvs. and small whitish blue-marked fls. on
single peduncles. Promising as an outdoor cliinlier. p. i220.
—P. fcetida, Linn. (P. hirsuta and P. hir.iii;i. H.irt). Allied
to P. adenopoda; annual or sometimes i>creiini;t] ; Ivs, pubes-
cent, 3-lobed, the margins entire or obscurely angled : fls.
whitish, small, the corona as long as the petals and colored
purple and blue: fl. -bracts pinnatifid. Trop. Amer. L.B.C.
2:136. B.M. 3635, the form known as var. nigclliflora. Mast.;
and 288, the var. ciliata, Mast. In cult, in this country, but
apparently not in the trade. Variable.— P. galbana, Mast.
Stems terete: lvs. lance-oblong, short-petioled, entire; stipules
ovate-pointed : fl. solitary on a long peduncle, 3 in. across,
greenish yellow, the sepals and petals very narrow, the not
folded corona short. Brazil. G.C. III. 20;555.-P. Im Thur-
mi. Mast. Lvs. broad-oblong, acute, entire, thick, glabrous
above, but not beneath: fl. erect. 4-5 in, .across, brilliant scar
let and rose color, with white in the center: corona very short.

PASSIPLOBA

PAULOWNIA

1223

sed with Wn
pleasing as it i>
Mast. Stems s
claret-oolored bt

British Guiana. G.C. III. 23:307. Very shoivy.-i>. Eewensis,
Hort. " It is a cross raised by Mr. Watsou, the assistant cura-
tor, I'ctweeu the hardy Passitlora ccemlea and the Brazilian
P. ji.'tddiana. The tlowers are larger than those of P. Raddi-
ana. tlie petals and fringe longer, wliile the color is carmine
e, which, though perhaps not so bright and
n the parent, is a lovely color."— P. Jl/lers//,
ulcr and wiry; Ivs. lance-ovate and entire,
■ath: 11.2 in. across, white, shaded with pink,
na half the length of the petals, white, barred with
purple. Brazil. G.C. III. 4:353.— P. (r«o6a, Ruiz & Pav. Lvs.
large, cordate-ovate, 3-lobed or entire: tl. Sin. across, with vio-
let reflexed sepals and petals, and a long cup-like corona, with
flianicnts banded white and purple. Peru. I.H. 36:83. — P.
Wif'i'i-iuna, Andr6. Glandular-haii*y: lvs. large, 3-lobed, the
ni:ir^in usually toothed: tl. solitary, 2 in. across, white, the
cin-i>ii,-i l)anded with white: fr. setose, purple. Argentina.
K.H. 1887:324. L H. B.

PASSION FLOWEK. See Passifhrn.

PASTINACA (name from the Latin pastns, food).
I'mh: llii, rii . About a half dozen species of tall herbs
uiitivf to Europe and Asia, but by Bentham & Hooker
nnittd with the genus Peucedauum. It is distinguished
from Heracleura and Peucedauum by technical charac-
ters of the fruit. Pastinaca is known to horticulturists
in the Parsnip (which see), P. saliva, Linn. It is a na-
tive of Europe, but is now grown in nearly all cool-tem-
perate countries for its large edible root. In deep moist
soil and a cool climate, the edible roots become 18-20
inches long and four inches or more in diameter at the
crown. It was cultivated before the Christian era. It
has run wild from gardens, often becoming a bad weed
in neglected fields and on roadsides. P. sativa is a robust
plant, sending up a grooved stem (which becomes hollow)
3-5 ft.; lvs. odd-pinnate, with 3-4 pairs of sessile ovate-
oblong sharp-toothed and notched leaflets, the terminal
leaflet 3-Iobed : fruit ("seed") thin and flat, retaining its
vitality only a year or two. When run wild, it loses its
thick root, and sometimes it becomes annual.

PATCHOULI PLANT. See Pogostemoii.

Patience Dock

Herb Patience is

PATIENCE.

£,<i,u.r Palmilia.

PATElNIA (E. L. Patrin, 1742-18U, French traveler

in Silieria). VaUrianAcete. About 10 species of yellow
or white-tld., valerian-like, hardy herbaceous peren
nials from extra-tropical Asia. They grow a foot or so
high, bloom in early summer and may have about 20
small fls. in clusters 2 in. across. Two species are of
fered by dealers in Japanese plants.

Patrinia is distinguished from the other 8 genera m
the Valerian family by 4 stamens and mostly yellow fls
Valeriana has 3 stamens. Nardostachys, with 4 stamens
has purple fls. Patrinias are glabrous or loosely villous
lvs. once or twice piunatifid or -sect, the radical ones
rarely entire : cymes corymbose-panicled : bracts nar
row, free, but sometimes appendaged with a large, 2
nerved and netted-veined bracteole which is appressed
to the f r. : corolla-tube very short; lobes 5, spreading:
sterile locules of the fruit nearly as large or larger than
the fertile ones.

A. Stem glabrous.

scabiosaefdlia, Pisch. Radical lvs. ovate or oblong, in-
cis.'d si-rrate and lyrate : cauline lvs. piunatifid, the
lobes kmceohite-linear, acute, terminal one longest: fls.
yellow: corymb loosely subpaniculate : fr. 3-cornered.
Dahuria. L.B.C. 14:1340.

AA. Stem villous.

villdsa, Juss. Radical lvs. villous, petiolate, auricled:
cauline lvs. sessile, dentate: corymb panicled. Japan.
— The plant offered by the Yokohama Nursery Co. is
said to have white fls.

PAULLlNIA (probably after Simon Paulli, 1608-1680,
professor of anatomy, surgery and botany at Copenha-
gen). Sapinddcecp, P. thaUctrifolia is &h&niiHome stove
foliage plant, with much divided lvs. somewhat resem-
bling a rue, maidenhair, or a davallia. The fls. are in-
conspicuous, pinkish and borne in autumn. In the early
seventies, when the interest in foliage plants was at its
height, this plant was widely distributed. It used to be

trained to a trellis for exhibition or grown on the pillars
and rafters of hothouses. It is now a rare but choice
plant for clothing the tops of unsightly tubs in which
palms are growing. G. W. Oliver says it is also excel-
lent for large vases and stands the sun well. The young
leaves have a pretty bronze tint unless they are shaded
too much. The plant is prop, by cuttings of young
shoots taken in early spring. If the tops are pinched
the young plants will branch out and make handsome
specimens in 4- or 5-in. pots. For potting soil an Eng-
lish gardener recommends compost of two-thirds fibrous
peat to one-third of loam, with a liberal sprinkling of
silver sand.

Paullinia is a genus of about 80 species, mostly tropi-
cal American. Twining shrubs: lvs. alternate, stipulate,
compound, 1-3-ternate or pinnate, or ilr.-i.miiouiid : peti-
ole often winged ; Ifts. usually dent:itr. .Inttiil or mi-
nutely lined: racemes axillary, usually with L' dndrils:
sepals 5, the 2 upper larger, connate : petals 4, but there
is a fifth abortive one: stamens 8: ovary 3-celled. Dis-
tinguished from allied genera, as Cardiospermura, by the
septicidal fr., which is often pear-shaped.

thalictrifdlia, Juss. Lvs. 4-10 in. long, triangular in
outline, 3-ternately-pinnate ; pinnae in (i-8 pairs; pin-
nules 4-8 pairs, 4-8 lines long. Brazil. B.M. 5879. Gn.
51, p. 160. F. 1873, p. 124. Var. argentea, Hort., has
foliage suffused silvery gray.

1653. Passiflora coerulea, the commonest cultivated
Passion-flower (X ra).

PAULOWNIA (after Anna Paulowna, princess of the
Netherlands). ScroptiiilariArcie. Ornamental decidu-
ous trees, in habit and foliage similar to Catalpa, with
ample, long-petioled, opposite lvs., and pale violet large
fls. resembling those of the foxglove in shape, in ter-
minal panicles opening before the lvs. The species
in cultivation is fairly hardy in sheltered positions as
far north as Mass., but the fl.-buds are usually killed in
winter, and it does not flower regularly north of New
York city. As an ornamental foliage plant it may be
grown as far north as Montreal, where it is killed to the
ground every winter, but throws up from the root vigor-
ous shoots attaining 10-14 ft., with lvs. over 1 ft. and occa-
sionally even 2 ft. long. If used as a foliage plant and

1224

PAULO WNIA

cut back to the ground every spring, the young shoots
should be removed, except one or very few on each
plant; during the first years of this treatment they will
grow more vigorous every year, but afterwards they
will decrease in size, weakened by the continuous cut-
ting back ; they should then be replaced by strong young

1654. Paulownia imperlalis.
To show the verdurous growth of the youug shoots.

plants. Where the fl.-buds which are formed the pre-
vious year are not killed by frost the Paulownia is one
of the most conspicuoiis tlowering trees in spring, and
in summer the foliage, though it is of somewhat dull
color, attracts attention by the size of the Ivs. In tem-
perate climates it is sometimes used as an avenue tree.
It thrives best in a light deep loam, and in a sheltered
position. Prop, by seeds sown in spring or by root-
cuttings, and by greenwood cuttings under glass ; it
may be grown also from leaf -cuttings; the young unfold-
ing Ivs. when about 1 in. long are cut off close to the
stems and inserted in sand under a hand-glass in the
propagating house. Two species in China and Japan; a
third one with evergreen foliage Is reported by Dr.
Henry from South China and pronounced one of the
most magnificent flowering trees. Trees with stout
spreading branches: fls. in terminal panicles; calyx
campanulate, 5-lobed; corolla with long, slightly curved
tube, and spreading, oblique 5-lobed limb; stamens 4:
fr. a 2-celled capsule, loculicidally dehiscent, with nu-
merous small winged seeds.

imperi&lis, Sieb. & Zucc. {P. tomentd.ia , Steud.). Fig.
10,34. Tree, to 40 ft., with stout spreading branches
forming a round head : Ivs. rather long-petioled, broadly
cordate -ovate, entire or sometimes 3-lobed, acuminate,
pubescent above, tomentose beneath, 5-8 in. long or on
vigorous shoots even larger; panicles to 10 in Ii
fragrant, pale violet, lH-2 in. long; pedicels and calyx
densely rusty tomentose: capsule woody, broadly ovoid,
pointed, 1 in. or somewhat longer. April, May China,
Japan. S.Z. 1:10. B.M. 4666. P.M.
10:7. Gn.34,p.79; 54, p. 476. Mn. 7,
p. 171. It is sometimes escaped from
cult, in the S. States.

Alfred Rehder.

Paulownia imperialis in southern
California reaches a height of 40 ft.
in 25 years, with a spread nearly as
great. When in full leaf it makes
a dense shade. It starts to bloom
before the leaves come and all is
over before the tree is in full leaf.
For this reason it is not a favorite.
The Jacaranda is a prettier blue,

PAVONIA

more floriferous, lasts three times as long, the blooms con-
tinuing until the tree is in full leaf. It is out of leaf not
more than half as long as Paulownia is. It makes as
dense shade as the Paulownia, has a prettier leaf and is
more desirable in every way. The growth of the two
trees is about the same at the end of a quarter century.
The habit of the Paulownia in retaining dry seed-pods
on dead limbs 3 or 4 ft. long is very unpleasing, and
necessitates a thorough cleaning each year to the tip
end of the uppermost branch — often a hard work to ac-
complish. Ernest Braunton.

PAVfiTTA (Malabar name of P. IiuUca). BuUAcece.
About 60 species of tropical shrubs and small trees
closely allied to the brilliant Ixoras but far less showj',
the fls. smaller, and the clusters looser; also they have
a much more conspicuous style, which is often thrust
out of the flower an inch or so. The fls. are white or
greenish, salver-shaped, 4-lobed (rarely 5-lobed), and
borne in trichotomous corymbs, containing as many as
30 fls., which at best may be 1 in. long and % in. across.
Pavettas generally have membranaceous Ivs., while
those of Isora are leathery. In Pavetta the style is
longer and spindle-shaped at the top; in Ixora the style
generally has 2 short branches at the top. Other generic
characters of Pavetta are: calyx-lobes short or long:
stamens 4 or 5, barely exerted: disk tumid, fleshy:
ovary 2-locular: drupe 2-stoned.

A. Foliage variegated.

Borbdnica, Hort. Foliage plant with unknown fls. Its
position in this genus is a mere guess. Lvs. about 9 in.
long, oblong-acuminate, rounded at the base, with a
salmon-red midrib, mottled with light green on a dark
green ground. Bourbon Island. Lowe 5.
AA. Foliage not variegated.

Natal^nsis, Sond. Lvs. lanceolate-acuminate, petio-
late, glabrous : calyx-teeth bristle-shaped, thrice as long
as the calyx-tube: fls. white. Natal.

P. Cdffra. Haw. & Sond. Lvs. obovate, almost sessile, gla-
brous; oalys- teeth twice as long as the tube: lis. white. S. Afr.
B.M. 3580.— P. Indica, Linn. Glabrous to tomentose: lvs.
vjtrying greatly in shape; calyx-teeth much shorter than the
tube: fls. white. India. B.E. 3:198. -vp. ji_

PAVIA. Included with jEsculus.

PAV6NIA (J. Pavon, joint author of Ruiz and Pavon's
Flora Peruviana et Chilensis; died 1844). Malvdcece.
About 60 species of tropical herbs or shrubs, tomentose,
hispid or glabrescent: lvs. often angled or lobed : fls. of
various colors, peduncled or crowded into a sort of head
at the tips of the branches: bractlets 5-many, distinct
or more or less connate; calyx 5-cut or 5-toothed; pet-
als spreading or con volute-conni vent: staminal column
truncate below the apex or 5-dentate: ovary 5-loculed,
1-ovuled.

Perhaps the most desirable species is P. multiflora,
known to gardeners as P. Wioti. This has many showy

PAVONIA

red bractlets, which are linear, erect, hairy, whorled, and
nearly 2 in. long. Within the cup-shaped group of bract-
lets lies a cartridge-shaped mass of dull brown, tightly
rolled petals. From the body of petals protrudes the
staminal column, which may be 3 in. long and bears nu-
merous violet-blue anthers.

PEA

1225

1656. Pea, American Wonder (X 1-5).

The illustration shows an entire plant, cut off at the surface
of the ground.

P.Makoyana, Morr.,ot the trade, is GcEthea Makoy&.na,
Hook., B.M. 6427, a Brazilian plant with a dark purple
mass of petals set off by about 5 large, broad, showy
red bractlets. The only difference between Pavonia and
Gcethea lies in the bractlets, which are narrow in the
former and broad in the latter.

P. intermedia, St. Hil., Fig. 1655, is a Brazilian plant
int. by the U. S. Dept. of Agric. for economic reasons.
Its bractlets are intermediate in breadth between the
two genera Pavonia and Goethea.

multifiara, A. St. Hil. (P. Wwti, E. Morr.). Robust,
probably shrubby, usually with a simple stem : Ivs. alter-
nate, 6-10 in. X l>^-2 in., obovate-lanceolate, serrulate:
fls. in a short, terminal corymb. Brazil. B.M. 6398. F.
M. 1877:276. W. M.

PAWPAW, Asimina and Cariea Papaya.

PEA, The garden Pea is the most important member
of the genus Pisum (which see). It is native to Europe,
but has been cultivated from before the Christian era
for the rich seeds. The field or stock Pea differs little
from the garden Pea except in its violet rather than
white flowers and its small gray seeds. There are
many varieties and several well-marked races of garden
Peas. Whilst Peas are grown mostly for their seeds,
there is a race in which the thick, soft greeu pods, with
the inclosed seeds, are eaten. The common or shelling
Peas may be separated into two classes on the character
of the seed itself,— those with smooth seeds and those
with wrinkled seeds. The latter are the richer, but they
are more likely to decay in wet, cold ground, and there-
fore are not so well adapted to very early planting. Peas
may also be classified as climbing, half-dwarf or show-
ing a tendency to climb and doing best when support is
provided, and dwarf or those not requiring support.
Again, the varieties may be classified as to season,—
early, second-early, and late; examples of these classes
are shown in the pictures, 1656, 1657, 1658, respectively.

Vilmorin's classification ( Les Plantes Potagferes) is as
follows;

A. The Pea round (smooth).
B. Plant climbing,
c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green.
BB. Plant half-dwarf,
c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green.
BBS. Plant dwarf.

c. Seed white,
cc. Seed green.
AA. The Pea wrinkled (divisions as above).

The Chinese gardeners about New York city grow a
Pea which is described as follows by the writer in Bull.
67, Cornell Exp. Sta. : "The Pea {Ga-luu-ow} of ihe
Chinese gardens behaves like a little improved or per-
haps ancient type of the common Pea. It is the same
species as ours. It differs chiefly in having somewhat
knotty or constricted pods, as shown in the illustration
(Fig. 1659). The pods 'shell' very hard, and there is a
tendency to develop a broad border or margin along
the lower side. The Peas are small and are variable
in color, and they generally turn dark in cooking. In
quality they are sweet and excellent, but they do not
possess any superiority over our common varieties.
The seeds which we have obtained from the New York
Chinamen are mixed. In color, the Peas run from nearly
white to dark brown. The brown seeds, however, have
given us much earlier pickings than the light ones. In
one instance the seeds were sorted into three grades-
light, medium light, and dark brown— and all were
planted in sandy soil on the 20th of April. On the 5th
of July the dark-seeded plot gave a good picking, while
the light-seeded, and even the medium plots produced
much taller plants and very few of the pods had begun
to fill. The dark- and medium-seeded plots produced
plants with colored flowers — the standard being rose-
purple and the keel black-purple and splashed. The
light-colored seeds, on the other hand, gave pure white
flowers, larger leaves and broader pods. These facts
are interesting in connection with the evolution of the
garden Pea and its relationship to the red-flowered field
Pea."

Left to themselves, the varieties of Peas soon lose
their characteristics through variation. They are much

1657. Pea. Nott Excelsior (X ^i)

influenced by soil and other local conditions. There-
fore, many of the varieties are only minor strains of
some leading type, and are not distinct enough to ba

1226

PEA

recognized by printed descriptions. This accounts for
the confusion in varieties of Peas, particularly in the
dwarf or extra-early types. The varietal names are
many. In 1889 (Annals Hort. ) American dealers cata-
logued 154 names. L H B

1. Peas for the Home Garden. — Green Peas are at
their best when perfectly fresh, and should come to the
table within 5 or C hours from the vine. Those bought
in the market can rarely be served until 2i-t8 hours

1658. Pea, Ch;

of England (X %).

after picking, when they necessarily have lost much of
their good quality. It is, therefore, a great advantage
to have a home-grown supply. Though they are of
easy culture, it is not always feasible to give them a
place in one's own garden, because they require consid-
erable space, 1-2 yards of row being necessary to produce
a single "portion," and it is rare that more than 2 or 3
pickings can be made from the same vines. Peas need
a rich, friable soil, but an over-supply of nitrogen or
the use of coarse and fresh manure will result in a rank
growth of vines, with few pods and Peas of inferior
quality. The best manurial condition for Peas is found
where a heavy dressing of fertilizer has been applied
the previous year. If such a soil is not available, the
application of 3-6 bushels of well-rotted stable manure,
or, in place of this, about one-half bushel of wood ashes,
3 or 4 pounds of salt and 5-10 pouuds of ground bone
or other commercial fertilizer to the square rod, and
well worked into the surface soil just before planting,
will give good results. Most of the cultivation for
Peas should be done before they are planted, and it
is more important for this crop than for most that the
ground should be well worked and made as friable as
possible before the seed is sown. While Pea vines will
be killed by a hard freeze, they will endure a slight
frost with but little injury, and thrive best in a cool,
damp soil and atmosphere. It is, therefore, desirable
to plant as early in the spring as the soil can be worked.
The writer likes best to plant in double rows about 6
inches apart, with the distance between the pairs about
equal to the height to which the variety grows. If the
soil is sandy and well drained, form a trench 4-6 inches
deep and drop 10-20 seeds to the foot according as the
variety is a tall- or dwarf -growing one, and cover about
an inch deep, gradually filling the trench as the plants
grow. In proportion as the soil is heavier and less
porous and well-drained the trench should be shallower
until, on tenacious clay soils, the seed should be within
an inch of the surface.

All the garden varieties, if planted in the way sug-
gested, will give a fair return without trellising, but
those growing over 2 feet high will do better if sup-
ported. There is nothing better for this purpose than
brush, but this is not always available, and the vines
can be well supported by driving stakes 2-4 inches

PEA

wide 12-20 feet apart in the double rows, and as the
vines grow inclosing their tops between wires or wool
twine stretched opposite each other on either side of
the stakes.

Anything more than mere surface tillage is apt to dO'
the Pea crop more harm than good, but any crust
formed after rain should be broken up, and the vines
will be greatly benefited by frequent stirring of the sur-
face soil.

2. Peas for Market. -The above notes will .suggest
the best methods of culture for market, and profit will
depend largely upon the selection of varieties suited to
the needs of the trade, and the use of pure and well-
grown seed.

3. Peas for Canning. -The qunntity of Peas canned,
and the popularity of such goods, has been largely in-
creased by the use of the machines known as viners,
in the use of which the vines are cut when the green
Peas are in the best condition for use, and fed into the
machine, which by a system of revolving beaters and
cylinders separates the green Peas as etlectually as a
threshing machine does those which are ripe and dry.
As the vines will begin to heat and spoil within a few
hours after cutting, it becomes essential to get them
through the viner and the Peas into the cans the same
day they are gathered, and the canned Peas come to the
table fresher and better in quality than from most of
the pods obtainable in market. When grown for can-
ning or for seed. Peas are usually sown broadcast or
with grain drills and no farther culture given, though
the crop is improved by a judicious use of the roller
after sowing and a weeding harrow just after the plants
are up.

4. Varieties and the Growing of Seed. — There are
few vegetables in regard to which there is greater dif-
ference in tastes as to desirable qualities. To some
people tenderness is the most essential quality ; to-
others sweetness, while still others care most for a rich
flavor and marrow-like texture. Varieties have been de-
veloped to meet all these wants, as well as those vary-
ing in growth from 0 inches to 6 feet in height and of
great diversity in the size, form and color of the pods.
In this vegetable the quality and purity of the seed
used is of great im)iortance, for every "mess" of Peas
consists of the produrt i.f many .seeds', and as the pods
are so near alikr t]]:it it is inii)racticable to separate them
in gathering, tlii' jTodiict of a single inferior seed may
injure the entire picking. Again, Peas p-rnwn for seed

return a very small fold, very rarelv ^.s )r Ii as 20 and

more often less than 5 times the seed |.|,nii,(l : ~,. that it
is impracticable for the seedsjnan to (.11. r his custiimers
seed grown direct from the seed of individually selected
plants, as can readily be done in the case of tomato,

1659. Pea grown by the Chinese gardeners in the
neighborhood of New York City vxla).

squash or other vegetables, w-hich give a larger seed
return. The most that can be done is touse the greatest
pains to keep the varieties pure and of high quality by
constantly renewing stocks by selection and the pre-
venting of deterioration or mixing while growing and
handling. With none of our common vegetables is the

PEA

PEACH

1227

phiuter more dependent upon the ability and honesty of
his seedsman.

Some of the most distinct types of the hundreds of
Tarieties of garden Peas are :

(1) The earliest kinds, such as Alaska and First and
Best, wliicli pruduoe early-maturing, comparatively
small pods liUed with Peas of rather low quality, on
vines about 2 feet high.

(2) A long list of dwarf -growing sorts like American
Wonder (Pig. 165G) and Premium Gem, which produce
small- or medium-sized pods generally crowded with
Peas of fine quality on vines ranging from G-18 inches
in height.

(3) A large class like Strategem and Heroine, which
produce very large pods containing large, rich-Jlavored
Peas on thick, heavy vines growing 18-30 inches high.

(4) Lastly, there are the taller growing sorts, like
Telephone and Champion of England (Fig. 1058), which
yield large crops of large- or medium-sized pods on vines
growing from -t-G feet high.

In addition to the above-named sorts grown exclu-
sively for use as green Peas, there are a number of kinds
with hardy, vigorous, tall-growing and usually branched
vines which produce in great abundance smooth, hard
Peas which are used when ripe for split Peas or other
form of "soup stocks" or for stock-feeding; though
some of them, like the Marrowfats and the "Turkey" or
French Canner. are quite extensively used for canning,
most of the celebrated Petit Pois of France being put
up from the last-named variety. In field culture for
stock the ground should be made ready in the fall and
the surface simply "fiued" with a cultivator, disk or
gang plow in the spring. As early as the surface can
be got into good condition sow broadcast, carefully cov-
ering with a gang plow or disk harrow, from 13^ to 3
bushels of seed to the acre, according to the variety
used; or they can be put in rows better with an ordi-
nary grain drill, provided it be of a pattern with the
feed so arranged that it will not crack the Peas, many
a poor stand being due to the seed being injured by the
drill. It is generally an advantage to roll after sowing,
and in some cases a weeding harrow can be used to ad-
vantage when the plants are an inch or two high. The
crops should be harvested before the vines are so ripe
that the Peas will waste by shelling, and it can be done
by pea harvesters, which are attachments to ordinary
mowing machines, or cut and "rolled " into windrows or
bunches with a short scythe. They are easily threshed.
The ordinary yield is from 20 to 50 bushels to the acre.
W. W. Tracy.

PEA. Everlasting F., LafJtyrus UififoUus. Glory P.,
Cliiiuthns Damphri. Hoary P., Pigeon P., Vajanus
luilU-us. Scnriy P., Psora lea. Sweet F.y Lath if r us odo-
rattis and iSjccc? Pea.

PEACH. Plate XXVI. The Peach is essentially a lux-
ury. Its cultivation is attended with much risk. The
areas in which it can be grown with success are scattered,
particularly in the northern states. The Peach is tender
to frost, and the liability of the buds and blossoms to
injury constitute the greatest risk in the growing of the
fruit. Strangely enough these risks of frost are greater
in the South than in the Norths because the buds are
likely to be swollen by the "warm spells" of the south-
ern winter, and to be killed by sudden freezes. In the
northeastern states the Peach areas are determined
chiefly by mildness of winter temperature. They lie
near large bodies of water, in which places the tempera*
ture is considerably ameliorated. In close proximity to
the seacoast the winds are usually too strong to allow
of the growing of Peaches, but some distance inland
and on the margins of the Great Lakes and other inte-
rior bodies of water, the fruit may be grown without dif-
ficulty. While Peaches are grown over a very large
range of country in the United States, still the great
commercial regions are relatively few. One of these re-
gions lies in proximity to the southernmost members of
the Great Lakes, particularly along the southeastern
part of Lake Ontario in New York and Canada, along
the southern shore of Lake Erie and on the eastern
shore of Lake Michigan. In this latter belt, known as
the Michigan "fruit belt," the Peach reaches its highest
northern limit in the eastern states, being grown with

profit as far north as Grand Traverse, on the 44th parallel.
Another large area begins near Long Island Sound, in
Connecticut, and follows the seaboard as far south as
the southern part of the Chesapeake peninsula and ex-
tending approximately one hundred mih'S inland. In
the southern Atlantic states tlirrc is annthtr commer-
cial Peach area, comprising the upper hinds of (leorgia,
Alabama and adjacent states. Fnrthc-r south than this,
where the soil does not freeze to the depth of the roots,
the root-knot disease, caused by a nematode worm, is so
serious as often to interfere with the raising of the crop.
In this southern part, also, the old-time varieties of
Peaches do not thrive to perfection, but some of the
Chinese types are now giving good satisfaction. Another
large Peach-growing area lies in southern Illinois, extend-
ing westward across Missouri and into Kansas. Eastern
Texas has also developed a large commercial peach-grow-
ing business. Part of western Colorado is now becoming
known as a peach country. Nearly the whole of Cali-
fornia, except the mountains, is admirably adapted to
the Peach, and the fruit is grown there on a large basis.
There are isolated places all over the United States in
which Peach growing is profitable, but the above outline
designates the areas of largest commercial importance
at the present time.

In regions that are too cold for the normal develop-
ment of the Peach, the tree may be grown with some
satisfaction by laying it down in winter. For this pur-
pose the tree is usually trained with a thin or rather flat
top so that it will lie upon the ground when the tree
is bent over. When the tree is to be laid down, earth
is dug away from the roots on one side, the ball of
earth which holds the roots is loosened somewhat, and
the tree is bent over until it reaches nearly or quite the
level of the ground. It may remain in this position
without covering, being protected by its proximity to
the earth and by the snow which drifts into the top; or
sometimes the tree is covered with litter or even with
earth, — if with litter, care must be taken that mice do
not nest therein and gnaw the trees.

Although the Peach has many forms, it is all one spe-
cies, Prumts Persica. See Prunus, It is probably na-
tive to China, but it has been in cultivation from the
earliest times, and it came into Europe by way of Per-
sia, whence the name Persica, and also Peach. From
this Persian-Europenn sonrce have come the common
Peaches of tin- I'nir.d stutes. These Peaches do not
thrive well in the •-\ririu<- south, however. In more re-
cent years introdueticns liave been made directly from
China, and these types, of which the Honey (Fig. 1661)
is the chief example, thrive well in the far south. Still
another type of Peach, which is hardy and productive
in the South, is the Indian type sometimes called the
"native peach." This is probably derived from the
Peaches which the early Spaniards bi'ought into North
America. It has run wild over a wide range of country
in the South, As early as 1812 the botanist Nuttall
found Peaches growing wild as far west as Arkansas.
Still another type of Peach is the Peen-to, or the flat
Peach of China. This is adiipted only to the extreme
southern part of the country, tlitiving well in the north-
ern part of the citrous Iielt. It is much too early-bloom-
ing for even the middle south. It is a very early Peach,
much flattened endwise, so that it has the shape of a
very flat apple. (Fig. 1660.) It has been described as a
distinct species, Prunus jylatyearpa, but there is every
reason to believe that it is only a modified form of the
ordinary Peach species. Price (Bulletin 39, Texas Ex-
periment Station) divides all Peaches which are known
in North America into flve general groups: (1) The
Peen-to or flat Peach race, comprising the variety known
as the Peen-to {Fig. 1660), and also the Angel and
Waldo ; ( 2 ) the South China race, with oval, long-pointed
fruit with deep suture near the base, represented by
the Honey (Fig. 1661); (3) the Spanish or Indian race,
with very late, yellow, firm, often streaked fruit, repre-
sented by various southern varieties, as the Cabler (Fig.
1662), Columbia, Galveston, Lulu, Texas and Victoria;
(4) the North China race, with large, mostly cling or
semi-cling fruit and very large, flat leaves, represented
by the Chinese Cling, Elberta (Fig. 1663). Mamie Ross,
Smock and Thurber ; (5) the Persian race, including
the common varieties of the mid-country and the North,

1228

PEACH

PEACH

as Crawford (Fig. 16G4), Oldmixon, Salway, and the
like. The varieties of Peaches are many, although less
numerous than those of apples. An inventory of 73
catalogues of Amerittan nurserymen, in ItiOO, showed
291 varieties on the market.

The Peach is a showy tree when in bloom. There are
double -flowered vaiieties (Fig. 1665), which are as

1660. Peen-to Peach (X '

handsome as the dwarf flowering almond, and they are
more showy because of the greater size of the tree.
These double -flowered varieties have never become
popular, however, owing to risks of winter injury and
spring frosts, depredation of borers, and the short sea-
son in which they remain in bloom. The flowers of the
Peach are naturally variable in both size and color.
Peach-growers are aware that there are small-flowered
and large -flowered varieties. The character of the
flower is as characteristic of the variety as size or color
of fruit is. Fig. 1666 shows two extremes. The Craw-
fords are small-flowered ; the Alexander and Amsden
are large flowered.

Propagation. — The Peach is always propagated by
means of seeds. The flrst year the seedlings are
budded to the desired variety. The seed is planted on
the first opening of spring in rows far enough apart to
allow of horse tillage, and the seeds are dropped every
6 to 8 inches in the row. These seeds should have been
kept moist during the winter. Usually they are piled
out of doors, being mixed with sand or gravel, and al-
lowed to freeze. The shells are then soft when plant-
ing time arrives and many of the pits will be split.
Then it will not be necessary to crack the pits. In the
northern states the trees will be ready for budding in
August and early September. The buds are set close to
the surface of the ground, and they do not start until
the following spring. The year succeeding the bud-
ding, the bud should make a tree 3 to 6 feet in height,
and at the end of that season it is ready for sale; that
is, the tree is sold when it is one season from the bud.
In the southern states. Peach seedlings may be large
enough to bud in June or early July of the year in
which the seeds are sown. The buds will then grow
that season, and the trees be ready for sale that fall.
That is, the whole process is completed within the space
of one season. These "June-budded trees " are popular
in the South, but they have never become thoroughly
established in popular favor in the North. They are
very likely to be injured by the first winter, since the
trees are not so well matured, as a rule, as the one-year-
old trees grown in the North.. If, however, they with-
stand the flrst winter, they should make as good trees

it may be more juicy. The soil in the great Peach sec-
tions of Michigan and the North Atlantic region is light
and loose. On heavy lands the Peach is likely to grow
too late in the fall and to make too much wood. The
fi'uit is usually somewhat lower in color and tends to
be later in ripening. The low color may be corrected,
however, by planting the trees far apart, and by prun-
ing to open tops to admit the sun.

Since the Peach blooms very early and the flowers
are liable to be killed by late spring frosts, it is import-
ant that the site on which the orchard is planted
should either be relatively free from late spring frosts
or such as to retard the bloom. In proximity to large
bodies of water, late spring frosts are less likely to
occur, and the tree blooms relatively late because the
water equalizes the climate and adjacent areas do not
warm up so quickly in the spring. This is particularly
true along such large bodies of water as the Great
Lakes. In interior j-laces it is well to choose a northei'n
slope or other Ii.ti'k\vard site, on which place the trees
are retarded in hlmim. In warm exposures in cities
Peaches are very likely to be caught by late spring
frosts because they bloom too early. It is usually better
in such cases to plant the trees on the north side of a
building.

Peach trees are always set when not more than one
year from the bud. The distance apart varies with dif-

1661. Honey Peach (X i^).

as others. For the details of propagation, see the article
on Graftage in Vol. II.

Soil and Plantitig. — The Peach will thrive on most
any soil, providing the climate and site are congenial.
The best Peach land, li..wi-vir. is that which is light and
sandy. On such lands tlic Peach develops its highest
color and its richest flavor, although on heavier lands

iual Cabler Peach

ferent soils, different parts of the country and with dif-
ferent growers. The standard and maximum distance
is twenty feet apart each way. If trees are planted at
this distance, they maybe tilled with ease, andheading-
in may not be necessary. Many growers, however, plant
closer th.an this with excellent results. By giving extra
good tilUig.':iiid fertilizing they force trees to bear young,
and by the tiiiii' the trees begin to crowd the orchard
has paid for itself, and some of the trees may be re-
moved. Whilst this practice may be advised in special
cases, the case depending on the energy and ability of
the owner, it is not to be advised for general purposes.
Tillimi U)ii1 F(r/i7isi»r7. — Having selected his land,
the Peach-grower intist hiok with the greatest care to
the cultivation anil fertilizing of the orchard. Peach
orchards should not he cropped after the third year; and
if they are planted on sandy lands, and particularly if
set less than 20 feet apart, they should not be cropped
from the time they are set. Very frequent stirring of
the surface soil from May until August, and thereafter,
perhaps, a green crop wliich shall be plowed under the
next spring, is the best general plan of tillage. Never
seed down a Peach orchard nor sow it to grain. If there
is any fruit that should never be neglected, it is the
Peach; and this is why careless men do not succeed
with it, and why so many of the orchards produce only
debts and discouragement. But it is easy to produce an
overgrowth on strong lands. The trees grow to a great
size during the flrst few years, their tops are full of
heavy leaves and the foliage holds very late in the fall.
These trees generally bear tardily and in some cases
they are not productive. They run to wood. The winds
tear them to pieces. The trouble lies flrst in the land:

PEACH

it is too strong for the Peach. The second trouble may
be the too free use of baru manures or other nitrogenous
fertilizers, or too late tillage in the fall.

The keynote to the proper fertilizing of Peach
orchards is liberal use of potash and phosphoric acid
and sparing use of nitrogen. Ashes, muriate of potash,
bone fertilizers, — these are some of the best fertilizers
for Peach trees. Tillage, with green manure crops at
the end of the season, can be relied upon to furnish the
nitrogen in most instances ; and it is even possible to
plow under too much vetch or crimson clover in the
course of years. Peaches which overgrow are likely to
suffer in winter.

Pruning Peach Trf^e^. — The methods of pruning Peach
trees are the occasion of much discussion amongst po-
mologists. The ditt'erences of opinion turn chiefly about
three practices, — short trunks with rapidly ascending
branches; high trunks with more horizontal branches;
and shortening-in or heading-back the annual growth.
Each of these three methods has ardent advocates and
opponents. It is probable that each system has distinct
merits for particular cases. The nature and fertility of
the soil are often the dominating factors in these oppos-
ing methods. A system of pruning which tits the slow
growth and hard wood of sandy soils may not be adapted
to the rapid growth and heavier tops of trees on strong
soils. Fig. 16G7 shows what is believed to be, in gen-
eral, the best method of pruning Peach trees on sandy
or what may be called Peach .soils. It is the natural
method. The tree is allowed to spread its top at will,
with no heading-in. The foliage is comparatively light
and does not place great weight upon the branches, and
the trees, on such lands, do not grow quickly to such
great size as on heavy lands. This method of allowing
a tree to make its natural top is the common one in the
Chesapeake peninsula (Pig. 1668) and in the Michigan
Peach belt (Pig. 1669). It will be observed, also, that
the pictures show trees with short trunks and forking
branches. It is a prevalent opinion that such trees are
more likely to split with loads of fruit than those which
have more horizontal branches, but this is an error. Of
course, much care should be exercised to see that the
branches do not start off from the trunk at exactly the
same height, thus making a true fork or Y. With this
precaution, the crotchy trees are no more likely to split
than the others, while thev allow of a much better form
of top, unless till- tn-c is tu'l.e l].;i.l.il in. The horizontal
branches of tin- liiu'li tn]i]iecl tnis uften appear to carry
a load of fruit with less ease th:iu the more upright
branches of the other style of training. This danger
of breaking is greatly lessened if the fruit is properly
thinned. The low trunk permits a more open top, and
this seems to be an advantage. One is often surprised
at the thinness of top in the best Peach orchards of
Michigan and Delaware. In such tops, the Peach should
color better, and it is reasonable to expect less trouble
from fungi.

Yet there is much to be said for the high-topped trees.
They are more easy to till and it is quite as easy to pick
their fruit; and there is less tendency to make long and
sprawling branches as a result of careless pruning. On
rich lands, it is perhaps the better metho<i^. And here
is the chief reason for heading-back in the North,—
the necessity of checking the growth and keeping the
tree within bounds when it is growing in a strong soil.
Whether one shall head-in his trees or not, therefore,
must depend on circumstances. In sandy Peach lands
it is generally unnecessary, but it may be a good prac-
tice when trees make an over-exuberant growth. This
heading-in is nsu.ally done in the winter, from a third
to half the annual growth being removed.

Heading-in the branches .ilways tends to make atliick-
topped tree. The best growers usually give much atten-
tion to cutting out the small unprotitable wood from the
center of the tree (compare Figs. 1670, 1671). This labor-
may be greatly increa.sed if heading-in is practiced. If
not persistently thinned of the inner growths, headed-in
trees tend to produce fruits of lighter color and of later
ripening. Many orchards have suffered from twig-
blight in these central shoots.

The pruning may be made a thinning process. The
fruit of the Peach is borne on the wood of the previous
year. The Peach makes true flower-buds, — those con-
taining no leaves. Two flower-buds are borne together

PEACH

1229

as a rule, on either side of a leaf-bud. These buds
often show plainly as early as August, or even earlier.
At that time the position of some of the fruit-buds may
be distinguished by the triple leaves (Fig. 1672). When

1663. Elberta Peach (X nearly K).

the leaves have fallen, the twin fruit-buds, with the
leaf -bud between, present the appearance shown in
Pig. 1673. Not always do the two buds develop: one of
them may be aborted or in.iured so that a single tlower-
bud and a leaf-bud stand together. These flower-buds
are borne on both the strong terminal shoots and on
the weak growths in the interior of the tree top. The
fruits in the interior of the top are for the most part
poor; therefore it is good practice to remove the weak
shoots on the inside of the top, thereby thinning the
fruit and allowing the energy of the tree to go to the
development of the fruit nearer the outside. Any sys-
tem of pruning, therefore, which removes the annual
growth thins the fruit. Heading-back the tree also may
be a thinning process. The fruit-buds are borne some
distance below the tips of the shoots, however, and un-
less the heading-in process is somewhat severe, there is
little result, in tliinning the fruit.

TJihming the Frnif. — There is very general neglect
in thinning the fruit. It should be a rule that no two
Peaches should stand closer on the same branch than
five or six inches. No work of the orchard pays better
than this thinning, either in the price which the remain-
ing produce brings in the market or in the vital energy
which is saved to the tree. Peach trees that are regu-
larly thinned should bear every year, barring injuries
from winter or spring frosts. Growers seem to forget
that this fruit piust all be picked sooner or later, and

Crawford Peach (X 1-5)

that the work is more easily done in June or July than
in September. The thinning should be delayed until
the fruit is the size of the end of one's thumb, for
by this time the "June drop" has occurred, and the

1230

PEACH

PEACH

Peaches can be readily seen and handled. The fruit
from well-thinned trees usually sells for twice as much
as that from overloaded trees, and the vigor of the
trees is conserved at the same time; and the grower
has the satisfaction of selling a superior product.
There are two rules for the workman to observe in the
thinning of fruit: (1) removal of in.iured or inferior
fruits; (2) allow no two fruits to stand closer together
than the distance which has been decided on— say about
six inches for Peaches.

Marketiiu/. — li growers are negligent in thinning the
fruit, they are too often positively careless in marketing
it. Even in years of low prices, honestly and tastefully
packed fruit brings good prices. The handsome boxes
of California Peaches, containing 60 wrapped fruits, will
sell readily for $2 to $4, whilst home-grown fruit sells
for 25 to 75 cents a half bushel ; and yet the latter may
be the better by the time it reaches the consumer.

There are several faults with common methods of
handling Peaches. The packages are too large. The
fruit is not graded and selected; in fact, it is not well
grown. There are often no wooden covers on the bas-
kets, and, as a consequence, that part of the pa.ckage

"x".

^ Bloom of laree- and

1665. Bloom of double-flowered small-flowered Peaches.
Peach (X >.2). ( •• 'a)

which should look the best is usually tin- most jaiiinn^d
and crushed. In observing the markrts, our thiils that
quite half the packages are not full when tln-y micb
the salesman. The Peach is a dessert fruit and should
command a fancy price. Therefore, it should be packed
in dainty baskets, and the packages should be sold with
the fruit. Peaches in bushel baskets is a contradiction
of ideals: the bushel package is for apples, potatoes,
and turnips.

In New Jersey and Michigan the staple Peach pack-
age has been the tall, wide-topped basket. Of late years,
however, different forms of the Climax basket (Fig. 1074)
have come to be popular, and in some parts of the country
they are used exclusively. The fruit always should be
packed after it is picked, the best grade being carefully
placed in the packages by hand.

/'Hsec^s. — The two most serious insect enemies of the
Peach are the borer and curculio. The borer usually
works in the crown of the tree near the surface of the
ground. The borer itself is the larva of a wasp-like
moth. It is an annual insect, completing its life-cycle
within a twelvemonth. The eggs are laid in summer.
By October, in most parts of the country, the larva
is large enough to be detected. In September or Octo-
ber, therefore, it is well to grub the trees. The earth

is removed from the crown with a hoe or strong iron
trowel, and whenever a hole is discovered in the bark
or gum is exuding, the bark is cut away with a knife
until the grub is discovered. Not all the grubs can
be detected at any one grubbing. It is well to go over
the trees again the following May or June, to catch the
large grubs before they pupate. The grubbing of trees
may seem like a laborious operation, but it is not ex-
pensive if done frequently and thoroughly. It does not
compare with pruning in cost or labor. It is the only
sure aud satisfactory way to avoid injury by borers.

The curculio attacks the fruit. Soon after the blos-
soms fall tlie small weevil or beetle, which resembles
a pea-bug, lays its eggs in the fruit; and from these
eggs a grub soon hatches, and the Peach becomes
wormy. The eggs are laid during a considerable period
— from two to four weeks — depending on the location
and the season. The insect is more or less dormant in
the cool of the morning and will drop when the tree
is j.irred, and this allows the peach-grower a chance of
catching it. A large sheet, covering the spread of the
top, is laid undir the tree and the tree is jarred quickly
two or three times, when the curculio falls, aud it is then
picked from the sheet. There are various apparatus for
catching the curculio, all working on the above principle.
One of the best of these is a 2-wheeled rig, something
like a wheelbarrow, which carries a large canvas or
muslin hopper. There is an opening in the hopper op-
posite the operator, to allow the hopper ti. l.e «heile,l
under the tree so that the trunk may staiel le ar the
middle of the machine. When the machine is in place.
the operator gives the tree two or three quick thumps,
and the insects drop. Usually, there i'j a tin or zinc
receptacle at the apex of the hopper into which insects
may be shaken. This bugging operation is be;.'uii early
\\\ the morning, usually by five o'clock. Tlie lirst e\|.l(i-
ration with the bugging-machine is made witliiii a \\ec k
after the blossoms fall. If insects are found tlie opi-ra-
tion is continued. If the insects are very abundant the
bugging will need to be done every morning; but if they
are not abundant it may be necessary to go over the
plantation only two or three tiiues a week. Tlie lMi^':;iTig
is continued as long as the insects are feuml in siilli-
cient quantity to do much damage. Two or three weeks
will usually cover the egg-laying season; but sumetiuies
the catching must be continued even longer than this.
This bugging is a laborious operation, but it is the only
sure method of combating the curculio. The work can
be made much more easy and expeditious if the ground
is- hard and firm, to allow the machines to be wheeled
readily. It is well, therefore, to till the orchard as early
as possible, and if the ground is very soft to go over it
with a slicker or other compacting implement just be-
fore the bugging operation begins. After the curculio
catching is done, one may begin the thinning of the
fruit. All Peaches which give evidence of having been
attacked by the curculio are then picked; this is an im-
portant means of keeping the pest in check.

i>tscrt.s«s. — The Peach is subject to many insidious
and inexplicable diseases. Of these the worst is yel-
lows. The yellows is a distinct disease. It is not a
condition. It attacks Peach trees of all ages and in all
conditions of vigor, seeming to have a preference for
those that are thrifty. It is incurable, and its termi-
nation is always fatal. It is communicable from tree to
tree. The means of communication is \inknown, but it
is not spread through the soil, it probably does not
originate in the roots, it is evidently not conveyed
from flower to flower, and it is probably not transferred
by means of pruning tools. It may be disseminated
by buds, even by those from branches that do not yet
show signs of the disease. The one unmistakable
symptom of yellows is the red-spotted character of the
fruit. The flesh is commonly marked by red lines or
splashes beneath the spots. These Peaches generally
ripen prematurely, and in the second year they are
usually smaller and often more fuzzy than the normal
fruit. The second symptom to appear— or the first in
trees not in fruit — is the "tip" growth (Fig. 1G75). This
is a short growth starting from the upper or terminal
buds, usually bite in the season, and is characterized
by narrow stiff yellowish small leaves which stand at
nearly right angles to the shoot. Sometimes these tips

PEACH

PEACH

1231

appear late iti jiutunm, tdtv
in spriui; ln-fitrc iioriiial i,n-<i
first seiMi u|..iri tin- in.N ..
fi^rowth is sumetinies little ]

y -.

1667.
The Michigan vase-fo

till' leaves have fallen, or
vlli h.-^'ins. They are often
watirsiirouts. This "tip"
roiiouueed, and then only a
practiced eye will detect
it. The third mark of
the disease is the push-
ing out of slender stiff-
leaved yellowish shoots
from the body of the
^^ tree or the sides of the
large limbs (Fig. 1C76).
In pronounced cases, or
when the tree is about
to die, these shoots may
branch into close bunchy
tufts. These symp-
toms are frequently
wholly absent in this
state througlumt the en-
.. tire course of the dis-
ease.

In its final stage, the yellows is marked by small and
slender growth of all new wood, small, narrow, yellow
or reddish foliage, and occasionally by a great pro-
fusion of slender and branchy growths in the center of
the tree. As a rule, yellows trees die in five or six
years from the first visible attack, sometimes sooner.
The yellow and stunted condition following neglect or
the work of borers — both of the common borer and the
pin-hole borer— is often mistaken for yellows. Ex-
termination of all affected trees — root and branch — is
the only method of keeping the disease at bay. This
work should be done vigorously and thoroughly. The
entire community should unite. Trees may be set in
the places from which the diseased trees are removed,
without fear of contamination. The cause of the disease
is wholly unknown. Almost every ascribed cause has
been disproved upon careful investigation. Even when
the cause shall have been discovered, the remedy will
probably remain the same— extermination. The disease
has no uniform preference tor varieties, soils, climate,
nor methods of propagation or cultivation. No fertiliza-
tion of the soil will cure the disease or check its spread.
The disease sometimes attacks the almond, apricot, and
Japanese plum. Yellows has been recognized for
about a century. It is peculiar to North America, and
is generally distributed north of the Carolinas and east
of the Mississippi. For more specific information on
Peach yellows, consult the writings of E. P. Smith,
published by the U. S. Dept. of Agric.

Rosette is a very serious disease of Peach trees in
the southern states, characterized by dense rosettes
or bunches of foliage on the young shoots. It soon

1668. Peach trees in Eastern Maryland.

proves fatal. The cause is unknown. The remedy is
to exterminate the trees as soon as the disease appears.
The leaf curl has I>een the subject of more concern
amongst Peach-growers during the past few years than
an}' other disease, except the yellows. It has a decided

preference for some varieties, particularly those with
large, .soft and dark-colored leaves. It is also influ-
enced greatly by the season, although it is rarely wholly
absent. A moderate attack does not perceptibly injure
trees in full vigor. In many cases, however, the
larger part of the leaves fall from the tree in June, and
the fruit, deprived of nourishment, may also fall. Leaf
curl, the curculio and lack of pollination are the chief
causes of the "June drop" of Peaches. The leaves
"curl," or become puckered, early in the season, and
soon die. Experiments have demonstrated that a thor-
ough spraying with full-strength Bordeaux mixture just
beifore the buds swell in spring is very nearly a spe-
cific. If long-continued wet weather follows, it may be
advisable to spray again, when the petals have fallen,
with Bordeaux mixture, consisting of 2 pounds of cop-
per sulfate, 2 pounds of quick-lime, and 50 gallons of
water. If the weather of April and early May is warm
and dry, this .second spraying will be unnecessary. For
full account of Peach curl, see Newton B. Pierce, Bull.
20, Div. Veg. Phys. and Path., U. S. Dept. Agric, 1900
(pp. 204).

"Little Peach " is a recent disease which has appeared
in Michigan and western New York. It is ordinarily
characterized by the Peaches remaining small and hard,
the trees losing vigor and the leaves becoming small.
After a time the tree dies. It seems to spread when
once established in an orchard. The cause of the diili-

1669. View in a young Michigan Peach orchard.

culty is quite unknown. By some it is thought to be
due to a root fungus. Others have associated it with
dry seasons, the lack of fertility in the soil, overbearing
and other exhausting processes. It has every appear-
ance, however, of being a distinct disease. No remedy
is yet known. Growers are advised to pull out the trees
and burn them as if they had yellows. Some growers
think that they can overcome the disease partially or
wholly by liberal applications of nitrogenous fertilizers
and by extra attention to tillage. All these questions,
however, yet remain to be demonstrated.

Fruit-rot and twig-blight, due to the fungus Monilla
fructifjeva, is a serious disease of Peaches. The rot-
ting of the early Peaches on the tree is too familiar to
need description, but it is not generally known that this
decay is not a normal process and peculiar to the va-
riety, but is caused by a distinct fungous disorder.
V'ery often these same trees that show the fruit-rot have
the young growth blighted, as if attacked by something
like pear-blight. This death of the shoots is due to the
same fungus that causes the fruit to rot. The decayed
Peaches sometimes dry up and hang on the tree, and be-
come a prolific source of infection for the coming year.
These mummified Peaches can be found in orchards all
over the country, even, in many cases, a year following
the attack. They are likely to be most abundant in the
center of the top, and the fungus often kills the twigs that
bear the diseased fruits. The same fungus attacks the
cherry and plum. Prof. P. D. Chester, of the Delaware
Experiment Station, found that the fungus sometimes
destroys the flowers in spring, and this injury may
pass for the effects of frost. He also found that thor-
ough spraying with copper fungicides greatly reduced
the injury. His advice for the treatment of the dis-
ease is as follows: (1) Gather and bum all mummified
fruit. (2) Early in the spring, before the fruit-buds

1232

PEACH

PEACH

begin to swell, spray the trees with a solution con-
taining 1 pound of copper sulfate to 25 gallons of
water. (3) As soon as the fruit-buds begin to swell,
spray the trees with Bordeaux mixture or copper car-
bonate. Follow this by another spraying before the
buds open. (4) As soon as the fruit shall have reached
full size, make a third application. This may be fol-
lowed by two or three applications at intervals of five or
seven days during the ripening period. It will proba-
bly not be often necessary to make more than one late
application. Thorough thinning of the fruit is a good
preventive of the spread of the rot.

There are no up-to-date American books on the Peach.
Three works have been published: Fulton's "Peach
Culture," 1870, new edition, 1889; Butter's "The Culture
and Diseases of the Peach," Harrisburg, Pa., 1880;
■Willcox's "Peach Culture," Bridgeton, N. J., 1886.
There are several excellent experiment station bulletins
on the Peach. See also, Fitz's "Southern Apple and
Peach Culturist," and Black's "Cultivation of the Peach
and the Pear on the Delaware and Chesapeake Penin-
sula." L. H. B.

Peach Culture in the South (Fig. 1677). — Peaches
have been abundant in the southern states since the very
earliest settlement, the so-called Spanish varieties be-
ing iirst distributed by the early settlers in Florida, and
to this day, all through the South Atlantic states the old
"Spanish Blood," or "Tinsley" Peach, is spoken of as
one of the choice fruits of the earth. From time to time
all the improved varieties were scattered through the
South by the more progressive horticulturists and nur-
serymen, and these and their seedlings were abundant
on nearly every plantation. The South being strictly
an agricultural country, there was little chance for com-
mercial Peach culture until along between 1870 and 1875,
when the introduction of a number of new extra-early
varieties of the Alexander type, seedlings of Hale and
Rivers, gave such bright, showy Peaches the latter part
of May and early June that attempts were made to
market them at a profit in our Northern cities.

A lack of quick, through railway - express service
caused them to be three and four days on the way, and
usually to be delivered in bad order. Occasional lots,
arriving in fair to good condition and selling at from
$12 to $20 per bushel convinced a few of the shippers that
the extra-early Peaches of the South were appreciated at
the North, and persistent efforts were continued to get
them to market in sound condition. Every conceivable

and a sufficient quantity of ice, with strong caster wheel*
under them so they could be trundled in and out of freight
cars, were utilized to bring Peaches north by Savannah
and Charleston steamers ; and by re-icing on the steamers
much of the early fruit came through in good order and
sold at such satisfactory prices as to encourage the

1670. Unpruned thick-topped Peach tree.

style of shipping package was used, — paper-wrapped
fruit placed between layers of cotton, excelsior, paper,
etc., and sent by express or steamer, — and all brought
about the same returns, "Arrived in bad order." Only
occasional lots paid a profit. Finally, heavy refrigerator
boxesthat would hold about 6 bushels of fruit in packages,

1671. The interior weak branchc
(Compare Pig. 1670.)

sending of the large midsummer Peaches to market in
the same way. ami tin- plaiitin;; of nii)denite sized or-
chards and thi finilin- LxiHriiiuiitins; with seedlings
and varieties l"-sr suiir.l t.i loiif,- slii]Hiients.

The perfection of tlie refiiguratur car for fruit trans-
portation, improved machinery for the cheap manufac-
ture of ice, the consolidation of various small railway
lines into great through routes of transportation, and a
full appreciation by their managers of the importance
of a successful Peach industry, and last but not least,
the originating of the Elberta Peach by Mr. Rumph,
were the final factors in rapidly developing the great
commercial Peach industry in Georgia, and its smaller
counterparts in S. C, Ala., Miss., Ark. and Texas.

The year 1889 saw the first large Peach crop success-
fully harvested and marketed. Profits were large, and
being reported in the press many times greater than they
really were, stimulated much planting by those entirely
unfamiliar with fruit culture, and with no special love
for it except the money that might be made out of it.
Cheap lands and the abundance of good, low-priced
labor were encouragements to extensive plantings. In
nearly every state of the South, land in vast tracts
suitable for Peach culture may be had at from $3 to
$10 per acre, and labor from sun to sun at from 40 to 60
cents per day. Along the Atlantic and Gulf coast, vary-
ing from one to two hundred iiiiics inland, most of the
land being low and flat, parly i>Ici..niini,'. followed by
spring frost, makes the Peach imlustry too uncertain to
be profitable. The hill lands in western sections of At-
lantic coast states, and northern sections of the Gulf
states, is really the Peach country of the South. Fort
Valley and Marshallville, the great Peach centers of
(jeorgia, though on tablelands about two hundred miles
from both ocean and Gulf, and at an elevation of a
little over 500 feet, are not in what might strictly be
called the hill country, being just below the southern
edge of it. In this section of Georgia, most of the Peach
orchards have been planted on old cotton-land, much of -
which has been in cultivation a century or more, and
while the surface-soil is worn and poor, down deep in
the red clay soil underlying the 6 or 8 inches of sandy,
gray loam of the surface, there must be a vast amount
of fertility from the way Peach trees grow when once
started and a reasonable amount of culture is given.

A ma.iority of the orchardists, who are cotton-planters
as well, plant second- and third-class yearling trees, or

PEACH

PEACH

1233

else small Juue-budded trees any time from October to
March; opeuiug furrows for the trees and cross-check-
ing the rows 18 to 22 feet apart; later plowing this land
and planting it in cotton, continuing it for three and
often four years. Two to four hundred pounds of low-
grade fertilizer is applied in drills for the cotton and
usually very thorough culture given; trees are allowed
to grow at will, their culture being incidental to the
cotton crop. In such orchards very little if any priming
is ever attempted. After the trees become so large as
to drive out the cotton, one plowing is given in winter,
then anything from fairly good culture to none at all
the rest of each season. Such a system results in many
"scrub orchards," that are not very profitable after six
or seven years.

Specialists, who devote almost their entire time to the
Peach business, plant their trees mostly 16x16 or 18x18
feet and give them entire use of the land. The under-
signed, being a rather close pruuer, has about 150,000
trees planted 13x13 feet and about 175,000 planted 15
X 15 feet.

All land is plowed deep, and sometimes subsoiled
before planting. Young orchards are given frequent
and thorough tillage up to mid-season, when 2 or 3
rows of cow-peas are drilled in at least 4 feet away from
the rows of trees; these and the trees are cultivated
frequently, until the peas have taken almost full pos-
session of the ground, and it is time for both the land
and trees to have a rest from cultivation. In the fall
when peas are ripe, enough are gathered for next year's
seed, after which hogs or mules maybe turned in to
pasture for a time. The stutible furnishes a tine winter
cover, and is turned down at first plowing iu February
or March, when summer culture begins, and at proper
time the orchard is again seeded to cow-peas, across the
former direction of the rows. Three years of this usu-
ally builds up a perfect orchard without the aid of any
other fertilizers, except possibly a very little about the
trees at time of planting to give them a start.

Low-headed trees are the rule, the trunks seldom
branching over 18 inches up, and often 8 inches to
a foot from the ground. In one section of the writ-
er's orchard at Fort Valley, Georgia, he has 100,000
trees 8 years old, headed so low that in a full-crop
season like 1900, a man sitting on the ground could
have gathered fully one-half the fruit from each tree.

1672. The three leaves at a joint, where i
fruit-buds are formtnfr.

As a rule, the close cutting-back at time of planting,
and a general shortening-iu of the leading branches for
the first 2 or 3 years, is about all the pruning given,
even in the best orchards. Our own plan is to shorten-
in every year much of the past season's growth, and
from the central head often cut back 2 or 3 seasons'
growth; but under no circumstances are any of the

good side shoots cut out that force themselves on all
the main stems when the top is properly headed back.
Figs. 1678, 1679. These little side branches have given
the writer several full crops of fruit, when without them
there has been failure.

Soil and climate favor the very brightest of color on
all Peaches in the South; qualities of the soil and the
long, hot summer sun give a richness and
sweetness of flavor superior to any other
section of America, though the same varie-
ties are not as juicy or luscious as when
grown further North. The writer's obser-
vation leads him to believe that there is
more water and less of solid matter in the
Peach the further one goes North with its
production, and while one can eat more of
the northern Peaches ripe from the tree it
takes the southern-grown Peach to put fat
on one's ribs. During the past ten years,
besides very heavy plantings by southern
landowners, northern fruit men singly and
in corporations have planted extensively of
Peaches all through the South, most largely
in Georgia to the south and west of Macon,
within a radius of 50 miles.

The orchards in connection with cotton
plantations run all the way from 10 to 100
acres in extent, while the " straight - out
Peach farm" seldom has as few as 50 acres
in fruit, more of them having from 100 to
200 acres, while orchards all the way from
300 to nearly 3,000 acres in extent are no
uncommon sight. Samuel H. Rumph, at
Marshallville, Georgia, has more than 1,000
acres superbly cultivated in orchard; the
writer's orchard at Fort Valley, Georgia,
has considerably more than 2,000 acres in 16'3' Fruit-
fruit trees, 335,000 of which can be seen ^^%^ "jf
from an outlook on the central packing wi^h fe^?
house. Rows of trees lK-2 miles in length ^^j ^^_
stretching away in all directions give a tween,
powerful impression of the Georgia Peach
industry, which turns out 2,500 to 3,000 car-loads of
Peaches in the 6 or 7 weeks of a busy picking season,
and yet has not one-half its planted trees in really full
fruitage.

Growth usually ceases early in August, and the trees
shed their leaves the last of September, a month or 6
weeks before any frosts come. Should the fall be warm
and wet, some fruit-buds will be forced into bloom, while
the great majority will remain dormant until late Jan-
uary or early February, when spring growth commences.
The season of full bloom is usually about the first week
in March, though it varies all the way from February 15
to JVIarch 25, and no matter whether early or late, the
entire blooming season of most varieties covers a period
of nearly 3 weeks. While spring frosts are the greatest
menace to southern Peach culture, this long blooming
period often gives a chance for a setting of fruit be-
tween the various frosts, or after the last one, from
some belated buds. Even with these varying chances
of escaping between frosts, about one year in three
Jack Frost is master of the situation, and there is no
Peach crop. Two other serious troubles hamper the
southern Peach cultivator — curculio and monilia or
brown rot. Curculios are very abundant; beginning early
in April, they keep up their destructive work until the
end of the fruiting season. When the crop is abundant
frequent thinning of the stung specimens and burn-
ing them prevents serious harm, although the extra
expense is considerable ; but in seasons of short or
moderate crops trees must be jarred daily and the cur-
culio gathered on sheets or canvas trays and destroyed.
During the season of 1896, in the Hale orchard, 100,000
trees were freed from the curculio by jarring 50,000 trees
every other day for 7 weeks. A practically perfect
crop of fruit was harvested, and the orchard shipped
more sound fruit than any other 500,000 trees in the
state, or nearly one-quarter of Georgia's Peach crop of
that year.

The early spring months at the South are inclined to
be pleasant and very dry. and the summer rains, which
are frequent and abundant when they do come, often do>

1234

PEACH

not set in until the latter part of July or early August,
near the end of the Peach shipping season. Often,
however, they begin in June, and continue for 2 or y
weeks, and in the case of the season of 1900 it rained for
6 weeks right through the main part of the Peach har-
vest. Hot sun between showers and the general mug-
giness of a warm climate rapidly breed the monilia
fungus, and brown rot is prevalent on every fruiting
tree hpia>ing with straight Bordeaux mixture just
before the buds swell in the spring, and once or twice
mole when tin fiuit is ili m lupiiig with Bordeaux hav-

1674. Peach pack

basket ^Micliigau).

ing an excess of lime, is practiced by a few, and holds
the rot in check to a consideral)Ie extent. Besides the
sprays in the Hale orchard, if rot ai>i)ears, we go over
the fruiting trees every day or two. and gather and burn
all fruit showing even tlie snialb'st speck of rot, and in
this way secure much more sound fruit than when
only the spraying is practiced. In ama.iority of orchards,
however, neither spraying nor picking the rot is prac-
ticed, and the loss of fruit is often from 50 to 80 per
cent of the entire crop.

The first great crop of Georgia Peaches that made a
strong impress on all northern markets was in 1889,
when the Elberta variety by its large size, great beauty
and fine keeping qualities showed up so strongly for
the first time as to outclass all other varieties. Great
profits were made and, being reported as even greater,
there was a mad riisli t" plant Ellierta, and Elberta
only. This was kept up until lh9i»-7 before it came to
be realized that there could be too much of even a good
thing. The rushing of a great volume of fruit, no mat-
ter how choice, into the markets in 2 or 3 weeks, before
they had been "toned up " to at least a liberal supply of
good fruit, was a business mistake. To remedy this
there has been for the past four years a hunt after a
good early variety to precede the Elberta, as well as
later ones to follow it. So that while prior to 1896 more
tlian 75 per cent of the plantings were of Elberta, since
that time not more than 15 to 20 per cent of Elberta
have been planted. There is a better balance of varie-
ties, and a longer and more profitable season of mar-
keting has been assured. A few Alexanders are yet
planted and open the season late in May. Triumph,
ripening a few days later, has been largely planted; it
suffered most from rot in 1900, and while of good size
and very fine quality, from its "woolly" appearance and
early decay, it thoroughly demoralized the early mar-
kets; and when the thousands upon thousands of Tri-
umph trees not yet in fruiting come into bearing a de-
moralization of early southern Peaches is sure to result,
that will take several weeks of each Peach season for the
markets to recover from, after better varieties begin
to come along. Early Rivers, coming to much higher
color in the South than in central and northern states,
has always been very profitable.

The little Tillotson, that mildews its foliage in the
North so as to be a general failure, comes to a perfec-
tion of tree and fruitage in the South; the bright red

PEACH

little Peaches, seldom more than an inch and a half in
diameter, rich, sweet and delicious, are really the first
extra good Peaches to find their way to market. Greens-
boro a little earlier, and Hieley and Waddell a few days
later, are all very large and beautiful early Peaches,
that are being extensively planted. Carman, of extra
size and great beauty, follows a little later; while St.
John, Mountain Rose. Thurber, Belle of Georgia, El-
berta and Stump, make up most of the rest of heavy
planting ; while Emma and Frances are being most
largely planted to close up the season from the 1st to
the 10th of August. Some Peaches of the Crawford
type are grown all through the South, but they do not
suciTfd as well as most others of the Persian strain,

;iiid ni'i f tlie Persians do as well in the far South as

ihr Niiitti Ctiina strains, to which Waddell, Thurber,
]>v\\<- and p^iberta belong. The South China Peaches,
to which the Peen-to, Honey and Angel belong, suc-
ceed best in Florida and close along the Gulf coast.
While their bitter-sweet flavor is appreciated by some,
they are not generally profitable for market.

In preparation for marketing the fruit crop, many of
the large orchards have railroad side-tracks running to
their packing houses in the orchard ; refrigerator cars
are brought South, and every available bit of side-track
for three or four hundred miles about is filled with
these cars. At leading centers, refrigerator car people
iiave constructed great ice storage houses, with every
convenience for quickly icing and re-icing cars. Agents
of these refrigerator car companies, by frequently driv-
ing about among the orchards aud keeping in touch
with the managers, plan to have enough cars iced up
and cooled off so as to be ready for each day's demand,
and by placing an order with the railroad agent the
night before, the orchardi.st may have one or a dozen
refrigerator cars delivered on his side-track in the
morning. For smaller shippers, who cannot load in car
lots, the railroads keep at all times in .season refrigera-
tor cars on siding at each station in the Peach district,
into which any number of shippers may load ; more
often there will be a number of such cars loading at the
same time, so that a shipper may have a choice as to
which market he will consign his fruit. Except in the
height of the season, these cars are often two and some-
times three days in loading, and the continued opening
of the car to put in small lots of fruit prevents perfect
refrigeration ; consequently fruit from small shippers
more often goes to market in bad order than from the
larger orchards, where a car can be quickly loaded and
at once closed up, not to be opened until ready for sale
in some northern market. In the Hale orchards a car
is often loaded in an hour, and very little of the fruit
is ever so long as two hours passing from the tree
through the assorting and packing houses to the car.
For ten successive mornings, season of 1900, there were
picked, graded and nailed up in crates, and the doors
closed and sealed up, three car-loads before eight o'clock
in the morning; seven o'clock and fifty-four minutes
was the latest, and seven thirty-five the earliest finish.
Only by a lively start at daylight can such work be ac-
complished.

In some of the smaller orchards, fruit is packed in
crates or baskets right under the trees, and then hauled
in open wagons, often without springs, to the railroad
station. In others, some of the old farm buildings are
used as packinghouses; more often special fruit houses
are used, their size depending upon the requirements
of the orchards, while in style and convenience more
depends upon the intelligence of the orchardists and
desire to handle the fruit rapidly in best possible man-
ner. The ]>icking basket most generally used is a shal-
low, round basket, with a drop handle, and holding
about a half-bushel. With good refrigerator cars and
prompt railroad service, fruit is now allowed to come
to full maturity on the tree, and is picked just before it
begins to soften.

In the Hale orchard expert pickers instruct all new
workers how to judge by the color on the shady side
of a Peach, when it is ripe for the harvest ; then
each picking gang is in charge of a foreman, who is
ever on the alert to secure uniformity in the work.
Each picker is numbered, and has a little canvas
bag with his number stenciled on it, and filled with

PEACH

tickets of same number; one of these tickets is placed
in the bottom of each basket as he begins to fill it, so
that when any basket reaches the assorting table and
proves not to be up to the standard, the inspector of
grading is notified, the ticket number given to a field
inspector, who on horseback gallops away to tone
up the careless picker. Picking 3,000 bushels or more
of Peaches in a day, it is possible at any time to
locate the picker of every basket. This great orchard
is all blocked off by avenues running north and south
every 500 feet into about 12-acre tracts, with cross
streets every 1,000 feet, so that 250 feet is the greatest
distance from any tree to an avenue of travel. Each
picking gang has its required number of "basket boys"
and "toters," who keep the gang supplied with empty
baskets, and "tote" the full baskets to the avenues,
where they are loaded on broad, low-down wagons, hold-
ing about 80 baskets, nnd hauled to the packing house,
which is a two-story building 40 x 112 feet. The sec-
ond story is used for storage of crates and baskets, all
labeled and finished for immediate use, while the first
fioor is a platform 3 feet high, sides open all around
but prottM'tt'il from sun and rain by a lean-to shed about
it, under wliifli tlie wagons drive as they come from the
fields with the fruit.

Two wide packing benches run the entire length of
the shed; through the center of these benches, raised
nearly a foot, runs a line of canvas trays or pockets,
about 18 inches wide, and divided into sections about
every 2 feet. Along the outside of these benches, with
room enough back of them to receive the fruit
from the wagons, stand the graders— bright
young men and women from the best white fam-
ilies of the South. There is room enough on the
sides of the bench, in front of the canvas trays,
for a row of picking baski'ts, filled with the
fruit just as it came fnmi tlic trrc. With one or
two expert graders alung tiiis line to instruct in
the work and consequently keep it tuned up, the
sound fruit is assorted direct from the picking
baskets into three sizes: extras. No. I's and sec-
onds, all carefully placed in the canvas trays in
front. Overripe and bruised fruit goes in baskets
at the feet of the grader and finally reaches the
evaporator, while the decayed or otherwise worth-
less fruit goes to the dump and is destroyed by
fire. On the opposite side of the bench, facing
the graders, stand the packers, with just room
enough on the edge of the bench in fronl of the
trays for the 6 basket carriers to stand length-
ways (this carrier from long experience having
been found to be the one best and most profit-
able package to hnmlle tin* southern Peaches).
Removing the top hiyers of buskets and division
trays, the bottom tier of baski'ts is quickly and
firmly packed solid full of whatever standard
size fruit happens to be in the trays in front of
each packer. The division rack and top tier of
baskets are then replaced, and filled in the same
uniform way. Instructors and inspectors of
packing are constantly working up and down the
line, encouraging and assisting in the work, so
that uniform results may be secured.

As each package is finished a card with the
packer's number is placed on top, and call of
"Crate!" promptly brings a "toter," who hiirries
it to an inspection table, one of which is at each
end of the shed. Here an inspector, who is trained
to know good Peaches and good packing at sight,
either approves it and orders on the cover, or
if poorly packed, not full enough, or in any way defec-
tive, sends it back to the packer to be righted. Some
packers will not put up more than 40 or 50 crates per
day, while very expert ones put up as many as 150 and
in some cases 200; while the average is from 75 to 80
crates per day when the work is done under the most
careful inspection. The name of the variety and grade
of fruit is stenciled on the cover, as it is nailed on, and
the packer's number is penciled on the red label, on
each end of the crate ; then away to. the car. Here,
placed side by side about 2/4 inches apart across the
car, it takes 7 crates. Then two strips of inch-square
stuff, just long enough to reach across the car, are put

PEACH 1235

on top of the crates at each end and are lightly nailed
down. Tier upon tier is built up in this way, either 5
or 6 crates high, until the car is full. Spacing of the
crates and the slatting provides space for cold air
around each and every crate. In dry seasons, when
friiit is free from rot germs, cars as now constructed
can with safety be loaded 6 crates high, but in wet sea-
sons, with rot prevalent, they arrive in market in much
better order when loaded only 5 high. Besides the ori-
ginal icing, which requires 4-6 tons to a car, a re-icing
after loading takes 1-3 tons, depending upon bow
long the car is loading. In going to New York, cars are
re-iced at Atlanta, Charlotte, N. C, and Alexandria, Va.,
and if to New England points again at Jersey City.
For Chicago and the Northwest, they are re-iced at At-
lanta, Cincinnati or Louisville. A car will hold 525-650
crates, according to the size of the car and whether
loaded 5 or 6 crates high. Handled along best modem
lines, with careful inspection from start to finish, it
costs, including freight and all incidental expenses,
from 26 to 28 cents to take Peaches ripe from the tree
and place them in the car. Freight averages about 42
cents to the various northern markets, refrigeration 13
cents, cartage 3 cents, and commission 7-10 per cent of
gross sales, bringing the actual cost up to about $1 to
pick and market a crate of Georgia Peaches, holding
six 4-quart baskets. The bulk of the fruit sells at $1 to
$1.50, a little sells as high as $2.50 and $3, while con-
siderable is sold at less than a dollar, down to as low as
25 cents; this, of course, for fruit arriving in bad order.

1675
'Tip ero
of yellows.

Left-hand specimen shows two small-leaved tips appearing in
October, 2 or 3 of the normal leaves still remaining near the top.
The middle specimen shows numerous tips appearing in. August.
Right-hand specimen is a healthy twig, for comparison. P. 1231,

Sales at anything above $1 per crate can be counted in
towards cost of production and as profit, j -rr tt.,™

Peaoh Culture in the Far North. — Having tasted
Peaches that were thoroughly ripened on the tree, the
writer became very desirous of growing this fruit at his
home in northern Vermont, and kn<t\ving that the fruit
buds of the Peach tree are not of suOi.-ii nt hiirdiness to
endure the rigor of this climate without jirotrction, he
exercised himself for some cheap and ellectivo way to
cover them. He remembered that when a boy his father
had some Peach trees near the house that had been al-
lowed to branch at about a foot from the ground. One

1236

PEACH

PEACH

winter, in a severe snow storm, a branch of one of
them was weighted down l>y the snow and partly split
from the trunk and lay there until spring- Though the
thermometer during the storm fell to 30° below zero,
that branch bore fruit the next season. Remembering
this, the undersigned felt confident that if he could
train Peach trees so that the tops could be easily
brought down to the ground and covered, he could grow

^ y

1676. The tufted shoots of Peach yellows. (Seep. 1231 )

this most delicious fruit. After experimenting some
time the following method was found to be efficient.

Secure a very yoting tree, preferably a seedling from
seed, planted wliere a tree is desired, and train the
trunk of it horizontally 8-10 inches from the ground,
and suffer no branches to grow. Break off the tender
branches when they are not more than 3 inches long by
bending them sideways, not down over the leaf, as that
■would be likely to break off the leaf also. The trunk is
kept horizontal while it is growing by tying it loosely
to a slender pole, which is fastened horizontally. Of
course the tendency of the tree is to grow upward at
the end, and therefore one must look to it about once a
•week that the branches are broken off and the trunk
tied down. When trained in this way the tree will con-
tinue to grow vigorously until frost stops it, but it is
necessary that the young wood has time to ripen suffi-
ciently to endure the winter. The writer finds that if he
ceases to break off the branches for 4-f) weeks before
the usual time of frost, the wood at the end of the trunk
will be sufficiently ripened to stand the winter when
protected.

To protect the tree the first winter, take some half-
inch boards about 3 inches wide, and nail their edges
together so they will be like a wooden eave-trough.
Then cut the tree trunk loose from the pole to which
it is tied, put 2 or 3 shovelfuls of earth around the

roots and place some evergreens on the ground under
the trunk (.iust enough to keep it from the soil) ; lay the
tree upon the evergreens and place the trough over the
tree, covering it completely from root to tip. Finally
place a few evergreen boughs over the whole. If the
butts of the boughs are thrust a little into the ground
they will be frozen in and held firmly.

In the sjiring when danger from frost is past uncover
the tree, fasten the little pole in its place, tie the tree to
it and place tlie trough over the whole of the tree, ex-
cept a little of the tip. This is important, for if this
horizontal trunk, which now has no leaves, is not cov-
ered from the sun the bark will surely be killed along
its top. After the buds at the tip have grown a little,
break off all bttt the strongest, and train as in the pre-
vious year and so continue until the desired length of
trunk is obtained. If the tree is in good soil and well
cultivated it will in 2 or 3 years make a trunk 10-15 feet
loiii,', Whrn this latter length is attained the trunk is
Ion:,' cnoui^Hi to be pliable for a good niatiy years, as its
thii'kni'ss d'.x'S not increase very fast. Now, while keep-
ing the horizontal trunk in its place, allow its end to grow
up and form ahead, which may be trained in afan-shaped
fashion, parallel with the trunk. A stout stake is driven
at the place where the head is formed, to which it is tied
during the growing season. When freezing weather
comes the head is loosened from the stake and turned
over sideways on some evergreens placed to keep it off
the soil. Over the head of the tree put a few more ever-
greens and over these some boards to keep snow from
sifting iu) which will melt during a mild time, and later
form ice abotit the twigs and kill them.

From tills time the treatment of the tree is the same
as that of any fruit tree, except that it must be covered
each fall and tied up each spring. The writer was
warned that he would be troubled with mice under the
coverings, but he has practiced plowing between the
trees each fall, turning the furrows toward the trees,
and has not been troubled with the rodents. Trees
treated in this way never fail to bear and produce as
abundantly as when grown upright from the start.

J. T. Macomeee.

The Michigan Peach Industry. — The history of
commercial Peach-growing in Michigan would be a fas-
cinating tale indeed if it could be written in detail.
The eras of prosperity bringing on in many cases the
wildest speculation in property, followed sometimes
by severe depressions, have given our prominent Peach
centers some of the features of a western mining camp.
Frequently some shrewd painstaking grower rises to
affluence with a few crops from a well-grown orchard,
on a wisely selected location, and there immediately fol-
lows a class of men who take money out of other lines
and plunge into the mysteries of Peach-growing with
the recklessness of a gambler, often purchasing most
unsuitable locations, planting large quantities of ill-
chosen varieties, cultivating them for a few years, only
to learn in the end that Peach-growing is a profession,
and the production of large quantities of luscious, beau-
tiful fruit, and getting them to market at their highest
stage of excellence, is no mean art.

The so-called Peach belt of Michigan is a strip of
country located on the east shore of Lake Michigan,
varying in width from five to ten miles. In three or
four locations, owing to the favorable contour of the
lake and topography of the land. Peaches are grown
with a marked degree of success, even as far as forty
miles inland. This belt begins probably fifteen miles
south of St. Joseph, in Berrien county, and extends
northward to the northern shores of Traverse bay, Lee-
lanaw county, a distance of some 190 miles; but not all
of this belt is successful even though near the lake, it
being a notable fact that tlie most successful regions
are where the land liiip rxlnids nearest the center of
the lake, while it is notic-r.-iblc that where the lake is
broadest, extending into the land, the least success is
attained.

The wonderful success of this region can be ac-
counted for by just two conditions, a suitable soil and
the thermal influence of Lake Michigan. The combina-
tion is so good that this region has not seen an entire
failure of the crop in thirty years, and very few light
crops. Usually there are three to five heavy crops to

PEACH

PEACH

1237

one light one where orchards are properly located and

correctly handled.

The history of the industry can probably be dated to
some year prior to 18G0, but it did not reach any
prominence until about 1SC>4 and was at high tide by
1867. At this time and up to this date the commercial
■orchards were in a small radius around St. Joseph and
Benton Harbor, the sales being almost entirely made in
Chicago, as there were no railroad communications with
other cities and the steamboat service to Chicago was
fairly good. During the year 18fi7 yellows was first
noticed by men who knew the disease, although it no
doubt existed here a year or two previous. However,
little attention was paid to this disease until it gained
such impetus and virulence that these orchards, valued
at and selling as high as $1,000 per acre, were swept out
of existence. So thoroughly did this disease do its work
that there were probably not as many as ten live Peach
trees in a whole township in 1880. The pioneers of the
Peach industry gave up in despair and either left the
■country or turned their attention to farm crops or small
fruits, whii'h l;itt<T industry soon gave this port, Benton
Harbor, the distiin-iiuu of being the heaviest shipping
point for small fruit in the United States.

While this destruction of the orchards was going on
at this point a few men at South Haven, 30 miles north
on the high banks of Lake Michigan, with perfect soil
and slopes and most beautiful surroundings, had be-
gun the planting of orchards, and with wisdom born
of misfortunes and with a higher intelligence, began
to investigate the dread disease; and so well and cor-
rectly did they learn its treatment that to this day
the yellows has never gotten the start of them and the
orchards were never better nor larger than they are to-
day, while the yellows had been constantly with them
since 1875. In sharp contrast to this case, another point
within 30 miles began setting Peaches about 1880, nearly
tlie entire country being covered with beautiful orchards
for miles around, but when the yellows appeared many
owners, with strange perversity, refused to destroy
tliseased trees or allow it to be done under the law then
recently enacted for the purpose of protecting orchards
from destruction by this or other contagious disease.
They even went into the courts to save dying trees from
the ax and fire of the legal commissioners. The inevi-
table result was that in a few years this beautiful pros-
perous region was practically out of the Peach business.

During these years it had been discovered that
Peaches could be grown with success and profit at points
far north, and in some eases far inland, where the ele-
vation was great, until now immense quantities are
marketed in Kent, Oceana, Mason, Benzie, Grand Trav-
erse and Leelanaw counties, while Berrien is rapidly
regaining her lost prestige as the heavy producing
county, an honor long held by Allegan county.

In all these counties the yellows now exists in nearly
all orchards over four years old, but only in the hands of
a careless few is it allowed to gain enough headway to
menace an orchard. All men now know that as soon
as the disease appears the tree affected should be de-
stroyed by fire as commanded by law, and if neglected
the entire orchard must pay the penalty. Commissioners
clothed with power to act stand guard over the careless
ones in every township, compelling them to destroy
immediately all affected trees or do it themselves,
charging up all cost and collecting it with other taxes.
So well does this law work and so few are our other
difficulties that this Peach belt is now beyond doubt the
best in America, the crops being more profitable than
those of California and more reliable than those of any
other section.

It is impossible at this date to give statistics as to the
acreage of yield, as the business is extending so very
rapidly and the census report of 1900 is not yet issued.
In a general way it may be said that this entire region
is one of small orchards. Nothing like the mammoth
orchards of Georgia can be found in the state, but or-
chards can be found in every neighborhood producing
more Peaches from one acre than these mammoth or-
chards do from four, and giving regular annual crops.
Trees well cared for usually begin producing at two
years old, and at four years old should and do produce
4 to 5 bushels per tree, while the best orchards some-

times produce as high as 8 or 10 bushels on trees 6 to 8
years old and with trees set 20 by 20 ft., which is com-
mon practice, the yield varies from 200 to 800 bushels
per acre.

The cultivation and care of the Peach orchard have un-
dergone great change in the past 10 years. What might
be styled modern methods prevail now in nearly every
neighborhood; fine and thorough tillage, careful timely
pruning and rigid thinning previous to the pit-hardening
period are the rule among our best growers. They know
that a tree overloaded cannot produce choice fruit nor
can a tree weakened by an excessive crop of fruit pro-
duce a good crop the following year.

The best fertilization for our soils for Peach-growing
seems to be phosphoric acid in the form of bone, and
potash in the form of carbonate or muriate, with vege-
table mold furnished every year by a growth of oats or
other winter cover-crop sown after tillage ceases in
August. This cover-crop holds all the Peach foliage
where it falls. In the spring it furnishes a decomposed
mass ready to be turned under to a shallow depth by
gang plows.

The packages used are of various kinds, but the prin-
cipal ones are the one-fifth bushel or 10-pound basket,
the J^-bushel or 25-pound basket and the bushel basket
for medium grades, while the G-basket carrier crate,
holding 30 pounds of fruit, is a favorite package for
strictly fancy grades.

The markets, as well as the market facilities, are un-
surpassed. With only 3-6 hours' run the lake steamers
land the freshly picked fruit in Chicago or Milwaukee,
where sales are made during the earlier morning hours,
and shipment made by refrigerator trains and express
for all the cities of the great west and northwest region
where Peaches cannot grow. In this manner is the sup-
ply for the smaller cities distributed, while the larger
cities are supplied by refrigerator cars loaded where the
fruit is grown and sold to spot buyers or con^dgned to
the commission trade. In addition to this five or six great
railway systems take solid trains of refrigerators out of
this region every evening on rapid schedules for points
east and south, the favorite markets being Buffalo, Pitts-
burg, New York and Boston in the east, Indianapolis
and Cincinnati in the south, while there has sprung up
during the past two years a very large direct car-load
trade with cities in Iowa and Missouri river points.

The profits of this crop vary so much according to the
skill and judgment of the grower that it is well-nigh
impossible to give accurate information, but it is proba-
bly a safe estimate to put the average net profit at
$100 to $150 per acre for a term of years with ordinary
care, but the best growers realize far greater returns.
Indeed, in 1899, when all other regions except California
had an entire failure, the region about Benton Harbor
and St. Joseph had a fair crop and net returns of $300
to $500 per acre were common, while in one orchard over
$35,000 was taken from 40 acres, and one block of four
acres of Elbertas gave a return of $6,700, or $1,675 per
acre, following with a crop in 1900 that gave a net re-
turn of more than $600 per acre in a year of great plenty
and low prices. Such yields and prices are phenomenal,
and should only be considered as indicating the possi-
bilities of the crop under most favorable circumstances
and with skilful management.

Several attempts at organization for commercial pur-
poses have been attempted, but so far none have been
entirely successful unless what is known as the central
packing-house system now being worked at two points
in the Peach belt may be said to be a success. This plan
is one by which several growers combine and build a
packing house on the railroad, hauling all their fruit to
this central point, where it is all packed under the super-
vision of a superintendent and loaded directly into the
cars, selling in car lots by grade either to spot buyers
or in distant markets by wire so far as possible, con-
signing the balance to promising markets. This plan
has the advantage of relieving the grower of the burden
of operating a packing house, thereby reducing cost of
packages and packing to a minimum and facilitating
sales. The disadvantage is in hauling loose Peaches
several miles, and in the extra handling, which causes
bruising and injury to quality if fruit is ripe. This last
fact necessitates picking the friiit rather green and

1238

PEACH

makes it unsatisfactory to the best trade, so that it be-
comes an open question as to the desirability of the
plan. It is noticeable, however, that the largest and
best growers almost invariably pack and ship their own
product, believing that there is greater profit in a high
individual reputation than in combination.

In another manner has the State Horticultural Society
and an excellent system of State Farmers Institutes
worked r vast benefit to the industry. They have held
meetings singly and in series in every Peach-growing
locality in the state. At these meetings every detail of
modern high-class Peach culture and marketing has
been freely given by the most successful growers of
this and other states. These meetings have been fol-
lowed by complete printed reports placed in the hands
of every grower. In this connection it should not be
considered too extreme to state that the help received by
our growers from a few able practical and scientitic men
cannot be estimated in dollars. Suffice it to say that
nearly every practicable idea given by these men has
been quite generally acted upon with great financial ad-
vantage, and the improvement in handling this crop has
been so marked during the past five years as to be really
phenomenal. Nature having done its full duty to this
region, the elements required for success are a careful
selection of location with regard to soil, elevation and
shipping facilities, a willingness to learn, and a love for
the business, coupled with a high sense of honor in mar-
keting. The adverse conditions are improper selections
of location or varieties and the diseases, yellows and curl
leaf, both of which are quite easily managed by ener-
getic men. Trees affected with yellows are promptly
removed and destroyed, and replaced immediately by
young trees. The curl leaf is not regular in its appear-
ance, but occasionally a season comes when its attacks
on certain varieties are serious. It is easily controlled
by preventive spraying.

The writer has visited many of the noted Peach re-
gions, but nowhere has he ever seen such success attained
by men of modest means as in the Michigan Peach belt.
Its future looks even brighter than its past.

R. Morrill.

Peach Culture in Delaware. — 1. Historical
Sketch. — 'No one knows when the first Peach trees were
planted in Delaware, but undoubtedly there were many
before the Revolutionary period. The trees were seed-
lings, and every old garden contained a sufficient num-
ber to supply the family with preserved and dried
Peaches during the winter months. There was also a
surplus, which the "lord of the manor" had distilled
into Peach brandy, in which all gentlemen of the old
school delighted. We read that as early as 1814, a Mr.
Bayley, of Accomack county, Va. (a county south of Del-
aware on the peninsula), had 63,000 Peach trees, the
product of which was converted into brandy. The trees
at 6 years of age yielded about 15 gallons of fourth-class
brandy per 100 trees, which sold at $2 per gallon. The
profits could not have been large, unless the trees
were planted much closer than they are now planted.
It is possil.lc tliut the srt-d was sown in rows, and the
seedlings allowed tu remain as they grew.

The first l*eai-li orchard f<^r commercial purposes in
Delaware was planted in the spring of 1832, by Isaac
Reeves and Jacob Ridgeway on a farm belonging to the
latter, about one mile from Delaware City, on the Dela-
ware and Chesapeake canal. It consisted of 20 acres of
budded trees, and by 183t» they had planted 110 acres.
In a single season Messrs. Reeves and Ridgeway re-
ceived $16,000 gross from their Peach crop, the fruit
then bringing from $1.25 to $3 per 3-peck basket in
the Philadelphia market. This success induced others
to embark in the business, among whom was Major
Philip Reybold, who in 1S42 had 12. ADO trees. James
Thompson was another iticneer in the business. In 1846
he stated that New Castle county c.nitained about 3,000
acres in Peach trees. Major Reybohi and his sons alone
had 117,720 trees covering 1,090 acres, from which
63,344 baskets were shipped in August of 1845. In 1848,
the Peach crop was estimated at 500,000 liaskets, chiefly
from New Castle county, of wlileli tlu' Reybolds grew
aliout one-fourth. In Kent counfy, .leliu Reed had

planted an orchard of Red Clieek Mel ton as early,

perhaps, as 1829, and several years later had 10,000

PEACH

trees. J. G. Brown in the seventies had one of the most
extensive orchards in Kent county. In Sussex county,
Capt. Chas. Wright was one of the first to plant trees
on an extended scale, and in the sixties sold the product
of a 10-acre orchard for ^o.iioo net. The vaiietns were
Troth, Early York, I i..l<len Harerli.e. nl.lniixon Free,

Stump, Crawfonl Late, Mammoth Meloeot Crockett

White and Smock. Ex-Governor Ross and J. P. Collins
were also extensively engaged in the Peach business,
but the orchards in Sussex at that time generally con-
sisted of from 1,000 to 5,000 trees each.

Governor B. T. Biggs, Grovernor John P. Cochran and
J. B. Fennimore were among the largest growers around
Middletown in 1871, and Seerick Shallcross, also of Mid-
dletown, marketed 125,000 baskets, valued at $150,000.
This orchard contained more than 100,000 trees, and was
said at that time to be the largest in the world.

Delaware was the first state to develop Peach culture
on a large scale, and for years produced more fine
Peaches than any other locality in the world. The qual-
ity, appearance and size of the fruit when grown under
favorable conditions have never been excelled, if
equaled, by any other section of the United States, but
the appearance of the yellows in New Castle and Kent
counties, the frequent destruction of the crop by un-
timely frosts, and the opening of other sections has
taken some of the glory away from the once famous
Peach districts of Kent and New Castle counties. The
center of the industry was Middletown in the late sixties.
Then it moved to Smyrna. After a few years Wyoming
was the great Mecca towards which all the commission
men looked for their supply ; now it is Bridgeville.
The Peach belt has been moving southward for several
years, until now Sussex county raises the largest part of
the crop. The trees do not attain the mammoth size of
those on the heavier soils of New Castle and Kent
counties, but Sussex, except in northern parts, has es-
caped that bugbear of Peach-growers, the "yellows."

There are probably about four million Peach trees in
Delaware, though no accurate statistics have been made
since 1890. The Delaw,are railroad company estimated
that there would be 4, .500, 000 baskets of fruit along its
various lines in 1900, but its records for the crop are
not yet completed. On August 25, 35 car-loads, mostly
of yellow fruit, were shipped from Bridgeville alone.
There would have been at least 60 cars had there been
a demand for white fruit, but a large proportion of the
white Peaches were not picked in 1900. The Peaches
are shipped to all of the large cities where freight rates
are not prohibitive, and to smaller interior cities of
Pennsylvania, New York and New England.

2. Culture. — Most of the trees are set in the fall.
Where fall planting is practiced the tree pushes out
young roots all winter during mild weather, and as a
rule grows better than when set in the spring and i»
compelled to grow roots and leaves at the same time.
The ground, preferably a clover sod, high and dry, is
plowed deep, thoroughly harrowed and checked into
rows generally 20x20 feet apart. Some planters set 22
feet, others closer. A hole is dug of sufficient size to
admit the roots without crowding, and in November the
tree is planted about the depth it formerly stood in the
nursery, with soil heaped a little to allow for settling.
For planting, the writer prefers a good one-year tree
of the second or third grade, 2-3 feet in length, without
many branches. The small nursery stock will make good
trees if properly cared for and will last as long, bear as
much fruit an(i come into bearing as young as trees
4-0 feet high. It is a great mistake to suppose the
larger tree is better. It is more sightly, but that is its
chief merit. It will not develop as many roots, nor will
it pack in as good shape for shipping, and the shock of
transi.hinlini.' is far less t<i the small tree; it can be cut
back root uml l'>|i; it is murli . asi,T to plant; and the
peVeentaue of loss u iiiieli smaller, for if in good con-
dition an.l well phniteil. 99 iier cent will grow. The un-
dersigned says this after having grown several million
trees in the nursery and many thousand in the orchard
of his own propagation and from other nurseries all
over this country. On light lands a shovelful of wood
ashes or of well-rotted manure gives the tree a good
start. Either is applied at the base of the tree during
the winter. Before the sap starts thetrees are usually

PEACH

headed-back to a whip 18-24 inches high, and ;ill ynnng
shoots are afterwards rubbed oif except 4 or 5 for tlio
top. Young orcliards are usually well cultivutrd until
from August 1 to 15. Aphids, if they attack tlie top,
are destroyed by strong tobacco water or kerosene
emulsion. If the aphids attack the roots a handful of

PEACH 1239

Dissolved South Carolina rock and muriate of potash
makes one of the best fertilizers. Raw bone is more
expensire, and it is doubtful if it is better than South
Carolina rock. From 600-1,000 lbs. may be applied per
acre broadcast in the winter or early spring. Wood
ashes are good but hard to obtain. Bearing orchards
are generally plowed in April, 3-t inches deep, harrowed
tlioroughly with a smoothing harrow, and afterward
ki'pt in clean culture. The gang-plow and the .sulky-
cultivator are frequently used. Under favorable condi-
tions orchards live and bear good crops 20-25 years,
though the best crops are obtained between the years of
head fifteen

Th ni ng of the fra t is not generally pract ced m
n Uware b it th s is one of tl e piol le ns that is rece v

g mo e ser ous tho ght a 1 w U be g vei greater
ent n m the f t re Ii 1000 tl e trees and pr ces

ffere 1 severely fr lick of tl i i ^ Tl e p ckers

1 1 ackers are pa 1 8 1 cents an ho r In the or ha d

tl e fr t is p eke I in fl e e gl ths basket', taken to a

I tral pack ng hou e where it is carefully griie 1 then
I led on spr ng wagons hoi 1 ng al ut loO ba kets and

k n directly to the stat on f r sh jment oi f r sale

to tl e I uver The fr t is generally gra led int two

ra le the first containing tl e largest fr ut and the

ecoi d good s ze 1 perfect Peaches The smaller " ades

are taken to the cann ng fact ries

1677. Peach erowine in Georgia. View in the H.-ile orchards. Fort Valley. (Seep. 12.12.)

good tobacco dust applied, after removing the surface
soil, will generally kill them. Orchards are cultivated
in corn, potatoes, tomatoes, etc., or any other hoed crop
until they come into bearing at 3-5 years ; after this
they should have the entire ground, with no other crop
except crimson clover or cow-peas for humus in years
when there is no fruit. Corn is not as desirable as
some low-growing, cultivated crop, like potatoes or
tomatoes, which can be manured highly and at the
same time not interfere with the trees. Under no con-
dition should the trees be seeded in grain or grass, and
clean cultivation should be given each year. The trees
are usually examined for borers at least once a year and
sometimes twice.

The pruning is done in fall or winter. No heading-
back of bearing trees is practiced, but no doubt many of
the young orchards now being planted will be grown in
this manner. Dead wood is removed annuallv and the
top kept open to admit the sun so as to color "the fruit.
A low wagon is often used for hauling out the brush.

In the nursery the trees are always propagated by
budding. At one time it was supposed that natural
seeds produced the best and healthiest trees, but expe-
rience has shown that no trees are better or healthier
than those grown from seed taken from the most vigor-
ous orchards.

3. jWari-e(iH(7. — Formerly all of tho fruit was picked
in baskets, packed in crates holding three pecks, and
shipped to the commission men of the various markets.
At the present time a very large pru]K>rtion of the crop
is sold in flve-eiahths baskets to the buyers at the rail-
road station. This method of marketing is the most
satisfactory way to dispose of a Peach crop. The buyers
generally pay cash, and the grower with the money in
his pocket is relieved of all the worry connected with
freights, commission men, and the like. Some of the
finest fruit is packed in carriers holding 6 baskets, and
is sold at fancy prices, either at the station or in the
general market. Refrigerator cars, holding 600 to 80O
baskets, are used for fruit that requires two days to

1240

PEACH

PEACH

reach its destination and plain cars for near-by points.
The cost per basket on refrigerator cars to Boston,
Providence, Hartford, and other eastern points is about
40 cents, and to New York, Elmira or S3Tacuse about
35 cents each. In plain cars the cost to New York is
19 cents, and to Philadelphia about 12 cents each.

A large proportion of the smaller fruit is used by can-
ning factories, of which there are one or two in every

1678. Hale Peach tree before pruning. (Seep. 1233.)

town. A factory in Seaford uses about 3,000 baskets per
day when running its full capacity. The Peaches are
peeled by women, and the factories of the state employ
several thousand hands. Formerly a good many of the
smaller Peaches were evaporated, and evaporators were
built throughout the Peach-growing belt. The present
low price of evaporated fruit and the competition of
California and the West have caused this phase of the
Peach business to be abandoned. Numerous factories
have converted large forests of gum and of pine trees
into carriers and baskets. In 1900 the baskets cost
from 3 to 33^ cents and carriers from 14 to 17 cents each.

4. Varieties. — In no other fruit have the standard
orchard varieties changed more than in the Peach.
Many of the Delaware orchards planted not more than
ten years ago are now unprofitable because varieties in
demand then are now out of date. Formerly the white
Peaches, such as Oldmixon and Mountain Rareripe,
were in strong demand ; now the call is for yellow fruit,
and the finest white varieties have to be sold at low
prices. Early kinds also used to pay, but now they
come in competition with the best varieties from
Georgia. Late varieties, which were also very profitable,
are now ripe when the best fruit from New York, New
Jersey and western Maryland is in the market. The old
orchards comprise Troth, Hale, Crawford Early, Moun-
tain Rose, Reeve, Oldmixon, Mt. Rareripe, Crawford
Late, Stump, Smock, Couper Late, Garey Hold-on, and
others, and as in other fruits, most of them contain
too many kinds. A large proportion of these old kinds
have to go to the canning factories at low prices when-
ever there is a general Peach crop, as the market will
not take them. In the new orchards the yellow fruit
will predominate, with a few white varieties. Probably
the kinds most often found in orchards under five years
old are Foster, Mountain Rose, Reeves, Oldmixon,
Moore Favorite, Elberta, Chair Choice, Crawford Late
and Smock. The Elberta is being planted more heavily
than any other variety. If the writer were to set a new
orchard his own choice would be as follows: Connett
Early, perhaps Mountain Rose, Foster, Reeves, Elberta,
Chair, perhaps Crawford Late, Prize and Townsend.
Nearly all growers would always include Crawford Late,
and many of them Moore Favorite and Thurber.

Of the newer varieties in Delaware, Connett Early,

Carman, Waddell, Greensboro, Champion, Mamie Ross
and Lady Inguld are the most promising, with prefer-
ence for the first three and the fifth and sixth. The
Delaware Experiment Station has an experimental
orchard of 300 varieties ten years old at Seaford, on the
writer's place, and another orchard of 75 varieties at
Bridgeville, most of which fruited in 1900. In the Sea-
ford orchard a number of Tasmauian trees were planted
to determine their orchard value and their suscepti-
bility to Peach yellows. A number were also planted at
the Delaware Experiment Station grounds and in other
parts of New Castle county. In Sussex county they are
vastly inferior to home-grown stock in the quality of
the fruit and in the growth of the trees, while in New
Castle county they practically all died from the yellows.

5. Peach Yellows. — The yellows swept the orchards
out of New Castle county and from the northern part of
Kent county, but it has not advanced for ten years much
beyond the borders of northern Sussex. The most
intelligent growers hold it in check by cutting out the
trees on the first indication of disease and burning
them, but there is no systematic attempt on the part of
all growers, nor on the part of the state, to stamp out
the trouble. There is a yellows law on the statutes, but
it is not enforced, though in the past its enforcement
did much good. For several years the disease has not
been so severe, though there has been a good deal of
complaint about it in 1900. New orchards are again
being planted on a large scale in Kent county and some
are again planting around Middletown in New Castle
county. Many believe that the yellows has run its
course in Delaware, and that by careful attention in
taking out trees the Peach can again be set in places
where the yellows has wiped out the orchards.

6. General BemarJcs. — The geographical location of
Delaware is such that no other market can approach it
in nearness to the great consuming centers. It is at
the gateway of the greatest cities on the continent.
One night on the railroad will reach most of them, and
two nights all of the desirable markets. The soils are
excellent, heavy in northern Delaware, a medium loam
in the central part, and a sandy loam in Sussex county.
It is easily and cheaply worked, not stony, and responds
kindly to treatment. Of the new lands, those recently
cleared of chestnut and sassafras are preferred, but
pine-land makes excellent orchards. Crimson clover,
cow-peas or other cover-crops grow readily and furnish
humus and nitrogen to the soil, and with the natural
ease of working and cheapness of labor make it possible
to bring an orchard into bearing and to maintain it at a

1679. Hale tree after pruning.

very low cost. Late spring frosts are the most serious
drawback to the business. Sometimes several crops
will come through in succession, then for three or four
years the crop will be killed. In the past decade there
have been four crops in the state. Other drawbacks are
tlie large <>nli;inls, making intensive culture without a
large capilnl iuiiiossiblp, while stil! another is the ten-
ant system of workiug the land, which makes it difficult

PEACH

to introduce into general practice the most improved
metliods of culture.

The Peach business on the whole has been profitable
to Delaware. The days, however, when fortunes were
xaade from a single crop, when a farm was bought or a
large mortgage lifted in a single season, have ]>assed.
Once those times were known in Delaware, but that was
before Georgia, the Carolinas, Arkansas, the Ozark
region of Blissouri, Michigan, New .Jersey, New York,
or Connecticut had entered into the business on their
present scale. Peach - growing is still attractive to
planters in Delaware. More money can be made in it
than in general farm crops. More attention is being
given to the selection of varieties, to the care and plant-
ing of orchards, the picking and handling of the crop,
and, last but not least, to the marketing of the fruit, with
as many middlemen eliminated as modern business
methods will allow.

Peaches Carried hy Pennsylvania Pailrotid, Pehtware

Division,

Year. Baskets. Year. Baskets. Year. Baskets.

1867 1,23L1,600 1379 2,598,000 1890 5

1808 13,800 1880 2,050,200 1801 3,196,717

1869 2,411,400 1881 46,800 1892 205,893

1870 1,024,200 1882 2,731,770 189.'l 4,208.590

1871 :i,200,400 1883 1,783.447 1894 29.620

1872 2,454,000 1884 1,936,617 1895 2,100,334

1873 1,721,800 1885 1,870.496 1890 3,513,413

1874 759,000 1886 1,099,738 1897 234,876

1875 5,443,200 1887 848,347 1898 173,502

1876 1,721,200 1888 3,177,447 1899 3,157

1877 2,401,800 1889 840,577 1900 2,634,203

1878 521,400

The figures for 1900 include the peninsula, but not
two small side lines. It is estimated that 1,000,000
baskets were carried by other means and that 500,000
were used by the canneries. Probably two-thirds of the
Peaches included in this estimate were grown in Dela-
'^^'^^- Charles Wright.

The Peach in California.— There is no distinct
Peach belt in California, but the Peach is grown suc-
<!essfully over a wide area and under varied climatic
conditions. Tourists generally talk of "the California
climate " as if it were one thing, but a glance at the
article Calif ornia in this woi'k will give the reader
some idea of the immense variety of climate and crop
conditions.

A narrow strip along the coast is too cold for the
best quality of Peaches, even where frost is unknown.
A very few miles inland and up to an elevation of 2,000-
3,000 ft., the Peach is at home when the grower has
done his part. In a large part of the state the best
results are attained only by irrigation. In some places no
rain falls from the time the trees bloom until the latest
fruit is gathered. There are some localities, however,
where the water in the soil is close enough to the sur-
face to give an ideal supply of moisture without irriga-
tion. It is an odd fact that Peaches in the central part
of the state ripen before those in the southern part.
The time of ripening in the extreme southern part does
not vary much from that of southern Ohio, while 500
miles north in the Sacramento valley they ripen two to
four weeks earlier. In some of the warm foothill regions,
Alexander begins to ripen the latter part of May.

All kinds of care are given orchards, as one will find
in any state, but on the whole orchards probably re-
ceive much more attention in California than elsewhere
in the United States. The successful orchardist has
learned well the lesson that there is room at the top.
The less careful have learned that there is little money
in the orchard business.

In the preparation of the soil, deep plowing is all
that is tisually done. California soils are generally
about the same all the way down, but vary much in
depth. Good Peach orchard soils should be not less
than 4 feet deep, and a greater di-ptb is desirable.

The trees are usually plante<l lNi-J."i fret ajiart. In the
southern part of the state the bi-st i>r;icrice is to grow
nothing between the trees, even the first year. The till-
age is thorough, deep and frequent. After February I,
tillage is given in two directions after each rain, care
being taken to complete the work before the soil can

PEACH

1241

bake or get hard. This double cultivation is Kept up at
least once a month after rains cease, which is usually in
March. Thorough surface tillage is practiced after each
irrigation. Tillage may be much deeper without injury
in California than in most states, for the reason that
there is a much warmer subsoil which permits the roots
to go down deeply to reach the moisture necessary to
carry them over the long periods without rain or irriga-
tion. Orchards should be perfectly free of weeds from
March 1 to the end of the growing season. Clean til-
lage is not sufficient. The ground must be in fine tilth
from 4-6 inches deep and kept so all summer.

The low-headed tree has the preference. At planting,
the nursery tree is cut back to 12-18 inches. The first
six weeks after growth begins the trees are gone over
at least once a week to rub oft' all sprouts th,at are not
desired. Four or five are left to form the main branches ;
these should be as evenly distributed around the tree as
possible. Also they should be as far apart in a vertical
direction as possible, as two growths should not come
from one place. Three or 4 feet of new growth for each
branch the first year is considered fair. The first prun-
ing occurs the following winter. About three-fourths
of the season's growth is cut back and all small shoots
are taken off from what is left. This facilitates even
and better growth of the secondary branches that start
the second year. There should be 2-3 of these branches
from each prunary branch, being careful to keep all
others rubbed off by at least weekly visits to the tree
for a month or more after growth begins. The second
winter's pruning consists in cutting back one-half to
three-fourths of the length of the main growths and
cutting out most of the small side shoots. A few are
left to bear some fruit the third year. Each fall or win-
ter at least one-half the length of the main growths is
cut back and a number of the remaining small bearing
shoots are taken out. If these bearing shoots have
plenty of fruit-buds near the base, it is best to cut off
one-half the length of these. If they have no fruit-
buds near the base (as they are not likely to have if the
tree is growing very fast) they are left whole. This
cutting back of the bearing shoots aids very much in
the thinning of the fruit. The best practice is to cut
out all shoots which fruited the previous season. They
nearly all die anyway. The tree looks ranch better
without them and is supposed to be more healthy.
Nothing short of severe pruning secures the best results
under ordinary circumstances.

There is no single operation of more importance than
the thinning of the fruit, even after such thorough
pruning as above described. There are many methods
of thinning. The one that can be communicated the
easiest and possibly the best (because anyone can do
it) is to pull off all but two Peaches from each bearing
shoot. A dozen or more may be on the shoot, but they
must be taken off. The usual size of such shoots is
about an eighth of an inch in diameter. If they should
be about H inch in diameter, three or four Peaches are
left. The time to thin is when the Peaches are about
/^ inch in diameter. At this size they are likely to re-
main on the tree (the "May drop" being past), and if
thinning is promptly done the tree's waste of strength
will be small. Those who think this is severe thinning
should remember that any fruit, both in bulk and
weight, is eight times as large as one that has only half
its diameter. The above method of pruning and thinning
saves the tree froin breaking down. The fruit is all mar-
ketable. The tree makes a good growth and is in fine
condition for the succeeding crop. And, finally, it pays.

The varieties planted in California are largely Foster
Early and Late Crawford, Muir and Salway for free-
stones. The Orange and Lemon Clings, for clings, are
largely used by the canneries. Levi Cling is largely
planted in some of the foothill regions. There are
many other varieties planted in a small way. Some of
the newer kinds give promise of taking a place among
the regulars. A good variety of Peach for California
must have large fruits and plenty of them, which will
ship well and dry well. White Peaches are but little
used. The canneries are paying the best prices for good
yellow clings.

Three or four irrigations, about a month apart, are
usually given. The furrow system is the prevalent one.

1242

PEACH

PEAR

Three to six furrows are made between the rows of
trees, and in these the water runs in a small stream
24—48 hours for each irrigation. The length of time
depends on the soil, some soils taking in water ranch
more freely than others. The amount applied each time
should equal a rainfall of 3 or 4 inches. One irrigation
after the crop is off is excellent for the succeeding crop.
There are four ways of disposing of the crop — drying,
shipping, local markets and canneries — though it is
seldom that all of them are available in one locality.
The usual net return to the grower is a little less than
one cent per pound for the best fruit.

Drying is the largest opening for the disposal of the
crop. The drying is all open-air sun drying, requiring
5-S days to complete the work. The fruit is all well
sulfured after cutting. The time required for exposure
to the sulfur fumes is 3 or 4 hours. For best results the
fruit should be just about ripe enough to eat. Drying
without sulfur would make the bu.:!iness unprofitable as
market standards now are. The sulfuring preserves the
color and quality of the fruit. Ripe fruit dried without
it would be black and taste burned. In cooking siil-
fured fruit first apply hot water for a minute or two,
then pour off, cover the fruit again with water and after
half an hour or more pour off again. Fruit cooked in this
way may be eaten in quantity without any bad effects,
and there will not be enough sulfur even to tarnish the
silverware. The usual net price to the drier is 5-7 cents
per pound for Peaches dried from large, well-ripened
fruit and well sulfured to preserve a fine color.

H. CULBERTSON.

PEACOCK FLOWER. See Pohic

regh

PEANUT is described under Aravhis hypogwa, but
Peanut culture is not included in this work because
Peanuts are an agricultural, rather than a horticultural
crop. See Farmers' Bulletin No. 25, V. S. Dept. Agric,
by R. B. Handy, 24 pp.. 189G.

1680. The Sand Pear. Pyrus Sinensis {X%).

PEAR. Plate XXVII. The cultivated Pear, as known
in North America, is derived from two distinct sources,
the European Pyrus communis and the Oriental Pyrus
Sinensis. Pears of the European stock have been grown
in North America from the earliest settlement of the
country. They thrive particularly well in the New Eng-
lanil states and New York, and west to the Great Lakes,
aod asain on the Pacific slope. In the great interior

basin, Pear culture always has been precarious, due pri-
marily to the great liability of the trees to blii^ht. In the
southern states, the climate is too hot for the best de-
velopment of the tree and the best quality of the fruit.
In the north prairie states, the winter climate is so
severe that the Pear tree will not grow. Some time be-

1681. LeConte Pear (X^4)

fore the middle of the century the Sand or Chinese Pear
(Pyrus ^Sinensis), Pig. 1680, was introduced into the
eastern states, although it attracted little attention. It
soon hybridized with the common Pear, and a race of
mongrel varieties was the result. Of these hybrids only
two have gained great commercial prominence. These
are LeConte and Kieffer. Figs. l(J81-3. The LeConte
was found to be well adapted to the southern states and
its general introduction there after the close of the civil
war was the beginning of commercial Pear culture in
the south. It was fir>t stipposed to be blight-proof, but
In recent years tin- on-hanls have bt-t-n nearly deci-
mated by the bliv:lit with tin- result that the LeConte is
gradually lessening in ini[Hirtanre and its place is being
taken by the Kieffer, although the latter is by no means
blight-free. The Kieffer Pear originated with Peter
Kieffer, of Roxboroiigh, Philadelphia, an Alsatian gar-
dener, who dii'd in I8i)0. He grewthe Chinese Sand Pear
and sold the siM'd!iiiij:s as ornamental tnrs, for this spe-
cies is of vrry distinct and handsome ^^rowth and the
fruit is ornamental and fragrant. Alongside the Sand
Pears were Bartletts. Amongst one of the batches of
seedlings from the Sand Pear he noticed a plant with
different foliage, and this he saved. Its fruit was found
to be superior to the Sand Pear, and it was introduced
as the Kieffer. The Kieffer Pear is now very popular
in many parts of the country because of its great vigor,
healthfulness, productiveness, and the keeping quali-
ties of the fruit. In point of quality, the fruit is dis-
tinctly inferior, but it meets the demands of the market
and is an excellent fruit for canning. In the cold prairie
countries and other parts of the cold north, Russian
Pears have gained some headway in recent years. These
are merely hardy types of Pyi'us comynunis. The fruit
is usually of low quality, but the trees are considerably
hardier than the ordinary Pear. Pyrus Sinensis itself
bears a very hard Pearwhich is inedible in the raw state,
but it is excellent when used as quinces are. It is fra-
grant and ornamental. The tree is a most vigorous and
clean grower. The plant is well worth growing as an
ornamental. It is used for stock for ordinary Pears,
particularly in the southern states. See Pyrus.

The Pear thrives on a variety of soils, but it succeeds
best on those which are rather hard clay. On sandy
and loamy lands it tends to be short-lived. This is due,
in part, to the fact that trees grow rapidly on such lands,
and are, therefore, more liable to the attacks of blight.
It is now generally accepted that trees which are making
a strong and soft growth are more susceptible to blight
than those which grow rather slow and firm, although
all trees are liable to attack. Some varieties are much
more immune than others. Caution must be exercised,
therefore, in the tilling of the Pear orchard. Whilst
Pears profit by the best tillage, as apples and potatoes
do, it is easy to carry the tilling and fertilizing so far
as to produce too vigorous growth and thereby invite

PEAR

PEAR

1243

1682. Section of the Kieffer
Pear, to show its ordinary
form in the North.

the blight. Therefore the most careful Pear growers us(

sparing'ly of stable manure and of nitrogenous cover
crops. They prefer to supply fertility by means of con
centrated fertilizers which are not very rich in nitrogen
If, however, the trees are
not making a strong and
steady growth, it is as nec-
essary to apply nitrogeuous
fertilizers to the Pear tree
as to any other. In the in-
terior country, Pears are
likely to suffer from sun-
scald, and therefore the tops
are started very low, usually
not more than two or three
feet from the ground. Stand-
ard Pears are pruned much
as apple trees are, except
not so severely. Heavy
pruning tends to open rhe
top and to invite sun-scald,
and it also tends to make
too strong and sappy growth.
After the top of the Pear
trre is well formed and es-
talilislied. it is customary to
(hi littk' jiruning, only keep-
ing the top fairly free and
open. The Pear bears on

spurs which continue to branch and to bear for a number
of years, and in pruning it is important that these spurs
be not removed unless it is desired to thin the fruit.
The flowers are borne in umbel-like cymes {P^ig. 1684),
but in most cases only one fruit sets in a cluster. Pear
trees are usually planted much closer than apple trees.
The customary distance is 18-20 feet. Fig. 1686 shows
an average east-American Pear orchard.

Many of the varieties of Pears are infertile with them-
selves: they need the pollen of other varieties in order
to cause them to set fruit freely. Probably any variety
will fertilize any other variety in case the two bloom
simultaneously. Such varieties as Kieffer and Bartlett
are usually classed as self -sterile kind-^, l>ut tin' decree
of sterility varies in different places and with different
conditions. The safest plan in the st-tting of a Pear
orchard is to plant not more than two rows of one va-
riety together, and to alternate with one or two rows of
another variety.

Good varieties of Pears are numerous. The one most
important variety is the Bartlett (Fig. 1685), which was
early introduced into the United States from Europe,
where it is known as the Bonchretien. At the
present time the Kieffer probably holds sec-
ond place. In the eastern states, the Seckel
(Fig. 1687) is a prominent variety, and is the
standard of quality. Other prominent varie-
ties are Anjou (Fig. 1688), Clairgeau, Hardy,
Howell, Sheldon, and Diel. The list might
be almost indefinitely extended. In the Gulf
region the oriental hybrids alone are success-
ful, and the leaders are Kieffer, LeConte,
Garber, and Smith. The season of the ma-
turity of Pears runs from midsummer, when
it is introdticed by Summer Doyenne and
Manning Elizabeth, to late winter, when it is
closed with such late winter varieties as Nelis,
Josephine de Malines and others. The winter
Pears are relatively little known in the east
ern states. As a rule, they come into bearing
late or are not very prolific; but there is no
reason why they should not be better known.
Winter Pears are kept as winter apples are,
although somewhat greater care is necessary.
They should be kept in a uniformly cool
temperature. If allowed to hang too long on
the tree, they become over-ripe; and then if
placed in an ordinarily warm cellar, they do
not keep more than one or two months. Un-
like most other fruits, all Pears are greatly improved in
quality if they are ripened indoors. They should be
picked as soon as they have reached their full size and
have begun to color, but before they have bectune soft,
and be placed in a dry and rather cool room. If the wind

is allowed to blow over them, they are likely to shrivel.
If kept too warm, they ripen too quickly and soon rot.
The best quality is secured when they are picked about
two weeks in advance of their normal ripening.

When worked on the quince root, the Pear is easily
grown as a dwarf. It then comes into bearing ear-
lier, and, since the trees are small, the fruit can be
thinned and the trees sprayed, and the fruit therefore
should be of the highest quality. Dwarf Pear trees re-
quire more care than the ordinary standards, however,
and they should not be planted unless the cultivator
understands this fact and is willing to give the atten-
tion that they need. Although the trees are by nature
dwarf, since they are worked on a smaller-growing spe-
cies, they nevertheless tend to become half standard if
left to themselves. Therefore they must be very severely
headed-in every year. A dwarf Pear tree should never
reach a greater height than twelve feet. In order to
keep it down to this stature, from one-half to two-thirds
of the annual growth is removed late each winter. The
trees are often planted as close together as ten feet each
way, but this is too close. With the ordinary broad-top
pruning, which nearly all American growers give, one
rod apart each way is not too great. A good dwarf
Pear tree is one in which the union with the quince
stock is very close to the gromul. When the tree is
planted, this union should bf fmiji f.mrto six inches be-
low the surface after the ground has settled. This deep
planting prevents the breaking of the union and places
the quince beyond the reach of borers. If planted
deeper than this, the Pear cion may throw out roots of
its own; in fact, it sometimes does this if planted only
six inches deep. This rooting of the stock is no par-
ticular disadvantage, although the tree thereafter tends
to grow stronger and greater pruning is necessary. An
expert grower can pick out the trees which are rooted
from the Pear stock by their more vigorous growth:
if he desii*es to check this redundant growth he may cut
off the Pear roots. It is the common opinion that dwarf
Pear trees are short-lived. This may be true as regards
the greater number of specimens which one sees about
yards and on untilled areas, but a dwarf Pear orchard
on good, well-drained ground, which is well-tilled and
given regular pruning, will last a lifetime. There are
dwarf Pear orchards in New York state which are fifty
years old and are still thrifty and productive. The va-
riety that is oftenest grown as a dwarf is the Duchess
(Duchess de Angouleme). Fig. 1689. This is a large
Pear of irregular shape which sells well because of its
size, but it is of indifferent quality and may not be good
enough for a special or personal market. Other varie-

1683. The Kieffer Pear.

low one ot the most important commercial
varieties (X K)-

ties popular for dwarfs are Louise Bonne, Anjou, Clair-
geau, Manning Elizabeth, and. to a less extent, Bartlett
and Seckel. The Kieffer is now and then grown on
dwarf stock with very good results.

The insect enemies of the Pear are numerous, but,

1244

PEAR

PEAR

1684. Cluster of Pear flowers.

with two or three exceptions, are not very serious. The
tree is attacked by borers, although to ii less extent than
peaches and apples. These are kept in check by digging
them out once or twice a year as on other fruit stocks.
The fruit is attacked to some extent by the codlin-moth,
but the arsenical sprays keep this insect in check. Of
late years the psylla,
attacking the growing
parts, has been serious
in parts of the East, al-
though it is very irregii-
lar in its outbreaks. It
can be controlled by thor-
ough work with a spray
of whale-oil soap, one
pound in three to five
gallons of water, begin-
ning soon after the fruit
has set, and repeating
the application whenever
the psyllas become nu-
merous. In some parts
(X !:z). of the East the fruit is

attacked by the Pear
midge, a minute fly whose maggots work in the very
young fruit. Thorough cultivation will check this seri-
ous pest, but its complete control often involves the
destruction of all the young fruit on the infested trees;
in some sections the application of kainit to the soil is
said to kill the insect after it leaves the fruit to un-
dergo its transformations.

The foliage and fruit of the Pear are attacked by para-
sitic fungi, which cause the leaves to drop and the fruit
to become scatiby. These diseases are readily held in
check by spraying with Bordeaux mixture. Fifty years
ago the White Doyenne Pear was the most popular va-
riety for growing on the quince root, but because of
the Pear scab it passed away. It was supposed that the
di«ease was due to uncongenial climate. Since the ad-
vent of the sulfate of copper sprays, however, it has
been found that the White Doyenne can be grown as
well as ever, Flemish Beauty is also an example in
point. Years ago it was one of the most popular stand-
ard varieties, but of late years it has been little grown
because of the cracking of the fruit. It is now likely to
come into vogue again for home planting. The Bor-
deaux mixture is a specific for the disease.

Pear blight or fire blight is the most serious disease
of Pear trees. It is an American disease. It is caused
by a microbe which enters through the growing points
(flowers and tips of shoots) and thrives in soft or "suc-
culent" parts. Gradually the micro-organism works
down the stems, killing the tissues and causing the
leaves to die. In the leaf-blight, which is a distinct
disease, the leaves are more or less spotted and they
fall; in the Pear blight, the leaves turn black and hang
on the tree. The fire blight attacks apple trees,
particularly in the Plains region. it is probably ab-
original on hawthorns and related plants. There is
no perfect preventive of the disease. Some varieties
seem to be relatively immune, as, for example, the
Duchess. It is now generally believed that trees are
more subject to the disease when they are making ex-
cessive growth; therefore it is advised that tillage and
the application of stimulating manures be moderate.
As soon as the disease appears, cut out the affected
parts, severing them some inches below the lowest
point of visible attack. Do not allow blighted branches
to remain on the tree over winter. Pear blight is not
equally prevalent or virulent every year.

There are no recent American books on the Pear.
T%vo books have been written on this fruit: Thos. W.
Fields' "Pear Culture," New York, 1858; P. T. Quinn's
"Pear Culture for Profit," New York, 1869, New ed.,
1883.

Some years ago the writer secured from the ven-
erable T. T. Lyon, of Michigan, since deceased, an
article, for publication, on the Pear. The article was
not published, however, and it is reproduced below,
omitting only the parts on insects and diseases. The
writer is glad to place this article alongside the others
in order to contrast the view-points of two generations.
Mr. Lyon's article, which is most excellent and cautious

and characterized by beauty of style, is of tbe type that-
we no longer see. The person who is familiar with
present-day points of view will discover that it lays the
emphasis on formal presentation, propagation, pruning,
varieties, whereas little or no attention is given to sys-
tems of tillage, pollination, spraying, and commercial
methods. l_ -q -q

The Pear. 1. Its Importance. — So far as cultivators
generally are concerned, this fruit is less important
than its near relative the apple, for the reason that,
while the two begin to ripen at nearly the same season,
there are few, if any, desirable varieties of Pears in
season later than December (if we except a few austere
ones, suitable only for culinary purposes), while apples
are abundant for four or five months longer. Moreover,
during its entire season, the Pear is supplemented by
the mass of luscious, though perishable, summer and
autumn fruits. The liability of very many usually ex-
cellent varieties to be rendered indifferent in quality
by unfavorable seasons, neglect or unsuitable soil, is
also a serious detriment to the general popularity of
this fruit. The liability to the loss of the trees by
blight, beyond question detracts greatly from the value
of the Pear, especially for commercial purposes; while
it a>so exerts a discouraging influence upon amateur
planting. To the careful and discriminating amateur,
as well as to the man of wealth, with a fondness for
fruit culture, whether in person or by proxy, this fruit
oft«n assumes a prominence over any, if not all, others.

2. Extent of Cultivation. — Doubtless, for reasons
heretofore stated, Pear trees are but sparingly planted
by most persons. The fruit sent to the market comes
largely from the plantations of specialists who, with
soils adapted to the purpose and the necessary knowl-
edge of varieties, have undertaken the business as a
commercial enterprise. In the climates of the seaboard,
and, to a considerable extent, in the region of the Great
Lakes, the Pear is exceptionally successful; while away
from the influence of large bodies of water, and es-
pecially in the prairie regions of the Mississippi valley,
from unsuitableness of climate or soil, or both com-
bined, the trees are liable to be either killed or seriously
injured in winter, and hence are short-lived and un-
profltable.

3. ^S7>('c/. — Perhaps in no other important particular
does the climate of eastern and central North America
differ more widely from that of the Pear-growing re-

1685. Bartlett Pear (

gions of Europe than in its liability to sudden and
extreme variations of temperature. Owing to this cli-
matic peculiarity, aspect becomes an important consid-
eration in the selection of a location for a plantation of
Pear trees. As a means of avoiding the full influence
of exposure to the rays of the sun, during the severer
paroxysms of summer heat, while the trees are in actual

PEAR

growth, and also to mitigate tlie liability to alternate
freezing and thawing in winter, a northerly or north-
easterly slope is to be preferred ; which, however,
should' be so gradual as not to seriously interfere with
the convenience of cultivation. As we approach the
northern limit of practicable Pear culture, however,
a modification of this rule of selection may be found
desirable, since, with the shorter growing season, a
warmer exposure may prove necessary as a means of
hastening maturity.

4. Soils. — While the Pear tree will yield more or less
satisfactory results in a variety of soils, it is found to
succeed most perfectly in a strong loam, of moderate

PEAK

1245

mit such peculiarity to its offspring. Seeds resulting
from known or artificial cross-fertilization, and there-
fore of known and selected parentage on both sides,
offer increased probability of valuable results. Seeds
intended for the origination of new varieties should be
planted very thinly in strong, rich, deeply prepared
soil, in a single row, and covered with not more than an
inch of earth, so that the young plants shall have ample
space for development.

Seeds intended for the growing of stocks for nur-
sery purposes should be collected from varieties in
which the seeds are plump and well developed, as well
as from healthy, vigorous trees. American nurserymen

depth, overlying a porous subsoil. Soils which are lia-
ble to be wet during any considerable portion of the
growing season are unfit for this purpose, unless deeply
and thoroughly underdrained ; while even then they
are quite liable not to prove fully satisfactory. A few
varieties are found to be moderately successful on
sandy soils, but for general planting such soils should
be avoided.

5. Munttres.— The liability of the Pear tree, in this
climate, to the attacks of blight is thought to be in-
creased by excessive growth. It is, therefore, desirable
that the annual growth be completed and ripened at as
early a date as practicable; and the more so, since the
liability to blight apparently exists only while growth is
in actual progress. Stable and other nitrogenous ma-
nures should, for this reason, be applied in moderate
quantities, in autumn, after the liability to excite re-
newed growth shall be past. Potash, lime and phos-
phorus, which enter more or less largely into the com-
position of both tree and fruit, and which rarely ex-
ist in excess in the soil, may be profitably applied in
either autumn or spring. Salt may also be profitably
applied to the comparatively dry soils recommended for
the Pear, but with care not to apply in excess. One or
even two quarts may be safely applied to each tree, be-
fore the commencement of growth in the spring, if well
distributed upon the surface over a space of at least 6
or 8 feet in diameter, and left to be carried gradually
into the soil by dew and rain. It is believed to possess
little, if any, maniirial value; but to act rather as a con-
servator of moisture, and probably also as a repellent of
insects. Coarse mulch may be placed about the trees,
covering the soil as far out as the roots extend, for the
purpose of keeping the earth cool, and also to check
evaporation from the soil; but this should not be done
as a substitute for cultivation; and the soil beneath the
mulch should be kept well pulverized.

6. Propagation. — {a) By seedlings: Seeds, when to
be planted for the origination of new varieties, should
be selected from well-grown and fully matured fruits,
of such varieties as possess in a high degree the quali-
ties sought to be reproduced or improved, since a va-
riety in which a characteristic is strongly developed
and persistently manifested is the more likely to trans-

obtain Pear seeds mostly from Europe. Seeds intended
for nursery stocks are usually planted in broad, shallow
drills. In our American climate the foliage and un-
ripened wood of seedling Pears is very liable to be at-
tacked during midsummer by leaf-blight or mildew,
which prematurely arrests their growth. For this reason
European stocks are generally preferred by nurserymen.
This attack of mildew may often be partially or wholly
avoided by planting in virgin soil remote from other
cultivated grounds. Pear seedlings form a very long
tap-root during their first year, with few, if any, side-
roots. For this reason they are taken up preferably in
autumn, and the tap-roots shortened to G or 8 inches,
when they may be replanted in nursery rows, and
earthed up, or otherwise protected from heaving, or
other injury during winter; or, preferably, they may
be heeled-in, in a frost-proof cellar, and planted in
spring, to be budded during the ensuing summer or
left to become more fully established for budding a
year later.

Seedlings intended for fruiting are usually trans
planted in rows, about 8 feet apart each way, with the
expectation that many will be found worthless, and
either removed or destroyed. Seedling Pears usually
require to be fruited several years before their charac-
teristics become fully developed. This generally recog-
nized fact may be taken as a warning that the occa-
sional effort to hasten the puberty of a seedling by
fruiting a cion from it upon a bearing tree of difl'erent
variety cannot be trusted to indicate the ultimate char-
acter of the fruit of the yet incipient variety, since it
is impossible to foresee to what extent such transfer
may interfere with the occult formative processes
through which its ultimate qualities would have been
developed.

(6) I3y budding: Seedlings of one or two years'
growth, intended for standard trees, are usually planted
from 6 to 10 inches apart in the nursery row; for the
reason that space, as well as cultivation, must be econo-
mized to correspond with prices, although it is impos-
sible to grow trees of good form and properly branched
of the size and age demanded by most planters when
thus closely planted. Trees thus closely planted should
be removed, or at least thinned, after having made one

1246

PEAR

year's growth from the bud; while trees intended to be
grown two or more years in the nursery row, and prop-
erly branched, should be given twice or even three
times the space mentioned.

The budding of Pear stocks may be done during July
and August if they continue in a growing condition but
they are liable to be attacked b> iiulilew of the foil
age for whah reason they must In i U sc h w itc hed,

1687. Seckel, the standard of auality (X K).

and should the malady prove troublesome the budding
must be done as soon as properly matured buds can be
obtained. Such stocks as, for any cause, were left un-
budded at budding time, together with any in which
buds shall have failed, may be grafted the following
spring; but this, as well as any and all grafting of the
Pear, must be done very early, before the earliest move-
ment of the sap in spring. In tlie spring, as soon as the
swelling of the buds indicates that the germs are alive,
the stocks are cut back to force them into growth. Often
to insure the formation of straight, upright, symmetrical
trees, careful nurserymen leave 3 or 4 inches of the
stock above the insertion of the bud, to which the young
shoot may be tied, if it shall fail otherwise to take an
upright direction. Shoots may also be thus tied to pre-
vent their being blown out, or otherwise injured by the
wind. These stubs should be cut back to the bud when
no longer needed for the purposes indicated. Such
sprouts as spring from the stock in consequence of the
cutting back must be removed from time to time to
encourage the growth of the bud. This should be done
while they are yet tender and succulent and can, there-
fore, be taken off without the use of a knife. This process
must be repeated as they reappear, unless it is rendered
unnecessary by the failure or loss of the bud. See
l/rdfliii/e-

7. P/-i( )/ /ill/. — Beyond that described under the head of
budding, little pruning is required daring the first sea-
son, except to pinch in such side shoots as threaten to
rob the one intended to become the trunk of the future
tree. Early in the spring of the second year, all lateral
shoots must be wholly cut away, and since the Pear
tends stroiii^ly to renew its growth from the terminal
buds of till' previous year, the shoot intended to become
the trunk of the future tree must be cut down to the
point at which the top is to commence, when the branches
to form the head will start from the buds nearest the
top. The uppermost shoot must, if needful, be confined
in an upright position to constitute the continuation of
the trunk.

The habits of growth of varieties differ so widely
that no inflexible rule can be laid down to determine

PEAR

the height at which the top of a Pear tree should be
commenced, unless it be that the heads of the more
spreading varieties should be started higher than those
of a more upright habit. The preferences of the ma-
jority of purchasers have begotten among nurserymen
the practice of forming the heads of all varieties at a
height of 3 or 4 feet. This height is open to the objec-
tion that, while not seriously faulty in the case of such
spreading varieties as Onondaga, Osband Summer, or
Flemish Beauty, it is essentially unsuited to such very
upright growers as Buflfum, Sterling, Clapp Favorite,
and even Anjou. In this particular, as in various others,
the practice of nurserymen, begotten by the preferences
of the average of their customers, fails to adapt itself
to the needs of the more intelligent and considerate
orchardist, and to those of even smaller planters, who
regard the health and productiveness of their trees as
of higher importance than the possibly increased con-
venience of cultivation.

A proper system of primary branches, upon which to
grow a permanent head, should be provided from the
growth of the second season. Probably the most satis-
factory provision for this purpose consists of a central
shoot, with from 3 to 5 laterals diverging from the trunk
at its base. A head should, in no case, be grown upon
two shoots, forming a crotch, since this will be very
liable to split and thus ruin the tree. A few varieties,
of which Rostiezer is a notable example, have the habit
of producing but few branches, and also of making
successive annual growths, mainly from the terminal
buds of the previous year, thus forming a too open or
straggling head. Such tendency is best overcome by
cutting back the branches in spring, the effect being to
increase their number, though at the expense of vigor.

After the primary branches have been developed, and
the growth of the third year is in progress, compara-
tively little jiruuing will be found necessary beyond the
occasional cutting away of a straggling or crossing
branch, although there is a class of varieties, of which
Summer Doyenne and Winter Nelis are types, which,
especially when growing vigorously, incline to twist and
straggle so awkwardly that the branches must fre-
quently be tied in position to insure the formation of a
satisfactory head.

Prior to the third or fourth year, all pruning must
necessarily have for its object the direction and en-
couragement of wood growth, for which purpose it is
most effective when performed in late winter or early
spring, while the trees are yet dormant.

The fact should not be forgotten that pruning, in pro-
portion to its extent or severity, may be a tax upon the
vigor and health of the tree, and, therefore, to be prac-
ticed as sparingly as possible. Such necessity may be
to a considerable extent avoided, if the orchardist, with
a well-defined ideal in mind of a tree such as he
desires to produce, will, during the growing season,
pass frequently through his plantation and pinch out,
while yet small and succulent, all growths not needed
for his purpose, at the same time "stopping" such of
the reserved ones as may be too far outgrowing their
fellows. With the efficient performance of this process
while the framework of the top is being developed, very
little pruning will remain to be done on the arrival of
spring, while nearly the entire growth, which would
otherwise have been pruned away in spring, will have
been employed in developing the reserved branches.

While the cutting away of an occasional small branch
may be done at almost any time, large branches should
be removed only in case of actual necessity, and at a
period early enough to permit the thorough drying and
hardening of the cut surface prior to the movement of
the sap in spring, as a means of preventing bleeding
and consequent decay.

Summer pruning tends to check rather than encour-
age wood growth, and since it acts to a greater or less
extent as an obstruction to the circulation, it also tends,
as does the permanent bending of the branches and the
hardening of the tissues, to hasten the formation of
fruit-buds and the production of frtiit.

The Pear may be successfully grafted upon the white
thorn, the mountain ash and the apple, and such grafts
have occasionally proved more or less productive for a
time, but in such cases the union between stock and

PEAR

PEAR

1247

cion is generally, if not always, imperfect; and such
uncongenial combinations are therefore usually short-
lived. The quince is the only dissimilar stock upon
which the Pear is extensively grown. Quince stocks for
this purpose are largely imported from France. The
Angers quince is generally preferred for this purpose.
These stocks aie usually planted in nursery rows at the
age of two years, to be budded during the following
summer, in the same manner as Pear stocks. When
intended for dwarf trees, nurserymen usually cut them
back after one year's growth from the bud to the nearly
uniform height of 18 inches, although with the more
upright-growing varieties it is by many deemed prefer-
able to branch them even (> or 8 inches lower. Aside from
the height at whicli tbcy sliould be branehtMi, the prun-
ing and managt'nifiit slunild i>e idi-ntical witli tbat pre-
scribed for standards, witli tlie important exception that
when planted out for fruiting the junctiuu between the
quince and the Pear should be 3 or 4 inches below the
surface to encourage the formation of roots from the
Pear. Trees thus planted will commence to bear, while
yet growing, solely from the quince stock, and will con-
tinue to produce fruit after rooting from the Pear, thus
affording the early fruiting of the dwarf, as well as the
permanency of the standard.

Not more than a specimen or two should be per-
mitted to grow upon a dwarf the first and second years
after planting. Such trees, if left to fruit freely, will
almost certainly be ruined from overbearing before
they are fully established. Many varieties when grown
as dwarfs can never be safely allowed to mature more
than a small portion of the fruit which they will natur-
ally set.

While several varieties are found to be especially suc-
cessful when grown upon the quince, most others prove
only moderately so, requiring careful and expert man-
agement to insure satisfactory results. A few others,
of which Bosc may be named as a prominent case, are
obstinately unsuccessful upon the quince, and even
when double -worked upon a dwarf of a congenial
variety, their success appears to be by no means as-
sured.

Dwarf trees trained as hereinbefore specified, are
commonly known as half-standards. Other and more
elaborate forms are known as pyramids, cordons,
etc., descriptions of which are not deemed necessary
here.

8. Choice of Trees. — Aaide from the selection of the
location for an orchard, the first important particular
is the selection of the trees, leaving the choice of varie-
ties for subsequent consideration. Trees of one year's
growth from the bud are to be preferred for the follow-
ing reasons: (1) Fewer roots need be injured or lost in
the process of lifting and replanting, for which reason
the tree may be expected the more promptly to recover
from the shock of removal. (2) The single season's
growth may be cut back and the top commenced to suit
the preferences of the planter. (3) The top will present
little or no obstacle to the force of the wind until the
roots shall have gained such hold upon the soil that
there will remain little liability to displacement from
this cause. (4) The risk of failure from removal is
greatly diminished, while the more prompt recovery and
increased rate of growtli of the trees in the more open
orchard rows may be expected to fully compensate for
one or two years more of growth in crowded nursery
rows. (5) Something will also be saved in the cost of
the trees and in the expense of transportation, as well
as in the labor of planting.

If older or high-branched trees are not objected to, it
will usually be found that they are but imperfectly
branched from having been grown in crowded rows.

9. Preparation of the SoiL-When the late Dr. John
A. Warder was asked how large the holes should be
dug for planting orchard trees, he replied, "Of the
full size of the orchard;" and it may also be remarked
that when the ground for an orchard has been well
tilled and fertilized to a depth at least equal to that
at which trees are to be planted, there is no longer
occasion for holes larger than shall be necessary to re-
ceive the roots in their proper position. If the subsoil
be not freely pervious to water the ground must be
deeply and thoroughly uuderdrained, and in no case

79

should the hole in which a tree is to be planted be sunk
into a subsoil so impervious as to retain water beneath
or about its roots. If such retentive subsoil occurs too
near the surface, and is not considered suitable to be
mixed with the surface soil, it should be thoroughly
disintegrated to the requisite depth by means of a
subsoil plow or other equivalent device. In all nearly
level, retentive soils, it will be found advantageous to
"back-furrow" a land along the line of each row in
the direction of the surface drainage, so that when the
trees have been planted the drainage will be away from
them.

10. Laying Out, Staking and Planting.-- The most
economical mode of laying out and planting an orchard,
so far as space is concerned, is doubtless that com-
monly, but erroneously, designati'd as (juincunx, and
more correctly as hexagonal; l»ut wlicther planted thus,
or in rectangles, the work may be must rapidly and ac-
cxirately done by planting a stake where each tree is to
stand, and using what is known as a planting board,
consisting of a strip of board 6 or 7 feet long, with a
hole for a stake near each end, and a notch or slot in-
termediate and in line between them to receive the
stake, and to support the tree while the earth is being
carefully filled in. under, among and above its roots.

^g:;^l.^s^ '^ '""^

>

1688. Anjou one of the popular late fall and early wmter
Pears (\ ^o) (See p ige 12-13 )

The following are good general rules to be observed
in the digging, handling, preparing and planting of
trees :

1st. In digging trees aim to secure as many of the
main fibrous roots as possible.

2d. Expose the roots as little as possible to the dry-
ing infiuence of sun and wind.

3d. Prepare the roots for planting by cutting away
the bruised and broken portions.

4th. If the roots have been essentially shortened in
lifting, cut away the superfluous branches and also cut
back such as are to remain till a proper balance of root
and top is secured.

5th. In heavy, retentive soil, plant the tree very little
if any deeper than it stood in the nursery, and. in addi-
tion, raise a slight mound about the trunk to avoid the
occurrence of standing water at that point.

6th. In strong but dry soil, a tree may be planted an
inch or two deeper than it stood in the nursery.

7th. In light sand, with dry subsoil, a tree should be
planted 3 or even 4 inches deeper than it stood in the
nursery.

1248

PEAR

PEAR

8th. Dig the hole in which a tree is to be planted true of at least very many varieties that even if blown,

deep enough to receive 2 or 3 inches of fine soil, before off or gathered when }>ut two-tliirds grown, the frnit if

putting the tree in place, maliing it large enough to put away as already deM-rihiil will usually acquire a

allow the roots to be spread out in their natural posi- satisfactory quality. Fruits thus gathered and ripened

tion. are found to have less tendency to decay rapidly at the

9th. See that good, friable surface soil is well filled core.

In beneath, among and over the roots. (c) Gathering and ripening of winter dessert Pears:

10th. Should the soil be dry, with no immediate pros- These should remain upon the tree as long as practi-

pect of rain, it will be w'ell. after nearly tilling the hole cable without danger from frost. When gathered, they

With earth, to apply a pail of water, and after it shall should be placed in a cool, frost-proof room, and it will

hare settled away, to fill up the hole] with earth and be well also to wrap each separately in soft paper. '

Some varieties are found to ripen perfectly

.^^ __-^ without further attention, but the quality of

^SfelTlSJ most Isinds will be much improved if they are

1 rought into a temperature of 60° or 70° a fort-

V^sJi-a-Sf ^'^^ night before their usual season of maturity.

§X^ K- \\'^i'' "^-^ - ^°|b^ ('') Winter cooking Pears: These should be

"''°^' '■ gathered and put away in close packages in a

. J^ cool, frost-proof room, in the same manner as

- -gar ^jiUHIIM.if russet apples, like which they will shrivel, and

V > jS ^^ -»^_ ^BBP^^ become tough and leathery, if left exposed to

'/■'?< _S^tliklf 3 Jidw^KS^^^^:- '''^ ^'"' '^''^y ™^y remain in this condition

"^' / iWS^ ^^B^nS^0^^^^ until needed for use.

"* " ■ - i3_ Paching and Marketing. — In America,
Pears are generally packed for market directly
from the tree, without awaiting the process of
1 ipening. Barrels are largely used as packages,

_ ilthough this fruit is frequently put up in half-

——■'-^•^'i' ■ barrels and sometimes in bushel, peck and even

1689. Duchess Pear, the most popular variety for Erowing on in half-peck baskets. American growers rarely

Quince roots. (See p.ige 1243.) ripen their fruit before marketing it. This, if

done at all, is more generally accomplished by

tramp it down firmly. Staking will rarely be found the dealer, doubtless with decided profit, since in the

necessary, except, possibly, in the case of trees old larger cities fully fifty dollars have been known to be

enough to have been already branched, but such stake paid for a single barrel of selected fruit, and yet the

must be watched and the tree protected against injury same fruit ripened and offered in quantities to suit cus-

by rubbing against it. tomers has been sold at two or three times the original

11. Subseqiient Cultivation.— (a) Nev!\yp\a,ntedtrees: cost. The marketing of unripened Pears is obviously
Ground occupied by young trees must be kept well unprofitable so far as the producer is concerned,
cultivated during the spring and early summer. If hoed In Europe, the choicest fruits are carefully selected
crops are planted larger quantities of manure will be and house-ripened. When approaching their best con-
required, but in either case cultivation should cease as dition the fruits are separately wrapped in soft paper,
early as the beginning of August in order to hasten the and are then put up in packages of perhaps one or two
ripening of the young wood. This process should be dozens, and sent so as to appear upon the market when
continued during at least five or sis years, after which in the best possible condition. Such fruits command
green crops may be grown and plowed under as a prices quite in excess of what they would have realized
means, in part, of maintaining the fertility of the soil. had they been offered in an immature condition.

(6) Mulching: Especially during the first few years 14. Varieties. — Since the popular and desirable va-
after planting, in case of hot, dry weather during the rieties of Pears may be found fully described in stand-
growing season, mulch may be applied to check evap- ard pomological works, such descriptions here are not
oration from the soil and to keep it cool, but it should deemed necessary. Among the very numerous varieties
not be permitted to take the place of cultivation. The of Pears described in such works there are doubtless
soil should be well pulverized before applying it. many possessing high quality and other valuable char-

(c) Manuring: As stated under that head (5), manures acteristics, which, for some unexplained reason, have

should be applied sparingly but regularly, preferably failed to attract the attention of growers.

in late autumn, and should be plowed under, or other- Since varieties vary in their season of ripening with

wise mixed with the soil at that time or in the early change of latitude, and often, to some extent, with

spring, as a means of promoting early growth and the change of location, even in the same latitude, the desig-

thorough ripening of the wood in advance of severe nation of such season becomes a matter of more or less

cold. Thorough maturing of the wood should also be difficulty. In the following lists the season given will

assisted, as already said, by ceasing cultivation the be approximately that between the forty-second and

early part of August. forty-third parallels of north latitude.

12. Gathering and Iiiiieiiimj the Fruit. — AU selected (n) Amateur Pears: It is as true of the Pear as of most
Pears, whether intendcl for the market or for use at other species of fruits, that very many varieties are of
home, should be carefuliv haiicl-]iii-ked. small size, unattractive appearance, or of such delicate

(«) Gathering sumrner'and autumn Pears: With very texture when ripe as to disqualify them for the market,

few exceptions all Pears acquire a higher quality if although they may possess, in an eminent degree, the

gathered before they are fully ripe. The generally ae- peculiar characteristics which render them desirable,

cepted rule is to gather the crop when an occasionally and to persons of cultivated taste, indispensable for the

full grown, wormy specimen is ripe, or when there is a supply of the family. Such are termed amateur Pears,

perceptible change in the color of the maturer sped- The following is a list of a few of the most popular of

mens, or when the stem parts readily from the branch these, arranged approximately in the order of maturity:
if the fruit is slightly lifted.

(6) Ripening summer and winter Pears: When gath- Name. Season* Kemarks.

eredthe fruit should be placed in a cool room devoted to Madeleine m. e. July Earliest goo.l Pear.

the purpose, and spread upon shelves, or in lack of a suit- Summer Doyenne e. July

able room they may be placed in shallow boxes or gS?°f °°° ::;:;;::::; :^. Aug. I"'. ^"^.^ Excellent, but very per-

drawers, where in due time they will acquire their full Dearborn m. e. Aug. [ishable.

color and flavor. Since this fruit parts with moisture Rostiezer.! ...... ..!... m. Aug. la. Sept.

quite freely, it, and especially the later ripening varie- Manning Elizabeth e. Aug.

ties, should be protected from a drying atmosphere, par- Brandywine e.Aug. b.Sept.

ticularly from drafts of air, which will cause the fruit

, to shrivel and become tough and leathery. It is also *e, early; m, middle; b, beginning.

Kemarks.
c c a s i o n ;i 1 1 y good
[euough for dessert.

PEAR

■ Name. Season. Remarks..

Tyson e. Aug. b. Sept. . A tardy 1 learer.

Stevens Genesee b. Sept Kots soon at l he core.

Clapp b. m. 8ept Rots soon at the core.

Washington m. Sept.

Belle Lucrative m. e. Sept.

Bosc e. Sept. (let.

White Doyenne e. Sept. Nov Liable to crack badly.

Seckel Oct.

Sarah Oct.

.Anjou Oct. Nov.

Gray Doyenne m. Oct. Nov.

Reeder Nov.

Emile d' Heyst Nov. Dec.

Mount Vernon Nov. Dec.

Dana Hovey Nov. Jan.

Laiigelier Nov. Feb.

Prin.-e St. Germain. ... Nov. March.

Lawrence Dec.

Winter Nelis Dec. Jan. [South.

Easter Jan. March Succeeds best at the

(6) Culinary Pears: Very few dessert Pears are foimd
to be satisfactory for culinary uses, since they too gen-
erally lose at least a portion of their flavor and aroma
in the process of cooking. There are, however, several
varieties of high, austere character which prove adapted
to this purpose, among which are the following:

Name. Season.

Vicar Nov. Jan

Black Wonester N..v. Feb.

C.atillac Nov. March.

Pound Dec. Feb.

(c) Market Pears: The markets demand varieties of
attractive appearance, of at least medium size and of
fine texture. To the grower, productiveness and vigor
of tree are also of primary importance. If possessing
the foregoing characteristics, a variety may prove at
least temporarily popular, even though of comparatively
low quality. The following varieties, some of which
may also be found in the amateur list, are all more or
less popular as market fruits :

Name. Season. Eemarks.

Tyson e. Aug. b. Sept.. Excellent, but a tardy

bearer.
Sterling e. Aug, m. Sept.. Productive, and ex-
ceedingly beautiful.

Clapp b. m. Sept Rots soon at the core.

Bartlett b. e. Sept Leading market Pear.

Souvenir du Congress, .b. e. Sept Sometimes very large.

Buffum m. Sept Variable iu quality.

Howell m.Sept. Oct.

Flemish Beauty '. .m.e. Sept Rots soon at the core.

Bosc e.Sept. Oct Excellent for all pur-

Boussock e. Sept. Oct. f poses.

Louise Bonne e. Sept. f )ct Grown only as a dwarf.

Onondaga e. Sept. Nov.

Superfln Oct.

Sheldon Oct Is russeted and dull in

Rutter Oct. Nov. [color.

Anjou Oct. Nov. [43°.

Kieffer Oct. Nov Not valuable north of

Le Conte Oct. Nov Succeeds best at the

extreme south.

Angouleme Oct. Nov Grown only on quince

Diel Oct. Dec. [stocks.

Clairgeau Oct. Jan.

Columbia Nov. Jan

McLaughlin Nov. Jan.

Lawrence Dec.

Josephine of Malines..Jan. Feb.

15. Belafh-e Desirableness of Dwarfs.- There are
a few varieties, among which Louise Bonne and An-
gouleme may be especially mentioned, which on free
(Pear) stocks are either tardy bearers or require to be
fruited several years before developing their ultimate
qualities, but which succeed tmusually well upon the
quince, developing at once upon that stock their ulti-
mate qualities. These, especially the Angouleme, are
valued as market varieties when grown as dwarfs.

Angouleme, and perhaps some other varieties as
dwarfs, occasionally bloom so profusely as apparently
to prove unable to develop the fruit, which in conse-
quence proves abortive. The natural and obvious rem-
edy in such case is disbudding, or its equivalent, cutting-
back the fruit-bearing shoots before growth is com-
menced.

PEAR

1249

The fact that very many varieties are not perma-
nently successful when grown upon the quince is
doubtless partially, if not iu many cases even wholly,
due to their increased tendency to early and excessive
productiveness when grown upon that stock, which,
uwin^ to the very common unwillingness of the grower
to rt'move the excess of fruit, is allowed to consume the
material needed for wood growth, and thus to occasicm
exhaustion before the tree has gained a thorough hold
upon the soil.

If, with any variety capable of forming a satisfactory
union with the quince, and with the tree planted in the
manner heretofore described, the entire crop of bloom
or incipient fruit of the first one, two or even three
years {dependent upon the vigor of the tree) were re-
moved, and if subsequent crops were carefully and
thoroughly thinned, it is at least highly probable that
permanent health and longevity would prove nearly or
quite as general with dwarfs as with standards, thus
permitting the more extensive growth of the Pear in
greater variety in small or amateur plantations and in
limited grounds than is practicable with the iise of
standards. ^ rj^ Lyon.

v« .

1690. Ladders used in New Jersey for picking Pears.

(See p. 1250.)

Pears on the Northern Plains. — The culture of
Pears in the middle west follows the general lines of
Pear growing in the Atlantic States, but there are some
radical points of difference. The difficulties of Pear
growing in the upper Mississippi Valley are many and
grievous. Above the fortieth parallel and west of the
Great Lakes, nearly all efforts have been failures. The
best successes have been on high, rather steep ridges
and bluffs near watercourses, with light colored clay
soils and northerly exposures. Pear trees are not planted
to the bottom or to the top, but in belts midway around
the slopes. Plums maybe used lower down and cherries
above.

The ground should be already set in clover or blue
grass. Small circles are spaded out for the trees. These
are cultivated with the hoe and widened with the growth
of the tree. Small trees branched very low are best.
The trees may be cut back the second year to within a
few inches of the ground. Only a very moderate annual
growth is desirable.

Use no manure until the tree has borne several crops
of fruit, and then only with extreme care. Rich, black
soils, plenty of manure and clean culture are deadly to
Pear trees in this region.

The critical period is that of the first fruit crop. The
deadly euemy is blight, which is sure to appear then.
The successful Pear grower must not neglect his orchard
a single day during the season of blight, but watch for
the enemy and cut out and burn every blighted twig as
soon as seen. Sultry, damp weather in June is most
critical.

Such varieties as Warner, Longworth. Vermont Beauty,
Koonce, Kieffer, etc., are said to succeed further north
and resist blight better than any others. Under slightly
more favorable conditions, Clairgeau, Howell, Seckel,
Ty.son, Washington, Flemish Beauty, etc., may be used.

The hardiest and blight-resistant varieties may be
grown and when in bearing a branch or two grafted with
a more delicate sort with success. p l Watrous.

1250

PEAR

PEAR

The Pear in California. — Visitors at the old Cali-
fornia missions during the early part of the century
noted the presence of seedling Pear trees in the mis-
sion gardens. Many of these trees survived the neglect
which came upon the mission properties after the secu-
larization, and were in thrifty growth and bearing at
the time of the Americnn orciipation. The first Pears
sold in San Francisco nti-l in tin- mines in 1849-50 were
gathered from old mission ti'-.s. mid .some of these old
trees grafted over, gave The tirst California product of
the popular European and American varieties of half a
century ago. From this beginning the growth of Pears
increased until the commercial product of 1899 included
the following: 1684 carloads sent overland to eastern
and foreign markets (about the same as for the five
years preceding) ; 5,760,000 lbs. dried Pears shipped to
the same destination (a million pounds less than the
preceding year); 483,384 ca.ses of canned Bartletts and
24,772 cases of other Pears canned, which was 140,000
cases more than the preceding year. There are about
one and one-half million Pear trees in California or-
chards.

It is a most interesting fact that a single variety fur-
nishes a very great part, perhaps even as much as
four-fifths, of the Pear products of the state, and that is
the Bartlett. Whatever it may lack in high quality is
more than compensated for by its commercial servicea-
bility. It is liaiidsoTur and of good size, endures long
carriage, cans will :\^\<\ .irirs well, and is of sufficiently
good quality to j^.a-..- .nnsiiTners: in fact the California
grown Bartlett is said tu be better than the same va-
riety grown in the Atlantic states and in the west of
Europe. This is not, however, the chief reason why the
Bartlett so largely preponderates in California. The
ruling condition is found in the fact that owing to the
marked differences in localities not widely distant and
yet differing in elevation, in exposure to coast influ-
ences and away from them, and other local causes, the
Bartlett has a very long ripcniiii,' season, and valley,
coast and mountain Bartlftts follow viu-h othvr through
nearly three months and thus makt* succession of dif-
ferent varieties during this period unnecessary. There
is, however, at present a greater disposition than
hitherto to extend the season by growing other varie-
ties, but they are selected for resemblance to the Bart-
lett type. Clapp Favorite is sold as an "Early Bart-
lett," and a Winter Bartlett, an Oregon seedling, is now
being plante<l to carry the same style of a Pear as late

1691. Dwarf Pear trees 45 years old.

I the Yeomans orchard.

as possible. Still some progress is being made in ex-
tending the California list of popular Pears and some
of local and of distant origin will probably achieve
prominence, especially in the shipments to distant
markets.

California Pears are grown on Pear-seedling roots —
very little recourse being had to rooted cuttings or to
dwarfing stocks. A dwarf Pear tree is almost a curi-
osity. The heavier loams and even clays are sometimes
planted with Pear trees, not because they are best for

Pears but because other fruits do worse than they. To
fully plant the area intended for fruit, Pears will go on
the intrusions of heavy or too moist soils, while the
freer soil will be given to other fruits. Still the chief
product of Pears is from the best loams California
affords, and the profits from the tree warrant the use
of such laud. Poar trr-es aro rctrnlarly pruned to a low
vase form, 1 put s.ldotu o]nnc.I in the center, the inte-
rior being used fur ).c;iiiiiLj: wood, and foliage enough
retained to partially shade the fruit. The fruit is
thinned to favor size and to relieve the tree from over-
bearing. Irrigation is employed in some parts of the state.
The varieties chiefly grown are the following: Bartlett,
Anjou, Clairgeau, Clapp. Cornice, Dana Hovey, Easter,
Hardy. P. Barry (a California seedling), Seckel, and
Winter Nelis. E. J. Wickson.

The Kiefper Pear was grown from seed of the Chinese
Sand Pear, prohably crossed with the Bartlett, by Peter
Kieffer, a horticulturist, who lived near Philadelphia.
He first exhibited the fruit at the Centennial Exhibition,
in 1876, in that city. See p. 1242. The planting of or-
chards of this valuable Pear began soon after this time
and has continued ever since, more largely in the past
2 or 3 years than ever before. The Kieffer being won-
derfully productive, the planting having gone on apace,
and none of the earlier planted orchards having ceased
to exist, the question may properly arise, with the great
probable increase in the production of the fruit, What
of the markets'?

We in the East have been shipping Kieffer Pears by
car-Ioails, sometimes packed in barrels, at other times
loose or ill hulk to he packed at <Iestiiiatiuii, to cities in
the mi.hlle West, hut those <ities in the future will be
largely supplied with fruit grown near by. This Pear
has grown in favor with consumers, to an extent fully
equal to the increased production. It was observed
in the Philadelphia and New York retail markets
and fruit stands that during the months of October
and November, in 1898 and 1899, there were very
few Pears offered, except the Kieffer. It is excellent
for canning and preserving, and it is fortunate that
such is the case, so that a large part of future crops
may be used in this manner. The Kieffer will flourish
on almost any ordinary farm land, but sandy loam is
preferred with gravel or clay subsoil, and prefer plant-
ing, what would generally be considered close, 150 to
200 trees per acre, leaving a driveway of 22 to 24 feet
every 3 or 5 rows, on which to cart the fruit from the
orchard. By close planting the trees protect each other
from the winds to a great extent. Two-year trees are
best for planting; let them head low, 2 or 3 feet, cut
back at planting and annually for several years one-
half of preceding year's growth, and keep top thinned
so it will not be too dense. In this way one will have a
sturdy tree that will carry two or more barrels of fruit
in such shape that the orchard can be cultivated until
the Pears are of marketable size. In the season of 1899
a yield of over 16,000 barrels of Kieffers was had from 80
acres of land, and now, on August 30, 1900, there is a
prospect of a similar yield. An 8-foot Clark cutaway,
drawn hy 4 mules, is still running in the orchard. In
our first orchard planting of the Kieffer we were not
advised of the importance of pollination, and planted
large blocks without mixing in other sorts; the results
were very little fruit, except on trees near to or adjoin-
ing orchards of other varieties; there Kieffer trees pro-
duced uniformly good crops. It was a heavy loss to
have an orchard in this shape for several years; the
remedy seemed to be, and was, to top-graft some of the
Kieffer, and also to replant to other sorts blossoming at
the same time. A mixture of not less than one-tenth of
Le Conte or Garber answered tlie iuirp<ise. One to 3
per cent of the orchard trees die annually from a sort
of body blight; the spaces are reset with other trees,
which bear fruit in a few years. In picking the fruit
we use ladders hung on wheels (old carriage wheels),
which are readily handled and safe. Ladders 12 to 24 or
even 30 feet can be used, but with one of 18 feet, properly
hung, a man can pick Pears from the top limbs 20
feet high and the ladder need not touch the tree. Fig.
1690. The orchard can be gone over quickly and the high
Pears picked first, these being most likely to be blown
off and to be bruised in falling. We use, in handling

PEAR

our fruit from the orchard, baskets holding % bushel, and
cart into packing house on low wagons, the platform of
which is made of 2-inch hemlock plank 18 feet long and
hung as low as will permit a 2-foot front wheel to turn
under; being low it is very convenient to load from the
ground. A man can readily load 70 to 80 baskets with-
out getting on the wagon, and the packing house floor
is about the same height as the low wagon for conven-
ience of unloading and reloading on other wagons for
carting to markets. John S. Collins.

PEAR

1251

1692. Packing Pears for export.

Dwarf Pears. — Dwarf Pear trees are produced by
budding the Pear-wood upon the French quince. The
point of union should be so low that, when the young
trees are transplanted into the orchard, this point will
be 3 or 4 inches below the surface of the ground. The
quince, being naturally of a slower growth than the
Pear, will, by the moisture of the ground and its protec-
tion from the drying effects of the atmosphere, be kept
more nearly equal to the size of the Pear. As the tree
becomes older the Pear will throw out Pear roots at the
union, which will give increased vigor and strength to
the tree in its years of maturity when producing heavy
crops of fruit.

The soil best adapted to dwarf Pears is a rich loam,
with a subsoil which requires thorough underdraining—
a tile drain within 5 feet of every tree in the orchard
would be thorough draining. The soil should be good
strong corn or potato ground, and kept in such condi-
tion of fertility from yiar to yi;ir, for which purpose
good, well composted, b:irnyard njanure has no equal,
butraay be supplemented by other fertilizers — as ground
bone and potash. Small crops, as beans and potatoes,
may be grown between tlie trees the first few years after
planting, but never should they be allowed in the least
to interfere with thorough tillage, or to rob the trees of
proper and desirable nourishment. The growth of the
tree is of far greater value than any farm crops which
can be grown between the trees. The soil should be
thoroughly cultivated at least every 10 to 15 days during
the growing season till about Augu.st 15 to September 1.
It should cease in time that the wood may fully ripen.
.Suitable cultivation can hardly be given with any crop
on the ground, except, possibly, when sufficient space
is left without a crop next to the trees.

The trees should be planted in rows 15 feet each way,
or in rows 20 feet apart each way with one tree in the
center of each square. As the trees become older the
entire ground should be given up to frequent cultiva-
tion, and under no conditions should a dwarf Pear or-
chard be seeded to grass, unless to clover for the pur-
pose of plowing it under for fertilization.

Dwarf Pears require thorough annual pruning, w^hich
may be done at any convenient time after the falling of
the foliage and before the buds become in the least
swollen in the spring; but where the cold is severe it is
better not to prune till about the first to middle of
March. This pruning should begin with the first year,
and be continued annually during the life of the tree,
cutting back all of the new growth to within 4 to 8 buds.

and thinning out all .surplus branches which will not be
wanted for limbs to the tree, so that at maturity the
tree shall be open-headed, with opportunity for plenty
of air and sunshine all through the tree, without which
superior quality of fruit cannot be grown. The lower
limbs should be within 20 to 24 inches of the ground.
Trees when 20 to 50 years old should not be more than
12 to 14 feet high, and the diameter of the branches
about 12 to 16 feet. See Fig. IKIl. It is a very errone-
ous impression that a dwarf Pear orchard under proper
conditions is .short lived. There are in the United
States orchards in vigorous condition, and now prod>ic-
ing annual crops, that are from thirty to fifty years
old.

Some of the advantages of dwarf over standard Pears
are: more trees can be planted to the acre, they com-
mence bearing much younger, the fruit is not so liable
to be blown off by early winds before maturity, it is
much more quickly and easily gathered than from high
trees, the fniit is larger and of better quality than that
on standards. All varieties do not succeed equally well
as dwarfs, because they do not all form an equally per-
fect union with the quince. Duchess is the leading and
most profitable variety now grown as dwarf, although
many others succeed well. L. T. Yeomans.

Pears for Export. — Pears have not been grown for
the export trade to any large extent, but there is no good
reason for it. As France supplies the English market
with the finest Pears that are grown, the American
shipper needs to study the varieties, season, and extent
of the French supplies to avoid a difficult competition
which has to be met in seasons of full production. When
the Pear crop has been light on the continent, as often
occurs, we have successfully exported the Louise Bonne,
Anjou, Bosc, and Winter Nelis. Later varieties, as the
Easter and Josephine de Malines, with their very fine
quality, would meet with ready sale in foreign markets.

As size and quality are important factors with Eng-
lish buyers, Pears for export slioiiM b.. grown upon
dwarf trees, that close pruning may be done, the fruit
judiciously thinned, and the much higher culture given
that the dwarf tree requires.

The fruit should be gathered when it has reached its
most perfect development, but not allowed to come to
its full maturity, or approximate ripening. This is the
right condition of fruit when it is to be shipped without
refrigeration. With refrigeration, a little fuller maturity
may be allowed. Each specimen should be wrapped in
paper. A layer of excelsior should be placed on the bot-
tom of the box, which is marked to be opened; over this
place a sheet of paper. Pack the Pears in single layers.

1693. Box of fancy Pears for the domestic market,
each Pear wrapped in paper.

"ing each with paper and excelsior until the box is
filled, nailing cover securely under considerable pres-
sure. Boxes should hold 36 large Pears, and 00 of me-
dium size. Fig. 1692. This is a refinement of even the
best packing for the common domestic trade. Fig.
1693. The risk in exporting is in the lack of proper
facilities on steamers that are not fitted with refrigera-
tion. The fruit often becomes overheated and decays

1252

PEAR

PECAN

in passage. Another cause for loss is rough handling.
In unloading, the boxes are slid on planks, and if they
are not removed promptly at the bottom of the gang-
way, one box strikes heavily against the side of another,
bruises the fruit and its sale is injured. The best efforts
and work of an entire season may be sacriiiced at this
point. When the fruit arrives, and opens in perfect
condition, the prices received are usually 40 per cent
greater than those of the home market. The best re-
sults are obtained when the Pears are packed and
shipped direct from the orchard.

. With fruit of superior quality, better steamer facili-
ties, and more careful handling, a large quantity of
American Pears can be exported, for foreign markets
are steadily demanding and receiving increased sup-
plies. GEORfiE T. Powell.

PEAR. Alligator P., Pf

Avocado P.,

Garlic P., Ci

Balsam P., M.inioiilica Ch.in
ijijmindra. Prickly P., Opitnti.

PEARL BUSH, Uxovhorda grandiflora. Pearl Fruit,
J/ / y^/yricarpus seto.iiis. Pearl Weed or Pearl Wort, Sa-

giini.

FEAT is a kind of soil formed by the partial decay of
plants in the swamps of the temperate zone. It is a
.standard potting material in greenhouse work for cer-
tain classes of plants, as ferns, orchids, heaths, rhodo-
dendrons and other ericaceous plants, woody plants from
Australia and the Cape of Good Hope, and many other
choice and difficult subjects. American gardeners com-
plain that they are handicapped in growing such plants
because American Peat is poorer than European, the
lack of fiber being chiefly deplored.

The Peat bogs of England are often 5 or 6 feet deep, and
some of the Irish ones are said to be as deep as 40 feet.
They have been forming ever since the glacial period,
but are now on the decline, owing largely to natural
causes. Feat bogs represent the decay of many kinds
of aquatic and iiiavsli plants, but chiefly sphagnum
(which see). ThN limss grows upward and decays
below. Near tin- t..]. tl..' IVat is brown, fibrous, light
and porous: loHcrduwii it tends to be black, heavy, dense
and without indication of its vegetable origin. The ash
varies from I or 2 per cent in newly formed Peat to 10,
20, or even 30 per cent in the older Peat. Peat is com-
monly used for fuel liy the Irish peasantry, but almost
never in America. In •jiiMMilmuse work Peat is valued
more for its porous, iii.iistiiri-luilding properties than
for its plaijt-food. If dried, it may be used as an ab-
sorbent for liquid manure, "not so much for its inher-
ent value, "says Roberts (in his "Fertility of the Land"),
"as for conserving the nitrogen in the manure, and for
improving the condition of the stables."

The transformation of Peat bogs into arable land is
rarely a pressing problem in America. It is usually too
costly for a new country. The notion, however, is very
common that Peat lands are extraordinarily rich in
plant-food. Nevertheless, according to Roberts, swamp
muck and Peat are not richer in plant-food than the
good soils, with the exception of the nitrogen in the
Peat, which, without doubt, is far less available than it
is in good soils. (American Peat contains about .67 per
cent nitrogen, .21 per cent phosphoric acid, and .13 per
cent potash.) Peat lands differ from good, arable soil
in being cold, sour, and too wet. To reclaim them one
must drain off the superfluous water and apply lime
freely to destroy the harmful organic acids. Sometimes
sand or clay may be added to improve the texture.
Tillage opens the soil to air, warms it, makes it uncon-
genial for nitrites, and congenial for nitrates. It takes
time to reclaim Peat lands. Thoroughly decayed Peat
is muck. W. M.

Peat is chiefly composed of vegetable matter in what
might he termed a state of suspended or partial decay.
The soil which covers the greater portion of the earth's
surface has been made by the disintegration of rocks
and stones, through the agency of frost, water, and the
atmosphere, and is composed mostly of sand and clay,
these differing in proportions according to locality.
Such soils are spoken of as inorganic soils, since they

contain but a small percentage of organic or vegetable
matter. Peat, on the other hand, is spoken of as an
organic soil, since it is composed largely of vegetable
matter, often as much as 97 per cent. It is formed either
in the presence of water or peculiar climatic conditions.
That which has been formed under the influence of
water is found in swamps or the places from which
water cannot pass away readily. Aquatic plants and
mosses flourish, and at the end of the growing season
they die down; vegetation is renewed the following
season, and so on until the layers of decaying vegeta-
tion rise above the surface of the water, when ferns and
plants of a more ligneous character generally establish
themselves and give finiinoss to the surface.

That which is ddntiii.-ifttl !•> olimatic conditions, as
on the silicious sands of somr purts of England, and on
the heathy sands in tin* jioi-tii ■'!' Germany, is composed
principally of the roots of heaths, mosses, and other
cryptogams which grew among the heaths. It forms a
stratum of what might be spoken of as a very fibrous
and elastic turf, usually not more than 3 or 4 inches in
thickness. This Peat is not often found in this country;
at least the writer presumes not, as he has not seen it
offered in commercial catalogues which offer orchid
supplies, though they offer fern-root, bog Peat, and
occasionally, "imported Peat for orchids." The fiber is
very fine and uniform, and is the ideal material for
orchids, anthuriums and other troiiicul sul>.iccts with
roots of a more or less aerial chariu'tfi-. as it may be
broken into .small nodules of fiber wliich d" not decay
readily with the abundance of water and htuuid condi-
tions that such plants must have at certain seasons.
Prom its porous nature, the surplus water not only passes
off readily, but there is also free entrance of air, which
is as essential as water for the supply of oxygen to the
roots; and by the admission of air, the material is kept
in good physical condition. For these reasons, also, it is
the ideal material in which to grow ericas, epacris, and
other genera of the family Ericaceae, though owing to
the hot summers of this coimtry these last-named plants
cannot be grown to the perfection which they attain in
England. Peat which is found in swamps is abundant
in this country. It differs from the European product
in not having the necessary fiber. Though not of much
use for orchids, anthuriums, etc., it is useful in potting
ferns, and in preparing beds for planting rhododen-
drons, kalmias, and other larger-growing plants of the
Ericaceae. It is also useful in mixing soils for vases
which have to stand in exposed positions outdoors dur-
ing the summer, since it is more retentive of n\oisture
than ordinary soil. As a substitute for the European
Peat in orchid culture, etc., American gardeners use
kalmia-root and fern-root, especially the latter, which
may generally be found in quantity upon the surface of
the Peat which has risen above the water. When choice
can be had the roots of the more slender-growing ferns
are preferable to the larger and stronger- growing
species, since the roots are correspondingly finer.

Edward ,T. Canning.

PEA-TREE. Caragana ; also Sesbaiieti.

PECAN {Hicdria Pecan, Britt. CArya olivafbrmis,
Nutt.). Of the 10 or more species of hickory, the Pe-
can is the most important from the horticultural stand-
point. Possessing, as it does, the desirable qualities of
rapid growth, reasonable precocity and productiveness,
and producing a nut with thin shell, good cracking
quality, full kernel and delicate flavor, it may well rank
first among our native nuts in value and cultural im-
portance. Its probable cultural value has long been
recognized, but only within the last twenty-five or
thirty years has there been systematic planting of the
trees in orchard form with a view to deriving profit
from the sale of the crops of nuts. By far the larger
part of the commercial product of Pecans is still ob-
tained from the wild trees of Texas, Louisiana and Mis-
sissippi.

The species is indigenous on lowlands and river bot-
toms throughout most of the valley of the Mississippi
and its larger tributaries. It is found as far north as
Davenport, Iowa, in the main valley, Covington, Ky., in
that of the Ohio, and Terre Haute, Ind., in that of the

PECAN

PECAN

1253

Wabash. It is also abundant througnout eastern and
eentral Texas, extending southward into Mexico, but
nowhere reaching the Immediate coast of the Gulf. The
area of natural distribution, therefore, covers consider-
able portions of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Missouri,
Kansas, Oklahoma, Indian Territory, Arkansas, Ken-
tucky, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana and
Texas. Commercial plantations of considerable size
have been made in most of these states, and outside of
this area in North and South Carolina, Georgia, Florida,
New Mexico, Califopnia and Oregon. Small (.-xporimen-
tal plantings have been made in most of tlic miildU* and
northern states. The cultural era of tlir rn-an may,
therefore, be considered as now fairly oiitfred ui)on.

Under favorable conditions of soil withiu its natural
range, the tree attains majestic, dome-like proportions,
reaching a trunk diameter of 4 to 6 ft., with a height of
100 to 175 ft. and a spread of top of 60 to 70 ft. Some
of the largest trees recorded are found in Illinois and
Indiana in the valley of the Wabash river, near the
northern limit of its natural distribution. This ten-
dency to attain great size under favorable conditions
gives rise to puzzling questions regarding the proper
distance for planting in orchard form to insure the
health, vigor and productiveness of the trees as they
approach maturity. It has also given rise to much
speculation as to the possibility of dwarfing the tree by
propagating upon other species and thus, by reducing
the size of top and trunk, to render the tree more tract-
able and if possible increase its proportional productive-
ness. Little careful and systematic work has been done
on this line, however, most of the planted orchards
still consisting of seedling trees.

Commercial Importance of the Pecan. — The import-
ance of the Pecan as an article of commerce seems not
to have been generally recognized until after the civil
war. As in the case of the Florida orange, the favor
which it met with from the soldiers of the Union army
doubtless did much to spread its reputation in northern
cities, and to pave the way for a favorable reception
when first shipped in large quantities, during the pe-
riod of 1870 to 1880. Since then the increase in demand
has been rapid and steady, and for many years the
large, thin -shelled varieties have retailed at higher
prices than are obtained for any other American-grown
But. Choice Pecans of large size rarely retail in north-
ern cities at less than 40 cents per pound and fre-
quently rise to 75 cents for a fancy article.

Accurate statistical data on the total yield and value
of the crop are lacking, but the yield often runs into
the millions of pounds per annum, single firms in
Texas having handled upwards of 500,000 lbs. in a sea-
son. A large and growing demand for Pecan meats has
developed among confectioners, one New York dealer
having prepared and marketed 100,000 lbs. of these in a
year.

From the favor with which exhibits of this nut in the
American section at the Paris Exposition of 1900 were
received, it seems probable that a considerable export
trade can be developed whenever the supply of choice
nuts exceeds the demand for domestic consumption.

Climatic and Soil Requirements. — From its wide
area of natural distribution, covering, as it does, more
than fifteen degrees of latitude, the species may be ex-
pected to thrive in most of the regions adapted to the
culture of the common tree fruits of the north temper-
ate zone. Trees from different latitudes are found to
vary greatly in hardiness, as would be expected. Seed-
lings from the lower Mississippi valley succumb to the
winters of Massachusetts and Michigan, when trees
grown from Indiana, Illinois and Iowa seed survive un-
injured. On account of lack of productiveness and the
small size of nuts in the North, the area of probable
profitable planting east of the Rocky mountains is not
likely to extend north of the Potomac and Ohio rivers.
In portions of California and Oregon the trees are re-
ported to make a strong and thrifty growth, but there
is general complaint there of lack of productiveness.
Within the area in which the species succeeds, most of
the profitable trees at this time are on moist and rela-
tively fertile soil.

The moist, clayey and sandy loams of river bottoms
subject to occasional overflow, are peculiarly adapted to

this tree. It thrives on fertile uplands that are suffi-
ciently moist and rich, and even on light, sandy soiU
when well fertilized, but the cost of the fertilizing
necessary on light soils is probably too great to leave a
possible profit in the culture of the Pecan. In Texas,
certain soils underlaid with hard-pan are reported to
have been fitted for planting by exploding a charge of
dynamite in the hole where the tree is to be planted,
thus loosening the soil, affording drainage and prepar-
ing it for easy penetration by the roots.

Propagating. — During the earlier years of Pecan or-
charding none but seedling trees were planted. Many

<S -'^

J. ^-fci^jfef

H

1694. Top-erafted Pecan.
Fpur years after the operation. {Page 1254.)

of the planters believed (a.s some still contend) that the
seedlings would come true to type and that etforts to
perpetuate valuable varieties by budding or grafting
were unnecessary. As larger numbers of trees of
known parentage have come into bearing it has become
evident that the variation among seedlings of this spe-
cies is very great and that a large proportion of the
seedlings of choice varieties fail to equal the parent in
vigor and productiveness of tree or size and quality of
fruit. Fig. 1695 shows an instance of such variation,
the thirteen forms illustrated having been produced by
thirteen different seedling trees grown from one crop of
nuts from a single isolated tree, by B. M. Young, Mor-
gan City, La. Mr. Young states further that other
seedlings from the same tree showed even greater varia-
tion, and that with few exceptions the nuts of the seed-
lings were smaller than those of the parent tree. These
seedlings show little variation in vigor of growth, but
vary as greatly in productiveness as in size of nut, the
largest crop yet borne by the least productive consist-
ing of less than live pounds of nuts, while the most
productive has for two years borne upwards of one
hundred and fifty pounds of nuts.

The early attempts to propagate the Pecan by the
methods of btidding and grafting practiced on the more

1254

PECAN

common orchard trees were rarely successful, and the
opinion became prevalent that this species could not be
budded or grafted. Various devices for propagating
by layers, by upturned roots and root-cuttings were
suggested and tested at different times, but none of
these proved of permanent value.

The first really successful work in graft-propagation
seems to have been by crown-grafting on Pecan stocks.
This is most commonly practiced in early spring on
stocks in place, having a crown diameter of from 1 inch
to 2 or 3 inches. The stock should be cut off smoothly
at the crown and grafted either by splice, or side-cleft
graft, according to size of stock. Cions with terminal
buds are preferable, and they should in all cases be so cut
that but one scarf exposes the pith. In this method no
wax is used, but the grafted stump is carefully mounded
up with moist earth to the top bud of the cion, to
prevent drying out. In the humid and mild climate of
tlif (Tulf states, this is probably the most promising
uuthnd for the inexperienced amateur. Bench-splice
root-grafting on 6-inch top sections of one-year-old seed-
lings has been fairly successful in some cases, but
grafts set on lower sections of root are not considered
worthy of planting out. Annular budding on the new
wood of second-year seedlings yit'I(l> ;i runsiilorable
proportion of success when favoraiih- rlirii;iii<- condi-
tions prevail, but in unfavorable season^. ;i-. of . xtreme
drought or heavy rainfall, it results in ahuu.st lutul fail-
ure even with expert operators.

Top-working of the Pecan is generally difficult, only
a small percentage of success usually being obtained

1695. Outlines, showing variation in the Pecan (XM)-
AU grown from nuts from one tree.

with any method. On young trees of Pecan, Water
Hickory (H. aguatira) or Mocker nut (fl". alba), not
exceeding one inch in diameter, occasional success by
splice-grafting is obtained in Florida. Diagonal side-
grafting on various hickory stocks is also occasionally
successful in Florida, but no orchards of commercial
importance have as yet resulted from any of these
methods of propagation.

The most promising results in the top-working of
Pecan trees that have yet been obtained are probably
those of E. E. Risien, San Saba, Texas, who finds annu-
lar budding in June or July of strong shoots of the
growth of the current season the best method. An
abundant crop of such shoots is secured by cutting
back the trees severely in March, using a cross-cut saw
if necessary, as is sometimes the case on large trees.
If the tree is old and the bark hard, the pushing of buds
is stimulated by hacking the bark of the stubbed trunk

PECAN

and branches with a hatchet. The budding is done
when the shoots attain the size of an ordinary lead pen-
cil. Budding done on dry days is found to yield much
the best results, especially if followed by several days
of dry weather. The cions must be thoroughly pro-
tected against drying out between removal from the
tree and budding, however; and the "tying in," for
which strips of old cotton cloth are used in preference
to stronger material, must be thoroughly done, to insure
success. When all conditions are favorable, thrifty
seedling trees are quickly transformed to choice varie-
ties in this way, and begin to bear good crops within
three or four years after the operation is performed.
Fig. 1694 shows such a tree during the fourth season
after budding. The tin guards about the trunks are
found necessary in that section to protect both young
nuts and tender shoots from destruction by squirrels
during the summer.

Distance, Method of Planting, and Cultivation. — From
its large size it is clear that the Pecan should not be
crowded. Most of the orchards planted have been at
distances of 40 or 50 feet, but experience would indicate
that 60 feet is a safer distance. Where seedling trees
are depended upon it is probably advisable to plant
closer together on the start, with a view to cutting
out the trees bearing inferior nuts as soon as their true
character is discovered. As at least half of the seed-
lings of any given lot may be expiM'tr-d to yield nuts very
much inferior in size to the seni pl.iniid. it is probably
wise to plant about double tlif inuniNr ili;it are desired
as permanent trees. The suhsiqiunt tliinning out will
leave the trees irregularly placed, but until bud propa-
gation of the species, both in nursery and orchard, is
better understood and more successfully done than at
present this is probably the safest and most economi-
cal method for the orchard planter to adopt. In the
earlier days many planters advocated and practiced
planting the nuts where the trees were to remain in the
orchard, usually planting two or three in a place to in-
sure a "stand." The difficulty of protecting the young
trees from injury and the consequent uneven character
of the orchards have caused most of the later plantings
to be made from the nursery row at the age of one or
two years. If planted on strong and well-prepared soil
to insure a vigorous growth the first season after re-
moval to the orchard, one-year-old trees are probably
preferable. The tap-root of the one-year-old Pecan tree
is usually two or three times as long as the top, and
more care in digging from the nursery rows is neces-
sary than with most trees. No harm will result from
a moderate shortening-in of the tap-root, however. In
fact, the tree is probably benefited by the more spread-
ing root system that results from this practice.

If the nuts are to be planted either in nursery row or
orchard they should, if of valuable varieties, be stratified
in sand during the winter and planted out as early in
spring as the ground can be worked. If of common
sorts or in regions where mice and squirrels do not
abound, they may safely be planted in well-drained soil
before winter sets in. Ordinary nursery cultivation will
usually suffice, but nothing necessary to insure a strong
and vigorous growth the first season should be left
undone. Digging from nursery row is most easily done
with a horse tree-digger, which cuts the roots at a suf-
ficient depth to avoid injuring the trees.

The soil for orchard planting should be thoroughly
prepared, and, if not naturally ri.di, should be well fer-
tilized with well-rotted stable manure or some fertilizer
rich in available nitrogen. Mucli depends u\ on securing
a strong growth of both root and top the first yt*ar after
transplanting. If proper care is taken to cultivate and
fertilize the trees they are probably not injured by crop-
ping with ordinary hoed crops for four or five years,
especially if occasional leguminous crops, like crimson
clover, cow pea or velvet bean, are plowed in. After
trees reach maturity in thrifty condition, cultivation is
probably less important, though some of the most pro-
ductive trees reported are in fields regularly planted
with cultivated crops.

Sarvestiiig and Market tug. — The common method of
harvesting is to i^atlur the nuts at intervals of a few
days as they fall, suiuftimcs hastening the dropping by
beating the bunches lightly with bamboo or other light

PECAN

rods. The nuts should not be left on the ground long
enough to become wet or discolored by storms, as both
appearance and quality are injured thereby. Most Pe-
cans of medium size, and below, are now polished by

PECAN

1255

1696 Named varieties of the Pei

friction in revolving barrels before being placed with
retail dealers. This process cleans and brightens the
nuts, and renders them more attractive in appearance.
Unfortunately, it has the same effect on stale nuts as
on fresh ones, and makes possible the working off of
old stock for new. Dealers have been quick to take
advantage of this and frequently mix old polished nuts
with new at the beginning of the season. It is therefore
not advisable to polish or otherwise manipulate high-
grade fresh Pecans at the present time. The demand
for large, thin-shelled nuts for seed has consumed so
large a proportion of the product up to the present time
that market prices on large nuts for table use are hard
to fix. For fresh nuts, running approximately 50 or less

to the pound, the retail price is rarely below 50 cents per

lb. in the large cities, while for seed, such nuts, if of
well-authenticated varieties, usually bring from $1 to
$2.50 per lb.

Probably at least 95 per cent of the market supply is
still from wild trees and as the crop varies greatly in
quantit} from year to year the wholesale price is sub-
ject to wide variation 3 to 5 cents per lb. for ordinary
wild Pecans is about the average price paid by buyers.
In recent full crop years, considerable qiiantities have
been held over m refrigerated storage, and large profits
have been realized m some instances in this way.

Large quantities of the medium sizes are cracked in
spei 111 establishments m different cities, notably in San
Antonio, Texas, and New
York, and marketed in
neat cardboard cartons
in the form of meats
ready for the domestic or
commercial confectioner.
Such meats usually re-
tail at 50 to 60 cents per
lb., and at a somewhat
lower price their con-
sumption will undoubt-
edly be largely increased.
Insect En em i e s.~
Among the most trouble-
some enemies of the Pe-
can are certain leaf-eat-
ing caterpillars, includ-
ing the fall webworm
{Hyphantria cunea,
Drury), which is con-
trolled by burning the
webs with a torch at-
tached to a pole as soon
as it is discovered.
Spraying with Paris
green would doubtless be
more effective in case
this pest should appear
in large numbers. The
hickory twig-girdler( On-
cideres ci}>yuhitys^ Say)
is sometimes trouble-
some on Pecan. The fe-
male beetle deposits her
eggs in twigs which she
afterwards girdles to
such an extent that they
are broken off by autumn
winds and fall to the
ground. These should
be immediately gathered
and burned, to prevent
the laiwfB from entering
the ground. Certain bor-
ers, notably the painted
hickory borer {Cyllene
c/ws, Drury.) and allied
pecies, sometimes work
havoc by tunneling the
cambium layer and inner
bark, but their attacks
are believed to be con-
fined to old or feeble
itm il ■^ /• trees. The hickory

bark borer {Sroh/ius 4-
spinosus. Say) also works upon trees that have lost
their vitality through advanced age or other cause. The
only known remedy for these is the prompt removal and
destruction of infested trees as soon as discovered.

Probably the most serious insect enemy to the com-
mercial Pecan - grower is the hickory - shuck worm
(Grapholitha canjana, Fitch), the larvie of which pene-
trate the hull and young nut, causing premature drop-
ping. So far as recorded, it is less troublesome on
Pecan than on the shellbark hickory {U. laciniosa) and
its hybrids. No remedy except prompt destruction of
the infested nuts by burning has been discovered.

VaHetips (Fig. 1606).— Under the stimulus of the high prices
paid for choice seed nuts of good reputation, many varieties of

1256

PECAN

PEDICULARIS

Pecan, mostly selected wildlings, have been dignified by the
application of names more or less appropriate, during the past
ten years. In most instances these have been published with
but brief and imperfect descriptions which do not serve to
identify the varieties. As but a small proportion of them have
ever been propagated by other means than by seed, the future
production of nuts under these names may be expected to show
great variation. The wisdom of applying varietal names to
Pecans not propagated by some method of bud-propagation
may well be questioned, as it is certain to result in a confused
nomenclature when seedlings grown from them come into bear-
ing. Out of more than 70 sorts that have been thus dignified
with names it is very doubtful whether more than 20 have
been offered by nurseries except in the form of seedlings.
Of those that have been so propagated and are obtainable in
southern nurseries, the following are probably the most im-
portant sorts. Little has yet been determined regarding their
adaptability to other regions than those in which they origi-
nated. The price of trees ranges from 50 cents to $1.50 per tree
for one- or two-year-old grafted or budded stock:

Century {Pig. 1696, a).— Introduced by Herbert Post, Fort
Worth, Texas. One of the largest Pecans yet brought to no-
tice, selected nuts measuring 2H x ^% inches in circumference,
and ninning 25 to the pound.

Columbian (Fig. 1696, 6; syns.. Mammoth, Rome, Pride of
the Coast).— Originated at Convent, La., and disseminated un-
der the above names by different nurseries. Large, cylindrical,
slightly constricted at middle and tapering at apes, which is
frequently four-sided; shell moderately thin; of good cracking
quality and delicate flavor. Tree reported to be vigorous, but
irregular in bearing and yielding nuts varying greatly in size
and plumpness of kernel.

Frotscher (Pig. 1696. c).— Originated at Olivier, La., and in-
troduced by the late Richard Frotscher. of New Orleans. One
of the largest and best in all respects. Nut cylindrical, taper-
ing slightly; shell thin, parting easily from kernel, which with
a little care can be removed entire; ilavor delicate, quality ex-
cellent. Tree thrifty and productive.

Jewett (Fie:. 1696. d).— Introduced by the late W. R. Stuart,
Ocean Springs, Miss. Very large, oblong, often constricted and
usually rather angular; shell of medium thickness, parting
easily from kernel, which does not always fill well; quality
very good.

Pahst (Fig. 1696, e).— Origin, Ocean Springs, Miss. Dissemi-
nated by Chas. E. Pabst, Ocean Springs, Miss. Cylindrical,
moderately large; shell medium, parting well; kernel plump,
bright and of excellent quality. Tree vigorous and productive.

Paragon (Fig. 1696. /).— Introduced by Herbert Post, Fort
Worth, Texas. Loug-obovate, with pyramidal apex, large, with
moderately thin shell, cracking well; kernel plump, but with
rather deep convolutions; quality very good.

Russell (Fig. 1696, g).— Origin, Ocean Springs, Miss. Intro-
duced by Chas. E. Pabst, Ocean Springs. Miss. Oval, pointed,
medium to large in size, with very thin shell and plump, bright
kernel; cracking quality excellent: flavor delicate, quality very
good. Tree productive.

San Saba (Fig. 1696, A).— Origin, San Saba, Texas. Intro-
duced by E. E. Risien, Sau Saba, Texas. Nut cylindrical, spaall
to medium in size, with very thin shell, fine cracking quality,
very bright kernel and delicate flavor. This little nut is of the
highest quality for dessert use and but for its small size would
be one of the most promising yet brought to notice.

Sovereign (Fig. 1696, i)- — Origin, San Saba, Texas. A seed-
ling of San Saba, grown and introduced by E. E. Risien, San
Saba, Texas. Cylindrical, medium to large, with very thin
shell and full kernel of fine quality. A new variety of much
promise.

Stuart (Pig. 1696, i).— Origin, Pascagoula, Miss. Introduced
by the late W. R. Stuart, Ocean Springs, Miss. Cylindrical,
large to very large, selected nuts running 35 to the pound;
shell moderately thin, cracking quality good; kernel plump,
quality good. Tree thrifty and productive.

Van Deman (Fig. 1696, A:).— Introduced by the late W. R.
Stuart, Ocean Springs, Miss. Oblong, large, running 45 to the
pound; shell moderately thin, cracks well and yields plump
meats of good quality.

J3"i/6rid5.— Several evident hybrids of the Pecan with other
species of Hicoria have been brought to notice, the most con-
spicuous being the McCallister (syu., Floyd) from southern
Indiana, and the Nussbaumer from southern Illinois, both evi-
dently hybrids between H. Pecan and H. laciniosa. Neither
these nor others of similar character give promise of immediate
cultural value, however.

For detailed descriptious of varieties and fuller discus-
sion of Pecan, see Rept. on Nut Culture, Div. of Pom.
U. S. Dept. of Agr., pp. 49-64, PI. 4, 8, 9, Fuller's Nut
Culturist, chapter on Hickory Nuts, pp. 147-202; Rept.
Mo. Bot. Garden 7, pp. 28-42, PI. 1-2:J. See Hicoria.
Wm. a. Taylor.

PEDICTJLARIS (Latin, louse; long supposed to breed
lice in sluMp that fed on these plants). Scrophular-
i(ice(e. LorsEwoRT. Aimut 125 species of herbs, mostly
natives of thu northern hemisphere, with terminal spikes
of yellow, reddish purple or white fls. The few kinds
cult, in hardy borders are chiefly esteemed for the
beauty of their fine-cut foliage. A good many species
liave In-en tried, bitt they seem to be short-lived and
it is cniiirctured that their roots are more or less par.a-
sitic un clhcr plants. A few are annuals or biennials,
but the great majority, including those described below,
are perennials. They are procurable from dealers in
native plants. P. Canadeiisis seems to be the only
American species cult, in European gardens. A good
plant of it has 6-8 fls., each M in. long, in a spike IK in.
long, which becomes 5-8 in. long in fruit.

Generic characters: Ivs. alternate or whorled, rarely
subopposite, 1-many times pinnately divided, rarely
merely dentate: calyx anteriorly cut, variously 2-5-
toothed; corolla 2-lipped, the upper one (or galea) with
or without a long beak: stamens 4, didynamous: capsule
ovate or lanceolate, oblique: seeds usually few.
A. Galea (upper lip of the corolla) with a long beak
(Kin. long).

racemdsa, Dougl. Height 1 ft.: Ivs. undivided, mi-
nutely and duuldy crenulate: fls. white; beak circinate-
incurved, nearly reaching the lower lip. Colo, to Brit. Col.
AA. Galea ivHh very short beak or none.
B. Bracts mostly longer than the fls.

prdcera. Gray. Fig. 1697. Robust, lK-4 ft. high: Ivs.
pinnately divided: spike 6-15 in. long: fls. sordid yel-
lowish and greenish striate. Mts. of Colo, and New Mex.
BB. Bracts shorter than the fJs.
e. Capsule ovate, scarcely longer than the calyx.

lanceol&ta, Miehx. Swamp Lousewort. Glabrous or
nearly so, l-.T ft. high: Ivs. alternate and opposite, pin-
nately lobed, upper ones sessile: fls, yellow; Aug. -Oct.
Swamps, Conn, to Manitoba; south, Ohio to Neb. B.B.
3:185.
cc. Capsule lanceolate, three times as long as the calyx.

Canadensis, Linn. Wood Betony. The common
American Lousewort. iisually more or less hairy: stems

The (.uinniuu garden geranium, Pelargonium hortorum

PEDICULARIS

commonly tufted, ^-IK ft. high:
Ivs. mostly alternate, pinnately
parted, all but the uppermost peti-
oled: fls. yellow or reddish, rarely
white. April-June. Dry woods and
thickets, Nova Scotia to Manitoba;
south, Fla. to N. Mex. B.B. 3:186.
B.M. 2506. W. M.

PEDILANTHUS(«7(oc-«oj(Tr). £?(-
phorbtilvtir. Mostly small succulent
shr\ibs, having the characters of Eu-
phorbia, except that the involucre
is irregular and enlarged into a short
spur on the upper side. About l."i
species in tropical America. They
are easily grown with the iieshy Eu-
phorbias in sandy loam, well drained
and manured. Propagated by cut-
ting dried at the base, then inserted in
occasionally moistened sand.

tithymaloides, Poit. Bird Cactus.
Jew Bush. Stem 4-(i ft. high, green :
Ivs. lanceolate, 1-3 in. long, dark
green : involucres bright red , pointed .
declined, J^-% in. long, in terminal
cymes : stamen and style long ex-
serted. West Indies. B R.
10:837. L.B.C. 8:727 (Ai(
phorhia canaliculata). B M
2514 [Euphorhia carinata )

P. Tndcropus, Benth., witli
■whitish stems and mi nut
leaves, from Calif., is oeeasicu
ally cultivated.

J. B. S. Norton

PEEN-TO, or Flat Peach
of the South is Prnnns Pa-^i
See Peach and Prunus

PEEPUL TREE. Fieus rehgwut

PEIKfiSKIA. See Peie'.kia

PELARGdNIUM {stn>k because
the fruit is long and slender like a
stork's bill). GeraiiUn i i CtERA
NIUM of gardens. Pi.lab( onium
The person who wishes to studj the
contemporaneous evolution of plants
may find his heart's desiie m Pelar
gonium. With great numbers ot spe
cies and many of them vaiiible and
confusing in a wild state with pHnt
breeding in many places and con
tinned through two centuries, and
with a large special hteipture, the
genus offers exceptional advantages
and perplexities to the student Most
of the species are South African,
whence they early came into culti
vation by the English and Dutch
P. ciiciillaliim, the dominant parent
in the florist's Pelargoniums, was
known in England as early as 1690.
The two originals of the race of zonal
or bedding Geraniums were intro-
duced into England in 1710 and 1714.
Early in that century, a half dozen
spei'ies were grown at Eltham, in the famous gar-
den of James Sherard, and these were pictured in
1732 in Dillenius' account of that garden, "Hortus
Elthamensis," a sumptuously illustrated work in quarto.
Even at that time, P. inquinans had varied markedly
(see Pig. 1698). In his "Species Plantarum," 1753,
Linnaeus described the few species which he knew
(about 25) under the genus Geranium. In 1787, L'Herit-
ier founded the genus Pelargonium, and transferred
many of the Linnsean species. L'Heritier's work "Gera-
niologia,"aquarto, appeared in Paris in 1787 to 1788, with
44 full-page plates. Early in the nineteenth century, many
species were in cultivation in Europe, and experiments
in hybridizing and breeding became common. There

PELARGONIUM

1257

bin^ui.flore^ cmctneo Pein.

1698. PelarEonium inquinans (and a variety of it) as fiEured by Dillenius in 1732.
One-half size of the original plate

seems to have been"something like a Geranium craze.
The experiments seem to have been confined chiefly to
the development of the show or fancy Pelargoniums, as
greenhouse subjects. The Geranium interest seems to
have culminated in Robert Sweet's noble work on "Gera-
niacejp," published in five volumes in London, 1820 to
1830, containing 500 well - executed colored plates of
geraniaceous plants. At that time many distinct garden
hybrids were in cultivation, and to these Sweet gave
Latin botanical names. His fifth volume is devoted
chiefly to garden forms of the show Pelargonium type,
to which the name P. domesticum is given in the follow-
ing sketch. The development of the zonal or bedding
Geraniums had begun in Sweet's time, and he includes

1258

PELARGONIUM

PELARliONlUM

them in his pictures, but the larger part of their evolu-
tion is subsequent to his history. Various small works
on Pelargonium have appeared. De Jonghe's "Trait6
M^thodique de la Culture du Pelargonium," Brussels,
1844, contains good bibliographical and cultural data.

Most of the cultivated forms of Pel-
argonium can be grouped into four
general horticultural clas-^es.

I. The zonal, horse shoe, fish, orbed-
ding types, known to gardeueis as
Geraniums. Tht \ <ouipiist a mongrel
class, lately desu-n it( d ( Bailt j , "Bot
any," p. 314) a^ P,l,n,nuHm ho,tn-
rum. This race sttms to bcdein.d
from P. zonule and P in>/nniin
These species were made b\ Iauu i n
in 1753, but he founded them on il-
.scriptions in earlier works rather than
directly on the plants. In America,
the zonal Geraniums are very popu
lar, for they develop their colors well
in the bright climate. They are popu-
lar in all countries, however. They
probably stand closer to the lives of
a great number of people than any
other ornamental plant. If a window
or a garden can have but one plant,
that plant is likely to be a Geranium.
The old race of large - flowered and
large-clustered Geraniums was known
as Nosegay Geraniums, because they
were bouquet-like, but this term is not
known in America. Another race has
been developed for its zone-marked
leaves. There is alsoarace of double-
flowered zonals, which have appeared
chiefly since 1860. The very full dou-
ble and close-clustered forms lose
much of the grace and charm of the
single types. Some of them are little
better, to a sensitive eye, than balls of
colored tow or w:uldiiig. In the devel-
oiniu-iit (.f the individual flower of the
Ger;iiiium, there have been two ideals
— the English ideal for a circular flower
with the petals broadened and over-
lapping, and the continental ideal with
a somewhat 2-Iipped flower and the
petals well .separated. In the Gar-
deners' Chronicle in 1841, p. 644, the
proper form is set forth in an ilhistra-
tion, and this is contrasted with the
"original form;" the picture is repro-
duced, somewhat smaller, in Fig. 1G99.
"The long, narrow, flimsy petals of the
old varieties, "the writing says," moved
by every breath of wind, and separated
to their very base by broad, open
spaces, have been succeeded by the
beautiful compact flowers of the
present day, with
broad stout pet-
als so entirely
overlapping each
other as to leave
scarcely an inden-
tation in the out-
line of the flower;
while the coarse-
ness which pre-
vailed in the

diam. : fls. very large ; petals roundish, or sometimes
triangular, the limb always very large and giving the
corolla a remarkably round contour: Ivs. very large,
thick and coriaceous, plane or incurved, more or less
indented, strongly nerved, their diam. averaging about
5 in.: pedicels large and short: pe-
duncles large, rigid, and projecting be-
yond the foliage: wood soft, fleshy,
very large, often 1% in. around. To
this type Dauthenay refers the Bruant
Geraniums, dating from 1882.

A special handbook is devoted to
these plants: Dauthenav, "Les Gera-
niums," Paris. 1897.

II. The ivy-leaved Geraniums, the
products of Pelargonium peltafum.
Fig. 1702. The species is said to have
been introduced into England in 1701.
It is a weak and straggling plant, used
mostly in vases, hanging baskets, and
other places in which an overhanging
subject is desired. The foliage is thick
and shiny, slightly peltate and promi-
nently angle-lobed, and the pink or
reddish 2-lipped flowers are always
admired. Much-improved and double
forms are now in commerce, and the
plant is probably more popular than at
any time in its history.

III. The show or fancy type is
known to gardeners as Pelargonium,
and in this country also as Lady Wash-
ington Geraniums, Fig. 1705. These
plants are very popular in Europe,
being grown in numerous varieties.
They are prominent at the exhibitions.
Because of the hot, trying summer
climate, these plants are of very sec-
ondary importance in America, al-
though there are many gardeners who
succeed well with them. This race
of Pelargoniums seems to have de-
scendid I'hiitly from /*. vuciillatum,
althou^'h /*. <int/tilof:nm may be nearly
equally concerned in it. P. grandi-
florum is also thought to have been a
formative parent. It is probable that
two or three other species are con-
cerned in the evolution. In fact, the
late Shirley Hibbard once wrote (G.C.,
July 3, 1880) that "it must be evident
to every cultivator of these flowers
that the blood of a score or so of spe-
cies is mingled in them." This marked
garden race, which represents no sin-
gle wild species, is designated below
as P. domesticnm.

IV. Various scented-leaved Gera-
niums, known mostly as Rose Gera-
niums. These are of several species,
with their hybrids and derivatives. The
common Rose Geraniums are nearest
P. gravenlens and P. Eadiila, The Nut-
meg Geranium is P. odoratissitmim.

Aside from the above groups there
are several species which appear spo-
radicallv in the trade, as P. tomento-

1700.

e forms of
earden
Geranium.

P.

(tun

P. trist€, P. qu

1699. Garde
and the ori
as depicted i

fidgUlum and P.
quercifoliuin or the derivatives of
The upper two show the 2-lipped ^^ch. The other species mentioned in
larger of the old ideal. Uppermost is Mrs. E. G. Hill; the following account (and not men-
sorts is replaced middleone,Maculatum; lowest. Wistre. tioned above) are not known by the
by a firmer sub- writer to be in the American trade, but

stance, and a far more delicate text- they are of interest as parents of garden forms or for
other special reasons. Many of the true species of Pel-
argonium are very satisfactory plants, and they deserve
to be better known. Few great collections of Pelargo-
nium species and varieties have been made in this
country. The late John Saul, Washington, once had a
very large collection. Robert Sandiford, Mansfield,
Ohio, is a prominent grower of the zonal and ivy-
leaved class; also the Cottage Gardens, Queens, N. Y.,

ure." Fig. 1700 shows contrasting
ideals, although the picture does
not represent the extremes.

In recent years a French type has
appeared under the name of "gros
hois," or "large-wood" race. It is
characterized as follows by Dauthe-
nay: umbels ordinarily 4-5 in. in

PELARGONIUM

and E. G. Hill & Co., Richmond, Ind. John H. Sie-
vers, San Francisco, has a lar^e collection of the
Lady Washington class The Horticultural Department
of Cornell University has
had about 1,000 varieties
and species, representing
all groups.

Bentham and Hooker
estimate that the genus
Pelargonium contains
about 170 species. Nearly
all of them are from South
Africa. All the species
mentioned in this article
are from that region
Harvey, in Vol. I of Har
vey & Sender's Floi i
Capensis (1859-60), ad
mits 163 species; and his
descriptions are followed
closely in the characterizations of
species given below. Pelargo
nium is distinguished from the
genus Geranium by technical char
acters. In most cases, the How
ers of Geranium are regular but
those of Pelargonium are irregular the
two upper petals differing from the
others in size and shape and often m
coloring. The most constant differ
ence between the two genei i is the
presence in Pelargonium of a nectar
tube, extending from the base of one
of the sepals and adherent to the side
of the calyx tube or pedicel This tube
is not seen by the casual observer
but it can be discovered bj making a
longitudinal section of the flower and
pedicel. In Pelargonium the taljx is
5-parted ; petals 5, mostly ohovate or
spatulate, in 2 sets or series tumpnsmg
upper and 3 lower ; stamens realh 10 but
3 or more of them merely steiile falvments
L H B
Culture of Zonal Geraniums —While
the general florist may considei d i inuim
culture the easiest of all gardenin,' the
fact remains that it is as necess n \ to ob
serve the requirements of the (jeranmm
as it is to observe the requirements ot any
other plant, in order to succeed and pio
duee the best effects attainable \^ hile
it is true that the Geranium will grow and
make a good showing with coraparativeh
little care, there i.s as much difference between
a skilfully grown Geranium plant and one care
lessly grown as there is between a fancy and
a common rose or carnation

In order to secure the best results it is nee
essary to propagate from perfecth healthy
stock. The dangers of over propagation are as
great with the Geranium as with most other
plants. In order to keep the majoritv of the
varieties in good health it is necessary to plant
the stock intended for propagation in the field
and to propagate either from the field grown
wood in August or earh S ptember or to lift
the plants in the month of September and plant
them on benches in the greenhouse where
they will become established and will main
tain a vigorous constitution thioughout the
winter season. The propagation from field-
grown wood is far less successful than from
wood grown inside, and when the field-grown
cuttings are placed in sand, a large percentage
of them is likely to damp off, especially if
there has been a comparatively abundant rain-
fall during the month of July. The best method 1701 Leaves of
that the writer has found for striking the field- ' niuma —

grown cuttings is to put them in 2-inch pots,
using a light, sandy soil free from all manure and chem-
icals, and to place the pots in the full sunlight either in
a coolhouse or a frame. These cuttings must be kept on

PELARGONIUM

1259

the dry side until the calluses have been well formed,
although thev should not be allowed to shrivel at any
time If the cuttings show signs of shriveling, a light
sj ringing is preferable to a heavy watering. After the
roots ha\e started to grow, the treatment of the plants
IS the same as if the cuttings had been rooted in the
sand and repotted. The writer considers wood grown
inside superior to field-grown wood, as the cuttings are
much shorter jointed ; most of them can be taken
from the plant with a heel and 95-100 percent of them
will root in sand m the ordinary cutting-bench.

A good temperature for the" Geranium propagating
house IS )()-bO° with a bottom heat of (i5-()b°. While
the cuttings are m the sand and before they are rooted,
c lie must be taken about keeping them too moist
for tear of "damping off," or what Geranium
growers know as "black rot." As soon as the
Geranium cutting is thoroughly callused and be-
gins to emit roots it should be potted up at once.
The best soil for Geraniums, according to the
/fF ^' writer s experience, is a firm, pliable clay loam;
this is best if used absolutely without any ma-
nure especially fresh manure. After potting the
cuttings they should be lightly watered and
shaded for a day or so if the sun is extremely
hot, until the roots take hold and the foliage fills
up and the stems begin to look plump.
The Geranium should not be grown at
any time in its young state in a soil
that is too rii'h, and care nmst also be
taken that the plants are not kept too
wet.

The Geranium is subject to few dis-
eases, and so far as the writer has
been able to observe these diseases are
brought on by improper treatment, such
as having too much fresh rank manure
in the soil or keeping the plants too
■wet. Too much strong plant-food in the
soil combined with too much
moisture produces a spotted con-
dition of the leaves ordinarily
called "spot." It usually appears
in the hottest weather or imme-
diately after extreme heat accom-
panied by copious showers or
rains.

Excellent specimen Geranium
plants may be grown in pots,
especially of some of the newer
French and English round-flow-
ered varieties. In order to pro-
duce the best results, select
young, vigorous plants that have
been propagated either in the
latter part of August or
the fore part of Septem-
ber, and that have shown
a disposition to take bold
immediately, both in root-
ing and in starting to
grow after being potted.
The soil should not be too
rich, and it is best to start
with the plant in a rather
small pot, say 2}4 in., and
proceed onward with light
shifts, — that is, shifting
the plant from a 2K-in.
to a 3}^-in. pot, and so on,
letting the sizes increase
an inch at each shift un-
til a 7-, 8- or 9-in. pot is
reached, which will usu-
ally be large enough to
flower the finest speci-
mens. Whenever potting
the Geranium, be sure to
pot firmly, as a firm soil
produces a short-jointed.

fancy-leaved Gei
P. hortorum (X^i).

stocky growth, and far more bloom than a loose or over
rich soil. When the plants reach a 5- or 6-in. pot they
may be regularly fed with manure water. The mos't

1260

PELARGONIUM

TELARGONIUM

critical time for these specimen Geranium plants will be
during the months of July, August and September;
during these periods exposure to intense sunshine should
be avoided. Too much water and a close temperature
are always detrimental to the
Geranium. Syringing the foli-
age frequently in order to
keep down the temperature
is also detrimental. If these
plants are kept under glass,

(X X).

a light shading or stripping upon the glass is bene-
ficial. Probably the best position for such plants dur-
ing these three extreme months is on the north side
of a row of trees, some distance away from the trees,
where the plants will have the benefit of the subdued
shading of the foliage. If kept under glass and shaded,
abundant ventilation should always be provided. As
the winter approaches, a night temperature of 60° and
day temperature of 70°-75°, with plenty of ventilation
during the daytime, especially in bright weather, seems
to best suit the plants. Syringing ruins the flowers,
and too much moisture either in the pot or upon the
foliage causes the spotting of the foliage known as
"dropsy." In planting the Geranium in the field or in
beds always avoid an over-rich soil. The soil should be in
good condition and fertile, but must not be loaded with
either chemical or animal fertilizer. Too much water
at any period during the hot weather produces a rank
growth, reduces the quantity of bloom and in the ma-
jority of instances causes the spotted foliage to appear.

Another disease, which is sometimes serious, espe-
cially in extremely hot seasons accompanied with a
superabundance of moisture, is "stem rot." This fre-
quently attacks imported stock. Just what produces
this disease the writer is unable to say, but it is most
serious during intensely hot seasons; the entire plant
turns black and fades and withers away. The stem rot
occurs in varieties that have been very heavily propa-
gated.

The insects that affect the Geranium are also compar-
atively few. The red spider is sometimes a serious
pest during the .summer and is difficult to get rid of
when it is once well established. The only method that
the undersigned has found efficacious is to syringe the
plants with an extremely fine spray, and also to pick oft
the leaves that are seriously affected and bum them.
The greenfly is also troublesome at times, but is eas-
ily managed with the ordinary fumigation of tobacco.
There is a small caterpillar that eats the foliage and
sometimes proves a serious pest. If one can induce a
few ground sparrows or any of the warblers, or even
English sparrows, to make their home in the green-
house, they will put a speedy end to these caterpillars.
Another remedy is to go over the plants carefully and
pick the caterpillars off and destroy them. This is tedi-
ous, as it must be done frequently.

In the way of bedding Geraniums, as a rule the Bru-
ant section produces the best results, but there are a
number of English and French varieties that do espe-
cially well in our hot climate. The greatest difficulty
that we have in successful Geranium culture in America

is the intense heat of the summer months, chiefly July
and August. The writer has found that the following
varieties grow especially well in the field as well as in
beds on lawns. In the Bruant section: Mme. Landry,
Beauts Poitevine, Mme. Charotte, Mme. Chas. Molin,
and C. W. Ward, all of varying shades of salmon-pink;
Jean Viaud, pure clear pink; Mme. Jaulin, peach-pink;
John Doyle, A. Riccard and General Grant, scarlet;
Thos. Meehan, magenta-pink ; Count de
Castellane, a deep crimson-scarlet. Among
the French varieties: Mme. Barney, Mme.
Philip La Brie and Francis Perkins, pure
pink; Rene Bazin, bright rosy salmon;
Gertrude Pearson and Grandville, pure
pink; Marvel, S. A. Nutt, Richelieu, Cha-
teaubriand and De La Vigne, brilliant crimson-scarlet;
Pasteur and John P. Cleary, bright orange - scarlet;
Eulalieand Mme. Buchner, snow white; Cfesar and Duke
de Montmart, brilliant aniline-purple.

A much larger list of varieties suitable for pot culture
may be mentioned, for when growing in pots a larger
collection is desirable. Among the Bruants may be men-
tioned: Mme. Charotte, Jean Viaud, ]\Ime. Landry,
Mme. Jaulin, Mme. Chas. Molin, C'ount de Castellane,
Beauts Poitevine, Mme. des Bordes Valmore, and Thos.
IMeehan. In the English round-flowered section: Hall
Caine, (Ian Maclaren, Wm. Ewing, Gertrude Pearson,
Mrs. Chas. Pearson, Barbara Hope, Lillian Duff, Mary
Beton, Dorothy Burro^lghs, and Rudyard Kipling. In
the Fancy or Aureole section : Autlrew Lang. Jean Re-
Grandville, La Fraicheur, Mark Twain. Hubert
Charron, J. B. Varrone, Mme. Bruant, Mme. Blanche
Jamet, George Sand and Daumier, crimsons and scar-
lets; Rasphail Improved, John P. Cleary, Richelieu,
Chateaubriand, Dr. Despres, Ryecroft Pride, Pasteur;
in salmons. Modesty, Nydia and in purple Due de Mont-
mart. c. W. Ward.

Show Pelargoniums. — What we know as show Pelar-
goniums have enjoyed a long popularity. By the gen-
eral public, and by old people especially, they are known
as Lady Washington
Geraniums. They are
not so commonly grown
as Geraniums, chiefly
on accoiint of their
limited season of bloom
and the fact that they
cannot endure our hot
midsummer suns .
Through the greater
part of the summer
they are liable to be
neglected. They also
require different treat-
ment from Geraniums,
and — if skill there be-
more skill in cultiva-
tion.

We will commence at
tlie end of the bloom-
ing season. They are
past, and require rest,
— a season of ripening
the growth already
made. During this
time very little w.iter
will be needed, and
they may be stood out
in the full sun. We
need only cut off the
old flower -stems. In
no sense should they
be cut back at this
time, neither should
water enough be given
to encourage new
growth. All the
leaves should stay on
until they naturally

turn yellow with age, thus securing a thoroughly ripened
growth. In September, one may prune them into shape;
.sometimes rather severely, but in any case cut out all
weak and soft shoots. They should then be shaken out

1703 A good PelarEonmm (X K)

P cordatum of botanists oi m

offshoot of that species.

PELARGONIUM

PELARGONIUM

1261

and repotted in a light compost, not rich, into the small-
est sized pots that will hold them, for the process of
growing them on has to be gone over every season. After
potting, a good soaking will be necessary, and they may
be placed in a well-lighted coldframe. There is no need
to keep them close; the stimulation of water, and the
slight protection of a frame being usually enough to
start them into new growth. No forcing will ever be
needed at any season, and if one wished he might keep
them in a coldframe until very late in the season, so
long as adequate protection against frost is afforded.
With us they are at their best in late May and June,
and to have them in good condition we grow them
slowly in a house averaging about 50° night tempera-
ture (slightly less in midwinter), from October onward.

After the turn of the days — in January — we repot
them, using now a richer compost. We give a fairly
good shift, depending in part on the size of plants de-
sired, the vigor they show, and the difference in varie-
ties. If we had wanted them to bloom in April or, as
some florists might, at Easter, we should have potted
them at once— in late August or September, into the
size they should bloom in, — a medium size, probably the
same as they had lately occupied, and have taken them
indoors to grow on continuously. But for our display,
in May and June, they are potted again in January, and
some may be given another shift when extra vigor or
the possible need of a few extra large specimens de-
mand it. They will need careful stopping. Some rub-
bing out of weak shoots, when they break abundantly,
will help those that remain, and we may even have to
do a little pruning. Stopping, however, must
be discontinued as soon as t^e flowering stems
begin to show, which is about the end of Febru-
ary in the writer's practice. These stems can be
distinguished easily by a slightly different man-
ner of growth. Up to this time the plants may
be allowed to grow naturally; but if we want
trained specimens we must begin to bend them
as we wish them to grow, as their growth speed-
ily hardens and the plant will readily take and
keep the form to which it is shaped.

Water should be given sparingly through the
dead of winter. February and March are the
months when the most growth is made, and at
this time we can stimulate them materially by
the judicious use of artificial manures, which
may, if necessary, be continued until they come
into bloom. They are much subject to the at-
tacks of greenfly and red spider; and as the foli-
age is fairly tender and liable to injury from to-
bacco smoke, we are compelled to rely upon fluid
insecticides almost wholly The blooming season
is very much lengthened by giving a slight de-
gree of shade.

The best time to take cuttings is soon after the
flowering season. Often towards the last of the
season, the plants make a few "growing" shoots,
and these we take ; but off and on during the summer we
can get cuttings, and any time until August will do. Cut-
tings taken during winter time with a heel make pretty
little plants in 4- or 5-inch pots without stopping. Cut-
tings taken at the usual time and grown on in 6- or 7-
inch pots come in handy in grouping for the front lines.
It is necessary to raise a few plants every season to re-
place older plants which have grown too large. New
varieties are raised from seed, which is freely produced.
In hybridizing it does not appear that hand-pollination
has any effect, as the seedlings seldom show any par-
ticular affinity to either parent.

There is a dwarf strain of show Pelargoniums known
as "fancy." The plants are usually heavily blotched
and very free-blooming. The writer has never seen
any in this country. T D. Hatfield.

INDEX TO THE SPECIES NAMES.

A. Plant with tliicl-, sitei'iileiit hrinichrs, and strong
fishy odor: Irs. orfiirtilu r or miiform^ skal-
lowly if at alt lfl>r,l : iiii'lnn sf, ure umbellate:
good stamens 7. tin J upj" i- ./n-,s sltoi-t. {Cico-
nium.) Fish ok Bekuing tJEK.\NiuMS.
1. zonule, Willd. Zonal, or Horse -shoe Geka-
NIUM. Shrubby in its native place and in warm coun-
tries, becoming woody at the base even in pots, the

anffulosum. 8.

exstipulatxim. 19.

peltatiim. 4.

betulinum. 5.

fragrans, 21.

quercifolium. 13.

capitatum. 11.

fiilgidum, 24.

quinquevulnerum ,

cordatum, 6.

grandirtonim. 10.

23.

ci-ispum, 17.

graveolens. 14.

RadiUa, 15.

cueullatum. 7.

hortonim. ;i.

tomentosum. 12.

denticulatum, 16.

inqxiinans, 2.

triste, 22.

dnDiestienm, 9.

Liraonium, 18.

zonale, 1.

echiuatiim, 20.

odoratissimum. 21.

1704. Pelargonium angulosum.
From Dillenius' figure in 1732. One-half the size of the original plate.

young branches somewhat hispid: Ivs, round -cord ate,
glabrous or pubescent, long-stalked, usually with a zone
or horse-shoe mark of deeper color on the upper sur-
face, the margin crenate-dentate, with several very
shallow rounded lobes: stipules broad, cordate-oblong:
peduncles long, the fls. nearly sessile: calyx-tube gla-
brous or nearly so, 4-5 times longer than the lanceolate
segments ; petals separated, narrow-wedge shape or
spatulate. — "Among shrubs and on hillsides. . . . The
flowers vary from scarlet and crimson through all shades
of red to pure white."— -ffarve?/. Probably originally red.
P. zonale was introduced into England in 1710. Linnseus
described it in 1753 as Geranium zonale, founding the
species on previous descriptions, not on specimens. It
is probable that the species had been considerably modi-
fled by domestication when Linnaeus wrote. There
seems to be no accepted portrait of the original form of
the plant.

2. inquinans, Ait. Fish Geranium. Fig. 1G98. Plant
more velvety than P. zonale, sometimes more or less
viscid, the leaves not zoned: calyx-tube densely gland-
ular and viscid, 3^ times longer than the lanceolate
segments ; petals broadly obovate, scarlet, but now
varying to lighter colors.— "Among shrubs and on hill-
sides." This is the Geranium inquinans of Linnaeus,

1262

PELARGONIUM

PELARGONIUM

who founded the species on previous descriptions. One
of the descriptions (Dillenius, in "Hortus Elthaniensis,"
17^2) was accompanied by a picture, and this picture,
reduced one-half, is reproduced in Fig. 1098. It will be
seen that even in that early day the species had varied
into a form with short-notched petals and short pedi-
cels. Introduced into England ia 1714.

3. hortdrum, Bailey. CorJioN Fish or Bedding Gera-
Nit^M. Figs. 1699^1701. The common Geranium in
groat numbers of forms, derived from the blending of
P. zonale and P. inquinans in more than a century of
careful selection. The original species are not now in
cultivation. Practically all garden Geraniums have the
zonal marks on the leaves or bands or a central blotch
of variegation. Some of them have intermingled colors
of green, white and red ou the same leaf. Some are
"silver-banded " and some"gold-bauded." See Fig. 1701.
AA. Plant weak and us^(aU^/ tralUnq, the branches

slender aud not sneei(tent : Irs. flesJii/ and
glosstf, lohedf wanjinal/y peUatf : inflorescence

nmhi'Uate : good stamens 7, ^ upper shorter.

(Pihrachya.) Ivy-Leaved Geraniums.

4. peltitum, Ait. (P. scutdfum, Sv^eet. P. kedercefd-
liumy Hort.). Fig. 1702. Plant with slender- jointed,
more or less zigzag stems which are glabrous or very
nearly so (except at the top) : Ivs. glabrous or minutely
pubescent, fleshy, the petiole inserted just inside the
margin at the base, about 5-nerved, with about .5 short
wide, mostly obtuse main lobes and often with smaller
minor lobes or angles and notches: peduncle very long,
originally 4-8-fld., but now bearing many greatly modi-
fied fls., the calyx-tube slender and stalk-like and often
longer than the pedicel and 2-3 times longer than the

pointed nerved and mostly ciliate lobes, petals twice as
long as calyx-lobes, red to white or purplish, the 2
upper ones erect and purple-blotched or striped, the 3

1706. Pelargoniuni Quercifoli

lower ones usually smaller and not marked and sepa-
rated from the upper as if the flower were 2-lipped.
B.M. 20. — Parent of the Ivy-Leaved Geraniums, now
much improved and varied. Prized for baskets.
There are forms with double fls. and colors of various
kinds. It is a most desirable plant and very floriferous
in most of the garden sorts.

AAA. Plant woody, not succulent, the foliage often
scented hut not "fishy:" Ivs. various, but not
distinctly pinnately parted: inflorescence pan-
iculate or umbellate: good stamens 7 or 6. [Pel-
argium.)

B. Stipules present and conspicuous.

O. Lvs. not distinctly lobed, though often angled, mostly
oritl or ovate and cordate. Excepti07is in P. do-
niestirnm.

5. betuUnum, Ait. Erect and shrubby, downy only on
the young growths: Ivs. stalked, oval or ovate, obtuse
or not prominently acute, rounded or truncate at base,
the stipules sharp and deciduous: fls. light purple, the
broad upper petals with dark streaks. B.M. 148. — A
handsome and neat plant.

6. cordtLtum, Ait. Pig. 1703. Shrubby and erect, vil-
lous or nearly glabrous: Ivs. long-stalked, cordate-acute,
denticulate and sometimes obscurely lobed: peduncles
usually branched, the pedicels and calyx soft-hairy:
fls. purplish, the petals twice as long as the sepals.
B.M. 105 (as P. cordifolium) --Told from P. cucvUutum
by its flat cordate-acute Ivs. It is a handsome phnit n\
bioom. The plant in cultivation as P. cordutum (Fig.
170:m, has leaves more truncate at the base than the de
siM'iptions and old pictures call for, although on some
shoots the leaves may be typically cordate.

7. cucullitunit Ait. Tall and shrubby plant, much
branched, softly and densely villous: Ivs. long-stalked,
kidney-shaped and cupped or cucullate, denticulate,
very soft-pubescent, the stipules ovate-acute and with-
ering: fls. purple, in many-fld. panicles, the pedicels
and caiices densely silky-hairy, the petals twice as
long as the lance-acuminate sepals. — "Very common
round Capetown and in the western districts, where it
is often used as an ornamental hedge-plant."— S^rtrcci/.
Known in England from 1090. and the parent, with P.
angnlosum and probably others, of the fancy or show
Pelargoniums of gardeners. Not known in cult, in its
pure or original form.

8. anguldsum, Ait. Fig. 1704. Differs from P. cucul-
latum in its harsh-hniry covering and rigid angled
leaves: the Ivs. are short-stalked, truncate or broadly
cuneate at base, with :i-5 shallow angular and acute
short lobes; panicles with fewer-fld. umbels. — Linnaeus

PELARGONIUM

PELARGONIUM

1263

Included this plant in liis Geranium ciicuUatum, but
Aiton separated it as a distinct species. Linnteus'
6. riicullatiim was founded on literature. One of his
sources of information
was Dillenius' "Hortus
Elthamensis,"'with apic-
ture ; but this picture,
which is reduced one-
half in Fig. 1704, is what
is now known as P. an-
^iilosum. This is one of
the species which has
entered largely into the
Pehirgoniums of florists,
ii. dom^sticum. Com-
BKiN, Show, t'ANcy and
Lady Washington Ge-
raniums (or Pelargo-
niums). Fig. 1705. The
writer proposes this
name for the garden type

1707.

Pelargonium Radula (above)

and P. Eraveolens (X ^a).

1708. Pelareonium denticulatu
(XM.)

of fancy Pelargonium.
The race is said to be
derived chiefly frora_P.
rttcuUatum, P. angu-
Insnm and P. grandi-
fJorum, but the writer
can see little evidence
of the blood of P. gran-
diflorum. It seems
to be nearest to P. cu-
eiillatum, having the
cucullate or disk-
shaped not lobed Ivs. and mostly the soft-hairiness of
that species. In many of them, however, the leaves are
distinctly angle-lobed, suggesting P. angulosum. It is a
fair question whether P. ciicullatum and P. angulosum
are themselves to be considered specifically distinct. P.
domesticum is meant to comprise the whole range of
garden forms of the Show or Lady Washington Pelar-
goniums. The name will enable one to talk about these
garden plants with precision. To many of these garden
forms specific botanical names have been given, so that
P. domesticum is not the first name that has been ap-
plied in this group, but the writer is not aware that any
collective or group name has been given. Sweet, in
particular, has given Latin names to various forms.
These old names, however, apply to particular histori-
cal forms, and it would be violence to enlarge their
application to cover the entire group, and it would be
difficult to select any one of them as more applicable,
under botanical rules, than others. It is also inaccurate
to call this garden form either P. cucullatum. or P. an-
ijtdosutn.

PC. Lrs. sharply S-7-lobed and sharply toothed or
serrate.

10. grandifldrum, Willd. Shrubby, glabrous and
glaucous: Ivs. long-stalked, strongly 3-7-nerved from
the top of the petiole, deeply 5-7-lobed, the lobes broad
and sharp-toothed, the stipules ovate and muoronate:
fls. about .1 on each peduncle, the stalk-like calyx-tube
3-4 times as long as the lanceolate segments, the obo-
vate white petals (upper 2 with red lines) 3 times as
long as calyx-segments. -A handsome and distinct spe-
cies, not now in cult, in its pure form.

11. capititum, Ait. Stems weak and trailing, with
long white hairs, woody at the base: Ivs. long-stalked,
cordate. ;!-.") lobed and "the lobes rounded and toothed:
peduncles longer than the Ivs., densely many-fld., the

fls. sessile, rose-purple, with calyx-tube much shorter
than the hairy mucronate calyx-lobes. — Plant rose-
scented, but not in general cultivation in its pure form,

ccc. Ill's, cordate-lobed, soft and velvety.

12. tomentdsum, Jacq. Plant rather thick- and soft-
stemmed, long white-hairy all over: Ivs. very long-
stalked, very broadly cordate-ovate, 3-5-7-lobed and
small -toothed, soft and velvety: stipules ovate-acumi-
nate, withering: fls. small, white, with red near the cen-
ter, in a lax panicle. — Scent like peppermint, and for
that reason it is somewhat grown. The stems are long
and straggly.

ccco. Lvs. deeply several-many-lobed, with narrow
divisions rather rough or stiff, strong-scented.
Rose Geraniums.

13. quercifdlium, Ait. Oak-leaved Geranium. Scar-
let-flowering Rose Geranium. Pig. 1706. Shrubby
and branchy, somewhat hairy and glandular: lvs. with
stalks 2— t in. long, cordate-ovate in outline, with 2-3
pairs of oblong side lobes (lvs. pinnatifld), which ex-
tend nearly to the midrib and are again toothed and
notched: stipules small, 2 pairs at each node: fls. few-
several rather small, red or purplish, in umbels and
with short pedicels. — A rather common greenhouse
plant, the lvs. often with a dark spot.

14. gravSolens, Ait. Fig. 1707. Much like the last,
but lvs. longer - petioled and palmately 5-7-lobed or
parted, the broad lobes flat and pinnatifld into many
mostly obtuse lobes: stipules cordate-acute; fls. many
on mostly long peduncles, pink or light purple, small,
the calyx hairy and nearly sessile, the calyx-lobes half
as long as the petals. — This is one of the commonest
forms of Rose Geranium. A typical leaf is well de-
picted in Fig. 1707 (lower figure).

15. Bddula, Ait. Fig. 1707. Differs from P. graveolens
in the narrower divisions with revolute margins of the
lvs.: the lvs. are deeply palmately parted, the lobes
narrow-linear and pinnatifid, all rough-hispid on the
upper surface and soft-pubescent beneath: fls. small,
pale purple, with dark streaks.- Does not appear to be
in the trade in a pure form, but the narrow-lvd. Rose
Geraniums are probably hybrids between this and P.
graveolens.

16. denticuiatum, Jacq. Fig. 1708. Much like P.
Radula, hut the leaf-lobes very denticulate and flat: lvs.
glabrous and viscid

above, plant weaker.— <,■? . ^

It has a balsamic odor. ' /'' / ^^ ^

Perhaps it has entered
into the garden forms
of Rose Geranium.

ccccc. Lvs. small,
round -cordate, S
lobed half theit
depth and the ma)
gins toothed or jag
ged.

17. criBpum, Ait
Much branched and
very scabrous or rough
lvs. 2-ranked, small and
rigid, short - stalked,
cuneate, truncate or
slightly cordate at
base, coarsely toothed
fls. 2-3 on short pe
duncles, violet, the low
er petals narrow. — A
neat, strict -growing
plant with lemon
scented foliage. Prob
ably not in general cul
tivation now in a pure
form.

18. Lim5nium, Sweet.
Lemon Geranium. Fig. 1709. Lvs. larger than in the
last, not 2-ranked, soft: fls. purple and lilac — A garden
hybrid, P. crispum apparently being one of its parents.
There is a form with variegated lvs. Sometimes known

1709 Pelareonium Limonium.

(XM.)

1264

PELARGONIUM

to gardeners as P. odoratiim. It is a neat and worthy
plant, and showy when in flower. It has a lemon or
palm scent. The variety known as Lady Mary is of this
group.

B. Stipules very minute and adnate.

19. ezstipul&tum, Ait. Resembles P. crispnm in
habit and foliage : Ivs. round-ovate, small, velvety,
about 3-lobed, the lobes cut-toothed or lobed: peduncles
slender, with very small bracts: fls. small, white, with
short spatulate petals. — Lvs. about V^ in. across, with
odor of pennyroyal. Appears not to be in the trade, at
least not in a pure form.

AAAA. Plant with a short and thick more or less
fleshy stem or caudex, from which arise slender
branches, the lvs. long-stalked and reniform or cor-
date and obscurely lobed: stamens 6 or 7. (Cor-
tusina. )

20. echin&tum, Curt. The fleshy caudex armed with
persistent spine-like stipules : lvs. white-tomentose,
cordate-ovate and obtuse, about 3-5-shallow-lobpd :

calyx downy, the tube sev-
eral times longer than the
calyx-lobes: fls. white, with
a spot near the center (vary-
ing to all purple), the petals
notched. B. M. 309. - Now
^ ''^^t^'^'fi^'-'J '\ ^"*^ then advertised. The

^m V \_i \ fls. are said to change color

^ during the day.

1710. Pelare^
odoratissimum. Nat

21. odoratissimum, Ait. Nutmeg Geranium. Pig.
1710. Wtem or caudex very short, throwing up many
slender and weak soft-pubescent branches: lvs. very
long-stalked, soft, round-cordate and very obtuse, ob-
scurely 3- or more-lobed, the margins dentate-crenate:
peduncles long and borne opposite the lvs., .5-10-fld. : fls.
small, white, the petals about twice longer than the
calyx-lobes.— A common plant, cult, for its pleasant-
scented foliage. The plant known to gardeners as P.
fragrans is either this species or a close derivative
from it,

AAAAA. Plant with short stem and tuberous roots, the
lvs. pinnate or pinnately parted, the fls. in many-
fid, umbels. (Polyactium.)

22. trlste, Ait. Stem or caudex very short, succulent :
lvs. large, 2-3-pinuately compound pubescent, the ulti-
mate teeth gland-tipped: calyx-tube long and stalk-like,
much exceeding the pedicel, the lobes half as long as
the petals: fls. brown-yellow with dark spots. B.M.
1641. — A well-marked species, occasionally offered in
the trade.

23. quinqueviilnerum, Willd. Somewhat shrubby at
base, spai-iii^'ly liiaiiclii'il, hirsute : lvs. 2-pinnatifid
with liui-ar tdiiihiil siguirnts, the stipules broadly cor-
date and niucrouate : fls. purple, scentless, the petals
obovate, velvety and pale-edged; calyx-tube as long as
the pedicels, somewhat hairy, the lobes obtuse. — Once
offered by Saul.

PELL^A

24. fulgidum, Willd. Stem shrubby, densely pubes-
cent: lvs. pinnately 3-parted, silky on both sides, the
central segments 3-lobed, all deeply toothed: peduncles
usually branched, many-fld. : fls. small, bright scarlet,
the petals obtuse; calyx-tube conspicuously swollen at
the base and again just underneath the flower, thrice as
long as the pedicel, the lobes linear-obtuse. — Not now
seen in its pure form, but it is probably a remote parent
in various small-flowered scarlet Geraniums.

L. H. B.

FELECfPHOBA (Greek, hatchet-bearing; from an
alleged resemblance in the tubercles). Cact&cece.
Hatchet Cactus. Stems globular, short-cylindrie or
clavate, small, often cespitose: tubercles strongly com-
pressed from the sides; areolae very long and narrow,
bordered on each side by a row of about 20 very short,
appressed comb-like spines: fr. naked. A genus of 2
species closely allied to Mammillaria.

asellifdrmis, Ehrb. (from a fancied resemblance to
Asellus, the wood-louse). Pig. 303, Vol. I. Juice watery:
tubercles ashy green, more or less deeply grooved to
the woolly axil; spines not projecting beyond the mar-
gin of areola: fls. purple with paler sepals: fr. near the
center, red. Nuero Leon and San Luis Potosi, Mex.
I.H.5:18G.— Var. cdncolor has pure purple fls. B.M. B061.

pectin&ta. Sebum. .Juice milky : tubercles bright
green with naked axils ; spines projecting a little
beyond the margin of tubercle: fls. yellow, lateral.
Oaxaca, Mex. Katharine Brandeoee.

PELICAN FLOWER. Aristolochia grandiflora.

FELL.SA (Greek, pellos, dusky; from the usually
dark-colored leaf-stalks). PolypodiUcece. A genus of
small, rock-loving ferns, with the sori at the ends of
free veins forming a mostly continuous marginal band
around the segments and covered by the more or less
changed margin of the segments. Most species thrive
best on limestone rocks.

A. Lvs. simply pinnate,
B. Lfts. 4-5 pairs.
Pringlei, Dav. Lvs. with 4-5 pairs of large triangular
hastate stalked lfts. 1 in. or more either way: sorus
forming a wide marginal band. Mexico.
BE. Lfts. 5-S pairs.
Bridgesii, Hook. (PlatyUma Bridgesii, J. Sm.). Lfts.
subsessile, orbicular or subcordate, 4-5 lines long: sori
confluent in a broad intramarginal band. Calif.
EBB. Lfts. iO-iO.
Totundifdlia, Hook. Lfts. short-stalked, oblong or
roundish, entire, obtuse. New Zealand.

falcita, F^e {PlatyUma falcatum, 3. Sm.). Lfts.
nearly sessile, lanceolate or lanceolate-oblong, mucronate
and often slightly falcate, sori in broad lines. India to
Australia and New Zealand.

AA. Lvs. bipinnafe.
B. Pinnce formed of S sessile lfts.
temifdlia, F^e. Lvs. 6-12 in. long on strong dark
chestnut stalks, narrow, with 6-12 opposite pairs of pin-
nee; lfts. closely rolled together, linear. Trop. Amer.
BE. Pinnce (at least the lower ones) pinnate.
Wrighti^na, Hook. Lvs. 3-6 in. long, 1-3 in. wide,
deltoid; pinnae with several linear-oblong pinnules on
each side }i in. long, with inrolled edges and a .sharp
mucronate point. Texas to California.

atropurpilrea, Link. Lvs. 4-12 in. long, 2-6 in. wide,
lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, with several pinnules
which are sessile, auricled or heart-shaped at the base,
the broad line of sporangia nearly hiding the narrow
marginal indusium. Eastern America to the Rocky
mountains.

AAA. Li-s. at hast tripinnnfifid.
c. Shape of lvs, triai„i,il,tr-,hlfoid, with narrow ulti-
mate dn-isiiins.
d^nsa, Hook. Cliff Bkake. Lvs. 2-3 in. long, 1-1 J^
in. wide, on slender brown stalks; segments linear with
enrolled edges sharp-pointed; indusium permanently
covering the sori. Pacific North America.

PELL^A

PENNISETUM

1265

cc. Shtipe of Ivs. elongate, ovate or lanceolate.

andromedsefdlia, F^e. Lvs. 6-12 in. long, 3-6 in. wide;
ultimate divisions lH-2 lines long, linear-oblong, with
enrolled edges. California. — Sometimes known as the
Coffee Fern.

hastita, Link. Lvs. 6-24 in. long, 6-12 in. wide; ulti-
mate divisions ovate or lanceolate, 1-2 in. long, nearly-
sessile: sori in a narrow marginal line. Eastern and
south Africa. Small lvs. are sometimes only bipinnate.

P. Stelleri. Beddome (P. gracilis. Hook.), a rare membranous
species of tlie eastern states, is more t-losely allied to the geuus
Cryptogramma, to which Prantl has referred it.

L. M. UXDERWOOD.

FELLIONIA (J. Alphonse Pellion, officer in Frey-
cinet's voyage round the world). IJrticiicete. Of this
genus we cultivate 2 choice tender creeping foliage
plants, suitable for baskets and for the borders of
greenhouses under the benches. The genus contains
about 20 species of herbs, often creepers, rarely sub-
shrubs from tropical and eastern Asia and the Pacific
islands. They have alternate, 2-ranked lvs. which are
unequal at the base, entire or serrate: fls. monoecious
or dioecious, in dense cymes; perianth segments 5,
rarely 4, in fruit sometimes unchanged but usually in-
creased and investing the fruit. The following are gla-
brous plants from Cochin China, with lvs. about an
inch long and half as wide, and slightly crenate at the
margin. All the species known to science are oriental.
One of the species was once advertised as a Peperomia.

Daveauina, N. E. Br. Lvs. dark bronzy olive-green
more or less flushed violet or red, with a fern-like figure
of light green down the middle of the leaf, the figure
being narrowly oblong and crenate. This figure is some-
times absent from some of the lvs. The lvs. are more
acuminate than in the next. R.H. 1880:290 (as Begonia
Daveauana, a charming picture), I.H, 29:472 (poor).

piilchra, N. E. Br. Lvs. dull blackish along the mid-
rib and veins, the inter-spaces being light green, tlie
under surface pale purplish. I.H. 30:479. AX^. 15:4.

\V. M.

PELLITORY. Parietaria; also an uncommon name
of Feverfew, Chrysanthemum Parthenium.

PELORIA. See Teratology.

FELTANDRA (Greek, referring to the peltate an-
thers). Aroide(P. Arrow Arum, An east American
genus with two species which have been much con-
fused. They are stemless herbs, the glossy arrow-
shaped leaves arising from strong underground parts:
fls. monoecious and naked, the staminate ones on the
upper part of the long spadix, the anthers sessile and
imbedded and opening by terminal pores, the 1-IocuIed
ovaries attended by 4 or 5 scale-like bodies or stami-
nodia: spathe usually exceeding the spadix: fr. a 1-3-
seeded, mostly leathery berry, borne in large globose
clusters. Peltandras are excellent subaquatic plants,
their large thick sagittate leaves always adding variety
and interest to margins of ponds and to bog gardens.
Single specimens or clumps are usually most prized.
Peltandras are easy to colonize.

undul§lta, Raf. Lvs. narrow-sagittate, the basal lobes
long and nearly or quite acute: spathe 4-8 in. long,
green, convolute around the spadix for its whole length :
sterile part of the spadix much longer than the pistil-
late part: fr. green, i-3-seeded. In shallow pools or bog
margins, N. Eng. to Fla. and W, A.G. 1893:111.— The
root is composed of thick cords or fibers,

6.1ba, Raf. Lvs. broader, the basal lobes short: spathe
white, tbe upper part expanded and calla-lil e: sterile
part of spadix little, if any, longer than pistillate part:
fr. red, 1-seeded. Va., S. — Root tuberous, j^ jj_ g_

PELTCPHORUM (Greek, shield-shaped,- referring to
tilt' {MTuliur sTiiriiia). Legutninbsce . Six species of
siil'iidiil tn'i'icul tret'S, belonging to the same tribe
with tln^ u^'TiTt'ous Poinciana and Cipsalpinia. all of
whicli repn-srnt a type of stnirtinv wichdy different
from iiur iinrthern pea-shaped flower';, a< they have 5
<Hsti!ict petals which are all aliont the same size and
shape. There is a fine colored plate of a Peltophorum in

Blanco's "Flora of the Philippines," where the golden
yellow fls. are nearly IK in, across, a dozen of them in
each raceme, and 4 racemes uniting to form a great
panicle. The Philippine species, P. inerme, is probably
the same as the Australian one, P. ferrugineuni, which
Franceschi has introduced at Santa Barbara, Calif., but
reports so far unsuccessful. Peltophorums have the
Mimosa type of foliage. Each leaf of P. ferrtiginenni
has 8-10 pairs of pinnae, and each pinna 10-20 pairs of
leaflets.

Generic characters: petals 5, roundish; stamens 10,
free, declinate; filaments pilose at base: ovary sessile,
2 to many-ovuled: pod flattish, indehiscent, with nar-
rowly winged margins.

Peltophorum is distinguished from Cffisalpinia and
Poinciana by the valvate calyx segments of the latter,
while the two former have their calyx segments strongly
imbricated. The peculiar stigma of Peltophorum readily
distinguishes it from its close allies, Ciesalpinia and
H»matoxylon (log-wood).

ferruglneum, Benth. (P. inerme. Naves). Tree attain-
ing 1(10 It., taking its specific name from the dense rusty
toineiitum which covers the young branches, petioles
and inflorescence: pod 3-4x^^-1 in. wide, bearing 1-3
seeds. Australia, Philippines. -^ jj^

FENNISfiTUM {penna, a feather; seta, a bristle).
Graminete. Contains about 40 species of the tropical
regions. One species, Pearl Millet, is cultivated for
fodder. The genus is allied to Panicum and Setaria, the
spikelets being 1-fld., with usually 4 glumes, surrounded
at base by a cluster of bristles and arranged in spikes
or spike-like racemes. First glume very small, second
longer than fl. -glume. The bristles fall with spikelets
instead of remaining attached to rachis as in Setaria.

villdsum, Brown {P. lovgistylum of florists, not of
Hochst. ). Fig. 1711. Spike broad, 2-4 in. long, and
feathery from the bearded bristles: culm 1-2 ft. high,,
pubescent below the spike. Abyssinia. R.H. 1890, p^
489.

Ri!ippellii, Steud. (P. Mupelitinnm of some works).
Culms taller and spikes longer and more graceful than
the preceding. Abyssinia. R.H. 1897, pp. 54, 55. I.H.
42, p. 206 (1895).

1266

PENNISETUM

PENNSYLVANIA

typhoideum, Rich. (PeniciUAria spicd-fa, Willd.)-
Pearl Millet. Culm 3-8 ft., bearing a close cylindri-
cal spike li-iO in. long, % in. thick, pubescent below
the spike: Ivs. long and broad. Native country un-
known. Occasionally grown in the southern states.
where it ripens seed. May be grown farther north for
forage. — A luxuriant annual long cult, in the Old World
for forage and more or less for the fruit, which is used
as food.

Jap6nicum, Trin. (P. compresxum, R.Br. Gymndthrir
Japdnica, Kunth.). A low annual with long narrow
Ivs. cult, for ornament. Culm 2-3 ft., .scabrous, espe-
cially under the dense cylindrical spike; bri.stles une-
qual, naked. Australia.

inacroilrum, Trin. {Oijmnbthrix candAta, Schrad.). A
tall perennial with stout culm bearing a dense pointed
spike about a foot long. Bristles naked. South Africa.
— Cult, for ornament.

latildlium, Spreng. (Gi/mnbthrix latifblia, Schult.).
An ornamental perennial. Culm 3-4 ft., bearing several
nodding spikes 1-2 in. long: Ivs. lanceolate, H in. broad :
bristles short, naked. Argentine Republic. R.H. 1890,
P- 5i(i. A. S. Hitchcock.

The fine plumy grass known to gardeners as Peniii-
setiim lont/istylum is much used for bedding. It is, per-
haps, the finest dwarf grass which is grown chiefly for
its flowers. It sometimes survives the winter at Wash-
ington, D.C., but should always be treated as a tender
subject. Plants raised every year from seed are satis-
factory if seed is sown early enough, but divisions of
old plants will give larger pieces which flower sooner
and require less attention than seedlings. The old plants
may be wintered anywhere out of reach of frost. About
February 1, in the latitude of Washington (a month later
North), cut off the old leaves to within 6 in. of the
crowns: divide the clumps into small pieces, trim the
roots so that they will ultimately go into 3- or 4-in.
pots, and place the pieces thickly together in boxes of
sandy soil in a greenhouse with a temperature of about
60°. As soon as new roots have started pot the young
plants. They may be removed to a coldfranie long be-
fore the soft bedding material demands all the available
indoor space. 0. ■«•. Olivek.

PENNSYLVANIA, HORTICULTURE IN. Fig. 1712.
During the past century l*eunsylvania has been promi-
nently before the world because of its mineral wealth.
The ruins of many iron works located in rural districts
are now reduced to the primitive stone masonry of the
smelting furnace, but mark the places of great activity
previous to 1850. Later, these industries were concen-
trated in towns and cities, where, with improved ap-
pliances, new methods of transportation and greater
facilities for handling labor and capital greatly lessened
cost of production and increased the capacity of fur-
naces. Now, at the close of the nineteenth century, a
vast majority of the once profitable iron-ore beds is
exhausted or forsaken because of richer fields discovered
in other states. Coal, both bituminous and anthracite, is
still most actively mined, and extensive areas are sac-
rificed by farmers to the coal digger in the western
counties and in the anthracite region in the northeast.
The same may be said of the northwestern section,
yielding petroleum and gas.

The forest operations in Pennsylvania have long ago
passed the high-water mark of their activity. The white
pine forests of the Alleghany mountains, the stretch of
hemlock spruce which covered the belt of counties
touching the western slope of the Alleghany mountains,
and the groves of cherry and black walnut are fast dis-
appearing. Formerly Pennsylvania stood first among
the states in the output of forest products. Originally
the state was essentially covered with forest, but now
Dr. J. T. Rothrock, Forestry Commissioner of Pennsyl-
vania (Report of 1895), declares that less than 36 per
cent of the area of the state is in timber.

Pennsylvania has an area of 45,215 square miles,
nearly rectangular in outline — 157.76 miles broad be-
tween the northern and southern boundaries by an aver-
age length of 285.85 miles running due east and west.
This area is crossed slantwise by the broad band of

Appalachian mountains, making three distinct topo-
graphical regions.

The eastern region comprises all that territory lying
southeast of the Kittatinny niountains, or a line drawn
from Franklin to Northampton counties. It is gently
undulating, rising in places to great hills which assume
the proportions of a mountain in the South mountain
range. This region was first settled and is now mostly
cleared and cultivate<l. The richest lands of the state
are found in this section.

The central or mountain region is a belt about 50
miles broad, made up of parallel mountains and nar-
row valleys comprising one-fourth the area of the state.
The western boundary of this region is the Alleghany
mountains, the greatest of them all. The valleys are
covered for the most part with excellent grain land,
but the hills and mountain slopes are stony and more
or less barren.

The western and largest region has an area of 24,861
square miles, or about 55 per cent of the entire state.
It is essentially a high plain, marked in the north,
where the elevation is greatest, by deep-seated streams
or canons, some of them 500-800 feet deep. The eleva-
tion gradually decreases toward the southwest. There
is much land so recently cleared that no attempt has
yet been made to utilize it for agricultural or horticul-
tural purposes. There is no question, however, but that
much of it could be easily put into condition for fruit
culture.

The stati.stics of 1890 .show that Pennsylvania has 18
seed farms, covering an area of 6,066 acres. The seeds
extensively produced here are beans, cabbage, carrot,
field corn, cucumber, lettuce, parsnip, onion sets and
potatoes. Several of the largest seed houses of the
United States are located in Philadelphia, that of David
Landreth having been established in 1784. There were
reported for 1890 311 nurseries, with a total area of
6,598 acres, representing a value of more than $3,000,000.
The stock chiefly grown is made up of apples, cherries,
peaches, pears, plums, deciduous and evergreen trees
and shrubs. In the cultivation of ornamental plants and
the production of cut-flowers Pennsylvania takes a
promint'iir ptat-r, Tlie census of 1890 was the first to take
notice of this industry and shows 544 establishments, with
a total of 6.066,141 square feet of glass, being second only
to New York. The size of these establishments ranges
from 300 to 100.000 square feet of glass. The largest
number of roses was propagated in Pennsylvania in the
year these statistics were gathered. The largest total
values of plant sales were respectively in New York,
Pennsylvania and California; and the largest total val-
ues of cut-flower sales were respectively in New York,
Illinois and Pennsylvania. In truck farms Pennsylvania
joins with New Jersey and New Y'ork in forming the
most important district of America. This district ex-
cels all others in the production of beets, cabbage and
tomatoes, and has large acreages in asparagus, beans,
celery, cucumbers, melons, peas, Irish and sweet po-
tatoes.

The fruit interests of the state are not as great as
they should be. Apples are grown successfully in the
larger part of the territory, but mainly for home or
local consumption. A few orchards of commercial ex-
tent have been planted in the last quarter century. The
best varieties for market are York Imperial, Smith
Cider, Fallawater (all of Pennsylvania origin), Baldwin,
R. I. Greening and Ben Davis. Peaches are now grown
extensively in two sections in and abotit Franklin and
Juniata counties, known respectively as the ".South
Mountain" and the "Juniata" peach belts: each belt
reports an area of 3,000 acres devoted to peaches.
W. G. Waring has observed that "peach trees in Penn-
sylvania grow to a much larger size and greater age
than along the Atlantic shore." Plums and cherries are
not extensively grown. Grapes are adapted to this state,
but nowhere except in Erie county has the extension
of vineyards been rapid, and there it was due to the in-
fluence of the Chautauqua grape belt of New York, of
which the Erie county vineyards form a part. More
attention was given to pears 40 years ago than now on
account of the present fear of the "fire blight." Penn-
sylvania has contributed some of the most valuable vari-
eties of pears now in cultivation, such as the Seckel,

PENNSYLVANIA

PENTAS

lliGT

Tyson, Braiulvwiiie, Olt, .1.
the Kieffer. now a leadiii:^ .-,

In florifultnre a poitic'ii "I
noti'd as the "carnatii)n l.rli
fstal)lishraeiits there mnkii
tlie eut-Howers and brrr<linL

The Bartram Garde

essing; also
ty.
has become

til.

ause of the

lialties of producing

oved varieties.

lirst attempt in the

United States to gather plants and trees for the pur-
pose of study. See p. 758. It was established in 1728
by John Bartram along the Schuylkill river. It is now
in that part of Philadelphia known as Kings«ssing.

and beautifully fiKur.d in I'.lanc.'s "Flora of the I'hil-
ippiiii-s." but rar-r in i;iiri>|n:iii i^atdens and unknown in
America. It is a biMiirli.,1 phiiii :,-i-owiug 2-5 ft. high,
with fls. \yhich open at uuim anil close at the following
dawn. The fls. are nearly l'/^ in. across, S-petaled,
axillary, short-peduncled. Recommended to lovers of
rare, tender annuals.

A genus of one species. Bractlets 3, caducous: sepals
.^>, lanceolate, connate at the base; petals 5; stamens 20,
connate at the base, 1.5 fertile in 5 groups of 3 each.

alternating with

1712. Pennsylvania, to illustrpte some of the horticultural reeions.

Through the untiring and zealous efforts of that broad-
minded horticulturist, Thomas Meehan, the city of Phila-
delphia in 1891 purchased 12 acres of land from the
Eastwick estate, which contained the original garden,
and thus the preservation of this old horticultural mon-
umeitt seems to be assured. It is now only one of many
small parks possessed and cared for by the city of Phil-
adelphia. The principal parks of the state are Fairmount
Park in Philadelphia, in which definite \vork was begun
aoout 18ti0; the buildings of the r<Mit>-nni:il Exposition
were placed on these grounds in is;!!. It has an area
of 2,200 acres and is well m.aintain. .1. Allegheny parks
occupy the ground formerly known as tin- Ciininions in
Allegheny City. Of more recent estiililislnncnt are
Schenly and Highland Parks, in Pittslmr;;. 'I'lir ceme-
teries of the larger cities are in the hamls of conjiietent
superintendents, and the park ideas of landscape and
ornamentation are becoming the prominent features of
these sacred grounds. Qeo. C. Butz.

PENNYROYAL of Europe, Menllm Piilcgium ; of
Anoiica, H,.l..,„i,i i,„l.,i;.,i,h:-<. Bastard P., or Blue
Curls, is '/'ri<-li(isl: iiin dii-liiiliimuiii. All are members
of the Mint family.

The garden Pennyroyal, Meniha PuJenium, is a Euro-
pean perennial, used for seasoning. It is one of the
"sweet herbs." It is easily grown, profiting by a win-
ter protection of leaves or litter. Prop, by seeds or di-
vision. Beds should be renewed frequently.

PENTACHffiTA (Greek, nf erring to five bristles at
the hast- of tin- pappus I. C:uiip,isitip. Six species of
low. sl.-ndiT. ('aliforni:ui annuals with thread-like, al-
ternate I vs. and small or me<lium-sized heads, the rays
when present usually yellow, sometimes white: the
disk-fls. sometimes turning purple. P. aiirea, Nutt.,
growing 3-12 in. high and with 7-40 deep golden rays,
was offered by Orcutt in 1891 and was pictured in Gt.
115.'!, but has no horticultural standing.

PENTAPETES (Greek, having 5 leaves; an ancient
name of some cinquefoil, transferred by Linnjeus to
this plant, which has 5 leafy growths (starainodesi ac-
companying the stamens). Stercnlidcece. A pretty red-
fld. tender annual, widely distributed in tropical Asia

A good cluster Is 3 i
fls., each of which is

in. long, funnpl-sha]ii

5 staminodes which are nearly as
long as the petals : ovary 5-
celled : cells many-ovuled:
capsule loeulicidally 5-
valved : seeds 8-12, in 2
series in each cell.

phoenlcea, Linn. Lvs. 3-5
in. long, 1-nerved, crenate-
serrate; petiole 1 in. long;
stipules awl-shaped. B. R.
7:575.

PfiNTAS (Greek, five; re-
ferring to the floral parts;
which, however, is not
strictly true of the genus
nor a rarity in the family).
Jfuliidcete. Nine species of
tender herbs and subshrubs,
resembling Bouvardias of
the same family, but not
their closest ally. They are
all natives of tropical Africa,
excejit one which comes from
Madagascar. The favorite
species is P. car>iea, whose
color varieties range through
lilac and flesh color to crim-
son-pink and rosy purple,
across and contains 20 or more
in. across. The fls. are about %
.and generally have 5 spreading
lobes, somi'tiinis 4 m C. It is usually grown like Bou-
yardia in warm rons. iviitories for winter bloom, but it
is sometimes used lor hcililing in warmer countries, as
it gives three months of rather showy bloom when
treated like Lantana. In general, the species seem to
be less worthy than Bouvardias.

Generic characters : Herbs or subshrubs, erect or
prostrate, hispid or tomentose: lvs. opposite, stalked,
ovate or ovate-lanceolate ; stipules multifid or multi-
setose: inflorescence usually corymbose : calyx -lobes
4-6, inequal ; corolla pilose, the long tube dilated and
villous in the throat; lobes valvate; stamens 4-6, in-
serted below the throat; filaments short or long; an-
thers fixed at the back, included or exserted : disk tu-
mid or annular, often produced into a cone after anthe-
sis: ovary 2-loculed: ovules numerous: style-branches
papillose: capsule membranous or leathery, 2-loculed,
loculicidal; seeds minute. Six species are given in the
Flora of Tropical Africa 3:45 (1877).
A. Fls. not white.
cAmea, Benth. Erect or decumbent, 1-2 ft. high,
shrubby at base, merely puberulous, not at all rusty-
hairy: lvs. 1-6 in. long, i\i lines to 2 in. broad, ovate,
elliptic or lance-oblong: cymes peduncled or not. B.M.
4086. B.R. 30:32. R.B. 21:217. Gn. 21, p. 329. J.H.
III. 30:209. R.H. 1870:130 (var. kermesina). Var.
ftuartiniina {P. QuartiniAnn. Oliv.) is a rosy-fld. var.
said to be much better than the type. Gt. 45, p. 464.
AA. Fls. white.
lanceolita, Hort. This novelty of 1900 is figured in
Dreer's catalogue, which says, "A pretty half-shrubby
greenhouse plant, not unlike a Bouvardia in general ap-
pearance, but flowering more profusely and continuously.
It may be planted in the open border during the sum-
mer, but it is valuable chiefly as a winter-flowering
pot-plant, for which purpose it is especially well suited,
being in flower all the time. The pure white flowers
are produced in flat heads of 15 to 30 flowers each,
similar to a Bouvardia, but much larger, and last in
perfection a long time." w. M.

1268

PENTLANDIA

PENTLANDIA. See Ureeolina.

PENTSTfiMON (Greek for five stamens, all 5 stamens
beiuj; present, whereas related genera have only 4; but
in Pentstemon one of the stamens is commonly sterile).
Scrophularidcew. Pentstemon. Beard-tongue. For
the hardy border, Pentstemons are most satisfactory
plants, and the great number of showy species allows
much latitude in choice of color and habit. All are per-
ennial, but some of them bloom the tirst year from
.seed. In a dry and hot place they are likely to be
short-lived, although nearly all the species thrive best
in fidl exposure to sun. They are not particular as to
soil. They are propagated by division and by seed.
Many of the species are not hardy in the northern
states, but P. barbatiis and its varieties, P. pttbes-
cens, P. hevigatus and variety, P. confvrtus and va-
riety, P. difhisus, P. ovatus, P. grandiflortis, P. acii
minutiis, P. crerulens, P. glaber and varieties, and also
others, may be expected to stand in the North, par-
ticularly if given a protection of leaves. An excellent
garden race has been produced, here designated as P.
gloxinioides. This seems to be a product of hybridiza-
tion and selection. It is little known in American gar-
dens, although it is a handsome and deserving plant.
Some of the forms of it are treated as annuals.

Pentstemon is a typical American genus. One species
is native to northeastern Asia and several to the cooler
parts of Mexico, but the larger number of the 100 species
inhabit the United States and Canada, particularly the
western parts. They are all herbs, although some species
are somewhat woody at the base. They bear long-tubu-
lar often 2-lipped flowers in terminal usually inter-
rupted or leafy clusters. The anther-bearing stamens
are 4, the cells of which are united or confluent at the
apex but separate at the base; the fifth stamen is repre-
sented by a prominent sterile filament (which rarely
bears an anther). The style is filiform and the stigma
entire; the fruit is a globular-pointed capsule, contain-
ing wingless seeds.

It is difficult to so arrange the species of Pentstemon
as to make them easy of determination by the horticul-
turist. There is no monograph of all the species, but
Gray's account in the Synoptical Flora (Vol. 2. Part 1)
describes the American species north of Mexico; and
this account has been closely followed here. The ar-
rangement of species, however, has been modified con-
siderably to admit the Mexican species and to make the
group easier for the beginner. The following account
contains all the Pentstemons, with one exception, known
to be in the Amer. trade. This exception is "P. rubi-
cmilis; 1 ft., rich crimson, from Oregon," which is in
the trade but unknown to the writer. Other species are
mentioned in Old World literature. Other native spe-
cies will appear in the Amer. trade: these may be found
in Gray.

INDEX.

acumiuatus, 14. diffusus. 34. Newberryi. 1.

angustifotius, 19. Digitalis. 23. ov.itus, 30.

antirrhinoides. 3. Douglasii, 1. Palmeri. 24.

atropurpureus , 19. gentianoides, 6. procerus, 17.

azureus, 38. gluber, 9. pubeseens. 31.

barbatus. 5. gbuidulosus, 32. pulchellus, 19.

cseruleo-purpureus, gloxinioides. 7. puniceus, 10.

17. Oordoni, 9. Richardsoni, 35.

CEenileus, 15. gracilenlus, 36. Robinsoni, 1.

carapanxilatus. 19. grjicilis, 21. roseus, 19.

centranthifolius, 8. grandiflorus, 12. rotundifolius, 18.

Clevelandi, 25. Hartwegi, 6. .Scouleri, 1.

CobBea. 28. heterophylhxs, 39. secundiflorus, 16.

coccineus, 5. humilis, 20. speHosvs, 9.

confertus, 17. Jaffrayanus, 38. speetabilis, 27.

cordifolius, 2. Iffitiis, 37. staticifolius, 32.

crassifolius, 1. tovigatus. 23. Torreyi, 5.

cristatus, 29. Lemmoni. 4. tubiflorus, 22.

c.yananthus, 9. Lobbii, 3. venustus, 33.

cyanthus, 9. Menziesii, 1. Wrightii, 11.

deustus, 26. Murrayanus, 13.

A. VeUs of anthers dehisei'iil fnr nenrhj or quite their

whole length, united m- •■,.i,inr<iil ut the apex and

soon spreading from enrli otlny. (a.\. No. 32.)

B. Anthers covered tvilh long wool,

1. Menziesii, Hook. Woody at base, 1 ft. or less high:

Ivs. thick, obovate to oblong, serrate or entire, mostly

glabrous, the lower ones short-stalked: cluster a raceme,

PENTSTE.il ON

pubescent, fls, ] in. or more long, violet-blue to purple,
usually 1 on eacli jiedicel, the upper lip 2-cleft and the
lower 2-eU-ft. \\'yo., west and northwest.

Var. Newberryi, Gray (var. Rdbinsoni, Mast.). Fls.
pink or rose-purple. Calif. G.C. 1872:909.

Var. Douglasii, Gray (P, Donglasii, Hook. P, crassi-
folius, LimW.}. Fls. lilac-purple, pink at base: Ivs. ob-
long or obovate-lanceolate, entire. Ore., north. B.R.
24:ie.

Var. Scoiileri, Gray (P. Scokleri, Lindl.). Fls. violet-
purple: Ivs. lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, sparsely ser-
rulate. Ore., north. B.R. 15:1277. B.M. 6834. G.C. III.
7, p. 204. Gn. 52, p. 42.

BB. Anthers glabrous or only hairy {not woolly).

c. Plant semi-scayident (somewhat climbing) by means

of long, slender branches.

2. cordifdlius, Benth. Plant very leafy, somewhat
pubescent; Ivs. ovate, serrate. 1 in. or less long, clus-
ter or thyrse short and leafy, the peduncles sever.il-Hd. :
corolla tubular, scarlet, the tube 1 in. long and the limb
half as long. S.Calif. R.H. 1850:221.

cc. Plant erect, self-supporting.
D. Corolla lemon-yellow to yellow-red.

3. antirrhinoides, Benth. (P. i^tifc/Ki.Hort.). Plant 1-5
ft., glabrous or nearly so, branched and leafy: Ivs.
small, oval or s]iatulate. entire: fls. in leafy panicles,
the peduncles 1-fld., tin- broad fls. about 1 in. long, the
lower lip deeply 2-lobed ; sterile filament bearded on one
side. S. Calif. B.M. 0157. l.H. 9:315.

4. Lemmoni, Gray. Slender shrub, 5 ft. or less tall,
bright green and glabrous : Ivs. ovate-lanceolate,
toothed: panicle loose and branchy, the long peduncles
2-7-fld.: fls. small, dull yellowish and red, the seg-
ments nearly equal. Central Calif.

DD. Corolla not yellow {^tnless occasionally in P. con-
fertus), mostly in shades of red or purple, some-
times white.
E. Stem and Ivs. glabrous, at least up to the inflores-
cence. (EE. No. 28.)
F. Corolla long and slender, not swollen near the base
or greatly widened at the mouth: straight-flowered
species.

5. barbitus, Nutt. Tall, erect, branching, glabrous
and more or less glaucous herbs : Ivs. firm, varying
from lanceolate to linear, entire, strong-veined, the
radical ones oblanceolate or spatulate: fl. -cluster long
and open, narrow, the peduncles about 2-3-fld. : fls. slen-
der, about 1 in. long in wild forms, strongly 2-lipped,
varying from light pink and flesh color to carmine,
the lower lip usually bearded. Colo., south. B.R. 25:21.
R.H. 1896, p. 347. Mn. 7:141. — A showy perennial, and
common in cult. One of the best.

Var. T6rreyi, Gray {P. Tdrreyi, Benth.), is a scarlet-
fld. form, with almost no beard on the lower lip; the
commonest form of the species in cult. Excellent.

Var. coccineus, Hort., is a scarlet-fld. horticultural
form.

6. HArtwegi, Benth. (P. ffenfiiriioJr/r.^. Lindl.). Tall
and erect (3^ ft. high), somewhat liraiulnd. the stems
dark purple: Ivs. lanceolate to huicc-ulili.iiK-linear, or
the upper ones broader, sessile, glabrous and entire:
fl. -cluster somewhat pubescent, long and open, the pedi-
cels 3-0-fld.: fls. drooping, dark rich purplish red,
slightly curved, the limb somewhat 2-lipped and the
lobes acute. Cool regions in Mexico. B.M. 3601. B.R.
24:3. Gn. 37, p. 603; 49, p. 406. -A fine garden plant,
now much modified by domestication.

7. gloxinioides, Hort. A race of garden hybrids, issu-
ing largely from P. Hartwegi ; the other most important
parent being P. Cobcea. Pi-obably other species have
entered into the amalgamation. The group needs criti-
cal study from the growing plants. The fls. are large,
with a broad nearly regular limb, and in many colors.
The plants are strong and floriferous. Flowers some-
times measure 2 in. across. Some of the strains bloom
freely from scrd tln' first year. Not hardy in New York,
unless very tlmmnu'lily protected ; it is probably better
to winter it in deep ciddframe.

PENTSTEMON

PENTSTEMON

1269

8. centranthifolius, Benth. Plant strict and leafy,
1-^ ft. tall, vt-ry ;^l;nieous: Ivs. thick and entire, from
■ovate-lain-cnhirc tu linear, mostly sessile and clasping:
infloresci-ii.T lum,' and narrow, the peduncles 2-3-fld. :
fls. about 1 in. long, scarlet, narrow-tubular, the lobes
short and acute; sterile filament naked. Calif, to W.
Ariz. B.M. 5142. F. 8.22:2309.

)■()//,(

• iilfoi;

ilh a promi-

II' iifhf ' u/'U'inn; fn!n, H'hirit /s "Hrn contracted

iinir t/ir hii.ir: ' III ick-ll,iii; r,'<l spii-ies. Corolla

■nciirli/ straicjht, but shurt in F. coiifertus.

■o. Leaves entire {sometimes serrtilate in P. confertns).

H. Dehiscence of anther cells extending from base but

not through the apex.

9. gl&ber, Pursh (P. Gdrdoni, Hook. P. specidsus,

Dougl.). Erect herb (1-2 ft.), with simple stems, gla-

1714. Pentstemon
Cicruleus (X M).
A slender form.

brous and somewhat glaucous : Its. oblong-lanceolate
to ovate-lanceolate : fl. 1 in. or more long, broad and
wide at the mouth, bright blue to purplish. Mo. river
west. B.M. 1672 (as P. glabra) and 4319. B.K. 15:1270.
Gn. 27, p. 42. R.H. 1895, p. 383; 1896, p. 347. -A very
handsome plant, known by its large blue fls.

Var. cyauinthus, Gray (P. ci/dnthns, Hort.). Tall
and less glaucous, the Ivs. broader (ovate or cordate-
ovate to lance-ovate) : fl. -cluster dense: fls. bright blue.
Rocky Mts. K.H. 1851 :453.— Preferable to the type.

HH. Dehiscence of anther cells extending from the base

to the very apex and through the junction or

confluence of the two cells at the apex.

I. Inflorescence rather close and compact.

J. Shape of some or all of the leaves as broad as

ovate or obovate.
10. puniceuB, Gray. Very glaucous, with short ovate
sometimes connate Ivs. : fl. about 1 in. long, more tun-

uelform (or widening upwards) and with wide-spread-
ing rounded lobes, scarlet ; sterile filament bearded
down oue side. Ariz. R.H. 1892, p. 448.

11. Wrlghtii, Hook. Rather stout, 2 ft. or le.ss tall,
more or less glaucous : lowest Ivs. obovate, the upper
ones oblong and clasping : inflorescence long and
loosely fld.,to peduncles about 2-fld. : fls. about % in.
long, bright red, the mouth broad and the rounded
lobes spreading '% in. W. Tex. and N. Mex. B.M. 4601.
F.S. 7:085.

12. grandifldrus, Nutt. Pig. 1713. Stout, very glau-
cous: Ivs, ihjck, In-oad and obtuse, the floral oues with
very broa<I ba.scs : peduncles very short or almost none;
fls. nearly or quite 2 in. long, lilac or blue, enlarging
near the base, somewhat 2-lipped and the ujiper lip the
smaller; sterile filament minutely pubescent at the tip:
fr. large. Wisconsin, south and west. —Handsome.

13. Murrayinus, Hook. Erect, 3 ft. : Ivs. broad-ovate,
clasping, and the upper pairs grown together into a
cup-shaped body (connate): pedicels 2-3 in. long: fls.
deep scarlet, with rather small lobes; sterile filament
glabrous. Tex. B.M. 3472. Gn. 26, p. 229. R.H. 1896,
p. 348.

14. acuminitus, Dougl. Glaucous, strict and usually
stiffish, 2 ft. or less tall: Ivs. thickish, the lowermost
broadly ovate to obovate, the uppermost lance-ovate to
short-ovate and clasping and usually acuminate, the
floral Ivs. shorter than the fls. : inflorescence narrow, the
peduncles 1-3- or more fld. : fls. nearly 1 in. long, lilac to
violet, wide at the throat, the obtuse lobes spreading;
sterile filament bearded at the tip. Mo. river, west and
south. B.R. 15:1285. — Very satisfactory.

jj. Shape of leaves lanceolate to linear.

15. oaertileus, Nutt. Fig. 1714. Mostly lower: Ivs.
linear to lanceolate, those at the base of the fl. -cluster
usually exceeding the fls.: inflorescence usually close;
fls. blue, varying to lilac or white. Dakota to Colo.—
Seems to run into P. acuminatus.

16. secundiSldrus, Benth. About 2 ft. tall: Ivs. nar-
row-lanceolate, somewhat glaucous, the radical ones
spatulate: inflorescence long and strict, the peduncles
I-.'i-Hd. : fls. lilac or purple, the basal tube about twice
the length of the calyx, the throat broad an<l bell-shaped
and about equaled by the spreading rounded lobes;
sterile filament glabrous or bearded only at the top.
Colo. — Handsome.

17. contotus, Dougl. One to 2 ft., pubescent in the
inflorescence : Ivs. oblong to lanceolate to linear, usu-
ally entire but sometimes minutely serrate : inflores-
cence a narrow interrupted spike, the peduncles sessile
or the lower oues stalked: fls. K in. or less long, cream-
white to sulfur-yellow, narrow, 2-lipped, the lower lip
bearded within. Rocky Mts. to Ore. B.R. 15:1260.

Var. caertileo-purpilreus, Gray (P. pr()opn(S, Dougl.).
Fls. blue-purple to violet. Colo., west and north. B.M.
29,54. L.B.C, 17:1616. — A common form in gardens, and
a reliable and satisfactory plant.

II. Inflorescence very open and loose, due to the fact
that the peduncles are 3-6 in. long and the pedi-
cels 1 in. or more long a«rf the fls. drooping.

18. rotundifdlius, Gray. About 2 ft. tall, branching
from the base, glaucous: lower Ivs. thick and leathery,
orbicular-ovate and obtuse, long-petioled, stem-lvs. ses-
sile and cordate-orbicular: fls. 1-\M in. long, narrow-
tubiilar, yellow-red, the lobes short and acute; sterile
filament glabrous. Northern Mex. B.M. 7055. G.C. III.
4:265. G.F. 1:473.

GG. Leaves serrate or dentate.
H. Sterile filament bearded at the tip or along
one side. (hh. No. 26.)
I. Color of fls. purple, blue or rose, incidentally rang-
ing to white.

19. campanul&tas, Willd. Branching from the base,
2 ft. or less tall: Ivs. lanceolate or the upper ones ovate-
lanceolate, long-acuminate, broad at the base and ses-
sile, strongly serrate: inflorescence long and narrow,
the peduncles usually 2-fld. : fls. 1 in. long, rose-purple,
the narrow base of the tube about the length of tha

1270

PENTSTEMON

PENTSTEMON

calyx, the upper part broad and ventrieose, the sub-
equal lobes rounded and spreading, the throat hairy;
sterile filament hairy at the top. Mex. B.M. 3884. — An
old garden plant which is variable in color and which
has received many names, as P. angustifolius , atro-
pitrpareiis, pulchellus, roseus. See B.R. 13:1122 and
14:1138. L.B.C. 15:1429, 1438.

20. Mmilis, Nutt. Low, usually not over 6 in. tall,
pubescent in the inflorescence: Ivs. oblong to lanceo-
late, somewhat glaucous, the upper ones small-toothed:
inflorescence 3-4 in. long, with 2-5-fld. peduncles: fls.
% in. long, rather narrow, deep blue or sometimes
ranging to white, the lower lip

bearded within. Rocky Mts., west.
P. 1875:241.

21. gracilis, Nutt. Taller, some-
times minutely puberulent, slen-
der : Ivs. linear-lanceolate,
times nearly entire, the radical
ones spatulate or oblong: inflo
cence strict, the peduncles 2- or
more-fid.; fls. nearly 1 in. long,
mostly narrow-funnelform, lilac-
purple ranging to white. Colo, and
Wyo., north. 'B.M. 2945. L.B.C.
16:1541. — Pretty species.

II. Color of fls. nearly or i/nite
white, hut :<ometimes shaded
with red or purple.

22. tubifldrus, Nutt. Stem 2-3 ft.,
erect, not leafy above: Ivs. oblong
to ovate-lanceolate, barely serru-
late, passing into small bracts
above : inflorescence of densely-
fld. , somewhat whorled clusters:
fls. about % in. long, scarcely 2-

1715. Beard-tongue- Pentstemon leeviffatus. var.

lipped, the spreading limb nearly as long as the tube,
white or nearly so and sometimes tinged with purple.
Kans. and Ark.

23. laevigiltus, Solander. Tall and slender, 2-4 ft.,
more or less glaucous : Ivs. rather firm, purplish, some
what glossy, ovate to ovate-oblong-lanceolate and clasp-
ing, the radical ones oblanceolate or broader, all small-
toothed: inflorescence long and loose: fls. about 1 in.
long, white and sometimes tinged with color, rather
slender, narrow at the base, the short lobes not wide-

spreading, the small lower lip bearded at the base. Pa.,
west and south. B.M. 1425. — A common plant, best
known in the form

Var. Digitalis, Gray (P. DigitAlis, Nutt.). Pig.
1715. Very tall, 4-5 ft., with larger white abruptly in-
flated flowers. B.M. 2587. — Sometimes becomes a weed
in old fields. It is in cultivation as a border plant.

24. PAlmeri, Gray. Plant 2-3 ft. tall, the foliage
glaucous : Ivs. thick, ovate to oblong-lanceolate, the
lower petioled and the upper connate, very sharp-den-
tate or sometimes almost entire : inflorescence long,
mostly glandular: fls. cream -white tinted with pink, the
narrow part of the tube about as long as the
calyx, the upper part very wide and open, the
mouth ?4 in. across and 2-lipped; sterile fila-
ment yellow-bearded. Utah, south and west.
B.M. ti064. F.S. 20:2094. P. 1874:37.

III. Color of flowers red.
25. Cl^velandl, Gray. Two ft. or more,
more or less glaucous, becoming woody at
the base: Ivs. rigid, oblong or ovate, sharp-
toothed, the upper ones usually connate by
their bases: inflorescence long and narrow:
fls. % in. long, crimson, with narrow throat;
sterile filament bearded at top. S. Calif.
G.M. 36:626. F. 1878, p. 149.

HH. Sterile filament glabrous.

2G. deistus, Dougl. Stems 1 ft. or less tall
from a woody base, glabrous throughout: Ivs
thickish, varying from nearly linear to lance-
olate to ovate, some or all of them serrate, the
uppcrnnjst sessile: inflorescence many-fld.,
louse and open: fis. not over % in. long, dull
white or yellowish white and sometimes
tinged with purple, wide-mouthed, the lobes
wide-spreading. Montana to Calif. B.R. 16:
1318.

27. Bpect4bilis, Thurber. Two-4 ft., erect,
somewhat glaucous : Ivs. ovate to ovate-lan-
ceolate or sometimes oblong, acute, the up-
per ones acuminate and connate by their
bases, very sharp serrate-dentate : infiores-
cence long and many-fid.: fl. 1 in. or more
long, rose-purple or lilac, the narrow part of
the tube about twice the length of the calyx,
the upper part broad and full, the lobes
rounded. N. Mex. to S. Calif. B.M. 5260.-
A beautiful species.

EE. Stem and Irs. wore or less
pnbeseent or hirsute.
F. Corolla 2 in. long.
28. Cobaea, Nutt. Fig. 1716.
Straight and erect, stout, about
2 ft., minutely pubescent: Ivs.
thick, ovate-oblong to oblong to
broad-lanceolate, the upper ones
clasping: inflorescence mostly
simple and open : fls. very large,
reddish purple to white, the
base very narrow but the upper
part of the flower broad and
open, the limb only obscurely 2-
lipped; sterile filament bearded.
Prairies, Kans., south. B.M.
3465. Gn. 49:1068. Mn. 4:113.
— Very showy, and probably one
of the parents of the garden
r.ace of hybrid Pentstemons.

FF. Corolla 1 in. or less long.
29. cristatus, Nutt. Only a few inches high, pubes-
cent, usually viscid above: Ivs. linear-lanceolate to nar-
row-oblong: inflorescence erect, leafy below: fls. about
1 in. long, purplish, rather abruptly dilated above, the
lower lip bearded ; sterile filament strongly yellow-
bearded. Dakota to Colo, and N. — Good.

, 30. ovitus, Dougl. Stem slender but erect, 2-4 ft.,
more or less pubescent: Ivs. ovate, rather thin, bright
green, serrate, the upper ones clasping: infiorescenca

PENTSTEMON

PEPEROMIA

1271

erect but lax, the peduncles 2-several-fl(l.: fls. about %
in. lonfT, blue changing to purple, 2-lipped and the lower
lip bearded. Idaho, west and north. B.M. 2903. — Good.
31. pubfisoens, Solander. Loose-growing, the slender
often decumbent stems reaching 2 ft., usually viscid-
pubescent: Ivs. oblong to oblanceolate, small-toothed,
the radical ones ovate to spatulate; inflorescence loose
and open, the peduncles 2-3 in. long and the pedicels

1716. Pentstemon Cobaea (X J4).

often 1 in. long: fls. about 1 in. long, drooping, dull
purple or violet or varying to flesh-color, rather narrow,
with 2 short lobes, bearded on the palate; sterile fila-
ment densely bearded. Dry fields and banks from On-
tario south and west. B.M. 1424.— The common Pent-
stemon of the East, and useful in cult.

AA, Cells of (infhers not dehiscing or opening to the

base, the basal part reniahiing saccate.

B. Leaves dentate or serrate.

0. Plant viscid and soft-pubescent.

32. glanduldsus, Lindl. (P. staticifdlius, Lindl.).
Rather stout, 2-3 ft. tall: Ivs. rather thin, ovate-lanceo-
late, acuminate, the upper ones clasping, the radical
ovate or oblong, all toothed or serrate: inflorescence
narrow, leafy below, the peduncles few-several-fld.:
fls. large, somewhat over 1 in. long, lilac, with inflated
throat, the lips short and broad ; sterile fllament gla-
brous. Idaho to Wash, and Ore. B.E. 1.5:1262; 21:1770.
B.M. 3688. -Showy.

cc. Plant not inseid, eifher glabrous or puberulent.

33. ventistus, Dougl. Stem erect, nearly simple, leafy,
2 ft. or less tall, glabrous: Ivs. thickish, oblong-lanceo-
late to ovate-lanceolate, very sharply serrate : inflo-
rescence narrow, not leafy, the peduncles 1-3-fld. : fls.
usually exceeding 1 in. in length, somewhat 2-lipped,
light purple, somewhat hairy within; sterile filament
hairy above. Idaho and Ore. B.R. 16:1309.

34. diffdsus, Dougl. Stems about 2 ft. tall, diffuse:
Ivs. ovate to oblong-lanceolate to cordate-ovate, un-
evenly and deeply serrate : inflorescence leafy, the
pedicels very short; fls. % in. long, light purple, 2-
lipped; sterile filament hairy above. Ore., north. B.M.
3645. B.R. 14:1132. R.H. 1872:410.

pinnatifid, the upper ones not opposite : inflorescence
loose: fls. % in. long, light purple; sterile fllament
somewhat hairy at top. Ore. and Wash. B.M. 3391.
B.R. 13:1121. L.B.C. 17:1641.

BBB. Leaves entire.
o. Sterile filament somewhat beardrd.

36. gracil^ntns, Gray. A foot or more tall from a
woody base, naked above: Ivs. lanceolate to linear or
oblong, glabrous: inflorescence loose, the viscid pedun-
cles 2-5-fld. : fls. yi in. long, violet-blue, the lobes very
short. N. Calif., Nev., and Ore.

cc. Sterile filament glabrous.

37. laetus, Gray. About 1 ft. tall, from a woody base,
closely pubescent: Ivs. lanceolate to linear-lanceolate,
the radical ones spatulate: fls. 1 in. long, blue. Calif.

38. aztireus, Benth. Erect or ascending, 3 ft. or less,
glaucous, sometimes minutely pubescent: Ivs, narrow-
ovate to narrow-lanceolate: inflorescea^e loose and
open: fls. 1% in, or less long, blue to violet, sometimes
reddish at the base, the limb about 1 in. across. Calif,
B.M. 7504.

Var. Jaffray&nuB, Gray (P. JaffrayAmis, Hook.).
Lower (about 1 ft. tall), young stems tinged with red:
Ivs. oblong to oval or the upper ones ovate-lanceolate,
glaucous: fls. large and showy, rich blue and reddish at
base and in the throat. Utah to Calif. B.M. 5045.
R.H. 1874:430.

39. heterophyllus, Lindl. Stems reaching 3-5 ft.,
from a woody base, the plant mostly green: Ivs. vary-
ing from oblong-lanceolate above to lanceolate and linear
below: inflorescence loose and open, the peduncles usu-
ally 1- or 2-fld. : fls. about 1 in. long, pink or rose-pur-
ple, very slender at the base but full or inflated above,
the lips well marked. Calif. B.R. 22:1899. B.M. 3853.
R.H. 1875:110; 1896, p. 348. l. H. B.

PEONY. See Paionia.

FEPER6MIA (Greek, pepj)cr-Hie). Piperdceoe. An
enormous genus of tropical herbs, mostly American, in-
cluding some small but choice foliage plants for con-
servatory or house decoration. See Fig. 1717. Annual,
or perennial by a creeping caudex or by tubers formed
at the base: stems prostrate, creeping and thread-like,
or erect and slender, or short, thick and succulent: Ivs.
alternate, opposite, or in whorls of 3-4 (rarely 5-6),
entire, fleshy or membranous, often with pellucid dots:
fls. minute, usually disposed in a dense spike, as in
Fig. 1718; stamens 2; anther cells confluent; stigma
sessile in the ovary.

Speaking of P. arifolia, var. argyreia, J. D. Hooker
says (B.M. 5634) : "It is a very beautiful plant, and like

1717. Pepe
A choice little house plant with ^

areyreia.

.egated foliage.

BB. Jjeav

'-cut.

35. Bichardsoni, Dougl. Rather loosely branching:
Ivs. ovate-lanceolate to narrow lanceolate, deeply cut or

so many of its congeners, is well adapted for placing
along the edge of a shelf in a tropical house, both be-
cause of its beautifully marbled leaves and the length
of time which these keep in good condition. In fact.

1272

PEPEROMIA

PEPEROMIA

few plants an- ln-f
in tropir;il lii.ii^.'-
ing so murli in '!•■
ferent buus ut tin

iil.pi.'

m1 f.ir iMruKLiii'iit bordering
i.'i'oini:!^, tiiiir leaves vary-
'iir. 111 tiiarliliiij^, in the dif-
Liud uudLT surfaces, and in

the colour of their stalks; then, too, they are not attrac-
tive to insects, make no litter, and give very little
trouble in propagating and cultivating."

The plant which seems to be the commonest in cult,
here is the one figured in B.M. 503-t as P. arifolia, var.
arfft/reia. However, DeCandolle thought that this plant
was not tlip true P. arifolia, and he renamed it P. Saii-
(I. r.in I, iff cr Wilson Sanders), but the name is invariably
s|irlli(l s^iuiidcTsii in trade catalogues. The distinctions
wliii'li l>f( 'imdolle makes are technical. The main ones
are that P. arifolia has a short stem and catkins much
longer than the Ivs., while P. Sanilerxii has no stem and
the catkins are about as long as the Ivs. In some collec-
tions is a plant known as Peperomia crassifoUa, a name
that does not appear in botanical monographs. It is a
very distinct species with dark green, ovate, fleshy Ivs. 3
X 5 inches, becoming very hard when old ; stems branched
and upright in habit, afoot in height: fls. in insignificant
catkins. It is a very good species and deserves to be
more generally known. It is not in the trade, at least
not under this name.

The names of Peperomias are much confused, partly
owing to the vast size of the genus, which always in-
creases the dif&culties of discrimination, and partly to
the minuteness of the fls. Moreover, the duration of
many kinds is uncertain, while great numbers are

monocarpic, that is, they flower and fruit once and then
die. The latest monograph is in Latin. DC. Prod.
l(j, part 1, 392^68 (1869). For important criticisms on
the key characters used by DeCandolle, see Hillebrand's
■"Flora of the Hawaiian Islands." w. M.

Peperomias are very attractive little plants, and their
fleshy leaves enable them to endure the dry air of a liv-

ing room iiiuili licttci- than the great majority of plants.
While til' \ an- i^^.iiiially warmhouse plants, they will
endure a .■.Mplli..ii.-r irtnptTature for weeks without any
apparent harm. They need shade in summer, but none
in winter, and require less water than *he general run of
warmhouse subjects. Never keep them too wet. A
loose, lumpy soil with a mixture of broken charcoal suits
them well. A pan 3 or 4 in. deep is better for them than
a deep pot. They are easily prop, in .sand or sandy soil
in a bottonn heat of 75°, either by the leaf, as with
Begonia Hex, or with an inch of stem attached. Early
spring is the best time to propagate. P. pubifoUa is
well adapted for a hanging basket. P. maculosa makes
a fine subject for a pau. These, together with P. art-
folia, var. arqiireia, and P. martnorafa, are the best
kinds for the tlurist. Wm. Soott.

INDEX.

argyrea, 1. maculosa. 4. prostrata, 8, 9.

argyreiii. 1. inagnolicefolia, 3, pubifolia, 10.

arifolia. 1. marmorata, 6. Sandersii, 1.

breWpes, 0. nietaUica. 5. tithymaloides. 3.

latifoiia, 7. uummularifolia, 8. Verschaffeltii, 2.

A. Plants for pots or pans.
B. Lfs. alteruute.

c. Stems short or wanting.
D. Foliaye variegated.

E. Jyase of Ivs. rounded,

not cut 1. ariJolla

EE. Base of Ivs. heart-
shaped 2. Verschaffeltii

EEE. Base of Ivs. acute 3. tithymaloides

DD. Foliage not variegated . . 4. maculosa
CC. Stents numerous, long, slen-
der Ti. metallica

BB. Jjvs. op/xisi/,- or III irhorts.

C. Basr i.f Irs. Willi J round-
ish. orirlii/ijiiiHj lobis... C. marmorata

CC. Base of Irs. acute 7. latifoiia

AA. Plants for hanging baskets.

B. Lvs. roundish 8. nummularifolia

I), brevipes
BB Lx s. ovate 10. pubifolia

1 arifdlia, Miq. (P. argyrea or art/ynea, Hort. P.
Sandtisii. CDC). Figs. 1717, 1718. Stemless: Ivs. al-
ternate peltate, 5 x 3J^ in.; petioles dark red. 4-8 in.
lon^ < ult. only in the form var. argyrSia, Hook.,
whitb differs from the type in bavini; broad, parallel
longitudinal bands of white between the nerves. Brazil.
BM 5034. F.S. 23:2438. A.G. 19:17. P.R. 1:G37.-
Monocarpic annual or biennial.

2 Verschaffeltii, Lem. Distinguished from P. mar-
in I it I \ y the basal lobes of the Ivs., which do not
e\tilq but are separated by a notch as in a typical
cord ite leaf. A smaller and more delicate but more
branched plant: stem short: stem, branches, petioles
and peduncles much longer, translucent and pale rose
(not green). Upper Amazon, Brazil. I.H. 10:598.

3 tithymaloides, A. Dietr. (P. magnollcefdHa, A.
Dn ti ) Lvs. alternate, subovate, acutish, 2-3 in. long,
bast, acute, more than 9-uerved; nerves subopposite;
petiole 1 in. long, keeled beneath: stem rooting below,
Santo Domingo. — Monocarpic annual or biennial.

4 maculdsa. Hook. Lvs. alternate (?) ovate-lanceo-
late briKbt shining green, very fleshy; petioles beautl-
full> spotted with purple. Santo Domingo. — A good
subject tor a pan. Perennial.

metallica, Lind. & Rod., is distinct from all others
hn 1 riliid by its ninuerous slender, tmbranehed
stuns l„-li; ill. high and lanceolate lvs. It probably be-
lom,s 111 some otlier genus or family. It was int. in
1892 before the fls. were known, and there seems to be
no subsequent record of fls. Lvs. blackish green, painted
white down the middle, red-veined below ; petioles short,
reddish brown. Peru. I.H. 39:157.

G. marmorflta. Hook. Stem short, much-branched,
nearly '« in. thick: lvs. opposite, ovate-cordate, deeply
2-lobed at the base, the lobes rounded and overlapping.
The lvs. are ,3-5 in. x l}4-2?i in., not as broad as P.
arifolia and less concave. Not adv., but has been un-
necessarily confused with P. arifolia.

PEPEROMIA

127

7. latifdlia, Miq. Stem 10 in. hifih, lU-cumbont: Ivs.
ol>oviite or (ibtuselv ovate. "»-7-nervecl. oppusiti- (ir iii
wliorls of ;i, li.'ise .-iVute, glabrous al.ovr, i.ul>(s.-(iit I" -
iieatli ; peti.ili' 7-S lines long. Sandwii-li Islands. -
Mouocaipic annual or biennial.

S. nummularifdlia, HBK. Delicate creeper, witli long,
tlireacl-likf, rooting stems and small orbicular Ivs,, pu-
berulous or glabrate: Ivs. alternate, ciliate, obscurely
pabnatcly 3-nerved, 3-4 lines in diam. Trop. Amer.—
The above description is from Grisebach. Five other
species in the West Indies have tbo samp habit. P.
piostiAtii. Hort., is probably a s> ii., but s, .• /', /., . ri/,, <.
P. prnslralit is a stove basket |dant liLriir.-.l in (i.C,
II, 11:717 and F, 1881, p, 10:i, with a good-siz,-d petiole
The Ivs, are very small for the genus, and are said imt
to exceed two-flfths of an inch. Lvs, bordered, and
nerved with greenish white. Annual,

9. br^vipes, C. DC, Lvs, alternate, orbiculate, younger
ones hirsute, older ones glabrate, cil'ate, 1-nerved : style
none: berry with a very short stipe, Trop, Amer. —
The above description from DC. Not advertised, but
insertrd b.i-ause N"i.-liidson refers P. JM•os^)•(^te to this
species and keeps 1'. ii a iiiiii iiltirifuHa distinct.

10. pubifolia, A'eitch. Perennial creeper of unknown
habitat, suitable for hanging baskets, Lvs, small, ovate,
marked with a central gray bar,

P. resedcefh)ra, Andr6, int. in 1865, w.as "found in all stoves"
2 years later and said to be "a plant for the million." It dif-
fers from all the above in being a flowering plant rather than
a foliage plant, for the lvs. are merely bordered lighter green
and the tls. are about as showy as those of a mignonette, each
one 3-4 lines long, and 100 or so in a r.-iceme. Stem 1-lM ft.
high, red, forked : lvs, broadly ovate, cordate, Colombia,
B.M, 6619. \y_ JI,

PEPINO or MELON SHKUB is Solanum murieatum.

PEPONIA ((Jreek, nithiii, govrcl). Cuciirbildeetf.
Seven sj)eeies of tropical perennial herbs, prostrate or
scandent, <dten villous, with fibrous roots: lvs, lobed or
rarely entire, dentate : fls, large, yellow or whitish,
nionoi-cious, the males solitary or racemose ; petals 5,
free, obovate; stamens 3; female lis, solitary: fr, large
or medium. One species from Madagascar ; the rest
African, P. Mackemiii was int, in southern California
with the remark that it is an immense grower and has
thick dark green foliage and yellow fls,; but it seems to
have been lost from the trade for the present,

Mackennii, Naud, Distinguished from its congeners
by the following characters : lvs, broadly ovate-cordate,
f) lobed to the middle: male tls. solitary; calyx-tube
subglaljrous. narrowed frojn apex to base. It is hardly
scandent, densely villous and the stem grows ^^-6 ft.
long: lvs. 4 in. long: petals over 1 in, long: fr, oblong-
ovoid, about the size of a hen's egg, green at first, then
niarbled with white, finally all red; pulp orange-col-
ored, insipid. Natal,

PEPPER, The black and white Pepper of commerce
are treated under Piper. With American horticultur-
ists " Pej.per" usually means the red Pepper {t'apsicum,
which see) of which the green Pepper is merely the
unripe stage.

The red Pepper is doubtless a native of the New
World tropics, as there is no record of its having been
known prior to the discovery of America, According to
Irving's "Life of Columbus," this plant was first men-
tioned by Martyr in 1493, who says Columbus brought
home "Pepper more pungent than that from Caucasus,"
evidently comparing it with the black Pepper of com-
merce from the oriental countries. It was cultivated by
the natives in tropical and southern America before this
time, and about a century later Gerarde speaks of its
being brought into European gardens from Africa and
southern Asia, The ease with which the plant spreads
in warm latitudes, together with the increased commer-
cial trade immediately following the discovery of Amer-
ica, doubtless caused a rapid dissemination through
tropical Asia and Africa, where it was supposed by
nutny to be indigenous and from there introduced into
European gardens.

The first record of the use of Pepper is apparently
by Chauca, physician to the fleet of Columbus, who in

1494 alludes to it as a c^
tury later considereil i
ami also mentioned its
utber purposes.

Writers about a cen-
;is an aid to digestion
essing meats, dyeing,
it was mtich used for

various ailtnents, such as dropsy, colic, ague and tooth-
ache, and when mixed with honey and applied exter-

^//^^^

1719, Pepper.
The Rtiby King variety,

nally was used as a remedy for qumsy, A. a later date
preparations were given for black vomit and various
tropical fevers and for a tonic, also for gout, paralysis and
other diseases. Its modern use is largely as a condiment,
forming a seasoning in almost every dish eaten by the
inhabitants of warm countries. The smaller varieties
are mostly used for this purpose. The cayenne Pepper
of commerce consists of the small pungent sorts re-
duced to a powder. The ungrouud fruit is also made
into Pepper sauce of various brands by preserving in
brine or strong vinegar. The Tabasco variety furnishes
the well-known Tabasco Pepper sauce and Tabasco cat-
sup, "Chilli con carnie " consists of the small pungent
varieties finely ground and mixed with meat. These hot
varieties are often eaten raw by native Mexicans, as we
do radishes, and also form an important ingredient of
tomales so common in that country and fairly well
known in the southern United States, The large, thick-
fleshed sweet varieties are desired more by people
farther north, who use them in various ways, served
like tomatoes in either ripe or green state, with vinegar
and salt, or made into mangoes by cutting one side, re-
moving seeds and filling with chow-chow pickles. The
parts are then tied together, placed in jars with vinegar
and kept until wanted. The fruit is often used in stuff-
ing pitted olives after being cooked in olive oil. In
Spain some are canned after being thus cooked and
eaten with French salad dressing. The seed of Peppers
is more or less used as a bird food; and the plants of
some varieties, like Little Gem and Celestial, are grown
more especially for ornamental purposes.

Some 30 varieties are recorded by American seeds-
men. They differ from one another mainly in the form
and pungency of fruit and habit of growth. There are
endless forms among Peppers, but certain types are
well fixed, as indicated by the botanical varieties under
Capsicimi, While all kinds are more or less pungent

1274 PEPPER

about the seeds, the pungency of most of the smaller
sorts, like Coral Gem, Tabasco, Chilli, Cayenne, anil
Cherry extends to the fleshy portion, but as a rule the
large kinds, like Ruby King (Fig. 1719), Squash, Bell,
Sweet Mountain, and" Golden Queen are sweet or very
moderately pungent with the seeds removed. Some
medium-sized varieties, like Long Red, Celestial, and
Oxheart, are hot; others, like County Fair and Kaleido-
scope, are mild.

As a rule Peppers are not grown in large quantities
in any particular locality, but most gardens near large
cities in the central and southern states grow a few to
supply local markets.

In growing Peppers the seed is usually planted under
glass in February or March, and the young plants trans-
planted to pots or boxes when of sufficient size to han-

1720, Pepper plant ready to transplant to the field.

die. Prom 12 to 20 days are required for the seed to
germinate, the time varying according to the age of the
seed and the manner in which it has been kept. Its
germinating power is said to last four years, and if kept
in pods until sown will grow when 6 or 7 years old. A
light, warm soil, heavily charged with humus and one
that will not quickly dry out, appears to be the best.
In May or June, or after all danger of frost is past,
the plants (Fig. 1720) are set in the field in rows about
2>2 ft. apart and 18 in. apart in the rows. The ground
is kept thoroughly cultivated, not only to keep down
weeds Init ti> ni:iintain an even but not excessive moist-
ure at all tiiriis, which is very essential for best results
in growiiii^ tlii.s plant. By keeping the soil well worked
up around the plants they stand up much better against
the winds and weight of their own fruit. Pruning or
pinching the tip ends after the fruit begins to mature
is occasionally recommended, but is rarely practiced
except when specimens of especially fine fruit are de-
sired, in which case the fruit is thinned, leaving only a
few on each plant of the larger sorts. In gathering, the
fruit should not be torn off but cut with a knife or scis-
sors, leaving at least one inch of stem. The u.sual vege-
table crate is used for packing and marketing the crop.

Insects do not injure Peppers growing in the field.
Red spider and greenfly (aphis) frequently attack
plauts growing under glass. The red spider may be
kept in check by repeatedly syringing with water, and
the greenfly may be killed by fumigating with tobacco
dust. Two fungous diseases frequently occur on the
large varieties growing outdoors. One is a pink an-
thracnose {Glceosporium piperatum), which causes the
fruit to rot about the time it begins to ripen; the other
is a dark anthracnose {Cnlleloli-irhiim nigrum).

In preparing Peppers for table use, handle them with
gloves to prevent burning the fingers. Neither soap
nor water will soothe hands burned by Peppers, but
milk will. H. C. Irish.

PEPPEK GRASS. Lfpiilhnii.

PEFPEKIDGE or TUPELO. See Ifyssa.

PEPPEKMINT. See Mmtiin

PEPPERMINT STRINGY BARK. KKcaliiptus pi-

PEPPEK ROOT. Peiifaria diph<jUa.

PERAPHtLLUM ( fi-
phtjilni, : alludniK to t
The only species is a n
deciduous, alteruati-, r
white fls. similar to :\\-\
corymbs appearing will
fr. Hardy as far iK.rlh
only little ornamental v
anci blooms only wh.n
drained soil and in sum
be planted on rocky slopi

all

mis, in few-fid. upriglit
;.. and berry-like edible
. . but seems to possess
is of very slow growth
"Id. It grows in well-
• 11. and is best suited to
DUthern aspect. Prop.

by seeds and layers and by grafting on Amela
Crataegus. It is closely allied to Amelanchier, but dis-
tinguished by its corymbose fls., cylindric calyx-tube,
orbicular petals, ami also by its narrow Ivs. The only
species is P. ramosissimum, Xiitt., a rigid shrub, 2-6
ft. high: Ivs. olilijuf,' to uhhiiu'eolute, almost sessile, en-
tire or sparingly serrulate, silky pubescent when young,
%-2 in. long: fls. in few-fld. erect corymbs, white or
slightly tinged pink, with rose-colored disk, ?4 in.
across ; petals orbicular spreading; styles 2-3: ovary
2- or incompletely 4-celled : fr. pendulous, globose,
brownish yellow, about M in. across. May. Ore. to
Calif, and Colo. B.M. 7420. Alfred Rehder.

PERENNIALS tend to live from year to year, as op-
posed tt) aiiiuKils and bieunials, which die root and branch
the first or second year after flowering and fruiting. Per-
ennials include trees, shrubs and herbs, the two former
being woody, the latter not. "Perennials " as commonly
used by gardeners is a convenient shortening of the
phrase "hardy herbaceous perennials," which includes
Peony, Phlox and other non-woody plants whose roots
live over the winter while their tops may die to the
ground. The phrase "hardy herbaceous perennials"
is also shortened in common speech to "herbaceous
plants;" or one speaks of his "hardy border." See
Herbs and Border.

A popular fallacy about Perennials lies in the com-
mon statement that "they die down every year and
come up again in the spring." Many of them never
come up. Peonies are as long-lived as shrubbery, and
a clump of Fraxinella has been known to outlive father,
son and grandson in the same spot. But these are
exceptions. The general practice with Perennials is
to divide them every second or third year. Nearly all
hardy herbaceous plants should be lifted now and
then, because the crowns which give the flowers in
most desirable kinds flower only 2 or 3 seasons and
then die; but the plant may lie eoiitinually spreading
and making new growths, wliieli furnish the flowers, and
unless lifted and divided the stocks become scattering
and unattractive. Another very good reason for lifthig
and dividing the Perennials is that, being mostly strong-
rooted plants, they deplete the soil.

PERfiSKIA (Nicolans Pabricius Peireskius, of Aix,
France). Cactilcea-. Also written Pcirc^J-fO. Shrv''hy,
the slender, often very long brandies spreading or
climbing; spinose, but the s|iiiics m.t l.arbc'd and setai

wanting: Ivs. broad. s,.ii.etiiiies iniiel, like tle.s ■ the

lemon tree: fls. wheel-shaped, iu<.r • less paniculate

at the ends of twigs; ovary leafy: seeds dark, thin-
shelled, with two coverings.

aculeita, Mill. Lemon Vine. Blad Apple. Barea-
DOES Gooseberry. Branches woody, rather slender,
becoming 10-20 ft. long: Ivs. pinnate-veined, 2-3 in.
long, 1-2 in. broad: spines at first 2 intra-axillar, short
and hooked, later numerous and 1-2 in. long: fls. very
pale yellow, sometimes pinkish, 1-lJ^ in. broad, some-
what panicled at the ends of the branches: fr. lemon-
color, the size of an olive, at maturity nearly or quite
smooth. Widely spread in tropical America. B.M. 7147.
G.C. III. 20:625. -This species is much used as stock
on which to graft other species of Cacti.

PERESKIA

Bite, DC. Fig. 309, Vol. I. Stems stouter, more suc-
cuh'iit, less branching: Ivs. ofteu 5 in. long by half as
wide : spines at first commonly solitary in the axils,
later more numerous, all straight: lis. purple, \%-2 in.
broad: fr. 2 in. long, pear-shaped. New Granada, Brazil.
B.M. 3478. G.C. III. 20:427.

subulita, JIuilil. Stem 2 ft. or less high, below half
wou'l, at'ove llfsliy ;iiiil l:)ranching: Ivs. persisting a few
years, dark ;;ri.'cii, sliiiiy, as thick as a pencil, about 3
in. long, half cylindrical and ending in a spine : areolae
felted, in the young plant with a few hair-bristles
later with 2-4 straight, pale yellow spines 3^ in. long.
Chile. — Can be used as stock for Epiphyllum.

spathul&ta, Otto. Stem upright, with few horizontal,
spatulate, shiny green leaves: the diffuse areolae at
first somewhat woolly, later felted, above with a bunch
of short bristles, below with 1-2 yellowish white, straight
spines. Mex. Katharine Brandegee.

PEKFUMEKT GARDENING. The perfumes of the
market are derived in part from animal secretions
(musk, civet), in part from artificial chemical com-
pounds, aud in part, and chietly, from the class of vege-
table products loosely called essential oils. ", Synthetic"
or chemical perfumery materials are the more or less
perfect artificial reproductions of organic compounds
used in perfumery. If it were possible in all cases and
with perfect success to compound these substances the
production of floral perfumes would soon be at an end,
as the chemical process would be sure to be cheaper
than the horticultural. But nature knows bow to add
some touches which the chemist's art cannot imitate,
and even where synthetic manufacture is possible, the
result is in general regarded as a cheaper substitute.
At the same time, sentimental reasons count consider-
ably in favor of the natural perfume, and considering,
further, that some perfumes cannot be imitated chemi-
oally, there is no present cause to apprehend the ex-
tinction, or, in view of increasing demand, even the
decline, of the industry of producing natural perfumery
oils.

The essential oils used in perfumery are secreted in
different parts of the plant. The flowers are naturally
thought of first, being the seat of the fragrance of the
rose, violet, cassie, jasmine, tuberose, the orange in part,
and numberless other plants whose perfume is extracted
or only enjoyed as naturally exhaled. The oil of laven-
der is yielded more by the green parts of the flower-head
than by the corollas. In rose geranium, thyme, winter-
green and patchouli the foliage is the fragrant part. A
number of essences are derived from woods, as those
of sandalwood, red cedar and rhodium. The oil of sweet
birch comes partly from the wood, but mainly from the
inner bark, and the same is true of sassafras. In the
case of the latter, however, the roots only are used ; in
the case of the former the young tops. Several herba-
ceous roots also furnish oils, as orris root, Canada
snakeroot and sweet flag. The rinds of the orange and
other citrous fruits contain important perfumery oils,
and the oil of bitter almonds comes from the fermented
kernel of the nut.

The standard methods of extracting essential oils are
four, namely, the use of mechanical means (chiefly ex-
pression), distillation, enfjeurage or inflowering, and
maceration. Expression appears to be applied only to
the rinds of the citrous fruits. These are placed under
pressure in a screw press, or sections turned wrong side
out are squeezed in the fingers, the oil being taken up
with a sponge, or the fruit is rubbed in a cup lined with
spikes {ecuelle d piquer), the oil collecting in a hollow
handle. An ecuelle on a larger scale in the shape of a
hollow drum has also been used.

In distillation, the oil-bearing material is heated with
water or subjected to hot steam, and the oil, being vola-
tile, passes off with the steam. The oil would be lost
if the vapor were not condensed, and this is accomplished
by passing it through a coil or equivalent arrangement
of pipe kept cool by a flow of water. The condensed
steam and oil fall into a "Florentine recipient," a vessel
with a spout coming out at the base but rising to the
l^^vel of the top, so that the heavier liquid, sometimes
oil, sometimes water, alone will enter it and can be

PERFUiUERY GARDENING

127.5

poured oft' separately. After the water and oil have
mainly separated, the water will still contain enough
oil to make it highly fragrant, and in this state it goes
to market as rosewater, orange-flower water, etc., or is
returned to the still to be redistilled with the next
charge.

The remaining two methods depend on the fact that
grease has the power of absorbing essential oils. In
enfleurnge the grease, without healing, is spread over
both surfaces of panes of glass which are set in frames
{chassis}, so that they can be piled one over another
with spaces between. In these spaces are placed the flow-
ers, the charge being renewed daily until the grease is
sufficiently impregnated, win u it c.jnstitutfs a"pomade."
"Extracts "are made by diijcstinf,' tin- pomade in alcohol,
which has a still strongrr ;ittTa<-ti<iM for the perfume
than has the grease. The ak-ohul njust first be deodor-
ized to save perverting the floral perfume, and is then
known as "Cologne spirit." The grease used in this
and the next process, moreover, must be freed from all
corruptible matter by a special process. Tallow and
lard, commonly mixed, and sometimes the fat of the
deer and other animals, are employed.

In maceration the pomade is prociuced by immersing
repeated charges of the flowers in melted grease or fine
olive oil.

In recent times various chemical processes for ex-
tracting perfumery have been tried, apparently with
some practical success; but they have not yet sup-
planted the old methods. Carbon bisulfid and pe-
troleum ether are among the solvents employed. These
methods would be less easily practiced by beginners
and amateurs than the ordinary ones.

The art of distilling is not only not difficult to learn,
but is already in practice in this cojuntry in the case of
peppermint, sweet birch, sassafras, eucalyptus, etc.
More care and better apparatus would be required for
distilling roses and other flowers, but the process is
essentially the same. Nor do the grease processes in-
volve any difliculties which may not be overcome by
the application of a little American ingenuity and
capital. In fact, the production of the raw materials
of perfumery might proceed almost at once, so far as
the difficulty of the processes is concerned. But can
we grow the requisite plants?

That many of the standard perfumery plants will
grow in this country needs no proof, and there is no
reason to doubt that their fragrance in properly chosen
localities will equal that of the same plants in the
European centers. In general, success in this line
must be looked for only southward, even in dealing
with hardy plants, though there may be exceptions to
this rule. Cool trade-winds and fogs at flowering time
are to be shunned. The natural conditions in Florida
seem not very different from those of the south of
France, the great center of perfumery farming in
Europe, and in fact the feasibility of successful per-
fumery farming in Florida has been demonstrated by
actual trial. California has also been the scene of ex-
periments, some of them seeming to promise success
as soon as economic conditions admit. A large terri-
tory between these two points is available for some
lines of the industry.

Among the particular plants to be noticed, the citrous
fruits deserve a leading place. Nearly or quite all of
the trees of this group, inchuling the sweet, the bitter or
Seville, and the bergamot oranges, the sweet and sour
limes, the lemon, the citron, and the shaddock, contain
valuable perfumes either in the peel of their fruit, or in
their flowers, or in their leaves, or in more than one
of these. Of the fruit oils, that of lemon is imported
into this country in largest quantity, followed by oil of
bergamot, oil of orange bitter and sweet, oil of limes
and"cedrat" or citron oil, the last two in very small
quantities, but the cedrat at a very high price. These
oils are extracted by expression, the distilled being
inferior, though it is asserted that when the "rag," or
inner soft layer, is removed, the distilled oil equals
the other. The oil of the bitter orange is superior to
that of the sweet; the oil of bergamot is far more val-
uable than either, but can rarely be had in an unadul-
terated state. The flowers of the orange treated by
distillation yield "neroli." The scent of neroli, however,

1276

PERFUMERY GARDENING

is not that of the flowers, an alteration talking place
during the distillation. Orange-flower water, consist-
ing of the condensed vapor of water with a little tin-
changed oil adhering, affords the true odor of the
flowers. By maceration, likewise, the true floral fra-
grance is ohtaiiied. The abortive flowers which fall
from the trees are available for perfumery use, but the
flowers are also sometimes picked, presumably with a
better result. Besides the product of fruit and flowers,
the leaves and young twigs pruned from the sweet
and bitter oranges yield tn distillation the oil of "petit
grain," of cansiilir:ibl,' tlidiigh minor value. There is
no reason to duubt tlit- iMifumery capacity of American
orange groves. Indct-d it has been asserted that the
orange flowers of Louisiana excel in sweetness those of
foreign parts. In Los Angeles, California, something
has been done towards utilizing the peel, and in Florida
a beginning has been made with both peel and flowers,
but for the most part these resources are at present
suffered to go to waste.

The lemon verbena, Llppia ciiriodora (Fig. 1721),
may be mentioned in passing as furnishing an attrac-
tive perfume of the citrous order, and as available at
least in Florida and California.

The perfumery prodticts of the rose and its allies
merit next attention. The value of the importation of
attar of roses — to say nothing of rose perfume in other
forms — exceeds that of any single citrous perfume, and
at the same time the capacity of this country for pro-
ducing this and the other rose perfumes can scarcely
be called in question. The present supply of the
European and American markets is derived chiefly from
Turkey and from the perfumery region of the south of
France. The attar or otto of roses is produced most
largely in Bulgai'ia and other parts of European Turkey,
from the damask rose. It is obtained by distillation,
which is there conducted in a rude manner. In the
Grasse district (south of France), tlie rose water, ob-
tained as explained above, yields more profit than the
attar, which is regarded as a by-product of the distilla-
tion. But the rose perfume is here largely extracted
by maceration, finishing with enfleurage, processes
which secure the true rose odor, which is not repre-
sented by the attar or water. The pomade and its
alcoholic extract are perhaps the finest of rose prod-
ucts. The Provence rose is here employed, a hybrid
or variety of the hundred-leaf, Bosa centlfolia, the
type to which the cabbage and moss roses belong.
Pictures of this rose present, not the well-known door-
yard variety with short and crowded petals forming a
flat disk without visible stamens, but a variety with
larger and looser petals of a deeper color, with stamens
in the middle. Both this and the damask rose are
spring bloomers, the latter yielding also a small crop in
the fall.

The luxuriance of roses on the Pacific coast and
through the St)uth invites experiments in those regions
to ascertain their perfumery worth. Affluent vegeta-
tion cannot be taken as sure proof of a rich perfumery
content, but this must be directly investigated by the
nostrils and better by experimental distillation. There
is practically no doubt, however, that in properly
chosen localities American roses can compete in sweet-
ness with the European. How far north the rose can
be utilized for perfume cannot be settled tn advance of
experiment. The rose must have a hot sun, but the
June sun is hot far to the north; and as at most only
two harvests are gathered each year the advantage of
the South may not be as great as might be supposed.
Still the presumption is that our coming rose industry
will be conducted in our warmer sections. The soil for
the rose must not be poor, but there is a possibility of
its being too rich for the best perfumery results.
While distillation seems to be practically confined to
the two roses mentioned above, other kinds whose odor
is attractive are available for treatment by the grease
processes. There appears to be little in the methods of
cultivating roses for this purpose which would not sug-
gest itself to an experienced gardener. It takes some
3,000 pounds of petals to yield a pound of oil, but that
pound should be worth at retail about ninety dollars, and
more if of extra quality.

The oil distilled from the green parts of the common

PERFUMERY GARDENING

rose geraniums, Prliirt/oiiiitiii :;ii,ii,iliiiii { !) and P. .ffa-
fZHto, resemblesin fragrance tlicoil ,,r n .sesandislargely
used as a substitute for it. Tlnnifili f,'iiu-rally not sold
at retail under its own name, it is in itirelf a legitimate
perfume, and its production should be undertaken in
this country— only, however, in the South, where the
long season admits of three crops of leaves and where
the stumps with the soil heaped around them will sur-
vive the winter. The largest crop is to be had on rich
lowland, but the finest quality is produced on drier and
less fertile ground. In France, it is now grown mainly
on irrigated land, but the product has to be ameliorated
by the admixture of oil from drier locations. The rose
geranium is largely grown in Algeria, and in Spain,
Sicily, etc., as well as in France. (Seranium oil in turn
has its substitutes, among which the oil of lemon grass
from India is conspicuous.

The European sweet violet, Viola oclorata, affords
the finest example of a favorite type of odors quite
different from the citrine and the rose. The oil of the
violet itself is necessarily so expensive as to be little
used. The large amount of flowers required and the
amount of hand labor necessary for gathering such
small flowers, each growing on a separate stem, are
apparently insurmountable obstacles to the extensive
use of true oil of violet. Still it may be presumed that
there will permanently be a class of buyers willing to
pay the nfci-ssary cost of so choice a perfume. The
violet yields its full fragrance only southward, but it
must be LTcuvu in partial shade. When labor conditions
admit, true- vinbt iierfume may be produced in Cali-
fornia and in the South. An expert grower of violets
has even thought that they might be grown under glass
for this purpose.

Of the same general type and in some wise a substi-
tute for violet perfume, is that of Acacia FarnesiaHay
the "cassie" of the French, known in the South as
"opoponax." The small yellow balls of flowers are
treated by the grease processes, particularly macera-
tion. While not ranked as high as violet, the perfume
is in entirely good standing and produced in large
quantities. The flowers dried with proper care have a
market value for sachets. The t>poponax tree grows
freely in Florida, is apparently native in Texas, and ia
suited to the climate of Arizona and southern Cali-
fornia. The labor of picking the flowers would be
somewhat expensive. Several other acacias are eligible
for perfumery use.

To the same group belongs the perfume of orris or
iris root. It is aft'orded by the rootstocks of three
species of Iris, formerly gathered wild and now culti-
vated near Florence and at other points in Italy. The
species are Iris Oermanica (Fig. 1178), /. pallida, and
/. Floreiitina (Fig, 1721), the first of these being our
common garden Iris, with deep blue flowers, the second
a paler-flowered species, the third having white flowers.
High authority affirms that the use of the first two>
species is only a falsification, and in fact that the root
of /. O'l-niiiniini causes .serious inflammations. It is
certain tliat tin- lirst two are extensively grown ; but
/. Fhiriiiliint alcmc appears to be much used for dis-
tillation. When cultirated the Iris is generally propa-
gated by root division, the cuttings being placed for
the first year in a nursery, afterward set in rows a foot
apart. It is grown in stony dry soils on hillsides or
mountains. The crop is gathered once in two or three
years. The cuticle is scraped from the root, which
after being dried in the sun is stored in a dry place for
the development of its fragrance. This is wanting in
the fresh root, and does not reach its maximum under
three years. When distilled the root yields "orris but-
ter," but it is more largely used in the form of an alco-
holic tincture or ground up for sachets. There is no
reason why orris root should not be grown in many
parts of this country, but the returns at present are
not large.

Another important group of perfumery plants con-
sists of several members of the mint family. Pepper-
mint and spearmint (Fig. 1.S92) can hardly be placed in
the perfumery class, but lavender, thyme and rosemary
could not easily be spared from the perfumer's re-
sources. Lavender is native on dry slopes in the Medi-
terranean region, and the oil is most largely produced

PERFUMERY GARDENING

PERFUMERY GARDENING

12

I I

in the rejj:iou of the maritime Alps. The plant has
been introtluced, however, into some of the southern
counties of England (Mitcham and Hitchin being the
centrrs), :uid found to produce there an oil which has
cnniiiiniily ln'cn regarded as far superior to the French,
and at any rate is different in kind (see Mentha). The
English lavender is grown in light and well-drained
calcareous soils. In well-drained ground lavender will
bear some cold, especially if protected, but profit can-
not be looked for far north. Lavender of the French
type may be expected to succeed in California out of
the reach of the trade-winds, and may perhaps not
require irrigation. There are shallow calcareous soils
in the "black belt" of the Gulf states which might per-
haps yield an oil like the English, and the same may be
true of some tracts northward on the Pacific slope.
Lavender is treated by distillation, and it is said in
England that direct contact with the water yields better

for fine soaps. This so-called oil is a poisonous com-
pound formed in the process of fermenting the cake of
the kernels from which the fixed oil has been expressed.
Its production should be considered in our almond-
growing regions, especially California.

Of our native growths there are some which are
already utilized as the source of s
The root of sassafras is or has been
sylvania, Maryland and Virginia, am
states, and sparingly southward. \'
tJieria procumbens, was formerly disi
but has given place to sweet or ■Inrrx 1
which yields the same oil less c\|ii n
of the red cedar, Junipenis I'in/iuii
distilled in Germany, and latterly in this country,
furnishes a finer eedar-of-Lebanon perfume than the
cedar of Lebanon itself.

The root of the wild ginger or Canada snakeroot,
Asariim Canadense, yields a fragrant oil quoted in
market reports, and said to be used especially for
strengthening other perfumes. The sweet goldenrod,
Solidago odora, furnishes an oil which has a market

i]; materials.
ltd ill Peirn-

Imt iM-rthem

urrrii, Giilil-

iii the North,

lit'tnla lent a y

. The wood

as long been

1721. Perfumery plants: Iris Florentina; J

results than the application of dry steam. (See, also,
Lavnndula.)

Thyme (chiefly the garden thyme, Thymus vulgaris)
furnishes a perfume particularly suited to soaps and
imported into this country in large quantities. Rose-
mary has a stimulating property and is an essential
ingredient in Cologne water. Both of these could quite
possibly be grown, say in California, but might not be
able to compete well with the spontaneous product of
Europe.

Some notice should be taken, too, of the rather hum-
ble group of odorous plants belonging to the parsley
family, including anise, caraway and fennel. Not only
are the oils of these three (chiefly anise) largely im-
ported, but also their seeds (chiefly caraway). Caraway
runs wild northerly, fennel has established itself on the
lower Potomac, and anise could doubtless be grown, but
there is no reason to expect large profits from these
plants.

There are several plants deserving consideration
which do not fall into any of these groups. One is the
jasmine {JasmiHum grandiflorum and J, Samhac).
Fig. 1721. This furnishes almost the only odor which
cannot be imitated by combinations of others. The oil
of jasmine is very valuable. The plants can be grown
in our warmest regions. The tuberose furnishes another
choice perfume and has been very successfully grown
for the purpose in Florida. {See PoliantJies.) The helio-
trope (Fig. 1032), jonquil (Fig. 1460), and mignonette
are also to be named. Of a quite different scent from
any of these is the oil of bitter almond, so important

standing. The rich odor of the yellow jessamine of
the South has been successfully extracted in Florida.
The common market perfume of magnolia is doubtless
mostly or entirely an imitation, and the same is probably
true of Clefhra ahiifolia perfume. The great magnolia,
Magnolia grand if/oyii, abounds in the South, but its
flowers might be difficult to secure in quantity. Clethra
is abundant enough in the Atlantic coast region, but
some difficulty might be experienced with it owing to
the fact that only a part of the flowers in the raceme
open at one time. The flowers of the swamp magnolia
or sweet h&j. Magnolia Virginiana or M. gfanca (Fig.
1347), should be tried. The spice bush, Benzoin odor-
iferum, affords several scents. The sweet and copious
bloom of Azalea arhorescens in the southern mountains
has been suggested for treatment. It is to be feared
that the delicious odor of the native crab apples would
be too expensive, considering the difiiculty of collecting
enough petals. The bloom of the wild grape might well
be thought of. Many of our plants— these are only
examples — will eventually be tried and a few will be
found steadily valuable. It is useless to expect com-
mercial success with small and scanty-flowered plants
like trailing arbutus, Epigma repens^ however pleasing
in their natural state.

The production of perfumery oils may be conducted
on large farms by capitalists; or a central establish-
ment may contract with individuals for flowers and
other materials ; or the business may be carried on
cooperatively; or individuals may operate on a small
scale in connection_with other lines of ftwming. Some

1278

PEEFUMEKY GARDENING

PERIPLOCA

competent women to whom other avenues are closed
may find this work available and congenial.

Intending experimenters should seek further informa-
tion in one or more of the books which are before the
public. With regard to methods of extraction, Askin-
son's "Perfumes and their Preparation" may be con-
fidently recommended. Sawer's "()dorni,Tai.hia " (espe-
cially the first series) is valujiMf Ixitli u> lln- cxtrju-tur
and the grower. Piesse's "Artoi I'l irinri'i y " will also
be found useful on both sides <.f thi- suhjtct. Gildf-
meister and Hoffman's "Volatile Oils" is also very valu-
able. E. S. Steele.

Also consult E. S. Steele's article on "Perfumery
Gardening" in the Yearbook of the U. S. Dept. of
Agric. for 1898. Vol. 22, part 2 of the Journal of the
Royal Hort. Soe. (London, 1898) contains a list of per-
fximes and plants that yield them, and also a list of
books on perfumes.

PERlLLA (said to bo a native name in India).
Lnl.n'iht. Peril/a ^'>, h L i h, nsi .. is ilistin<'t among all
t.-ii.lrr luMldii.^' ptaut.-^ I.y Tin- ruh-r of its foliage. The
leaves are a dark, wim--pnrpl«-. with a bronzy luster.
These colors are more or less tuned with green, espe-
cially in young plants. The Perilla is an annual herb,
growing about IK ft. high. It is considerably used in
subtropical beds and for the back of ribbon borders.
It is sometimes planted next to a dusty miller or other
white-leaved plants for the sake of contrast. The
foliage has an odor suggesting cinnamon. In Japan
the Perilla is of economic importance for the production
of oil. Perillas need a sunny or at least half-sunny
position. They thrive under the treatment given

half-hardy annuals.
nearly an inch. Avoid
leggy specimens are \
spicuous and produced
duction of the Coleus, tl

(dird.

ly and cover
too closely;
, are incon-
e the intro-
much used as an

plant

ornamental flower-garden plant, and is still used largely
in the gardens of northern Europe, where the Coleus
makes but a stunted growth. But in our warmer sum-
mers it is displaced by the more brilliantly colored and
free-growing Coleus.

Perilla is placed by Bentham and Hooker next to the
American genus Collinsonia, witli which it agrees in
the following characters: flowiTing calyx of 5 nearly
equal teeth; fruiting calj-x declinate, 2-lipped; anterior
lobe of the corolla larger; perfect stamens 4. The
main point of difference lies in the nutlets; those of
Perilla are netted-veined, while those of Collinsonia are
smooth. Also the anther cells of Collinsonia are divari-
cate, while those of Perilla are finally merely divergent.
Perilla is placed in the same subtribe with Mentha, but
belongs to a group in which the whorls of fls. are not
axillary (as is usually the case in the Mentha group),
but are spicate or racemose.

ocjmoideSf Linn. Also spelled ochnoldes. The typical
form has Ivs. green on both sides and is worthless for
gardens. Lvs. opposite, rarely .speckled with brownish
purple, only slightly wrinkled, base wedge-shaped or
narrow; blade broadly ovate or roundish, pointed or
blunt, hairy or not, entire or variously cut at the mar-
gin. In the wild, it is a coarse, often shaggy plant, 2-4
ft. high, with lvs. 3-6 in. long, petioles 1-3 in. long:
racemes 3-8 in. long: corolla white or reddish, 2 lines
long: fruiting calyx 3^ iii* lo"8^- Himalayas, Burma,
■China, Japan. B.M. 2395. — Sparingly run wild.

Var. Nankin^nsis, Voss (P. Nankininsls, Decne. P.
<irgufa, Binrh.). Slightly hairy, rarely glabrous: lvs.
dark purpli-bniwn. with a bronzy luster; base wedge-
shaped {rounded in strong-growing specimens); blade
ovate, acute, coarsely and deeply saw-toothed, margin
wavy. Occasionally seedlings are green when voung.
B.H. 1852:60; 1879, p. 272. Forms of this variety are:
(1) Var. laciniElta (P. lac Inidf a, B.oH. Thorburn. P.
jYaakhiensis foliis afropurpureis lachiidtls, Hort. Be-
nary) has lvs. cut nearly to the middle, foliage un-
dulate, wi'inkled or crisped. Colors said to be more
intense. Int. about 1872. P.G, 2:77. (2) Var. macro-
phylla (P. JVankhiensia tnacrophyUa cnwpdcfa, Hort.)
is a largc-lvd. form characterized by its almost "bell-
shaped" form. The lvs. are wavy-fringed. Habit com-

pact. (3) Var. elatior (P. y(n)khii^)}sis macrophylla
eiatior, Hort. Benary) is a taller form of var. macro-
vhylla. (4) Var. varieg^ta (P. Nankinensis foliis varie-
gatis, Hort.) differs in having the foliage spotted with
white. (5) Var. microph^Ua (P. Nankinhisis micro-
phfflln n\gricavs, Hort. Benary) is a small-lvd. form
int. about 1809. -^jy. ScOTT and W. M

1722. Pensteria data— Holy Ghost Plant.
(Flower X >o.)

PERlPLOCA (Greek, peri, around, and plekein, to
twine; alluding to the twining habit). Asvlepiaddcea?.
Twining, rarely upright, glabrous shrubs, with opposite,
deciduous or evergreen entire lvs. or sometimes leafless,
and with rather small usually dark -colored fls. in axillary
or terminal cymes. Mo.st of the species are subtropical,
but the only species cult, in this country is hardy north
to New York, and can be grown even in Canada when
trailing on the ground and somewhat protected during
the winter. It is a vigorous and high-growing climber,
with handsome dark green and shining foliage, and is
well suited for covering arbors, trellis work and trunks
of trees. It bears fragrant fls. in summer and keeps its
foliage until late in fall. It thrives in any well-drained
soil and prefers sunny positions. Prop, by seeds or by
greenwood cuttings in siimmer under glass ; also by
layers.

Twelve species, distributed from S. Eii. to trop. Africa,
China and E. India. Shrubs, with milky juice: fls. in
axillary or terminal cymes; calyx 5-lobed; corolla 5-
parted, bearing inside at the base a 5- or 10-lobed
crown ; stamens 5, with very short filaments and with

PERIPLOCA

the anthers couneeted at the apex aiul villous; style
shoit. with broad stigma: fr. cousistiug of 2 follicles,
coiitaiuiiig uumerous, small, winged seeds.

Graeca, Linn. Silk Vine. Deciduous shrub, twining
to 40 ft. : Ivs. petioled, ovate to oblong-lanceolate,
acuminate, dark greeu and glossy above, 2-t in. long:
fls. in loose, long-peduncled cymes, brownish purple
inside, greenish at the margin and outside, %-l in.
across; petals oblong, villous; crown with 5 slender
thread-like incurved glabrous appendages : follicles
narrow, about 4 in. long. July, Aug. S. Eu., W. Asia.
B.M. 2289. B.R. 10:803. L.B.C. 14:1389. Gn. 34, p. 78.
— Under the name of P. atigustifoUa a narrow-leaved
form is sometimes cultivated, but it is P. Grwca, var.
angnstifolia, Jiig. The true P. angustifolla , Labill., is
synonymous to P. Icevigata, Ait., from the Canary Isl.
and N. Africa, with persistent Ivs. and pubescent ap-
pendages of the crown. Alfred Rehder.

PEEISTfiEIA (Greek, dove, from the form of the
column aud wings). OrchidAcete. A genus of stately
South American orchids, having large plicate leaves
unfolding successively, and tall, erect or hanging
flower-spikes. The flowers are nearly globose or cup-
shaped, of a waxy texture, with broad, concave seg-
ments. The genus is distinguished from the related
genera Acineta, Sacsena, Gongora, etc., by the curious
shape of the labellum and column. The base of the
lahi'llum (hypochil) is united with the column by broad
winiis (pleuridia). The upper part of the labellum
(t'pichil) is movably joined to the hypochil. Five
species, of which two are commonly cultivated.

These plants are easily kept alive, but difficult to
flower. When growth begins they should be planted in
well-drained compost of fibrous loam, leaf-mold and
sand, and carefully watered until the plants become
vigorous. Later liquid manure or bone-dust may be
given them in order to obtain large and vigorous flower-
spikes. Liberal treatment will produce flne specimens,
Ixit poorly fed plants often fail to flower at all. When
resting, they should be removed from the tropical
Iiouse to a cooler room. P. elata is often grown as a
]iiuely terrestrial orchid.

elita. Hook. Dove Flower. Holt Ghost Flower.
Fig. 1722. Pseudobulbs 4-5 in. high, bearing several
strongly veined Ivs. 2-3 ft. high: fl.-stem 3-4 ft. high;
fls. in a raceme covering about one-third the length of
the flower-stalk, cup-shaped, creamy white, wax-like and
fragrant, 2 in. across ; sepals broadly ovate to rotund ;
I)etals more delicate; labellum fleshy, broadly obovate,
truncate, sprinkled with deep purple; column with large,
curious wings, supposed to bear resemblance to a dove,
June-Sept. Panama. B.M. 3116. Gng. 5:151. V. 8:103.
Gn. 12, p. 1.53; 30, p. 574; 42, p. 324. R.H. 187C, p. 133;
1877:110. — The labellum and wings of the column are
sometimes spotted with purple.

p^ndula, Hook. Pseudobulbs ovate-oblong, 4-5 in.
high, bearing lanceolate, strongly veined Ivs.: scape
pendulous, from the base of the pseudobulb, bearing as
many as 20 fls.: fls. globular in outline, 1% in. across,
fragrant, greenish white outside, tinged with rose and
thickly dotted with purple within; sepals roundish con-
cave, united at base; petals rather smaller; labellum
fleshv, curiously shaped, enclosed within the flower.
Guiaiia. B.M. 3479. G.C. IL 25:116. -Requires tropical
treatment, but rarely flowers in cult.

P. Humboldtii, Liiidl.=Aeineta Humboldtli, Lindl.

Heinrioh Hasselbring.

PEEISTEOPHE (Greek, peri, around, and strophos,
belt; alluding to the involucre). AcanthAceai. Erect
branched or loosely creeping herbs or half-shrubby
greenhouse plants cult, for their flowers. Lvs. entire:
fls. solitary or in clusters of 2-3 surrounded by an
involucre, in loose cymes or cymose panicles, or distant
on slender branches; bracts of the involucre narrow;
calyx deeply 5-parted, shorter than the bracts, scariose
or hyaline; corolla-tube long, slender, slightly enlarged
above, limb deeply bilabiate, the posterior lip narrow,
erect, concave, entire or emarginate, lower lip spread-
ing, apex 3-parted ; stamens 2, a little shorter than the
corolla lips; anthers 2-celled; sterile stamens none;

81

PERNETTYA

1279

style filiform: cap.sule oblong-, contracted into a solid
stalk. About 15 species, rang:ing from tropical Africa
through the Malay Islands and Australia to India.

The plants are cult, like Jacobinias or Justicias, of
the same family. Cuttings taken at any time when the
wood is soft will root in a warm bed in 3— i weeks, after
which the potted plants may be removed to a house of
lower temperature. They require a rich loam mixed
with some leaf -mold, aud plenty of air.

1723, Peristrophe speciosa iX 14)-

specidsa, Nees (Justlcia sj^ectosa, Roxb.). Fig. 1723.
Plants erect, spreading and branched, becoming 2-3 ft.
high: Its. opposite, petioled, ovate-acuminate, smooth:
fls. in clusters of 2-3 on slender branches, violet-purple,
\% in. long. Fls. for a long period in winter. India.
B.M. 2722. L.B.C. 20:1915. B. 2:74. -A pot-plant of
bu.shy, compact habit when well grown. Good for the
window. Usually thrives best in partial shade.

angnstifdlia, Nees. Plants low, erect, very much
branched : branches nearly horizontal, pubescent above:
lvs. lanceolate, pointed at both ends: fls. sparse, in ter-
minal cymes, rose-colored. Flowers freely. Java. —A
var. ailrea variegfi.ta has the center of the lvs. varie-
gated with yellow. Useful for vases and baskets.

Heinkich Hasselbring.

PERIWINKLE. Vinca.

PERNETTYA (after A. J. Pemetty (1716-1801); ha
accompanied Bougainville on his voyage and wrote "A
Voyage to the Falkland Islands ") , EHcAcece. Ornamen-
tal low evergreen shrubs, with small, alternate, usually
serrate lvs. and small, white or pinkish, nodding fls.,
usually solitary in the axils and followed by very deco-
rative berries varying in color from white to purplish
black or bluish black and remaining on the branches
all winter. These exceedingly pretty shrubs are great
favorites in England, but are little known in this coun-
try. P. miicrouata and P. angnstifolia^ the hardiest, are
probably hardy in sheltered positions as far north as
New York. They are well suited for rockeries and bor-
ders of evergreen shrubberies and also make very hand-
some pot-plants. They grow best in a peaty and porous
moderately moist soil and prefer sunny positions, but
seem to grow almost as well in any other well-drained
soil; in shade they will not fruit as profusely as in the
full sun. Prop, by seeds or by cuttings of half-ripened

1280

PERNETTYA

PERSEA

wood in summer under glass; also by means of layers
and suckers. Grown chiefly for the ornamental fruit.

About 25 species from Mexico to the Magellan region,
mostly in the mountains and 1 species in Tasmania and
New Zealand. Fls. axillary, usually solitary on slender
nodding pedicels, rarely in racemes; calyx 5-parted;
corolla urceolate, with short 5-lobed limb; stamens 30,
the anthers 4-awned at the apex: fr. a 5-celled many-
seeded berry. Allied to Gaultheria, hut the calyx not
enlarged and rarely fleshy after flowering.

mucron&ta, Gaudich. (A7-butus nutcroniitns, Linn. f.).
Much-branched shrub, to 2 ft., with glabrous or spar-
ingly hairy branches: Ivs. almost two-ranked, ovate,
spiny-pointed, serrate, dark green and shining above,
glabrous, %-% in. long: fls. solitary, nodding, subglo-
bose, white or slightly tinged pink, about one-fifth in.
long: fr. white to dark purple, %-}4 in. across, red in
the typical form. May, June. Magellan region to Chile.
B.M. 3093. B.R. 20:1G95. L.B.C. 19:1848. Gn. 23:389;
59. p. 41. Gt.34, p. 214. G.M. 40:811. M.D.G. 1898:397.
— Many vars. partly originated by hyV)ridizing with the
following species are cult, in English and Dutch nur-
series, mostly differing in the color of the fr., which is
usually indicated by the name of the var., as. var. ^Iba,
atropurpilrea, coccinea (P.M. 1879:339), lilacina (P.M.
1879:;{39), nigra, purpxirea (F.M. 1879:339), r6sea, san-
gTlinea. Also P. Dnnnmondl, Cummiiuii, sprr'n.sa ,
floribunda (G.C. II. 18:049 and III. 28:4(i-|), b<.-Iong
here. P. mucronata and its vars. are among our most
ornamental fruiting shrubs in winter-time, when they
are loaded with bright-colored berries contrasting well
with the dark glossy foliage; they are also very hand-
some in spring when covered with their numerous white
flowers.

angustifdiia, Lindl. {P. mucroncita, var. angustifdliaf
Nichols.). Closely allied to the preceding: Ivs. lanceo-
late to linear-lanceolate, usually arched backwards,
smaller: fls. somewhat smaller, on slender pedicels;
anthers twice as long as filaments; style as long as
ovary. May, June. Chile. B.R. 20:03. B.M. 3889.

P. cilidris Don. Spreading shrub: Ivs. oblong to narrow-ob-
long, serrulate, K-1 in. long: fls. solitary, ovate, white: fr.
almost black. Mexico. — P. cilidHs, Lindl. G.C. 11. 10:89. and
III. 28:463, belongs probably to P. furens.— P. firrens, Klotzsch.
Upright shrub: Ivs. ovate to ov.ite-lanceolate, ciliate, to 1}4 in.
long: fls. in axillary, seeund, rather dense racemes: fr. brown-
ish red. Peru, Chile. BM. 4920.— P. Pentlandii, DC. Similarto
P. mucronata, but Ivs. not spiny-tipped: fr. dark purplish blue,
with the calyx-lobes fleshy. Venez. to Chile. B.M. 6204.— P.
pkillyrecefdlia, DC. Similar to P. mucronata: branches spar-
ingly hispid: corolla ovate, pubescent Inside; anthers twice as
long as filaments. Pern, Chile.— P. pilbsa, Don (Arbutus pi-
losa, Grab.). Prostrate sh nib. with densely hispid branches:
Ivs. elliptif-ohlong, serrate, to ^ in. long: fls. ovate, white,
solitary. Mexico. B.M. 3177. ALFRED Rehder.

PEROTTIA of a trade catalogue is an error for Par-

PERSIA (pre-Linmean name, ultimately derived
from Persia). JjCiu'rAcew. As understood by Bentham
& Hooker, Persea contains about 100 species, but Meiss-
ner {DC. Prodr. 15, pt. 1, 43) distributes some of the
species in other genera, and retains only 50 in Persea.
The Perseas are trees or shrubs of the tropics or warm-
temperate parts of America and the Old World, with
thick alternate leaves and small white or greenish flow-
ers, mostly in panicled fascicles; the flowers are usu-
ally perfect, with deeply G-parted calyx, no corolla, and
stamens usually 12 in 4 series, but one series sterile.
The pistil is single, the ovary being sessile and taper-
ing into a style which bears a disk-like stigma. Three
species are in the American trade, all being prized for
their clean evergreen foliage, and one of them, P, (fra-
tissima, for its large edible fruit. P. CaroUnensis
grows naturally as far north as North Carolina, and P.
Cateshyann, a shrubby species which is not in the
trade, grows naturally in south Florida,

A. Outer calyx-lobes distinctly shorter than the iuncr.
Carolin6n8ls, Nees. Red Bay. Bull Bat. Tree,
reaching 40 ft., with smoothish branches: Ivs. 2-3 in.
long, oblong to lance-oblong, glabrous and deep green
above, glaucous beneath: fls. pubescent, the peduncles

of the clusters shorter than the petioles: fr. a smaH>
blue drupe. Woods, N. Car. to Fla. — A handsome ever-
green, with wood useful for cabinet work and other-
purposes.

AA. Outer calyjr-lohes equalinti thi- umer, or veri/
near!!, »■"•'
Indica, Spreng. Handsome tree, with elliptic-oblong
or lance-oblong attenuate-acute glabrous Ivs. 3-8 in.
long; panicle 3-6 in. long, the peduncles compressed,
and the branches 3-5-fld., the fls. white and }4 in. long:
fr. scarcely fleshy. Canary, Madeira and the Azores,
Islands. — Offered by P. Franceschi, Santa Barbara.

1724. AUieator Pear. Persea gratissima (X Ja).

gratissima, Gaertn. f. Alligator Peak, Avocado
Pear. A^uacate. Midshipman's Butter. Fig. 1724.
Native to the American tropics, but now widely distrib-
uted: fls. greenish, downy, in dense fascicles which are
arranged in leafless panicles : ovary downy, ripening into
a large pear-shaped, green or purplish drupe, contain-
ing one large seed. B.M. 4580. B.R. 15:1258. I.H.
36:75. — Offered in southern Florida and southern Cali-
fornia. The fruit is occasionally seen in northern
markets. In Southern California and Mexico the fruit
is common in the markets. It is grown to a small ex-
tent as far north as Los Angeles, but it requires a.
hotter climate to render the fruit certain and palatable.
It will thrive in climates to which Anonas are adapted.

L. H. E.

The Avocado, or Alligator Pear, is a native of the
West Indies, Mexico to Peru and Brazil. It is very
common in Jamaica, being found in every settlement or
plantation. The tree grows to a height of 25 to 30 ft. ;
it has elliptical or elliptical-oblong leaves, 4-7 in. long,
glabrate and pale beneath; the fruits are large, more or
less pear-shaped, and covered with a green or deep pur-
ple skin, and containing a large quantity of a firm, yel-
lowish green pulp, enclosing a single large seed. This
fruit is highly esteemed by all classes in the West
Indies. The pulp is marrow-like, and is eaten as a
salad, usually with the addition of pepper, salt and
vinegar. Europeans as a rule do not like the fruit at
first, but once the taste is acquired they become ex-
ceedingly, often excessively, fond of it. The pulp con-
tains an abundance of oil which may be used for illu-

PKRSEA

minatiiiir ]Mir|i..s(.s. aUo for soap-making. The seeds
yii-M a il. I |i. iiiil. liMc black stain, and are used for
itiarkiiig liiini. l'l;iiits are easily raised from seeds,
and in good >~ui\ in warm situations they ?ro\v rajiidly,
and begin to fruit when about five vi-ars .iM. rii^'i-e
are a good many varieties, differing frcin .-.irh i.thrr in
size, shape and quality of fruit. These iliftereiins are
not due to careful cviltivation and selection in all cases,
however, but to natural variation and accidental inter-
«™ss'ns- W. Haekis.

PERSIAN INSECT POWDEK. Clu-!/saHtliemiim,p.'Jl2.

PfiRSICA. See Priiinis.

PERSICARIA. Referred to Pohjgonum.

PERSIMMON. Plate XXVIII. Of the Persimmon,
two types are known in cultivation for their fruit, —the
native, and the Japanese or Kakl. The former is yet
little improved, although it has possibilities. See
Diospyros.

The native Persimmon or date plum, Diospyros Vir-
giniana (Fig. 1725), is found growing wild in most of
the southern states and as far north as 38° lat. It
will thrive and ripen its fruit, however, as far north as
the Great Lakes. The fruit is little known except to
those who live in localities in which it grows wild, and
even there but little attention has lieen given to its cul-
tivation and improvement. The tree is usually of small
size when grown in the open ground, reaching a height
of 20-30 ft. ; when grown in the forest it often reaches
a height of GO-80 ft.: and in the rich alluvial river
bottoms, from 2-3 ft. in diam. Tlie wood is hard
and elastic, and very durable when used for inside
work, but it will rot very quickly when placed under
ground. The fruit is subglobose and ranges in size
from >2-2 in. in diara., depending largely on the num-
ber of seeds which it contains, although seedless vari-
eties an inch in diameter are sometimes found. The
fruit has a very disagreeable, astringent quality when
green, but this disappears in most varieties when it
becomes fully ripe. The date of ripening in the central
states varies from Aug. I to Dee. 1. The old notion of
early botanists that this fruit must be subjected to the
action of frost before it becomes edible is erroneous;
many of the very best varieties ripen long before the
appearance of frost, while others never beeome edible,
being so exceedingly astringent that neither sun nor
frost has any appreciable effect on them. The Per-
simmon is readily propagated from seeds, which should
be procured in the fall or early winter and planted in
the same manner as peach pits; but as the seedlings,
especially from cultivated varieties, cannot be relied
upon to reproduce themselves, they should be budded
or grafted when 2 or 3 years old. This should be done
in the spring as soon as the bark will slip freely. This
tree is more difficult to transplant successfuUv than
almost any other kind of fruit. If too much of the
long tap-root is cut off the tree will be sure to die.
Transplant in the autumn, cut back most of the top,
but preserve as much of the root as possible. The
Persimmon will do fairly well on almost any kind of
soil not too wet, but it will show its appreciation if
planted on a rich, warm soil, well exposed to the sun-
light, and kept well cultivated for the first few years
after planting, until it becomes adapted to its new
surroundings. j ^boop.

Tlie Japanese Persimmon, Diospyros Kaki. is con-
sidered by the .Japanese as their best native pomological
product. Although cultivated in the south of Prance
for more than 75 years, there is no record of its success-
ful introduction into the United States previous to about
1870. Trees were first sent to California and subse-
quently to Augusta, Ga., but owing to defective roots
and long delay in transit, the first and second shipments
proved a failure, and not until 1870 came the first suc-
cess with a few trees. All early importations of trees
grown in Japan consisted of trees of small sizes with
long tap-roots and no laterals; this, with imperfect
packing, caused their loss and subsequent disappoint-
ment. American enterprise, however, remedied this,
as nurseries were at once established near Yokohama

PERSDIMON ]281

and well-grown trees of the best varieties were exported
to the United States. Experiments were made at the
South by grafting upon native stocks. This proved
successful when the graft was inserted upon the collar
of the root. 3 to 4 inches below the surface of the soil;
but top-grafting or budding upon side branches of large
trees was seldom free from failure. The best method
of propagating Japan Persimmons is by collar-grafting
upon seedlings of the native species (Diospyros Vir-
giniana), which are grown either by planting the seed
in nursery rows or transi>lanting the young seedlings
from seed-beds early in the spring. The seedlings can
be budded during summer, and in favorable seasons a
fair proportion of the buds will succeed.

The U. S. Department of Agriculture received a large
quantity of trees from Japan about 1878 or 1879, and
fearing that the winter of Washington might prove too
cold the trees were sent to Norfolk, Va., where many
bore fruit the following year. The first fruiting of
which there is any record was at Augusta, Ga., in 1879,
upon trees grafted upon native seedlings growing in
the forest. As regards the hardiness of the Japanese
Persimmons, an experience of twenty-five years demon-
strates that some varieties are more resistant to exces-
sive cold than others ; but few can withstand a temper-
ature of zero; and as a rule they are more successful
below the 32d degree of latitude than farther north.
Many .seedlings have been produced that seem to have
increased frost - resisting powers. Instances are re-
ported in which some of these trees have withstood the
winters of east Tennessee. By successive sowing of
seeds from these hardier seedlings we may look for a
race of trees, either of pure Japanese blood or crosses
with our best native sorts, that will be adapted to the
middle sections of the U. S., or as far north as is the
habitat of the American species.

Seedlings, so far as proved by many experimenters,
have a tendency to produce male flowers only during
the first three years of blossoming. After that period
a few female fiowers appear in very small proportion,
sometimes one female flower to 200 male flowers. Fully
one-half of the seedlings produce nothing but male
flowers; consequently the proportion of fertile trees is
seldom more than 2 to 5 per cent at first blossoming,
in cases in which .subsequent female flowers appear not
above 10 per cent. Again :\ l.ir^e |iio|i.iiiiwii i.f the fruit

is small, austere and uiientaMi'. I'his a unts fur the

small list of the really good s..rts i-ultivated in Japan
or exported here.

There is a great dlflr'erence in the habit of growth
and foliage of the varieties. All have broad and shiny
leaves. Some varieties make a growth of 5-7 feet the
first year from graft, and at 10 years form a tree 10
ft. in height. Others assume a dwarf, compact habit
and seldom grow above 5-G ft. in height; this class is
more precocious in reaching the bearing age than the
taller-growing sorts, which are al.so apt to overbear.
It is not uncommon for a three-year-old tree to yield
several hundred perfect fruits. Thinning the fruit as
soon as set in early summer will prevent an early
demise of the tree. Trees thrive in any soil in which the
native species grow, but usually fail in wet soils.

The fruit of all the varieties is very attractive, both
as to size and color. The latter is usually of a bright
orange-red or vermilion, which is more or less intensi-
fied according to variety. The fruits begin to color
when half grown, but should not be gathered until just
before frost for the late-ripening varieties, or until soft
with the early kinds. Some varietios begin to ripen in
the middle South as early as September, but a part of
the crop upon the same trtje can be left to hang until
frost and kept sound in a cool room until January. The
round-shaped varieties ripen first, the oblong last and
keep the longest; these latter .should be slowly house-
ripened to remove the slight astringency inherent to
these varieties.

The flesh varies according to varieties, but is usually
of a bright orange color, soft, rich and sweet and with
an apricot flavor; when soft, the pulp should be eaten
with a spoon. Some varieties have dark brown-red flesh,
and are usually edible when quite solid. A peculiarity of
these consists in both red or half red- and half brown-
fleshed specimens being produced upon the same tree.

1282

PERSIMMON

PERSIMMON

This is frequently the case wlien several varieties are
grown near each other, possibly showing the effect of
cross-pollination. This variation in the color of the
flesh has caused some confusion in reaching a correct
nomenclature. The earlier shipments of trees from
Japan usually consisted of about 12 names, but no reli-
ance could be placed upon these names. The same
name was often found to apply to several distinct
varieties, or one variety had several synonyms. After
years of fruiting the so-called 40 varieties originally

1735. The native Persimmon, Diospyros Virginiana (X %)•

introduced, a more or less correct nomenclature has
been attempted; but from the many local names found
in various localities this has been a difficult task.

In the annexed list of the most desirable varieties
such synonyms are added thereto as have been ascer-
tained after several years' trial. Many names refer to
Japanese localities, others to their shape, size, color,
etc. ; their significance in Japanese has as far as possi-
ble been translated in English by Mr. Irata, a highly
educated Japanese artist, to whom the writer is also
indebted for valuable information as to the use of this
fruit in his native country.

Among, or Yemon (name of a Japanese ornament).— Round,
flattened, deeply ribbed, dark orange-red, and sometimes yel-
lowish red, 23^-3 in. in diam. ; average weight 6 ounces, aud
occasionally a specimen weighing 16 ounces is produced. Veiy
sweet; flesh red and edible while still solid; quality improves
as it becomes soft. Maturity Sept. to end of Nov. Tree of
moderate height.

Hachiya ("Beehive" in Japanese).— Synonjons, Costata, Im-
perial, Yomato, etc. Oblong, with blunt apex, slightly ribbed,
2^2 by 3 in. ; average weiglit 5 ounces. Flesh deep orange-red,
astringent while solid, but sweet and very good when soft.
Should be house-ripened, and can be kept until March. Tree
of vigorous and tall growth. This variety is usually dried in
the manner of Smyrna figs and is of excellent quality; is often
exported in the dried state.

H^/i/afc«me or fi'yaA-MJHc( one hundred "me, "a unit of Japanese
weight). Plate XXVIII.— This is perhaps the most desirable
of the round, red-fleshed varieties, and as the fruit affects va-
rious shapes, it is known under many names, such as Pound,
Tane-nashi, or Seedless, etc. The Agricultural Bureau of To-
kio gives the latter name to a variety with black mottled apes,
but we find both round and elongated forms upon the same
tree, as also uniformly orange and orange-yellow colored speci-
mens, while m:iuy are heavily tipped with black. The varia-
tion of forms and colors doubtless led to its array of syno-
nyms. Fruit large, averaging 3 inches in diam., aud 5 ounces
in weight; usually flattened, but elongated forms arequite com-
mon upon the same branch. Flesh bright orange-red. Keeps
very late. 5Iust be soft before being edible. Tree of moderate

height; apt to be of dwarf growth. Sometimes seedless, but
frequently with from 6 to 8 seeds.

loyama Gaki (name of locality).— Medium to large, round,
but somewhat narrower at the apex, yellowish orauge, with
dark or black pencilings at apex. FIe.sh dark brown or grayish
brown; very sweet. Can be eaten when solid; 4 to 6 oimees.

Kxirokjime (this may possibly be Goshio-hira, or Palace Per-
simmon).—Very large, round, somewhat flattened; 3 to 'i}4 in.
in diam.; average weight 10 ounces, and sometimes yields
specimens 16 ounces in weight; keeps late. Flesh red. Tree
erect gi'ower.

MinokaH { Persimmon from Mino. name of alocality) .—Syno-
nym, Large Stork Egg. Large to very large, oblong, pointed,
frequently weighing 10 to 12 ounces; skin bright vermilion-red;
flesh red, rich but astringent unless softened by house-ripen-
ing. The foliage is very long, narrow and distinct from any
other variety. Immensely productive, a 6-year-old tree having
produced upwards of 500 specimens. Usually prepared in
Japan for winter use by being placed in a closed barrel until
the astringency is removed. Also valuable for drying.

Miyo-tan (Mazelli). -Plate XXVIII. Round or slightly ob-
long, 23^ in. diam.; average weight, 5/^ ounces; slightly ribhed;
deep orange-red; flesh usually deep brown-re. 1, but bright
red- or half red- and half brown-fleshed specimens are often
produced upon the same tree, the results of cross-fertilization
by other varieties. Tree of medium or dwarf growth; exceed-
ingly prolific. Fruit keeps very late. The brown-fleshed speci-
mens are edible while solid, and as early as October 1.

Okame ("Stout young girl "in Japanese).— Synonyms, Ob-
long Hyakume, Mikado, etc. Medium to large, 2^x3)^ in.,
oblong, deep red, nearly always seedless ; keeps late.

rsurM-?io-A-o(" Stork Egg").— Plate XXVIII. Large, oblong,
pointed. 2}4s.3]4 in-: weight 4-5 ounces, sometimes 10 ounces;
skin bright red; some specimens covered with black at apex;
flesh red, very good. Keeps late ; edible only when soft.
Foliage long and shiny: tree compact and vigorous grower.
This variety varies very much as to size at different seasons.

Yedo-Ichi (also written" Yeddo-Ichi No. 1." or" best in Yedo."
latter being the old name of Tokio).— Syn., Maru-Gata ("round
shape"). Medium, round, some specimens slightly oblong,
flatten, il ;j1 I.I I ;mi<1 narrowiug at apex; skin dark red, often
with M I : I ' ' I :,'s near apex; flesh mahogany brown, with
dark. I ill, and is edible while solid as early as Oct.

1. V'Tv j ;i;. , luii itears fruit in large clusters. Tree an up-
right t,'rowri-.

Zengt. ov Zinui (name of Japanese village). — Plate XXVIII:
Small, 1^x2 in.; weight 3 to 4 ounces; flesh dark brown, with
darker spots; very sweet: edible as early as middle of Septem-
ber while still solid, and lasts throughout October.

P. J. Berckjians,

Another Estimate of the Japanese Persimmons,—
Grafted on our native Persimmon, Diospyros V'ir-
giniana, the Japanese varieties seem perfectly at
home and make much longer-lived trees than those
imported from Japan. All varieties come into early
bearing and many of them are too prolific for the best
welfare of the trees. This tendency to overbear should
be corrected by thinning the fruit. Several of the
varieties produce very large fruit, single specimens
often weighing over a pound.

Some of the varieties ripen in August, some in
November, and others intermediate between those
dates. It requires some experience to determine just
when the fruit has reached the proper stage to be
marketed, and this varies with the different varieties.
Some of the varieties have dark flesh, others light
flesh, still others a mixture of the two. The light and
dark flesh differ radically in texture and consistency, as
well as appearance, and when found in the same fruit
are never blended, but always distinct. The dark flesh
is never astringent; the light flesh is astringent until
it softens. The dark-fleshed fruit is crisp and meaty,
like an apple, and is edible before it matures. Some of
the entirely dark-fleshed kinds improve as they soften.
The light-fieshed kinds, and those with mixed light and
dark flesh, are very delicious when they reach the
custard-like consistency of full ripeness. In some, the
astringency disappears as the f riiit begins to soften ;
in others it persists until the fruit is fully ripe. Seeds
accompany the dark flesh. The light-fleshed kinds are
seedless. Tin- kin<ls with mixi-il flesh have seeds in
proportion to the quantity uf <l;irk tli-sh.

The market value of the fruit is at present more or
less erratic. A large proportion of the fruit-eating
people of the North do not yet know what a fine fruit
the Japanese Persimmon is. The fruits have to be
shipped while lilted ;nid allowed to ripen after reaching
destin:itii>ji. < '. .niini-^siou men are likely to sell them
and tlie |.ulilie tn I'lii tlieiii — or attempt to do so — a week
or two alieud uf the proper stage of ripeness; hence the

PERSIMMON

Japan Persimmon in its best condition is comparatively
little known.

The following are some of the most prominent varie-
ties (as understood by the writer) arranged in order of
ripening, beginning with the earliest; although it must
be borne in mind that some of the varieties are more
or less interchangeable, in different seasons.

Zengi. — The smallest of all; round or roundish oblate;
diameter 1% in. loneitudinally and 2^ in. transversely; skin
yellovrish red; flesh very dark, quality good; seedy; edible
when still lirird: nneof the earhest to ripen. Vigorous, prolific.

Tahrr y.i } ::> - Medium, roundish, flattened at base; hits a
small l)iit wrll diiiiied point at the apes; diam. about 2^2 in-
botli \va> s i skill ilark yellow-red, with peculiar roughened sur-
face, boiuew'lntl resembling alligator leather in appearance and
markiugs, except that the marks are usually very small and
uniform ; flesh light brown, crisp, sweet, meaty, tree from as-
tringency; excellent; a good keeper and shipper.

Teddo-Ichi. — Large, oblate; diameter 'i^^ in. loTifritu'liuiiUy
and 3 in. transversely; very smooth lui'l nt,'iit:ir in ..Mtiine,
with dinted appearing surface and sliyht (l.-pi .-si..ii ;it .ihi op-
posite the stem; skin darker red thau iin>>,i \;ini*iuv, uith
lieavy bloom; flesh very dark brown, vergiug tuward purplish;
sweet, rich, crisp; in Quality one of the best. The fruit is good
to eat when still hard. A heavy bearer and exceedingly thrifty.

Hyakume. — Large to very large, varying from roundish
oblong to roundish oblate, but always somewhat flattened at
both ends; generally slightly depressed at the point opposite
the stem; diameter 2% in. longitudinally and 3^^^ in. trans-
versely; skin light huffish yellow, nearly always marked with
rings and veins at the apex; flesh dark brown, sweet, crisp and
meaty, not astringent; good while still hard; a good keeper;
one of the best market sorts. Of good growth and a free bearer.

re/rto/i.— Large, flat, tomato-shaped, somewhat four-sided;
diam. 2% in. longitudinally and 3/4 iu. transversely; skin light
yellow, changing to dull red, mottled with orange-yellow; dis-
tinct in color; flesh deep, dull red, brown around the seeds, of
which there are usually a few; some specimens are entirely
light-fleshed and seedless; there is no astringency after the
fruit begins to soften; quality fine; one of the best. In form
some of the fruits have the corrugations converging to the de-
pressed apex, as it is usually figured, but most do not.

Hackiya. — Very large, oblong, conical, with short point;
very showy; diameter 3% in. longitudinally and 3?4 iu. trans-
versely; skin dark, bright red, with occasional dark spots or
blotches and rings at the apex; flesh deep yellow, sometimes
having occasional dark streaks, with seed. Astringent until
ripe, then very fine. The largest and handsomest of all. Tree
vigorous and shapely ; bears fairly well, but is not as prolific
as some of the other varieties.

Taber No. JJ.— Medium, oblate, flat or depressed point;
diam. 1% in. longitudinally and 2% in. transversely; skin
rather dark red, with peculiar stipple mai'ks ; flesh dark
brown, sweet and not^astringent; seedy; good. Prolific.

Tane-Nashi.—IjArge to very large, roundish conical, pointed,
very smooth and symmetrical; diam. 3^^ in. longitudinally and
3>% in. transversely; skin light yellow, changing to bright red
at full maturity; flesh yellow and seedless; quality very fine;
perhaps the most highly esteemed of the light-tieshed kinds.
Tree is vigorous and bears well.

Otrt/rte. — Large, roundish oblate, with well-defined quarter
marks, point not depressed ; diameter 2% in. longitudinally
a ud 3 S in. transversely; skin orange-yellow, changing to bril-
liant carmine, with delicate bloom and waxy, translucent ap-
pearance; the most beautiful of all; light, clear flesh when
ripe, with light brown center around the seeds, of which it has
several ; loses its astringency as soon as it begins to ripen;
quality fine. Tree vigorous and good bearer.

jTrmmpA.— Medium; tomato-shaped; skin yellow; flesh yel-
low; generally has a few seeds; very productive; quality of
tlie best. Ripens from Sept. till Nov.

Tsurw.— Large, slender, pointed; longest in proportion to its
size of all; diam. 3'Hin. longitudinally and 2% in. transversely;
skin bright red; flesh orange-yellow, some dark flesh around
the very few seeds; astringent until fully ripe, then good.

C()s(a(a.— Medium size, conical, pointed, somewhat four-
sided; diam. 2% in. longitudinally and 2% in. transversely;
skin salmon-yellow; flesh light yellow, dark flesh and seeds
occurring seldom; astringent until ripe, then very fine; a good
keeper. Tree distinct; a rapid, upright grower; foliage luxu-
riant; the most ornamental of all the varieties mentioned.
G. L. Taber.

PERU, MARVEL OF. Mlrahills Jalapa.

PERUVIAN BARK. Cinchona.

PESCATORIA (after M. Pescatore, who had a large
collection of orchids at St. Cloud, near Paris). Orchi-
d(i>-e(p. A group often united with Zygopetalum, but in
horticultural works usually treated as a distinct genus.
The Ivs. are equitant, tufted, without pseudobulbs: Hs.
solitary on stems .3-6 in. long, from the axils of the Ivs..
mostly large and showy, and fragrant; sepals and j.etals

PETASITES

1283

broad, concave, spreading; the lateral sepals forming a
meutum; labeliuni clawed, lateral lobes small, middle
lobe rounded, spreading; crest thick, consisting of a
number of keels arranged in a semi-circle near the base
of the lip; column slender, not boat-shaped. About 10
species. For culture, see Zi/ijopetalum.

Klabochdrum, Reichb. f. Lvs. strap-shaped, 1 ft. or
more long: fls. 3-3K in. across, variable in color; sepals
oblong, obtuse; petals shorter, all white with chocolate-
purple points; labellum 3-lobed, yellowish or white, and
having many purple-tipped hairs; callus sulfur-colored,
with brown keels. Ecuador. Gu. 22:341.

Day^na, Reichb. f. Lvs. tufted, 6-10 in. long: fls. on
short scapes; sepals oblong-obovate, acute, white, with
green tips ; petals rhomboid-rotund ; labellum clawed,
angled on each side of the base ; limb oblong, emargi
nate, revolute on the sides, white with a callous ring
which is purple-violet, the base being of the same color;
column yellow, with a red band near the base and the
anther of the same color. Late autumn. Colombia.
Var. rhod^cra, Reichb. f. Sepals and petals with rose
tips ; labellum orbicular, suffused crimson. B.M. 6214.

cerina, Reichb. f. Lvs. in tufts of 4 or 5, cuneate-
oblong, pointed, 1 ft. long: peduncles 2-6 in. long, 1-fld. :
sepals and petals nearly equal, the latter somewhat
clawed, fleshy, rounded, concave, pale straw color;
labellum ovate, yellow, with a thick semicircular crest.
Flowers at various seasons, the fls. lasting a long time.
Chiriqui. B.M. 5598 (as Huntleya cerina). F.S. 17:1815
(as Zi/gopetalitm eerinum) .

Heinrich Hasselbring.

PETALOSTfiMON (named from the peculiar relation
of the petals and stamens). Leyuminbsin. About 22 spe-
cies of American herbs, mostly western and perennial,
glandular-dotted, with small odd-pinnate Ifts. and
spikes which are terminal or opposite the lvs. and bear
many small fls. ranging from white through rose to
purple and violet. P. violaceus is a charming plant,
thriving in any light soil and forming a broad, low bush
with finely cut foliage, and bearing a constant succes-
sion of showy spikes of deep violet flowers. Well
adapted for the front of the border or the rockwork.

Petalostemon and Dalea are characterized by having
the lower petals longer than the standard, with their
claws adnate to the staminal tube; but Petalostemon
has only 5 stamens, while Dalea has 9-10. Other generic
characters: calyx-teeth or lobes about equal: standard
cordate or oblong, with a free, slender claw, the 4
lower petals distinct and subsimilar: ovary sessile,
2-ovuled : pod included by the calyx, membranous,
usually indehiscent and 1-seeded.

A. Fls. white.
cAndidus, Miehs. White Prairie Clover. Height
1-2 ft. : Ifts. 5-9, oblong or oblanceolate, 8-12 lines long.
Ind. to N. W. Terr., south to La. and Tex. B.B. 2:289.

aa. Fls. rosy purple or violet.

B. ITcibit decumhent.

deciimbens, Nutt. Stem about 1 ft. long: Ifts. 7-9,

linear-oblong: fls. deep violet-purple. Red River, Ark.

BB. Babit erect.

c. Bracts glabrous.

violjkceus, Michx. Violet Prairie Clover. Height

lJ^-3 ft.: Ifts. 3-5, narrowly linear, often mucronate at

apex: fls. violet or purple; corolla about 2 lines long.

Prairies, Ind. to Texas. B.B. 2:290. B.M. 1707.

CC. Bracts sillcy -pubescent.

tenuifdlius, Gray. Silkt Prairie Clover. Height
1-2 ft.: Ifts. 3-5, linear, obtuse at apex: fls. rose-pur-
ple. Dry soil, Kans. to New Mex. B.B. 2:291.

J. W. Mannino and W. M.

FETAStTES (Greek, a broad-brimmed hat; referring
to the large, broad lvs.). Compdsifoe. About 8-12 species
of hardy perennial herbs much like the common colts-
foot (Tu-isilago Farfara), having large lvs. of the
same general shape and more or less covered with
the same white felt, but the fls. range from purple to
white, not yellow, and are borne in corymbs instead of

1284

PETUNIA

singly. They are rather coarse and weedy, but the fol-
lowing are desirable for special purposes.

P. fragrans, the Wiuter Heliotrope or Sweet Colts-

foot, has the merit
have a delightful vanilla
and vary from pale lilac- i
desirable for cutting dur
differs from the con

in winter and it
iki- i"l..r. The fls. are small
• IMiipU-. A few sprays are
ng winter. The plant also
coltsfoot in having darker
colored and evergreen foliage. It is suitable for carpet-
ing shrubberies and for dry banks of stiff clay where
choicer subjects will not thrive.
the genus, it spreads rapidly by u
This plant seems to be

fls. seem to vary considerably in color : The Purple
Wreath is suitable for rafters. Propagated by cuttings
of dormant wood taken just before the new growth he-
gins. Give the cuttings bottom heat.

Petrea is a genus of about 16 species of tropical
American twining or arborescent shrubs: Ivs. opposite,
leathery: fls. violet, purple or bluish in long, terml-

the abov

53, p. :rjs

P. pall,

from ncai

points being take

via
■III, 1,1..

til.

fr.

il t...l.

■.1.
its fls

p. ii:

liers of

muers.

nierce:

and

varying
ish. It is found
in rich .lark Nwanips or sphaginim bogs from Newfound-
land t.. Alaska aiHl south to N. Y., Wis. and Calif. It
has biiii iitii r.-.l l.y two dealers in native plants.

P. Jnponird , var. t/i(ia)if('n has recently appeared in
European and American garden literature. The cata-
logue of the Y..k..|.aiiia Nursrrv Conqiany states that
the leaf-stalks grow 11 ft. high alid I-IK in. thick. The
stalks are eaten as a vegetable after being boiled,
and are also preserved in salt or sugar. Tlie
flower-buds, which appear in February, are used
as a condiment, as they have a slightly bitter but
agreeable flavor. The plant has been advertise. 1
in America since 1900 by several dealers.

The genus is widely distributed in north tem-
perate and siibarctic regions. The number of
species is uncertain, but the essential character
of the genus {as distinguished from Tussilago)
is that the heads are nearly or quite dicecious,
and rayless or with very short and not showy
rays ; also the fact that the scapes usually have many
fls. instead of one. The Ivs. are orbicular or reniform,
always with a deep heart-shaped base and the scapes
are covered with scales like a coltsfoot but sometimes
the lower ones are more leafy.

A. Size of Ivs. gigantic, 3%— 4 ft. across.
Jap6nica, P. W. Schmidt. Island of Sachaline. Var.
gigant^a, llort. Lvs. orbicular, margin wavy. Sacha-
line Isl. — Grows as high as a man.

AA. Size oflvs. S-12 in.
B. Blooming December to March.
frigrans, Presl. Winter Heliotrope. Sweet Colts-
foot. Height 8 in. : lvs. appearing during or after an-
thesis, orbicular, margined with small cartilaginous
teeth, glabrous above, pubescent and green below:
heads fragrant, the marginal fls. of the female heads
in the form of short rays. Mediterranean region.

BB. Blooming April to June.

palm&ta, Gray. Height 6-24 in. : lvs. orbicular in out-
line, deeply 7-11-cleft beyond the middle, and the lobes
sharply dentate, green and glabrous above, densely
white-tomentose beneath : heads fragrant, 4-6 lines
across, the marginal fls. of the female heads in the
f.irui of short rays. E. Asia, N. Amer. B.B. 3:469.

W. M.

PETSfiA (Robert James, Lord Petr«, 1710-1742, a
patron of botany who had the finest collection of exotic
plants in Europe). Verben(}cea'. Petrea volubilis, or the
Purple Wreath, is one of the rarest, most distinct and
beautiful of tender climbers. The flower is like a 5-pointed
star of lilac with a good-sized violet in the middle. See
Fig. 1726, which indicates the graceful raceme 7-8 in',
long, containing perhaps two dozen flowers. The flowers
begin to open at the base of the raceme and the showy
5-pointed star is the calyx, whose sepals are colored
like petals. The calyx spreads open while the corolla
is still a round bud in the middle, and it remains after
the corolla has fallen, so that the vine, at first glance,
seems to bear two kinds of flowers. The blooms appear
in March and April. It should be in every greenhouse
collection, although it is of very irregular growth. It
does not bloom freely in small plants; it probably has
other drawbacks, for it lias always been a rare plant in
Europe, though often enthusiastically commended. The

nal racemes; calyx-lobes colored during anthesis but
often becoming green in fr. ; corolla usually a little
more intensely colored; limb 5-cut, oblique; stamens
4, didynamous: ovary imperfectly 2-locuied; locules 1-
ovuled.

voliibilis, Linn. Purple Wreath. Fig. 1726. Lvs.
3-4 in. long, short-stalked, ovate, elliptic or oblong, acu-
minate or obtuse, entire or wavy. Cuba to Brazil. B.M.
826. F.C. 3:108. Gn. 12:82.

G. W. Oliver and W. M.

PE-TSAI or Chinese Cabbage. Brassica Pe-Tsai.

PETTfiRIA (after Franz Petter, a Dalmatian botan-
ist; died 1853). Legnminbsw. Only one species, very
similar in habit to Laburnum, but with the yellow fls.
in upright diiise ra.'eiin-s, t.Tiiiinal on leafy branchlets.
It is but ranly cultivated, since it is less showy in
bloom than Laburuum or many species of Cytisus. It
is probably hardy as far north as Mass., and requires
the same culture as Laburnum, which see. If grafted,
Laburnum is to be used as a stock. This monotypic ge-
nus is closely allied to Laburnum, but differs by its up-
right racemes, by the wings and keel being at the base
adnate to the stamens and by the sessile ovary. Il is
said to possess the same poisonous properties as that
genus.

Tament&cea, Presl. {Cytisus frAgrans, Weld. C.
W^ldeni, Vis. Ijabilr-num ramentdceum, C. Koch).
Upright shrub, to 6 ft. : lvs. 3-foliolate, almost glabrous
or sparingly pubescent when young, on about 1 in. long
stalks; Ifts. cuneate, obovate to oblong, usually obtuse,
%-2 in. long: fls. fragrant, very short-pedicelled, in 1-3-
in. long, dense racemes; calyx 3-lobed, silky; keel
silky: pod linear-oblong, sparingly silky, to IV2 in. long.
May, June. Dalraatia, Istria. B.R. 29:40.

Alfred Rehder.

PETTIGKEE, Pettigrue, or Butcher's Broom, ffus-
rus aculeiltns.

PET&NIA (South American aboriginal name, said to
have been applied to tobacco). SolanAcece. There are
twelve or more species of Petunia, mostly native of the
southern part of South America. One or two grow in
Mexico and another (P. parvitlora) is naturalized in
the southern parts of the U. S. Petunias are small

PETUNIA

PETUNIA

1285

herbs of straggling or decumbent habit, pubescent and
usually viscid, with opposite entire Ivs. and large showy
axillary flowers. The genus is closely allied to Salpi-
glossis, being distinguished by having 5 perfect sta-
mens, whereas that genus has 4. The calyx is 5-parted,
and, in the cultivated species, several times shorter
than the corolla, which is long-salverfomi or somewhat
funnelform and indistinctly 5-lobed. The colors are
white to light purple, not blue, clear red nor yellow.

Petunias are of the easiest culture. They demand a
warm, open, sunny place. Seeds may be sown directly
in the open, or the plants may be started in flats or pots
indoors for early results. The plants are
tender and therefore should not be trusted
in the open until settled weather comes.
Thin the plants to 12-18 in. apart. They
bloom when very small, and continue to blos-
som as they grow until destroyed by frost.
The common Petunias are rather weedy in
habit, but their great profuseuess of bloom
under all conditions makes them useful and
popular. They are particularly useful for
massing against shrubbery, for they make
a florid undergrowth with almost no care.
Some of the modern improved named varie-
ties are very choice plants, and one would
scarcely believe, if he were ignorant of the
genus, that they represent the same species
as the flowers of 25 years ago. These high-
bred types require more care in the grow-
ing. They would best be started indoors,
and be given the choicest positions in the
open garden. Petunias are tractable as
winter subjects under glass. The best pro-
cedure is to sow seeds in late summer or
early fall and to grow stocky plants in pots ;
but old plants can be lifted on the approach
of cold weather, cut back, and taken inside
for winter bloom. They require cool treat-
ment, a night temperature of 45° to 50° seem-
ing to suit them well.

nyctaginifldra, .Juss. Fig. 1727. Tall
and relatively stout, usually growing erect:
Ivs. large and rather thick, oval-oblong, up-
per ones nearly or quite sessile and the
lower ones narrowed into a distinct petiole:
fls. dull white, long-tubed (the tube three
or four times the length of the calyx), fra-
grant at evening. Argentina. B.M. 2552.— Occasionally
seen in old gardens.

vloljlcea, Lindl. Stems slender: Ivs. oval or ovate,
sessile or very short-stalked : fls. smaller, broad-tubed
(the tube twice or less the length of the linear calyx-
lobes), rose-red or violet, the limb relatively short.
Argentina. B.R. 19:1620. B.M. 3113 (as Salpiglossis
integri folia ), — 'i^ot now in cult, in its pure form.

hybrida, Hort. Figs. 1728-30. The common Petunia,
a hybrid derivative of the two preceding. For history,
see Bailey, "Survival of the Unlike," Essay 29. P.M.
2:173 (as P. nyctaginiflora violacea). B.M. 3556. -This
type is wonderfully variable, but it differs markedly
from either stem parent: from P. nyctaginiflora in its
broader tube and many colors; from P. violacea in its
longer tube, wider limb, and many colors; from both in
its much larger and multiform flowers and more stocky
growth. In some of the strains, the flower is very broad
and open, measuring 4 or 5 in. across. There are types
with tlie flowers deeply fringed ; others with star-like
markings radiating from the throat and extending nearly
or quite to the margin of the limb; others with full
double flowers. The colors range from white to deep
red-purple, and variously striped and barred. There are
forms of very dwarf and compact habit. Only a small
proportion of the seedlings of the double strains bear
double flowers ; but the single flowers are usually of
superior size or color. The reason for this small per-
centage of doubles is the fact that the seed must be
selected from single flowers, because the full double
ones do not produce seeds. Single flowers carefully pol-
linated with pollen from double flowers will give seed
th.at will produce an average of 25 per cent doubles, and
single flowers bearing petaloid anthers will give an aver-

age of 40 per cent doubles. Usually the weaker seed-
lings, in any batch of a double strain, are most likely to
produce double flowers. Fancy varieties may be propa-
gated by cuttings from plants that are carried over
winter, although cuttings of double forms do not always
come true. l H. B.

Petunias in California. ^The Petunia is one of the
most variable of all flowers and shows a very strong
tendency to revert to the natural type. The plant-
breeder cherishes not one, but many, ideals. It is the
perfect habit of a certain plant that one wishes to com-

1757. Petunia nyctaeinillora (X %).

bine with the flowers of another. Or the object is to
give to this flower a little heavier texture; to another
an added frill upon this blossom; a richer color there, a
greater depth to this throat, a more distinct ring here,
an absolutely pure tone of color in another, to intensify
the rainbow tints in another, to deepen the color of
those blotches while retaining the pure white back-
ground. In an ideal Petunia the first requisite is color,
while form, size, texture, marking and habit are all of
nearly equal value.

The California Giant Petunias originated with the
undersigned at Ventura, Calif., in 1888, and in their
present condition are the result of very careful study
through a long series of continuous cross-fertilizations.
They are grown in the open ground, and usually trans-
planted directly from the seed boxes. We have new
seedling stock each year, but retain plants the second
year for seeding purposes. The strain comprises 19
varieties, including the Ruffled Giants seen in Fig.
1730. The blossoms are all hand-pollinated and in the
case of the New Fancy Fringed Perfection Double each
seed-pod is handled from 7-12 times.

To those persons who are willing to take the most
pains to raise the best Petunias, the undersigned would
say that the germination of each seed is of utmost im-
portance, for every seed represents an individual plant.
No two Petunia plants give blossoms of the same kind,
and there are invariably points of excellence and differ-
ence in all. In a packet of seed containing say 200
seeds, the purchaser may feel satisfied if he bring 20
plants to the blooming stage, and may think he has ex-
hausted the possibilities of the strains, whereas the
Petunia specialist would know that in those 180 seeds
which did not come to the blooming stage a wealth of
beauty had escaped him. Then the writer emphatically

1286

PETUNIA

PEUMUS

urges ail to care for each seed. Fill shallow boxes with
fine, light soil, say an even mixture of leaf-mold and
sand, and wet thoroughly by pouring on boiling water
— to prevent trouble from insects and to heat the soil.
When the soil has cooled sufficiently but is still warm,
sow the seeds very thinly in the boxes, so that the
plants may be 1 in. apart. Cover seeds very slightly

1728. Petunia hybrida (X M).
Form with short conduplicate foliage.

with a little sifted sand, and place a piece of slate or
glass on top of the boxes. If the white root points of
germination appear before the leaves, sift on more
sand, and watch closely. When the small leaves ap-
pear, remove slats and give plenty of light, to produce
strong, stocky plants. The soil may now need water,
which should be applied very gently, that the tiny seed-
lings may not be displaced. Later the larger plants
may be transplanted from seed-boxes into other boxes
or pots. As the weakest plants frequently give the
finest blossoms, care should be taken to preserve every
plant until the blossoms appear.

Mrs. Thos. Gould.
PEtrCfiDANUM (am'ifiit Grcikname). UmbelHfera;.
There iiri- many vii-ws as to tlir limits of the genus
Peuceilaiuiiii, whi.'li is equivaliiit to saying that it has
no limits. Benthum it lluokur made it a most complex
group, comprising about 100 Old World and New World
species, and including such genera as Petroselinum,
Anethum, Imperatoria, Tommasinia, Pastinaca, Tied-
mannia, Lomatium. Coulter & Rose, the latest Amer-
ican monographers (Monogr. of the N. A. Umbell., U. S.
Dept. Agric. 1900), remove the American species and
accept Raflnesque's genus Lomatium. With this view
we agree, and the cult, species are referred to this genus
in the following account. For Tommasinia verticillariSj
of southern Europe, offered by American seedsmen, see

Tommasinia. For P. rjrai<eolens, which we prefer to
call Anethum grareolens, see I>Hl.

Lomatiums are all western American plants, of about
00 species, growing in dry soil. They are stemless (or
nearly so) perennial herbs from tuberous or fusiform
roots, and compound (ternate, pinnate or dissected)
leaves. Prom Peucedanum the genus differs, according
to Coulter & Rose, as follows : " Peucedanum consists of
tall and branching mesophytic plants of low fertile
meadows of the Old World, with several umbels, coni-
cal stylopodium, and solitary oil tubes; while Lomatium
consists of low xerophytic plants of acaulescent habit
belonging to the arid regions of western North Amer-
ica, with usually single umbels terminating simple
elongated peduncles, no stylopodium, and often several
oil tubes." Horticulturally, the Lomatiums are of small
value, and they have not been cultivated sufficiently to
have given rise to cultural forms. A few of the species
have been offered by dealers in native plants. They
seem to thrive well in dry, exposed places. They are
interesting for the front row of hardy borders and for
colonizing in wild open places, and for use in rockwork.

A. Peduncles tisually slender, never swollen at the top.

B. Bractlets ot involucel conspicuous, often broad or
united at base.

L. dasycArpum, Coult. & Rose {Peucedanum dasy-
ciirpuni, Torr. & Gray). Stem very short or wanting;
peduncles several, stout, pubescent. 2 in. or less high;
Ivs. rather small, pinnately decompound, the numerous
segments short-linear: umbel 6-15-rayed, bearing white
fls. : fr. nearly orbicular. Southern Calif.

BB. Bractlets small or wanting.
c. Lvs. narrow in outline, pinnate.

L. H411ii, Coult. & Rose {P. Bdllil, Wats.). Very
shurt-strmmed, the peduncles 6-lG in. tall and glabrous:
lvs. oljluug in outline, the segments ovate and deep-
toothed or pinnatifld: nmbel 3-6-rayed, bearing yellow
Us.: fr. broadly elliptical, glabrous. Ore. and Wash.

c. Lvs. broad in outline, 1-3-temate.

L. platycdrpum, Coult. & Rose (P. simplex, Nutt.).
Often tall and stout, but sometimes nearly stemless:
lvs. ternate or 2-ternate, the Ifts. almost filiform to
linear-lanceolate; umbel 3-15-rayed, bearing yellow fls. :
fr. broadly oblong to nearly orbicular, sometimes emargi-
nate at each end. Colo, and Utah to Mont, and Wash.

L. tritematum, Coult. & Rose (P. triternAtttm, Nutt.).
Siinu'timrs '2-2;-2 ft. high; lvs. 2-3-ternate, the Ifts. nar-
row-liiii'ar to linear-lanceolate: fis. deep yellow: fr.
narrowly oblong, glabrous. N. Calif, to B. C,

A\. Peduncle stout, swollen at the top.

L. nudicatile, Coult. & Rose (P. nudicaide and P.
leincdrpiiM, iiutt.). Stemless, glabrous: peduncle 12-16
in. tall, from a long, fleshy root: lvs. 1-2-temate or 3-
quinate, the Ifts. thiekish and ovate to narrow-lanceo-
late: umbel imequally 5-20-rayed, bearing yellow fls.:
fr. narrowly oblong. Calif, north and west.

L. H. B.

PEUMUS (said to be a Chilean name). Syn., Boldha,
Boldea. Monimidcea'. A genus of one species, the
Chilean Boldo, a small tree of considerable economic
interest. It has exceedingly hard wood, which is used
for making many kinds of implements; it also makes a
charcoal said to be prized by smiths above all others.
The bark is used in tanning and dyeing. The lvs. are
used in medicine. The fruits are edible; they are small
berries, sweet and aromatic. Finally it has some orna-
mental value, being evergreen and fragrant throughout.
The fls., which are not very showy, are white. Kin.
across, and borne in small panicles, each branch of
which is parted into three. This tree has been adver-
tised in southern California. The male tree has been
cult, under glass in Europe, but scarcely outside of
botanic gardens and only for its economic interest.

Generic characters: male fls. with 10-12 perianth-
lobes, overlapping in 2-3 series, the outer ones herba-
ceous or membranous, the inner ones more petal-like;
disk investing the calyx-tube pilose within; stamens
numerous: female fls. smaller, the lobes more inequal.

PEUMUS

after anthesis circumscissile above the disk-bearing
ll:^se and deciduous: drupes 2-5: seeds pendulous;
albumen copious.

B61du3, Molina (Boldda frAgrans, C. Gay). Attaining
20 ft.: Ivs. opposite, leathery, very rough and warty.
Chile. B.R. 31:57.

PFAFFIA (C. H. Pfaff, 1774-1852, German chemist).
Amamtftdcete. Nine speciesof slender perennial herbs
from Brazil, tomentose or villous, rarely glabrate: Ivs.
opposite, sessile or nearly so, entire: heads or spikes
densely-fid.: bracts and braetlets transparent: fls. usu-
ally in solitary, long-peduncled heads, bracteate and
with 2 braetlets; perianth 5-parted; staminal tube long,
5-cut to the middle, the anther-bearing teeth ciiiate
at the margin: stigma discoid or head -like, entire or
2-lobed.

Pfaffia gnaphaUoldes (syn., Goniphrena gnaplialioi-
des) has been slightly known to European gardens for
a good many years. In 1899, Peter Henderson & Co.
offered " Gomphrena gnapha fioldes, or the Trailing Am-
aranth," with tlie remark that it is a desirable trailer
for covering embankments and rocks, thrives on poor,
dry soil and has white fis. like small clover blossoms.
Because of the failure of the seed crop, however, the
plant did not become established in the American trade.
The probability is that the plant in the trade at pres-
ent as Goniphrena gnaphalioidfs is incorrectly named.
In catalogues the trade plant is figured with the flower-
heads in clusters of three and on short stalks, while
DeCandolle describes the heads as solitary and long-
stalked. Moreover, the true plant has always been re-
garded as a stove plant in Europe, and at best it could
be treated in America only as a tender annual and not
as a hardy and permanent subject.

gnaphaUoldes, Mart. (Gomphrena gnaphaUoldes,
ValiU. Stems subshrubby below: Ivs. lanceolate, 10-15
lines long, 2—1 lines wide, soft, ashy gray above, woolly
beneath: peduncles 5-7 in. long: heads globose, 6-9
lines across : bracts unequal, ovate, mucronate, scar-
ious, the lower one villous, lateral ones longer, glabrous
at the base; stigma globose. -^^ jj_

PFEiFFEEA. See Rhipscilis.

PHACELIA

1287

genus includes the old genera Whitlavia, Eutoca, Mi-
crogenetes, Cosmanthus, and several others. About 50
species exist in North America, the region west of the
Mississippi furnishing by far the greater number. The
flowers are mainly of a handsome blue or violet, many

1729. Petunia hybrida iK%).
A double form.

PHACfiLIA (Greek, chister; on account of the

crnwiiiil Hnwir-clusters of the iirst described species).
Illt'lr'>jilnflla<'t-'tr. Annual and perennial plants of the
western liemispherc, chiefly North American. The

1730. A modern

species and varieties runnmg through
lighter shades to pure white. The an-
nuals are of easy cultivation, requir-
ing, to bring them to perfection, a soil
warm, sunny, and not too moist.
Some species like a sandy soil, others
a firmer clay. .Some are erect and give
the best etfects when planted thickly;
others are more spreading and hence require consider-
able space. In height they vary from only a few inches
to several feet. The flowers are borne on more or less
recurved racemes that straighten as the flowering pro-
ceeds. They vary from an inch long in some species to
less than a quarter of an inch in others. In addition to
those described below there are many other beautiful
species of Phacelia, annuals as well as perennials, that
should be in the trade.

Generic description: Annual or perennial plants, with
alternate simple or compound leaves, and inllcinsi-ence
in more or less scorpioid cymes or spikrs: curcilla de-
ciduous as the capsule enlarges, with v.-u-iims sh;ules of
blue, purple or white; tube with or without interval ap-
pendages, these when present in the form of 10 vertical
folds or projections, adnate to or free from the bases of
the filaments: calyx-lobes commonly narrow, often en-
larged iipw:irds, especially in fruit: seed-coats leticu-
lated cir i.itt.-d. The plants are hairy, nearly smooth, or
glandular, in whole or in part. The' herbage of some of
the glandular-hairy species has an offensive odor.

alba, 4, 5.
campanularia, 6.
campanulata, 6.
eongesta, 3.
divariCiita, 11.
fimbriata, 9.

ghindiilo

mult.flor.

, 1(1.

Orouttiana, 12.
Parryi, 7.
timacetifolia, 4.
visclda, 8.
Whitlavia, 5.
Wrangeliana, 11.

POPULAK KEY.

. Plants viscid-glandular, at least
above,
B. Foliage simple.

c. Base of Ivs, usually cordate. (!. campanularia
CC. Base of Ivs. obscurely or vot
at all cordate.
D. Corolla cleft above the mid-
dle.
E. Fls, blue, with a purple

or white center 8. viscida

EE. Fls. blue or white all

through 5. Whitlavia

DD. Corolla cleft below the mid-
dle: fls. deep violet 7. Parryi

1288

PHACELIA

BB, Foliage pinnatifid to compottnd.
c. Lvs. pinnatifidf with entire

lobes 12. Orcuttiana

ec. Lvs., at least lowest, lyrate.. 9. fimbriata

ccc. Li's. twice pinnatifid 2. glandulosa

AA. Plants not viscid -glandular, or
hardly so.
B. Foliage entire, or a few of the
lower lvs. pinnately lobed...

0. Sa bit erect 1. humilis

10. Uenziesii

cc. Habit spreading 11. divaricata

BB. Foliage parted to compound.

c. Lvs. pinnately S-7-parted li. congesta

CC. Lvs. pinnately 9-17-divided. . 4. tanacetifolia
For fear that this purely artificial key may not lie found
to apply with all garden plants, which are so much more
liable to variation, there is given below a key based on
more technical characters, derived from Gray's Synop-
tical Flora:

BOTANIST'S KEY.

1. Section Edphacelia. Ovules 4, a pair to each
placenta; seeds generally fewer, with reticulate or pit-
ted testa: corolla-tube with 10 laminate appendages in
pairs at the base of the stamens.

A. Lvs. all simple and entire, or

nearly so I . humilis

AA. LvS.obloHfi iir liarroir, r.pilllinlely
toothed i'l rinii/K'ninl.

B. Calyx not .■<(/, is, -hispid.

C. Plant viscid-pubescent, glan-
dular 2. glandulosa

cc. Plant pubescent, not viscid,

or hardly so 3. congesta

BB. Calyx more or less setose-hispid. 4. tanacetifolia

2. Section Whitlavia. Fls. showy: seeds and ovules
few to numerous : appendages 5, small and truncate or
emarginate and attached to the base of each filament.

A. Corolla purple or blue, varying to
white in cultivation, the tube
longer than the lobes.

B. Lvs. orate or deltoid 5. Whitlavia

BB. Li^s. cordate 0. campanularia

AA. Corolla violet, rotate -campanu late,

the lobes longer than the tube... 7. Parryi

3. Section Cosmanthus. Ovules and seeds few to
numerous: appendages to the corolla none.

A. Plant viscid 8. viscida

AA. Plant sparsely hirsute 9. Simbriata

4. Section Ectoca. Ovules several to numerous:
appendages to corolla 10, vertical and salient.

A. Plant erect 10. Uenziesii

AA. Plant diffusely spreading 11. divaricata

5. Section Microgenetes. Ovules not pitted nor
favose - reticulated, as in the previous sections, but
strongly transversely corrugated.

12. Orcuttiana

PHACELIA

1. hdmilis, Gray. Annual, unbranched or branched
from the base, 2-6 in. high, pubescent or inflorescence
often hirsute: lvs. spatulate oblong or oblanceolate,
generally obtuse, the lower rarely with 1-2 ascendmg

1731. Phacelia Whitlavia (X K).

1732. Phacelia viscida (X }

lobes : spikes loosely paniculate or solitary : corolla
indigo-blue, rather deeply lobed, surpassing the usually
linear calyx-lobes; filaments moderately exserted, gla-
brous or sparingly bearded above. Calif, to Wash. — 'This
pretty little plant seems to be unknown to the trade, but
it is to be hoped it will not so remain.

2. glanduldsa, Nutt. (Eutbca glanduldsa. Hook.).
\'isri(l-itulu'S(*ent and glandular, softly if at all hirsute,
tt-12 ill. or more high: lvs. irreg\ilarly and interruptedly
2-pinnatifid, or below divided; the numerous lobes ob-
long, small, somewhat incised, obtuse : calyx - lobes
oblong or spatulate: corolla about 2 lines long, bluish,
purplish or white, with lobes shorter than the tube;
stamens and 2-cleft style moderately or conspicuously
exserted : seeds with the minute reticulations even.
Northwest Tex. to Ariz, and Mex.

3. congesta, Hook. Pubescent and commonly cinereous,
hardly viscid or glandular in the least, a foot or more
high: lvs. pinnately 3-7-divided or parted, and with a
few interposed small lobes, the main divisions oblong or
oval, incisely pinnatifid or irregularly lobed, the lower
ones mostly petiolate and the upper confluent; calyx-
lobes linear or somewhat spatulate; corolla blue, 3 lines
long, the lobes as long as the tube; stamens more or
less exserted: seeds reticulate scabrous, the fine sharp
meshes being, as it were, toothed at the junctions. Tex.
B.M. 3452. V. 5:154; 12:140.

4. tanacetifdiia, Benth. Erect annual, roughish hir-
sute or hispid, not glandular, or above slightly so, 1-3 ft.
high: lvs. pinnately 9-17-divided into linear or oblong-

PHACELIA

linear once or twice pinnately parted or cleft divisions,
ail sessile or nearlj' so, the lobes mostly linear obloug;
spikes cymosely clustered, at length elongated ; very
short frniting pedicels ascending or erect: calyx-lobes
linear or linear- spatulate, not twice the length of the
ellipsoidal capsule; stamens and style conspicuously
exserted: seeds with very narrow pits bounded by thick
walls. Calif, and northward. B.M. 3703.-Var. Alba,
Hort., has bfen offered.

5. Whitl^via, Gray (Whilldvia qrandiflbra, Harv.).
Fig. IT.'il. About a foot high, loosely branching, hirsute
and glandular: Ivs. ovate or deltoid, incisely toothed:
corolla with cylindraeeous ventricose tube usually an
inch long, thrice the length of the lobes: appendages to
the filaments hairy. Southern Calif. B.M. 4813. P.S.
11:1085. G.C. 18.54:679. -A beautiful species and much
cultivated, with flowers an inch long and nearly as wide.
Var. gloxinioides ( WhitlAvia ijloxinioWes, Hort.) and
var. 41ba i Whitlili'ia dlha, Hort.) are horticultural
forms with spotted and white fls. respectively.

(".. campanularia. Gray. Lower than the last: Ivs.
snin'nniati- or i/ordate, less deeply dentate: tube of the
truly <':iiiip:inulate corolla H in. long, expanded at
throat, barely twice the length of the lobes: appendages
to the filaments glabrous and smaller, otherwise much
like the last and almost as showy. S. Calif. B.M. 6735.
G.C. II. 20:135. F. 1883:145. Gn. 31, p. 554; 55:1206.
— P. campanulala of some is presumably this plant.

7. Pdrryi, Torr. Rather slender, 9-18 in. high: Ivs.
ovate, irregularly and incisely double-toothed or lacin-
iate, or the lowest sometimes pinnately parted; the
upper continue longer than their petioles: corolla cleft
beyond the middle, deep violet, 8 lines across; fila-
ments bearded: ovules on each placenta 20-30; seeds
15-20. Calif. B.M. 6842. G.C. II. 24:716.

8. viscida, Torr. (EutAca viscida, Benth.). Fig. 1732.
A foot or 2 high, branching, hirsute at base, very glan-
dular above: Ivs. ovate or obscurely cordate, doubly or
incisely and irregularly dentate, 1-2 in. long: corolla
deep blue, with purple or whitish center, from half to
nearlv an inch in diara. Calif. B.R. 21:1808. B.M.
.5572.' R.H. 1851:361. J.H. III. 29:183.

9. fimbrl4ta, Michx. [Cosmdnihus fimbriAtus. Nolte).
Weak and diffuse, a span high, somewhat hirsute: cau-
line Ivs. 3-7-cleft or lobed or the lower lyrately divided,
the lobes obtuse or roundish: racemes few-fld. : pedi-
cels filiform: calyx-lobes linear-oblong or spatulate;
corolla white, only 3-4 lines broad, shorter than the
stamens, its lobes fimbriate. Alleghany Mts., Va. to
Ala.

10. M^nziesii, Torrey {Eutoca mnltiflora, Dougl.).
Plant 9-12 in. high, at length paniculate-branched, his-
pid or roughish hirsute, usually also minutely cinere-
ous-pubescent: Ivs. mostly sessile, linear or lanceolate,
entire or a few of them deeply cleft, with few or single
linear or lanceolate entire lobes: spikes or spike-like
racemes thyrsoid-paniculate, at length elongated and
erect: corolla bright violet or sometimes white: ovules
12-16: capsule shorter than the calyx; seeds oblong,
coarsely favose-retieulated. Calif, to Wash., and east
to Montana and Utah. B.R. 14:1180. B.M. 3762 (E.
Mi'nzi('.'<ii) .~\ beautiful species, and easily cult.

11. divaric^ta. Gray (Eiitbca divaricAta, Benth.).
Diffusely spreading, a span high, more or less hirsute
and pubescent : Ivs. ovate or oblong, mostly longer than
the petiole, occasionally 1-2-toothed or lobed at base,
the rims curving upwards: spikes or racemes at length
loose; the pedicels usually much shorter than the ca-
Ivx: style 2-cleft at apex: ovules 12-20 on each placenta.
Calif. B.M. 3706. B.R. 21:1784.

Var. Wrangeliana, A. DC. Fig. 17.33. Differs from
the tyiie only in having the Ivs. inclined to be lobed or
l-2-tootlic(l. It is known to the trade as Eutoca Wran-
(jeliami. F. & M. I'.M. 5:199.

12. Orcuttiina, Gray. Viscid, puberulent, about 1 ft.
high: Ivs. pinnatittd, somewhat lyrate, the lobes short-
oblong and entire: fls. sessile in the at length elongated
dense spikes ; corolla rotate-campanulate, double the
length of the calyx, with limb 3-4 lines broad, white,
with yellow eye, nearly or quite destitute of internal
appendages: capsule oval, nearly equaling the narrowly

PH.EDRANASSA

1289

spatulate (barely 2 lines long) sepals, 12-14-.seeded;
seeds oval, obscurely favose-retieulated between the
transverse corrugations. Lower Calif.

L. P. Hendekson.
PHfflDE&NASSA (Greek, gay queen). AmaryUi-
dacfLP, Five or 6 species of tender summer-blooming
bulbs, with fls. that are tubular in appearance, borne in
umbels, generally drooping and usually bright red with
green tips. They are all found in the Andes at 7,000-
12,000 ft., except P. Camuoli, a native of Costa Rica,
which differs from all other species in having the peri-
anth segments much shorter than the tube. Probably
the choicest species is P. chloracra^ the tube of which
seems at first sight over 2 in. long; however, the seg-
ments are merely connivent most of the distance and it

is only for a distance of a third of an inch at the base
that they are really grown together into a tube. This
species has 6-12 fls. in an umbel. Judging from descrip
tions, the showiest species should be P. Lehmann '
which, however, has only 3-4 fls. in an umbel and seems
to have dropped out of cult. P. gloriosa, Hort., recom
mended by some American dealers, seems to be un
known to botanists.

Generic characters : perianth subcylindrical ; seg'
ments 6, equal, regular, spreading only at the tip: sta-
mens inserted at or below the throat of the tube: ovary
3-celled; ovules many, superposed; capsule globose,
loculicidally 3-valved; seeds many, .small, black. The
Ivs. are petioled, oblong or lanceolate, produced after
the fls. according to Baker, but this point is doubtful
for all species. Baker, AmaryllidesB.

A. Fls. cliieny red.
chlor^cra. Herb. Bulb globose, 2-3 in. thick: Ivs.
produced after the fls. : blade 8-12 in. long, 2-3 in. wide;
petiole yi ft. long, according to Baker: fls. scarlet, tipped
green. Andes of Ecuador, to 12,000 ft. B.R. 31:17
(petiole 1-3 in. long).

AA. Fls. chiefly green.

viridiJldra, Baker. Bulb ovoid, IJ^ in. thick: Itaf

solitary; blade >2-2 in. broad; petiole short: fls. about

1290

PH.EDRANASSA

4 in an umbel, green towards the tip, without any red,
passing into whitish towards the base. Andes of Ecua-
dor.—Possibly a mere color variety of P. chloracra.

W. Jl.

PHAITJS (Greek, darJe; referring to the color of the
fls. ). Orehid&ceos. Often spelled f/taJKS. Very large
terrestrial orchids with ample foliage and tall clustered
stems terminating in racemes of showy fls. : sepals and
petals similar, spreading or half -spreading; labellum
large, with the lateral lobes enclosing the column,
usually gibbous or spurred behind; column slender;
pollinia 8. Distinguished from Calanthe by the free
labellum; from Thunia by the leafless, braeted scape
which does not terminate the leafy axis. Natives of
tropical Asia, Africa, Australia, China, Japan, and the
South Sea Islands. Heinrich Hasselbring.

Phaius is a genus of terrestrial orchids, few species
of which are commercially valuable, though they are all
interesting and worthy of culture in general orchid
collections. The Phaius grandlfolius group comprises,
besides the type, several well-marked species and varie-
ties such as P. Walliehii, P. maculatus , etc., all large-
growing sorts of easy culture. These grow best in a
moist situation at a temperature of 55° to 60° F. at night,
with an advance of 10° by day, during winter mouths, and
a moist, shady location with an active atmosphere during
summer, allowing a good supply of water whenever the
compost is getting dry, especially during the growing
season. Good potting material consists of equal parts of
chopped sod, sphagnum and well-rotted cow manure or
leaf -mold. One-third of the pot space should be devoted
to drainage, covered with sphagnum or rough material
to keep it free and open, and the plant should be kept a
little below the rim of the pot to allow space for water.
They grow very well at the cool end of the Cattleya
department.

P. Iiiberculosus, P. HumblotU, P. Mishmensis and
kindred species, with their hybrids, need a very moist,
active atmosphere and a trifle more heat than is
required for the last group. They grow well in open,

"^

1734. Outline of Phaius Walliehii (X nearly Y,).
To show botanical structure.

well-drailied pots or baskets, in rough material com-
posed of equal parts peat fiber, rough decaying leaves
and sphagnum, chopped and mixed well together with a
few nodules of charcoal. They enjoy a liberal supply
of water at the roots at all seasons and should never be
allowed to remain long dry. In bright weather syring-
ing over the foliage will be found beneficial and assists
in keeping down red spider and thrips. Stock is in-

PHAL^NOPSIS

creased by dividing the plants between the pseudobulbs.
After potting, give them an extra amount of water,
atmospheric moisture and heat until they start new
action. See also Thunia. jj jj fcry

A. Fls. ijellow to brown.

mactiiatus, Lindl. Pseudobulbs ovate, 2 in. high : Ivs.
3-4, broadly lanceolate, plicate, \yi-2 ft. long, varie-
gated with numerous yellowish spots : flower-stems
about 2 ft. high, bearing a raceme of 10-15 yellow fls.
each 2-3 in. in diam. ; sepals and petals half spreading,
oblong, obtuse; labellum erect, with the apex recurved,
streaked with orange, wavy and crenate, sides convolute
over the column, and the base prolonged into a spur
half as long as the ovary. Spring. Northern India and
Japan. B.iii.21Vi [_a.s Bletia Woodfordii); 39W. L.B.C.
19:1803.

Walliehii, Lindl. (P. bleolor, Lindl. P. grandifblius,
Lindl., not Lour. P. grandifldrus, Reichb. f. ). Fig.
1734. Tall: Ivs. broadly elliptic-lanceolate, 3-4 ft. long:
flower-stems erect, 3-5 ft. high, clothed with scales: fls.
4 in. across, varying in color from chocolate-brown to
primrose-yellow; sepals and petals spreading, lanceo-
late, long-acuminate; labellum with an ample elongate
tube; limb oblong, acute or acuminate, recurved, margin
crisp; spur slender, incurved. The l.'iliellum is less
variable in color than the sepals and petals. The base
of the tube is yellow, dull reddish beyond, with the
throat purple with yellow or red edges on the disk;
apex white. Feb.-May. Trop. India, northward to the
lower Himalaya. B.M. 4078; 7023. P.M. 6:193. -P.
Bliimei, Lindl., is a form that cannot be distingnislu-d
by any botanical character. Ceylon. B.M. 6032.

grandifdlius, Lour. (BUtia TdnkervilUa;, R. Br.).
One of the oldest orihids in cultivation. It has smaller
fls. than P. Wiilli'hii. witli le.ss acuminate sepals and
petals and a slutrtrr obtuse lip and spur: sepals and
petals reddish !ir<.i\Yn. but variable, white on the out-
side; labellum white at the apex, throat and disk yel-
low, sides crimson. China, Australia. B.M. 1924. F.S.
7:7.38. L.B.C. 1:20. G.C. 1872:733; II. 18:565; 111.
3:112. Gn. 3, pp. 183, 221. A.G. 20:279.

AA. Tls. ivhife to rose-color.

HumbUtii, Reichb. f. Pseudobulbs, Ivs. and habit
like P. grundifoliHs but smaller: flower-stem 18-20 in.
high, erect : fls. white and rose-colored, tinged and
streaked with darker red; sepals oblong-acute; petals
twice as wide; labellum spurless, lateral lobes striped
with brown on a whitish ground, middle lobe light pur-
ple, with a yellow callus. Spring. Madagascar. R.H.
1891:204. G.C. II. 26:173. A.G. 12:161. A.F. 6:609.

tuberculdsus, Blume. Rhizome thick: pseudobulbs
small, bearing several lanceolate Ivs. 6-9 in. long: fls.
2-3 in. across, in erect spikes; sepals and petals ovate-
oblong, white; lateral lobes of the labellum recurved,
yellow, almost covered with brownish crimson spots,
margin crenately lobed ; middle lobe bifid, white,
spotted with purple, having 3 thick, j'ellow keels; mar-
gin crisp and crenate. Feb. Madagascar. B.M. 7307.
R.B. 18:14.5. G.C. U. 15:341; 18:505; 21:520; III.
13:237. — Difficult to grow, requiring a higher temp, than
the other species.

Mishmensis, Reichb. f. Stem 2-3 ft. high, leafy
above: Ivs. 6-10 in. long, elliptic-lanceolate, plicate:
scape from the axils of the lower Ivs., together with the
loose raceme about 2 ft. long: fls. 2 in. across, pale or
dark rose-colored ; sepals linear-oblong, acuminate;
petals narrower: labellum with rounded side lobes and
a snbquadrate, spotted middle lobe, which is somewhat
3-parted; spur slender, yellow. Himalaya Mts. B.M.
7479.

P. Ashworthidnns, Sander. A garden hybrid (P. Mannii X
P. maeulatus). Pis. large: sepals and petals clear old gold;
labellum large, of the same color, with many radiating choco-
late fines, outer surface clear yellow. G.M. 40:551.

Heinkich Hasselbring.

PHAJUS. See Phaius, above.

FHAL.SN6FSIS (Greek, moth-like; suggested by
tlie large white fls. of some species). OrchidAccti'.
Tills genus, called by Lin'Mey "the grandest of all
orchids," contains some of the most magnificent species

PHAL.ENOPSIS

to be found in the orchid family. The plants are natives
of the hot regions of India and the Malay Archipelago,
growing on trunks of trees and sides of rocks under
conditions of high temperature and great moisture.
The flowers are remarkably beautiful in form and color.
Those of the larger species are borne in graceful

1735 Phatenopsis amabihs (X ^4) See No 1

drooping panicles, on which they usually all face in one
direction.

The plants are of monopodial growth, having short
stems which increase slowly in length : Ivs. few, thick,
leathery, often mottled : inflorescence a raceme or
panicle, large, or not longer than the Ivs. : sepals spread-
ing, the lateral ones more or less united with the base
of the column : petals about as large as the sepals or
very much broader; labellum variously shaped but
united with the base of the column. About 40 species.
Heinrich Hasselbking.

The species of Phalfenopsis are all truly epiphytal,
and are found growing in their native habitats on rocks
and trees at very low altitudes or at sea-level in moist
but often exposed situations where the rains during
their growing season are frequent and excessive, and
the temperature registers 70°-75° P. during the night
and as high as SO^-O.*)" F. during the day. They are
principally natives of the Philippine Islands, eastern
India, Malaya, Sumatra, Java and Borneo, many of
the individual species growing over a wide range of
territory.

With but few exceptions, they grow best in the warm
portion of the East Indian house where a temp, of
65°-70° F. at night and about 75° F. during the day, or
85° with solar heat, can be maintained through the
winter months. The summer temp, may range about
70° P. at night and 80° or 85° by day. Air should be
admitted in greater or less degree at all times to keep
the atmosphere active, but direct drafts must always be
avoided. Shade is necessary except in December and
January, but should never be sulBcieutly heavy to

PIIAL.ENOPSIS 1291

exclude indirect solar influence, as plants grown with
overabundant shade, heat and moisture make weak
tissue and a thin cuticle incapable of withstanding
extremes in temperature and humidity to which they
are subjected more or less during the winter months.
Such careless treatment invariably results in either wet
or dry spot, and the plants, having no pseudobulbs, are
liable to perish.

Basket or cylinder culture suits them best, and they
should receive all necessary attention, such as rebasket-
ing and top-dressing, at the commencement of their
growing season in Feb. or Mar., but they do not require
much root space at any time. Chopped live coarse
sphagnum makes the best compost; this should be lib-
erally interspersed with rough pieces of charcoal, to
which the roots cling freely. The compost
should be worked in firmly about the roots to
make the plant steady. During the resting period
give water when the compost is becoming dry.
/^ Durmg the growing season water freely and give
fc^i an occasional overhead syringing. When the

Vv^s, plants are flowering profusely weak liquid

)^^ Av. cow or sheep manure may be given once

^ "' a week with good effect.

\ There is no special means of propa-

mVM gation; young plants are often produced

; \,\ on the flower-scapes, and the old flower-

'■rjs^ {1 scapes if bent down on the wet sphag-

\j j^ num can sometimes be induced to send

' ^' / up young plants. R. M. Grey.

^ INDEX.

/ amabilis, 1. 2. Lowii, 6.

] ' amethystina, 8. Liiddemanniana,!."?.

ira^ ■ antennifera^ 7. oehraeea, VA.

'(P^ Aphrodite, 2. Parishii. 14.

U aurea, 1. Portei, 3.

casta, 2. Porteri, 3.

^ Cornu-cei"vi, 10. punetatissima, 4.

/ / Dayana, 2. rosea, 15.

/ / Esmeralda, 7. Sanderiana. 2.

■ gloriosa. 2. Schilleriana, 5.

'/ grandiflora, 1. speciosa, 11.

HarriettSB, 1. Stuartiana, 4.

intermedia, 3. Sumatrana, 12.

leucorrhoda, 2. violacea, 9.

A. Petals much broader than the
sepals.
B. Labellum with apical appen-
dages: rostellum sJiort.
c. Apical appendages
cirrhous,
D. Middle lobe very nar-
row 1. amabilis

DD. Middle lobe trowel-

shaped 2. Aphrodite

cc. Apical appendages short,
horn-lihe,

D. Irvs. green 3. intermedia

DD. LvK. motfled, at least

,rh,„ ,,.,„„.,.

E. Fis. ii-hii, 4. Stuartiana

EE. Fix. )■::•<, -jiiirple 5. Schilleriana

BB. Labellum U'ithottt apical
appendages: rostelhim

long G. Lowii

AA. Prtnla urnrrfhf nr vnt at all
l,r.:,,l, r IIhi.i th, s, I, „}.■>.
B. Cl.nv of th, l,tl,rllnm with
horu-lil-,' aj'jH Ullages be-

loic the lateral lobes 7. Esmeralda

BB. Claw of the labellum without
appendages.
c. Apex of the labellu7ti

notched 8. amethystina

cc. Apex of the labellum en-
tire.
D. Hach is compressed :
bracts fleshy.
E. Middle lobe of the
labellum fleshy,

rounded 9. violacea

EE. Middle lobe of the
fabellnm crescent-
shaped 10. Comu-cervi

1292 PHAL^ENOPSIS

1)D. Sachis terete.

E. Labelliim lateralli/

compressed, fJesln/. 11. speciosa
EE. Labelliim r.r/in nihil .

F. Miililli h'hi ill ii.<ilil

hiniii

FF. Miihll' h'h.:
FFF. Miihll, I..I., s„i,„.lli.

G. Lahilhnii in sliil.Ai. Parishii
GG. Ldbe 1 1 II III II III

cresteil, but pro-
vided wit h (t
fteshij callus 15. rosea

1. amibilis, Blume,notLm<n.(P. f/rnjirfirtdrn, Lindl.).
Fig. 1735. Lvs. long, pale green: fls. variable in size,
sometimes nearly 5 in. across, pure white with stains of
deep yellow and a few purple spots on the labellum and
on the column; dorsal sepals ovate to oblong, lateral
sepal lanceolate ; petals rounded-fan-shaped ; latera 1 lobes
of the labellum obliquely cuneate, incurved, middle lobe
very narrow with yellow cirrhi. Autumn. Malay Arch.
B.M. 5184. G.C. 1848:39; II. 26:213. Gn. 19, p. 305 ;
24, p. 560 ; 34, pp. 516, 517. R. H. 1800, pp. 238, 239 ;
1897, p. 151. A.ii. lii:L'71.-V:ir. ailrea, Rolfs (P. gran-
difldra, var. iii'inu. Waiin-r). Fr<.iit half of the lateral
lobes of the laln-lhuii and the cntiri' middle lobe stained
deep yellow. Borneo. P. Harriettae, li<jlfe, is a garden
hybrid between P. amahilis and P. riolucea. Fig. 1736.
Fls. intermediate between the parents, il'i in. across;
sepals and petals pale yellowish white, suffused and
dotted with amethyst-purple toward the base; labellum
crimson with an orange crest; cirrhi slightly developed.
G.C. III. 2:9. Gn. 38:706.

t"*'s

'^A^"--

1736. Phatenopsis Harrietts (X K). See No, 1.

2. Aphrodite, Reichb. f. (P. amdhiUs, Lindl., not
Blume). Lvs. elliptic -lanceolate, 1 ft. or more in
length, dark green, obliquely retuse: fls. 3 in. in diam.,
pure white, with the labellum streaked and spotted with
yellow and red; sepals elliptic - ovate ; petals large,
rhomboid ; lateral lobes oblong, middle lobe trowel-
shaped, with white cirrhi. Fls. at various seasons, but
most freely during summer. Philippines. B.M. 4297.
B.R. 24:34. P.M. 7:49. P. S. 1:40. G.C. 1848:39;
IL 26:213. Gn.31,p.273; 3,5, p. 362; 38, p. 157; 48, p. 484.
R.H. 1897, p. 150. A.F. 6:89.

Var. Dayina, Hort.(P. anmSsh's, var. DayiJno, Hort.),
has regular flowers with the lower sepals minutely dotted
■with crimson, the labellum also being heavily marked
■with bright crimson. A.G. 21 :457.

Var. cista, Rolfe (P. casta, Reichb. f.). Lvs. thinly
spotted: fls. like the type, with a rosy tmt especially at

PHAL^XOPSIS

the base of the sepals and petals, atid a few spots at the
base of the lateral sepals. — Scarcely distinct frmii the
following, but distinct from the type.

Var. leucorrhdaa, Rulfp [P. I, iirm yliliilu. Rcidil.. f.).
Lvs. bictrbrd will, -rav ill in-rmilar I. an. Is: s,.|,als and
petals tUislu-d with rus.-, tlu- t.iinii-r vi-llMwish ..utside:
callus yellow, spotted with puriile. Philippines. P.M.
1875:106. K.H. 1896:500.

Var. Sanderiflna, Rolfe {P. Sanderidna, Reiohb. f,).
Fls. suttused with rose; labellum variegated with brown,
purple, and yellow. Lsland of Mindanao. Gn. 24:407;
57, p. 44.

Var. gloridsa (P. qloridsa, Reichb. f.). Fls. white,
with a rose-colored spot on the labellum. Gn. 35:697.

3. intermedia, Lindl. A natural hybrid between P.
Aphrodite and P. rosea. Resembles P. Aphrodite in
habit but the fls. are smaller. Sepals oblong, acute,
white ; petals rhomboid, much larger, white with few
rose spots at the base; labellum small, lateral lobes
erect, ro.se-purple spotted with crimson, middle lobe
rich crimson, terminating in 2 short horns. Philippines.
— The same type has been artificially produced by
crossing the two parent species.

Var. P6rtei, Reichb. f. (P. PMeri, Hort.). Fls. large,
stained with rose-purple: lvs. about 1 ft. long, deep
green. G.C. II. 5:369, 371. F.M. 1875:162. J.H. 111.
30:179. Gn. 21:326. G.M. 38:111.

4. Stuartiina, Reichb. f. Lvs. elliptic-oblong, obtuse,
about 1 ft. long, mottled when young, becoming dull
green above and reddisli brluw; jianirU- large, branched,
drooping: fls. 2 in. a.-n.ss; s, |,aN .lliiiti.', i.litiisi:-. white
or greenish white, tin- laii ral mn s sp. rklt-d witli n-il-

petals rounded lint obsriirely quadrangular,
white with lew purple dots at base; labellum
^^^ golden yellow or orange spotted with crimson,

^"^ white at the tip, lateral lobes obliquely obo-

vate, obtuse, with a pair of cuneate calli be-
tween them; middle lobe orbicular, ending in
2 white cirrhi. Jan., Feb. Philippines. B.M.
6022 IH 31:540. F. 1882:49. Gn. 22:348;
45 p 426 G.C. II. 16:753; III. 4:389. J.H.
Ill 34 157 F.E. 11:393. -Very near P. Schil-
I nana but very different in color. Var.
punctatissima, Hort., has the sepals and jietals
1 lolusi h ^1 Jtted with purplish red.
) -1 Schilleriina, Reichb. f. Pig. 1737. Lvs.
/ O-lb in long, oblong, dark green and mottled
' with gray above, purple below: panicle droop-
ing, flat, as much as 3 ft. long and nearly as
bioad, bearing often over 100 fls. each 25^-3 in.
across doi sal sepals obovate, acute, the lateral
ones ovite, rich rose-lilac; petals large, rhom-
boid, colored like the sepals; labellum colored
liki the rest of the flower or paler and often spotted with
reddish brown and having a yellow callus; lateral lobes
rounded - oblong, with 2 quadrangular calli between
them, middle lobe oval, ending in two divergent horns.
Jan. -March. Philippines. B.M. 5530. F.S. 15:1559.
I.H. 10:348; 35:56; 43, p. 154. S.H. 2, p. 47. Gn. 3, p.
183; 22:348; 33, p. 015; 35, p. 303; 38, p. 157; 48, p.
484 G.C. H. 12:301; III. 3:529; 17:367. F.M. 1877:257.
R.H. 1886:396. A.G. 14:65. G.F. 4:390. A.F. 11:1081.

6. Ldwii, Reichb. f. Lvs. 4-5, oblong, fleshy, deep
green, tinged with purple: panicle slender, 5-20-fld.:
fls. lyi in. in diam., white flushed with purple; dorsal
sepals broadly ovate, lateral sepals oblong; petals fan-
shaped, with a rounded apex; labellum violet-purple,
lateral lobes small, reflexed, middle lobe oblong; rostel-
lum very long-beaked. Fls. during summer months.
Moiilmein (India). B.M. 5351. F.S. 18:1910. Gn. 9:14.
G.C. III. 2:745.

7. Esmer«da, Reichb. f. (P. atifennlfera, Reichb. f.).
Lvs. olilong, acute, 4-8 in. long, gray-green with few
dull purple spots: raceme erect, 6-10-fld., 6-18 in. high:
fls. about 1 in. in diam., dark or pale purple to white
with red streaks; lateral sepals ovate, dorsal sepals
obovate ; petals obovate ; labellum clawed, 3 lobed,
lateral lobes ovate to rotund, erect, yellowish; middle
lobe broad, obtuse, deep purple; claw with a slender
appendage on each side. Cochin China, etc. B.M. 7196.
F.M. 1879:358. R.H. 1877, p. 107.

PHAL^NOPSIS

1293

8. amethjstina, Reichb. f. A small sjiecies with
cuneate-oblong Ivs. : fls. small, cream-colored with
an amethyst labellum; sepals cuneate-oblong, ob-
tuse; petals subequal or a little smaller; lateral
lobes of the labellum ouneate; middle lobe obovate,
notched. Malay. G.C. 1870:1731.

9. violicea, Teijsm & Binn. Lvs. oblong, 8-12
in. long, light shining green : flower-stalks not
longer than the lvs.: fls. few, 2 in. across; sepals
and petals broadly lanceolate, yellowish white,
changing to rose-violet toward the base; middle
lobe of the labellum fleshy, deep purple, with a yel-
low callus; side lobes small, erect, purple and
orange. May-Oct. Sumatra. P.M. 1879:342. G.
C. II. 16 :U5.- Plant of dwarf habit. The fls. re-
main on the plant a long time.

10. Comu-c6rvi, Blume & Reichb. f. Lvs. about
9 in. long, leathery, oblong: flower-stem about as
long as the lvs., erect, clavate, bearing 6-12 fls.:
fls. yellowish green, barred with reddish brown ;
sepals and petals fleshy, lanceolate, the latter small-
er ; labellum whitish, lateral lobes erect on the
irregular, fleshy, excavated claw, middle lobe cres-
cent-shaped, apiculate. Summer. Trop. Asia, Java
and Sumatra. B.M. 5570 (as Polychilos Comu-cervi).

11. specidsa, Reichb. f. Lvs. oblong: fls. stellate,
in rai'eiiK's or panicles, white, blotched with rose-
madder; sepals oblong; petals narrower; labellum
with erect, linear, toothed, yellow side lobes, and
a fleshy, purple aiid white middle lobe ending in a
hairy cushion. Andaman Islands (Bay of Bengal).
G.C. U. 18:715; 26:277.

12. Sumatrina, Korth. & Reichb. f. Lvs. pointed,
about 6 in. long: inflorescence about as long as the
lvs., 0-10-fld.: sepals oblong, pointed, 1 in. or more
In length; petals more cuneate; all yellowish white
barred, with bands of reddish brown ; labellum
short, clawed; lateral lobes erect, meeting and each
having a* short curved tooth pointing backwards ;
middle lobe oblong, fleshy, white, streaked with
violet, very hairy in front. Sumatra and Borneo. B.M.
5527. P.S. 16:1641. G.C. 1865:507.

13. Luddemanni^na, Reichb. f. A small plant, with
thick, oblong fleshy lvs. 6-8 in. long: inflorescence
about as long as the lvs., with few handsome fls. near
the top: fls. 2-3 in. across; sepals and petals oblong-
acute, white, marked with transverse bars, those at the
base being amethyst, while the upper ones are brown;
labellum deep violet, with yellow blotches on the side
lobes; middle lobe oblong; side lobes erect, ligulate,
deeply 2-toothed. Feb., March. Philippines. B.M. 5523.
P.S. 16:1636. R.H. 1872:390. P. 1865:257.-The old
flowCi'-stems of this plant produce young plants by
which the species may be easily increased.

Var. ochricea, Reichb. f. A form with yellowish fls.
and ochro-colored bars. R.H. 1872:390.

14. PArishii, Reichb. f. Dwarf: lvs. oblong-lanceo-
late, acute, 2-4 in. long : fls. in 6-10-fld. racemes
scarcely longer than the lvs., crowded; dorsal sepals
oblong, lateral broadly ovate, white ; petals obovate-
spatulate, white; lateral lobes of the labellum small,
horn-like, yellow, with purple spots, middle lobe broadly
triangular, red-purple, often white on the disk ; crest
semilunar, broken up into subulate filaments in front;
the disk has a peculiar appendage ending in 4 long
subulate filaments. Burma and Moulmein. B.M. 5815.

15. rdsea, Lindl. Lvs. oblong, dark green, obliquely
retuse : scape about a ft. long, nodding, dark purple,
bearing 12-14 fls. : sepals and petals ovate, obtuse,
white, tinged with pink in the center; labellum rose-
colored, scarcely longer than the sepals; lateral lobes
small, lunate, middle lobe ovate. Philippines. B.M.
5212. P.S. 16:1645. G.C. 1848:671.

F.Hsterii. Advertised, but doubtful.— P. Triimrmi', Reichb.
f . Plant of the h.ibit of P. violacea, with narrower lvs. ; .sepals
cuneate-oblong, purple, with the lateral sepals white at the
base: petals like the lateral sepals or ban*ed with purple: la-
bellum short, clawed, mauve, white and yellow. Malay.

Heinrich Hasselbrinq.

PHALANGITJM Liliistrum. See Paradisea Lili-
astriim.

^

W'

1737, Phalaenopsis Schilleriana (X Va). See No. 5.

FHALARIS (old Greek name used by Dioscorides,
probably from pJtalos, shining; in allusion to the shin-
ingseed). Graminete. Ten species, mostly of southern
Europe, one native throughout the northern part of
North America, a variety of which is the Ribbon Grass.
P. Canariensis, Canary Grass, which is cultivated in
Europe for bird-food or sometimes as a cereal, is occa-
sionally found in this country along roadsides. This
annual species, on account of its variegated ovate
spikes, is worthy of cultivation as an ornamental grass.
Spikelets 1-fld., collected in heads or spike-like panicles.
Empty glumes 4, but the second and third minute.
Outer glumes boat-shaped, awnless.

arundinacea, Linn. Reed Canaev Grass. A tall per-
ennial (2-6 ft.) with flat 14 in. wide lvs. and an elongated
spike-like panicle (open in anthesis)of whitish spikelets,
native through northern America in wet ground, where
it is an important forage grass. Recommended for
planting in parks and grounds along the banks of
streams or artificial ponds. A very striking native
grass.

Var. varieg&ta (var. pictii). Ribbon Grass. Gar-
dener's Garters. Fig. 1738. Lvs. longitudinally striped
with white. Commonly cult, for ornament and some-
times run wild about old places.

A. S. Hitchcock.

FHALOCALLIS ( Greek words referring to the delicacy
of the cone formed by the crests). Iri<h'ir>ii. Referred
by Baker to Cypella. ' The plant off'ercd as /". phimhea.
Herb., by Dutch bulb-growers is Cypella pliimbea,
Lindl., a South Brazilian species difteriiig from those
described at p. 429 as follows: corm large: Ivs. lanceo-
late: stem stout, 2-4 ft. long: fls. dull lilac; outer seg-
ments lK-2 in. long; inner with a small obovate blade
and long claw; style-branches 2-fid, each fork with 1
erect and 2 spreading spurs. B.M. 3710 (fls. chiefly
lilac). P.S. 4:395 (chiefly light blue). P.S. 14:1466
[flnre striata, veined and flushed with rich purple
shades on a white ground).

PHAKBITIS. See Ipomcea.

1294

PHA.SEOLUS

PHASEOLUS

1738. Ribbon G;

-Phalaris arundinacea,

(See page 12(13.)

variegata.

' PHAS£OLnS (ancient Latin name, somewhat altered,
of a bean), l/egumhidsw. Bean. Annual or perennial
mostly twining herbs, or some of them woody at the
base, with mostly pinnately 3-foliolate stipellate leaves,
axillary peduncles bearing clusters of white, yellow,
red or purplish papilionaceous flowers, and more or less
compressed (flat-sided) several to many-seeded 2-valved
pods. Many species have been described, all of warm
countries, but there are probably not more than 100
kinds that can be clearly separated as species. From
its allied genera, Phaseolus is separated by minute
characters of calyx, style and keel. In Phaseolus the style
is bearded along the inner side, and the stigma is oblique
or lateral rather than capitate on the end of the style;
the' keel is coiled into a spiral body, including the 10
diadelphous stamens (in 9 and 1).

Since Phaseoli are tropical or warm-country plants,
they must not be subjected to frost. Most of them are
garden annuals which are given a warm place after all
danger of frost is past. One of them, P. CoracaUa, is
sometimes grown as a greenhouse climber, but in Cali-
fornia and other warm parts it thrives in the open and
climbs hedges and trees, often smothering them. The
culture is set forth under Bean, but the species are
contrasted below. See, also, Canavalia, Glycine,
Mucuna, Vicia, Vigna.

INDEX.

aconitifolius, 5. gonospermus, 8.

adenanthus, 2. utaui'vniis, 7.

amcenus, 2. latisili<iiais, 7.

Caracalla, 1. Limensis, 7.

carinatus, 8. lunatus, 7.

cirrhosus, 2. macroearpus, 7.

compressiLS, 8. multiflorus, 3,

ellipticus, 8. Mungo, 6.

foecic7idus, 7, nanus, 8.
glaber, 6.

A. Perennial tall-twining species, with large, fragrant,

showy fls., and nearly or quite glabrous Ivs.

1. Carac&Ua, Linn. Caracol. Snail-Flowek. Cork-

sokew-Flower. Leaflets broadly rhombic-ovate, pointed

or acuminate: Hs. large and fleshy, in axillary racemes,

ohlongxis, 8.
puberutus, 7.
radiatus. 6.
retiisus, 4.
saccharatus, '
sphcerieus, 8.
Truxitlensis,
vulgaris. 8.
Xuarezii, 7.

light purple to yellowish, very fragrant, the large keel
coiled like a snail shell. Tropics, probably of the Old
World. B.R. 4:341. V. 2, p. 370. -Naturalized in parts
of California, where it grows 20 or more feet high, some-
times becoming a nuisance. It is an old-fashioned
glasshouse plant in cold climates, but is now rarely
seen. It is sometimes planted out in summer.

2. adenAnthus, Meyer {P. amoenvs, Soland. P. Trux-
ilUnsis, HBK. P. cirrhdsus, HBK.). Foliage much
like that of the last, the Ifts. ovate and somewhat acute:
fls. very showy, red (or light blue ?), fragrant, in dense
almost capitate clusters : pod 4-6 in. long, usually curved.
Tropics; grown sparingly in southern California.

aa. Perennial from tuberous roots {but P. multiflorus
grown as an annual N.), the fls. either large or
small, the Ivs. pubescent or scabrotis,

3. multifldrus.Willd. Scarlet Runner Bean. Dutch
Case-Knife Bean (a white variety). Fig. 1739. Root
thickened and tuberous, perennial in the South but per-
ishing in the North: plant tall-twining and slender,
minutely pubescent: Ifts. thin, rhombic-ovate and acute,
scabrous -pul:)escent : fls. rather large and showy, in
racemes, in the Scarlet Runner type red, in the Dutch
Case-Knife white, the keel not distinctly projecting : pods
long (3-6 in.), with a curved slender type: beans large
and plump, much flattened or nearly eylindric, red and
black in the Scarlet Runner, white in the many other
forms. South American or Mexican, but now widely
spread.— The Scarlet Runner form is popular as an orna-
mental vine for arbors and to cover windows, sometimes
being known as Flowering Bean or Painted Lady. The
Dutch Case-Knife is a vegetable-garden plant, grown for
its beans. Various forms of the plant are grown for food
by the Mexicans, and these sometimes appear in our west-
ern country. Melde'sPerennialand Irvine'sHybrid beans
are apparently white-fld. forms. The color of flower and
seed seems always to be associated in this species. A
dwarf or "bush" form, probably of P. multiflorus, was
introduced a few years ago as Barteldes' Dwarf Lima
(see Bull. 87, Cornell Exp. Sta.). Fig. 1740. It is not un-
likely that more
than one species
is passing, as P.
tnultiflorus, some
of the MeSican
forms being im-
perfectly under-
stood.

1739. Phaseolus
multiflorus (X M. 1740. Barteldes Bush Lima (X Jo).

White-seeded form. Probably a form ot PhaseolvsmiiUiflorus,

PHASEOLUS

4. retilBUS, Benth. Metcalfe Bean. Root very large,
said sometimes to weigli 30 lbs., ruuniug deep into the
ground: stem trailing, roughish; Ifts. rhombic to oblong,
mostly obtuse and often retuse, rough on both sides : fls.
in loose, interrupted racemes,
rather small, purple: pod flat,
short, broadly oblong, some-
what curved. Tex., west and

1741. Sieva Bean—
Phaseolus lunatus ( X K)

1742. Pods of Sieva. Large Lima.

Potato Lima (X '3).

The two last are forms of P. lu-

7iatns, var. macrocarpus.

south. — Lately recommended as a forage plant in the
dry regions of the Southwest. The Ivs. are thick and
heavy and well adapted to dry, hot climates. Stems
grow 8-10 ft. or more long.

AAA. Ann^Kil {at least in the iV.), either twining or

"bush," the Jvs. mostltf pubescent, cult, for food.

— Gitrden beans of varioiis kinds.

B. Pod itsKdlly }'i in. or less broad: usually not climbing.

,'). aconitiJdlius, Jacq. Moth Bean. A diffuse, bushy

or somewhat trailing plant with loosely brown hairy

1743. Hende

slender stems, growing 1-2 ft. tall: Ifts. mostly ovate
to rhombic-ovate. 2-3-lobed at the apex for one-fourth
to one-half their length, the lobes narrow and obtuse;

PHASEOLUS 1295

stipules small, narrow and pointed : fls. very small, yel-
lowish, in heads on the ends of hairy axillary peduncles:
pod becoming 2 in. long, nearly cylindrical, glabrous.
India, where it is cult, for human food and for forage,
but only rarely seen in collections in this covintry. It is
said to be able to withstand much dry weather.

6. Miingo, Linn. Gram. Erect or
nearly so, 1-2 ft., stout, with the fur-
rowed stems densely clothed with
long brown hairs: Ivs. large and
long-stalked : Ifts. very broadly
ovate or nearly rhomboid-orbicular,
usually entire, thin, short-acute:
stipules large, ovate ; fls. rather
small, yellowish, in a capitate clus-
ter of 5 or 6 on the end of tlir
stout hairy peduncle: pod 3 in. or
less long, nearly cylindrical, some-
what curved, bearing 10-15 beans.
S. Asia, where it is everywhere cul-
tivated for human food.— Rarely
seen in this country. In habit it
somewhat resembles the Soy bean
(Glycine). The slender pod is
hairy at first, but the hairs are de-
ciduous. It is very variable. From
botanists it has received many
names.

Var. gibber, Roxbg. Lvs. and
pod, and sometimes the stem, gla-
brous.—A domestic form. This is
probably the Adzuki bean of
Georgeson, Bull. 32. Kans. Exp.
Sta., where it is praised for the
high quality of the bean. He de-
scribes 2 forms, the White-podded
and Black-podded Adzuki, both
with small red or brownish seeds
with truncated ends and a long
narrow scar. Pods 3-.5 in.
long.

Var. radiitus, Hook. f.
{P. radidtKS, LinD.). Stems
twining, all parts densely
hairy.

BB. Pod usually K in. or
more broad: plants not-
urally c limbing, but
giving rise to "bush"
forms.
C. Beans large and usu-
ally flat.

7. lunitUB, Linn. Sieva
or Civet Bean. Figs. 1741-
4. Small and slender, usu-
ally not climbing very high :
Ifts. thin, short and broad,
ovate - pointed (except in
special forms, as the Willow-
leaf) : fls. of medium size,
white or whitish, in axillary
racemes : pods small and
papery, 2-3 in. long, much
curved on the back and pro-
vided with a long tip, split-
ting open when ripe and the Leaf, a very narrow- leaved
valves twisting: beans form of tlie .Sieva type : mid-
small and flat, white, brown '"'^ "?''■ ^°'ii5?.^'°;'!- ''"?^^'
«- . +*i 1 m , ■ one, Large White Luna, the

w , "^'^ 7™P- ^™"«'*- two later being var. macro-
— \\ idely cult, in warm conn- carpus.
tries, ami prized for its earli-

ness and prolificacy. It gives rise to dwarf or bush
forms, as the Dwarf Carolina, Henderson Bush Lima
(Fig. 1743). Common in American gardens.

Var. macroc&rpuB, Benth. (P. inamtenus, Linn. P.
Lime'nsis, saei-harAtiis, fceciiiidiis, latisiliquus, Mac-
fadyen. P. piiberuliis, HBK. P. Xiiaresii, Zucc).
Lima Bean. Figs. 1742, 1744. Distinguished from the
Sievas by tall, robust growth and late ripening: Ifts.
large and thick, ovate-lanceolate: pods fewer to the ra-
ceme, straight or nearly so, without a prominent tip,

1744. Leaves of Phaseolu
lunatus.

Two upper ones, Willo

1296

PHASEOLUS

PHELLODENDRON

not readily splitting at maturity : beans very large,
white, red, black or speckled. South Amer.— Widely
grown in the tropics, and one of the richest of beans.
Unreliable in the northern states because of the short,
cool seasons. There are two forms in cult, in the U. S. :
Flat- or Large-seeded Limas, with seeds very flat and

1745. Leaf of Phaseolus vulgaris.

veiny and more or less lunate in shape, and very broad
flat pods, with a distinct but not prominent pod, and
broad-ovate Ifts. ; Potato Limas, with smaller tumid
seeds, shorter and thicker pods, with a very short point,
and long-ovate, tapering Ifts., with angular base. In
both these groups there are dwarf or bush forms, — Bur-
pee Dwarf Lima in the former, and Kumerle Dwarf
Lima in the latter. The Lima Bean is perennial in the
tropics.

cc. Beans relatively small, ohlong and nearly cylin-
drical.

8. vulgaris, Linn. Common Bean. Kidney Bean of
the English. Haricot of the French. Figs. 1745-7.
Slender, twining, more or less pubescent: Ifts. rhombic-
ovate or ovate, acuminate : peduncles shorter than the
petioles, few-fld. at or near the apex : fls. small, white,
yellowish or blue -purple: pod slender, somewhat
curved, provided with a straight or curved tip. Now
believed to be tropical American. —Here belong all the
common garden pole beans, aside from the Lima types,
including the Pole Cranberry (Fig. 1747), and so-called
Horticultural Lima. Runs into very many forms.

Var. n&nus (P. ji())M(s, Linn.). Bush Bean. A do-
mesticated race, differing only in its dwarf or "bush"
habit. It is now the more popular type, particularly in
America, since it requires no labor in providing poles
or other support. This includes all the common gar-
den and field beans.

1746. LonE-podded forms of Phaseolus vulgaris.

For a history of garden or kidney beans, see Georg
von Martens, -'Die Garteubohnen," 18C9. He makes 7
specific types and many subtypes or botanical varieties.
His species are: P. vulgaris, S&yi. Pod straightish and
subtorulose, long-mucronate; seeds somewhat com-
pressed, oblong-reniform. P. compressus, Martens
Climbing: pods compressed and broad, short-niueronate;
seeds strongly compressed, oblong-reniform. P. gono-
spermus, Savi. Climbing: pod subincurved, torulose
and short-mucronate ; seeds somewhat compressed and

irregularly angular-truncate. P. carinatus, Martens.
Climbing: pod falcate and rugose; seeds teretish, elon-
gated, somewhat truncate-carinate. P. ohlomjns, Savi.
Dwarf, erect: pod subcylindricai, straightish, long-
mucronate; seeds subreniform-cylindrio, twice longer
than broad. P. ellipticus, Martens. Low, erect or
somewhat climbing: pod straightish, more or less
torulose; seeds .small, tumid-elliptic. P. sphwricus,
Martens. Nearly erect, or climbing: pod straightish
and constricted; seeds large and subglobose.

L. H. B.
PHEASANT'S EYE. Ifarciss^is poeticiis. Dianthus
jilumuriiis. and Adonis.

PHEG6PTEEIS (Greek, hierh-frru) . PolypodiAcece.
Beech, <»ak «>r Sun >ekn. A genus of ferns allied to
Dryopteris in lial>it, luit with no indusium, the sori being
entirely naki'ii. Thrre are numeruns tropical American
and .Sandwicli Island species worthy of cultivation in
warmhouses. Three of our native species
are sometimes offered in the trade. For
culture, see page 575.

A. Fronds (Ivs.) smaller medium-sized ,
at most tripinnatifid. (Native spr-
cies.)
B. Zc.s-. hipinnatifid, broadly fri-
a,i,i„lar.
hexagondptera. Fee (Polypbdium hex-
agondpteruvi, Michx. ). Lvs. 9-15 in.
long, usually broader than long, pale
green; lower pair of pinn» deflexed
and set forward ; sori marginal. East-
ern v. S.

polypodioides, F^e. Lvs. 5-9 in. long,
longer than broad, dark green, slightly
hairy beneath ; sori nearer the margin
than the midrib. Eu. and northeastern
N. Amer.

BB. X/vs. tripinnatifid, lanceolate.
alp6stris, F^e. Lvs. 1-2 ft. long, 6-8
in. wide, with numerous finely cut lani'i'-
olate pinnee, the lobes to.itln rl ; tl;iiil\
herbaceous. Eu. and mutiiw. st Aiim r.
Has the habit of .4sii)ientH»i fili.r-fn niitin

BBB. Lvs. ternafely tripinnatifid.
Dry6pteris, F^e. Oak Fern. Lvs.
triangular, 3-9 in. each way, the lowest
pinuEB nearly equal to the central (ter-
minal) portion, giving the leaf a ternate
appearance. Eu. and N. Amer.

AA. Fronds (?('*•.) several feet long,
decompound .

Kerandienid.na, Gaud. Lvs. several
feet long, decompound with light brov
stalks, and straw-colored rachides; texture herbaceous;
sori near the margins of the segments. Sandwich
Islands. Also advertised under Polypodium.

L. M. Underwood.

The American species are of easy culture in shady
places, and increase rapidly by creeping rootstocks.
The fronds are light green, of a distinct and attractive
hue. They have the fault of dying down for the sea-
son before the summer is over, especially when grow-
ing in rather dry positions. P. ji':liii'":lionlix jirefers
a moist, shaded place. It is not m> <|uickl\' deciduous
as the other two species. P. Jn\rti<jnn"pl>r<f is suited
for almost any shaded position. The fronds often die
down in August, and at this season are occasionally
much and handsomely variegated with pure white. P.
Drynpteris is one of the most beautiful of small Ameri-
can hardy ferns. It is eminently suited to shady rock-
work, though it completes its growth early in the season.
F. W. Barclay.

PHELLODfiNDEON (Greek, phellos, cork, and den-
dron, tre?; alluding to the corky bark). Rulilcea'.
Ornamental decidiums trees with large, opposite, odd-
pinnate lvs., inconspicuous greenish fls. in short
terminal panicles and black frs. P. Amurense is quite

1747. Cranberry
Pole Bean —
Phaseolus vul-
earis (X>g).

iish polished

PHELLODENDRON

PHILADELPHUS

1297

hardy as far north as Mass., but P. Japoniciim is some-
what tender; the first has been recommended as a street
tree for western cities, as it resists drought and heat in
summer and seems to be not attacked by insects. It is
of rapid growth when young and forms a rather low,
round head. It seems to grow in almost any kind of
soil except in a very moist one. Prop, by seeds, which
are produced freely when both sexes are planted and by
root cuttings, dug up in fall and stored during the
winter in moist sand or sphagnum. Two closely related
species in E. Asia and Japan. Fls. dicecious, in terminal
short panicles; sepals aud petals 5-8, ovate-lanceolate;
stamens 5-1), longer than petals: ovary 5-celled, with a
short, thick style: fr. a black drupe with 5 small one-
seeded stones.

AmurSnse, Rupr. Chinese Cokk Tree. Tree, to 50 ft.,
with spreading branches forming a broad, round head;
bark of the trunk light gray, corky; almost glabrous:
Ifts. 7-17, ovate to ovate - lanceolate, narrowed or
rounded at the base, long-acuminate, minutely crenu-
late,dark green and somewhat shining above, glaucescent
aud glabrous beneath or pubescent only on the midrib:
fr. globose, black, about % in. across, with a strong
turptMitine-like odor when bruised. June. N. China,
Amurland, Japan.

Japdnicum, Maxim. Closely allied to the preceding.
Lfts. ovate, rounded or truncate at base, acuminate dull
green above, pubescent beneath, with rather prominent
veins; leaf-stalk and inflorescence pubescent. June.
Japan. — Less hardy than the preceding and probably
only a variety of it; but sometimes thrives in New
England. Alfred Rehder.

PHENOLOGY (contraction of phetwrnenologi/; that
is, the science of phenomena) : the study of the rela-
tionships between the climate of any place and the
annual periods of plants and animals. Plants vege-
tate. l>loom, and ripen fruit at more or less definite
seas(jns, each after its kind; animals mate, bear young,
migrate and hibernate each also after its kind; but
these recurring events are related to the climate in
which these things live: with these inter-relationships
Phenology has to do. The most complete means of
comparing the climate of one year with that of another
are the life-events of the animals and plants of the
years. Thermometrical readings are the customary
measures, but the thermometers record only tempera-
ture, whereas local climate is modified by conditions
of humidity, cloudiness, the sequence of atmospheric
changes, and many stibtle agencies which cannot be
measured by means of instruments. Living things are
the agents that really measure climate. A record of
the life-events of living things, therefore, even though
imperfect, should contribute to the science of clima-
tology; and incidentally it should contribute much to
the science of biology. Records of plant-events are
more comparable than those of animal-events, because
plants are stationary and have no volition to adapt
themselves to inclemencies by means of change of po-
sition, diet, or otherwise; therefore, plants emphati-
cally express climatal influence. A record of the first
blooming of a given apple tree, for example, during a
series of years would give comparable measures of the
lateness or earliness of the different seasons. Most
so-called phenological observations in this country have
been mere records of dates of blooming, leafing, migra-
tion of birds, peeping of frogs, and the like, without
correlative data respecting the local climate. They are
therefore of relatively little consequence to science. In
this country the literature of Phenology is very meager.
See Bailej-, Essay 17, "Survival of the Unlike," and
" Instructions for taking Phenological Observation,"
" Weather Review," Sept., 1896, U. S. Weather Bureau.

L, H. B.

PHILADfiLPHUS (name of an ancient Egyptian
king; applied to this genus with no obvious reason).
Saxifragi\c.e<p. Mock Orange. Syringa. Ornamental
deciduous or rarely half-evergreen shrubs with opposite
entire or serrate Ivs. and white showy fls. in terminal ra-
cemes or solitary on short branchlets, appearing mostly
in .June and often very fragrant. Most of them are
hardy North except P. Coitlferi, Mexiratius and the

other Mexican species; P. fomcntosits and BiUanJi are
only half-hardy. They are well adapted to shrultberies
and are mostly of medium height, the tallest being P,
pubescens, which grows to about 20 ft.; P. Gvrdoni-
anus and P. inoilorits grow nearly as high, while
P. microplij/lhts liardly exceeds 3 ft. They thrive well
in almost any well-drained soil and even under trees.
If pruning is needed it should be done after flowering,
since the fls. appear on the wood formed the previous
year. Prop, usually by hardwood cuttings, or by
suckers aud greenwood cuttings under glass; also by
layers and by seeds, but they are very apt to hybridize
when several species are growing together.

About 30 species have been described. They are dis-
tributed through the northern hemisphere; in N. Amer.
south to Guatemala and from southeast Europe to
Himalayas and Japan. All are shrubs with exstipulate,
petioled more or less distinctly 3-uerved Ivs. : fls. solitary
or racemose; calyx-lobes, petals and styles usually 4;
stamens 20-40: fr. a dehiscent, 4-valved, many-seeded
capsule. Owing to the absence of well-marked charac-
ters the species are often rather difficult to distinguish,
and this difficulty is much increased by the numerous
hybrids which have originated in cultivation. The
latest account of this genus is a short monograph by
E. Koehne in Gartenflora, Vol. 45 (1896), p. 450, etc.,
where 33 species are distinguished, of which 20 are
American.

It seems strange that Philadelphus is popularly
known under the name of Syringa, a very different;
genus of no botanical affinity and little resemblance;
but this is only continuing the usage of the oldl
herbalists who used to unite under Syringa species of
Philadelphus, Syringa and Jasmine. Thus we find in
Gerarde's "Herball," first published in 1597, descrip-
tions and figures of Syringa alba, White Pipe, S.
c(erulea, Blue Pipe, and iS. Arabica, Arabian Pipe, the

1748. Philadclphi

Mock Orange (X K).

first being Philadelphus coronarius, the second Syringa
vulgaris and the third Jasminum Sambac. Tliis
accounts also for the German popular name Jasmine
for Philadelphus. In French Syringa has been changed
to Seringa, and is used in this form as the popular
name for Philadelphus. Linnseus decided to take up
the name Syringa for the S. cwrulea of the older
botanists and Syringa alba he called Philadelphus, a
name previously used for the same plant by some of the
old herbalists.

argenteo-margiu-

Gordonianus, 2.

Pekinensis. 6.

ata, 8.

grandiflonis, 1, 12.

primultetionis.

aureus, 8.

hirsutus, 13.

pubescens, 1.

Avalanche, 10.

inodorus, 12.

rosseflorus, 8.

Boule d'argent, 10.

latifolius. 1.

salicifolius. 8.

Califomicus. 5.

laxns, 11.

Satsumi. 4.

Candelabra. 10.

Lemoinei, 10.

speciosissimus.

coronarius. 6, 8.

Lewisi. 3.

speciosus, 11.

diantliiflorus, 8.

microphyllus. 14.

spectabiUs. 1.

erectus, 10.

Mont Blanc, 10.

trinerrius. 13.

Falconeri. 7.

multiflorus plenus,

vndulatits, 11.

floribuwhis, 1. and

8.

Yokohama:. 4.

snppl. list.

nanus 8

Zeyheri. 9.

Gerbe de Xeige, 10.

nivalis. 1.

1298

PHILADF.I.PHUS

PHILADELPHUS

A. Bark Of last year's brnriclie.i vot preliiig off: fls. in
racemes.

E. Cahjx pubescent outside: bark gray.

1. pubfescens, Loise!.(P. Za?4«Zi«s, Schrad. P.grandi-
nOnis. var. ftorihihuliis, A. Gray). Shrub, to 20 ft. high:
mature brandies of this year yellowish brown, those of
last year light gray: Ivs. "broadly ovate, dentate, pubes-
cent beneath. 2-4 in. long: racemes rather loose, 5-11-

Kj. ^

M^^

' '\!' a^ ~p^¥^'

17:9. Philadelphus coronarius.

fld. : fls. creamy white, scentless, lK-2 in. across. June,
July. Tennessee. B.R. 7:570 and Gn. 40, p. 289 {as P.
grandiflorus). B.R. 23:2003 and G.C. II. 1G:81 (as P.
spec iosus). — The figures quoted above do not represent
typical plants; they are probably partly hybrids of this
species with P.qrandiflotms and rHorfone.-J, butthe figure
accompanying the original <!escription by Loiseleur in
Herbier gen. de Tamatour, Vol. IV, t. 208, agrees well
with wild plants from Tennessee. A dwarf foi-m with
double fls., cult. as P. nivalis spectahiUa flore pleno, prob-
ably belongs to this species. P. pnbescens of Koch and
of Koehne is P. verrucosus; see supplementary list.

BB. CahjT

fhrous outside: hark
brown.

ffratfish

2. Gordoni&nuB, Lindl. Shrub, to 12 ft., with grayish
brown branches: Ivs. broadly ovate to elliptic, coarsely
dentate, especially those of the young shoots, light
green, pubescent beneath, thin, 1^2-3 in. long: racemes
dense, 5-7-fld.: fls. pure white, scentless, iK-lK in.
across; petals oval-oblong: ovary half-superior. June,
July. Wash, to Ore. B.R. 25:32. Gn. 3, p. 233.

3. L6wi3i, Pursh. Upright shrub, to 8 ft.: bark of
branches dark or grayish brown, usually with numer-
ous horizontal cracks: Ivs, broadly ovate or elliptic-
ovate, entire or sparingly dentate, glabrous or some-
what hairy beneath, thickish at maturity, 13^-3 in. long:
racemes short and dense, 5-9-fld. : fls. short-stalked,
1-1^ in. across, scentless. June, July. Brit. Colo, to
Calif.

4. Satsftmi, Sieb. (P. ToJcohdnm, Hort.). Shrub, to
8 ft., erect: branches of last year with grayish brown
bark, usually marked with whitish, longitudinal fis-
sures: Ivs. ovate, long-acurainate, dentate or sometimes
entire, almost glabrous, 3-6 in. long: racemes loose,
erect, 7-9-fld.: fls. about 1 In. across, slightly fragrant.
May, June. Japan.

Wnsli. T<. Calif.
L'h it is usually

ely S.

AA. Bark of hi.it year's branches peelimj off in thin

flakes, brown.

B. Fts. iu muiiy-fld. panicles, but sometimes racemose

on weaker brunches.

5. Califdmicus, Benth. ITpriglit shrub, to 8 ft., with
brown branches: Ivs. ..vatf, witli fiw tfith or ahlio.st
entire, glabrous or siiinrw li:it [Milirsc'cni li,.iii.:itli, tbii'k-
ish at maturity, l',--"_ in. I.nm' tls. ',-1 m. iioro.s.s,
scentless; petals o\A<>ui;. -Iiiiif, .Iiih-
— Similar in habit to P. Lewisi, to w
referred as a variety.

BB. Ji'ls. in 5-9-fld. racemes
c. Lcs. glabrous or nearly so beneath, ocaie-lanceo-
late: pedicels glabrous.

6. Pekin^nsis, Rupr. (P. cnmvririufi.xav. rrkiiit'ii.ii.i.
Maxim.). Upright slirul>, t" .'. ii.: Iv.s. ..\ at..|;iiici-.i-
late, acumiuatis <k'nti^-ul:il('. ihjckish ai in;iiiifir\-. ]'..-
.3 in. long; petioles pur].lish: ra..Mi.s sli..]! and '.liii>e,
usually 5-n-fld.: fls. 1,';, in. across, slightly fragrant;
style divided only at the apex. May, June. Mongolia,
N. China. — Dense, upright, but rather low, free-flower-
ing shrub.

7 F41coneri, Sarg. Shrub, to 8 ft., with slender,

iichuig br inches : Ivs. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,

(icnti 111 iti lK-3 in. long, thickish at mat\irity : fls. 3-

1 I I I I I dicelled, fragrant, pure- wliite. about 1}4 in.

I hx lobes lanceolati' ; |iitals oblong, acute;

si\l iini h longer than stamens, deeply divided. June.
Oiigni unknown; probal)lv Japanese. G.F. 8:497.
MD& 1890 2.11. Gng. 8:;i4n.-Very graceful shrub,
wide spreadmg.

cc. Br

or less pubescent beneath, visually

8. COron4rius, Linn. Fig. 1748, 1479. Shrub, to 10 ft.,
with upright branches: Ivs. ovate to ovate-elliptic, usu-
ally acute at both ends, denticulate, sparingly pubes-
cent beneath, 2—i in. long: fl.s, 5-9 in rather dense ra-
cemes, creamy white, very fragrant, on rather short
pubescent pedicels; petals oval; style divided about one-
half. May, June. S. B. En., Caucasus. B.B. 2:186. -This
is the common Mock Orange, less showy than the follow-
ing spiM'ies ami of somewhat stiff habit, but deliciously
fragrant. TIhit are several vars. in cultivation. Var.
arg^nteo-marginata, Hort. Lvs. edged creamy white,
and other variegated forms. Var. aiireus, Hort. foli-
age yellow. Var. ninus, Schrad. Dwarf, compact shrub,
with dark green foliage; flowers but rarely. Var. sa-
licifdlia, Hort. Lvs. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate.
Tliere are also several Viirs. with double fis., as vars.
dianthifldras, multinorus planus, primulae!16rus (K.H.
lH7n, p. :tO,-|), rosaeflbrus, mostly of dwarfer habit than
the type.

9. ZSyheri, Schrad. Probably hybrid of the preceding
and J*, inodorus: lower than P. coronarius and more
spreading, with sometimes arching branches : lvs.
ovate, usually rounded at the base: fls. usually 5, pure
white, slightly fragrant or scentless, \%-\% in. broad;
style sometimes longer than stamens, divided one-half
or less. June. Of garden origin. The different forn.s
of P. Zeyheri are, besides those of the following hy-
brid, the most showy of the genus, bearing the large,
pure white fls. in great profusion along the branches.
P. speciosissimus, Hort., belongs here.

10. Lem6iiiei, Lemoine. Hybrid of P. microphyllus
with P. coronarius, of varying habit: lvs. ovate to ovute-
elliptic or ovate-lanceolate, usually pubescent beneath
and %-2% in. long: fls. 3-7 in short racemes, very
sweet-scented ; petals oval to oblong, mostly dentate
at the apex. G.F. 2:617. — Some of the best forms of
this hybrid are Avalanche. Graceful shrub, with slen-
der arching branches, covered almost the whole length
with showy white fls. G.C. III. 21:89. M.D.G. 1896:293.
Gerbe de Neige is similar, but the fls. are larger. Boule
I'argent lias large, double fls. and the habit of P. eon/-
narius. G.C. 111. 18:19 and 23, suppl. 28 May. Can-
d^labre. Low shrub, with upright branches covered with
large fls. M.D.G. 1896:294. Var. erectus. Upright, to
5 ft., covered with white fls. Mont Blanc is similar in
habit, but fls. larger and showier.

PHILADELPHUS

BBB. yts. i-J, occasiotialiy 5.
C. Jf'lowerinq branchlets 2 in. or more long, with S or 3

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

1299

pairs of :
glabrous.

lithe

large Irs.: pedicels and calyx

li. lAxus, Schrad. (P. KHtiHZdfMS, Hort. P. specidstis,
Sclirad.). Shrub, to 8 ft., with spreading slender
brandies: Ivs. elliptic-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, entire
or sparingly denticulate, often slightly recurved and
pendulous, sparingly appressed pubescent beneath, 2— i
in. lung: Hs. oftener solitary, scentless, l-l'o in. across;
style !is long as stamens. May.. Tunc. S. < '. to Tenn. and
I'la. B.R. 2:186. Gng. 8:.'!-tO.-Tliis spicns is closely
allied to tlie following, and perhaps best considered a
mere variety of it.

12. inoddruB, Linn. (P. srra«djrtd»-HS, Willd.). Shrub,
similar to the former, but usually more upright and
more vigorous: Ivs. broadly ovate to elliptic-ovate, usu-
ally dentate, bearded in the axils of the veins beneath,
3-5 in. long: fls. 1-3, occasionally 5, lK-2 in. broad,
scentless ; calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate, twice as long
as ovary: style often longer than stamens. May, June.
N. C. and Tenn. to Ga. B.R. 25:39 (as P. laxus).
B.M. 1478. The P. inodorus of Gray differs in its
smaller, often entire ivs. and smaller, usually solitary
fls. with short ovate calyx-lobes. — Some forms of this
species, and especially the preceding species, have
proved tender north, but most are hardy.

cc. Flowering branchlets usually 1 in. or less long,
with rather small Ivs.

13. hirsiltus, Nutt. (P. trinirvius, Schrad.). Upright
or spreading shrub, to 6 ft. : Ivs. ovate-acuminate, ser-
rate, pubescent above, grayish tomentose beneath, 1-2^2
in. long: fls. 1-3, on short branchlets with usually 1 pair
of Ivs., creamy white, 1-1% in. across, scentless; calyx
pubescent; style short, with connate stigmas. N. C. to
Ala. and Texas. Gn. 26, p. 375; 34, p. 138. S.B.F.G.
11.2:119. B.R. 24:14. — Thi 5 species is less decorative
than most of the others. It differs from all Asiatic and
most N. American species by its winter-buds being not
enclosed in the base of the petioles, while all others ex-
cept a few southwestern species have the small winter-
bud enclosed in the base of the petioles, and they are
therefore not visible until the Ivs. have fallen off.

14. microphJUus, Gray. Shrub, to 3 ft. high, with
spreading slender or rigid branches: Ivs. oblong-ovate,
entire, appressed pubescent on both sides or almost
glabrous, glaucescent beneath, K-1 in. long: fls. 1-3,
white, about 1 in. across, very fragrant; calyx glabrous
or appressed-pubesoent. New Mex. to Calif, and Colo.
G.C. III. 2:156. Gn. 40:824. P.G. 5:109.-One of the
most distinct species, deliciously fragrant; likes sunny,
well-drained position.

P. acttmindtus, Lange. is hardly different from P. Satsumi,
but Ivs. larger :>nd broader.— P. Billdrdi, Koeline (P. pubescens
Souvenir de Billard, Hort.). Lvs. broadly ovate, pubescent be-
neath, large: fls. in many-fld. panicles, rather large; calyx
pubescent. Origin unknown.— i*. Ghinensis, Hort. = P. Sat-
sumi.— P. Columbidnus, Koehne. Closely allied to P. Gordon-
ianus, but lvs. smaller, with only 1-4 coarse teeth on each side.
Calif.— P. cordifblius, Lange. Closely allied to P. Californieus,
but panicle very many-fld., leafy near the base. Origin un-
known.—P. CoMteri. Wats. Allied to P. Mexicanus, but calyx
and lvs. densely covered with grayish pubescence. N. Mex.
G.F. l:'2:yi.—P. flon'bundus, Schrad. Similar to P. coronarius:
lvs. more pubescent beneath, fls. larger and less fragrant.
Probably hybrid of P. pubescens and P. inodorus. — P. Godo-
hbkeri, Kirchn.=P. hirsutus ; but also P. lax :s is sometimes
cult, under this name.— P. Kochidnus, Koehne. is a form of
P. Zeyheri, with the style exceeding the stamens.— P. Mexi-
ahnts, Schrad. Half-evergreen shrub with spreading branches,
allied to P. hirsutus: lvs. sparingly pubescent: fls. 2 in. across,
fragrant: stigmas not connate. Mex. to Guatemala. B.R. 28:37.
R.H. 1852:381. G.C. II. 19:753. B.M. 7600. Not hardy north.
— P. Nepalensis, Koehne. Allied to P. Pekinensis: lvs. broader,
pubescent in the axils of the veins beneath ; petioles not pur-
plish. Him.al.ayas. — P. Schreiikii, Rupr. Allied to P. coronarius.
Upright.: lvs. large and thin: fls. scentless, smaller: style
appressed pubescent at the base; petals narrow. Manchuria.
— P. It'n'iifhJiiis, Rupr. Allied to P. coronarius: with slender
spreading branches : lvs. almost glabrous, thin : fls. small,
scentless : pet.als narrow. Manchuria, Amurland.— P. tnmen-
tbstis. Wall. .Allied to P. coronarius : lvs. piibescent on both
sides, tomentose when young. Himalayas.— P. umbetldfns,
Koehno Probably h.vbrid of P. inodorus and P. coronarius.
or an allied species; fls. in broad 2-15-fld. panicles, compound

of long-pednncled cymes. Origin unknown.— P. rcrmc&sus,
Schrad. (P. pubescens, Koch, not Loisel.). Allied to P. pu-
bescens, but bark brown: Fls. smaller. Origin imknown.
Alfred Rehder.
PHILAGfiEIA. Consult ii(y)aj/<c(« and Phihsia.

FHILfiSIA (Greek, ;-.r,/,/). LiJidcete. A member of
the lily f;Liuily with flic ^mnvil :ippearance of some
conitiiun uorrlicrn slirul' is i-.ii iiinlv an extraordinary
thing. Phil.sia is such ;i sliiul.. growing 3-4 ft. high,
near the Straits of Magellan, and bearing showy pen-
dulous, red, Lapageria-like fls. about 2 in. long. It is
far removed from the ordinary lily types with 6 similar
peri.anth-segments, for it has a distinct calyx of 3 sepals
and 3 petals. It is closely allied to Lapageria, but differs
in haliit, in the calycine character of the outer perianth
and the monadelphous stamens. This plant is very rare
in cnltiv;ttinn. It is said to live outdoors in the most
favcired ioc:ilities of England and Ireland.

Magellinica, J. F. Gmel. (P. buxifblia, Lam.). Much
branched: Ivs. alternate, linear-oblong, I-IJ4 in. long,
leathery, evergreen, feather-veined, glabrous, glaucous
beneath; margins reflexed ; petiole jointed at the .iunc-
tion of the blade: fls. solitary, bright rosy red; petals
wavy; filaments united into a tube below the middle,
then free: ovary 1-celled, with 3 short parietal placentae
which bear several ovules: fr. a berry. B.M. 4738. P
1854:05. G.C. II. 18:105. ^r jj ■

Philesia is too slow-growing ever to become very
popular. The undersigned cultivated this plant more
than 20 years ago, but has not seen a specimen of it for
many years, and does not know where to find one at the
present time. It is a short-jointed, hard-wooded shrub,
with rather leathery, box-like leaves, and will grow to
about 4 feet in height in time. It is an Andean species
closely related to Lapageria, which fact will account for
that bigeneric hybrid known as Philageria Veilehii.
Philesia is said to be found from Chile down nearly to
the Straits of Magellan, and should, therefore, be nearly
or quite hardy. In the writer's experience with it this
plant was grown in a Camellia house, in which a night
temperature of 45° was maintained, the plants being
firmly potted in a light, peaty soil. It flowered but
sparingly in the latter part of the summer. The flowers
were borne only singly in the axils of the leaves. Cut-
tings may be rooted when taken from ripened growth,
but require careful management in a cool temperature,
and are usually several months in rooting. If one tries
to grow Philesia in too high a temperature the general
result is a good crop of thrips and a case of general
debility, much as with Pernetti/n iniirronata under sim-
ilar conditions. The writer does n<it consider Philesia
extraordinarily hard to manage, provided it is kept cool
and in a dewy atmosphere, but it will ]><>sitively rebel
against forcing. -^y j^ T.iPUN.

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, HORTICULTURAL CAPA-
BILITIES OF. Fig. 1750. The Philippine Archipelago
occupies about 700 miles of longitude and 1,000 miles of
latitude (from 4.40° to 20° north lat., and from 110.40°
to 126.30° east long.), just across the China Sea from
the mainland of Asia. The equatorial current passes
its southern border, the Kuroshiwo originatos near the
northern limit, the eastern portion is influenced by the
Pacific drift, and over the whole the summer monsoon
bears its rain-laden clouds. Of the 1,200 or 1,300 islands
constituting the group, many are scarcely more than
mountain peaks thrust above the sea, and" less than 30
have an area worthy of special consideration. In gen-
eral the mountains bear in a northerly direction and
rise to such height as to materially influence the rain-
fall. The mountains are not, in the main, abrupt and
forbidding, but the elevations are gradual and deeply
indented with valleys, affording innumerable fertile
plats along the slopes. The area of the islands is given
as 114,356 .square miles, of which a large percentage is
arable. Luzon has about 36 per cent of the total area
and Mindanao 29 per cent. The temperature is not
extreme and is remarkably uniform on the islands of
the archipelago. The observatory at Manila reports
that the average temperature of December— the coldest
month— for the 17 years prior to and including 1S9G was

1300

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

77°, and for Maj' — the warmest month — 82.9°, while the
mean temperature during that period was 80.42°, The
rainfall averages for February .46 in. For the 5 dry
months, Dec, Jan., Feb., Mar. and Apr., the total
average is 5.47 in., and for the G wet months, June,
July, Aug., Sept., Oct., and Nov., the total average is
65.(1.") in. Observations show that the islands differ

the southeast of Luzon, with its moist, volcanic soils, is
the hemp region. Some of the smaller islands south of
Luzon, particularly Masbate and Ticao, produce hemp
principally. Large quantities of sugar are produced in
Luzon, chiefly on the sandy loam and alluvial lands in
the provinces of Pampanga, Cavite and Laguna, though
sugar estates may be found in nearly all portions of
this island. Sugar is the principal product
of Panay, Negros and Cebu. The following
report of the principal exports of the PhiliV
pines for 1897 gives a condensed statement
of the present agricultural situation:

Manila hemp $8,571,850

Sugar 6,911,535

Coffee 45,648

Tobacco and cigars 2, 128.380

Coeoauuts and copra 2,687.£

Sapan wood .

Indigo

Liquid indigt* ..
Ylang Ylang oil

Candlenut oil

Candlenuts

Copal

Fruits

Aloe fiber

Sesame

Betel-nuts

23,323
50,825
21,554
24.937
15.755
19.464
22.562

8,393
13,687

2,592

1750. Philippine Islands, to show the eeneral term of the archipelagi

from one another but slightly in temperature, while
there is considerable variation on the same island due
to altitudes. Portions of Luzon are cool the entire year.
Upon the basis usually allowed in tropical countries for
decrease in temperature due to elevation, an elevation
of 5,000 ft. would give an annual mean of 60.42°. There
are tablelands where the mean would not be over 70° F.
Different portions of the same island show also wide
divergence in rainfall owing to mountain ranges.

The soils are quite varied, including not only all the
grades from sandy to stiff clay, but limestone, slaty,
volcanic, alluvial, etc.

While the Philippines are adapted by climate and soil
to the production of almost everything that can be
grown in the tropics, the Spaniards, pursuing their
usual policy, limited their production to very narrow
lines. North Luzon, including the exten.sive valley of
the Rio Grande de Cagayau and its affluents, was
chiefly devoted to tobacco; the low, flat, clay loam lands
east and north of Manila, including most of the prov-
inces of Manila and Bulacan and a portion of Pampanga,
is farmed in rice. To the south of Manila the provinces
of Batangas, Cavity and Laguna produce considerable
coffee; while the long, irregular promontory forming

The principal cereals that can be pro-
duced are rice, corn, barley and tropical
wheat. The general plan for producing
rice is very crude. The rice is planted in
a seed-bed, properly prepared, the last of
April. The fore part of June, after tlie
rainy season has saturated the soil, the na-
tive takes his water buffalo and plows
a small field, previously surrounded by a
levee. The water and soil make a thin
mud ; into this he sets the rice plants from
a seed-bed, or he occasionally sows his rice
broadcast. The heavy succeeding rains
flood the field and perfect the crop, which
usually matures and is harvested in Decem-
ber. At harvest the rice is hand-cut with
an implement similar to a corn hook, but
lighter. The rice is bound in small bun-
dles, and when partially dry is laid upon
the levees in ricks with the heads hanging
over the bank. When cured the grain is re-
moved with the hatchel or by tramping.

There are large areas adapted to the pro-
duction of maize, liut the Indian rarely
gives much attention to cultivation; hence
the results are small, except upon new
lands. With more knowledge of the maize
plant and with more industry it should be
a profitable crop. Barley and glutinous
wheat are winter crops, suited to the cli-
mate and well adapted to supplement the
food supply. Limited quantities of bears
are produced. It is not probable that any of the cereals
will be raised in surplus quantities, sufficient for export.
Fiber material, sugar, tobacco, fruits and nuts will con-
tinue to be the leading' cxiM.rtv. \v itli a rapid increase
of the last two, un.l. r Am. ri.:iii c.nitnd.

The Philippines arr iii.irc- cclibrated for their fiber
than for any other product. The best known is Manila
hemp {Musa textilis), though there is some export of
Aloe fiber (maguey) and pineapple cloth (pina). Manila
hemp grows luxuriantly on the rich volcanic soils of
the southern Luzon peninsula. It belongs to the same
family with the banana, and its growth is similar. The
trunk is 8-10 in. in diam. and is formed entirely of con-
centric leaf-stems or petioles. It is 8-10 ft. high at
maturity. It is renewed by offshoots that spring from
the base of the old plant, which are also used to set new
fields. One setting of a plantation is good for ten
years. As soon as the trunk is mature it is cut and
each of the thick, fleshy leaf-sheaths of which it is
composed is removed. The leaf-stem is then placed on
a bench; a bar of wood with teeth on the under side is
firmly pressed upon it while two men pull the stem,
scraping the pulpy material from the fiber. The fiber is
then hung up to dry. Four men will clean l.'iO pounds

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

1301

oi' fiber, worth $12, per day. They receive one-half for
cleaning.

Vegetubles . — The great variety of vegetables that can
be grown in the Philippines and the constant supply
that might be had from a well-tended garden, indicate
the source from which the people should obtain their
principal food. As far as can be observed, gardening
is not especially in the line of the Filipino. The
Japanese accomplish marvels in gardening by the use
of human excreta, both solid and liquid; the Filipino
has, in addition, the excreta of the water buffalo, but he
rarely has what can be properly called a garden. He
may have small patches of beans, sweet potatoes and
taro, but nothing approaching a garden, except culti-
vated for the city market. The traveler in the Philip-
pines is impressed with the high culture of the people
along some lines and their total lack in others. Gar-
dening is one of their deficiencies, and it is the more
surprising from their proximity to China and Japan.
The following well-known vegetables are produced in
the islands:

Beans of many varieties, beets, carob bean, celery,
■cabbage, cassava, carrot, cucumber, eggplant, garlic,
gourd, lettuce, lentil, muskmelon, onion, okra, pump-
kin, pea, pepper of all kinds, peanut, potato, radish,
sesame weed, sweet potato, turnip, taro, tannier,
tomato, watermelon, yam.

-Fruits. — The banana, fruit of Miisa sapientum (Figs
187, 188), is abundant in all portions of the islands.
Except on the coffee plantations it
is mainly produced close to the na
tive huts, where it supplies shade
and furnishes food The principal
% ariety sold in the locil markets is
the Guinea The fruit of this va
iiety IS 4-5 m long peeling thm,
flesh rich Mellon ind hrm mainly
titen fresh The pi iiit iin ( )/i(s«

tains bji'dering the western coast of Luzon. In flavor
it is similar to the Java and is highly prized in the
markets to which it has been shipped. There is a
variety of coffee produced in Mindanao called Zam-
boanga. It has a larger berry than the Manila and is
not so highly prized. Its principal market is Singapore.
Coffee-growing requires high-class agriculture, and for
this reason it has never flourished in the Philippines
as the climate and the conditions warrant. Several
things should be carefully observed in coffee-farming:
the young plant should be root-pruned and transplanted
once or twice before final setting in the orchard; holes
2% ft. square and 2 ft. deep should be dug and filled
with soil, for each plant in the permanent orchard-
holes 8 ft. apart; coffee trees should be pruned an-
nually; the shade trees or plants should not be such as
will draw heavily upon the soil and should not be so
dense as to give more than a partial shade. The best
and the poorest coffee are the product of the same tree,
hence the necessity of great care in production and
grading. With
a full develop-
ment of the cof-
fee industry the
Philippines
probably could
supply the en-
tire annual im-
ports of the

1752 A typical laborer s hut in Manila
a ide of Nipa Palm —a casa de nipa

1751 Typical house near Manila
Roof ni.ide of the Nip.i P.ihn.

pa I a d I siaca)
may be treated
in the same con
nection It is
1 H r g e 1 and a
more vigorous
producer than
the banana and
is usually eaten
cooked. With rice it constitutes the principal food
of the Filipino. First it is produced with little labor,
an important consideration in tropical countries; sec-
ond, it adds an agreeable flavor to the rice; third, it
ripens almost continuously throughout the year; fourth,
it produces more food per acre than any other fruit or
any cereal. Cases are reported in which iO.OOO lbs. of the
edible portions of the plantain have been produced per
acre. This would give nutritive material per acre as
follows: protein, ,520 lbs.; fat, 240 lbs. ; carbohydrates,
8.400 lbs. Fifteen hundred lbs. of cleaned rice per acre
(larger than any Philippine crop) would furnish pro-
tein 120 lbs., fat 45 lbs., carbohydrates 1,182 lbs. The
plantain is dried and ground or pounded into flour for
food. To transport bananas and plantains to the United
States would require steamers with some refrigeration,
or the fruit would be too ripe on arrival.

The coffee plant, Coffea Arabiea (Fig. 514), grows
luxuriantly in the sheltered ravines of the mountains of
the entire group; but the principal portion for export is
grown in Caviti5, Batangas, Laguna and in the nioun-

United States (831,827,063 lbs. in
1899) to the mutual profit of both
countries.

Oranges, lemons and limes are
produced abundantly. They are,
however, of an inferior quality, due
to variety and lack of cultivation and
of pruning. The orange trees are
exceedingly healthy and vigorous.
In the hands of the Filipino the orange is practically a
product of nature No effort has been made to improve
the fruit by the general introduction of better varieties,
nor to improve the quality by selection, cultivation,
fertihzatK n ind pruning. There is scarcely any limit
totli 111 1 I\ t this lus 1 tns fruit that could be produced
.uniii.ill) it SI II 111 i_ .iiid industry should be directed to
planting it ujion the olevatt-d tablelands of these islands.
The soil on large areas is well adapted to the citrous
fruits. The abundant rainfall during the fruit-growing
season and the dry weather during the period of ripen-
ing, are conditions that will not be overlooked by the
intelligent horticulturist in the future. What has
been said of oranges is equally applicable to lemons,
limes and grape fruit.

The shaddock, Citrus Vecumana, of which grape
fruit or pomelo is the best variety, is a native of the
Malayan and Polynesian islands and is at home in the
Philippines. This fruit sometimes attains great size
(15 lbs.), but is too coarse for commerce. The demand
for the large, juicy, subacid pomelo has always been
much in excess of the supply, and this, if it could be
obtained abundantly, would rank in consumption with
oranges and lemons. See Citrus and Pomelo.

Pineapple, the collective fruit of Ananas sativus (Fig.
83), finds a congenial habitat on the sandy coast lands
and in the warm, rich valleys of these islands. Under
these conditions the plant with care attains large size
and the rich, saccharine juice develops its highest
flavor. The pineapple is propagated by setting the

1302

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

suckers, which spring from the base, in rows 4 ft.
apart and 2 ft. in the row. This requires about 5,000
plants per acre. It bears fruit in 18 to 20 months. Care-
fully cultivated the fruit should weigh, on an average,
6-8 lbs. Occasionally specimens are found weighing
16 lbs. There are many cultivated varieties and they
vary much in size and quality. With encouragement it
would soon become an important branch of commerce.
Up to this time they have been grown simply for home
consumption and for the exquisite fiber, sometimes
called "pineapple silk," obtained from the leaves.

Guava, fruit of Psiduim Guava, has been acclimatized
and finds genial conditions. The beauty of the tree,
the fragrance of the flowers and the utility of the little,
subacid, juicy fruit, make it a favorite garden tree
wherever it can be grown. Its excellence for jelly is
known, but it has not yet attained commercial import-
ance in the Philippines. See Guava and Psidium.

Chocolate bean, fruit of Theobronia Cacao, is a small
tropical evergreen, bearing an elongated, egg-shaped
fruit 5-10 in. long, containing numerous seeds the size
of a chestnut, imbedded in a sweet pulp. These seeds
are known in commerce as chocolate beans, and both in
the green and dry state are used by the natives as food.
They contain about 50 per cent of oil and have an agree-
able flavor. For manufacture, the seeds, after the re-
moval of the husk, are roasted, then ground into an oily
paste which is mixed with sugar and flavored, forming
the chocolate of commerce. As yet, the bean has been
produced in a limited quantity, but the industry could be
developed into a large business. See Theobroma.

All the spices are at home in these islands. Allspice,
fruit of the Pimenta officinalis (Pigs. 1804-5|, a beau-
tiful evergreen, attaining a height of 30 ft. ; nutmeg,
fruit of the Mijristica fragrans (Figs, 1452, U.'JS), a

1754. Ylang: ylang, yieldm£r a famous oil (X ^).

bushy evergreen 40-50 ft. high ; and ginger, the rhizome
of Zingiber officinale (which see), a perennial plant,
reed-like, with annual stem 3— t ft. high, have been tested
and are or can be produced in the islands. Cinnamon,
Inner bark of Ginnamomum Zeylanicum ; cloves, the
fruit of Eugenia caryophyllaia (Pig. 500), a beautiful
evergreen 15-30 ft. high; and pepper, the fruit of Piper
nigrum, a short shrub, find a natural habitat in Jlin-
danao and the Sulu group. Spices to the amount of
$2,782,301 were imported into the United States in 1899,
all of which could be supplied by the Philippines under
a proper development of this industry.

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

Vanilla, Vanilla planifolia (which see), is a climber.
It has a long, fleshy pod with numerous seeds, from
which are obtained by fermentation the vanilla of com-
merce. It commences to bear at 3 years old and con-
tinues for 30 years or more. In 1899, the value of
$1,235,412 was imported into the United States. This
plant can be grown luxuriantly on all the Visaya and
Sulu islands.

Cocoanut palm, Cocos nucifera (Pigs. 506, 507, 1497),
is an almost universal coast product of these islands.
Its certain germination, vigorous growth, number of
months in fruitage, and long life without cultivation,
give it value in the estimation of the natives. The tree
in full bearing produces about 150 nuts annually and
continues in fruit nearly the entire year. The fiber of
the thick husk enveloping the nut is manufactured into
cordage, matting, brushes, bags, etc.; the shell of the
nut is made into drinking cups; the kernel or meat of
the nut is manufactured into sweetmeats or becomes
the copra of commerce; the pint or quart of sweetish
liquid in the center of the nut is used for drink, fresh
or fermented. For copra, the ripe nuts, after gathering
and removing the husk, are allowed to remain in the
sun till the milk is dissipated and the kernel shrinks
from the shell. The shell is then broken and the meat,
further dried, becomes the copra of conmierce. This is
largely transported as ballast to Europe, where the oil
is expressed. In 1897 the export of copra from the
Philippines amounted to 113,178,240 lbs., and this amount
could be increased indefinitely to meet the demands of
trade without trenching upon other products.

Ylang ylang, Cananga odorata (Fig. 1754), a native of
the Philippines, is a tall tree with large, generally troop-
ing, yellow flowers, from which is obtained the oil of
commerce. The average annual export from 1886 to 1890
was $21,937, used by perfumers.

Candlenut or candleberry — the fruit of Aleurites tri-
loba, a tree 30-40 ft. high, — is exported in considerable
quantities, averaging about 16,000 lbs. annually. The
berry, when dry, burns — hence called candlenut. The oil
hns the property of drying rapidly, and is used by artists.

Betel-nut, the fruit of the Areca palm, Areca Catechu,
is about as large as a hen's egg. When the tough,
fllirous shell is removed, a nut about % in. in diameter,
having an albuminous rind, remains. This is chewed to
aid digestion and sweeten the breath. It is supposed to
strengthen the gums. Previous to chewing, it is boiled
and wrapped in a betel-leaf with a small quantity of
lime. The annual export has not averaged more than
300-400 lbs., mainly to India.

Many fruits, valuable only for home consumption, are
produced in the Philippines. The best known of these
are bread-fruit, custard apple, mango, mangosteen and
mulberry.

Bread fniit, fruit of Artocarpus incisa, is found in
all of the principal islands. It is about 6 in. in diameter.
When nearly ripe it is gathered and baked. The crust
is then removed and the farinaceous pulp is eaten alone
or with cocoanut milk. If mashed, packed in a bundle
and covered with earth, it undergoes a slight fermenta-
tion at first, which soon ceases, and it will then keep for
some time. In some islands it is one of the principal
foods.

Custard apple, fruit ot Anona reticulata, a large, dark
brown fruit with a soft, creamy pulp like custard, must
be eaten soon after it ripens. This variety was intro-
duced by the Spaniards.

The mango, fruit of Mangifera Indica (Figs. 1360,
1361). a large, spreading ornamental tree, is about 3 in.
long and generally obovate, flattened on one side — light
yellow when ripe. The flesh is subacid, rich and juicy,
somewliat fibrous, attached to a large stone in the cen-
ter. There is a slight turpentine flavor, not observed
after a taste for the fruit has been acquired. The tree
is a constant and prolific bearer, which, with its value
and beauty as a shade, makes it a desirable home tree,
especially with the better class of people. It is abun-
dant in uncultivated places. The fruit is picked when
partially ripe and made into sweet pickles or is pre-
served, but it is principally eaten in the natural state.

The mangosteen, fruit of Garcinia Mangoxtana (Fig.
893). is esteemed the most delicious of the oriental
fruits. It is about the size and shape of the apple, with

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

a rind like a pomegranate. The interior is divided by
thin partitions into cells, which contain the seeds sur-
rounded by a white or red juicy pulp of a most delicious
flavor, combining the finer qualities of the strawberry
and the grape. Unfortunately this fruit is too delicate
for transportation. In addition to its use as a hand
fruit the pulp is preserved or fermented.

The mulberry, both white and black, is grown in
Luzon, but it has not attracted the attention which its
valuable wood and abundant fruitage warrant.

Tamarind, known as Manila tamarind (fruit of Piihe-
eolobium dulce), was introduced from Mexico. The

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

1303

Additional JVoteson the Products of the Philippines.—
The land in the Philippines is seldom given good atten-
tion. Crops are planted in the easiest possible way and
allowed to grow about as they will. Plows of a modem
make were two years ago unknown there. The natives
utilize a crooked limb or a rudely made wooden contriv-
ance to scratch the ground. Probably the production of
sugar will be the first to increase under American con-
trol. There are only a few haciendas or plantations
with anything like modern sugar-making machinery.
Fully 30 per cent, it is estimated, is lost in the crude
processes generally employed. There is no sugar re-
finery in the islands. The establishment of one would
greatly stimulate production. The island of Negros is
Ideal for sugar production.

Hemp is the most developed industry in the Philip-
pines. The cocoanut industry is fairly well developed.
We may also look for remarkable growth of the cultiva-
tion of the plant from which rubber is made. Mindanao
and the southern islands are especially fitted for it, so
experts say.

Our own grasses are seldom seen in the Philippines.
Hay IS never used Rice giiss is substituted, being

1755. Fruit of the Durian, exterior view and cross-section. Reduced one-half tioiu .i pUte of a middle sw d ajjeLimeu.

sweetish subacid pulp, inclosing its seed, is boiled and
eaten, is made into a cooling drink or is preserved in
sugar. The tree is valuable for shade and for timber,
and is noted for the fragrance of its flowers.

The sapodilla plum, fruit of the Achras Sapota (see
Sapndillo), a small, somewhat acid fruit, becoming very
sweet when overripe, is cultivated to some extent.

The Mammee apple or South American apricot, fruit
of Manimea Americana (Pig. 1354), is produced in a
limited way. The fruit is yellow, 5-6 in. in diam., rind
and pulp near the seeds bitter, intermediate portion
sweet, aromatic and agreeable.

Grapes can be grown successfully in some of the drier
parts of the islands, and there is no doubt of the success
of the strawberry and the blackberry in some localities.
Importation of tropical fruits into the United States
in 1899, much of which could soon be supplied by the
Philippines with proper encouragement:

Coffee $55,475,470.00

Cocoanuts, copra and figs 5,985,905.00

Bananas : 5,665,5«8.00

Lemons 4.398,004.00

Oranges 1,097,596.00

Spices 2,782,.'i01.00

$75,204,864.00
S. A. Knapp.

harvested in bunches, the sod and soil attached. It is
freshened with water before fed to horses and cattle.
Spanish books say that cotton is grown to considerable
extent in Ilocos provinces of northern Luzon. Straw-
berries can be found in the higher altitudes of Benguet
province. It is said that all efforts to cultivate the
rose in the Philippines have failed. More than thirty
varieties of bananas are grown in the Philippines, some
of which are superior to any in our own markets.

Frank E. Gannett.

Circular No. 17 of the Div. of Bot., U. S. Dept. of
Agric, contains 8 pp. of notes on the plant products of
the Philippine Islands.

A most remarkable fruit of the Philippines and other
parts of Malaya is the durian, shown half size in Fig.
1755 (reduced from plates in vol. 7 of the Trans, of the
Linn. Soc, illustrating Charles Konig's account of the
fruit). It is the Durio sihethinns of botanists, one of
the MalvacesB. The reader may find an entertaining
account of this fruit in Alfred Russel Wallace's "Malay
Archipelago," chapter 5. It grows on a "lofty forest
tree, somewhat resembling an elm. * * » The fruit
is round or slightly oval, about the size of a large
cocoanut. of a green color, and covered all over with
short stout spines, the bases of which touch each other,

1304

PHILIPPINE ISLANDS

PHILODENDRON

and are consequently hexagonal, while the points are
very strong and sharp." It has five compartments or
cells filled with creara-colored pulp in which are imbed-
ded two or three seeds the size of chestnuts. The liking
for the durian is an acquired taste. "To eat durians,"
writes Wallace, "is a new sensation, worth a voyage to
the East to experience."

FHILLYR£)A (its ancient Greek name). OUicece.
Ornamental evergreen shrubs, with opposite short-
petioled, entire or serrate Ivs , small white, usually fra-
grant fls. in axillary clusters and small berry-like,
dark-colored fruit. Most species are hardy only South,
but P. decora, the handsomest of all the species, is
probably hardy in sheltered positions as far north as
New York. The Phillyreas may be used in the southern
states and Calif, for evergreen shrubberies in drier and
more exposed localities. They grow in almost any soil
and prefer sunny positions; P. decora alone seems to
grow better if partly shaded. Prop, by seeds and by
cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass in summer
or by layers; they are also sometimes grafted on Li-
gustrum ovalifolium. Five species in the Mediterranean
region. Lvs. entire or serrulate, thick and leathery,
quite glabrous: fls small, in axillary short racemes;
calyx 4-toothed; corolla 4-lobed, with short tube; sta-
mens 2, with very short filaments; style shorter than
tube: ovary 2-celied- fr a 1-seeded black drupe.

A. Lvs. %S in. long: fr. small.

latiiolia, Linn. Shrub or small tree, to 30 ft., with
spreading, somewhat rigid branches: lvs. ovale or oval
to ovate-oblong, rounded or slightly cordate at the base,
dark green and shining above, pale beneath, %-\}'^ in.
long- fr. globose, concave at the apex. May, June. S.
Eu., N. Afr. There are several varieties. Var. ISeviB,
Ait. Lvs. ovate, almost entire or slightly serrulate.
Var. rotimdifdlia, Arb. Kew. Lvs. broadly ovate or
roundish ovate. Var. spindsa, Ait. (P. iUeifdlia, Willd.).
Lvs. ovate or ovate-oblong, sharply serrate.

mSdia, Linn. Spreading shrub, to 20 ft.: young
brauchlets puberulous : lvs. oblong-ovate to ovate-
lanceolate, entire or serrate, dark green and shining
above, %-2 in. long: fr. ovoid, pointed. May, June.
Mediterranean region. — The most important of the
many varieties are the following: Var. buxifdlia, Ait.,
with oblong-ovate, obtusish lvs. Var. oleae!61ia, Ait.
(P. ole(pfolia, Hort. ). Lvs. oblong-lanceolate, almost
entire; branches erect. Var. p6ndula. Ait. Branches
spreading and somewhat pendulous: lvs. lanceolate.

angustifdlia, Linn. Spreading shrub, to 15 ft., with
glabrous branchlets: lvs. oblong-lanceolate to linear-
lanceolate, dull green above, 1-2 in. long: fr. globose
or ovoid-globose, pointed. May, June. Mediterranean
region. Var, rosmarinifdlia. Ait., has linear-lanceolate
lvs., sometimis ovir 2 in. long, and erect branches.
The 3 precediiit; sin<ii's are very closely related to each
other and considered by some botanists to be varieties
of only one species.

AA. Lvs. S-5 in. long: tr. y{in. long.

decora, Boiss. & Bal. (P. Vilmorini<hin, Boiss. &
Bal. P. luiirifdlia, Hort. P. Meiliredewi,iire>\.l. Shrub,
to 10 ft., with spreading branches: lvs. oblong to ob-
long-lanceolate, acuminate, usually entire or remotely
serrulate, dark green and shining above, yellowish
green beneath : fr. oblong-ovoid, purplish black. June,
July. W.Asia. B.M. 6800. G.C. III. 4:673; 16:369.
R.H. 1889, p. 199; 1895, p. 204, 205. M.D.G. 1898:349.
S.H. 2:i)23. Gn. 24, p. 490. Alfred Rehder.

PHIL0D£NDE0N (Greek compound for tree-loving).
Ari'irrii . Sliriiltliy or tree-like, with short internodes,
usually l■ljIlll,ill;.^ rarely arboreous: leaves from entire
to bipiuiiatittd. Differs from Schismatoglottis in floral
■characters. The flowers are moncecious, on spadices,
with no perianth, the sterile with 2-6 stamens united
into a sessile obpyramidal body, the pi.stillate fls. with
.a 2-10-loculed ovary and some staminodia, the ber-
ries inclosed in the involute spathe. The species are
all tropical American. They are monographed by En-
gler in DC. Plianer. Monogr. 2:355 (1879), and more re-

cently by the same author in Botanische Jahrbiicher
26:509 (1899). In the latter, 167 species are accepted

Only a few Philodendrons can be grown to have an
ornamental appearance in a small state. One which
goes under the name of P. elegantissimum, with finely
cut leaves, makes a good pot specimen, although it will
reach a good height where suitable opportunities are
afforded. The same may be said of P. Selloum, a beau-
tiful species with pinnatifid leaves. The arborescent
kinds should have a very porous rooting medium and
copious supplies of water while in active growth. When
climbing they must have provision made for the roots,
which are produced along the stems. Some of the spe-
cies do well climbing up the stems of tall palms, such
as Arenga and Livistona ; otherwise dead triinks of
tree ferns make admirable rooting substances for the
roots to penetrate and cling to. Propagation is by divi-
sion of the climbing stems. P. elegantissimum is an
unidentified trade name.

A. Leaves bipmnate.
B. Terminal leaf-segment S-lobed, the lobes unequal.

Selldum, C. Koch {P. Sniowi, Hort.). Blade pinnat-
isect, the segments again pinnate or lobed; terminal
segment 3-lobed, the cuspidate middle lobe about equal-
ing the obtuse lateral ones; spathe slightly cuspi(iate,
its tube longer than the ovate hooded blade, green with-
out, white within. Distinguished from P. biplnuatifi-
dum by the very numerous parallel translucent spots,
which are visible on both sides of the leaf and are often
excurreut on the margin. Brazil to Paraguay.

BB. Terminal leaf-segment SS-lohed, the middle lobe
much longer than the lateral ones.
bipinnatifidum, Schott. Blade pinnatisect, the seg-
ments au:;iiii i>iiiniite or lobed: terminal segment 3-5-
lobecl, tin- niiclclle lobe ovate-lanceolate, acute, much
longer than the obtuse lateral ones; spathe oblong-
ovate, its tube scarcely distinct from its blade, purple
without, white within. S. Brazil.

A A. Leaves simple.
n. Leaf-blade lanceolate.
crassin6rvium, Lindl. Climbing: lvs. lanceolate-acu-
minate, tlie niidnerve very thick and inflated: spathe
obtuse and hooded, apiculate at the tip. Brazil. B.R.
23:1958. — P. »i(ift!«e, Hort., is much like this and per-
haps a form of it. It is larger: lvs. obovate-lanceolate:
tube of spathe rosy crimson inside and outside, the
limb white inside and spotted outside.

BB. Leaf-blade sagittate.
specidsum, Schott. Stem tall, arborescent; petioles
terete at the base, concavo-convex above, twice as long
as the midrib; blade triangular-oblong-ovate, bright
green, acuminate, deeply sagittate, the basal lobes
rhomboidal, obtuse, abruptly narrowed on the inner
side above the middle; spathes thick, green with pur-
ple margins ; spadix finger-shaped, shorter than the
spathe. Central Brazil.

BBB. Leaf-blade oblong to ovate-cordate.

c. Color of leaf milky white above, with reddish veins.

Sddiroi, Hort. Lvs. cordate, ovate, milky white with

reddish veins above; petiole cylindrical, pink. U. S.

Colombia.

cc. Color of leaves some shade of green above.
D. Petioles tomentose.
verrucosum, Mathieu (P. Cdrderi, Hort.). Stem long,
branching, climbing, ashy gray, scabrous, angular-cvlin-
drical. swollen at the nodes; petioles stout cylindrical
or somewhat angled, bright metallic red, covered with
soft, erect, twisted, fleshy bristles and greenish hairs;
blade glabrous, green above, brilliantly polished, or
with paler lines and immersed nerves, bright green
beneath with salmon-violet lines between the lateral
nerves; ovate-cordate, the semicircular basal lobes one-
third as long as the slightly undulate apical one. Inter-
nodes of the stem 3-6 in. long: petioles 4-6 in.; blades
6-8 in. long. 4-6 in. wide. Venezuelan Andes. I. H. 18:79
(as.. P. Daguense).

PHILODENDRON

DD. Petioles glabrous.

gigantdum, Schott. Climbing: petioles 3 ft. long,
thick, cylindrical; blade cordate-ovate, 24-28 in. long,
lG-20 in. wide, the basal lobes slightly iutrorse, semi-
•ovate or obliquely semicircular, one-fourth as long as
the apical one, separated by a broad parabolic sinus;
spathe tube 2 in. long, oblong, purple; spadix very
thick. Trop. America.

fmbe, Schott {P. Sellowianum, Kunth). Branches
rusty purple: petioles of young plant semicylindrical,
terete, sparsely brown-spotted, lK-2 times longer than
the midrib; blade like parchment, cordate-oblong, the
oblong basal lobes one-half as long as the apical, sepa-
rated by a wide parabolic sinus, retrorse or sub-introrse ;
apical lobe cuspidate; spathe green outside, red within,
its broadly ovate blade dirty yellow; spadix shaped like
a finger. Rio de Janeiro.— According to Engler, the
Mexican P. sanguineiim has been called P. Imbe in
gardens. P. sangnineum differs in having more elon-
gated Ivs. which are red beneath.

spectfibile. Linden. Large, of vigorous habit: Ivs.
12-15 in. lung, nearly as broad, silky or velvety green.
Hab.J

Andre d.iium, Devans. Lvs. rather large, cordate-ovate,
with short l)asal lobes, bronzy green. Colombia. R.H.
1880:;i6. — Sparingly grown. Looks like a uarrow-lvd.
Anthurium.

P. Devansaydnum, Lind.. is a scandent species with rather
small glossy green lvs. which, even to the petioles, are blood-
red when young. Peru. l.H. 42:4K. — I'. (ihiziorii ^ H<.nk- f,, is a
■climber something like P. crussiic r\ nnn : |\^ nlilunt,. ,-,,-uir,
deep green. 12-18 in, long, 3-5 in. lima. I sp.ii h.' M|ii>n, > I'll.iw i.sli.
crimson within the tube. Brazil, li \1, t;sl;i — /'. iuiinruiU- is
mentioned in European trade lists. Engler lu^-ounts for only
one P. imperiale (of Schott) and that he makes a synonym of
P. asperatum, Koch. Sander & Co. advertise P. imperiale, var.
Laucheana: "a lovely trailing stove foliage plant, which is ad-
mirably adapted for growing on pillars or wire shapes. It is
•quite distinct from and greatly superior to the well known
P. imperiale. The habit is much more graceful, the heart
shaped foliage smaller and more elegant. Down the center,
from either side of the broad light green midrib, extend irregu-
lar blotches of dark green, projecting int(> a clo;ir gl.incons
color, the edges of which are relieved hy green lilotfhes. The
bases of the petioles bear bright red and green phyllodes," P,
asperatum is a short-jointed climbing Brazilian species with
cordate-ovate entire dull green lvs. — P. Mdmei. AndrA. Lvs.
cord ate -ovate, acute, variegated with white: spathe partly open
above and whitish, the tube blood-red. Ecuador. R.H. ISfiS, p.
104: 1883:492: 1897, p. 573. l.H. iS-.m.— P. pertiisuin is Mon-
stera deliciosa. Jared G. Smith and G. W. Oliver.

PHLEBODIITM (Greek, a vein). PoJ,/fmdi()ce(e. A
gfiius of IcjTis related to Poh/podiiuK and sometimes
united with it. but differing \vi<lely in the veiiatittn,
wliich is Itrokeu up into ample areolje, each of which
contain 2 or more free veinlets which bear the sori on
their united tips.

aiireum, R. Br. [Polypbdlum aitreum^ Linn.). Lvs.
2-3 ft. long rising from large, scaly wide-creeping root-
stocks ; divisions 5-9 in. long, nearly an inch wide, with
copious, large, bright yellow sori. A rich ornamental
species from tropical America, with glaucous green
leaves. In Florida it grows on palmettos.

P. glailcum, var. Mayii or P. Mayit. See Phymatodes.

L. M. Underwood.

FHL^UM (phJeos, an old Greek name for a kind of
reed). Graminece, A genus of 10 species in temperate
zones. Spikelets 1-fld., in a close C3'lindrical spike-like
panicle : empty glume.s 2, persistent, keeled, short-
awned : fl. -glume shorter, delicate, awnless. Perennials.

prat^nse, Linn. Timothy. Herd's Grass, Figs.
175G, 17.")7. Commonly cult, for hay and for pastures,
either alone or in company with red clover or other
grasses. It was introduced into Maryland about 1720,
from Europe, where it is native, by Timothy Hanson, and
hence called Timothy. The other name is said to come
from a man by the name of Herd, who found it growing
in New Hampshire and began its cultivation. It is bet-
ter adapted for hay than for pasture, and for the latter
is suited to temporary rather than permanent pasture.
A. S. Hitchcock.

PHLOMIS 1305

PHLOGACANTHUS (Greek for flame, and acanthus).
Acau(h(ice(e. Tall half-shrubby herbs with entire or
somewhat toothed lvs. : fls. white, red or greenish in
long terminal or short lateral spikes; calyx 5-parted,
segments linear, awnlike, acuminate; corolla-tube long,
broad, curved, limb 2-lipped, upper lip
erect, entire or2-lobed; lower lip 3-parted;
perfect stamens 2, inserted on the lower
part of the tube, anthers with 2 parallel
cells; ovary many-ovuled; capsule round or
obtusely 4-angled.

Used like the others of the family as deco-
rative pot-plants in the greenhouse. They
require a rather warm, damp atmosphere
and a soil rich in humus. Propagated by
cuttings or seeds.

thyrsifl6rus, Nees. Shrub, 3-7 ft. high:
Ivs. 7 X 1^, lanceolate, glabrous: fls. orange,
in long, dense, villous thryses ; corolla %
in. wide, tubular, 2-lipped. India. Cult, in
S. Fla. Native to India.

No description is available of P. cardmalis,
advertised 1893 by Saul, nor of P. Drummondii,
recently offered by Childs.

Heinrich Hasselbring.

1756.
Phleum pratense-
Timothy (X %).

1757.
Phleum pratense— Timothy.

To show habit of root and top.

FHLdMIS (old Greek name used by Dioscorides).
Labi(it(p, Jerusalem Sage. About 50 species of herbs
and shrubs native to the Mediterranean region with
dense axillary whorls of rather large yellow, purple or
white fls. Perhaps a dozen species have been cult., but
they are rather coarse plants except for wild gardening
and among shrubbery. They are of the easiest culture.
The genus is placed by Bentham and Hooker next to
Leonotis (Lion's Ear), which, however, has an exces-
sively long upper lip. Phlomis plants are more or less
woolly, and .some of the species not cult, in America are
conspicuously white-woolly. Lvs. all alike, or the up-
permost reduced to bracts: whorls many- or few-fld. :
fls. sessile ; calyx usually plicate, truncate or with 5 equal
teeth; upper lip of the corolla (galea) broad and com-
pressed or strongly concave, rarely narrow and falcate;
stamens 4, didynamous. The first three species described
below belong to the section Euphlomis, in which the
galea (upper lip of the corolla) is only shortly bearded
and the lateral lobes of the lower lip are small and
appendaged ; the last species belongs to the section
Phloraidopsis, in which the galea is long-bearded in-
side and at the margins and the lateral lobes of the
lower lip are nearly as large as the middle one. P.
tiiberosa has run wild sparingly in the East. It i.s a
vigorous and hardy species, propagating by subter-
ranean tubers.

1306

PHLOMIS

PHLOX

A. Fls. yellow.
B. Plants shrnbbi/: bracts 7tot sharp and rigid at the
apex.
c. TTIiorls 20-SO-nd.
Irutic63a, Linn. Shrub, 2-4 ft. high, divaricately
mucli-brauflied: Ivs. rounded or wedge-.shaped at the
base: bracts broadly ovate or ovate-lanceolate. S. Eu.
B.M. 1843. — In the East it blooms from June to July.
In S. Calif., according to Franceschi, it blooms in win-
ter, and has the merits of withstanding drought and
heavy sea winds. In New England it needs protection
in winter.

cc. \\niorls about IC-fld.

yiscdsa, Poir. Lvs. truncate or subcordate at the base:

bracts lanceolate-linear. Syria. Not in the trade, but

inserted to show the differences l)etween this and P.

Musselliana as recognized by DeCandolle.

BB. Plants herbaceous: bracts very sharp and rigid at

the apex.

Rueselli&na, Lag. Herb, 3-5 ft. high: lowest lvs.

dee)ily cordate: whorls 40-50-fld. Syria, B.M. 2542 (as

P. lunarifolia, var. Eusselliana),

A A. Fls. purple.
tuberdsa, Linn. Herb, 3-5 ft. high: Ivs. deeply cor-
date; lowest ones 6 in. or more long; floral lvs. 2-3 in.
long, 6-8 lines wide: whorls .30-40-fld. S. Eu., eastern
and northern Asia. B.M. l.Wo. -^ jl^

1758. Quedlinbure or Star Phlox.

A horticultural form of Phlox Drummondii.
Natural size.

FHL6X (Greek for flame, once applied to species of
Lychnis). Polemonidcea. Phloxes are amongst the most
satisfactory of garden plants. Their neat habit, bright-
colored flowers, profuseness of bloom, and ease of cul-
ture make them favorites everywhere. The Phloxes are
herbs, of about 30 species all North American (except
perhaps one Chilean), although P. Sibirica also grows
in Asiatic Russia. There are two classes of Phloxes,
the annuals and the perennials. The annuals are deriva-
tives of Phlox Drummondii, of Texas, which has now
riseu to first place as a garden annual. It has been im-
mensely modified by domestication, so that the named
gar<len varieties are numbered by scores. These garden
forms differ in stature, color, size and shape of flower.
Some are semi-double. An effort has been made to pro-
duce a yellow flower, but nothing nearer than a butf has
yet been secured. The Phlox colors run to the cyanic
series, and it is pmlialile tliat a pure yellow is unattain-
al)le. Phlox l>rnnni>on<lii is of the easiest culture.
This fact, togetlier with the profusion and long season

of its bloom, is an important reason fur its ]"ipularity.
It needs a warm, sunny place. It will l'tuw even in,
poor soil, but in order to develop to iis jjiulu >i jitTfec-
tion it must have rich soil and the individual plants
must be given room ( say 1 ft. apart each way ) . Seeds are
usually sown in the open as soon as tlie weather is
settled ; sometimes they are sown indoors, but the plants
bloom so young that tliis is rarely practiced. If the
groun<l is jioor and dry, tlif i^lauts usually cease bloom-
ing Ijy iiiidsumnur, but if jdant-food and moisture are
abundant tliey may be expected to continue their bloom
until late fall.

The perennial Phloxes comprise many species. P.
paniciilata and P. maculata have given rise to the
common perennial Phloxes, whereas most of the other
species are planted sparingly and have not been greatly
modified by domestication. The garden perennial Phlox
(of the P. paninilata and P. maculata type) is
amongst the most showy of garden herbs. The terminal
panicles have become 1 ft. long in some forms, and as
densely filled as a hydrangea. The colors are most fre-
quent in reds, but there are many purple, white, salmon
and parti-colored varieties. This perennial Phlox should
have a rich and rather moist soil if it is to be grown to
perfection. Let each clump h.ave a space, when fully de-
veloped, of 2-3 ft. across. The plants as purchased from
nurseries usually do not come into full floriferousness
until their third or fourth y<*ar. They will continue to
thrive for several yi-ars wirii iitti.- aTti-ntion, as is at-
tested by the fine clumps ..[ ol.l l:t^liii>ii.-d forms about
homesteads. For tlie Iml^ImsI sal islaciion in blooms,
however, the plants sh<.)uld lie ri-l;ttivL-ly yoiing or at
least often renewed by dividing the clump. The stool
gradually enlarges outwards. From the young, vigor-
ous shoots on the outside of the clump the new plants
should be reared, if one desires to propagate the variety
to any extent. Old stools should be taken up every year
or two, and divided and transplanted. This work is
done in the fall, after the growth has ceased. By this
process, the idaiits do nut Itecome weak and root-bound.
Inferior and \ii,Mir"us si-edlings are often allowed to
grow about the old plant, causing the named varieties
to "run out." The perennial Phloxes usually bloom in
early summer, but if the tips of the shoots are pinched
out once or twice in ejirly summer, the bloom may be
delayed until late sunitjier or fall.

Phlox is allied to (iilia and Polemonium. Some
species are more or less shruliby at the base. The
corolla is salverform, the loljes 5 and mostly obtuse,
the throat narrow or nearly closed. The stamens are 5
and inserted on the corolla-tube, the anthers usually in-
cluded in the tube. The fruit is a small capsule with
3 locules and few to several small usually fiattish seeds.
Leaves mostly opposite (upper ones sometimes alter-
nate), entire. See Gray, Syn. Fl. vol. ii, pt. 1, p. 129.

INDEX.

acuminata, 2.

grandiflora, 1.

ovata, 4.

adsurgens, 14.

Heynoldiana, 1.

panieulata, 2.

alba. 12.

hortensiceflora, 1.

pilosa, 9.

amcena. 8.

Leopoldii. 1.

prociimbens, ^

aristata. 9. 12.

mat'ulata 3.

reptans. 7.

bifida, 10.

nana, 16.

setacca. 12.

Canadensis, 6.

Nelsoni. 12.

speciosa, Ift.

Carolina, 4.

jiitida. 5.

Stellariit, 11.

carnea, 5.

nivalis, 12.

stelhita, 1.

decussata, 2.

omnifJnra is an old

stolonifera. 7.

divaricata, 6.

garden name of

subnlata, 12.

Douglasli, 13.

some hybrid

suffmticosji, t

Drummondii, 1.

Phlox of the P.

triflora, 4.

frondosa, 12.

panieulata s e c -

elaberrima, 5.

tion.

A. Annual garden Phlox, pubescent, upper Irs. often
alternate.
1. Drummondii, Hook. Figs. 1758-60. Erect, branch-
ing, 6-18 in. tall : lvs. oblong-acute or lanceolate, the
upper ones more or less clasping: fls. showy, iu broad
mostly flat-topped cymes, the calyx-lobes long and nar-
row and spreading or recurving in fruit, the corolla-
lobes broad -obovate. Texas. B.M. 3441. B.R. 23:1949.
— This is the common annual garden Phlox, now culti-
vated in numerous varieties, some of them having
deeply cut petals (the "star" Phloxes). Fig. 1758. The
seeds were received in England in the spring of 1835,

PHLOX

PHLOX

1307

from Texas, having been coUecteil by Drummond. In
October of that year it was described and ti^iired in
Botanical Magazine, by W. J. Hooker, as Phlox Drum-
monctii. Tlie flower was described as "pale purple witli-
out, within, or on the upper side, of a brilliaut rose-red
or purple, varying ex-^eedingly on different individuals
in intensity, and in their more or less red or purple
tinge, the eye generally of an exceedingly deep crira-
*;son." Lindley described and figured it in Botanical
Register, 1837, describing the flowers as "either light or
(Ippjt carmine on the inner surface of llieir corolla, and
;i pair lihish un the outside, which sets oil' \\ cnilrrtuUy
III.' £,-.'11. .nil .-rtVct. Abed of this phint. lias liaially yet
la.'ii siM-n; t'.ir it is fartoo precious and un.-.iiiiiii.ni to be
possessed by any one, except in small quantities; but
1 have had such a bed described to me, and I can readily
bflieve that it produced all the brilliancy that my in-
f.inniint represented." At the present time, Phlox
I>riniinii>ndii is one of the most popular annuals, and
ir lias varii'd into many shades. P. hortensia>flora, P,
sleilattt, P. Lfvpoldii, P. (frandifJora, P. Heynoldiana^
and many other names, belong here.

AA. Perennial Phloxes of various habit, either pubes-
cent or glabrous.
B. Floivering stems erect and usually stiffish,
c. Plant glabrous {exceptions in var. of No. 5).
11. Inflorescence large and thyrse-lilte: plants tall.
2. panicuiata, Linn. (P. decussAta, Hort.). Pig. 17(U.
PEKf:NNiAL Phlox of gardens, in m.any forms. Plant
stout and erect. 2-4 ft., glabrous: Ivs. oblong-lanceolate
and mostly tapering at
the base ; calyx-teeth
awl-like. Woods, Pa.,
W. and S. B.M. 1880
(,is P acuminata). -
The parent of the great
nnmiier of perennial
Phloxes of gardens, al-
though some of these
niav be hybrids with
the next. "Fls. pink-
purple, varying to
white," according to
Gray. In cult, varying
much in color.

3. macul&ta, Linn.
Slenderer, usually with
a spotted stem : Ivs.
very smooth and usu-

DD. Inflorescence small and loose or flat-topped: plants
lower.
4. ov4ta, Linn. (P. Carolina, Unn. P. triflbra.
Sweet). A foot or two tall, the stems erect from a
short, decumbent base : Ivs. narrow-ovate to oblong-
lanceolate, the lower ones tapering to base and the upper

1759. Phlox D

ally thicker than those of rue above, the upper ones
usually clasping; calyx-teeth short: fls. as in above.
Range of the last, and in cult., but less important horti-
culturally than P. panicuhita

1761. Phlox paniculata.

ones somewhat clasping: fls. pink or light red, about 1
in. across, the straight or slightly curving tube twice or
more longer than the rather short and broad calyx-teeth.
Pa., south, mostly in elevated regions. B.M. 528.

5. glab^rrima, Linn. Fig. 17G2. Differs in somewhat
taller growth, liuear-lanceolate to narrow-lanceolate,
taper-pointed, firm, nearly veinless Ivs. which have
revolute margins, and in the narrow, very sharp-pointed
calyx-teeth. Va. to Wis., and south.

Var. suffruticdaa. Gray (P. suffruticbsa, Willd. P.
nitida, Pursh). Stiffer, sometimes pubescent above:
Ivs. considerably broader: fls. varying to flesh color.
Ga. andTenn., south and west. B.M.'2155 (as P. carnea).
B.R. 1:68.

.■r. Plant distinctly hairy or pubescent (exceptions in

No. 9).
n. Sterile, prostrate or running .fhoots arising from the
base of the plant.
G. divaricita, Linn. {P. Canadensis, Sweet). Wild
Sweet William. Stems slender, pubescent, 10-18 in.
tall : Ivs. varying from linear-oblong to ovate-lanceolate,
mostly acute: fls. in small cymes terminating short
branches, 1 in. across, blue or pinkish blue, handsome
and somewhat fragrant, the corolla-lobes often notched,
the calyx-lobes narrow and subulate. Woods and copses,
in lowish grounds western Ontario, west and south.
B.M. 163. G.P. 7:256. — A very attractive early spring
flower, often coloring the fields in Michigan and other
parts. Prefers rich soil.

7. r6ptans, Michx. (P. stolonifera, Sims). Low and
weak, the flowering stems reaching 6-12 in., the sterile
ones long and prostrate, the plant thinly glandular-
hairy: Ivs. short-ovate or obovate, more or less obtuse:
fls. few in each cyme, purple or violet, the lobes mostly
entire, the calyx-lobes narrow and subulate. Pa. and
Ky. to Ga., mostly in the upper regions. B.M. 503.

DD. Sterile prostrate shoots none.

8. amoena, Sims (P. procumbens. Gray). Stems G in.
or less high from a decumbent base, pubescent or hairy:
Ivs. numerous, mostly in rosettes at the base, few on

1308

PHLOX

the flowering stems, small, oblong-lanceolate to linear-
oblong, mostly obtuse but sometimes nearly or quite
acute; fls. numerous for the size of the plant, purple,
pink or white, the lobes usually entire, the calyx-lobes
narrow and sharp-acute. Dry lands, Va. to Ky. and
south. B.M. 1308.

9. pildsa, Linn. (P. arisfUfa, Michx.). Stems slender
but erect, 2 ft. or less tall, pubescent or hairy ( nearly
glabrous forms occur) : Ivs. small, linear or linear-
lanceolate, widest near the base, acuminate: fls. uumer-

1762. Phlox elabi

ous in rather loose cymes, varying through purple, pink
and white, the lobes entire, the calyx-lobes awn-like.
Dry fields, woods and prairies, British Amer. to Fla.
and Tex., growing as far east as New Jersey. B.M.
1307. L.B.C. 13:1251.

BB. Flowering stems diffuse and branehing, often
creeping, low: plants of more or less tufted
habit.
c. Corolla-lobes 4-parted or very strongly notched,

10. bifida, Beck. Low, the stems stiff and sometimes
almost woody and often 1 ft. long and rising 3-8 in.
from the ground, minutely pubescent: Ivs. linear and
rigid, 2 in. or less long: fls. scattered, violet-purple, the
lobes 2- or 3-cleft as far as the middle or farther into
narrow spreading segments. Prairies, 111. and Mo. —
Rarely cultivated.

11. Stell4ria, Gray. Glabrous: Ivs. linear, sparingly
ciliate towards the base: fls. scattered, usually
long-peduncled, pale blue to whitish, the lobes
cleft only at the apex into short oblong parts.
Lexington, Ey., to southern 111. G.P. 1:257.

cc. Corolla-lobes very shallow -notched or entire.

i>. Peduncles usually bearing few to several

slender-pedicelled fls.

12. subulita, Linn. (P.nivdlis.hoM.). Ground
Pink. Moss Pink. Fig. 17U3. Tufted or matted,
the depressed stems more or less pubescent;
Ivs. crowded or fascicled {except on the flower-
ing stems), narrow-linear to linear-lanceolate,
very sharp and usually stiff, ciliate: fls. nearly 1
in. across, light blue, pink or white, in small
clusters standing 2-G in. above the ground, the
lobes obcordate or entire. Dry banks and fields.
New York W. and S. B.M. 411; 415 (as P. setu-
cea). L.B.C. 8:780; 18:1731 (as P. «ris(nf«).-
A much prized old garden plant, useful for col-
onizing where it is desired to cover the earth
with a mat. It is miich used in cemeteries. It
blooms profusely in spring. The plant is very
variable. P. N'elsoni. Hort.. and P. nivalis. Lodd.. are
white-fld. forms. Var. Alba is a common white form.
There are striped forms. Var. frondosa is a vigorous
garden form with rose-colored fls.

PHCENIX

DD, Peduncles chiefly axillary and mostly 1- to S-fld.,.

or the fls. nearly sessile.

E. Lcs. crowded or fascicled: plant forming a dense

evergreen mat or tuft.

13. Doilglasii, Hook. Very low and den.sely tufted,
pubescent cir )ii;irly glabrous: Ivs. very narrow, pointed,
the margins at base often ciliate: fls. small and short-
stalked, purple, lilac or white, about Kin. across, the
lobes obovate and entire, the tube little exceeding the:
calyx. LTtah and Mont., W.

EE. Lvs. little if at all fasricled: plant only loosely

tufted

F. Style nearly or quite equaling the corolla-tube.

14. adsiirgens, Torr. Stems 3-6 in. long, diffuse and
asceniliiii;. glabrous except the peduncles and calyx:
lvs. ovaii- laiiciolate or ovate, acute, less than 1 in.
long: tis. ruse-colored or whitish, nearly or quite 1 in.
across, the obovate lobes entire, the tube nearly twice
longer than calyx. Oregon. G.F. 1:06.

FF. Style very short.

15. specidsa, Pursh. Variable in size, sometimes as-
cending to 3 ft., more or less glandular above: lvs. 2 in.
or less long, linear to lanceolate, the uppermost broad
at base: fls. rose-pink or whitish, in corymbs, the lobes
obcordate, the tube little surpassing the calyx. Calif.,
north.

16. n&na, Nutt. Only a few inches high, glandular-
pubescent: lvs. 2 in. or less long, linear, sometimes
alternate : fls. light red or rose to white, scattered or
somewhat corymbose, about 1 in. across, the lobes usu-
ally entire and roundish, the t\ibe somewhat surpassing
the calyx. Colo., New Mex., Tex. G.F. 1:413.

L. H.

PH(ENICOPHOEIUM Sechellarum. See Stei

FH(ENIX (Theophrastus gave this name to the Date-
palm, perhaps thinking of Phoenicia, where the Gi

were supposed fir
purple, or of tli
exceedingly <ii-
horticultural in

Spiru.lrss |.,
sleiKlrr. sliurt .
trunk.-^. -ImiIm .1
leaves : lvs. ti
pinnate ;

• of the Phoenician
rd l.ini i.f Euypt). Palwdcew. An
;in(i [".jnil;!!- i,-euus of palms, whose

Ur .ll^.■Us.s,,(^ lieloW.

Aiilmut trunks, or with stont or
^^ often cespitose erect or inclined
'■ witli the persistent )>ases of the
il, spreading, recurved, unequally
;iniewhat fasciculate or almost eqiii-

distaut, elongated-lanceolate or ensiform, acuminate^
rigid, inserted by the wide base; margins entire oi
folded in their entire length; rachis laterally com-
pressed, convex on the back; petiole plano-convex, usu-
ally spiny, with very short rigid piuuee; sheaths short,

1763. Phlox subulata, or Moss Pink.

fibrous : spadices usually many, erect or nodding in
fruit, or pendent : peduncle strongly compressed:
branches usually somewhat umbellate: spathe basilar,
entire, long, compressed, 2-edged, coriaceous, ventrally

The old Date Palms (Phcenix dactyliferai at Old Town, San Diego, California

PHCENIX

and at length dorsally divided ; l>racts usually obso-
lete: as. yellow: fr. a berry or drupe, oblong, orange,
brown or black Speeies 10 to 12, perhaps more. Tropi-
cal and subtropical Asia and Africa.

Jared G. Smith.

PhiriiU ill Ge iwra I . —'[he latest botanical monograph
of Phoenix (by Beccari in Malesia 3:345) admits only 10
species, although there are about tiO names. Such a
"lumping" of species is very unwelcome to the horti
culturist, and it is probable that nearly all the synonjms
cited below represent forms that are abundantly dis
tinct for horticultural purposes.

A good horticultural appreciation of Phoe-
nix is that by William Watson, of Kew, in
G.C. III. 9:234, 298, from which liberal ex-
tracts are made below. Phoenixes differ from
all other pinnate-leaved palms in having the
Ivs. folded upwards and lengthwise, and in
the peculiar form of the seed, as seen in the
Date stone. The plants are either male or
female. The fruits of only one species are
used for food; viz., P. dactylififra. (For Date
culture, see Date. ) In England only P. rupi-
cola ranks among popular decorative plants.
Of all palms, the cultivated species of Phoe-
nix are the most difficult to define. Many
hybrids have been raised in the gardens of
the Riviera, where many species flower and
fruit every year. It is almost impossible to
keep these pure. Kerchove records the won-
derful fecundity of a Phoenix; P. recliiiiita
at Nice fertilized with pollen from P. tennis,
reeliimta and puiiiila prodticed 20,000 seeds. The rais
ing of Phoenixes from seed is done on a large scale on
the Riviera. The seeds are sown in beds in the open
and the seedlings transplanted into shallow trenches,
like celery, so that the trenches may be regularly
flooded during the summer drought. Watson thinks
that next to the coco-palm, the Date is perhaps the
most useful tree in the world.

P. Canariensis is the noblest of all Phoenixes, and
one of the most majestic palms in cultivation. Its rate
of growth is astonishing: a tree supposed to be only 10
year.s old had a trunk 4 feet high, 3 feet in diam. at the
base, with about 100 Ivs. forming a head 25 feet across.
Another specimen of about the same size bore 8
bunches of fruit, each weighing about 50 lbs.

P, sijlvestris is the Wild Date of India, where it is
cultivated for its sap, which yields sugar and "toddy."
The trunk attains a height of about 4 feet when 7 years
old, and it is then tapped by cutting a notch in the stem
at the top and catching the sap as it runs out. The tree
continues to yield annually 15-18 gallons of sap for 20-
25 years, or 8 lbs. of sugar per year. Fifty thousand
tons of date-sugar are produced every year in Bengal
alone from this and other palms.

"P. reclinata and P. spinosa are united under the for-
mer name by Beccari. Taking the dwarf, cespitose,
shiny-leaved elegant plant found in Caffraria as far
south as Grahamstown, and comp,iring it with the tall,
solitary-stemmed, huge-headed, gray-green-leaved plant
of the tropical regions of Africa, it is diflicult to believe
that they are merely forms of one species."

The following are grown at Kew in greenhouse tern
perature (others require stove treatment) : P. Canar-
iensis, da r I if Hi, m . hiiiiiilis and var. Hanceana, inter-
medin. r<r/nnrtn :.i]'l spinosa.

The uiii^t iiitcristirig novelty in Phoenix during the
last decHile is P. Ji'tebelenii, the pygmy Phoenix. Fig.
1711.5. Specimens 20-30 j'rs. old have stems not over
2 ft. high. Wat.son says: "It is by far the smallest of
all the many kinds of Phoenix known, and is also excep-
tional in the form of its stem and in the elegance and
soft texture of its bright green leaves." Watson adds
thiit it deserves to rank with Cncns Weddelliiina and
Geonoma gracitis for usefulness in a small state. This
palm suckers freely and in a wild state grows in clum]>s.
Out of deference to the latest monographer. P. Ha'hcJ-
eiiii is here treated as a variety of P. humiiis; but
Watson declares that it is a distinct species and that in
the form and texture of its Ivs. it resembles P. rupirnla
more than any other species. t^_ jI.

PHCENIX

1309

Phoenix in Florida . — No palms in the writer's Florida
garden can vie in l.cnutv, >t;iti'liness. and massive growth
with some of th.' iii.nil" i- ..f tlir k.iiiis Plifpnix. The
undersigned culiiv:.t,s v|„.,iii»iis of :ill ilie kinds of-
fered bvthe trade. All tin' palius fcr (his Florida gar-
den, with a few exceptions, have been raised during

1764. Date Palm— Phoenix dactylifera.

lly straight-truuked specimen.

An

the last ten years from seed in the writer's greenhouse
in Milwaukee. Most of them, although planted on high
and dry sandy pineland, begin to show an elegance,
stateliness and beauty entirely beyond all expectations,
especially the species of Sabal and hardy Cocos, but the
Phoenixes are far ahead of them all. As soon as the
seedlings began to show their characteristic leaves they
were sent to Florida. The first ones were set out in the
fall of 1891. Of these Phoenixes several have attained a
height of 10-15 ft. and a spread of Ivs. 15-25 ft. in diam.
The massive trunks are almost as thick a.s a water barrel

1310

PHCENIX

and the height above the ground is 4-5 ft., while at least
3 feet more are buried in the ground like a post to
keep the exceedingly heavy top in position. The trunk
all around and up from the ground is provided with
strong Ivs. 10-15 ft. long. In the lower extremity of
each frond the leaflets are replaced by long formidable
spines, which perhaps serve the purpose of protecting
the trunk and the earth of the plant from the attacks
of man and beast.

The type of the genus, the common Date-palm,
Phrrnii dactylifera, is the least ornamental of all, ancl
its growth is disappointingly slow. The writer has seen
a plant 16 years old which just now begins to form a
trunk. Well-grown specimens are very fine, but they
cannot be considered rivals in beauty of the four kinds
which are the subjects of the four following para-
graphs. Phmnix dactylifera, var. excelsa, is much more
robust and rapid-growing than the typical Date.

The East Indian Wild Date, Phcenii sijlvestris, though
having the same glaucous foliage as the common spe-
cies, is a rapid grower and an exceedingly beautiful and
stately palm. The writer has seen specimens 12 years
from the seed that had assumed a height of 25 ft., with
Ivs. 12-15 ft. long and a spread of the crown 25-30 ft. in
diameter. It is perfectly hardy, having stood a frost of
15*^ above zero, and it grows equally well on high and
low land, though its growth is much quicker in fairly
moist soil.

The stateliest of all the palms that can be grown in
the gardens of Florida is the Canary Island Date,
Phnenlx Canartensis, a species with huge trunk and
immense Ivs. 12-15 ft. long, with a spread of the crown
averaging 30 ft. in diameter. The leaflets, which are
densely set along the midrid of the frond, are flattened
and are of a glossy dark green color. At an age of 8
or 10 years this species begins to form a trunk and to
show its true character. The trunk is now about 3 feet
in diameter and its raassiveness reminds one of a water
barrel. At an age of about 12-15 years this palm is a
grand and noble object, a perfect picture of symmetrical
beauty. There is no palm in the Florida gardens that
can compare with it in stateliness and grandeur and in
rapidity of growth. Its bc-auty is nuicl] i-nlianced if
planted in groups or if arrau;ri d with spi'i'iTni-ns of Sabals
and C'ocos and the grand litnnhusii iinjiiitiii . Land-
scape effects can be obtained in this way that will be
not only unique but at the same time enchantingly
beautiful.

Perhaps of equal beauty ivnd almost of the same state-
liness and vigorous growth is a hybrid saitl to have
been raised by the late E. H. Hart, between P. Canar-
iensis and P. sijlvestris. It has the beautiful glaucous
color of the latter and the flattened leaflets as well as
the sturdy growth of the former. A plant received
by the writer in the fall of 1891 is now 13 ft. high,
with a diara. of the trunk of 3 ft. The lower leaves,
which almost rest on the ground, are over 12 ft. long,
while the iipper ones gracefully arch to all sides. Most
of the writer's visitors from the North pronounce this
the most beautiful of all his palms. It is indeed a grand
and beautiful plant.

Another palm of great beauty is P. tenuis. It is
similar to the Canary Island Date, but it has a more
slender trunk and narrower and more arching leaves,
which have a much lighter green color. It is of a very
strong growth and soon forms fine specimens. This
species belongs to the group of largi'-gmwing kinds
forming a single stem. They proiluci- im suckers at the
base of the trunk to speak of. Most of tlie other kinds
are smaller, more tender, bushy, and produce suckers
freely.

According to Drude, in "Die Natiirlichen Pflanzen-
familien," there are only about eleven good species of
Phoenix, but there is no doubt that the limits of the
various species are at present not well understood, and
considerable confusion prevails among the synonyms.
P. Leonensis and P. spinosa are apparently not to be
separated, the latter being perhaps a synonym. The
glossy green Ivs. are provided on their edges with
soft white threads. It is a strong-growing palm with
long and slender Ivs., and, as suckers are pushed up
profusely, it soon forms dense clumps of great beauty
which eventually attain a height of 15-18 feet. P.

PHCENIX

reclinnta, with arching leaves, perhaps never grows
higher than 10-12 ft. It is a bushy palm of a glossy
dark grfi'O color. P. ynhihji.tis and P. Zaiuiburensis
seem to be ideutical with P. rrclinata. P. farinifera is
a low bushy palm of great elegance from East India,
and P. rupicola and P. ci/cadifo^ia are also very grace-
ful and fine species. The latter species has the most
beautiful and elegant foliage of all the species of
Phoenix. P. pumila and P. aeaulis are very small
kinds, while P. palndosa, being provided along the
leaves around the stem with formidable spines, forms
dense and impenetrable thickets. P. glatica is a small-
growing species with glancoiis-green foliage. These are
all tender palms, but they grow well on high pineland.

^^j,*

^-^M%%

1765 Phcenix Rcebelenii of horticulturists

but considered by botanists to be a foi-m of P humibs

See species No. 6, on p. 1311.

All these Date-palms grow with great luxuriance in
south Florida; but P. Canariensis, P. syfvestris, P.
tenuis and the hybrid between P. Canarieusis and P,
sylvestiHs are not only the hardiest and the most beauti-
ful of all but they form extremely elegant and stately
specimens in about ten years from the time of planting.
They grow most luxuriantly in low, moist, rich soil, but
they also do exceedingly well on high pineland if well
fertilized during the rainy season. In fact, they will
thrive under an application of nitrogenous fertilizers in
quantities sxifficient to kill almost any other plant. The
lower leaves of P. Caiiartentiis often suffer from rusty
spots which disfigure them badly, but the spots will
soon disappear if the plants are well watered, cultivated,
and fertilized.

All the members of the bushy-growing group of Date-
palms are rather tender, and they have suffered severely
by the heavy freezes which have visited Florida of late
years. Though losing all their foliage, they will be as
fine as ever the next fall if, immediately following the
frost, the heart-leaf is pulled out. If left in its position
it will soon rot and injure the center of the plant be-
yond recovery.

Deep planting is very essential with all palms, but
especially with the large and massive Dates. Each
plant should be set in a basin-like excavation about 6-8
ft. in diam. and 2 ft. deep in the center. If this precau-
tion is not taken the heavy palm would very likely be
blown over by strong winds. The young palm after
planting works its way down until it stands about 2^-3
ft. deep in the soil; then the trunk grows upward.
There it stands like a post, smoothly rounded at the
bottom, emerging its long, rope-like roots in all direc-
tions but particularly downward. The writer knows of
a specimen in which the ends of the roots at a depth
of 15 ft. could not be found and they evidently went

PHOSNIX

down many more feet until they hart reached the clay-
bank or the water. There are quite a number of small
feeding-roots found in dense masses all along the rope-
like main-roots near the surface of the soil, but not such
a network of surface-roots as we iind in all the hardy
species of Cocos (of the C. uustnills type), in which
almost all the roots run horizontal and are mostly found
near the surface, while in the species of Phoenix they
run downward. The large-growing species flower pro-
fusely in the fall and winter, while the bushy species all
flower during the spring months. In all the species of
Phoenix the male and female flowers are borne on differ-
ent individuals, and the various species flowering at the
same time hybridize readily. jj. Nehrling.

Phcenix in Oalifomia.—The undersigned now has
growing in the ground the following species: P. Canar-
iensis. dactylifera, reclinata. all large; eycadifolia,
farinifera, pumila, rnpicoUi, tenuis, 2-4 ft. high;
Hinieriiiiii , Jicbw, sylvestris and Zeylanica, all in pots.
Much cotifiision exists here, and few dare recognize
more than the three first named. We have P. dactyl-
ifera as high as 100 ft. Some specimens grown from
seed saved from commercial dates have made 50 ft. of
trunk in 30 years, while others of the same seeding
have made but 8 ft. Either we have numerous hybrids
here or else some species that no one knows. We have
them in all shades of green and glaucous-green, all
habits of growth, stiff and upright, pendulous and soft,
narrow leaves and broad ones, slim-folded and wide-
spreading, the latter like an inverted leaf of Jubtra
spe.ctabilis. No one here has attempted to straighten
them out. The only species easily recognized every-
where and by every one is P. Canariensis, the gem of
the genus. This is regarded by one eminent Californian
nurseryman as a garden hybrid, but it always produces
fertile seeds, and seedlings from it do not vary, which
cannot be said of any other Phoenix here. Next in popu-
larity comes P. reclinata; the others are only found in
collections. P. dactylifera is seldom planted now, and
few nurseries ever grow it. All species of Phcrnix are
hardy here as far as the writer knows. P. Canariensis
is most easily removed from the ground, and the best
time is Aug. and Sept. , the hottest weather, as then they
recuperate faster. The only other time to remove Is in
the early spring, before growth, and then if the weather
turns cold it is risky. Ernest Bkaunton.

Phcenix in the iVorf/i.— Although Phcenixes cannot be
considered to be as decorative subjects as the Howeas
and Chrysalidocarpus, they are among the hardiest of
palms. For any unfavorable situation where any palm
can be expected to thrive, recommend a Phoenix. Out-
doors they endure the hottest sunshine without losing a
particle of color, whether placed in jars, vases or beds.
As house plants they are unequaled for resistance to
neglect. They also bear the tying and untying and the
crowding and wear and tear of public decorative work
better than any other palms. The writer has a pair of
specimens of Phcenix rupicola, which within the past
six years have been packed and unpacke<l five hundred
times; they have withstood excessive heat and cold,
gas and dust, and still stand to-day in the broad sun
with their arching fronds perfect. The Date-palm is not
■quite so graceful. P. Leonensis or spinosa is slightly
stiffer than P. rupicola, but very handsome. Other
kinds useful to the florist are P. Canariensis, farinifera,
pumila and tenuis. (This paragraph has been adapted
from an article in Scott's Florists' Manual which em-
bodies the experience of Mr. Scott and of the under-
signed.) W. H. Taplin.

( Various other names will be found in horticidtur.-il litera-
ture, but tlie following comprise those known to the Ameri-
can trade.)

a^aulis, 7. Jubce, 9. Rcebelenii, 6.

Andersoni, 1. Leonensis, 2. rupicola, 1.

Canariensis, 9. Lourierii, 6. Senegalensis, 2.

eycadifolia, 11. maerocarpa, 9. spinosa, 2.

dactylifera, 11. melatiocarpa, 2. sylvestris, 10.

escelsa, 11. paludosa, 3. tenuis, 9.

farinifera, 4. pumila, 8. Zanzibaretisis, 2.

Hanceana, 6. pusilla, 5. Zeylanica, 5.

humilis. 6. reclinata, 2.

S3

PHCENIX

1311

A. Texture of Ifts. flaccid 1. rupicola

AA. Texture of Ifts, rigid.

B. Arrangement of Ifts. 2-ranked.

c. Form of Ifts. lanceolate 2. reclinata

oc. Porm of Ifts, ensiforw, with

filiform tips ;t. paludosa

BB. Arrangement of Ifts. 2-4 or ntatiy-
ranked.
c. Position of Ifts. equidistant.

B. Color of Ivs, dark green 4. farinifera

DD. Color of Ivs. light green. 5. pusilla

cc. Position of Ifts. grottped or
fascicled.
V. Stem bnlbiform; Ivs. short.
E. Lfts. scattered, irregularly

fascicled 6. humilis

EE. Lfts. in nearly opposite

fascicles 7. acaulis

r>D. Stetn erect: Ivs. long.

E. Lvs. very slender 8. pumila

9. Canariensis
EE. In^s. more robust.

F. Foliage glabrous 10. sylvestris

PP. Foliage glaucous 11. dactyliiera

1. rupicola, T. Anders. (P. Andersoni, Hort. Cal-
cutta). Stem 15-20 ft. x8 in., solitary, slender, naked:
Ivs. 10 ft., quite glabrous; petiole compressed; seg-
ments li4 ft., 2-ranked, not fascicled, flaccid, bright
green. Sikkim, Himalaya. G.C. II. 8:45. F. 1887, p.
105. I.H. 25:318. F.R. 1:143. A.G. 13:141. A.F.
4:569. — "The numerous bright green decurved Ifts. all
in one plane are peculiar to this beautiful species." A
form with some of the lfts. white is figured in I.H 34 :3.

2. reclin&ta, Jacq. (P. Leonfnsis, Lodd. P. Senega
Unsis, Van Houtte. P. spiudsn, Schum. & Thorn. P.
Zamibarinsis, Hort.). Stem short (3-4 ft.); Ivs. 2-
ranked, bright green, obliquely arcuate-recurved toward
the apex; lfts. rigid, approximate, strict, 12 in. long,

1 in. wide, lanceolate, acuminate, pungent, the terminal
9 in. long, slightly bifid, the lowest spinescent. Trop,
and S.Africa. F. 1871, p. 135. A.P.4:568. A.G.13:141;
14:410; 16:346. Gn. 39, p. HO. -P. melanocdrpa, Naud.,
has black edible fruits, and was found in a garden at
Nice. It is ".supposed to be a,va.riety otP. Senegalensis."
R.H. 1894, pp. 493, 496, 497.

3. paluddsa, Roxb. Gregarious, subarboreous: trunks
8-25 ft. high, 12-18 in. in diam., often reclining, annu-
late: Ivs. 8-10 ft.; lfts. 1-2 ft., opposite and alternate,
2-ranked, ensiform, with filiform tips, whitish or mealy
beneath ; petiole 3-5 ft. long, slender, scurfy, with many
long spines; sheath fibrous : fr. black-purple. Seashore,
tropical Asia.

4. farinifera, Roxb. Shrubby: caudex at most 4 ft.,
thickly clothed with old leaf-sheaths: petiole with 1 or

2 pairs of spines; Ifts. subopposite, 4-ranked, ensiform,
rigid, pungent, dark green: fr. black. Ceylon and
southern India. —"The caudex has a farinaceous pith"
(Roxb.). "The foliage is so spiny that it is impossible
to walk through clumps of it" (Steavenson).

5. pusilla, Gasrtn. (P. Zeylanica, Hort.). Stem 10-14
ft.: Ivs. rather short; lfts. very many, subequidistant,
7-10 in., spreading at right angles, 4-ranked, rigid, nun-
gent, bright green. Ceylon.

6. htimilis, Royle. Stems short, tufted, bnlbiform,
rarely elongated: Ivs. subglaucous; lfts. scattered, in-
terruptedly fascicled. Very close to P. acaulis, but
distinguished by the very long -peduncled, fruiting
spadix. Hilly districts of India. — Var. Hanceina, Beco.
{P. UanceAna, Hort.), from China, is cultivated.

Var. Lourifirii, Becc. (P. Ecebelenii, O'Brien). Fig.
1765. Lvs. 1 ft. long; lfts. 5-7 in. long, shining, dark
green, soft, curved, subglaucous, often approximate,
mostly falcate, not spinous at the tip. Assam to Cochin
China. G.M. 38:80. A.G. 15:201. G.C. III. 6:475;
11:731. G.F. 3:273.

7. acadlis, Buch. Caudex bnlbiform, 8-10 in. in diam.,
densely clothed with sheaths and bases of the petioles:
lvs. 2-G ft. ; lfts. in subopposite fascicles, many-ranked,
^-1^2 ft. long, very rigid, somewhat glaucous, marginal
nerve very strong; petiole 1 ft. or more, with many
spines: fr. bright red to blue-black. India.

1312

PHCENIX

PHORMIUM

8. pdmila, Hort. Stem slender, graceful, 6-10 ft. : Ivs.
10-16 ft. long, recurved, drooping; Ifts. 8-12 in. long,
4-ranked. Gt. 20, p. 173 (description). Fla. Farm. &
Fr. Gr. 1898:67.

9. Canari^nsis, Hort. (P. thmis, Verseh. P. Jiibce,
Webb). Resembling P. ilactylifera, but more slender
and graceful in all its parts: Ivs. more numerous. Ca-
nary Islands. R.H. 1888:181. G.C. III. 15:405. V.
19:.51. Gng. 5:215. Gn. 57, p. 255. R.H. 1893, pp. 126,
127. — Var. macrocirpa is cult, in Florida.

10. Bylv^stris, Roxb. Stem solitary, stout. 25-40 ft.
high, clothed with persistent petiole bases: Ivs. 10-15
ft., glabrous; petiole spiny; segments 1-2 ft., fascicled,
2-t-ranked, rigid, light green. Very close to P. dactyl-
ifera and perhaps the origin of that plant. India. I.H.
10:351. V. 16:101. F. 1872, p. 29. Gn. 54, p. 117. G.C.
III. 10:105.-A hybrid of P. sylfestris and Canarien-
sis secured by E. H. Hart is highly praised by Ameri-
can connoisseurs.

11. daotyllfera, Linn. (P. cycadifdlia. Hort.). Date-
palm. Fig. 1764. Stem tall, erect : Ivs. glaucous,
arcuate-ascending ; Ifts. linear-lanceolate acuminate,
strongly complicate, the lower 4-ranked, the upper 2-
ranked, irregularly and remotely aggregate: fr. cylin-
drical-elliptical, 1-2 in. long. Arabia, N. Afr. R.H. 1893,
p. 127.— Var. excfilsa is cult, in Florida. See Bate.

P. dmnilsa. Hort. Saul, 1803. Of "dwarf habit." Seems
unknown to botanists.— P. glanca. cult, by H. Nehrling, is a
name not in the texts.— P. Natalensis and var. variegata are
offered by Reasoner, but no description is available. — P. San-
deriana. Presumably introduced within recent years by San-
der & Co., St. Albans, Eng. — P. spiJuUdsa, Hort. Saul, 1893, is
an obscure name.— P. tomenlf/sa, cult, by H. Nehrling, is an
obscure name. Jared G. Smith.

1766. American

PHOLIDOTA (Greek, scale and ear; the scales of the
unopened raceme are said to recall the rattle of a
snake). Orchiddceoe. A small genus containing about
20 species, natives of India, S. China and the Malay
Archipelago. Mostly of the habit of Ccelogyne, with
creeping rhizomes and pseudobulbs consisting of a sin-
gle internode. Fls. small, short-pedicelled, in slender
racemes, each with a large bract; sepals and petals short,
broad; labellum excavated or sac-like ; column very
short, winged around the top. For cultivation, use
strong, light, rich potting material, broken pots, old dry
cow manure, plenty of drainage. Do not allow to be-
come very dry. Temperature, 55-65°.

imbric&ta, Lindl. Pseudobulbs oblong sulcate: Ivs.
oblong-lanceolate, plicate, 6-12 in. long: raceme long-

peduncled, 3-8 in. long: lis. small, rather crowded on
the raceme, white or yellowish, with a shade of violet.
Feb.-May. India. B.R. 14:1213; 21:1777. L.B.C.
20:1934.

Chin^nsis, Lindl. A small creeping epiphyte. Pseu-
dobulbs cespitose, 1-2-Ivd.: Ivs. oblong-undulate, acu-
minate, fls greenish white, in drooping racemes not
more than 2-3 in. long; sepals ovate; petals linear; la-
bellum oblong, recurved. — This plant has long been
known from Chinese drawings.

Wm. Mathews and Heinrioh Hasselbrino.

PHORADtNDKON Uaviscens, Nutt., is the Mistletoe
of eastern North America. Fig. 176B. It is parasitic on
deciduous trees, as far north as New Jersey and .south-
ern Indiana and extending southwards to Florida and
Texas. F.E. 3:590. It makes dense bunches 1-3 ft.
across, with thick oval or obovate yellowish green ever-
green Ivs. The forking twigs are terete, and break
easily at the base. The fls. are dioecious, borne in very
short spikes or catkins: berries amber-white, globular,
small. The plant is collected for Christmas greens (see
Greens, Christmas). The Old World Mistletoe is Vis-
cum.

PHOEMIUM (Greek, phormos, basket; referring to
one use to which this fiber plant is put). Lilidcea^. New
Zealand Flax. The New Zealand Flax, Phormliim
tenaj-, is a tender herbaceous plant, 3-6 ft. high, with a
tuft of 2-ranked, sword-shaped Ivs. and panicles of 6-
lobed fls. varying from red to orange. It is a choice
plant for conservatory decoration and for siibtropical
bedding. It is a very formal plant, its lines being
strong, stately and rather stiff, — perhaps too much so in
immature specimens. The genus is easily distinguished
by its fls., which are erect, numerous, panicled, the
perianth with a top-shaped tube, and the somewhat
incurved segments loosely connivent above. Phormium
belongs to the tribe of which the day-lilies (Hemero-
callis and Punkia) are representatives in the northern
hemisphere and the poker plants ( Kniphofia) in the
southern, its nearest ally being the Australian Bland-
fordia with fls. of similar colors but pendulous and with
stamens afiixed at the middle of the tube instead of at
the apex, as in Phormium. Phormiums have a short,
thick rhizome and clusters of thickened fibrous roots.
There are three species, all from New Zealand. The
common species, P. tenax, is the tallest plant and gen-
erally has redder fls. than P. Cookianum. The rarest
species, P. Bookeri (not in trade), differs in having
Ivs. which bend back until they reach the ground.

Phormiums are perhaps too slow of propagation to be
ranked among the few most popular plants for subtropi-
cal bedding, but they are esteemed choice subjects by con-
noisseurs. They are a prominent feature of many fine
establishments in California. When Phormiums are to
be prop, by division G. W. Oliver recommends that they
be planted outdoors in very sandy soil during May and
divided during September. ^_ jj.

For certain combinations and in places where it can
have plenty of moisture Phormium tenax is a valuable
plant, having a very distinct and unusual character all
its own. The type is easier of cultivation than the
variegated kinds. Much better results can be obtained
by raising the typical form from seeds than by division.
Seed sown in Feb. and grown on riipidly will make good
plants for bedding purposes the sjiriti^' of tlic following
year. The seedlings maybe either plaiifi d nut or grown
in pots; in the latter case give a rich compost and
plenty of water after the plants have taken bold. With
good treatment one may expect at the end of a year and
a half a well-furnished specimen 3-3>$ ft. high in a
6-in. pot. If one can afford room in a warm house, so
much the better. The variegated forms require partial
shade and even moisture; they do not come true from
seed. J. p. CowELL.

a. Lvs. SS in. wide, split at apex.
tfinax, Linn. New Zealand Flax. Pig. 1767. Ro-
bust: lvs. attaining 4 ft. or more, 2-3 in. wide, dark
green, margin and keel bright red or brownish; scape
5-7 ft. high, much overtopping the lvs.: fls. typically

Plate XXIX Photography

Till .\lllku«d 1...1I 111 ihe upni l.li iciiicr n is iihotographed on » I
to the right sliows tlie same subject photograplied without "hicklllg

graphed on an isochromatic plate (without color sen en) the same tlower m tin same lighting mule
is shown beside it.

, J. 11 H N lUl Sl.s lu

,1 halation; the view
1 > left below was photo-
ordinary plate,

PHORMIUM

scarlet, but in natural forms varvint; almost to pure
yellow; perianth lH-21 lini-s loni:. H.M. .ll'.lil. Gn. 50,
p. 369. A.F. i:i:74S. K.H. ISkS:,-,. V. i:i::i40. Gn. 20,
p. 397. — Var. atropurpiireum has rcihlisli purple foliage.
R.H. 1877, p. 389. Var. atropurpiireum variegatum is
alleged to be a "veritablf fountain of wiiitr, purple and
rose color." Var. nlgro-pictum (jV. jni t-pnninn tiigro-
limbatum, Hort. Saul?). Lvs. deep green, with a nar-
row margin of blackish purple, which becomes broader

PHOTOGRAPHY

1313

1767, Phormium tenax.

and more distinct towards the base, making in mature
plants a zigzag line which outlines the 2-ranked habit
of the Ivs. Var. variegS.tum has fls. striped creamy
yellow and white. R.H. 1878, p. 86. Var. Veitchianum
(var. VHtcliil and P. Veitchihnnm, Hort.) has itroad
creamy white stripes on a light green ground. A. P. 5:39.
The type and varieties all have the red margin and the
variegated forms are all smaller than the type.

AA. Lvs. %-iy2 in. widCf scarcely split at apex.
Cookianum, Le Jolis. A smaller plant: lvs. 2-3 ft.
long: scape 3-0 ft. high: perianth 12-15 lines long, yel-
lower than the above. Var. yarieg&tum has yellowish
white stripes. P.M. 1874:112. ^ jj

PHOSPHATE. This word is often used by f.armers
as synonynmus with commercial fertilizers. Consult
Fertilitij, Fertilizers and Manures,

FHOTINIA ( Greek, /)7;ofeinos, shining; alluding to the
shining foliage). \yic\vLAvag Heteromeles and Pourtliit^a
HosAceo'y tribe Pbmea^. Ornamental evergreen or de
ciduous shrubs, with alternate, usually serrate lvs.
white fls. in sometimes very large corymbs, and very dec
orative red or scarlet f r. The evergreen species are ten
der in N. Eng., and bear only a few degrees of frost; but
the deciduous P. villosa is hardy as far north as Massa-
chusetts, and is very conspicuous in fall by the scarlet
fall coloring of the foliage and afterwards by the
numerous scarlet fruits, which retain their bright color
until midwinter and are not eaten by birds. Of the
evergreen species, P. arhntifojia, which is very similar
to P. scmilaia and also to P. glabra, is the best known;
it is a very striking object in winter, with its large
clusters of bright red fr. ripening in December and
contrasting well with the glossy dark green foliage.
The Photinias are not very particular as to soil, but
thrive best in a rather light, sandy loam, and the de-
ciduous ones prefer sunny positions. Prop, by seeds
or by cuttings of half-ripened wood under glass and
by layers ; also by grafting on hawthorn or quince.
About 20 species distributed from Japan and China to
India and Java, 2 species in Calif, and Mex. Shrubs,
rarely small trees with stipulate lvs. : fls. in corymbs or
short panicles; petals 5, orbicular; stamens 10-20;
styles 2, rarely 3 or 4, connate at the base : fr. a small

1- or 2-seeded pome. Closely allied to the Aria group of
Sorbus and only distinguished by the top of the fr.
being rounded and hollow.

A. 1/vs. decid^ious : fls. in corymbs.

villbBa, DC. (P. varidbilis, Hemsl. Pourthlma
villosa, Decne. Hdrbiis termiiidlis, Hort.). Upright
shrub, to 15 ft., with slender spreading or upright
branches : lvs. short-petioled, broadly obovate to oblong,
cuneate, acuminate, sharply serrate, dark green and
glabrous above, more or less pubescent beneath when
young, l}^-3 in. long: fls. white, in lX-2 in. broad,
glabrous or villous corymbs terminal on short lateral
branchlets; peduncles warty: fr. about % in. long,
bright scarlet. June. Japan, China. G.P. 1:67. — A
very variable species. Var. leevis, Rehd. {P. Uevis,
DC. Pourthicea argitta, Hort.), has narrower lvs., only
sparingly pubescent when young and soon glabrous,
glabrous inflorescences and somewhat larger fr. G.F.
4:377.
AA. Lvs. evergreen, glabrous: fls. in large panicles

semilita, Lindl. (P. gUtbra.var. Chinhisis, Maxim.
Cralirgns glabra, Sims, not Thunb.). Shrub, to 20 ft.:
lvs. with petioles about 1-in. long, oblong, usually
rounded at the base, acuminate, serrulate, dark green
and shining above, yellowish green beneath, 5-7 in. long:
panicles to 6 in. broad: fls. 34 in. across; stamens 20:
fr. globose, K in. across, red. May-July. China. B.M.
2105. L.B.C. 3:248. Stands fairly well in Washington.

glihra, Maxim. (Cratmgus gWbra,T)x\\Ta\>.). Shrub,
to 8 ft.: lvs. on about K-in. long petioles, elliptic or
obovate to oblong-obovate, cuneate at the base, acumi-
nate, serrulate, 2-4 in. long: panicles 2-4 in. across:
fls. /i) in. across; stamens 20: fr. subglobose, red. May-
July. China, Japan.

arbuti!dlia, Lindl. {Reteromeles arbutifdlia, Roem.
Cralinjns arbtitifdlia, Ait.). Toyon. Tollon. Shrub or
small tree, to 20 ft.: young branches and inflorescences
usually tomentulose: lvs. oblong to oblong-lanceolate,
acute at both ends, sharply serrate, shining above, 2-4
in. long: fls. white, in 2-5-in. broad panicles; stamens
10 : fr. bright red, % in. across. June, July. Calif.
S.S. 3:193. B.R. 6:491. -Called Christmas Berry in
Calif., where the fruits are much used for Christmas
decoration.

P. arguta. Wall. (Pourthifea arguta. Decne.). Closely allied
to P. villosa: lvs. longer and narrower, firmer, densely white-
tomentose beneath when young: corymbs larger. Himal.— P.
elUptica, Nichols., is Eriobotrya elliptica, Lindl., a Himalayan
species not in cult, in this country. — P. Jap6nica. Nichols. =
Eriobotrya Japonlca. Alfred Rehder. "

PHOTOGRAPHY, HOKTICULTUEAL. Plate XXIX.
As a means of .losrri|ilioii aii.l of record, photography
is of great im]iortaiice to liorticulture in all its branches.
A reference to magazines and to trade catalogues of the
day shows a growing use of the "half-tone" engraving
process; and these engravings are merely photographs
transferred to a copper plate, and by means of minute
chemically-etched dots given a printing surface for the
typographic press. Many other illustrations — notably
many in this Cyclopedia — are adapted from or drawn
directly from photographs, being then engraved by an-
other photographic etching process on hard zinc. To a
limited extent, photographs are also printed on the pre-
pared surface of boxwood blocks, and used in lieu of a
drawing as a sketch for the wood-engraver. «

Every experiment station and agricultural college
finds in photography an indispensable adjunct both to
its records and to its descriptive work. For the botanist,
photography provides both an uniquely accurate means
of recording plant details, and of portraying the appear-
ance of the growing plant in its habitat." A photographic
herbarium represents the living plant more adequately
than the usual dried specimens. Some of the larger
nursery and seed establishments are also coming to
maintain photographic equipments, in order that they
may readily preserve views of the varieties which it
is desired to advertise. In horticultural journalism
photography is of prime importance. In advanced
collegiate institutions and at the meetings of various
progressive horticultural societies and institutes, the
presentation of photographs by means of the stereopti-

1314

PHOTOGRAPHY

PHOTOGRAPHY

con is found to be of enormous advantage, and the teach-
ing or entertainment is made more efficient through this
means. Therefore, all branches of horticultural activity
are concerned with photography, and the progressive
instructor dealing with horticultural problems in an
educational institution, or handling the government's
money in the experiment station work, must be able
to practice photography with a fair degree of profi-
ciency, if he is to accomplish the best results.

As Horticultural Photography differs essentially from
the line of work in which the ordinary portrait photog-
rapher is engaged, some special skill and certain items
of equipment are desirable for the tradesman, or experi-
menter, or teacher who wants to make his illustration
effective. Those who deal, as does the writer, with many
photographs from many "artists," come to know and
abhor the thoroughly inadequate work of the ordinary
professional, who is fitted both as to equipment and skill
only for the picturing of the human face and form. Not
once in twenty times does satisfactory and efiicient horti-
cultural photographic work come from the professional;
and, therefore, the horticultural instructor or tradesman
is best served by taking up photography in an indepen-
dent manner.

Appai-afuit.— For Yiews outdoors of trees, plants, etc.,
any view camera of the regulation or of the "folding"
type will answer, though, as it is often desirable to
obtain relatively large details of fruits or flowers or
plants in situ, a bellows of more than the usual focal ca-
pacity or length is preferred. The modern "long-focus"
cameras are suitable, and the size most used by horti-
culturists is that taking a plate 5x7 inches in dimen-
sions. For such size a rectilinear lens with a focal length
of seven or eight inches is advisable; and if one of the
two lenses forming the combination is available as an
objective of about double the focal length of the com-
bination, and the camera is provided with a bellows
which draws out several inches beyond the focal length
of this single lens, much facility in operation is provided.
Any of the modern high-class view lenses are suitable,
ami those of the anastigmatic type, which are not only
rectilinear but also render views in a flat and correct
perspective, are preferable. It need not be assumed,
however, that the very highest grade lens is essential,
for in the hands of a thoughtful and reasonably skilful
operator, an ordinary rectilinear lens, costing, for the
size mentioned, but $15 or $20, will often do satisfactory
work. Whatever lens is used, it should be fitted into
a quick -working shutter, as outdoor exposures, with
modern rapid plates, must be made in small fractions
of a second. The shutter, it may be explained to the
unacquainted reader, is merely a convenient device for
opening and closing the lens to the light for the inter-
val of time desired by the photographer.

As there is frequent misconception of the work done
by a lens, and as even lens-makers sometimes give
faulty advice as to the proper objectives for any specified
uses, it may not be amiss to suggest to the inquiring
horticultural photographer an investigation on his own
account. Photo-Miniature No. 1, "Modern Lenses," is
a brief, clear and concise statement of the principles,
properties and construction of lenses, which may be
consulted to advantage. The focal length of any lens,
in connection with the size of the plate upon which it is
to be used, determines the angle and amount of view in-
cluded. The human eye is a lens of about 16 inches
focal length, and to have a photograph render perspec-
tive as seen by the average eye, an objective of the
same focal length is required. Thus, on a 5x7 plate, a
lens of 8 inches focal length will include twice as much
in the view, and show it in half the size as seen by the
eye. This forced perspective is sometimes desirable
and sometimes unpleasant. If the 8-inch lens is com-
posed of two elements on what is known as the symmet-
rical plan, the rear element may usually be used alone
(by screwing out the front lens), and it will have ap-
proximately double the focus of the combination. This
will give about tlip perspective seen by the human eye,
and will need to be iised in connection with a bellows
of at least the same length or "draw" as the focal length
of the lens. Some of the high-grade lenses are now
made on what is termed tb-^ "convertible" plan, pach of
the two elements being of a different focal length. Thus

a certain lens which as a whole is of 7K inches focus,
includes one element of 12 inches focus and one element
of 18 inches focus. Either of these single lenses, or the
combination, may be used separately, so that from a
given position three views, including proportions dif-
fering as 5, 8, and 12, may be made.

To photograph an object in natural size, the double lens
is preferable. If the lens be of 8 inches focus, it will give
natural size when placed equidistant between the object
and the ground-glass focusing-screen of the camera, at
double its focal length. Thus the bellows would need
to be drawn out so as to have 16 inches between the
ground glass and the lens, while the object to be photo-
graphed should be maintained in position 16 inches
from the lens.

A tripod, capable of adjustment as to height, and of
sufficient rigidity to sustain the camera in a moderately
high wind, is easily obtained. The cheaper forms are
fairly efficient, but the photographer who has much
traveling to do finds it preferable to obtain one of the
more expensive and carefully fitted types, which fold
into a smaller compass.

For indoor work, including the making of photographs
of fruits, flowers or plants in large detail, a special
form of camera-stand is very desirable. One arranged
so that the camera may be maintained in an inclined or
nearly vertical plane, while the object to be photographed
rests on a plate-glass exposing stand in front of the lens,
gives great facility and ease of operation, and does away
with many difficulties of illumination, A few experiment
stations possess devices of this kind. A form which has
been found exceedingly satisfactory in practice is de-
scribed in No. 13 of the Photo-Miniature, "Photographing
Flowers and Trees," and is here reprinted by permission
in Figs. 1768 and 1769, showing the camera-stand both
as arranged for horizontal and for vertical work. In
operation with this device, the flower, fruit or plant to be
photographed is laid upon the plate-glass stand, and the
camera, fastened by its tripod screw upon a movable
bed, is moved backward or forward as a whole, or
through its bellows, until the desired size and focus
are obtained. The background may be varied to any
extent desired by cardboards or cloths placed below
or back of the plate-glass stand, out of focus. The
camera-stand is mounted on casters, so that it may
be readily moved about to secure the most favorable
lighting. Objects which can best be handled on a hori-
zontal plane may be disposed somewhat as shown in
Pig. 1768. For work of this .sort a north side-light is
found vastly preferable to the conventional sky-light. A
greater mistake in the equipment of a studio for hor-
ticultural work could not be made than to provide the
sky-light deemed essential by old-fashioned professional
photographers, although now happily abandoned by the
more progressive workers for a "single-slant" light,
which gives far better results. There should be pro-
vided in the work-room of the horticultural photog-
rapher several good reflecting surfaces, so that the side
of the object opposite the main source of light may be
properly illuminated,

PInfes find color-vahi.es.— As practically all Horticul-
tural Photography has to do with the tints of growing
things, the well-known color inaccuracy of the ordinary
dry-plate is a serious disadvantage. The ordinary plate
responds most actively to the rays at the blue end of
the spectrum, and is very sluggish in taking an im-
pression from green, yellow and red, the latter color,
indeed, being rendered practically the same as black.
Yellow, which in actual color value is on a par with
light blue, and only a few shades less intense than
white, is rendered by the ordinary plate as a dark color,
as all operators who have photographed yellow roses,
yellow apples, yellow plums, and the like, will have ob-
served. Fortunately, there are available photographic
plates, known as isochromatic or orthochromatic plates,
which, to a certain extent, correct these difficulties, and
the skilfvil operator may, by the use of the proper plate
and in some cases a suitable ray-filter, give approxi-
mately correct values to all the colors of the spectrum.
For all ordinary horticultural uses, where blue and yel-
low are not found in the same subject, the isochromatic
plate of the most rapid speed is satisfactory. It gives
yellow its proper value, at the same time improving the

PHOTOGRAPHY

rendering of the green foliage and sliglitly increasing
the trutii of representation in pink, lavender, and the
lighter red shades. It is very much better, then, for the
photographer who has to do with horticultural \V(irk to
confine himself exclusively to these isochi-oinatii- jilates
for all his work. If he has a suliji-ct iiiclu.liii!,' hliio
flowers, the especial activity of the blue rays, whi<'h
otherwise would render the photographic impression ;is
intense as if the oliject was white, can be rc.straine<l by
a suitable ray-filter, which is applied in front of the lens.
This ray-filter is either a glass cell filled with a one per
cent solution of potassium bichromate, or a jiiece of
plane optical glass covered with a suitably stained col-
lodion film sealed with another optical glass and pro-
vided with a convenient mounting for slipping on the
lens. With this ray-filter and the isochromatic plate be-
fore alluded to, the yellow is slightly over-valued, but
the blue is given its proper relation. The beauty of
outdoor photographs is vastly increased by the use of
the plate and ray-filter mentioned, because a proper
color value is given to the sky, and the cloud forms are
preserved in all their attractiveness. If the subject be

PHOTOGRAPHY

i;ji5

cf the isochromatic plate as compared with the ordi-
nary plate in photographing yellow tulips.) Halation is
caused by the reflection of brilliantly lighted objects
from the back of the glass plate carrying the sensitive
emulsion. Light possesses riiorinnus velocity, and
there is a constant and aliih.st iiir.iiic. ivably rapid play
back and forth between the tw.i suiiaces of the glass
lilate, which is covered only on its face by the sensitive
lilrotographic emulsion. This results in a thickening of
all the finer lines which should be rendered in the posi-
tive as white. It is best counteracted by "backing" the
plate with a composition which will absorb all the rays
of light that p«ss through the einulsion on the face.

1768. AdjustaDle camera-stand, horizontal position.

a heavily loaded peach tree, for instance, the accentua-
tion of the yellow, brought about by the use of the ray-
filter, will give a needed slight exaggeration of color
value to the fruit, which, under treatment by an ordinary
plate, will be almost indistinguishable from the mass of
foliage. With the ray -filter the exposure required is
practically trebled. In this Cyclopedia, advantage has
been taken of isochromatic plates in photographing
some of the subjects. The carnations, Plate IV, Vol. I,
show a variety of shades properly rendered by the
means indicated. The dahlia, Plate IX, shows the
rendering of dark red shades in connection with green
foliage by the isochromatic plate. The persimmon
plate (XXVIII) in this volume also shows orange, yel-
low and red fruits as properly rendered under this
isochromatic handling, and the oranges (Plate XXIII),
including fruits from the light lemon-yellow Pomelo to
the deep orange-red Tangierine, prove also the useful-
ness of the plate suggested.

A difficulty known in photographic practice as hnln-
tion must also be counteracted if the fine detail of sub-
jects involving much light is to be preserved. Plate
XXIX shows a milkweed pod, first as photographed witli
a plain isochromatic plate and second as photographed
with the same plate, treated so as to eliminate halation.
(The two lower figures on the same plate show the vabii-

1769. AdjuaLdOle cainera-stand, vertical pasi,i..,i.

Any dark substance which can be brought into absolute
optical contact with the pusteriur siiilan- of the glass
plate will answer, but tin- mosi illicii nt hai'kiiig is
provided by an alcoholic sulniicm .if sciap, t" wiiich has
been added a mixture of i rythnisin and uurin, two red
aniline pigments having high absorptive powers. This
coating is easily applied, and easily removed before
development; and the writer in his practice of Horti-
cultural Photography uses isochromatic plates backed
with this dyed soap-solution for all important work.

Even with the aid of the isochromatic plate and the
ray-fllter the photography of shades of red is diflicult.
because of the lack of actinic or chemical quality in the
red rays of the spectrum. In practice it is found neces-
sary to give a very much prolonged exposure to objects
containing red, and then to restrain the overexposure
upon development by means of a suitably compounded
developing solution. Details regarding this are out of
place here, but may be obtained from the works cited at
the end of this sketch.

LaHtern-xlides.—A few words may be added concern-
ing the production of lantern-slides, now of the greatest
importance in illustrative work. A lantern-slide is a
positive on glass, and therefore is made from a nega-
tive. It is made preferably on a special plate, much
slower than the regular photographic dry-plate, because

1316

PHOTOGRAPHY

PHRYNIUM

coated with a silver chloride rather than a silver bromide
emulsion. The slide is usually faced with a paper mask,
so as to include only the desired portions of the picture,
and protected by a cover glass. Negatives of any size
may be used if a suitable arrangement is provided for
reduction. This can readily be arranged by an adapta-
tion of the camera-stand illustrated in Fig. 1708. A pair
of light bars are added, running from the top of the
plate-glass frame to a support at the other end of
the stand, and a piece of heavy muslin or liglit canvas
thrown over this serves to exrludc thf cxn^ss of light.
A ground-glass frame is addetl l.;i.-k •>( tin- plate-glass,
which latter is removed to givr phici- to a turn-table
arrangement, made to take and IkiM m ^:itives of vari-
ous sizes. In practice, the ground glass end is turned
toward the strong light, the negative to be used is ad-
justed in the turn-table, and the image focused in the
camera as usual. The 5x7 size largely used by hor-
ticulturists is in just the right proportion for the
ordinary lantern plate of American practice, which is
3H X 4 inches. Slides may also be made by contact, if
the negative to be used is of suitable size. The familiar
4x5, 3% x3% and 3% x A% hand-camera films are often
so used, being placed in contact with a lantern plate in
an ordinary printing frame, and ^i^''''^ a short exposure
to an artificial light. Surli s!i<ics ;ire seldom of good
quality. If it is requirecl t(* makf lantern-slides from
diagrams, engravings or any positive material, a nega-
tive must be first prepared, for making which the verti-
cal position of the camera stand (Fig. 1709) is very
convenient.

In making lantern-slides, it is important to learn the
proper exposure, for errors in exposure cannot be cor-
rected in development to any great extent. The careful
worker will expose several plates upon the same subject,
give all the same development, and act upon the ex-
perience thus gained.

The only work treating specifically of the photography
of flowers and trees is a previously mentioned mono-
graph in The Photo-Miniature, No. 13, published by
Tennant & Ward, New York. In the same series of
monographs is an excellent treatise on the production
of lantern-slides {No. 9|, and another on modern lenses
(No. 1), previously cited, j. Horace McFarland.

PHOTOSYNTHESIS. The term Photosynthesis is
dt-rivt'd from <ireek words signifying "light" and "put-
ting tagcthcr. " It is applied to that process by means
of which, under ordinary circumstances, green plants
build up organic or carbon -containing compounds.
Carbon is the element which as a rule denotes organic
substance. It is an essential constituent of the cell
wall, or fiber, and of the pn.tnplusin; likewise of starch
and of sugar. Green plants manufartnn' [)ractically all
of the organic matter which may cventnaily furnish
food for plants and animals, so that all life is ulti-
mately dependent upon them.

Ordinary air contains only about .04 per cent of car-
bon dioxid; yet the tureen jdant as a rule obtains all of
its carbon from thr air. rhi.>n>phy!l and Iii,'lit are abso-
lutely essential in onlfi* ihat organic suhsfance may be
manufactured. Ciiloropltyll, the sulistance which gives
the green color to leaf and orauch, usually occurs in defi-
nite plasmic bodies, which are commonly oval in form.
These chlorophyll bodies absorb radiant light and thus
obtain energy or power to work. This energy cannot be
obtained by the common plant in any other way, as by
the absorption of radiant heat from a stove. The cell
sap absorbs the carbon dioxid which has diffused into
the leaf {see Phy.sloloi/}/ of Plaufa), and the energy
obtained from light works upon the molecules of carbon
<iioxid (CO2) and water (H2O) of the cell sap in such
a way that these molecules are rearranged and united.
A molecule of some simple carbohydrate, perhaps
formaldehyde {CH2O), is formed; and some of these
molecules are perhaps immediately condensed to sugar
(('aHi20a). In this process more oxygen is supplied
by the water and carbon dioxid than can enter into the
organic prodiict, and this surplus oxygen is thrown off.
This whole process is calleil photosynthesis.

An accumulation of sugar in tin- leaf would hinder the
further manufacture of this priMlu<'t and much of the
.sugar formed is, indeed, immediately diffused to other

cells. The leaf assimilates very rapidly in sunlight,
and the surplus sugar formed is changed to starch, an
insoluble product. This starch is usually removed from
the leaf at night. In some way potassium salts seem to
be necessary in the first manufacture of sugar, perhaps
aiding in the condensation changes.

It is probable that no plant containing chlorophyll in
genetic connection with its protoplast remains long
entirely inactive in assimilation, when illuminated.
The red end of the spectrum embraces the colors which
are principally concerned in the activity of the chloro-
phyll funciiun. riii>to-yjitlK'sis is most rapid under
those con<liTjons of temperature and food supply which
best stimnlate growth. The process is more rapid, how-
ever, when the amount of carbon dioxid in the air is
slightly increased. The presence of other coloring mat-
ters, such as brown and red. in the assimilating organs
does not mean that chlorophyll is absent, and that other
substances niav n-phi<'e it. ( 'hloroplivU niav be present
but veile<l liv a more i)roniinent r-olor". It is improbable
that any othVr coloring matter besides chlorophyll and
a related substance, etiolin, is effective in carbon dioxid
assimilation.

Photosynthesis may be inhibited by too intense light,
by extremes of temperature, and by deleterious chemical
agents. It ceases immediately in darkness, and is very
feeble in weak li^^ht.

The results of photosynthetic activity may be noted
in this way: An active branch of elodea or other pond
weed may be kept in a vessel of water in the dark until
it shows no starch with the iodine test. The branch is
then placed in spring water, which contains consider-
able air. On placing the experiment in sunlight,
bubbles of oxygen will immediately be given off. This
indicates that photosynthesis is active; and after a time
starch may be found in the leaves. g, ]yi, Duggar.

FHRAGMITES {Greek, growing hi hedges, which,
however, does not apply to this grass). Graminece.
Species 3, one in tropical Asia, one in South America,
and one, our species, cosmopolitan. Tall and stout per-
ennial reed grasses with long running rootstocks and
terminal panicles with aspect of Arundo. Spikelets
3-7-fld. Differs from Arundo chiefly in having the low-
est fls. staminate, the flowering glume sharp-pointed
but not bifid, and the hairs of the spikelet confined to
the rachilla.

commilms, Trin. Common Reed. Culm usually 8-12 ft.
high : Ivs. 2 in. wide. Marshes and along edges of ponds.
The ornamental feathery drooping panicles appear in
late summer or autumn. Gn. 31, p. 33.

A. S. Hitchcock.

FHR'^'MA (one of the many names which Linnreus
never explained). Verbend.ceie. A genus of one species,
a hardy, perennial herb of little horticultural value. It
has slender branches, coarsely toothed ovate Ivs. and
small purplish or rose-colored opposite fls. borne in
long, slender terminal spikes. It seems to have been
rarely cult, in Europe and is offered by one American
dealer in native plants.

Phryma is an outlying member of the Verbena family,
and is by some authors made the sole example of a
family of its own. This is because its ovary is 1-celled,
while the rest of the Verbenaceae, as a rule, have a 2-
or 4-celled ovary. There is some evidence for regarding
it as a 2-celled verbenaceous plant in which only half of
the ovary develops. This plant has the inflorescence of
the Verbena tribe and the habit of Priva. Generic char-
acters are: ovule solitary, erect, orthotropous, laterally
atlixc'l at the t)ase: seed without albumen; cotyledons
convolute; radicle superior.

Leptost&chya, Linn. Lopseed. Height 2-3 ft.: Ivs.
3-5 in. long, tliin. the lower long-stalked: fls. at first
erect, soon spreading and the calyx in fruit closed and
abruptly refiexed against the axis of the spike, the teeth
long, slender and hooked at the tip. June-Aug. Com-
mon in moist and open woods, Canada to Minn., South
to Pla. and Kans. B.B. 3:205,

PHR"?NIUM (from Greek word for toad, because the
plant inhabits marshes). Scitamindcew. About 20 herbs
of the ('id World tropics with creeping rootstocks and
large oblong showy radical leaves. The genus is closely

PHRYNIUM

PHYLLANTHUS

1317

allied to Calathea and Maranta and is often confused
witli them. The Marantas are New World plants with 1
seed-bearing locule in the fruit, whereas Calathea and
Phrynium usually have 3 seed-bearing locules. In Cala-
thea, the flower-cluster is terminal on a leafy stem or
rarely on a leafless scape arising directly from the rhi-
zome; in Phrynium, the cluster is lateral from the
sheathing petiole. In Calathea tlie corolla-tube is usu-
ally slender; in Phrynium it is usually short. Phry-
niums are grown the same as ( 'alathfjis and Marantas
{which see). It is prol)uble tliat tli'-rt- are no true Phry-
niums in the Amer. trade. P. variegatum, N. E. Brown,
is Maranta ariindinacea, var. variegata. It is a stove
plant of dwarf habit with ovate-lanceolate acuminate
green leaf-blades which are marked with cream-white
or white stripes and bands. I.H. 33:606. F.K. 3:469.
Gt. 46, p. 581. J.H. III. 28:27. It is a worthy plant,
now coming to be popular. For Phrynuan eximiuni,
see Calathea exiniea. L^ jj^ g^

PHYGfiLIUS (flight and sm», because it was said to
love the shade). Scrophnlaridcew. Two species of
south African shrubs, one of which is in the trade.
The flowers are long and tubular, not unlike those of a
Pentsteraon in looks, scarlet, with exserted stamens in
2 pairs, and a long, filiform declined style: fr. a many-
seeded capsule. The Ivs. are opposite and petiolate,
crenate -dentate.

CapSnsis, Meyer. Cape Fuchsia. Fig. 1770. Erect,
becoming woody at the base, glabrous, the stem with 4
angles or narrow wings: Ivs. ovate, rounded at the base,
firm and veiny, bluntly small-toothed : fls. slender, 2 in.
long, somewhat curved, 2-lipped, purple - scarlet, 1-4
together on the ends of straight-spreading peduncles,
drooping. Cape of Good Hope. R.H. 1857, p. 599; 1886,
p. 473. B.M. 4881. F.S. 11:1111. -A fine subshrub
blooming in summer and hardy in protected places as
far north as Philadelphia. In the North it is lately
becoming known as a greenhouse plant. It is excellent
for planting out, enduring heat and dry weather as well
as geraniums, or even better. It is propagated by seeds
and also by cuttings. The cuttings may be taken from
the late fall shoots of outdoor plants. Phygelius is a
showy plant, deserving to be better known, l H. B.

PHYLLAGATHIS (Greek, divine leaf). Melasto-
7nAce<e. Pour species of herbs from the Malay Archi-
pelago belonging to a family noted for its numerous
stove foliage plants. The Ivs. of P. rotundifolia are
praised for their colors, both above and below, their
venation, their plaited character, and their strong shad-
ows and reflected light.s. The Ivs. are glossy green
above, tinted along the nerves with metallic blue and
purple; beneath they are a rich coppery red, with the
prominent nerves of a brighter color. Alumt 10 strong
nerves sweep with graceful curves from base to apex.

These plants have short, thick stems: Ivs. opposite or
the terminal solitary, large-petioled, roundish, cordate
at the base, entire or denticulate: fls. crowded into a
short-peduncled head, rosy, about Kin. across; petals
6, rarely 3; stamens 8, rarely 6: ovary 4-celled, rarely
3-celled; capsule top-shaped, 4-valved. The nearest
ally in cult, is Sonerila, which ordinarily has 3 stamens,
rarely 6.

" Phyllagathis rotundifolia belongs to the same family
as the better known Sph(Frogyne latifolia and Cyano-
phylliim specfabile. It somewhat resembles the former
in general appearance. A few plants of it were given a
test outside during the summer at Washington, D. C,
in 1899, in a position partly shaded from the sun.
They behaved well, and in siich a situation, where
the surface of the soil is covered with some low-grow-
ing plant, as Hydrocotyle or Lysimachia, to keep the
8uu from the roots, it may become a valuable feature
for outdoor decoration. But for indoors, it may be used
as a substitute for the more gaudy-leaved Sphferogyne,
as it succeeds in an atmosphere in which the majority of
greenhouse plants can be grown. Propagation for small
plants is by the leaf, the petiole of which is inserted in
sand, the blade lying flat on the surface, and the ribs
severed in several places. From the cut parts nearest
the petiole, numerous small growths are made: these
may be potted when an inch or so high. For making

specimen plants quickly, old subjects which have been
encouraged to branch may be cut up, and the pieces
inserted in pots in bottom heat. They send out roota
very quickly."— Oliver's "Plant Culture."

TOtiindifolia, Blurae. Stem rooting at intervals, 4-sided,
dark purple: Ivs. 6 in. or more by 4K in., roundish ovate,
abruptly acuminate, denticulate: floral parts in 3's or
4's. Sumatra. B.M. 5282. -^ jj

1770. Phyeelius Capensis (X %).

PHYLLANTHUS ( Greek, ;);i ,1/ «o«, leaf, an^os, flower;
because the tlowers are apparently borne on leaves).
Eiipli"rl>inii'ip. lIiTbs or shrubs, without milky juice:
Ivs. small, alternate, entire, usually in 2 lateral rows on
the small branchlets which then appear like pinnate
Ivs.: fls. axillary, apetalous, moncecious or dicecious,
the staminate in small clusters without a rudimentary
pistil, pistillate solitary; sepals 4-6, separate from the
disk, imbricated; stamens 2-6 or -more, usually 3: cap-
sule with 3 to many 2-seeded cells, often fleshy; embry*
large: cotyledons broad.

More than 400 species, mostly in tropical regions. A
few only are cult., mostly for their graceful foliage.
Monographed by Mueller in DC. Prod. 15, 11:274, where
he divided the genus into 44 sections, some of which,
as Emblica, Cicea and Xylophylla, have been considered
by others as separate genera.

1318

PHYLLANTHUS

1771. Otaheite Goose -
berry — Phyllanthus
distichus.

(Foliage X 1-10; fr. X 'e.

A. Foliage of larqe, hroadly ovate-elUp

gated Ivs., not pronouncedly distichous,

nivdsus, Smith. Snow-bush. Shrub of loose habit,
wltli (lark wiry somewhat zigzag branches : Ivs. 1-2 in.
long, obtuse, white and green mottled: fl. small, green-
ish, discoid, hanging by long pedicels from the leaf
axils. S. Sea Islands. F.M. 187-i:120. I.H. 25:332.-
Var. rdseo-pictus, Hort. Lrs. mottled with pink and red
as well as white and green. Gn. 10, p. 2(jl. P. 1878, p. 13.
—Used in the house and for bedding out in summer.
AA. Foliage of narrowly elliptical or ovale, distinctly
distichous green Ivs,

£mblica, Linn. Emblic Myrobolan. A much-
hraucheci shrub or small tree: foliage branche.s with
many linear-elliptical, obtuse Ivs., which are close to-
gether and K-M in. long: fls. small, short-pedicelled
in the axils of the lower Ivs. : capsule baccate, %-l in.
in diam. E. Indian region. L.B.C. 6:548. — Fruit used
raw or preserved: foliage handsome.

distichus, Muell. {Cicca dlsticha, Linn.). Otaheite
Gooseberry. Fig. 1771. Shrub, with ovate acute Ifts.
1-2 in. long: fls. on separate branches below the foliage:
fr. fleshy, edible. India and Madagascar. — W. Harris,
of Hope Gardens, Jamaica, W. I., writes that the Ota-
heite gooseberry is an elegant shrub or small tree often
cultivated in gardens in the lowlands of Jamaica and
the West Indies. The fruit is very acid and astringent;
the root is an active purgative, and the seed is also
cathartic. The fruit is occasionally pickled, or made
into preserves. Plants are raised from seeds.

piilcher, Wall. (P. pallidifdlius, Miill. P, glauc^s-
cens, Hort. 1 Ifeidia •ihnicrxr, nx, Mi(|.). A small
shrub: Ivs. much like tin' hist.liut (ivuti-i'Iliptical, 5^-
la in. long, glaucous brlnw: 11. ^m.-ill. nd and yellow,
the pistillate near the end of the foliage branches, on
long pedicels, the staminate below; .sepals laciniate:
capsule small, globose, puberulent. Java. B.M. 5437.
G.F. 4:161.

AAA. Foliage of flattened stems hearing scale-like
Ivs. and fls. on the margin.

specidsuB, Jacq. (P. arbtiscula, Gmel.). A small
shrub: floriferous branches, lanceolate, striate, crenate,
2-3 in. long. Jamaica. B.M. 1021 (as Xylophylla lati-
folia).

PHYLLOCACTUS

P. angustilblius, Sw. B.M. 2652. Ne.ir speciosus. Fls. small
and yellowish on the margins of the branches. Known as
Xylophylla montana. Native to Jamaica. — P. atropurpuretts,
Hort.= var. of P. nivosus, with dark purple Ivs. —P. Ctiantrieri,
Andre. R.H. 1883. p. KIT. Sepals fringed. Cochin China.— jP.
saloia-fMius, HBK. R.H, 188:!, p. 176. Leaflets tmncate. Fls.
small, somewh.1t globular. S. Amer.

J. B. S. Norton.

PHYLLIEfiA. See Phillyre«^

PHtLLITIS (Greek, a leaf; from the simple foliage).
Polypodii'ici'te, A genus of ferns popularly known as
the Hart's-tongue fern, with simple Ivs. and elongated
sori at right angles to the midrib; indusium appearing
double from the coalescence of two sori, one produced
on the upper side of a veinlet and the other on the
lower side of the veinlet next above.

Scolop^ndrium, Newman { Scolophidrium vulgdre,
Sm. ). Hart's-tongue. Lvs. 10-15 in. long, heart-
shaped at base, 1-2 in. wide, growing in tufted clus-
ters. Widely distributed in Europe, where there are
many curious varieties in ciiltivation; and local on
corniterous limestone in central New York ; also in
Canada and Tennessee. l, ji. Underwood.

PHYLLOCACTUS (Latin, phyllum, a leaf ; from the
flattened leaf -like stem). Vacthcece, Branches flat, two-
edged, crenate on the margins, the crenatures bearing
the flowers, and bristles rather than spines. The fruit
is often angled, usually scaly, but without spines or
wiiiil. About a dozen species are recognized by botan-
ists, but few are known in the wild state, and most of
tln-iu Jiave so profusely hybridized with each other
and with species of Cereus, especially O, speciosus, and
even with Echinopsis, that many of the forms in culti-
vation are wholly doubtful. In strict priority the genus
should be called by the older name Epiphyllum, under
which nearly all the species have received names.

In their native haunts Phyllocacti are often epiphytic;
consequently in cultivation they do not require as nuich
sunlight as most other genera of Oactaeeae, and water
can be more freely supplied to them. See also Cacti.

There are hundreds of Latin names in the catalogues
which seem to represent species, but they are horticul-
tural varieties or hybrids. One of the hybrid forms is
shown iu Fig. 1772.

1772. One of

ny hybrid Phyllocacti (X K).

A. Tuhe of fl. 4-S in. long: flowers ivhite or yelloivish

irhite within, often rosy on the tube and outer

sepals, 4-10 in. in expansion.

B. Style ivhite.

gr&ndis, Lem. Very large, sometimes 20 ft. long:

stems slender, round or 2-edged, with flat, leaf-like,

PHTLLOCACTUS

PHYMATODES

1319

'-/y'/>\

lancoohite, often very long and large, undulate branches :
Hs., iuf hilling tlie tube, nearly 1 ft. long, 5-6 in. in ex-
pansicjii, <ipiuing, accoriling to Schuminn in the daj
time. Honduras; also said to be found in Cuba

crenitus, Lem. In cult, commonly not mizch more
than 3 ft. high, freely branching from the lower part of
the stem: branches thick, with a strong
midrib, hut tliinning to the edges, which
arr ratlur dreply crenate: fls. greenish
vrllow outside. G-10 in. long, and about
as uuuh ill exp.insion, day-bloommg
Honduras.

anpiliger, Lem. About 3 ft. high
many-stemmed: basal stems cylindrical
hard and woody, the large leafy branches
deeply cut in the margins, like the teeth
of a very coarse saw: fls. 5-8 in. long
the tube very slender. South MexK <►
B.M. 5100.

BB. Style red.

atenopStalus, Salm-Dyck. {P. Idtifroii':,
Zucc. 'I). Branches very long and large
crenate or somewhat serrate, acute or
acuminate: midrib and usually side ribs
evident; areolae with rather large sciles
and dark bristles: fl. 8-10 in. long,
spreading and in full bloom bent batk
wards; petals narrow. Perhaps from
Mexico. —Much advertised as the Queen
Cactus.

Hookeri, Salm-Dyck. Branches long
but narrow, crenate-serrate, in age dark or
bluish green, often reddish on the mar
gins; midrib strong and side ribs cm
dent: fls. 6-8 in. long, yellowish white
within, reflexed in full bloom. Brazil
and Guiana.

strictus, Lem. Erect, branching,
reaching a height of 10 ft., with long
cylindrical branches and shorter, leat
like secondary branches: crenatures or
teeth rather deep, unequal on the oppo-
site sides; bristles wanting: tube of the
fl. very long and slender, outer sepals
brownish, inner pure white ; the flower
opens late in the evening and closes be-
fore dawn; in full bloom the sepals are
very strongly recurved. Said to come
from the island of Cuba. — Often found
in collections under the name of P.
latifrons.

AA. Tube of fl. very short: fls. red.
Day bloomers.

Ackermanni, Salm-Dyck. Fig. 1773.
Steins numerous, sometimes reaching
3 ft., somewhat recurved : branches usu-
ally less than a foot long, with evident
middle and side ribs; areolie on the lower and younger
shoots bearing short bristles : fls. scarlet-red outside,
carmine-red within, the throat greenish yellow, tube
very short, the limb wide-spreading. 4-0 in. in diam.
B.R. 16:1331. — Not known in the wild state.

phyllanthoides, Link. Branches at length hanging,
cylindrical at base, lanceolate above: serratures obtuse;
middle and side ribs evident; bristles few: fi.-tube 2 in.
long or less, with spreading scales, the limb somewhat
longer, often striate. South Mexico.

bifdrmis, Lab. Soon pendulous, the branches cylin-
drical: short branches leaf -like, the lower egg-shaped,
the upper more lengthened: fls. small, purple-red, less
than 2 in. in expansion : ovary without scales or angles.
Honduras. B.M. 6156. V. 2 :"l59.

In addition to the species described above, the following are
recognized by Schnmann: P. acuminatus, caulorrhiztts, G(ert-
neri. phyllanthus, Riwselianws and Thomasiamts. Of these,
P. Ga'rtni'H and liusseliatius are usually included in Epiphyl-
lum: P. caulorrhiztts is perhaps .an unusu.al st.ite of some other
epecies ; P. Thoinnsinvvs described from a g.arden plant is
almost certainly a hybrid. Eptphyllum Guednfi/ri is by some
referred to Phyllocactus. KATHAErsTE Brandegee.

PHYLLdSTACHYS is treated under Bamboo. P.
heteroctjc!ti,uo-w in the trade, is in the supplementary list
on pige ISO Sinte the B miboo aitK le was punted,
P Vitilta ea his been introd to AmirKin trade. It
is a rare bamboo, hardj in Engl ind, of «hKh Mitford
saj s It piesents such a maiked resemblince to Phijl-
ln\t iihiji, Qutlioi tint I do not thmk any
expel t could tell them apart without ex-
amining the wrinkled base tif the stem, to
which PkyUo'^tiicltyi Mail acta owes its

1773. Phyllocactus Ackermanni (X K)

Japanese name, Shibo-chikee, 'the wrinkled bamboo,'
and which makes it so useful for canes and umbrella
sticks."

PHYLLOTiENIUM. See Xaullin.-<om,i.

PHYMATdDES (Greek, a close nettvork). Polypo-
dii}ci:'(i. A gtiius (if ferns allied to Polypodium and
sometinii-s uiiiti-d with that genus, but differing in the
fine copious irregular areolie formed by the anastomos-
ing veinlets and the free included veinlets spreading in
every direction. For culture, see Pern.

a. Zvs. simple.

Sw&rtzii, Underw. {Polypodium Sivdrtsii, Baker).
Lvs. 2-4 In. long, M-1 in. wide, narrowed gradually
toward both ends: sori in 'a single row each side of the
midrib. Florida Keys and tropical America.

musaefolium, Blume. Lvs. 1-3 ft. long, 3-4 in. wide,
with an acute point, the lower part winged to the base;
main veins very distinct, with numerous small sori
almost eoverinethe whole surface. East Indies. — Knovra
also as Drynaria and Polypodium musct folium.

1320

PHYMATODES

AA. I/vs. deeptif pinnatifid.

nigr^scens, Blume (Polypodlum nigr4scens, Blume).
Lvs. 2-3 ft. long, 1 ft. or more broad, cut nearly to the
rachis into numerous entire lobes 1-2 in. wide; surfaces
naked, dark green; .sori in a single row nearer the mid-
rib than the edge, sunk in deep cavities which are promi-
nent on the upper side. India to Polynesia.

glailcum, Kunze (Polypddmm glaitcum, Kunze). Lvs.
12-18 in. long, 0-8 in. broad, cut down to a winged rachis
into entire lobes }4 in. or more wide, both sides naked,
ghuicfius: vi-inlets indistinct: sori forming a single
row clcisr til the midrib. Philippine Islands. — P/i/pbd-
(Uhiii M.hiii, Hort., A.G. 19:455. F.E. 10:600, is a horti-
cultural form. a.C. III. 23:328, fig. 21.

L. M. Underwood.

PirS'SALIS (Greek for bladder, because the thin
calyx enlarges and incloses the fr. ). Solandcece. Husk
Tomato. Gkohnd Cherry. Herbs of warm or tem-
perate countries, the larger number American. They
are variable and therefore confusing to the systematist.

PEYSALIS

usually with zigzag mostly simple angled pubescent
stems : lvs. ovate, with broad base, angular, the peti-
ole widening at the top: fls. whitish, the anthers yel-
low: fr. red {sometimes eaten), the ripe large calyx
blood-red and very showy. Seems to be native from
southeastern Europe to Japan, but now adventive or
naturalized in many parts of the world. Gu. 41, p. 577;
49, p. 233; 57, pp. 28, 432. -The Strawberry Tomato is
an old garden plant, grown for its highly colored blad-
ders. The plant grows 12-18 in. tall. Of easiest culture.
In the North, plants are usually started indoors. It is a
perennial, the roots withstanding much fro.st if pro-
tected, but it is usually grown as an annual. Not hardy
in the northern states.

Fraiicll6ti, Mast. (P. ^lifcefcenyj.var. FrancMti, Hort. ).
Chinese Lantern Plant. Differs from P. Alkekengi
chiefly in its greater size, making a plant 2 ft. tall and
bearing calyxes 2 in. in diam. In his original descrip-
tion of the species, Masters (G.C. III. 16, p. 434) makes
the following characters: "It differs from P. Alkekengi
in being an unbranched annual, not a perennial, with a
fibrous root, with erect branches, not creeping at the
base, glabrous instead of setose, in its much larger size,
in the leaf-stalks being considerably shorter in propor-
tion to the blade." Japan. G.C. III. 16:441. Gn. 48, p.
435: 49:10.59; 57, p. 28; 58, p. 196. G.M. 37:626.
J.H. III. 29:343. R.H. 1897:376 and p. 35. K.B.
22:61; 23. p. 91. Gt. 45, p. 636; 46, p. 193. AG.
18:81. F.R. 1:426. -One of the most profusely
advertised novelties of recent years. It is a
most striking and showy plant. It was brought

ixocarpa in its cultivated form
(fruits X H).

The species number anywhere from 30 to 100
or more, depending on the author. The genus
is allied to Nicandra, and more remotely to
Capsicum, Lycopersicum and others. The flow-
ers are usually noF showy, and are much like
those of Solanura in structure; corolla rotate
or short bell-shaped, plicate in the bud, 5-lobed
or 5-angled, usually blue or yellowish, borne
solitary in the leaf axils; stamens not united
or connivent. The calyx greatly enlarges in
fruit, liccutniiig a bhiddcr inclosing the 2-locuIed mostly
yellow or greenish berry. Lvs. alternate, mostly angled
and usually distinctly stalked. Most of the species are of
little consequence horticulturally, althottgh/*. Alkekengi
and P. Francheti are much prized for the glowing red
very large calyxes, and P. pubeacens and P, Perni'iana
are grown for their edible fruits. Several of the species
are known for tlieir fruits where they grow in a wild state.
In most |iarts of the V. S. and Canada one or more spe-
cies grow about gardens, in fields, and in waste places.
These species are popularly known as Ground Cherry.
The fruits are usually made into preserves, although
they are sometimes eaten raw. The common cultivated
species are annuals, or are usually treated as such in
this cotmtry. They require no extra care. Usually the
seeds are sown indoors in the North, in order to secttre as
much of the crop as possible before frost. Most of the
cult, species are long-season plants, and therefore need
to be forwarded in the spring. The highj colors of P.
Alkekengi and P. Francheti do not develop until the
fruit is ripe. Give a warm, sunny exposure. The plants
■do not withstand frost. Let the plants stand 1-2 ft.
apart in the row.

A. Plants with large red calyxes in fruit.

Alkekengi, Linn. Alkekengi. Strawberkt Tomato.
Winter Cherrt. Bladder Cherry. Diffuse grower.

1775. Physalis pubescens (fruits X %).

to England from Japan by James H. Veitch, and first
described with a name by Masters in 1894. In 1879, how-
ever, it had been described by Franchet, of the Jardin
des Plantes, Paris, as a form of P. Alkekengi, but with-
out name. The fruits are very brilliant orange-red in
the fall. The berry is said to be edible. Some writers
describe the plant as perennial.

AA. Plant with green or yellow or at most only red-
veined calyxes. Mostly grown for the edible berry.

B. Stems glabrous or very nearly so.
ixocArpa, Brot. Fig. 1774. Erect, 3 or 4 ft. tall, bear-
ing smooth branches and lvs., the latter thin, ovate or
lance-ovate and variously toothed or notched: fls. large
and open {% in. or more across), the border bright yel-
low and the throat bearing 5 black-brown spots; anthers
purplish: husk purple-veined and entirely filled by the
large round, purplish sticky berry, and is sometimes
torn open by it. Mexico, and introduced northwards to
the northern states. — The form in cult., described here,
is probably P. capsieifolia. Dun., now regarded by some
as a form of the cosmopolitan P. angulata. The writer
prefers, however, to refer the plant to P. ixocarpa as
outlined in Britton & Brown, although there is doubt as
to the identity of the cult, plant with this species. Al-
though the cult, plant is sometimes sold as P. ednlis
(erroneously), the fruits are usually too mawkish to be

PHYSALIS

PHYSIANTHUS

1321

eaten from the hand (at least as grown in the N.). It
is a very vigorous and productive plant and is of some
consequence as an ornamental, but it is too weedy to be
of much value. The fr. is larger than in the native P.
augiifafa. The plant figured 1)V Carnere as P. riolacea
(R.H. lSS2:'Jli;) is the one li.-n- .1, scribed. In Mexico,
the fruits are saiil to Im^ used in tlie maliing of chilli
sauce and as a dressing fnr Tneats, usually under the
name of "tomatoes." The Mexican forms are confused.

BB. Stems pubescent or hairy.
pub6»cens, Linn. Ptkawberry Tomato of vegetable
gardt-ns. I)\vai!f Cape ( idiisEBEKKY. Husk Tomato.
(iKoTMi L'HEKKV. I'"ig. ITT.'i. Low, trailing tiat On the
groumU or sometimes ascending to the height of a foot:
Ivs. rather thin and nearly smooth, more or less regu-
larly and prominently notched with bluut teeth: fls.
small (%in.or less long), bell-shaped, the limb or border
erect and whitish yellow, the throat marked with 5 large
brown spots; anthers yellow: husk smooth or nearly so,
thin and paper-like, prominently 5-angled and somewhat
larger than the small, yellow, sweetish and not glutinous
fruit. N. Y. to the tropics. — The plant is very prolific,
and the fruits are considerably earlier than in the other
species. When ripe the fruits fall, and if the season is
ordinarily dry they will often keep in good condition
upon the ground for 3 or 4 weeks. The fruits will keep
nearly all winter if put away in the husks in a dry
chamber. They are sweet and pleasant, with a little
acid, and they are considerably used for preserves, and
sometimes for sauce. The plant is worthy a place in
every home garden. It is grown more or less by small
gardeners near the large cities, and the fruits are often
seen in the winter markets. The chief objection to the
plant is its prostrate habit of growth, which demands a
large amount of ground for its cultivation. In good soil
it will spread 4 feet in all directions if not headed in.
The plants are set in rows 3 or 4 feet apart and 2 or 3
feet apart in the row. This Physalis has been long in
cultivation. It was figured by Dillenius in 1774, in his
account of the plants growing in Dr. Sherard's garden
at Eltham, England. In 1781-6 it was figured by Jacquin,
and by him called Physalis Barbadensis, from the island
of Barbadoes, whence it was supposed to have come into
cultivation. In 1807, Martyn also described it under the
name of Barbadoes Winter Cherry, or Physalis Barba-
densis, and says that it is a native of Barbadoes. None
of these authors say anything about its culinary uses.
Dunal, in 1852, described it as var. Barbadensis of
Physalis hirsiita, but later botanists unite Dunal's
P. hirsufa with Linnaeus' P. pubescens, of which this
common Husk Tomato is but a cultivated form.

•^i,^^

1776. Physalis Pe

lits X %).

Peruviana, Linn. (P. Mulis. Sims). Cape Goose-
berry. Fig. 1776. As compared with P. pnhescens,
this is a much stronger grower, the plant standing par-
tially erect and attaining a height of 1^2-3 ft.: Ivs.
thicker, less regularly toothed, more pointed, heart-
.shaped at the base, and very pubescent or fuzzy; fis.

larger ( ^ or ^s in. long), open-bell-shaped, the limb or
border widely spreading and light yellow, the interior
or throat blotched and veined with 5 purple spots, the
anthers blue-purple: husk thicker and larger than in
the last, somewhat hairy, and has a much longer point.
Tropics. B.M. 1068. — This species is too late for the
northern states. The berry is yellow, not glutinous, and
much like that of P. pnbescens in appearance, but it
seems to be less sweet than of that species. This plant
has been cultivated for two centuries, probably. It was
described and figured by Morison in 1715 in England.
In 1725 Feuill^e gave a description of its cultivation in
Peru, saying that it was then cultivated with care and
was greatly esteemed as a preserve. The particular
form of the species cultivated in our gardens is that
which was described and figured by Sims in 1807 as
Physalis edulis, the "edible Physalis." Sims' account
says that "this plant is a native of Peru and Chili, but
is cultivated at the Cape of Good Hope, in some parts
of the East Indies, and more especially at the English
settlement of New South Wales, at which latter place it
is known by the name of the Cape Gooseberry, and is
the chief fruit the colonists at present possess; is eaten
raw, or made into pies, puddings or preserves." The
plant is rarely sold by American seedsmen.

P. lobata offered by dealers is not known to the writer. It is
advertised as one of the Ground or Winter Cherries, with vio-
let fruit. It is probably not P. lobata. Torr. Perhaps a form of
the cultivated P. ixoearpa.— P. PhiladHphica. Lam., a native
species, is said by Britton & Brown to have been " formerly
cultivated for its fruit." L^ u_ g^

PHYSIANTHUS (Greek, bladder flower; referring to
the base of the corolla-tube). Asclepiaddcew. This
genus was long ago referred to Araujia, but the plants
are still known to our trade under the names of Physi-
anthus and Schubertia. Araujia is a genus of about 13
species of shrubby twiners from the American tropics,
closely resembling iu superficial characters the popular
Stephanotis, having the same large white waxy fragrant
5-lobed fls. A. graveolens, in particular, has been sug-
gested as a rival to the Stephanotis, especially as it
requires less winter heat, but its foliage when bruised
emits a strong and offensive odor, especially with young
plants. A. sericofera has considerably smaller fls. and
is one of several plants advertised as "Cruel Plants,"
because they entrap insects, though they may not digest
their dead bodies as in the case of Nepenthes. These
Cruel Plants are mostly members of the milkweed and
dogbane families, which have essentially the same kind
of floral structure — ahighly complicated and specialized
type adapted to cross-fertilization by insects. In Fig.
149 of this work, an insect is seen struggling in
the clutch of a common milkw^eed, with a pair
of pollen-masses hung over one of his hind legs
like saddle-bags. Araitjia sericofera catches
nn>ths in a slightly different fashion. See G. C.
111. 20:523. For other "Cruel Plants," see Cyan-
iinrliuin and Vincefoxicum.

When well grown, Araujias bloom freely
throughout Sept. and Oct. 'They seem to have
no special soil requirements and may be flow-
ered outdoors frf>m seed sown indoors in early
-spring, or they may be kept permanently in a
co»)l greenliouse and grown from cuttings. It is
seldom that we see A. graveolens grown well
in greenhouses, the plants being usually sickly
and infested with mealy bug. As a .summer vine
iu the open it makes vigorous growth, and after
midsummer it usually blooms profusely. The fls.
are larger than those of Stephanotis. Cuttings
make the best flowering vines. These may be
taken from the ripe wood before cool weather.
Seeds are freely produced, and germinate well
soon after being sown. Araujias are considered
hardy in the most favored parts of England, and
are grown outdoors in Calif. A. graveolens can
be flowered in pots, but the border of the greenhouse
is better.

There are about 13 species of Araujia, all with oppo-
site Ivs. and whitish or rosy fls. : corolla-tube short or
long, inflated at the base; lobes 5, very wide or narrow,
overlapping toward the right in the bud; crown with

1322

PHYSIANTHUS

PHYSIOLOGY

5 scales attached to the middle of the tube or lower, tiat
and erect or convex and appressed to the staminal tube :
seeds long, bearded. Schubertia and Physianthus should
perhaps be considered as subgenera, the former contain-
ing the hairy plants with somewhat funnel-shaped fls. ;
the latter nearly glabrous plants with somewhat salver-
shaped fls.

A. Fls. 2-S% in. across, tinibelUite.
Ara&jia gravSolens, Masters ( Phijsidnth us graviolens ,
Hort. P. uKricfinius, R. Grab. Sclnibertia graveolens,
Lindl. i'. gramlifldra. Mart.). Den.sely covered with
harsh, spreading yellow hairs: Ivs. 3-4/^ x 2-2% in.,
obovate, acuminate, greatly narrowed and cordate at the
base, hairy on both sides: fls. funnel-shaped, i. e.,
swelled at the throat. S.Brazil. B.M.3891. B.R. .32:21.
G.P. 3:369. G.C. III. 4:271. Gn. 32:607. A. G. 13:695.

AA. Fls. 1 in. across, cymose.
Aradjia seric6fera, Brot. (A. dlbens, G. Don. A. seri-
cifera, Ind. Kew. Aranjia sericdfera, Mottet. Physi-
dnthiis dlbens, Mart. }. Nearly glabrous : Ivs. 3 x 1% in.,
oblong-acuminate, wide and square at the base, minutely
pubescent below: fls. salver-shaped, i. e., not swelled at
the throat, pale rose in the bud and only faintly odorous.
S.Brazil. B.M. 3201. B.R.21:1759. G.C. III. 2:653;
20:523. R.H. 1857, p. 89; 1883, p. 488. Gn. 24, p. 409;
34, p. 397. Mn. 6, p. 206. — The plant as above described
is the PhysiantJius albens or Araujia albens of the
trade. q -^ Oliver and W. M.

PHYSIC NUT, FRENCH. Jatropha Curcas.

PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANTS. What PUint Physiology
Means. — Thi- viry fart of cultivating plants presup-
poses some kuowli-dire of how the plant lives, i. e., of
plant physiology. Tne pristine cultivator sought to
imitate nature, and by a system of selection and in
favoring by cultivation the few plants which seemed
best suited to his wants, he really improved and devel-
oped what he demanded for
use. Thus with but little
knowledge of how the plant
lives, improvement in definite
directions has gone forward
from the earliest times. Never-
theless, the limitations in im-
provement have been regu-
lated rather by limitations in
/J^*¥% SJ man's knowledge of plant-life

I !'"«; ■ f\ than by any lack of capacity

* I ■W'^'-i.. for development in the plant

itself. Every new discovery
in plant physiology must
eventually be of value to the
horticulturist in one way or
another, and the fundamentals
of physiology are of prime im-
portance.

A study of plant-life in field
and garden alone would hardly
have given foundation for
jilant physiology as a science.
With a knowledge of the inti-
mate structure of the plant
the experimental method must
lie applied both in the field
ami ill the laboratory. Neither
:ii'tii>ns nor processes can be
intimately known unless the
separate activities are in some
way isolated and each for it-
self investigated by a study
of cause and effect. From the
germination of the seed, and
the interesting changes which
this involves, through all of
the intricate living processes
of breathing, taking in of food, digestion and assimila-
tion of food material, and the formation of new plant
substance, we have the plant living, the plant in ac-
tion. Similarly, as a sensitive organism, it is to be
studied as acted upon by all of the external conditions
about it, and as responsive to every change of environ-

ment. In the broader sense of the term, physiology is a
study of this living, sensitive, adaptable, reproductive
plant.

Every living process and every change produced by
season or other condition has its charm and interest if
the underlying principles are understood. A knowledge

1777.
Root system of squas
plantlet showinc adhe
ence of soil particles.

1778. Cross-section of rootlet showini; root-hairs.

of these broadens the sympathies for the general ob-
server of plants and gives the reflective cultivator a
truer appreciation of the buoyant living organism with
which he deals.

The Functions of Organs Differ. — Koot, stem, leaf
and flower are definite organs or parts of the common
cultivated plant, and as distinct organs each of these
has definite physiological functions, more or less pecu-
liar to itself. The root of the soil, bog, water, or epi-
phytic plant has in each case peculiarities and modifica-
tions of structure, permitting it to do best the slightly
differing functions which each is called upon to per-
form. In the same way there are variati<ins in the re-
quirements of leaf, stem and other jtairs .■oiiiniensurate
with the conditions of growth and the functions of the
parts in their relations to external conditions.

Desert vegetation consists generally of very curiously
modified plants. There are, in general, wonderfully
thickened and reduced green stems. Many of these plants
may store up large quantities of food in their stems,
and in some a large supply of water may be stored to
tide the plant over long periods of drought. Except
in the novel interest afforded, these modifications are
more or less meaningless unless it is remembered that
here physiological conditions have been seriously modi-
fied, and the plants have met their needs in the most
serious way. As compared with other vegetation, struct-
ure has here been violently subordinated to function.

Oxygen Supply and Sespiratioii.-'Even the plant of
ordinary culture is not such a dependent organism as
its lack of general locomotion would imply. It lives,
moves and works every day. In every living process
work is accoiiiplisliiil. There is work in maintaining
the rigidity of its strn.-ture, in absorbing food material,
in supporting and accuiuj^lishing the various comi'lcx
internal processes of assimilation, growtli. and dtvcl-
opment. The forcing of its roots tlm.iiu'li tin s"il and
rock, and the resistance t3the strt-ss uf w mmN ami nttirr
agencies are examples of the eneT-L;v clail> cxim-imIiiI in
maintaining itself. In order to accoiTiplish this work,
oxygen is necessary, as with the animal, the energy be-
ing secured from the breaking down of organic com-
pounds. Ordinarily, the leaf and stem are bathed in
the atmosphere, and so the superficial presence of oxy-
gen is always assured. By the leaves and green stems
oxygen is absorbed mainly through pores (called stom-
ates, or stomata) in the epidermis. The stem may also
secure a further supply through certain corky cushions
known as lenticels, found abundantly in sumac, walnut,
elder, etc. Roots also require a constant supply of oxy-
gen, and terrestrial or soil roots suffer greatly if de-
prived of it for short periods of time. A field of Indian
corn flooded with water will soon present a very un-
healthy appearance, on account of the fact that water
forces the air out of the soil. Cultivation is in part
a means of aerating the roots. Many greenhouse diffi-

PHYSIOLOGY

PHYSIOLOGY

1323

culties are directly traceable to over-watering, cricoid
feet," the effect of too much water being partially to
prevent aeration. Water plants have adapted them-
selves to getting oxygen in other ways, and many bog
plants send to the surface special roots for aerating
purposes.

No plant can live without oxygen. In some way or
other oxygen must be secured. The more active a plant
is, whether in growth or in movement, the more oxygen
will it require. Even dry seeds must respire slightly,
-and in some kinds respiration may be so rapid that after
a single season death may ensue. This use of oxygen,
whether by the germinating seed or by the growing
■or assimilating part, is accompanied by the giving off
■of carbon dioxid, or foul gas. This whole process is
respiration; and in its ultimate effects it is similar to
respiration in animals.

The Role of Water in the Plant . — 'Even quicker to
manife.st itself than the action of suffocation by lack of
■oxygen is the injury which most plants may suffer from
an insufBciency of water. The rigidity of an herbaceous
■or succulent plant is due largely to its water content;
■and without a substantial degree of this rigidity, growth
would cease and life soon become extinct. The plant
pulled up by its roots or cut down, wilts almost imme-
diately. The wilting of plants, then, is due to a lack or
loss of water supply.

The way in which the ordinary plant may constantly
obtain a quantity of water from the soil is worthy of
full discussion. On pulling from the soil a growing
plantlet of squash, we find a tap-root and a number of
small rootlets. To the latter cling, perhaps, small par-
ticles of the soil, as in Fig. 1777. If, however, seeds
are germinated between pieces of moist paper or cloth
so that there will be no disturbance of the delicate grow-
ing parts, further structures will be evident. From a
quarter of an inch or so behind the root-tip, and ex-
tending backward for a considerable distance, the root-
lets are clothed with numerous delicate hairs (shown in
Figs. 1778 and 1788). These are the root-hairs, and it was
to such as these that the soil clung in Fig. 1777. They
are simple, long, tube-like cells consisting of a cell wall
with living protoplasm and cell sap. The inner proto-
plasmic lining of this cell wall permits water and salts
in solution to pass inward by the interesting process
of osmosis.

The root-hairs are temporary structures which never
grow into rootlets, but which die away as the roots
become old or woody. While living they perform the
important function of absorbing from the soil nearly all
of the water needed by the plant. Being numerous and
extremely delicate, they come into the closest touch with
the surface film of water adhering to the little particles
of soil, and from such film water they more readily
satisfy their needs than from free soil water. They
can extract water until the soil contains only a very
small per cent, or until it is dust-dry.

The root-hairs absorb water freely, and during active
growth it is forced upward into root and stem so vigor-
ously that a pressure (root pressure) of considerable
extent may be manifest. If the plant be severed and a
tube applied to the stump, this pressure manifests itself
by lifting a column of the liquid absorbed, and often to a
considerable height. In any herbaceous plant it may be
tested, as in Fig. 1779. In the grape vine :ii; ft. of water
may be maintained. The bleeding of plants is an evi-
dence of root pressure.

Water is actually absorbed in much greater quantity
than is required merely as a constituent of the plant
T)ody. In fact, to form one ounce of plant substance it
is estimated that 15-25 pounds of water must pass
through the plant. This surplus water passes off
through the leaves and other succulent parts, princi-
pally through the stomata previously mentioned. This
process is one of evaporation from living membranes,
and it is called transpiration. That transpiration is not
merely an evaporation process may be roughly shown
by an experiment with two similar leafy branches
freshly severed. One of these is dipped in hot water
to kill the protoplasm, then the two are left to dry out.
Transpiration from the living twig will be less rapid
than evaporation from the dead one. The demonstra-
tion of transpiration is an easy matter. A leafy branch

of any plant may be cut off and the end inserted through
a bored cork into a bottle of water. Over the whole may
be placed a larger jar or bell-glass, and in a short time
a mist will collect on the inside walls of the latter.
Transpiration is facilitated by dry air, wind, high tem-
peratures, movement of the plant, etc. If on a hot day
or in dry weather transpiration is greater than the
amount of water absorbed by the roots, the plant wilts.
A very slight shower will refresh a wilted plant, but
not because the leaves have absorbed water. The plant
recovers because the air is saturated, and transpiration
is thereby so much lessened that the roots can catch up
in furnishing the necessary supply.

Fully a quart of water is daily transpired from a form-
ing cabbage head, and the number of tons of water daily
given off per acre by forest or even meadow-land may
reach an astonishing figure. The amount of water tran-
spired by a small potted plant may be readily weighed.
Place the pot in a glass jar as seen in Fig. 1780. tying
over the top and snugly around the plant some soft rub-
ber cloth. Water the plant through the glass tube and
then weigh. After standing 6 or 12 hours in a dry
atmosphere the weight will be consid-
.: !;_5 erably reduced, due to the loss by

"* transpiration.

The path of the ascending water
current or sap current is through par-
ticular vessels of the young woody
parts. In trees it ascends in the
youngest wood rings, not between bark
and wood. In herbaceous netted-veined
(dicotyledonous) plants the path is in
the ring of woody tissue or bundles
between the bark and pith. In the
Indian corn (monocotyledonous) it is
in the thread-like grotips of fibers
(fibrovascular bundles ) scattered rather
irregularly throughout the pith. That
the current is always through these

1779.
To test root pressure.

1780. Experiment to determine the
amount of water transpired.

woody bundles in the above plants may be demonstrated
by placing branches of the plants in a tumbler contain-
ing some eosin solution. In a few hours the bundles
will be colored for a considerable extent. The current
will rise much'faster if the branch to be used is cut un-
der water. This prevents the access of air and the par-
tial stoppage of the conducting channels. For the same
reason flowers wilt less rapidly when the stems are cut
under water.

The total amount of water in plants varies from a very
small percentage in dry seeds to about 50 per cent in

1324

PHYSIOLOGY

PHYSIOLOGY

green wood, and often as much as 95 per cent in the
pumpkin.

The Food Supply of Salts from the Soil. — Besides se-
curing from the soil its water supply, the plant must
secure in the same way all of its ash constituents, and
usually all of its nitrogen, as soluble salts. The salts
furnishing food are such well-known food ingredients,
or constituents of fertilizers, as potash compounds,

1781. Sweet pea grown in
soil containing the tuber-
clc-forming organism.

1782. A similar plant in a
soil freed from the tu-
bercle bacteria.

phosphates, nitrates, etc. The various mineral elements
generally necessary for the plant are potassium, phos-
phorus, sulfur, calcium, magnesium, and iron in small
quantities. These, as well as other inessential elements,
are the constituents that remain in the form of ash when
the plant is burned in air. That each one of these ele-
ments, as well as nitrogen, is necessary for the full
development of the higher plant has been repeatedly
demonstrated. For this demonstration seedlings are
supported and grown in jars containing culture solu-
tions. One or more of the above elements may be left
out in certain cases to be compared with one in which
bU are present, and it will then be found that growth
and development will soon be arrested where even one
necessary element is entirely absent.

Nitrogen Sometimes Furnished by the Air. — Plants
ordinarily get their nitrogen from the soil as nitrate of
soda, saltpeter, or other soluble salts. This is the rule,
and although the air contains about 75 per cent by weight
of the free gas nitrogen, it is in this form entirely inert
to most plants. Leguminous plants (Leguminosa*} form
a great exception to this rule. On the roots of such
plants are found swellings or tubercles, as in Fig. 1781,
caused by the growth of parasitic bacteria. By the aid
of these bacteria, the plant is able to appropriate the
free nitrogen of the atmosphere and to thrive in a soil
almost free of nitrates. This has been demonstrated
repeatedly with plants in sand or water cultures. Utiliz-
ing the free nitrogen of the air, leguminous crops,
whether used as green manure or not, restore tlie land
by returning to it more nitrogen than is taken away.
They necessarily enter into any thorough system of
rotation upon weak lands, and represent an important
economic factor in horticulture, particularly in orchard
culture.

The Association of Moots with Finigi.-- Other plants
are also aided by an association of tlic root with certain
filamentous fungi. In connection with the roots of the
oak, beech and other woody as well as herbaceous
plants, this association of root and fungus (termed
mycorhiza) is of much aid in the absorption of solu-
tions from the soil. In such cases it is thought that the

fullest development of the plant is dependent upon the
presence of the fungus.

The Formation of Organic Substance. — iiext to the
elements of water (hydrogen and oxygen) carbon forms
the bulk of the plant substance. It is a constituent of
all starchy, sugary or nitrogenous (organic) products,
and of all woody fiber. It is, in fact, the element whose
presence indicates organic substances. When plants
are burned in an atmosphere more or less devoid of
oxygen, the bulk of the remaining charcoal is pure
carbon, for the ash present would be so small in volume
that it might be neglected. The ordinary green plant
obtains this carbon only from the carbon dioxid of the
atmosphere. Carbon dioxid forms only .04 to .05 percent
by weight of the atmosphere, and in order to enter into
the composition of the plant, it must first diffuse itself
into the tissues of the leaves and other green parts. The
leaf is so constructed that the diffusion of carbon dioxid
readily takes place. Numerous stomata lead from the
epidermal surfaces into the air spaces, which penetrate
all parts of the leaf, as in Fig. 1783. By means of this
system of communication, diffusion results, and the
carbon dioxid is brougbt into contact witii a large ab-
sorbing surface of living cells. Together with favor-
able growth conditions, however, the utilization of
carbon dioxid depends \ipon the leaf-green (chlorophyll)
and sunlight. The green chlorophyll absorbs a con-
siddrable part of the rays of sunlight, and by means
of the energy thus provided carbon dioxid (COo) is
forced to unite with a portion of the alisorlied water
(H2O). The union of these substances is n'-ei'iiiplished
by an obscure process, Imt in such away that eventually
carbon and the elements of water ( hydrogen and
oxygen ) are united in the form of a carbohydrate.
This substance is first readily demonstrable as starch,
— of the composition C6H10O5. In this process of
xinion, or synthesis, there is an excess of oxygen fur-
nished, and it is this oxygen which is thrown off by
the leaves. This process of uniting carbon dioxid and
water under the influence of chlorophyll and sunlight
in the living tissues is known as photosynthesis — a
building up of higher substances by sxinlight. The pro-
cess is also called carbon dioxid assimilation. Pho-
tosynthesis and respiration are, in a way, reverse
processes; in the former carbon dioxid is absorbed in
sunlight and oxygen given off; in the latter, as pre-
viously noted, oxygen is constantly absorbed and carbon
dioxid given off. However, the ordinary plant, as a
■whole, respires but feebly, while it assimilates carbon
very rapidly in sunlight. The result is that by night
a small amount of carbon dioxid is given off and by
day a large amount of oxygen. See Phofosyvthesis.

The starch made in sunlight and stored in the cells of
the leaves is in the form of insohible granules, like
commercial starch. In order to br utilizfd by tlie pro-
toplasm in growth, or in forming further plant sub-
stance, it must first be transformed, or digested. This
is constantly taking place in the leaves by means of an
enzyme called diastase. The diastase converts the starch
to a soluble substance, a form of sugar, and this sugar
may then be used immediately in building up more
complex organic compounds used by the protoplasm, or
the sugai may be transpoitel to some storage oigan

s-section showing the
typical leaf.

ell structure of 1

of the plant, such as root (dahlia), stem (potato), or
thickened leaf, and there be reconverted to starch or
changed to some insohible or more complex product.
This translocation of the starch formed in the leaves
by day may be so thoroughly effected during a single
night that none will remain as starch by the next day.

PHYSIOLOUY

PHYSIOLOGY

1325

An unfailing test for starch is a blue or blue-black
reaction on the addition of a weak solution of iodine. A
bit of starch paste, or the cut surface of a potato or
other starchy area, will quickly show this reaction. In
green leaves starch may be tested by first dissolving out
the chlorophyll in alcohol and then staining the leaf
with iodine. In the same way one examines a leaf varie-
gated with white. The green or colored parts of the
leaf alone will show starch, the white areas showing no
blue or purplish coloration, demonstrating that they
have formed no starch.

It requires a glass apparatus, such as is shown in
Pig. 1784, to demonstrate that a land plant cannot form
starch in an atmosphere free of carbon dioxid. Over a
small potted plant (or better, the plant may be trans-
planted to a glass jar protected at the top by rubber
cloth) is placed the vessel a, cemented to the glass
plate, b, A solution of caustic potash in c absorbs the
carbon dioxid in the vessel, and all air admitted must
pass through the U-tube d, which contains at e pumice
stoue soaked with caustic potash. This plant exposed
to direct sushine for a few days will show no starch
formation on testing its leaves. In a short time it will
also become unhealthy and cease to grow.

Not only does chlorophyll act in conjunction with sun-
light for the manufacture of starch; but, in general,
sunlight is absolutely necessary in order that chlorophyll
may be normally developed. Seeds germinated in a
darkened vessel or potato sprouts which have pushed
into growth in a darkened cellar will remain yellow or
white. Moreover, the plants will grow long and slender,
and death will result when the plantlet can no longer
draw upon the parent part for starchy matters. The
total dry weight of such plants will not be greater than
the dry weight of the original seed or tuber. In this
connection it might be stated that fern spores require
some light in order that germination may occur, while
the germination of ordinary flowering plants is slightly
retarded in the presence of light.

The sugar into which starch is converted for translo-
cation is abundant in the leaves; and it is also trans-
ferred to all living parts of the plant, along with other
organic products, besides the various salts in solution
which have come up to the leaves from the soil. Under
the influence of the active protoplasm of the leaf -cells
or of other tissues, more complex compounds necessary
in growth may be formed. All parts of the ordinary
plant are dependent upon the roots for a supply of the
mineral salts and nitrogen ; but, on the other hand,
they are entirely dependent upon the leaves for the first
organic substance, and for much prepared food.

Groivth, and the Differentiation of (S7rucf«re. — Plant
growth is apparent to the unaided eye as change in
form and size of organs and tissues. The real evi-

1784. An apparatus for demonstrating that plants cannot form
starch in the absence of carbon dioxid.

dence of growth is in the multiplication of the tissue
cells, or of constructive changes in the form and bulk
of these cells. Growth may be so rapid that it may be
readily measured, or it may proceed so slowly or by such
obscure internal modifications that very little external
indication of the complex processes will be manifest.

Even under such adverse conditions as that of decidu-
ous trees in winter, some slight growth may be taking
place, and it is not well to dissociate from the idea of a
living plant all growth phenomena. Nevertheless seeds
and other air-dried plant parts may live without growth
for considerable periods.

The growth in size and length of different plant or-
gans is very various. The zone of growth in the root is
just back of the tip, so that if an ink mark
be made immediately behind the tip and
another a quarter of an inch further back,
almost the entire growth extension of the
root will take place within the region thus

1785. A beech twig

condition.

1786. A similar twig
when growth has
begun in the

marked. There is no growth in the very tip, because
it is hard and protected by a stout cap to aid in forcing
its way through the soil and around hard obstacles. The
region of greatest cell division is nearer the tip than the
region of greatest elongation. On the other hand, the
young stems of annual plants and the rapid elongation
of the young shoot may for atime show growth through-
out the entire extent. The winter condition of a beech
twig is shown in Fig. 1785, and the long, delicate,
overlapping scales of the buds are very evident. Each
bud is an incipient branch, as is readily seen in the
spring when the buds elongate ; the delicate scales
separate farther and farther from one another, each
bearing a little leaf in its axil, and marking a now
distinct joint or node in the new branch. Various
stages of this general elongation are evident from
Fig. 1786. Finally as the branch lengthens through-
out its entire extent, the scales drop, the leaves expand,
the older nodes cease to elongate, and the wave of elon-
gation follows a few nodes behind the terminal bud.

In the common woody plants growth in diameter is
accomplished by means of a distinct but thin layer of
tissue functioning as the zone of cell division, or cam-
bium. The cambium is located just between the wood
and bark. In fact, it divides a complete ring of fibro-
vascular bundles into an inner or woody portion (xylem)
and an outer or bast and sieve-tube portion (phloem).
Each year it gives rise on the inner side to a layer of
wood and on the outer side to a layer of bark, thus each
year covering up and pushing to the center, as it were,
the old wood, and pushing outward the old bark as a
protective covering. By this process the inner wood
retains its former dimensions, but the bark must con-
stantly expand to cover the increasing diameter of the
tree, and so it breaks into rifts and ridges of various
forms, or else peels off periodically. The differentiation
of the tissues in different parts denotes different physi-
ological functions. Thus the woody part of the young
rings conducts the water and other soil foods, and
through the woody bundles of the leaf-stalk, veins, and
veinlets it is distributed throughout the plant body.
The bark or phloem portion of the bundles is largely

1326

PHYSIOLOGY

concerned in the conduction o£ the digested or leaf-
formed foods to other parts.

Seed Production. — So far as we linow, the ultimate
function of a plant in nature is to produce seeds or to
reproduce its kind. It matters not how far the horti-
culturist may have diverted this natural function in
particular instances, in general the sum of the physi-
ological activities is directed to seed-production. Much
energy is directed to the development of form and color
in the flower, also of fragrance and odor, and there are
deep-seated physiological processes connected with pol-
len and ovule production, with pollination, fertilization
(see p. 579), and the subsequent development of the
seed.

Seeds are, as a rule, richer in nitrogenous matter
than other parts of the plant. Likewise, in phosphorus
and magnesium salts there is a marked increase in the
seed. Of these last-named substances, there is a migra-
tion, as it were, from the older parts to the region of
seed formation, and finally to the seed. On the other
hand, the salts of lime gradually increase in quantity in
the older tissues, particularly in the old assimilatory
tissues.

'I'he Living Protoplasm the Seat of Vital Action.—
Physiological activities cannot be thoroughly studied by
the use of the plant as a whole or by the use of the
organs as particular parts of a complex whole. The
final seat of all the plant activities resides in the living
pi-otoplasm of the cells composing the plant. Except as
serving purely mechanical purposes, tlie old heart wood
and bark of trees are inactive, and they contain no liv-
ing substance. They are made merely of the hardened
walls of cells which once constituted living parts. The
actual living parts, such as the leaves, buds, flowers,
fruits, and young wood, are composed of living cells. The
most essential part of a living cell is the protoplasm, a
semi-fluid, viscid suhstMiu'i- which constitutes the living
material in all .ir:,'anisins. A definite layer of the pro-
toplasm surripunds tin- inner surface of the cell wall,
and protoplasmic strands radiate throughout the cell,
in which is also differentiated a denser and absolutely
essential part termed the nucleus. In addition the cell
contains an abundance of cell sap, or water, holding in
solution certain food substances. The cell wall is a
mechanical support, and as a physiological agent it is
quite dependent upon the protoplasm. In conjunction
with the wall layer of protoplasm, the cell sap absorbs
water osmotically from weaker solutions outside, and by
the same process solutions are passed from cell to cell
and diffused throughout the growing parts. When trans-
piration is proceeding it is some of this water of the cell
sap which is given off through the leaves into the air.
As a result of this loss of water the protoplasm con-
tracts away from the cell wall and the rigidity (turgor)
of the cell is lost. Thus the cells and the tissues lose
strength, and the plant becomes flaccid and wilted.

It is by means of the chlorophyll, but it is not the
chlorophyll alone which has to do with the formation of
starch from carbon dioxid. The chlorophyll is imljed-
ded in the living substance, forming definite chlorophyll
bodies; and it is only when associated with living matter
that it can perform its functions.

The Plant is Affected by External Conditions: It is
Irritable. — When a seed is put to germinate, the first
requisite is that it shall imbibe water and swell. Oxy-
gen is at hand, and if the necessary temperature pre-
vails the protoplasm is awakened to activity, and new
growth is incited. The )init>>|)hisra increases in bulk in
existing cells, and thin cell division begins. At first
the embryo draws u|iiiu the seed for its food supply,
and is able to establish itself in the soil. A differentia-
tion into tissues and organs having different functions
has already occurred. Moreover, as soon as growth be-
gins, the influences of external agencies assert them-
selves. The first shoot does not wander about in the
soil, but, directly against the force of gravity (nega-
tively attracted), it directs itself upward. In an exactly
contrary manner, the first root attracted by the stimulus
of gravity (positively attracted) directs itself down-
ward. Only the overthrow or overbalancing of gravity
by some superior stimulus can prevent this reaction.
If a pot containing a seedling be placed upon its side,
the stem will actually curve when some growth has

PHYSIOLOGY

already occurred, bending itself directly upward, as
shown in Fig. 1787, The root will form a curve in its
growth, and again grow downward. The response of
growing organs to the stimulus of gravity is called geot-
ropism. Geotropism acts upon the active growing part
and by means of the living protoplasm.

The relation of the plant to light, or the light stim-
ulus, is one of the most pronounced phenomena in
nature. In a dark chamber
young shoots will direct
themselves or grow directly
toward light admitted through
a small slit. Note how the
seedling bends toward the
light in Fig. 1788. If exposed,
the roots wotild direct them-
selves in a contrary manner.
Even the mature leaves of all
plants will turn or lean toward
the source of light. This may

1787.
Neeative geotropism
the young stem.

1788. Young seedling sh

bending towards the liglii

be well observed outside when the sun is low, and at
any time of day with a window garden. An interesting
case of the response to light is to be found in the wild
lettuce (Lactuoa Scariola), which is known as a com-
pass plant. In sunlight this plant holds its leaves in
a vertical plane, one row of leaves pointing north and
the other south. This provision may be to av<iid the full
rays of the midday sun, and yet to secure the lust ad-
vantage of the less intense forenoon and aflt-rntK'H sun-
shine. The response of plant organs to the stimulus of
light is known as heliotropism.

In the same way plant organs will be stimulated to
grow towards or away from air (aerotropism), a certain
degree of moistur.' (hydrotropism), a definite tempera-
ture (thermoln.pisni 1. nutrimt sul>stani-i-s or other
chemical agents (.-h.-niotropisui) nuvliauical irritation
(thigmotropism) and tither stimuli. In all of these ways
the plant is active and irritable. In all cases it is the
active protoplasm which is concerned in determining
the nature of the response.

Temperature has a marked effect upon all living pro-
cesses and it deserves particular mention. It may limit
either by too great heat or too intense cold each of the
particular vital activities. There are three critical tem-
peratures for growth, a maximum or higher tempera-
ture, a minimum or lower temperature beyond which on
either side no growth takes place, and the optimum, or
that intermediate grade which brings to the best devel-
opment all of the faculties of the plant. Sometimes the
optimum as reckoned by the amount of growth would
not correspond to the optimum for flower or seed pro-
duction, a fact well recognized in greenhouse culture.
The growth optimum may also be a temperature at
which the plant is more readily attacked by parasitic
diseases. Particular varieties or species vary greatly as
to their susceptibility to disease at different tempera-
tures. Often it is of more value to know the tempera-
ture at which the general sanitary conditions for a plant
are an optimum, rather than to know the optimum for
growth alone. The absorption of water by the root-
hairs, the manufacture of starch by the leaves, transpira-
tion, and other processes are to a large extent depen-
dent upon the temperature. Hot, dry winds of the sum-
mer-time often cause serious injury to trees, owing to
the rapid transpiration from the leaves. In dry seasons
this is very likely to occur with the Norway maple.
Fig. 1789 represents an injury of this kind. As a rule,

PHYSIOLOGY

PHYSOCARPUS

1327

the leaves on that side of the tree from which the wind
comes are much more injured than others.

The annual fall of the leaf in deciduous trees is usu-
ally a matter of temperature, althoug:h drought and
other conditions may also cause periodic defoliation.
It would cost much labor to protect the large green sur-
faces during the winter and it is economy to part with
a portion of the structure. The cool days of autumn

chill the root-hairs and irritate the assimilatory organs.
The former cease to perform their normal absorptive
functions, and from the leaf are gradually withdrawn
the substances which are readily made soluble. The
cell walls and the less useful parts are left, and by the
formation of a distinct corky layer across the leaf-stalk,
where it is attached to the main stem, the plant cuts off
its assimilatory organs by a natural process, so that no
wound or !n.iury except the well-healed leaf-scar shall
mark its fail. In this process the chlorophyll is oxidized
and changes from green to some other color, as yellow
or red ; and often it is by this means that the beautiful
autumn colors are developed. These colors also serve
very likely as a protection to shield twigs and trunks
from the hot autumn sunshine. Likewise, the twigs
themselves may be provided with color for the same
purpose.

The old leaves are dropped in the autumn, but al-
ready a new set of modified leaves in the form of bud-
scales have been formed, in turn to be defoliated the
next spring, after serving a term of winter protection.
Diciduous trees then shed their summer leaves when
growtli ceases and their winter leaves when growth is
awakened.

Plants such as the squash and potato may be killed
by a degree of cold less than the freezing point. It is
because the protoplasm of the cells is stimulated to
give up its water into the spaces between the cells, and
then not being held by the protoplasm, this water is
readily evaporated and the plant dies from being dried
out. in the same way a plant may wilt and eventually
be much injured if cold water is applied to its roots. In
general, freezing consists in the drying out of the pro-
toplasm and the fonnation of ice crystals between the
cells. The plant may recover if the protoplasm can
gradually reabsorb this water: it will die if the water is
not reabsorbed.

The effect of temperature upon orders and species of
plants is very evident in the differing character of the
vegetation in different life zones. Temperature is not
alone the cause of the difference, but it is the principal
factor. In the tropics succulent plants predominate,
and gigantic leaf surfaces abound as accommodation
to the great moisture content of air and soil. In the
temperate regions there is a degree of heat encouraging
perfection of size in woody development coupled with a
considerable luxuriance of foliage, as well as a large
development of herbaceous plants. In arctic regions
the more succulent green growth is entirely suppressed,
in general smaller woody forms abound, and even the
texture of leaves and fruit is expressive of hardiness.

Plants along the seacoast differ from those farther
inland, the salt spray having a very injurious effect
tipon those which have not become resistant to it.

81

Around the edges of ponds and lakes there is a struggle
for position, and as a rule the differing capacities of the
plants to thrive in differing depths of water, or degrees
of moisture, cause them to be arranged in definite
colonies or zones.

The sum of the responses to these and other stimuli
determine the form and character of the plant, and
determine whether it shall very closely resemble its an-
cestors, or whether it shall have characteristics vary-
ing slightly from them. From the same parent a dande-
lion of the mountain-side will differ somewhat from the
dandelion of the lowland meadow. External agents,
under which category cultivation is an important factor
with domesticated plants, act not only slightly to change
individuals, but in time to change varieties and species.
Working from one generation to another, in conjunction
with natural or artificial selection, external agencies
develop new forms and habits as the plant adapts itself
more perfectly to these conditions. In this way plants
vary as individuals, and in time as races or species.
These variations are but slight from one generation to
another, but it is safe to say that there are few culti-
vated plants to-day which resemble exactly their ances-
tors of the Linnfean times.

Literatitre . — Among works upon plant physiology may
be mentioned Sorauer's "A Treatise on the Physiology
of Plants," translated by Weiss {Longmans, Green &
Co.); Detmer's "Practical Plant Physiology," translated
by Moor (The Macmillan Company); and Pfeffer's
"Physiology of Plants," translated by Ewart (Clarendon
Press). The first mentioned is intended for the use of
gardeners, and the others are technical treatises. Such
books as "Living Plants and Their Properties," by
Arthur & MacDougal; "The Survival of the Unlike,"
by L. H. Bailey; "A Theory of Horticulture," by Lind-
ley; "Plant Relations," by J. M. Coulter; and other
similar works may be consulted with much profit.

B. M. DUGGAR.

PHYSOCAEPUS (Greek, pAj/sa, bladder, and karpos,
fruit; alluding to the inflated capsules). Syn., OpjiMs-
ter. Sosactw, tribe Spirieew. Ninebark. Hardy orna-
mental deciduous shnibs, of spreading or erect habit,
with stipulate, alternate, petiolate and mostly 3-lobed
Ivs. and with umbel-like heads of whitish fls. appearing
late in spring, terminal on short branchlets along the
stems and followed by clusters of small pods, inflated
in some species and often assuming a bright red color
late in summer. Thev are well adanted for shrubberies

1790. Ninebark— Phsrsocarpus opulifolius fX %).

and grow in almost any soil. Prop, easily by either
hardwood or greenwood cuttings, also by seeds. Five
species in N. America and Amurland, allied to Spirtea
and formerly mostly referred to this genus, but distin-

1328

PHYSOCARPUS

PHYTEUMA

guished by the stipulate Ivs. and the often inflated pods
dehiscent along both sutures and containing one or few
shining yellowish seeds, the bark peeling off in thin
strips. Also sometimes united with Neillia.

opnlifdlius, Maxim. (Spiraia opnlifbUa, Linn. Opu-
Idster opnlifdlius, Kuntze). Ninebark. Fig. 1790.
Shrub, to 10 ft. high, with wide-spreading and recurv-
ing branches : Ivs. roundish ovate, usually cordate at
the base, 3-lobed. with the lobes crenately dentate, 1-3
in. long, usually glabrous beneath: corymbs 1-2 in.
broad, many-fld. ; pedicels and calyx glabrous or pubes-
cent: pods 3-5, inflated, much longer than calyx-lobes.
June. Quebec to Ga., west to Manitoba and Kansas.
B.B. 2:195. — Var. liltea, Kirehn. (var. ailrea, Hort.).
Lvs. bright yellow at first, changing to golden bronzy
yellow. Var. nina, Kirehn. Dwarf form with smaller,
less lobed, dark green lvs.

Amur^nsis, Jlaxim. {Spir7ea Amurhisis, Maxim. Op-
iibistrr A III II reiisls, Kuntze). Similar to the former,
hi!,'lirr Miiil (if more vigorous growth : lvs. 3-5-lobed,
with acute or acuminate, doubly serrate lobes, usually
pubescent beneath, 2-5 in. long: fls. large, with grayish
tomentose pedicels and calyx: pods tomentose, only
one-third longer than calyx-lobes. June. Amurland.

P capitatus, Kuntze (Spiriea capitata. Pursh. Opulaster
capitatus, Kuntze. S. opulifolia, var. mollis, Terr. & Gray).
Closely allied to O. opulifolia. To 20 ft.: lvs. somewhat larger,
with serrate, more elongated lobes, tomentose beneath: pedi-
cels and calyx tomentose. Ore. to Calif. — P. malvaceris, Kuntze.
(O. pauoiflorus, Heller. Neillia malvacea, Greene). To 5 ft.:
lvs. slightly 3-lobed, with crenately and obtusely toothed lobes,
usually pubescent : corymbs rather f ew-fld. : pods 2-3, not in-
flated, tomentose, about as long as sepals. Wyo., Idaho. B.
M. 7758 (as Neillia Torreyi).— P. inonfigynus, Coult. (Opulaster
monogynus, Kuntze. Spiriea monogyna, Torr. Neillia Torreyi.
Wats.). Similar to the preceding, to 3 ft. high: lvs. smaller,
%-lHin. long, incisely 3dobed, with ineisely serrate lobes, usu-
ally glabrous: pods 1-2. Colo, to Calif. G.F. 2:5.

Alfred Rehder.

PHYSOSTfiGIA (Greek, Madder &nA covering; refer-
ring to the inflated fruiting calyx). Labi&tce. False
Dragon-head. Three or 4 species of hardy herbaceous
perennials, native to America, with spikes of gaping
fls. of purple, rose color or white. P. Viniiiiiiina, the
dominant and most variable type, is frequent in gar-
dens and is sometimes called the Obedient Fhmt be-
cause its corolla will stay for a while in whatever posi-
tion it ia turned, to the right or left. This plant and its
varieties have had at least 7 colored plates devoted to
them, a large number for any labiate. P. Virginiana
is an elegant plant when well grown and it does best in a
strong, rather moist, fertile soil. It forms large clumps
3-4 ft. high and blooms in July and Aug. Requires fre-
quent division or replanting.

Generic characters: calyx bell-shaped, swollen and
remaining open in fr., membranous, 10-nerved; teeth
5, equal; corolla 2-lipped, inflated above; upper lip con-
cave, rounded, entire; lower lip 3-lobed, the middle lobe
commonly notched ; stamens 4, didynamous^ anther
cells jiarallcl. :

Virgini4na, Benth. (P. VIrglnica, Hort.). Fls. an
ineh iuiii;, r;iii:,'ing from purplish red through rosy pink
and lilac I., white. B.M. 407. Mn. 7:81. F.R. 5:55. Var.
dlba, Hort., is a recent and beautiful white-fld. form.
R.H. lS98::f.'JG,

Var. specidsa, Gray, is a tall form with very acutely
serrate lanceolate lvs. and dense-panicled spikes. A
Texan form with erect, imbricated fls. B.M. 3386 [P.
imbricata).

Var. denticulita, Gray {P. denticwldtum, Ait.). A
lower and imire slender form with crenulate denticulate
or obscurely serrare lvs. and more slender or loosely-fld.
spikes. Middle AtUuitic states. B.M. 214.

F. W. Barclay and W. M.

PHYStTEUS (Greek, bladder and tail; from the purse
or pouch-like spur). Orchidttcefv. A genus of about
20 species belonging to the category of Goodyera and
Ancectochilus, and cult, for their foliage. Stem simple,
erect, leafy: lvs. petiolate, ovate to lanceolate: fls. small,
in a terminal raceme; petals and dorsal sepals cohering,
galeate; lateral sepals free; labellum spurred, strongly
concave above the entrance of the spur and abruptly

contracted, middle lobe spreading or recurved; column
short. Natives of the warm regions of Asia and Amer.
The American species have their lvs. mostly spotted.

guerceticola, Lindl. (Ooodyera qnerclcola, Chapm.).
Stem ascending, ()-12 in. high: lvs. ovate or oblong-
ovate, thin, on slender petioles, spotted with silver-gray :
spike densely fld.: sepals and petals oblong, obtuse:
labellum concave, ending in a broadly ovate, acuminate
and recur\'ed point; spur pouch-like. Aug. Low shady
woods, Fla. and westward. Heinrich Hasselbring.

PHYTfiLEPHAS (Greek, elephant plant; referring
to the liard white seeds which can be worked like ivory).
Palmitri II . Prostrjite or ascending palms of doubtful
relationship, referred by some authorities toPandayiacea^ .
They are dioecious, the fls. densely crowded in catkin-
like spadices, without any perianth: leaf - segments
acuminate. Species 15. South America.

macroc4rpa, Ruiz & Pav. Ivory-nut Palm. Caudex
low: lvs. very long, pinnate. Perti, Venezuela. Gn. 24,
p. 468. — Once adv. by Pitcher & Manda. Furnishes
the vegetaltle ivory of commerce. Sometimes called
Negro's Head. Jared G. Smith.

PHYTEftMA (old Greek name, meaning simply "a
plant," tised by Dioscorides for some mignonette-like
herbj. CampanulAceie, Horned Rasipion. Phyteumas
are hardy herbaceous perennials, used for lnir<lers or
alpine gardens. (See Figs. 1791, i7'.<2.) The fls. are
mostly shades of blue, more or less purple, r;irely white.
There are two styles of inflorescence, the globular and
the long-and-narrow, the former being the more interest-
ing. The showy feature of P. comosiim, at first glance,
seems to be a group of colored and much elongated
pistils; but these pistil-like bodies are really corollas
which usually show slits at their inflated base and are
narrowed above into a very slender tube from which the
style and stigmas are much exserted. In P. comosuni the
corolla never opens, but in all the others it finally splits
at the top, making a spreading or wheel-shaped flower.
The tubular stage seems the most attractive in the
round-clustered species and the open .stage, perhaps, in
the oblong-clustered species. Phyteumas are natives of
the Mediterranean region; about 50 species. These
plants are little known in this country, but the follow-
ing account is given because the plants are worthy and

1791. Phyteuma comosum (X %)
A tufted alpine plant growing ii

because the species are much confused amongst horti-
culturists. None of the species seem to be regularly in
the American trade.

Phyteumas generally seed freely and may also be
prop, by division, which is best performed in spring
after growth begins. They thrive in ordinary garden

PHYTEUMA

PHYTEUMA

1329

aoil in either border or rockery. A very critical review
of Pliyteumas from tlie garden standpoint is given
by "D. K." in Gn. 28, pp. 91, 92 (1885), from which
the following points are abstrar-tcd. The smallest
species, as P. hifmile and jui nrithn-iint , should be
planted by themselves or witli otln r a nv dwarf alpines,
60 that they will not be smothtTt-d liy tidU-r and coarser
subjects. The tallest, most robust and easiest species
is P. campanuloides , large clumps of which attain 3 ft.
in diam. and grow 2 ft. high. Such a clump makes a
fine centerpiece for a flower-bed and blooms through July
and Aug. Similar to it but inferior is P. liiiionifolium,
with lighter blue fis. Both have oblong inflorescences,
as also do P. Halleri and P. spicatuin; the former
growing a foot high in dry, sunny spots in a south-
ern border, the latter attaining IK ft. on sunny rock-
work.

At the other extreme as regards habit, ease of culture
and style of inflorescence, is P. comosum,, which in
rockeries requires renewal every few years. A stock
should therefore be constantly kept in pots. In the
rockery it likes a shady position and in winter the crown
should be covered with coarse sand; water freely from
the time growth starts until flowering begins. Treated
as a pot-plant it is more easily managed; use light soil
well mixed with pieces of sandstone about the size of
marbles and wedge the roots tightly between very hard
stone; plunge the pots in cool material and give partial
shade.

Of the other round-clustered types the following are
very much alike: P. orbiculare, Hclieuclizeri, Charmelii
and 3Iichelii. P. hemisphcerlciim thrives best in dry,
stony places, particularly in the cracks of a crumbling
brick wall, or on a steep slope with a southern exposure.
It grows 1-6 in. high.

The botanical account following is mainly derived
from DC. Prod. 7:450 and Koch, Syn. Flor. Germ. ed.
III. 2:402. DeCandoUe adopts the 3 sections made by
G. Don, of which Section Synotojia contains only the
unique P. comosum. Section II, Hedkanthum, and
Section III, Podanthum, are distinguished by the pores
of the capsule, which are always 'i in the latter and
situated near the apex, while in the former they may be
2 or 'i and situated near the middle. To Section HI
belong species 1, 7 and 8; to Section II belong all the
others except P. comosum.

Austriacum, 15.
betonicsBfolium, 5.
Campanula, 1.
campauuloides, 9.
CHneseens, 1.
Charmelii, 14, 16.

Halleri, 7.

bemisphsericum, 12.
hiimiie. 13.
limouifolium, 8.

Mielielii, 4.
orbiculare, 15.
paucitiorum, 10.
Scheuchzeri, 17.
seorzonerifoliun
Sleberi, 14.
spicatiim, 6.

A. Inflorescence aracemeor pan-
icle 1. canescens

AA. Inflorescence an umbel 2. comosum

.^AA. Inflorescence a spike.

B. FriafiiKi s/iik-rs long and
n,in-uu-. ritUuiUical.
c. Flowerintj spikes round-
ish or oval.
D. Stigmas 2.

E. jRoot- 1 vs . long -

stalked 3. scorzonerifolium

EE. Root-lvs . short-
stalked. 4. Michelii

DD. Stigmas 3 5. betomcaefolium

CC. Flowering spikes oblong
or nearly so.
D. Spikes dense.

E. Color of fls. whitish
or yellowish,

greenish at tip C. spicatum

EE. Color of fls. dark
violet, rarely

white 7. Halleri

DD. Spikes loose

E. Fls. light blue: stem

branched 8. limonifolium

EE. Fls. dark violet:

stem not branched. 9. campanuloides

BB. Fruiting spikes little elon-
gated, merely oval.

c. Ifo. of fls. about 5 10. pauciflorum

CC. ]Vo. of fls. about IS 11. globulariaefolium

D. Upper Ivs. entire 12. hemisphaericum

DD. Upper Ivs. remotely

denticulate 13. humile

DDD. Upper Ivs. crenate 14. Sieberi

ceo. JVo. of fls. 15 or more.
D. Bracts with an ovate

base 15. orbiculare

DD. Bracts linear.

E. Height % ft 10. Charmelii

EE. Heiaht 1 ft 17. Scheuchzeri

1792. Two other types of inflorescence in Phyteuma CX K).
The loose-spiked P. limonifolium and the denser P. scorzoneri-
folium.

1. canescens, Waldst. & Kit. (Campdnula Americctna,
Hort., not Linn.). Scabrous: stem unbranched: Ivs.
sessile ; lower ones ovate, crenate-serrate, narrowed
at base; upper ones nearly entire: fls. blue, short-pe-
duncled, solitary, sparse. Hungary, Caucasus.

2. comdsum, Linn. Fig. 1791. The only species in the
genus with iinilM-lliite inflorescence, and in which the
corollas are wt tinally split at the apex. A decumbent,
unbranched, glabrous plant native to the Alps: fls. pale
lilac below, darker purple above. B.M. 6478. G.C. II.
14:177. Gn. 18, p. 245, copied in Gn. 28, p. 91; 44, p. 554,
and R.H. 1882, p. 452. G.C. II. 26:81, copied in I.H.
34:11.

3. scorzonerifdlium, Vill. Pig. 1792. This and P.
betniiiriefiiliiim should probably be regarded as botani-
cal varieties of P. Michelii, but for clearness and for

1330

PHYTEUMA

horticultural purposes they may be cons.aered as dis-
tinct species. A native of the Alps with Hs. of sky-blue
(B.M. 2061), erroneously as P. betoiiiccefolium) or pur-
plish blue (B.M. 2271).

4. Michilii, All. This may also be distinguished from
P. scorzonerifoliiim aud P. betonicwfoliiim by having
the calyx pilose at the middle, it being glabrous in the
other two. A native of Mt. Cenis in Sardinia, with Ivs.
never cordate. Color of tls. not staled, probably blue.

."). betonicaefdlium.Vill. Root-lvs. cordate, long-stalked:
bracts fewer than in P. Michehi and probably not re-
flexed. Eu. Not B.M. 2066, which is P. scorzoneri-
foliiim. Color of fls. not stated.

6. spic&tum, Linn. The color of the fls. (whitish or
yellowish, green at tips) is highly characteristic: lower
Ivs. doubly crenate-iserrate, long-stalked, cordate: spike
oblong, 2-3 in. long. Eu. B.M. 2347.

7. H411eri, All. Lower Ivs. doubly and coarsely ser-
rate, long-stalked: spike ovoid-oblong; fls. dark violet
to white. Eu.

8. limonifdlium, Sibth. & Sm. Pig. 1792. This may be
distinguishe<l from P, vanipanuloides by the stem-lvs.,
which are fewer and pass into bracts: fls. light blue.
The inflorescence is more sparse, but very dainty. Mt.
Olympus, Dalmatia, near Naples. B.M. 2145 (P.stricta).
L.B.C. 7:667 (P. virgata).

9. campanuloldes, Bieb. Sufliciently distinguished in
the key and under No. 8. Caucasus, Armenia. B.M.
101.') shows a stalk with over 60 fls., while P. limonifo-
lium has only 12-30. Fls. dark violet.

10. paucifldrum, Linn. Very dwarf: Ivs. entire;
root-lvs. short, obovate-lanceolate: bracts ciliate, entire
or subdent.nte at base, never dentate at apex. Western
Alps and I'yri-iu'es. Fls. violet, according to Koch.

11. globulariaeMium, Sternb. & Hop. Probably a
var. of P. puttiilloruiii with larger stems, root-lvs. 2-4
lines longer and thrice as wide, and the bracts always
entire at the base. Austrian Alps. Fls. violet.

12. hemisphaericum. Linn. Lvs. erect; root-lvs. sub-
entire, lii]c:ir or hiiic-eolate-linear, much or little shorter
than the stem: lii-M<'ts ciliate, subentire: fls. blue, white
or yellowish. Alps and Pyrenees.

13. htlinile, Schleich. Boot-lvs. linear-lanceolate, nar-
rowed at the base, upper ones remotely denticulate:
bracts narrowly lanceolate from an ovate base, sharply
toothed. Eu. Gn. 28:502. Fls. blue.

14. SiSberi, Spreng. (P.
Charmelii, Sieb., not Vill.).
Lvs. cordate, ovate or ovate-
lanceolate, crenate: bracts
ovate, acuminate, sharply
serrate. Eu. Fls. violet, ac-
cording to Koch.

1.5. orbicul^Te, Linn. (P.
coiifiixnnt, Kern. P. Aus-
trhtcitm, G. Beck). Lvs.
crenate ; root-lvs. cordate
or ovate; upper stem-lvs.
linear : bracts subserrate.
Eu. B.M. 1466(P. cordota);
fls. purple. L.B.C. 2:122.-
A very variable species with
forms ranging from 2-20 in.
high.

16. Charmelii, Vill., not
Sieb. Probably a botanical
variety of P. Sclieuciizeri.
Bracts .3-6 lines long, erect
or spreading. Alps. Here
probalilv belongs the cut la-
v>eled P. contosnnt in Gn.

19, p. 419; 44, p. 554; and P. orbinilare, Gn. 28, p. 90.

17. Scheiclizeri, All. Bracts 18-24 lines long, reflexed
or spreading. This and No. 16 differ from Nos. 10-15
inclusive in having few, narrow, unequal bracts instead
of manv broad ones which are about equal. S. Eu,
B.M. 1797 (fls. purple).

P. FnlMsii. DC. is near P. spieatum stem 4-6 in. high-
roitt-lvs. cordate: spike white, about 9-ir lines long in flower:

PHYTOLACCA

bracts few, linear, shorter than the fl.: color of fls. not stated.
Piedmont.— P. Carestim of Bir. is P. humiie, No. 13. but P. Ca
restiffi of Vill. is P. serratum. a species probably nowhere in
cult., and scarcely to be told from P. humiie unless it has a
larger stem, little wider lvs. and ealys glabrous Instead of mi-
nutely eiliate.—P. laxiilbrum, R. Beyer and P. Sckellanderi, are
offered by the National Arboretiun at Zoeschen. j^^ jj^

PHYTOLACCA (a hybrid name: Greek, phytos, plant,
aud French htc, lake: referring to the crimson berries).
Plii/tuliieviifeic. P. ihcdiidra, our common Pokeberry,
is sometimes offered by dealers in native plants and its
young asparagus-like shoots are sometimes used as a
pot herb. Its flattish berries yield a crimson juice of
a very distinct hue, but it has never been fixed for
dyeing purposes. Children sometimes make red ink
from the berries for amusement. Pokeberry is some-
times a troublesome weed. It is thoroughly natural-
ized in Europe. It has been used to give color to pale
wines, but its use for this purpose is injurious and in
Portugal is prohibited by royal decree. The roots are
emetic, purgative and somewhat narcotic. The word
"poke" is supposed to come from the American Indian
word pocan, which apparently referred to any plant
yielding a red or yellow dye, as pokeweed or bloodroot.
lu President Polk's campaign his followers wore leaves
of pokeweed.

In collecting young shoots for greens, care must be
taken not to include any portion of the root, as this
would give a hitter taste and might cause serious ill-
ness. Small pieces of the root eaten by mistake for
horse-radish or turnip have caused serious and in some
instances fatal cases of poisoning. The seeds are also
poisonous.

Phytolacca is a genus of about 10 species of tropical
shrubs, herbs or trees, sometimes climbers: Ivs. alter-
nate, sessile or petiolate, acute or obtuse, entire : fls.
small, greenish white, borne in long racemes which are
at first terminal but by further growth of the stem come
opposite the lvs,; calyx of 4 or 5 persistent rounded
sepals; stamens 5-15: ovary of 5-15 distinct or some-
what united carpels: fr. a fle-shy berry; seeds 1 in each
cavity.

1793. Pokeweed— Phytolacca decandra (X

dec&ndra, Linn.

POKEBERKV. POKE-
WEED. POKEROOT.

Also called Scoke,

Garget, Pigeonberry

and Inkberry. Fig.

1793. A glabrous,

strong-smelling, per-
ennial herb, 4-12 ft.

high: root large: lvs.

oblong-lanceolate or

ovate-lance olate, ~ ^'^■'

acute, petiolate :
racemes 2-8 in. long: stauiens 10: ovary 10-celled; ber-
ries nearly % in. across, ripe Aug -Oct. Me. to Minn.,
south Fla. to Tex. B.M. 931. D. 93. Gn. 21, p. 179.
Mn. 1, p. 53. — Common in clearings. A variegated form,
once cult, for ornament, is shown in R.H. 1887, p. 16,
the lvs. light green above often shaded rose and more-
or less margined white, beneath pale rose to violet.
Lyster H. Dewey and W. M.

L^:

Picea alba lor P. Canadensis;. Maxwell's Golden variety

The Little Nature Library

A uniform series of nature books at a small price. The 600 illus-
trations are mostly photographs from life, and are among the most
beautiful ever published.

THE NATURE STUDY IDEA . . By Liberty H. Bailey

A suggestive analysis of the movement which has grown so stupendously in the
last few years. It points the way for the individual, and will be welcomed from such
an authority as Professor Bailey, who stands foremost as a leader of nature study.

HOW TO ATTRACT THE BIRDS By Neltje Blanchan

Author of ^'Bird Neighbors," "Game Birds," "Suture's Garden," etc.

An altogether unique work on the almost untouched subject of "making
friends " with the " bird neighbors " to whom the author has introduced so many
thousands of readers. Elaborately illustrated.

NATURE AND THE CAMERA By A. Radclyffe Dugmore

From the choice of a camera to questions of lighting and to the problem of
snapping" shy birds in their native haunts — every step is explained so simply as
to be easily comprehended even by the beginner.

THE BROOK BOOK . . . By Mary Rogers Miller

" Lovingly intimate with Its mysteries, very near to the heart of the brook, are these
pages. They cannot help but charm all who have the love of nature in their hearts."
— Pittsburg Gazette.

AMONG THE WATER -FOWL . . By Herbert K. Job

"This book ought to make thousands of sportsmen throw away their guns and follow
the birds with an implement which requires more eyes, brains and heart to make a suc-
cessful shot." — PhilaJelphia Era.

NATURE BIOGRAPHIES . . By Clarence Moores Weed

A sort of personal acquaintance with the lives of the more common butterflies,
moths, grasshoppers, flies, etc., told in a most entertaining way.

FLASHLIGHTS ON NATURE . . . By Grant Allen

A book describing the intimate life-history of some most interesting insects and
plants. Illustrated by drawings from life under the microscope.

Write for illustrated circular, Number 440, and full particulars
of our special of?er.

THE GARDEAJ ^^ COVMRY LIFE fW\ THE WORLD'S
/ViAGAZINE ^^ W AMERICA \|>/ WORK

DOVBLEDAY PAGE '^ CO AIEW YORK

Of General Outdoor Interest

FLASHLIGHTS IN THE JUNGLE

By C. B. Schillings

The only authorized or adequ

More than 300 incredibly clear and startling photographs of wild animals and
birds of Equatorial East Africa. Net, $3.80 (postage 38 cents).

THE TREE BOOK

By Julia E. Rogers

An exhaustive manual of how to know the trees, their uses, and how to grow
and care for them. 350 photographs show bark, leaf, flower, fruit, winter-bud and
wood of all the important species. 16 plates in color. Net, $4.00 (postage 34 cents).

COUNTRY HOMES OF FAMOUS AMERICANS By Oliver Bronson Capen

A sumptuous volume, valuable historically and for its many suggestions in house
making. Profusely illustrated from photographs. A'c/, $5.00 (postage 30 cents).

/-«iir> MA-riArr: /^or^uirvc By William Hamilton Gibson, with

OUR NATIVE ORCHlDb ... ^ Helena Leeming Jelliffe

A charming volume on a comparatively neglected branch of nature study. Illus-
trations by Gibson. Net, 51.35 (postage 14 cents).

THE LIFE WORTH LIVING

By Thomas Dixon, Jr.

A book of quaint philosophy and es.ays on the life worth living — the author's
personal experience. 32 photographs. Net, fi.20 (postage 12 cents).

Other Outdoor Books

HOW TO KEEP BEES By Anna Botsford Comstock

A charminuly wnlten manual describing clearly the outfit,
first steps and methods. Many photographic illustrations.
S,l. $i,oo(postasc 10 cents).

THE FIRST BOOK OF FARMING By Charles L. Goodrich
A complete farming manual — the best and most helpful of the
kind in print. 6i full pages of illustrations. Sti. $1.00
(postage 10 cents).

HOW TO MAKE SCHOOL GARDENS By H.D.Hemenway
The first adequate work of the sort in this country. Illus-
trated, n,t, $1.00 (postage 10 cents).

HOW TO PLAN THE HOME GROUNDS By S. Parsons, Jr.

S6 illustrations. K,l. $1.00 (postage 10 cents).

NORTH AMERICAN B\RDS' EGGS By Chester A. Reed, B.S.
A reference and guide for the bird student. Illustrated, ml,
$2. SO (postage 25 cents).

COLOR KEY TO NORTH AMERICAN BIRDS

By Frank M. Chapman
A companion volume to that on birds' eggs, with more than
800 illustrations in color by C. A. Reed. Nit, J2.S0 (post-
age IS cents).

CAMERA SHOTS AT BIG GAME

By Mr. and Mrs. A. G. Wallihan
Introduction by THEODORE ROOSEVELT. With the most
extraordinary series of photographs of our larger wild ani-
mals ever taken in their native haunts. Ifrt, I5.00 (postage
z. cents).

A WOMAN TENDERFOOT

By Grace Gallatin Thompson Seton
A breezy, entertaining narrative, with many suggestions as
t.i dress and outfit for women traveling in the wilds of the
West. Elaborately illustrated by Ernest Thompson Seton. }l.

A PLEA FOR HARDY PLANTS By J. Wilkinson Elliott

A book every gardener will find valuable. It is simple and
clear-cut. and is beautifully illustrated from photographs.
Net, ft. 60 (postage 16 cents).

Outdoor Fiction

BOB, SON OF BATTLE By Alfred OllivanI

A unique story of shepherds and sheep-dogs in the north of
England. 24 photos from life by A. R. Duginore. fl so.

FRECKLES By Gene Stratton-Porter

"A story of the woodland, with the song of birds and the
scent of balsam on every page."— JV. Y. Globt. Illustrated,
$l.SO.

A JOURNEY TO NATURE By J. P. Mowbray

The story of an invalid city man who goes to the country to
build himself a home-and to recuperate. Illustrated, nti.
$i.So (postage is cents).

THE MAKING OF A COUNTRY HOME By J. P. Mowbray

A story of not only practical worth but also one of humor and
interest. Illustrated, ner, $l.so (postage IS cents).

TWO LITTLE SAVAGES By Ernes/ Thompson Seton

A book on woodcraft for boys Illustrated by the author.
Ntl.t'.Ti (postage 18 cents).

THE WILD ANIMAL PLAY By Ernest Thompson Seton

A chaiming little drama for small children. Illustrated so as

ende

nple

so c

IN THE FOREST

Vivid stories of the large
trated, I1.50.

By Maximilian Foster

the forest wilds, llius-

THE TRUE ADVENTURE SERIES

CATTLE RANCH TO COLLEGE lop

A YEAR IN A YAWL ">' '^Doableday

A GUNNER ABOARD THE "YANKEE"./

Each, ntt, $1.25 (postage u cents).

THE GARDEN
AVAGAZINE

COV/NTRY LIFE
W AA\ERICA

THE WORLD'S
WORK

DOVBLEDAY PAGE - CO ^EW YORK

Fi^KS??' ' '

tm!r(!TstiHH'''t««<T